Bizhubc6500 C6500P C5500e SM v3

SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
C6500/C6500P/
C5500
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
THEORY OF OPERATION TOTAL CONTENTS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS ..............................................................S-1
IMPORTANT NOTICE ................................................................................................S-1
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION .........................S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS .................................................................................................S-2
SAFETY INFORMATION ...............................................................................................S-13
IMPORTANT NOTICE ..............................................................................................S-13
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE .....................................................S-14
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT ....................................................S-16
Legal restrictions on copying .......................................................................................... C-1
Composition of the service manual ................................................................................. C-2
Notation of the service manual ....................................................................................... C-3
bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500

OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
CONFIGURATION/OPERATION.................................................................................. 15
* For particulars, see the contents of the main body.
DF-609
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
CONFIGURATION/OPERATION.................................................................................... 7
* For particulars, see the contents of DF-609.
PF-601/HT-504
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
* For particulars, see the contents of PF-601/HT-504.
LU-202/HT-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
* For particulars, see the contents of LU-202/HT-503.
RU-503/504
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
* For particulars, see the contents of RU-503/504.
FD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
COMPOSITION/OPERATION...................................................................................... 15
* For particulars, see the contents of FD-501.
LS-501/502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
COMPOSITION/OPERATION........................................................................................ 7
* For particulars, see the contents of LS-501/502.
FS-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-503.
FS-520/607
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-520/607.
PI-502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
* For particulars, see the contents of PI-502.
PK-512/513
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
* For particulars, see the contents of PK-512/513.
SD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
* For particulars, see the contents of SD-501.
PB-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
CONFIGURATION/OPERATION ...................................................................................11
* For particulars, see the contents of PB-501.
ii
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand
them before doing service work.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter
called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KMBTtrained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,

WARNING AND CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions " DANGER", " WARNING", and
" CAUTION" is defined as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited
meaning.
When servicing the product, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment,
repair, maintenance, etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.
DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury
WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury
CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium
trouble and property damage
Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:
:Precaution when using the

copier.
:Prohibition when using the
copier.
:Direction when using the
copier.
General
precaution
Electric hazard
High
temperature
General
prohibition
Do not touch
with wet hand
Do not
disassemble
General
instruction
Unplug
Ground/Earth
S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. The points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reasoning behind this policy.
Prohibited Actions
DANGER
Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT.

Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.
Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with
wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.
Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between
relay contacts)
Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.)

injury.
Making any modification to the product unless instructed
by KMBT
Using parts not specified by KMBT
S-2
[2] POWER PLUG SELECTION

In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit wall outlet
used in the area. In that case, it is obligation of customer engineer (hereafter called the CE)
to attach appropriate power plug or power cord set in order to connect the product to the
supply.
Power Cord Set or Power Plug

WARNING
Use power supply cord set which meets the following
criteria:
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for
the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and current, and
AC230V
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and

- provided with three-conductor cable having enough current capacity, and
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
AC208V
240V
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.

Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:
- having configuration intended for the connection to wall
outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and
current, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connecting to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.
Conductors in the power cable must be connected to terminals of the plug according to the following order:
Black or Brown:
L (line)
White or Light Blue:
N (neutral)
Green/Yellow:
PE (earth)
Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the

product, and results in fire or electric shock.
S-3
[3] CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE

Konica Minolta brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all
applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and CE from the risk
of injury. However, in daily use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and
eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability, the CE must perform regular
safety checks.
1.
Power Supply
Connection to Power Supply

WARNING
Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or
electric shock.
?V
Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same

configuration as the plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to
inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer
to contact qualified electrician for the installation.
Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a
capacity greater than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.
If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall
outlet, the total load must not exceed the rating of the wall
outlet.
result.
Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet
securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance,
overheating, and the risk of fire.
S-4
kw

WARNING
Check whether the product is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you
may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.
Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with
this product, make sure the connector is securely inserted
in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with
the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the product securely, a contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.
Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or
pinched by a table and so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check

whether the sheath is damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace
with a new power cord or cord set (with plug and connector on each end) specified by KMBT.
Using the damaged power cord may result in fire or electric shock.
Do not bundle or tie the power cord.
S-5
Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
Check whether dust is collected around the power plug
and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing
dust may result in fire.
Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet
hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the
cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and
electric shock.
Wiring
WARNING
Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords
in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.

Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so
using a too long extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken
up. Fire may result.
S-6

2.
Installation Requirements
Prohibited Installation Places

WARNING
Do not place the product near flammable materials or volatile materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.
Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such
as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.
When not Using the Product for a long time

WARNING
When the product is not used over an extended period of
time (holidays, etc.), switch it off and unplug the power
cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may
cause fire.
Ventilation
CAUTION
The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time
Fixing
CAUTION
Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.
S-7

3.
Servicing
Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION
Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and
proceed with the inspection following the prescribed procedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the product may break and a risk of injury or fire exists.
Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect
the power plugs from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some
units are still powered even if the POWER switch is
turned OFF. Arisk of electric shock exists.
The area around the fixing unit is hot.
You may get burnt.
Work Performed with the Product Powered On

WARNING
Take every care when making adjustments or performing
an operation check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check
with the external cover detached, you may touch live or
high-voltage parts or you may be caught in moving gears
or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
Take every care when servicing with the external cover
detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of electric shock exists.
S-8
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
When taking a report of problems from a user, check each
part and repair properly.
A risk of product trouble, injury, and fire exists.
Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and
screws to fall into the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock
or fire.
Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and electrode units such as a charging corona
unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or
fire.
Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.
fire.
Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for

deterioration and sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit)
incorporating a laser, make sure that the power cord has
been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.
S-9
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply
power with the write unit shifted from the specified mounting position.
loss of eyesight.
When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose
of the used lithium battery using the method specified by
local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g.,
optical lamp and fixing lamp), be sure to check the installation state.
Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and
check whether the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an
electric shock or be injured when you insert your hand in
the product (e.g., for clearing paper jam).
Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
fire.
Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
S-10
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.
Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.
You may be burned due to dust explosion.
Handling of Service Materials

CAUTION
Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Isopropyl alcohol and acetone are highly flammable and
must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.
Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before

any solvent remnants on the cleaned parts have fully
evaporated.
Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take
care not to spill any liquid. If this happens, immediately
wipe it off.
When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.
Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to
discomfort.
S-11

4.
Fuse
Fuse
CAUTION
CAUTION
Double pole / neutral fusing
ATTENTION
Double ple / Fusible sur le neutre
5.
Used Batteries Precautions
Handling of batteries
CAUTION
ALL Areas
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions.
Germany
VORSICHT!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemem Austausch der Batterie.
Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom Hersteller empfohlenen gleichwertigen Typ.
Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers.
France
ATTENTION
Il y a danger dexplosion sil y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie.
Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du mme type ou dun type quivalent recommand par le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant.
Denmark
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering.
Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.
Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren.
Finland, Sweden
VAROlTUS
Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin.
Hvit kytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.
VARNING
Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.
Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion.
Norway
ADVARSEL
Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri.
Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten.
Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner.
S-12
SAFETY INFORMATION
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976.
Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.
This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined within protective housings and external covers,
the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
S-13
SAFETY INFORMATION
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE

Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should
be taken to avoid burns and electric shock.
a03up0e001ca
S-14
SAFETY INFORMATION
a03up0e002ca
CAUTION:
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any
caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also,
when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and cannot be seen clearly, replace
it with a new caution label.
S-15
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF

AN ACCIDENT
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately
take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further
damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation must be carried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded
through direct on-site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations specified by every distributor.
S-16
Legal restrictions on copying

Certain types of originals must never be copied with the purpose or intent to pass copies of
such originals off as the originals.
The following is not a complete list, but is meant to be used as a guide to responsible copying.
<Financial Instruments>
Personal checks
Travelers checks
Money orders
Certificates of deposit
Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
Stock certificates
<Legal Originals>
Food stamps
Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Checks or drafts drawn by government agencies
Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Passports
Immigration papers
Motor vehicle licenses and titles
House and property titles and deeds
<General>
Identification cards, badges, or insignias
Copyrighted works without permission of the copyright owner
In addition, it is prohibited under any circumstances to copy domestic or foreign currencies,
or works of art without permission of the copyright owner.
When in doubt about the nature of an original, consult with legal counsel.
Detail
In order to prohibit the illegal reproduction of certain originals, such as paper currency, this
machine is equipped with a counterfeit prevention feature.
Due to the counterfeit prevention feature that this machine is equipped with, images may be
distorted.
C-1
Composition of the service manual

This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:
<Theory of Operation section>
OUTLINE:
System configuration, product specifications,

unit configuration, and paper path
COMPOSITION/OPERATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating

system, and explanation of the control system
This section gives, as information for the CE to get a full understanding of the product, a
rough outline of the object and role of each function, the relationship between the electrical
system and the mechanical system, and the timing of operation of each part.
<Field service section>
OUTLINE:
System configuration, and product specifications
MAINTENANCE:
Service schedule *, maintenance steps,

list of service tools and directions for use *,
firmware version up method *,
and removal/reinstallation methods of major parts
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING:
Utility menu mode *, Service mode *, security and mechan-
TROUBLESHOOTING*:
List of jam codes, their causes, operation when a jam
ical adjustment
occurs and its release method, and list of error codes,
their causes, operation when a warning is issued and estimated abnormal parts.
APPENDIX*:
Parts layout drawings, connector layout drawings, timing

chart, overall layout drawing
This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's
premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the
object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.
The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of
the main body.
C-2
Notation of the service manual

A. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
(1) bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500:
Main body
(2) Microsoft Windows 95:
Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98:
Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me:
Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0:
Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP:
Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:

Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP
B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.
C. Electrical parts and signals

Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among
many.
Classification Load symbol
Ex. of signal name
Description
IN
PS
Sensor
PS
Door PS1
Sensor detection signal
SIG
102 PS
24V
Solenoid
SD
DRV
SOL
24V
Clutch
CL
DRV
SOL
Power to drive the solenoid

Drive signal
Power to drive the clutch
Drive signal
C-3
Motor
Ex. of signal name
Description
24V
Power to drive the motor
CONT
Drive signal
DRV1
DRV2
D1
Drive signals of two kinds
D2
_U
_V
_W
DRV1
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B
DRV B
Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds

Motor, phases A and B control signals
A
Motor
/A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL
PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD
PLL lock signal
FR
Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD
Motor lock abnormality
BLK
Drive brake signal
P/S
Power/stop
S/S
SS
Fan
Others
C-4
FM
Operating load start/stop signal
CW/CCW, F/R
Rotational direction switching signal
ENB
Effective signal
TEMP_ER
Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
24V
Power to drive the fan motor
CONT, DRIVE
Drive signal
HL
Speed control signal (2 speeds)
EM, Lock, LCK, FEM
Detection signal
TH1.S, ANG
Analog signal

Ground
Serial communication
Ex. of signal name
Description
SG, S.GND, S_GND
Signal ground
PG, P.GND
Power ground
DCD
Data carrier detection
SIN
Serial input
SOUT
Serial output
DTR
Data terminal operation available
GND
Signal ground (earth)
DSR, DSET
Data set ready
RTS
Transmission request signal
CTS
Consent transmission signal
RI
Ring indicator
TXD
Serial transmission data
RXD
Serial reception data
D. Paper feed direction

When the direction in which paper is fed is in parallel with the longer side of paper, the
paper feed direction like this is referred to as the longitudinal feed.
And the paper feed direction that is perpendicular to the longitudinal feed is referred to as
the transverse feed.
When specifying the longitudinal feed, "S (abbreviation for Short Edge Feeding)" is added
to the paper size. For the transverse feed, no specific notation is employed.
However, when only the longitudinal feed is specified for one and the same paper size with
no specification made for the transverse feed, "S" is not added even when being fed longitudinally.
<Example>
Paper size
A4
A3
Feed direction
Notation
Transverse feed
A4
Longitudinal feed
A4S
Longitudinal feed
A3
C-5
Blank Page
C-6
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
C6500/C6500P/
C5500
Main body
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding page.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2007/11
3.0
Revision due to the addition of a new optional unit (PB)

Revision in relation to launching of bizhub PRO C5500
2007/06
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark
and FS-520
Issue of the first edition
Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
CONTENTS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
CONTENTS
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3. UNIT CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
CONFIGURATION/OPERATION
5. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.1
Flow and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.2
Charging process (Step 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.3
Laser exposure process (Step 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.4
Image development process (Step 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.5
First transfer process (Step 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
6.6
Second transfer process (Step 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
6.7
Separation process (Step 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.8
Drum cleaning (Sub step 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.9
Exposure before charging (Sub step 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.10 Transfer belt cleaning (Sub step 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

6.11 Second transfer roller/Lw cleaning (Sub step 4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.12 Toner collection (Sub step 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
6.13 Process speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7. SCANNER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.3.1
Scanner/Exposure lamp control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.3.2
Original size detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
7.3.3
Original reading area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
7.3.4
AE/ACS control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
7.3.5
Image processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
8. WRITE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
8.1
8.2
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
8.2.1
Laser beam path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
8.2.2
Write unit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
8.2.3
Color registration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
8.2.4
Front/back sides skew correction in main scan direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
8.2.5
Back side magnification adjustment in sub scan direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
8.2.6
Image stabilization control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
9. PHOTOCONDUCTOR SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
9.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
9.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
9.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
CONTENTS
9.3.1
Image creation control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
9.3.2
Erase lamp (EL) control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
9.3.3
Image stabilization control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
10. CHARGING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

10.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
10.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
10.2.1 Charging control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
11.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
11.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
11.2.1 Transfer belt conveyance/pressure drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
11.2.2 Second transfer pressure/release drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
11.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
11.3.1 First transfer roller pressure/release mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
11.3.2 First transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
11.3.3 Second transfer mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
11.3.4 Second transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
11.3.5 Image correction unit shutter mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
11.3.6 Control of flip prevention for the belt cleaning blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
11.3.7 Control against belt filming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
11.3.8 Image stabilization control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
12. DEVELOPING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
12.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
12.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
12.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
12.3.1 Developer conveyance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
12.3.2 Developing bias control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
12.3.3 Developing suction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
12.3.4 Image stabilization control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
13. TONER SUPPLY SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
13.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
13.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
13.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
13.3.1 Toner conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
13.3.2 Remaining toner detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
13.3.3 Stop control for print operation with no toner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
14. TONER COLLECTION SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
14.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
14.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
14.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
14.3.1 Toner collection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
14.3.2 Toner collection box control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
14.3.3 Box full control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
15. PAPER FEED SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
15.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
15.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
15.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
15.3.1 Plate up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
15.3.2 Paper size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
15.3.3 Paper feed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
ii
CONTENTS
15.3.4 Remaining paper detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

16. BYPASS FEED TRAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
16.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
16.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
16.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
16.3.1 Plate up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
16.3.2 Paper size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
16.3.3 Paper feed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
16.3.4 Paper empty detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
16.3.5 Remaining paper detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
17. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
17.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
17.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
17.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
17.3.1 Vertical conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
18. REGISTRATION SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
18.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
18.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
18.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
18.3.1 Loop control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
18.3.2 Registration operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
18.3.3 Paper leading edge timing correction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
18.3.4 Registration speed correction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
19. ADU SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
19.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
19.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
19.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
19.3.1 Paper reverse control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
19.3.2 ADU conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
19.3.3 Back side centering correction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
20.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
20.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
20.2.1 Reverse/paper exit drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
20.2.2 Paper exit drive/OT-502 drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
20.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
20.3.1 Conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
20.3.2 Reverse/paper exit timing control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
20.3.3 Paper exit decurler roller pressure control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
20.3.4 Reverse decurler roller rotation control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
20.3.5 Paper exit full detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
21. FUSING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
21.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
21.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
21.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
21.3.1 Fusing roller drive control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
21.3.2 Pressure/release control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
21.3.3 Fusing temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
21.3.4 Protection against abnormality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
21.3.5 Fusing roller/Lw cooling control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
iii
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
CONTENTS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
22. INTERFACE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

22.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
22.2 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
23.1 Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
23.2 Operation flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
23.2.1 Image stabilizing controls when the sub power switch (SW2) is ON,
during printing, and during idling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
23.2.2 Image stabilizing controls when selecting the Stability in expert settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
23.2.3 Other Image stabilizing controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
24. IMAGE PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
24.1 Operation flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
24.2 Image type classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
25. OTHER CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
25.1 Power On control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
25.1.1 Parts that operate when the main power switch (SW1) is turned on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
25.1.2 Parts that operate when the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
25.2 Fan control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
25.2.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
25.2.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
25.3 Counter control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
25.3.1 Structure of counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
25.3.2 Counter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
25.4 Dehumidifier heater control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
25.5 ACS control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
25.5.1 Switching from the color mode to the black-and-white mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
25.5.2 Count when using ACS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
iv
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
OUTLINE
A. System configuration (PRO C6500/PRO C6500P)
[21]
[22]
[2]
[9]
[20]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[23]
[19]
[1]
[5]
[11]
[14]
[18]
[6]
[7]
[13]
[17]
[8]
[12]
[14]
[16]
[13]
[15]
a03ut1c001cc
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[1]
Main body
[13]
Punch kit (PK-512/513)
[2]
Dehumidifier fan heater (HT-503)
[14]
Post inserter (PI-502)
[3]
Large capacity paper feed tray (LU-202)
[15]
Flat stitching staple finisher (FS-520)
[4]
Large capacity paper feed tray (PF-601)
[16]
Simplified perfect binding machine (PB-501)
[5]
[17]
Saddle stitching unit (SD-501)
[6]
Built-in type image controller (IC-408)
[18]
Large capacity stacker (LS-501)
[7]
Server type image controller (IC-303/304) *2
[19]
Punch and folding unit (FD-501)
[8]
Hard disk (HD-506)
[20]
Staple finisher (FS-503)
[9]
Output tray (OT-502)
[21]
Original cover (OC-506)
[10]
Conveyance cooling unit (RU-503)
[22]
Auto double sided original feeder (DF-609) *1
[11]
[23]
Key counter
[12]
Saddle stitching staple finisher (FS-607)
*1
In the case of PRO C6500P, no scanner/DF function is provided.
*2
PRO C6500/PRO C6500P only.
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Configuration for optional device connection (PRO C6500/PRO C6500P)

Note
Any combination other than those listed below is not available.
In the case of PRO C6500P, IC-408 and FS-520 cannot be connected.
No. Paper feeding option
Combinations for finishing
AC power to be connected to
PF-601 *1
RU-504 *4
PF-601
*1
*4
FD-501
External (FD-501)
PF-601 *1
RU-503 *4
SD-501
External (SD-501)
PF-601 *1
RU-503 *4
PF-601 *1
RU-504 *4
FD-501
*1
*4
RU-503
FS-503
External (RU-504)
LS-501
External (LS-501)
FS-503
*5
PF-601
LS-501
FS-503
External (RU-504/LS-501)
PF-601 *1
RU-503 *4
LS-501
SD-501
External (LS-501/SD-501)
PF-601
*1
*4
FD-501
LS-501
External (FD-501/LS-501)
PF-601 *1
RU-503 *4
FD-501
SD-501
External (FD-501/SD-501)
10
LU-202 *2
FS-607 *3
11
PF-601 *1
OT-502
12
LU-202
*2
FS-520
13
LU-202 *2
OT-502
14
PF-601*1
RU-503*4
15
PF-601*1
RU-503*4
16
PF-601*1
RU-503*4
17
PF-601*1
RU-503*4
18
PF-601*1
RU-503*4
19
PF-601*1
FS-607 *3
20
PF-601*1
*3
21
PF-601*1
RU-504*4
22
LU-202*2
RU-504*4
23
LU-202*2
RU-504*4
24
PF-601*1
RU-504*4
RU-504
RU-503
*3
PB-501
External (PB-501)
FD-501
PB-501
SD-501
FD-501
PB-501
SD-501
LS-501
PB-501
PB-501
FS-520
SD-501
FD-501
*1
HT-504 can be connected to PF-601 arbitrarily.
*2
HT-503 can be connected to LU-202 arbitrarily.
SD-501
External (LS-501/PB-501)
FS-503
External (RU-504/SD-501)
FS-503
External (RU-504/FD-501)
External (RU-504)
FS-503
*3
PK-511 or PI-502 can be connected to FS-520/607 arbitrarily.
*4
Use RU-503 or RU-504 as described below:

When connecting to FS-503
External (SD-501/PB-501)
External (FD-501/SD-501/PB-501)
FS-503
FD-501
External (FD-501/PB-501)
External (RU-504/FD-501/SD-501)
: RU-504
When not connecting to FS-503 : RU-503

RU-504 can be substituted for RU-503, but RU-503 cannot be used when connecting to FS-503.
*5
Metric destination : External (RU-504/FD-501)

Inch destination
: External (RU-504)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. System configuration (PRO C5500)
[9]
[12]
[11]
[8]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[10]
[13]
[1]
[9]
[8]
[5]
[4]
[7]
a03ut1c005ca
[1]
Main body
[8]
[2]
[9]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[11]
[5]
Hard disk (HD-506)
[12]
Auto double sided original feeder (DF-609)
[6]
[13]
Key counter
[7]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Configuration for optional device connection (PRO C5500)

Note
No.
Paper feeding option
LU-202 *1
FS-607 *2
LU-202
*1
FS-520
*2
LU-202 *1
OT-502
*1
*2
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
A. Type
Type
Console type (floor-mounted type)
Copying method
Four-drum tandem laser electrostatic method
Original stand
Fixed
Original alignment
Left rear standard
Photo conductor
OPC
Writing method
Two-beam laser scanning method
Paper capacity
Three trays (500 sheets x 3, 80g/m2)

Multi bypass (250 sheets, 80g/m2)
PF-601 (3000 sheets x 2, 80g/m2)*1 *2
LU-202 (2500 sheets, 80g/m2)*1
*1
PF-601 and LU-202 are optional.
*2
B. Functions
Original
Sheet, book, solid object
Max. original size
A3, or 11 x 17 (Custom paper is Max.303 x 438mm)
Copy size
Tray1, 2, 3
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, A4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 8 1/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 140 x 182 mm)
Bypass feed
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S,
B6S, A6S,
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/2 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
ADU
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS

Fixed magnifi-
Inch:
cation
x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.545, x 1.294, x 1.214,
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Magnification
x 0.785, x 0.772, x 0.647, x 0.500

Metric: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.414, x 1.224, x 1.154,
x 0.866, x 0.816, x 0.707, x 0.500
Zoom magnifi-
x 0.25 to x 4.00 (at the step of 0.1%)
cation
Warm-up time
Inch: 390 seconds or less

Metric: 420 seconds or less
First copy out time
Continuous copy speed
Full color
6.5 seconds or less (A4 / 81/2 x 11)
Monochrome
Black-and-white
Full color
65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3

55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Monochrome
65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3

55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Black-and-white
65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3

55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Continuous copy count

Resolution
Up to 9,999 sheets
Scan
Main scanning : 600 dpi Sub-scanning : 600 dpi
Write
Main scanning : 600 dpi Sub-scanning : 600 dpi (1800 dpi *1)
Standard memory
256 MB for each color (Y, M, C, K)
Expansion memory
30 GB for each color (Y, M, C, K)
(HD-506)
No. of originals in memory
Full color
Line1/Line2/Dot1/Dot2: 23 sheets [5461 sheets*2]

Priority in high compression: 110 sheets [16384 sheets *2]
(Reference value)
Conditions Original: KM #101/A3 (color)

Density: Standard
Mode: Text/Photo, printed original, life size
Memory capacity: Standard 256 MB
Black-and-
Line1/Line2/Dot1/Dot2: 126 sheets or more [16384 sheets *2]
white/mono-
Priority in high compression: 271 sheets or more [16384
chrome
sheets *2]
Conditions Original: FAX test chart #4 /A4
Density: Standard
Interface section
RJ45 Ethernet, Serial port (RS232-C), Service port, Serial port (USB
TypeB),Connector for printer controller
*1
When "smoothing" is selected at the print setting
*2
When HD-506 is installed.
*3
PRO C6500
*4
PRO C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Available types of paper and ranges of paper weight

Type of paper
Tray1, 2, 3
Bypass feed
Plain paper
A4 or 81/2 x 11 or larger : 64 to 256 g/m2
64 to 300g/m2
A4 or smaller than 81/2 x 11 : 64 to 209 g/m2

High Quality paper
64 to 300g/m2
2
A4 or smaller than 8 /2 x 11 : 64 to 209 g/m

1
Color Specific paper
64 to 300g/m2

Coated_GL, ML, GO , MO
paper
64 to 300g/m2

Label paper*1
OHP film*1 *2
Index paper*1 *3
{:Available U: Available only one sheet at a time : Not available

*1
Paper type of the label paper can be Plain, High Quality, Color Specific, or Coated_GL, ML, GO, MO
paper. Available ranges of paper weight (thickness) of the label paper are the same with those of the corresponding paper type.
*2
Print quality not guaranteed.
*3
Paper loading direction predetermined, single-sided printing only.
Parts name
Useful life
Type name
Toner bottle /Y
24,000 prints*1
23,000 prints*3
TN610Y
Toner bottle /M
24,000 prints*1
23,000 prints*3
TN610M
Toner bottle /C
24,000 prints*1
23,000 prints*3
TN610C
Toner bottle /K
*1
35,000 prints
34,000 prints*3
TN610K
*2
Drum cartridge
200,000 prints
150,000 prints *4
DU-102
Developer /Y
200,000 prints *2
150,000 prints *4
DV610 (Y)
Developer /M
200,000 prints *2
150,000 prints *4
DV610 (M)
Developer /C
Developer /K
*1
*2
*3
*4
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Materials
*2
200,000 prints
150,000 prints *4
*2
200,000 prints
150,000 prints *4
DV610 (C)
DV610 (K)
PRO C6500/PRO C6500P (A4 original at 5% coverage for each color.)

PRO C6500/PRO C6500P (The end of actual useful life is reached when the number of sheets is printed,
or when the total drive distance reaches a certain level, whichever comes first.)
PRO C5500 (A4 original at 5% coverage for each color.)
PRO C5500 (The end of actual useful life is reached when the number of sheets is printed, or when the
total drive distance reaches a certain level, whichever comes first.)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Maintenance
Maintenance cycle
Every 200,000 prints*3

Ave. number of prints*1
35,000 to 75,000 per month
Max. number of prints*1
Q zone*2
: 300,000 per month*3, 250,000 per month*4, 10,000 per day
B,C zone*2 : 150,000 per month, 8,500 per day

A zone*2
: 100,000 per month, 5,000 per day*3, 4,200 per day*4
*1
The number of prints include all monochrome, solid color, and full color printings.
*2
The zone mean a temp&humidity range indicated in the graph below.
*3
PRO C6500/PRO C6500P
*4
PRO C5500
80
Humidity (%RH)
70
60
40
30
20
10
10
18 20
23
30
Temperature (C)
a03ut1c004ca
10
F.
Machine data
Power source
Inch: AC208 to 240V 16A, 60Hz

Metric: AC230V 15A, 50Hz
Maximum power consump- Inch:
4,550W or less : PRO C6500 (B. When the type of the optional unit
tion
connection configuration (P3) is No. 9)

3,800W or less : PRO C5500
3,950W or less
(B. When the type of the optional unit connection

configuration (P3) is No. 10)
Metric: 4,060W or less : PRO C6500 (B. When the type of the optional unit
3,550W or less

Dimensions
Main body + OC-506
786 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,056 (H) mm
Main body (PRO C6500)
3,852 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,414 (H) mm
+ DF-609 + RU-503 + LS-501

+ SD-501
2,139 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,414 (H) mm
+ DF-609 + LU-202 + FS-607

Weight
Approx. 360kg
G. Operating environment
Temperature
10 to 30 C
Humidity
10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)
Note
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
11
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. UNIT CONFIGURATION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
DF-609 (option)
Operation panel
Fusing section
Scanner section
OT-502 (option)
Toner supply
section
Developing
section
Write section
Reverse/exit
section
Bypass feed tray
section
ADU section
Vertical conveyance section

Paper feed section
Photo conductor section
12
Registration
section
Charging section
Toner collection
section
a03ut1c002ca
4. PAPER PATH
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
4. PAPER PATH
Straight paper exit

Paper exit (common)
Transfer/Fusing
conveyance
Paper feed
(common)
Bypass tray
paper feed
Reversed paper
exit
Reverse
conveyance
ADU conveyance
PF paper feed,
LU paper feed
Tray /1 paper feed
Vertical
conveyance
Tray /2 paper feed
Tray /3 paper feed

a03ut1c003ca
13
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
4. PAPER PATH
Blank page
14
5. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
5. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
OB
CCD
IC
NRB
USB
I/F
FS *1
IMCB
Write
Section
LAN
I/F
Parallel
I/F
OACB
HDD
IPB
RS232C
I/F
FS *1 FD *1 LS *1 SD *1 PB *1 PF *1
LU
DF
RU*1
IFB
PRCB
ACDB
Fusing
Unit
Image bus
CDB
SCDB
M MC SD PS
M PS
Clock SYN
UART bus
DCPS HV
TDB
M MC M MC SD PS
Other buses
Individual signal
line
IDE
a03ut2c001cc
*1

Board name
Functions
ISW
Overall control board (OACB)
Performs overall control of the MFP.
Yes
Image memory control board
Controls image memory (DRAM + HDD Option).
No
Image processing board (IPB)
Controls various image processing.
No
Printer control board (PRCB)
Controls printer mechanism load applied to the components
Yes
(IMCB)
such as motors, fans, solenoids and sensors.

NVRAM board (NRB)
Performs various adjustments/stores setting data.
No
15
6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

6.1
Flow and functions
Steps
Processes
Functions
Step 1
Charging process
Distributes electrostatic charges uniformly over the surface of the
Step 2
Laser exposure process
Forms an electrostatic latent image on each photoconductor drum.
Step 3
Image development process
Develops the electrostatic latent image with toner on each photoconductor drum.
Step 4
First transfer process
Transfers the four toner images (YMCK) created on each photocon-
four photoconductor drums.
ductor drum to the transfer belt one by one to create a complete

toner image on the belt.
Step 5
Second transfer process
Transfers the toner image on the transfer belt to paper.
Step 6
Separation process
Separates the toner-transferred paper from the transfer belt.
Sub step 1
Drum cleaning
Removes the remaining toner on the surface of the photoconductor

drums after the first transfer.
Sub step 2
Exposure before charging
Discharges the surface of the photoconductor drums after the drum cleaning.
Sub step 3
Transfer belt cleaning
Removes the remaining toner on the transfer belt surface after the second transfer.
Sub step 4
Second transfer roller /Lw
Removes the remaining toner on the second transfer roller/Lw sur-
cleaning
face after the second transfer.
Sub step 5
Toner collection
Collects the toner removed at sub step 1 and 3. (This step is not
illustrated in the figure below.)
[1]
[11]
Step 3
[2]
Sub step 3
[12]
[4] [3]
Step 2
Step 4
Step 1
Sub step 1
[10]
Sub step 2
[9]
[8]
Step 6
[5]
[6]
[7]
16
Step 5 / Sub step 4
[1]
Developing unit
[7]
[2]
Write unit
[8]
Second transfer roller /Up
[3]
Charging corona
[9]
Transfer belt
[4]
Erase lamp (EL)
[10]
Blade (for drum cleaning)
[5]
Paper
[11]
Blade (for transfer belt cleaning)
[6]
[12]
Drum
a03ut2c002ca
Discharging section for separation
6.2
Charging process (Step 1)
A negative high DC voltage is applied to the gold-plate tungsten wire of the charging corona which is provided
for each Y, M, C, and K photoconductor drums. Then the wire discharges toward the drum in order to charge
the entire drum surface with the negative electrostatic charge. The charge on the drum is uniformly distributed
on the drum surface with the charging control plate.
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03ut2c003ca
[1]
Drum
[3]
Charging corona
[2]
Negative electrostatic charge
[4]
Charging control plate
6.3
Laser exposure process (Step 2)
The material used for the drum surface has a characteristic that holds electrostatic charges in darkness and discharges under light. This enables creating a electrostatic latent image on the drum with laser beam. The laser
beam draws the image shining on certain points on the drum where the text or image presents according to
color separation data (Y, M, C, K data) created on the image processing section.
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[1]
Write unit
[3]
Discharged points
[2]
Laser beam
[4]
a03ut2c004ca
17
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.4
Image development process (Step 3)
The non-image points of the electrostatic latent image on the photoconductor drum is charged negatively while
the image points are neutralized. As the toner is negatively charged, it is attracted to the image points on the
drum and as a result, a visible toner image is created on the drum. This operation is referred to as "development."
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
a03ut2c005ca
18
[1]
Drum
[3]
Negatively charged toner
[2]
[4]
Developing roller
6.5
First transfer process (Step 4)
The toner images created on each of the Y, M, C, and K photoconductor drums are transferred to the transfer
belt one by one in the order of Y, M, C, and K. As a result, the four toner images are overlaid and a complete
toner image is formed on the belt. This is called as "first transfer."
In order to carry out the first transfer, a positive high DC voltage bias is applied to the first transfer roller provided
on the back surface of the transfer belt. This makes the transfer belt surface have a positive potential higher than
that of the each drum surface so that the toner on the drums are attracted to the transfer belt.
[3]
[4]
[5]
[2]
[1]
[8]
[5]
[7]
[6]
a03ut2c006ca
[1]
Drum /Y
[5]
Negative electric charges
[2]
First transfer roller /Y
[6]
Drum /M
[3]
Transfer belt
[7]
First transfer roller /M
[4]
Toner /Y
[8]
Toner /M
19
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.6
Second transfer process (Step 5)
Transferring the complete toner image formed on the transfer belt to paper is called as "second transfer." For the
second transfer, the second transfer roller/Lw located at the back side of the transfer belt rotates to transport
paper applying a pressure on the belt, while a high negative DC bias is applied to the second transfer roller/Up
inside the belt.
Because of a potential difference between the two rollers, the toner image can be transferred to the paper from
the belt.
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
20
a03ut2c007ca
[1]
Transfer belt
[3]
[2]
Paper
[4]
6.7
Separation process (Step 6)
For the second transfer, the paper is negatively charged by the second transfer roller/Up so that the paper
makes intimate contact with the transfer belt. Once the toner is transferred to the paper, the paper must be separated from the belt. The separating operation is called as "separation."
In order to achieve the separation, a high AC or DC bias is applied to the discharging section to attract the paper
separating it from the transfer belt.
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03ut2c008ca
[1]
Transfer belt
[3]
[2]
Paper
[4]
Discharging section for separation
21
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.8
Drum cleaning (Sub step 1)
The toner remains slightly on the drum after the first transfer. The process that cleans the remaining toner off is
called "drum cleaning."
The cleaning is made by the cleaning blade provided for each drum. Its edge made of urethane rubber scrapes
the toner off the drum surface.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Drum
[2]
Cleaning blade
6.9
a03ut2c009ca
[3]
Remaining toner
Exposure before charging (Sub step 2)
After the drum cleaning, electric potential slightly remains on the drum surface while the toner is completely
removed.
Since charging the drum for the next copying or printing cannot be normally performed with the remaining
potential, the potential on the drum surface is completely neutralized by means of erase lamp (EL). This process
is called "Exposure before charging."
[1]
[3]
[2]
22
[1]
Drum
[2]
Erase lamp (EL)
[3]
Remained electric charge
a03ut2c010ca
6.10 Transfer belt cleaning (Sub step 3)

The toner remains slightly on the transfer belt after the second transfer. The process that cleans the remaining
toner off is called "Transfer belt cleaning".
The transfer belt cleaning is made by the cleaning blade. Its edge made of urethane rubber scrapes the toner off
the belt surface.
[3]
[1]
[2]
a03ut2c011ca
[1]
Transfer belt
[2]
Remaining toner
[3]
Cleaning blade
23
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.11 Second transfer roller/Lw cleaning (Sub step 4)

Since the second transfer roller/Lw directly contacts with the toner on the transfer belt, the roller is contaminated
with the toner.
To clean the roller, a negative and positive high DC bias is applied to the second transfer roller/Up alternately so
that the toner on the second transfer roller/Lw is attracted to the transfer belt. The toner transferred to the belt
surface is removed by the transfer belt cleaning described in the previous section.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[5]
24
[4]
a03ut2c012ca
[1]
Transfer belt
[4]
When a positive DC bias is applied
[2]
[5]
When a negative DC bias is applied
[3]
6.12 Toner collection (Sub step 5)

The toner removed from the drums and the transfer belt is collected to the toner collection box through the toner
collection screw.
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[1]
a03ut2c013ca
[1]
Toner collection box
[4]
Toner collecting port (Drum /M)
[2]
Toner collecting port (Transfer belt)
[5]
Toner collecting port (Drum /C)
[3]
Toner collecting port (Drum /Y)
[6]
Toner collecting port (Drum /K)
25
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.13 Process speed

The printer has three process speed settings to accommodate with various types of paper. One of the three settings is used according to the paper thickness/weight and whether the paper is coated or not.
Paper weight
64 to 135 g/m2
106 to 135 g/m2
26
Plain paper
300 m/s (1/1 speed)
136 to 209 g/m2
207.7 m/s (2/3 speed)
210 to 300 g/m2
150 m/s (1/2 speed)
Glossy photo paper
207.7 m/s (2/3 speed)

150 m/s (1/2 speed)
7. SCANNER SECTION
7.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
7. SCANNER SECTION
Configuration
Exposure unit
CCD board
Shading correction plate

CCD unit
Mirror unit
a03ut2c014ca
7.2
Drive
[5]
[4]
[1]
FRONT
[3]
[2]
a03ut2c015ca
[1]
Exposure unit
[4]
Scanner wire /Rr
[2]
Scanner wire /Fr
[5]
Scanner motor (M1)
[3]
V mirror unit
27
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
7. SCANNER SECTION
7.3
Operation
7.3.1
Scanner/Exposure lamp control
A. Home position search of the exposure unit
When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on, the exposure unit starts to search the home position after
the specified time passed.
[1]
[2]
[3]
a03ut2c016ca
[1]
Home position
[2]
Scanner home sensor (PS1)
[3]
Platen APS position
B. Shading correction
After searching the home position, the exposure unit performs shading correction.
The white standard board attached to the rear side of the platen glass is used for the shading correction.
There are two types of shading correction: white correction (two times) and black correction (one time).
The white correction is performed by reading the white standard board (L1) with the exposure lamp turned on.
The black correction is performed by reading the brightness with the L1 turned off.
To acquire the white correction data, the brightness of each pixel is compared between the first time correction and the second time correction, and the brighter one is used as a white correction data.
The shading correction reading operation differs between when the sub power switch (SW2) ON and when
the start button ON.
(1) The reading operation when the SW2 ON
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
*1
*2
[7]
28
a03ut2c017ca
[1]
Home position
[5]
[2]
[6]
White correction (Second time)

Black correction
[3]
Platen APS position
[7]
Returning the amount moved
[4]
White correction (First time)
*1
Platen cover or DF is closed: The exposure unit stops at the home position.
*2
Platen cover or DF is opened: The exposure unit stops at the platen APS position.
7. SCANNER SECTION
(2) The reading operation when the start button is turned on
After finishing the movement for the shading correction, the exposure unit shifts to scanning operation automatically.
The other movements of the exposure unit are the same as when the SW2 is turned on.
C. Original reading mode
There are two original reading modes; platen mode and DF mode.
Whether the density setting is set to manual or AE, the two modes differ in movement of the exposure unit.
(1) When selecting the manual density setting
[1]
[2] [3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
a03ut2c018ca
[1]
Home position
[5]
[2]
[6]
Exposure scan
[3]
Platen APS position
[7]
Home position search
[4]
29
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
7. SCANNER SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) When selecting the AE density setting
[1]
[2] [3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
a03ut2c019ca
[1]
Home position
[5]
[2]
PS1
[6]

AE scan
[3]
Platen APS position
[7]
Exposure scan
[4]
[8]
D. Original reading control
The light reflected off the original goes to the CCD sensor through the lens.
The CCD sensor outputs an electric signal (analog) corresponding to the amount of light.
The CCD sensor includes three separate photo receivers corresponding to each color R, G and B.
The R, G and B analog signals are individually converted to a digital signal (A/D convert) in the CCD board
(CCDB).
30
The A/D convert is controlled by the image processing board (IPB).
7. SCANNER SECTION
When AE/ACS is not set, the exposure unit movement is the same in the platen mode and the DF.
When AE/ACS is set, the exposure unit movement differs between the platen mode and the DF mode.
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Original reading timing
(1) When AE/ACS is not set
[1]
[2] [3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
a03ut2c020ca
[1]
Home position
[5]
[2]
[6]
Exposure scan (270 mm/s)
[3]
Platen APS position
[7]
[4]
(2) When AE/ACE is set (Platen mode)
[1]
[2] [3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
a03ut2c021ca
[1]
Home position
[5]
[2]
PS1
[6]

AE/ACS scan (409 mm/s)
[3]
Platen APS position
[7]
Exposure scan (270 mm/s)
[4]
[8]
31
7. SCANNER SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(3) When AE/ACS is set (DF mode)
[1]
[2] [3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
32
[1]
Home position
[2]
PS1
a03ut2c022ca
[9]
AE/ACS scan for the second page

(409 mm/s)
[3]
Platen APS position
[4]
[10]
Exposure scan for the second page
[5]
[11]
Timing of the original replacement
[6]
AE/ACS scan for the first page (409 mm/s)
[12]
AE/ACS scan for the last page (409 mm/s)
[7]
Exposure scan for the first page (270 mm/s)
[13]
Exposure scan for the last page (270 mm/s)
[8]
Timing of the original replacement
[14]
(270 mm/s)

Original size detection control
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
7.3.2
7. SCANNER SECTION
A. Detection method
The detection method differs between in the platen mode and in the DF mode.
(1) DF mode
Refer to DF-609.
(2) Platen mode
Main scanning direction: CCD sensor
Sub-scanning direction: Turning on/ off of the APS sensors/1 (PS3) and /2 (PS4)
Original size
CCD sensor
PS3
PS4
(Length of detection: mm)
(ON/OFF)
(ON/OFF)
Smallest
102
OFF
OFF
B5S
182
ON
OFF
B5
257
OFF
OFF
B4
257
ON
ON
A4S
210
ON
OFF
A4
297
OFF
OFF
A3
297
ON
ON
81/2 x 11S
215.9
ON
OFF
81/2 x 11
279.4
OFF
OFF
81/2 x 14
215.9
ON
ON
11 x 17
279.4
ON
ON
B. Detection timing
(1) DF mode
Refer to DF-609.
(2) Platen mode
The original size in the main scanning direction is detected twice and the larger one is regarded as the original size.
[1]
[2]
APS sensor /1 (PS3)

APS sensor /2 (PS4)
Exposure lamp (L1)
APS timing sensor /1 (PS2)
Read switch (RS)
a03ut2c023ca
[1]
First Original size detection

(Main scanning/Sub-scanning direction
[2]
Second original size detection (main scanning direction)
detection)
33
7. SCANNER SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
7.3.3
Original reading area
The original reading area for both in platen mode and DF mode is determined as described below.
A. When the automatic "Erase outside of original" is turned ON

Out of original auto-reading area equals to the max. original size.
B. When the automatic "Erase outside of original" is turned OFF
The scanning size specified in the user setting menu "Erase outside of original" equals to the original reading
area.
Setting for Erase outside of original
Mode
Scanning size
Erase outside of original
All
Original size
Auto-size/Auto magnification only
Auto-size/Auto magnifi-
Original size
cation
Except original Glass (1:1)
Manual
Paper size
Equal magnification to
Paper size
platen
Other than equal magni- Original size
fication to platen
7.3.4
AE/ACS control
When AE/ACS is selected, the density of the original is detected, and the print density is automatically
When ACS is selected, the color of the original is detected, and color or black-and-white print is selected
adjusted.
automatically.
A. AE/ACS sampling area
The original density sampling area for both in platen mode and DF mode is same as the original reading
area.
7.3.5
Image processing
For the image processing, the following items are provided: Refer to"24. IMAGE PROCESSING " for details.
(See P.121)
34
AOC (automatic offset control)
AGC (automatic gain control)
Shading correction
AE processing
ACS processing
Brightness/Density conversion
Filter/scaling
Half tone processing (Error diffusion)
Compression
Image data storage
Screen processing
8. WRITE SECTION
8.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8. WRITE SECTION
Configuration
Write unit /Y
Write unit /M
Write unit /C
Write unit /K
CY2 lens
f lens
Index mirror
Dust-proof glass
Laser correction
motor
Laser drive board

(LASDB)
Index board
(INDEXB)
Collimator lens
unit
Index lens
CY1 lens
Temperature sensor
board (TEMSB) *1
Laser correction home sensor
Polygon mirror
a03ut3c025ca
*1
Write unit /K only.
35
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8. WRITE SECTION
8.2
Operation
8.2.1
Laser beam path
[1]
[2]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[5]
[9]
[8]
[1]
[6]
[7]
a03ut2c026ca
36
[1]
Laser diode
[6]
Index lens
[2]
Collimator lens
[7]
Index board (INDEXB)
[3]
CY1 lens
[8]
Drum
[4]
Polygon mirror
[9]
Dust-proof glass
[5]
f lens
[10]
CY2 lens
8.2.2
8. WRITE SECTION
Write unit control
The read data converted into digital data in the CCD board is sent to the image process board (IPB).
The RGB signals are converted to the YMCK signals in the IPB.
The converted YMCK signals are distributed to the corresponding laser drive board; /Y (LASDB/Y), /M
(LASDB/M), /C (LASDB/C), /K (LASDB/K) in the IPB.
The laser drive boards emit laser beam to create an electrostatic latent image on the corresponding drums.
Each laser drive board emits two beams per one laser diode, and writes two lines per one scanning.
The write start position is determined according to the INDEX signals detected by the Index boards/Y
(INDEXB/Y), /M (INDEXB/M), /C (INDEXB/C) and /K (INDEXB/K) to prevent the misalignment of scanned
image in main scanning direction.
[1]
[2]
[3]
a03ut2c027ca
[1]
Laser beam
[2]
Polygon mirror
[3]
Drum
37
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8. WRITE SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8.2.3
Color registration control
In a black-and-white copier, a toner image formed on its drum can be directly transferred onto paper. In a color
copier, the process is much complicated. This machine uses four photoconductor drums correspond to yellow,
magenta, cyan, and black colors. In order to create a complete toner image, the four separated single-color
toner images formed on the drums must be overlaid on the transfer belt without misalignment. The control to
prevent the misalignment is referred to as "color registration control."
A. Types of the color registration control
There are following five color registration controls and the five controls are carried out for each color correcting
yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C) with reference to black (K).
The color registration control in the "Partial horizontal magnification" is made by adjusting the write units
mechanically. The other four color registration controls are performed electrically.
Correction type
Correction method
Drift in the main scan-
Adjusts the write start timing in the main
ning direction
scan direction
Drift in the sub-scanning
Adjusts the write start timing in the sub-scan
direction
direction
Entire horizontal magni-
Adjusts the clock frequency for the wire
fication
units
Inclination
Adjusts the angle of the CY2 lens 2 (CY2

lens is driven by the laser correction motor)
Partial horizontal magni-
Adjusts the position of the write unit (paral-
fication
lelism against the drum)

See adjusting the timing for the image
adjustment in service mode.
*1
To show the symptoms plainly, the sample figures in the table indicate the positions of only two colors.
*2
The gap between the upper and lower lines in the sample figures for "Drift in the main scanning direction",
"Entire horizontal magnification" and "Partial horizontal magnification" is not a misalignment. Just for showing the symptoms clearly.
38
8. WRITE SECTION
B. Overview of the color registration control

In the color registration control, the color registration marks of each color are formed on the transfer belt (outside
of the largest paper area). The color registration sensors; /Fr (PS8) and /Rr (PS9) detect the marks to know how
much they are shifted from each other. If the shift amount falls outside the prescribed range, the image write timing, the clock frequency and the angle of the CY2 lens 2 for the corresponding color are adjusted as necessary.
[13]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[12]
[4]
[11]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[10]
[8]
[9]
a03ut2c108ca
[1]
Drum /Y
[8]
Write unit /K
[2]
Write unit /Y
[9]
Transfer belt
[3]
Drum /M
[10]
Transferring direction
[4]
Write unit /M
[11]
Color registration sensor /Fr (PS8)
[5]
Drum /C
[12]
Color registration sensor /Rr (PS9)
[6]
Write unit /C
[13]
Data processing
[7]
Drum /K
39
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8. WRITE SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Procedure for the color registration control operation
1. Transferring the color registration mark

The color registration mark "
" of each black, cyan, magenta, and yellow colors are transferred on the transfer
belt in that order forming two marks per line, one each on the left and right sides on the belt. The left and right
positions of the marks on the belt correspond to the positions of the color registration sensors; /Rr (PS9) and /Fr
(PS8).
[7]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
40
[5]
a03ut2c109ca
[1]
Color registration mark /K
[5]
[2]
Color registration mark /C
[6]
[3]
Color registration mark /M
[7]
Transferring direction
[4]
Color registration mark /Y
8. WRITE SECTION
2. Detecting the color registration marks

The PS8 and PS9 detect the edges of the color registration mark "
" of each color and convert the detected
result into digital signals. The edge detection is performed at four points (edges) per mark.
[4]
[5]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Detecting direction (transferring direction)
[2]
Binarized digital signals
[3]
Detection signal of the color registration
a03ut2c110ca
[4]
Color registration sensor /Fr and /Rr (PS8

and PS9)
[5]
Color registration mark
sensors /Fr and /Rr (PS8 and PS9) (analog

signal)
41
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8. WRITE SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. Calculating and correcting the color drift amount

The interval between the detection of one edge of the registration mark and the next edge with the PS8 and PS9
sensors are recorded. As shown below, each time interval between the edge detections is determined with the
counts of clock signal, and the counts with the PS8 and those with the PS9 are recorded separately.
[1]
[5]
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
[2]
[4]
150 300
180 330
[3]
[1]
Detecting direction (transferring direction)
[4]
Clock signal
[2]
Address number of the detected edge
[5]
Binarized digital signals
[3]
Counts of clock signal corresponding to the
a03ut2c111ca
address for each detected edge

The recorded time intervals for cyan, magenta, yellow colors are compared with those for black color, and the
differences are determined as color drift amounts. In addition to that, the difference between the PS8 and PS9
time intervals of black color is compared with those of the other colors in order to determine color drift amounts
caused by tilt of write units. According to the obtained drift amounts, the registration control is performed.
42
8. WRITE SECTION
D. Operation condition of the color registration control

The color registration control is performed when:
Operation condition 1
The color registration automatic correction is executed in the service mode.
Be sure to perform the above operation when replacing components listed in "9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT
ITEMS" in Field Service manual.
During warm-up. However, it is not performed if 70 degrees C or higher of fusing temperature is detected
when starting the warm-up.
The prescribed number of pages are copied/printed.

A copy/print job is received after the specified time passed.
Changes in temperature detected by the temperature sensor board (TMSB) fall outside the prescribed
range. The control is performed when a copy/print job is received first time after the status occurs.
NOTE
In case of the Operation condition 3, the registration control is performed interrupting the copy/
print job. This can be changed with DIPSW in service mode to carry out the control after finishing
a copy/print job.
In case of the Operation condition 4 and 5, the color registration correction control is performed at
the beginning of the first copy/print after unity of the operating condition.
8.2.4
Front/back sides skew correction in main scan direction
If a black image written by the write unit /K is skewed in the main scan direction when performing duplex
printing, black images finally printed on front and back sides of paper will be skewed in opposite way.
The inclination of the CY2 lens2 of the write unit /K should be adjusted in order to correct the skew.
The adjustment can be made manually using the following menus.

User's mode: chart adjustment
Service mode: CD skew adjustment
8.2.5
Back side magnification adjustment in sub scan direction
When the back side mag. adjustment is enabled with the utility, the adjustment is carried out by changing
the number of revolutions of the polygon motor.
In order to reduce magnification rate in sub scan direction, the number of revolutions of the polygon motor
increases lowering the clock rate.
The magnification reduction rate can be set manually using the following menus.
User's mode: chart adjustment
Service mode: FD mag. adjustment
43
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8. WRITE SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8.2.6
Image stabilization control
To achieve stable image quality, the following controls are provided. Refer to "23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL" for details.
(See P.114)
44
MPC (maximum power control)
APC (automatic power control)
Vm adjustment control
9. PHOTOCONDUCTOR SECTION
9.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Configuration
Drum /Y
Drum /M
Drum /C
Drum /K
Transfer belt unit
Lubricant applying roller
Drum
Developing unit
Erase lamp
Lubrication
Cleaning blade
Toner collection screw
a03ut2c028ca
45
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
9.2
Drive
[2]
[1]
[1]
Drum motor /Y (M14), /M (M15), /C (M16)

and /K (M17)
46
a03ut2c026ca
[2]
Drum
9.3
Operation
9.3.1
Image creation control
The image creation process starts when the drum motor /K (M17) turns on [1], though transferring each
color toner image to the transfer belt is made in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black.
After M17 turns on, the other drum motors are turned on in the order of motor /Y (M14) [2], /M (M15) [3]
The erase lamp, charging corona and developing bias of each color turns on when the corresponding drum
and /C (M16) [4].

motor starts to rotate.
The developing motor starts to rotate [5] after the specified time passed from the start of the writing operation [6].
The on [6] and off [8] of writing operation corresponds to the on and off of the developing bias (AC) and the
first transfer.
The developing motor and the toner supply motor stop and the writing operation is finished [11].
The charging corona is deenergized and the first transfer is finished. [12].
When the turning corona turns off [15], the DC bias supply, the erase lamp and the drum motor are
stopped. This is the end of Y toner image creating process.
Creating toner images of the other colors is performed subsequently.
The first transfer pressure/release motor (M119) and the second transfer pressure/release motor (M34) turn
on while creating the toner images on each drum.
When the transfer belt is moved to the first transfer position by the M19, the V_TOP signal which triggers
the second transfer is output [7].
The toner images on each drum are transferred to the transfer belt one by one (first transfer).
The separation (HV/2) turns on [9] after the specified time passed from when the V_TOP signal is output.
After the specified time passed from when the separation (HV/2) turns on, the second transfer (HV/2) turns
on [10] to transfer the complete toner image on the belt to paper (second transfer). The bias supply is
stopped [10] and second transfer cleaning is canceled.
The second transfer operation is terminated after the specified time passed from when supplying the developing AC bias for black is stopped [13].
After the specified time passed from when M19 stops applying pressure [14] against the transfer belt, the
bias is applied [16] and second transfer cleaning is performed.
47
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[1][2] [3] [4]
[5] [6]
[8]
[7]
[9]
[11] [12]
[15]
Drum motor /Y (M14)

Developing motor /Y (M20)
Toner supply motor /Y (M49)
Erase lamp /Y (EL/Y)
Charging corona /Y (HV/1)
Laser drive board /Y (LASDB/Y)
Developing bias /Y (DC) (HV/1)
Developing bias /Y (AC) (HV/1)
1st transfer /Y (HV/2)
Drum motor /M (M15)
Developing motor /M (M21)
Toner supply motor /M (M50)
Erase lamp /M (EL/M)
Charging corona /M (HV/1)
Laser drive board /M (LASDB/M)
Developing bias /M (DC) (HV/1)
Developing bias /M (AC) (HV/1)
1st transfer /M (HV/2)
Drum motor /C (M16)
Developing motor /C (M22)
Toner supply motor /C (M51)
Erase lamp /C (EL/C)
Charging corona /C (HV/1)
Laser drive board /C (LASDB/C)
Developing bias /C (DC) (HV/1)
Developing bias /C (AC) (HV/1)
1st transfer /C (HV/2)
Drum motor /K (M17)
Developing motor /K (M23)
Toner supply motor /K (M52)
Erase lamp /K (EL/K)
Charging corona /K (HV/1)
Laser drive board /K (LASDB/K)
Developing bias /K (DC) (HV/1)
Developing bias /K (AC) (HV/1)
1st transfer /K (HV/2)
Transfer belt motor (M18)
1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19)
2nd transfer pressure/release motor (M34)
2nd transfer CONT
Bias (HV/2)
2nd transfer (HV/2)
Separation (HV/2)
[10]
[13]
[14]
[16]
a03ut2c030ca
48
[1]
M17 ON
[9]
[2]
M14 ON
[10]
Separation ON
Start of second transfer
[3]
M15 ON
[11]
Finish of writing (The last toner image)
[4]
M16 ON
[12]
Finish of first transfer /Y
[5]
M20 ON
[13]
Developing bias /K (AC) OFF (End of writing)
[6]
Start of writing (First toner image)
[14]
Start of transfer belt release
[7]
V_TOP signal generation
[15]
Charging corona /Y OFF
[8]
Finish of writing (First toner image)
[16]
Start of second transfer cleaning

Erase lamp (EL) control
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
9.3.2
A. Purposes
To eliminate remained electric potential on the drum surface
To distribute the electric potential uniformly on the drum surface
To light when the drum is in the position before charging
B. Execution timing
Turns on/off synchronously with each drum motor.
9.3.3
To achieve stable image quality, the following controls are provided. Refer to "23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL" for details.(See P.114)
Drum rotation control
Vm adjustment control
49
10. CHARGING SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

10.1 Configuration
Charging wire
Charging plate
Charging
corona /Y
Charging
corona /M
Charging
corona /C
Charging
corona /K
a03ut2c031ca
50
10.2 Operation
10.2.1
Charging control
A. Charging wire
The high voltage unit /1 (HV/1) boosts 24 VDC and apply a negative DC voltage to the charging wire. The
wire discharges the negative voltage.
Charging output range: -450 to -1,100 A
B. Charging grid
To let the charging wire discharge stably, a negative high voltage is applied to the charging grid from the
high voltage unit /1 (HV/1).
Charging grid output range: -250 to -1,000V
51
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

11.1 Configuration
Color registration sensor shutter /Fr
Belt cleaning blade
Color registration sensor shutter /Rr

Toner guide roller
Toner collection screw
PGC sensor shutter

Image correction unit
First transfer roller /C
First transfer roller /K
Transfer belt
Separation claw unit
a03ut2c032ca
52
11.2.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
11.2 Drive
Transfer belt conveyance/pressure drive
[9]
[8]
[1]
A
[2]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[16]
[15]
[14]
[13]
[12]
[5]
[11]
[10]
a03ut2c033ca
[1]
[9]
Belt driving roller
[2]
Drum
[10]
Standby (all released)
[3]
[11]
Black-and-white mode (Only first transfer
[4]
[12]
Full color mode (all pressed)
[5]
[13]
First transfer roller /K pressure release arm
[6]
First transfer pressure/release motor (M19)
[14]
Drive coupling
[7]
Transfer belt
[15]
First transfer roller /K pressure release cam
[8]
[16]
First transfer rollers /Y /M /C pressure
rollers /K is pressed)
release cam
53
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
11.2.2
Second transfer pressure/release drive
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
Second transfer pressure/release motor
a03ut2c026ca
[3]
[4]
Transfer belt
(M34)
[2]
54
Pressure arm
11.3 Operation
11.3.1
First transfer roller pressure/release mechanism
During first transfer, the transfer belt [9] is pressed against and released from the drums /Y [8], /M [10], /C
[11] and /K [12].
The three first transfer rollers /Y [18], /M [17] and /C [14] are included in the color first transfer roller assy [16]
and driven simultaneously.
The color first transfer roller assy drives the first transfer pressure/release motor (M19) [15] via the first transfer roller /C pressure release cam [7].
The first transfer roller /K [13] drives the M19 via the first transfer roller /K pressure release arm [4] and the
first transfer roller /K pressure release cam [6].
The two cams rotate synchronously. The difference in shape between the two cams enables to move the
color first transfer roller assy between the three positions according to the print mode.
In full color mode, the both color first transfer roller assy and the first transfer roller /K are pressed [3].
In black-and-white mode, only the first transfer roller /K is pressed.
The rotating position of the cam is detected by the first transfer HP sensor (PS15).
The rotation amount of the cam is controlled by the drive force of the M19 that starts to rotate when the
PS15 turns off.
[18]
[8]
[9]
[17]
[10]
[16]
[15]
[11]
[14]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[12]
[4]
[3]
[13]
[2]
[1]
a03ut2c035ca
[1]
In standby mode
[10]
Drum /M
[2]
In black-and-white mode
[11]
Drum /C
[3]
In full color mode
[12]
Drum /K
[4]
[13]
[5]
Drive coupling
[14]
[6]
[15]
First transfer pressure/release motor (M19)
[7]
First transfer roller /C pressure release cam
[16]
Color First transfer roller assy
[8]
Drum /Y
[17]
[9]
Transfer belt
[18]
55
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
11.3.2
First transfer control
A. First transfer operation
Toner on the drum is transferred onto the transfer belt by a DC bias applied to the first transfer roller that
presses the transfer belt from its inside.
B. First transfer roller DC bias

The DC bias for the first transfer roller changes depending on the following conditions:
Process speed
Black-and-white mode or color mode
Humidity
Count of uses of the first transfer roller
Count of uses of the developer
C. Operation timing
Refer to "9.3.1 Image creation control"
(See P.47)
56
11.3.3
Second transfer mechanism
The cam [5] is rotated by the second transfer pressure/release motor (M34).
When the cam pushes the pressure arm [6], the second transfer roller /Lw [7] is pushed up and pressed to
the transfer belt unit [4].
Pressure can be selected from "Normal [2]" or "Low [3]". (If the image failure (transfer failure) occurs when
printing onto thick papers, select "Low".)
Pressure can also be selected from the paper setting in the basic screen by setting "1" for DipSW1-0.
When the cam further rotates, the pressure to the pressure arm is released and the second transfer roller /
Lw comes down to be released from the transfer belt unit [1].
[7]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[1]
[3]
[2]
a03ut2c036ca
[1]
Released
[5]
[2]
Pressed (Normal)
[6]
Pressure arm
[3]
Pressed (Low)
[7]
[4]
Transfer belt unit
11.3.4
Cam
Second transfer control
A. Second transfer operation
The toner on the transfer belt is transferred onto paper when the paper is conveyed in between the transfer
belt and the second transfer roller /Lw.
B. Second transfer roller /Up DC bias

The DC bias for the second transfer roller changes depending on the following conditions:
Process speed
Black-and-white mode or color mode
Humidity
Type of paper
Front side or back side of paper
C. Operation timing
Refer to "9.3.1 Image creation control".
(See P.47)
57
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
11.3.5
Image correction unit shutter mechanism
The image correction unit is provided with a shutter mechanism that covers the sensors while they are not
used to prevent them from contamination.
The color registration sensor shutter /Fr [6] and /Rr [7] are driven by the color registration shutter solenoid
(SD2) [2] in order to protect the color registration sensor /Fr (PS8) [5] and /Rr (PS9) [8].
The PGC sensor shutter [3] that protects the PGC sensor [4] is driven by the PGC shutter solenoid (SD3)
[1].
[6]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[8]
[1]
a03ut2c037ca
[1]
SD3
[5]
[2]
SD2
[6]
Color registration sensor shutter /Fr
[3]
PGC sensor shutter
[7]
Color registration sensor shutter /Rr
[4]
PGC sensor
[8]
PS9
11.3.6
[3]
[7]
PS8
Control of flip prevention for the belt cleaning blade
As countermeasures against the flip of the belt cleaning blade and the occurrence of white bands on
images, a toner band is periodically created on the transfer belt.
Creating the toner band can be enabled/disabled with DipSW20-4.
11.3.7
Control against belt filming
Lubricant contained in the toner adheres to the transfer belt, and can cause white bands on images.
Therefore, toner is stored between the belt cleaning blade and the toner guide roller to scrape the lubricant
off the belt surface with the toner at regular intervals.
11.3.8
(See P.114)
58
12. DEVELOPING SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

12.1 Configuration
Developing unit /Y
Developing unit /M
Developing unit /C
Developing unit /K
Developer conveyance guide
Feed magnet
roller
Developing roller
Conveyance screw
TRC sensor /Y (TCRS/Y)

TRC sensor /M (TCRS/M)
TRC sensor /C (TCRS/C)
TRC sensor /K (TCRS/K)
Agitator screw
a03ut2c038ca
59
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12.2 Drive
[6]
[7]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
a03ut2c102ca
60
[1]
Agitator screw
[4]
[2]
Developing coupling /2
[5]
Conveyance screw
Developing coupling /1
[3]
Developing motor /Y (M20), /M (M21), /C
[6]
Developing roller
(M22), /K (M23)
[7]
Feed roller
12.3 Operation
12.3.1
Developer conveyance
The developer in the developing unit is agitated by the agitator screw [1] and conveyed to the conveyance
The developer around the conveyance screw is conveyed to the developing roller [4] by the feed roller [7]
screw [2].
and the developer conveyance guide [6].
The developer on the developing roller is spread uniformly by the developing regulation plate [5].
After transfering the developer onto the drum [3], the remained developer on the developing roller is sent
back to the conveyance screw and the agitator screw.
[5]
[6]
[7]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
a03ut2c039ca
[1]
Agitator screw
[5]
Developing regulation plate
[2]
Conveyance screw
[6]
Developer conveyance guide
[3]
Drum
[7]
Feed roller
[4]
Developing roller
12.3.2
Developing bias control
A. Purpose
The developing bias is applied to the developing roller in order to attract toner to the drum surface.
B. Timing
Refer to "9.3.1 Image creation control".

(See P.47)
61
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12.3.3
Developing suction control
The machine intakes the external air to effectively cool down the heat around the developing unit.
The developing fans /1 (M45) [1] and /2 (M46) [2] are provided to cool down the rear of the developing unit.
The fresh-air brought by the M45 and M46 is sent to the rear of the developing unit via the duct [4].
The developing fan /3 (M64) [3] is provided to cool down the heat around the front side of the developing
unit. The fresh-air brought by the M64 is sent to the front of the developing unit via the duct [5].
[5]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03ut2c040ca
[1]
M45
[4]
Duct
[2]
M46
[5]
Duct
[3]
M64
12.3.4
(See P.114)
62
Toner density control
13. TONER SUPPLY SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

13.1 Configuration
Toner supply door open/

close sensor (PS54)
Interlock switch /2 (MS2)
Piezoelectric sensor /Y (PZS/Y)

Piezoelectric sensor /M (PZS/M)
Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14)

Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15)
Toner bottle motor (M53)
Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16)
Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17)
Piezoelectric sensor /C (PZS/C) Piezoelectric sensor /K
(PZS/K)

a03ut2c041ca
63
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
13.2 Drive
[1]
[11]
[2]
[12]
[10]
[3]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[13]
A
a03ut2c042ca
64
[1]
Toner supply gear /A (same shaft as C)
[8]
[2]
[9]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[11]
[5]
Toner supply gear /A (same shaft as D)
[12]
Toner bottle drive gear
[6]
[13]
Toner conveyance screw
[7]
[14]
Toner supply screw
13.3 Operation
13.3.1
Toner conveyance control
A. Toner supply control to the toner hopper
When toner level in the toner hopper becomes about 50g, the bottle motor (M53) and the toner bottle
clutch /Y (MC14), /M (MC15), /C (MC16) and /K (M52) are turned on. Then the toner bottle rotates to supply
new toner.
B. Toner supply control to the developing unit

(1) When the power is turned on
Each of the TCR sensors /Y (TCRS/Y), /M (TCRS/M), /C (TCRS/C) and /K (TCRS/K) detects the toner density in each developing unit after the specified time passed from when the sub power switch (SW2) turns
on.
When the detected density is below the reference toner density that is stored in the CPU on the printer control board (PRCB), the toner supply motors /Y (M49), /M (M50), /C (M51) and /K (M52) are turned on to
supply toner up to the specified density.
(2) While in printing
While in the print operation, each of the TCRS /Y, /M, /C and /K monitors the toner density.
When output voltage of the TCRS /Y, /M, /C and /K is below the reference value, the toner supply motors
are turned on to supply toner up to the specified density.
13.3.2
Remaining toner detection control
A. Remaining toner detection control
Toner levels in each toner hopper are detected by the piezoelectric sensors /Y (PZS/Y), /M (PZS/M), /C
(PZS/C) and /K (PZS/K).
B. Detection timing
During printing (always on)
C. No-toner display on the operation panel
When the value output from the piezoelectric sensor still indicates the "no-toner" status even after the toner
is supplied to the toner hopper, it is judged that the toner bottle has run out of toner and the message
"Please replace toner bottle" is displayed on the touch panel.
13.3.3
Stop control for print operation with no toner
After the message "Please replace toner bottle" is displayed on the touch panel, the consumption of the
remaining toner (about 50g) in the toner hopper is detected by the driving time of the toner supply motors /
Y (M49), /M (M50), /C (M51) and /K (M52).
When it is detected that the remaining toner has been consumed, the print operation is stopped by the settings of DIPSW1-2 and 1-3.
When toner density in the developing unit becomes below the reference value while in the printing stop
operation described above, print operation is immediately stopped after exiting the paper in progress.
65
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14. TONER COLLECTION SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

14.1 Configuration
Belt waste toner socket
Drum /Y waste toner socket

Belt collection pipe
Drum /M waste toner socket
Drum /C waste toner socket
Vertical conveyance pipe
Drum /K waste toner socket

Waste toner door sensor (PS60)
Horizontal conveyance pipe
Waste toner full sensor (PS52)
Waste toner outlet
a03ut2c043ca
66
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.2 Drive
[7]
[8]
A
[6]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
a03ut2c044ca
[1]
Drum waste toner inlet
[5]
[2]
Horizontal conveyance screw
[6]
Belt collection screw
[3]
[7]
[4]
Paper feed motor (M41)
[8]
Belt collection cam
67
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.3 Operation
14.3.1
Toner collection control
Toner collection section is driven by the transfer belt motor (M18) and the paper feed motor (M41).
Collecting toner is performed by the M18 that drives the transfer belt and the paper feed operation driven
by the M41.
14.3.2
Toner collection box control
The presence of toner collection box is detected by on/off of the waste toner door sensor (PS60).
14.3.3
Box full control
When the waste toner full sensor (PS52) is turned on, a warning message is displayed on the touch panel.
There is a box full counter in the NVRAM board (NRB). After the PS52 is turned on, the counter starts
counting.
For operation details, refer to the table blow.
PS60
PS52
ON
OFF
ON
ON
Box full counter
Less than 2500
Operation
Print available
Warning message is displayed on the touch panel when
the PS52 turns on.
After the PS52 turns on, printing is available unless the
count exceeds 2500.
ON
ON
2500 or more
Rejects incoming new jobs

Job in progress is continued 3000 is counted.
Print stopped at 3000 counts
68
15. PAPER FEED SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

15.1 Configuration
Paper feed
roller
Pre-registration roller
Pick-up roller
Separation roller
Lift plate
Tray /2
Tray /1
Tray /3
a03ut2c045ca
69
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.2 Drive
[17]
[15]
[14]
[16]
[23]
[22]
[13] [12][11] [9] [10]
[27] [21][20]
[19][18]
[8]
[24]
[6]
[4]
[7] [5]
[26]
[25]
[3] [1]
[2]
a03ut2c046ca
70
[1]
Pre-registration roller /3
[15]
[2]
Pre-registration clutch /3 (MC12)
[16]
Lift wire
Paper lift motor /1 (M38)
[3]
Drive coupling /3
[17]
Pick-up roller /1
[4]
[18]
Paper feed roller /1
[5]
Separation roller /3
[19]
Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7)
[6]
[20]
[7]
[21]
[8]
Pick-up roller
[22]
[9]
[23]
[10]
[24]
Drive coupling /2
[11]
Pick-up roller /2
[25]
[12]
[26]
[13]
[27]
Drive coupling /1
[14]
Lift plate
15.3 Operation
15.3.1
Plate up/down control
A. Plate-up operation
The lift plate [7] lies on the both left and right shaft [6].
The lift wires [8] are connected to each shaft and the plate is kept in a horizontal position by the drive pulley
[4], one for each of the lift drive shaft [5] via each pulley [9].
When the each lift drive shaft of the trays are rotated by the paper lift motors /1 (M38) [1], /2 (M39) [2] and /
3 (M40) [3], the each drive pulley winds up the wire and then the lift plate goes up.
[9]
[1]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[5]
[6]
[4]
a03ut2c047ca
[1]
M38
[6]
Shaft
[2]
M39
[7]
Lift plate
[3]
M40
[8]
Lift wires
[4]
Drive pulley
[9]
Pulleys
[5]
Lift drive shaft
71
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Plate-down operation
When each tray is pulled out, the each lift drive shaft is disengaged from the couplings of the lift motors /1
The disengagement cuts off the drive force from the M38, M39 and M40 to the lift plate, and the plate goes
(M38), /2 (M39), /3 (M40).

down by its own weight.
C. Operation timing
When the tray is set, the paper lift motors /1 (M38), /2 (M39), and /3 (M40) start to rotate and the lift plate
goes up.
When the upper limit sensors /1 (PS30), /2 (PS36) and /3 (PS42) are turned on by the top sheet, the M38,
M39 and the M40 stop.
When the PS30, PS36 and PS42 are turned off by paper feeding, the M38, M39 and M40 rotate again, to
lift the lift plate until each upper limit sensor turns on.
15.3.2
Paper size detection control
A. Detection in main scanning direction
Paper size in main scanning direction is detected by the resistance value of the paper size VR/1 (VR1), /2
(VR2) and /3 (VR3).
The resistance value of the VR1, VR2, and VR3 varies depending on the position of the guide plate.
B. Detection in sub-scanning direction
Paper size in sub-scanning direction is detected by on/off status of the paper size sensors /Fr1 (PS33) and
/Rr (PS34), /Fr2 (PS39) and /Rr2 (PS40), and /Fr3 (PS45) and /Rr3 (PS46).
Paper size
Paper size sensors /Rr1
Paper size VR/1 (VR1), /2
(PS34), /Rr2 (PS40), /Rr3
(VR2), /3 (VR3) *1
(PS45)
(PS46)
13 x 19
ON
ON
333.2
SRA3
ON
ON
317.0
SRA4
OFF
OFF
317.0
12 x 18
ON
ON
292.8
A3
ON
OFF
280.4
A4
OFF
OFF
280.4
11 x 17
ON
OFF
252.4
81/2 x 11
OFF
OFF
252.4
8K
ON
OFF
237.4
16K
OFF
OFF
237.4
B4
ON
OFF
216.7
B5
OFF
OFF
216.7
81/2 x14
ON
OFF
151.3
81/2 x11S
OFF
OFF
151.3
A4S
OFF
OFF
141.9
81/2 x13
ON
OFF
151.3
B5S
OFF
OFF
97.3
A5S
OFF
OFF
43.2
81/2 x 51/2S
OFF
OFF
30.0
*1 VR angles
72
Paper size sensors /Fr1

(PS33), /Fr2 (PS39), /Fr3
15.3.3
Paper feed control
A. Pick-up control
The paper feed motor (M41) starts to rotate upon receiving a print start signal [1].
After the specified time passed from when the start signal is received [1], the pick-up solenoids /1 (SD7), /2
(SD8) and /3 (SD9) and the paper feed clutches /1 (MC7), /2 (MC9) and /3 (MC11) are turned on.
When the SD7, SD8 and SD9 turn on, the pick-up roller descends and presses the paper by its own
weight.
The pick-up roller rotates to feed the top sheet to the paper feed roller by means of the M41 drive force
transmitted via the MC7, MC9, and MC11.
The subsequent feeding by the pick-up roller is made when the paper feed sensors /1 (PS29), /2 (PS35),
and /3 (PS41) detect the rear end of the previous paper [3].
[1] [2]
[3]

Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD7), /2 (SD8), /3 (SD9)
Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7), /2 (MC9), /3 (MC11)
Paper feed sensor /1 (PS29), /2 (PS35), /3 (PS41)
a03ut2c048ca
[1]
Print start signal
[2]
First pick-up
[3]
Second pick-up
73
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Separation mechanism
The separation roller [4] is driven in the opposite direction [2] to the paper feed direction [10] via the torque
limiter [1].
The separation roller is pressed against the paper feed roller [8] by means of the spring [3] force [9] and the
pressure applied from the torque limiter.
The friction force between the separation roller and the paper feed roller is limited by the torque limiter in
When no paper exists between the separation roller and the paper feed roller or when the only one sheet of
order to prevent multi-feed.

paper is present, the separation roller is driven by the paper feed roller in the direction of arrow [5] since the
torque is over the limit.
When multiple sheets of paper are fed, the separation roller reverses the direction of rotation [2] (opposite to
the paper feed roller)
the separation roller the direction of rotation [2] (opposite to the paper feed roller) feeds the lower paper [7]
that contacts with the separation roller back to the tray [6]. The drop in frictional force between the two rollers due to the multiple sheets causes the counter rotating of the separation roller.
[8]
[7]
[6]
[9]
[10]
[5]
[4]
[3]
74
[2]
[1]
[1]
Torque limiter
[6]
To the tray
[2]
Rotation toward the separation
[7]
Second sheet of paper
[3]
Spring
[8]
Paper feed roller
[4]
Separation roller
[9]
Pressing force
[5]
Driven rotation
[10]
Paper feed direction
a03ut2c049ca
C. Loop formation mechanism
The paper passed between the paper feed roller [5] and the separation roller [3] is conveyed to the pre-reg-
The paper pushes the actuator [1] and the actuator turns on the paper feed sensors /1 (PS29), /2 (PS35)
In order to correct skew of the paper, the leading edge of the paper is pressed against the pre-registration
istration roller [7].

and /3 (PS41).
roller that is not moving until the paper forms a small loop [2]. This is made by stopping the paper feed roller
after the specified time passed from when the PS29, PS35, and PS41 turn on.
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[1]
[3]
[2]
a03ut2c050ca
[1]
Actuator
[5]
[2]
Loop
[6]
Paper feed roller

PS29, PS35, PS41
[3]
Separation roller
[7]
[4]
Pick-up roller
75
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Pre-registration control
The pre-registration roller is driven by the paper feed motor (M41) via the pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8), /
2 (MC10) and /3 (MC12).
When paper feeding is started with the pick-up roller, the MC8, MC10 and MC12 do not transmit the drive
force from the motor to the pre-registration roller so as not to rotate the roller.
The fed paper is pressed against the pre-registration roller, and since the roller is stopping, the pressure
causes the paper to form a small loop [2] in order to correct skew of the paper.
The MC8, MC10, and MC12 start to transmit [3] the drive force to the pre-registration roller to rotate it after
the specified time passed form when the paper feed sensors; /1 (PS29), /2 (PS35), /3 (PS41) turn on.
The paper feed clutches; /1(MC7), /2 (MC9), and /3 (MC11) continue to transmit the drive force to the paper
The pre-registration operation for the second and subsequent papers [5] is performed turning off [6] the
feed roller to assist the paper feed until the pre-registration roller grips the paper.
MC8, MC10, and MC12 after the specified time passed from when the PS29, PS35, and PS41 turn on so
that the operation does not interrupt feeding of the previous paper.
When the intermediate sensor /1 (PS27) turns on upon detection of the front edge of the previous paper,
the MC8, MC10 and MC12 turns on again [7] and restart the pre-registration.
[1]
[2]
[4][6] [7]

Pick-up solenoid/1 (SD7), /2 (SD8), /3 (SD9)
Paper feed clutch/1 (MC7), /2 (MC9), /3 (MC11)
Pre-registration clutch/1 (MC8), /2 (MC10), /3 (MC12)
Paper feed sensor/1 (PS29), /2 (PS35), /3 (PS41)
Intermediate conveyance sensor/1 (PS27)
[3]
76
[5]
a03ut2c051ca
[1]
Print start signal
[5]
Second sheet pre-registration
[2]
First sheet loop formation
[6]
A pause of second sheet pre-registration
[3]
First sheet pre-registration
[7]
Restart of second sheet pre-registration
[4]
Second sheet loop formation
15.3.4
Remaining paper detection control
Remaining amount of papers in the tray is detected by the paper near empty sensor /1 (PS32), /2 (PS38), /
3 (PS44) [2].
As the papers get lower, the actuator [6] on the front side of the tray is gradually rotated.
The PS32, PS38 and PS44 turn on and off each time the slits [3], [4] and [5] of the actuator passes through.
The main body control section counts the number of on/off's of the PS32, PS38 and PS44 to detect the
amount of remaining paper in four levels.
Slit count
Remaining amount of paper
Remaining amount Indication on

the touch panel
100 to 75%
4 lit
75 to 50%
3 lit
50 to 25%
2 lit
25 to 0%
1 lit
[2]
[1]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a03ut2c052ca
[1]
Rotation direction when lift plate goes up
[4]
Slit
[2]
PS32, PS38, PS44
[5]
Slit
[3]
Slit
[6]
Actuator
77
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. BYPASS FEED TRAY SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16.1 Configuration
Paper feed roller
Pick-up roller
Lift plate
Separation roller
Paper size sensor /BP1 (PS48)
Paper empty sensor /BP (PS47)
78
a03ut2c053ca
[6]
[7]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16.2 Drive
[2] [8]
[1]
[5]
[3]
[4]
a03ut2c054ca
[1]
Lift gear
[5]
Drive coupling
[2]
Pick-up roller
[6]
Paper feed roller
[3]
Separation roller
[7]
Paper feed clutch /BP (MC6)
[4]
[8]
Paper lift motor /BP (M35)
79
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16.3 Operation
16.3.1
A. Plate-up operation
The paper lift motor /BP (M35) drives the lift gear to lift the lift plate.
B. Plate-down operation
The paper lift motor /BP (M35) drives the lift gear to lower the lift plate.
C. Operation timing
(1) Plate-up operation
When the tray is set, paper lift motor /BP (M35) rotates in forward and the lift plate goes up.
The lift plate elevation makes the top sheet turns on the upper limit sensor /BP (PS25). This deactivates the
M35 to stop the plate.
When the PS25 are turned off by paper feeding, the M35 starts to rotate again to lift the lift plate. Then the
PS25 is turned on again by the top sheet the and makes the M35 stop to stop lifting the lift plate.
(2) Plate-down operation
The paper empty sensor /BP (PS47) turns off when the bypass feed tray runs out of paper. This makes the
M35 rotate in reverse to lower the lift plate.
The lift plate goes down when the paper is removed from the tray.
When the paper supply door of LU is opened, the lift plate goes down.
The M35 stops reverse rotation after the specified time passed to stop lowering the lift plate.
16.3.2
A. Detection in main scanning direction
Paper size in main scanning direction is detected by the resistance value of the paper size VR/BP (VR4).
The resistance value of the VR4 varies depending on the position of the guide plate.
B. Detection in sub-scanning direction
Paper size in sub-scanning direction is detected by ON/OFF statuses of the paper size sensors /BP1
(PS48) and /BP2 (PS49).
80
16.3.3
Paper feed control
A. Pick-up control
The paper feed motor (M41) starts to rotate upon receiving a print start signal [1].
After the specified time passed from when the start signal is received [1], the pick-up solenoid /BP (SD5)
and the paper feed clutch /BP (MC6) are turned on [2].
When the SD5 turns on, the pick-up roller descends and presses the paper by its own weight.
The pick-up roller rotates to feed the top sheet to the paper feed roller by means of the M41 drive force
transmitted via the MC6.
The subsequent feeding by the pick-up roller is made when the paper feed sensor /BP (PS26) detects the
rear end of the previous paper [3].
[1] [2]
[3]

Pick-up solenoid /BP (SD5)
Paper feed sensor /BP (PS26)
a03ut2c055ca
[1]
Print start signal
[2]
First pick-up
[3]
Second pick-up
81
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
The separation roller [4] is driven in the opposite [1] to the paper feed direction [8] via the torque limiter [6].
The separation roller is pressed against the paper feed roller [10] by means of the spring [5] force [9] and the
pressure applied from the torque limiter.

When multiple sheets of paper are fed, the separation roller reverses the direction of rotation [7] (opposite to
the paper feed roller) and feeds the lower paper [2] that contacts with the separation roller back to the tray
[1]. The drop in frictional force between the two rollers due to the multiple sheets causes the counter rotating of the separation roller.
[10]
[9]
[8]
[3] [2]
[4]
[7]
[1]
[5]
[6]
a03ut2c092ca
[1]
To the tray
[6]
[2]
Second sheet of paper
[7]
Rotation toward the separation
[3]
Driven rotation
[8]
[4]
Separation roller
[9]
Spring force
[5]
Spring
[10]
Paper feed roller
16.3.4
Paper empty detection control
No paper status of the tray is detected by the paper empty sensor /BP (PS47).
16.3.5
When the paper empty sensor /BP (PS47) turns off, a message saying that the bypass feed tray is empty
appears on the touch panel.
82
Torque limiter
17. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

17.1 Configuration
Intermediate conveyance roller /1
Intermediate conveyance
roller /1
Vertical conveyance
sensor (PS50)
Vertical conveyance
door sensor (PS51)
Vertical conveyance door
a03ut2c056ca
83
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
17.2 Drive
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
a03ut2c057ca
84
[1]
Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13)
[3]
Drive coupling
[2]
[4]
17.3 Operation
17.3.1
Vertical conveyance control
Paper that is fed from trays /1, /2 and /3 is conveyed to the intermediate conveyance section of ADU.
Paper that is fed from the tray /1 is conveyed to the intermediate conveyance roller /2 of the intermediate
conveyance section (ADU) by the pre-registration roller.
The intermediate conveyance roller /1 assists to convey the paper that is fed from the trays /2 and /3
because the conveyance distance to the intermediate conveyance roller /2 is rather long.
The paper feed motor (M41) drives the intermediate conveyance roller /1 via the intermediate conveyance
clutch /1 (MC13).
The MC13 turns ON at the same time as the paper feed clutches /1 (MC7), /2 (MC9) and /3 (MC11) turn on.
The MC13 turns OFF after the specified time passed from when the intermediate conveyance sensor /1
(PS27) turns on.
85
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
18. REGISTRATION SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

18.1 Configuration
Leading edge sensor
(PS63)
Registration driven roller

Leading edge
sensor (PS63)
Registration roller
Registration
sensor (PS22)
Loop roller
Registration temperature sensor (TEMS1)
86
Registration
Loop roller
driven roller
Registration sensor (PS22)
a03ut2c058ca
[4]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
18.2 Drive
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Loop motor (M31)
[3]
Registration roller
[2]
Loop roller
[4]
Registration motor (M30)
a03ut2c059ca
87
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
18.3 Operation
18.3.1
Loop control
All papers are passed through the loop roller and conveyed to the registration roller.
Loop motor (M31) that drives the loop roller stops after specified time passed from when the registration
sensor (PS22) turns ON upon detecting the leading edge of paper.
Because the registration motor (M30) is stopping, the leading edge of paper is pressed against the registration roller that is not moving. The paper forms a small loop before the M31 stops.
Making paper form a loop enables to correct skew of the paper.
[6] [7] [8]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[9]
[2]
[1]
a03ut2c060ca
88
[1]
[6]
Transfer belt unit
[2]
Loop roller
[7]
Leading edge sensor (PS63)
[3]
Registration loop
[8]
[4]
Registration roller
[9]
Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28)
[5]
18.3.2
Registration operation
After the specified time passed from when the print start signal is received [1], the loop motor (M31) starts
to turn to rotate the loop roller.
The paper conveyed from the intermediate conveyance section or the ADU is conveyed to the registration
roller by the loop roller.
When the registration sensor (PS22) detects the paper front-end, M31 turns OFF after the specified time
passed.
At this point, because the registration motor (M30) is stopping, the paper is pressed against the registration
roller and forms a small loop [2] before the M31 stops.
Making paper from a small loop enables to correct skew of the paper.
The V_TOP signal is generated when the transfer belt becomes ready for the first transfer.
After the specified time passed from when the V_TOP signal is received, the M30 and M31 stop and carry
out registration.
[1]
Loop motor (M31)
V TOP
[2]
[1]
Print start signal is received
[2]
First sheet registration loop
18.3.3
[3]
[3]
a03ut2c093ca
Second sheet registration loop
Paper leading edge timing correction control
The time period from when the registration motor (M30) starts to rotate until the leading edge sensor (PS63)
detects the leading edge of paper is counted.
Based on the counted time, the time when the paper gets to the second transfer section is estimated.
If the estimated arrival time is earlier/later than the proper arrival time, the deceleration timing of the registration roller and the loop roller line speed is adjusted to meet the arrival timing.
The timing correction control is carried out for every sheet of paper.
18.3.4
Registration speed correction control
When restarting registration, the registration roller and loop roller conveyance speed are adjusted according
The TEMS1 measures the temperature at regular intervals.
to the ambient temperature detected by the registration temperature sensor (TEMS1).
The speed of the registration speed correction control is the same as normal line speed when TEMS1
detection temperature is 25 C.
89
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
19. ADU SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
19. ADU SECTION

19.1 Configuration
ADU conveyance
roller /1
ADU conveyance
roller /2
ADU conveyance
sensor (PS61)
ADU stop sensor

(PS20)
ADU gate
ADU centering sensor
(PS65)
90
ADU pre-registration roller
ADU conveyance roller /3
sensor /2 (PS28)
Intermediate
conveyance sensor /1
(PS27)
ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23)

ADU loop roller
ADU reverse sensor (PS21)
ADU reverse roller
roller /2
a03ut2c061ca
19. ADU SECTION
[14] [15]
[16][17]
[18]
[19][20]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
19.2 Drive
[21]
[1][2]
[13] [12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7] [6]
[5] [4]
[3]
a03ut5c062ca
[1]
[12]
ADU loop motor (M57)
[2]
[13]
ADU reverse motor (M32)
[3]
[14]
[4]
[15]
ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC1)
[5]
ADU pre-registration clutch (MC18)
[16]
[6]
[17]
[7]
[18]
Belt
[8]
ADU loop roller
[19]
[9]
Belt
[20]
[10]
ADU reverse roller
[21]
Drive coupling
[11]
Belt
91
19. ADU SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
19.3 Operation
19.3.1
Paper reverse control
A. Paper conveyance
During paper conveyance, the ADU gate [1] is open.

Paper conveyed from the reverse roller /Lw [2] is conveyed to the ADU reverse roller [3] through the ADU
gate.
Paper conveyed to the ADU reverse roller is then conveyed to the ADU loop roller [4].
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
92
a03ut2c063ca
[1]
ADU gate
[3]
ADU reverse roller
[2]
Reverse roller /Lw
[4]
ADU loop roller
19. ADU SECTION
B. Loop formation
When the ADU stop sensor (PS20) [3] detects the rear end of paper and turns OFF, ADU loop roller [5]
stops after the specified time passed.
While the paper is stopped with its leading edge nipped by the ADU loop roller, the ADU reverse roller [4]
continues to rotate.
The ADU reverse roller stops after the rear end of the paper passed through. (after the specified time
passed from when the ADU loop roller stops.)
The above two rollers operation make the paper form a loop [1] between the two rollers.
When the paper is forming the loop, its rear edge is pressed against the ADU reverse roller. This enables to
correct skew of the paper before starting the reverse paper conveyance.
[3]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[1]
a03ut2c064ca
[1]
Loop
[4]
ADU reverse roller
[2]
ADU gate
[5]
ADU loop roller
[3]
PS20
93
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
19. ADU SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Paper reverse
When the ADU reverse roller [6] stops, the ADU gate [4] closes.
After the specified time passed from when the ADU reverse roller stops, the ADU loop roller [8] and ADU
reverse roller rotate reversely at the same time.
Paper is conveyed in the reverse direction keeping the loop [3], and because the ADU gate is closed, it is
conveyed to the ADU conveyance roller /1 [5].
By means of the above operations, the paper is turned upside down.
Then the paper is conveyed to the ADU conveyance roller /2 [7], /3 [3], ADU pre-registration roller [1] and
loop roller [9] for back side printing.
[5]
[6]
[4]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a03ut2c065ca
94
[1]
[6]
ADU reverse roller
[2]
[7]
[3]
Loop
[8]
ADU loop roller
[4]
ADU gate
[9]
Loop roller
[5]
19.3.2
19. ADU SECTION
ADU conveyance control
When the front side of the first sheet is fixed [2], after receiving a print start signal [1], the ADU loop motor
(M57) and the ADU reverse motor (M32) start to rotate in the normal direction.
When the ADU stop sensor (PS20) detects the rear end [3] of the first sheet while the paper is conveyed to
the reverse paper exit section, the M57 stops to stop the ADU loop roller.
The M32 stops after the M57stops. This makes the paper form a loop [4] between the ADU loop roller and
the ADU reverse roller.
After the specified time passed from when the PS20 turns off [3], the ADU gate solenoid (SD10) turns on [5]
and closes the ADU gate. At the same time, the M57 and M32 start to rotate in reverse direction to convey
the paper reversely.
When the ADU conveyance sensor (PS61) provided on the ADU conveyance section detects the rear end
of the paper [6], the rotation direction of the M57 and M32 is switched to normal. The SD10 turns off and
opens the ADU gate again for the next paper.
[1]
[2]
[3] [6]
[9]

V TOP
Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17)
Reverse paper exit sensor (PS17)
ADU stop sensor (PS20)
ADU conveyance sensor (PS61)
ADU loop motor (M57) Forward
Reverse
ADU reverse motor
Forward
(M32)
Reverse
ADU gate solenoid (SD10)
ADU conveyance clutch/1 (MC1)
[4][5] [7][8]
[1]
[6]
Second sheet paper rear end detection
[2]
First sheet front side fusing complete
[7]
Second sheet loop formation
[3]
First sheet paper back end detection
[8]
ADU gate close
[4]
First sheet loop formation
[9]
First sheet back side fusing complete
[5]
ADU gate close
19.3.3
a03ut2c066ca
Back side centering correction control
The ADU centering sensor (PS65) detects the paper edges of the paper that has been reverse conveyed
from the ADU reverse roller for back side printing.
Depending on the detected value, the distance from the center to the edge of paper is calculated, and the
laser writing position is adjusted so that the image is precisely centered on the printed page.
95
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

20.1 Configuration
Reverse gate
Decurler sensor
(PS62)
Reverse gate
Reverse
decurler roller
Reverse paper
exit sensor
(PS19)
Small size
roller
Reverse roller/Lw:
Reverse decurler roller

Paper exit decurler roller
Paper exit
roller
Paper exit
decurler roller
Paper exit sensor

(PS13)
Paper exit
roller
a03ut2c069ca
96
20.2.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
20.2 Drive
Reverse/paper exit drive
[7]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
Decurler motor (M55)
[5]
[2]
[6]
Paper exit solenoid (SD4)
[3]
Small size roller
[7]
Reverse gate
[4]
Reverse roller /Lw
a03ut2c070ca
Reverse paper exit motor (M33)
97
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
20.2.2
Paper exit drive/OT-502 drive
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03ut2c071ca
98
[1]
Paper exit motor (M54)
[4]
OT-502
[2]
[5]
OT paper exit roller
[3]
Cam
[6]
Paper exit roller
20.3 Operation
20.3.1
Conveyance control
A. Reverse/paper exit switch control
The paper exit path for paper conveyed from the fusing section is switched by the paper exit gate.
The paper exit gate is driven by the paper exit solenoid (SD4).
Switching the paper exit path with the gate is made according to the print mode and the paper exit type.
B. Conveyance path
(1) Straight paper exit
Paper is exited face-up after printed on the one side or printed on the both sides.
[6]
[5]
[7]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
a03ut2c072ca
[1]
Fusing section
[5]
[2]
[6]
OT-502 (Option)
Paper exit roller
[3]
Reverse gate
[7]
Paper exit sensor (PS13)
[4]
99
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) ADU conveyance path
This paper path is used to exit paper face down after printing the one side for one-side printing or doubleside printing.
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03ut2c073ca
100
[1]
Fusing section
[4]
[2]
[5]
OT-502 (Option)
[3]
[6]
Reverse gate
C. Reverse/paper exit
This paper path is used to exit paper face down after printing on the backside in one-side printing or double-side printing.
[11]
[10]
[12]
[13]
[9]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
a03ut2c074ca
[1]
Fusing section
[8]
[2]
[9]
Paper exit pressure sensor (PS10)

[3]
[10]
OT-502 (Option)
[4]
[11]
Paper exit roller
[5]
Small size roller
[12]
[6]
Reverse roller /Lw
[13]
Reverse gate
[7]
Decurler sensor (PS62)
101
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

20.3.2
Reverse/paper exit timing control
In face down paper exit, paper conveyed from the fusing section to the reverse decurler roller passing under
the reverse gate.
The reverse decurler roller conveys the paper to the small size roller by the normal rotation of the decurler
motor (M55).
The small size roller and the reverse roller /Lw convey the paper to the ADU reverse section by the reverse
paper exit motor (M33).
When the decurler sensor (PS62) detects the rear end of paper and turns off [2], the M55 and M33 switch
to reverse rotation.
The rollers rotate in reverse and convey the paper in reverse direction, but due to the guide on the conveyance path, the paper is conveyed to the paper exit roller, not to the reverse gate side.
By means of the above operations, paper is exited with its upside down.
When the paper exit sensor (PS13) detects the rear end of the paper and turns off [3], the M55 and M33
starts the normal rotation again and the next paper is reversed/exited.
[1]
Decurler motor
(M55)
Reverse paper
exit motor (M33)
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse

[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
a03ut2c075ca
102
[1]
[4]
Second sheet reverse conveyance
[2]
First sheet reverse conveyance
[5]
Second sheet exit
[3]
First sheet exit
20.3.3
Paper exit decurler roller pressure control
A. Paper exit decurler roller pressure mechanism
The paper exit decurler roller [1] that faces to the paper exit roller is pressed by the rotation of the cam [2].
The cam is driven by the paper exit motor (M54).
Forward rotation of the M54 causes paper exit operation, and its reverse rotation moves the cam to apply
The cam and the encoder [3] are located on the same shaft. Paper exit pressure sensor (PS10) [4] detects
The pressure applied to the paper exit decurler roller is changed by the cam position in four levels; release
pressure to the paper exit decurler roller.

the slits on the encoder in order to determine the home position of the decurler roller.
[8], low pressure [7], middle pressure [6], and high pressure [5]. The pressure level is controlled according to
the time period of the M54 rotation from when the PS10 turns off.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
a03ut2c076ca
[1]
[5]
High pressure
[2]
Cam
[6]
Middle pressure
[3]
Encoder
[7]
Low pressure
[4]
PS10
[8]
Release
B. Print mode and paper exit decurler roller pressure level
The pressure level applied to the paper exit decurler roller changes according to print mode.
Print mode
Pressure amount
Standby, jam processing
Release
Straight paper exit mode
Low pressure
Double-sided mode
Low pressure, Middle pressure*
Reverse paper exit mode
High pressure
* In the double-sided mode, the pressure level can be changed (Low/Middle) with DIPSW.
103
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

20.3.4
Reverse decurler roller rotation control
A. Purpose
To prevent the reverse decurler roller from deformation when the roller has not been used for certain period
To minimize unevenness in temperature on the decurler roller surface, which can cause unevenness in color
of time.
of printed images, after a continuous printing is carried out.
B. Operation timing
The decurler motor (M55) operates under the following conditions to rotate the reverse decurler motor.
Device status
Standby
Remaining paper
Executing image stabilization
Rotation speed
Rotational direction
1/1 speed (high)
Reverse
1/1 speed (high)
Reverse
operation
After finishing printing
5 minutes
NOTE
When a new print job is received, the after-printing operation is canceled to accept the job.
The after-printing operation can be enabled/disabled with software DipSW.
This control is not carried out by default.
20.3.5
Paper exit full detection control
When the OT-502 (option) is installed in the paper exit section, paper exit full detection control is performed.
The OT-502 paper exit full sensor (PS12) is kept on while the OT-502 tray is used. If the prescribed number
of sheets are exit, or if the "on" status of the sensor is kept for a certain time period, it is detected as a full
status of the OT-502 tray and a message notifying the status appears on the touch panel.
104
21. FUSING SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
21. FUSING SECTION

21.1 Configuration
Fusing belt
Fusing lamp /Up (L2, L3, L4)
Fusing roller /1
Fusing paper exit

roller /Up
Fusing roller /2
Fusing roller /Lw
Fusing heater lamp /4 (L5)

a03ut2c077ca
105
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
21. FUSING SECTION
21.2 Drive
[5]
[1]
[6]
[4]
[7]
[8]
[2]
[3]
a03ut2c078ca
106
[1]
Fusing motor (M29)
[5]
Fusing roller /1
[2]
Cam (fusing roller /Lw for applying pressure)
[6]
Fusing belt
[3]
Same gear
[7]
Fusing roller /2
[4]
Fusing exit roller /Lw
[8]
Fusing roller /Lw
21. FUSING SECTION
21.3 Operation
21.3.1
Fusing roller drive control
A. Fusing process speed table
There are three types of fusing process speed 1/1 speed (300mm/s), 2/3 speed (207mm/s), 1/2 speed
(150mm/s).
The fusing process speed is selected according to the paper weight (thickness) and whether the glossy
mode or not as shown in the table below.
Paper weight
Paper type *1
A
Normal Glossy Normal Glossy Normal Glossy Normal Glossy Normal Glossy
High speed
1/1
1/1
74g/m2 Middle speed
2/3
1/1
High speed
1/1
1/1
80g/m2 Middle speed
64 to
75 to
2/3
1/1
High speed
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
105g/m2 Middle speed
1/1
81 to
2/3
1/1
2/3
1/1
2/3
1/1
2/3
1/1
2/3
High speed
1/1
2/3
1/1
2/3
1/1
2/3
1/1
2/3
1/1
2/3
135g/m2 Middle speed
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
106 to
Low speed
1/2
2/3
1/2
2/3
1/2
2/3
1/2
2/3
1/2
2/3
Middle speed
2/3
1/2
2/3
1/2
2/3
2/3
2/3
1/2
2/3
2/3
162g/m2 Low speed
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
2/3
1/2
1/2
1/2
2/3
2/3
1/2
2/3
1/2
2/3
2/3
2/3
1/2
2/3
2/3
136 to
163 to
Middle speed
209g/m2 Low speed
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
2/3
1/2
1/2
1/2
2/3
210 to 256g/m2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
257 to 300g/m2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
*1
Paper select mode and paper type

Paper select mode
Paper type
Plain paper
Color specific
Colored paper
High quality paper
Coated paper GL
Coated paper ML
Coated paper GO
Coated paper MO
107
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
21. FUSING SECTION
B. Fusing process speed correction control
This control is carried out to avoid improper slack in paper when the paper comes to the fusing section
from the second transfer section.
If the fusing process speed differs from the process speed of the second transfer section (difference in
speed between the fusing roller /Lw [8] and the second transfer roller /Lw [4]) when the leading edge of the
paper is nipped [1] by the fusing roller /Lw, the paper loop amount becomes increase.
The fusing loop sensor (PS64) [5], located between the second transfer roller /Lw and the fusing roller /Lw,
detects the paper loop.
When the paper loop is detected by the PS64, the fusing process speed is corrected so that it becomes
faster than the preset speed.
The fusing process speed correction control is applied to all the 1/1 speed, 2/3 speed and 1/2 speed.
[10]
[1]
[9]
[2]
[3]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a03ut2c079ca
108
[1]
Proper paper loop
[6]
[2]
Transfer belt
[7]
Actuator
Improper paper loop
[3]
[8]
Fusing roller /Lw
[4]
[9]
Fusing roller /2
[5]
PS64
[10]
Fusing belt
21.3.2
21. FUSING SECTION
Pressure/release control
The fusing roller /Lw is pressed against the fusing belt during performing a print job.
When the fusing paper exit sensor (PS17) detects paper (the last page of the job) after completion of fusing,
the fusing roller /Lw moves to stop pressing the fusing belt.
The fusing roller drive assy which includes the fusing roller /Lw moves up/down to press/release the fusing
belt with the roller.
The up/down movements of the fusing roller drive assy are made by the cam which is driven by the fusing
motor (M29).
The home position of the cam is determined by the fusing release home sensor (PS16). The sensor detects
the cam position with the actuator attached to the cam shaft.
A one-way clutch is provided on the M29 drive transmission path toward the drive gear so that the M29
drive force is transmitted only to the cam when the M29 is rotating in reverse direction.
[5]
[1]
[6]
[4]
[3]
[2]
a03ut2c080ca
[1]
Release
[4]
[2]
Pressure/release driver gear
[5]
Fusing roller /Lw

Fusing roller /Lw driver gear
[3]
Cam
[6]
Pressure
109
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
21. FUSING SECTION

21.3.3
Fusing temperature control
A. Fusing temperature detection
The fusing roller /1 is heated by the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2), /2 (L3), /3 (L4).
The fusing belt is heated by the heated fusing roller /1.
The fusing roller /Lw is heated by the fusing heater lamp /4 (L5).
The surface temperature of the fusing belt is detected by the temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1), /3 (TEMS/3).
The surface temperature of the fusing roller /Lw is detected by the temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2), /4
(TEMS/4).
Each temperature sensor monitors the surface temperature of the fusing belt and fusing roller /Lw at specified time intervals, and the AC drive board (ACDB) turns the lamps; L2, L3, L4, L5 ON/OFF according to the
detected temperatures.
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a03ut2c081ca
[1]
Temperature sensor /4 (TEMS/4)
[3]
[2]
[4]
B. Fusing heater control
The ON/OFF statuses of the four fusing heater lamps /1 (L2), /2 (L3), /3 (L4), /4 (L5) are predetermined for
each mode as shown below.
L2
L3
L4
L5
Warm-up
Mode
ON
ON
OFF
ON
standby
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Charging mode
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Printing
ON
*1
OFF
ON
Low power mode
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Returned from low power mode
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Shut off mode
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
*1
During printing, the L3 is turned on/off according to the temperature detected by the temperature sensor /
3 (TEMS/3) and the paper size in the main scan direction.
110
21.3.4
21. FUSING SECTION
Protection against abnormality
When the temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1), /2 (TEMS/2), /3(TEMS/3), /4 (TEMS/4) is over the prescribed
temperature for a specified time period, it is judged as a high temperature error and the main relay (RY1) is
turned off, then the product is stopped after the first transfer, second transfer and fusing pressure are
stopped/released.
When the temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1), /2 (TEMS/2), /3 (TEMS3), /4 (TEMS/4) detect a temperature
of under -50 C continuously for a specified time period, it is judged as a low temperature error and the
main relay (RY1) is turned off, then the product is stopped after the first transfer, second transfer and fixing pressure are stopped/released.
The thermostat /1 (TS1), /2 (TS2) shut down the power line to the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2), /2 (L3), /3 (L4)
at 190 7 C.
The thermostat /3 (TS3) shuts down the power line to the fusing heater lamp /4 (L5) at 160 7 C.
When the fusing temperature abnormality occurs, the relay-off status is maintained by latch (SC latch) and
an error message appears on the touch panel.
After troubleshooting the cause of the error, the SC latch must be released by the software DipSW3-1.
CBR/1
RY/1
NF
L2
CBR/2
AC
drive
section
RY
drive
section
TS1 TS2
L3
L4
TS3
L5
ACDB
PRCB
TEMS/4
TEMS/3
TEMS/2
Control section
TEMS/1
a03ut2c082ca
111
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
21. FUSING SECTION

21.3.5
Fusing roller/Lw cooling control
When the temperature of the fusing roller /Lw [2] detected by the temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2) rises
higher than a specified temperature, and the difference between the detected and the specified temperatures exceeds a predetermined level, the fusing fan /Lw (M65) [4] turns on and cools down the fusing roller
/Lw.
While the M65 is operating, the fusing heater lamp /4 is kept off.
The fusing fan /Lw (M65) takes in air from the front side, through the duct [3] to cool the fusing roller /Lw.
Air that passed through the fusing roller /Lw is exhausted to the rear side through the duct [1].
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
112
a03ut2c083ca
[1]
Duct
[3]
Duct
[2]
Fusing roller /Lw
[4]
M65
22. INTERFACE SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
22. INTERFACE SECTION

22.1 Configuration
CN493
CN495
CN1000
USB port (USB

TypeB)
Connector for printer controller
RJ45 Ethernet connector
Serial port
(RS-232C)
Service port
Parallel port
(IEEE1284 compliant)
a03ut2c084ca
22.2 Application
Type
Application
Connector for printer controller
For IC-303 *1 /IC-408
RJ45 Ethernet connector
For network
Service port
For mouse, keyboard/for USB memory ISW
USB port (USB TypeB)
For ISW of copier/printer
Serial port (RS-232C)
For CS Remote care
Parallel port
For ISW of copier/printer
CN1000 (Overall control board (OACB))
For consolidation vendor connection
CN493
For key counter (KCT) connection
CN495
For status indicator light
*1
113
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL

23.1 Outline
This unit carries out various image stabilizing controls in order to achieve stable high print quality.
The image stabilizing controls carried out during printing are different from those carried out when the sub
power switch (SW2) is turned on.
23.2 Operation flow

23.2.1
Image stabilizing controls when the sub power switch (SW2) is ON, during printing, and during idling
An operation flow when the sub power switch (SW2) is ON, during printing, and during idling is described in the
figure below.
When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned ON: Carries out the controls from A to H.
During printing and idling: Carries out the controls from D to H.
A. Drum rotation control
B. Environmental decision control
MPC/APC
C. Color registration adjustment
D. PGC sensor baseline correction control 1
E. Maximum density correction
F. V0 correction
G. Vm correction
D. PGC sensor baseline correction control 2
H. Gamma correction
a03ut2c085ca
114
A. Drum rotation control

(1) Purpose
To prevent uneven electrostatic charges on the drum, which causes improper images under high humidity
conditions.
To prevent unevenness in density caused by the difference in sensitivity between the part that the cleaner or
the developer is applied to and other parts when leaving them in low/normal humidity conditions.
(2) Operation
Rotates the drum for approx. 4 min and 30 sec during warm-up if the fusing temperature is 50 degrees C or
Performs the following operations based on the environmental decision if the fusing temperature is more
less when the sub power switch (SW2) is turned ON .

than 50 degrees C when the SW2 is turned ON.
If the product is not ready to print one minute after turning the SW2 on under high humidity conditions, the
drum is rotated for 4 min and 30 sec. On the other hand, if the fusing warm-up is completed within one
minute after turning the SW2 on, the drum is not rotated. Under low/normal humidity conditions, the drum
is rotated slightly at constant intervals based on the humidity and the period of time that the product is left
to stand.
B. Environmental decision control
(1) Purpose
To achieve high print quality, the temperature/humidity sensor detects the environmental temperature and
humidity and feed back the findings to the various types of controls to maintain the image at a fixed quality.
(2) Execution timing
The ambient status is judged using the measurement result of the sensor under the following conditions.
More than eight hours have passed since turning the sub power switch (SW2) off previous time when turning the SW2 on, and that the fusing temperature is 50 degrees C or below.
115
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Color registration adjustment

(1) Purpose
Performed in order to correct the misalignment in main or sub scanning direction, entire horizontal magnification, and skew.
(2) Operation
The color registration sensors /Fr and /Rr reads a patch image created on the transfer belt.
The correction is carried out by calculating the amount of the misalignment from the read value.
When adjusting in service mode.
When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on with the fusing temperature is 50 C or less.
Every 1,000 prints.
When printing is not performed for a predetermined period of time.When the temperature in the write section has changed 10 C.
When printing is not performed for one hour after the correction is finished.
D. PGC sensor baseline correction control 1, 2

(1) Purpose
This correction is necessary to be executed in advance to carry out the maximum density control and the
gamma correction control.
(2) Operation
To carry out the maximum density control, reference values for the PGC sensor (PS11) are determined by
measuring the density of the transfer drum surface when no toner is attached on the belt.
116
When printing has not been performed for 6 hours or longer.
Every 1,000 prints.
When a change in humidity exceeds 20% from the last time the control is performed.
When turning on the sub power switch (SW2) after replacing the materials.
E. Maximum density correction control

(1) Purpose
To keep the maximum density constant regardless of the ambient condition and the number of printed
pages.
(2) Operation
The maximum density correction method differs in each color of Y, M, C, and K.

The correction of Y, M, and C.
The target value of each toner adhesion stored in the NVRAM board (NRB) is used for the correction.
A patch image is created on the transfer belt using the maximum exposure level, to be read by the PGC
sensor (PS11).
According to the detected density, a target range of developing bias is calculated and determined for development.
The correction of K.
A gradation patch image is created on the transfer belt using the intermediate exposure level, to be read by
the PS11.
According to the detected density, a target range of developing bias is calculated and determined for development.
Every 1,000 prints
F.
V0 adjustment
(1) Purpose
To charge the drums appropriately compensating for deterioration of related parts, and the effects of ambient conditions.
(2) Operation
A voltage applied to the grid is adjusted so that a target electric potential is obtained. The target potential is
determined according to the developing bias calculated at the maximum density correction control.
The electric potential on the drums are detected by the drum potential sensors; /Y (DPRS/Y), /M (DPRS/M),
/C (DPRS/C), and /K (DPRS/K).
Every 1,000 prints.
When a change in humidity exceeds 20% from the last time the adjustment is performed.
117
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
G. Vm adjustment
(1) Purpose
To achieve stabilized intermediate exposure potential regardless of a drop in sensitivity of photosensitive

materials or the stain of the writing system.
(2) Operation
While the drums are irradiated with a PWM128 intensity laser beam, the electric potential on the drums are
detected by the drum potential sensor /Y (DPRS/Y), /M (DPRS/M), /C (DPRS/C), and /K (DPRS/K). According to the detected results, the laser MPC value is corrected.
Every 1,000 prints.
When a change in humidity exceeds 20% from the last time the adjustment is performed.
H. Gamma correction control

(1) Purpose
In order to correct print density with respect to the original density according to gamma characteristic of
toner images formed on each drum and the transfer belt in relation to the exposure level.
(2) Operation
Patch images are created on the transfer belt, and read by the PGC sensor (PS11).
The PS11 output level is checked against a predetermined output level with respect to print density, and the
gamma is corrected according to the result.
118
Every 1,000 prints
23.2.2
Image stabilizing controls when selecting the Stability in expert settings
The image stabilizing controls described below is only executed when "Stability" is selected in "Expert adjustment" "Quality adjustment" "Image Quality stability".
A. Simple - Maximum density correction
B. Simple - Gamma correction

a03ut2c112ca
A. Simple-maximum density correction

(1) Purpose
To keep the maximum density constant regardless of the ambient condition and the number of printed
sheets.
(2) Operation
Patch images are created on the transfer belt, and read by the PGC sensor (PS11). The PS11 output level
is checked against a predetermined output level with respect to print density. The result is reflected to the
developing DC bias and the Grid voltage.
The correction setting is enabled in "Utility" "Machine Admin. setting" "System settings" "Expert
adjustment" "Quality adjustment" "Image Quality stability".
When the print/copy job reaches the number of pages that correspond to a level of density selected on the
operation panel.
Operation panel setting
-2
-1
normal
+1
+2
Number of print pages
200
100
50
30
10
B. Simple-gamma correction
(1) Purpose
To correct print density according to gamma characteristic of toner images formed on each drum and the
transfer belt in relation to the exposure level.
(2) Operation
Patch images are created on the transfer belt with the settings selected in the "Menu" "Qualty adjustment" " Screen" and read by the PGC sensor (PS11).
The correction setting is enabled in the "Utility" "Machine Admin. setting" "System settings" "Expert
adjustment" "Quality adjustment" "Image Quality stability".
When the value of simple maximum density correction reaches the value that correspond to a level of
gamma correction selected on the operation panel.
Operation panel setting
-2
-1
normal
+1
+2
Simple-maximum density correction value
15
10
119
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

23.2.3
Other Image stabilizing controls
The image stabilizing controls described below is only executed when selecting "Stability" on the "Expert adjustment" "Quality adjustment" "Image Quality stability" screen.
A. Toner refresh mode control

a03ut2c113ca
A. Toner refresh mode control

(1) Purpose
Printing low coverage images makes the developer (toner) become deteriorated due to agitation with little
consumption of developer, and as the result, print quality becomes degraded. To prevent this, the
deteriorated toner in the developer is ejected and replaced with new toner.
(2) Operation
a.
Manual toner refresh mode

Develops the amount of toner that equals the consumption for printing 8 papers (A3 size) for each color to
eject the deteriorated toner.
b.
Automatic toner refresh mode

Checks the average of print coverage for each color with each specific drive distance of the developing
roller /K and consumes a certain amount of toner for the color that the density is lower than 5% converted
in A4 size after completion of printing.
Execution frequency
Small
Continuously printing approx. 1,000
Refresh quantity
Approx. three solid
sheets in A4 size
sheets in A3 size
Medium
Continuously printing approx. 500
Approx. five solid sheets
sheets in A4 size
in A3 size
Large
Continuously printing approx. 330
Approx. eight solid
sheets in A4 size
sheets in A3 size
The execution frequency varies depending on the environmental temperature and print mode.

a.
Manual toner refresh mode

When selecting the execution of toner refresh mode on the operation panel and returning to the normal screen or
when turning on/off the sub power switch (SW2).
b.
Automatic toner refresh mode

When "Execution existence" is set to [ON], this mode works according to the combination of "Execution frequency" and "Refresh quantity".
120
24. IMAGE PROCESSING
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

24.1 Operation flow
3 line CCD sensor / A/D convert
R
Shading correction
Shading
RGB gap correction
correction
Brightness/Density conversion
Image
distinction
Scanner gamma correction
ACS
10/8bit convert
Image distinction signal
Scaling (main scan)

Spatial filter
AE
Background adjustment
3D look up table
Brightness conversion
(black-and-white mode)
(Color mode)
C
Error diffusion
Data compression/expansion
Screen process
Write/C
Write/M
Write/Y
Write/K
a03ut2c086ca
121
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
24.2 Image type classification

A. OUTLINE
A scanned image type is classified as text, dots, solid or chroma.

After the classification, gamma curve used for writing the image is changed to the appropriate one for the
image type.
The image classification function works "Text/Photo", "Text", or "Map" is selected in the original setting
menu.
The function does not work when "Photo" is selected.
Image data
Text
(Characters)
Dots
(Dot pattern for offset
printing)
Solid
(silver-halide
photo)
Chroma
(Chromatic or achromatic
color)
a03ut2c087ca
122
B. Writing bit and resolution

Relations between number of write bit and the resolution by the combination of the display and the image quality
is shown in the figure below.
Display of operation panel
Line1
Line2/ Type1
Line2/ Type2
Dot1
Dot2/ Type1
Dot2/ Type2
compression
Enhance Mode
Writing bit and resolution
Text/Photo
Text: 8bit 600dpi / Other: Approx. 200lpi screen
Photo
Approx. 200lpi screen
Text
1bit ED 600dpi
Map
1bit ED 600dpi
Text/Photo
Photo
Text
1bit ED 600dpi
Map
1bit ED 600dpi
Text/Photo
Photo
Text
1bit ED 600dpi
Map
1bit ED 600dpi
Text/Photo
Photo
Text
1bit ED 600dpi
Map
1bit ED 600dpi
Text/Photo
Photo
Text
1bit ED 600dpi
Map
1bit ED 600dpi
Text/Photo
Photo
Text
1bit ED 600dpi
Map
1bit ED 600dpi
Gives priority
Text/Photo
1bit ED 600dpi
to lessening
Photo
color scanned
Text
data
Map
123
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(1) Print image using 8bit, 1bit ED

Original image
Print image
(2) Print image using 200lpi or 140lpi screen

Original image
124
Print image
Print image
Line screen
Dot screen
25. OTHER CONTROLS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
25. OTHER CONTROLS

25.1 Power On control
25.1.1
Parts that operate when the main power switch (SW1) is turned on
A. Configuration
SW2
SW1
CBR/1
5VDC
NF
IFB
IMCB
OACB
DCPS/1
CBR/2
DCPS/2
SW3
RY/2
HTR
LU/PF(OPTION)
HTR1
HTR2
ACDB
a03ut2c091ca
B. Operation
When the main power switch (SW1) turns ON, AC power is supplied to the DC power unit /1 (DCPS1), /2
(DCPS/2).
Then, 5VDC is distributed to the overall control board (OACB) through the I/F board (IFB) and the image
memory control board (IMCB).
125
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
25. OTHER CONTROLS

25.1.2
Parts that operate when the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on
A. Configuration
SW2
SW1
CBR/1
5VDC
NF
DCPS/1
CBR/2
OACB
IMCB
3.3VDC
IFB
24VDC
12VDC
24VDC
12VDC
5VDC
HD
PRCB
PK
24VDC
DCPS/2
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
DF
PF
LU
FS
RU
PI
RY/1
AC drive
section
L2,L3,L4,L5
SW3
RY/2
HTR
LU/PF(OPTION)
HTR1
HTR2
ACDB
a03ut2c094ca
B. Operation
When the sub power switch (SW2) turns ON, the overall control board (OACB) sends a control signal to the
DC power unit /1 (DCPS/1) via the image memory control board (IMCB) and the I/F board (IFB).
DCPS /1 generates voltages of 3.3VDC, 5VDC, 12VDC, 24VDC, and distributes them to the printer control
board (PRCB) and other control boards.
Then, the PRCB sends a control signal to the DC power unit /2 (DCPS/2) in order to make the unit generate
24 VDC is supplied to the all driver boards and option units.
Main relay (RY/1) turns ON to supply AC power to the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2), /2 (L3), /3 (L4) and /4(L5),
and the initial operation is performed.
The sub relay (RY/2) turns OFF to shut off the AC power to the dehumidifier heater (HTR), the dehumidifier
heater /1 inside the PF/LU (HTR1), and the dehumidifier heater /2 (HTR2) (PF only).
126
25. OTHER CONTROLS
25.2.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
25.2 Fan control

Configuration
[16]
[17]
[18] [19] [20] [21] [22]
[23] [24] [25]
[26]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[15]
[14]
[13]
[12] [11] [10]
[9]
a03ut2c095ca
[1]
Main unit fan (M47)
[14]
ADU fan /2 (M67)
[2]
Developing fan /1 (M45)
[15]
ADU fan /1 (M66)
[3]
[16]
Fusing fan /Lw (M65)
[4]
Writing suction fan /1 (M43)
[17]
Paper exit fan /1 (M61)
[5]
IPB fan /2 (M25)
[18]
Transfer belt fan (M11)
[6]
IPB fan /1 (M24)
[19]
[7]
[20]
[8]
Writing suction fan /2 (M44)
[21]
Fusing belt ventilation fan (M10)
[9]
Power supply fan (M42)
[22]
Deodorization fan (M36)
[10]
Charging air suction fan (M48)
[23]
Fusing ventilation fan (M37)
[11]
Tucking fan /1 (M26)
[24]
Drum fan /1 (M12)
[12]
[25]
Drum fan /2 (M13)
[13]
[26]
Scanner fan (M2)
127
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
25. OTHER CONTROLS

25.2.2
Operation
A. Scanner fan (M2) control

(1) Purpose
To cool the scanner section.
(2) ON timing
Starts to operate upon starting of scanning.

During DF scan, however, the fan keeps operating.
(3) OFF timing
Stops to operate upon completion of scanning.
B. Fusing belt ventilation fan (M10) control

(1) Purpose
To cool around the fusing section near the paper exit.
(2) Low/high speed switch timing
Rotates at low speed during standby.
Switches to high speed upon starting of printing.
Switches to low speed for a predetermine time period after printing is finished.
C. Transfer belt fan (M11) control

(1) Purpose
To cool around the transfer belt.
(2) ON timing
Starts to operate upon starting of printing.
(3) OFF timing
Stops a predetermined time period after printing is finished.
D. Drum fan /1 (M12), /2 (M13) control

(1) Purpose
Exhaust the heat around the drum motor/developing motor.
(2) ON timing
(3) OFF timing
128
25. OTHER CONTROLS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. IPB fan /1 (M24), /2 (M25) control

(1) Purpose
To cool around the image processing board (IPB).
(2) ON timing
Starts to operate upon starting of scanning.
Starts to operate upon starting of HDD operation.
(3) OFF timing
Starts to operate upon completion of printing.
Starts to operate upon completion of scanning.
Starts to operate upon completion of HDD operation.
F.
Tucking fan/1 (M26), /2 (M27), /3 (M28) control
(1) Purpose
To cool around the reverse paper exit section and the paper.
(2) ON timing
Stops during printing front side of double side print.
Starts to operate upon starting of printing back side of double print or single print.
(3) OFF timing
Stops when the single print counter reaches a predetermined level.
G. Deodorization fan (M36) control

(1) Purpose
To cool around the fusing section.
(2) Low/high speed switching timing
Switches to low speed a predetermine time period after printing is finished.
H. Fusing ventilation fan (M37) control

(1) Purpose
To cool around the fusing section.
(2) Low speed/fast switch timing
129
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
25. OTHER CONTROLS

I.
Power supply fan (M42) control
(1) Purpose
To cool the DC power unit /1 (DCPS/1), /2 (DCPS/2).
(2) Low/high speed switching timing
J.
Writing suction fan /1 (M43), /2 (M44) control
(1) Purpose
To cool the polygon motor and the writing optical parts.
(2) ON timing
Rotates at high speed during standby and printing.
The number of revolutions during standby can be set using software DIPSW.
K. Developing fan /1 (M45), /2 (M46), /3 (M64) control

(1) Purpose
To cool around the developing section.
(2) ON timing
Starts to operate upon starting of the developing motor /Y (M14), developing motor /M (M15), developing
motor /C (M16) and developing motor /K (M17).
(3) OFF timing
The predetermined time period differs depending on the ambient humidity. (5 minutes 30 seconds at max.)
L.
Main unit fan (M47) control
(1) Purpose
To cool around the drum section.
(2) ON timing
Starts to operate upon starting of the developing motor /Y (M14), developing motor /M (M15), developing
motor /C (M16) and developing motor /K (M17).
(3) OFF timing
130
The predetermined time period differs depending on the ambient humidity. (5 minutes 30 seconds at max.)
25. OTHER CONTROLS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
M. Charging air suction fan (M48) control

(1) Purpose
To cool around the charging coronas.
(2) ON timing
Starts to operate upon starting of charging.
Starts to operate upon starting of image stabilization control.
(3) OFF timing
Stops a predetermined time period after finishing the image stabilization control.
N. Paper exit fan /1 (M61), /2 (M62), /3 (M63) control

(1) Purpose
To cool the exited paper to prevent unevenness of wax on the paper surface.
(2) ON timing
(3) OFF timing
FS connected : Stops a predetermined time period after the FS paper exit sensor turns off.
FS disconnected: Stops a predetermined time period after the main unit paper exit sensor (PS13) turns off.
O. Fusing fan/Lw (M65) control

(1) Purpose
To cool the fusing roller /Lw.
(2) ON timing
Starts to operate when the temperature of the fusing roller /Lw rises higher than a prescribed level exceeding the allowable range.
The M65 and the fusing heater lamp /4 (L5) do not turn ON at the same time.
(3) OFF timing
P.
Stops when the temperature of the fusing roller /Lw drops to a prescribed level.
ADU fan /1 (M66) control
(1) Purpose
To cool around the ADU.
(2) ON timing
Starts to operate upon starting of printing in double side or reverse paper exit mode.
(3) OFF timing
131
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
25. OTHER CONTROLS
Q. ADU fan /2 (M67) control

(1) Purpose
To cool the ADU loop motor (M57) and the ADU reverse motor (M32).
(2) ON timing
Starts to operate upon starting of printing in double side or reverse paper exit mode.
(3) OFF timing
132
25. OTHER CONTROLS
25.3.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
25.3 Counter control

Structure of counter
TCT/1
PRCB
TCT/2
KCT
LCD
IFB
IMCB
OACB
OB/3
a03ut2c096ca
133
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
25. OTHER CONTROLS

25.3.2
Counter operation
Item
Specification/mechanism
Total counter /1 (TCT/1)
Display the total number of printed sheets in all print modes.

Mechanical counter driven by electrical signals.
Counts up by paper exit signal.
Display the total number of printed sheets in black-and-white print

modes.

Counts up by paper exit signal.
Electrical counter
Display the total number of printed sheets on the LCD board (LCDB).
Data collection *1
Counts up by paper exit signal, and stores the data in NVRAM board
(NRB).
For key counter (KCT)
Option
Counter to disable copy operation when count up to the set print

number. (removable)

*1
Refer to "10.6 Counter/data" in the main unit field service manual for information on the collected data.
(See P.327)
[3]
134
[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
[1]
Key counter (KCT)
a03ut2c097ca
25. OTHER CONTROLS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
25.4 Dehumidifier heater control

A. Configuration
SW1
CBR/1
NF
CBR/2
SW3
RY/2
HTR
LU/PF(OPTION)
HTR1
HTR2
ACDB
a03ut2c098ca
B. Operation
The dehumidifier heater switch (SW3) supplies AC power to the sub relay (RY/2) inside the AC drive board
(ACDB).
When the main power switch (SW1) is OFF, the RY /2 can transmit the AC power to the dehumidifier heater
(HTR) and the dehumidifier heater /1 (HTR1), dehumidifier heater /2 (HTR2) (PF only) inside the LU (option).
Then, if SW3 is turned ON when SW1 is turned off, AC power can be supplied to HTR or HTR1/HTR2.
When the SW1 and the sub power switch (SW2) are turned on, 24VDC is supplied to the ACDB and the
RY/2 is disconnected. Since the AC power line to the HTR and the HTR1/HTR2 is shut off with the RY /2,
the power is not supplied to the heaters even when the SW3 is turned on.
135
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
25. OTHER CONTROLS
25.5 ACS control

25.5.1
Switching from the color mode to the black-and-white mode
A. OUTLINE
If more than 5 black-and-white sheets are fed consecutively from the DF in which both the color sheets and
the black-and-white sheets are stored, the pressure on the first transfer rollers /Y/M/C are released and it
shifts to the black-and-white mode.
At this time, the switch is performed during the job, so there is a time lag between the color print and the
black-and-white print.
B. Switching sequence from the color mode to the black-and-white mode
1.
2.
3.
4.
The second transfer for the previous print sheet (color) is complete.
A pressure is applied only to the first transfer roller /K (the first transfer rollers /Y/M/C are in release state).
Writing/K is started.
The operation of the drum unit /Y/M/C, the developing unit /Y/M/C, and the toner supply unit /Y/M/C are
canceled.
C. Switching sequence from the black-and-white mode to the color mode
1. A color print job is detected.

2. The second transfer for the previous print sheet (black-and-white) is complete.
3. The operation of the drum unit /Y/M/C, the developing unit /Y/M/C, and the toner supply unit /Y/M/C are
started.
4. MPC or APC is executed for the write unit /Y/M/C.

5. A pressure is applied to the first transfer roller /Y/M/C/K.
6. Writing /Y is started.
25.5.2
Count when using ACS
There are two kinds of print count when using ACS.
A. The black-and-white mode (the first transfer roller /Y/M/C is in the release state)
Black-and-white original
Total count
Counts as black-and-white
Developer counter
B. The color mode (the first transfer roller /Y/M/C/K is in the pressure state)
Color original
Black-and-white original
Total count
Counts as color
Developer counter
Counts as color
Color count *1
*1
When the original is black-and-white, the output will be black-and-white; however, the developer counter
counts it as color print and the total counter counts it as black-and-white print.
136
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
DF-609
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
3.0
2007/06
2.0
Revision in relation to change of description
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
DF-609
CONTENTS
DF-609
OUTLINE
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.1
Single-sided mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2
Double-sided mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4. PAPER FEED SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.1
Paper feed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.2
Original size detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4.3.3
No paper detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5. CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
5.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5.3.1
Scanning and conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

6.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6.3.1
Paper exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.3.2
Reverse paper exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
DF-609
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
DF-609
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Belt conveyance type original auto feeder
B. Functions
Original size
A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S

11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Max. original size
297 x 431.8mm
Min. original size
128 x 139.7mm
Various sizes of paper can be accommodated
C. Original type
Paper type
Plain paper
High quality paper of 35 to 210 g/m2 (single side)

High quality paper of 50 to 210 g/m2 (double side)
Paper of less than 49g/m2: conveyed in thin paper mode
Paper of more than 129g/m2: conveyed in thick paper
mode
Special paper
Same as plain paper. However, paper feed and conveyance performance are not guaranteed.
Recycled paper, coarse paper, thermal paper, bindingholed paper, user-defined paper, paper with smooth
surface, paper with rough surface, and paper with folds
Following types of special paper cannot be used.
OHP film, blueprint master paper, label paper, off-set
master, bonded original, high quality paper (paper
weight: Less than 34g/m2 or more than 211g/m2)
Paper curl amount
Up to 10 mm with 5 originals overlapped one another
[1]
15sat1c001na
a Curing: 10 mm or less
[1] Original
Max. tray capacity
100 sheets (80g/m2 paper)
Scan speed
Single-sided mode (including thin-paper mode): 39 sheets/min.
(81/2 x 11)
Double-sided mode (including thin-paper mode): 26 sheets/min.
DF-609
Single-sided mode (thick-paper mode): 28 sheets/min.

Double-sided mode (thick-paper mode): 14 sheets/min.
Scanning system
After the original that is conveyed on the belt stops, the scanner moves and
scans the original.
D. Machine data
Power source
24/5V DC (supplied from the main body)
Power consumption
Max. 60W or less
Weight
Approx. 14.5kg
Dimensions
588 (W) x 519 (D) x 135 (H) mm (Excluding paper feed tray)
E. Maintenance
Maintenance
F.
Same as the main body.
Operating environment
Temperature
10 to 30 C
Humidity
Note
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM
DF-609

[3]
[1]
[2]
[1]
Reverse/paper exit section
[2]
Conveyance section
a052t1c001ca
[3]
Paper feed section
3. PAPER PATH
3. PAPER PATH
DF-609
3.1
Single-sided mode
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
a052t1c003ca
[1]
Reverse/paper exit
[3]
Swing-back
[2]
Conveyance to the reverse stacker
[4]
Paper feeding
3.2
3. PAPER PATH
Double-sided mode
DF-609
A. Double-sided mode (front side scan)
[3]
[1]
[2]
a052t1004ca
[1]
Reverse conveyance/back side
[2]
Position shift in front side scanning (swing-back)
[3]
Paper feeding
B. Double-sided mode (back side scan)
[1]
[2]
[1]
Paper exiting
a052t1c005ca
[2]
Conveyance to the back side scanning position
DF-609
3. PAPER PATH
Blank page
DF-609
4.1
Configuration
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
a052t2c001ca
[1]
Pick-up roller
[4]
Separation roller
[2]
Paper feed roller
[5]
Registration roller
[3]
No paper sensor
4.2
Drive
DF-609
[5]
[6]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a052t2c002ca
[1]
Registration clutch (MC301)
[4]
Separation roller (with torque limiter)
[2]
Registration roller
[5]
Paper feed roller (with one-way clutch)
[3]
[6]
Pick-up roller
Operation
4.3.1
Paper feed control
The pick-up roller [7], paper feed roller [6], and registration roller [3] are driven by the paper feed motor
(M301).
M301 drives in both directions, forward and reverse. When it drives in forward, the pick-up roller and the
paper feed roller rotate to transfer papers, while the registration roller does not rotate.
When M301 drives in reverse, only the registration roller rotates to feed papers while the pick-up roller goes
up to the shelter, and one-way clutch keeps the paper feed roller from rotating.
The separation roller, which is not driven by the motor, is provided with a torque limiter. When a piece of
paper is transferred, the separation roller moves in synchronization with the paper feed roller. On the other
hand, when two or more papers are fed, the separation roller remains stationary and separates the papers.
The registration clutch (MC301) functions as the brake to stop the registration roller, not to turn ON or OFF
the drive force transmission.
The registration sensor (PS301) [4] and the timing sensor (PS302) [2] detect the timing of the original.
[6]
[7]
[8]
[5]
[4]
[3] [2]
[1]
a052t2c003ca
[1]
Conveyance belt
[5]
Separation roller
[2]
PS302
[6]
Paper feed roller
[3]
Registration roller
[7]
Pick-up roller
[4]
PS301
[8]
No paper sensor (PS304)
DF-609
4.3
A. Single-sided mode
1. The paper feed motor (M301) switches to high speed [1] and the pick-up roller is pressed against the origiDF-609
nals set to the original feed tray.
2. The pick-up roller conveys the originals to the paper feed roller and the separation roller.
3. The paper feed roller conveys a piece of original at the top, and the separation roller keeps the rest of the
originals from being transferred.
4. The original is conveyed until it hits the registration roller, and the original forms a loop to correct skew [2].
5. M301 pauses after the specified time, and the registration clutch (MC301) turns OFF to release the registration roller [3].
6. After the specified time, M301 rotates in reverse at low speed and the registration roller nips the original [4].
7. After the specified time has elapsed from when the timing sensor (PS302) has turned ON, M301 is turned off
once [5] and starts rotating again in reverse at high speed [6] at the same time as the conveyance motor
(M302) is turned on. Then the original is conveyed to the conveyance belt of the conveyance section.
8. After the specified time has elapsed from when PS302 has turned ON, M301 turns off [7].
9. The rest of the originals are conveyed in the same manner.
[2]
[5] [6]
[7]

Paper feed motor

(M301)
Forward
Reve
rse
High
Low
Low
High
Timing sensor (PS302)

Forward
Conveyance motor
(M302)
Reve
rse
Low
High
[1]
10
[1]
Paper feed motor high-speed ON
[2]
Loop formation
[3]
Registration roller released
[4]
Nipping by the registration roller
[5]
A pause (M301)
[3]
[4]
a052t2c004ca
[6]
Start conveying the original to the convey-
[7]
Conveyance to the conveyance section
ance section
completed
1. The first sheet of original is conveyed in the same manner as in single-sided mode. [1]
2. While front side of the first sheet is being scanned [2], the second sheet is conveyed from the tray and is
formed a loop to corrected its skew [3], and the registration roller nips the original [4].
3. When paper exit operation starts [6] after the back side scan [5] of the first sheet is completed, the second
sheet on standby at the registration roller is conveyed to the conveyance section by the paper feed motor
(M301) [7] and the conveyance motor (M302) [8].
[1]
[3][4]
[7]

Paper feed
motor (M301)
Forward
High
Low
Reve Low
rse
High

Forward
Conveyance
motor (M302)
Low
Reve
rse
High
[2]
[5]
[6]
[6]
[8]
a052t2c005ca
[1]
First sheet conveyance
[2]
Front side scanning of first sheet
Start conveying of the first sheet for paper
[3]
Loop formation of the second sheet
[7]
Conveyance of the second sheet (M301)
[4]
Nipping by the registration roller
[8]
Conveyance of the second sheet (M302)
[5]
Back side scanning of first sheet
exit
11
DF-609
B. Double-sided mode
DF-609
4.3.2
Original size detection
Original size detection signal is detected by scanning in the main direction and sub direction.
The original size detection method differs between normal copy mode and mixed original copy mode.
A. Normal copy mode
Main scan direction is detected by the resistance value of the size VR (VR301) interlocked with the guide
plate position on the paper feed tray
Sub-scanning direction is detected by the combination of the size sensor/S (PS309) and size sensor/L
(PS310) when they are turned on and off.
B. Mixed original copy mode
Maximum original size in main scan direction is detected by the resistance value of the size VR (VR301)
interlocked with the guide plate position on the paper feed tray.
Sub scan direction is detected by the time when the original passes by the timing sensor (PS302).
Allowed size combinations are as shown in the table below.
For metric area

Other
originals
Standard originals (max. original size detected by guide plate)

B4
B5
A4S
A5
B5S
A5S
B6S
A3
A3
A4
A4
B4
Thick
paper
Thick
paper
B5
A4S
Thick
paper
Thick
paper
Thick
paper
Thick
paper
A5
B5S
Thick
paper
12
A5S
*1
*1
B6S
*2
*2
Thick
paper
B4
B5
A4S
A5
11 x 17
A3
A4
81/2 x 11
81/2 x 14
Thick
Thick
paper
81/2 x 11S
Thick
paper
Thick
paper
81/2 x 51/2
Thick
Thick
paper
paper
*1
*1
81/2 x 51/2S
: same size,
: same series,
: different series,
: different series (out of guaranteed paper through
: no mixed loading, : not supported
*1
Detects not as an error but as A4
*2
Detects not as an error but as B5
4.3.3
paper
performance),
DF-609
For inch area

Other
Standard originals (max. original size detected by guide plate)
originals
No paper detection
No paper detection signal is detected by the no paper sensor (PS304).
13
5. CONVEYANCE SECTION
DF-609
5.1
Configuration
[1]
[2]
[1]
14
Conveyance belt
[2]
[2]
[2]
Conveyance roller
a052t2c006ca
5.2
Drive
[2]
[1]
Conveyance belt
[2]
Conveyance roller
DF-609
[3]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a052t2c007ca
Conveyance motor (M302)
15
5.3
Operation
DF-609
5.3.1
Scanning and conveyance control

The conveyance belt is driven by the conveyance motor (M302).
In single-sided mode, a swing-back to position the original for scanning is performed after the original is
conveyed from the paper feed section to the conveyance belt.
In double-sided mode, the original returned from the reverse/paper feed section is conveyed at low speed,
and is positioned for scanning.
Thin paper mode is provided in the original size setting as the positioning control method differs between
thin paper and the other papers (plain and thick).
A. Single-sided mode
(1) Swing-back
1. The original is conveyed from the paper feed section [2].

2. The original is conveyed [3] to the point that the rear end of the original comes over the positioning plate [1].
3. The conveyance motor (M302) rotates in reverse at low speed and returns the original [4], and the original is
stuck against the positioning plate [5].
4. The original is scanned.
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
16
a052t2c008ca
[1]
Stuck position
[4]
Swing-back
[2]
Original conveyance
[5]
Positioning completed
[3]
Stops after going through the stuck position
1. After the registration roller nips the original [1], the original is conveyed [2] from the paper feed section.
2. After the specified time has elapsed from when the timing sensor (PS302) has turned off (Rear end detection), M302 is turned off and the original is conveyed to the point that the rear end of the original comes over
the positioning plate, and then the conveyance stops [3].
3. After the specified time, M302 rotates in reverse at low speed and returns the original [4], and the original is
stuck against the positioning plate (Swing-back).
4. The scanning is performed in the main body [5].

5. After scanning the second sheet (small size paper) or the first sheet (large size paper), the reverse/paper exit
motor (M303) is turned on at the same time as M302. Then the scanned original is conveyed to the reverse/
paper exit section [6] while the next original is conveyed to the conveyance section.
6. When the scanning of the last page is completed and after the specified time has elapsed from when the
reverse sensor (PS305) is turned on, M302 is turned off [7].
[1]
[7]
High
Forwar Low
Paper feed motor
(M301)
Rev Low
erse High
Forward
Conveyance
motor (M302)
Rev Low
erse High
Reverse sensor (PS305)
[2] [3][4]
[5]
[1]
Nipping the original
[2]
Conveyance from the paper feed section
[3]
Pausing for swing-back
[4]
Swing-back
[5]
Scanning the original
[6]
a052t2c009ca
[6]
Conveyance from the paper feed section
[7]
Conveyance to the reverse/paper exit sec-
and paper exit

tion completed
17
DF-609
(2) Control
B. Double-sided mode
(1) Operation
DF-609
The paper path of the reverse paper exit section is created by the paper exit gate [1] and the reverse gate
[8]. Both gates are set by turning off the paper exit solenoid (SD301) and turning on the reverse solenoid
(SD302).
1. The front side scan is performed in the same operating method as in the single-sided mode.
2. The original is conveyed to the reverse/paper exit section [5] to perform back side scan by driving the
reverse/paper exit motor (M303) and the conveyance motor (M302). At this time, the leading edge of the
original (Back side) that is conveyed in reverse [7] overlaps with the rear end of the original (Front side) [4] on
the right side of the conveyance belt [6] near the reverse/paper exit section.
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[4]
[1]
Paper exit gate
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
Reverse roller
[4]
Rear end of the original (Front side)
[5]
Conveyance direction to the reverse/paper

exit section
18
[5]
[3]
Conveyance belt
Pushing direction of the scanning section

(Back side)
[8]
a052t2c010ca
Reverse gate
3. While operating the reverse conveyance [2], the original is conveyed at low speed [4] after a short pause [3]
and the original is stuck [5] against the positioning plate [1].
DF-609
4. The back side scan is performed.
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
a052t2c011ca
[1]
Stuck position
[4]
Pushing at low speed (Reverse conveyance)
[2]
Reverse/paper exit from the reverse section
[5]
Positioning completed
[3]
A pause before being stuck against the

positioning plate
19
(2) Control
DF-609
1. The front side scan is performed [1] in the same operating method as in the single-sided mode.
2. M302 starts driving forward at the same time as M303 is turned on. Then the original is conveyed to the
reverse/conveyance section [2].
3. After the specified time has elapsed from when the reverse sensor (PS305) has turned on, M302 and M303
turn off [3]. Then only M302 starts rotating again in reverse at high speed [4], and the original is conveyed
toward the stuck position (Leftward) by the conveyance belt.
4. M302 pauses [3] after the specified time has elapsed from when M302 has turned on (in reverse at high
speed) and switches speed to low speed [5]. Then the original is conveyed to the stuck position against the
positioning plate [1].
5. After the positioning is completed, the scanner (main body side) performs scanning.
6. After the back side scan [6] is completed, the paper exit is performed [7] in the same operating method as in
single-sided mode.
7. When there are any originals that follow, the paper feed motor (M301) keeps operating to continue the conveyance [9].
[3]
[8]
High
ForPaper feed motor war Low
(M301)
Rev Low
erse High
Forward
Conveyance
motor (M302) Rev Low
erse High
Reverse/paper For- High
exit motor (M303) war Low
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[9]
a052t2c012ca
20
[1]
Front side scanning
[6]
Back side scanning
[2]
Conveyance to the reverse/paper exit sec-
[7]
Paper exit
tion
[8]
[3]
A pause to reverse
[4]
Reverse
[5]
Pushing at low speed (Reverse conveyance)
Conveyance of the following originals from

the paper feed section
[9]
Continued action (paper feeding and exiting

operation) of M302

Configuration
[7]
[8]
DF-609
6.1
[1]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a052t2c013ca
[1]
[5]
Reverse gate
[2]
Paper exit gate
[6]
Reverse stacker
[3]
[7]
Paper exit stacker
[4]
Reverse roller
[8]
Paper exit roller
21
6.2
Drive
[5]
DF-609
[6]
[7]
[1]
[4]
22
[3]
[2]
a052t2c014ca
[1]
Paper exit gate
[5]
[2]
Reverse solenoid (SD302)
[6]
Reverse/paper exit motor (M303)

Paper exit roller (with one-way clutch)
[3]
Reverse gate
[7]
[4]
Reverse roller
Operation
The reverse roller and the paper exit roller are driven by the reverse/paper exit motor (M303).
One-way clutch rotates the paper exit roller only in the paper exit direction when M303 drives both forward
and reverse.
The paper exit gate and the reverse gate switch the path of the reverse paper exit.
The paper exit gate [1] is driven by the paper exit solenoid (SD301). The path is switched to the reverse
path [2] when SD301 is turned off while the path is switched to the straight paper exit path [6] when SD301
is turned on.
The reverse gate [3] is driven by the reverse solenoid (SD302). The path is switched to the reverse stacker
path [5] when SD302 is turned off while the path is switched to the back side reverse path [4] when SD302
is turned on.
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Paper exit gate
[4]
Back side reverse path
[2]
Reverse path
[5]
Reverse stacker path
[3]
Reverse gate
[6]
Straight paper exit path
a052t2c015ca
23
DF-609
6.3

6.3.1
Paper exit control
DF-609
A. Straight paper exit

(1) Operation
When the paper exit solenoid (SD301) is turned on, the paper exit gate [1] is set in the straight paper exit
path [3].
The original [5] is detected by the reverse sensor (PS305) [2] and the paper exit senor (PS306) [4].
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
[2]
a052t2c016ca
24
[1]
Paper exit gate (ON)
[4]
[2]
[5]
Original
[3]
Paper exit conveyance path
(2) Control
is set in the straight paper exit path.
2. The reverse/paper exit motor (M303) is turned on at the same time as the conveyance motor (M302), and
the original conveyed by the conveyance belt is conveyed to the paper exit roller of the reverse/paper exit
section.
3. After the specified time has elapsed from when the reverse sensor (PS305) is turned off, M303 slows down
[4] to make the original aligned when it is ejected and the original is ejected to the paper exit stacker at low
speed.
4. After the specified time has elapsed from when the paper exit sensor (PS307) is turned off, M303 is turned
off [5].
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Forward
Conveyance motor
(M302)
Reve Low
rse
High
Reverse/paper exit
motor (M303)
High
Forward Low
Reve Low
rse
High

[2]
[1]
Scanning
[4]
Switching at low speed (M303)
[2]
Sets the paper exit gate in the straight paper
[5]
Paper exiting completed
a052t2c017ca
exit path
[3]
M302 and M303 starts operating for paper

exit
25
DF-609
1. When the paper exit solenoid (SD301) is turned on [2] after the scanning [1] is completed, the paper exit gate
B. Reverse/paper exit
(1) Operation
DF-609
The paper exit solenoid (SD301) and the reverse solenoid (SD302) are off in this mode.
1. The original [4] from the conveyance section is fed around the reverse roller [3] through the paper exit gate
[1], and conveyed to the reverse stacker [5] by the reverse gate [7].
2. The original stops proceeding with its rear end nipped by the reverse roller [8].
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1]
Paper exit gate (OFF)
[5]
[2]
[6]
Conveyance direction
[3]
Reverse roller
[7]
Reverse gate (OFF)
[4]
Original
[8]
Nipping rear end of the original
a052t2c018ca
Reverse stacker
3. The reverse roller stops rotating once, then starts reverse rotating and feed the original to the reverse paper
exit conveyance path.
4. The paper exit roller slows down when feeding the rear end of the original, and ejects the original with no
skew.
26
[2]
[3]
DF-609
[1]
a052t2c019ca
[1]
Original
[2]
Reverse/paper exit
[3]
Paper exit roller
27
(2) Control
1. The original from the conveyance section is conveyed to the path of the reverse stacker [1] that is set by
DF-609
paper exit gate and the reverse gate.
2. When the reverse sensor (PS305) detects the rear end of the original [2] and turns off, M303 reduces its
speed.
3. After the specified time, the original stops proceeding [3] with its rear end nipped by the reverse roller.
4. M303 rotates in reverse and the original is conveyed to the reverse paper exit path [4].
5. After the specified time has elapsed from when the paper exit sensor (PS306) has turned ON, M303 slows
down [5] and the original is ejected in reverse at low speed to the paper exit stacker.
6. After the specified time from when PS306 has turned off, M303 is turned off [6].
[2] [3] [4]

[5]
[6]
Forward

High
Forward
Low
Reverse/paper exit motor
(M303)
Low
Reverse
High
[1]
a052t2c020ca
[1]
Conveyance to the reverse stacker
[4]
Reverse paper exit (with reverse rotation at
[2]
Slowing down (M303)
[5]
Slowing down to align original
[3]
Stops with rear end nipped
[6]
Reverse paper exit completed
high speed)
28

Reverse paper exit control
(1) Operation
In reverse conveyance mode, the paper exit solenoid (SD301) is set to OFF while the reverse solenoid
The original [3] from the conveyance section wraps around the reverse roller [2] by the paper exit gate [1].
(SD302) is set to ON.

Then through the reverse gate that is turned ON [6], the original slides under [5] the conveyance belt [4] and
is returned to the conveyance section.
[5]
[6]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
a052t2c021ca
[1]
Paper exit gate (OFF)
[4]
Conveyance belt
[2]
Reverse roller
[5]
Sliding under the conveyance belt
[3]
Original
[6]
Reverse gate (ON)
29
DF-609
6.3.2
(2) Control
1. After the front side scan is performed [1], the conveyance motor (M302) [2] conveys the original from the
DF-609
conveyance section, and then the reverse/paper exit motor (M303) conveys it to the reverse path that is set
the paper exit solenoid (SD301) OFF and the original is fed around the reverse roller [3].
2.
When the reverse solenoid (SD302) is turned on [4], the reverse gate sets the conveyance direction toward
the conveyance belt. Then the original starts returning [5] to the conveyance section while sliding under the
conveyance belt.
3. After the specified time from when the reverse sensor (PS305) has turned ON, M302 and M303 stop rotating
once at the same moment. Then M302 switches to rotate in reverse [6] while M303 rotates forward [7] and
the original is returned further toward the scanning position.
4. After the specified time from PS305 has turned OFF, M303 [8] turns off. However, the belt keeps conveying.
[9]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[4] [5][7]

Forward
Conveyance
motor (M302)
Reve
rse
Low
High
Reverse/paper
exit motor
(M303)
For- High
ward
Low
Reve
rse
Low
High
[8]
[9]
a052t2c022ca
[1]
Front side scanning
[6]
Reverse conveyance of the belt
[2]
Conveyance to the reverse paper exit sec-
[7]
Conveyance toward the reverse conveyance
[3]
Conveyance to the reverse paper exit sec-
[8]
Conveyance completed (M303)
tion (M302)
tion (M303)
[4]
Reverse gate setting
[9]
Reverse conveyance by the conveyance

belt
[5]
30
Sliding under the conveyance belt
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
PF-601/HT-504
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
3.0
2007/06
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark
Correction of an error in writing

CONTENTS
PF-601/HT-504
CONTENTS
PF-601/HT-504
OUTLINE
1.1
PF-601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2
HT-504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4.1
4.2
4.3
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.1
Tray lift drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.2
Paper feed drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2.3
Pick-up drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.1
Plate up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.2
Paper size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.3
Pick-up mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.3.4
Separation mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3.5
Air assist mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3.6
Paper empty detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.7
Remaining paper detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.3.8
Tray lock control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3.1
Pre-registration control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3.2
Conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5.3.3
Multi feed detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.3.4
Centering detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.1
Dehumidifier heater control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.2
Tray damper mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
6.3
Main body assist mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

6.3.1
Filter replacement assy retaining mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
6.3.2
Filter replacement assy ventilation mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6.3.3
Environment temperature detection assist mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7. HT-504 (OPTIONAL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.1
7.2
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
7.2.1
Dehumidifier fan heater control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
7.2.2
AC power control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
PF-601/HT-504
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
PF-601/HT-504
OUTLINE
1.1
PF-601
A. Type
Type
Front loading type two-tray paper feeder
B. Functions
Number of trays
Two trays (All trays universal)
Tray capacity
6,000 sheets (80 g/m2 standard paper) = 3,000 sheets x 2 trays
C. Paper type
Paper size
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5*1, A5S, B6S, A6S*1
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tray/4: Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 182 mm)
Applicable paper
Plain paper, high quality paper, coated paper
Paper weight
Tray/4
64 to 256g/m2
Tray/5
64 to 300g/m2
*1
A5 and A6S are fed only from the tray/5.
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
24/12/5VDC, 200 to 240VAC (supplied both from the main body)
Maximum power consump- DC: 90W or less, AC: 100W or less

tion
Dimensions
947 (W) x 750 (D) x 1045 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 170kg
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
PF-601/HT-504
1.2
HT-504
A. Type
Type
Fan heater type dehumidifier heater
B. Machine data
24/5VDC (supplied from the main body), 200 to 240VAC*1
Power source

tion
Dimensions
Dehumidifier fan heater unit: 197 (W) x 82 (D) x 293 (H) mm
Weight
Dehumidifier fan heater unit: Approx. 1.5kg/1 unit
Power supply unit: 121 (W) x 80 (D) x 160 (H) mm

Power supply unit: Approx. 0.9kg
*1
North America model: Supplied from the main body.

Europe model:
Supplied from external.
C. Operating environment
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
[1]
PF-601/HT-504

[3]
[2]
a03xt1c001ca
[1]
Paper feed section
[2]
Conveyance section
[3]
HT-504 (Optional)
3. PAPER PATH
PF-601/HT-504
3. PAPER PATH
[1]
[2]
[3]
a03xt1c002ca
[1]
From tray/4
[2]
From tray/5
[3]
From tray/4 and /5 to the main body
PF-601/HT-504
4.1
Configuration
Pick-up roller
Paper feed
roller
Separation
roller
Paper empty sensor

/1 (PS3), /2 (PS11)
Paper feed assist fans
Paper size VR/1 (VR1) and VR/2 (VR3) (Main scan direction)
Paper size sensors /Rt1 (PS5), /Lt1

(PS6), /Rt2 (PS13), and /Lt2 (PS14)
(Sub scan direction)
Paper lift plate
Remaining paper VR/1

(VR2) and VR/2 (VR4)
Paper up/down
assist mechanism
a03xt2c001ca
PF-601/HT-504
4.2
4.2.1
Drive
Tray lift drive
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
a03xt2c002ca
[1]
Lift wire/Fr2 and /Rr2
[3]
Paper lift plate
[2]
Lift wire/Fr1 and /Rr1
[4]
Paper lift motor/1 (M2) and /2 (M3)

Paper feed drive
PF-601/HT-504
4.2.2
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[4]
[3]
[11]
a03xt2c003ca
[1]
Paper feed roller
[7]
Separation clutch /1 (MC2)
[2]
Pick-up roller
[8]
[3]
Separation roller
[9]
Coupling (transmission of driving force to
[4]
Torque limiter
[5]
Paper feed clutch/1 (MC1)
[10]
[11]
[6]
the tray/5)
the tray/4)

Pick-up drive
PF-601/HT-504
4.2.3
[2]
[1]
a03xt2c004ca
[1]
Pick-up solenoid/1 (SD1) and /2 (SD5)
[2]
Pick-up roller
Operation
4.3.1
A. Plate-up mechanism
The paper lift motors/1 (M2) and /2 (M3) drive the pulley to wind up the lift wires in order to lift the paper lift
plate.
B. Plate-down mechanism
The paper lift plate [1] goes down by the down button [2].
Loading papers on the paper lift plate presses the plate-down button [2] on the side of the tray, and release
lever [4] releases the coupling in the torque limiter [5]. The pulley drive shaft [6] keeps rotating while the
plate-down button is pressed.
When the paper lift plate [1] is at its uppermost position, the tray-down stopper [7] is on the rear side [8] of
the tray, and the gear [9] prevents the paper lift plate from going down.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[8] [9]
[7]
a03xt2c005ca
[1]
Paper lift plate
[6]
[2]
Down button
[7]
Shaft
Tray-down stopper
[3]
Papers
[8]
Rear side of the tray
[4]
Release lever
[9]
Gear
[5]
Torque limiter
C. Operation timing
(1) When tray is set
The paper lift motors/1 (M2) and /2 (M3) are activated and lift the paper lift plate.
The M2 and M3 motors are stopped when the upper limit sensors/1 (PS1) and /2 (PS9) detect the uppermost status of the paper lift plate.
(2) During printing
When the PS1 and PS9 sensors turn off, the M2 and M3 motors are activated.
When the PS1 and PS9 sensors turn on upon detection of the upper most status of the paper lift plate (with
the paper lift plate up), M2 and M3 are stopped.
PF-601/HT-504
4.3

4.3.2
PF-601/HT-504
A. Main scan/Sub scan direction detection
The detection methods differ between main scanning direction and sub-scanning direction.
(1) Main scan direction
The size in the main scan direction is detected by the paper size VR/1 (VR1) and /2 (VR3) that move
together with the paper guide. The detected size is sent to the main body within a fixed time period after the
tray is set.
(2) Sub scan direction
The size detection in the sub scan direction is made by the following each pair of the sensors: the paper
When the paper rear guide [6] is moved, the detection cams /Up [1] and /Lw [2] that are different in shape
size sensors/Rt1 (PS5) [3] and /Lt1 (PS6) [4] for tray /4, /Rt2 (PS13) [3] and /Lt2 (PS14) [4] for tray /5.
are pressed by the knob [5]. Depends on the position of the paper rear guide, the paper size sensors/Rt1
[4], /Rt2 [4] and /Lt1 [3], /Lt2 [3] are turned on and off.
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03xt2c006ca
10
[1]
Detection cam/Up
[2]
Detection cam/Lw
[4]
Paper size sensors/Lt1 (PS6) and /Lt2
[3]
Paper size sensors/Rt1 (PS5) and /Rt2
[5]
Knob
(PS13)
[6]
Paper rear guide
(PS14)
Paper size sensor

/Lt1 (PS5) and /Lt2 (PS14)
A6S, B6S, A4S, B5, A3,
OFF (light blocking)
PF-601/HT-504
Paper size
/Rt1 (PS5) and /Rt2 (PS13)

OFF
11 x 17, 13 x 19
81/2 x 11S, 8K, 16KS
OFF
ON
A5S, B5S, A4, SRA4, B4,
ON (exposure)
ON
ON
OFF
51/2 x 81/2S, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 14

A5, SRA4S, SRA3, 81/4 x 13,
81/8 x 131/4, 81/2 x 13, 8 x 13,
12 x 18, 16K
* For the paper sizes below, it is necessary to set the paper size on the touch panel.
Make a selection among SRA4, A5S, 8x13, 81/8 x 131/4, 81/4 x 13 and 81/2 x 13
Make a selection among A5 and 51/2 x 81/2S
Make a selection among B4, B5S, B5, 11x17, 81/2 x 11 and 8K, 16KS, 16K
11
B. Assist guide detection control
PF-601/HT-504
The paper size sensors /Fr1 (PS7), /Fr2 (PS15) [2], /Rr1 (PS8), and /Rr2 (PS16) [3] detect opening or closing of the auxiliary guide [1] when A6S size paper are set.
When the auxiliary guide [1] is in use, PS15 and PS16 are turned off.
Tray/4 does not support A6S paper.
[2]
[3]
[1]
[1]
a03xt2c007ca
[1]
Auxiliary paper guide
[2]
Paper size sensors /Fr1 (PS7), and /Fr2

(PS15)
12
[3]
Paper size sensors /Rr1 (PS8), and /Rr2

(PS16)
Pick-up mechanism
Paper is picked up when the pick-up solenoids/1 (SD1) and /2 (SD5) are turned off.
When the solenoids SD1and SD5 are turned off, the pick-up roller goes down to press paper by its own
weight.
When the paper feed clutches /1 (MC1) and /2 (MC4) turn on, the pick-up roller starts to rotate and feed
paper to the paper feed roller.
[3]
[5]
Paper feed sensor/1 (PS2) and /2 (PS10)

Paper feed clutch/1 (MC1) and /2 (MC4)
Pick-up solenoid/1 (SD1) and /2 (SD5)
[1]
[2]
[4]
a03xt2c008ca
[1]
START button ON
[4]
Pick-up of the 2nd sheet of paper
[2]
Pick-up of the 1st sheet of paper
[5]
Conveyance of the 2nd sheet of paper
[3]
Conveyance of the 1st sheet of paper
13
PF-601/HT-504
4.3.3

4.3.4
PF-601/HT-504
Separation mechanism
Papers are separated by the separation roller [5].

The separation roller [5] rotates in the direction [10] opposite to the paper conveyance direction [9] by
means of the torque limiter [8]. The roller is pressed against the paper feed roller by force exerted by the
spring [7] and the torque limiter.

When multiple sheets of paper are fed, the separation roller reverses the direction of rotation [10] (opposite
to the paper feed roller) and feeds the lower paper [2] that contacts with the separation roller back to the
tray [3]. The drop in frictional force between the two rollers due to the multiple sheets causes the counter
rotating of the separation roller.
[10]
[9]
[1]
[8]
[2]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a03xt2c009ca
14
[1]
Paper feed roller
[6]
[2]
Lower (2nd) sheet of paper
[7]
Pressing force
Spring
[3]
To the tray
[8]
Torque limiter
[4]
Direction to feed paper normally
[9]
[5]
Separation roller
[10]
Direction to separate sheets
Air assist mechanism
The paper feed assist fans that are provided on the paper guides in the trays/4 and /5 blow air [7] onto
paper [9] in order to assist the separation of paper.
Tray/4 is provided with paper feed assist fans/Fr11 (FM1) [6], /Fr12 (FM3) [5], /Rr11 (FM2) [1] and /Rr12
(FM4) [3]. Tray /5 is provided with paper feed assist fans/Fr21 (FM5) [6], /Fr22 (FM7) [5], /Rr21 (FM6) [1], /
Rr22 (FM8) [3].
When feeding from the tray specified as a tray for coated paper, the assist fans of the tray start to operate.
[7]
[8]
[9]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03xt2c010ca
[1]
Paper feed assist fans /Rr11 (FM2) and /
[5]
Paper feed assist fans /Fr12 (FM3) and /
[6]
Paper feed assist fans /Fr11(FM1) and /Fr21
Rr21 (FM6)
Fr22 (FM7)
[2]
Shutter solenoids /Rr1 (SD3) and / Rr2
[3]
Paper feed assist fans /Rr12 (FM4) and /
[7]
Air-blowing
Rr22 (FM8)
[8]
Shutter solenoids /Fr1 (SD2) and /Fr2 (SD6)
Shutter
[9]
Papers
(SD7)
[4]
(FM5)
15
PF-601/HT-504
4.3.5
A. Operation timing
PF-601/HT-504
When the coated paper is selected in the paper setting, the paper feed assist fans/Fr11 (FM1), /Fr12 (FM3),
/Rr11 (FM2) and /Rr12 (FM4) or the paper feed assist fans/Fr21 (FM5), /Fr22 (FM7), /Rr21 (FM6) and /Rr22
(FM8) of corresponding tray start to operate when the START button is pressed.
B. Open/close shutter control
Amount of air blow is adjusted by the shutter solenoids /Fr1 (SD2) [8], /Rr1 (SD3) [2], /Fr2 (SD6) [8], and /
Rr2 (SD7) [2]. When the SD2/ SD3/ SD6/ SD7 turn on, the shutters are closed to increase the air blow.
The SD2/SD3/SD6/SD7 keep turning off and on for a specified period of time after the start button is turned
on.
Air blow operation is performed once between turning on of the start button and start of paper feed [2].
The SD2, SD3, SD6 and SD7 can be forced off using DipSW4-0.

Paper feed assist fans /Fr11
(FM1), /Fr12 (FM3), /Rr11
(FM2), /Rr12 (FM4), /Fr21
(FM5), /Fr22 (FM7), /Rr21
(FM6), /Rr22 (FM8)
Shutter solenoids /Fr1 (SD2), /
Rr1 (SD3), /Fr2 (SD6), /Rr2
(SD7)
[1]
[2]
a03xt2c011ca
[1]
16
START button ON
[2]
Start feeding
Paper empty detection on the tray is made according to on/off statuses of the upper limit sensors/1 (PS1)
and /2 (PS9) [6], and the paper empty sensors/1 (PS3) and /2 (PS11) [1].
When the paper lift plate [4] goes up while paper is on the tray, the paper pushes up the actuator [2] and
then the PS3 and PS11 [1] are turned off.When the paper lift plate further goes up, the pick-up roller section
[5] is pushed up to turn off the PS1 and PS9 [6].
When there is no paper, the actuator is inserted in the hole [3] in the paper lift plate and is not lifted up. On
the other hand, the pick-up roller section[5] is lifted up to turn off the PS1/ PS9 [6]. If PS1/PS9 turn off when
the paper lift plate is being lifted, the product detects that paper is empty and shows the message on the
touch panel.
While feeding paper, the PS3 and PS11 are switched from OFF to ON while the PS1 and the PS9 is OFF,
and paper empty is detected.
[1]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
a03xt2c012ca
[1]
Paper empty sensors /1 (PS3) and /2 (PS11)
[4]
Paper lift plate
[2]
Actuator of the paper empty sensors /1
[5]
Pick-up roller section
(PS3) and /2 (PS11)
[6]
Upper limit sensors /1 (PS1) and /2 (PS9)
[3]
Hole
17
PF-601/HT-504
4.3.6

4.3.7
PF-601/HT-504
Remaining paper detection is made by the remaining paper VR/1 (VR2) and /2 (VR4) that are interlocked
with the up/down operation of the paper lift plate via the pulley and the gear.
The following 8 levels are detected according to the resistance value, and the detected information is sent
to the main body.
[1]
a03xt2c013ca
[1]
4.3.8
Remaining paper VR/1 (VR2) and VR/2 (VR4)
Tray lock control
Each of the tray is locked by the tray locked lever.

When the tray lock release sensors /1 (PS4) and /2 (PS12) of the either trays /4 or /5 are turned off, the tray
lock solenoids /1 (SD4) and /2 (SD8) of the corresponding tray are turned on. This causes the tray lock lever
to go up and the tray is unlocked.
In order to avoid pulling multiple trays out at a time, the SD4 and SD8 solenoids other than those which has
already been turned on do not become on even when an off-status of another lock release sensor is
detected while PS4 or PS12 sensor is off.
When a jammed paper is lying over the tray and the exit conveyance section, the tray remains locked until
the jammed paper is removed. This prevents the paper from being torn off.
18
5.1
PF-601/HT-504
Configuration
Vertical conveyance
roller/2
Vertical conveyance roller/1
Vertical conveyance
roller/3
Horizontal conveyance
roller/2
Small size roller
Multi feed
Horizontal conveyance roller/1
detection board
/R (MFDTB/R),
/S (MFDTB/S)
Centering sensor (PS25)
a03xt2c014ca
19
Drive
PF-601/HT-504
5.2
[4]
[1]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[14]
[13]
[2]
[12] [11] [10]
[15]
[3]
a03xt2c015ca
[1]
[2]
20
[8]
Vertical conveyance clutch/3 (MC9)
the tray/4)
[9]
[10]
Horizontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10)
the tray/5)
[11]
[3]
[12]
Pre-registration clutch (MC12)
[4]
[13]
[5]
[14]
[6]
[15]
[7]
Operation
5.3.1
Pre-registration control
In order to correct skew of paper, paper fed from the tray strikes against the pre-registration roller that is
stopping at that time.
The pre-registration clutch (MC12) is turned on, the driving force of the paper feed motor (M1) is transmitted
to the pre-registration roller to feed paper inside the main body.
21
PF-601/HT-504
5.3
5.3.2
PF-601/HT-504
Conveyance control
For the vertical conveyance, the driving force of the paper feed motor (M1) [1] is transmitted by turning on
and off the vertical conveyance clutches /1 (MC7) [4], /2 (MC8) [7], and /3 (MC9) [8].
For the horizontal conveyance, the driving force of paper feed motor (M1) is transmitted by turning on and
off the horizontal conveyance clutches /1 (MC10) [10], /2 (MC11) [14], and the pre-registration clutch
(MC12) [12].
Paper fed from tray/4 is conveyed to the vertical conveyance rollers /1 [5], /2 [6], and /3 [9] driven through
MC7, MC8, and MC9, and then conveyed to the horizontal conveyance section.
Paper fed from tray/4 vertically or fed from tray/5 is conveyed to the pre-registration roller [13] by the horizontal conveyance roller/1 [11] driven via the MC10. Then, the pre-registration control described above is
performed and the paper is fed inside the main body.
When the vertical conveyance sensors /2 (PS27) [3] and /3 (PS26) [2] detect the paper trailing edge, the
sensors read it twice within the specified time. The paper trailing edge once passed through the sensors
may return to the sensor detection position due to slack in the paper, and detected by the sensors again
unexpectedly. To prevent the mis-detection, the sensors carry out the detection operation twice every time.
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[3]
[8]
[1]
[9]
[13]
[11]
[2]
[10]
[12]
[14]
a03xt2c015ca
22
[1]
[8]
[2]
Vertical conveyance sensor/3 (PS26)
[9]
[3]
Vertical conveyance sensor/2 (PS27)
[10]
[4]
[11]
[5]
[12]
[6]
[13]
[7]
[14]
Multi feed detection control
The multi feed sensor is provided in the horizontal conveyance section to detect multi feed.
The multi feed sensor is a ultrasonic sensor consisted of a sending and receiving section. The ultrasonic
waves sent from the multi feed detection board/S (MFDTB/S) are received at the multi feed detection
board/R (MFDTB/R).
The intensity of the ultrasonic waves received by the receiving section differs according to the number of
sheets passed between the MFDTB/S and MFDTB/R. Therefore, the sensor can detect multi feed by the
intensity.
When multi feed is detected, the paper feeding operation will stop, however, the next sheet of paper is fed
as usual.
The multi feed detection function can be enabled/disabled using DipSW19-4.
5.3.4
Centering detection control
While paper being fed, centering sensor (PS25) detects the paper edges in the main scan direction.
The detected information is written in the image processing section so that a scanned image is precisely
located and printed on the paper as intended.
In order to increase the life of the PS25, the sensor is not always "On"; it turns off after sending the detected
information to the main body and turns on when it detects the paper reached to the pre-registration sensor.
23
PF-601/HT-504
5.3.3
6. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
6. OTHERS
6.1
Dehumidifier heater control

Dehumidifier heaters /1 (HTR1) and /2 (HTR2) are provided under the trays /4 and /5, one for each tray, to
prevent paper from damping.
When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned off, the HTR1 and HTR2 are turned on.
[1]
[2]
a03xt2c016ca
[1]
24
Dehumidifier heater/1 (HTR1)
[2]
Tray damper mechanism

The damper [1] is provided in the tray to prevent the pile of paper from becoming misaligned due to the
vibration caused when inserting the tray.
[1]
a03xt2c017ca
[1]
Damper
25
PF-601/HT-504
6.2
6. OTHERS
6. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
6.3
Main body assist mechanism
6.3.1
Filter replacement assy retaining mechanism
When PF is installed to the main body, the filter replacement assy retaining mechanism [1] of PF presses
down the filter replacement assy of the main body to prevent the filter replacement assy from coming loose.
[1]
a03xt2c018ca
[1]
26
Filter replacement assy retaining mechanism
Filter replacement assy ventilation mechanism
When PF is installed to the main body, the ventilation fan/1 (FM10) [1] and /2 (FM9) [2] operate to exhaust
heated air around the writing section of the main body.
When the sub power switch (SW2) of the main body is on, FM10 and FM9 keep turned on.
[1]
[2]
a03xt2c019ca
[1]
6.3.3
Ventilation fan/1 (FM10)
[2]
Environment temperature detection assist mechanism
When PF is installed to the main body, the temperature-humidity sensor (TEM/HUMS) of PF is used to
check the environment temperature and humidity instead of the sensor of the main body since the temperature-humidity sensor/1 (TEM/HUMS/1) on the right side of the main body is disabled.
27
PF-601/HT-504
6.3.2
6. OTHERS
7. HT-504 (OPTIONAL)
PF-601/HT-504
7.1
Configuration
[4]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[6]
a03xt2c020ca
28
[1]
Dehumidifier fan heater unit/Up
[4]
Dehumidifier fan/1 (FM13) and /3 (FM11)
[2]
Dehumidifier fan heater unit/Lw
[5]
Dehumidifier fan/2 (FM14) and /4 (FM12)
[3]
Power unit
[6]
Fan heater/Up (HTR3) and /Lw (HTR4)
Operation
7.2.1
Dehumidifier fan heater control
A. Dryness preparation control
When the Dryness preparation control is set to [On] in the user settings, preliminary drying operation is performed before printing after opening/closing the tray.
When the dehumidifier fan heater preliminary drying control is set to [Off] in the user settings, preliminary
drying operation is performed before printing after opening/closing the tray when the amount of remaining
papers are changed. The drying operation is not conducted unless the amount of remaining papers are
changed.
To prevent paper feed jam in the paper feed section, the fan heaters /Up (HTR3), /Lw (HTR4), dehumidifier
fans /1 (FM13), /2 (FM14), /3 (FM11), and /4 (FM12) control dehumidification by circulating warm air.
When the temperature-humidity sensor (TEM/HUMS) of PF detects the environment humidity is more than
56%, HTR3, HTR4, FM11, FM12, FM13 and FM14 are turned on.
B. Dehumidifier control operation start conditions
When turning the sub power switch (SW2) off with the dehumidifier fan heater setting set to [Automatic] or
[On (compulsory)] in the user settings and coated paper is selected.
When opening/closing the tray with the dehumidifier fan heater setting set to [Automatic] or [On (compulsory)] in the user settings and coated paper is selected.
When changing the original setting to coated paper from other types with the dehumidifier fan heater setting set to [Automatic] or [On (compulsory)] in the user settings.
When changing the dehumidifier fan heater setting to [Automatic] or [On (compulsory)] from [Off (compulsory)].
C. Operation details
Detects the temperature in the trays with the temperature sensors /1 (TEMS/1) and /2 (TEMS/2) and controls the dehumidification until the temperature reaches the target level.
During the dehumidification, the printing from the tray is prohibited.
Ambient humidity
Target temperature rise in the tray
Less than 55%
Not controlled
56 to 60%
6C
61 to 65%
7C
66 to 70%
8C
71 to 75%
9C
More than 76%
10C
D. Dehumidifier control operation stop conditions
When a original setting other than the coated paper is selected during dehumidifier control operation.
When the dehumidifier fan heater setting is changed to [Off (compulsory)] during dehumidifier control operation.
29
PF-601/HT-504
7.2
7.2.2
PF-601/HT-504
AC power control
When the temperature sensor in the dehumidifier fan heater unit detects an error, a relay in the AC board [3]
is cut off to prevent abnormal temperature from occurring.
AC voltage is supplied either from the main body [1] or external [2]. Parts whose voltage is supplied from
external are equipped with an inlet [4] and a circuit breaker switch [5] in the power supply unit.
[4]
[3]
[5]
[1]
[1]
[2]
30
[2]
The AC voltage supplied from the main
[3]
AC drive board (ACDB)
body
[4]
Inlet
The AC voltage supplied from external
[5]
Circuit breaker switch
a03xt2e001ca
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
LU-202/HT-503
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
3.0
2007/06
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
LU-202/HT-503
CONTENTS
LU-202/HT-503
OUTLINE
1.1
LU-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2
HT-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4.1
4.2
4.3
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.1
Paper feed drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.2
Pick-up drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.1
Paper feed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.2
4.3.3
Remaining paper detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3.4
4.3.5
Centering detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5. UP/DOWN SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5.3.1
Plate up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6.1
Dehumidifier heater control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6.2
Interlock control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
7. HT-503 (OPTIONAL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
7.1
7.2
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.2.1
Dehumidifier fan heater control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
LU-202/HT-503
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
LU-202/HT-503
OUTLINE
1.1
LU-202
A. Type
Type
Side mount type large volume paper feed tray
B. Functions
Max. tray capacity
*1
2500 sheets (80 g/m 2)*1
Stacked height 275 mm
C. Paper type
Paper size
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5

13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
8K, 16K
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 210 x 182 mm)*1
Applicable paper

64 to 300 g/m2 *1
Available types of paper weighing 300 g/m2 are limited to specific types.
*1
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
Maximum power consump- DC: 40W or less, AC: 50W or less (not including HT-503)
tion
Weight
Approx. 40kg
Dimensions
710 (W) x 639 (D) x 477 (H) mm
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)
LU-202/HT-503
1.2
HT-503
A. Type
Type
Fan heater type dehumidifier device
B. Machine data
Power source
24/5VDC, 200 to 240VAC (supplied both from the main body)

tion
Dimensions
Weight
Dehumidifier fan heater unit: Approx. 1.5 kg
Power unit: 121 (W) x 80 (D) x 160 (H) mm

Power supply unit: Approx. 0.9 kg
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
LU-202/HT-503

[1]
[3]
[2]
a03wt1c001ca
[1]
Up/down section
[2]
HT-503 (Optional)
[3]
Paper feed section
3. PAPER PATH
LU-202/HT-503
3. PAPER PATH
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
a03wt1c002ca
[1]
Separation roller
[4]
Pick-up roller
[2]
[5]
Paper lift plate
[3]
Paper feed roller
LU-202/HT-503
4.1
Configuration
Separation roller
Pick-up roller
Paper feed roller
Paper feed assist fans
Paper empty sensor (PS108)

Paper size detection mechanism
Paper size detection mechanism (Main scan direction)
(Sub scan direction)
Remaining paper detection mechanism
a03wt2c001ca
LU-202/HT-503
4.2
4.2.1
Drive
Paper feed drive
[1]
[10]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[6]
[7]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[9]
a03wt2c002ca
[1]
[6]
Separation roller
[2]
Paper feed clutch (MC101)
[7]
Front side
[3]
Pick-up roller
[8]
Torque limitter
[4]
Paper feed roller
[9]
[5]
One-way mechanism
[10]

Pick-up drive
LU-202/HT-503
4.2.2
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
a03wt2c003ca
[1]
Pick-up roller
[3]
Front side
[2]
Pick-up solenoid (SD100)
[4]
Paper feed roller
LU-202/HT-503
4.3
Operation
4.3.1
Paper feed control
A. Pick-up control
(1) Outline
Paper is picked up when the pick-up solenoid (SD100) is turned off.
The pick-up roller rotates with the paper feed roller.
(2) Operation
1. At the time printing is started [1], SD100 is off and the pick-up roller presses against loaded paper with its
own weight.
2. Then the paper feed clutch (MC101) turns on [2] to transmit drive force of the paper feed motor (M1) to the
pick-up roller, and the pick-up roller starts to rotate and picks up a sheet of paper to be fed by the paper
feed roller.
3. When the Pre-registrations sensor (PS106) located just before the pre-registration roller detects the leading
edge of the paper [3], SD100 turns on to make the pick-up roller separate from the paper, and the paper is
fed only by the paper feed roller.
4. When the LU exit sensor (PS107) turns on [4], MC101 is turned off to stop the paper feed roller and the pickup roller.
5. When a predetermined time period has elapsed after PS107 detects the first paper and turns off, SD100
turns off to bring the pick-up roller into contact with the loaded paper, and at the same time, MC101
becomes on to make the pick-up roller rotate and pick up the second sheet of paper [5].
[1]
[2] [4]
[3]
[5]

Pre-registrations sensor (PS106)
LU exit sensor (PS107)
a03wt2c004ca
[1]
START button (ON)
[4]
Pick-up roller separates from loaded paper
[2]
Pick-up roller presses paper with its own
[5]
Pick-up roller goes down
[3]
Drive force transmission to the pick-up roller
weight.
and paper feed roller.
The separation roller [5] rotates in the direction [10] opposite to the paper conveyance direction [9] by
means of the torque limiter [8].
The separation roller is pressed against the paper feed roller [1] by the force [6] exerted by the spring [7] and
the torque generated by the torque limiter. The friction force between the separation roller and the paper
feed roller is limited by the torque limiter in order to prevent multi-feed.
When no paper exist between the separation roller and the paper feed roller, and when the only one sheet
of paper is present, the separation roller is driven by the paper feed roller in the direction of the arrow [4]
since the torque is over the limit.
When multiple sheets of paper are fed, the friction force between the two rollers drops causing counterrotating [10] of the separation roller, and the lower paper [2] that contacts with the separation roller is fed back
to the tray [3].
[10]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[1]
Paper feed roller
[6]
[2]
2nd sheet of paper
[7]
Spring
[3]
To the tray
[8]
Torque limiter
[4]
Driven rotation
[9]
Conveyance direction
[5]
Separation roller
[10]
Rotation of separation direction
a03wt2c005ca
Spring force
LU-202/HT-503
C. Pre-registration control
LU-202/HT-503
(1) Outline
The pre-registration roller [3] is driven by the paper feed motor (M1) via the pre-registration clutch (MC102).
M1 drive force is transmitted/shut off by MC102 to rotate/stop the roller.
The pre-registration control for the second and subsequent papers differs depending on the paper size
(whether the paper is small-sized or large-sized) because of the difference in interval between papers.
This control is carried out mainly by the pre-registration sensor (PS106) [4], LU exit sensor (PS107) [1], the
intermediate conveyance sensor/1 (PS27 in the mainbody), and the intermediate conveyance sensor/2
(PS28 in the mainbody).
[3]
[4]
[5]
[2]
[1]
a03wt2c006ca
10
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
Paper feed roller
[3]
1. Paper fed by the paper feed roller hits against the pre-registration roller that is stopping due to the off-status
[1] of MC102, and the skew of paper is corrected.
2. Then, after a predetermined time period has elapsed, MC102 turns on [2] to rotate the pre-registration roller
to convey the paper.
3. When a predetermined time period has elapsed after PS106 detects the rear end of the paper, MC102 turns
off to stop the pre-registration roller [3].
4. The same operation is carried out for the second and subsequent papers.
[2]
[3]

[1]
[1]
Paper skew correction
[2]
Paper conveyance into the main body
a03wt2c007ca
[3]
MC102 turns off upon completion of 1st

paper conveyance
11
LU-202/HT-503
(2) Control for small-sized paper
(3) Control for large-sized paper
LU-202/HT-503
1. The pre-registration for the 1st sheet of paper is carried out in the same manner as that for small-sized
paper.
2. MC102 turns on again [1] after the 2nd paper hits against the pre-registration roller, and turns off [2] when a
predetermined time period has elapsed after the LU exit sensor (PS107) detects the leading edge of paper,
then keeps the off-status until the rear end of the 1st paper is detected by PS27 in the main body.
3. When PS27 detects the rear end of the 1st paper, the MC102 turns on [3] to convey the 2nd paper, and
turns off [4] when the leading edge of the 2nd paper is detected by the PS27.
4. The MC102 turns on again [5] when PS28 detects the rear end of the 1st paper, and turns off [6] when PS28
detects the leading edge of the 2nd paper.
5. When a predetermined time period has elapsed after a V-TOP signal is issued (when a printing process for
the 1st paper is finished), MC102 turns on again [7] to convey the 2nd paper, and turns off to stop the conveyance when a predetermined time period has elapsed after PS106 detects the rear end of the paper.
[4] [6] [8]

[1]
[2]
[3] [5] [7]

Pre-registration clutch (PS102)
V-TOP signal of the main body
a03wt2c008ca
[1]
Paper skew correction
[5]
Starts conveyance of the 2nd paper to
[2]
Waits until PS27 detects the 1st paper
[6]
Turns off when the 2nd paper reaches PS28
[3]
Starts conveyance of the 2nd paper to
[7]
Restarts conveyance
PS28
PS27
[4]
Turns off when the 2nd paper reaches PS27
[8]
MC102 turns off upon completion of 2nd

paper conveyance
12
The paper feed assist fan/Fr (FM1) and /Rr (FM2) are mounted to the side guide/Fr and /Rr respectively in
order to assist the separation of paper.
When coated paper has been selected at the paper setting, FM1 and FM2 turns on upon receiving a print
start signal.
The air-blowing level of the FM1 and FM2 can be selected from Auto, ON (strong), ON (weak), and OFF at
the paper setting.
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03wt2c009ca
[1]
Side guide/Rr
[4]
FM1
[2]
FM2
[5]
Side guide/Fr
[3]
Paper
[6]
Airflow
13
LU-202/HT-503
D. Air assist control

4.3.2
LU-202/HT-503
A paper empty status can be detected by on/off statuses of the upper limit sensor (PS109) [6] and the
paper empty sensor (PS108) [1].
When paper is loaded on the tray, the paper pushes the actuator [2] up as the paper lift plate [4] moves
upward and PS108 [1] turns on. Further upward movement of the plate pushes the actuator [5] up and
turns PS109 [6] on.
When no paper exist on the tray, the actuator [2] of PS108 [1] goes into the hole [3] of the paper lift plate [4]
instead of being pushed up, and only the actuator [5] is pushed up to turn PS109 [6] on. The status (PS108
is off and PS109 is on) is judged as a paper empty status, and an arrow mark (
) appears on the tray mark
displayed on the touch panel of the main unit.
When the tray runs out of paper while feeding paper, the status is detected when the PS108 becomes off
with PS109 kept on.
[1]
[6]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
a03wt2c010ca
14
[1]
[4]
Paper lift plate
[2]
Actuator of PS108
[5]
Actuator of PS109
[3]
Hole
[6]
Upper limit sensor (PS109)

The remaining amount of paper is detected by the position of the remaining paper detection gear [6] moved
The remaining paper detection gear incorporates the actuator [9], and the actuator position is detected by
together with the shaft [5] of the paper lift motor (M100) which drives the paper lift plate.
the four remaining paper sensors; /1 (PS102) [1], /2 (PS103) [2], /3 (PS104) [3], and /4 (PS105) [4].
According to on/off statuses of the four sensors, the remaining amount of paper can be figured out.
[8]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[7]
[6]
a03wt2c011ca
[1]
Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS102)
[6]
[2]
[7]
Remaining paper detection gear

Rotational direction when the paper lift plate
goes up
[3]
[8]
Rotational direction when the paper lift plate

goes down
[4]
[5]
Shaft of the paper lift motor (M100)
[9]
Actuator
15
LU-202/HT-503
4.3.3
(1) Sensor detection and remaining paper
LU-202/HT-503
The remaining amount of paper is detected in eight levels according to on/off statuses of the four sensors.
The number of horizontal lines, or an arrow mark appear on the tray mark displayed on the touch panel of
the main unit in order to indicate the remaining amount of paper in the tray.
Remaining paper sensor /1, /2, /3, /4 statuses and remaining amount of paper
Number of sheets (80g/m2)
PS102
PS103
PS104
PS105
Indication on the touch
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
600 to 850
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
2 lines light
850 to 1100
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
3 lines light
1100 to 1400
ON
ON
ON
OFF
4 lines light
1400 to 1700
ON
ON
ON
ON
5 lines light
1700 to 1950
OFF
ON
ON
ON
6 lines light
1950 to 2250
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
7 lines light
2250 or more
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
7 lines light
panel
1 to 600
2 lines light
Note
The number of sheets shown on the table is approximate values when the paper weight (thickness) is 80g/m2. It varies depending on the thickness of paper.
16

A. Outline
The detection method differs between main scan direction and sub scan direction.
Paper size in main scan direction is detected by the position of the gear of the paper size VR (VR1) [1] which
is rotated by the detection guide plate/Rr [2] mounted on the side guide/Fr [6].
Paper size in sub scan direction is detected by the paper size sensors /Rr (PS110) [7] and /Fr (PS111) [8].
When the paper rear guide [4] moves, the detection guide plates /1 [5] and /2 [6] are moved upward/downward according to their shape, and the actuators turn PS110 and PS111 on or off.
[1]
[2]
[10]
[9]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[5]
[7]
[6]
a03wt2c012ca
[1]
Paper size VR (VR1)
[6]
Detection guide plate/2
[2]
Detection guide plate/Rr
[7]
Paper size sensor/Rr (PS110)
[3]
Side guide/Rr
[8]
Paper size sensor/Fr (PS111)
[4]
Paper rear guide
[9]
Side guide/Fr
[5]
Detection guide plate/1
[10]
Detection guide plate/Fr
17
LU-202/HT-503
4.3.4
B. Sensor detection and paper size
LU-202/HT-503
The tables below lists how paper sizes are detected by the paper size VR (VR1), the paper size sensor/Rr
(PS110) and /Fr (PS111).
Main scan direction
VR1
Sub scan direction

PS110
ON
OFF
ON
PS111
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
13 x 19
SRA3
SPECIAL
SRA4
291.0 to 241.5
A3
12 x 18
SPECIAL
A4
241.4 to 200.5
11 x 17
16K
8KS
81/2 x 11
291.1 or lower
OFF
200.4 to 141.1
B5
16K
8KS
B4S
141.1 to 96.9
SPECIAL
SRA4S
81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 14S
96.9 or more
A4S
SPECIAL
81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 14S
ON: Blocks light of the sensor

OFF: Transmits light of the sensor
4.3.5
Centering detection control
A. Outline
The position of paper being conveyed is detected by the centering sensor (PS1) [3] and the LU exit sensor
(PS107), and the detected result is used in the image processing section to adjust timing to start printing so
that the scanned image is properly centered on the paper.
PS1 detects the edge of the paper in the main scan direction.
PS107 detects the edge of the paper in the sub scan direction.
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
a03wt2c013ca
18
[1]
Separation roller
[3]
[2]
Pre-registration roller (driven side)
[4]
Front side
The detection range [5] of the centering sensor (PS1) [6] is 216 mm in the main scan direction.
The gap between the center [4] of paper [1] in the main scan direction and the origin point [2] of PS1 is
21.85 mm [3].
The resolution is 0.125 with 1728 dots.
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03wt2c014ca
[1]
Paper
[4]
Center of the paper
[2]
Origin point of the sensor
[5]
Detection range
[3]
Gap between sensor origin and paper cen-
[6]
ter
19
LU-202/HT-503
B. Detection area
5. UP/DOWN SECTION
LU-202/HT-503
5. UP/DOWN SECTION
5.1
Configuration
Upper limit
sensor
(PS109)
Paper lift plate
Lower limit
sensor
(PS101)
Paper
lift motor
(M100)
Lift wire
a03wt2c015ca
20
Drive
LU-202/HT-503
5.2
5. UP/DOWN SECTION
[10]
[9]
[8]
[3]
FRONT
[2]
[1]
[4]
[7]
[6]
[5]
a03wt2c016ca
[1]
Lift wire/Rr1
[6]
Lift wire/Fr2
[2]
Lift wire /Rr2
[7]
Lift wire/Fr1
[3]
Lift wire/Rr3
[8]
Paper lift plate
[4]
Drive shaft
[9]
Paper lift motor (M100)
[5]
Lift wire/Fr3
[10]
Remaining paper detection gear
21
5. UP/DOWN SECTION
LU-202/HT-503
5.3
Operation
5.3.1
A. Mechanism
Moving the paper lift plate up/down is made by winding/releasing the lift wires with the pulleys driven by the
Six lift wires are connected to the paper lift plate (three each on front and back). Two wires each on the front
paper lift motor (M100).

and back of the plate; lift wire/Fr2, /Fr3, /Rr2, /Rr3, lift the paper lift plate, and the other two (one each on
front and back); lift wire/Fr1 and /Rr1, pull the plate downward.
The pulling force of the lift wire/Fr1 and /Rr1 is exerted by the springs and it works to stabilize the paper lift
plate.
B. Up operation
When the upper door sensor (PS100) turns on [1] upon closing of the upper door, the paper lift motor
(M100) rotates in forward direction to lift the paper lift plate [2] until the upper limit sensor (PS109) turns on
[3].
When the height of paper stacked in the tray becomes lower as the paper is fed, PS109 becomes off [4]
and M100 starts to rotate again in forward direction to lift the paper lift plate until PS109 becomes on [5]
again.
[6][7]
Paper lift
motor (M101)
Forward
Reverse
Upper door sensor (PS100)

[1]
[2]
[1]
Closing of upper door
[2]
Paper lift plate goes up
[3]
Paper lift plate stops at the upper limit position
[3]
[4] [5] [4] [5]
a03wt2c017ca
[4]
The height of stacked paper lowers due to
[5]
Paper lift plate reaches the upper limit posi-
paper feeding
tion
C. Down operation
When the upper door sensor (PS100) turns off upon opening of the upper door, the paper lift motor (M100)
starts to rotate in reverse direction to make the paper lift plate go down by a predetermined amount.
When the tray down switch (SW100) is pressed while PS100 is off, M100 starts to rotate in reverse direction
to lower the paper lift plate by 90 mm.
After SW100 is pressed, M100 stops when the lower limit sensor (PS101) turns on (detects that the paper
lift plate reaches the lower limit position). The paper lift plate does not go down while PS101 is on even if
SW100 is pressed.
22
6. OTHERS
6.1
Dehumidifier heater control
The LU is equipped with the dehumidifier heater (HTR1) to reduce the moisture inside the LU.
HTR1 is powered with 220 VAC supplied from the main body, and activated by turning on the dehumidifier
heater switch (SW3) on the main body and turning off the sub power switch (SW2)
[1]
a03wt2c018ca
[1]
Dehumidifer heater (HTR1)
23
LU-202/HT-503
6. OTHERS
6. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
6.2
Interlock control
The interlock switch/1 (MS1) and the front door sensor (PS115) are mounted on the front door, and the
interlock switch/2 (MS2) and the upper door sensor (PS100) are mounted on the upper door.
The power to drive the paper feed motor (M1) is transmitted via MS1 and the MS2. If the front door or the
upper door is opened, MS1 and MS2 turn off to cut the power supply to the paper feed motor (M1).
When PS115 and PS100 turn off while paper being fed, the LU drive board (LUDB) changes M1 drive signal
into off in order to stop the paper feeding.
24
7.1
LU-202/HT-503
Configuration
Temperature sensor (TEMS)
Dehumidifier
fan/1 (FM3)
Dehumidifier
fan/2 (FM4)
Dehumidifier
heater/3(HTR/2)
a03wt2c019ca
25
LU-202/HT-503
7.2
Operation
7.2.1
Dehumidifier fan heater control
A. Outline
The fan heater (HTR3) and the dehumidifier fan/1 (FM3) and /2 (FM4) generate hot airflow inside the LU and
reduce moisture in order to prevent jam of coated paper due to dampness.
The dehumidifier control has two processes; a dehumidifier fan heater pre-drying and the temperature limiting dehumidification control. The first one (pre-drying) is made with HTR3 , FM3 and FM4. Once the target
temperature rise is achieved, the pre-drying process is finished and further dehumidification control limiting
the temperature is carried out only by HTR3.
The dehumidification control is carried out according to the temperature inside the tray detected by the
temperature sensor (TEMS), and continued until the target temperature rise is achieved.
Feeding paper from the LU cannot be made while the dehumidification control being performed. (this can
be allowed by changing DIPSW setting)
B. Dehumidifier fan heater pre-drying control
The user setting menu has an option to activate pre-drying with the dehumidifier fan heater before printing
every time the upper door is opened/closed.
When the pre-drying with the dehumidifier fan heater is set not to be activated in the user setting menu, the
pre-drying before printing is carried out if the upper door is opened/closed and a change in remaining
amount of paper is detected.
HTR3, FM3, and FM4 turn on when 56% or higher ambient humidity is detected by the temp/humidity sensor/1 (TEM/HUMS/1) of the main unit.
FM3 and FM4 are turned on at regular intervals, and kept on for a specified time period.
C. Triggers for dehumidification control
When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on with the dehumidifier fan heater setting set to [Automatic] or
[On (compulsory)], and with the paper type set to coated paper.
After the upper door is opened/closed with the dehumidifier fan heater setting set to [Automatic] or [On
(compulsory)], and with the paper type set to coated paper.
When the paper type is changed to coated paper from other paper type with the dehumidifier fan heater
setting set to [Automatic] or [On (compulsory)].
When the dehumidifier fan heater setting is changed to [Automatic] from [Off (compulsory)], or changed to
[On (compulsory)].
D. Temperature limiting dehumidification control
After the pre-drying is finished, the HTR3 is turned on or off to keep the target temperature.
Ambient humidity
Target temperature rise in the tray
Lower than 55%
Not controlled
56 to 60%
6C
61 to 65%
7C
66 to 70%
8C
71 to 75%
9C
Higher than 76%
10C
E. Conditions to stop the dehumidification control
26
When other than coated paper is selected as the paper type while the control is in progress.
When the dehumidifier fan heater setting is changed to [Off (compulsory)] while the control is in progress.
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
RU-503/504
2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
RU-503/504
CONTENTS
RU-503/504
OUTLINE
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.1
4.2
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.2.1
4.3
Conveyance drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.1
Conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.2
Decurler control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4.3.3
Fan control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
RU-503/504
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
RU-503/504
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Conveyance unit with paper cooling and decurler functions
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Accelerated conveyance
To accelerate for the finisher standard line speed.
mode
Decurler conveyance mode
Reduces paper curl and conveys at an accelerating rate with posttreatment linear velocity.
(2) Operation capacity

65PPM (A4, B5, 81/2 x 11, 16K)
C. Paper type
Paper size
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S, A6S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 8 1/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Paper type
Plain paper, high quality paper, color paper, coated paper, tab paper (five-tab
type): same as the main body.
Paper weight
Accelerated con-
64 to 300g/m2
veyance mode
Decurler convey-
64 to 209g/m2
ance mode
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
RU-503/504
Power source
RU-503
RU-504
AC100 to 240V/5V DC (supplied from the main body)
Maximum power consump- 90VA or less

tion
Dimensions
Including main body: 175 (W) x 723 (D) x 1 (H) mm
Weight
RU-503
Approx. 33 kg
RU-504
Approx. 35 kg
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
RU-503/504
Conveyance section
Power source section
(RU-504 only)
a04kt1c001ca
3. PAPER PATH
RU-503/504
3. PAPER PATH
A. Accelerated conveyance mode (Normal mode)
[1]
[8]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
a04kt1c002ca
[1]
Decurler gate /1
[5]
Intermediate roller /3
[2]
[6]
Paper exit roller
[3]
Entrance roller /2
[7]
Decurler gate /2
[4]
Entrance roller /1
[8]
3. PAPER PATH
[11]
RU-503/504
B. Decurler conveyance mode (straightening the upward curling)
[1]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
a04kt1c003ca
[1]
Decurler gate /1
[7]
Decurler gate /2
[2]
[8]
[3]
Entrance roller /2
[9]
Decurler belt /1
[4]
Entrance roller /1
[10]
Decurler roller /1
[5]
[11]
Decurler roller /2
[6]
Paper exit roller
3. PAPER PATH
RU-503/504
C. Decurler conveyance mode (straightening the downward curling)
[1]
[11]
[2]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[9]
[5]
[6]
[8]
[7]
a04kt1c004ca
[1]
Decurler gate /1
[7]
[2]
[8]
Paper exit roller
[3]
Decurler belt /2
[9]
Decurler roller /2
[4]
Decurler roller /3
[10]
Decurler gate /2
[5]
Entrance roller /2
[11]
[6]
Entrance roller /1
RU-503/504
4.1
Configuration
Decurler roller /2
Decurler gate /1
Decurler roller /1
Decurler belt /1
Decurler gate /2
Decurler roller /4
Decurler belt /2
Decurler roller /3
Paper fan
/1, /2, /3
(M2, M3, M4)
a04kt2c001ca
RU-503/504
4.2
4.2.1
Drive
Conveyance drive
[1]
[2]
[14]
[3]
[13]
[12]
[4]
[16]
[11]
[5]
[6]
[15]
[7]
[8]
[10]
[9]
a04kt2c002ca
[1]
Decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2)
[9]
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[2]
Decurler gate /1
[10]
Paper exit roller
[3]
Gear
[11]
[4]
[12]
[5]
Decurler roller /2
[13]
[6]
Entrance roller /2
[14]
Decurler roller /1
[7]
Belt
[15]
[8]
Entrance roller /1
[16]
Decurler gate /2
Operation
4.3.1
Conveyance control
The entrance conveyance motor (M1) controls the rotation of the entrance rollers /1 [6] and /2 [5].
The paper exit motor (M5) controls the rotation of the intermediate rollers /1 [2], /2 [12], /3 [1] and the paper
exit roller [9].
The paper ejected from the main body is conveyed to the RU section by the entrance roller /1 [8]. Then the
intermediate roller conveys the paper [4], and then paper exit roller exits it [10].
The intermediate sensor (PS2) [3] detects paper jam.
[1]
[2]
[12]
[3]
[4]
[4]
[5]
[11]
[6]
[7]
[10]
[8]
[9]
a04kt2c003ca
[1]
[7]
Entrance sensor (PS1)
[2]
[8]
Conveyance to the RU section
[3]
Intermediate sensor (PS2)
[9]
Paper exit roller
[4]
Conveyance by the intermediate roller
[10]
Paper exit from the RU section
[5]
Entrance roller /2
[11]
[6]
Entrance roller /1
[12]
RU-503/504
4.3
A. Straight mode
RU-503/504
1. The entrance conveyance motor (M1) and the paper exit motor (M5) turn ON when a start-printing signal is
sent from the main body. Then, M1 rotates at the same rate as the line speed of the main body while M5
rotates at high speed.
2. The M5 reduces the speed at the same rate as that of the M1 after the predetermined time has passed since
the entrance sensor (PS1) detected the edge of the paper.
3. The M5 rotates at high speed again after the predetermined time has passed since the PS1 detected the
rear end of the paper.
4. M1 and M2 stop the operation after predetermined time has passed since the paper exit sensor (PS3)
detected the trailing edge of the last paper.
[1] [2]
[3]

Entrance
Middle
conveyance motor
Low
(M1)
Paper exit motor
(M5)
High
Middle
Low
(speed)
[4]
[5]
a04kt2c004ca
10
[1]
Start-printing signal ON
[4]
Decelerating at low speed
[2]
Paper leading edge detection
[5]
Accelerating at high speed
[3]
Paper trailing edge detection
B. Reverse paper exit mode

Each control timing is the same as in the straight mode.
[1] [2]
RU-503/504
[3]

Entrance
Middle
conveyance motor
Low
(M1)
High
Paper exit motor
(M5)
Middle
Low
(speed)
[4]
[5]
a04kt2c005ca
[1]
Start-printing signal ON
[4]
Decelerating at middle speed
[2]
[5]
Accelerating at high speed
[3]
Paper trailing edge detection
11
4.3.2
RU-503/504
Decurler control
The paper exit motor (M5) controls the rotation of the decurler rollers /1 [15] and /3 [14]
Conveys paper into between the decurler belt /1 [7], /2 [10], and decurler roller /2 [8], /4 [12] and gives
pressure to remove the curl of the paper.
The decurler /Up [9] exerts a pressure on the paper curled upward (valley curl) [6] while the decurler /Lw [11]
exert a pressure on the paper curled downward (mount curl) [16].
There are three modes for paper curl straightening: Upward paper curl straightening ON (Conveys toward
the decurler /Up [5]), Downward paper curl straightening ON (Conveys toward the decurler /Lw[17]),
Decureler OFF (The paper through the normal path [4])
Switching paper curl straightening mode is made in the service mode and Adjustment Menu-Finisher
Adjustment.
12
[6]
RU-503/504
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[15]
[8]
[9]
[16]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[11]
[14]
[12]
[19]
[17]
[18]
[13]
a04kt2c006ca
[1]
Decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2) ON
[11]
[2]
[12]
Decurler /Lw
Decurler roller /4
[3]
Switching paper through path
[13]
[4]
Paper through path (normal path)
[14]
Decurler roller /2
[5]
Paper through path (toward the decurler /
[15]
Decurler roller /3
Up)
[16]
The paper curled downward
[6]
The paper curled upward
[17]
Paper through path (toward the decurler /
[7]
Decurler belt /1
[8]
Decurler roller /2
[18]
[9]
Decurler /Up
[19]
Decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3) ON
[10]
Decurler belt /2
Lw)
13
A. Decurler /Up control
RU-503/504
When the upward paper curl straightening ON in the service mode and Adjustment Menu-Finisher Adjustment setting, a start-printing signal is sent form the main body and the decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2)
starts operating. Then it switches the direction of paper conveyance path toward the decurler /Up.
The paper conveyance path is switched to the normal path when the SD2 is OFF. When the SD2 is ON, the
path is switched toward the decurler /Up.
SD2 stop the operation after predetermined time has passed since the paper exit sensor (PS3) detected
the trailing edge of the last paper.
B. Decurler /Lw control
When the downward paper curl straightening ON in the service mode setting, a start-printing signal is sent
form the main body and the decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3) starts operating. Then it switches the direction
of paper conveyance path toward the decurler /Lw.
The paper conveyance path is switched to the normal path when the SD3 is OFF. When the SD3 is ON, the
path is switched toward the decurler /Lw.
SD2 stop the operation after predetermined time has passed since the paper exit sensor (PS3) detected
14

4.3.3
Fan control
There are five fans: Paper fan /1, /2 and /3 (M2, M3 and M4) [2] [4] [5] Ventilation assist fan /1 and /2 (M6
and M7) [3] [1]
The paper fans reduce unevenness of the wax on the paper by blowing and cooling down the paper with
air.
The ventilation assist fan intakes fresh air and exhausts heat around the paper exit section.
[5]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
a04kt2c007ca
[1]
Ventilation assist fan /2 (M7)
[4]
Paper fan /2 (M3)
[2]
Paper fan /1 (M2)
[5]
Paper fan /3 (M4)
[3]
A. Paper fan control
When a start-printing signal is sent from the main body, the paper fans (M2, M3 and M4) start to rotate.
As the paper exit sensor (PS3) detects the trailing edge of the last paper, M2, M3 and M4 are turned off.
B. Exhaust assist fan control
When a start-printing signal is sent from the main body, the ventilation assist fans (M6 and M7) start to
rotate.
As the paper exit sensor (PS3) detects the trailing edge of the last paper, M6 and M7 are turned off.
15
RU-503/504
RU-503/504
Blank page
16
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
FD-501
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improvement of their performance.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding
page.
NOTE
2007/11
3.0
2006/09
2.0
2004/10
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark
Revision in relation to launching of C6500

CONTENTS
FD-501
CONTENTS
FD-501
OUTLINE
2. UNIT COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
COMPOSITION/OPERATION
4.1
4.2
4.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.2.1
Conveyance drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.2.2
Gate drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.2.3
Alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4.3.1
Conveyance path switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4.3.2
Conveyance line speed control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.3.3
Alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5. PUNCH SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.1
5.2
5.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5.2.1
Rear registration drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5.2.2
Punch drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

6.1
6.2
6.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.1
Conveyance drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.2
Folding drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.3.1
Registration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.3.2
Conveyance path switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.3.3
1st folding control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
6.3.4
2nd folding control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
6.3.5
3rd folding control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7. MAIN TRAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

7.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
7.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
7.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
7.3.1
Main tray up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
8. SUB TRAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

8.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
8.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
8.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
8.3.1
Sub tray full detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
8.3.2
Line speed switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
CONTENTS
FD-501
9. PI SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
9.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
9.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
9.2.1
9.3
ii
Tray lift drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
9.2.2
Paper feed drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
9.2.3
Pick-up drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
9.3.1
Size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
9.3.2
Up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
9.3.3
9.3.4
Separation mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
9.3.5
Multi feed detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
9.3.6
FD-501
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Multi folding device with punch and PI functions
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Normal paper exit function
Punching function
Transfer paper exited from the main body is exited into the main tray/sub tray.
Transfer paper that is exited by the main body or fed to the PI is punched for
each sheet of paper and exited into the main tray/sub tray.
Folding function
Transfer paper that is exited from the main body or fed to the PI is handled for
folding (either one of the following: Z-fold, Letter fold-out, Letter fold-in, Double
parallel fold, Gate fold, and folding) for each sheet of paper, and exited into the
sub tray/main tray (The Z-fold exit to the main tray while in the FS connection is
limited only to B4, A3, 81/2 x 14, 11 x 17, 12 x 18 and 8K.)
PI insertion function
PI tray paper is inserted in the transfer paper exited from the main body.
Manual mode
PI tray paper is punched, folded and stapled, and then exited into the sub tray/
main tray. (The stapling function is available only when the staple unit is connected to the downstream of the FD.)
(2) Maximum tray capacity

Main tray
2,500 sheets:
FD-501
(weighing 50 to 244 g/m2)
A4, A4S, B5, B5S

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
16K*3, 16KS*3
1,500 sheets:
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2

13 x 19*2,12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4
8K*3
wide paper*1 : A3, B4,A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
size entry: (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
500 sheets:
A5, A5S*2, B6S*2

51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S,11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,81/2 x 11S,
Custom paper
: 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140mm)
custom paper (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140mm)

C6500 (Max. 330 x 483 mm, Min. 128 x 148mm)
*1
1050 only
*3
C6500: supported in all the destinations.
*2
C6500 only
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.

*4
C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit with tab area at the
trail edge side is not assured.
Sub tray *1
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2, 51/2 x 81/2S,
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*2, 16K*2, 16KS*2
Tab paper*3
: A4, 81/2 x 11, custom paper
Custom paper
: Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148mm
*1
*2
C6500 only
*3
Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail edge side is not assured.
C. Type of paper
Paper size
2 holes:
A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S*2

12 x 18 , 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3,
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17,

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
custom paper (Max. 324 x 460 mm,
Min. 182 x 140mm)
3 holes/4 holes:
A3, B4, A4, B5

12 x 18 , 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11
8K*3, 16K*3
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17,

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
Min. 182 x 140mm)
*1
1050 only
*2
C6500 only
*3

*4
A4, 81/2 x 11 only for C6500
Applicable paper
Plain paper, tab paper
Paper weight
50 to 209 g/m2
(2) Folding functions

Paper size
A3, B4, SRA4S*1, A4S

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
8K*2
Custom paper*1: (Max. 305 x 458 mm, Min. 210 x 279mm)
*1
C6500 only
*2

Applicable paper
Plain paper
Paper weight
Folding, Letter
50 to 130 g/m2
fold-in, Letter
fold-out, Z-fold
Double parallel
50 to 91 g/m2
fold, Gate fold
FD-501
(1) Punching function
(3) PI functions
Paper size
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5
FD-501
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
custom paper*5 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x
140mm)
Custom paper*2
: Max. 330 x 483 mm, Min. 182 x 148mm
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18,11 x 17,

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only
*4
A4, 81/2 x 11 only for C6500

*5
When use custom paper as a cover paper in the perfect binding mode:
up to 307 mm x 460 mm
Applicable paper
Plain paper, high-quality paper, trace paper, coated paper
Paper weight
50 to 300 g/m2
Maximum tray capacity
500 sheets (80 g/m2) x 2 trays
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
230 VAC, DCS 5V (5V DCS is supplied from the main body.)
(for metric area)
AC100, 240V, DC5V (DC5V is supplied from the main body.)
Power source
(for inch area)

Maximum power consump- 180 VA or less
tion
Dimensions
400 (W) x 723 (D) x 1231 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 130 kg
(The main tray is not included in the width)
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
2. UNIT COMPOSITION
FD-501
2. UNIT COMPOSITION
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
fd501to1001c
[1]
PI section
[4]
[2]
Conveyance section
[5]
Folding conveyance section

Main tray section
[3]
Punch section
[6]
Sub tray section
3. PAPER PATH
3. PAPER PATH
FD-501
A. Straight mode
[1]
[2]
fd501to1002c
[1]
Paper through from the PI
[2]
Paper through from the main body paper exit
3. PAPER PATH
FD-501
B. Sub tray mode
[1]
[2]
fd501to1003c
[1]
[2]
3. PAPER PATH
FD-501
C. Punch mode (L and S sizes)
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
fd501to1004c
[1]
[2]
[3]
In the case of a L size
[4]
In the case of a S size
[5]
Paper exit to the main tray, paper through to

the next option
[6]
Paper exit to the sub tray
3. PAPER PATH
FD-501
D. Z-fold mode
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
fd501to1005c
[1]
[2]
[3]
1st folding
[4]
2nd folding
[5]
Paper exit to the main tray, paper through

to the next option
[6]
3. PAPER PATH
FD-501
E. Letter fold-out mode
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
fd501to1006c
10
[1]
[2]
[3]
1st folding
[4]
2nd folding
[5]

to the next option
[6]

Letter fold-in/double parallel fold mode
FD-501
F.
3. PAPER PATH
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
fd501to1007c
[1]
[2]
[3]
1st folding
[4]
2nd folding
[5]

to the next option
[6]
11
3. PAPER PATH
FD-501
G. Gate fold mode
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
fd501to1008c
12
[1]
[5]
3rd folding
[2]
[6]
[3]
1st folding
[4]
2nd folding
to the next option

[7]
3. PAPER PATH
FD-501
H. Folding mode
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
fd501to1009c
[1]
[2]
[3]
Folding
[4]

to the next option
[5]
13
FD-501
3. PAPER PATH
Blank page
14
FD-501
4.1
Composition
Entrance gate
Sub tray gate
Alignment plate /Fr,

/Rr
S size gate
L size gate
fd501to2001c
15
4.2
FD-501
4.2.1
Drive
Conveyance drive
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
fd501to2002c
16
[1]
Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
[3]
[2]
Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
[4]
Punch conveyance motor (M2)

Gate drive
FD-501
4.2.2
[18]
[1]
[17]
[16]
[2]
[3]
[15]
[4]
[14]
[5]
[13]
[6]
[7]
[12]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
fd501to2003c
[1]
Entrance gate
[10]
[2]
Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
[11]
Vertical conveyance roller /4

L size gate solenoid (SD4)
[3]
[12]
L size gate
[4]
Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)
[13]
S size gate solenoid (SD3)
[5]
[14]
S size gate
[6]
[15]
Sub tray gate solenoid (SD9)
[7]
[16]
Sub tray gate
[8]
[17]
Sub tray paper exit roller
[9]
[18]
17
Alignment drive
FD-501
4.2.3
[1]
[2]
[4]
18
[3]
[1]
Alignment motor (M12)
[3]
Alignment plate /Rr
[2]
Belt
[4]
Alignment plate /Fr
fd501to2004c
4.3.1
Operation
Conveyance path switching
The conveyance path of the paper that has been conveyed to the entrance guide plate varies according to the
presence of a punch or folding, the tray into which paper is exited, and the paper size. The switching of the conveyance path is made by the entrance gate, the sub tray gate, the S size gate, the L size gate and the folding
gate. (For the folding gate, see "6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION.")
A. Entrance gate
Switching is made between the straight conveyance and the punch/folding conveyance by the entrance gate
solenoid (SD1). In the case of the straight conveyance, the SD1 remains OFF.
When conveying the 1st sheet of paper for punching/folding operation, SD1 is energized a specified period of
time after the start button is turned ON.
For the 2nd and the succeeding sheets of paper, SD1 is energized in accord with the conveyance direction of
the succeeding page after the preceding page passes through the FD entrance sensor (PS1).
[3]
[1]
[2]
fd501to2005c
[1]
Entrance gate
[2]
Punch mode or folding mode
[3]
Straight mode
19
FD-501
4.3
B. Sub tray gate

Switching is made between the main tray paper exit and the sub tray paper exit by the sub tray gate solenoid
FD-501
(SD9). In the case of the main tray paper exit, the SD9 remains OFF.
When exiting the 1st sheet of paper into the sub tray, switch the SD9 a specified period of time after the start
button is turned ON.
For the 2nd and the succeeding sheets of paper, SD9 is energized in accord with the paper exit direction of the
succeeding page after the preceding page passes through the intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13).
[1]
[3]
[2]
fd501to2006c
20
[1]
Sub tray gate
[2]
Main tray paper exit
[3]
Sub tray paper exit
C. S size gate
size gate solenoid (SD3). In the punch mode with no folding and in the case of the S size paper, SD3 remains
OFF.
When conducting the folding operation or when feeding the 1st sheet of large size paper, switch SD3 a specified
period of time after the start button is turned ON.
For the 2nd and the succeeding sheets of paper, switch the SD9 in accord with the paper exit direction of the
succeeding page after the preceding page passes through the punch conveyance sensor (PS5).
S size paper: The length in the sub scan direction is 216 mm or less.
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
fd501to2007e
[1]
S size gate
[3]
Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
[2]
In the case of the folding (regardless of the
[4]
In the case of the S size paper with a punch
presence of a punch)
only
21
FD-501
Switching is made according to the paper size and the presence of folding. The drive of the gate is made by S
D. L size gate
When folding the paper, the conveyance path is switched back and forth for each paper conveyance to prevent
FD-501
the succeeding paper from coming into contact with the trailing edge of the L size paper that is in folding process.
The drive of the gate is made by the L size gate solenoid (SD4).
L size paper: The length in the sub scan direction is 216 mm or more.
[1]
[2]
fd501to2008c
[1]
22
L size gate (SD4-OFF position)
[2]
Punch registration sensor (PS6)
For the control of the L size gate, SD4 stands by at the OFF position (outer path) for the 1st sheet of paper to
The 1st sheet of paper turns ON SD4 a specified period of time after the punch registration sensor (PS6) turns
ON, and makes the switch to the inner path.
When the 2nd sheet of paper turns ON PS6, SD4 turns OFF after a specified period of time to make the switch
to the outer path.
The above operations are repeated for each sheet of paper.

Paper passes
through the L size
gate
Outer path
Inner path

fd501to2039c
4.3.2
Conveyance line speed control
The conveyance line speed of each conveyance section varies according to the type of paper and paper weight.
A. Line speed switching
The following list shows each of conveyance sections and the range of the conveyance line speed.
Conveyance section
Entrance conveyance section
Conveyance line speed

290 to 1000 mm/s
Intermediate conveyance section
800 to 1000 mm/s
Punch conveyance section
490 to 1000 mm/s
Main tray paper exit section
205 to 1000 mm/s
Sub tray paper exit section
500 mm/s
23
FD-501
pass through.
4.3.3
Alignment control
On paper conveyed to the punching position, an alignment operation is made by the 2 alignment plates to
FD-501
improve the accuracy of the punch hole positioning and the folding. And its home position is detected by the
alignment plate home sensor (PS10). When the start button is turned ON, M12 rotates in the forward direction to
move the alignment plates /Fr and /Rr to the standby position of the paper size.
When the paper is conveyed to the punch position in a specified number of steps after it passes through the FD
entrance sensor (PS1), the roller solenoid /1 (SD5), the roller solenoid /2 (SD6), the roller solenoid /3 (SD7) and
the roller solenoid /4 (SD8) release the pressure of each roller and M12 conducts the alignment operation.
The roller solenoids that release each of the rollers from pressure are modified according to the size and the
direction of paper aligned.
A specified period of time after completion of punching the last paper, M12 rotates in the reverse direction to
bring the alignment plate back to the home position.
FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Alignment
motor (M12)
F
R
Roller solenoid (SD5, 6, 7, 8)
[1]
24
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
Start signal ON
[3]
Alignment operation
[2]
Move to the standby position
[4]
Move to the home position
fd501to2040c
5. PUNCH SECTION
5. PUNCH SECTION
Composition
FD-501
5.1
Punch rear claw
Punch scraps box
Punch hole switching

mechanism
fd501to2009c
25
5. PUNCH SECTION
5.2
FD-501
5.2.1
Drive
Rear registration drive
[1]
[3]
[2]
fd501to2010c
26
[1]
Punch registration motor (M13)
[2]
Paper
[3]
Punch rear claw

Punch drive
[8]
[9]
FD-501
5.2.2
5. PUNCH SECTION
[10]
[7]
[1]
[6]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[2]
fd501to2011c
[1]
Rotation when punching 3 holes (as seen from the front)
[6]
Eccentric cam
[2]
Rotation when punching 2 holes (as seen from the front)
[7]
Front direction
[3]
Punch motor (M10)
[8]
3-hole punch edge
[4]
2-hole punch edge
[9]
Eccentric cam
[5]
One-way gear (2-hole punch)
[10]
One-way gear (3-hole punch)
5.3
Operation
A. Punch control
Punching is made by holding down the trailing edge of paper with the punch rear claw that is driven by the
punch registration motor (M13), while driving the eccentric cam by the punch motor (M10).
After alignment operations, the roller solenoids /1 to /4 are turned ON to let paper be placed in the unfixed condition. The paper, however, is held by the curvature of the conveyance section. And then, the punch registration
motor (M13) rotates a specified number of steps and the punch rear claw holds the trailing edge of paper to
move it to the punching position. After a specified period of time, the punch motor (M10) drives for punching.
After completion of punching, M13 returns the punch rear claw to the home position. The position of the home
position is detected by the punch registration home sensor (PS11).
B. Punch hole switching control
The punch hole is switched according to the rotational direction of the punch motor (M10).
In the case of 2 holes, M10 rotates counterclockwise to drive the 2-hole punch edge. And in the case of 3 holes,
M10 rotates clockwise to drive the 3-hole punch edge.
The position of the 2-hole punch edge is detected by the 2-hole punch home sensor (PS8) and the position of
the 3-hole punch edge is detected by the 3-hole/4-hole punch home sensor (PS9).
27
5. PUNCH SECTION
C. Punch scraps box control

The setting of the punch scraps box is detected by the punch scraps box set sensor (PS12), and the full condi-
FD-501
tion of the punch scraps box is detected by the punch scraps full sensor (PS26).
28
6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION

Composition
FD-501
6.1
3rd folding
mechanism
2nd folding
mechanism
Folding gate
1st folding
mechanism
Registration roller
fd501to2012c
29
6.2
FD-501
6.2.1
Drive
Conveyance drive
[1]
[2]
M6
M5
[4]
[3]
M4
fd501to2013c
[1]
Coupling
[3]
Folding gate
[2]
The pulley operates as an idler due to the
[4]
Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
bearing
30

Folding drive
FD-501
6.2.2
[1]
M16
[2]
[3]
M15
[4]
[5]
M14
[6]
fd501to2014c
[1]
3rd folding roller /1 mounting board
[4]
[2]
3rd folding guide
[5]
2nd folding guide

1st folding roller /1 mounting board
[3]
2nd folding roller /1 mounting board
[6]
1st folding guide
31
6.3
FD-501
6.3.1
Operation
Registration control
The paper that has passes through the punch registration sensor (PS6) and arrives at the folding conveyance
section is pressed against the registration roller to make adjustments for skew. A specified period of time after
the PS6 turns ON, the 1st folding motor (M4) resumes the conveyance of paper. When no folding operation is
made, no registration control is made.
However, no folding is made on the paper that has entered the folding conveyance section from the folding
entrance sensor side. The paper is conveyed vertically as is and exited to the main tray or the sub tray.
[3]
[1]
[2]
fd501to2015c
32
[1]
[2]
Registration roller
[3]
Folding entrance sensor (PS52)

6.3.2
ing gate solenoid (SD15).

In the case of other than the Z-fold, a specified period of time after the 1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
turns ON, SD15 turns ON to convey the paper to the 2nd folding after the 1st folding. In the case of the Z-fold,
SD15 remains OFF and the paper is conveyed to the 3rd folding after the 1st folding.
[3]
[2]
[1]
fd501to2016c
[1]
In the case of other than the Z-fold
[2]
Folding gate
[3]
In the case of the Z-fold
33
FD-501
Switching is made between the 2nd folding conveyance path and the 3rd folding conveyance path by the fold-
FD-501
Timing chart of the 1st folding roller /1 (Other folding rollers are also controlled in the same manner.)

1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
1st folding motor (M4)
1st folding roller /1
Conveyance
Folding
1st folding release motor (M14)

2nd folding motor (M5)
[1]
[1]
Change of the 1st folding roller /1 to the

folding position
34
[2]
fd501to2041c
[2]
Change of the 1st folding roller /1 to the

conveyance position

6.3.3
1st folding control
The switching between conveyance and folding is made by moving the 1st folding roller /1. This switching is
made when the eccentric cam is driven by the 1st folding release motor (M14).
After the 1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51) turns ON, the paper is conveyed by a specified number of steps.
While the paper is being conveyed, the 1st folding roller gears /1 [1] and /2 [4] rotate in the same direction since
these 2 gears are interlocked each other through the idle gear [2].
After conveying the paper by the prescribed number of steps, M14 rotates until it gets to a specified number of
steps. This rotates the eccentric cam [5] to allow the idle gear arm [3] to separate the idle gear [2] from the 1st
folding roller gears /1 [1] and /2 [4]. At the same time, when M14 starts up, the cam provided on the inside of the
1st roller gear /2 [4] rotates to allow the 1st roller /1 and 1st roller /2 to contact each other closely to rotate 1st
roller /1. get the gears engaged.
The phases of the 1st folding roller gears /1 [1] and the 1st folding roller gears /2 [3] are not aligned in the depth
direction. Therefore, they do not engage with each other after the idle gear [2] has been separated.
[1]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
fd501to2017c
[1]
1st folding roller gear /1
[4]
1st folding roller gear /2
[2]
Idle gear
[5]
Eccentric cam
[3]
Idle gear arm
[6]
Seen from the FD side
35
FD-501
A. Conveyance/folding switching control
And in parallel with this, when the 1st folding release motor (M14) starts up, the winding-up of the wire that pulls
the folding guide [2] to the right side is loosened to allow the folding guide [2] to push out the paper in the clear-
FD-501
ance between the 1st folding rollers /1 [1] and /2 [3]. As a result, the paper gets caught in the rollers to be
folded.
[1]
[2]
[3]
fd501to2018c
36
[1]
[2]
Folding guide
[3]

6.3.4
2nd folding control
The switching between conveyance and folding is made by moving the 2nd folding roller /1. This switching is
made when the eccentric cam is driven by the 2nd folding release motor (M15).
After the 2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53) turns ON, the paper is conveyed by a specified number of
steps. While the paper is being conveyed, the 2nd folding roller gears /1 [1] and /2 [4] rotate in the same direction since these 2 gears are interlocked each other through the idle gear [2].
steps. This rotates the eccentric cam [5] to allow the idle gear arm [3] to separate the idle gear [2] from the 2nd
2nd roller gear /2 [4] rotates to allow the 2nd roller /1 [1] and 2nd roller /2 to contact each other closely to rotate
the 2nd roller /1.
The phases of the 2nd folding roller gears /1 [1] and the 2nd folding roller gears /2 [3] are not aligned in the
depth direction. Therefore, they do not engage with each other after the idle gear [2] has been separated.
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
fd501to2019c
[1]
2nd folding roller gear /1
[4]
2nd folding roller gear /2
[2]
Idle gear
[5]
Eccentric cam
[3]
Idle gear arm
[6]
37
FD-501
And in parallel with this, when the 2nd folding release motor (M15) starts up, the winding-up of the wire that pulls
the folding guide [2] to the right side is loosened to allow the folding guide [2] to push out the paper in the clear-
FD-501
ance between the 2nd folding rollers /1 [1] and /2 [3]. As a result, the paper gets caught in the rollers to be
folded.
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
fd501to2020c
38
[1]
2nd folding roller /1
[3]
2nd folding roller /2
[2]
Folding guide
[4]
Direction of paper exit
B. Gate fold assist control

1st folding motor (M14) starts folding. When SD18 starts up, the 2nd roller is pressed firmly. This is a measure
taken to avoid a multiple fold that is apt to occur at the folding section of paper when the 2nd folding is made.
fd501to2021c
39
FD-501
In the case of the Gate fold, the 2nd folding roller solenoid (SD18) turns ON a specified period of time after the

6.3.5
3rd folding control
FD-501
The switching between conveyance and folding is made by moving the 3rd folding roller /1. This switching is
made when the eccentric cam is driven by the 3rd folding release motor (M16).
After the 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) turns ON, the paper is conveyed by a specified number of steps.
While the paper is being conveyed, the 3rd folding roller gears /1 [1] and /2 [4] rotate in the same direction since
these 2 gears are interlocked each other through the idle gear [2].
steps. This rotates the eccentric cam [5] to allow the idle gear arm [3] to separate the idle gear [2] from the 3rd
3rd roller gear /2 [4] rotates to allow the 3rd roller /1 [1] and 3rd roller /2 to contact each other closely to
rotate the 3rd roller /1. The plases of the 3rd folding roller gears /1 [1] and the 3rd folding roller gears /2 [3] are
not aligned in the depth direction. Therefore, they do not engage with each other the idle gear [2] has been separated.
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
fd501to2022c
40
[1]
3rd folding roller gear /1
[4]
3rd folding roller gear /2
[2]
Idle gear
[5]
Eccentric cam
[3]
Idle gear arm
[6]
And in parallel with this, when the 3rd folding release motor (M16) starts up, the winding-up of the wire that pulls
ance between the 3rd folding rollers /1 [1] and /2 [3]. As a result, the paper gets caught in the rollers to be
folded.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
fd501to2023
[1]
3rd folding roller /1
[3]
3rd folding roller /2
[2]
Folding guide
[4]
Direction of paper exit
41
FD-501
the folding guide [2] to the left side is loosened to allow the folding guide [2] to push out the paper in the clear-
7. MAIN TRAY SECTION

FD-501
7.1
Composition
Main tray

sensor (PS18)
Main tray upper
limit sensor (PS20)
Main tray paper full

sensor (PS7)
Main tray lower limit

sensor (PS22)
fd501to2035c
42
Drive
FD-501
7.2
[1]
[2]
[3]
fd501to2036c
[1]
Main tray
[2]
Up/down wire
[3]
Tray up/down motor (M11)
43
7.3
FD-501
7.3.1
Operation
Main tray up/down control
The up/down operation of the main tray is controlled by rotating the tray up/down motor (M11) in the normal or
reverse direction.
A. Main tray paper detection
A specified period of time after the main tray paper exit sensor (PS18) turns ON, M11 starts up to bring down
the main tray until the main tray upper limit sensor (PS20) turns OFF, and then bring it up again until PS20 turns
ON.
After the paper is exited, PS20 maintains the distance between the upper surface of the paper exited in the main
tray (the surface of the main tray when no paper exited) and the paper exit opening at a fixed distance to prevent
the paper exited from having an uneven edge.
B. Switching the operation of the main tray
The main tray is set so that it normally does not operate.
When letting the main tray operate, insert the short connector [2] into the CN90 [1].
Caution:
Letting the main tray operate with the next option connected may cause damages to the machine.
Be absolutely sure not to connect the short connector.
[2]
[1]
fd501to2037c
44
8. SUB TRAY SECTION
8. SUB TRAY SECTION

Composition
FD-501
8.1
Sub tray paper full sensor (PS17)
fd501to2024c
45
8. SUB TRAY SECTION
Drive
FD-501
8.2
[1]
[3]
M3
[2]
fd501to2025c
46
[1]
[2]
[3]
Operation
8.3.1
Sub tray full detection control
When the paper that has been exited in the sub tray gets to a specified thickness, the sub tray paper full sensor
(PS17) [2] turns OFF, and the "sub tray paper full" information is sent to the main body. Upon receipt of this information, the main body displays the message on the operation LCD.
When the folded paper on the sub tray is unfolded and the sub tray paper full sensor (PS46) [1] turns ON, the
"sub tray paper full" information is also sent to the main body.
[1]
[2]
fd501to2026c
[1]
Sub tray folding paper full sensor (PS46)
8.3.2
[2]
Line speed switching
Paper conveyed by the intermediate conveyance motor (M3) is decelerated for each sheet of paper to be exited
into the sub tray.

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS10)
Intermediate
conveyance
motor (M3)
[2]
Deceleration
[1]
[1]
Deceleration of the intermediate conveyance
fd501to2042c
[2]
High speed rotation
motor (M3)
*
The time period up to the deceleration can be changed by the process speed on the main body side.
47
FD-501
8.3
8. SUB TRAY SECTION
9. PI SECTION
9. PI SECTION
FD-501
9.1
Composition
Paper pick-up mechanism

Manual operation
Paper separation
mechanism
Multi feed sensor
Paper set sensor

Paper size VR
(main scan direction)
Lift plate
Paper size sensor

(sub scan direction)
fd501to2027c
48
9.2.1
Drive
Tray lift drive
FD-501
9.2
9. PI SECTION
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
fd501to2028c
[1]
Paper lift motor /Up (M8)
[3]
PI lift plate /Lw
[2]
Paper lift motor /Lw (M9)
[4]
PI lift plate /Up
49
9. PI SECTION
9.2.2
Paper feed drive
FD-501
[10]
[11]
[1]
[2]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
fd501to2029c
50
[1]
Separation roller /Up
[7]
[2]
PI registration clutch /Up (CL1)
[8]
Pick-up roller /Lw

PI conveyance motor (M7)
[3]
PI registration clutch /Lw (CL2)
[9]
Rotational direction of separation roller /Up
[4]
Separation roller /Lw
[10]
Pick-up roller /Up
[5]
Rotational direction of separation roller /Lw
[11]
Paper feed roller /Up
[6]
Paper feed roller /Lw

Pick-up drive
[5]
[1]
FD-501
9.2.3
9. PI SECTION
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
Spring
[2]
Direction of spring force
[3]
Release arm
[4]
fd501to2030c
PI pick-up solenoids /Up (SD13) and /Lw

(SD14)
[5]
Pick-up rollers /Up and /Lw
51
9. PI SECTION
9.3
FD-501
9.3.1
Operation
Size detection control
For the size detection of a paper, there are the following two directions for each of the tray /Up and the tray /Lw:
that is, the main scan direction and the sub scan direction.
The size detection in the sub scan, when the PI paper set sensors /Up (PS44) and /Lw (PS45) [6] turn ON, is
made by the following 3 sensors: PI maximum size sensors /Up (PS47) and /Lw (PS48) [1], L size sensors /Up
(PS35) and /Lw (PS41) [2] and S size sensors /Up (PS36) and /Lw (PS42) [3].
When the PS44 and PS45 are OFF, the tray is judged "paper empty."
The size detection in the main scan is made by the paper size VR /Up (VR31) and /Lw (VR32) [4] that are interlocked with the paper regulation plate [5].
[1]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[1]
52
fd501to2031c
PI maximum size sensors /Up (PS47) and /
[4]
Paper size VR /Up (VR31) and /Lw (VR32)
Lw (PS48)
[5]
Paper regulation plate
[2]
L size sensors /Up (PS35) and /Lw (PS41)
[6]
[3]
S size sensors /Up (PS36) and /Lw (PS42)
PI paper set sensors /Up (PS44) and /Lw

(PS45)

9.3.2
9. PI SECTION
Up/down control
reverse directions, the lift arms /Up [11] and /Lw [9] start up to bring up and down the PI lift plates /Up [12] and
/Lw [10]. The lower limit position is detected by the PI lift plate home sensors /Up (PS34) [2] and /Lw (PS40) [8].
The upper limit position is detected by the PI upper limit sensors /Up (PS32) [4] and /Lw (PS38) [6] at the position to which the actuators /Up [3] and /Lw [5] are pushed up by the PI lift plate.
When the PI paper set sensors /Up (PS44) and /Lw (PS45) are ON with the main body start button ON, M8 and
M9 turn ON to bring up the PI lift plate. When PS32 and PS38 turn ON, M8 and M9 stop.
While in the copy/print operation, when PS32 and PS38 turn OFF from ON, M8 and M9 turn ON again to bring
up the plate until PS32 and PS38 turn ON.
When PS44 and PS45 turn OFF with no paper left, M8 and M9 make a reverse rotation to move down the PI lift
plate until PS34 and PS40 turn ON.
[12]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[11]
[5]
[10]
[6]
[9]
[8]
[7]
fd501to2032c
[1]
[7]
[2]
PI lift plate home sensor /Up (PS34)
[8]
PI lift plate home sensor /Lw (PS40)
[3]
Actuator /Up
[9]
Lift arm /Lw
[4]
PI upper limit sensor /Up (PS32)
[10]
PI lift plate /Lw
[5]
Actuator /Lw
[11]
Lift arm /Up
[6]
PI upper limit sensor /Lw (PS38)
[12]
PI lift plate /Up
53
FD-501
For the up/down of the tray, when the paper lift motors /Up (M8) [1] and /Lw (M9) [7] rotate in the normal and
9. PI SECTION
9.3.3
Pick-up mechanism
The picking-up of the paper [6] is made when the PI pick-up solenoids /Up (SD13) and /Lw (SD14) [5] turn ON.
FD-501
The release arm that is pressed down by the spring [1] in the direction of [2] presses down the paper feed arm
[4] to place the pick-up rollers /Up and /Lw [7] in the release condition. When SD13 and SD14 [5] turn ON, the
release arm is released upward and the pick-up rollers /Up and /Lw [7] go down by their own weight. The pickup roller that is rotated by the PI conveyance motor (M7) presses down the paper to pick it up.
[6]
[7]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
Spring
[2]
Direction of the spring force
[5]
[3]
Release arm
[6]
Paper
[4]
Paper feed arm
[7]
fd501to2033c
PI pick-up solenoids /Up (SD13) and /Lw

(SD14)
Paper feed arm retaining lever [1] is provided in the pick-up roller section to prevent multi feed.
By moving the paper feed arm retaining levers [1] on the front and back inward, the pick-up rollers on the front
and back are secured while the roller in the middle presses against paper.
Multi feed is prevented by reducing the pressure against paper when feeding papers.
[1]
[2]
54
fd501to2044c

9.3.4
9. PI SECTION
is conveyed or only one sheet of paper is conveyed, the frictional force generating between the paper feed roller
[1] and the separation roller [4] or the paper and the separation roller is greater than the frictional force of the
torque limiter [3]. Accordingly, the separation roller [4] rotates in the direction of the paper conveyance [2] to convey paper to the vertical conveyance section.
When 2 or more sheets of paper are conveyed, the frictional force between these sheets of paper is smaller than
the frictional force of the torque limiter [3] and the separation roller [4] rotates in the reverse direction to prevent
the lower most paper from being conveyed.
When the PI registration clutches /Up (CL1) and /Lw (CL2) turn ON according to the PI paper feed demand signal, the paper feed roller [1], the separation roller [4], and the pick-up roller [7] rotate to convey the paper one at
a time.
[7]
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
fd501to2034c
[1]
Paper feed rollers /Up and /Lw
[5]
[2]
Conveyance direction of a sheet of paper
[6]
2nd sheet of paper

1st sheet of paper
[3]
Torque limiter
[7]
[4]
Separation rollers /Up and /Lw
55
FD-501
The separation roller [4] is driven in the direction opposite to the paper conveyance [2]. However, when no paper
9. PI SECTION
9.3.5
Multi feed detection control
To detect a multi feed while in the PI paper feed, the PI conveyance path is provided with the multi feed sensor.
FD-501
The multi feed sensor is a ultrasonic sensor made up of a pair of a sender and a receiver. This sensor receives
ultrasonic waves sent from the multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1) [1] by the multi feed detection board /2
(MFDB2) [2].
Based on the difference in the amount of ultrasonic waves received when a single sheet of paper [1] and the plural sheets of paper [4] pass through between the sender and the receiver, a check is made to see if paper has
been multi fed or not.
The multi feed detection function turns ON (operates) when the LED on the lower side is turned on by the multi
feed detection function selection button on the FD operation board (FDOB) and when no selection is made. And
it turns OFF (does not operate) when the LED on the upper side is turned on.
[3]
[2]
[4]
[1]
[5]
[1]
Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1)
[4]
More than one sheet of paper
[2]
[5]
Layer of air
[3]
One sheet of paper
9.3.6
fd501to2038c
The detection of the presence of paper in the tray section while in the print stop is made by the PI empty sensors /Up (PS33) and /Lw (PS39). And also, the paper empty detection while in the print is made by the PI set
sensors /Up (PS44) and /Lw (PS45) to stop the paper feed from the trays /1 to /5 when PS44 and PS45 detect
56
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
LS-501/502
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
page.
NOTE
2007/11
3.0
2006/09
2.0
2004/10
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
LS-501/502
CONTENTS
LS-501/502
OUTLINE
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4. COUPLING CONVEYANCE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.1
Door open/close mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.2
Jam release lever lock mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
5. ENTRANCE CONVEYANCE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

5.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
5.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.3.1
Path switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.3.2
Conveyance line speed control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.3.3
Paper cooling mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6.1
6.2
6.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.2.1
Stacker tray/sub tray conveyance drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.2.2
Coupling conveyance/grip belt/paper press arm drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.2.3
Stacker tray up down drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.2.4
Shift unit/alignment plate drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
6.2.5
Rear stopper/job partition plate drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
6.2.6
Front stopper/paper press arm drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.3.1
Stacker tray conveyance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.3.2
Coupling conveyance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.3.3
Sub tray conveyance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
LS-501/502
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
LS-501/502
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Conveyance method
Grip conveyance type horizontal stacker

Entrance convey-
Roller conveyance method
ance
Stacker tray con-
Grip conveyance method
veyance
Sub tray convey-
ance
Coupling convey-
Roller conveyance (LS-501 only)
ance
Alignment method
Method of stacking
Movable alignment lever (stacker tray only)

Horizontal stack-
Mixing of original sizes not allowed (stacker tray only)
ing
Shifting method
Conveyance
Shift amount: 20 mm (stacker tray only)
direction shift
B. Functions
Mode
Stacker tray non-
Exited into the stacker tray with no processing made.
sort mode
Sub tray mode
Exited into the sub tray with no processing made.
Stacker tray sort
Exited into the stacker tray after being shifted (20mm).
mode
Coupling mode
Exited into the post-processing unit with no processing

made.
Maximum number of
Stacker tray
5,000 sheets (80 g/m2)
sheets loadable
Sub tray
200 sheets (80 g/m2)
C. Type of paper
LS-501/502
Paper size
Stacker tray
When 5,000 sheets loaded

SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18,
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
size entry : (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
Coated paper (Sub-scan direction is 380 mm or longer)
Custom paper*2
: (Max. 330 x 483 mm,

Min.210 x 148mm)

B5, A5
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

Sub tray
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5,
A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S,
Custom paper*2
: (Max. 330 x 487 mm,
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5,
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S

Min. 100 x 148 mm)
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2, size entry : (Max.324 x
460 mm)
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit

with tab area at the trail edge side is not assured.
Paper weight
Stacker tray
50 to 244 g/m2
Sub tray
50 to 300 g/m2
D. Maintenance
LS-501/502
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
LS-501
AC100 to 240V (DC5V is supplied from the main body)
LS-502
24V DC (supplied from the main body)
Maximum power consump- 143W or less

tion
Dimensions
785 (W) x 723 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 110 kg
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
10 to 80%RH
Note
2. UNIT COMPOSITION
LS-501/502
2. UNIT COMPOSITION
[8]
[9]
[10]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
[1]
Shift unit
[6]
[2]
1st gate
[7]
Stacker tray conveyance section

Coupling conveyance section
[3]
Entrance conveyance section
[8]
Sub tray
[4]
Stacker tray
[9]
Sub tray conveyance section
[5]
Hand cart
[10]
2nd gate
ls502to1001c
3. PAPER PATH
LS-501/502
3. PAPER PATH
[3]
[2]
[1]
ls502to1002c
[1]
Stacker tray non-sort/sort mode
[2]
Coupling mode
[3]
Sub tray mode
LS-501/502
3. PAPER PATH
Blank page
4. COUPLING CONVEYANCE SECTION
LS-501/502
4.1
Composition
Entrance conveyance lock solenoid
(SD5)
Coupling conveyance
lock solenoid (SD11)
(LS-501 only)
Front door lock

solenoid (SD4)
ls502to2001c
4.2
Drive
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
ls502to2002c
[1]
Entrance conveyance lock solenoid (SD5)
[3]
Coupling jam release lever
[2]
Entrance jam release lever
[4]
Coupling conveyance lock solenoid (SD11)
LS-501/502
4.3
Operation
4.3.1
Door open/close mechanism
While the LS is in operation, the front door is locked by the front door lock solenoid (SD4), thus making it impossible to open and close it. However, while in the coupling conveyance (coupling mode) or while exiting paper into
the sub tray (sub tray mode), the front door can be opened and closed.
Pressing the paper removing switch on the stacker tray operation board (TOB) brings down the stacker tray.
And when the stacker tray arm release sensor (PS15) is turn on, SD4 turns off immediately.
The lock is released due to SD4 being turned off and the front door can be opened and closed.
4.3.2
Jam release lever lock mechanism
The entrance guide plate and the coupling guide plate are provided with a jam release lever to release jams. The
operation of each of the jam release levers is made by the entrance conveyance lock solenoid (SD5) and the
coupling conveyance lock solenoid (SD11).
ON/OFF timing of SD5 and SD11
Operation timing
ON
When the stacker tray goes up, and while in printing
(Lock)
OFF
While in standing by, when the stacker tray goes down after completion of printing,
(Release) and when the front door is open (except in coupling mode and in sub tray mode)
5. ENTRANCE CONVEYANCE SECTION
5.1
LS-501/502

Composition
Paper cooling fan

motor /2 (FM6)
Paper cooling fan

motor (FM4)
2nd gate
Paper cooling fan

motor /1 (FM2)
1st gate
Paper cooling fan

motor /Rr (FM5)
Paper cooling fan
motor /Fr (FM1)
Paper cooling fan

motor /Mi (FM3)
ls502to2003c
Drive
LS-501/502
5.2
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
10
[7]
[6]
[1]
2nd gate solenoid (SD10)
[5]
Entrance roller
[2]
Coupling conveyance roller /2
[6]
1st gate
[5]
[3]
[7]
[4]
1st gate solenoid (SD1)
[8]
2nd gate
ls502to2004c
5.3.1
Operation
Path switching
The path along which paper conveyed to the entrance guide plate is conveyed varies according to the operation
mode. The switching of the conveyance path is made by the 1st gate and the 2nd gate.
A. 1st gate
The switching of the conveyance path is made between the stacker tray paper exit (stacker tray non-sort mode
and stacker tray sort mode) and the sub tray paper exit (sub tray mode) and the coupling conveyance (coupling
mode).
[1]
[3]
[1]
Sub tray mode/coupling mode
[2]
1st gate
[2]
[3]
ls502to2005c
Stacker tray non-sort mode/stacker tray

sort mode
11
LS-501/502
5.3
B. 2nd gate
LS-501/502
The conveyance path is switched between the sub tray paper exit (sub tray mode) and the coupling conveyance
(coupling mode).
[2]
[3]
[1]
12
[1]
Coupling mode
[2]
Sub tray mode
ls502to2006c
[3]
2nd gate

5.3.2
Conveyance line speed control
driven by the conveyance motor (M2) varies according to the conveyance process speed of the main body.
These operations are common to all the modes.
A. When the main body process speed is 1000 mm/s:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]

Conveyance motor
(M2)
1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
ls502to2007c
[1]
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON
[3]
2nd sheet of paper
[2]
1st sheet of paper
[4]
3rd sheet of paper
B. When the main body process speed is 490 mm/s:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]

Conveyance motor
(M2)
1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
ls502to2008c
[1]
[3]
2nd sheet of paper
[2]
1st sheet of paper
[4]
3rd sheet of paper
13
LS-501/502
The conveyance process speed of the entrance roller and the coupling conveyance rollers 1/ and 2/ that are

5.3.3
Paper cooling mechanism
LS-501/502
Paper conveyed to the LS is likely to curl up due to fusing heat.

Heat storage accumulated in paper stacked during continuous printing may cause tacking (sheets of paper
sticking hard each other by toner) when toner that has been fused is re-fused and adheres. So, fresh air is blown
on the paper from under the entrance guide plate and above the path guide of the upper surface of the paper
stack section, thus cooling down the paper to correct curling and prevent tacking.
[4]
[5]
[3]
14
[2]
[1]
ls502to2028c
[1]
Paper cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5)
[4]
Paper cooling fan motor /1 (FM2)
[2]
Paper cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3)
[5]
[3]
Paper cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1)
6.1
Composition
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)

Paper empty
sensor (PS6)
Decurler roller
Paper press arm
Grip belt
Front stopper
solenoid (SD9)
Paper empty
detection actuator
Paddler
Job partition
plate
Sub tray full

sensor (PS9)
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17)
Paper detection
sensor (PS19)
Guide plate
Hand cart
ls502to2009c
15
LS-501/502
LS-501/502
6.2
6.2.1
Drive
Stacker tray/sub tray conveyance drive
[6]
[1]
[2]
[5]
16
[4]
[3]
[1]
Sub tray paper exit motor (M3)
[4]
[2]
[5]
Paddler
Sub tray conveyance roller
[3]
Decurler roller
[6]
ls502to2010c

Coupling conveyance/grip belt/paper press arm drive
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
ls502to2011c
: LS-501 only
[1]
Paper press arm /1
[9]
Coupling conveyance roller /5 : LS-501 only
[2]
Stacker tray paper empty detection actuator
[10]
[3]
Grip belt
[11]
[4]
Grip conveyance motor (M4)
[12]
Paper press arm /2
[5]
Coupling conveyance motor (M6) : LS-501 only
[13]
[6]
Coupling paper exit roller : LS-501 only
[14]
Coupling conveyance motor (M6) : LS-502 only
[7]
[15]
[8]
17
LS-501/502
6.2.2
Stacker tray up down drive
LS-501/502
6.2.3
[4]
[5]
[1]
[3]
[2]
18
[1]
Wire
[4]
Stacker tray
[2]
Belt
[5]
Stacker tray up down arm
[3]
Stacker tray up down motor (M1)
ls501t2c001a

6.2.4
Shift unit/alignment plate drive
[5]
LS-501/502
LS drawing as seen from above. On the right side is the main body.
[6]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Guide rail
[4]
Shift unit
[2]
Alignment plate
[5]
Shift unit motor (M5)
[3]
[6]
Guide rail
ls502to2013c
19
Rear stopper/job partition plate drive
LS-501/502
6.2.5
[1]
[4]
[3]
20
[2]
[1]
Rear stopper
[3]
Rear stopper solenoid (SD3)
[2]
Job partition plate
[4]
Job partition solenoid (SD2)
ls502to2014c

Front stopper/paper press arm drive
[2]
LS-501/502
6.2.6
[1]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[5]
[6]
[4]
[4]
ls502to2015c
[1]
Spring
[4]
Spring
[2]
[5]
Front stopper
[3]
Paper press arm /3
[6]
Front stopper solenoid (SD9)
21
LS-501/502
6.3
6.3.1
Operation
Stacker tray conveyance
While in the stacker tray non-sort mode and the stacker tray sort mode, paper is conveyed into the stacker tray.
A. Decurler
Paper that has passed through the 1st gate is conveyed to the grip belt by the decurler roller. At this time, the
correction of curled paper is made by the decurler roller.
B. Grip conveyance
Paper conveyed by the decurler roller enters and is help by the grip provided on the grip belt. The paper held by
the grip is conveyed to the section above the stacker tray by the rotation of the grip belt.
Two grips are provided on the grip belt and each one of them conveys paper one after the other. The position
where the grip is waiting for paper from the decurler roller is controlled by the grip conveyance home sensor
(PS5).
[5]
[6]
[7]
[4]
22
[3]
[2]
[1]
ls502to2016c
[1]
Paper
[5]
Grip
[2]
Decurler roller
[6]
Grip belt
[3]
Grip
[7]
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
[4]
Stacker tray
C. Front stopper control

grip. At this time, the shift unit has been moved to the position specified in advance for each paper size.
Two types of the front stoppers, more specifically, a movable type and a stationary type, are employed. In
stacker tray non-sort mode, only the movable type front stopper is employed. A distance of 20 mm is kept
between the position where the movable type front stopper stops and the position in which the stationary type
front stopper is, which is the shift distance.
For the front stopper solenoid (SD9) that drives the movable type front stopper, a latch-type solenoid is
employed that is not required to be energized to maintain the ON state. However, a latch-type solenoid requires
a different control signal for each ON and OFF action.
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[9]
[4]
[10]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[6]
Grip
[2]
Paper
[7]
Stacker tray
[3]
Movable type front stopper
[8]
Grip belt
[4]
20 mm
[9]
Shift unit
[5]
Stationary type front stopper
[10]
Grip
[1]
ls502to2017c
23
LS-501/502
Paper conveyed by the grip strikes against the front stopper equipped to the shift unit and is released from the
LS-501/502
(1) Stacker tray non-sort mode
[1]
[3]
[5]
[6]
[7]

Front stopper Latch ON signal
solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF signal
[8]
[2]
[4]
ls502to2018c
[1]
[5]
2nd sheet of paper
[2]
The shift unit starts to move
[6]
3rd sheet of paper
[3]
1st sheet of paper
[7]
Last sheet of paper
[4]
Movable type front stopper ON
[8]
Movable type front stopper OFF
(2) Stacker tray sort mode
[1]
[3]
[5]
[6]
[8]
[7]
[9]

Front stopper Latch ON signal
solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF signal
[10]
[2]
24
[4]
ls502to2019c
[1]
[6]
Shift of the 1st sheet of paper
[2]
The shift unit starts to move
[7]
Movable type front stopper OFF
[3]
1st sheet of paper
[8]
Shift of the last sheet of paper
[4]
Movable type front stopper ON
[9]
Movable type front stopper OFF secured
[5]
Last sheet of paper
[10]
Movable type front stopper OFF secured
D. Job partition plate

is exited onto the stacker tray 20 mm shifted from the non-shift paper. At this time, the upper surface of the nonshift paper does not come to the same level as the lower edge of the job partition plate and the 1st sheet of the
shift paper is in possibility of getting into the lower side of the job partition plate. To prevent this, the job partition
plate is attached to the upper surface of the non-shift paper that has been exited to restrict the entry of the
paper.
For the job partition solenoid (SD2) that drives the job partition plate, a latch-type solenoid is employed that is
not required to be energized to maintain the ON state. However, a latch-type solenoid requires a different control
signal for each ON and OFF action.
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[4]
Stacker tray
[2]
Job partition plate
[5]
Shift paper
[3]
Non-shift paper
ls502to2023c
25
LS-501/502
In stacker tray sort mode, the trailing edge of the shift paper is restricted by the job partition plate and the paper
LS-501/502
Ex.: Letter 4 sheets
[1]
[2]
[4]
[6]
[3]
[5]
[7]
[8]

Latch ON signal
Job partition
solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF signal
[9]
ls502to2021c
[1]
[6]
[2]
1st sheet of paper
[7]
3rd sheet of paper

Job partition plate close
[3]
[8]
Last sheet of paper
[4]
2nd sheet of paper
[9]
[5]

[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[7]
[6]
[8]

Latch ON signal
Job partition
solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF signal
[3]
26
[1]
[5]
1st sheet of non-shift paper
[2]
1st sheet of shift paper
[6]
[3]
Job partition plate open (shift amount: 20 mm)
[7]
2nd sheet of non-shift paper
[4]
2nd sheet of shift paper
[8]
ls502to2022c
E. Rear stopper control

trailing edge of paper.
To assist the separation of paper released from the grip, the paddle is rotated at a high speed.
For the rear stopper solenoid (SD3) that drives the rear stopper, a latch-type solenoid is employed that is not
required to be energized to maintain the ON state. However, a latch-type solenoid requires a different control
signal for each ON and OFF action.
[5]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
ls502to2020c
[1]
Paddler
[4]
Paper position while in the stacker tray sort mode
[2]
[5]
Paper position while in the stacker tray non-sort mode
[3]
Rear stopper
27
LS-501/502
While in the stacker tray sort mode is in shifting, the rear stopper is left open and this plays as a guide for the
LS-501/502
[1]
[2]
[5]
[8]
[3]
[4] [6]
[7] [9]
[11]

Latch ON signal
Rear stopper
solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF signal
[13]
[1]
[8]
3rd sheet of paper
[2]
1st sheet of paper
[9]
Rear stopper open
[3]
Rear stopper open
[10]
Rear stopper close
[4]
Rear stopper close
[11]
4th sheet of paper
[5]
2nd sheet of paper
[12]
Rear stopper open
[6]
Rear stopper open
[13]
Rear stopper close
[7]
Rear stopper close
[10] [12]
ls502to2029c

[1]
[2]
[4]
[6]
[9]
[5] [7]
[8] [10]

Latch ON signal
Rear stopper
solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF signal
[11]
[3]
28
ls502to2024c
[1]
[7]
Rear stopper open
[2]
Shift of the 1st sheet of paper
[8]
Rear stopper close
[3]
Rear stopper open
[9]
Non-shift of the 2nd sheet of paper
[4]
Shift of the 2nd sheet of paper
[10]
Rear stopper open
[5]
Rear stopper close
[11]
Rear stopper close
[6]
Non-shift of the 1st sheet of paper

F.
Paper press arm
sure arms /1, /2 and /3 to be loaded on the stacker tray. However, the operation of the paper pressure arm /2 is
limited only to the paper size larger than B4.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]

ls502to2025c
[1]
[3]
2nd sheet of paper
[2]
1st sheet of paper
[4]
Last sheet of paper
G. Alignment plate control

Paper loaded on the stacker tray is aligned by the alignment plate for each sheet of paper.
[1]
[3]
[5]
[7]
[9]

Alignment plate home
sensor (PS12)
[10] [11]
[2]
[4]
[6]
[8]
ls502to2026c
[1]
[6]
Alignment of the 2nd sheet of paper
[2]
Movement to a position specified for each
[7]
3rd sheet of paper
paper size
[8]
Alignment of the 3rd sheet of paper
[3]
1st sheet of paper
[9]
Last sheet of paper
[4]
Alignment of the 1st sheet of paper
[10]
Alignment of the last sheet of paper
[5]
2nd sheet of paper
[11]
Return to the home position
29
LS-501/502
The paper that has been released from the grip is pressed one at a time onto the stacker tray by the paper pres-
H. Stacker tray up down control
LS-501/502
The detection of the upper surface of paper loaded on the stacker tray is made by the paper empty sensor (PS6)
through the paper press arm /3. When PS6 is turned off by loading paper that has been exited, the stacker tray
up down motor (M1) turns on to lower the stacker tray down to the position at which PS6 turns on. The stacker
tray is thus held at a fixed height when paper is being exited.
The number of sheets of paper loaded on the stacker tray is detected by the 2000 sheets stacked sensor
(PS13) and the 5,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS14) provided on the up down path of the stacker tray and displayed on the operation panel. (3,000 sheets stacked detection is made by the main unit.)
When the hand cart once pulled out is put back to its original position, the stacker tray moves up to return to its
home position. If the paper detection sensor (PS19) detects that papers are loaded on the stacker tray, the tray
stops moving up in order to prevent the alignment plate from being damaged by the uplifted paper.
I.
Hand cart detection mechanism
The set condition of the hand cart is detected by the hand cart set switch (RS1). And the set condition of the
stacker tray is detected by checking to see if the light from the stacker tray set LED (LED1) gets to the stacker
tray set sensor (PS1).
6.3.2
Coupling conveyance
In coupling mode, paper is conveyed to the device connected to the subsequent stage of the LS through the
coupling conveyance section.
When paper is conveyed from the main body, the conveyance motor (M2) at the entrance conveyance section is
rotated at the same speed as the conveyance speed of the main body. When paper is conveyed to the LS, the
speed of rotation of M2 is increased up to 1,000 mm/s to convey paper.
6.3.3
Sub tray conveyance
In sub tray mode, paper is exited into the sub tray.

[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]

1000 mm/s
Sub tray paper exit
motor (M3)
490 mm/s
350 mm/s
ls502to2027c
[1]
[3]
2nd sheet of paper
[2]
1st sheet of paper
[4]
Last sheet of paper
B. Paper full control

When the number of the sheets of paper discharged on the sub-tray gets to 200, the sub tray full sensor (PS9)
turns on to give indication of "paper full" on the operation panel.
30
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
FS-503
2007.11
Ver. 4.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
page.
NOTE
2007/11
4.0

Specification changes in relation to revision of 1050e
2006/11
3.0
2006/09
2.0
2004/10
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
FS-503
CONTENTS
FS-503
OUTLINE
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4. PAPER CONVEYANCE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.1
Conveyance path switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
5. SUB TRAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

5.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
6. STACKER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6.1
6.2
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6.2.1
6.3
Stacker entrance roller/paddle drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6.2.2
Stack assist plate/rear stopper drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
6.2.3
Intermediate roller/paper exit arm drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.2.4
Alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.3.1
Stacker conveyance speed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.3.2
Intermediate roller control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.3.3
Stack assist control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.3.4
Rear stopper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.3.5
6.3.6
Stacker paper exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
7. STAPLER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
7.1
7.2
7.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.2.1
Stapler movement/rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.2.2
Stapler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.3.1
Stapler movement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.3.2
Staple control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

8.1
8.2
8.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
8.2.1
Tray up/down drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
8.2.2
Main tray paper exit drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
8.2.3
Paper exit opening drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
FS-503
CONTENTS
ii
8.3.1
Paper exit opening control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
8.3.2
Main tray up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
FS-503
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Staple-cut type multi staple device
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Straight mode
Exited into the main tray with no processing made.
Shift mode
Exited into the main tray after being shifted.
Sub tray mode
Staple mode
Exited into the main tray after being flat-stapled.
Subset staple mode
Bundles of flat-stapled sheets of paper and single sheets of paper being exited
at random into the main tray.
(2) Staple
Maximum number of
100 sheets of 50 to 81 g/m2 paper
sheets to be flat-stapled
(50 sheets for paper the length of which is 400 mm or longer)
(Plain paper)

Stapling position
1 staple at the rear (45), 1 staple at the front, and 2 staples at the center
(3) Maximum number of sheets loadable
FS-503
Main tray
Straight/Shift
3,000 sheets: A4, A4S, B5, B5S

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
(Weighing 50 to 244 g/
m2 paper length
16K*3, 16KS*3
1,500 sheets: SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2
smaller than -279mm)

13 x 19*2 (straight only), 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
m2 paper length -
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
279mm or larger)
8K*3
wide paper*1: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5,
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2,
500 sheets : A5, A5S*2, B6S*2 (straight only),
51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S

11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min.
182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper
: 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140

mm)
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 148 x 148
mm)
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit with tab
area at the trail edge side is not assured.
Staple mode
Staple sheet
Set
2 to 9
150 (paper length 182 to 364mm)
10 to 20
50
21 to 30
30
31 to 40
25
41 to 50
20
75 (other than paper length 182 to 364mm)
51 to 60
15
61 to 100
10
Sub tray
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2 A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
m )
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
FS-503
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3

Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
Custom paper
: 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm)
C6500 (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail
edge side is not assured.
C. Type of paper
(1) Staple
Paper size
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, A5

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,

81/2 x 11S, custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min.
182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper
: 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 210 x 148 mm)

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
Applicable paper
Plain paper, high-quality paper, book paper
Paper weight
Main tray
50 g/m2 to 244 g/m2
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
Same as the main body
E. Machine data
FS-503
Power source
Maximum power consump- 110VA

tion
Dimensions
Weight
F.
When the main tray is pulled out:
915 (W) x 656 (D) x 1020 (H) mm
When the main tray is set in:
798 (W) x 656 (D) x 1020 (H) mm
When the main tray is removed:
544 (W) x 656 (D) x 1020 (H) mm
Approx. 80 kg
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
2. UNIT COMPOSITION
FS-503
2. UNIT COMPOSITION
[5]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
fs503to1001c
[1]
Paper conveyance section
[4]
Main tray section
[2]
Stapler section
[5]
Sub tray section
[3]
Stacker section
3. PAPER PATH
FS-503
3. PAPER PATH
[1]
[2]
[3]
fs503to1002c
[1]
Sub tray paper path
[2]
Main tray paper path (straight/sort/staple)
[3]
Main tray paper path (only while in stapling)
4. PAPER CONVEYANCE SECTION
FS-503
4.1
Composition
Tray gate
Bypass gate
fs503to2001c
4.2
Drive
FS-503
[1]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[2]
Gate solenoid (SD2)
fs503to2002c
[3]
Bypass solenoid (SD5)
4.3.1
Operation
FS-503
4.3
A. Tray gate control

The tray gate switches the paper conveyance path between the main tray and the sub tray.
The tray gate is normally set to the conveyance path to the main tray. When paper is exited to the sub tray, however, the gate is switched to the path to the sub tray through the drive of the solenoid (SD2).
B. Bypass gate control
The bypass gate is provided on the paper path to the stacker section. Even while in the staple operation, the
bypass gate conveys the next page to reduce a loss of time for a high productivity.
The drive of the bypass gate [1] is made by the bypass solenoid (SD5) [2]. The operation of SD5 is limited only to
the small-sized paper (A4, B5 and 81/2 x 11) in the staple mode.
For the 1st page on and after the 2nd copy, paper is sent to the regular route [3]. SD5 operates only on the 2nd
page to send paper to the bypass route [4]. The 1st and 2nd pages are put upon one another to be conveyed to
the stacker simultaneously. On and after the 3rd page, SD5 is released and paper is sent on the regular route a
sheet of paper at a time.
[1]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[3]
[2]
[2]
fs503to2003c
[1]
Bypass gate
[3]
Regular route
[2]
[4]
Bypass route
(1) In the case of the 1st copy

The bypass solenoid (SD5) does not operate when the paper of the 1st copy is passing through it.
(2) In the case of the 2nd and subsequent copies

A specified period of time after the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the 1st page of the
FS-503
2nd copy, the bypass solenoid (SD5) turns ON to draw the 2nd page of the 2nd copy into the bypass route. A
specified period of time after the PS4 detected the trailing edge of the 2nd page of the 2nd copy, the bypass
solenoid turns OFF.
SD5 does not turn on when the 3rd and subsequent pages are being conveyed.
[1]
[2]
[3]
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)

[4]
[1]
1st copy
[3]
[2]
2nd copy
[4]
3rd copy
Drawing of the 2nd page of the 2nd copy
into the bypass
10
fs503to2030c
5. SUB TRAY SECTION
5. SUB TRAY SECTION

Composition
Sub tray
FS-503
5.1
fs503to2004c
5.2
Drive
[1]
[2]
fs503to2005c
[1]
[2]
11
5. SUB TRAY SECTION
5.3
Operation
FS-503
A. Sub tray paper full detection control

When paper that has been exited into the sub tray gets to the specified thickness, the sub tray paper full sensor
(PS30) turns ON to send the "sub tray paper full" information to the main body. Then, the main body displays the
massage on the operation panel.
[1]
[2]
fs503to2006c
[1]
Paper exited
[2]
B. Conveyance speed switching control

Paper conveyed by the conveyance motor (M1) is decelerated for each sheet of paper to be exited into the sub
tray, thus preventing paper from having an uneven edge.

Sub tray paper
exit motor (M6)
Hi-speed
Deceleration
[1]
[1]
12
Deceleration of the sub tray paper exit motor (M6)
fs503to2031c
6. STACKER SECTION
6. STACKER SECTION
Composition
FS-503
6.1
Alignment plate
Stack assist plate
Stacker
entrance belt
Rear stopper
Paper exit
arm
Paddle
Swing roller
Flat-stapling
stopper
fs503to2007c
13
6. STACKER SECTION
6.2
FS-503
6.2.1
Drive
Stacker entrance roller/paddle drive
[1]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[4]
14
[3]
fs503to2008c
[1]
Stacker entrance belt
[4]
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
[2]
Swing roller
[5]
Paddle
[3]
Stacker entrance roller
[6]
Paddle motor (M2)

Stack assist plate/rear stopper drive
FS-503
6.2.2
6. STACKER SECTION
[1]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
fs503to2009c
[1]
Stack assist home sensor (PS32)
[4]
[2]
Stack assist plate
[5]
Rear stopper home sensor (PS35)

Rear stopper motor (M26)
[3]
Rear stopper
[6]
Stack assist motor (M24)
15
6. STACKER SECTION
Intermediate roller/paper exit arm drive
FS-503
6.2.3
[9]
[1]
[8]
[10]
[1]
[10]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[7]
[6]
fs503to2010c
16
[1]
Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)
[6]
Paper exit arm motor (M23)
[2]
Intermediate roller open close motor (M25)
[7]
Paper exit arm home sensor (PS9)
[3]
Eccentric cam
[8]
Intermediate roller /Lw
[4]
Intermediate roller home sensor (PS33)
[9]
Coupling
[5]
Paper exit arm
[10]
Intermediate roller /Up

Alignment drive
[6]
FS-503
6.2.4
6. STACKER SECTION
[1]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
fs503to2011c
[1]
Alignment plate /Rr
[4]
[2]
Alignment motor /Rr (M5)
[5]
Alignment motor /Fr (M22)

Alignment home sensor /Fr (PS31)
[3]
Alignment home sensor /Rr (PS8)
[6]
Alignment plate /Fr
17
6. STACKER SECTION
6.3
FS-503
6.3.1
Operation
Stacker conveyance speed control
Paper conveyed by the conveyance motor (M1) is sent to the stacker when the stacker entrance motor (M13) is
decelerated a specified period of time after the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) turns ON and before it runs
through the stacker entrance roller.
6.3.2
Intermediate roller control
The roller drive of the intermediate roller /Lw is transmitted from the main tray paper exit motor (M7) by the belt
and the coupling, and the transmission of the conveyance power to paper is made by the pressure/release of
the intermediate roller /Up.
A. Non-staple mode control
While in the non-staple mode, when the start signal is turned ON, the intermediate roller /Up [1] is driven up to
the nip standby position by the cam [2] of the intermediate roller open close motor (M25).
The home position of the intermediate roller /Up open/close operation is detected by the intermediate roller
home sensor (PS33) [3].
[1]
[2]
[3]
fs503to2039c
[1]
[2]
Cam of the intermediate roller open close

motor (M25)
18
[3]
6. STACKER SECTION
While in the print operation, the pressure/release of the intermediate roller /Up [1] onto the intermediate roller /Lw
When paper is being conveyed to the stacker, SD7 turns ON to release the nip, and paper that passes through
the opening between the intermediate roller /Up [1] and the intermediate roller /Lw [2] is conveyed to the stacker.
When paper is being exited, SD7 turns OFF and the intermediate roller /Up [1] is pressed against the intermediate roller /Lw [2] by the pressure of the spring. The paper is nipped before being exited.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
fs503to2012c
[1]
[3]
[2]
Intermediate roller /Lw
[4]
Paper
[2]
Alignment motors /Fr (M22), /Rr (M5)
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[5]
[5]
[5]
fs503to2032c
[1]
Start signal ON
[4]
Alignment operation
[2]
Movement of the intermediate roller /Up to
[5]
Paper nip by the intermediate rollers /Up
the nip standby position

[3]
and /Lw
Nip release of the intermediate roller /Up
19
FS-503
[2] is made by the intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7) [3].
6. STACKER SECTION
B. Staple mode control

While in the staple mode operation, through the initial operation made when the start signal is turned ON, the
FS-503
intermediate roller /Up [1] is moved to the evacuation position by the eccentric cam [2] that is driven by the intermediate roller open close motor (M25).
[1]
[2]
[3]
fs503to2013c
20
[1]
[2]
Eccentric cam
[3]

6.3.3
6. STACKER SECTION
Stack assist control
an increased productivity.
The stack assist plate [1] is driven by the stack assist motor (M24). When being conveyed to the stacker section,
each sheet of paper is pressed at the position near the rear end of the paper [2] to be stacked at a speed faster
than a free fall.
The stack assist plate is driven by 65 from the home position in the staple mode and by 80 in the shift and
straight mode. The home position is detected by the stack assist home sensor (PS32) [3].
[2]
[3]
[1]
fs503to2014c
[1]
Stack assist plate
[2]
Paper
[3]
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Stacker assist
motor (M24)
Forward
Reverse
[1]
[1]
Start signal ON
[2]
Paper pressure by the stack assist plate
6.3.4
[2] [3]
[3]
fs503to2033c
Movement of the stack assist plate to the

evacuation position
Rear stopper control
The rear stopper is a paper rear stopper when paper is exited in the non-staple (straight/sort) mode. This shortens the conveyance distance to the main tray for an improved productivity.
The rear stopper is driven and released by the rear stopper motor (M26) in the staple mode.
The set state in the non-staple mode (the position at which paper is stopped by the rear stopper) is the home
position of the rear stopper and this is detected by the rear stopper home sensor (PS35).
21
FS-503
The stack assist plate is a paper pressure plate that is used to increase the speed to put paper in the stacker for
6. STACKER SECTION
6.3.5
Alignment control
A. Horizontal alignment
FS-503
The horizontal alignment is made by the 2 alignment plates, that is, alignment plate /Fr and alignment plate /Rr.
These 2 alignment plates are driven independently by each of the alignment motor /Fr (M22) and the alignment
motor /Rr (M5).
The home position of the alignment plate /Fr is detected by the alignment home sensor /Fr (PS31) and that of
the alignment plate /Rr is detected by the alignment home sensor /Rr (PS8).
(1) Straight mode
In the straight mode, each sheet of paper sent to the stacker is aligned by the alignment plate /Fr and the alignment plate /Rr before being exited to the straight position.
22
6. STACKER SECTION
(2) Shift mode

In the shift mode, each time a sheet of paper is sent to the stacker, the alignment plate /Fr [1] and the alignment
FS-503
plate /Rr [2] shift to the rear to convey the paper [3] to the shift position before exiting it.
[3]
[2]
[1]
fs503to2015c
[1]
Alignment plate /Fr
[2]
Alignment plate /Rr
[3]
Paper

[1] [2] [3]
[4] [5]
[6]
fs503to2034c
[1]
Start signal ON
[4]
Alignment operation for each sheet of paper
[2]
[5]
Move the paper to the shift position in the rear
[3]
Movement to the size position
[6]
Move the paper to the shift position in the front
23
6. STACKER SECTION
(3) Staple mode

In the staple mode, the alignment operation is made by the alignment plates /Fr and /Rr for each sheet of paper
FS-503
that has been sent to the stacker. After the last sheet of paper of the copy is conveyed to the stacker section,
the alignment operation for the staple is made for stapling.
B. Vertical alignment
In the staple mode, for the vertical alignment of paper, the paper is pushed against the flat-stapling stopper by
the paddle that is driven by the paddle motor (M2).
The vertical alignment is assisted by the swing roller that is interlocked with the paddle by M2.
[2]

Paddle motor (M2)
Stapler motors /Fr (M31), /Rr (M30)
[1]
[1]
Start sinal ON
[2]
Stapling of the 1st sheet of paper
6.3.6
[3]
[3]
fs503to2035c
Stapling
Stacker paper exit
A. Non-staple control
In the non-staple mode, the paper exit is made by the nip of the intermediate rollers /Up and /Lw.
B. Staple control
In the staple mode, the paper exit is made by the paper exit arm that is driven by the paper exit arm motor
(M23). The home position of the paper exit arm is detected by the paper exit arm home sensor (PS9).
[2]
Stapler motors /Fr (M31), /Rr (M30)

[1]
[1]
Start signal ON
[2]
Stapling
[3]
[3]
fs503to2036c
Movement to the paper exit arm standby

position
[4]
24
[4]
Paper exit operation of paper bundle
7. STAPLER SECTION
7. STAPLER SECTION
Composition
FS-503
7.1
Stapler /Fr
Stapler /Rr
Staple scraps box

fs503to2016c
25
7. STAPLER SECTION
7.2
FS-503
7.2.1
Drive
Stapler movement/rotation
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[4]
[5]
26
[3]
fs503to2017c
[1]
Cam
[5]
[2]
Stapler rotation home sensor (PS14)
[6]
Stapler /Fr
Stapler movement motor (M11)
[3]
Stapler rotation motor (M4)
[7]
Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[4]
Stapler /Rr
[8]
Belt

Stapler
FS-503
7.2.2
7. STAPLER SECTION
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
fs503to2018c
[1]
Staple cut/bending arm
[4]
Stapling arm
[2]
Stapler motors /Rr (M30), /Fr (M31)
[5]
Pressure plate
[3]
Eccentric cam
27
7. STAPLER SECTION
7.3
FS-503
7.3.1
Operation
Stapler movement control
For stapler movements, there are two types, that is, the horizontal movement of the stapler intervals and the
rotation of the stapler /Rr. Movement is made according to the staple mode.
The horizontal movement of the stapler is made by the stapler movement motor (M11). The stapler /Rr and the
stapler /Fr are fixed on the upper side and the lower side of a belt that forms a loop and moved respectively in
the opposite direction by the motor M11.
The home position of the horizontal movement is detected by the stapler movement home sensor (PS11).
The 45 rotational movement of the stapler /Rr for the one-corner stapling at rear is made by the stapler rotation
motor (M4).
The home position of the rotational movement is detected by the stapler rotation home sensor (PS14).
A. 1 staple
(1) 1 staple/at front
When the start signal is turned ON, the stapler movement motor (M11) also turns ON to move the stapler to the
position according to the paper size.
(2) Size movement in 1 staple/one-corner stapling at rear
When the start signal is turned ON, the stapler movement motor (M11) turns ON to move the stapler to the position according to the paper size. After a specified period of time, the stapler rotation motor (M4) also turns ON to
rotate the stapler /Rr and move it diagonally.
When a staple empty condition of the stapler /Rr is detected at the one-corner stapling at rear, M4 is driven to
replace the cartridge and the stapler is returned to its vertical position.
B. 2 staples
When the start signal is turned ON, the stapler movement motor (M11) also turns ON to move the stapler to the
position according to the paper size.
28

7.3.2
7. STAPLER SECTION
Staple control
The inside [2] of the eccentric cam [1] is provided with the cam groove [4] of the pressure arm [3] and the pin [6]
of the staple cut/clinch arm [5]. The outside [7] of the eccentric cam is also provided with the cam groove [9] of
the stapling arm [8].
Each time the eccentric cam makes a 1/4 turn, each of the following operations is made: 1. paper pressure, 2.
stapling, 3. staple cut/clinch, and 4. return to the home position. A series of the operations complete in a full
turn.
The home position is detected by the stapler home sensors /Rr (PS40), /Fr (PS41).
[5]
[1]
[4]
[9]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[8]
[3]
[1]
Eccentric cam
[6]
Pin (for staple cut/clinch)
[2]
Inside
[7]
Outside
[3]
Pressure arm
[8]
Stapling arm
[4]
Cam groove (for pressure arm)
[9]
Cam groove (for stapling arm)
[5]
Staple cut/clinch arm
fs503to2019c
29
FS-503
The staple control is made by the stapler motors /Rr (M30) and /Fr (M31) to drive the eccentric cam.
7. STAPLER SECTION
A. Paper pressure
When the eccentric cam rotates 90 from the home position, the cam groove [1] on the inside drives the pin [3]
FS-503
provided on the pressure arm [2] in the arrow-marked direction. The pressure arm [2] drives the pressure plate
[4] and presses the clinch side hard against the staple side [5] to press the paper [6].
At the same time, the pin [8] provided in the groove [7] on the outside of the cam drives the stapling arm [9]. The
pin [10] at the tip of the stapling arm moves along the groove [12] of the pressure claw [11], and drives the pressure claw [11] with the lever to press the paper.
The following figure left shows a cam on the outside and the figure right shows a cam on the inside.
[6]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[11]
[12]
[3]
[1]
[10]
[7]
[2]
[9]
[8]
fs503to2020c
30
[1]
Cam groove
[7]
Cam groove (for stapling arm)
[2]
Pressure arm
[8]
Pin
[3]
Pin
[9]
Stapling arm
[4]
Pressure plate
[10]
Pin
[5]
Staple side
[11]
Pressure claw
[6]
Paper
[12]
Groove
7. STAPLER SECTION
B. Stapling control
on the stapling arm [2] in the arrow-marked direction. The pin at the tip [4] of the stapling arm pushes up the stapling blade [5] to push out the staple [6], punch out the paper [7] and staple it.
At the same time, to make preparation for the next stapling, the staple is bent at 90 by the staple bending blade
[8].
[7]
[6]
[5]
[5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[8]
[3]
fs503to2021c
[1]
Cam groove
[5]
Stapling blade
[2]
Stapling arm
[6]
Staple
[3]
Pin
[7]
Paper
[4]
Pin at the tip
[8]
Staple bending blade
31
FS-503
When the eccentric cam rotates from 90 to 180, the cam groove [1] on the outside drives the pin [3] provided
7. STAPLER SECTION
C. Staple cut/clinch control

When the eccentric cam rotates from 180 to 270, the pin [1] provided on the inside drives the staple cut/clinch
FS-503
arm [2] in the arrow-marked direction.

At the start of rotation, the lever operation of the staple cut/clinch arm [2] rotates the coupling metal fitting [3] to
pull the pin [4] in the arrow-marked direction and the staple [7] inserted into the round hole [6] of the staple cut
blade [5] is cut. Staple scraps that have been cut drop into the duct to be collected in the staple scraps box.
With the further rotation of the eccentric cam, the tip of the presser metal fitting [8] that is interlocked with the
staple cut/clinch arm [2] pushes down the clinch metal fitting [9] to clinch the staple [7] that has been cut. When
the eccentric cam rotates up to 270, the clinch operation is completed. After completion of clinching, the
eccentric cam rotates to the home position to complete a series of operations.
[8]
[8]
[3]
[9]
[9]
[7]
[7]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[1]
[5]
[2]
fs503to2022c
32
[1]
Pin
[6]
Round hole
[2]
Staple cut/clinch arm
[7]
Staple
[3]
Coupling metal fitting
[8]
Presser metal fitting
[4]
Pin
[9]
Clinch metal fitting
[5]
Staple cut blade
7. STAPLER SECTION
D. Cartridge detection
(PS42), /Fr (PS43). When there is no cartridge or the cartridge is set incorrectly, an error message is displayed
on the operation section.
E. Staple detection
When the staples run short, the staple empty sensors /Rr (PS44), /Fr (PS45) detect this condition and display an
error message on the operation section.
F.
Staple tip detection
The tip of the staple is detected by the staple ready sensors /Rr (PS46), /Fr (PS47).
While in the stapling operation, the staple ready sensors determine that the staples have been clogged when the
PS46 and PS47 do not turn on within a specified period of time after the staple home sensors /Rr (PS 40), /Fr
(PS41) turn off, and rotate the stapler motors /Rr (M30), /Fr (M31) in the reverse direction up to the home position.
G. Staple scraps box detection
The presence of a staple scraps box or the incorrect setting of a box is detected by the stapler scraps box set
sensor (PS34). When there is no staple scraps box or it is set incorrectly, an error message is displayed on the
operation section.
33
FS-503
The presence of a cartridge or the incorrect setting of a cartridge is detected by the cartridge set sensors /Rr

FS-503
8.1
Composition
Paper exit
opening unit
Main tray paper
exit roller
Paper pressure
arm
Main tray
Lift wire
fs503to2023c
34
8.2.1
Drive
Tray up/down drive
[6]
FS-503
8.2
[7]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
fs503to2024c
[1]
Counter reset sensor (PS15)
[5]
[2]
Tray lower limit sensor (PS3)
[6]
Lift wire
Main tray
[3]
Tray up down motor (M3)
[7]
Lift pulley /Up
[4]
Lift pulley /Lw
35

Main tray paper exit drive
FS-503
8.2.2
[5]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
fs503to2025c
36
[1]
[4]
Main tray paper exit roller
[2]
Coupling
[5]
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD9)
[3]
Paper pressure arm

Paper exit opening drive
FS-503
8.2.3
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
fs503to2026c
[1]
Cam
[4]
Main tray paper exit roller
[2]
Paper exit opening motor (M8)
[5]
Paper exit opening unit
[3]
Paper exit opening home sensor (PS12)
[6]
Drive bar
37
8.3
FS-503
8.3.1
Operation
Paper exit opening control
When paper is too long and protruding, the paper exit opening is opened and closed for alignment.
There are 3 opening positions available according to the mode and the paper length.
For paper shorter than the following length, the paper exit opening is opened neither in the non-staple mode nor
the staple mode.
Mode
Angle of the opening
Non-staple
Approx. 27
Paper length in the sub scan direction

More than 239 mm
Staple
Approx. 44
More than 400 mm
Staple
Approx. 55
More than 219 mm, less than 400 mm
For the open/close of the paper exit opening, the paper exit motor (M8) rotates and the deformed cam [1] lifts up
the entire paper exit opening unit [2] to open the paper exit opening. The open/close of the paper exit opening is
detected by the paper exit opening home sensor (PS12) [3].
[7]
[6]
[6]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
fs503to2027c
[1]
Deformed cam
[5]
[2]
Paper exit opening unit
[6]
Position at 27
Position at 44
[3]
Paper exit opening home sensor (PS12)
[7]
Position at 55
[4]
Position at 0
A. Non-staple control
When the paper length is less than 239 mm, paper exit unit is not opened.
When the paper length is 239 mm or longer, paper exit unit is opened by 27.
Turn ON the start signal while in the M8 open the paper exit unit to about 27. Close the paper exit unit after the
alignment.
38
B. Staple control
When the paper length is less than 219 mm, paper exit unit is not opened.
FS-503
When the paper length is 219 mm or longer and less than 400 mm, paper exit unit is opened by 55.
When the paper length is 400 mm or longer, paper exit unit is opened by 44.
Open angle is narrow for 400 mm or longer due to the differences of the number of stapled pages.
# of stapled pages:Less than 400 mm
400 mm or longer
100 pages
50 pages
C. Sub-set staple control

Sub set staple control avoids exited papers misalignment when sub set staple is used.
Paper holding arm is driven by paper exit solenoid (SD9).
When stapled sheets of paper are exited, paper holding arm presses previously exited sheets since they are
misaligned by staples.
When exiting sheets without staple, paper holding arm does not operate.
As control timing, SD9 is turned ON by staple operation.
In predetermined time after stapled sheets go through stacker empty sensor (PS20), SD9 is turned OFF.
The timing of turning OFF SD9 is when 2/3 of stapled sheets are exited.
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
Paper
[2]
Paper presser arm
fs503to2028c
[3]
39

8.3.2
Main tray up/down control
The driving force of the tray up down motor (M3) rotates the lift pulley by the belt and the gear to wind up the lift
FS-503
wire. The main tray goes up or down according to the direction in which the up/down wire is wound up. When
the lift pulley /Lw rotates clockwise as seen from the front, the main tray goes up and when it rotates counterclockwise, the tray goes down.
A. Non-staple up/down control
According to the FS operation signal from the main body, the tray up down motor (M3) raises the tray until the
tray upper limit sensor (PS2) turns ON.
When paper passes through the main tray paper exit sensor (PS10), M3 lets down the tray. M3 raises up the tray
again a specified period of time after PS2 turns OFF and stops it when PS2 turns ON. The above steps are
repeated for each sheet of paper.
[2]
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS10)

Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
Tray up down
motor (M3)
UP
DOWN
[1]
[1]
Start signal ON
fs503to2037c
[2]
Paper exited
B. Staple control
When the stacker empty sensor (PS20) detects the trailing edge of paper, the main tray is brought down by the
tray up down motor (M3). And M3 reverses the rotation after a specified period of time to bright up the tray. It
stops when the stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) turns ON.
[2]
Stacker empty sensor (PS20)

Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
Tray up down
motor (M3)
UP
DOWN
[1]
[1]
40
Start signal ON
fs503to2038c
[2]
Paper bundle exited
C. Main tray paper detection

between the upper surface of the paper exited in the main tray (or the main tray upper surface when no paper is
exited) and the paper exit opening at a specified distance to prevent any uneven paper exit from occurring.
While in the continuous print mode, the FS uses a software to count the number of sheets of paper exited and
stops printing when the count reaches the maximum number of sheets loadable for each paper size.
However, when paper has been exited is removed while in printing, the tray goes up to turn ON the counter
reset sensor (PS15). This resets the software counter, thus allowing paper to be exited without limit.
The tray lower limit sensor (PS3) detects the lowest limit of the tray. In the intermittent print mode, the total number is not added up by the software counter and the PS3 is used to restrict the number of sheets of paper.
[5]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
fs503to2029c
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
Main tray
[3]
41
FS-503
The tray upper limit sensor (PS2) and the stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) maintain the distance
FS-503
Blank page
42
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
FS-520/607
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
3.0

Revision in relation to launching of FS-520 and correc-
2007/06
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark
tion of an error in writing

CONTENTS
FS-520/607
CONTENTS
FS-520/607
OUTLINE
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1
Non-sort/sort/group mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2
Sub tray mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3
Stapling mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.4
Folding/saddle stitching mode (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.5
Tri-folding mode (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4. TRANSFER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3.1
Punch registration control (available only when PK is installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3.2
FS transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.3.3
Gate drive control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.4
Bypass gate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.3.5
Shift control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
4.3.6
Paper exit roller control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4.3.7
Paper exit opening solenoid control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.3.8
Paper exit opening control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4.3.9
Sub tray paper exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

5.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
5.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
5.3.1
Tray lift control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

6.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.3.1
6.3.2
Stopper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
6.3.3
Stacker entrance transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
6.3.4
Stacker paper exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

7.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
7.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
7.3.1
Alignment /Up control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
7.3.2
Alignment /Lw control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
7.3.3
Stopper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
FS-520/607
CONTENTS
7.3.4
Stacker entrance transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
7.3.5
Stacker paper exit control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
8. STAPLER SECTION (FS-520) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

8.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
8.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
8.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
8.3.1
Stapler movement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
8.3.2
Stapler control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
9. STAPLER SECTION (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

9.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
9.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
9.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
9.3.1
Stapler movement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
9.3.2
Stapler control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
10. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING/TRI-FOLDING SECTION (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

10.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
10.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
10.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
10.3.1 Folding knife control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
10.3.2 Folding transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
10.3.3 Tri-folding gate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
ii
FS-520/607
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Stapling device (FS-520)

Multi folding multi stapling device (FS-607)
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Non-sort mode
Exited to the main tray with no processing made.
Sort/group mode
Exited to the main tray after being shifted for every copy.
Sub tray mode
Exited to the sub tray with no processing made.
Stapling mode
Exited to the main tray after being stapled.
Saddle stitching mode
Exited to the booklet tray with the paper folded into two after being stitched and
folded at the center of the paper (FS-607 only).
Folding mode
Exited to the booklet tray with the paper folded into two at its center (FS-607
only).
Tri-folding mode
Exited to the booklet tray after being overlapped up to 3 sheets and being trifolded (FS-607 only).
(2) Stapling
FS-520/607
Max. flat-stapling
FS-520
capacity
50 sheets of 64 to 80 g/m2 (plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper),

40 sheets (coated paper)
40 sheets of 81 to 105 g/m2 (plain paper), 30 sheets (high-quality paper,
color paper), 25 sheets (coated paper)
30 sheets of 106 to 135 g/m2 (plain paper, high-quality paper), 25 sheets
(color paper), 20 sheets (coated paper)
(color paper)
Up to 2 sheets of 200g/m2 can be added unless the total number of
sheets exceeds the above capacity.
staple position
At coner
Parallel or skew depending on

the paper size
At 2 places
Symmetry at the center with

162 mm pitches
FS-607

(color paper, coated paper)
staple position
Front parallel / back 45 1 position diagonally, 2 positions at the center
Max. saddle stitching

capacity
FS-607
20 sheets of 64 to 80 g/m2
staple position
variable (128 to 168mm)
(3) Folding (FS-607)

Max.Folding
Max.Tri-folding

1 sheet of 81 to 105 g/m2 paper
(4) Max. paper capacity

FS-520
Non-sort
3000 sheets: A4, A4S, B5, B5S
(Weighing 80g/
mode, sort/
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
m2)
group mode
16K, 16KS
FS-520/607
Main tray
1500 sheets: SRA3*1, A3, B4, SRA4S

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K
wide paper: Max. 320 x 450mm
500 sheets:
A5, A5S *1, B6S *1

51/2 x 81/2S *1
Tab paper*3
: A4, 81/2 x 11
Custom paper : Max. 314 x 458mm, Min.*2 182 x 148 mm

Stapling mode
Max. 1000 sheets

No. of sheets per stapling
Size in the sub
The others
scan direction is
150 to 417 mm
FS-607
Non-sort
2 to 9
100 copies
50 copies
10 to 20
50 copies
50 copies
21 to 30
30 copies
30 copies
31 to 40
25 copies
25 copies
41 to 50
20 copies
20 copies
mode, sort/
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
group mode
16K, 16KS
1500 sheets: A3, B4, SRA4S,
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K
500 sheets:
A5, A5S *1, B6S *1

51/2 x 81/2S *1
Tab paper*3
: A4, 81/2 x 11

Stapling mode
Max. 1000 sheets

Size in the sub
The others
scan direction is
418mm or longer
2 to 9
50 copies
100 copies
10 to 20
50 copies
50 copies
21 to 30
30 copies
30 copies
31 to 40
25 copies
25 copies
41 to 50
20 copies
20 copies
FS-520/607
Booklet tray
Saddle stitch-
Size in the sub scan direction is 299 mm or longer : 15 cop-
(Weighing 80g/m2)
ing mode
ies in 5 sheets of saddle stitching
(FS-607 only)
other than the above : 20 copies in 5 sheets of saddle stitching

Folding mode
Size in the sub scan direction is 299 mm or longer : 25 copies in 3 sheets of folding
other than the above : 33 copies in 3 sheets of folding
Tri-folding
50 copies in 1 sheet of folding
mode
Sub tray
100 sheets : SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S,
A6S
(Weighing 80g/
m2)
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
*1
Tab paper*3
: A4, 81/2 x 11
Custom paper
: Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm
Non-sort mode only
*2
Non-sort mode is 128 x 148 mm
*3
C. Type of paper
(1) Stapling mode
Paper size
A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5

12 x 18*1, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper*2 (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Applicable paper
Plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper, coated paper (same as the main
body)
Paper weight
60 to 209 g/m2 (FS-520)

64 to 105 g/m2 (FS-607)
*1
FS-607 only
*2
(2) Saddle stitching mode (FS-607)

Paper size
A3, B4, SRA4S, A4S

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
8K
Applicable paper
Plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper, coated paper
Paper weight
64 to 105 g/m2
(3) Folding mode (FS-607)

SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4S, A4S
FS-520/607
Paper size
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x14, 81/2 x11S,

8K
Applicable paper
Paper weight
64 to 105 g/m2
(4) Tri-folding mode (FS-607)

Paper size
A4S
81/2 x11S
Applicable paper
Paper weight
64 to 105 g/m2
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
24/5VDC (supplied from the main body)

tion
Dimensions
When the main tray is pulled out: 790.5 (W) x 656 (D) x 990 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 60 kg (FS-520)
When the main tray is set in: 674.5 (W) x 656 (D) x 990 (H) mm
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
FS-520/607
For FS-520 and FS-607, the conveyance section and the main tray section are common but the stacker section
and the stapler section are different.
Transfer section
Stacker section
(FS-520)
Main tray section
Stapler section
(FS-607)
Stapler section
(FS-520)
Folding/saddle stitching/tri-folding section (FS-607)
Stacker section
(FS-607)
a04dt1c001cb
3. PAPER PATH
3.1
FS-520/607
3. PAPER PATH
Non-sort/sort/group mode
[6]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
FS-607 only
a04dt1c002cb
[1]
Paper path from PI (PI-502 installed)
[4]
[2]
Paper path from the main body
[5]
Main tray
Paper exit unit
[3]
Gate
[6]
Shift unit (sort/group mode only)
3. PAPER PATH
Sub tray mode
FS-520/607
3.2
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
FS-607 only
a04dt1c003cb
[1]
[3]
Gate
[2]
[4]
Sub tray
Stapling mode
[8]
FS-520/607
3.3
3. PAPER PATH
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
FS-607 only
a04dt1c004cb
[1]
[5]
Flat-stapling stopper
[2]
[6]
Stapler *
[3]
Gate
[7]
Main tray
[4]
Clincher *
[8]
Paper exit unit
Illustrations of the clincher and the stapler are same as those of FS-607.
3. PAPER PATH
Folding/saddle stitching mode (FS-607)
FS-520/607
3.4
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[6]
[7]
15jmt1c001na
10
[1]
[5]
Folding knife
[2]
[6]
Saddle stitching stopper
[3]
Gate
[7]
Booklet tray
[4]
Clincher
[8]
Stapler
Tri-folding mode (FS-607)

FS-520/607
3.5
3. PAPER PATH
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[5]
[6]
15jmt1c002na
[1]
[5]
[2]
[6]

Booklet tray
[3]
Gate
[7]
Tri-folding stopper
[4]
Folding knife
11
FS-520/607
3. PAPER PATH
Blank page
12
4. TRANSFER SECTION
FS-520/607
4. TRANSFER SECTION
4.1
Composition
Shift unit
Sub tray paper full sensor

(PS19)
Sub tray paper exit sensor
(PS1)
Shift roller
Gate
Paper exit unit

Main tray exit paper
sensor (PS6)
PI transfer roller
Entrance roller
FNS entrance sensor

(PS4)
Transfer roller /A
Transfer roller /B
Main tray exit roller
Intermediate transfer roller
Bypass gate
a04dt2c005ca
13
4. TRANSFER SECTION
Drive
FS-520/607
4.2
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19] [20] [21]
[1]
[2]
[14]
[3]
[13]
[12]
[4]
[11]
[5]
[10]
[6]
[9]
[8]
[7]
a04dt2c001ca
14
[1]
FNS transfer motor (M1)
[12]
[2]
PI transfer roller
[13]
Shift roller
[3]
Entrance roller
[14]
[4]
Transfer roller /A
[15]
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
[5]
Transfer roller /B
[16]
[6]
Bypass gate
[17]
[7]
Intermediate transfer roller
[18]
[8]
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
[19]
Shift roller motor (M2)
[9]
Paper exit belt
[20]
Sub tray transfer roller
[10]
Paper exit arm
[21]
Gate motor (M12)
[11]
Gate
4.3.1
Operation
Punch registration control (available only when PK is installed)
The FNS conveyance motor (M1) turns OFF temporarily to stop conveyance of paper when the specified time
has passed since paper exit sensor (PS37) detected the leading edge of the paper. Thus the paper is pressed
against the entrance roller forming a loop to correct the bend. When the specified time has passed, M1 turns
ON to restart conveying the paper.The above operation is not performed when conveying a large paper (220
mm and longer in the sub scan direction) and in the non-punchingmode.
When punching the paper conveyed from PI, the loop is formed on the PI's side. For details, refer to PI-502 service manual.
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a04dt2c002ca
[1]
Main body
[3]
Loop
[2]
Entrance roller
[4]
PK (option)
15
FS-520/607
4.3
4. TRANSFER SECTION
4. TRANSFER SECTION
4.3.2
FS transfer control
FS-520/607
The FS transfer is conducted by the 24V DC motor controlled by the FNS control board (FNSCB).
A. Door switch control
The FS transfer drive control is started when transmitting the start signal from the main body. However, en error
message is transmitted to the main body PRCB and the control is not started if the door switch (MS1) turns OFF.
B. FS transfer control
The FNS transfer motor (M1) rotates in high speed when pressing the start button. In the mode the paper is
exited from the main body in slow speed, M1 rotates in slow speed when the main body paper exit sensor
(PS37) turns ON. Then it rotates in high speed after a specified period of time since the FNS entrance sensor
(PS4) turns ON.
When exiting to the main tray, M1 rotates in middle speed to in sync with the FS paper exit line speed after a
specified period of time since PS4 detects the trailing edge of the paper. Then after a specified period of time,
M1 returns to rotate in high speed and waits for the subsequent paper.
16

4.3.3
4. TRANSFER SECTION
Gate drive control
stacker.
A. Gate operation
The gate motor (M12) drives the gate cam [2], and then 2 cams /UP [3] and /Lw [4] of the gate cum drive the 2
gates /UP [5] and /Lw [6] respectively. The gate home sensor (PS16) [7] detects the home position.
[1]
[7]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
15jkt2c004na
[1]
Gate motor (M12)
[5]
Gate /Up
[2]
Gate cam
[6]
Gate /Lw
[3]
Cam /Up
[7]
Gate home sensor (PS16)
[4]
Cam /Lw
B. Gate control
The FNS control board (FNSCB) controls the gate.
The gate turns ON when transmitting the FS operation signal from the main body, and then it stops either at the
sub tray (home position) [1], stacker [2], or main tray [3]. It does not move when exiting to the sub tray because
the sub tray is the home position.
When completing the printing, the gate home sensor (PS16) detects the home position and stops the gate.
[1]
[1]
Sub tray (home position)
[2]
Stacker
[2]
[3]
[3]
15jkt2c005na
Main tray
17
FS-520/607
The gate switches among the paper transfer path to the main tray, the one to the sub tray, and the one to the
4. TRANSFER SECTION
4.3.4
Bypass gate control
FS-520/607
The bypass gate is located in the paper path to the stacker section. The bypass gate is the gate to transfer the
subsequent paper during the stapling operation for eliminating the time loss and increasing the productivity.
A. Bypass gate operation
The bypass gate solenoid (SD5) [2] drives the bypass gate [1].
For the small size paper (A4, B5, and 81/2 x 11), it operates only for the 1st page of the 2nd and following copies
to transfer the paper to the bypass route [3]. The 2nd page of the 2nd and following copies is transferred to the
regular route [4] and overlapped under the 1st page, and then the transferred to the stacker section.
[3]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
15jkt2c006na
18
[1]
Bypass gate
[3]
Bypass route
[2]
[4]
Regular route
4. TRANSFER SECTION
B. Bypass gate control
FS-520/607
The bypass gate only operates for the small size paper (A4, B5, and 81/2 x 11) in the stapling mode. The FNS
control board (FNSCB) controls the bypass gate solenoid (SD5).
When stapling 2 sheets of paper for 3 copies, SD5 operates as follows.
(1) For the 1st copy
When the paper for the 1st copy is transferred, the bypass gate solenoid (SD5) does not operate.
(2) For the 2nd copy
The bypass gate solenoid (SD5) turns ON and draws the 1st paper of the 2nd copy to the bypass after a specified period of time since the staple operation for the 1st copy is started [4]. SD5 turns OFF after a specified
period of time since the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the paper [6].
(3) For the 3rd and following copies
The bypass gate (SD5) turns ON and draws the 1st paper of the 3rd copy to the bypass after a specified period
of time since the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the last paper of the 2nd copy [7]. SD5
turns OFF after a specified period of time since PS4 detects the trailing edge of the paper [8].
[1]
[2]
[3]

FNS transfer motor (M1)
[4]
[1]
The 1st copy
[2]
The 2nd copy
[5]
[5][6]
[7]
[8]
15jkt2c007na
Drawing the 1st paper of the 2nd copy to

the bypass
[3]
The 3rd copy
[6]
Trailing edge of the 1st paper of the 2nd copy
[4]
Stapling operation for the 1st copy started
[7]
Trailing edge of the last paper of the 2nd copy
[8]
Trailing edge of the 1st paper of the 3rd copy
19
4. TRANSFER SECTION
4.3.5
Shift control
FS-520/607
The FNS transfer motor (M1) drives the shift roller. The shift roller moves itself backward to shift the paper while
transferring the paper to the main tray.
A. Shift operation
During conveying the paper to the main tray [1], the crank mechanism [3] shifts the shift movable section [5]
including the shift roller [4] approximately 30 mm backward [6] to shift and exit the paper when shift roller motor
(M2) [2] rotates.
The shift roller home sensor (PS18) [7] detects the shift position.
[2]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[1]
[3]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
20
15jkt2c008na
[1]
To the main tray
[5]
Shift movable section
[2]
[6]
Rear
[3]
Crank mechanism
[7]
Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
[4]
Shift roller
4. TRANSFER SECTION
B. Shift control
ified period of time since the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the paper [1]. The FNS
transfer motor (M1) drives the shift roller. It shifts the paper while transferring it.
M2 stops when the shift roller completes the shift operation and the shift roller home sensor (PS18) turns ON [3].
Then, M2 turns ON [4] again after a specified period of time since it stops. It stops when PS18 turns OFF [5].
This operation replaces the shift movable section to its original position, and then it stands by for the subsequent
paper to be shifted.
These operations are repeated for every paper to offset it.
[1]
FNS transfer motor
(M1)
930 mm/s
400 mm/s

[2] [3]
[4] [5]
15jkt2c009na
[1]
Trailing edge of the paper detected
[4]
Moving to the home position started
[2]
Shift started
[5]
Moving to the home position completed
[3]
Shift completed
21
FS-520/607
In the sort/group mode, the shift roller motor (M2) turns ON [2] and shifts the shift movable section after a spec-
4. TRANSFER SECTION
4.3.6
Paper exit roller control
FS-520/607
The paper exit roller motor (M7) controlled by the FNS control board (FNSCB) drives the main tray paper exit
roller and the paper exit belt.
A. Non-sort/sort/group mode
The paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates in high speed when the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the leading
edge of the paper [1]. M7 rotate in low speed [2] and exits the paper after a specified period of time since PS4
detects the trailing edge of the paper.
To transfer the subsequent paper, M7 rotate in high speed again after a specified period of time since the main
tray paper exit sensor (PS6) detects the trailing edge of the paper [3].
M7 stops after a specified period of time since PS6 detects the last paper.

Paper exit roller
motor (M7)
400 mm/s
253 mm/s
[1]
[1]
Leading edge of the paper detected
[2]
Paper exit started
[2]
[3]
[3]
15jkt2c010na
Preparing to transfer the subsequent paper
B. Stapling mode (when the paper length is B5S or longer in the sub scan direction)
Transmitting the FNS signal [1] from the main body, the paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates to drive the paper exit
belt in the stacker section. M7 stops and the paper exit arm moves to the home position for the stapling mode
when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) turns ON [3].
The paper exit opening is open if the paper length is longer than B5S in the sub scan direction. The paper exit
motor (M8) closes the paper exit opening when the stapling operation is completed. M7 rotates to drive the
paper exit arm when the paper exit home sensor (PS12) detects the opening is closed [6]. The paper exit arm
lifts up the paper to the paper exit roller, and then the paper exit roller exits the paper to the main tray.
M7 stops when PS9 turns ON [7].

Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
Paper exit home sensor (PS12)
[1] [2] [3]
22
[4] [5] [6]
[7]
[1]
FNS signal turned ON
[5]
[2]
Opening the paper exit opening
[6]
Closing the paper exit opening

Paper exit opening closed
[3]
Paper exit arm home position
[7]
Paper exit arm home position
[4]
Stapling operation completed
15jkt2c030na

4.3.7
4. TRANSFER SECTION
Paper exit opening solenoid control
the transfer roller. However, the nip movable section moves to nip the paper when the paper reaches to the
paper exit opening.
A. Paper exit opening solenoid operation
When the paper reaches to the paper exit opening, the paper exit opening solenoid (SD4) [1] moves the nip
movable section [2] to nip the paper by pressurizing the nip roller [4] to the main tray paper exit roller [3] and exit
the paper to the main tray direction [5].
The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6) [6] detects the paper exit.
[1]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[4]
[2]
[6]
[2]
[3]
15jkt2c011na
[1]
[4]
[2]
Nip movable section
[5]
Nip roller
To the main tray
[3]
[6]
B. Timing to turn ON the paper exit opening solenoid

(1) Non-sort/sort/group mode
The paper exit opening solenoid (SD4) turns ON after a specified period of time since the FNS entrance sensor
(PS4) detects the trailing edge of the paper.
(2) Stapling mode
The paper exit opening solenoid (SD4) turns ON to nip the paper after a specified period of time since the stapling operation is completed.
C. Timing to turn OFF the paper exit opening solenoid
In all modes, the paper exit opening solenoid (SD4) turns OFF after a specified period of time since the main tray
paper exit sensor (PS6) detects the paper.
23
FS-520/607
The paper exit roller is usually releasing the nip except when exiting the paper because its rotation is slower than
4. TRANSFER SECTION
4.3.8
Paper exit opening control
FS-520/607
In the stapling mode (when the paper length is B5S or longer in the sub scan direction) and the folding/saddle
stitching/tri-folding mode, the paper exit opening is opened from the beginning of the printing operation to the
end of the stapling operation because the paper protrudes.
A. Paper exit opening/closing operation
The paper exit opening unit [3] opens/closes by the crank mechanism [2] when the paper exit motor (M8) [1]
rotates. The paper exit home sensor (PS12) [4] detects the opening/closing of the paper exit opening.
[3]
[2]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[4]
[4]
24
[1]
[3]
Paper exit unit
[2]
Crank mechanism
[4]
a04dt2c003ca
4. TRANSFER SECTION
B. Paper exit opening/closing control

Transmitting the FNS signal [1] from the main body, the paper exit motor (M8) rotates [2] to open the paper exit
opening.
When the stapling operation completes, M8 turns ON [3] again to close the paper exit opening. It stops when
the paper exit home sensor (PS12) detects the paper exit opening is closed.
These operations are repeated for every stapled bundle.
[5]
Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
Stapler motor /Rr (M9)
Clincher motor /Rr (M10)

[1] [2]
[3]
[4]
15jkt2c013na
[1]
FNS start signal turned ON
[4]
[2]
[5]
Paper nipped by the paper exit opening
[3]
solenoid (SD4)
(2) Folding/saddle stitching/tri-folding mode (FS-607 only)

Transmitting the start signal [1] from the main body, the paper exit motor (M8) rotates [2] to open the paper exit
opening.
M8 turns ON [3] again to close the paper exit opening after a specified period of time since the folding paper exit
sensor (PS25) or the folding full sensor (PS29) detects the trailing edge of the last page. It stops when the paper
exit home sensor (PS12) detects the paper exit opening is closed [4].
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)

[1] [2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
15jkt2c014na
25
FS-520/607
(1) Stapling mode (when the paper length is B5S or longer in the sub scan direction)
4. TRANSFER SECTION
4.3.9
Sub tray paper exit control
FS-520/607
The sub tray paper exit motor (M21) controlled by the FNS control board (FNSCB) drives the sub tray paper exit
roller.
A. Sub tray paper exit motor (M21) control
The sub tray paper exit motor (M21) rotates in high speed when the sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1) detects the
leading edge of the paper.
M21 rotates in low speed after a specified period of time since the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the paper. M21 stops after a specified period of time since PS1 detects the trailing edge of the
paper.
B. Sub tray full detection
When the exited paper on the sub tray reached to a specified thickness, the sub tray full sensor (PS19) turns ON
and the sub tray full information is sent to the main body. Then, the main body displays the message on its display panel.
26
5.1
FS-520/607

Composition
Paper exit unit
Main tray
Lift wire
a04dt2c004ca
27
Drive
FS-520/607
5.2
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
28
[1]
Lift pulley /Up
[4]
Lift pulley /Lw
[2]
Lift wire
[5]
Main tray
[3]
Main tray lift motor (M3)
15jkt2c015na
5.3.1
Operation
Tray lift control
A. Tray lift operation

The worm gear installed in the shaft of the main tray lift motor (M3) [6] winds up the lift wire.
It lifts up or down the main tray [9] depending on the winding direction. Rotating the lift pulley /Lw clockwise and
counterclockwise in view of front, the main tray is lifted up and down respectively.
[1]
[9]
[2]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
15jkt2c016na
[1]
[6]
Main tray lift motor (M3)
[2]
Main tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
[7]
Lift pulley /Lw
[3]
[8]
Lift pulley /Up
[4]
Main tray lower limit sensor (PS3)
[9]
Main tray
[5]
Timing belt
B. Paper detection
The main tray upper limit sensor (PS2) [2] and the stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) [1] keep the specified distance between the upper surface of the paper exited to the main tray (the upper surface of the main tray
if there is no exited paper) and the paper exit opening to eliminate the misalignment of the exited paper.
During the consecutive printing operation, FS counts the number of exited paper and stops the printing when it
reaches the maximum capacity.
If the exited paper is ejected during the printing operation, the tray moves up and the counter reset sensor
(PS15) [3] turns ON and resets the counter. It makes possible to exit paper with no limitation.
The main tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [4] detects the lower limit of the tray. During the intermittent printing operation, PS3 controls the capacity of the paper exit because the counter does not integrate the total number of
exited paper.
29
FS-520/607
5.3
C. Tray lift control
FS-520/607
The main tray lift motor (M3) lifts up and down the main tray by rotating in the forward and reverse direction
respectively. The FNS control board (FNSCB) controls M3.
(1) Non-sort/sort/group mode
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the tray lift motor (M3) lifts up the tray until the main tray upper
limit sensor (PS2) turns ON.
M3 lifts down the tray when the paper passes the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6). M3 lifts up the tray again
after a specified period of time since the PS2 turns OFF, and then stops when PS2 turns ON.
These operations are repeated for every paper.
[2]
Tray lift motor (M3)
UP
DOWN
[1]
[1]
15jkt2c017na
[2]
Paper exited to the main tray
(2) Stapling mode

Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the tray lift motor (M3) lifts up the tray until the stapler paper exit
upper limit sensor (PS2) turns ON.
The tray lift motor (M3) lifts down the main tray after a specified period of time since the paper exit roller motor
(M7) turns ON. After a specified period of time, M3 rotates in the reverse direction to lift up the main tray, and
then stops when the stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) turns OFF.
[2]
400 mm/s
Paper exit roller
motor (M7)
253 mm/s
Reverse

Tray lift motor (M3)
UP
DOWN
[1]
30
[3] [4]
[1]
[3]
Main tray lifted down
[2]
Paper bundle exited to the main tray
[4]
Main tray lifted up
15jkt2c018na
6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520)
6.1
FS-520/607

Composition
Alignment plate /Up
Alignment home sensor (PS8)
Paper exit belt home sensor

(PS9)
Paper exit arm
Paper exit belt

Stacker empty sensor
(PS20)

Alignment motor /Up (M5)
Stacker entrance sensor

(PS5)
Swing belt
a0drt2c001ca
31
Drive
FS-520/607
6.2
[12]
[1]
[2]
[11]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[4]
[5]
[9] [6]
[10]
[6]
[8]
[7]
a0drt2c001cb
32
[1]
Coupling (from M7)
[7]
Paper assist roller
[2]
[8]
Paper exit belt
[3]
Paper assist motor (M51)
[9]
Swing belt /Lw
[4]
[10]
Swing belt /Up
[5]
Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
[11]
Paper exit arm
[6]
[12]
Alignment plate /Up
6.3.1
Operation
Alignment control
The alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates in the forward/reverse direction to open/close the alignment plate /Up to
perform the alignment of the paper transferred to the stacker in the main scan direction.
[3]
[2]
[1]
FRONT
15jkt2c031na
[1]
[2]
[3]
Alignment plate /Up
A. Alignment operation
The alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates to open/close the alignment plate /Up via the alignment belt /Up.
The alignment home sensor /Up (PS8) detects the home position of the alignment plate /Up.
B. Alignment control
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates to close the alignment
plate, and then it stops the alignment plate at the standby position that is a little wider than the paper width.
M5 performs the alignment operation by rotating in the forward and reverse direction to move the alignment
plate back and forth after a specified period of time since the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the trailing
edge of the paper. The alignment operation is performed for every paper.

Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
Alignment motor /
Up (M5)
CLOSE
OPEN
[3]
[1] [2]
[1]
[2]
Standing by for the paper at the paper size
[3]
15jkt2c020na
Alignment operation
33
FS-520/607
6.3

6.3.2
Stopper control
FS-520/607
The secured 5 stoppers determine the position where the paper transferred to the stacker stops. When stapling
at the corner, the 3 stoppers excluding the 2 outside stoppers secured to the stapler unit determine the position
because the stapler moves to the front and rear sides.
15jkt2c021na
34

6.3.3
Stacker entrance transfer control
transfer the paper to the stacker, align the trailing edge of the paper, and adjust the staple wait timing.
A. Stacker entrance operation
The downsizing of the device is achieved by adopting the stack method whose incline angle is approximately
70. The corrugation roller is adopted for the stacker entrance roller [5] to assist the paper exit to the stacker.
After the paper falls to the stacker, the swing belts /Up [7], /Lw [6] and the paper guide (FS-505 only) align the
paper with its trailing edge.
To assist in aligning the curled paper with the trailing edge according to the number of sheets stacked and the
paper size, the paper assist solenoid (SD51) [3] pressurizes the paper while the paper assist motor (M51) [1]
drives the paper assist roller [2].
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[5]
[6]
a0drt2c002cb
[1]
[5]
[2]
Paper assist roller
[6]
Swing belt /Lw
[3]
[7]
Swing belt /Up
[4]
35
FS-520/607
The stacker entrance motor (M13) drives the stacker entrance roller, swing belt /Up, and the swing belt /Lw to
B. Stacker entrance transfer control
FS-520/607
(1) Stapling mode (the paper size is not A4, B5, or 81/2 x 11, without the bypassing operation)
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the stacker entrance motor (M13) turns ON and rotates in
high speed.
M13 rotates in low speed to transfer the paper in low speed [3] when the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects
the trailing edge of the paper. When the paper assist roller is driven, the paper assist motor (M51) and the paper
assist solenoid (SD51) operate to assist the stacking operation. M13 rotates in high speed and stands by for the
subsequent paper after a specified period of time since it rotates in low speed.
After the last paper of the copy passes, M13 stops when the stapling operation is started.
M13 turns ON and rotates in high speed to stand by for the subsequent paper when the paper exit motor (M8)
completes the closing operation.
[7]
[4]
[2]
Stacker entrance
motor (M13)
High speed
Low speed

Stapler motors (M9 and M14)
[1]
36
[3]
[5]
[1]
[5]
Stapling operation
[2]
1st to 9th paper
[6]
[3]
Paper transferred to the stacker in low speed
[7]
[4]
Paper assist roller in operation
[6]
15jkt2c023na
Standing by for the paper of the subsequent

copy
(2) Stapling mode (the paper size is A4, B5, or 8 /2 x 11, with the bypassing operation)
1
When transferring the 1st and 2nd paper of the 2nd and following copies, the stacker entrance motor (M13)
stops after a specified period of time since the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the trailing edge of the last
paper of the 1st copy [3]. To prevent the paper of the 2nd copy is transferred to the stacker before the stapling
operation for the 1st copy is completed, the 1st paper for the 2nd copy stands by in the bypass path.
The stacker entrance motor (M13) turns ON and rotates in high speed after a specified period of time since the
FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the 2nd paper. Then the 1st and 2nd paper are overlapped and transferred to the stacker.
[3] [4]
[5]

Stacker entrance
motor (M13)
High speed
Low speed
[1]
[2]
[6]
15jkt2c024na
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
2nd paper of the 2nd copy
[3]
Trailing edge of the last paper of the 1st
[6]
1st and 2nd paper of the 2nd copy trans-
copy detected
1st paper of the 2nd copy
ferred simultaneously
When transferring the 3rd and following paper of the 2nd and following copies, the paper is transferred to the
stacker by the same operation for the paper of the 1st copy.
37
FS-520/607
The 1st copy is transferred by the same operation for the paper whose size is other than A4, B5, or 81/2 x 11.

6.3.4
Stacker paper exit control
FS-520/607
The paper exit roller motor (M7) controlled by the FNS control board (FNSCB) drives the paper exit belt of the
stacker via the coupling gear.
A. Paper exit belt operation
The paper exit arm [2] mounted on the paper exit belt [1] exits the paper to the main tray in the stapling mode.
The paper exit roller motor (M7) [4] drives the paper exit belt [1] via the coupling pin [3].
The paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) [5] detects the home position of the paper exit arm.
[4]
[3]
[2]
[5]
[1]
a0drt2c003cb
38
[1]
Paper exit belt
[4]
[2]
Paper exit arm
[5]
[3]
Coupling pin
B. Paper exit arm control

Completing the stapling operation, the paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates to drive the paper exit belt in the
stacker section. The paper exit arm lifts up the paper to the paper exit roller, and then the paper exit roller exits
the paper to the main tray. M7 stops when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) turns ON.
(2) Stapling mode (when the paper length is B5R or longer in the paper feed direction)
Completing the stapling operation, the paper exit motor (M8) rotates. When the paper exit home sensor (PS12)
detects the paper exit opening is closed, the paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates to drive the paper exit arm in
the stacker section. The paper exit arm lifts up the paper to the paper exit roller, and then the paper exit roller
exits the paper to the main tray.
M7 stops when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) turns ON.
39
FS-520/607
(1) Stapling mode (when the paper length is shorter than B5S in the paper feed direction)
FS-520/607

7.1
Composition

Alignment plate /Up

Paper exit arm
Paper exit belt

(PS20)
(PS5)
Swing belt

Saddle stitching
stopper motor (M18)
Alignment home
sensor/Lw (PS24)

home sensor (PS23)
Alignment motor /Lw

(M16)

Alignment plate /Lw
a04dt2c006ca
40
Drive
[12]
[11]
[13]
FS-520/607
7.2
[14] [15]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[10]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[9]
[8]
15jmt2c001na
[1]
Coupling (from M7)
[9]
Alignment plate /Lw
[2]
[10]
Flat-stapling stopper release solenoid /Fr (SD8),
[3]
[4]
[11]
Paper assist roller
[5]
Flat-stapling stopper /Fr, Flat-stapling stopper /Rr
[12]
[6]
Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
[13]
Paper exit arm
[7]
[14]
[8]
Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18)
[15]
Alignment plate /Up
Flat-stapling stopper release solenoid /Rr (SD7)
41
FS-520/607
7.3
7.3.1
Operation
Alignment /Up control
In the stapling/saddle stitching/tri-folding mode, the alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates in the forward/reverse
direction to open/close the alignment plate /Up to perform the alignment of the paper transferred to the stacker
in the main scan direction.
[3]
[2]
[1]
FRONT
15jmt2c023na
[1]
[2]
[3]
Alignment plate /Up
A. Alignment /Up operation

The alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates to open/close the alignment plate via the alignment belt.
The alignment home sensor /Up (PS8) detects the home position of the alignment plate.
B. Alignment /Up control
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates to close the alignment
plate /Up [1], and then it stops the alignment plate at the standby position that is a little wider than the paper
width [2].
plate /Up back and forth after a specified period of time since the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the
trailing edge of the paper. The alignment operation is performed for every paper [3].
Alignment motor
/Up (M5)
CLOSE
OPEN
[1] [2]
42
[1]
Closing the alignment plate /Up (FNS signal)
[2]
Standby position of the alignment plate /Up
[3]
[3]
15jmt2c002na
Alignment operation for every paper

7.3.2
Alignment /Lw control
and forth to align the paper in the main scan direction.

The alignment motor /Lw (M16) performs the alignment operation by rotating in the forward and reverse direction to move the alignment plate back and forth.
[1]
[2]
[3]
FRONT
15jmf5c024na
[1]
Alignment plate home sensor /Lw (PS24)
[2]
[3]
Alignment plate /Lw
A. Alignment /Lw operation

The alignment motor /LW (M16) rotates to open/close the alignment plate via the alignment belt.
The alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24) detects the home position of the alignment plate.
B. Alignment /Lw control
In the saddle stitching/folding/tri-folding mode, transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the alignment
motor /Lw (M16) rotates to close the alignment plate /Lw [1], and then it stops the alignment plate at the
standby position that is a little wider than the paper width [2].
plate /Lw back and forth after a specified period of time since the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the
trailing edge of the paper. The alignment operation is performed for every paper [3].
Alignment plate home sensor /Lw (PS24)
Alignment motor
/Lw (M16)
CLOSE
OPEN
[1][2]
[1]
Closing the alignment plate /Lw (FNS signal)
[2]
Standby position of the alignment plate /Lw
[3]
[3]
15jmt2c003na
Alignment operation for every paper
43
FS-520/607
In the saddle stitching/folding/tri-folding mode, the alignment plate /Up and the alignment plate /Lw move back

7.3.3
Stopper control
FS-520/607
The stopping position in vertical direction of paper conveyed to the stacker is different among the stapling mode,
the saddle stitching mode, and the folding mode.
2 stoppers (the saddle stitching stopper and the flat-stapling stopper) control the stopping position of paper.
A. Stopper operation
In the stapling mode, the flat-stapling stopper [1] is set on the paper path by the pushing pressure by the spring
[2]. The flat-stapling stopper [1] determines the position of the leading edge of the fallen paper.
In the saddle stitching/folding/tri-folding mode, the flat-stapling release solenoids (SD7 and SD8) turn ON and
evacuate the flat-stapling stopper from the paper path. Then, the paper falls down to the saddle stitching stopper [3] without contacting with the flat-stapling stopper.
The saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) [5] moves the saddle stitching stopper up and down in accordance
with the paper size. The saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23) [6] detects the home position.
[1]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[3]
[3]
44
15jmt2c004na
[1]
[4]
[2]
Spring
[5]
Flat-stapling stopper release solenoids (SD7 and SD8)

[3]
[6]
Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)
B. Stopper control
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) rotates [2] to move
down the saddle stitching stopper to the stopping position in accordance with the paper size.
After completing the alignment operation of the last paper [3], M18 rotates [4] to move down the saddle stitching
stopper to the folding position.
After completing the folding operation, when the folding paper exit sensor (PS25) detects the trailing edge of the
paper bundle, M18 rotates [5] to move up the saddle stitching stopper to the alignment position in accordance
with the paper size and stand by for the paper of the subsequent copy.
[3]
Saddle stitching
stopper motor (M18)
UP
DOWN
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
15jmt2c005na
[1]
[4]
Moving to the folding position for the paper size
[2]
Moving to the alignment position for the
[5]
paper size
[3]
subsequent copy
Last paper of the copy aligned
45
FS-520/607
(1) Folding mode
(2) Saddle stitching mode
FS-520/607
After completing the stapling operation [3], the alignment motors /Up (M5) and /Lw (M16) open the alignment
plate and M18 rotates [4] to move down the saddle stitching stopper to the folding position.
paper bundle, M18 rotates [5] to move up the saddle stitching stopper to the saddle stitching position in accordance with the paper size and stand by for the paper of the subsequent copy.
[3]

UP
DOWN
[1]
[4]
[1]
[4]
[2]
Moving to the saddle stitching position for
[5]
the paper size

[3]
46
[2]
Stapling operation
[5]
15jmt2c006na
Moving to the folding position for the paper size

Moving to the saddle stitching position for
the subsequent copy
(3) Tri-folding mode

After completing the alignment operation of the last paper [3], M18 rotates [4] to move down the saddle stitching
stopper to the 1st folding position in the tri-folding.
paper bundle, M18 rotates [5] to move up the saddle stitching stopper to the alignment position in accordance
with the paper size and stand by for the paper of the subsequent copy.
[3]
UP
DOWN
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
15jmt2c007na
[1]
[4]
Moving to the 1st folding position
[2]
[5]
paper size
[3]
subsequent copy
(4) Flat-stapling mode

The saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) does not operate in the flat-stapling mode.
47
FS-520/607

7.3.4
Stacker entrance transfer control
FS-520/607
The stacker entrance motor (M13) drives the stacker entrance roller, swing belt to transfer the paper to the
stacker, align the trailing edge of the paper, and adjust the staple wait timing.
A. Stacker entrance operation
The downsizing of the device is achieved by adopting the stack method whose incline angle is approximately
70. The corrugation roller is adopted for the stacker entrance roller [5] to assist the paper exit to the stacker.
After the paper falls to the stacker, the swing belt [6] align the paper with its trailing edge.
To assist in aligning the curled paper with the trailing edge according to the number of sheets stacked and the
paper size, the paper assist solenoid (SD51) [1] pressurizes the paper while the paper assist motor (M51) [3]
drives the paper assist roller [2].
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[7]
[6]
15jmt2c008na
48
[1]
[5]
[2]
Paper assist roller
[6]

Swing belt
[3]
[7]
[4]
B. Stacker entrance transfer control
high speed.
M13 rotates in low speed [3] when the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the trailing edge of the paper and
then the paper assist roller starts to rotate to transfer the paper to the stacker in low speed. When the paper
assist roller is driven, the paper assist motor (M51) and the paper assist solenoid (SD51) operate to assist the
stacking operation. M13 rotates in high speed and stands by for the subsequent paper after a specified period
of time since it rotates in low speed.
After the last paper of the copy passes, M13 stops when the stapling operation is started [5].
M13 turns ON [6] and rotates in high speed to stand by for the subsequent paper when the paper exit motor
(M8) completes the closing operation.
[2]
[7]
[4]

Stacker entrance
motor (M13)
High speed
Low speed

Stapler motors (M9 and M14)
[1]
[3]
[5]
[6]
15jmt2c009na
[1]
[5]
[2]
1st to 9th paper
[6]
[3]
Paper transferred to the stacker in low
[7]
[4]
Paper assist roller in operation
speed
Stapling operation
copy
49
FS-520/607
(1) Stapling mode (the paper size is not A4, B5, or 81/2 x 11, without the bypassing operation)
(2) Stapling mode (the paper size is A4, B5, or 8 /2 x 11, with the bypassing operation)
1
FS-520/607
The 1st copy is transferred by the same operation for the paper whose size is other than A4, B5, or 81/2 x 11.
When transferring the 1st and 2nd paper of the 2nd and following copies, the stacker entrance motor (M13)
stops after a specified period of time since the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the trailing edge of the last
paper of the 1st copy [3]. To prevent the paper of the 2nd copy is transferred to the stacker before the stapling
operation for the 1st copy is completed, the 1st paper for the 2nd copy stands by in the bypass path.
The stacker entrance motor (M13) turns ON and rotates in high speed after a specified period of time since the
FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the 2nd paper [5]. Then the 1st and 2nd paper are overlapped and transferred to the stacker [6].
[3] [4]
[5]

Stacker entrance
motor (M13)
High speed
Low speed
[1]
[2]
[6]
15jmt2c010na
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
2nd paper of the 2nd copy
[3]
Trailing edge of the last paper of the 1st
[6]
1st and 2nd paper of the 2nd copy trans-
copy detected
1st paper of the 2nd copy
ferred simultaneously
When transferring the 3rd and following paper of the 2nd and following copies, the paper is transferred to the
stacker by the same operation for the paper of the 1st copy.
50
(3) Folding/saddle stitching mode

high speed.
M13 rotates in low speed [2] to transfer the paper in low speed when the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects
the trailing edge of the paper. M13 rotates in high speed and stands by for the subsequent paper after a specified period of time since it rotates in low speed.
M13 stops after completing the alignment operation [4] of the last paper of the copy [3].
M13 turns ON and rotates in high speed to stand by for the subsequent paper when the folding paper exit sensor (PS25) detects the trailing edge of the paper bundle [5].
[6]
[3]
Stacker entrance
motor (M13)
High speed
Low speed
Alignment motors /Up (M5) and /Lw (M16)

[1]
[2]
[4] [5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
Folding paper exit operation
[3]
Last paper of the copy
[6]
15jmt2c011na

copy
51
FS-520/607
FS-520/607
high speed.
M13 rotates in low speed [2] to transfer the paper in low speed when the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects
the trailing edge of the paper. M13 rotates in high speed and stands by for the subsequent paper after a specified period of time since it rotates in low speed.
M13 stops after completing the alignment operation of the last paper of the copy [3] and the movement of the
saddle stitching stopper to the tri-folding position [4].
M13 turns ON and rotates in high speed to stand by for the subsequent paper when the folding paper exit sensor (PS25) detects the trailing edge of the paper bundle [5].
[3]
[6]

Stacker entrance
motor (M13)
High speed
Low speed
DOWN
UP
[1]
[2]
[4] [5]
[1]
[2]
[4] Saddle stitching stopper moving to the tri-folding position
[3]
Last paper of the copy
[5]
[6]
Tri-folding paper exit operation

copy
52
15jmt2c012na

7.3.5
Stacker paper exit control
stacker via the coupling gear.

A. Paper exit belt operation
The paper exit arm [2] mounted on the paper exit belt [1] exits the paper to the main tray in the stapling mode.
The paper exit roller motor (M7) [4] drives the paper exit belt via the coupling pin [3].
The paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) [5] detects the home position of the paper exit arm.
[4]
[3]
[2]
[5]
[1]
15jmt2c013na
[1]
Paper exit belt
[4]
[2]
Paper exit arm
[5]
[3]
Coupling pin
53
FS-520/607
The paper exit roller motor (M7) controlled by the FNS control board (FNSCB) drives the paper exit belt of the
B. Paper exit arm control
FS-520/607
(1) Stapling mode (when the paper length is shorter than B5S in the sub scan direction)
Completing the stapling operation, the paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates to drive the paper exit belt in the
stacker section. The paper exit arm lifts up the paper to the paper exit roller, and then the paper exit roller exits
the paper to the main tray. M7 stops when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) turns ON.
(2) Stapling mode (when the paper length is B5S or longer in the paper feed direction)
Completing the stapling operation, the paper exit motor (M8) rotates. When the paper exit home sensor (PS12)
detects the paper exit opening is closed, the paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates to drive the paper exit arm in
the stacker section. The paper exit arm lifts up the paper to the paper exit roller, and then the paper exit roller
exits the paper to the main tray.
M7 stops when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) turns ON.
(3) Folding/saddle stitching mode
After completing the stapling operation, the saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) drives the saddle stitching
stopper to move the paper to the folding position. To prevent the paper exit arm to contact with the paper
standing by at the folding position, the paper exit arm does not rotate.
The paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates in the reverse direction to assist in transferring the paper to the tri-folding
position after completing the paper alignment operation. M7 stops when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
turns ON.
54
8. STAPLER SECTION (FS-520)
8.1
FS-520/607

Composition
Stapler /Fr
Stapler /Rr

a0drt2c002ca
55
Drive
FS-520/607
8.2
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
15jkt2c026na
56
[1]
Stapler /Rr
[8]
[2]
Stapler rotation shaft /Rr
[9]
[3]
Rack mounting platform
[10]
Stapler drive rack /Fr
[4]
Stapler spring /Rr
[11]
Stapler spring /Fr
[5]
Parallel stapling position
[12]
Stapler rotation shaft /Fr
[6]
One-corner stapling position
[13]
Stapler /Fr
[7]
Stapler drive rack /Rr
[14]
Pinion gear
8.3.1
Operation
A. Stapler movement operation

Since the stapler /Fr [11] and the stapler /Rr [1] operate symmetrically, the explanation is given of the stapler /Rr
[1].
The stapler movement motor (M11) [9] moves the stapler. When M11 rotates as shown in [10], it drives the stapler drive rack [8] backward with the stapler via the pinion gear [12].
The stapler spring [6] always applies a rotational force to [7] on the stapler. However, the stapler does not rotate
because the height of the stapler guide roller [3] is restricted to the same height as the stapler rotational shaft by
the rack mounting platform [4].
When the stapler moves backward, the guide roller is pressed into the flute [5] on the rack mounting platform
and the stapler rotates as much as the difference to the stapler rotation shaft [2] so that the stapler moves to the
one-corner stapling position.
[11]
[12]
[1]
[2]
[3] [4]
[5]
[6]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
15jkt2c029na
[1]
Stapler /Rr
[7]
[2]
Stapler rotation shaft /Rr
[8]
Pressed by the spring

Stapler drive rack /Rr
[3]
Guide roller
[9]
[4]
Rack mounting platform
[10]
Rotational direction at the one-corner stapling
[5]
Flute
[11]
Stapler /Fr
[6]
Stapler spring /Rr
[12]
Pinion gear
B. Stapler movement control

(1) Size movement in 1 staple
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the stapler movement motor (M11) turns ON to widen the distance between the staplers. It stops when they are positioned at the specified positions.
(2) 2 staples
The staplers do not move because the stapling operation is performed at the home position.
57
FS-520/607
8.3

8.3.2
Stapler control
FS-520/607
The stapling operation is performed by the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14).
A. Stapling operation
In the stapling operation, the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) [3] in the staplers /Rr and /Fr drive the
clincher side [2] to press the paper [1]. Then, the staple is pushed out from the stapler side [4] and bent at the
clincher side.
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
58
15jkt2c027na
[1]
Paper
[3]
Stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14)
[2]
Stapler (clincher side)
[4]
Stapler (stapler side)
B. Staple control
After completing the alignment operation of the alignment plate, the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) perform the stapling operation.
The stapling operation is completed when the stapler motor home sensors /Rr (PS30) and /Fr (PS31) in the staplers /Rr and /Fr detect the home position and turn ON.
(2) Clogged staple detection
During the stapling operation, it is determined that the staple has been clogged and the stapler motors /Rr (M9)
and /Fr (M14) turn OFF if the stapler motor home sensors /Rr (PS30) and /Fr (PS31) do not turn ON after a specified period of time since they turn OFF.
(3) Cartridge detection
The cartridge set switches /Rr (SW1) and /Fr (SW3) detect the presence of a cartridge or the incorrect setting of
a cartridge.
When no cartridge is set or it is set incorrectly, the main body displays the error message on its display panel.
(4) Staple detection control
When the staples run out, the staple empty switches /Rr (SW2) and /Fr (SW4) turn ON and the main body displays the error message on its display panel.
59
FS-520/607
(1) Stapling
FS-520/607

9.1
Composition
Stapler /Rr
Stapler movement
home sensor (PS11)

Stapler movement motor
(M11)
Stapler /Fr
Stapler rotation home sensor

(PS13)
Clincher /Fr
Clincher rotation motor

(M4)
Clincher /Rr
Clincher rotation home sensor (PS14)
a04dt2c007ca
60
Drive
[9]
[8]
[6]
[9]
[10]
[2]
FS-520/607
9.2
[10]
[11]
[7]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[4]
[3]
15jmt2c014na
[1]
[7]
[2]
Upper side of the timing belt
[8]
Stapler /Fr
[3]
Clincher rotation motor (M4)
[9]
Stapler /Rr
[4]
Clincher /Rr
[10]
[5]
Clincher /Fr
[11]
Timing belt
[6]
Lower side of the timing belt
61
FS-520/607
9.3
9.3.1
Operation
The staplers move in the horizontal direction for adjusting their distance. The stapler at the rear also rotates. The
movement is made according to the stapling mode.
A. Horizontal movement operation
The stapler movement motor (M11) [1] moves the staplers in the horizontal direction.
The stapler /Rr [8] and the clincher /Rr [3] are mounted at the top [2] of the timing belt [9] and the stapler /Fr [6]
and the clincher /Fr [4] are mounted at the bottom [5] of the timing belt.
The stapler movement home sensor (PS11) [7] detects the distance between the stapler and the clincher.
[5]
[7] [8]
[6]
[9]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
62
[4]
15jmt2c015na
[1]
[6]
Stapler /Fr
[2]
Upper side of the timing belt
[7]
[3]
Clincher /Rr
[8]
Stapler /Rr
[4]
Clincher /Fr
[9]
Timing belt
[5]
Lower side of the timing belt
B. Rotational movement operation

The stapler rotation motor (M6) [10] rotates the stapler /Rr [9] and the clincher rotation motor (M4) [5] rotates the
clincher /Rr [7].
The ball rock mechanism that consists of the ball [1] and the spring [2] securely locks the stapler and the clincher
at 0 or 45.
The illustrations [3] and [4] show the mechanism locked and unlocked respectively.
[10]
[9]
[5]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[4]
15jmt2c016na
[1]
Ball
[6]
[2]
Spring
[7]
Clincher /Rr
[3]
Locked
[8]
[4]
Unlocked
[9]
Stapler /Rr
[5]
[10]
63
FS-520/607
The stapler /Rr and the clincher /Rr rotate 45 for performing 1 staple/one-corner stapling at rear.
C. Stapler movement control
FS-520/607
(1) Size movement in 1 staple/front and 2 staples

Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the stapler movement motor (M11) turns ON to widen the distance between stapler and clincher. It stops when they are positioned at the specified positions.
M11 turns ON after a specified period of time since the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6) detects the last paper.
M11 stops when the stapler movement home sensor (PS11) turns ON.
(2) Size movement in 1 staple/one-corner stapling at rear
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the stapler movement motor (M11) turns ON to widen the
distance between the stapler and the clincher [2]. The stapler rotation motor (M6) and the clincher rotation motor
(M4) turn ON to rotate the stapler /Rr and the clincher /Rr and move them diagonally [3] after a specified period
of time since M11 turns ON.
M4 and M6 turn ON and rotate the stapler /Rr and the clincher /Rr to the home position [5] after a specified
period of time since the trailing edge of the last paper passes the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6). The rotations are stopped when the stapler rotation home sensor (PS13) and the clincher rotation home sensor (PS14)
turn ON. At the same time, M11 turns ON [6], and it stops when the stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
turns ON.
[2]
[6]

Stapler movement
motor (M11)
CLOSE
OPEN

Stapler rotation
motor (M6)
Forward
Reverse

Clincher rotation
motor (M4)
Forward
Reverse

[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
Stapler /Rr and clincher /Rr moving horizon-
[5]
tally
[3]
Stapler /Rr and clincher /Rr rotating 45
Stapling operation
Stapler /Rr and clincher /Rr moving to the
home position rotational
[6]
Stapler /Rr and clincher /Rr moving to the

home position horizontally
64
15jmt2c017na

9.3.2
Stapler control
(M10) and /Fr (M15).

A. Stapling operation
In the stapling operation, the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) in the staplers /Rr and /Fr [6] push out the
paper press section [4] to the clinchers [2] by the cam mechanism [5] to hold the paper [1] and punch out the
staples [3]. Then, the clincher motors /Rr (M10) and /Fr (M15) in the staplers /Rr and /Fr bend the staples.
[6]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[1]
Paper
[4]
[2]
Clincher
[5]
Cam mechanism
[3]
Staple
[6]
Staplers /Rr and /Fr
15jmt2c018na
Paper press section
65
FS-520/607
The stapling operation is performed by the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) and the clincher motors /Rr
B. Staple control
FS-520/607
(1) Stapling
After completing the alignment operation of the alignment plate, the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) perform the stapling operation. After a specified period of time, the clincher motors /Rr (M10) and /Fr (M15) bend
the staples.
The stapling operation is completed when the clincher motor home sensors /Rr (PS32) and /Fr (PS33) and the
stapler motor home sensors /Rr (PS30) and /Fr (PS31) detect the home position and turn ON.
(2) Clogged staple detection
During the stapling operation, it is determined that the staple has been clogged and the stapler motors /Rr (M9)
and /Fr (M14) and the clincher motors /Rr (M10) and /Fr (M15) rotate in the reverse direction to replace the staplers and the clinchers to the home positions if the stapler motor home sensors /Rr (PS30) and /Fr (PS31) and
the clincher motor home sensors /Rr (PS32) and /Fr (PS33) do not turn ON after a specified period of time since
they turn OFF.
(3) Cartridge detection
The cartridge set switches /Rr (SW1) and /Fr (SW3) detect the presence of a cartridge or the incorrect setting of
a cartridge.
When no cartridge is set or it is set incorrectly, the main body displays the error message on its display panel.
(4) Staple detection control
When the staples run out, the staple empty switches /Rr (SW2) and /Fr (SW4) turn ON and the main body displays the error message on its display panel.
66
10. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING/TRI-FOLDING SECTION (FS-607)
FS-520/607

10.1 Composition
Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)
Folding paper exit sensor

(PS25)
Tri-folding gate
Folding knife home sensor (PS22)
Folding transfer motor

(M20)
Folding full sensor

(PS29)
Tri-folding stopper
Folding knifeg
Folding roller
Tri-folding roller
Folding full LED

(PS29)
Folding pass-through
sensor (PS26)
Folding knife motor

(M19)
Saddle stitching
stopper
a04dt2c008ca
67
FS-520/607
10.2 Drive
[6]
[7]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
15jmt2c019na
68
[1]
Folding knife
[5]
[2]
Folding knife motor (M19)
[6]
Tri-folding gate
[3]
Folding transfer motor (M20)
[7]
Folding roller
[4]
Tri-folding roller
10.3.1
Folding knife control
The folding knife motor drives the folding knife. The folding knife is used in the folding/saddle stitching/tri-folding
mode. In the tri-folding mode, it is used at the 1st folding.
A. Folding knife operation
The folding knife motor (M19) rotates the crank shaft a half turn via the gear and pushes the paper [2] to the nip
section with the folding knife [5].
The folding rollers [4] draw and fold the paper.
The position of the saddle stitching stopper [6] controls the folding position.
[4]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[6]
15jmt2c020na
[1]
[4]
Folding roller
[2]
Paper
[5]
Folding knife
[3]
Folding pass-through sensor (PS26)
[6]
B. Folding knife control

The folding knife motor (M19) turns ON and sticks out the folding knife to the paper after a specified period of
time since the folding pass-through sensor (PS26) [3] detects the paper and the saddle stitching stopper stops
at the folding position.
M19 stops when the folding knife reciprocates and the folding knife home sensor (PS22) [1] turns OFF.
69
FS-520/607
10.3 Operation

10.3.2
Folding transfer control
FS-520/607
The folding transfer motor (M20) drives the folding roller. Then, the folding roller drives the tri-folding roller.
A. Folding transfer control
The folding knife motor (M19) turns ON [2] after a specified period of time since the folding pass-through sensor
(PS26) detects the paper and the saddle stitching stopper stops at the folding position. When M19 turns ON the
folding knife home sensor (PS22), the folding transfer motor (M20) turns ON [3] and drives the folding roller to
perform the 1st folding and the tri-folding roller to perform the 2nd folding at the tri-folding operation, and then it
exits the paper to the booklet tray.
M20 stops after a specified period of time since the folding paper exit sensor (PS25) detects the trailing edge of
the paper bundle.
[5]
UP
Saddle stitching
stopper motor (M18) DOWN
Folding transfer
motor (M20)
80 mm/s
400 mm/s
[1]
[2] [3] [4]
15jmt2c021na
[1]
Saddle stitching stopper moved
[3]
Paper fold
[2]
Paper pressed to the folding roller by the
[4]
Paper transferred
folding knife
[5]
Standby position of the folding knife
B. Booklet full detection

The folding full sensor (PS29) that consists of the LED light emitting section and the light receiving section
detects the booklet tray paper full.
It determines the booklet tray is full if the exited paper shields the folding full sensor for the specified period of
time.
70

10.3.3
Tri-folding gate control
gate solenoid (SD6) drives the tri-folding gate.

A. Tri-folding 2nd folding operation
The tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6) [5] drives the tri-folding gate [6] to switch the paper path to the tri-folding path
for leading the paper exited from the folding roller [1] to the tri-folding stopper [4].
To perform the 2nd folding, the loop [2] formed when the paper contacts with the tri-folding stopper are drawn
between the folding roller and the tri-folding roller [3]. Then the paper is exited to the booklet tray [8].
The position of the tri-folding stopper determines the folding position in the 2nd folding.
[5]
[1]
[6]
[9]
[7]
[2]
[4]
[8]
[3]
[3]
15jmt2c022na
[1]
Folding roller
[6]
Tri-folding gate
[2]
Loop
[7]
Paper
[3]
Tri-folding roller
[8]
Booklet tray
[4]
Tri-folding stopper
[9]
[5]
B. Tri-folding gate control

After the saddle stitching stopper stops at the tri-folding position, the tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6) [5] turns ON
and drive the tri-folding gate [6] to switch the paper path to the tri-folding stopper.
SD6 turns OFF after a specified period of time since the folding paper exit sensor (PS25) [9] detects the trailing
edge of the paper bundle.
71
FS-520/607
The tri-folding gate switches between the folding/saddle stitching path and the tri-folding path. The tri-folding
FS-520/607
Blank page
72
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
PI-502
2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
page.
NOTE
2007/11
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
PI-502
CONTENTS
PI-502
OUTLINE
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.1
Auto sheet feeding (online operation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2
Manual sheet feeding (offline operation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4.1
4.2
4.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.1
Paper feed drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.2
Tray lift drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.1
Tray lift mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.2
Pick-up mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.3
Separation mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.4
Registration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.3.5
PI-502
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
PI-502
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Torque limiter separation type seat feeding device
B. Functions
Auto sheet feeding (online
Feeds the sheet to FS automatically under the instruction from the main body.
operation)
Manual sheet feeding
Feeds the sheet to FS under the instruction from the operation panel of PI.
(offline operation)
You can select the following 5 post processing modes:

1 staple/back mode
2 staples (flat-stapling) mode
Punch mode (when PK-512/513 is installed on FS)
Tri-folding mode
Note
The tray /Lw only supports the manual sheet feeding.
C. Type of paper
Paper size
Tray /Up
A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
16K, 16KS
Custom paper (Max.216 x 297 mm, MIn. 182 x 139 mm)
Tray /Lw
A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Paper type
Plain paper, recycle paper, color paper, special paper, coated paper, high-quality paper
Paper weight
50 to 200 g/m2
Capacity
Tray /Up, /Lw
200 sheets (80 g/m2) or 30 mm or less in height
Paper curling
[1]
15jft1c001na
a Curling: 10 mm or less
[1] 5 papers
D. Maintenance
PI-502
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source

tion
Dimensions
511 (W) x 620 (D) x 220 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 10.5 kg
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note

Pick-up /Up section
PI-502
Tray /Up section
Separation /Up section
Conveyance
section
Tray /Lw section

Pick-up /Lw section
Separation /Lw section
15jft2c001na
3. PAPER PATH
3. PAPER PATH
PI-502
3.1
Auto sheet feeding (online operation)

[1]
[2]
[1]
3.2
Paper path from the tray /Up
[2]
15jft1c002na
Paper path from the tray /Lw
Manual sheet feeding (offline operation)
[1]
15jft1c003na
[1]
Paper path from the tray /Lw
PI-502
4.1
Composition
Tray /Up
Pick-up roller /Up

Separation
roller /Up
Conveyance
roller /Up
Paper feed
roller /Lw
Conveyance
roller /Lw
Tray /Lw
Pick-up roller /Lw
a04ht2c001ca
4.2
PI-502
4.2.1
Drive
Paper feed drive
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[14]
[13]
[11]
[12]
[18]
[15]
[17]
[16]
[1]
Pick-up roller /Lw
[10]
Paper feed roller /Lw
[2]
Pick-up roller /Up
[11]
Conveyance roller /Lw
[3]
Pick-up solenoid /Up (SD201)
[12]
[4]
[13]
Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202)
15jft2c002nb
[5]
Transfer clutch (MC201)
[14]
Transfer motor (M203)
[6]
Separation roller /Up
[15]
Pick-up solenoid /Up (SD201), /Lw (SD202)
[7]
Transfer clutch /Lw (MC202)
[16]
Front
[8]
Conveyance roller /Up
[17]
Pick-up roller /Up and /Lw
[9]
[18]
Paper feed roller /Up and /Lw

Tray lift drive
PI-502
4.2.2
[3]
[1]
[2]
[1]
Front
[2]
Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
[3]
15jft2c003nb
Tray lift motor /Up (M201)
4.3
PI-502
4.3.1
Operation
Tray lift mechanism
The tray lift motors /Up (M201) [2] and /Lw (M202) [7] move up and down the trays /Up and /Lw by rotating in
the forward and reverse direction to drive the lift arms /Up [10] and /Lw [4] and move up and down the lift plates
/Up [8] and /Lw [6], respectively.
At the upper limit positions, the tray upper limit sensors /Up (PS205) [1] and /Lw (PS209) [3] detect the actuators
lifted up by the lift plates.
At the lower position of the tray, the tray lower limit sensors /Up (PS204) [9] and /Lw (PS210) [5] detect the actuators coupled with the lift arms /Up and /Lw.
[8]
[9]
[10]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
15jft2c004na
[1]
Tray upper limit sensor /Up (PS205)
[6]
Tray lift plate /Lw
[2]
[7]
[3]
Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (PS209)
[8]
Tray lift plate /Up
[4]
Lift arm /Lw
[9]
Tray lower limit sensor /Up (PS204)
[5]
Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (PS210)
[10]
Lift arm /Up

4.3.2
Pick-up mechanism
upward by the spring [1] lifts up the pick-up roller mounting plate [4] to release the pick-up roller [3]. When
SD201 and SD202 turn ON, the release arm moves backward, and then the pick-up roller mounting plate and
the pick-up roller fall down by their own weight. The pick-up roller driven by the transfer motor (M203) presses
the paper and picks it up to transfer it to the separation section.
[5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[1]
Spring
[4]
Pick-up roller mounting plate
[2]
[5]
Release arm
[3]
Pick-up roller
15jft2c005nb
PI-502
The pick-up solenoids /Up (SD201) [2] and /Lw (SD202) turn ON to pick up the paper. The release arm [5] held

4.3.3
The separation roller [4] is driven to rotate in the opposite direction from the paper transfer direction [2]. When
PI-502
transferring no or 1 sheet of paper, the separation roller rotates in the paper transfer direction to transfer the
paper to the paper transfer section because the frictional force between the paper feed roller [1] or the paper
and the separation roller [4] is stronger than the frictional force of the torque limiter [3].
When transferring 2 or more sheets of paper, the separation roller rotates in the reverse direction to prevent the
bottom sheet from being transferred because the frictional force between the sheets is stronger than the frictional force of the torque limiter [3].
[7]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
15jft2c006na
10
[1]
Paper feed roller
[5]
2nd sheet
[2]
Paper transfer direction
[6]
1st sheet
[3]
Torque limiter
[7]
Pick-up roller
[4]
Separation roller

4.3.4
Registration control
UP (SD201) and /Lw (SD202) turn ON. At the time, the tray lift motors /Up (M201) and /Lw (M202) rotate in the
forward direction to lift up the trays /Up and /Lw.
M201 and M202 stop when the tray upper limit sensors /Up (PS205) and /Lw (PS209) turn ON [2], and after a
specified period of time, the transfer clutch /Up (MC201) and /Lw (MC202) turn ON and the paper is picked up
from the tray. Only 1 sheet of paper is transferred by the transfer roller because of the separation roller.
M203 rotates in high speed when the paper reaches the paper passage sensors /Up (PS201) and /Lw (PS206)
[3]. At the time, the paper is pressed against the transfer roller and forms a loop because the registration clutch
(MC203) is OFF. After a specified period of time, MC203 turns ON [4] and M203 drives the paper to FS.
M203 switches to rotate in low speed to feed the subsequent paper since the paper passed PS201/PS206 [5],
and then MC203 turns OFF after a specified period of time.
Transfer motor
(M203)
Low speed
HIgh speed

Paper passage sensor /Lw (PS206)
[1]
[2]
[3] [4] [5]
15jft2c007na
[1]
FS start signal turned ON
[4]
[2]
Tray reached at the upper limit
[5]
Registration clutch (MC203) turned ON
[3]
Paper reached the paper passage sensors /
passage sensors /Up (PS201) and /Lw
Up (PS201) and /Lw (PS206)
(PS206)
Trailing edge of the paper passed the paper
11
PI-502
Transmitting the FS start signal [1], the transfer motor (M203) rotates in low speed and the pick-up solenoids /

4.3.5
The paper size VRs /Up (VR201) [1] and /Lw (VR202) [3] coupled with the side guide [2] detects the paper size in
PI-502
the main scan direction.

The paper set sensors /Up (PS203) [5] and /Lw (PS212) [4] and the L size sensor /Lw (PS208) [6] detects the
paper size in the sub scan direction.
[1]
[2]
[6]
[5]
12
[4]
[3]
15jft2c008na
[1]
Paper size VR /Up (VR201)
[4]
Paper set sensor /Lw (PS212)
[2]
Side guide plate
[5]
Paper set sensor /Up (PS203)
[3]
Paper size VR /Lw (VR202)
[6]
L size sensor (PS208)
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
PK-512/513
2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
page.
NOTE
2007/11
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
PK-512/513
CONTENTS
PK-512/513
OUTLINE
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4. PUNCH SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.1
4.2
4.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.1
Punch shift drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.2
Punch drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.1
Punch standby position movement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.2
Punch position correction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.3.3
Punch control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5. PUNCH SCRAPS BOX SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

5.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5.3.1
Punch scraps box control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
PK-512/513
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
PK-512/513
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
FS-integrated type punching operation device
B. Functions
Punching method
Stops and punches every paper
No. of holes
PK-512:
2 holes/3 holes (inch) or 2 holes/4 holes (metric)
PK-513:
4 holes
Hole diameter
6.5 mm (2 holes/4 holes), 8.0 mm (3 holes)
Hole pitch
PK-512:
80 mm (2 holes/4 holes), 108 mm (3 holes)
PK-513:
21, 70, 21 mm
Supported mode
Punch mode, straight mode
Applicable post processing
Sort, group, staple
mode
C. Type of paper
Paper size
PK-512 (2 holes):
A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S

11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
PK-512 (3 holes/4 holes): A3, B4, A4, B5

11 x 17, 81/2 x 11
8K, 16K
PK-513:
Applicable paper
A3, B4, A4, B5
Plain paper, high quality paper, color paper, coated paper (same as the main
body)
Paper weight
Punch prohibited paper
60 to 128 g/m2
Label paper, tab paper, transparency film, 2nd base paper, holed paper, and the
other paper that may interfere with the operation of the punch unit or the punch
blade.
Paper curling
[1]
15knt1c001na
a Curling (10 mm or less)

[1] 5 sheets of paper
D. Maintenance
PK-512/513
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
24/5V DC (supply from the main body)
Maximum power
40 W or less
consumption
Dimensions
130 (W) x 470 (D) x 115 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 3 kg
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
NOTE
2. UNIT COMPOSITION
PK-512/513
2. UNIT COMPOSITION
Punch section
Punch scraps box

section
15kjt2e001na
3. PAPER PATH
PK-512/513
3. PAPER PATH
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
15kjt1c002na
[1]
Paper path from PI
[3]
[2]
Punch unit
[4]
Punch scraps box
4. PUNCH SECTION
PK-512/513
4. PUNCH SECTION
4.1
Composition
Punch blade
Paper size sensor (PS305)
Punch unit
Punch blade
Entrance roller
a04et2e001ca
4. PUNCH SECTION
PK-512/513
4.2
4.2.1
Drive
Punch shift drive
[6]
[5]
[7]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
15kjt2c002na
[1]
Punch unit
[5]
Punch shift motor (M302)
[2]
Guide shaft
[6]
Rack
[3]
Belt
[7]
Punch shift home sensor (PS303)
[4]
Front

4.2.2
4. PUNCH SECTION
Punch drive
[3]
PK-512/513
A. PK-512 (2 to 3 holes)
[1]
[1]
[12]
[13]
[2]
[2]
[3]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[3]
[8]
[6]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[11]
[10]
[3]
[9]
[8]
[5]
[4]
[7]
[6]
15kjt2e007nb
[1]
Punch motor (M301)
[8]
Groove of the switching cam
[2]
Eccentric cam
[9]
Projection of the punch blade
[3]
Slide link
[10]
Projection of the switching cam
[4]
Switching cam
[11]
Punch blade
[5]
When the punch blade is driven
[12]
Punch blade of the 3-hole punch
[6]
When the punch blade is not driven
[13]
[7]
Switching cam shaft
4. PUNCH SECTION
PK-512/513
B. PK-512 (2 to 4 holes)
[3]
[1]
[1]
[12]
[13]
[2]
[2]
[3]
[9]
[11]
[10]
[3]
[8]
[6]
[7]
[4]
[9]
[5]
[11]
[10]
[3]
[8]
[7]
[5]
[4]
[5]
a04et2f002ca
[1]
Punch motor (M301)
[8]
Groove of the switching cam
[2]
Eccentric cam
[9]
Projection of the punch blade
[3]
Slide link
[10]
Projection of the switching cam
[4]
Switching cam
[11]
Punch blade
[5]
When the punch blade is driven
[12]
[6]
When the punch blade is not driven
[13]
Punch blade of the 2-hole and 4 hole punch
[7]
Switching cam shaft
4. PUNCH SECTION
PK-512/513
C. PK-513
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
15kjt2c003nb
[1]
Eccentric cam
[3]
Punch blade
[2]
Drive arm
[4]
Punch motor (M301)
4. PUNCH SECTION
PK-512/513
4.3
Operation
4.3.1
Punch standby position movement control
Turning ON the device, the punch shift motor (M302) rotates to move the punch unit [6] to the home position
until the punch shift home sensor (PS303) turns ON.
Selecting the punch mode, M302 rotates to move the punch unit [6] so that the paper size sensor (PS305) [1] of
the punch unit [6] is positioned 5 mm inward [2] from the side edge of the paper.
PS305 consists of 5 sensors. Each sensor detects the following paper.
Sensor
Paper size
A5S, 51/2 x 81/2S
B5S, 16KS
A4S, A5, 81/2 x 11S, 81/2 x 14S, 51/2 x 81/2, 81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
B4, B5, 8K, 16K
A3, A4, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11
* The sensors are numbered 1 to 5 from the front side

And, when the stand-by position is 5 mm for B5 and B4 paper sizes, the corner of the paper passes through
below the punch hole and the stand-by position is changed to 1.5 mm to prevent the hitching of the paper.
The punch unit returns to the home position at the end of the job.
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
15kjt2c004na
[1]
[4]
Paper
[2]
Moving distance from the paper edge
[5]
Punch blade
[3]
[6]
Punch unit
Note
In the model PK-512, the paper size sensor (PS305) is positioned on the front side and its operation is contrary to that in the above illustration on the right and left sides.
10

4.3.2
4. PUNCH SECTION
Punch position correction control
movement control"), the punch position is adjusted in the following procedure so that punching is made symmetrically to the center of paper at all times. The punch position correction is operated by moving the punch unit
back and forth while conveying the paper.
When the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the leading edge of the paper, the punch unit [11] is moved to
the rear side until the paper size sensor (PS305) [2] detects the side edge of the paper. If you conduct the
punch operation on the paper conveyed from PI, it is started when the paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201)
or /Lw (PS206) detects the leading edge of the paper.
Then, the punch unit [11] is moved to the front side until PS305 [2] detects the side edge of the paper (the
side edge reference position detection).
Once it detects the side edge reference position [3], the punch unit is moved further [11] so that the center
of the punch blade [1] is positioned to the center of the paper [5]. The moving distance and its direction are
depending on the paper size. It is stopped temporarily at the side edge reference position if it is moved to
the rear side.
[10]
[11]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
15kjt2c005na
[1]
Center of the punch blade
[7]
[2]
[8]
Punch unit moving direction

Rear side
[3]
Side edge reference position
[9]
Front side
[4]
Paper
[10]
Punch blade
[5]
Center of the paper
[11]
Punch unit
[6]
Note
In the model PK-512, the paper size sensor (PS305) is positioned on the front side and its operation is contrary to that in the above illustration on the right and left sides.
11
PK-512/513
For the punch unit positioned from the side edge of the paper to the inside (see "4.3.1 Punch standby position
4. PUNCH SECTION
4.3.3
Punch control
PK-512/513
A. Registration loop control

The FNS conveyance motor (M1) turns OFF temporarily to stop conveyance of paper when the specified time
has passed since paper exit sensor (PS13) detected the leading edge of the paper. Thus the paper is pressed
against the entrance roller forming a loop to correct the bend. When the specified time has passed, M1 turns
ON to restart conveying the paper.
The above operation is not performed when conveying a large paper (220 mm and longer in the sub scan direction) and in the non-punching mode.
When punching the paper conveyed from PI, the loop is formed on the PI's side. For details, refer to PI-502
SHB.
[4]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
15kjt2j006nb
12
[1]
Main body
[3]
Loop
[2]
Entrance roller
[4]
PK
4. PUNCH SECTION
B. Punch control (PK-512)

In the punching mode, the motor M1 stops temporarily after the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the rear edge of paper.
At the same time, the punch motor (M301) [3] rotates in the direction according to the number of punched
holes. Number of punched holes of PK-512 is switched between 2 to 4 and 2 to 3 holes depending on the
country. The motor M301 drives the slide link in the main scanning direction through the eccentric cam. As a
result, the projection of the switching cam is pushed in the slide link moving direction and the switching cam is
rotated around its axis. And then the punching blade [7] lowers to punch a hole. The projection of the punch
blade is fitted into the groove of the switching cam.
Moving distance of the slide link [5] is controlled by detecting the eccentric cam actuator [4] with the punch
home sensor (PS301) [1]. When the actuator rotates 180 degrees, first punching is completed. In the second
punching, M301 is reversed. When the actuator reverses 180 degrees, punching is completed. Forward and
reverse rotations are repeated alternately.
The rotating speed of M301 is controlled by detecting the rotation of the punch encoder plate [6] fixed to the
axis of M301 with the punch encoder sensor (PS306) [2].
Then, M301 reverses and the punch home sensor (PS301) [1] returns to ON and the M301 stops finally.
When a specified time elapsed after M1 stops temporarily, M1 resumes rotating and paper is transferred.
[1]
[2]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[4]
[1]
[5]
[8]
[1]
[9]
15kjt2e008na
[1]
Punch home sensor (PS301)
[7]
Punching blade
[2]
Punch encoder sensor (PS306)
[8]
Operation of 3-hole punching in the 2 to 3 hole
[3]
Punch motor (M301)
[4]
Actuator
[9]
Operation of 2-hole punching in the 2 to 3 hole
[5]
Slide link
[6]
Punch encoder plate
mode and 4-hole punching in the 2 to 4 hole mode

mode and 2-hole punching in the 2 to 4 hole mode
13
PK-512/513
The FNS transfer motor (M1) is driven by the main body start signal.
4. PUNCH SECTION
(1) 2 to 3 holes mode
PK-512/513
In the 2 to 3 punched hole mode, the groove of the switching cam of the 3-hole punching blade is shaped so
that the rear side is concentric with the rotating axis and the front side is curved toward the rotating axis. For this
reason, when the switching cam is rotated clockwise, the punching blade is driven downward and when the
cam is rotated counterclockwise, the punching blade is not driven. The shape of the groove of the punching
blade for 2 holes is contrary to it on the right and left sides. When the switching cam is rotated counterclockwise, the punching blade is driven.
(2) 2 to 4 holes mode
In the 2 to 4 holes mode, the 2 punching blades at both ends are driven only when the switching cam is rotated
clockwise in the same way as in the 2 to 3 hole mode. As the 2 punching blades at the center should be driven
in both cases of 2 or 4 hole punching, shape of the groove of the switching cam is symmetrical on the right and
left sides and both the front and rear sides are curved in the rotating axis direction.
14
4. PUNCH SECTION
C. Punch control (PK-513)

In the punch mode, M1 stops temporarily a specified period of time after the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects
the trailing edge of the paper.
At the same time, the punch motor (M301) [9] drives the shaft [10] to rotate a full circle. The eccentric cams [2]
rotate in sync with the shaft to move down the punch blade [1] to conduct the punch operation. M301 stops
and the punch operation is completed when the punch home sensor (PS301) [3] turns ON.
M1 rotates again to convey the paper a specified period of time after it stops temporarily.
[2]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[9]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[1]
[6]
15kjt2c001na
[1]
Punch blade
[6]
[2]
Eccentric cam
[7]
Paper
Punch blade at the upper position
[3]
[8]
Front side
[4]
Punch blade at the lower position
[9]
Punch motor (M301)
[5]
Drive arm
[10]
Shaft
15
PK-512/513
Transmitting the start signal from the main body, the FNS conveyance motor (M1) rotates.
5. PUNCH SCRAPS BOX SECTION
PK-512/513
5. PUNCH SCRAPS BOX SECTION

5.1
Composition
Punch scraps box full sensor
(PS302)
Punch scraps box set

sensor (PS304)
Punch scraps box
Front side
15kjt2e009nb
5.2
Drive
The punch scraps box section comprises no moving parts.
5.3
5.3.1
Operation
Punch scraps box control
A. Punch scraps box full detection

The punch scraps generated by the punch operation falls in the punch scraps box [3]. The punch scraps box full
sensor (PS302) [1] turns ON and transmits the "no punch scraps box" information to the main body when the
punch scraps box becomes full of punch scraps.
B. Punch scraps box detection
The punch scraps box set sensor (PS304) detects whether the punch scraps box is set or not. PS304 turns
OFF and transmits the "no punch scraps box" information to the main body if the punch scraps box is not set.
16
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
SD-501
2007.11
Ver. 4.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
page.
NOTE
2007/11
4.0

2006/11
3.0
2006/09
2.0
2005/04
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
SD-501
CONTENTS
SD-501
OUTLINE
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4. HORIZONTAL CONVEYANCE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.1
4.2
4.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.2.1
Entrance conveyance drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.2.2
Horizontal conveyance drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.2.3
Gate drive/subtray pressure/release drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.3.1
Conveyance path switching operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.3.2
Conveyance line speed switch control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.3.3
Subtray exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.4
Subtray paper full detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

5.1
5.2
5.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5.2.1
Right angle conveyance drive/alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5.2.2
Overlap drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3.1
Paper overlap control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3.2
5.3.3
Right angle conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6. FOLDING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
6.1
6.2
6.3
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.1
Folding entrance drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.2
Folding conveyance drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6.2.3
Folding blade drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.2.4
Folding main scan alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.2.5
Folding sub scan alignment/center folding exit drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
6.2.6
Guide shaft drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
6.3.1
Folding entrance conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
6.3.2
Folding main scan alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
6.3.3
Folding control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
6.3.4
Folding sub scan alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6.3.5
Guide shaft control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

7.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
7.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SD-501
CONTENTS
7.3
7.2.1
Saddle stitching alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
7.2.2
Saddle stitching hold drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
7.2.3
Clincher up down drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
7.2.4
Stapler/clincher movement drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
7.2.5
Stapler/clincher drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.2.6
Bundle arm rotation drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
7.2.7
Bundle arm movement drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
7.2.8
Bundle arm assist drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
7.2.9
Bundle clip drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.3.1
Saddle stitching alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.3.2
Stapler/clincher movement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7.3.3
Saddle stitching hold control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7.3.4
Clincher up down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
7.3.5
Stapler control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.3.6
Bundle arm control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
7.3.7
Bundle arm assist control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
7.3.8
Bundle clip control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

8.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.3
8.2.1
Bundle press stage lift drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.2.2
Bundle press movement drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.2.3
Bundle registration drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.2.4
Bundle press drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
8.2.5
Bundle exit drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
8.3.1
Bundle press stage up down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
8.3.2
Bundle press movement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
8.3.3
Bundle press control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
8.3.4
Bundle registration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
8.3.5
Bundle exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
9. TRIMMER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

9.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
9.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
9.2.1
9.3
ii
Trimmer press drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
9.2.2
Trimmer blade drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9.2.3
Trimmer board drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9.2.4
Paddle drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
9.3.1
Trimmer press control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
9.3.2
Trimmer blade control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
9.3.3
Trimmer board control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
9.3.4
Trimmer paddle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
SD-501
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Saddle stitching unit with fore-edge trimming and multi-folding function
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Subtray exit
Exits paper to the subtray without any process.
Coupling exit
Conveys paper to the succeeding device without any process.
Saddle stitching
Exits paper to the bundle exit tray after being center folding and saddle stitching.
Saddle stitching with trim-
Exits to the bundle exit tray after being center folding, saddle stitching, and
ming
trimming processes.
Multi center folding
Exits to the bundle exit tray after being center folding on one or more sheets of
Multi letter folding
Exits to the tri-folding tray after being letter folding process on one or more
paper.
sheets of paper.

Subtray
200 sheets
Z-Folding
Bundle exit tray
Tri-folding exit tray
20 sheets
Folding
40 sheets
Center folding/
sheet
trimming
2 to 10
More than 50
11 to 20
More than 30
21 to 40
More than 20
41 to 50
More than 15
30 sets
20 sets
set
C. Type of paper
SD-501
(1) Coupling/subtray mode

Paper size
A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,

81/2 x 11S, custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm,
Min. 182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper
: 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
C6500 (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
Paper weight
50 to 300 g/m2

SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4S, B5S
SD-501
Paper size
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S

81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Custom paper
: Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 257mm
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,

*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

Paper weight
50 to 244g/m2
Maximum saddle
Plain
stitching sheets
paper
1050
and
coated
paper:
Paper weight
Coated paper
50 to 81 g/m2
50
*1
30
*1
82 to 91 g/m2
30
*1
15
*1
92 to 130 g/m2
20
*1
10
*1
131 to 161 g/m2
15
*1
*1
162 to 209 g/m2
10
210 to 244 g/m2
*1
C6500
Number of the sheets

Plain paper
One sheet can be switched to a thick paper (200 g/m2)
Paper weight

Plain paper
Coated paper/
Color copy paper
64 to 80 g/m2
50
*1
30
*1
81 to 105 g/m2
30
*1
15
*1
106 to 135 g/m2
20
*1
10
*1
136 to 162 g/m2
15
*1
*1
163 to 209 g/m2
10
210 to 256 g/m2
*1
Staple position
Can be automatically changed (90 to 165 mm) in accordance with paper size.
[1]
[2]
15ant1c006na
[1] = [Paper size] /2 2 mm

Folding height
SD-501
[1]
15ant1c011na
Folding sheets
[1] Folding height

A3
B4
12 x 18
81/2 x 14
81/2 x 11S
11 x 17
(301 mm to 400 mm)
(261 mm to 300 mm)
A4S
(401 mm or
more)
2 to 5
35 mm or less
40 mm or less
45 mm or less
6 to 15
45 mm or less
50 mm or less
Not defined
16 to 30
50 mm or less
55 mm or less
31 to 50
60 mm or less
65 mm or less
(The above information is applied when paper weight is 64 g/m2 and no thick cover
is not used.)
(3) Trimming mode

SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4S, B5S
SD-501
Paper size
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S

81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16KS*3
Custom paper
:1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, MIn. 182 x 257 mm)

*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

Paper weight
50 to 244 g/m2
Maximum trimming sheets
50 sheets (80 g/m2) or 49 sheets (80 g/m2) + 1 sheet (200 g/m2)

(The above is the number of the printed paper before folding. The number of
fore-edge (after folding) is double.)
(4) Multi center folding mode
SD-501
Paper size
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4S, B5S

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16KS*3
Custom paper
:1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, MIn. 182 x 257 mm)

*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

Paper weight
50 to 244 g/m2
Maximum folding sheets
Paper weight
Sheets
50 to 81 g/m2
5 sheets
82 to 130 g/m2
3 sheets
131 to 244 g/m2
2 sheets
Folding precision
(for 1 sheet)
[1]
15ant1c009na
[1] = [Paper size] /2 1.5 mm
[1]
[1] = 1.5 mm or less
15ant1c008na
(5) Multi letter folding mode

A4S, 81/2 x 11S
Paper weight
50 to 91 g/m2
Maximum folding
Paper weight
Sheets
sheets
50 to 81 g/m2
5 sheets
82 to 91 g/m2
3 sheets
Folding precision
(for 1 sheet)
Original size
SD-501
Paper size
[1]
[2]
A4S
97.5 4 mm
102.0 4 mm
81/2 x 11S
91.6 4 mm
96.1 4 mm
[3]
1.5 mm or less
[3]
[3]
[1]
[2]
15ant1c010na
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
AC100 to 240V, DC5V (DC5V is supplied from the main body)
Maximum power consump- 270 W

tion
Dimensions
Weight
F.
When the bundle exit tray is stored:
1,170 (W) x 775 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
When the bundle exit tray is pulled out:
1,170 (W) x 1,441 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
Approx. 263 kg
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
2. UNIT COMPOSITION
SD-501
2. UNIT COMPOSITION
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
15ant1c001na
[1]
Folding section
[5]
Trimmer section
[2]
Right angle conveyance section
[6]
Saddle stitching section
[3]
Bundle process section
[7]
Horizontal conveyance section
[4]
Left side view
3. PAPER PATH
3. PAPER PATH
[3]
[2]
SD-501
A. Coupling exit/subtray exit mode
[1]
15ant1c002na
[1]
[2]
Subtray exit
[3]
Coupling exit
3. PAPER PATH
SD-501
B. Multi letter folding mode
[1]
[4] [5]
[7]
[6]
[8]
[3]
[2]
[10]
[9]
15ant1c003na
10
[1]
Stack to the right angle conveyance section
[6]
Paper exit
[2]
Right angle conveyance
[7]
Stack movement of the paper exit
[3]
Conveyance to the folding section
[8]
Front side view
[4]
1st folding
[9]
Top side view
[5]
2nd folding
[10]
Right side view
3. PAPER PATH
C. Multi center folding/saddle stitching mode
SD-501
(1) From the paper exit from the main body to the center folding
[1]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[3]
[2]
[8]
[7]
15ant1c004na
[1]
Stack to the right angle conveyance section
[5]
Release from the folding roller
[2]
[6]
Front side view
[3]
Conveyance to the folding section
[7]
Top side view
[4]
Center folding (1st folding)
[8]
Right side view
11
3. PAPER PATH
SD-501
(2) From the center folding to the paper exit
[1]
[7]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
[5]
[8]
15ant1c005na
Conveyance from the folding section to the
[5]
saddle stitching section
[6]
Stack movement of the paper exit
[2]
Movement by the bundle arm
[7]
Front side view
[3]
Movement by the clip
[8]
Left side view
[4]
Conveyance to the trimmer section

(only for saddle stitching mode)
12
[6]
Paper exit
4. HORIZONTAL CONVEYANCE SECTION
SD-501
4.1
Composition
Sub tray
Subtray paper full

sensor (PS12)
Horizontal conveyance gate
Horizontal
conveyance
Entrance gate
Entrance
conveyance
15ant2c001nb
13
4.2
SD-501
4.2.1
Drive
Entrance conveyance drive
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1]
Entrance roller
[4]
Front side view
[2]
[5]
Conveyance roller
[3]
Overlap assist roller
4.2.2
Horizontal conveyance drive
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[1]
14
15ant2c002nb
15ant2c003na
[1]
Front side view
[4]
Horizontal conveyance motor (M2)
[2]
Exit roller
[5]
Subtray exit roller
[3]
Conveyance roller

Gate drive/subtray pressure/release drive
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
SD-501
4.2.3
15ant2c004na
[1]
Subtray exit roller
[4]
[2]
Roller release solenoid /4 (SD4)
[5]
Horizontal conveyance gate

[3]
Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3)
[6]
Entrance gate
15
4.3
SD-501
4.3.1
Operation
Conveyance path switching operation
A. Entrance gate solenoid control

The entrance gate switches the path to the horizontal conveyance section and one to the right angle conveyance section. The switch is conducted by the entrance gate solenoid (SD1). The right angle conveyance path is
selected when SD1 turns OFF and the horizontal conveyance path is selected when it turns ON.
In the coupling exit mode and the subtray exit mode, SD1 turns ON and sets the entrance gate to the horizontal
conveyance section when the main body print signal turns ON. SD1 turns OFF after the paper exit.
B. Horizontal conveyance gate control
The horizontal conveyance gate switches the path to the subtray section and the coupling conveyance path to
the succeeding device. The switch is conducted by the horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3). The coupling conveyance path is selected when SD3 turns OFF and the subtray path is selected when it turns ON.
4.3.2
Conveyance line speed switch control
The conveyance is conducted by the entrance conveyance motor (M1) and the horizontal conveyance motor
(M2).
M1 and M2 turn ON when the main body start signal [1] turns ON. M1 switches its rotational speed in accordance with the main body line speed [3] when the main body exit sensor turns ON [2]. Then it switches its rotational speed to high speed [4] to convey the paper when it receives the paper trailing edge signal (when the
paper trailing edge passes through the fusing).
[2]
Main body exit sensor
Entrance
conveyance
motor (M1)
High speed
Low speed
[1]
16
[3]
[4]
15ant2c005na
[1]
Main body start signal
[3]
M1 switching to a low speed
[2]
Main body exit sensor ON
[4]
Main body paper trailing edge signal

4.3.3
Subtray exit control
subtray exit roller by the roller release solenoid /4 (SD4) to nip the paper only at the trailing edge and slowing
down the paper by the subtray exit roller that is rotating in low speed for every paper. The horizontal conveyance
sensor /1 (PS2) [1] and the subtray exit sensor (PS11) [2] detect the paper exited to the subtray.
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
15ant2c006na
[1]
Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)
[3]
Roller release solenoid (SD4)
[2]
Subtray exit sensor (PS11)
[4]
Subtray exit roller
The roller release solenoid /4 (SD4) turns ON [2] to release the nipping of the subtray exit roller [3] after a specified period of time since the horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2) detects the leading edge of paper [1]. SD4
turns OFF [5] and the subtray exit roller nips at the trailing edge of paper [6] after a specified period of time since
PS2 detects the trailing edge of paper [4]. This control is conducted for every paper exited to the subtray.
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5] [6]
15ant2c007na
[1]
Detection of the leading edge of paper
[4]
Detection of the trailing edge of paper
[2]
SD4 ON
[5]
SD4 OFF
[3]
Release of nip
[6]
Nipping at the trailing edge of paper
4.3.4
Subtray paper full detection control
The subtray paper full detection is conducted by the subtray paper full sensor (PS12) via the actuator.
PS12 turns ON under normal circumstances. The subtray paper full condition is detected and the subtray paper
full signal is transmitted to the main body when the actuator is pressed by stacked paper and PS12 turns OFF.
Then, the main body displays the message on its operation panel.
17
SD-501
When exiting the paper to the subtray, the paper is prevented to be misaligned by releasing the nipping of the
5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION

SD-501
5.1
Composition
Right angle conveyance gate
Alignment claws
Alignment
section
Right angle conveyance roller /1

Overlap section
Overlap stopper
roller /1 (Driven)
18

roller /3 (Driven)
15ant2c008nb
5.2.1
Drive
Right angle conveyance drive/alignment drive
SD-501
5.2
[1]
[2]
[3]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[4]
[5]
15ant2c009na
[1]
Alignment claws
[7]
[2]
Torque limiter
[8]
[3]
[9]
[4]
Front side direction
[10]
Right angle conveyance motor (M6)
[5]
Top side view
[11]
[6]
19

Overlap drive
SD-501
5.2.2
[7]
[8]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[5]
20
[4]
[3]
15ant2c010nb
[1]
Overlap stopper
[5]
Front side view
[2]
Overlap motor (M13)
[6]
[3]
Right side view
[7]
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
[4]
Overlap home sensor (PS17)
[8]
5.3.1
Operation
Paper overlap control
A. Overlap mechanism
When the folding operation is conducted for more than one sheet of paper, they are overlapped in the right angle
conveyance section, and then conveyed to the folding section.
The overlap mechanism is the mechanism to overlap the paper in adequate paper conveyance order. The operation is conducted by the right angle conveyance gate [1] driven by the right angle conveyance gate solenoid
(SD2) [7] and the overlap stopper [5] driven by the overlap motor (M13) [3]. The overlap home sensor (PS17) [4]
detects the home position of the overlap stopper.
The overlap stopper [5] is positioned at the position where the trailing edge of paper [2] is positioned 20 mm
below from the right angle conveyance gate [1] in accordance with the paper size when it stands by for the
paper.
When the SD2 is turned off, the paper from the main body is conveyed into between the right-angle conveyance
gate [1] and the overlap assist roller [8]. Then the paper is conveyed further by the overlap assist roller [8] driven
by the entrance conveyance motor (M1) and stopped by the overlap stopper.
[1]
[2]
[7]
[8]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
15ant2c011nb
[1]
[5]
Overlap stopper
[2]
Trailing edge of paper
[6]
Front side view
[3]
Overlap motor (M13)
[7]
[4]
[8]
21
SD-501
5.3
The first stacked sheet of paper [5] is conveyed while the overlap stopper is located at the standby position [4].
Before conveying the second paper, right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2) turns ON to move the right
SD-501
angle conveyance gate [6] to the right [7]. At the time, overlap motor (M13) moves the overlap stopper 30 mm
upward [3]. It transfers the stacked paper to the left side of the right angle conveyance gate. The right angle
conveyance gate is replaced [9] to clear the conveyance path. The subsequent paper [8] passes the right side of
the right angle conveyance gate and the paper is overlapped in adequate order. Then, M13 moves the overlap
stopper downward [1].
The same as the second sheet is conducted until all of sheets are stacked.
[7]
[8]
[9]
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
22
[3] [2]
15ant2c012nb
[1]
Overlap stopper moving 30 mm downward
[6]
[2]
Front side view
[7]
Right angle conveyance gate moved
[3]
Overlap stopper moving 30 mm upward
[8]
2nd paper
[4]
Standby position of the overlap stopper
[9]
Right angle conveyance gate replaced
[5]
1st paper
B. Overlap control
In the multi letter folding mode, up to 5 sheets are stacked in the right angle conveyance section and conveyed
to the folding section. The multi letter folding is available only with paper of 50 to 91 g/m2 in weight and is
unavailable with others.
The overlap motor (M13) turns ON when the main body start signal [1] turns ON and moves the overlap stopper
upward to its standby position.
Turning ON the right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2) [3] after a specified period of time since the entrance
sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of the paper, the right angle conveyance gate is switched, M13 moves the
paper upward [4], and isolate the paper from the conveyance gate by transferring it to the left side of the right
angle conveyance gate. Turning OFF SD2 [5], the conveyance gate opens and waits for the subsequent paper.
Conveying the subsequent paper through the right side of the right angle conveyance gate [6] and detecting the
trailing edge of paper by the entrance sensor (PS1) [7], M13 moves the overlap stopper downward [8]. When the
trailing edge of paper passes under the right angle conveyance gate, SD2 turns ON [9] to switch the right angle
conveyance gate and M13 moves up the overlap stopper [10] to send the conveyed sheets of paper to the left
side of the right angle conveyance gate. Then, SD2 turns OFF [11] and stands by for the subsequent paper.
The overlap stopper moves down to the standby position and stands by for the 1st paper of the subsequent set
[12] after a specified period of time since PS1 detects the trailing edge of last paper of the set.
[4]
[7] [10]

Overlap motor
(M13)
Up
Down
[12]
[1] [2]
[3] [5]
[6] [8] [9] [11]
15ant2c074na
[1]
[7]
Trailing edge of the subsequent paper detected
[2]
Overlay stopper moved to its standby position
[8]
Paper moved downward
[3]
Right conveyance gate switched
[9]
Right conveyance gate switched
[4]
Paper isolated
[10]
Paper isolated
[5]
Conveyance path cleared
[11]
Conveyance path cleared
[6]
Subsequent paper conveyed
[12]
Overlay stopper moved to its standby position
23
SD-501
(1) Multi letter folding mode control
(2) Center folding/saddle stitching mode control

In the center folding and saddle stitching modes, 1, 2, or 3 sheets of paper are stacked and conveyed to the
SD-501
folding section. The number of the stacked sheets is different depending on its paper weight and the conveyance pattern.
Normal paper (less than 130 g/m2): up to 3 sheets are stacked and conveyed to the folding section.
Thick paper (more than 131 g/m2): due to the limit of the folding performance, up to 2 sheets are stacked and
conveyed to the folding section.
Normal paper
For the 1st set, 2 sheets of paper are stacked and conveyed to the folding section at first. Similarly, 2 sheets of
paper are stacked and conveyed to the folding section for the subsequent sheets. At the final conveyance, 2
sheets are conveyed (if the total number of the paper is even) or 1 sheet is conveyed (if the number is odd). It
does not convey 3 sheets at a time for the odd case because the timing to transmit the information such as the
page count, the paper type, and so on is too late when the printing is conducted from a PC.
For the 2nd and following set, 3 sheets of paper are stacked and conveyed to the folding section at first to take
adequate time to conduct the folding operation for the preceding set. At the final conveyance, 2 sheets are conveyed (if the total number of the paper is even) or 3 sheets are conveyed (if the number is odd).
Thick paper
Up to 2 sheets of paper can be stacked for the thick paper.

For every set, 2 sheets of paper are stacked and conveyed to the folding section at first. Similarly, 2 sheets of
paper are stacked and conveyed to the folding section for the subsequent sheets. At the final conveyance, 2
sheets are conveyed (if the total number of the paper is even) or 1 sheet is conveyed (if the number is odd).
Using PI function
The same as the thick paper control is conducted because the paper type information cannot be obtained in the
print job using PI.
24

5.3.2
Alignment control
The alignment is conducted by driving the alignment claws [2] by the right angle conveyance motor (M6) [5]
through the belt [3] and the torque limiter [4].
The alignment claws move to the rear of the shelter direction [7] and are stopped by the mechanical stoppers [1]
through the torque limiter when M6 is rotating toward the paper conveyance direction. Rotating M6 in the
reverse direction, the alignment claws push the edge of paper to conduct the alignment [6].
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[1]
[2]
[3]
15ant2c013na
[1]
Mechanical stoppers
[5]
[2]
Alignment claws
[6]
Aligning direction
[3]
Belt
[7]
Shelter direction
[4]
Torque limiter
25
SD-501
A. Alignment mechanism
B. Alignment control
The right angle conveyance motor (M6) rotates in the reverse direction when the main body start signal [1] turns
SD-501
ON and the alignment claws move to the standby position [2] in accordance with the paper size.
No alignment operation is conducted for the 1st paper. M6 rotates in the reverse direction to align paper with the
alignment claws [3] after a specified period of time since the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of
2nd paper. Then, M6 rotates in the forward direction to replace the alignment claws to the standby position [4].
M6 rotates to convey the paper to the folding section [6] and evacuate the alignment claws to the home position
after a specified period of time after the alignment operation [5] for the last paper of the set. After a specified
period of time after the right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6) detects the leading edge of paper, M6 rotates in
the reverse direction to move the alignment claws to the standby position [7] for the subsequent copy.
[7]
Right angle
conveyance
motor (M6)
Forward
Reverse
Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
[1] [2]
[5]
[6]
15ant2c075na
[1]
[5]
Alignment operation
[2]
Alignment claws moved to the standby position
[6]
Paper conveyed to the folding section
[3]
Alignment operation
[7]
Alignment claws moved back to the standby position
[4]
Alignment claws moved back to the standby

position
26
[3] [4]

5.3.3
Right angle conveyance control
In the right angle conveyance, the right angle conveyance motor (M6) and the roller release solenoids /1 (SD5)
[5] and /2 (SD6) [10] convey the paper.
When conveying the paper to the overlap section, the paper falls vertically [6] to the overlap stopper [7] by its
own weight after conveyed by the overlap assist roller. At the time, the press by the right angle conveyance roller
/1 [3] is released by default since the conveyance direction is not the rotational direction of the right angle conveyance roller /1 [3] but the axial direction of the right angle conveyance roller /1.
After stacking and aligning the specified number of papers, the roller release solenoid /1 (SD5) [5] turns ON to
nip the paper and convey the paper to the position rotated 90 from the right side to the front side [8]. The roller
release solenoid /3 (SD7) [14] is OFF to release the pressure of the folding entrance roller by default since the
upper edge of the paper [1] passes over the folding entrance roller [13].
When conveying the paper from the right angle conveyance section to the folding section [12], the roller release
solenoid /2 (SD6) [10] turns ON to release the pressure of the right angle conveyance roller /4 [9] and convey the
paper to the folding section by nipping the paper with the folding entrance roller [13].
[14]
[1]
[2]
[13]
[3]
[12]
[4]
[11]
[10]
[5]
[9]
[6]
[8]
[7]
15ant2c014na
[1]
Upper edge of the paper path
[8]
[2]
[9]

[3]
[10]
[4]
[11]
[5]
[12]
Paper conveyed to the folding section
[6]
Paper conveyed to the overlap section
[13]
Folding entrance roller
[7]
Overlap stopper
[14]
27
SD-501
A. Right angle conveyance mechanism
B. Conveyance control
The roller release solenoid /1 (SD5) turns ON to press the right angle conveyance roller /1 [2] after a specified
SD-501
period of time since the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of last paper of the set [1]. After the
alignment operation [3], the right angle conveyance motor (M6) rotates in the forward direction to convey the
paper to the front side [4] by rotating 90. At this time, the roller release solenoid (SD7) turns OFF a specified
period of time after the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of paper and releases the pressure of the
folding entrance roller /1 [5]. A specified period of time after the right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6) detects
the leading edge of paper, SD7 turns ON to pressure the folding entrance roller /1 and nip [6] the upper section
of paper that has been conveyed to the front side. And also, a specified period of time after that, when the roller
release solenoid /2 (SD6) turns ON to release the right angle conveyance roller /4 [7] and convey the paper to
the folding section.
[1] [3]
[4]

Right angle
conveyance
motor (M6)
Forward
Reverse

[2]
28
[5]
[6]
[7]
15ant2c076na
[1]
Trailing edge of the last paper of the set detected
[5]
Folding entrance roller pressure release
[2]
Right angle conveyance roller /1 pressure
[6]
Folding entrance roller pressure
[3]
Paper alignment
[7]
Right angle conveyance roller /4 pressure release
[4]
Paper conveyance
6. FOLDING SECTION
6. FOLDING SECTION
Composition
Alignment claws /Fr

(main scan)
Conveyance belt
(tri-folding)
2nd folding blade
SD-501
6.1
Folding roller /3
Folding roller /2
Alignment stopper /Rr

(main scan)
Folding roller /1
Guide shaft
(Center folding exit)
Folding exit
claws
(sub scan)
Folding alignment
stoppers /Rt
(sub scan)
1st folding blade
15ant2c015nb
29
6. FOLDING SECTION
6.2
SD-501
6.2.1
Drive
Folding entrance drive
[4]
[3]
30
[2]
[1]
[1]
Folding entrance motor (M3)
[3]
Folding entrance roller /1
[2]
Right side view
[4]
15ant2c016na

Folding conveyance drive
[7]
[8]
[9]
SD-501
6.2.2
6. FOLDING SECTION
[1]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[1]
One way clutch
[6]
[2]
Oscillation connecting gear
[7]
Exit belt
[3]
Folding conveyance motor (M4)
[8]
Folding roller /3
[4]
Folding roller /2
[9]
Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)
[5]
Folding roller /1
15ant2c017na
Right side view
31
6. FOLDING SECTION
6.2.3
Folding blade drive
[8]
SD-501
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[1]
[7]
32
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
15ant2c018na
[1]
1st folding blade motor (M18)
[8]
2nd folding blade motor (M19)
[2]
Folding roller /2
[9]
2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)
[3]
1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21)
[10]
[4]
[11]
2nd folding blade
[5]
1st folding blade
[12]
Folding roller /3
[6]
Folding roller /1
[13]
Spring (pressing the folding rollers /2 and /3)
[7]
Right side view
[14]
Spring (pressing the folding rollers /1 and /2)

6.2.4
6. FOLDING SECTION
Folding main scan alignment drive
SD-501
[1]
[8]
[2]
[6]
[7]
[5]
[4]
[3]
15ant2c019na
[1]
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19)
[5]
Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7)
[2]
Alignment stoppers /Rr
[6]
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)
[3]
Right side view
[7]
[4]
Alignment claws /Fr
[8]
Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr (M14)
33
6. FOLDING SECTION
Folding sub scan alignment/center folding exit drive
SD-501
6.2.5
[7]
[8]
[9]
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
34
[4]
[3]
15ant2c020na
[1]
Folding alignment stoppers /Rt
[6]
[2]
Home position stoppers /Rt
[7]
Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)
[3]
Folding exit home sensor (PS24)
[8]
Folding exit claws
[4]
Torque limiter
[9]
Alignment stoppers /Lt
[5]
Folding sub scan alignment motor (M8)

6.2.6
6. FOLDING SECTION
Guide shaft drive
[3]
[2]
SD-501
[4]
[1]
[1]
Guide shaft home sensor (PS46)
[3]
Front side view
[2]
Guide shaft motor (M25)
[4]
Guide shaft
15ant2c021na
35
6. FOLDING SECTION
6.3
SD-501
6.3.1
Operation
Folding entrance conveyance control
A. Mechanism
The folding entrance motor (M3) and the roller release solenoid /3 (SD7) [5] conduct the folding entrance conveyance operation.
The paper [1] conveyed from the right angle conveyance section is conveyed to the folding entrance with the
pressure of the folding entrance roller /1 [7] released. Once the right angle conveyance is completed, SD7 [5]
turns ON to pressure the nipping of the folding entrance roller /1 and the roller release solenoid /2 (SD6) [3] turns
ON to release the right angle conveyance roller /4, M3 convey the paper to the folding section.
The folding entrance sensor (PS60) [6] detects the paper at the folding entrance.
[5]
[6]
[7]
[4]
[3]
36
[2]
[1]
15ant2c022na
[1]
Paper
[5]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[4]
6. FOLDING SECTION
B. Control
period of time since the right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6) detects the leading edge of paper [1], and then
the roller release solenoid /2 (SD6) turns ON to release the nip of the right angle conveyance roller /4 [3] after a
specified period of time. Then the folding entrance motor (M3) turns ON and conveys the paper to the folding
section [4].
At the time, the folding conveyance motor (M4) rotates in the reverse direction [5] to prevent the paper from
being caught between the folding rollers /1 and /2.
SD7 turns OFF to release the pressure of the folding entrance roller [7] after a specified period of time since the
entrance sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of last paper of the subsequent set [6] and it stands by for the
paper of the subsequent set being conveyed to the front side of the right angle conveyance section.
[1]
[4]
[6]

Folding
conveyance
motor (M4)
Forward
Reverse
[2][3]
[5]
[7]
15ant2c078na
[1]
Last paper of the 1st set
[5]
[2]
Folding entrance roller nipped
[6]
Caught-protection to the folding section

Last paper of the subsequent set
[3]
Nip of the right angle conveyance roller /4 released
[7]
Nip of the folding entrance roller released
[4]
Folding entrance conveyance
37
SD-501
The roller release solenoid /3 (SD7) turns ON to nip the paper with the folding entrance roller [2] after a specified
6. FOLDING SECTION
6.3.2
Folding main scan alignment control
A. Mechanism
SD-501
In the folding main scan alignment, the alignment stoppers /Rr [5] driven by the folding main scan alignment
motor /Rr (M14) stop at the appropriate position in accordance with the paper size, and then the alignment
claws /Fr [2] driven by the folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) conduct the alignment operation. The
home position of the alignment claws /Fr is detected by the folding main scan alignment home sensors /Fr1
(PS18) [8] and /Fr2 (PS49) [7] and the home position of the alignment tab /Rr is detected by the folding main
scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19) [4].
The alignment claws /Fr [2] convey [6] the paper by pushing its trailing edge once the paper passes the folding
entrance roller /3 [3] and until the leading edge of paper contacts with the alignment stopper /Rr [5] because
there is no conveyance roller between the folding entrance conveyance roller /3 and the alignment stopper /Rr.
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
38
15ant2c023na
[1]
[5]
Alignment stoppers /Rr
[2]
Alignment claws /Fr
[6]
Paper conveyance
[3]
[7]
[4]
[8]
6. FOLDING SECTION
B. Control
accordance with the paper size [2] when the main body start signal [1] turns ON.
The folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) rotates in the forward direction to let [3] the alignment claws /Fr
push the trailing edge of paper for conveyance after a specified period of time since the folding entrance sensor
(PS60) detects the trailing edge of paper, and then M7 stops after a specified period of time [4]. The alignment
stoppers /Rr push the leading edge of paper to conduct the alignment. M7 rotates in the reverse direction [5],
and after a specified period of time it rotates in the forward direction to conduct the alignment again [6].
M7 rotates in the reverse direction to replace the alignment claws to the home position [7] when the 1st folding
blade home sensor /1 (PS20) detects the completion of the folding operation. M7 starts rotating to replace the
alignment claws to the home position for subsequent set when PS21 detects the completion of the folding operation since the 1st folding blade conducts the reciprocal operation in which the 1st folding blade home sensor /
1 (PS20) and the 1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) counter changes their positions at each folding operation. M7 stops rotating when the folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18) detects the home position of the alignment claws.
Transmitting the print termination signal from SD, M14 rotates to move the alignment stoppers to the home position [8]. It stops rotating when the folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19) detects the home position of the alignment stoppers.
[2]
Folding main
scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7)
[3] [4] [5] [6] [7]
[8]
Forward
Reverse
Folding main
Forward
scan alignment
motor /Rr (M14) Reverse

[1]
15ant2c079na
[1]
[5]
Alignment claws /Fr shelter operation
[2]
Alignment stopper /Rr moved for appropriate paper size
[6]
Alignment operation
[3]
Paper conveyed by the alignment claws /Fr
[7]
Alignment claws /Fr moved to the home position
[4]
Alignment operation
[8]
Alignment stoppers /Rr moved to the home position
39
SD-501
The folding main scan alignment motor /Rr (M14) drives the alignment stoppers /Rr to the appropriate position in
6. FOLDING SECTION
6.3.3
Folding control
A. Mechanism
SD-501
Folding consists of the 1st folding and 2nd folding.

The 1st folding is conducted in the multi letter folding mode, the multi center folding mode, and the saddle
stitching mode. The 2nd folding is conducted only in the multi letter folding mode.
In the 1st folding operation, the 1st folding blade [7] pushes and inserts the paper between the folding rollers /1
[8] and /2 [3].
The folding rollers /1 and /2 are pressured each other by the spring [2]. The 1st folding blade is driven by the 1st
blade motor (M18) [4] via the crank mechanism [5].
In the 2nd folding operation, the 2nd folding blade [13] pushes and inserts the paper between the folding rollers
/2 [3] and /3 [14].
The folding rollers /2 and /3 are pressured each other by the spring [15]. The 2nd folding blade is driven by the
2nd blade motor (M19) [10] via the crank mechanism [11].
The folding sensor /2 (PS44) [9], the folding sensor /1 (PS7) [1], and the folding passage sensor (PS8) [12] detect
the paper.
[10]
[14]
[12] [13]
[11]
[15]
[1]
[2]
[9]
40
[8]
[7]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[1]
Folding sensor /1 (PS7)
[9]
[2]
Spring
[10]
[3]
Folding roller /2
[11]
Crank mechanism
[4]
[12]
Folding passage sensor (PS8)
[5]
Crank mechanism
[13]
2nd folding blade
[6]
Right side view
[14]
Folding roller /3
[7]
1st folding blade
[15]
Spring
[8]
Folding roller /1
15ant2c024na
6. FOLDING SECTION
B. Tri-folding control
After the initial operation, the 1st folding blade [8] is at the standby position /1 [5]. In the actuator [7], the 1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) [3] turns ON and the 1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20) [6] turns OFF.
When the paper [9] is conveyed to the folding section and the 1st folding blade motor (M18) is rotated [2], the
crank [4] rotates 90 to project the 1st folding blade to the paper and push the paper [12] between the folding
roller /1 [10] and /2 [11] with its edge. At the time, the actuator also rotates 90 so that PS21 [3] and PS20 [6]
turns OFF and ON respectively.
M18 keeps rotating in the same direction [13], and then the crank [4] stops when it reaches at the standby position /2 [1] (PS20 turns OFF) where is 180 opposite from the standby position /1. In the 1st folding operation for
the subsequent set, M18 rotates in the reverse direction [14] and the crank [4] also rotates 180 in the reverse
direction to conduct the 1st folding operation.
The 2nd folding operation is operated as in the 1st folding operation.
[11]
[12]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[14]
[7]
[13]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
Standby position /2
[8]
1st folding blade
[2]
Projecting position
[9]
Paper
15ant2c025na
[3]
[10]
Folding roller /1
[4]
Crank
[11]
Folding roller /2
[5]
Standby position /1
[12]
Paper inserted
[6]
[13]
Rotational direction to the standby position /2
[7]
Actuator
[14]
1st folding for the subsequent set
41
SD-501
(1) Operation
6. FOLDING SECTION
(2) Control
When the folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) stops rotating at the completion of the paper alignment
SD-501
operation, the 1st folding blade motor (M18) turns ON and starts rotating in the reverse direction. The 1st folding
blade folds and inserts the paper between the folding rollers /1 and /2. When the 1st folding blade home sensor
/1 (PS20) turns ON, the folding conveyance motor (M4) turns ON to conduct the 1st folding [2]. M18 stops when
PS20 turns OFF. Then, M4 turns OFF and the 1st folding operation is completed [4] after a specified period of
time since the folding passage sensor (PS8) detects the leading edge of paper.
After a specified period of time since PS8 turns ON, the 2nd folding blade motor (M19) turns ON and rotates in
the reverse direction to start the 2nd folding operation. When the 2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22) turns
ON, M4 rotates in high speed to perform the 2nd folding, and then the tri-folded paper is conveyed to the trifolding exit. M19 stops when PS22 turns OFF.
In the 1st folding operation for the subsequent set, M18 rotates in the forward direction to conduct the 1st folding [7] and stops rotating when the 1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) turns ON [8]. In the 2nd folding
operation, M19 rotates in the forward direction to conduct the 2nd folding [9] and stops rotating when the 2nd
folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23) turns ON [10].
[1] [2]
Folding
conveyance
motor (M4)
[4]
[5]
[7]
[9]
High speed
Low speed
Reverse
Folding main
Forward
scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7) Reverse
1st folding blade
motor (M18)
Forward
Reverse

2nd folding blade
motor (M19)
Forward
Reverse

[3]
42
[6]
[8]
[10]
15ant2c080na
[1]
Paper alignment operation completed
[6]
2nd folding blade motor (M19) stopped
[2]
1st folding
[7]
1st folding by M18 rotating the forward direction
[3]
1st folding blade motor (M18) stopped
[8]
M18 stopped
[4]
1st folding completed
[9]
2nd folding by M19 rotating the forward direction
[5]
2nd folding
[10]
M19 stopped
6. FOLDING SECTION
C. Tri-folding exit control

In the multi letter folding exit, the driving force of the folding conveyance motor (M4) is transmitted via the tri-folding exit clutch (CL1).
CL1 turns ON and the exit belt [4] is driven approximately 7 mm to convey the paper to the front side for every
paper exit.
The tri-folding paper full sensor (PS10) [3] detects the paper when it is reached at the front, and then the main
body displays the message on its operation panel.
[3]
[4]
[1]
[2]
15ant2c081na
[1]
Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9)
[3]
Tri-folding paper full sensor (PS10)
[2]
Right side view
[4]
Exit belt
(2) Control
The tri-folding exit clutch (CL1) turns ON and drives the exit belt [1] and stops it [2] after a specified period of
time when the tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) detects the leading edge of paper.
The folding conveyance motor (M4) stops [3] after a specified period of time since PS9 detects the trailing edge
of paper.

[1]
[1]
Exit belt driven
[2]
Exit belt stopped
[3]
[2] [3]
15ant2c082na
Folding conveyance motor (M4) stopped
43
SD-501
(1) Operation
6. FOLDING SECTION
D. Center folding control

When the folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) stops at the completion of the paper alignment operation,
SD-501
the 1st folding blade motor (M18) turns ON and rotates in the reverse direction [2] to let the 1st folding blade
insert the paper between the folding rollers /1 and /2. When the 1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20) turns
ON, the folding conveyance motor (M4) rotates in the reverse direction to rotate the folding rollers /1 and /2 in
the reverse direction to release the paper. When PS20 turns OFF, M18 and M4 stop rotating [3].
In the folding operation for the subsequent set, M18 rotates in the forward direction [4] and it stops when the 1st
folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) turns ON [5].
[1]
Folding
conveyance
motor (M4)
Forward
Folding main
scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7)
Forward
[2]
[4]
Reverse
Reverse
1st folding blade Forward

motor (M18)
Reverse
[3]
15ant2c083na
[1]
1st folding blade is projected with the paper
[4]
M18 rotating the forward direction
[2]
Folding conveyance motor (M18) rotating the
[5]
M18 rotating the reverse direction
reverse direction
[3]
44
[5]
M18 and M4 stopped

6.3.4
6. FOLDING SECTION
Folding sub scan alignment control
The folding sub scan alignment operation is conducted in the multi letter folding mode and is conducted with the
folding exit claws [13] and the folding alignment stoppers /Rt [3] driven by the folding sub scan alignment exit
motor (M8) [8].
The folding exit claws move to the right [14] and the folding alignment stoppers /Rt move to the left [2] when M8
rotates in the reverse direction [9]. The folding alignment stoppers /Rt are contacted with the alignment stopper
[1] and stopped by the torque limiter [7]. The folding exit claws move to the positions for the paper width of A4R
or 8.5 x 11R and conduct the folding sub scan alignment operation, and then the folding is conducted.
In the multi center folding mode and the saddle stitching mode, M8 rotates in the forward direction to move the
folding exit claws to the left [11] after the folding operation. Once the folding exit claws make a round, they conduct the paper exit operation to the saddle stitching section. At the time, the folding alignment stoppers /Rt
moving to the right [4] are contacted with the alignment stopper [5] and stopped by the torque limiter [7].
The home position of the folding exit claws in the alignment operation is detected by the folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56) [12]. The initial position and the center folding exit operation are detected by the folding exit home sensor (PS24) [6].
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[9]
[8]
[7]
15ant2c026na
[1]
Alignment stopper
[8]
Folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8)
[2]
Direction at the alignment operation (to the left)
[9]
M8 rotated in the reverse direction

[3]
Folding alignment stoppers /Rt
[10]
[4]
Direction at the center folding exit operation (to the right)
[11]
Direction at the center folding exit operation
[5]
Home position stopper
[12]
[6]
[13]
Folding exit claws
[7]
Torque limiter
[14]
Direction at the alignment operation (to the right)
45
SD-501
A. Mechanism
6. FOLDING SECTION
B. Folding sub scan alignment control

The folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8) rotates in the reverse direction to conduct the alignment opera-
SD-501
tion in the sub scan direction [2] after a specified period of time since the right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
detects the trailing edge of paper and the alignment operation in the main scan direction is conducted [1]. When
the folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56) detects the folding exit claws, M8 conducts the alignment
by pressing the side of the paper, and then it stops [3]
The M8 conducts the shelter operation and stops [4] after a specified period of time since PS6 detects the trailing edge of paper.
[1]
Folding main
scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7)
Forward
Folding sub
scan alignment
motor (M8)
Forward
Reverse
Reverse
[2]
46
[3]
[4]
[1]
Alignment operation in the main scan direction
[3]
M8 stopped
[2]
Alignment operation in the sub scan direction
[4]
Shelter operation
15ant2c084na
6. FOLDING SECTION
C. Center folding exit operation

tion in the multi center folding/saddle stitching mode. It conducts the operation only when it exits the paper to
the saddle stitching section.
M8 drives the folding exit claws to conduct the paper exit operation [2] to the saddle stitching section after a
specified period of time since the folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) completes the realignment operation in the main scan direction [1] (after the center folding operation). After a specified period of time since the
folding sensor /2 (PS44) detects the trailing edge of paper, M8 rotates in low speed [3] and conduct the home
position search operation, and then it stops [4] when the folding exit home sensor (PS24) turns ON.
[1]
Folding main
scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7)
[2]
[3]
[4]
Forward
Reverse
High speed
Folding sub
scan alignment
motor (M8)
Low speed
Reverse

15ant2c085na
[1]
Realignment operation in the main scan direction
[3]
M8 switched to the low speed
[2]
Paper exit operation started
[4]
Stopped at home position
47
SD-501
The folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8) does not conduct the alignment operation in the sub scan direc-
6. FOLDING SECTION
6.3.5
Guide shaft control
A. Mechanism
SD-501
The guide shaft [2] holds the fold line [4] from the bottom and makes certain of the stack [3] in the saddle stitching section when the folding exit claws [7] exit the folded paper [1] to the saddle stitching section.
The guide shaft is projected [5] in sync with the paper exit only when the first folded paper for each set is exited
and put away immediately to the folding section [6]. In the subsequent paper exit, the guide shaft does not operate because the paper [3] stacked in the saddle stitching section works as the guide.
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[3]
48
[1]
[2]
15ant2c027na
[1]
Folded paper
[5]
[2]
Guide shaft
[6]
Projection direction of the guide shaft

Storage direction of the guide shaft
[3]
Stacked paper
[7]
Folding exit claws
[4]
Fold line
6. FOLDING SECTION
B. Guide shaft control

the folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) completes the realignment operation in the main scan direction
[1] (after the folding operation). The guide shaft conducting the back and forth operation by the belt rotation
stops when the guide shaft home sensor (PS46) turns ON [3].
[1]
Folding main
scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7)
[2]
[3]
Forward
Reverse

15ant2c086na
[1]
Realignment operation in the main scan direction
[2]
Guide shaft projected
[3]
Guide shaft motor (M25) stopped
C. Folding unit lock control

During the print operation, the folding unit lock solenoid (SD8) locks the folding unit to prevent the guide shaft or
the folding exit claws from damage due to pulling out the folding unit by mistake.
When the paper get jammed, the positions of the guide shaft and the folding exit claws are monitored. SD8
turns OFF and releases the lock only when both the folding exit home sensor (PS24) and the guide shaft home
sensor (PS46) detect the home position.
49
SD-501
The guide shaft motor (M25) turns ON [2] and the guide shaft is projected after a specified period of time since
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

SD-501
7.1
Composition
Stapler
Saddle stitching
hold /Up
Saddle stitching
hold /Lw
Saddle stitching
alignment plate
Clip
Bundle arm
Bundle arm
assist plate
Clincher
15ant2c028nb
50
7.2.1
Drive
Saddle stitching alignment drive
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
SD-501
7.2
[3]
15ant2c029na
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt (PS29)
[1]
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9)
[5]
[2]
[6]
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16)
[3]
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt (PS28)
[7]
Saddle stitching alignment plate /Lt
[4]
Front side view
[8]
Saddle stitching alignment plate /Rt
7.2.2
Saddle stitching hold drive
[8]
[7]
[1]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
15ant2c030na
[1]
Saddle stitching hold /Up
[5]
Eccentric cam
[2]
Arm
[6]
Saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27)
[3]
Left side view
[7]
Saddle stitching hold motor (M21)
[4]
Spring
[8]
Stapler
51

Clincher up down drive
SD-501
7.2.3
[8]
[7]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[5]
52
[4]
[3]
[1]
Left side view
[5]
[2]
Roller
[6]
Clincher up down motor (M20)

Spring
[3]
Eccentric cam
[7]
Clinchers /Rt, /Lt
[4]
Clincher up down home sensor (PS26)
[8]
Saddle stitching hold /Lw
15ant2c031na

Stapler/clincher movement drive
SD-501
7.2.4
[1]
[2]
[8]
[4]
[7]
[3]
[5]
[6]
[1]
15ant2c032na
[1]
Top side view
[5]
[2]
Stapler /Rt
[6]
[3]
Clincher /Rt
[7]
Clincher /Lt
[4]
Front side view
[8]
Stapler /Lt
53
SD-501
7.2.5
Stapler/clincher drive
[8]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[5]
[4]
[6]
54
15ant2c077na
[1]
Stapling arm
[5]
Staple
[2]
Staple bending arm
[6]
Left side view
[3]
Clincher plate
[7]
Eccentric cam
[4]
Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9) and /Lt (SD10)
[8]
Stapler motors /Rt (M29), /Lt (M39)

7.2.6
Bundle arm rotation drive
SD-501
[1]
[7]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
15ant2c033na
[1]
Bundle arm
[5]
[2]
Slide guide
[6]
Guide shaft
Fulcrum shaft
[3]
Left side view
[7]
Bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31)
[4]
Bundle arm rotation motor (M22)
55

7.2.7
Bundle arm movement drive
SD-501
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[6]
56
[5]
15ant2c034na
[1]
Bundle arm
[4]
[2]
Guide shaft
[5]
Bundle arm motor (M10)

Bundle arm home sensor (PS32)
[3]
[6]
Fulcrum shaft

Bundle arm assist drive
SD-501
7.2.8
[1]
[5]
[3]
[2]
[4]
15ant2c035na
[1]
Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39)
[4]
Bundle arm assist home sensor (PS38)
[2]
Left side view
[5]
Bundle arm assist motor (M26)
[3]
Bundle arm assist plate
57

Bundle clip drive
SD-501
7.2.9
[10]
[9]
[1]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
58
[1]
Bundle clip upper limit sensor (PS33)
[6]
Release roller
[2]
Bundle clip motor (M11)
[7]
Wire
[3]
Left side view
[8]
Spring
[4]
Bundle clip lower limit motor (PS30)
[9]
Release plate /Up
[5]
Release plate /Lw
[10]
Clip
15ant2c036nb
7.3.1
Operation
Saddle stitching alignment control
A. Mechanism
In the saddle stitching alignment, the saddle stitching alignment plates /Lt [2] and /Rt [8] align the center folded
paper [5] in the sub scan direction.
The saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16) [3] drives the saddle stitching alignment plate /Lt [2] in the sub
scan direction via the belt by rotating in the forward and reverse directions. The saddle stitching alignment plate
/Lt moves to the position for the appropriate paper size when the main body start signal turns ON, and it does
not move during the print operation. It return to the position at the saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt
(PS29) [4] after the print operation.
The saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9) [7] drives the saddle stitching alignment plate /Rt [8] in the sub
scan direction via the belt by rotating in the forward and reverse directions. The alignment operation is conducted by M9 by rotating in the forward and reverse directions every time the center folded paper is conveyed.
It return to the position at the saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt (PS28) [6] after the print operation.
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[5]
[4]
15ant2c037na
[1]
[5]
Paper
[2]
Saddle stitching alignment plate /Lt
[6]
[3]
[7]
[4]
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt
[8]
Saddle stitching alignment plate /Rt
(PS29)
59
SD-501
7.3
B. Control
The saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16) rotates in the reverse direction when the main body start signal
SD-501
[1] turns ON and the saddle stitching alignment plate /Lt moves to the position for the appropriate paper size [2].
The saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9) rotates in the forward direction and the saddle stitching alignment
plate /Rt conducts the preliminary alignment operation [4] when the folding sensor /2 (PS44) at the exit of the
folding section detects the trailing edge of the paper [3]. Then, M9 rotates in the forward direction to conduct the
alignment operation [5] when the paper is stacked at the stapler position. After a specified period of time, M9
rotates in the reverse direction to go back the saddle stitching alignment plate to its home position and stands
by for the subsequent set [6].
For the last paper of the set [7], M9 rotates in the reverse direction to go back the saddle stitching alignment
plate to its home position when the saddle stitching press motor (M21) [8] is completed with holding the paper.
[7]
Saddle stitching Forward
alignment motor
Reverse
/Rt (M9)
alignment motor
Reverse
/Lt (M16)
Saddle stitching press motor (M21)
[1] [2]
60
[3] [4]
[5]
[6]
[8]
[9]
15ant2c087na
[1]
[6]
[2]
Moved for appropriate paper size
[7]
Moved to the home position

Last paper of the set
[3]
Detected the trailing edge of paper
[8]
Held the paper with the saddle stitching hold
[4]
Preliminary alignment operation
[9]
Moved to the home position
[5]
Alignment operation

7.3.2
Stapler/clincher movement control
The staplers/clinchers move to the stapling position in accordance with the paper size.
The stapling position is different for every paper size to make the stapling distance half of the paper size.
The staplers /Rt [10] and /Lt [8] are fixed to the belt /Up [9] and the clinchers /Rt [2] and /Lt [4] to the belt /Lw [1].
They are moved in the sub scan direction by the stapler movement motor (M15) [5] via the connecting shaft [6].
To prevent the tooth skipping of the belts /Up and /Lw at the maintenance, the gear-shaped rotating knob [7] is
provided on the connecting shaft [6]. Rotating the knob, you can manually move the staplers /Rt and /Lt and the
clinchers /Rt and /Lt simultaneously.
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
Belt /Lw
[6]
Connecting shaft
[2]
Clincher /Rt
[7]
Rotating knob
[3]
[8]
Stapler /Lt
[4]
Clincher /Lt
[9]
Belt /Up
[5]
[10]
Stapler /Rt
15ant2c038na
B. Control
The stapler movement motor (M15) rotates in the forward direction when the main body start signal turns ON
and moves the staplers and the clinchers to the position for the appropriate paper size.
They go back to their home position at the end of the printing operation.
61
SD-501
A. Mechanism

7.3.3
Saddle stitching hold control
A. Mechanism
SD-501
The saddle stitching hold is the mechanism to prevent the paper misalignment at stapling. The saddle stitching
hold /Up [1] moves down to the saddle stitching hold /Lw [2] at its lower position and hold the center folded
paper [3] at the fold line from both up and down.
The eccentric cam [5] moves the saddle stitching hold /Up [1] up and down via the arm [6].
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
62
15ant2c039na
[1]
[4]
Left side view
[2]
[5]
Eccentric cam
[3]
Center folded paper
[6]
Arm
The saddle stitching hold /Up [6] is enforced by the spring [3] toward the saddle stitching hold /Lw [5]. When the
the shape of the eccentric cam and the saddle stitching hold /Up is lowered by the spring [3].
The saddle stitching hold /Up [6] holding the center folded paper at its lower position is pushed up to its upper
position by the saddle stitching hold /Lw [5] during the stapling operation. This allows the paper to be moved
from the lower position to the upper position without any misalignment.
The saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27) [8] detects the home position of the eccentric cam.
[8]
[6]
[7]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1]
Gear
[5]
[2]
Eccentric cam
[6]
[2]
15ant2c040na
[3]
Spring
[7]
[4]
Arm
[8]
63
SD-501
saddle stitching press motor (M21) rotates the eccentric cam [2] via the gear [1], the arm [4] moves along with
B. Control
SD-501
At the end of the paper alignment operation [1], the saddle stitching press motor (M21) rotates to move the saddle stitching hold /Up downward [2] and hold the paper between the saddle stitching holds /Up and /Lw. Then,
the clincher up down motor (M20) starts rotating and the saddle stitching hold /Up is pushed up by the saddle
stitching hold /Lw while holding the paper [3]. M20 rotates in the reverse direction and lowers the saddle stitching hold /Lw [5] when the clinching operation [4] is started. The saddle stitching hold /Up is also lowered by the
spring. M21 turns ON and go back the saddle stitching hold /Up to its standby position [6] after a specified
period of time since the clinching operation is started.
[1]
[5]

alignment
motor /Rt (M9) Reverse
Clincher up down Forward
motor (M20)
Reverse
Clinchers /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
15ant2c088na
[1]
Alignment operation
[4]
Clinching operation
[2]
Saddle stitching hold /Up moved down
[5]
Saddle stitching hold /Lw moved down
[3]
Saddle stitching hold /Lw moved up
[6]
Saddle stitching hold /Up moved up

At the end of the paper alignment operation [1], the saddle stitching press motor (M21) rotates to move the saddle stitching hold /Up downward [2] and stack the paper securely. Then, M21 keeps rotating to move the saddle
stitching hold /Up upward to its standby position [3].
[1]
alignment motor
Reverse
/Rt (M9)
[2]
64
[1]
Alignment operation
[2]
Saddle stitching hold /Up moved down
[3]
[3]
15ant2c089na
Saddle stitching hold /Up moved up

7.3.4
Clincher up down control
The clincher shelters at the lower position to obtain space between the stapler and the clincher when the paper
is conveyed between them.
After the alignment operation, the saddle stitching hold /Up [7] moves down and holds the center folded paper
[6]. Then the eccentric cam [5] drives the saddle stitching hold /Lw [2] and the clincher [3] to push up the saddle
stitching hold /Up [7] to the position where the stapler [1] is positioned while holding the center folded paper.
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[1]
Stapler
[5]
Left side view
[2]
[6]
Center folded paper
[3]
Clincher
[7]
[4]
Eccentric cam
15ant2c041na
65
SD-501
A. Mechanism
The clincher [7] moves down to the lower position by its own weight and moves upward by the clincher up down
motor (M20).
SD-501
The roller [2] attached to the arm [5] is pushed up and the clincher is contacted with the stapler when M20
rotates the eccentric cam [3]. The paper between the clincher and the stapler is hold securely by the spring [6].
Once the stapling operation is completed, M20 rotates in the reverse direction to go back the eccentric cam,
and then the clincher moves down by its own weight.
[8]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[6]
[1]
[9]
[5]
66
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3] [2]
[1]
Left side view
[6]
[2]
Roller
[7]
Spring
Clinchers /Rt, /Lt
[3]
Eccentric cam
[8]
[4]
[9]
[5]
Arm
15ant2c042na
B. Control
Once the saddle stitching press motor (M21) moves down the saddle stitching hold /Up [1], the clincher up
down motor (M20) rotates in the forward direction to move up the clinchers /Rt and /Lt and the saddle stitching
hold /Lw [2]. M20 is stopped when the clincher up down home sensor (PS26) turns ON.
M20 rotates in the reverse direction to move down the clinchers /Rt and /Lt and the saddle stitching hold /Lw
when the clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9) and /Lt (SD10) starts the clinching operation [4]. They are stopped at the
lower position [5] when PS26 turns OFF.
[2]
Clincher up
down motor
(M20)
[3]
[5]
Forward
Reverse

Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)
[1]
[4]
15ant2c090na
[1]
Saddle stitching hold /Up stopped at lower position
[4]
Clinching operation
[2]
Clinchers /Rt and /Lt moved up
[5]
Clinchers /Rt and /Lt stopped at lower position
[3]
Clinchers /Rt and /Lt stopped at the upper

position
67
SD-501
The clincher moves up or down only in the saddle stitching mode.

7.3.5
Stapler control
A. Mechanism
SD-501
The stapler operation is conducted by the stapler motors /Rt (M29) and /Lt (M30) [10] and the clincher solenoids
/Rt (SD9) and /Lt (SD10) [5].
The stapler operation is detected by the stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt (HS3) [8] and the clincher start
sensors /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4) [11]. HS1, HS2, HS3, and HS4 are hall element sensors and control the position
of the magnet [12] of the rotating eccentric cam [9].
M29 and M30 [10] drive the staple bending arm [3] and the stapling arm [2] via the eccentric cam [9]. The staple
bending arm bends the rolled staple [6] into the U-shape and the stapling arm staples it toward the clincher.
Then the SD9 and SD10 bend the staple by driving the clincher plate [4]. The stapling operation is completed by
these operations.
The staple empty switches /Rt (SW1) and /Lt (SW2) [7] detect whether the staple or cartridge is set or not.
[11]
[10]
[12]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
15ant2c091na
[1]
[8]
Stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt (HS3)
[2]
Stapling arm
[9]
Eccentric cam
[3]
Staple bending arm
[10]
[4]
Clincher plate
[11]
Clincher start sensors /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4)
[5]
[12]
Magnet
[6]
Staple
[7]
Staple empty switches /Rt (SW1) and /Lt

(SW2)
68
B. Control
The stapler motors /Rt (M29) and /Lt (30) start the stapling operation [2] when the clincher up down home sensor (PS26) detects that the clinchers /Rt and /Lt are contacted with the stapler unit [1].
The clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9) and /Lt (SD10) bend the staple and the stapling operation is completed when
the clincher start sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt (HS3) in the stapler unit turn ON [3]. M29 and M30 stop and return to
the home position [4] when the stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt (HS3) detects the home position.
[1]
Stapler home sensors (HS1) and /Lt (HS3)
Clincher start sensors /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4)
[2] [3]
[4]
[1]
Clincher contacted
[3]
Clinching operation
[2]
Stapling operation
[4]
Returned to the home position
15ant2c092na
(2) Staple and cartridge detection

When the remaining amount of the staple becomes 20 or the cartridge is not set, the staple empty switches /Rt
(SW1) and /Lt (SW2) turn ON and the main body displays the message on its operation panel.
69
SD-501
(1) Stapling control

7.3.6
Bundle arm control
The bundle arm [4] rotates and moves in the sub scan direction.
SD-501
It rotates to convey the paper from the stapling section to the bundle clip section and moves in the sub scan
direction to catch/release the paper.
In the multi center folding mode, the bundle arm rotates to the stapling position after the last paper of the set is
conveyed. In the saddle stitching mode, it rotates after the stapling operation.
By moving the bundle arm, the tip of the bundle arm is inserted under the fold line of the paper and the paper is
caught [1].
The caught paper is conveyed to the bundle clip section [2] by the rotation of the bundle arm. The bundle arm
moves in the outside of the sub scan direction and releases the paper [3] when the bundle clip holds the paper
at the folding side.
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
15ant2c043na
70
[1]
Paper catch
[3]
Paper release
[2]
Conveyance
[4]
Bundle arm
A. Bundle arm movement mechanism

The bundle arm [5] is driven by the bundle arm motor (M10) [6] to catch/release the paper [4] in the sub scan
SD-501
direction via the belt.

The bundle arm home sensor (PS32) [1] detects the home position of the bundle arm.
[4]
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[3]
15ant2c044na
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
Paper
Bundle arm
[3]
Guide shaft
[6]
71
B. Bundle arm rotation mechanism

The bundle arm rotation motor (M22) [2] drives the bundle arm [8] via the belt, slide guide [5], and guide shaft [6].
SD-501
When M22 drives the slide guide [5] in the main scan direction, the guide shaft [6] passing through the long hole
of the slide guide is rotated, and then the bundle arm [8] is rotated around the fulcrum. When it is driven to the
paper [3] side, M22 stops where the ring [7] is contacted with the guide plate [4].
The bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31) [9] detects the home position of the bundle arm.
[9]
[6]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[8]
[1]
[4]
[7]
72
[6]
[5]
15ant2c045na
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
Guide shaft
Ring
[3]
Paper
[8]
Bundle arm
[4]
Guide plate
[9]
[5]
Slide guide
In the rotation drive of the bundle arm [8], the slide guide [5] has to be overrun to be sure to make the ring [7] of
the bundle arm contact with the guide plate [6]. To prevent any parts from damage due to the overrun, the guide
SD-501
shaft [3] can be moved by the shock absorbing guide [4] and the spring [2].
[8]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[3]
[4]
15ant2c046na
[1]
[5]
Slide guide
[2]
Spring
[6]
Guide plate
[3]
Guide shaft
[7]
Ring
[4]
Shock absorbing guide
[8]
Bundle arm
73
C. Bundle arm control

The bundle arm motor (M10) rotates in the reverse direction when the main body start signal [1] turns ON and
SD-501
moves the bundle arm to the appropriate position in accordance with the paper size.
The bundle arm rotation motor (M22) rotates in the forward direction to rotate the bundle arm to the stapling
section [3] after a specified period of time since the folding sensor /2 (PS44) detects the trailing edge of paper of
the last set. It stops the bundle arm in an upright position [4] when the bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31)
turns OFF.
Then, M22 rotates again [5] to drive the bundle arm until it is contacted with the guide plate on the stapling section [6]. The timing for M22 to restart the rotation [5] is different between in the multi center folding mode and in
the saddle stitching mode.
Multi center folding mode: When the saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27) detects the saddle stitching hold /Up has been moved to the its upper position.
Saddle stitching mode: After a specified period of time since the clincher up down home sensor (PS26)
detects that the clinchers are contacted with the staplers.
M10 inserts the tip of the bundle arm under the fold line of the paper [7] when the bundle arm assist motor (M26)
starts the assisting operation by pushing up the trailing edge of paper at the back side and M10 stops after a
specified period of time [8].
M22 rotates in the reverse direction to convey the paper to the bundle clip section when M10 stops [8]. It stops
after a specified period of time since PS31 turns ON.
M10 rotates in the forward direction to pull out the bundle arm from the paper and take shelter it from the conveyance path [11] after a specified period of time since the bundle clip starts to catch the paper [10]. M10 stops
when the bundle arm home sensor (PS32) turns ON [12].
M10 rotates in the reverse direction to go back the bundle arm to its standby position [13] for the subsequent
set after a specified period of time since it stops.
74
[9]
[11] [12][13]
SD-501
[14]
Bundle arm
motor (M10)
Forward
Bundle arm
rotation motor
(M22)
Forward
Reverse
Reverse

Bundle clip
motor (M11)
Forward
Reverse
[1][2]
[3]
[4] [5]
[6][7] [8]
[10]
[1]
[8]
Insertion completed and conveyance started
[2]
Bundle arm moved in accordance with the paper size
[9]
Conveyance completed
15ant2c093na
[3]
Bundle arm started to rotate
[10]
Paper clip caught paper
[4]
Bundle arm stopped in an upright position
[11]
Bundle arm shelter operation
[5]
Bundle arm restarted to rotate
[12]
Shelter completed
[6]
Bundle arm contacted with the guide plate
[13]
Bundle arm moved for the subsequent set
[7]
Bundle arm inserted under the fold line
[14]
Time chart of the saddle stitching mode
75

7.3.7
Bundle arm assist control
A. Mechanism
SD-501
The bundle arm assist mechanism is the mechanism to assist the paper conveyance of the bundle arm rotation
drive to be conducted without fault. It pushes up the fore edge side of the paper [6] with the bundle arm assist
plate [4] to tilt it to the front.
The bundle arm assist motor (M26) [2] drives the bundle arm plate [4] via the belt.
The bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39) [1] detects the upper home position and the bundle arm assist
home sensor (PS38) [3] detects the lower home position.
The bundle arm assist plate [4] waits at the position 5 mm below the fore edge side of the paper during standby.
To keep the error to a minimum, the small size paper (313 mm or less) and the large size paper (314 mm or
more) are moved to the standby position from the position of PS39 and PS38 respectively since the standby
position for the paper is positioned by the driving time of M26 (DC brush motor).
In the bundle arm assist operation, the fore edge side of the paper is pushed up 35 mm (or until PS39 turns ON).
[6]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
15ant2c065na
76
[1]
[4]
Bundle arm assist plate
[2]
[5]
[3]
[6]
Paper
B. Control
For the small size paper, the bundle arm assist motor (M26) rotates in the forward direction when the main body
start signal [1] turns ON to drive the bundle arm assist plate at the home position to the position at the bundle
arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39) [2]. After a specified period of time, M26 rotates in the reverse direction to
drive the bundle arm assist plate from the upper limit position to the standby position in accordance with the
paper size [3] and stands by for the paper.
Then, M26 rotates in the forward direction to push up the fore edge side of the paper [6] for assisting the bundle
arm to be inserted under the fold line of the paper. The operation timing [6] of M26 is different between in the
multi center folding mode and in the saddle stitching mode.
Multi center folding mode: When the bundle arm is contacted with the guide plate of the stapler section [4]
by the bundle arm rotation motor (M22).
Saddle stitching mode: When the clincher moves downward [5] at the end of the stapling operation.
M26 rotates in the forward direction to assist the bundle arm to convey the paper [7] after a specified period.
Then the bundle arm assist plate go back to the standby position and stands by for the subsequent set [8].
[2]
Bundle arm
assist motor
(M26)
[3]
[6]
[9]
[7]
[8]
Forward
Reverse

Clincher up
down motor
(M20)
Forward
Bundle arm
rotation motor
(M22)
Forward
Reverse
Reverse
[1]
[4]
[5]
15ant2c095na
[1]
[6]
Assist of the insertion of the bundle arm
[2]
Movement to the upper limit
[7]
Assist of the bundle arm conveyance
[3]
Bundle arm moved in accordance with the
[8]
paper size
[4]
[5]
Clincher moved down
paper size
[9]
77
SD-501
(1) Small size paper (313 mm or less)
(2) Large size paper (314 mm or more)

For the large size paper, the bundle arm assist motor (M26) rotates in the forward direction when the main body
SD-501
start signal [1] turns ON to drive the bundle arm assist plate to the standby position in accordance with the
paper size [2] and stands by for the paper.
The subsequent operation is conducted in the same manner as for the small size paper.
[2]
[5]
[8]
[6]
[7]
Bundle arm assist Forward

motor (M26)
Reverse
Clincher up
down motor
(M20)
Forward
Bundle arm
rotation motor
(M22)
Forward
Reverse
Reverse
[1]
[3]
15ant2c096na
[1]
[5]
Assist of the insertion of the bundle arm
[2]
Bundle arm moved in accordance with the paper size
[6]
Assist of the bundle arm conveyance
[3]
[7]
[4]
Clincher moved down

paper size
[8]
78
[4]

7.3.8
Bundle clip control
The bundle clip is the mechanism to hold the paper that the bundle arm conveyed to the slope and convey the
paper to the bundle press stage with its fore edge side to the trimmer section.
The bundle clip catches, releases, and conveys the paper. It catches the paper at the upper limit position [1],
conveys it [2], and then release it at the lower limit position [3].
[1]
[2]
[3]
[1]
Catching
[2]
Conveying
15ant2c047na
[3]
Releasing
79
SD-501
A. Mechanism
The bundle clip motor (M11) [5] drives the bundle clip [1] up [8] and down [7] via the gear and belt.
The spring [9] provides the bundle clip the force to catch the paper, and the wire [2] and the winding shaft [3]
SD-501
open the bundle clip to release the paper.

The upper limit of the bundle clip is detected by the bundle clip upper limit sensor (PS33) [4] and the lower limit
is detected by the bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30) [6].
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[8]
80
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
15ant2c048na
[1]
Bundle clip
[6]
Bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30)
[2]
Wire
[7]
Down
[3]
Winding shaft
[8]
Up
[4]
[9]
Spring
[5]
The bundle clip is closed all the time except when it is located at the upper and lower limit position. When the
shaft [4] rotates [3] and takes up the wire [5] to open the bundle clip.
In the same way, when the bundle clip moves down [2], the release roller /Lw [10] gets onto [12] the release
plate /Lw [11] and then the wire winding shaft [4] rotates [9] and takes up the wire [5] to open the bundle clip.
[5]
[1]
[10]
[6]
[7]
[4]
[8]
[3]
[5]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[4]
[2]
[9]
[1]
15ant2c049na
[1]
Up
[7]
[2]
Down
[8]
Getting over at up
Release plate /Up
[3]
Wire winding rotation
[9]
Wire winding rotation
[4]
Wire winding shaft
[10]
Release roller /Lw
[5]
Wire
[11]
Release plate /Lw
[6]
Release roller /Up
[12]
Getting over at down
81
SD-501
bundle clip moves up [1], the release roller /Up [6] gets onto [7] the release plate /Up [8]. Then the wire winding
B. Control
The bundle clip motor (M11) rotates in the forward direction to move up the bundle clip until the bundle clip
SD-501
upper limit sensor (PS33) turns ON [2] after a specified period of time since the bundle assist motor (M26) starts
the assisting operation [1]. Then, the bundle clip stops with its clip opened.
The bundle arm conveys the paper from the stapling section to the bundle clip section, and then the bundle arm
rotation motor (M22) stops [3]. After a specified period of time, M11 rotates in the reverse direction to move
down the bundle clip and close the bundle clip to catch the paper, and then M11 stops after a specified period
of time [4]
When the bundle arm motor (M10) completes the shelter operation [5], M11 rotates in the reverse direction to
move down the bundle clip [6]. The bundle clip opens the clip to release the paper [7] and M11 stops when the
bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30) turns ON.
M11 rotates in the forward direction to move up the bundle clip after a specified period of time since M11 stops.
Then, M11 stops to move the bundle clip at the standby position for the subsequent set after a specified period
of time since PS30 turns OFF [8].
[3]
Bundle arm
motor (M10)
Forward
Bundle arm
rotation motor
(M22)
Forward
[5]
[8]
Reverse
Reverse

Bundle clip
motor (M11)
Forward
Reverse

Bundle clip lower limit motor (PS30)
[1]
[2]
[4]
[1]
Assisting operation by the bundle arm
[5]
Bundle arm shelter operation
[2]
Bundle clip opened
[6]
Conveyed by the bundle clip
[3]
Paper conveyance by the bundle arm completed
[7]
Paper released
[4]
Paper caught
[8]
15ant2c099na
Returned to the standby position for the subsequent set
82
[6] [7]
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

Composition
Trimmer scraps
removal fan (FM1)
Up down wire
Bundle press
stage
Bundle press
plate
Bundle registration plate
Shutter
Trimmer scraps
press plate
SD-501
8.1
Exit claws
Bundle tray
paper full sensor (PS61)
Registration
claws
Trimmer scraps full
sensor (PS41)
Scraps box
Bundle exit conveyance belt
Bundle exit tray

15ant2c050nb
83
8.2
SD-501
8.2.1
Drive
Bundle press stage lift drive
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[1]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
15ant2c051na
84
[1]
[8]
[2]
Bundle registration plate wire
[9]
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)
[3]
Lift wire
[10]
Bundle press stage up down motor (M24)
[4]
Bundle press stage
[11]
Over-winding-prevention stopper
[5]
[12]
Wire winding shaft
[6]
Bundle exit auxiliary roller
[13]
Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)
[7]
Knob
Bundle press stage up down home sensor (PS35)

8.2.2
Bundle press movement drive
[5]
[4]
SD-501
[1]
[2]
[3]
15ant2c052na
[1]
Bundle press
[4]
Left side view
[2]
Bundle press movement home sensor (PS36)
[5]
Bundle press movement motor (M17)
[3]
Bundle press stage
8.2.3
Bundle registration drive
[1]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
15ant2c053na
[1]
Exit claws
[4]
[2]
Left side view
[5]
Registration claws
Bundle registration home sensor (PS34)
[3]
Bundle press stage
[6]
Bundle registration motor (M12)
85

Bundle press drive
SD-501
8.2.4
[9]
[1]
[8]
[7]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[6]
15ant2c054nb
86
[1]
Bundle press plate /Up
[6]
[2]
Release wire /Rt
[7]
Bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47)
[3]
Wire winding shaft
[8]
Bundle press home sensor (PS37)
[4]
Bundle press motor (M23)
[9]
Spring
[5]
Release wire /Lt

Bundle exit drive
SD-501
8.2.5
[13]
[1]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
15ant2c055nb
[1]
[8]
Trimmer scraps press plate
[2]
Left side view
[9]
Pin
[3]
Bundle exit drive belt
[10]
Trimmer scraps press claws
[4]
Actuator
[11]
Scraps press home sensor (PS48)

Shutter
[5]
Belt
[12]
[6]
Bundle exit motor (M5)
[13]
[7]
One-way clutch (for the bundle exit convey-
One-way clutch (for pressing the trimmer

scraps)
ance belt)
87
8.3
Operation
8.3.1
SD-501
Bundle press stage up down control
The bundle press stage conducts the up and down operation to convey and exit the paper by the switch back
method.
The bundle press stage is moved up [7] to decrease the angle difference when receiving the paper [8] conveyed
by the bundle clip from the slope [1]. The bundle press stage exits the paper [5] to the bundle exit tray at the horizontal position [4] at the paper exit.
The bundle registration plate [6] and the bundle exit auxiliary roller [3] move up and down together with the up
and down operation of the bundle press stage.
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
15ant2c057na
[1]
Slope
[5]
Paper path at the paper exit
[2]
[6]
[3]
[7]
Bundle press stage (upper position)
[4]
Bundle press stage (horizontal position)
[8]
Paper path to the bundle press stage
The registration claws [3] push in the paper to make sure that the paper is conveyed to the bundle press stage
when the bundle press stage [4] receives the paper from the bundle clip [6].
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[4]
88
[3]
15ant2c061na
[1]
Slope
[4]
[2]
[5]
Bundle press stage

Paper conveyance
[3]
Registration claws
[6]
Bundle clip
A. Mechanism
[3]. During the initial phase, the wire is tightened and the wire arm [4] comes to the horizontal position but the
bundle press stage [5] doesn't move up. At the time, as the wire arm comes horizontal, the bundle registration
plate wire [2] is loosen and the bundle registration plate [1] moves down and works as the stopper against the
registration operation.
Then, the bundle press stage moves up as the wire winding shaft [14] rotates and winds up the up down wire [3]
and it stops when the bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45) [11] turns ON.
The home positions (shelter position) for the bundle registration plate and the bundle press stage are detected
by the bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16) [15] and the bundle press stage up down home sensor
(PS35) [10] respectively.
The over-winding-prevention stopper [13] prevents the over winding since you can move up and down the bundle press stage manually by rotating the knob [9].
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[1]
[11]
[2]
[10]
[9]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[7]
[8]
[6]
15ant2c056na
[1]
[9]
Knob
[2]
Bundle registration plate wire
[10]
Bundle press stage up down home sensor

(PS35)
[3]
Lift wire
[4]
Wire arm
[11]
[5]
Bundle press stage
[12]
[6]
Bundle exit auxiliary roller arm
[13]
Over-winding-prevention stopper
[7]
[14]
Wire winding shaft
[8]
[15]
89
SD-501
The bundle press stage up down motor (M24) [12] rotates the wire winding shaft [14] and winds up the lift wire
B. Control
(1) Trimming mode
SD-501
The bundle press stage up down motor (M24) rotates in the forward direction to move up the bundle press
stage [2] when the main body start signal [1] turns ON. M24 stops while holding the bundle press stage in slanting position when the bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45) turns ON [3].
M24 rotates in the reverse direction to move down the bundle press stage [5] after the bundle clip releases the
paper, the bundle registration motor (M12) assists the paper conveyance operation, and the bundle press movement motor (M17) conveys the paper to the paper conveyance position [4]. M24 stops when the bundle press
stage up down home sensor (PS35) turns ON [6].
M24 starts to rotate in the forward direction and moves up the bundle registration plate [8] to open the paper
path to the trimmer section when the bundle press motor (M23) completes the paper press operation after the
registration operation.
M24 moves up the bundle press stage [10] for the subsequent set when M12 completes the paper exit [9].
[7]
Bundle press
movement
motor (M17)
Forward
Bundle press
motor (M23)
Forward
[9]
Reverse
Reverse
Bundle registra- Forward

tion motor
Reverse
(M12)
Bundle press
stage up down
motor (M24)
Forward
Reverse

[1] [2] [3]
[4][5][6]
[8]
15ant2c100na
[1]
[7]
Paper press completed
[2]
Bundle press stage moved up
[8]
Bundle registration plate moved up
[3]
Stopped at the upper limit
[9]
Paper exit completed
[4]
Paper conveyance assisting operation completed
[10]
[5]
Bundle press stage moved down
[6]
Returning to the home position
* Only for the paper of 297 mm or more

(before folding)
90
[10]
(2) No trimming mode

stage [2] when the main body start signal [1] turns ON. M24 stops while holding the bundle press stage in slanting position when the bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45) turns ON [3].
M24 rotates in the reverse direction to move down the bundle press stage [5] after the bundle clip releases the
paper, the bundle registration motor (M12) assists the paper conveyance operation, and the bundle press movement motor (M17) conveys the paper to the paper conveyance position [4]. M24 stops when the bundle press
stage up down home sensor (PS35) turns ON [6].
M24 moves up the bundle press stage [8] for the subsequent set when M12 completes the paper exit [7].
[7]
Bundle press
movement
motor (M17)
Forward
Bundle press
motor (M23)
Forward
Reverse
Reverse

tion motor
(M12)
Reverse
Bundle press
stage up down
motor (M24)
Forward
Reverse

[1] [2] [3]
[4][5][6]
[8]
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
Stopped at the upper limit
[8]
[4]
Paper conveyance assisting operation completed
[5]
15ant2c101na

(before folding)
91
SD-501
The bundle press stage up down motor (M24) rotates in the forward direction to move up the bundle press

8.3.2
Bundle press movement control
The bundle press movement is the mechanism to convey the paper to the trimmer section by pressing the
SD-501
paper with the press section to prevent the trimming skew at the trimmer operation after the paper registration
operation.
A. Mechanism
The bundle press movement motor (M17) drives the bundle press section [9] in the main scan direction.
When receiving the paper with the bundle press stage [2], the bundle press section [9] moves 100 mm backward from the home position to obtain the paper conveyance path.
When conducting the bundle registration operation, the bundle press section moves to the appropriate position
in accordance with the paper size.
The bundle press movement home sensor (PS36) [3] detects the home position of the bundle press section.
When the bundle press section moves to the home position, the metal plate [7] gets down the actuator [6] for
the trimmer registration sensor (PS55) [8] and obtains the paper conveyance path.
The bundle sensor /4 (PS54) [10] is for the paper jam detection.
[9]
[8]
[10]
[1]
[8]
[6]
[5]
[7]
[6]
92
[4]
[3]
[2]
15ant2c058na
[1]
Actuator
[6]
Actuator
[2]
Bundle press stage
[7]
Metal plate
[3]
[8]
Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
[4]
Actuator
[9]
Bundle press section
[5]
[10]
Bundle sensor /4 (PS54)
B. Control
The bundle press movement motor (M17) rotates in the reverse direction to move the bundle press section to
the paper conveyance position [2] after specified period of time since the bundle clip motor (M11) starts conveying the paper [1]. Then M17 rotates in the forward direction to move the bundle press section to the appropriate
press standby position in accordance with the paper size [3].
M17 rotates in the reverse direction and searches for the press position [6] for the paper when the bundle press
stage up down home sensor (PS35) detects that the bundle press stage has been moved down [5]. M17 stops
the bundle press section at the appropriate position in accordance with the paper size [7] after a specified period
of time since the trimmer registration sensor (PS55) turns OFF.
M17 searches the home position [8] and then moves the bundle press section to the paper trimming position [9]
after a specified period of time since the bundle press motor (M23) completes the paper press operation.
The bundle press section is returned to the home position [10] after a specified period of time since the trimming
operation is completed.
[1]
Bundle clip
motor (M11)
Forward
Bundle press
movement
motor (M17)
Forward
Bundle press
motor (M23)
Forward
[2] [3] [4][6] [7]
[8] [9]
[10]
Reverse
Reverse
Reverse

Trimmer blade motor (M31)
[5]
15ant2c102na
[1]
[7]
Stopped at the press position
[2]
Moved to the paper conveyance position
[8]
Searching the home position
[3]
Moved to the press standby position
[9]
Moved to the trimming position
[4]
Home position detected
[10]
[5]
[6]
Searching the press position

(before folding)
93
SD-501
(1) Trimming mode
(2) No trimming mode

The bundle press movement motor (M17) rotates in the reverse direction to move the bundle press section to
SD-501
the paper conveyance position [2] after a specified period of time since the bundle clip motor (M11) starts conveying the paper [1]. Then M17 rotates in the forward direction to move the bundle press section to the appropriate press position in accordance with the paper size [3].
M17 rotates in the forward direction to return the bundle press section to the home position [5] when the bundle
press stage up down home sensor (PS35) detects that the bundle press stage has been moved down [4].
[1]
Bundle clip
motor (M11)
Forward
Bundle press
movement
motor (M17)
Forward
[2]
[3]
[5]
Reverse
Reverse
[4]
[1]
[4]
Bundle press stage up down home position
[2]
Moved to the shelter position
[5]
[3]
Moved to the press position

(before folding)
94
15ant2c103na

8.3.3
Bundle press control
The bundle press is the mechanism to hold the paper during trim operation to prevent the trimming skew after
SD-501
the paper registration operation.

A. Mechanism
The bundle press plates /Up [1] and /Lw [15] hold the paper. The bundle press plate /Up is pulled to the bundle
press plate /Lw [15] (to the direction to hold and press the paper) by the spring [13] via the press wires /Rt [2]
and /Lt [12]. The bundle press plate /UP [1] moves down by the spring [13] when the wire winding shaft [4] is
rotated by the bundle press motor (M23) [5] and the release wires /Rt [3] and /Lt [6] are released. The force of
the spring presses the paper.
When M23 keeps rotating, the press wire /Lt [6] is loosen and the bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47) [8]
turns OFF by the actuator [9] due to the spring [10], and then the paper press position is detected.
The wire winding shaft [4] winds the release wires /Rt [3] and /Lt [6] to move up the bundle press plate /Up [1] for
releasing the press on the paper [16] when M23 rotates in reverse.
The bundle press home sensor (PS37) [11] detects the home position of the bundle press plate /Up [1].
[12]
[13]
[11]
[1]
[10]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[5]
[4]
[14]
[16]
[15]
15ant2c059nb
[1]
Bundle press plate /Up
[9]
[2]
Press wire /Rt
[10]
Actuator
Spring
[3]
Release wire /Rt
[11]
[4]
Wire winding shaft
[12]
Press wire /Lt
[5]
[13]
Spring
[6]
Release wire /Lt
[14]
Bundle press plate /Up (down)
[7]
[15]
Bundle press plate /Lw
[8]
[16]
Bundle press plate /Up (up)
95
B. Control
The bundle press motor (M23) rotates in the forward direction to conduct the paper press operation [2] to press
SD-501
the paper properly when the bundle press movement motor (M17) completes the press position search [1]. M23
rotates in the reverse direction to move up the bundle press plate /Up slightly to prevent the paper from becoming loose [4] when the bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47) detects the lower limit [3] and turns OFF.
M23 rotates in the forward direction to press the paper [5] after a specified period of time since the trimmer registration sensor (PS55) detects the completion of the registration operation.
M23 rotates in the reverse direction to return the bundle press plate /Up to the home position [7] when the trimmer blade motor (M31) completes the paper trimming operation [6].
[1][2]
Bundle press
movement
motor (M17)
Bundle press
motor (M23)
[5]
[7]
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse


[3][4]
96
[6]
[1]
Searching the press position completed
[5]
Press
[2]
Press operation
[6]
Trimming completed
[3]
Lower limit detected
[7]
[4]
Press release
15ant2c105na

8.3.4
Bundle registration control
SD-501
The paper registration operation reforms the skew at trimming.

A. Mechanism
The bundle registration motor (M12) drives the registration claws [4].
Two registration claws [4] conduct the registration by making the paper [14] contact [3] with the bundle registration plate [13] from the gutter side.
In the registration operation, the bundle press section [7] conducts the pressing by moving to the appropriate
position in accordance with the paper size. To conduct the bundle registration, the registration claws [4] press
the paper until the actuator [2] on the bundle press section comes in the upright position and the trimmer registration sensor (PS55) [1] turns ON.
The bundle exit claws [9] are located at the 180 opposite to the registration claws on the belt. M12 rotates in
the reverse direction [10] to exit the paper at the paper exit.
The home position of the registration claws [4] is detected when the registration claws push the actuator [11]
and turns ON the bundle registration home sensor (PS34) [12].
[14]
[1]
[2]
[13]
[3]
[4]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
15ant2c060na
[1]
[8]
[2]
Actuator
[9]
Bundle exit claws
[3]
Registration direction
[10]
Drive direction of the bundle exit tabs
[4]
Registration claws
[11]
Actuator
[5]
Left side view
[12]
[6]
[13]
[7]
Bundle press section
[14]
Paper
97
B. Control
The bundle registration motor (M12) rotates in the reverse direction when the main body start signal turns ON
SD-501
and the registration claws move to the standby position in accordance with the paper size [2].
The bundle registration motor (M12) rotates in the reverse direction to conduct the paper conveyance assisting
operation [4] and the preregistration operation [5] after a specified period of time since the bundle clip motor
(M11) starts conveying the paper [3]. Then M12 stops when the registration claws reach at the specified position.
M12 rotates in the reverse direction and conducts the registration operation [7] with the registration claws when
the bundle press motor (M23) completes the press releasing operation [6]. The registration claws stop when the
trimmer registration sensor (PS55) turns ON [8].
M12 rotates in the forward direction to move the registration claws to the specified shelter position [10] when
M23 completes the press operation [9].
M12 rotates in the forward direction to let the bundle exit claws push the paper to conduct the paper exit operation [12] after a specified period of time since the trimmer blade motor (M31) completes the trimming operation
[11]. M12 stops when the bundle registration home sensor (PS34) turns ON [13]. M12 rotates in the reverse
direction to move the bundle exit claws to the standby position [14] after a specified period of time. Then it
stands by for the subsequent set.
[2]
Bundle clip
motor (M11)
Bundle press
motor (M23)
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[9][10]
[12]
[14]
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse

tion motor
Reverse
(M12)

[1]
98
[7] [8]
[11]
[1]
[8]
[2]
Moved to the standby position
[9]
Paper press completed
[3]
Conveyance by the bundle clip started
[10]
Shelter operation
[13]
15ant2c106 na
Registration operation completed
[4]
Paper conveyance assisted
[11]
Trimming completed
[5]
Pre-registration
[12]
Paper exit operation
[6]
Press release
[13]
[7]
Registration
[14]
Moved to the standby position

8.3.5
Bundle exit control
(1) Bundle exit mechanism

The paper is exited to the bundle exit tray [12].
The paper exited to the bundle exit tray is conveyed to the front by the bundle exit conveyance belt [1] and
stacked.
The bundle exit motor (M5) [5] drives the bundle exit conveyance belt [1] via the bundle exit drive belt [4] and the
bundle exit belt drive shaft [3].
M5 drives the bundle exit conveyance belt for a specified period of time to convey the paper to the front [13] for
every paper exit.
The bundle exit tray is expandable. The bundle tray set sensor (PS58) [9] detects whether the bundle exit tray is
stored or not.
M5 also drives the scrap press plate [11]. In each drive path from M5 to the bundle exit drive belt and the scraps
press plate, there is a one-way clutch respectively that switches the rotational direction of M5. Therefore, the
bundle exit drive and the scraps press plate are not driven simultaneously.
[12]
[13]
[1]
[2]
[11]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[9]
[5]
[8]
[6]
[7]
[1]
[8]
Scrap press claws
[2]
[9]
Bundle tray set sensor (PS58)
15ant2c062na
[3]
Bundle exit belt drive shaft
[10]
Trimmer scraps full sensor (PS41)
[4]
[11]
Scraps press plate
[5]
[12]
Bundle exit tray
[6]
[13]
[7]
Scraps box set sensor (PS40)
99
SD-501
A. Mechanism
(2) Bundle exit tray expanding mechanism
SD-501
The bundle exit tray is expandable. The folded bundle exit conveyance belt [6] is also expanded [1] when the
bundle exit tray is expanded. At the time, it also moves the bundle exit conveyance belt drive shaft [5] for the
bundle exit conveyance belt [1] and [6].
[5]
[6]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
15ant2c063na
100
[1]
Bundle exit conveyance belt (expanded)
[4]
[2]
Folding stand
[5]

Bundle exit conveyance belt drive shaft
[3]
Drive shaft
[6]
Bundle exit conveyance belt (folded)
(3) Trimmer scraps press mechanism

the scraps press craws [4] on the belt [5] to move the scraps press plate [2] forward, then the trimmer scraps are
pressed by the plate. The spring [11] pushes the scraps press plate to put it back.
The trimmer scraps press is carried out when the actuator [8] turns on the scraps press home sensor (PS48) [9]
with the press position of the scraps press plate is at the home position
The maximum travel distance of the scraps press plate is 200 mm.
The trimmer scraps press is carried out when the trim is performed five times or when the total trimmed number
of sheets becomes 60 sheets (30 sheets before folding) or more.
[11]
[10]
[9]
[1]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
15ant2c064nb
[1]
[6]
Trimming position
[2]
Scraps press plate (maximum movement
[7]
Backmost position
position)
[8]
Actuator
[3]
Home position
[9]
[4]
Scrap press claws
[10]
Pin
[5]
Belt
[11]
Spring
101
SD-501
Trimmer scraps press is executed by driving the bundle exit motor (M5). The M5 motor drives the pins [10] via
(4) Shutter mechanism
SD-501
When the spring [10] pushes the scraps press plate [2] to its backmost position, the shutter arm [6] is pushed up
and the shutter [9] is opened. On the other hand, the shutter is closed when the scraps press plate is moved forward from the back most position to the position [3] by the spring of the shutter arm.
Opening the shutter allows the guide sheet [7], which is attached to the shutter, to be straightened [8] due to the
tension. Closing the shutter allows slack in the guide sheet to widen the dropping path of scraps.
Before trimming, the scraps press plate moves 50 mm [3] from the backmost position and stops to be ready for
trimming.
The shutter repeats opening/closing operation by shuttling the scraps press plate 50mm back and forth in each
trimming operation. This shutter operation creates vibration with the guide sheet to shake off the trimmer scraps.
[8]
[9]
[10]
[7]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[4]
102
[3]
[2]
[1]
[6]
Shutter arm
[2]
Scraps press plate
[7]
Guide sheet
[3]
Shutter closing position
[8]
Guide sheet (straightened)
[4]
Shutter opening position
[9]
Shutter
[5]
Scraps press claws
[10]
Spring
15ant2c117na
B. Trimmer scraps removal control
[5]
[4]
SD-501
The scraps removal fan (FM1) [3] blows air [4] to make sure to put the trimmer scraps to the scraps box.
[6]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Left side view
[4]
Air
[2]
[5]
Bundle press
[3]
Trimmer scraps removal fan (FM1)
[6]
Bundle clip
[1]
15ant2c115na
The trimmer scraps removal fan (FM1) operates only in the trimmer mode.
When the main body start signal [1] turns ON, FM1 is rotated and the bundle clip releases [2] the paper, FM1
stops for a time to prevent the paper from having the uneven edge. When the bundle press motor (M23) completes the paper press [3], FM1 is rotated again to send air so that sheet trimming scraps get in the scraps box
without fail.
Bundle press
motor (M23)
Forward
Reverse
Trimmer scraps removal fan (FM1)

[1]
[1]
[2]
Bundle clip released the paper
[2]
[3]
[3]
15ant2c116na
Paper press operation completed
103
C. Bundle exit control
SD-501
The bundle exit motor (M5) rotates in the forward direction and the bundle exit conveyance belt conveys the exit
paper [2] after a specified period of time since the trimmer blade motor (M31) completes the trimming [1]. M5
stops after a specified period of time since the bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57) detects the trailing edge of paper [3].
[2]
Bundle exit
motor (M5)
Forward
Reverse

Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)
[1]
[1]
Trimming completed
[2]
Bundle exit conveyance
[3]
[3]
[1]
[1]
104
15ant2c107na
Trailing edge of paper detected
15ant2c114na
D. Shutter / trimmer scraps press control

paper [1]. Then the scraps press plate moves backward to drop the trimmer scraps with the shutter opened [2].
After a specified period of time since the paper exit is finished [3], the M5 motor rotates in reverse to move the
scraps press plate frontward 50 mm and stops [4] with the shutter closed. Then the next trimming is excused in
this condition. After a specified period of time from paper exit when the trimming is performed five times or when
the total trimmed number of sheets becomes 60 sheets (30 sheets before folding) or more after the previous
scraps press operation, the M5 motor starts rotating in reverse to start the press operation. When the press
operation is started, the shutter opened by the paper exit operation is closed again [7]. When the scraps press
home sensor (PS48) detects that the scraps press plate is at the home position, the M5 motor stops [8] and
next operation of the trimming and paper exit [9] is performed.
[1] [2] [3] [4]
[5][6][7]
[9]
Forward
Bundle exit
motor (M5)
Reverse
Scraps press home

sensor (PS48)
[8]
[1]
Start of paper exit
[6]
Start of press operation
[2]
Shutter is opened
[7]
Shutter is closed
[3]
[8]
Press position stop
[4]
Shutter is closed
[9]
Start of paper exit
[5]
Finish of paper ejection
15ant2c118na
105
SD-501
When the trimming is executed with the shutter closed, the bundle exit motor (M5) starts rotating forward to exit
E. Bundle exit paper full control
SD-501
The bundle tray paper full sensor (PS61) [1] detects the bundle exit paper full. The main body displays the message on its operation panel when the paper full is detected.
[1]
[1]
F.
15ant2c109na
Bundle tray paper full sensor (PS61)
Trimmer scraps full control
The trimmer scraps full sensor (PS41) detects the paper scraps full of the scraps box. When the PS 41 is turned
on for three seconds after the paper exit operation driven by the (M5) is finished, the scraps is detected as full.
The main body displays the message on its operation panel when the paper scraps full is detected.
G. Trimmer scraps tray set detection
The scraps box set sensor (PS40) detects whether the scraps box is set or not. The main body displays the
message on its operation panel when the scraps box is not set.
106
9. TRIMMER SECTION
9. TRIMMER SECTION
Composition
SD-501
9.1
Trimmer press plate

Trimmer paddle
Trimmer blade
Trimmer board
15ant2c119na
107
9. TRIMMER SECTION
SD-501
9.2
9.2.1
Drive
Trimmer press drive
[4]
[3]
108
[5]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[1]
[8]
15ant2c067na
[1]
Trimmer board
[5]
[2]
Press arm
[6]
Press drive screw

Trimmer press home sensor (PS53)
[3]
Trimmer press motor (M32)
[7]
Trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52)
[4]
Slide block
[8]
Trimmer press plate

Trimmer blade drive
SD-501
9.2.2
9. TRIMMER SECTION
[5]
[6]
[4]
[7]
[3]
[8]
[2]
[1]
15ant2c068na
[1]
Trimmer blade drive screw
[5]
[2]
Drive plate
[6]
Trimmer blade
Trimmer blade home sensor (PS50)
[3]
Drive guide holes
[7]
Trimmer blade upper limit sensor (PS51)
[4]
Drive shafts
[8]
109
9. TRIMMER SECTION
Trimmer board drive
SD-501
9.2.3
[1]
[2]
[6]
[7]
[5]
110
[3]
[4]
15ant2c069na
[1]
Trimmer board solenoid (SD11)
[5]
Trimmer board
[2]
Trimmer board replacement sensor (PS59)
[6]
One-way clutch
[3]
Pinion
[7]
[4]
Rack

Paddle drive
SD-501
9.2.4
9. TRIMMER SECTION
[1]
[2]
15ant2c120na
[1]
Trimmer paddle
[2]
Trimmer paddle motor (M33)
111
9. TRIMMER SECTION
SD-501
9.3
9.3.1
Operation
Trimmer press control
A. Mechanism
The trimmer press is the mechanism to hold the paper at its fore-edge side to prevent the trimming misalignment.
There is approximately 5 mm of opening at the home position. The press arms [4] press the paper with the trimmer board [2] when the trimmer press motor (M32) [1] drives and the slide blocks [7] move to the closing direction [8]. M32 detects the completion of the paper press via overcurrent.
M32 rotates in the reverse direction to widen the opening to approximately 20 mm before conveying the paper
to the trimmer section if the number of the print paper is 16 or more (32 or more for the saddle stitched paper).
The trimmer press home sensor (PS53) [6] and the trimmer press home sensor (PS52) [5] detect the home position and 20 mm of opening respectively.
[6]
[7]
[8]
[5]
[1]
[4]
112
[3]
[2]
15ant2c070na
[1]
[5]
[2]
Trimmer board
[6]
[3]
[7]
Slide blocks
[4]
Press arms
[8]
Press direction
9. TRIMMER SECTION
When changing the trimming position of the trimmer board or replacing the trimmer board via the I/O check
press upper limit sensor (PS52) and release the trimmer board [3] by pushing the trimmer board retaining spring
[2] by the plate [1]. At the time, the opening is approximately 23 mm. The position is detected via overcurrent.
[3]
[1]
Plate
[2]
Trimmer board retaining spring
[2]
[3]
[1]
15ant2c071na
Trimmer board
113
SD-501
mode, M32 rotates in the reverse direction to move up the press board higher than the position of the trimmer
9. TRIMMER SECTION
B. Control
SD-501
(1) The number of the print paper is 16 or more (32 or more for the saddle stitched paper)
The trimmer press motor (M32) rotates in the reverse direction [2] when the bundle clip motor starts conveying
the paper [1]. When the trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52) [3] detects upper limit position of the trimmer
board, M32 is stopped and waits for the paper. At this time, the opening is approximately 20 mm.
M32 rotates in the forward direction to press the paper when the paper is conveyed to the opening by the bundle press movement motor (M17) [4]. M32 stops when the overcurrent is detected [5].
The returning operation to the home position [7] is conducted when the trimmer blade motor (M31) completes
the trimming [6].
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]

Bundle press
movement
motor (M17)
Forward
Trimmer press
motor (M32)
Forward
Trimmer blade
motor (M31)
Forward
Reverse
Reverse
Reverse
[6]
[3]
[7]
15ant2c110na
[1]
Conveyance by the bundle clip started
[5]
Trimmer press completed
[2]
Opening operation
[6]
Trimming completed
[3]
Stopped when the opening is approx. 20 mm
[7]
Returning operation to the home position
[4]
Conveyance of the trimmed paper completed
(2) The number of the print paper is 15 or less (30 for the saddle stitched paper)
The trimmer press motor (M32) rotates in the forward direction to press the paper without widening the opening
when the paper is conveyed to the opening.
114

9.3.2
9. TRIMMER SECTION
Trimmer blade control
The trimming is conducted by the trimmer blade driven by the trimmer blade motor (M31) while the paper is
pressed by the trimmer press.
The drive shafts [4] moves up in a slanting direction along with the drive guide holes [2] when M31 pulls the trimmer blade retaining plate [5] to the direction [1]. It trims the paper with the trimmer blade [6] attached on the trimmer blade retaining plate [5].
The completion of the trimming is detected by the overcurrent of M31 caused when the trimmer blade retaining
plate [5] is contacted with the trimmer stoppers [7] attached to the trimmer press plate.
If the overcurrent of M31 is not detected even if the trimmer blade keeps moving up, the trimmer blade upper
limit sensor (PS51) detects the upper limit.
[7]
[5]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
15ant2c072na
[1]
Trimming direction
[5]
Trimmer blade retaining plate
[2]
Drive guide holes
[6]
Trimmer blade
[3]
[7]
Trimmer stoppers
[4]
Drive shafts
115
SD-501
A. Mechanism
9. TRIMMER SECTION
B. Control
SD-501
The trimmer blade motor (M31) starts the trimming [2] when the trimmer press motor (M32) completes the press
and stops [1]. M31 stops when the overcurrent is detected [3].
M31 starts the returning operation to the home position [5] when the bundle press motor (M23) starts releasing
the press [4]. M31 stops when the trimmer blade home sensor (PS50) turns ON [6].
[1]
Bundle press
motor (M23)
Forward
Trimmer press
motor (M32)
Forward
Trimmer blade
motor (M31)
[4]
Reverse
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
[2]
116
[5]
[3]
[6]
15ant2c112na
[1]
Trimmer press completed
[4]
Releasing the press started
[2]
Trimmer operation
[5]
[3]
Stopped by the overcurrent
[6]

9.3.3
9. TRIMMER SECTION
Trimmer board control
The trimmer operation may be conducted improperly due to the damage on the trimmer board if the trimmer
board is subjected to the trimmer blade many times at the same position. For this reason, the trimmer board is
slid 1 mm backward for sheet cutting each time a job of 700 times trimming is completed.
The trimmer board solenoid (SD11) [1] slides the trimmer board [5] with its fixing released by the trimmer press
motor (M32).
The pinion [3] pushes the rack [4] 0.5 mm every time SD11 turns ON. The rotation of the pinion is transmitted to
the rack by the one-way clutch [6] and pushes the trimmer board when SD11 turns ON. The pinion does not
rotate and push the trimmer board when SD11 turns OFF by the one-way clutch.
Each time a job of 700 times trimming is completed, SD11 is turned on twice to move the trimmer board 1 mm.
The trimmer board can be slid up to approximately 26 mm. The main body displays the message on its operation panel when the trimmer board replacement sensor (PS59) [2] turns ON. The trimmer operation is prohibited
when the trimming is conducted 700 times since PS59 turns ON.
Note
For C6500, the operation timing of the trimmer board solenoid can be selected among 700/500/300
(700 by default), and the travel distance can be selected among 1.0/1.5/2.0 mm (1.0 by default)
from Finisher adjustment in service mode.
For 1050, if the DIPSW22-5 setting in service mode is changed to 1, the operation timing of the
trimmer board solenoid becomes selectable among 700/500/300 (700 by default) on the adjustment screen in the user mode.
The barr may occur on the trimmed edge of the paper before the movement cycle of the trimmer
board depending on the paper type.
[1]
[2]
[6]
[7]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
Trimmer board
[3]
Pinion
[6]
One-way clutch
15ant2c073na
Rack
117
SD-501
A. Mechanism
9. TRIMMER SECTION
B. Control
SD-501
The trimmer press motor (M32) starts the returning operation [2] to the home position when the 700th trimmer
operation [1] is completed. M32 does not stop by defection of the trimmer press home sensor (PS53) [3]. The
opening keeps widening until the overcurrent of M32 is detected [4]. When M32 stops, the trimmer board solenoid (SD11) turns ON and OFF twice [5] to move the trimmer board 1 mm. Then, M32 starts the returning operation to the home position [6].
[4] [5]
[6]

Trimmer press
motor (M32)
Trimmer blade
motor (M31)
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
[1]
118
[2]
[3]
15ant2c113na
[1]
700th trimmer operation
[4]
[2]
Opening operation of the trimmer press
[5]
Overcurrent of M32 detected

Trimmer board moved 1 mm
[3]
[6]

9.3.4
9. TRIMMER SECTION
Trimmer paddle
The trimmer paddle [2] is provided to prevent the saddle-stitched paper from creating trails with scraps by getting into the paper during the press operation, and to drop the scraps forcibly. The trimmer paddle is driven by
the trimmer paddle motor (M33).
Trimming amount is 15mm or less: The M33 motor rotates in reverse [1] to drop [3] the trimming scraps with the
trimming paddle.
Trimming amount is more than 15mm: The M33 motor rotates forward to rake and drop the scraps to the wider
dropping path [4].
[5]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
15ant2c121na
[1]
Trimmer paddle (M33) reverse direction
[2]
Trimmer paddle
[3]
Dropping path
[4]
Dropping path
(Trimming amount is more than 15mm)
[5]
Trimmer paddle (M33) forward direction
(Trimming amount is 15mm or less)
119
SD-501
A. Mechanism
9. TRIMMER SECTION
B. Control
SD-501
In trimming mode, the trimmer paddle motor (M33) starts forward/reverse rotation after paper clipping is operated by the bundle clip motor (M11), and then the M33 motor stops when the trimming JOB is finished.
If the trimming amount value is set in the "Trimming adjustment" in service mode, the forward/reverse rotation of
motor is controlled by the trimming amount that is added the adjusted value. (Edges of standard sized paper is
trimmed by 2mm even when the adjutment value is set to 0.)
120
SERVICE MANUAL
Theory of Operation
PB-501
2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
Revision in relation to the corresponding to bizhub PRO
2007/11
2.0
2006/11
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark
C6500/C6500P
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007
CONTENTS
PB-501
CONTENTS
PB-501
OUTLINE
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.1
Exit to the Sub Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.2
Perfect Binding Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3.1
Gate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3.2
Entrance conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.3.3
Intermediate conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.4
Cover paper conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.5
Sub tray exit release control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.6
Sub tray full-status detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.3.7
Cover paper multi feed detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5. SC SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.3.1
SC section operation overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.3.2
SC entrance conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
5.3.3
SC switchback conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
5.3.4
SC main scan alignment control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
5.3.5
Sub scan alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5.3.6
SC papers conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5.3.7
Clamp entrance movement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
5.3.8
SC stopper control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5.3.9
SC pressure arm control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
6. CLAMP SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6.3.1
Clamp alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6.3.2
Clamp control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6.3.3
Clamp rotation control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6.3.4
Book thickness detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

7.1
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
7.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
CONTENTS
PB-501
7.3.1
Pellet supply operation overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7.3.2
Pellet supply arm control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
7.3.3
Pellet supply control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7.3.4
Pellet supply amount control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.3.5
Pellet remaining amount detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.3.6
Pellet supply door opening/closing detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.3.7
Stirring stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
8. GLUE TANK SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

8.1
Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
8.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
8.3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.3.1
Glue tank unit movement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.3.2
Glue apply roller control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
8.3.3
Glue tank lifting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
8.3.4
Cover paper glue control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.3.5
Glue temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

9.1
Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
9.2
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
9.2.1
9.3
Cover paper tray lift drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
9.2.2
Paper feed drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
9.2.3
Pick-up drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9.3.1
Plate up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9.3.2
9.3.3
Separation mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
9.3.4
Paper feed mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
9.3.5
Air assist mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
9.3.6
Cover paper tray empty detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
9.3.7
Paper feed assist plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

10.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
10.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
10.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
10.3.1 Cover paper table section operation overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
10.3.2 Cover paper conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
10.3.3 Cover paper trimming control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
10.3.4 Cover paper alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
10.3.5 Cover paper table up down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
10.3.6 Cover paper folding plate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
10.3.7 Cover paper conveyance arm control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
10.3.8 Cover paper lifting (supporting) control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
10.3.9 Book exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
10.3.10 Waste paper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
11.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
11.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
11.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
11.3.1 Book stock section operation overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
11.3.2 Book conveyance & movement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
ii
CONTENTS
11.3.3 Book conveyance belt control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

11.3.5 Book movement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
11.3.6 Book stopper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
11.3.7 Book full status detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
12. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
12.1 Fan control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
12.2 Door opening/closing control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
iii
PB-501
11.3.4 Book conveyance up down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
PB-501
CONTENTS
Blank page
iv
PB-501
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Simplified perfect binding machine (Consoled hot-melt type)
B. Functions
Perfect binding mode
Automatically binds and stocks in a book stock section.

Binding sheets and thickness
Min. 10 sheets
Max.
-1050All paper types (plain paper, high-quality paper,
color paper, coated paper)
300 sheets or 30 mm
-C6500Plain paper 300 sheets or 30 mm
High-quality paper, color paper, coated paper
150 sheets or 15 mm
Binding sheets with Z-fold sheets: See the
table below*
- Single-sided print No. of Z-fold sheets Max. No. of unfold sheets
Total
1 sheet
200 sheets
201 sheets
2 sheets
150 sheets
152 sheets
- Double-sided print No. of Z-fold sheets Max. No. of unfold sheets
Total
1 sheet
200 sheets
201 sheets
2 sheets
150 sheets
152 sheets
3 sheets
100 sheets
103 sheets
4 sheets
50 sheets
54 sheets
- Single-sided/double-sided print (printer function)When the unfold sheet is single-sided, the specification is same
as that of single-sided print.
When the unfold sheet is double-sided, the specification is same
as that of double-sided print.
* : When DIPSW37-2 is set to 1(ON), it is possible to release the limit of the total
sheets.
PB-501
Sub tray mode

Book stock capacity : Max. 11 books*1 x 2 rows*2 (book thickness: 30mm)
10 to 30 sheets book: 50 books
31 to 150 sheets book: 35 books or until the upper limit
is detected.
151 to 300 sheets book: Until the upper limit is detected.
Cover paper tray
: Selectable from the PB, main body, or PI.
PB cover paper tray capacity 1,000 sheets (82g/m2)
500 sheets (161g/m2)
Trimming
: Selectable from Trim/Not trim.
*1: The available number of books may decrease due to curls of papers.
*2: When books have been stacked up to the limit at the first row, the first stack
is automatically moved to the second row, and piling books at the first row
is continued.
Exit into the sub tray with no being processing mode.
200 sheets (80g/m2)
Tray capacity:
Warm-up time
Approx. 20 minutes
C. Paper type
(1) Paper size
Inside paper : A4, B5, A5, A5S, 81/2 x 11, 51/2 x 81/2,
16K
Custom paper (Max. 307 (W) x 221 (L) mm)
Available only in Z-folding:
11 x 17, A3, B4, 81/2 x 14, A4S,

81/2 x 11S, 12 x 18
Cover paper : Max. 307 (W) x 472 (L) mm

Vertical (main scan direction) Same size as the inside paper.
Horizontal (sub scan direction) Wide L
L= book size in the sub scan direction x 2 + book thickness (book
spine) + 3mm (for trimming)
Sub tray mode
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13, 71/4 x 101/2,
71/4 x 101/2, 51/2 x 81/2, 51/2 x 81/2S
Custom paper (Max. 331 (W) x 488 (L) mm, Min.100 (W) x 139 (L) mm),
Wide paper, Standard index paper*1
Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail edge side is not warranty.
(2) Paper weight

-1050Inside paper
: 62 to 91g/m2
Cover paper
: 82 to 161g/m2
-C6500-
Sub tray mode
Inside paper
: 64 to 105g/m2
Cover paper
: 75 to 162g/m2
50 to 300g/m2
D. Maintenance
PB-501
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
Inch: 120VAC 60Hz

Metric: 230VAC 50Hz
5VDC (supplied from the main body)
Power consumption
720W or less
Dimensions
1,303 (W) x 1,223 (H) x 775(D) mm

Binding section: 740 (W) x 1,223 (H) x 775 (D) mm
Book stock section: 563 (W) x 740 (H) x 685 (D) mm
Weight
F.
Approx. 210kg
Temperature
10 to 30 C
Humidity
Note
PB-501
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
a075t1c001ca
[1]
Conveyance section
[5]
[2]
Cover paper table section
[6]
Glue tank section

Pellet supply section
[3]
Cover paper supply section
[7]
Sub compile (SC) section
[4]
Book stock section
[8]
Clamp section
3. PAPER PATH
3. PAPER PATH
Exit to the Sub Tray
PB-501
3.1
[1]
[2]
a075t1c002ca
[1]
Exit to the sub tray
[2]
Exit from the FD sub tray
3. PAPER PATH
3.2
Perfect Binding Mode
PB-501
A. Conveyance of inside papers to the clamp section and conveyance of cover paper
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a075t1c003ca
[1]
Conveyance of inside papers
[2]
Conveyance of cover paper from the main

body
[3]
Conveyance of cover paper from the PB

tray
[4]
Switchback conveyance
3. PAPER PATH
PB-501
B. Clamping and glue application
[2]
[1]
a075t1c004ca
[1]
[2]
Bypass conveyance
3. PAPER PATH
PB-501
C. Glue application to cover paper and cover paper folding operation
[1]
a075t1c005ca
[1]
Cover paper folding operation
3. PAPER PATH
PB-501
D. Book stock
[2]
[1]
[1]
Moving to the second row
a075t1c006ca
[2]
Exit of the book
PB-501
3. PAPER PATH
Blank page
10
PB-501
4.1
Configuration
SC entrance sensor (PS2)

Sub tray full sensor (PS5)
Bypass gate
Sub tray
Sub tray exit sensor (PS4)
Sub tray conveyance

roller
Sub tray gate
Entrance sensor
(PS1)
Intermediate
conveyance roller
Entrance
conveyance roller
Cover paper
conveyance roller
Entrance gate
Cover paper entrance sensor

(PS3)
Cover paper conveyance
sensor /4 (PS78)
Multi feed detection board /1

(MFDTB71)
Multi feed detection
board /2 (MFDTB72)
Cover paper feed roller
sensor /5 (PS79)
a075t2c001ca
11
4.2
Drive
PB-501
A. Entrance conveyance drive/Intermediate conveyance drive/Cover paper conveyance drive
[5]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a075t2c002ca
[1]
[4]
Cover paper feed motor (M74)
[2]
Registration roller (to the cover paper supply
[5]
section)
[3]
Paper feed roller (to the cover paper supply

section)
12
[6]
[7]
[8]
PB-501
B. Entrance gate drive/Bypass gate drive/Sub tray gate drive/Sub tray exit & separation drive
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
a075t2c003ca
[1]
Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4)
[5]
[2]
[6]
Entrance gate
[3]
Sub tray gate
[7]
Bypass gate
[4]
[8]
Paper exit driven roller
13
PB-501
4.3
Operation
4.3.1
Gate control
A. Entrance gate control
The entrance gate switches the paper path for the cover paper used for perfect binding so that the paper
conveyed from the FDs PI or the main body is conveyed to the cover paper table section.
The entrance gate solenoid (SD1) activates the gate. When the SD1 is Off, the gate is opened to convey the
cover paper toward the sub tray gate, and when the SD1 becomes On, the gate is changed to make a
paper path toward the cover paper table section.
The SD1 stays Off while the inside papers for perfect binding are conveyed, or while they are exit on the sub
tray. It is kept On while cover paper is conveyed from the FDs PI or the main body.
(1) When cover paper being conveyed from the main body
1. When a print job is received, the entrance gate solenoid (SD1) turns Off [1] to open the entrance gate toward
the sub tray gate.
2. Cover paper is conveyed through the entrance gate [2].

3. When the paper exit sensor (PS3) of the main body detects the leading edge of the cover paper, the SD1
turns On to switch the entrance gate direction toward the cover table section [4].
4. Once a prescribed time period has elapsed after the cover paper entrance sensor (PS3) detects the trailing
edge of cover paper [4], the SD1 turns Off to switch the entrance gate direction toward the sub tray gate.
[1]
[2]
[3]
Paper exit sensor (main body PS3)

Cover paper entrance sensor (PS3)
[4]
a075t2c004ca
[1]
[3]
Cover paper leading edge detection
[2]
[4]
Cover paper trailing edge detection
B. Sub tray gate control
The sub tray gate switches the paper path for inside papers used for perfect binding between toward the
SC section and toward the sub tray to be exit.
The sub tray gate is activated by the sub tray gate solenoid (SD3). When the SD3 is Off, the gate is opened
toward the SC section, and when the SD3 becomes On, the gate direction is switched toward the sub tray
to exit inside papers.
While inside papers are exit on the sub tray, the SD3 turns On upon receiving a print job, and turns Off when
the job is finished.
14
C. Bypass gate control

The SC section is designed to stack a certain number of inside papers (n) of the subsequent book while the
previous book inside papers are glued at the clamp section. The bypass gate [3] operates to lay two next
inside paper (n+1th and n+2th) one on top of another and keep them until the stacked n inside papers
at the SC section are conveyed to the clamp section [1]. This saves time for conveying the inside paper and
increases productivity.
The bypass gate is activated by the bypass gate solenoid (SD2).
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
a075t2c005ca
[1]
n inside papers of subsequent book
[3]
Bypass gate
[2]
n+1th inside paper of subsequent book
[4]
n+2th inside paper of subsequent book
(1) Control
1. The bypass gate solenoid (SD2) turns On when a prescribed time has elapsed after the SC entrance sensor
(PS2) detects the trailing edge [1] of the n+1th inside paper of subsequent book.
2. The solenoid turns Off when a prescribed time period has elapsed after the n+2th inside paper is laid over
the n+1th inside paper, and the SC entrance sensor (PS2) detects the trailing edge of the n+2th inside
paper [2].
[1]
[2]

a075t2c006ca
[1]
Detection of trailing edge of n+1th inside

paper of subsequent book
[2]
Detection of trailing edge of n+2th inside

paper of subsequent book
15
PB-501
4.3.2
Entrance conveyance control
The entrance conveyance roller, sub tray conveyance roller, main body cover paper conveyance roller, and
PB-501
the cover paper conveyance roller are driven by the entrance conveyance motor (M1). The drive force is
transmitted via the gear and the timing belt.
A. Perfect binding mode
(1) When feeding cover paper from the PB cover paper tray
The entrance conveyance motor (M1) starts to turn at high speed upon receiving a print job.
The M1 stops when the job is finished.
(2) When feeding cover paper from the main body
1. The entrance conveyance motor (M1) starts to turn at high speed [1] upon receiving a print job.
2. When the main body paper exit sensor (PS3) is turned On [4] by the leading edge of the cover paper, the M1
starts to turn at the same speed as that of the main unit.
3. Upon detection of the trailing edge of the cover paper by the PS3, the M1 starts to turn at high speed [5] to
convey the paper.
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Entrance conveyance
motor (M1)
High speed
Main body
speed
[3]
16
[1]
[2]
Paper
[3]
Change of main body process speed
[4]
Changes to the same speed as that of the

main unit
[5]
a075t2c007ca
Changes to high speed rotation
B. Sub tray exit mode

scan direction)
1. The entrance conveyance motor (M1) starts to turn at high speed [1] upon receiving a print job, and starts to
decelerate [2] in accordance with the main body process speed when the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the
leading edge of paper.
2. After the specified time period from the entrance sensor (PS1), the M1 starts to turn at high speed again.
[1]
[2]
Fusing paper exit sensor (main body PS22)

Entrance conveyance
motor (M1)
High speed
Main body
speed
a075t2c008ca
[1]
[2]
Change of main body process speed
(2) Small size all modes, large size main unit reverse paper exit mode (320mm or shorter in the sub
scan direction)
The entrance conveyance motor (M1) starts to turn at high speed upon receiving a print job.
4.3.3
Intermediate conveyance control
The intermediate conveyance roller is driven by the drive force of the intermediate conveyance motor (M2)
transmitted via the gear and the timing belt.
A. Perfect binding mode
The intermediate conveyance motor (M2) starts to rotate when a print job is received.
B. Sub tray exit mode
The intermediate conveyance motor (M2) does not work.
4.3.4
Cover paper conveyance control
The cover paper conveyance section and the cover paper conveyance roller are driven by the drive force of
the cover paper feed motor (M74) transmitted via the gear, timing belt, and the coupling.
The M74 stops when a prescribed time period has elapsed after the cover paper conveyance sensor/4
(PS78) detects the trailing edge of the cover paper.
For more information on the feeding operation, see 9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION. (See P.81)
4.3.5
Sub tray exit release control
The sub tray release operation is performed to align edges of papers exit onto the sub tray.
The operation is activated by the sub tray exit solenoid (SD4). The sub tray exit roller separates from the
spring when the SD4 becomes On, and the roller moves to push the spring when the SD4 turns Off.
17
PB-501
(1) Large size double side mode, single side main unit straight mode (320mm or longer in the sub
(1) When paper size is large (320mm or longer in the sub scan direction)
1. When a prescribed time period has elapsed after the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the leading edge of
PB-501
paper [1], the sub tray exit solenoid (SD4) turns On to release the sub tray exit roller from the spring [2].
2. The SD4 turns Off to make the roller push the spring [3] when a prescribed time period has elapsed after the
PS1 detects the trailing edge of the paper.
[1]
[3]

[2]
[1]
[2]
The sub tray exit roller separates from the
a075t2c009ca
[3]
The sub tray exit roller pushes against the

spring
spring
(2) When paper size is small (320mm or shorter in the sub scan direction)
1. After the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of paper, the sub tray exit solenoid (SD4) turns On
to make the sub tray exit roller separate from the spring [1].
2. The SD4 turns Off to make the roller push the spring [2] when a prescribed time period has elapsed after the
PS1 detects the trailing edge of the paper.
[1]
[2]

a075t2c010ca
[1]
The sub tray exit roller separates from the

spring
4.3.6
18
[2]
The sub tray exit roller pushes against the

spring
Sub tray full-status detection control
When the sub tray becomes full, the full-status is detected by the sub tray full sensor (PS5).

4.3.7
Cover paper multi feed detection control
When multiple papers are conveyed from the PB cover paper tray at a time, the supersonic sensors; multi
feed detection board /1 (MFDTB71) [2] and /2 (MFDTB72) [1] detect the error. The MFDTB71 transmits a
supersonic wave and the MFDTB72 receives it.
[1]
[2]
a075t2c011ca
[1]
MFDTB72
[2]
MFDTB71
19
PB-501
5. SC SECTION
5. SC SECTION
PB-501
5.1
Configuration
Switchback roller
Straight gate
SC alignment plate
SC entrance roller
Pressure arm
Clamp entrance roller
Straight gate
FD alignment plate
Switchback roller
SC entrance roller
SC paper detection sensor

(PS16)
SC alignment plate
SC roller
Pressure arm
SC stopper
FD alignment plate
a075t2c021ca
20
5.2
5. SC SECTION
Drive
[1]
[2]
PB-501
A. SC entrance conveyance drive/Switchback conveyance drive/Paper conveyance drive
[3]
[4]
[5]
[7]
[6]
a075t2c022ca
[1]
SC switchback conveyance motor (M12)
[5]
[2]
SC switchback roller
[6]
SC roller
[3]
SC entrance conveyance motor (M11)
[7]
SC bundle conveyance motor (M17)
[4]
SC entrance roller
21
5. SC SECTION
B. Switchback release drive
PB-501
[12]
[13]
[1]
[11]
[2]
[10]
[9]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[7]
[6]
a075t2c023ca
22
[1]
SC switchback release motor (M13)
[8]
Pressure plate
[2]
SC switchback arm pressure detection
[9]
Switchback spring
sensor (PS12)
[10]
Switchback cam
[3]
One-way clutch
[11]
Switchback arm
[4]
Pressure cam
[12]
One-way clutch
[5]
[13]
SC switchback spring pressure detection
[6]
Pressure bracket
[7]
Pressure spring
sensor (PS13)
5. SC SECTION
[1]
[2]
PB-501
C. SC roller release drive/Clamp entrance release drive
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
a075t2c024ca
[1]
SC roller cam
[4]
[2]
SC roller release motor (M18)
[5]
Clamp entrance roller release motor (M20)

Clamp entrance driven roller
[3]
Clamp entrance roller cam
[6]
SC driven roller
23
5. SC SECTION
PB-501
D. Clamp entrance movement drive
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
a075t2c025ca
24
[1]
Clamp entrance movement motor (M19)
[4]
FD alignment plate
[2]
SC roller
[5]
Clamp entrance movement HP sensor (PS18)
[3]
5. SC SECTION
E. SC main scan alignment drive
[1]
PB-501
[4]
[3]
[2]
a075t2c026ca
F.
[1]
SC alignment HP sensor (PS14)
[3]
SC alignment plate/Fr
[2]
SC alignment motor (M15)
[4]
SC alignment plate/Rr
Sub scan alignment drive
[1]
[2]
a075t2c027ca
[1]
FD alignment plate
[2]
FD alignment solenoid (SD11)
25
5. SC SECTION
PB-501
G. SC stopper drive/SC pressure arm drive/Straight gate drive
[5]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
a075t2c028ca
26
[1]
SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13)
[4]
SC stopper solenoid (SD12)
[2]
SC pressure arm
[5]
Straight gate solenoid (SD91)
[3]
SC stopper
Operation
5.3.1
SC section operation overview
The SC section is provided to stack a certain number of papers for subsequent book while papers for the
previous book being glued at the clamp section and the glue tank section.
The number of papers stacked in the SC section varies depending on the print mode and paper size.
(Example: A4-sized one-side printed paper can be stacked up to about 46 sheets.)
A. Operation overview
1. A page [2] for the first book [3] goes to the SC section and then goes to the clamp section. Once the page
[2] is set in the SC section, the SC stopper [4] is released, and the page is conveyed to the clamp section by
the SC switchback roller [1], SC roller [5], and the clamp entrance roller [6]. All inside papers for the first book
are conveyed to the clamp section in this manner one by one.
2. When the last page of the first book reaches the clamp section, the SC stopper [7] moves back to its original
position, and the SC driven roller [5] and the clamp entrance driven roller [6] move away from their paperfeed position. A certain number of papers (n) for the next book are stacked in the SC section by the SC
switchback roller [1].
[1]
[5]
[2]
[6]
[4]
[3]
[7]
[8]
[3]
a075t2c029ca
[1]
Switchback roller
[5]
SC driven roller
[2]
Page
[6]
[3]
Page for the first book
[7]
Page for the next book
[4]
SC stopper
[8]
All inside papers for the first book
27
PB-501
5.3
5. SC SECTION
5. SC SECTION
3. When binding of the first book is finished, the clamp unit inclines from its upright position to receive paper for
the next book. At the same time, the SC stopper [7] moves to open the path, and the SC driven roller [1] and
PB-501
clamp entrance driven roller [5] go into the position to convey the paper (n) [6] stacked in the SC section.
During the above operation, the next two papers (n+1th [4] and n+2th [2]) are set in the bypass gate [3].
4. The two papers are conveyed to the clamp section at a time.

5. The rest of the papers for the book are conveyed to the clamp section one by one in the same manner as for
the first book.
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
a075t2c030ca
28
[1]
SC driven roller
[5]
[2]
n+2th page
[6]
Stacked inside papers (n)
[3]
Bypass gate
[7]
SC stopper
[4]
n+1th page

5.3.2
5. SC SECTION
SC entrance conveyance control
The SC entrance roller is driven by the drive force of the SC entrance conveyance motor (M11) transmitted
PB-501
via the belt.

A. Control
1. The SC entrance conveyance motor (M11) starts to turn at low speed [1] upon receiving a print job.
2. The M11 speed changes to high speed when the SC entrance sensor (PS2) detects the trailing edge of
paper [2].
3. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the M11 acceleration, the M11 returns to low speed [3] before the
paper goes through the SC entrance roller.
4. The above conveyance operation is carried out for the last paper of the first book [4] and the first page [5] to
the nth page [6] of the next book (n=37 to 38 when the papers are A4 sized and one-side printed).
5. The M11 stops to stop the SC entrance roller when the PS2 detects [7] the trailing edge of n+1th page.
6. When the PS2 detects [8] n+2th paper trailing edge, the M11 starts to turn at high speed [9] to convey the
n+1th and n+2th papers at a time.
7. The rest of the papers for the second book are conveyed in the same manner as for the first book, and the
papers for the subsequent books are conveyed in the same manner as for the second book.
[1]
[2] [3]
[4] [5]
[6]
[7]
[8]

SC entrance conveyance
motor (M11)
High
speed
Medium
speed
[9]
[1]
[2]
Paper trailing edge detection by PS2
[3]
M11 changes to low speed
[4]
First book
[5]
First page of the second book
[6]
nth page of the second book
[7]
a075t2c031ca
Trailing edge detection of n+1th page of

second book
[8]
Trailing edge detection of n+2th page of

second book
[9]
M11 turns at high speed
29
5. SC SECTION
5.3.3
SC switchback conveyance control
The SC switchback roller is driven by the SC switchback conveyance motor (M12). The releasing operation
PB-501
of the roller is driven by the SC switchback release motor (M13).

A. SC switchback roller release mechanism
The SC switchback release motor (M13) drives the pressure cam [3] and the switchback cam [9].
The forward rotation of the motor drives the pressure cam [3] and the reverse rotation of the motor drives
the switchback cam [9].
The SC switchback roller [4] has three preset positions for releasing (kept away from the driven roller),
pressing strongly or lightly against the driven roller.
The pressing strongly status of the SC switchback roller [4] is used when conveying inside paper to the
clamp section, and the roller becomes the pressing lightly status when conveying inside paper to the SC
section so that the paper are properly stopped by the SC stopper.
The pressure cam position is detected by the SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor (PS12) [2], and
the position of the switchback cam is detected by the SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor
(PS13) [6]. When the pressure cam is at its home position, the PS12 is On, while the PS13 is Off when the
switchback cam is at its home position.
PS12
PS13
SC switchback roller status (position)
ON
OFF
Releasing (kept away from the driven
OFF
OFF
Pressing strongly against the driven
ON
ON
Pressing lightly against the driven
ON
OFF
roller)
roller
roller
30
Not used (pressing strongly status)
5. SC SECTION
[1]
PB-501
[6]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
a075t2c032ca
[1]
[4]
[2]
SC switchback arm pressure detection sen-
[5]
Switchback cam
sor (PS12)
[6]
[3]
Pressure cam
sensor (PS13)
31
5. SC SECTION
(1) Switchback cam drive (light pressure)
The switchback cam [1] rotates counterclockwise [5] to switch the SC switchback roller [4] position
PB-501
between releasing and light pressing while the pressure cam [3] is at its home position.
While the SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor (PS13) is Off, the SC switchback roller is in the
release position (kept away from the driven roller).
When the PS13 becomes On [2], the SC switchback roller moves to lightly press against the driven roller.
The PS13 is kept Off while the switchback cam is at its home position.
[1]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
a075t2c033ca
32
[1]
Switchback cam (home position)
[4]
[2]
Switchback cam (light pressure)
[5]
Rotating direction of the switchback cam
[3]
Pressure cam
5. SC SECTION
(2) Pressure cam drive (strong pressure)

The pressure cam [2] rotates clockwise [4] to switch the SC switchback roller [5] position between releasing
and strong pressing. The switch operation of the pressure cam is made while the switchback cam [1] is at
its home position.
While the SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor (PS12) is On, the SC switchback roller is in the
release position (kept away from the driven roller).
When the PS12 becomes Off [3], the SC switchback roller moves to strongly press against the driven roller.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
a075t2c034ca
[1]
Switchback cam (home position)
[4]
Rotation direction of the pressure cam
[2]
Pressure cam (home position)
[5]
[3]
Pressure cam (PS12 is Off)
33
PB-501
5. SC SECTION
B. SC switchback roller control
Inside papers of the first book are conveyed to the clamp section one by one without being stacked at the
PB-501
SC section.
When conveying inside papers to the clamp section without stacking them in the SC section, the SC
switchback roller position is switched between releasing and strong pressing. And the rotation direction of
the roller is also switched between forward and reverse.
When conveying inside papers of the next and subsequent books, a certain number of papers (n) are first
stacked in the SC section, and the stacked inside papers are conveyed to the clamp section at a time.
n+1th paper and the subsequent papers are conveyed to the clamp section one by one without being
stacked at the SC section.
When stacking papers in the SC section, the SC switchback roller position is switched between releasing
and light pressing. During the stacking, the SC switchback roller rotates in the reverse direction.
(1) First book
1. The SC switchback conveyance motor (M12) starts to turn in the reverse direction [1] upon receiving of a
print job. The switchback roller is in its release position to make paper go to the SC section.
2. The M12 reverses the direction of rotation (starts to turn in the forward direction) after the SC entrance sensor (PS2) detects the trailing edge of paper [2]. At the same time, the SC switchback release motor (M13)
starts to rotate in the forward direction.When the SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor (PS12) turns
Off, the M13 stops and the switchback roller is strongly pressed against the driven roller [4].
3. The inside papers are nipped between the switchback roller and the driven roller strongly [4] and conveyed
to the SC section by the forward rotation of the roller.
4. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the PS2 detects the trailing edge of the paper, the M12 reverses
the direction of rotation [5] to convey inside papers to the clamp section.
5. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the PS2 detects the trailing edge of the paper, the M13 starts to
turn in the forward direction again to move the switchback roller away from the driven roller [6], and when the
PS12 turns On, the motor stops.
6. The operations described above are repeated until the last page [7] of the first book reaches the clamp section.
[1]
[7]
[2] [3]

SC switchback
conveyance motor
(M12)
SC switchback
release motor (M13)
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor (PS12)
[4]
34
[5]
[6]
a075t2c035ca
[1]
[5]
Switchback conveyance start
[2]
[6]
Releasing (kept away from the driven roller)
[3]
M12 forward rotation and strong pressure
[7]
Last page of the first book
[4]
Roller strong pressed status
5. SC SECTION
(2) The second and subsequent books

of the previous book is conveyed to the clamp section [2].
2. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the SC entrance sensor (PS2) detects the trailing edge of the first
page of the next book [3], the SC switchback release motor (M13) starts to rotate in the reverse direction [4].
3. When the SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor (PS13) turns On, the M13 stops and the switchback roller is lightly pressed against the driven roller. The inside papers are then conveyed to the SC section
and stopped by the SC stopper.
4. After the PS2 detects the trailing edge of the paper, the M13 reverses the direction of rotation again. Then
the switchback roller is moved away from the driven roller to accept the next page.
5. The above operations are repeated until a certain number of papers (n) are stacked in the SC section.
6. While the next two papers (n+1th page [5] and n+2th page [6]) are set in the bypass gate, the stacked n
papers are conveyed to the clamp section at a time.
7. When the PS2 detects the trailing edge of the n+2th page, the M12 starts to turn in the forward diretion. At
the same time, the M13 also starts to turn in the forward direction to strongly push the switchback roller
against the driven roller. After the n+1th page and the n+2th page are conveyed to the clamp section
through the SC section at a time, the following papers are conveyed to the clamp section one by one in the
same manner as for the first book.
[1]
[3]
[5]
[6]

SC switchback
conveyance motor
(M12)
SC switchback
release motor (M13)
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor (PS12)

SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor
(PS13)
[2]
[1]
The last page of the previous book
[2]
Conveyance of the last page of the first
[3]
[4]
a075t2c036ca
[4]
The roller is lightly pressed against the

driven roller
book
[5]
n+1th page
Detection of the first page of the next book
[6]
n+2th page
35
PB-501
1. The SC switchback conveyance motor (M12) continues to turn in the reverse direction after the last page [1]
5. SC SECTION
5.3.4
SC main scan alignment control
The SC alignment motor (M15) drives the SC alignment plate/Fr and /Rr via the belt to move them by 9 mm
PB-501
as they are shaken. This movement aligns the edges of the papers stacked in the SC section in the main
scan direction.
The alignment operation is carried out every time a page is stacked in the SC section when stacking a certain number of papers of the second or subsequent books.
While inside papers are conveyed to the clamp section without being stacked in the clamp section, this
alignment operation is not performed.
(1) Control
1. Upon receiving of a print job, the SC alignment motor (M15) starts to turn in the reverse direction to move
the SC alignment plate/Fr and /Rr until the both plates are set at the position 9mm outer than the paper
edges [1].
2. After the SC entrance sensor (PS2) detects the trailing edge of the first page of the second or subsequent
book, the M15 starts to turn in the reverse direction to carry out the main-scan- direction alignment by
means of the SC alignment plate/Fr and /Rr.
3. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the PS2 detection, the M15 starts to turn in the forward direction
to move the SC alignment plate/Fr and /Rr back to their standby positions.
4. Every time a page is stacked in the SC section, this alignment operation is performed.
Note
The set positions of the two alignment plates (the distance between the two plates) can be
adjusted in the service mode.
[1]
SC alignment motor
(M15)
Forward (open)
Reverse (close)

a075t2c037ca
[1]
36

5.3.5
5. SC SECTION
Sub scan alignment control
The FD alignment solenoid (SD11) drives the FD alignment plate [4] so that the inside papers [2] are hit
The timing of the movement is detected by the SC paper detection sensor (PS16).
PB-501
against the reference plate [3] of the clamp section to be aligned in the sub scan direction.
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
a075t2c038ca
[1]
SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
[3]
Reference plate
[2]
Paper
[4]
FD alignment plate
(1) Control
1. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the PS16 detects the trailing edge of the first page of the first
book [1], the SD11 turns On if the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr are closed for alignment operation.
2. The SD11 turns Off after a prescribed time has passed since its becomes On, and waits for the next page.
3. Until the last page [2] reaches the clamp section, the sub-scan-direction alignment is performed every time a
page comes to the section.
4. After the PS16 detects trailing edge of n paper (from the first page to the nth page) of the second book [3],
the alignment operation is performed.
5. The alignment operation is also carried out for the two papers (n+1th and n+2th page) laid one on top of
another at the bypass gate.
[1]
[2]
[3]

a075t2c039ca
[1]
[2]
[3]
Paper
37
5. SC SECTION
5.3.6
PB-501
SC papers conveyance control
The SC bundle conveyance motor (M17) [9] drives the SC roller and the clamp entrance roller.
The SC roller release motor (M18) [5] drives the SC driven roller [7] via the cam [8] to move the roller away
from (release) or contact with (press) the opposite roller.
The press/release operation of the roller is detected by the SC roller release sensor (PS17) [6]. While the
roller is pressed against the opposite roller, the PS17 is kept On.
The clamp entrance roller release motor (M20) [1] drives the cam [3] and the clamp entrance roller [4] to
move them away from (release) or contact with (press) the opposite roller.
The press/release operation of the roller is detected by the clamp entrance roller release sensor (PS19) [2].
While the roller and the cam are in the pressed status, the PS19 is kept On.
[7]
[8]
[9]
[6]
[5]
38
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[6]
SC roller release sensor (PS17)
[2]
Clamp entrance roller release sensor (PS19)
[7]
SC driven roller
a075t2c040ca
[3]
Cam
[8]
Cam
[4]
[9]
[5]
5. SC SECTION
(1) Control
paper are conveyed to the clamp section one by one by means of the SC roller and the clamp entrance
roller.
2. When the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) detects the trailing edge of the last paper [2], the SC roller
release motor (M18) starts to rotate to start stacking paper in the SC section. When a prescribed time has
elapsed after the M18 starts to rotate, the M17 stops to stop conveying paper to the clamp section. The
clamp entrance roller release motor (M20) also starts to rotate to release the clamp entrance roller [3].
3. The M18 stops when the PS17 becomes Off, and the M20 stops when the PS19 becomes Off. The next
paper are kept stacked in the SC section until the clamp section is ready for them.
4. The M18 starts to rotate again [5] after a prescribed time has passed since the SC entrance sensor (PS2)
detects [4] the trailing edge of the last page of the paper to be stacked in the SC section.
5. When the SC roller is set in the position for paper conveyance after the PS17 becomes On, the M17 starts
to rotate to convey the stacked paper.
6. When the leading edges of the paper go through the clamp entrance, the M20 starts to rotate to convey the
paper to the clamp section.
7. Then the next two paper set in the bypass gate are conveyed to the clamp section at a time. All the above
operations are repeated for the subsequent books.
[1]
[2]
[4]

[3]
[5]
a075t2c041ca
[1]
[4]
Trailing edge of nth page detection
[2]
Trailing edge of the last page of each book
[5]
The SC roller is set in the position for paper
[3]
Clamp entrance roller moves away from the
detection
conveyance
paper conveyance position
39
PB-501
1. Upon receiving of a print job, the SC bundle conveyance motor (M17) starts to rotate [1], and the inside
5. SC SECTION
PB-501
5.3.7
Clamp entrance movement control
The clamp entrance movement motor (M19) drives the clamp entrance assy [4] via the belt.
The clamp entrance assy consists of the clamp entrance roller [2], FD alignment plate [3], SC pressure arm
[1], and the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) [5].
The FD alignment plate is moved by the clamp entrance assy movement in accordance with the paper size.
[1]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
a075t2c042ca
40
[1]
SC pressure arm
[4]
Clamp entrance assy
[2]
[5]
[3]
FD alignment plate
5. SC SECTION
(1) Control
ing position, the clamp entrance movement motor (M19) reverses its rotation direction to lower the clamp
assy. The motor stops [2] when the clamp assy is set at the position corresponding to the paper size, and
the clamp assy becomes ready for accepting the next paper.
2. When the clamp motor (M22) initiates clamping operation [3], the M19 starts to turn in the forward direction
to lift the clamp entrance assy until the assy reaches the position out of way of the clamping operation. The
clamp entrance movement HP sensor (PS18) detects that the assy reaches the position (the sensor
becomes On), and the M19 is stopped [5].
3. The above operations are repeated for each book.

[1] [2]
Clamp entrance movement motor
(M19)
[4]
Forward
Reverse

Clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25)
Clamp motor (M22)
[3]
a075t2c043ca
[1]
Clamp section is set at the compiling position
[3]
Clamping starts
[2]
Movement of clamp entrance assy in
[4]
Clamp entrance assy is in its home position
accordance with paper size
41
PB-501
1. When the clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25) becomes On [1] and the clamp section is set at the compil-
5. SC SECTION
5.3.8
SC stopper control
The SC stopper is activated by the SC stopper solenoid (SD12) and closes the paper feed path toward the
PB-501
clamp section in order to stack paper in the SC section.

(1) Control
1. Upon receiving of a print job [1], the SC stopper solenoid (SD12) turns On to move the SC stopper away
from the paper path (open the path).
2. When the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) detects the trailing edge of the last page of each book, the
SD12 turns Off to set the SC stopper to close the path [2].
3. When the SC roller release sensor (PS17) becomes On and the SC roller holds down a bundle of paper, the
SD12 turns On to move the SC stopper out of the path [3].
[1]
[2]
[3]

a075t2c044ca
42
[1]
[2]
Set SC stopper to close the paper path
[3]
Move SC stopper out of the paper path

5.3.9
5. SC SECTION
SC pressure arm control
The SC pressure arm [2] presses paper [3] conveyed from the SC section to neatly stack paper in the clamp
The timing of the movement is detected by the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) [1].
PB-501
section.
[1]
[2]
[3]
a075t2c045ca
[1]
[2]
SC pressure arm
[3]
Paper
(1) Control
1. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) detects the paper trailing
edge [1], the SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13) turns On to make the SC pressure arm press paper [2].
2. The SD13 becomes Off to move the SC pressure arm back to its original position [3] after a prescribed time
has passed since the PS2 detected the trailing edge of the paper.
3. The above operations are also performed when a bundle of paper [4] or two paper [5] are conveyed to the
clamp section.
[1]
[4]
[5]

[2] [3]
a075t2c046ca
[1]
Trailing edge paper detection
[4]
Conveyance of a bundle of paper
[2]
Pressure arm presses paper
[5]
Conveyance of two paper at a time
[3]
SC pressure arm goes back to its original

position
43
6. CLAMP SECTION
6. CLAMP SECTION
PB-501
6.1
Configuration
Clamp rotation assy

Reference plate
Clamp paper sensor (PS28)

Clamp fixing plate
Clamp alignment
plate/Rr
Book thickness sensor

(PS29)
Clamp pressure plate
Clamp alignment plate/Fr
Clamp paper LED (LED21)

a075t2c047ca
44
6.2
6. CLAMP SECTION
Drive
[7]
PB-501
A. Clamp drive
[8]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Clamp pressure sensor (PS23)
[5]
[2]
[6]
Clamp motor (M22)
[3]
Clamp fixing plate
[7]
Book thickness sensor (PS29)
[4]
Pressure drive plate
[8]
Clamp HP sensor (PS22)
a075t2c048ca
Front side
45
6. CLAMP SECTION
PB-501
B. Clamp rotation drive
[4]
[5]
[1]
[3]
[2]
a075t2c049ca
46
[1]
Clamp rotation assy
[4]
Clamp rotation motor (M23)
[2]
Reference plate
[5]
[3]
Clamp rotation HP sensor (PS24)
6. CLAMP SECTION
[4]
[3]
PB-501
C. Clamp alignment drive
[1]
[2]
a075t2c050ca
[1]
Clamp alignment HP sensor (PS21)
[3]
Clamp alignment plate/Fr
[2]
Clamp alignment plate/Rr
[4]
Clamp alignment motor (M21)
47
6. CLAMP SECTION
6.3
Operation
6.3.1
PB-501
Clamp alignment control
The clamp alignment motor (M21) drives the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr via the belt in order to line up
edges of paper stacked in the clamp section in the main scan direction.
The main-scan-direction alignment operation is performed when the following paper are set in the clamp
section; all inside paper of the first book, n paper of the subsequent books stacked in the SC section, the
next two paper (n+1th and n+2th paper) of the subsequent books, and n+3th and the subsequent
page.
(1) Control
1. Upon receiving a print job, the clamp alignment motor (M21) starts to turn in the reverse direction to move
the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr to the positions 9mm outer than the paper edges [1].
2. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) detects [2] the trailing edge
of the first page of the first book, the M21 starts reverse rotation again to perform the main-scan-direction
alignment [3] with the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr.
3. Then, while the FD alignment solenoid (SD11) turns On and paper edges in the sub scan direction are lined
up [4], the M21 turns in the forward direction to move the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr away from the
paper [5].
4. The SD11 is kept On until the sub-scan-direction alignment for the last page of the first book [6] is finished.
When the SD11 turns Off and the pressure toward the papers is released, the M21 starts to turn in the
reverse direction to press the bundle of paper from its front and back sides [8].
5. When the clamp pressure sensor (PS23) turns On and clamping the paper is finished, the M21 starts to turn
in the forward direction to release the paper [9].
6. After a prescribed time has passed since the PS16 detects the trailing edge of the n paper [10] stacked in
the SC section, the alignment operations are performed.
7. The alignment operation is also carried out for the two paper (n+1th and n+2th page) laid one on top of
another [11] at the bypass gate.
[1]
[2] [4]
[6]
[7]
[9]
[10]
[11]

Forward
(open)
Reverse
(close)

[3][5]
[8]
a075t2c051ca
[1]
Movement of clamp plates in accordance
[7]
with paper size

[2]
Trailing edge of the first page
[3]
Line up edges in main scan direction
[4]
Alignment in sub scan direction is in
progress
[8]
48
Plates move back to their standby position
[6]
Pressing a bundle of paper from its front and

back
[9]
progress
[5]
Alignment in sub scan direction is in
A bundle of paper is released from the pressure
[10]
A bundle of n paper

6.3.2
6. CLAMP SECTION
Clamp control
A bundle of paper stacked in the clamp section is clamped by the clamp fixing plate and the clamp pres-
PB-501
sure plate.
A. Mechanism
1. The gap between the clamp fixing plate [7] and the clamp pressure plate [1] is 45 mm when the clamp HP
sensor (PS22) [6] is On [2].
2. Before applying pressure by the clamp motor (M22), the pressure drive plate [5] is move to the left side.
3. The clamp pressure plate moves together with the pressure drive plate [5].
4. When the clamp pressure sensor (PS23) [4] becomes On after applying pressure to the papers, the clamping operation is finished [3].
[6]
[7]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
a075t2c052ca
[1]
[5]
Pressure drive plate
[2]
Home position
[6]
[3]
Finish of clamping
[7]
Clamp fixing plate
[4]
49
6. CLAMP SECTION
B. Control
1. When alignment of the last page is finished [1] by the clamp alignment motor (M21), the clamp motor (M22)
PB-501
starts to turn in the reverse direction to close the clamp pressure plate.
2. Upon completion of clamping, the clamp pressure sensor (PS23) turns On and the M22 stops [2].
3. After the spine edges of the compressed inside paper is evened up, the cover paper table up down motor /
Fr (M46) and /Rr (M47) lift the cover paper table, and the M22 starts to turn in the forward direction. Then,
the clamp pressure plate opening operation is started [3].
4. The M22 stops when the clamp HP sensor (PS22) becomes Off.
[1]
[3]
[4]
Forward (open)
Reverse (close)
Forward (open)
Clamp motor (M22)
Reverse (close)

Cover paper table up Forward (up)
down motor
/Fr (M46), /Rr (M47) Reverse (down)
[2]
[1]
Clamp pressure plate is closed
[3]
[2]
Completion of clamping
[4]
a075t2c053ca
Clamp pressure plate is opened

Clamp pressure plate returns to its home
position
50

6.3.3
Clamp rotation control
A bundle of inside papers of a book is clamped and rotated to be glued on its spine.
PB-501
6. CLAMP SECTION
A. Clamp assy angle change/fixing mechanism
The clamp rotation assy is rotated by the drive force of the clamp rotation motor (M23).
There are three preset tilt angles of the clamp rotation assy as shown below.
Home position: 45 degrees
Clamping: 50 degrees
Glueing: 90 degrees
51
6. CLAMP SECTION
(1) Angle change mechanism
PB-501
The tilt angle of the clamp assy is changed for clamping and glueing as described below.
When the clamp rotation assy is in its home position and the clamp pressure plate [7] is also in its home
position [3], the tab [6] of the pressure plate presses [2] the release cover [4], and the pin [1] of the switch
arm [12] is inserted in the clamp angle stopper notch [11] to stop the rotation of the clamp rotation assy at
the angle for clamping.
When the clamp rotation assy is in its home position, and the clamp pressure plate is not [5], the switch arm
drops by its own weight as the tab of the clamp pressure plate is not pressing the release cover. Because of
this, the switch arm pin is not inserted in the clamp angle stopper notch, and the clamp rotation assy keeps
rotating until the glue angle stopper notch [10] is inserted over the shaft [8] [9].
The tilt angle of the clamp assy cannot be changed directly between the clamping angle and the glueing
angle. To change the angle, the assy first needs to go back to the home position to release the stoppers.
[11]
[10]
[12]
[1]
[9]
[8]
[2]
[5]
[7]
[6]
[4]
[1]
Pin
[7]
[2]
Release
[8]
Shaft
[3]
Clamp pressure plate is at its home position
[9]
[4]
Release bar
[5]
Clamp pressure plate is out of its home
[10]
Glueing angle stopper notch
position
[11]
Clamping angle stopper notch
Tab of the clamp pressure plate
[12]
Switch arm
[6]
52
[3]
a075t2c124ca
Engaging of notch and shaft to stop at glueing angle
6. CLAMP SECTION
(2) Fixing of the clamp rotation assy

While clamping or glueing is performed, the clamp rotation assy is locked by the corresponding stopper.
Moreover, the clamp rotation motor (M23) [5] rotates the gear [1] 10 degrees [2] to pull the spring [4] applying the spring force to the assy in order to reinforce the fixing state of the assy. The clamp rotation assy is
securely fixed by the operations.
The clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25) detects that the prescribed pressure is applied to the clamp
rotation assy and becomes On.
[3]
[4]
[5]
[2]
[1]
a075t2c125ca
[1]
Gear
[4]
Spring
[2]
Gear rotates 10 degrees to apply spring
[5]
force to the assy

[3]
53
PB-501
6. CLAMP SECTION
B. Reference plate opening/closing mechanism

(1) Opening/closing of the reference plate
PB-501
The reference plate [5] opens/closes in synchronization with the rotation of the clamp rotation assy [1].
1. When the clamp rotation assy stops at the angle for glueing, the release arm [8] presses the reference plate
2.
3.
4.
5.
mounting bracket [6] down by means of , and the reference plate is separated from a bundle of inside
papers. The separation of the reference plate prevents the paper edges from being damaged by the plate
when the clamp rotation assy is upstanding.
Further rotation [3] of the reference plate mounting bracket [6] makes the pin [7] go down [2], and the reference plate is released [4] from the spring [9].
The reference plate goes back to its home position by means of the reference mounting bracket [6] which
pushes up the pin [7].
While clamping operation is in progress, the reference plate is fixed at the upper position by means of the
spring [10].
When the clamp pressure plate returns to its home position, the release arm [8] is pushed up by the tab [11]
of the clamp pressure plate and moved back to its standby position.
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[8]
54
[12]
[11]
[5]
[10]
[8]
[7]
[1]
Clamp rotation assy
[7]
[2]
Pin of the reference plate goes down
[8]
Release arm
[3]
Rotation of the reference plate mounting bracket
[9]
Spring (for release)
[9]
Pin
[4]
Release of the reference plate
[10]
Spring (for applying pressure)
[5]
Reference plate
[11]
Tab of the clamp pressure plate
[6]
Reference plate mounting bracket
[12]
Pin
a075t2c126ca
6. CLAMP SECTION
The reference plate [6] has paper guard tabs [2] to prevent inside papers [4] from going off the reference
While the reference plate contacts with the stopper, the paper guard tabs are protruding.
plate while they are clamped [1].
When the reference plate is opened [3], the paper guard tabs are retracted [5] so as not to damage the
paper edges.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
a075t2c127ca
[1]
Clamped
[4]
Inside papers
[2]
Paper guard tabs
[5]
Paper guard tabs retracted
[3]
When the reference plate is opened
[6]
Reference plate
55
PB-501
(2) Paper guard tabs mechanism for clamping
6. CLAMP SECTION
C. Control
PB-501
1. Upon receiving of a print job [1], the clamp rotation motor (M23) starts to turn in the reverse direction.
2. The M23 stops when the clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25) becomes On, and the clamp rotation assy
is set at the compiling position [2].
3. When clamping of the inside papers by the clamp motor (M22) is finished [3], the M23 starts to turn in the
forward direction to rotate the clamp rotation assy 15 degrees counterclockwise.
4. The M23 stops [4] when the clamp rotation HP sensor (PS24) becomes On. The tilt angle of the gear is 15
degrees when the assy returns to the home position, however, the clamp rotation assy rotates 5 degrees as
the gear has rotated 10 degrees more separately for fixing the assy. As the result, the clamp rotation assy tilt
angle changes from 50 degrees for clamping to 45 degrees (home position). At this time, since the clamp
pressure plate is out of the home position, the pin is free from the clamp angle stopper notch, which allows
the clamp rotation assy to rotate to the glueing angle.
5. After a prescribed time has elapsed, the M23 starts to turn in the reverse direction to rotate the clamp rotation assy clockwise [5].
6. When the PS25 turns On, the assy is fixed by the spring, and the M23 stops [6]. At this time, the gear has
rotated 55 degrees, however, it has rotated 10 degrees more than the clamp rotation assy in order to secure
the assy, the clamp rotation assy rotates 45 degrees clockwise from its home position and becomes upright
state (90 degress).
7. When the clamp paper sensor (PS28) detects [7] that the bundle of paper is released from the clamp, the
M23 starts to turn in the forward direction to return the clamp rotation assy to the home position.
8. The M23 stops [8] when the PS24 becomes On, and the clamp rotation assy stops at its home position (tilt
angle of 45 degrees).At this time, since the clamp pressure plate is in the home position, the pin is engaged
with the clamp angle stopper notch, which allows the clamp rotation assy to rotate to the clamping angle.
9. Then, the M23 starts to turn in the reverse direction [9] to move the clamp rotation assy to the clamping
position [10] and stops when the PS25 becomes On.
[1] [2]
[3] [4][5]
[7] [8] [9] [10]

Clamp motor (M22)
Forward (open)
Reverse (close)

Forward (release)
Reverse (apply
pressure)

[6]
56
a075t2c128ca

Book thickness detection control
The book thickness is detected by the book thickness sensor (PS29).
The detected thickness is used to determine the trimming amount of the cover paper.
PB-501
6.3.4
6. CLAMP SECTION
A. Mechanism
The clamp pressure plate [1] is moved by winding up the wire [6] .
When the wire [6] is wound up, the encoder plate [4] rotates.
The book thickness sensor (PS29) [5] detects and counts how much the encoder scale is rotated.
The sensor continue the counting until the clamp pressure sensor (PS23) [2] becomes On.
[5]
[4]
[6]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075t2c054ca
[1]
[4]
Encoder scale
[2]
[5]
[3]
[6]
Wire
57
6. CLAMP SECTION
B. Control
1. When the clamp HP sensor (PS22) switches to On from Off, pulse count by the book thickness sensor
PB-501
(PS29) is started [1].
2. The pulse count is stopped [2] when the clamp pressure sensor (PS23) turns On.
3. During the initial operation at power-ON, the no paper status data is detected and memorized as an initial
data. The book thickness is determined according to the difference.
Clamp motor (M22)
Forward (open)
Reverse (close)

[2]
[1]
[1]
58
Count start
[2]
Count end
a075t2c055ca
7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION

Configuration
PB-501
7.1
Stirring stick
Pellet remain sensor
(PS36)
Stirring comb
Front
Pellet count sensor

(PS37)
Conveyance belt
Shutter
Pellet count
LED (LED32)
Pellet supply arm
a075t2c056ca
59
7.2
Drive
PB-501
A. Pellet supply drive
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[1]
a075t2c057ca
60
[1]
Plate cam
[4]
Stirring comb
[2]
Pellet supply motor (M33)
[5]
Shaking plate
[3]
Pellet conveyance belt
PB-501
B. Pellet supply arm drive
[6]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075t2c058ca
[1]
Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39)
[4]
Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor (PS38)
[2]
Shutter
[5]
Drive arm
[3]
Pellet supply arm
[6]
Pellet supply arm motor (M34)
61
7.3
Operation
PB-501
7.3.1
Pellet supply operation overview
The pellet supply arm [4] is moved above the glue tank [5] to supply pellets [1].
Then the pellets [1] are conveyed by the pellet conveyance belt [2] to drop them into the glue tank.
The timing to supply pellets into the glue tank is determined by the glue tank temperature sensor/Up (TH2)
provided in the glue tank unit. As the molten glue inside the glue tank decreases, the TH2 surface not
soaked in the glue becomes wider. This finally causes the TH2 temperature lower than a prescribed level,
and it is judged that the glue is getting low and another pellets need to be supplied.
Checking the TH2 temperature is carried out in the following timing.

a. When the glue tank HP sensor (PS33) becomes On after glueing operation.
The amount of pellets supplied at a time varies depending on the thickness of the book.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
a075t2c059ca
62
[1]
Pellet
[4]
Pellet supply arm
[2]
[5]
Glue tank
[3]
Shutter

7.3.2
Pellet supply arm control
The pellet supply arm is activated by the pellet supply arm motor (M34). When the pellet supply arm moves
above the glue tank, the shutter is opened to drop pellets in the glue tank.
Except when supplying pellets, the arm is kept at its home position in order to prevent the arm from the
evaporated glue or radiant heat rose from the glue tank. In this case, the shutter shuts down to stop the
pellets from dropping down by the vibration. They are dropped next time the pellets are supplied.
A. Control
1. When the glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2) detects a temperature lower than 132 degrees, the pellet
supply arm motor (M34) starts to turn in the forward direction [1].
2. When the pellet supply arm reaches the pellet supply position (above the glue tank) and the pellet supply
arm upper limit sensor (PS38) becomes On, the M34 stops [2].
3. When a prescribed time has elapsed after a certain number of pellets is counted by the pellet count sensor
(PS37), the M34 starts reverse rotation to move the arm back to its home position [3].
4. When the pellet supply arm reaches the home position and the pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39)
becomes On, the M34 stops.
[1] [2]
Glue tank temperature
sensor /Up (TH2)
Pellet supply
arm motor (M34)
[3] [4]
132 C
Forward
Reverse

Pellet count sensor (PS37)
a075t2c060ca
[1]
[2]
Pellet supply arm motor (M34) forward rota-
[3]
The arm starts to return to its home position
tion starts
[4]
The arm is set at its home position
The arm stops at the pellet supply position
B. Pellet supply stopping operation
When all the inside papers have stacked up, while the pellet supply arm motor (M34) is turning in the forward direction, the M34 reverses the rotation direction to move the pellet supply arm back to the home
position.
63
PB-501

7.3.3
Pellet supply control
PB-501
A. Mechanism
The pellet conveyance belt, the shaking plate, and the stirring comb are driven by the pellet supply motor
(M33).
(1) Pellet conveyance belt
The pellets [5] are conveyed by the pellet conveyance belt moved by the motor.
The conveyance roller [3] presses the pellet conveyance belt [4] by means of the spring force.
The tension plate [2] is pulled by the spring and applies tension [1] to the pellet conveyance belt in order to
keep the belt in a constant tension while the belt is shaking to convey pellets.
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a075t2c061ca
64
[1]
Belt tension
[4]
[2]
Tension plate
[5]
Pellet
[3]
Conveyance roller
(2) Shaking the pellet conveyance belt

The pellet supply motor (M33) rotates the plate cam [2] and the rotation force is transmitted to the shaking
plate [1] via the connecting plate [3].Then the introduction roller [5] is driven to shake the pellet conveyance
belt [4] in synchronization with the belt rotation movement.
[1]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
a075t2c062ca
[1]
Shaking plate
[4]
Conveyance belt
[2]
Plate cam
[5]
Introduction roller
[3]
Connecting plate
65
PB-501
(3) Stirring comb
PB-501
The pellets are stirred by the stirring comb which is shaking.

The pellet supply motor (M33) moves the plate cam [4] in synchronization with the pellet conveyance belt
movement, and the cam moves the stirring comb mounting plate [2] up and down via the shaking plate [3]
in order to shake the stirring comb [1].
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a075t2c063ca
66
[1]
Stirring comb
[3]
Shaking plate
[2]
Mounting plate
[4]
Plate cam
B. Control
1. When the pellet supply arm moves to the pellet supply position and the pellet supply arm upper limit sensor
(PS38) becomes On, the pellet supply motor (M33) starts to rotate to start supplying pellets [1] to the glue
tank.
2. The M33 stops to stop the pellet supply operation when a certain number of pellets is counted by the pellet
count sensor (PS37).
[1]
[2]

a075t2c064ca
[1]
Supplying pellets is started
[2]
Supplying pellets is finished
(2) When the PS37 does not count the prescribed number of pellets
When the number of pellets counted by the pellet count sensor (PS37) do not reach the specified amount
within the specified time, the pellet supply motor (M33) stops. At the next pellet supply, the M33 rotates in
reverse direction for three seconds and then starts forward rotation. This prevents the pellets from getting
stuck in the conveyance belt section.
(3) Pellet supply stopping operation
When all the inside papers have stacked up, while the pellet supply motor (M33) is turning, the M33 stops.
67
PB-501
(1) Normal operation

7.3.4
Pellet supply amount control
PB-501
(1) Pellet passage detection

The pellets passed through the pellet supply path are detected by the pellet count LED (LED32) and the
pellet count sensor (PS37). (the sensor turns On/Off for every two or three pellets.)
(2) Control
The amount of pellets to be supplied is calculated as a required number of counts to be counted by the pellet count sensor (PS37) based on the glue consumption expected according to the book thickness
detected at the last time.
When the calculated count is reached, pellet supply is stopped.
7.3.5
Pellet remaining amount detection
While the pellet supply arm is in the home position turning the pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39)
On, the detection of remaining amount of pellets inside the pellet supply hopper is carried out.
When the remaining amount of pellets becomes about 300g, the pellet supply hopper is detected as empty.
When one second has elapsed after the pellet remain sensor (PS36) switches to Off from On, a message to
notify the empty status appears on the main body touch panel.
7.3.6
Pellet supply door opening/closing detection
The pellet supply door is equipped with the pellet supply door switch (MS1) [1] and the pellet supply door
sensor (PS40) [2].
When the MS1 is turned Off, a 24VDC supplied to the pellet supply motor (M33) is shut off to stop the motor.
When the PS40 detects the above status, a message appears on the main body touch panel.
[1]
[2]
[3]
a075c2c130cb
[1]
Pellet supply door switch (MS1)
[2]
Pellet supply door sensor (PS40)
7.3.7
68
[2]
Stirring stick
Stirring stick
The stirring stick is provided to manually stir the pellets when the pellets are stuck to the lower part of the
pellet supply hopper.
8. GLUE TANK SECTION

Configuration
Glue apply position LED
(LED31)
PB-501
8.1
Scrape plate
Scrape bar
Glue apply
position detection
sensor (PS32)
Glue apply roller
Cover paper
glue roller
Glue tank

sensor /Up (TH2)

sensor /Md (TH3)
Glue apply roller

heater (H2)

sensor /Lw (TH4)
Glue tank heater (H1)

Timing belt
a075t2c065ca
69
8.2
Drive
PB-501
A. Glue tank movement drive
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a075t2c066ca
[1]
Front side
[4]
Glue tank HP sensor (PS33)
[2]
Glue tank movement limit sensor (PS31)
[5]
Glue tank movement motor (M31)
[3]
Glue tank unit
[6]
Timing belt
B. Glue apply roller drive
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
70
a075t2c067ca
[1]
Front side
[3]
Glue apply roller
[2]
Glue apply roller motor (M32)
[4]
Cover paper glue roller
PB-501
C. Glue apply roller drive
[8]
[6]
[5]
[7]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[1]
Arm
[5]
Left side view
[2]
Front side view
[6]
Glue apply roller
[3]
Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)
[7]
[4]
[8]
Glue tank
a075t2c068ca
D. Cover paper glue lifting drive
[5]
[4]
[6]
[3]
[1]
[2]
a075t2c069ca
[1]
Front side view
[4]
[2]
Glue tank base plate
[5]
Left side view

Glue apply roller
[3]
Cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32)
[6]
71
8.3
Operation
8.3.1
PB-501
Glue tank unit movement control
A. Mechanism
The glue tank unit is moved by the drive force of the glue tank movement motor (M31) transmitted via the
timing belt. The gap [5] between the glue tank HP sensor (PS33) and the center [7] of the inside papers [6]
is 322.5 mm.
The glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) [3] detects the edge of the inside papers.
[5]
[6]
[7]
[1]
[10]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a075t2c070ca
72
[1]
Front side
[5]
322.5 mm
[2]
[6]
Inside papers
[3]
Glue apply position detection sensor (PS32)
[7]
Center of the inside papers
[4]
B. Control
(PS25) On, the glue tank movement motor (M31) starts to turn in the forward direction at high speed to
move the glue tank frontward [1]. This operation applies glue to the spine of the inside papers.
2. When the glue tank movement limit sensor (PS31) becomes On after a prescribed time has elapsed since
the PS25 turns On, the M31 pauses [3].
3. Then, the M31 starts reverse rotation at low speed [4] , and the glue apply position detection sensor (PS32)
starts to detect edges of the inside papers.
4. After the PS32 becomes On upon detection of the inside papers edge, the M31 shifts to high speed [5] to
move the glue tank backward applying glue to the spine again.
5. When the glue tank HP sensor (PS33) becomes On after a prescribed time has elapsed since the PS32
turns On, the M31 stops [7].
[1]
[2] [3]
[4]
[5] [6]
Glue tank
movement motor
(M31)
High speed
Forward Low speed
Reve Low speed
rse
High speed

a075t2c071ca
[1]
Clamp rotation assy is upright
[2]
Decelerates at the position 2 mm before the
[3]
[4]
Shifts to high speed upon detection of edge

of inside papers
limit
[5]
Decelerates before the home position
Stops at the limit position
[6]
Stops at the home position
73
PB-501
1. When the upright movement of the clamp section is finished turning the clamp rotation pressure sensor

8.3.2
Glue apply roller control
A. Mechanism
PB-501
The glue apply roller motor (M32) drives the glue apply roller and the cover paper glue roller via the gear.
As the glue apply roller rotates, a 1.5mm-thickness layer of molten glue is formed on the rollers metal surface due to the viscosity of the glue.
B. Control
The glue apply roller motor (M32) starts to rotate when the glue tank temperature sensor/Md (TH3) detects
a prescribed temperature *1.
When the glue applying mode is switched to standby mode, the M32 stops.
*1
74
Default: 145 degrees C (changeable in the service mode)

8.3.3
Glue tank lifting control
The glue apply roller is lifted to the glue apply position when the glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31) [3] and /2
(SD33) [4] become On.
The arm [5] is activated by the SD31 and SD33 to lift the roller [2], and the glue tank [1] is lifted being
rotated pivoted to the cover paper roller shaft.
[5]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Glue tank
[4]
[2]
Roller
[5]
Arm
[3]
a075t2c072ca
75
PB-501
A. Mechanism
PB-501
While the SD31 and the SD33 are On, the gap between the level tangent line [5] of the metal surface [1] of
the glue apply roller and the spine surface [7] of inside papers [6] is about 1 mm *1.
To secure the strength of the book, the thickness of glue is changed depending on the thickness of the
book.
-1050The glue thickness is 0.8 mm regardless of the book thickness.
-C6500The book thickness is less than 7 mm
: The glue thickness is 0.8 mm.
The book thickness is more than 7 mm
: The glue thickness is 1.2 mm.
The scrape plate [2] and the scrape bar [4] scrape off excess glue from the spine of inside papers.
While the SD31 and SD33 are On, the scrape plate is placed 0.5 mm *2 away from the metal surface of the
glue apply roller.
While the SD31 and SD33 are On, the scrape bar contacts with the metal surface of the glue apply roller
(0.0mm *2 gap).
*1
The glue application quantity can be adjusted by the mechanical adjustment Glue apply roller gap adjust-
*2
The thickness of molten glue layer to be formed on the roller surface can be adjusted by the mechanical
ment.
adjustment Glue tank positioning.
[6]
[7]
[1]
[8]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
76
[1]
Metal surface of the glue apply roller
[5]
Level tangent line
[2]
Scrape plate
[6]
Inside papers
[3]
Front side
[7]
Spine surface
[4]
Scrape bar
[8]
Layer of molten glue
a075t2c073ca
B. Control
clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25) On, the glue tank assy starts movement toward the front side.
While the glue tank assy is moving, the glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31) and /2 (SD33) become On to lift the
glue apply roller to apply glue to the spine of inside papers [2].
2. When the glue has applied along the inside paper spine by a length of 5 mm longer than the paper length
during a predetermined time period after the PS25 turns On, the SD31 and SD33 become Off to lower the
glue apply roller [3].
3. Then, the glue tank assy starts to move backward. The second glue application [4] during the backward
movement is activated when the SD31 and SD33 turn On again at the time the glue apply roller passed the
inside paper edge through by 4 mm, which is the timing when a predetermined time has elapsed after the
glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) detects the inside paper edge.
4. During a predetermined time period after the PS32 turns On, the SD31 and SD33 turn Off [5] at the position
the glue apply roller passed trailing edge of the inside paper through by 4 mm.
Note
The sensors On/Off timing can be changed in the service mode.
[1] [2]
[3]
[4]
[5]

Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31) , /2 (D33)
a075t2c074ca
[1]
Clamp rotation assy is upright
[2]
Glue application during frontward movement
[3]
Completion of glue application
[4]
Glue application during backward movement
[5]
77
PB-501
1. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the clamp section is set at its upright position [1] turning the

8.3.4
Cover paper glue control
A. Mechanism
PB-501
The cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32) [5] lifts the cover paper roller side [9] of the glue tank base plate
[2].
The glue tank up solenoid/1 (SD31) [4] and /2 (SD33) [3], which lift the glue apply roller [8] side of the glue
tank, are also attached to the glue tank base plate, and as the result, the whole glue tank assy is lifted.
[8]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
a075t2c075ca
[1]
Glue tank
[6]
Pivot shaft
[2]
Glue tank base plate
[7]
Left side view
[3]
[8]
Glue apply roller
[4]
[9]
Cover paper roller
[5]
B. Control
-1050
The cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32) turns ON/OFF at the same time as the glue tank up solenoid/1
(SD31) and /2 (SD33). However, during backward movement of the glue tank, SD32 turns OFF with a specified time delay after the SD31 and SD33 turns OFF.
-C6500
The control differs depending on the book thickness.

When the book thickness in less than 7 mm,
The cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32) turns ON/OFF at the same time as the glue tank up solenoid/1
(SD31) and /2 (SD33). However, during backward movement of the glue tank, SD32 turns OFF with a specified time delay after the SD31 and SD33 turns OFF.
When the book thickness in less than 7 mm,
Turns OFF at all times.
78

Glue temperature control
A. Mechanism
The glue tank heater (H1) heats the glue tank bottom to melt the pellets.
The glue apply roller heater (H2) heats the glue apply roller to keep the glue adhered to the roller surface at
a constant viscosity.
B. Temperature detection
The temperature of the glue apply roller [8] is detected by the glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1) [7], and
that of the glue tank [5] is detected by the glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2) [6], /Md (TH3) [3], and /Lw
(TH4) [2].
(1) TH1
Detects temperature of the center portion of the glue apply roller, and the glue apply roller heater (H2) [9] is
controlled according to the detected temperature.
The target temperature is 165 degrees C .
(2) TH2
This sensor is provided on the inner surface of the glue tank, at the position 29 mm above the bottom of the
tank, in order to detect glue level.
When the glue runs low, the glue surface becomes lower, and finally the TH2 comes out of the glue. This
causes a sudden drop in temperature of the TH2.The temperature drop is detected as a low glue level, and
activates the pellet supply operation.
*1
The threshold temperature is 132 degrees C.*1

Changeable in the service mode.
(3) TH3
This sensor is also provided on the inner surface of the glue tank, at the position 15.4 mm above the tank
bottom, to detect the viscosity of the molten glue. According to the detected result, rotating or not rotating
the glue apply roller is determined.
*1
The threshold temperature is 145 degrees C.*1

Changeable in the service mode.
79
PB-501
8.3.5
(4) TH4
The glue tank temperature sensor/Lw (TH4) is provided on the inner bottom surface of the glue tank and
PB-501
detects temperature of the glue tank heater (H1) [3] to control the heater.
The target temperature is 185 degrees C.
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
a075t2c076ca
[1]
Glue apply roller heater (H2)
[5]
[2]
Glue tank temperature sensor/Lw (TH4)
[6]
Glue tank
Glue tank temperature sensor/Up (TH2)
[3]
[7]
Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
[4]
Glue tank temperature sensor/Md (TH3)
[8]
Glue apply roller
C. Control
(1) Glue apply roller heater (H2) control
The H2 is turned On/Off according to a temperature detected by the glue apply roller temperature sensor
(TH1) in order to keep 165 degrees C.
When the temperature drops/rises 1 degree from the target temperature, the H2 turns On/Off.
(2) Glue tank heater (H1) control
The H1 is turned On/Off according to a temperature detected by the glue tank temperature sensor/Lw
(TH4) in order to keep 185 degrees C.
80
When the temperature drops/rises 1 degree from the target temperature, the H1 turns On/Off.
9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION

Configuration
PB-501
9.1
Cover paper empty sensor (PS71)
Cover paper tray fan
Pick-up roller
Conveyance roller
Separation roller
Cover paper tray lift plate

a075t2c012ca
81
9.2
PB-501
9.2.1
Drive
Cover paper tray lift drive
[1]
[2]
[7]
[8]
[3]
[4]
[6]
82
[5]
[4]
[1]
Cover paper tray lift wire/Fr1 and /Rr1
[5]
[2]
Cover paper tray lift wire/Fr2 and /Rr2
[6]
One-way gear
[3]
Cover paper tray lift plate
[7]
Lift release coupling gear
[4]
Pulley
[8]
Torque limiting gear (oil damper)
a075t2c013ca
Cover paper tray lift motor (M73)

9.2.2
Paper feed drive
PB-501
[4]
[1]
[5]
[7]
[6]
[2]
[8]
[10]
[3]
[9]
[13]
[12]
[11]
a075t2c014ca
[1]
PB backside
[8]
Cover paper separation clutch (MC72)
[2]
Backside of cover paper tray
[9]
Pick-up roller
[3]
Center of cover paper tray
[10]
[4]
[11]
Conveyance roller
[5]
Coupling
[12]
Torque limiter
[6]
Cover paper pick up clutch (MC71)
[13]
Separation roller
[7]
Coupling
83
PB-501
9.2.3
Pick-up drive
[2]
[1]
a075t2c015ca
[1]
84
Cover paper pick up solenoid (SD71)
[2]
Pick-up roller
Operation
9.3.1
A. Up operation
The cover paper tray lift plate is lifted with the cover paper tray lift wire wound up around the pulley by the
drive force of the cover paper tray lift motor (M73) [1].
B. Down operation
When the cover paper tray is pulled out, the coupling gear [4] that transmits the motor drive force from the
motor shaft [2] to the pulley [3] is separated by the release lever [5]. (the lever goes down by its own weight)
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[5]
a075t2c016ca
[1]
[4]
Coupling gear
[2]
Motor shaft
[5]
Release lever
[3]
Pulley
The torque limiting gear [1] works only when lowering the cover paper tray lift plate in order to lower the
plate slowly by its own weight.
[1]
a075t2c017ca
[1]
Torque limiting gear
85
PB-501
9.3
C. Operation timing
(1) When cover paper is set
PB-501
When cover papers are loaded on the tray, the cover paper tray lift motor (M73) starts to rotate to lift the
cover paper lift plate.
The M73 stops when the cover paper tray upper limit sensor (PS74) [1] turns On.
(2) While feeding cover paper
While cover papers being fed, the PS74 turns Off due to a decrease in stacking height of papers, and the
M73 starts to rotate again.
The M73 keeps rotating to lift the cover paper lift plate until the PS74 turns On again.
[1]
a075t2c132ca
[1]
86
Cover paper tray upper limit sensor (PS74)

9.3.2
Pick-up mechanism
Picking up the cover paper is activated when the cover paper pick up solenoid (SD71) turns off.
A. Control
1. With cover paper feed signal, cover paper feed motor (M74), cover paper pick up clutch (MC71) and cover
paper separation clutch (MC72) turn on, and rotate the pick-up roller which is pressing down the cover
paper with its own weight, and starts the paper feeding of the cover paper [1].
2. When the cover paper conveyance sensor/1 (PS75) is turned on by the leading edge of the cover paper,
M74, MC71, MC72 are temporary turned off, and cover paper feeding is stopped [2].
3. After the specified time, M74, MC71, MC72 are turned back on, and the leading edge of the cover paper is
sent to the cover paper conveyance sensor/2 (PS76), then M74, MC71 are turned off again [3].
4. After the specified time, M74, MC71, MC72 are turned back on, and the leading edge of the cover paper is
sent to the cover paper conveyance sensor/3 (PS77), then M74, MC71, MC72 are turned off again [4].
5. After the specified time, M74, MC71, MC72 and the cover paper pick up solenoid (SD71) are turned on, the
pick up roller is put back to its original position, and the cover paper is conveyed by only the paper feed roller
and the conveyance roller [5].
6. When the leading edge of the cover paper turns the cover paper conveyance sensor/4 (PS78) on, M74,
MC71, MC72, SD71 turn off [6].
7.
After the specified time, M74 rotates at high speed, cover paper is conveyed by only the conveyance roller
while MC72 turns on and the next cover paper is sent to the reverse direction to be separated [7].
8. After the back edge of the cover paper has passed the PS76, MC72 and SD71 turn off, and the paper feeding of the first sheet of cover paper completes [8].
[1]
Cover paper feed
motor (M74)
[2]
[3]
[4] [5]
[6] [7] [8]
High
speed
Medium
speed

Cover paper conveyance sensor/1 (PS75)
a075t2c018ca
[1]
Cover paper supply signal on
[6]
[2]
Conveyed to PS75
[7]
Conveyance of conveyance roller only
[3]
Conveyed to PS76
[8]
Pick up paper feeding of first sheet of cover
[4]
Conveyed to PS77
[5]
Pick up roller goes back to its original posi-
Conveyed to PS78
paper complete
tion
87
PB-501

9.3.3
The drive force of the cover paper feed motor (M74) is transmitted to the separation roller [4] via the torque
PB-501
limiter [3] when the cover paper separation clutch (MC72) [2] is On.
The separation roller [4] is driven in the direction opposite to the cover paper feeding direction. However, the
roller rotates in the same direction with the paper feed direction as long as one sheet of cover paper or no
paper is fed because the friction force between the cover paper feed roller [1] and separation roller [4], or
paper and the separation roller is larger than the torque limited by the torque limiter [3].
When multi-feed occurs, the separation roller reverses the rotation direction to feed the lower sheet that
contacts with the roller back to the tray because the friction force drops due to the multi-feed and becomes
lower than the torque limited by the torque limiter.
[7]
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[6]
First sheet of cover paper
[3]
Torque limiter
[7]
Pick-up roller
[4]
Separation roller
9.3.4
a075t2c019ca
Second sheet of cover paper
Paper feed mechanism
The cover paper feed motor (M74) drives the conveyance roller. Cover papers fed from the feeding section
are conveyed to the conveyance section by the conveyance roller.
88

9.3.5
Air assist mechanism
The cover paper tray is equipped with the cover paper tray fan/1 (M71) and /2 (M72), which blow air [4] to
the cover papers [3] from the front and back cover paper guides.
Using the tray fans is effective especially when feeding heavy paper or coated paper. However, using them
for plain paper may cause a feeding trouble.
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a075t2c020ca
[1]
Cover paper tray fan/1 (M71)
[3]
Cover paper
[2]
Cover paper tray fan/2 (M72)
[4]
Air-blowing
A. Operation timing
When receiving a print job, cover paper tray fan/1 (M71), /2 (M72) turn on, and after the specified time,
cover paper feed motor (M74) turns on.
9.3.6
Cover paper tray empty detection
The cover paper empty sensor (PS71) detects an empty status of the cover paper tray.
89
PB-501

9.3.7
Paper feed assist plate
(1) Purposes
PB-501
The paper feed assist plates (P/N 56UA4070) can be attached to the pick-up roller to adjust the pressure to
cover paper applied from the roller.By changing the number of plates to be attached to the roller depending on
the cover paper type, paper feed accuracy can be improved.
Using the plates is effective especially when feeding coated cover paper or similar type that is likely to stick
tightly causing no-feed trouble.
The paper feed assist plate weighs about 10 g and up to four plates can be attached to one pick-up roller in normal condition. When the surface of the cover paper is powdery, up to eight plates can be attached. Increase or
decrease the number of plates according to paper type or condition to improve cover paper feed accuracy.
(2) Configuration
The paper feed assist plate package includes the following items.
[1] Paper feed assist plate: 4 pcs.
[2] Screw (M3 to M8): 2 pcs.
The above package is provided with the main body. The package is separately available as service part.
[1]
[2]
1050to2312c
90
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

PB-501
10.1 Configuration
Cover paper lift plate/Lt
Book exit belt/Fr
arm/Lt
Cover paper
Book exit belt/Rr
Cover paper
conveyance roller/Rt
conveyance roller/Lt
Cover paper alignCover paper sensor/Lt
Cover paper lift
ment plate/Rr
(PS46)
plate/Rt
Cover paper
conveyance
arm/Rt
Cover
paper sensor/Rt
(PS45)
Cover paper
folding plate/Lt
Cover paper
folding plate/Rt
Front
side
Cover paper
alignment plate/Fr
Cover paper table up down belt/
Rr_Rt
Cover paper table

up down belt/
Rr_Lt
Cutter
Cover paper table entrance roller
Cover paper switchback sensor (PS44)
Cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Rr
Cover paper table

up down belt/Fr_Lt
Front
side
a075t2c077ca
91
10.2 Drive
PB-501
A. Cover paper table up down/Fr and /Rr drive
[6]
[5]
[4]
[1]
[3]
92
[2]
a075t2c078ca
[1]
Cover paper table up down belt/Rr_Rt
[4]
[2]
Cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Rt
[5]
Cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Lt

Cover paper table up down belt/Rr_Lt
[3]
Cover paper table up down motor/Fr (M46)
[6]
Cover paper table up down motor/Rr (M47)
B. Cover paper alignment drive
PB-501
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
a075t2c079ca
[1]
Cover paper alignment motor (M41)
[3]
Cover paper alignment plate/Rr
[2]
Cover paper alignment HP sensor (PS41)
[4]
Cover paper alignment plate/Fr
C. Cover paper conveyance drive
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075t2c080ca
[1]
[3]
Cover paper conveyance roller/Lt
[2]
Cover paper conveyance motor (M45)
[4]
Cover paper conveyance roller/Rt
93
D. Book exit drive
PB-501
[1]
[2]
[1]
94
a075t2c081ca
Book exit belt/Fr, /Rr
[2]
Book exit motor (M42)
PB-501
E. Cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt drive
[8]
[9]
[8]
[1]
[7]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[1]
Cover paper folding plate/Rt
[2]
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Rt

(PS48)
[3]
[6]
a075t2c082ca
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Lt

(PS49)
[7]
Cover paper folding plate position sensor

(PS51)
[3]
Cover paper folding pressure sensor (PS52)
[4]
Cover paper folding motor/Rt (M48)
[8]
Cover paper folding plate/Lt
[5]
Cover paper folding plate encoder sensor
[9]
Cover paper folding motor/Lt (M49)
(PS50)
95

Cover paper conveyance arm/Rr and /Lt drive
PB-501
F.
[7]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[1]
Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt
[2]
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Rt
[3]
a075t2c083ca
[5]
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Lt
(PS42)
[6]
Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt
[3]
Cover paper conveyance arm motor/Rt (M43)
[7]
[4]
Cover paper conveyance arm motor/Lt (M44)
(PS43)
G. Cover paper lift drive
[1]
[2]
[1]
96
Cover paper lift plate/Rt
[2]
Cover paper lift solenoid (SD41)
a075t2c084ca
[2]
[3]
PB-501
H. Cutter drive
[4]
[1]
a075t2c085ca
[1]
Cutter
[3]
Cutter end position switch (SW42)
[2]
Cutter HP switch (SW41)
[4]
Cutter motor (M50)
97
10.3 Operation
PB-501
10.3.1
Cover paper table section operation overview
1. The cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [4] and /Lt [10] are activated upon receiving of a print job, and they are
pressed against the cover paper conveyance roller/Rt [5] and /Lt [8].
2. When a cover paper is fed [7], alignment operation is carried out by the cover paper alignment plate/Rr and
/Fr [6].
3. After the thickness of inside papers [11] is detected by clamping operation made by the clamp pressure
plate [12], the cover paper is fed backward (switchback) [2].
4. The backward feeding is made to feed the cover paper to the roller cutter assy so that the paper edge protrudes away from the cover paper switchback sensor (PS44) [3] by the trimming amount.
5. The cover paper edge is trimmed by the roller cutter [1] and then the paper is conveyed leftward again.
6. Alignment operation to attach the cover paper to the inside papers is carried out.
7. The cover paper is moved to left and right by the reverse/forward rotation of the cover paper conveyance
roller/Rt and /Lt in order to be positioned properly with reference to the cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) [9] as
starting point.
[12]
[11]
[1]
[2]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075t2c086ca
98
[1]
Roller cutter
[7]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[9]
Cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46)
[4]
[10]
[5]
[11]
Bundle of inside papers
[6]
Cover paper alignment plate/Rr, /Fr
[12]
8. When the alignment operation of the cover paper completes and CD alignment plate returns to home posi-
plate [1] presses against the spine to securely attach the cover paper.
10. The cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt are moved inward to press [6] the both edge surfaces of the spine
to create the perfect corners. During up and down operation of the cover paper table unit, the cover paper
conveyance arm/Rt [9] and /Lt [7] are moved away from the cover paper so as not to let the paper pulled by
the arms.
11. The pressures to the spine are applied for three seconds for the glue to fully harden.
[7]
[8]
[9]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075t2c087ca
[1]
Book spine backing plate
[6]
Apply pressure
[2]
Lift of cover paper table unit
[7]
[3]
[8]
Bundle of inside papers
[4]
Opening
[9]
[5]
99
PB-501
tion, the cover paper folding plate/Rt [3] and /Lt [5] are opened [4].
9. When the cover paper on the lifted unit attaches to the spine of inside papers [8], the book spine backing
12. The cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt are opened, and the cover paper table unit is lowered [3].
13. While the cover paper table is going down, the inside papers of the book [7] are held by the clamp pressure
PB-501
plate [8]. Since the both sides of the cover paper [9] bow, the cover paper lift plate/Lt [5] integrated with the
cover paper conveyance arm/Lt [6] supports the left side of the cover paper. The right side of the paper is
supported by the cover lift plate/Rt [2]. The cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [1] is moved away from the
cover paper lift plate/Rt.
14. The book exit belt [4] is moved to the position to receive the book.
[7]
[8]
[9]
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075t2c088ca
100
[1]
[6]
[2]
Cover paper lift plate/Rt
[7]

Book
[3]
Going down
[8]
[4]
Book exit belt
[9]
Cover paper
[5]
15. When the book exit belt is set at the receiving position, the cover paper table unit is lifted again.
16. When lifting the unit is started, the cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [2] and /Lt [3] are folded [1] [4] to keep
PB-501
them from contact with the clamp section.
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
a075t2c089ca
[1]
The arm is folded
[3]
[2]
[4]
The arm is folded
101
17. When the book (inside papers) [8] is released from the clamp pressure plate [9], the cover paper table unit is
PB-501
lowered.
18. At the start of the unit lowering operation, the cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [2], /Lt [7], and the cover
paper folding plate/Rt [3], /Lt [4] are returned to their home positions.When the cover paper lift plate/Lt [6]
returns to its home position, it flips the left side of the cover paper up toward the inside papers.
19. The book exit belt [5] is activated after a prescribed time has elapsed since the table unit lowering operation
is started so that the belt starts to move at the same time the book contacts with the belt and the book is
laid down on the belt.
[8]
[9]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075t2c090ca
[1]
102
Clamp pressure plate releases the inside
[5]
Book exit belt
papers
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
Book
[4]
[9]
20. The cover paper table unit goes down to its home position, and then goes up until the book exit belt surface
becomes horizontal to the book conveyance belt [3] surface.
PB-501
21. The book exit belt [1] starts to move again to convey the book [3] on it to the book stock section.
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075t2c091ca
[1]
Book exit belt
[2]
Book conveyance belt
[3]
Book
103

10.3.2
Cover paper conveyance control
A. Mechanism
PB-501
The cover paper table entrance roller [3], the cover paper conveyance roller/Rt [5] and /Lt [6] are driven by
the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) drive force transmitted via the gear and the belt.
A cover paper is conveyed being nipped between the driven rollers [9] and [10] provided on the tips of the
cover paper conveyance roller/Rt, /Lt and the cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [1], /Lt [8].
On the cover paper conveyance path, the cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45) [4], /Lt (PS46) [7] and the cover
paper switchback sensor (PS44) [2] are provided.
The PS44 is used to position the cover paper to be trimmed.

PS45 is the starting point of when carrying in cover paper to the up/down cover paper section. Cover paper
is carried in after specified time from when PS45 detected the leading edge of the paper, cover paper stops
and alignment operation is carried out.
The PS46 is used to position the cover paper to be attached to the spine of inside papers.
[9]
[10]
[8]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]
104
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075t2c092ca
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
[4]
Cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45)
[9]
Driven roller/Rt
[5]
[10]
Driven roller/Lt
B. Control
1. Upon receiving of a print job, the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) starts to turn in the forward direction
[1].
2. The M45 stops [2] when a prescribed time has elapsed after the cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45) detects the
leading edge of the cover paper.
3. When clamping the inside papers is finished, the book thickness sensor (PS29) detects the last pulse and
the book thickness information is obtained. Then the M45 starts reverse rotation [3] to convey the cover
paper toward the roller cutter assy.
4. The cover paper is conveyed until it reaches the position to be trimmed off by the amount determined
according to the paper size setting and the book thickness information, and the M45 stops [4].
5. When the cutter end position switch (SW42) detects [5] the finish of the cutting operation, the M45 starts forward rotation to convey the cover paper leftward to be aligned.
6. The M45 stops [6] when a prescribed time has elapsed after the PS44 detects the trailing edge of the cover
paper.
7. When the alignment operation by the cover paper alignment motor (M41) is finished [7], the cover paper is
conveyed rightward by the M45 reverse rotation for the next positioning operation.
8. The M45 keeps rotating to position the cover paper properly to be attached to the inside papers until the
cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46), the reference sensor for the positioning, turns Off [8].
9. After a prescribed time has elapsed, the M45 starts forward rotation to convey the cover paper leftward [9]
and stops [10] after the PS46 detects the leading edge of the cover paper.
[1]
[3] [4]
[2]
[6]
[7] [9] [10]

Forward
Rever
se
Cover paper conveyance Forward
motor (M45)
Reve
rse
Cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45)
Cover paper alignment
motor (M41)

[5]
[8]
a075t2c093ca
[1]
[5]
[2]
Cover paper conveyance to the cover paper
[6]
Cover paper stops for alignment
table is finished
[7]
Cover paper alignment is finished
Starting conveyance toward the roller cutter
[8]
Cover paper positioning reference search
assy
[9]
Starting cover paper positioning
Stop at the trimming position
[10]
Cover paper positioning is completed
[3]
[4]
Trimming is completed
105
PB-501
(1) When conveying cover paper from the PB cover paper tray

10.3.3
Cover paper trimming control
A. Mechanism
PB-501
The cutter motor (M50) drives the roller cutter via the pulley and the wire.
The front side is the home position and the trimming is carried out when the cover paper is moved to the
back side from the front side.
B. Control
1. When the cover paper is conveyed to the trimming position by the cover paper conveyance motor (M45), the
motor stops [1] and the cutter motor (M50) starts forward rotation to start the trimming operation.
2. When the cutter blade cut the paper and reaches the limit position, the cutter end position switch (SW42)
turns On and the M50 stops. At the same time, the M45 starts forward rotation to convey the cover paper.
3. When the conveyance by the M45 is finished [3], the M50 starts to rotate again to make the cutter return to
its home position.
4. When the cutter is set in its home position [4], the cutter HP switch (SW41) becomes On and the M50 stops.
[3]
[1]
motor (M45)
Cutter motor (M50)
Forward
Rever
se
Forward
Rever
se

[2]
106
[4]
[1]
Start of cutting
[3]
Starting HP return operation
[2]
Trimming is completed
[4]
Cutter is set in its HP
a075t2c094ca

10.3.4
Cover paper alignment drive
The cover paper alignment motor (M41) drives the cover paper alignment plate/Fr [2], /Rr [5], the book exit
belt/Fr [3], and /Rr [4] for changing their positions.
The cover paper alignment plate/Rr presses the cover paper against the cover paper alignment plate/Fr to
position the cover paper properly, and the alignment accuracy is judged by the cover paper alignment/Fr.
[5]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Cover paper
[4]
Book exit belt/Rr
[2]
Cover paper alignment plate/Fr
[5]
Cover paper alignment plate/Rr
[3]
Book exit belt/Fr
a075t2c095ca
107
PB-501
A. Mechanism
B. Control
PB-501
(1) Cover paper trimming mode
1. Upon receiving of a print job [1], the cover paper alignment motor (M41) starts forward rotation to set the
alignment parts in the positions for the alignment operation, and stops [2].
2. After the conveyance arm/Rt and /Lt move away from the cover paper conveyance roller/Rt and /Lt by the
cover paper conveyance arm motor/Rt (M43) and /Lt (M44), and the arms stops, the M41 starts forward
rotation to position the cover paper to be trimmed [3].
3. When the cover paper is set at the trimming position with the cover paper alignment plate/Rr and /Fr holding
down the both sides of the paper, the M41 stops [4].
4. The conveyance arm/Rt and /Lt are pressed against the cover paper conveyance roller/Rt and /Lt [5] by the
M43 and M44 drive force. Then the M41 starts reverse rotation to move the cover paper alignment plate/Rr
and /Fr away from the cover paper, and stops.
5. When the cover paper trimming is finished, the cover paper alignment operation [6] to be attached to the
inside papers is performed in the same manner as for the trimming.
6. When positioning the cover paper by the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) is finished, the M41 starts
reverse rotation to perform preparation operation [7] for the next cover paper table lifting operation.
7. The M41 stops [8] when the cover paper alignment HP sensor (PS41) becomes On.
[1]
[2]
Cover paper alignment HP

sensor (PS41)
ForCover paper
alignment motor ward
Rever
(M41)
se
ForCover paper
conveyance arm ward
Rever
motor/Rt (M43)
se
Cover paper con- Forward
veyance motor
Rever
(M45)
se
[5]
[1]
[2]
Setting the plates and belts ready for the

conveyance
[3]
[6]
Positioning (alignment) cover paper to be
[7]
Starting preparation for cover table lifting
[8]
Alignment-related parts return to its home
attached to inside papers

operation

trimmed
[4]
Stops at the trimming position
[5]
Returning to the cover paper conveyance
a075t2c093ca
position
position
(2) Cover paper Not trimming mode

When the sub-scanning direction length of inside papers is over 182 mm, the first positioning operation for trimming is not performed. Only the positioning operation for attaching the cover to the inside papers is performed.
However, when the inside paper is smaller than B5 size, alignment is done twice, once when cover paper is carried in, and the other after leading edge positioning is done.
108

10.3.5
Cover paper table up down control
The cover paper table up down motor/Fr (M46) drives the cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Rt [9] and /
Fr_Lt [5], and the cover paper table up down motor/Rr (M47) drives the cover paper table up down belt/
Rr_Rt [1] and /Rr_Lt [2].
The cover paper table upper limit sensor/Fr (PS26) [3] detects that the front side of the cover paper table
The cover paper table upper limit sensor/Rr (PS27) [4] detects that the rear side of the cover paper table
that is driven by the M46 reaches the upper limit.

that is driven by the M47 reaches the upper limit.
The cover paper table HP sensor/Fr (PS47) [7] detects that the front side of the cover paper table is in its
home position, and the cover paper table HP sensor/Rr (PS53) [8] detects that the rear side of the cover
paper table is in the home position.
[3]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[9]
[5]
[6]
[2]
[8]
[7]
a075t2c097ca
[1]
Cover paper table up down belt/Rr_Rt
[6]
Front side
[2]
Cover paper table up down belt/Rr_Lt
[7]
Cover paper table HP sensor/Fr (PS47)
[3]
Cover paper table upper limit sensor/Fr (PS26)
[8]
Cover paper table HP sensor/Rr (PS53)
[4]
Cover paper table upper limit sensor/Rr (PS27)
[9]
Cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Rt
[5]
Cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Lt
109
PB-501
A. Mechanism
B. Control
PB-501
1. When applying glue to the spine of inside papers is finished and the glue tank HP sensor (PS33) turns On,
the cover paper table up down motor/Fr (M46) and /Rr (M47) start forward rotation to lift the cover paper
table [1].
2. During a prescribed time period after the cover paper table upper limit sensor/Fr (PS26) and /Rr (PS27)
become On, the cover paper is pressed against the spine of inside papers, and then M46 and M47 stop [2].
3. After the book spine ends are neatly folded, the cover paper folding motor/Rt (M48) moves the cover paper
folding plate/Rt away from the book and stops, then, the cover paper table is lowered by the reverse rotation
of the M46 and M47 [3].
4. The M46 and M47 keeps rotating until the cover paper table reaches the position to receive the book, and
they stops [4].
5. When the cover paper alignment motor (M41) drives the book exit belt (attached to the cover paper alignment plate/Fr and /Rr) to the position to receive the book, and stops, the M46 and M47 start forward rotation to lift the cover paper table [5].
6. The motors stop [6] when the cover paper table reaches to the position to receive the book.
7. When the clamp HP sensor (PS22) turns On upon completion of opening movement of the clamp pressure
plate (the book is released from the plate), the M46 and M47 starts reverse rotation to lower the cover paper
table [7] to receive the book.
8. The M46 and M47 stop when the cover paper table HP sensor/Fr (PS47) and /Rr (PS53) detect that the
cover paper table reaches its home position.
9. When the book exit motor (M42) drives the book exit belt to convey the book to the predetermined position
and stops, the M46 and M47 starts forward rotation to lift the cover paper table [9].
10. In order to align the surface of the book exit belt with that of the book conveyance belt in the book stock
section, the cover table is lifted by 60 mm and the M46 and M47 stop [10].
11. When the book end sensor (PS61) turns On detecting that the book has exit to the book stock section [11],
the M46 and M47 starts reverse rotation to lower the cover paper table until the PS47 and PS53 become
On, and the motors stop [12].
110
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[8] [9][10]
[12]
PB-501

Forward
Rever
se
ForCover paper table
ward
up down motor/Fr
Rever
(M46), /Rr (M47)
se
Cover paper table upper limit
sensor/Fr (PS26), /Rr (PS27)
Cover paper table HP sensor/Fr
(PS47), /Rr (PS53)
ForCover paper folding
ward
motor/Rt (M48)
Rever
se

motor (M41)
Book end sensor (PS61)
[4]
[6]
[7]
[11]
a075t2c098ca
[1]
[7]
[2]
Completion of pressing the book spine
[8]
Starting book receiving operation

Stops at the home position
[3]
Starting to lower the cover paper table for
[9]
Starting lifting to the book exit position
preparing book receiving operation
[10]
Lifting by 60 mm
[4]
Standby for receiving book
[11]
Book exit is finished
[5]
Book exit belt movement is finished
[12]
[6]
Going up and stopping at the position to

receive book
111

10.3.6
Cover paper folding plate control
PB-501
A. Mechanism
(1) Outline
In order to let the book spin ends to form perfect corners, the cover paper folding motor/Rt (M48) and /Lt
(M49) move the cover paper folding plate/Rt [1] and /Lt [3] respectively inward to press the book spine [6]
from left and right sides with the spine pressed by the book spine backing plate [2].
The cover paper folding plate/Lt is used as the reference position [4], and the cover paper folding plate/Rt
presses the book against the plate/Lt by means of spring force.
The standby position of the cover paper folding plate/Lt is 15 mm [5] leftward from the reference position
[4], and that of the cover paper folding plate/Rt is 15 mm [7] rightward from the right end of the book
regardless of the book thickness.
[5]
[3]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[4]
[8]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075t2c099ca
112
(2) Pressure mechanism
[2]
[3]
PB-501
1. The cover paper folding motor/Rt (M48) [5] drives the cover paper folding operation via the gear.
2. The pressure applied to the book is detected by the cover paper folding pressure sensor (PS52) [4].
3. The cover paper folding plate encoder sensor (PS50) [6] detects how much the M48 has rotated.
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
a075t2c100ca
[1]
[4]
[2]
Book
[5]

Cover paper folding motor/Rt (M48)
[3]
Pressure drive plate/Rt
[6]
Cover paper folding plate encoder sensor (PS50)
113
B. Control
PB-501
1. When the cover paper table up down motor /Fr (M46) and /Rr (M47) start to rise to stick the cover paper to
the book spine and cover paper alignment completes, when the CD alignment plate returns to home position, the cover paper folding motor /Rt (M48) and /Lt (M49) start forward rotation to move the cover paper
folding plate/Rt and /Lt outward [1].
2. The M49 stops [2] when a prescribed time has elapsed after the cover paper folding plate position sensor (PS51) turns On.
3. The M48 stops [3] when the cover paper folding plate encoder sensor (PS50) has count certain pulses correspond to the book thickness.
4. When the M46 and M47 stop upon completion of pressing the cover paper against the spine of inside papers, the
M48 and M49 start reverse rotation to move the cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt inward (toward the book) [4].
5. When the cover paper folding plate/Lt has moved to the reference position during a prescribed time period
after the cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Lt (PS49) turns On, the M49 stops [5].
6. When the cover paper folding pressure sensor (PS52) turns On [6], the PS50 starts to count again until the
pressure plate moves 3 mm pressing the book, and then the M48 stops [7].
7. The M48 and M49 start forward rotation to release the book from the pressure [8].
8. The M49 stops [9] when the cover paper folding plate/Lt reaches its standby position after the PS51 turns On.
9. The M48 stops [10] when the cover paper folding plate/Rt reaches its standby position after the PS50
counted certain pulses.
10. When the M46 and M47 start to rotate to lower the cover paper table, the M48 and M49 start to drive to
return the cover paper folding plates to their home positions [11].
[1]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[8]
[10]
[11]
ForCover paper table up

down motor/Fr (M46), /Rr ward
Reve
(M47)
rse
ward
motor/Rt (M48)
Rever
se
Cover paper folding plate HP
sensor/Rt (PS48)
Cover paper folding plate
encoder sensor (PS50)
Cover paper folding pressure sensor
(PS52)
ward
motor/Lt (M49)
Rever
se
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Lt (PS49)
Cover paper folding plate position
sensor (PS51)
[2]
[9]
[5] [6]
[1]
Movement to the standby position
[7]
Stops applying a certain pressure to the book
[2]
Cover paper folding plate/Lt stops at the
[8]
Releasing book after pressing it for a certain
[3]
Cover paper folding plate/Rt stops at the
standby position
time to harden the glue

[9]
standby position
[4]
Starts to fold cover paper
Cover paper folding plate/Lt stops at the

standby position
[10]
Cover paper folding plate/Rt stops at the

standby position
[5]
Cover paper folding plate/Lt stops at the reference position
[6]
114
a075t2c101ca
Start to apply pressure to the book
[11]

10.3.7
Cover paper conveyance arm control
The cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [5] and /Lt [9] press/separate the driven rollers [4] [11] against/from the
The cover paper conveyance arm/Lt is equipped with the cover paper lift plate/Lt [10] which lifts the left side
cover paper conveyance roller/Rt [7] and /Lt [8].

of the cover paper to prevent it from being fold while the cover paper alignment plates are moved inward to
attach the cover paper to the inside papers.
The cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt (M43) and /Lt (M44) drive the cover paper conveyance arm/Rt
and /Lt via the pins [2][14].
While conveying a cover paper, the pins [2] [14] come off the cutouts [1] [12] of the cover paper conveyance
arms, and the cover paper conveyance roller/Rt and /Lt are pressed against the paper by means of the
spring force [3] [13].
The cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Rt (PS42) [6] and /Lt (PS43) [15] detect that the arms are in
their home positions.The upright positions of the paper cover conveyance arm/Lt and /Rt are their home
positions.
[1]
[14]
[2]
[13]
[3]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[8]
[7]
a075t2c102ca
115
PB-501
A. Mechanism
The table below shows the preset angles of the cover paper conveyance arms for each operation.
Operation
PB-501
Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt

[1]
Home position [1] [2]
[2]
+90 degrees
+90 degrees
Cover paper conveyance [3]
-30.4 degrees
-8 degrees
Cover paper alignment, attachment [4]
-29.4 degrees
-7 degrees
Temporary lowering of cover paper table
+25.4 degrees
+41.2 degrees
-14.1 degrees
+15.3 degrees
(for book exit belt preparation) [5]

Re-lifting of cover paper table (to receive
book) [6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[6]
[4]
[3]
116
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Cover paper alignment, attachment
a075t2c103ca
[5]
Temporary lowering of cover paper table (for
[6]
Re-lifting of cover paper table (to receive
book exit belt preparation)

book)
B. Control
1. Upon receiving of a print job [1], the cover paper conveyance arm morot/Rt (M43) and /Lt (M44) start forward rotating to make the driven rollers provided on the tips of the arms press against the conveyance roller/
Rt and /Lt, and the motors stop [2].
2. When the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) stops [3] after conveying the cover paper to the cover paper
table, the M43 and M44 start reverse rotation to move the driven rollers away from the paper [4].
3. When the cover paper alignment motor (M41) stops [5] after making the arms press against the both edges
of the cover paper for alignment, the M43 and M44 start forward rotation to hold down the paper with the
driven rollers [6] to prevent the paper from moving.
4. When the cover paper trimming is finished, the cover paper alignment operation [7] to be attached to the
inside papers is performed in the same manner as for the trimming.
5. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the cover paper table is lifted [8] by the cover paper table up down
motor/Fr (M46) and /Rr (M47), the cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt start to move inward to fold the cover
paper along the inside papers, and at the same time, the M43 and M44 start reverse rotation to move the
driven rollers away from the paper [9].
6. When the cover paper table starts temporary lowering to prepare for receiving the book by means of the
M46 and M47 drive forces, the M43 and M44 start reverse rotation [10] to support the both sides of the
cover paper with the cover paper lift plate/Lt and /Rt. This prevents the cover paper from being unexpectedly folded by the cover paper alignment plate/Fr and /Rr.
7. When the M41 stops [11] after setting the book exit belt/Fr and /Rr at the book receiving position, the cover
paper table starts to move upward again, and at the same time, the M43 and M44 start forward rotation to
move the arms so that they do not contact with the clamp section.
8. When the cover paper table starts to move downward receiving the book, the M43 and M44 drives the arms
to return them to the home positions [13].
117
PB-501
(1) Cover paper trimming mode
[1] [2]
[3] [5]
[7]
[9]
[11][12][13]
PB-501
Forward
Rever
se
ForCover paper conveyance ward
arm motor/Rt (M43)
Rever
se
Cover paper conveyance arm HP
sensor/Rt (PS42)
Rever
arm motor/Lt (M44)
se
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Lt (PS43)
Rever
motor (M45)
se
ForCover paper table up
ward
down motor/Fr (M46), /Rr Reve
(M47)
rse
motor (M41)
[4] [6]
[8]
[10]
a075t2c104ca
[1]
[8]
Starting lifting the cover paper table
[2]
Driven rollers are pressed against the con-
[9]
Driven rollers release the paper for cover
Cover paper conveyance is completed
[10]
Temporary lowering of the cover paper table
[4]
The driven rollers release the paper
[11]
Book exit belt is set to standby
[5]
[12]
Moving the arms to avoid contact with
[6]
Driven rollers are pressed against the paper
[13]
[7]
veyance rollers
[3]
paper folding operation
trimmed is finished
clamp section
attached to inside papers

(2) Cover paper Not trimming mode
When the sub-scanning direction length of inside papers is over 182 mm, the first positioning operation for trimming is not performed. Only the positioning operation for attaching the cover to the inside papers is performed.
However, when the inside paper is smaller than B5 size, alignment is done twice, once when cover paper is carried in, and the other after leading edge positioning is done.
118

10.3.8
Cover paper lifting (supporting) control
The cover paper lift plate/Rt is activated by the cover paper lift solenoid (SD41).
The cover paper lift plate/Rt supports the right side of the cover paper to prevent it from bowing downward
and being unexpectedly folded when the cover paper table is temporary lowered for setting the book exit
belt at the standby position.
B. Control
1. When the cover paper table up down motor/Fr (M46) and /Rr (M47) stop after lowering the table for setting
the book exit belt at the standby position, the cover paper lift solenoid (SD41) is activated to move the cover
paper lift plate in order to support the right side of the cover paper.
2. The SD41 turns Off when the cover paper alignment motor (M41) stops after setting the book exit belt at the
standby position.
Forward
Cover paper alignment motor
(M41)
Cover paper table up down motor/

Fr (M46), /Rr (M47)
Rever
se
Forward
Reve
rse
[1]
[1]
Supporting cover page with the cover lift
[2]
[2]
a075t2c105ca
Ending supporting cover paper
plate
119
PB-501
A. Mechanism

10.3.9
Book exit control
PB-501
A. Mechanism
The book exit motor (M42) drives the book exit belt/Fr and /Rr.
B. Control
1. After the cover paper is folded along the inside papers, the cover paper table up down motor/Fr (M46) and /
Rr (M47) start reverse rotation to lower the cover paper table [1].
2. When the book spine corner touches the book exit belt surface (when a prescribed time has elapsed after
the table starts to go down), the book exit motor (M42) starts to rotate at low speed so that the book is
slowly laid down on the belt [2].
3. When a prescribed time has elapsed after starting the rotation, the M42 stops [3].
4. The M42 starts high-speed rotation to exit the book [4] toward the book stock section when the M46 and
M47 have moved the cover paper table upward by 60 mm so that the book exit belt horizontally aligns with
the book conveyance belt in the book stock section.
5. The M42 stops [5] when the book end sensor (PS61) turns On detecting that the book has conveyed to the
book stock section.
Cover paper table up

down motor/Fr (M46), /Rr
(M47)
Forward
Reve
rse

[1] [2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
a075t2c106ca
[1]
[2]
120
Cover paper table goes down to convey the
[3]
Temporary stop of M42
book to the belt
[4]
Exiting book toward the stock section
Receiving the book
[5]
Completion of exiting book
10.3.10 Waste paper control

The waste box full sensor (PS80) [1] detects a full status of the waste box by receiving a light reflected off
the waste paper in the box.
The waste box set sensor (PS81) [2] is provided to detect whether the waste box is properly set or not. The
actuator of the waste box activates the sensor.
[2]
[1]
a075t2c107ca
[1]
Waste box full sensor (PS80)
[2]
Waste box set sensor (PS81)
121
PB-501
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION
PB-501

11.1 Configuration
Book load limit sensor (PS65)
Book upper limit

LED (LED61)
Book conveyance
arm/Rr
Book conveyance arm/Fr
Book guide/Rr
Book guide/Fr
Book conveyance
belt/Rr
Book conveyance belt/Fr

Book sensor/2
(PS67)
Book sensor/1 (PS66)
Book stopper
Book movement belt
a075t2c108ca
122
11.2 Drive
PB-501
A. Book conveyance drive
[11]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[9]
[4]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
a075t2c109ca
[1]
Book conveyance belt movement motor
[7]
Book conveyance arm/Fr
(M62)
[8]
Guide shaft/Rt
Guide shaft/Lt
[2]
Book conveyance arm/Rr
[9]
[3]
Book guide/Rr
[10]
Timing belt
[4]
Book conveyance belt/Rr
[11]
Book conveyance belt movement HP sen-
[5]
[6]
Book guide/Fr
sor (PS62)
123
PB-501
B. Book conveyance belt drive
[3]
[1]
[2]
a075t2c110ca
124
[1]
[2]
[3]
Book conveyance belt motor (M61)
PB-501
C. Book conveyance up down drive
[5]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
a075t2c111ca
[1]
[2]
Book conveyance belt up down motor
[3]
(M63)
[4]
Book lift wire/Fr

Guide shaft/Lt
Guide shaft/Rt
[5]
Book lift wire/Rr
125
PB-501
D. Book movement drive
[2]
[1]
[3]
a075t2c112ca
[1]
Book movement motor (M64)
[2]
Book movement belt
E. Book stopper drive
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
a075t2c113ca
126
[1]
Book stopper
[3]
Front side
[2]
Book stopper HP sensor (PS68)
[4]
Book stopper motor (M65)
11.3.1
Book stock section operation overview
1. Upon receiving of a print job, the book conveyance arm/Fr and /Rr [3] and the book stopper [1] are moved to
the positions correspond to the selected paper size.
2. The book conveyance belt [5] is driven in synchronization with the drive of the book exit belt [6] in the cover
paper table section, and the conveyance belt receives the book from the exit belt.
3. The book guide/Fr and /Rr [4] are moved to the positions where they contact with the book side edges to
align the book.
4. The book is conveyed downward until it reaches to the position to be stacked.

5. The book conveyance arm/Fr and /Rr are opened to drop the book onto the book movement belt [3].
[4]
[5]
[6]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
Book stopper
[4]
Book guide/Fr, /Rr
[2]
Book conveyance arm/Fr, /Rr
[5]
[3]
Book movement belt
[6]
Book exit belt
a075t2c114ca
127
PB-501
11.3 Operation
6. When books have been stacked to the upper limit, the stack of books [1] is moved to the second row [3] by
PB-501
the book movement belt [2], then, stacking the subsequent books in the first row is continued.
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075t2c115ca
128
[1]
Stack of books at the first row
[2]
Book movement belt
[3]
Second row

11.3.2
Book conveyance & movement control
The book conveyance belt movement motor (M62) [1] drives the book movement arm/Fr [8] and /Rr [2] via
the timing belt.
The book movement arm/Fr and /Rr move in the main scan direction along the guide shaft/Rt [5] and /Lt [9].
The book conveyance belt movement HP sensor (PS62) is provided to detect whether the arms in their
The guide shaft/Fr and /Rr are moved up or down by the book conveyance belt up down motor (M63).
home position or not.
The book movement arm/Fr and /Rr include the book conveyance belt/Fr [6], /Rr [3], and the book guide/Fr
[7], /Rr [4].
Registration regulating plate/Fr [7], /Rr [4] slides along the guide shaft/Rt [5], /Lt [9].
[9]
[10]
[11]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a075t2c116ca
[1]
Book conveyance belt movement motor
[7]
Book guide/Fr
(M62)
[8]
Book movement arm/Fr
[2]
Book movement arm/Rr
[9]
Guide shaft/Lt
[3]
[10]
Timing belt
[4]
Book guide/Rr
[11]
[5]
Guide shaft/Rt
[6]
Book conveyance belt movement HP sensor (PS62)
129
PB-501
A. Mechanism
(1) Operation
PB-501
1. When receiving a book from the cover paper table section [1], the book movement arm/Fr [6] and /Rr [11]
are moved to the positions correspond to the book size, and the book guide/Fr [7] and /Rr [10] are set at the
positions 17 mm outer the book edges [9].
2. Then the book guides are moved inward to the positions 2 mm away from the book edges to align the book
to be stacked.
3. When the book is conveyed downward to the position to be stacked, the book movement arm/Fr [6] and /Rr
[10] are moved outward to drop the book [3].
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[11]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
130
a075t2c118ca
[1]
Standby/receiving book
[6]
Book movement arm/Fr
[2]
Aligning the book and conveying it down-
[7]
Book guide/Fr
ward
[8]
Gap between the book edge and the guide
[3]
Releasing the book
[4]
Book drops
[9]
Book
[5]
Gap between the book edge and the guide
[10]
Book guide/Rr
is 2 mm during alignment
[11]
Book movement arm/Rr
is 17 mm in the standby status
B. Control
move the book movement arm/Fr and /Rr to the positions correspond to the book size [2].
2. When the book end sensor (PS61) turns On [3], the M62 starts forward rotation again to move the book
guide/Fr and /Rr inward until the gap between the guides and book edges become 2 mm to perform alignment [4].
3. When the book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64) turns On [5], the M62 starts reverse rotation to
move the arms to home position and stops [6]. However, when there are subsequent books, book conveyance assy moves the book movement arms to standby position after returning to the upper limit home position.
4. After releasing the book, the M62 reverse rotation is continued until the arms stop at their home positions [7]
turning On the book conveyance belt movement HP sensor (PS62).
[1] [2]
[6]
[3]

Forward
Rever
se
Book conveyance belt movement HP
sensor (PS62)
Book conveyance belt lower limit
sensor (PS64)
movement motor (M62)
[4] [5]
[7]
a075t2c119ca
[1]
[2]
Stop the arms at the positions correspond
[5]
Start to move the arms to their standby

position
to the book size
[6]
Stopping at the standby position
[3]
Receiving the book is completed
[7]
[4]
Guides stop at the positions for alignment
131
PB-501
1. Upon receiving of a print job [1], the book conveyance belt movement motor (M62) starts forward rotation to

11.3.3
Book conveyance belt control
PB-501
A. Mechanism
The book conveyance belt motor (M61) drives the book conveyance belt.
The book conveyance belt/Fr [2] and /Rr [1] receive the book conveyed from the cover paper table section.
The completion of the receiving operation is detected by the book end sensor (PS61) [3] that turns On by
being pressed by the book.
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075t2c120ca
[1]
[2]
[3]
B. Control
1. The book conveyance belt motor (M61) starts to drive upon starting of the book exit motor (M42) to receive
the book [1] conveyed from the cover paper table section.
2. The M61 stops [2] when the book end sensor (PS61) turns ON.

[1]
[1]
132
Book conveyance belt drive
[2]
[2]
a075t2c121ca
Receiving the book is completed

11.3.4
Book conveyance up down control
The book conveyance assy [5] is moved up and down with the book lift wire/Fr [4] and /Rr [3] driven by the
book conveyance belt up down motor (M63) [1].
The book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63) [6] detects whether the book conveyance assy is at its upper
limit home position or not. The book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64) [2] provided at the bottom of
the book movement arm/Rr detects whether the book conveyance assy is at its lower limit position (top
surface of the stacked books or the movement belt position).
[1]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a075t2c122ca
[1]
[2]
Book conveyance belt up down motor
[3]
Book lift wire/Rr
(M63)
[4]
Book lift wire/Fr
Book conveyance belt lower limit sensor
[5]
Book conveyance assy
(PS64)
[6]
Book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63)
133
PB-501
A. Mechanism
B. Control
PB-501
1. When the book alignment driven by the book conveyance belt movement motor (M62) is finished, the book
conveyance belt up down motor (M63) starts forward rotation to lower the book conveyance assy [1].
2. The M63 stops when the book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64) turns On [2].
3. When the M62 stops [3], the M63 starts reverse rotation to lift the book conveyance assy.
4. The M63 stops [4] when the book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63) detects that the assy reaches its
upper home position.
[1]
[3]
ForBook conveyance belt moveward

ment motor (M62)
Rever
se
ForBook conveyance belt up down ward
motor (M63)
Rever
se
Book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64)
[2]
[4]
a075t2c123ca
134
[1]
Book conveyance assy starts to go down
[3]
Releasing book is completed
[2]
Stopping at the book release position
[4]

11.3.5
Book movement control
The book movement motor (M64) drives the book movement belt.
The belt moves the first row of books to the second row.
PB-501
A. Mechanism
B. Control
(1) During printing
The book movement motor (M64) is allowed to drive only when the book sensor/2 (PS67) is Off (no stack of
books exist at the second row).
When the book load limit sensor (PS65) detects that books has been stacked up to the limit at the first row,
the M64 starts to drive the belt and stops when the PS67 turns On.
(2) Book manual movement
The book sensor/1 (PS66) is On. The book movement motor (M64) is allowed to drive only when the book
When the book movement button is turned On, the book movement motor (M64) starts to drive the belt,
sensor/2 (PS67) is Off.

and stops when the PS67 turns On.
135

11.3.6
Book stopper control
PB-501
A. Mechanism
The book stopper supports the stacked books to prevent them from falling down.
The book stopper motor (M65) drives the book stopper.
The book stopper HP sensor (PS68) detects whether the book stopper is at is home position or not.
B. Control
Upon receiving of a print job, the book stopper motor (M65) starts forward rotation to move the stopper to
the position correspond to the book size.
When the job is finished, the M65 starts reverse rotation to return the stopper to its home position, and the
motor stops when the book stopper HP sensor (PS68) turns On.
11.3.7
Book full status detection control
When books have been stacked up to the limit at the first row, the full-status is detected by the book load
limit sensor (PS65) and notified by the book upper limit LED (LED61).
Since any light to the PS65 is blocked while the book conveyance assy is moving up or down, the PS65
status is checked only while the book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63) is On.
Even when the PS65 is not detecting the full-status, continuing stacking books cannot be made under the
following conditions.
(1) When stacked books size is the same

Book thickness is classified into three levels; a, b, and c, and allowable number of books to be stacked is
determined according to the combination of a, b, and c as shown in the table below.
Book a: 10 to 30 sheets
Book b: 31 to 150 sheets
Book c: 151 to 300 sheets
Mixing more than two among the a, b, and c-level books in one stack is not allowed.
Books already stacked
Books to be stacked over

Book a
Book b
Book c
Book a
50 copies in total
(30 - a) copies
(20 - a) copies
Book b
(35 - b) copies
35 copies in total
(20 - b) copies
Book c
30 copies
30 copies
Until detected by
PS65
*Stacking more books is stopped when the result of the calculations shown in the table become negative
value.
*Stacking more books is stopped when the PS65 detects full status even when the result of the calculations
is positive.
(2) When stacked books is deffrent
Only one book is stacked on the books already stacked at the 1st row, the stacked books are move to the
2nd raw, then the succeeding books are stacked on the empty place of the 1st row.
136
12. OTHERS
12. OTHERS
PB-501
12.1 Fan control

1. Configuration
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Exhaust fan/1 (M80)
[2]
Exhaust fan/2 (M81)
a075t2c129ca
[3]
Pellet supply cooling fan motor (M4)
A. Pellet supply cooling fan motor (M4)

(1) Purposes
The fan cools the air above the molten glue surface in the glue tank in order to maintain a temperature differential to molten glue. This allows the glue tank temperature sensor/Up (TH2) to detect a drop in temperature precisely when it comes out of the molten glue that is getting low in order to notify that pellets need to
be supplied.
(2) On timing
The M4 turns On upon completion of warm-up of the glue tank.

The M4 turns On when the temperature sensor/Md (TH3) detects the temperature around the middle in the
glue tank is higher than the preset temperature.
(3) Off timing
The M4 turns Off when the temperature sensor/Md (TH3) detects the temperature around the middle in the
glue tank is lower than the preset temperature.
137
12. OTHERS
B. Exhaust fan/1 (M80), /2 (M81)

(1) Purposes
PB-501
The fans are provided to prevent an excessive increase in temperature inside the PB-501 exhausting air and
deodorize.
(2) On timing
The M80 and M81 turn On upon completion of warm-up of the glue tank.
The M80 and M81 turn On when the temperature sensor/Md (TH3) detects the temperature around the
middle in the glue tank is higher than the preset temperature.
(3) Off timing
The M80 and M81 turn Off when the temperature sensor/Md (TH3) detects the temperature around the
middle in the glue tank is lower than the preset temperature.
138
12. OTHERS
When the front door, upper door, and stacker door are opened with the front door switch (MS2), upper door
switch (MS3), and stacker door switch (MS4) [3] turned Off, a 24 VDC/2 (DCPU/2) supply is shut down to
stop all operations instantly.
When the pellet supply door is opened with the pellet supply door switch (MS1) turned Off, the pellet supply
motor (M33) is stopped instantly.
During initialization and printing operations, the front door lock solenoid (SD80), book door solenoid (SD61)
turn on, and disables the stacker door to open/close. During idling, jam occurrence or in service mode,
SD80 and SD61 turn off and open/close of the front door is enabled.
A message is displayed in the touch panel when the stacker door sensor (PS57) switches from on to off.
[1]
[2]
[3]
a075t2c131ca
[1]
Book door solenoid (SD61)
[2]
Stacker door sensor (PS57)
[3]
Stacker door switch (MS4)
139
PB-501
12.2 Door opening/closing control
PB-501
12. OTHERS
Blank page
140
2007 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid
disclosure of confidential information.
Printed in Japan
CCA03U-M-TE3
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
C6500/C6500P/
C5500
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
FIELD SERVICE TOTAL CONTENTS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS ..............................................................S-1
IMPORTANT NOTICE ................................................................................................S-1
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION .........................S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS .................................................................................................S-2
SAFETY INFORMATION ...............................................................................................S-13
IMPORTANT NOTICE ..............................................................................................S-13
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE .....................................................S-14
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT ....................................................S-16
Legal restrictions on copying .......................................................................................... C-1
Composition of the service manual ................................................................................. C-2
Notation of the service manual ....................................................................................... C-3

OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................ 13
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ........................................................................................... 241
TROUBLESHOOTING................................................................................................ 507
APPENDIX.................................................................................................................. 601
* For particulars, see the contents of the main body.
DF-609
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 17
* For particulars, see the contents of DF-609.
PF-601/HT-504
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of PF-601/HT-504.
LU-202/HT-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of LU-202/HT-503.
RU-503/504
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of RU-503/504.
FD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
* For particulars, see the contents of FD-501.
LS-501/502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
* For particulars, see the contents of LS-501/502.
FS-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-503.
FS-520/607
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 7
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-520/607.
PI-502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of PI-502.
PK-512/513
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................... 9
* For particulars, see the contents of PK-512/513.
SD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 9
* For particulars, see the contents of SD-501.
ii
PB-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
* For particulars, see the contents of PB-501.
iii
Blank Page
iv

Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand
them before doing service work.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter
called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KMBTtrained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,

WARNING AND CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions " DANGER", " WARNING", and
" CAUTION" is defined as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited
meaning.
When servicing the product, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment,
repair, maintenance, etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.
DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury
WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury
CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium
trouble and property damage
Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:
:Precaution when using the

copier.
:Prohibition when using the
copier.
:Direction when using the
copier.
General
precaution
Electric hazard
High
temperature
General
prohibition
Do not touch
with wet hand
Do not
disassemble
General
instruction
Unplug
Ground/Earth
S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. The points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reasoning behind this policy.
Prohibited Actions
DANGER
Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT.

injury.
Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with
wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.
Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between
relay contacts)
Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.)

injury.
Making any modification to the product unless instructed
by KMBT
Using parts not specified by KMBT
S-2
[2] POWER PLUG SELECTION

In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit wall outlet
used in the area. In that case, it is obligation of customer engineer (hereafter called the CE)
to attach appropriate power plug or power cord set in order to connect the product to the
supply.
Power Cord Set or Power Plug

WARNING
Use power supply cord set which meets the following
criteria:
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for
the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and current, and
AC230V

- provided with three-conductor cable having enough current capacity, and
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
AC208V
240V
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.

Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:
- having configuration intended for the connection to wall
outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and
current, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connecting to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
Conductors in the power cable must be connected to terminals of the plug according to the following order:
Black or Brown:
L (line)
White or Light Blue:
N (neutral)
Green/Yellow:
PE (earth)
Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the

product, and results in fire or electric shock.
S-3
[3] CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE

Konica Minolta brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all
applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and CE from the risk
of injury. However, in daily use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and
eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability, the CE must perform regular
safety checks.
1.
Power Supply

WARNING
Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or
electric shock.
?V
Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same

configuration as the plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to
inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer
to contact qualified electrician for the installation.
Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a
capacity greater than the maximum power consumption.
result.
If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall
outlet, the total load must not exceed the rating of the wall
outlet.
result.
Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet
securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance,
overheating, and the risk of fire.
S-4
kw

WARNING
Check whether the product is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you
may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.
Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with
this product, make sure the connector is securely inserted
in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with
the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the product securely, a contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.
Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or
pinched by a table and so on.
Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check

whether the sheath is damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace
with a new power cord or cord set (with plug and connector on each end) specified by KMBT.
Using the damaged power cord may result in fire or electric shock.
Do not bundle or tie the power cord.
S-5
Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
Check whether dust is collected around the power plug
and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing
dust may result in fire.
Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet
hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the
cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and
electric shock.
Wiring
WARNING
Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords
in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.

Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so
using a too long extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken
up. Fire may result.
S-6

2.
Installation Requirements
Prohibited Installation Places

WARNING
Do not place the product near flammable materials or volatile materials that may catch fire.
Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such
as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.
When not Using the Product for a long time

WARNING
When the product is not used over an extended period of
time (holidays, etc.), switch it off and unplug the power
cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may
cause fire.
Ventilation
CAUTION
The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time
Fixing
CAUTION
Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.
S-7

3.
Servicing
Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION
Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and
proceed with the inspection following the prescribed procedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the product may break and a risk of injury or fire exists.
Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect
the power plugs from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some
units are still powered even if the POWER switch is
turned OFF. Arisk of electric shock exists.
The area around the fixing unit is hot.
You may get burnt.
Work Performed with the Product Powered On

WARNING
Take every care when making adjustments or performing
an operation check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check
with the external cover detached, you may touch live or
high-voltage parts or you may be caught in moving gears
or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
Take every care when servicing with the external cover
detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of electric shock exists.
S-8
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
When taking a report of problems from a user, check each
part and repair properly.
A risk of product trouble, injury, and fire exists.
Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and
screws to fall into the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock
or fire.
Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.
fire.
Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and electrode units such as a charging corona
unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or
fire.
Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.
fire.
Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for

deterioration and sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit)
incorporating a laser, make sure that the power cord has
been disconnected.
loss of eyesight.
S-9
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply
power with the write unit shifted from the specified mounting position.
loss of eyesight.
When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose
of the used lithium battery using the method specified by
local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g.,
optical lamp and fixing lamp), be sure to check the installation state.
Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and
check whether the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an
electric shock or be injured when you insert your hand in
the product (e.g., for clearing paper jam).
Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
fire.
Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
S-10
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.
Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.
You may be burned due to dust explosion.
Handling of Service Materials

CAUTION
Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Isopropyl alcohol and acetone are highly flammable and
must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.
Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before

any solvent remnants on the cleaned parts have fully
evaporated.
Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take
care not to spill any liquid. If this happens, immediately
wipe it off.
When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.
Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to
discomfort.
S-11

4.
Fuse
Fuse
CAUTION
CAUTION
Double pole / neutral fusing
ATTENTION
Double ple / Fusible sur le neutre
5.
Used Batteries Precautions
Handling of batteries
CAUTION
ALL Areas
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions.
Germany
VORSICHT!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemem Austausch der Batterie.
Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom Hersteller empfohlenen gleichwertigen Typ.
Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers.
France
ATTENTION
Il y a danger dexplosion sil y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie.
Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du mme type ou dun type quivalent recommand par le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant.
Denmark
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering.
Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.
Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren.
Finland, Sweden
VAROlTUS
Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin.
Hvit kytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.
VARNING
Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.
Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion.
Norway
ADVARSEL
Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri.
Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten.
Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner.
S-12
SAFETY INFORMATION
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976.
Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.
This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined within protective housings and external covers,
the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
S-13
SAFETY INFORMATION
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE

Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should
be taken to avoid burns and electric shock.
a03up0e001ca
S-14
SAFETY INFORMATION
a03up0e002ca
CAUTION:
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any
caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also,
when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and cannot be seen clearly, replace
it with a new caution label.
S-15
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF

AN ACCIDENT
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately
take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further
damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation must be carried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded
through direct on-site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations specified by every distributor.
S-16
Legal restrictions on copying

Certain types of originals must never be copied with the purpose or intent to pass copies of
such originals off as the originals.
The following is not a complete list, but is meant to be used as a guide to responsible copying.
<Financial Instruments>
Personal checks
Travelers checks
Money orders
Certificates of deposit
Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
Stock certificates
<Legal Originals>
Food stamps
Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Checks or drafts drawn by government agencies
Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Passports
Immigration papers
Motor vehicle licenses and titles
House and property titles and deeds
<General>
Identification cards, badges, or insignias
Copyrighted works without permission of the copyright owner
In addition, it is prohibited under any circumstances to copy domestic or foreign currencies,
or works of art without permission of the copyright owner.
When in doubt about the nature of an original, consult with legal counsel.
Detail
In order to prohibit the illegal reproduction of certain originals, such as paper currency, this
machine is equipped with a counterfeit prevention feature.
Due to the counterfeit prevention feature that this machine is equipped with, images may be
distorted.
C-1
Composition of the service manual

This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:
<Theory of Operation section>
OUTLINE:
System configuration, product specifications,

unit configuration, and paper path
COMPOSITION/OPERATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating

system, and explanation of the control system
This section gives, as information for the CE to get a full understanding of the product, a
rough outline of the object and role of each function, the relationship between the electrical
system and the mechanical system, and the timing of operation of each part.
<Field service section>
OUTLINE:
System configuration, and product specifications
MAINTENANCE:
Service schedule *, maintenance steps,

list of service tools and directions for use *,
firmware version up method *,
and removal/reinstallation methods of major parts
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING:
Utility menu mode *, Service mode *, security and mechan-
TROUBLESHOOTING*:
List of jam codes, their causes, operation when a jam
ical adjustment
occurs and its release method, and list of error codes,
their causes, operation when a warning is issued and estimated abnormal parts.
APPENDIX*:
Parts layout drawings, connector layout drawings, timing

chart, overall layout drawing
This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's
premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the
object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.
The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of
the main body.
C-2
Notation of the service manual

A. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
(1) bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500:
Main body
(2) Microsoft Windows 95:
Windows 95
Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me:
Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0:
Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP:
Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:

Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP
B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.
C. Electrical parts and signals

Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among
many.
Ex. of signal name
Description
IN
PS
Sensor
PS
Door PS1
Sensor detection signal
SIG
102 PS
24V
Solenoid
SD
DRV
SOL
24V
Clutch
CL
DRV
SOL
Power to drive the solenoid

Drive signal
Power to drive the clutch
Drive signal
C-3
Motor
Ex. of signal name
Description
24V
Power to drive the motor
CONT
Drive signal
DRV1
DRV2
D1
Drive signals of two kinds
D2
_U
_V
_W
DRV1
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B
DRV B
Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds

Motor, phases A and B control signals
A
Motor
/A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL
PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD
PLL lock signal
FR
Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD
Motor lock abnormality
BLK
Drive brake signal
P/S
Power/stop
S/S
SS
Fan
Others
C-4
FM
Operating load start/stop signal
CW/CCW, F/R
Rotational direction switching signal
ENB
Effective signal
TEMP_ER
Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
24V
Power to drive the fan motor
CONT, DRIVE
Drive signal
HL
Speed control signal (2 speeds)
EM, Lock, LCK, FEM
Detection signal
TH1.S, ANG
Analog signal

Ground
Serial communication
Ex. of signal name
Description
SG, S.GND, S_GND
Signal ground
PG, P.GND
Power ground
DCD
Data carrier detection
SIN
Serial input
SOUT
Serial output
DTR
Data terminal operation available
GND
Signal ground (earth)
DSR, DSET
Data set ready
RTS
Transmission request signal
CTS
Consent transmission signal
RI
Ring indicator
TXD
Serial transmission data
RXD
Serial reception data
D. Paper feed direction

When the direction in which paper is fed is in parallel with the longer side of paper, the
paper feed direction like this is referred to as the longitudinal feed.
And the paper feed direction that is perpendicular to the longitudinal feed is referred to as
the transverse feed.
When specifying the longitudinal feed, "S (abbreviation for Short Edge Feeding)" is added
to the paper size. For the transverse feed, no specific notation is employed.
However, when only the longitudinal feed is specified for one and the same paper size with
no specification made for the transverse feed, "S" is not added even when being fed longitudinally.
<Example>
Paper size
A4
A3
Feed direction
Notation
Transverse feed
A4
Longitudinal feed
A4S
Longitudinal feed
A3
C-5
Blank Page
C-6
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
C6500/C6500P/
C5500
Main body
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
3.0
Revision due to the addition of a new optional unit (PB)

2007/06
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark
and FS-520
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
CONTENTS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
CONTENTS
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Maintenance item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1.1
Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1.2
DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.1.3
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.1.4
LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.1.5
RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.1.6
FD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.1.7
FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.1.8
PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.1.9
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.1.10
PB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

3.2.1
Periodically replacement parts list (PRO C6500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.2.2
Spot replacement parts list (PRO C6500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.2.3
Periodically replacement parts list (PRO C5500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.2.4
Spot replacement parts list (PRO C5500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Concept of parts life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

3.3.1
Life value of consumables and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.3.2
Conditions for life specifications values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Maintenance procedure of the housing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

3.4.1
Replacing the Dust-proof filter /1 assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.4.2
Replacing dust-proof filter /2 assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Maintenance procedure of the photoconductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

3.5.1
3.6
3.7
Process unit disassembly flowchart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.5.2
Opening/closing toner supply section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.5.3
Pulling out the process unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.5.4
Removing drum cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Maintenance procedure of the charging section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

3.6.1
Replacing the charging corona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.6.2
Replacing the charging dust-proof filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Maintenance procedure of the intermediate transfer section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

3.7.1
Removing/installing the transfer belt unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.7.2
Replacing the belt cleaning blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.7.3
Replacing 1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C and /K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.7.4
Replacing the transfer belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.7.5
Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.7.6
Replacing the separation claw assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.7.7
Replacing the belt cleaner unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
CONTENTS
3.8
3.9
3.7.8
Replacing the toner collection sheet /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.7.9
Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Lw and the transfer earth plate assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.7.10
Replacing the belt separation claw solenoid (SD1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.7.11
Replacing the separation discharging assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Maintenance procedure of the developing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

3.8.1
Replacing the developer /Y, /M, /C, /K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.8.2
Replacing the developing unit /C, /M, /Y, /K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Maintenance procedure of the toner collection box assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

3.9.1
Replacing the toner collection box assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.10 Maintenance procedure of the paper feeding section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

3.10.1
Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.10.2
Replacing the separation roller rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.10.3
Replacing the paper feed clutch/pre-registration clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.11 Maintenance procedure of the bypass feed tray section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

3.11.1
Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.11.2
Replacing the separation roller rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3.11.3
Replacing the paper feed clutch/BP (MC6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
3.12 Maintenance procedure of the vertical conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

3.12.1
Replacing the intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
3.13 Maintenance procedure of the registration section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

3.13.1
Replacing the cleaning stay assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.13.2
Replacing the registration roller assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
3.14 Maintenance procedure of the ADU section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

3.14.1
Replacing the intermediate conveyance clutch/2 (MC4) and /3 (MC5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.14.2
Replacing the ADU conveyance clutch/1 (MC1), /2 (MC2), /3 (MC3),

and the ADU pre-registration clutch (MC18). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.15 Maintenance procedure of the reverse/paper exit section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

3.15.1
Replacing Reverse decurler roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
3.15.2
Replacing the paper exit decurler roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.16 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

3.16.1
Removing/installing the fusing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.16.2
Replacing the fusing drive gear /B and the fusing duct 2 assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.16.3
Replacing the fusing drive gear /M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.16.4
Replacing the fusing lamp /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3.16.5
Replacing the fusing roller /2, fusing bearing, and fusing drive gear /O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
3.16.6
Replacing the fusing belt, fusing roller /1, insulating sleeve /Up,
fusing bearing /Up, and belt regulation sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
3.16.7
Replacing the fusing heater lamp /4 (L5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
3.16.8
Replacing the fusing roller /Lw, fusing bearing /Lw, and insulating sleeve /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . 111
3.16.9
Replacing the sensor mounting plate A assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
3.16.10
Replacing the sensor stay B assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.16.11
Replacing the fusing paper exit roller /Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.16.12
Replacing the fusing regulation gear /A and the fusing limiter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
3.17 Maintenance procedure of OT-502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

3.17.1
Replacing the paper retainer roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
3.17.2
Replacing the paper exit roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
3.17.3
Replacing the paper exit driven roller/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
4. SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

4.1
ii
Service material list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
4.2
Jig list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.3
Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
CONTENTS
4.3.1
Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
4.3.2
Operating environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
4.3.3
Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
4.3.4
Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4.3.5
Usage of the mail remote notification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
4.3.6
Mail sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.1.1
Types of ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.1.2
Firmware data flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
5.1.3
Settings on the main body side while in ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
ISWTrns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
5.2.1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
5.2.2
Installation of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
5.2.3
Usage of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
5.2.4
Error list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
USB memory ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

5.3.1
Usage of the USB memory ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
5.3.2
Main body error list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Internet ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

5.4.1
OUTLINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
5.4.2
Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
5.4.3
Initial settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
5.4.4
Internet ISW using the Web Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
5.4.5
Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
5.4.6
Notes for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
5.4.7
Internet ISW using the operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
5.4.8
Authentication of the proxy server in the Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Counter list obtaining with USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

5.5.1
Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.5.2
List that can be obtained. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.5.3
Obtaining method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
6. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.1
6.2
6.3
Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

6.1.1
Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.1.2
Write section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
6.1.3
Photoconductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.1.4
Intermediate transfer section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
6.1.5
Fusing unit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Disassembly/reassembly parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Disassembly/reassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
6.3.1
Removing/reinstalling rear cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
6.3.2
Removing/reinstalling left cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
6.3.3
Removing/installing right cover/Up1, /Up2, /Up3, /Lw1 and /Lw2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
6.3.4
Removing/reinstalling original glass assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.3.5
Removing/reinstalling upper cover/Fr, /Rt, and Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
6.3.6
Removing/reinstalling upper cover /Rr1 and /Rr2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
6.3.7
Removing/installing main board unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
6.3.8
Removing/installing CCD unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
6.3.9
Removing/installing exposure unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
iii
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
CONTENTS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.3.10
6.4
Removing/installing exposure lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
6.3.11
Removing scanner wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
6.3.12
Reinstalling the scanner wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
6.3.13
Removing/installing write unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
6.3.14
Removing/installing process unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
6.3.15
Removing/reinstalling image correction unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
6.3.16
Removing/installing belt collectin pipe, vertical conveyance pipe

and horizontal conveyance pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
6.3.17
Removing/reinstalling ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
6.3.18
Replaceing the lock lever/1, /2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
6.3.19
Removing/reinstalling paper feed tray /1, /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
6.3.20
Removing/reinstalling tray up/down wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
6.3.21
Removing/installing temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1), thermostat /1 (TS1) and /2 (TS2) . . . . 226
6.3.22
Removing/installing temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2) and thermostat /3 (TS3) . . . . . . . . . . . 229
6.3.23
Removing/reinstalling OT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Commercially available parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

6.4.1
Installing the status indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
6.4.2
Installing the key counter (KCT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
7.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
8. UTILITY MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

8.1
List of utility mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
9. ADUSTMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

10. SERVICE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
10.1 List of service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
10.2 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
10.2.1
Start and exit service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
10.3 Machine adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
iv
10.3.1
Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
10.3.2
Centering Adjustment (Printer Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
10.3.3
FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
10.3.4
CD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
10.3.5
Lead Edge Erase Adjustmet (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
10.3.6
Registration Loop Adj. (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
10.3.7
Pre-registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
10.3.8
Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
10.3.9
Writing Init. Pos. Memory (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
10.3.10
Color Registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
10.3.11
Color Registration/Manual (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
10.3.12
Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
10.3.13
CD Skew Adj. (Printer Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
10.3.14
Recall Standard Data (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
10.3.15
Restart Timing Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
10.3.16
Centering Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
10.3.17
FD-Mag. Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
10.3.18
Recall Standard Data (Scanner Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
10.3.19
Scanner smooth tone/color (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
10.3.20
Printer gamma adjustment (Quality Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
CONTENTS
10.3.21
Sharpness adjustment (Quality Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
10.3.22
Contrast adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
10.3.23
Image Distinction Level (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.3.24
ACS adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
10.3.25
Density adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
10.3.26
Tone adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
10.3.27
Recall standard data (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
10.3.28
Non-Image Area Erase Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
10.4 Process Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

10.4.1
1st transfer manual adj. (High Voltage Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.2
2nd transfer manual adj. (High Voltage Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.3
HV adj. (separation AC) (High Voltage Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.4
HV adj. (sepration DC) (High Voltage Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.5
Pre-transfer Guide HV check (High Voltage Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.6
Blade setting mode (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.7
Automatic drum potential (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
10.4.8
Auto gamma adjustment (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
10.4.9
LD bias adjustment (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
10.4.10
Automatic Developer Charge (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
10.4.11
Toner density sensor Init. (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
10.4.12
Initial drum rotation (Drum Peculiarity Adj.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
10.4.13
Surface potential sensor (Sensor output check). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.4.14
Maximum density sensor (Sensor output check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.4.15
Gamma sensor output (Sensor output check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.4.16
Toner Density Sensor (Sensor output check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.4.17
Drum Surfase potential (Sensor output check). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
10.4.18
Humidity/Temperature (Sensor output check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
10.4.19
Toner Density Return Mode (Sensor output check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
10.4.20
Covered Margin Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
10.4.21
Develop AC Bias Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.22
Develop AC Frequency (Process Fine Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
10.4.23
Toner Density Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
10.4.24
Drum Tiny Rotation Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
10.4.25
Auto. Refresh Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
10.4.26
Toner Dens. Sensor Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
10.4.27
Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
10.5 System Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

10.5.1
Software SW Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
10.5.2
Telephone Number Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
10.5.3
M/C Serial Number Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
10.5.4
Setup Date Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
10.6 Counter/data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

10.6.1
Maintenance Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
10.6.2
Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
10.6.3
Count of special parts (Parts Counter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
10.6.4
Count of each parts (Parts Counter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
10.7 State Confirmation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

10.7.1
I/O Check Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
10.7.2
Input check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
10.7.3
Output check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
CONTENTS
10.7.4
Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
10.7.5
Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
10.7.6
Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
10.7.7
Storing FD, SD, FS, PB adjustment data into EEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
10.7.8
Storing main body adjustment data into NVRAM board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
10.7.9
Line memory check on image processing board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
10.7.10
Hard disk check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
10.7.11
Replacement of the hard disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
10.8 ADF adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

10.8.1
ADF Original Size Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
10.8.2
ADF Orig. Stop Position Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
10.8.3
ADF Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
10.8.4
ADF Registration Loop Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
10.9 Finisher Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
vi
10.9.1
Staple Center Position (Stapler Position Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
10.9.2
Paper Width (staple) (Stapler Position Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
10.9.3
Paper Width (straight) (Stapler Position Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
10.9.4
Paper Width Adjustment (Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
10.9.5
Hole-Punch Vertical Pos. (Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
10.9.6
Half Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
10.9.7
Tri-Fold-in Pos. Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
10.9.8
Tri-Fold-out Pos. adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
10.9.9
Double Parallel Folds Pos. Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.9.10
Z-Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
10.9.11
Gate Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
10.9.12
Fold Regist Loop Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
10.9.13
Multi Folder (PI) Adj.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
10.9.14
Stacker Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
10.9.15
Staple Center Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
10.9.16
Staple Paper Width Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
10.9.17
Staple Pitch Adjustment (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
10.9.18
Half Fold Position Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
10.9.19
Tri-Fold Position Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
10.9.20
Fold Paper Width Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
10.9.21
Trimming Adjustment (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
10.9.22
Trimmer Receiver Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
10.9.23
Curl Reform Direction (RU Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
10.9.24
Cover trimming adjustment (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
10.9.25
Cover lead edge adj. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
10.9.26
Spine corner forming pos. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
10.9.27
Pasting start postion (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
10.9.28
Pasting Finish Position (Perfect Binder Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
10.9.29
Paste formation finish pos. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
10.9.30
Temperature adjustment (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
10.9.31
Sub Compile CD width adj. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
10.9.32
Clamp CD width adjustment (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
10.9.33
Cover up/down CD width adj. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.9.34
Clamp FD position adj. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
10.9.35
Recall Standard Data (Finisher Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
10.9.36
Saddle Stitcher Stopper Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
CONTENTS
10.9.37
Half Fold Stopper Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
10.9.38
Vertical Position Adj. (Punch Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
10.9.39
Horizontal Position Adj. (Punch Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
10.9.40
Registration Adjustment (Punch Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
10.9.41
Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj. (Punch Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
10.9.42
Tri-Fold Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
10.9.43
2 Pos. Staple Pitch Adj.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
10.9.44
Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
10.9.45
Output quantity limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
10.9.46
Curl adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
10.10 Firmware version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

10.11 CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
10.11.1
Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
10.11.2
Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
10.11.3
List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system . . . . . 466
10.11.4
Detailed setup procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
10.11.5
Software SW setting for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
10.11.6
Mail address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
10.11.7
Modem First Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
10.11.8
Receiving the initial connection mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
10.11.9
Setup confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
10.11.10 Maintenance call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

10.11.11 Center call from manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
10.11.12 Confirm communication log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
10.11.14 Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
10.11.15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
10.12 List output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
10.12.1
List Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
10.13 Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485

10.13.1
Running Test Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
10.13.2
Test Pattern Output Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
10.14 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497

10.15 CE/Administrator Security Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
10.15.1
List of CE/Administrator Security Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
10.15.2
Start and exit CE/Administrator Security Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
10.15.3
CE Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
10.15.4
CE Auth. Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
10.15.5
Admin. Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
10.15.6
Administrator Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
10.16 Fee Collection Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501

10.16.1
List of Fee Collection Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
10.16.2
Start and exit Fee Collection Setting Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
10.16.3
Coin Vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
10.16.4
Management Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

11.1 Adjusting the paper feed roller/BP pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
11.2 (Maximum) paper feed (bypass) height adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
11.3 Pick-up movement amount adjustment (bypass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
11.4 Mis-centering adjustment of the paper feed tray /1, /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
vii
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
CONTENTS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
11.5 Separation pressure adjustment of the paper feed tray/1, /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
TROUBLESHOOTING
12. JAM CODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
12.1 Jam code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
13. MALFUNCTION CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
13.1 Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
APPENDIX
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
14.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
14.1.1
Switch/sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
14.1.2
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
14.1.3
Boards and others. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
14.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
14.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
14.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
14.5 RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
14.6 FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
14.7 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
14.8 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
14.8.1
FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
14.8.2
FS-520/607. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
14.9 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
14.10 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
14.10.1
PK-512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
14.10.2
PK-513 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
14.11 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
14.12 PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
15.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
15.1.1
Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
15.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
15.2.1
15.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
15.3.1
15.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
15.4.1
15.5 RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
15.5.1
15.6 FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
15.6.1
15.7 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
15.7.1
15.8 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
15.8.1
15.9 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
15.9.1
15.10 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
15.10.1
viii
CONTENTS
15.11 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
15.11.1
15.12 PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
15.12.1
16. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720

16.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
16.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
16.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
16.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
16.5 FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
16.6 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
16.7 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
16.7.1
FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
16.7.2
FS-520/607 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
16.8 PI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746

16.9 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
16.9.1
PK-512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
16.9.2
PK-513 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
16.10 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
16.11 PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.1 Main body 1/12
17.2 Main body 2/12
17.3 Main body 3/12
17.4 Main body 4/12
17.5 Main body 5/12
17.6 Main body 6/12
17.7 Main body 7/12
17.8 Main body 8/12
17.9 Main body 9/12
17.10 Main body 10/12
17.11 Main body 11/12
17.12 Main body 12/12
17.13 DF
17.14 PF 1/4
17.15 PF 2/4
17.16 PF 3/4
17.17 PF 4/4
17.18 LU
17.19 RU
17.20 FD
17.21 LS
17.22 FS
17.22.1
FS-503
17.22.2
FS-520/607
17.23 PI
17.24 PK
17.25 SD 1/4
17.26 SD 2/4
17.27 SD 3/4
ix
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
CONTENTS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
17.28 SD 4/4
17.29 PB 1/4
17.30 PB 2/4
17.31 PB 3/4
17.32 PB 4/4
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
OUTLINE
A. System configuration (PRO C6500/PRO C6500P)
[21]
[22]
[2]
[9]
[20]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[23]
[19]
[1]
[5]
[11]
[14]
[18]
[6]
[7]
[13]
[17]
[8]
[12]
[14]
[16]
[13]
[15]
a03ut1c001cc
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[1]
Main body
[13]
[2]
[14]
[3]
[15]
Flat stitching staple finisher (FS-520)
[4]
Large capacity paper feed tray (PF-601)
[16]
Simplified perfect binding machine (PB-501)
[5]
[17]
Saddle stitching unit (SD-501)
[6]
[18]
Large capacity stacker (LS-501)
[7]
Server type image controller (IC-303/304) *2
[19]
Punch and folding unit (FD-501)
[8]
Hard disk (HD-506)
[20]
[9]
[21]
[10]
[22]
Auto double sided original feeder (DF-609) *1
[11]
[23]
Key counter
[12]
*1
In the case of PRO C6500P, no scanner/DF function is provided.
*2
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Configuration for optional device connection (PRO C6500/PRO C6500P)

Note
In the case of PRO C6500P, IC-408 and FS-520 cannot be connected.
No. Paper feeding option
PF-601 *1
RU-504 *4
PF-601
*1
*4
FD-501
External (FD-501)
PF-601 *1
RU-503 *4
SD-501
External (SD-501)
PF-601 *1
RU-503 *4
PF-601 *1
RU-504 *4
FD-501
*1
*4
RU-503
FS-503
External (RU-504)
LS-501
External (LS-501)
FS-503
*5
PF-601
LS-501
FS-503
External (RU-504/LS-501)
PF-601 *1
RU-503 *4
LS-501
SD-501
External (LS-501/SD-501)
PF-601
*1
*4
FD-501
LS-501
External (FD-501/LS-501)
PF-601 *1
RU-503 *4
FD-501
SD-501
External (FD-501/SD-501)
10
LU-202 *2
FS-607 *3
11
PF-601 *1
OT-502
12
LU-202
*2
FS-520
13
LU-202 *2
OT-502
14
PF-601*1
RU-503*4
15
PF-601*1
RU-503*4
16
PF-601*1
RU-503*4
17
PF-601*1
RU-503*4
18
PF-601*1
RU-503*4
19
PF-601*1
FS-607 *3
20
PF-601*1
*3
21
PF-601*1
RU-504*4
22
LU-202*2
RU-504*4
23
LU-202*2
RU-504*4
24
PF-601*1
RU-504*4
RU-504
RU-503
*3
PB-501
External (PB-501)
FD-501
PB-501
SD-501
FD-501
PB-501
SD-501
LS-501
PB-501
PB-501
FS-520
SD-501
FD-501
*1
HT-504 can be connected to PF-601 arbitrarily.
*2
SD-501
External (LS-501/PB-501)
FS-503
External (RU-504/SD-501)
FS-503
External (RU-504/FD-501)
External (RU-504)
FS-503
*3
*4
Use RU-503 or RU-504 as described below:

When connecting to FS-503
External (SD-501/PB-501)
External (FD-501/SD-501/PB-501)
FS-503
FD-501
External (FD-501/PB-501)
External (RU-504/FD-501/SD-501)
: RU-504
When not connecting to FS-503 : RU-503

RU-504 can be substituted for RU-503, but RU-503 cannot be used when connecting to FS-503.
*5
Metric destination : External (RU-504/FD-501)

Inch destination
: External (RU-504)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. System configuration (PRO C5500)
[9]
[12]
[11]
[8]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[10]
[13]
[1]
[9]
[8]
[5]
[4]
[7]
a03ut1c005ca
[1]
Main body
[8]
[2]
[9]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[11]
[5]
Hard disk (HD-506)
[12]
Auto double sided original feeder (DF-609)
[6]
[13]
Key counter
[7]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Configuration for optional device connection (PRO C5500)

Note
No.
Paper feeding option
LU-202 *1
FS-607 *2
LU-202
*1
FS-520
*2
LU-202 *1
OT-502
*1
*2
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
A. Type
Type
Console type (floor-mounted type)
Copying method
Four-drum tandem laser electrostatic method
Original stand
Fixed
Original alignment
Left rear standard
Photo conductor
OPC
Writing method
Two-beam laser scanning method
Paper capacity
Three trays (500 sheets x 3, 80g/m2)

Multi bypass (250 sheets, 80g/m2)
PF-601 (3000 sheets x 2, 80g/m2)*1 *2
LU-202 (2500 sheets, 80g/m2)*1
*1
PF-601 and LU-202 are optional.
*2
B. Functions
Original
Sheet, book, solid object
Max. original size
A3, or 11 x 17 (Custom paper is Max.303 x 438mm)
Copy size
Tray1, 2, 3
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, A4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 8 1/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Bypass feed
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S,
B6S, A6S,
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/2 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
ADU
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS

Fixed magnifi-
Inch:
cation
x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.545, x 1.294, x 1.214,
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Magnification
x 0.785, x 0.772, x 0.647, x 0.500

Metric: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.414, x 1.224, x 1.154,
x 0.866, x 0.816, x 0.707, x 0.500
Zoom magnifi-
x 0.25 to x 4.00 (at the step of 0.1%)
cation
Warm-up time
Inch: 390 seconds or less

Metric: 420 seconds or less
First copy out time
Continuous copy speed
Full color
Monochrome
Black-and-white
Full color
65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3

55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Monochrome
65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3

55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Black-and-white
65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3

55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Continuous copy count

Resolution
Up to 9,999 sheets
Scan
Main scanning : 600 dpi Sub-scanning : 600 dpi
Write
Main scanning : 600 dpi Sub-scanning : 600 dpi (1800 dpi *1)
Standard memory
256 MB for each color (Y, M, C, K)
Expansion memory
30 GB for each color (Y, M, C, K)
(HD-506)
No. of originals in memory
Full color
Line1/Line2/Dot1/Dot2: 23 sheets [5461 sheets*2]

Priority in high compression: 110 sheets [16384 sheets *2]
(Reference value)
Conditions Original: KM #101/A3 (color)

Density: Standard
Black-and-
Line1/Line2/Dot1/Dot2: 126 sheets or more [16384 sheets *2]
white/mono-
Priority in high compression: 271 sheets or more [16384
chrome
sheets *2]
Conditions Original: FAX test chart #4 /A4
Density: Standard
Interface section
RJ45 Ethernet, Serial port (RS232-C), Service port, Serial port (USB
TypeB),Connector for printer controller
*1
When "smoothing" is selected at the print setting
*2
When HD-506 is installed.
*3
PRO C6500
*4
PRO C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Available types of paper and ranges of paper weight

Type of paper
Tray1, 2, 3
Bypass feed
64 to 300g/m2
Plain paper
High Quality paper
64 to 300g/m2
2
A4 or smaller than 8 /2 x 11 : 64 to 209 g/m

1
Color Specific paper

64 to 300g/m2

Coated_GL, ML, GO , MO
paper
64 to 300g/m2

Label paper*1
OHP film*1 *2
Index paper*1 *3
:Available U: Available only one sheet at a time : Not available
*1
Paper type of the label paper can be Plain, High Quality, Color Specific, or Coated_GL, ML, GO, MO
paper. Available ranges of paper weight (thickness) of the label paper are the same with those of the corresponding paper type.
*2
Print quality not guaranteed.
*3
Paper loading direction predetermined, single-sided printing only.
Parts name
Useful life
Type name
Toner bottle /Y
24,000 prints*1
23,000 prints*3
TN610Y
Toner bottle /M
24,000 prints*1
23,000 prints*3
TN610M
Toner bottle /C
24,000 prints*1
23,000 prints*3
TN610C
Toner bottle /K
*1
35,000 prints
34,000 prints*3
TN610K
*2
Drum cartridge
200,000 prints
150,000 prints *4
DU-102
Developer /Y
200,000 prints *2
150,000 prints *4
DV610 (Y)
Developer /M
200,000 prints *2
150,000 prints *4
DV610 (M)
Developer /C
Developer /K
*1
*2
*3
*4
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Materials
*2
200,000 prints
150,000 prints *4
*2
200,000 prints
150,000 prints *4
DV610 (C)
DV610 (K)
PRO C6500/PRO C6500P (A4 original at 5% coverage for each color.)

PRO C6500/PRO C6500P (The end of actual useful life is reached when the number of sheets is printed,
or when the total drive distance reaches a certain level, whichever comes first.)
PRO C5500 (A4 original at 5% coverage for each color.)
PRO C5500 (The end of actual useful life is reached when the number of sheets is printed, or when the
total drive distance reaches a certain level, whichever comes first.)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Maintenance
Maintenance cycle

Ave. number of prints*1
35,000 to 75,000 per month
Max. number of prints*1
Q zone*2
: 300,000 per month*3, 250,000 per month*4, 10,000 per day
B,C zone*2 : 150,000 per month, 8,500 per day

A zone*2
: 100,000 per month, 5,000 per day*3, 4,200 per day*4
*1
The number of prints include all monochrome, solid color, and full color printings.
*2
The zone mean a temp&humidity range indicated in the graph below.
*3
PRO C6500/PRO C6500P
*4
PRO C5500
80
Humidity (%RH)
70
60
40
30
20
10
10
18 20
23
30
Temperature (C)
a03ut1c004ca
10
F.
Machine data
Power source
Inch: AC208 to 240V 16A, 60Hz

Metric: AC230V 15A, 50Hz
Maximum power consump- Inch:
4,550W or less : PRO C6500 (B. When the type of the optional unit
tion

3,950W or less

Metric: 4,060W or less : PRO C6500 (B. When the type of the optional unit
3,550W or less

Dimensions
Main body + OC-506
786 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,056 (H) mm
3,852 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,414 (H) mm
+ DF-609 + RU-503 + LS-501

+ SD-501
2,139 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,414 (H) mm
+ DF-609 + LU-202 + FS-607

Weight
Approx. 360kg
G. Operating environment
Temperature
10 to 30 C
Humidity
Note
11
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Blank page
12
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.1
Maintenance item
Note
For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.4 Maintenance procedure of
the housing section" to "3.16 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section"
3.1.1
Main body
The alcohol described in this section represents the isopropyl alcohol.
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 150,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
External
Dust-proof filter /1 assy
section
A03UR701
Implementation classification
Materials
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
Tools used
Actual replacement
cycle: Varies depend-
Parts counter reset
ing on the coverage,
(service mode)
developing roller
drive distance and
temp/humidity.
Must be replaced
65AAR718
when replacing the

dust-proof filter /1
assy.
dust-proof glass /Y, /
Cleaning pad
M, /C, /K
2
3
Scanner
Scaner unit (glass, Mir-
section
ror)
Photo con-
Charging dust-proof fil-
ductor sec-
ter
tion
Drum cartridge
( )
Blower brush/
alcohol/cleaning pad
DU-102
Actual replacement
cycle: 106 km of
Parts counter reset
drum drive distance,
(service mode)
or 130 km of lubricant applying roller

drive distance,
whichever comes
first.
Developing
Developer /Y
section
DV610 (Y)
cycle: 130km of the
Parts counter reset
developing roller
(service mode)
Developer /M
Actual replacement
drive distance
1
DV610 (M)
Parts counter reset
(service mode)
13
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
Unit

Description
Quantity
classification
4
Developing
Developer /C
section
DV610 (C)
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
cycle: 130km of the
Parts counter reset
developing roller
(service mode)
Developer /K
drive distance
1
DV610 (K)
Parts counter reset
(service mode)
Developing unit /Y
Alcohol/Hydro wipe
Developing unit /M
Developing unit /C
Developing unit /K
5
Intermediate
Transfer belt unit
transfer sec-
A03U5042
tion
Toner collection sheet
1
1
65AAR756
Belt Cleaning blade
A03U5530
cycle: 130km of belt
Parts counter reset
cleaning blade drive
(service mode)
1st transfer roller /Y
Actual replacement
distance
1
A03U5012
Parts counter reset
(service mode)
1st transfer roller /M
A03U5012
Parts counter reset
(service mode)
1st transfer roller /C
A03U5012
Parts counter reset
(service mode)
1st transfer roller /K
A03U5004
Parts counter reset
(service mode)
2nd transfer roller /Up
65AA2611
Belt drive roller
2nd transfer roller /Lw
Alcohol/Hydro wipe
1
65AA4501
Separation discharging assy
A03UR704
14
No.
Unit
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Description
Quantity
classification
6
Registration
Materials
Tools used
Cleaning stay Assy
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Paper feed
Paper feed roller rub-
section
ber
section
7
Separation roller rubber

Pick-up roller
8
Bypass tray
section
ber
Pick-up roller
Vertical con-
Intermediate convey-
veyance sec-
ance Roller /1
tion
10 ADU
ADU conveyance rollers
11 Fusing
section
Fusing roller /Lw
Multemp FF-RM
A03U7203
Fusing paper exit roller
/Up
A03U7225
Fusing paper exit roller
/Lw
12 OT-502
Paper retainer roller
65AA4849
Paper exit roller
A0438907
Paper exit driven roller
/2
65AA4818
13 Main body
Maintenance counter
reset (service mode)
15
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 300,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
paper feed roller rub-
section
ber
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 125,000 feed
25SA4096
Separation roller rub-
ber
25SA4096
2
reverse/
paper exit
A03U8605
section
Reverse gate
Fusing
Fusing roller /2
section
1
1
Multemp FF-RM
A03U7202
Fusing belt
A03U7205
Belt regulation sleeve
A03U7250
Insulating sleeve /Up
Multemp FF-RM
A03U7295
Fusing bearing /Lw
Fusing roller /1
A03U7201
Fusing bearing /Up
A03U8078
Fusing drive gear /O
A03U8095
Fusing bearing
56UA7507
Fusing drive gear /B
A03U8082
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 450,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Photo con-
ductor sec-
ter
tion
65AAR767
Fusing sec-
Fusing bearing /Lw
tion
26NA5371
Insulating sleeve /Lw
A03U7227
16
Materials
Tools used
2
2
Multemp FF-RM
3. PERIODIC CHECK
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Photocon-
ductor sec-
ter
tion
65AAR767
Developing
Developing unit /Y
section
A03UR706
Developing unit /M
Materials
Tools used
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Maintenance 3 (Every 600,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))
1
1
A03UR706
Developing unit /C
A03UR706
Developing unit /K
A03UR707
3
Intermediate
Belt cleaner unit
transfer sec-
A03UR748
tion
Parts counter reset

(service mode)
Separation claw Assy
65AAR753
4
5
Registration
Cleaning stay Assy
section
65AAR780
Fusing
Fusing limiter
section
65AA5365
Fusing bearing /Lw
1
1
2
26NA5371
Multemp FF-RM
A03U7227
Fusing regulation gear
/A
65AA7747
Fusing duct /2 Assy
A03UR753
17
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Maintenance 4 (Every 600,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Developing
Developing unit /Y
section
A03UR706
Developing unit /M
Materials
Tools used
1
1
A03UR706
Developing unit /C
A03UR706
Developing unit /K
A03UR707
2
Intermediate
Belt cleaner unit
transfer sec-
A03UR748
tion
Parts counter reset

(service mode)
Separation claw Assy
65AAR753
3
4
Registration
Cleaning stay Assy
section
65AAR780
Fusing
Fusing limiter
section
65AA5365
Fusing regulation gear /A
1
1
1
Multemp FF-RM
65AA7747
Fusing duct /2 Assy
A03UR753
F.
Maintenance 4 (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

Maintenance 5 (Every 900,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Intermediate
2nd transfer earth plate
transfer sec-
assy
tion
65AAR778
Reverse/
Paper exit decurler
paper exit
roller
section
A03U8926
Fusing
Fusing drive gear /M
section
A03U8093
18
Materials
Tools used
Guide plate /Up

3
1
Multemp FF-RM
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
G. Maintenance 5 (Every 1,400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Intermediate
Belt separation claw
transfer sec-
solenoid
tion
26NA8251
Bypass feed
tray section
ber
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 125,000 feed
25SA4096
3
Registration
Registration roller assy
section
65LAR707
H. Maintenance 6 (Every 2,000,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Vertical con-
veyance sec-
ance clutch /1
tion
56AA8201
ADU
Materials
Tools used
ance clutch /2
56AA8201
ance clutch /3
56AA8201
I.

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
2
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
56AAR721
Fusing
Fusing lamp /Up
section
A03UM31F (Europe)
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 800,000 feed
A03UM31E (U.S.A)
Fusing heater lamp /4
A03UM32F (Europe)
A03UM32E (U.S.A)
Sensor mounting plate
A assy
A03UR734
Sensor mounting plate
B assy
A03UR735
19
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
J.

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Paper feed clutch /1
section
56AA8201
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 2,000,000
feed
56AA8201
56AA8201
Pre-registration clutch /1
56AA8201
56AA8201
56AA8201
2
Bypass feed
Pick-up roller
tray section
65AAR789
Paper feed clutch /BP
Actual replacement
Actual replacement
count: 800,000 feed
56AA8201
count: 2,000,000
feed
K. Spotted replacement parts (PRO C6500/C5500)

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
ADU
ADU conveyance
clutch /1
ADU conveyance
A03UM201
ADU conveyance
clutch /3
A03UM201
4
ADU pre-registration
clutch
A03UM201
20
Actual replacement
prints
clutch /2
3
Materials
Tools used
count: 3,600,000
A03UM201
2
3.1.2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
DF
A. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,800,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500/C5500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Paper feed roller
section
13YH4064
Pick-up roller
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 625,000 feed
13YH4039
Separation roller
20AJ4015
3.1.3
PF
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up rubber
section
Paper feed roller
Materials
Tools used
Separation roller
PF separation gear
2
( )
Alcohol/cleaning
section
pad/multemp FF-RM
Conveyance
Vertical conveyance
section
roller /1
Horizontal conveyance roller /1
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 600,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up rubber
section
A03X5652
Paper feed roller
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 300,000 feed
A03X5653
Separation roller
A03X5654
21
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 2,400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Paper feed clutch
section
56AA8201
Separation clutch
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 2,000,000
feed
56AA8201
2
Conveyance
Vertical conveyance
section
clutch /1
56AA8201
Vertical conveyance
clutch /2
56AA8201
Vertical conveyance
clutch /3
56AA8201
Horizontal convey-
ance clutch /1
56AA8201
Horizontal convey-
ance clutch /2
56AA8201
Pre-registration clutch
56AA8201
3.1.4
LU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 prints (PRO C6500)/Every 150,000 prints (PRO C5500))
No.
Unit
Description
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
Paper feed roller
Quantity
Materials
Tools used
Separation roller
Paper dust
removing brush
LU separation gear
section
22
( )
Alcohol/cleaning
pad/multemp FF-RM
3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 600,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500/C5500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
A03X5652
Paper feed roller
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 300,000 feed
A03X5653
Separation roller
A03X5654
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 2,400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500/C5500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Paper feed clutch
section
56AA8201
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 2,000,000
feed
56AA8201
3.1.5
RU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Conveyance
Entrance roller /2
section
Entrance roller /1
Materials
Tools used
Conveyance roller
3.1.6
FD
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 2,200,000 prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
PI section
Paper feed rubber
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
13QN-443
Separation rubber
count: 100,000 feed

2
56BA-575
B. Spotted replacement parts (PRO C6500)

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
PI section
Pick-up rubber
50BA-574
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 200,000 feed
23
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.1.7
FS
A. FS-503
(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 600,000 prints (PRO C6500))
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Main tray
Paper exit roller /A
section
122H4825
Materials
Tools used
(2) Maintenance 2 (Every 3,000,000 prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Stapler
Stapler unit /Fr
section
15AA4222
Stapler unit /Rr
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 500,000 staples
15AA-450
B. FS-520
(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 150,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Conveyance
section
(sponge roller)
Materials
Tools used
122H4825
Paper exit roller /B
(sponge roller)
A04D8904
ance roller
(sponge roller)
13QE4531
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Stacker
Paper assist roller
section
(sponge roller)
20AK4210
Cleaning plate Assy
A07RA741
24
Materials
Tools used
3. PERIODIC CHECK
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Stapler sec-
Stapler unit /Fr
tion
A07RA735
Stapler unit /Rr
Materials
Tools used
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(3) Spotted replacement parts (PRO C6500/C5500)
Actual replacement
count: 500,000 staples
A07RA736
C. FS-607
(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 150,000copies/prints (PRO C5500))
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Conveyance
section
(sponge roller)
Materials
Tools used
122H4825
(sponge roller)
A04D8904
ance roller
(sponge roller)
13QE4531
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Stacker sec-
Paper assist roller
tion
(sponge roller)
Materials
Tools used
20AK4210
(3) Maintenance 3 (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 900,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Stapler sec-
Stapler unit /Fr
tion
15JM-501
Stapler unit /Rr
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 200,000 sta-
ples
15JM-501
25
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.1.8
PI
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 prints (PRO C6500)/Every 150,000 prints (PRO C5500))
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
Paper feed roller
Materials
Tools used
Separation roller
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 600,000 prints (PRO C6500/C5500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Paper feed roller
section
13QN-446
Separation roller
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 100,000 feed
13QN-443
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 1,000,000 prints (PRO C6500)/Every 900,000 prints (PRO C5500))
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
50BA-574
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 200,000 feed
D. Maintenance 4 (Every 3,000,000 prints (PRO C6500/C5500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Torque limiter
section
13QN4073
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 600,000 feed
E. Spotted replacement parts (PRO C6500/C5500)

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Papaer feed clutch /Up
section
13QN8201
Papaer feed clutch /Lw
13QN8201
26
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 1,000,000
feed

SD
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.1.9
3. PERIODIC CHECK
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 600,000 prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Trimmer sec-
Trimmer board assem-
tion
bly
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 18,900 cuts
15AN5282
Counter reset
(I/O check mode)
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,400,000 prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Trimmer sec-
Trimmer blade assem-
tion
bly
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 37,500 cuts
15AN-570
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 4,000,000 prints (PRO C6500))
No.
Unit
Description
classification
Quantity
Materials
Tools used
Trimmer sec-
Slide block /Rt
Actual lubricated
tion
Slide block /Lt
cycle: every 100,000
Trimmer blade drive
cuts or 0.5 year
screw /Up
4
Trimmer blade drive
(whichever comes
first.)
screw /Lw
5
Trimmer stopper /Rt
Trimmer stopper /Lt
27
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Spotted replacement parts (PRO C6500)

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
2
Saddle
Stapler assembly /Rt
stitching sec-
15AN-550
tion
Stapler assembly /Lt
Materials
Tools used
Actual replacement
count: 1,000,000
staples
Actual replacement
15AN-550
3
Trimmer sec-
Trimmer blade motor
tion
15AN8002
Trimmer press motor
count: 200,000 cuts

1
15AN8002
5
Bundle pro-
Bundle press stage
cessing sec-
gear
count:500,000 sets
tion
15AN7719
(Bundle exit tray)
Actual replacement
E. Spotted lubrication (PRO C6500)

No.
Unit
Description
classification
Materials
Tools used
Trimmer
Trimmer board gear
Actual lubricated
section
Trimmer blade gear /Up
cycle: every
Trimmer blade gear /Lw
200,000 cuts or
Press drive screw /Rt
Press drive screw /Lt
Trimmer press plate

guide rail /Rt
Trimmer press plate

guide rail /Lt
28
Quantity
1 year
(whichever comes
first.)

PB
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.1.10
3. PERIODIC CHECK
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 prints (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
classification
1
2
Conveyance
section
Quantity
Materials
Tools used
Entrance sensor
Blower brush
SC entrance sensor
Sub tray conveyance
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
roller
4
Intermediate conveyance roller
Entrance conveyance
roller
Cover paper conveyance roller
Clamp section Reference plate
*4
Plas guard No.2
*2
Tweezers, industrial
wiper, multemp FF-RM
shafts
9
Glue tank
section
10
Glue tank
Filter
A0753724#
11 Cover paper
section
Cover paper folding
12
Book spine backing
*1
Tweezers, industrial wiper
plate
*1
plate
13
Book exit belt /Rr
14
Book exit belt /Fr
15
Cover paper
16
Cover paper
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
conveyance roller /Rt

conveyance roller /Lt
17
Cover paper table

entrance roller
18
Paper dust removing
Blower brush
brush
19
*3
Plas guard No.2
plate shafts
20 Glue supply
Pellet hopper
21 Book stock
section
22
Book load limit sensor
Blower brush
Book upper limit LED
23
Book sensor/1 and /2
24
Guide shaft/Rt and /Lt
25
Book conveyance belt /Rr
26
Book conveyance belt /Fr
27
Book movement belt
*5
Plas guard No.2

Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
29
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
Unit

Description
Quantity
classification
28 Cover paper
tray section
Paper dust removing brush
29
Paper dust removing roller
30
Conveyance roller
31 SC section
Materials
Tools used
Blower brush
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Switchback roller
13GQ4519#
32
Switchback assist roller /Rr
33
Switchback assist roller /Fr
Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
*1
Cleaning of the cover paper folding plate and the book spine backing plate is an abbreviated cleaning.
*2
Lubricate the glue apply roller motor drive connecting gear.
*3
Lubricate the cover paper alignment plate shafts.
Remove adhered glue as necessary.
*4
Lubricate the clamp pressure plate shafts.
*5
Lubricate the guide shaft/Rt and /Lt.
B. Spotted replacement parts (Every 500,000 cycle (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Cover paper
tray section
Pick-up roller
55VA-484#
Paper feed roller

55VA-483#
Separation roller
55VA-483#
Materials
Tools used
C. Spotted replacement parts (Every 3,000,000 cycle (PRO C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Cover paper
tray section
Cover paper pick up

clutch
56AA8201#
Cover paper separation

clutch
56AA8201#
Materials
Tools used
D. Spotted replacement parts (Every 6,000 hours (C6500))

No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
30
Glue tank
section

drive gear bearing
A0753977
Materials
Tools used
3.2
3.2.1
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacement parts list

Periodically replacement parts list (PRO C6500)
Note
the housing section" to "3.16 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section".
The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of "Count of special parts" in
the Service mode.
A. Main body
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number
Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
External sec-
A03UR701
tion
65AAR718
ment cycle
No.
See P.40 2
Must be
replaced
Note
when replac-
In this filter an ozone filter is
ing the dustproof filter /1
included.
assy.
3
Photocon-
Drum cartridge
ductor section
Charging corona
DU-102
See P.40 14, 16, 18, 20
A03UR703
See P.40 6, 8, 10, 12
Parts counter reset (Service

mode)
5
65AAR767
600,000 5
Intermediate
Belt Cleaning blade
A03U5530
See P.40 37
transfer sec-
A03U5012
200,000 39
tion
A03U5012
200,000 40
A03U5012
200,000 41
10
A03U5004
200,000 42
11
Transfer belt
A03U5042
200,000 34
12
65AA2611
200,000 43
13
Separation claw assy
65AAR753
600,000 44
14
Belt cleaner unit
A03UR748
600,000 35
15
Toner collection Sheet /1
65AAR756
200,000 36
16
65AA4501
200,000 48
17
2nd transfer earth plate assy
65AAR778
1,000,000 50
18
Belt separation claw solenoid
26NA8251
1,400,000 47
19
Charging dust-proof filter
A03UR704
200,000 49
20
Developing
Developer /Y
DV610 (Y)
See P.40 22
21
section
Developer /M
DV610 (M)
See P.40 24
22
Developer /C
DV610 (C)
See P.40 26
23
Developer /K
DV610 (K)
See P.40 28
24
Developing unit /Y
A03UR706
600,000 30
25
Developing unit /M
600,000 31
31
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number
26
Developing
Developing unit /C
27
section
Developing unit /K
A03UR707
28
Toner collec-
A03UR702

ment cycle
A03UR706
No.
600,000
32
600,000
33
See P.40
tion box
29
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
56AAR721
800,000
78, 79, 80
30
section
Paper feed roller rubber
25SA4096
125,000
74, 75, 76
31
25SA4096
125,000
32
56AA8201
2,000,000
82
33
56AA8201
2,000,000
83
34
56AA8201
2,000,000
84
35
56AA8201
2,000,000
86
36
56AA8201
2,000,000
87
37
56AA8201
2,000,000
88
74, 75, 76
38
Bypass feed
Pick-up roller
65AAR789
800,000
81
39
tray section
25SA4096
125,000
77
40
25SA4096
125,000
77
41
56AA8201
2,000,000
85
Intermediate conveyance clutch /1
56AA8201
2,000,000
89
92
42
Vertical conveyance section
43
Registration
Cleaning stay assy
65AAR780
600,000
44
section
65LAR707
1,400,000
93
45
ADU section
56AA8201
2,000,000
90
46
56AA8201
2,000,000
91
47
Reverse/
A03U8605
400,000
94
48
paper exit
paper exit decurler roller
A03U8926
1,000,000
95
section
49
Fusing sec-
A03U8082
400,000
61
50
tion
Fusing duct 2 assy
A03UR753
600,000
65
51
A03U8093
1,000,000
67
52
Fusing lamp /Up
A03UM31F
2,400,000
68
53
Fusing roller /2
A03U7202
400,000
51
54
Fusing bearing
56UA7507
400,000
66
A03UM31E
55
A03U8095
400,000
63
56
Fusing belt
A03U7205
400,000
53
57
Fusing roller /1
A03U7201
400,000
60
58
A03U7295
400,000
57
59
Fusing bearing /Up
A03U8078
400,000
62
60
A03U7250
400,000
54
61
A03UM32F
2,400,000
69
A03UM32E
32
3. PERIODIC CHECK
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number
62
Fusing sec-
Fusing roller /Lw
A03U7203
200,000 52
63
tion
600,000 58
ment cycle
No.
Fusing bearing /Lw
26NA5371
64
A03U7227
600,000 59
65
Sensor mounting plate A assy
A03UR734
2,400,000 71
66
Sensor mounting plate B assy
A03UR735
2,400,000 70
67
Fusing paper exit roller /Up
A03U7225
200,000 55
68
65AA7747
600,000 64
69
70
OT-502
Fusing limiter
65AA5365
600,000 56
65AA4849
200,000 113
71
Paper exit roller
A0438907
200,000 111
72
Paper exit driven roller /2
65AA4818
200,000 112
Part number
B. Option
No.
Classification
Part name
ment cycle
1
13YH4064
Pick-up roller
13YH4039
625,000 218
Separation roller
20AJ4015
625,000 219
625,000 217
Pick-up rubber
55VA4111
300,000 126, 130
Paper feed roller
55VA-483
300,000 127, 131
Separation roller
55VA-483
56AA8201
56AA8201
2,000,000 132
Separation clutch /1
56AA8201
2,000,000 129
10
56AA8201
2,000,000 133
11
Vertical conveyance clutch /1
56AA8201
2,000,000 134
12
56AA8201
2,000,000 135
13
56AA8201
2,000,000 136
14
Horizontal conveyance clutch /1
56AA8201
2,000,000 137
15
56AA8201
2,000,000 138
16
56AA8201
2,000,000 139
17
PF
No.
Paper feed roller
DF
LU
18
300,000 127, 131

2,000,000 128
Pick-up roller
A03X5652
300,000 118
Paper feed roller
A03X5653
300,000 119
19
Separation roller
A03X5654
300,000 119
20
Paper feed clutch
56AA8201
2,000,000 120
56AA8201
2,000,000 121
Paper feed rubber
13QN-443
100,000 153, 156
Separation rubber
56BA-575
100,000 154, 157
21
22
FD
23
24
Stapler unit/Fr
15AA4222
500,000 144
25
FS-503
Stapler unit/Rr
15AA-450
500,000 145
26
Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller)
122H4825
600,000 147
33
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
No.
Classification
27
FS-520

Part name
Part number
122H4825
ment cycle
No.
200,000 196
28
Paper exit roller /B (sponge roller)
A04D8904
200,000 197
29
13QE4531
200,000 198
30
Paper assist roller (sponge roller)
20AK4210
400,000 209
31
Cleaning plate Assy
A07RA741
400,000 215
122H4825
200,000 196
(sponge roller)
32
FS-607
33
A04D8904
200,000 197
34
13QE4531
200,000 198
35
20AK4210
200,000 209
36
Stapler unit /Fr
15JM-501
200,000 189
37
Stapler unit /Rr
15JM-501
200,000 190
Paper feed roller
13QN-446
100,000 201, 206
39
Separation roller
13QN-443
100,000 202, 207
40
Pick-up roller
50BA-574
200,000 200, 205
41
Torque limiter
13QN4073
600,000 203, 208
Trimmer board assembly
15AN5282
18,900 179
Trimmer blade assembly
15AN-570
37,500 178
(sponge roller)
38
42
PI
SD
43
44
PB
45
34
Switchback roller
13GQ4519#
200,000 228
Filter
A0753724#
200,000 234,235
3.2.2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Spot replacement parts list (PRO C6500)
The parts shown below are not periodically replaced parts. However, be sure to replace them when they get to
the actual count value.
A. Main body
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number

ment cycle
ADU section
No.
ADU conveyance clutch /1
A03UM201
3,600,000 96
A03UM201
3,600,000 97
A03UM201
3,600,000 98
ADU pre-registration clutch
A03UM201
3,600,000 99
B. Option
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number

ment cycle
FD
FS-520
No.
Pick-up rubber
50BA-574
200,000 152, 155

500,000 210
Stapler unit /Fr
A07RA735
Stapler unit /Rr
A07RA736
500,000 211
PI
Paper feed clutch /UP
13QN8201
1,000,000 199
Paper feed clutch /Lw
13QN8201
1,000,000 204
SD
Stapler assembly /Rt
15AN-550
1,000,000 176
Stapler assembly /Lt
15AN-550
1,000,000 177
Trimmer blade motor
15AN8002
200,000 180
Trimmer press motor
15AN8002
200,000 180
10
Bundle press stage gear
15AN7719
500,000 184
3
4
5
6
11
Pick-up roller
55VA-484#
500,000 229
12
PB
Paper feed roller
55VA-483#
500,000 230
13
Separation roller
55VA-483#
500,000 230
14
Cover paper pick up clutch
56AA8201#
3,000,000 231
15
Cover paper separation clutch
56AA8201#
16
Cover paper glue roller drive gear

bearing
A0753977
3,000,000 232
6,000 hours
237
35
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.2.3
Periodically replacement parts list (PRO C5500)
Note
the housing section" to "3.16 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section".
The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of "Count of special parts" in
the Service mode.
A. Main body
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number
External section
A03UR701
See P.40
65AAR718
Must be
replaced
when
replacing
the dustproof filter /1
assy.
Photo conductor
section
DU-102
See P.40
14,16,18,20
Charging corona
Parts counter reset (Service
A03UR703
See P.40
6,8,10,12
ment cycle
2
3
4
Drum cartridge
No.
mode)
5
Charging dust-proof filter
65AAR767
450,000
Belt Cleaning blade
A03U5530
See P.40
37
A03U5012
150,000
39
A03U5012
150,000
40
A03U5012
150,000
41
10
A03U5004
150,000
42
11
Transfer belt
A03U5042
150,000
34
12
65AA2611
150,000
43
6
7
8
13
65AAR753
600,000
44
14
Belt cleaner unit
A03UR748
600,000
35
15
Toner collection Sheet /1
65AAR756
150,000
36
16
65AA4501
150,000
48
17
65AAR778
900,000
50
18
26NA8251
1,350,000
47
19
A03UR704
150,000
49
20
Developer /Y
DV610(Y)
See P.40
22
Developer /M
DV610(M)
See P.40
24
22
Developer /C
DV610(C)
See P.40
26
23
Developer /K
DV610(K)
See P.40
28
24
Developing unit /Y
A03UR706
600,000
30
25
Developing unit /M
600,000
31
26
Developing unit /C
600,000
32
27
Developing unit /K
600,000
33
21
36
Intermediate
transfer section
Developing
section
A03UR707
No.
Classification
28
29
Paper feed
section
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Part name
Part number

ment cycle
30
No.
A03UR702
See P.40 1
Pick-up roller
56AAR721
800,000 78,79,80
25SA4096
125,000 74,75,76
31
25SA4096
32
56AA8201
2,000,000 82
33
56AA8201
2,000,000 83
34
56AA8201
2,000,000 84
35
56AA8201
2,000,000 86
36
56AA8201
2,000,000 87
37
56AA8201
2,000,000 88
Pick-up roller
65AAR789
800,000 81
25SA4096
125,000 77
38
39
Bypass feed
tray section
125,000 74,75,76
40
25SA4096
125,000 77
41
56AA8201
2,000,000 85
56AA8201
1,950,000 89
42
Vertical conveyance
section
43
Registration
section
Cleaning stay assy
65AAR780
600,000 92
44
65LAR707
1,350,000 93
45
ADU section
56AA8201
1,950,000 90
56AA8201
1,950,000 91
Reverse/
paper exit
section
A03U8605
300,000 94
paper exit decurler roller
A03U8926
900,000 95
Fusing section
A03U8082
300,000 61
Fusing duct 2 assy
A03UR753
600,000 65
51
A03U8093
900,000 67
52
Fusing lamp /Up
A03UM31F
A03UM31E
2,400,000 68
46
47
48
49
50
53
Fusing roller /2
A03U7202
300,000 51
54
Fusing bearing
56UA7507
300,000 66
55
A03U8095
300,000 63
56
Fusing belt
A03U7205
300,000 53
57
Fusing roller /1
A03U7201
300,000 60
58
A03U7295
300,000 57
59
Fusing bearing /Up
A03U8078
300,000 62
60
A03U7250
300,000 54
61
A03UM32F
A03UM32E
2,400,000 69
62
Fusing roller /Lw
A03U7203
150,000 52
63
Fusing bearing /Lw
26NA5371
450,000 58
64
A03U7227
450,000 59
37
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
No.
Classification
65
Fusing section

Part name
Part number

ment cycle
66
Sensor mounting plate A assy
A03UR734
2,400,000
No.
71
Sensor mounting plate B assy
A03UR735
2,400,000
70
67
A03U7225
150,000
55
68
65AA7747
600,000
64
69
Fusing limiter
65AA5365
600,000
56
65AA4849
150,000
113
70
OT-502
71
Paper exit roller
A0438907
150,000
111
72
Paper exit driven roller /2
65AA4818
150,000
112
Part number
B. Option
No.
Classification
Part name
ment cycle
1
Paper feed roller
13YH4064
625,000 217
Pick-up roller
13YH4039
625,000 218
Separation roller
20AJ4015
625,000 219
Pick-up roller
A03X5652
300,000 118
300,000 119
DF
LU
Paper feed roller
A03X5653
Separation roller
A03X5654
300,000 119
Paper feed clutch
56AA8201
2,000,000 120
56AA8201
2,000,000 121
122H4825
150,000 196
10
A04D8904
150,000 197
11

(spongeroller)
13QE4531
150,000 198
12
20AK4210
300,000 209
13
Cleaning plate Assy
A07RA741
300,000 215
122H4825
150,000 196
8
9
14
FS-520
FS-607
15
A04D8904
150,000 197
16

(sponge roller)
13QE4531
150,000 198
17
20AK4210
300,000 209
18
Stapler unit /Fr
15JM-501
200,000 189
19
Stapler unit /Rr
15JM-501
200,000 190
Paper feed roller
13QN-446
100,000 201,206
21
Separation roller
13QN-443
100,000 202,207
22
Pick-up roller
50BA-574
200,000 200,205
23
Torque limiter
13QN4073
600,000 203,208
20
38
No.
PI
3.2.4
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Spot replacement parts list (PRO C5500)
The parts shown below are not periodically replaced parts. However, be sure to replace them when they get to
the actual count value.
A. Main body
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number

ment cycle
ADU section
No.
A03UM201
3,600,000 96
A03UM201
3,600,000 97
A03UM201
3,600,000 98
A03UM201
3,600,000 99
B. Option
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number

ment cycle
FS-520
2
3
4
PI
Stapler unit /Fr
No.
A07RA735
500,000 210
Stapler unit /Rr
A07RA736
500,000 211
Paper feed clutch /Up
13QN8201
1,000,000 199
Paper feed clutch /Lw
13QN8201
1,000,000 204
39
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.3
Concept of parts life
3.3.1
Life value of consumables and parts

Parts name
Replacement cycle
Drum cartridge
Every 200,000 prints or
When 106 km of drum drive distance, or
Actual Life/Verification method
equivalent (PRO C6500)
130 km of lubricant applying roller drive
distance is reached, whichever comes
first.
On the user screen, the life counter shows
the remaining life with percentage (100%
is the end of life).
Developer
130km of developing roller drive distance.
Toner collection box Assy Every 50,000 prints or

equivalent (PRO C6500/
When the waste toner full sensor (PS51)

detects the waste toner full status.
C5500)
Charging coronas
Charging time of the charging coronas is
70 hours .

Varies depending on coverage, developing
roller drive distance, and temp./humidity.

Belt cleaner blade
130km of the belt cleaner blade drive dis-
tance.

3.3.2
Conditions for life specifications values
The replacement cycles (number of prints) are values calculated based on the actual life of parts when printing is
made under the conditions listed in the table below. Since the idle running time (when not creating an image) of
each part can vary widely depending on the print mode, the actual life cycle may become different between the
parts whose replacement cycle (number of sheets) are the same.
Item
40
Descriptions
Printing method
Full color six copies intermittently
Paper size
A4
Coverage
5% coverage for each color
Environmental temp/humidity
Q zone
3.4
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Maintenance procedure of the housing section
3.4.1
Replacing the Dust-proof filter /1 assy
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Dust-proof filter /1 assy : Every 200,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: Varies depending on the coverage,the developing roller drive distance and temp/humidity) *1
: Every 150,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: Varies depending on the coverage,the developing roller drive distance and temp/humidity) *2
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[1]
1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the filter cover
[2]
[2].
a03uf2c001ca
2. Remove the Dust-proof filter /1 assy [1].

3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
a03uf2c002ca
41
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.4.2
Replacing dust-proof filter /2 assy
Dust-proof filter /2 assy : Every 200,000 prints *1

: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Loosen the two screws [1] and remove the filter
[1]
[2]
[2]
cover [2].
a03uf2c003ca
[1]
2. Pull out the dust-proof filter /2 assy [2] from the filter cover [1].

steps in reverse.
a03uf2c004ca
42
Maintenance procedure of the photoconductor section
3.5.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.5
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Process unit disassembly flowchart
Open the toner supply section.
Open the fan cover /Fr.
Pull out the process unit.
Removing charging corona unit
Remove the transfer belt unit.
Removing drum cartridge
Removing developing unit
Removing process unit
Removing image correction unit
43
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.5.2
Opening/closing toner supply section
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door [1].

2. Loosen the screws [2] and [3], and open the toner
supply section [4].
Note
Do not exert force on the toner supply section
when it is opened. Otherwise the hinge of the
toner supply section may be deformed.
When closing the toner supply section, be
sure to tighten the screw two turns with your
fingers before using a screwdriver so as not
[2]
[1]
44
[4]
[3]
a03uf2c037ca
to strip the thread.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3. Remove the door lock [2] on the inside of the

toner supply section [1], and attach the lock as a
stopper as shown in the figure.
4. When closing the toner supply section, follow the

removal steps in reverse.
Note
When the toner supply section is opened, be
sure to use the door lock as a stopper so as
not to hit the toner supply section with the
process unit upon removal.
[2]
[2]
[1]
[1]
a03uf2c038ca
45
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.5.3
Pulling out the process unit
Note
In order to prevent rollover accidents, safety feature of the product does not allow the process unit
and the ADU to be pulled out at the same time.
Be sure to put the ADU in the main body before pulling out the process unit.
If you cannot pull out the process unit, check the lock lever/1 and /2 for deformation and replace
them as necessary. (See P.220)
1. Open the toner supply section.

(See P.44)
2. Loosen the screw [1] and open the fan cover/Fr

[2].
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c039ca
3. Push the mount handle /Lt [1] and the process
[3]
mount handle /Rt [2] inward together to unlock

the process unit [3], and pull out the process unit
[3] by holding the handles.
[1]
46
[2]
a03uf2c040ca
3.5.4
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Removing drum cartridge

Drum cartridge
: Every 200,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 106 km of drum drive distance, or 130
km of roller drive distance after lubrication, whichever comes first) *1
: Every 150,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 106 km of drum drive distance,or 130
km of roller drive distance after lubrication, whichever comes first) *2
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
Note
The product installs four drum cartridges one each for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and they
are common parts. However, do not use a once-used drum cartridge for another color, or the old
remaining toner and the new toner will mix up and the print quality will degrade.
1. Pull out the process unit.

(See P.46)
2. Remove the transfer belt unit.

(See P.50)
3. Lift up the both ends [2] of the drum stay/Up [1],

grab the ends, and remove the drum cartridge/Y
[3].
[2]
[8]
[1]
[7]
4. Remove the drum cartridge/M [4], /C [5], and /K

[6] in the same manner as step 3.
Note
When installing drum cartridges, confirm that
the both ends of the cartridges are fitted in
the groove of the drum attachment block/Fr
[7] and /Rr [8]. (Drum attachment block/Fr [7]
and /Rr [8] shown on the left is the one for
yellow drum cartridge. Install magenta, cyan,
and black drum cartridges in the same manner.)
When installing the drum cartridge/K [6], be
[5]
[6]
[9]
[4]
[3]
a03uf2c005ca
careful not to entangle the sheet [9].

Do not damage or touch the drum photoconductor area with bare hands.
When leaving drum cartridges, be sure to
spread a sheet over the cartridges to protect
from light, and put them in a dark place.

steps in reverse.
47
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.6
Maintenance procedure of the charging section
3.6.1
Replacing the charging corona
Charging corona
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500

B. Procedure
Note
The product installs four charging coronas one each for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and
they are common parts. However, do not use a once-used charging corona for another color, or
the old remaining toner and the new toner will mix up and the print quality will degrade.

(See P.44)
2. Place the lever [2] of the charging corona [1] in its

lower right position, then pull the lever toward you
to remove the charging corona.
[1]

steps in reverse.
[2]
8050ma3037
48

Replacing the charging dust-proof filter
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.6.2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Charging dust-proof filter : Every 600,000 prints *1

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[3]
[1]

(See P.44)
2. Remove the charging dust-proof filter [3] from the

charging suction assy [2] installed inside the toner
supply section [1].

steps in reverse.
[2]
8050ma3074
49
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.7
3.7.1
Maintenance procedure of the intermediate transfer section

Removing/installing the transfer belt unit
A. Procedure
[3]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[1]

(See P.46)
2. Remove the screws [1], 1 each.

3. Loosen the two screws [2].
4. Turn the belt positioning shaft [3] counterclockwise, and remove the shaft.
a03uf2c041ca
[3]
[1]
5. Remove the supporting shaft [3] from the charging

suction assy [2] installed inside of the toner supply
unit [1].
Note
Supporting shaft is an assist device to let the
transfer belt unit stand by itself and the supporting shaft should be made ready beforehand when removing the transfer belt unit.
[2]
8050ma3044
50
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
6. Lift up the handles [1] and remove the transfer belt
[2]
unit [2].
Note
Do not damage or touch the transfer belt [3]
with bare hands.
When removing the transfer belt unit, be sure
to hold the handles on both ends.
[3]
a03uf2c042ca
7. Attach the supporting shaft [2] to the transfer belt

unit [1] and let the unit stand by itself.

steps in reverse.
Note
Do not rotate the transfer belt when the transfer belt unit is standing alone.
[2]
[1]
8050ma3046
51
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK

Note
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[1]
Before installing the transfer belt unit [1],

rotate the cam [3] clockwise as far as it will
go.
When installing the transfer belt unit, align the
[2]
guide pins [2] on the front and the rear of the
[2]
unit with two notches of the transfer block/Fr

[4] and two notches of the transfer block/Rr
[5].
Be careful not to hit the drum with the belt.
[3]
[5]
52
[4]
a03uf2c043ca

Replacing the belt cleaning blade
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.7.2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Belt Cleaning blade

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[4]
1. Remove the belt cleaner unit.
[3]
(See P.59)
2. Remove the two springs [1].

3. Remove the C-clip [2], pull out the blade support
shaft [3], and remove the belt Cleaning blade [4].
Note
When installing the belt cleaner unit, apply
setting powder to entire surface of the transfer belt to which the belt cleaner unit is
[3]
attached. After applying setting powder,
[1]
rotate the transfer belt tobrush all setting

powder off.
Take extra care not to touch or damage the
blade of the belt Cleaning blade [4].
[2]

8050ma3049
steps in reverse.
53
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.7.3
Replacing 1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C and /K
Transfer roller /Y, /M, /C : Every 200,000 prints *1
Transfer roller /K
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500

B. Procedure
[5]
[1]
1. Remove the transfer belt.
[7] [1]
(See P.55)
2. Place the transfer belt unit as shown in the figure

on the left.
3. Remove the C-clip [1].

4. Remove the bearing [2] and slide the stopper/4 [3]
to release the tip of the transfer release arm [4].
5. Slide and remove the 1st transfer roller/K [6].

6. Remove the 1st transfer roller/Y, /M, /C [5],1 each.
[7]
[7]
Note
[4] [3]
[7] [6]
[3] [4]
Do not touch the roller surface of the 1st

transfer roller. When handling the 1st transfer
roller, always grasp it by its metal shaft.
Install the 1st transfer roller so that the shaft
surface with two grooves (one for E-ring, the
other is shallow) faces toward you.
When installing the 1st transfer roller, confirm
8050ma3053
that the cables are securely fastened and the

plastic films on the cables are not twisted. If
[1]
[2]
8050ma3055
the cables are not fastened, correct by pressing the cables against the metal frame side. If
the plastic films are twisted, move the films to
the center of the cables.
7. Remove the E-rings [7], two each from the four

1st transfer rollers.

steps in reverse.
54

Replacing the transfer belt
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.7.4
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Transfer belt

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[1]
[1]

(See P.50)

(See P.59)
3. Remove the separation claw assy.

(See P.58)
8050ma3053
55
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[2]
5. Have the transfer belt unit [1] stand with its front
[3] [6]
side facing down.
6. Remove the screw [2] and release the handle [3].

7. Remove the two screws [4] and remove the shaft
[7]
stopper [5].
8. Remove the screw [6] and remove the tension

[4]
[5]
plate /Rr [7].
9. Remove the two screws [8] and remove the high

voltage power supply collar/Rr [9].
10. Remove the C-clip [10] and remove the bearing

[11].
11. Remove the transfer belt [12] by pulling it straight

[12]
up.

steps in reverse.
[1]
[11]
[8]
[10]
[9]
8050ma3054
8050ma3152
56
Note
When installing the tension plate/Rr, be sure
to push the projection of the plate as far as it
will go as shown in the figure on the left. Do
not pinch the black sheet when tightening the
screw.
When installing the C-clip, lift up the shaft so
that the C-clip is securely fitted in the groove
of the shaft.
Install the transfer belt with the UP SIDE mark
facing up.
Hold the transfer belt by its both ends within
10 mm from the edge, and do not touch other
areas.
Do not damage or touch the transfer belt with
bare hands.
When installing the transfer belt cleaner unit,
apply setting powder to the entire surface of
the transfer belt to which the belt cleaner unit
is attached. After applying setting powder,
rotate the transfer belt to brush all setting
powder off.

Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Up
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.7.5
3. PERIODIC CHECK

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt.
[2]
(See P.55)
2. Lift the 2nd transfer roller /Up [1] upward temporarily, and remove the roller obliquely downward.
Note
the 2nd transfer roller /Up has been released
since the high voltage power supply collar /Rr
is removed.
[1]
Do not touch the roller surface of the 2nd

transfer roller /Up. When handling the 2nd
transfer roller /Up, hold it by its metal shaft.
Install the transfer roller/Lw with the concave
shaft end facing down.
3. Remove the two bearings [2] from the 2nd trans2
fer roller /Up [1].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
8050ma3056
57
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.7.6
Replacing the separation claw assy
: Every 600,000 prints
B. Procedure
[3]
(See P.50)
2. Remove the screw [1] and remove the separation

claw unit [2].
[4]
Note
Do not damage or touch the transfer belt [3]
with bare hands.
Before installing the separation claw unit,
apply setting powder to half the area [4] of the
transfer belt [3]. After applying setting pow-
[2]
der, rotate thetransfer belt to brush all setting

powder off.
[2]
[1]
8050ma3050
3. Remove the three screws [1], and remove the

three separation claw assys [2].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
8050ma3051
58
3.7.7
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the belt cleaner unit
Belt cleaner unit
: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 130km of belt Cleaning blade drive distance)
B. Procedure
[2]
[2]

(See P.50)
2. Holding the belt cleaner unit [1], remove the two

screws [2], and remove the belt cleaner unit.
Note
Handle the belt cleaner unit gently when
removing the unit, or the toner accumulated
in between the toner guide roller and the belt
[1]
cleaning belt may spill. It is normal if the toner

is accumulated because the toner is used to
grind the belt surface. If the toner is spilled
over the separation tab unit, remove and
clean the unit.
The belt cleaner unit consists of the belt
cleaning roller unit and the following compo-
[3]
nents: Belt cleaning blade: 1

Spring: 2
8050ma3048
C-clip: 2
Blade support shaft: 1
Toner collection sheet /1: 1
Toner collection sheet /2: 1
Screw: 3
Before installing the belt cleaner unit, apply
setting powder to the part [3] on the transfer
belt. After applying setting powder, rotate the
transfer belt tobrush all setting powder off.
When installing the belt cleaner unit, insert
the tow guides at the both bottom ends of the
belt cleaner unit over the pins of the transfer
belt unit and tighten the screws.

steps in reverse.
59
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.7.8
Replacing the toner collection sheet /1
Toner collection Sheet /1 : Every 200,000 prints *1

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure

(See P.59)
2. Remove the three screws [1], toner collection

sheet /2 [2], and the toner collection sheet /1 [3].
Note
Do not bend or damage the PET sheet of the
toner collection sheet /1.

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
60
[3]
8050ma3159

Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Lw and the transfer earth plate assy
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.7.9
3. PERIODIC CHECK

: Every 1,000,000 prints *1

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the separation discharging assy [1].

(See P.59)
2. Remove the screw [2] and remove the 2nd trans-
[4]
fer earth plate assy [3].
3. Remove the two C-clips [5].

4. Slide the two bearings [6] outward, and remove
the 2nd transfer roller /Lw [4].
5. Remove the two bearings [6] from the 2nd transfer roller /Lw[4].
[1] [6]
Note
Do not touch the roller surface of the 2nd
transfer roller /Lw [4] with bare hands. Always
hold the 2nd transfer roller/Lw by its shaft.
When installing the 2nd transfer roller /Lw,
make sure that the shaft surface with a concave portion is facing the rear side of the
[6]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[5]
device. (The concave portion should not face
8050ma3089
to the 2nd transfer earth plate assy.)

steps in reverse.
61
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.7.10
Replacing the belt separation claw solenoid (SD1)
Belt separation claw solenoid (SD1)

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure

(See P.50)
Disconnect the connector [1].
2. Remove the screw [2] and release the cable [4]

from the cable clamp [3].
3. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the belt

separation claw solenoid (SD1) [6].
Note
After installing the solenoid lever, check if the
shaft of SD1 slides smoothly.
[6]

[5]
[2]
62
[3] [4] [1]
8050ma3069
steps in reverse.

Replacing the separation discharging assy
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.7.11
3. PERIODIC CHECK

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure

(See P.44)
2. Pull out the ADU.

(See P.86)
3. Remove the fusing unit.

(See P.96)
4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the terminal

cover [2].
Note
When installing the terminal cover, match the
[2]
[1]
[3][4]
projection [3] with the positioning hole [4].
a03uf2c045ca
[2]
[3]
5. Remove the two separation installation screws [1].

6. Lift up the separation discharging assy [2], remove
the faston [3], and remove the separation discharging assy [2].
Note
When removing the faston from the separation discharging assy, pull out the cover section of the faston straight.
When installing the separation discharging
assy, tighten the separation installation screw
on the front side first positioning the assy
[1]
properly. Then tighten the other separation

8050ma3088
installation screw.

steps in reverse.
63
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.8
Maintenance procedure of the developing section
3.8.1
Replacing the developer /Y, /M, /C, /K
Developer /Y, /M, /C, /K
: Every 200,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 130km of the developing

roller drive distance) *1
: Every 150,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 130km of the developing
roller drive distance) *2
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the developing unit.

[4] [2]
[1]
[3]
(See P.66)
2. Remove the fixing screw [2] on the plate [1], turn

the plate 90 degrees counterclockwise, and rotate
the upper side of the developing unit to eject the
developer. After that, repeat steps 3 and 4 to eject
all the developer.
Note
Do not remove the cover [4] of the developing
unit or the developer charging funnel [3] when
8050ma3149
ejecting developer.
After ejecting developer, be sure to put the
platel [1] back to its original position, and
secure the plate with a screw.
[1]
[2]
3. Attach the rotating jig [1] installed inside the toner

supply unit to the coupling [2] on the agitator
screw side, and turn the jig in the direction of the
arrow.
Note
Do not turn the coupling against the direction
of the arrow.
8050ma3150
64
3. PERIODIC CHECK
4. Attach the rotating jig to the coupling [1] on the
[1]
developing roller side, and turn the jig in the direction of the arrow.
Note
Do not turn the coupling against the direction
of the arrow.
After replacing the developing unit, be sure to
perform the Toner Density Sensor Initial
Auto. adjustment. in service mode.
(See P.301)
8050ma3151
65
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.8.2
Replacing the developing unit /C, /M, /Y, /K
Developing unit /C
Developing unit /M
Developing unit /Y
Developing unit /K
B. Procedure
Note
Do not bend the teflon coated sheet attached to the developing roller side of the upper cover of
the developing unit.
Always use a hydro wipe authorized as a CE tool to clean the developing unit. Use of paper or
cloth other than the specified cloth (hydro wipe) will contaminate the developing control plate
inside the developing unit with paper dust or lint and may cause white bands on images.
The product installs four developing units one each for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and they
are common parts. However, do not use a once-used developing unit for another color, or the old
remaining toner and the new toner will mix up and the print quality will degrade.
[2]
[3]
(See P.44)
2. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the four

developing support plate [3] installed inside the
toner supply section [2].
Note
When having the developing unit stand alone,
insert a developing support plate into the
[1]
[3]
body of the developing unit and use the plate

as a base so as to protect the bristle section
of the toner from contacting other parts.

(See P.46)
8050ma3062
66
3. PERIODIC CHECK
4. Remove the screws [1], three each, and remove

the upper side of the developing holding frames
[2] in the direction of the arrow.
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c050ca
5. Disconnect the four connectors [1] and remove

the three developing units /C, /M, /Y [2] and the
developing unit /K [3].

steps in reverse.
Note
Before installing developing units without
black, attach labels included in each of the
four unit packages.
[1]
[3]
[2]
8050ma3064
67
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.9
Maintenance procedure of the toner collection box assy
3.9.1
Replacing the toner collection box assy
Toner collection box assy : Every 50,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Open the toner collection door [1], and pull out the
[1]
[2]
toner collection box assy [2].
a03uf2c051ca
2. Peel off the label [2] on the toner collection box

assy [1] and close the opening [3] of the toner collection box assy [1] with the label.

steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
[2]
[1]
68
8050ma3008
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.10.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.10 Maintenance procedure of the paper feeding section

Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller rubber
Pick-up roller
: Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 800,000 feed)
: Every 400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *1
(PRO C6500/C5500)
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
Note
The tray /1 was used to illustrate the replacement procedure below. The procedure is the same for
the tray /2 and tray/3.
1. Pull out the paper feed tray /1 [1].

2. Remove the four screws [2] and remove the paper
feed unit cover [3].
[2]
[3]
[2] [3]
[1]
[3]
a03uf2c052ca
69
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[5]
[3]
[2]
[1]
3. Disconnect the connector [1].

4. Remove the screw [2] and loosen the fixing shaft
screw [3].
5. Slide the paper feed unit [4] in the direction of the

arrow, and lift the unit to remove it disconnecting
the connector [5].
[4]
a03uf2c053ca
6. Remove the two C-clips [1], slide the two bearings
[1]
[2] outward, and remove the paper feed roller assy

[3].
Note
Before installing the paper feed roller assy,
make sure the rollers are free of grease or
dust.
[2]
70
[3]
a03uf2c054ca
[3]
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[6]
[5] [1]
7. Remove the bearing [1].

8. Remove the C-clip [2] and remove the pick-up
roller [3].
Note
When installing the pick-up roller, be sure that
the arrow mark [4] is facing toward the C-clip
[2].
9. Remove the C-clip [5] and remove the paper feed

roller [6].
[4]
[7]
Note
When installing the paper feed roller, be sure
that the arrow mark [7] is facing toward the
C-clip [5].
10. Remove the paper feed roller rubber [8] from the
[9]
[8]
paper feed roller.

a03uf2c055ca
Note
When installing the paper feed roller rubber,
be sure that the painted mark [9] is facing
toward the arrow mark [7].

steps in reverse.
71
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.10.2
Replacing the separation roller rubber
Separation roller rubber : Every 400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *1
: Every 300,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed )*2
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
Note
the tray /2 and tray /3.
[2]
[1]
1. Remove the paper feed roller assy

(See P.69)
2. Remove the C-clip [1] and remove the separation

roller [2].
Note
Before installing the separation roller, make
sure the roller is free of grease or dust.
3. Remove the separation roller rubber [3] from the

separation roller [2].
[3]
[4]
[2]
Note
When installing the separation roller rubber,
toward the c-clip [1].

steps in reverse.
a03uf2c056ca
72
3.10.3
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the paper feed clutch/pre-registration clutch
Paper feed clutch /1 - /3 (MC7, MC9, MC11)
: Every 4,000,000 prints
Pre-registration clutch /1 - /3 (MC8, MC10, MC12)
(actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)

(actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
B. Procedure
Note
the tray /2 and tray /3.
[9] [10]
[4]
[3]
[1]
1. Pull out the paper feed tray /1.

2. Remove the paper feed unit.
(See P.69)

clutch /1 (MC7) [3].
Note
When installing MC7, match the stopper [4]
with the guide [5].
[8]
[7]
[6] [5]
[2]
a03uf2c057ca

6. Remove the C-clip [7] and remove the pre-registration clutch (MC8) [8].
Note
with the guide [10].

steps in reverse.
73
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.11 Maintenance procedure of the bypass feed tray section

3.11.1
Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller rubber
Pick-up roller
Paper feed roller rubber : Every 1,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *1

: Every 1,350,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *2
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[1]
(See P.86)
2. Remove the six screws [1] and remove the paper

feed solenoid cover [2].
[2]
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c058ca

4. Remove the bearing [2] and remove the paper
[1]
feed roller unit [3].
[3]
74
8050ma3076
[4]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[3]
Note
[2]
When installing the paper feed roller unit [1],

be sure to fit the actuator [2] in the detection
section of the paper empty sensor/BP (PS47)
[3].
When installing the paper feed roller unit [1],
bring the tip of the paper feed lift-up lever [4]
into contact with the undersurface of the
plate of the paper feed roller unit [1].
[1]
8050ma3079
[2]
5. Remove the C-clip [1], pull out the shaft [2], and
[3]
remove the pick-up roller assy [3].
6. Remove the pick-up roller [4] from the pick-up

roller assy [3].
[4]
[1]
8050ma3077
[4]
7. Remove the paper feed roller assy [2] from the

shaft [1].
8. Remove the paper feed roller rubber [3] from the

paper feed roller assy [2].
Note
When installing the paper feed roller rubber,
toward the gear [5].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
[5]
[1]
a03uf2c059ca
75
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.11.2
Replacing the separation roller rubber
Separation roller rubber : Every 400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *1
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the pick-up roller and the paper feed
[6]
roller assy.
(See P.74)

remove the separation roller assy [4].

[5]
separation roller assy.

Note
When installing the separation roller rubber,
toward the gear [7].

steps in reverse.
[3] [2] [4]
76
[1]
[7]
a03uf2c060ca
3.11.3
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the paper feed clutch/BP (MC6)
Paper feed clutch/BP (MC6)
: Every 4,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
B. Procedure
[3]
(See P.44)

(See P.86)

(See P.96)
4. Remove the four screws [1]. (One screw is located

[2]
[1]
at the bottom of the ADU cover /Rt [2].)
5. Pull out the ADU cover /Rt [2] halfway, disconnect

the two connectors [3], and remove the ADU
cover /Rt [2].

7. Remove the screw [5] and remove the ADU
release lever [6].
8. Remove the two screws [7] and remove the ADU

cover /Lt [8].
[1]
[8]
[7]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[6]
a03uf2c061ca
77
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[3]

[2]
clutch/BP (MC6) [3].
[1]
[3]
8050ma3082
[1]
Note
When installing MC6 [1], match the stopper
[2] with the guide [3].

steps in reverse.
[2]
78
a03uf2c062ca
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.12.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.12 Maintenance procedure of the vertical conveyance section

Replacing the intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13)

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[5]
[4]
1. Remove the right cover /Lw1 and /Lw2.

(See P.185)
2. Pull out the paper feed tray /1 [1], /2 [2], and /3

[3].
3. Remove the three screws [4] and remove the right

cover /Lw3 [5].
Note
Remove the right cover/Up1 before installing
the LU-202.
(See P.185)
[1]
[2] [3]
a03uf2c063ca
79
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
4. Push up the two tabs [2] and separate the vertical

conveyance section [3] from the bypass up/down
cover [2].
[1]
[2] [2]
[2]
[1]
[3]
a03uf2c064ca
[1]
5. Remove the seven screws [1].

6. Pull out the vertical conveyance section [2], disconnect the connector [3], and remove the vertical conveyance section [2].
Note
Always close the vertical conveyance door
and tighten the screws when installing the
vertical conveyance section.
[10]
[2]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[4] [3]
a03uf2c065ca

8. Remove the E-ring [2], spacer [3], and the gear
[2]
[4].
9. Remove the C-clip [5] and remove the intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13) [6].
Note
with the guide [8].

[8]
[5]
[1]
a03uf2c066ca
80
steps in reverse.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.13.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.13 Maintenance procedure of the registration section

Replacing the cleaning stay assy
Cleaning stay assy
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]

(See P.44)

(See P.86)
3. Remove the three screws [1] and remove the

cover [2].
4. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the cleaning stay assy [4].

steps in reverse.
[3]
[4]
[3]
a03uf2c067ca
81
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.13.2
Replacing the registration roller assy

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the cleaning stay assy.

(See P.81)
[5]
2. Remove the ADU cover /Rt, ADU release lever,

and ADU cover /Lt.
[4]
(See P.77)
[7]
[6]
3. Remove the terminal cover. (See P.63)

4. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the gear
cover [2].
5. Disconnect the connector [3] and remove the wire

from the two clamps.
6. Remove the C-clips [4] and remove the bearings

[5] at the both and rear sides on the registration
assy.
7. Remove the two screws [6] and remove the registration unit [7].
Note
[6]
[1]
[2]
Before removing the registration unit [7],
[8]
open the conveyance guide plate/Up [8],

move the registration unit toward the rear
side of the ADU, and pull the shaft on the front
side out of the ADU panel.
When installing the registration unit, be careful not to scratch the surface of the guide
plate where contacts with paper.
[3]
82
[5]
[4]
8050ma3208
3. PERIODIC CHECK
8. Remove the E-ring [1], registration gear [2], and
[5]
the pin [3].

Note
When installing the registration gear [2], make
sure you install the pin [3].

10. Remove the two E-rings [5] and the two bearings
[6].
[6]
[4]
[1]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[2]
[6]
8050ma3209
83
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
11. Disengage the hooked end [2] of the spring [1],

and remove the registration roller assy [3].
Note
Make sure to attach the spring [1] as shown
in the figure on the left.
[3]
[1]
84
[2]
8050ma3210
3. PERIODIC CHECK
12. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the spacer/1

[2]
[3], /2 [4], registration regulating plate [5] (together

with the spring [6]), torque limiter [7], and pin/A [8]
from the registration roller assy [2].
Note
When installing the registration regulating
plate, insert the two indentations [9] over the
two projections [10] on the torque limiter.
[1]

steps in reverse.
[10]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[7]
[6]
[9]
[8]
8050ma3211
85
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.14 Maintenance procedure of the ADU section

3.14.1
Replacing the intermediate conveyance clutch/2 (MC4) and /3 (MC5)
Intermediate conveyance clutch/2 (MC4) : Every 2,000,000 prints *1
Intermediate conveyance clutch/3 (MC5) : Every 2,000,000 prints *1

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure

(See P.44)
2. While releasing the lock [2] of the ADU release

lever [1], turn the lever counterclockwise, and pull
out the ADU [3].
Note
In order to prevent rollover accidents, safety
feature of the product does not allow the process unit and the ADU to be pulled out at the
same time.
[3]
Be sure to put the process unit in the main

body before pulling out the ADU.
If you cannot pull out the ADU, check the lock
lever/1 and /2 for deformation and replace
them as necessary.
(See P.218)
[1]
86
[2]
a03uf2c068ca
[10]
[9]
[7]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[5]
[4]
3. Remove the ADU cover/Rt.

(See P.77)

5. Remove the C-clip [2] and remove the intermediate conveyance clutch/2 (MC4) [3].
Note
with the guide [5].
[8]
[6]
[1]
[3]
[2]
a03uf2c069ca

7. Remove the C-clip [7] and remove the intermediate conveyance clutch/3 (MC5) [8].
Note
with the guide [10].

steps in reverse.
87
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.14.2
Replacing the ADU conveyance clutch/1 (MC1), /2 (MC2), /3 (MC3), and the ADU pre-registration clutch (MC18)
A. Spot replacement parts/cycle
: 3,600,000 prints
: 3,600,000 prints
: 3,600,000 prints
: 3,600,000 prints
B. Procedure
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]

(See P.44)

(See P.86)

(See P.96)
4. Remove the ADU cover/Rt.

(See P.77)
5. Remove the ADU cover/Lt.

(See P.77)

7. Remove the C-clip [2], and remove the MC1 and
the MC2 [3].
Note
When installing the MC1 and the MC2, align
a03uf2c138ca
the stopper [4] with the guide.

steps in reverse.
88
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
ADU lock solenoid unit [2].

11. Remove the two C-clips [4], the ADU conveyance
clutch/3 (MC3) [5], and the ADU pre-registration
clutch (MC18) [7].
[2]
Note
When installing the MC3 and the MC18, align
the stopper [6] with the guide [8].

steps in reverse.
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[4]
[3]
a03uf2c139ca
89
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.15 Maintenance procedure of the reverse/paper exit section

3.15.1
Replacing Reverse decurler roller

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure

(See P.86)

(See P.96)
3. Remove the two screws [1].

4. Release the hook [3] of the spring from the screw
[2], and remove the two screws [2], [4].
5. Remove the paper eject guide plate /4 assy [5].
[5]
[1]
[2] [3] [4]
90
8050ma3096
[11] [10]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[9]
[13]
[12]
6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the knob [2].

7. Remove the paper exit mounting plate/Fr [3] and
the spring [4].
8. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the bearing [6].
9. Remove the E-ring [7], spacer [8], bearing [9], and

paper exit mounting plate/Rr [10].
10. Remove the spring [11] and the spacer [12].

11. Remove the bearing [13] and the reverse decurler
roller [14].
[8] [7]

steps in reverse.
[6]
[14]
[5]
[4] [3]
[2]
[1]
8050ma3097
91
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.15.2
Replacing the paper exit decurler roller
paper exit decurler roller : Every 1,000,000 prints *1

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the left cover.
[2]
(See P.184)

(See P.86)
3. Disconnect the two connectors [1].

4. Remove the four screws [2].
[1]
92
a03uf2c070ca
3. PERIODIC CHECK
5. Lower the front upper portion [2] of the paper exit

unit [1], and remove the paper exit unit taking care
not to hit the frame [4] with the pin [3].
Note
When installing the paper exit unit, insert the
[5]
[2]
[4]
tab [5] into the slot on the frame first.
[1]
[3]
a03uf2c071ca
6. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the

strengthening plate/Lt [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c072ca
93
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[8]
7. Remove the E-ring [1] and the gear [2].
[3]
Note
When installing the gear [2], be sure that the
arrow mark [3] is facing toward the E-ring [1].

Note
When installing the gear [7], be sure that the
[7]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c073ca
94
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
[2]
[3]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. Remove the E-ring [1] and the bearing [2].

12. Remove the paper exit decurler roller [5].
[5]
[4]
a03uf2c074ca
13. Remove the two E-rings [1], and remove the two
bearings [2].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c075ca
95
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.16 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section

3.16.1
Removing/installing the fusing unit
Caution:
Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.
A. Procedure
[1]
1. Open the front door and the toner supply section.
[2]
(See P.44)

(See P.86)
3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the connector

cover [2].
[3]
a03uf2c006ca
96
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
[2]
5. Remove the screw [1], and remove the knob [2].

6. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the fusing
cover /Fr [4].
[3]
[2]
[4]
a03uf2c007ca
[4]

8. Open the reverse/exit section [2].
9. Remove the screw [3] and remove the fusing unit
[4].
Note
When installing/removing the fusing unit, be
sure to hold both ends of the unit and slide it
toward you in the direction of the arrow
before lifting up the unit.

steps in reverse.
[3]
[1]
a03uf2c008ca
97
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.16.2
Replacing the fusing drive gear /B and the fusing duct 2 assy
Fusing drive gear /B : Every 400,000 prints *1
Fusing duct 2 assy

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[2]
(See P.96)
2. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the fusing

cover/Rr [2].
[1]
98
a03uf2c009ca
3. PERIODIC CHECK

4. Remove the screw [2] and release the fusing duct
2 assy [3].
5. Remove the screw [4] and remove the sensor

positioning plate assy [5].
Note
Make sure that the fusing duct /2 assy is
released before removing the fusing drive
assy. If you attept to remove the fusing drive
assy with the fusing duct /2 assy secured,
fusing heater lamp /4 (L5) may be broken.
[7]
[3]
[2]
[1] [6]
6. Remove the four screws [6] and remove the fusing

drive assy [7].
[4]
[5]
[6]
a03uf2c010ca
7. Remove the fusing drive gear /B [1].
[1]
Note
When installing new fusing drive gear /B, be
sure to apply multemp FF-RM to its gear section.
When installing the fusing drive gear /B,
attach it so that the end surface with three
indentations [2] faces toward you.
[2]
a03uf2c011ca
99
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
8. Pull out and remove the fusing duct/2 assy [1].

steps in reverse.
[1]
a03uf2c046ca
100

Replacing the fusing drive gear /M
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.16.3
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Fusing drive gear /M : Every 1,000,000 prints *1

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[3] [2]
[1]
[4]

(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.

(See P.98)
3. Remove the E-ring [1], spacer [2], and the fusing

drive gear/M [3].
Note
When installing the fusing drive gear /M,
attach it so that the arrow mark [4] indicated
as shown in the figure.
Before installing the fusing drive gear /M, be
sure to apply multemp FF-RM to the gear.

steps in reverse.
a03uf2c012ca
101
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.16.4
Replacing the fusing lamp /Up
Fusing lamp /Up
Note
The fusing lamp /Up consists of the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2), /2 (L3), and /3 (L4).
B. Procedure

(See P.96)

(See P.98)
3. Remove the screw [1] and remove the fusing duct

/5 assy [2].
Note
When installing the fusing duct/5 assy, make
sure that the tip of the duct is placed under
the retention plate /2, or the fusing heater
[1]
[2]
[3]
[2]
lamp may be broken.

a03uf2c013ca
[1]

5. Remove the three screws [2] and remove the fusing power supply plate/Up assy [3].
Note
The cables [4] should remain attached to the
fusing power supply plate/Up assy.
[4]
102
[2]
a03uf2c014ca
[5]
[3]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
6. Remove the screw [1] and remove the heater sup-
[4]
porting plate /Rr [2].

Note
When installing the heater supporting plate /
Rr, fit the projection [5] of the fusing lamp /Up
[4] in the slit [3].
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c015ca

8. Remove the screw [2] and remove the heater supporting plate /Fr [3].
[2]
[3]
[1]
a03uf2c016ca
9. Remove the fusing lamp/Up [1].

Note
Make sure to remove the fusing lamp /Up in
the direction of the arrow.
Do not touch the lamp of the fusing lamp /Up
with bare hands.

steps in reverse.
[1]
a03uf2c017ca
103
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.16.5
Replacing the fusing roller /2, fusing bearing, and fusing drive gear /O
Fusing roller /2
Fusing bearing
Fusing drive gear /O : Every 400,000 prints *1

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure

(See P.96)

(See P.98)
3. Remove the fusing lamp/Up.

(See P.102)
4. Remove the five screws [1] and remove the fusing

cover/Up assy [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c018ca
5. Locate the removed fusing drive assy [1].

6. Remove the two screws [2] and remove the two
[2] [4]
fusing jigs [3].

Note
When installing the fusing jigs, be sure not to
obstruct the screw holes [4].
[3]
104
[1]
a03uf2c019ca
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7. Insert the two fusing jigs [2], one each into the two
slits [1], and loosen the pressure of the fusing belt
[3].
8. Remove the three screws [4] and remove the roller

mounting plate [5].
9. Remove the fusing bearing [6].

[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[5]
[6]
a03uf2c020ca
105
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[2]
10. Spread a hydro wipe [2] over the fusing belt [1].
[1]
Note
Do not touch the fusing belt with bare hands.
11. Insert a screwdriver [4] into the fusing roller /2

assy [3], and remove the fusing roller /2 assy while
holding the fusing belt.
Note
When removing the fusing roller /2 assy,
through the hole [5] on the frame, be careful
[5]
not to let the assy contact with the hole edge.
[3]
[4]
a03uf2c021ca
[3]
12. Remove the E-ring [1] and the fusing drive gear /O
[2].
Note
When installing the fusing drive gear /O, be
sure that the arrow mark [3] is facing toward
the fusing bearing [4].
[1]
[2]
Before installing the fusing drive gear /O, be
[4]
sure to apply multemp FF-RM to the gear.
13. Remove the fusing bearing [4] from the fusing

roller /2 assy [5].

steps in reverse.
[5]
106
a03uf2c022ca
3.16.6
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the fusing belt, fusing roller /1, insulating sleeve /Up, fusing bearing /Up, and belt
regulation sleeve

Fusing belt
Fusing roller/1
Insulating sleeve/Up : Every 400,000 prints *1
Fusing bearing/Up
Belt regulation sleeve : Every 400,000 prints *1
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[3]
[2]
[1]
(See P.96)

(See P.98)
3. Remove the fusing lamp /Up.

(See P.102)
4. Remove the fusing roller /2 assy.

(See P.104)
5. Remove the two O-rings [1].

6. Remove the two insulating sleeve /Up [2] and the
two fusing bearing/Up [3].
Note
[4] [5]
When installing the insulating sleeve /Up,

apply multemp FF-RM to the contact surface
with the fusing bearing /Up and the fusing
roller /1 assy [4].
7. Remove the fusing roller /1 assy [4] and the fusing

belt [5].
Note
Do not touch the roller of the fusing roller /1
[3]
[2]
assy, nor the area other than the both ends of
[1]
the fusing belt.
a03uf2c023ca
107
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
8. Remove the fusing belt [2] from the fusing roller /1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[3]
assy [1].
Note
Install the fusing belt with the lot number [3]
facing to the far side.
[1]
Be careful not to let the carriers adhere to the

inside of the fusing belt or the surface of the
fusing roller /1 assy. If the developer adheres,
image failures may occur.
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c024ca
[2]
[2]
[1]
9. Remove the two O-rings [1] and the two belt regulation sleeve [2].
Note
Do not touch the roller of the fusing roller /1
[3].
When laying the fusing roller /1 on the ground,
spread a hydro wipe [4] under it in order not
to let the developer adhere to the roller.

steps in reverse.
[4]
[3]
a03uf2c025ca
108

Replacing the fusing heater lamp /4 (L5)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.16.7
3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
[2]

(See P.96)

(See P.98)
3. Remove the fusing lamp /Up.

(See P.102)
4. Remove the fusing roller /2 assy.

(See P.104)
5. Remove the fusing belt.

(See P.107)
6. Remove the two screws [1], and remove the fusing access guide plate [2].
[1]
a03uf2c026ca
7. Remove the two screws [1] and open the fusing
[2]
[1]
[1]
main unit/Up assy [2].
a03uf2c027ca
109
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

9. Remove the screw [2], and remove the fusing
duct/3 assy [3] and the fusing duct/4 assy [4].
[2]
[1]
[4]
[3]
a03uf2c028ca
10. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the fusing heater lamp/4 (L5) [2].
Note
Do not touch the lamp of L5 with bare hands.
When installing the L5, be sure to route the
white wire to the rear as shown in the figure.
When installing the fusing ducts /3 assy and /
4 assy, make sure that the tip of the duct is
placed under the retention plate/1, or the fusing heater lamp may be broken.
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c029ca

steps in reverse.
110
Replacing the fusing roller /Lw, fusing bearing /Lw, and insulating sleeve /Lw
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.16.8
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Fusing roller/Lw

Fusing bearing/Lw
Insulating sleeve/Lw

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure

(See P.96)

(See P.98)
3. Remove the fusing lamp/Up.

(See P.102)
4. Remove the fusing roller/2 assy.

(See P.104)
5. Remove the fusing belt.

(See P.107)
[1]
[2]
6. Remove the fusing heater lamp/4 (L5).

a03uf2c030ca
(See P.109)
7. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the retention block/Rr assy [2].
111
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[2]
[1]
8. Loosen the screw [1] once and tighten it again at

the position where the fusing separation plate
assy [2] is opened so that the plate works as a
stopper.
9. Remove the C-ring [3], insulating sleeve/Lw [4],

and fusing bearing/Lw [5].
[2]
Note
When installing the insulating sleeve, apply
multemp FF-RM to the contact surface with
the fusing roller/Lw.
10. Remove the screw [6] and remove the retention

plate/1 [7].
11. Remove the fusing roller/Lw assy [8].
[8]
[6]
[5] [4] [3]
[7]
a03uf2c031ca
12. Remove the C-ring [1] and the gear [2].
[1]
112
[2]
a03uf2c032ca
3. PERIODIC CHECK
13. Remove the C-ring [1], insulating sleeve/Lw [2],

and fusing bearing/Lw [3].
Note
When installing the fusing roller/Lw [4] and
the insulating sleeve, apply multemp FF-RM
to each contact surface.

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2] [3]
a03uf2c033ca
113
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.16.9
Replacing the sensor mounting plate A assy
Sensor mounting plate A assy : Every 2,400,000 prints
B. Procedure

(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing access guide plate.

(See P.109)

mounting plate A assy [3].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[3]
[2]
a03uf2c034ca
114
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.16.10 Replacing the sensor stay B assy

Sensor stay B assy
B. Procedure

(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing cover /Up assy.

(See P.104)
3. Remove the fusing cover /Rr.

(See P.98)
[1]
[2]
4. After removing the screw [1], loosen the screw [2]

and remove the cover [3].
Note
Make sure that the screw [2] comes free from
the cover [3] as the screw [2] cannot be taken
out.
[3]
a03uf2c035ca
115
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
5. Remove the two screws [1] and the two cable
[1]
clamps [2].

7. Remove the screw [4] and remove the sensor stay
B assy [5].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[4]
[3]
[5]
a03uf2c036ca
116
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.16.11 Replacing the fusing paper exit roller /Up


*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure

(See P.96)
2. Open the fusing paper exit plate assy [1], and

keep it opened with a screwdriver [2] as shown in
the figure.
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c047ca
117
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[3]
3. Remove the two E-rings [1].

4. Slide the shaft [2] in the direction of the arrow [3],
[2]
and remove the two fusing paper exit rollers /Up

[4].
[4]
[1]
[1]
[4]
a03uf2c048ca
5. Remove the two bearings [2] from each fusing
[1]
paper exit roller /Up [1].

steps in reverse.
[2]
118
a03uf2c049ca
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.16.12 Replacing the fusing regulation gear /A and the fusing limiter
Fusing regulation gear /A : Every 600,000 prints
Fusing limiter
B. Procedure

2. Place the fusing unit softly on the level surface
with the paper feed side down.
3. Remove the E-ring [1].
[1]
[2]
8050ma3144
4. Slide the shaft [1] to the rear side, and remove the
[1]
gear while matching the flat-cut surface [2] of the

shaft with the notch of the panel.
8050ma3145
[1]
8050ma3146
119
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. Remove the fusing regulation gear/A [1] and the

fusing limiter [2].
Note
Be careful not to lose the pin [4] inserted in
the shaft [3].

steps in reverse.
[4]
120
[3]
[2]
[1]
8050ma3147
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.17.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3.17 Maintenance procedure of OT-502

Replacing the paper retainer roller

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Remove OT-502.
[1]
(See P.231)
2. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the two

paper retainer roller assys [2].
[2]
a03uf2c076ca
3. Remove the E-ring [1], pull out the shaft [2], and
remove the paper retainer roller [3].
4. Remove the other paper retainer roller in the same

manner as step 3.

steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
[1]
a03uf2c077ca
121
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.17.2
Replacing the paper exit roller
Paper exit roller
*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove OT-502.
(See P.231)

Note
When installing the gear, be sure that the
[3]
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c123ca
122
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3. Remove the two E-rings [1] and the bearing [2].

paper exit roller mounting plate/Rr [6] and the
paper exit roller [7].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
[6]
[5]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[4]
a03uf2c124ca
123
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.17.3
Replacing the paper exit driven roller/2
Paper exit driven roller/2

*1
PRO C6500
*2
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Remove OT-502.
(See P.231)
2. Remove the four screws [1] and the four roller

holders [2].
3. Remove the two paper exit driven roller assys [4]

from the four springs [3].
[4]
[2]
[3]
[3]
[1]
a03uf2c078ca
4. Remove the E-ring [1] bearing [2], and paper exit

driven roller/1 [3].
[1]
124
[2]
[3]
a03uf2c079ca
3. PERIODIC CHECK

6. Remove the two E-rings [2] and remove the first
paper exit driven roller/2 [3].
[1]
[2]
[3]
a03uf2c080ca
7. Remove the two E-rings [2] and remove the 2nd

paper exit driven roller/2 [2].
8. Remove the other two paper exit driven rollers in

the same manner as step 4 - 7.

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c081ca
125
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
4. SERVICE TOOLS
4. SERVICE TOOLS
4.1
Service material list

Name
Shape
Parts No.
Remark
Setting powder
000V-19-0
25g
Cleaning pad
000V-18-1
10pcs/1pack
Hydro wipe
65AA-9920
10pcs/1pack
Multemp grease
00GR00260
25g
Plas guard No.2
00GR00020
25g
MOLYKOTE EM-30L
00GR00220
25g
FF-RM
126
Jig list
Quantity
Parts No.
Thermostat jig /UF
Name
Shape
A03UPJG2##
Thermostat jig /L
A03UPJG3##
Thermostat jig /UC
A03UPJG1##
Mirror positioning jig
7050K0020
Door switch jig
00M6-2-00
Color chart
9J06PJP1##
9J06PJP2##
4040PJP1##
Black-and-white
4040PJP2##
Black-and-white
Adjustment chart
120A9711#
For DF
Paper for fusing
65AA-991#
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
4.2
4. SERVICE TOOLS
Remark
(A3 size)
Color chart
(11 x 17 size)
Test chart
(A3 size)
Test chart
(11 x 17 size)
speed adjustment
For Multi-feed detection adjustment
(16 sheet/A3 size)

Drum cover
00VC-2-00
127
4. SERVICE TOOLS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Name
Quantity
Parts No.
Blower brush
00VD-1000
Tester
00VE-1005
Stapler positioning
13QEJG010
jig
128
Shape
Remark
For FS-607
4.3
4. SERVICE TOOLS
Mail remote notification system
4.3.1
Outline
"Mail remote notification system" is a system that allows you to obtain a list print which can be output by the
main body using the Internet mail (E-mail).
Using this system dispenses not only with printing the list on paper but also visiting the users.
Sending a mail filled-in with a simple keyword to the main body allows you to receive by mail all sorts of list print
information of the main body.
4.3.2
Operating environments
In order to use the functions of "Mail remote notification system", the following conditions must be met. The
operation of the functions is available while in jams, malfunction and a low power mode. A mail sent to the main
body that is not operating does not get lost, but it is handled when the main body is activated again.
(1) The main body has a server that can receive a mail using POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(2) The main body has a mail server that can send a mail using SMTP protocol.
(3) In the following 4 cases, "Mail remote notification system" does not operate in the main body.
When the main power switch (SW1) is turned off.
When the power switch (SW2) is turned off.
While the main body is in auto shut-off.
When the "Enhance Security Mode" is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
4.3.3
Major functions
Sending a mail with a simple keyword allows you to use the following functions.
(1) The list print information of the main body you want to obtain can be received by mail.
List prints that can be obtained are the following 11 lists.
Mode memory list
User setting list
Font pattern list
Management list
Adjustment list
Use management list
Counter list
Coverage Data list
Communication log list
Audit log report
(2) The counter list can be checked by cellular phone.

(3) A password used for certification of a mail can be changed.
(4) Directions for use of "Mail remote notification system" can be received by mail.
To make use of the above functions, it is necessary to send a mail to the main body with a simple
keyword (command).
For particulars of the command, See "4.3.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system".
129
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
4. SERVICE TOOLS
4.3.4
Initial setting
To make use of "Mail remote notification system", it is necessary to register the network parameter on the main
body and the account on the mail server.
A. Setting from the operation panel
Set the IP address of the main body from the operation panel to connect the main body to the network. When
already set, proceed to "B. Setting from the Web Utilities".
(1) Procedure
Step
1
Operation
Select [Utility/Counter] on the touch panel.
Press the [03 Machine Admin. Setting].
Press the [05 Network Setting].
Press the [01 Machine NIC Setting].
Enter "IP Address," "Subnet Mask," and "Gateway Address."
Restart the main body.
Note
The IP address of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.
B. Setting from the Web Utilities
Enter the setting of the mail server from the Web Utilities. To use the Web Utilities, make preparations of a PC
that can be connected to the network.
Note
No space is available in all items to be set. The following characters cannot be used for setting an
E-mail address.
()<>;:[]
When an improper entry or setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to make corrections following the error massage. When no correction is made, a down load error of the program may
result.
(1) Procedure
Step
1
Operation
Start the Web browser.
When a proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessible. For particulars,
contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02, Netscape Navigator 7.1
or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, no setting should be made from two or more browsers
simultaneously.
130
Step
2
4. SERVICE TOOLS
Operation
Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered from "A. Setting from the operating panel."
"Main page" is displayed when an access is made to the Web Utilities of the main body.
Copyright 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

3
"Main page screen"
Enter the user name and the password in the window and click "OK."
Click [Extension for maintenance].

User name: ce (small letter, cannot be changed)
Password: Enter the CE password. (Default: "92729272")
"Extension for maintenance screen"

Click "E-Mail Initial Setting."
131
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
4. SERVICE TOOLS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
6
Operation
"E-Mail Initial Setting screen"
Set item
Details
Enable E-mail noti-
When using the mail remote notification system, select "Use." Default is "Not
fication
use."
Time difference
The time at which a mail was send out is calculated based on this value. For
time difference setting, enter the difference from the standard time UTC in
the range from -1200 (- 12 hour 00 minute) to +1200 (-12 hour 00 minute).
When no value is entered, +0000 (UTC) is set. (Ex.: In the case of Japan,
enter + 900.)
Sending mail
Set the IP address of the SMTP server.
(SMTP) server
SMTP port number
Set the port No. of the SMTP server. For default, 25 is set.
Sending mail
Set the time-out of the SMTP connection. For default, 5 minutes is set.
(SMTP) server time

out
Interval between
The main body check the receiving mail server to see if a mail is newly
fetching mails
received. (An interval can be specified in the range from 1 minute to 60 minutes.) Taking into consideration the load on the network, this is usually set at
the interval of 10 minutes.
Receiving mail
Set the IP address of the incoming mail server.
server
Kind of mail spool
Select either of POP3 and IMAP. For default, [POP3] is selected.
POP3 (IMAP) Port
Select "Use the default value" when using 110 for POP3, and 143 for IMAP.
number
When using other than the default, select "Custom" and enter a port number
to be used.
User name on the
Enter an account name assigned to the main body by the receiving mail
server
server.
Password
Enter a password to the account name above.
E-mail address of
Enter the mail address of the main body its own. This is normally "mail
this copy machine
account name@receiving mail server name."
Nickname
Enter a nickname that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent from the
main body. No entry cause no problem.
132
4. SERVICE TOOLS
Step
6
Operation
Set item
CE password
Details
Enter a password that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent to the main
body. The main body uses this password for security check.
Also Notice to the
no: Default
administrator
only illegal mail: When a mail received by the main body does not match
with the password above, or when the mail size is in excess of a fixed
size (10k bytes), transfer the mail.
all mails: Transfer all mails that use "Mail remote notification system."
Administrator
When "only illegal mail" or "all mails" is selected, enter an E-mail address for
E-mail address
transfer.
Announce delay
A selection is made if the difference (time required) between the time when a
time in reply mail
mail was sent to the main body and the time when the main body handled
the mail is indicated in the mail. For default, "No" is selected.
Enable POP (IMAP)
After authentication is made by the receiving mail server, a selection is made
before SMTP
to decide whether to send the mail or not. For default, "Yes" is selected.
After completion of entry, click the [Apply].
Conduct the mail sending/receiving test.

Click "Sending and Receiving test" and a sending test and a receiving test are conducted collectively to check to see if a test mail sent is correctly received.
When a test failed, re-check the set items following the error message.
Sending test
A mail sending test is made on the SMTP server. A test mail is sent to "Email address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.
Receiving test
A receiving test is made on the receiving mail server. A test mail is received
from "E-mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.
Restart the main body.
133
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
4. SERVICE TOOLS
4.3.5
Usage of the mail remote notification system
For commands for communications with the main body and the details of options, see the table below.
Command
Option
Description
Minimum
letters
GETLOG
Send back the information specified in [Option].
ModeMemory
Send back [Mode memory list] by mail.
UserSetting
Send back by [User setting list] mail.
FontPattern
Send back [Font pattern list] by mail.
Management
Send back [Management list] by mail.
Ma
Adjustment
Sent back [Adjustment list] by mail.
UserManagement
Send back [User management list] by mail.
Counter
Send back [Counter list] by mail.
CoverageData
Send back [CoverageData list] by mail.
Cov
CommunicationLog
Send back [Communication log list] by mail.
Co
AuditLog
Send back [Audit log report] by mail.
Au
ALL
Send back all of the above list prints by mail.
AL
(Not specified)
[Counter list] is edited so that it can be shown by cel-
[OldPasswd][New-
Change a password to be used for certification of a
Passwd]
mail.
[OldPasswd]
Specify a password that is currently used.
[NewPasswd]
Specify a new password.
A
UseM
C
lular phone. And this is sent back by mail.

CHPASS
HELP
(Not specified)
Send a help mail that describes the operating
instructions of the commands above.

4.3.6
Mail sending
The command and option on the mail are recognized by the top letters without distinction between capital and
small letters. Accordingly, not all letters of the command must be typed. It is recognized by the minimum letters
in the above table.
Note
Mail software can be used without discrimination by OS and a hand-held device or a free mail
using browser.
Use the mail software in the text mode. A mail in the HTML mode cannot be used.
For the mail software, as a condition for reception, 128 characters or more are recommended as
the maximum number of characters displayed in a line.
There are one or more spaces or TAB required between a command and an option that are written
in the mail. However, a line feed is not allowed.
Enter all the commands that are written in the mail in alphanumeric characters (ASCII characters).
When any other characters are used, an error message "Command Not Found" is sent back.
Start a command written in the mail from the line head without space.
When there is a space or TAB found at the line head, the line is ignored.
The maximum number of commands available in a mail is ten. Commands exceeding ten are
ignored.
Do not paste an attached file to a mail sent to the main body. This may be treated as an illegal mail
according to the size of the attached file.
134
4. SERVICE TOOLS
Do not enter a signature to a mail sent to the main body. A signature may be treated as a command and sent back as an error mail.
When the power is shut off while the main body is sending/receiving a mail or when the main body
is printing the list print, the same mail may be sent back twice.
The maximum number of mails that can be received by the main body at a time is five. When more
mails than 5 is being receive by the mail server, they will be handled while in the next reception.
135
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1
ISW
5.1.1
Types of ISW
A. ISWTrns
This is a software for Windows to rewrite the firmware, it rewrites firmware with the main body and the PC locally
connected with a parallel cable or a UBS cable.
Note
When upgrading the ISWTrns version, be sure to uninstall the old version of ISWTrns before installing the new version. When installed by overwriting, the USB driver may not be installed.
When the main body uses the USB cable to conduct the ISW, it is necessary to install the USB
driver of the ISWTrns. For procedure for installation, see "5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns" "A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/XP)".
B. USB memory ISW
Directly connect the USB memory to the service port of the main body, and use the program stored in the USB
memory to rewrite the firmware.
C. Internet ISW
Use the main body NIC to connect the main body to network environment, and use the FTP or the HTTP protocol to rewrite firmware via the program server on the Internet.
For the Internet ISW, the following methods are available.
Internet ISW using Web Utilities

Rewrite the firmware by accessing the Web Utilities of the main body from the Web browser of the PC.
However, a network connected PC with the main body is required.
Internet ISW using the operation panel

Rewrite the firmware using the operation panel.
Internet ISW using mail remote notification system

Rewrite the firmware by sending mail to the main body and giving ISW instructions.
136
5.1.2
Firmware data flow
The following shows the flow of the ISW data.

PC
Overall control board
Image memory control
I/F board
Printer control
(OACB)
board (IMCB)
(IFB)
board (PRCB)
FNS control board (FNSCB)

FD control board (FDCB)
SD control board (SDCB)
LS control board (LSCB)
RU control board (RUCB)
PB control board (PBCB)
DF control board (DFCB)
When executing the ISW over the entire system, be sure to execute it in the order given below. (To minimize the
occurrence of malfunction resulting from the mismatch of the firmware version)
Step
Type of programs
FD (H), FS-503 (N1), FS-607, FS-520 (N2), SD (B), LS (S), RU (R), PB (J), DF (F)
Printer control (c)
Overall control (I)
Note
After replacing the OACB, be sure to conduct the ISW of the image control (Collective (I0)) first.
The main body power will not turn on if the overall control firmware is not in the OACB.
Whenever the FDCB, FNSCB (FS-503), SDCB, LSCB, or PBCB is replaced, be sure to make the
main body model setting using the DIPSW (FD, FS, SD, PB) (refer to P.705,P.711, P.716, P.718), or
using the LS toggle SW (refer to LS-501/502 Field Service P.22) before conducting the ISW.
5.1.3
Settings on the main body side while in ISW
There are the following two ways for settings on the main body side.
A. Types of the setting
Power ON mode
This mode is used when the firmware is not installed to the overall control board (OACB) or when it is damaged. In this condition, ISW of the OACB is possible when sub power switch (SW2) is turned ON.
Service mode
This mode is used when the firmware of the OACB is installed properly.
B. When upgrading the firmware

Target board
Display when the power is turned ON
Mode
Normal
Service mode
Other boards
Normal
Service mode
137
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. When writing the firmware newly (When replacing the board or when failed in rewriting the firmware)
Target board
Display when the power is turned ON

Power save LED blinks in orange
Mode
Power ON mode
No display on touch panel

Other boards
Malfunction code display
Service mode
(1) For the overall control board (OACB), when something is wrong with the firmware or no firmware
is written, the normal start-up cannot be made. In this condition, the power save LED blinks in
orange when power switch is turned ON and placed in the ISW stand-by mode.
In this status, write the OACB firmware (I1 to I5 all) in ISWTrns using a PC.
Note
Firmware can only be written in ISWTrns.
(2) For other boards, when the firmware of the overall controller is normal and something is wrong
with other firmware, a malfunction code is shown on the touch panel when the power is turned
ON. In that case, enter the service mode and perform ISW normally.
138
ISWTrns
5.2.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
5.2
Specifications
A. ISWTrns (PC software)

(1) Operating environment of the software
OS:
CPU:
Windows95/98/98SE/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP
Pentium 75MHz or above
Memory:
32MB or more
Free space in hard disk:
100MB or more
Others:
PC provided with parallel (printer) or USB interface (type A)
(2) Transmission time
Varies according to each PC.
(3) Parts required to conduct the ISW
Personal computer (PC): 1

IBM-compatible PC/AT, Provided with D-sub25 pin parallel (printer) interface or USB interface
ISWTrns setup program
Parallel cable or USB cable: 1
Firmware
Item
Board to be rewritten
Specifications
Overall control board (OACB), Printer control board (PRCB), DF control
board (DFCB), FNS control board (FNSCB), FD control board (FDCB),
SD control board (SDCB), LS control board (LSCB), RU control board
(RUCB), PB control board (PBCB)
Rewritable firmware
Image control
Collective (I0), I1 to I5
Printer control
ADF
Stapler (FS-503)
N1
Stapler (FS-607,FS-520)
N2
Multi-folder
Saddle stitcher
Stacker
RU
Perfect Binder
Note
For boards other than the above, ROM replacement is required.
139
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
5.2.2
Installation of the ISWTrns
Install the ISWTrns program to the PC.

(1) Procedure
Step
Operation
Start the PC.
Copy the setup files to the PC and double click the [Setup.exe] file to start the install program.
Note
When the old version of the ISWTrns remains, uninstall the old version first, and then
install the new version.
"ISWTrns setup screen"

Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which an installation is made, and then
click [Next].
Note
For default, "C: \ Program Files \ KONICA MINOLTA
\ ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an installation is made.
When changing the folder to which an installation is made, click [Browse] and specify
the folder.
4
Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which the ISWTrns program is stored
and then click [Next].
Note
For default, "ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an installation is made.
When changing the folder to which an installation is made, enter the folder name
directly, or select one from the existing folder displayed.
140
Following the instructions on the screen, click [Finish].
The installation of the ISWTrns program is automatically completed.
Step
Operation
Select [ISWTrns] from the start menu or double-click the [ISWTrns] icon on the desk top to start up
"ISWTrns dialogue screen"
the ISWTrns program.

Click [OK] to set the storage folder of the firmware.
Note
This screen is shown only when the program is started for the first time after installing
the ISWTrns.
9
"Option screen"
Click [Make Folder].
Note
A folder (C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\ISWTrns) into which the ISWTrns program
is installed as a storage folder is set by default.
When changing the storage folder, click [Browse] to specify it arbitrarily or enter it
directly in the editor box in full path.
Clicking [Make Folder] creates hierarchical folders with the storage folder set above as
a route.
10
"Option screen"
Click [OK].
Note
This operation allows the data folder created in step 9 to be stored in the INI file of the
ISWTrns program.
141
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
5.2.3
Usage of the ISWTrns
A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/XP)

When a connection is made between the PC and the main body with a USB cable, the installation of the USB
driver is automatically started by the plug-and-play. However, this may result in the installation of the Windows
USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS), be sure to set the USB driver following the steps given below.
(1) Procedure
Step
Operation
Connect one end of the USB cable to the main body.
Connect the other end of the USB cable to the USB connector of the PC.
From the screen below, select "Install from a list or specific location," and then click [Next].
The driver is stored in C:\WINDOWS\Drivers\Usb.
In the "Please choose your search and installation options" screen, select "Don't search. I will choose
Select USB driver in the driver selection screen and click [Next] to start the installation.
the driver to install," and then click [Next].

Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA Pro_C6500/C5500 USB Driver for ISW
When the "Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard" screen is displayed, click [Finish] to exit the
installation.
142
Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
Check the "Device Manager screen" to see if the USB driver has been correctly installed.
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA Pro_C6500/C5500 USB Driver for ISW
B. Setting the communication method

(1) Parallel port setup
When using ISWTrns program for parallel port data transfer, ECP mode settings of the PC parallel need to be
canceled. ISWTrns does not support parallel port data transfer in ECP mode. Because of the above, an error
occurs during transfer and cancels the transfer if it is done in ECP mode. Therefore using ISWTrns in a PC with
ECP settings, the ECP mode need to be canceled.
1)
Cancelling procedure of the ECP port
Cancel the ECP mode following the procedure given below.

Step
1
2
Operation
Start the PC.
Open "System" in the "Control panel" and select "Device manager" then look for LPT1 in the "Port
(COM and LPT)".
ECP port when the LPT1 port is "ECP printer port (LPT1)"
Normal parallel port when the LPT1 port is "Printer port (LPT1)"
When the printer port is set to ECP port, change the BIOS settings of the PC and cancel the ECP
port.
Note
Contact the system administrator to cancel the ECP mode as it varies depending on the
PC to change the BIOS.
143
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Firmware copy
By using the ISWTrns, copy the firmware to be transferred to the main body and save it into the specified folder.
(1) Procedure
Step
Operation
Start the PC.
Select [ISWTrns] from the start menu or double click the [ISWTrns] icon on the desktop to start up the
Click [Option (O)] from the menu and then click [Option (O)].
"Option screen"
ISWTrns.
Click [Data Copy].
"File Copy screen"

Click [Browse].
Select the folder into which firmware is stored as a copied file.
Note
The folder selected is shown in the upper display section of the "Original Files."
In the lower display section of the "Original Files," the firmware related files stored in the
folder are shown.
Select a file you want to copy from the lower display section of the "Original Files."
Note
The plural transferred files (rewritten data) can be selected.
When copying all of the files that are displayed, skip this step and proceed to step 7.
144
Step
Operation
Clicking [Copy] automatically copies the selected file into the specified folder created by installing the
ISWTrns.
Note
When copying all of the files that are displayed in the lower display section of the "Original Files", click [Copy All] instead of [Copy].
In the upper display section of the "Copied Files", a folder name created at the setup of
the ISWTrns is displayed.
In the list shown in the lower display section of the "Copied Files," the copy of which has
been successfully completed are listed in full path. In the "Failed to Copy Files", files the
copy of which have been failed are listed. As the causes of failure, following are considered.
A. There exists a file of the same name and "O/W" is not checked.
B. Cannot find the folder to be stored.
C. An overwrite is made on an overwrite-prohibited file.
When changing a file that is currently stored into a new data, click the overwrite check
box to make a check mark.
After completion of copy, click [Refresh].
Click [Cancel] to get back to "option screen."
10
"Option screen"
Click [OK].
145
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Preparation for transfer of the main body

(1) Checking the firmware version
Before rewriting firmware, be sure to check the current firmware version following the procedure given below.
Step
1
146
Operation
Enter the Service mode.
Press the [08 Firmware Version] in "Service Mode Menu" screen.
Press the [01 ROM Version] in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
" ROM Version Indication screen"
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) ISW transfer standby

Open the Service mode of the main body to put the ISW transfer in the standby condition.
Step
1
Operation
Press the [12 ISW] in "Service Mode Menu" screen.
Press the [01 ISW] in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
"Board Type Selection" screen
Press the button corresponding to the firmware to be rewritten.

e.g.) <Image Control> Collective (I0)
"ISW Mode <Image Control: Collective (I0)> screen"
147
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Connection to the main body

(1) When using the parallel cable
Prepare the followings before connecting to the main body.
PC which firmware have been copied.
Parallel cable
1)
Procedure
Step
Operation
Turn OFF the power of the main body.
Turn OFF the power of the PC.
Connect the parallel cable [2] to the IEEE1284 port [1] of the PC.
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c176na
Connect the parallel cable [1] of the PC to the ISW connector [2] of the main body.
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c132ca
148
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) When using the USB cable

Prepare the followings before connecting to the main body.
PC which firmware have been copied.
USB cable
1)
Procedure
Step
1
Operation
Turn OFF the power of the main body.
Turn OFF the power of the PC.
Connect the UBS cable [2] to the USB port [1] of the PC.
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c178na
Connect the USB cable [1] of the PC to the ISW connector [2] of the main body.
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c133ca
149
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
F.
Rewriting of firmware
(1) Relationship between the ISW and the display of the operation panel
When the ISWTrns starts up, the main screen is displayed. In the main screen, the transmission file (firmware) is
selected, the information is displayed, the checksum and the transmission file are sent out. For detailed information of the functions, refer to the following.
[3]
[2]
[4]
[1]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[1] File status information list

View detailed information about the version file when firmware is selected.
[2] Select type frame
Select condition for a transfer file. When selecting all of the four types of the combo boxes, a folder [4] is set
from the information set in the ISWTrns.INI file. The setting of the selected combo boxes are saved to the
ISWTrns.INI file and it is displayed initially when started next time.
[3]Version selection frame
This frame let you select which version of a transfer file you want to be transmitted when more than one version is stored in a folder.
[4] Version storage folder edit box
When the select type frame of [2] is decided, a folder name is displayed in full path from the information of
the data folder set in the option window and the INI file. When the firmware is in a folder other than the
specified data folder, this can be changed by clicking [Browse] [6] to specify the file location or entering
directly the file location. A firmware corresponding to the INI file conditions in the folder shown here is displayed in the list box of [5].
[5] Version file selection list box
Displays files that are in the folder selected at [4]. When more than one version files are stored in the same
folder, all versions are displayed in this list box. The list displayed here is sorted in the order of names, and
an item displayed last is selected when the list is displayed. Changing the selected item decides a firmware
version to be transmitted.
[6] Version file [Browse]
This key is used when the firmware is in a folder other than the specified data folder. Display the folder
selection screen to select the folder of [4].
[7] Send file information frame
Display the list of firmware to be actually transmitted based on the information selected in the frames [2] and
[3], and click [FileCheck] [9] to display the checksum of the file and the consistency (OK, NG, ??) of the
checksum.
[8] Send file information display list
When version files are selected at [5], files to be actually transmitted are displayed. The number of files actually transmitted is described in the checksum attached to the firmware. Click [FileCheck] at [9] to calculate
the checksum of the entire displayed files. And compare the obtained value with the checksum value stored
in the checksum file (*.sum) attached to the firmware to display the result.
150
[9] [FileCheck]
With a transmission file displayed in "SendFile info" of [8], press this key to calculate the file checksum
(checksum of the entire file) of the displayed transmission file and show a result beside the transmission file.
And also, compare the result of the checksum with the checksum file attached to the firmware and display
the obtained result in the form shown below.
"OK": Accord
"NG": Not accord
"??": Checksum file (*.sum) not found
[10] [FileSend]
Starts the transmission of the transferred file.
(2) Procedure
e.g.) When the overall program (ALL) is written.
Step
1
Operation
Start the ISWTrns program.
Click [Set-up (S)] from the menu and then click [Communication setting (C)].
"Set Communication" screen

Select a port through which the transmission is made and click [OK].
Note
When [Parallel] is selected, be sure to specify [Port] as well.
4
Select the machine type, the destination and the board types.
Machine type: Pro_C6500 or Pro_C5500, Country: EU, Board type: I1/I5 (ALL)
The data to be used is displayed in the version selection frame and the send file information frame.
151
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
6

Operation
Press the [FileCheck] to check if the file to be used has any problems.
Note
The files (I1 to I5 all) of Pro_C5500 or Pro_C6500 cannot be written in Pro_C6500. Doing
so will be detected as model name abnormality and the data wont be written in.
7
152
Place the main body in the ISW standby condition.
First, press [Start] on the touch panel, then click [FileSend] in ISWTrns.
The following window is displayed on the PC while in the file transfer.
10
Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
The following screen is displayed when transmission of the file is complete.

"ISWTrns"
"Touch panel"
11
"ISWTrns"
Click [OK].
"Touch panel"
Press [Continue] when conducting the ISW successively.
To end ISW, press [End].
The main body automatically restarts when [End] is pressed.
12
Check the firmware version in the service mode to see if the ISW is completed successfully.
153
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
5.2.4
Error list
A. Overall control board firmware abnormality

When the main body detects an overall control board firmware abnormality after turning ON the power switch,
the power save LED turns ON with nothing displayed on the LCD of the operation panel (ISW stand-by condition). For details of the power save LED display, refer to the table below.
No.
1
Operation
Power save LED status
CPU in initialization when the power is turned on
OFF
Flash memory in checking
OFF
An error is detected while in memory check (ISW standby status)
Blinks in orange
ISW processing (data being received from the PC and firmware being
Blinks in green
written)
5
When abnormality is detected while in data transmission
Blinks in red and green

alternately
When an error is detected while in writing firmware
Blinks in red
Memory check completed successfully: During reboot
OFF
B. ISWTrns error list

The ISWTrns displays messages when an error is shown or the operation is completed. The table below shows
the contents of the message and the status of the ISWTrns.
Message
Cannot open a checksum file
Status of the ISWTrns

Opening of a checksum file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted
file and a file in use.
Cannot read a checksum file
Loading of a checksum file into memory failed. Possible causes include a

shortage of memory and an OS problem.
Cannot open a file
Opening of a send file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted file and
Cannot open the LPT port
Opening of the LPT port failed.
Communications port setup
A call to GetCommState failed.
a file in use.
acquisition error
Communications port setup error
A call to SetCommState failed.
Cannot open a send file
Opening of a send file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted file and
a file in use.
Cannot send a Term Test file
Transmission of a communications test block failed.

1. The main body is not ready to receive.
2. The cable is out of position.
3. Transmission of the wrong send file was attempted.
Unsuccessful file transmission
The transmission of a send file failed. Possible causes include a cable

out of position.
Unsuccessful transmission to the
Output to the LPT port failed. Possible causes include a cable out of
LPT port
position.
Invalid folder name
An invalid folder name was entered. Start a folder name with a drive
name, such as C:\.
Default data folder is not set.
154
A data folder is not set in ISWTrns.INI.
Please select folder.
This message is displayed when ISW Trns launches for the fist time.
Unsuccessful thread creation
The creation of a thread failed.
Message
No send file available
Unable to copy several files
Status of the ISWTrns

No file to copy file is selected or exists in the folder.
1. The destination folder does not exist.
2. When the overwrite check box is not checked, an attempt is made to
copy to a file having the same file name.
3. An attempt is made to overwrite a protected file.
4. Any other cause (such as a file being used by another application or
OS problem)
Send file not found, or invalid file
The number of divisions of a send file recorded in the checksum file and
name in the folder. Check.
the number of files actually existing do not match.

1. When a file with an illegal name is in the data folder, or a file name that
seems to be illegal is displayed in the folder list.
2. The number of files in a divided file is wanting. Identify the wanting files
in the folder list and copy them again.
3. When the checksum file is damaged, copy it to the folder again.
C. Main body error list

The following shows the malfunction code.
Code
Error
41
Input data format abnormality
42
Input data model name abnormality
43
Input data board name abnormality
Applicable program
Common
64
Rewritten address error
F (DFCB)
81
Input device abnormality, such as input time-out
Common
C1
Flash ROM deletion failure
I (OACB)
C2
Flash ROM writing error
C3
Checksum abnormality
C4
Output device abnormality, such as output time-out
E1
Program SUM check error
F (DFCB)
Flash ROM deletion failure
C (PRCB) /H (FDCB)
E2
Flash ROM writing error
E3
Blank check error
Common
/B (SDCB) /N (FNSCB)
/S (LSCB)
Communication error
F (DFCB)
C (PRCB) /H (FDCB)
/B (SDCB) /N (FNSCB)
/S (LSCB)
100
Network, USB memory connection error
101
Network, USB memory file error
102
Communication error with the USB memory
4xx
HTTP error (protocol regulations error, was able to connect to
5xx
FTP error (protocol regulations error, was able to connect to net-
Common
network, but an error was returned from the server)

work, but an error was returned from the server)
155
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. ISWTrms troubleshooting
When an error occurs while in the execution of the ISWTrns program.
Condition
1
Causes
The ISWTrns does not
The ISWTrns.EXE file is damaged
start up.
The setup files itself is damaged.
Measure taken
Set it up again.
Check the setup files and set it up
again.
When an item in the
The transferred file is not stored in the
Check to see if the firmware file is
combo box is selected,
specified folder.
stored in the folder displayed in the
the transferred file is
"File" text box of "Version." Use the
not displayed.
"Data Copy" function if the file storage

location is unknown.
The data folder in the option screen is
Check the setting of the data folder.
set incorrectly.
Use the "Data Copy" function if the file

storage location is unknown.
The file name is illegal (or has been
The file name must be used with no
changed.)
change made. When the file name is

changed, the display or selection of
the file becomes unavailable. When
the file name is changed, return it to
former state.
The folder name is illegal (or has been
When the folder name created by the
changed.)
"Make Folder" in the option screen

has been changed, it cannot be
found. Return it to former state and
check it again.
"NG" is displayed while
The transferred firmware is damaged.
in the file checksum.
Copy the firmware and check it again.

When "NG" still recurs, contact the
supplier of the firmware.
"??" is displayed while
When the firmware was copied to the
Copy the checksum file into the same
in the file checksum.
PC, the copying of the checksum file
folder as the one for the firmware at
(*.sum) was forgotten.
the same time. (If you use the "Data

Copy" function, a copy is made automatically.)
156
The transfer of the file failed.
Condition
5
Causes
Measure taken
An error "Cannot
The file is being used by anther pro-
Exit another program. The error still
open a file" is dis-
gram or system.
recurs, reboot Windows.
An error "Cannot
The connection of the cable is loos-
Check the cable to see if it is con-
send a Term Test
ened.
nected securely or if there is any prob-
played.
file" is displayed.
lem found with the cable itself.

The main body is not in the receiving
Check the main body to see if it is in
condition.
the receiving condition.
An error "Unsuc-
The connection of the cable is loos-
Check the cable to see if it is con-
cessful transmis-
ened.
nected securely or if there is any prob-
sion to the LPT

port" is displayed.
lem found with the cable itself.

Wrong data has been sent.
Check the file status screen to see if

the receiving mode on the main body
side (type of receiving board) corresponds with the transferred file on the
PC side.
The length of the cable is out of spec-
Use a cable the length of which is less
ifications.
than 2 m.
The parallel port of the PC is set to
Cancel the ECP mode with reference
the ECP mode.
to the PC manual.
There is a compatibility problem
Conduct a test with a PC that has a
between the parallel port of the PC
track record of transmitting, and
and the port on the main body side.
check if there is any compatibility

problem found.
157
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
5.3
USB memory ISW
5.3.1
Usage of the USB memory ISW
Note
The "Service Port Device" must be set to [On] in the settings menu mode of the "User Setting-System Setting-service Port Device", or the USB memory ISW cannot be used.
A. Procedure
Step
1
Operation
Save the firmware to the USB memory in the folder structure described below.
PRO_C6500
PRO_C5500
I
I
I0
I0
I1
I1
I2
I2
I3
I3
I4
I4
I5
I5
N2
F
N1
N2
S
R
F
J
Note
Create the PRO_C6500 orPRO_C5500 folder directly under the USB memory route.
Several firmware can be saved to a folder. However 24 files is the maximum it can display on the touch panel. Also, two byte font cannot be displayed.
Maximum 40 letters for a file name.
158
Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
Connect the USB memory [1] to the main body service port [2].
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c134ca
"Service Mode Menu screen"
"ISW Menu screen"
"Board Type Selection screen"
Press [12 ISW].

Press [01 ISW].
Press [USB Memory ISW], once the 1shot message "Connection of a USB memory has been recognized." is displayed, press the button that is applicable to the firmware be rewritten.
159
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
9

Operation
e.g.) <Image Control> Collective (I0)

The file in the USB memory applicable folder will be displayed. (Maximum 24 files)
Select the version of the file you want to rewrite, and press [OK]
Note
From the file name, the file availability is judged and the result is shown by text color.
White: File effective as ISW.
Yellow: Special ROM file.
Red: File other than ISW or file for different destination.
Press [Limit] to display only the effective files, files can be sorted by pressing [File
Name], [Date], [Size (byte)].
10
"External Memory Device ISW Mode" screen

Check the type and name of file to conduct ISW, and press [Start].
Note
Press [File Select] to return to the file name selection screen.
Press [ROM Select] to return to the board type selection screen.
160
11
12
Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
The following screen is displayed when ISW is complete.

To end the ISW, pull out the USB memory from the service port, then press [End].
The main body automatically restarts when [End] is pressed.
13
5.3.2
Main body error list
When an error occurs during USB memory ISW operation, the malfunction code is displayed on the touch panel.
(See P.155)
161
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
5.4
Internet ISW
5.4.1
OUTLINE
"Internet ISW" is a system to operate the ISW by the main body automatically receiving firmware from the program server, using Web browser, main body operation panel, or Internet mail (E-mail) to direct the ISW. ISW can
be operated at the customer facility without carrying the program, if Internet ISW using main body operation
panel or Web browser is used. Also, with Internet ISW using mail remote notification system, ISW can be operated remotely.
5.4.2
To use the Internet ISW function, the following conditions must to be met.
The main body must be connected to the network environment that allows the download of firmware from
the Internet by using ftp or http protocol.
The following four are status of "Internet ISW" not operating in the main unit.
The main power switch (SW1) is OFF.
The sub power switch (SW2) is OFF.
The copier is in the auto shut-off mode.
When the "Security Strengthen Set" is set to ON, the main body NIC other than the CS Remote Care cannot be used.
During print operation, or various JOB (including reserve JOB) exists, or suspended JOB exists during main
body idling.
Using modes other than normal mode
Paper jam has occurred
Image file exists in the image memory
Program type, board do not match
5.4.3
Initial settings
To use the Internet ISW, it is necessary to set in advance the network parameter, program server address and
the fire wall address etc. of the main body.
A. Settings from the operation panel
To introduce the main body into the network, set the IP address of the main body from the operation panel.
When this setting has been already made, proceed to "B. Settings from the Web browser" .
(1) Procedure
Step
Operation
Press the [Utility Menu/Counter] key on the operation panel.
Press [03 Machine Admin. Setting].
Press [05 Network Setting].
Enter [01 Machine NIC Setting].
Type in [IP Address], [Subnet Mask], [Gateway Address].
Restart the main body by turning the sub power switch (SW2) OFF/ON.
Note
The IP address etc. of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars, contact the system administrator.
162
B. Settings from the Web browser

Enter the setting of the program server from the Web browser. At this time, in order to use the Web browser,
make preparations of the PC that can be introduced into the network.
Note
For all the settings, "Space" cannot be set.
When an incorrect setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to correct it following the error
message. Correcting no input error may result in the download error of the program.
(1) Procedure
Step
1
Operation
Start up the Web browser.
When the proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessed.
For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02,
Netscape Navigator 7.1 or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, be sure to avoid setting from two
or more browsers at a time.
Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered thorough "A. Settings from the operation
panel".
When you access the Web Utilities of the main body, "Main page screen" is displayed.
"Main page" screen
Copyright 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

3
"Main page screen"
Enter user name and CE password in the window and press [OK].
Click [Extension for maintenance].

User name: ce (small letter, cannot be changed)
Password: Enter the CE password. (Default: "92729272")
163
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
5
Operation
"Extension for maintenance screen"
Click [Internet ISW].
"Internet ISW screen"

Click [Initial Setting].
164
Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
"Proxy Server Setting screen"
Set the proxy server settings.
When using no proxy server (fire wall), proceed to the step 9.
Enable proxy
Select the following.

When not using proxy: "no."
When using ftp proxy: "Use ftp proxy."
When using http proxy: "Use http proxy."
Proxy Server Type
When selecting "Use ftp proxy" in "Enable Proxy," then select a

proxy server type from among the below.
Type 1: "User user@host"
Type 2: "OPEN host"
Type 3: "FW user => FW password => SITE host"
Type 4: "FW user => FW password => User user@host"
Note
Types 2, 3, and 4 are unsupported.
For authentication of proxy server, see "5.4.8 Authentication of the proxy server in the Internet ISW" .
Proxy Server IP Address
When using the proxy server, set the IP address of the proxy
server.
Port Number
When using the proxy server, set the number of the port that
uses the proxy server.
User name on the proxy
When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
server
set the account of the proxy server.
Password for the proxy server
When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above

set the password of the proxy server.
After completion of entry, click [Next] and then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Next]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in
red and then re-set the item.
165
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
9
Operation
"Program Server Setting screen"
Set the program server settings. (When using the proxy)
Program Server Address
Set the address of the server into which the program to be down
loaded is stored. Select the protocol to be used from the pulldown menu left and enter the address after that in the text box
on the right. In the case of ftp, it is a relative path from the home
directory.
User name on the program
Enter the account name of the program server.
server
Password for the program
Enter the password of the program server.
server
Receiving time out
Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is out,
the down load of the program forcibly comes to an end, and the
system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.
10
After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.
11
Set the program server settings. (When not using the proxy)
Protocol
Select the protocol that receives the program.
Program Server IP Address
Set the IP address of the server that stores the firmware to be
Target directory
With http, set the path after the host domain. Also, with ftp, set
downloaded.
the relative pass from the home directory.
User name on the program
Enter the account name of the program server.
server
Password for the program
Enter the password of the program server.
server
Receiving time out
Set the receiving time out of the firmware. When the time is out,
the down load of the firmware forcibly comes to an end, and the
system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.
12
After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.
166
Step
13
Operation
Conduct the Download test.

In the down load test, "test.dat" is down loaded from the program server set in the initial setting
to check the connection. When the down load test failed, re-check the set items following the
error message.
When the down load test is successfully completed, the communication speed and the estimated receiving time are displayed as shown below. Refer to the "Receiving time out" setting.
When the down load test failed, the response malfunction code from the server is display as
shown below. Since there may be a setting error, re-check the initialization.
167
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
5.4.4
Internet ISW using the Web Utilities
Using the Web Utilities of the main body allows the customer engineer, by just making a click from the browser,
to download the programs from the program server automatically for rewriting.
(1) Procedure
Step
1
Operation
Proceed to "Internet ISW" on the Web Utilities.
"Internet ISW screen"
The firmware version of the board is displayed beside each of the board types.
Select one ISW intended board at the item of "ISW." When specifying a file name to be download,
enter it in the [File name] text box.
When firmware file name is not specified, it will be rewritten in the following files stored in the program
server.
I0
bootI0.bin
I1
bootI1.bin
I2
bootI2.bin
I3
bootI3.bin
I4
bootI4.bin
I5
bootI5.bin
C1
bootC1.bin
N1
bootN1.bin
N2
bootN2.bin
bootF1.bin
S1
bootS1.bin
H1
bootH1.bin
R1
bootR1.bin
J1
bootJ1.bin
bootN1.bin is for FS-503, bootN2. bin is for FS-607, FS-520.
bootB1.bin
F1
Note
168
B1
Step
3
Operation
After completion of entry, click the [ISW].
If there is an input error, click [Back] following the message displayed in red and then enter the item
again.
ISW condition verification

Power save LED will blink green when downloading program. Also by the web screen, the present
operation status and errors can be checked.
"ISW is downloading"
"ISW is writing"
"Finish"
"ISW was canceled due to transferring problem"
"ISW was canceled due to transferring overtime"
"ISW was canceled due to writing proglem to flash memory"
The main unit will automatically restart and complete ISW when ISW is normally completed.
After the main unit has restarted, check that the firmware version has been updated successfully in
the "Internet ISW main screen".
5.4.5
Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system
When the customer engineer sends a mail that describes the key word briefly to the main body, the main body
that receives that mail can download the program from the program server to conduct the rewrite automatically.
For the operating environment and initial setting, see "4.3 Mail remote notification system".
(1) Usage of the Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system
For a command that is sent to the main body and its options, see the table given below.
Command
ISW
Option
Descriptions
I0, I1, I2, I3, I4, I5
Specifies a board that execute ISW.
C1
I: Overall control board (OACB)
F1
C: Printer control board (PRCB)
H1
F: DF control board (DFCB)
N1
H: FD control board (FDCB)
N2
N1: FS-503 control board (FNSCB)
B1
N2: FS-607,FS-520 control board (FNSCB)
S1
B1: SD control board (SDCB)
R1
S1: LS control board (LSCB)
J1
R1: RU control board (RUCB)

J1: PB control board (PBCB)
By specifying "= firmware file name" following the option name, the
specified file in the program server can be turned into ISW.
e.g.) ISW I0=A03U001_00I0_G00_1000.bin
5 (minimum)
Specify the time of validity of the mail. (Unit: in minutes) When no
1440 (maximum)
specification is made, 90 minutes are employed.

When the time period after CE sends out a mail until the main body
receive the mail exceeds the time specified here, ISW is not conducted.
e.g.) ISW I0 5
ISWHELP
(Not specified)
A help mail that describes the usage of the commands above is

returned.
169
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
When firmware file name is not specified, it will be rewritten in the following files saved in the program server.
I0
bootI0.bin
I1
bootI1.bin
I2
bootI2.bin
I3
bootI3.bin
I4
bootI4.bin
I5
bootI5.bin
C1
bootC1.bin
N1
bootN1.bin
N2
bootN2.bin
B1
bootB1.bin
F1
bootF1.bin
S1
bootS1.bin
H1
bootH1.bin
R1
bootR1.bin
J1
bootJ1.bin
Note
bootN1.bin is for FS-503, bootN2.bin is for FS-607, FS-520.
(2) Mail sending
Refer to "4.3 Mail remote notification system" for sending mail.
Note
The number of commands that can be written down on a mail is only 1. When two or more commands are written down, the second and the succeeding commands are ignored.
(3) Return mail
In the following cases, a mail is returned from the main body.
After receiving an ISW start mail, the main body starts ISW. (A command sent and the firmware version
before ISW are written down.)
When the ISW completed (sent command and the firmware version after ISW will be listed)
When the time of validity of the mail expires. (A command sent is written down.)
5.4.6
Notes for use
(1) Notice to the administrator

When conducting the Internet ISW, be sure to notify the administrator of it and get approval from administrator in
advance.
Be sure to execute ISW with the main body not used. However, when the main body is in use (jobs present), the
Internet ISW does not operate.
(2) Power cut while in the ISW
While in the ISW rewrite, the operation panel and the power switch (SW2) are locked. However, when the main
power source is turned off due to power cut etc., the main body cannot start up.
However, this is a problem encountered while in the overall control board (OACB) rewrite. As for other errors
while in the ISW, they can be rewritten by the Internet ISW again.
Should the main body be not able to start due to the reason above, go to the actual place and use ISWTrns to
conduct the rewrite of the program.
170
5.4.7
Internet ISW using the operation panel
When the customer engineer uses the Internet ISW from the operation panel, with no PC brought with, the main
body can download the program from the program server to conduct the rewrite automatically.
(1) Procedure
e.g.) When rewrite the overall control board (OACB) firmware (ALL).
Step
Operation
Display "ISW Mode screen"
Press [Internet ISW] on the screen, then press [Collective (I0)] of the <Image Control>.
171
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Step
3

Operation
Press the [Start] and download the latest firmware to start the rewrite.
In a case in which the download of an old version firmware is required, press the [File Name Input]
key and enter the file name manually.
The following screen is displayed when ISW is complete.

To end the ISW, press [End].
The main body will automatically restart when [End] is pressed.
172
(2) Main body error list

When an error occurs during Internet ISW operation, the malfunction code is displayed on the touch panel.
(See P.155)
5.4.8
Authentication of the proxy server in the Internet ISW
A. Proxy server
Proxy server which is provided on the inside of the fire wall is the generic name of a mail server that serves the
proxy of a client who receives an access demand (HTTP and FTP) from the client.
B. Authentication of the proxy server
There are four types of authentication methods for the proxy server.
The Internet ISW is corresponding to these four types.
C. Authentication type of the proxy server and the command list
(1) Type 1: User user@host
When accessing the outside through the proxy, authentication to the proxy server is not required.
When accessing the outside through the proxy server, the entry of the user name and password of the proxy
server is not required, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.
Command
Command
Parameter
Reply Code
USER
User@host
331
PASS
password
230
Description
Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
Transmit the password for the user name above
(2) Type 2: OPEN host

This is almost the same as the type 1, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 1 authentication, apply this
type.
Command
Command
OPEN
Parameter
host
Reply Code
ftp expanded
Description
Transmit the program server address
function, defined
for each server
USER
user
331
Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS
password
230
173
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(3) Type 3: FW user = > FW password = > SITE host

This is a type that requires the authentication to the proxy server itself when accessing the outside.
The information of the server you want to access, the user name and password of the proxy server (F/W) are
necessary.
In case of the user name and the password of the proxy server are required when accessing the outside through
the proxy server, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.
Command
Command
USER
Parameter
FW user
Reply Code
331
Description
Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS
FW password
230
SITE
host
ftp expanded
Transmit the program server address
function, defined
for each server
USER
user
331
Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS
password
230
(4) Type 4: FW user = > FW password = > USER user @host

This is almost the same as the type 3, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 3 authentication, apply this
type.
Command
Command
USER
Parameter
FW user
Reply Code
331
Description
Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS
FW password
230
USER
user@host name
331
Transmit the user name of the program server and the
PASS
password
230
program server address

D. Remark
For fwtk2.1 (for Unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), the type 1 authentication is used. For most of the
proxy servers, the type 1 authentication is used. When the authentication type of the proxy server is not known,
you are recommended to make settings in type 1 authentication as a temporary measure.
174
5.5
5.5.1
Counter list obtaining with USB memory

Outline
By connecting a USB memory to the service port, the counter list information can be saved in the USB memory
in text file format.
5.5.2
List that can be obtained
(1) Counter list

(2) Mode memory list
(3) User setting list
(4) Use management list
(5) Audit log report
(6) Management list
(7) Adjustment list
(8) Coverage Data list
(9) Communication log list *
*Communication log list is output to the file when DIPSW30-1 is ON.
5.5.3
Obtaining method
A. Preparation
(1) Set the Service Port Device settings [On].
(2) Connect the USB memory to the Service Port.
B. Procedure
1
Press the [Utility Menu/Counter] key in the user mode.
Press [Details].
"Detail Counter List screen"
After the following message appears, remove the USB memory.
Press the key in the order of [Help] - [Utility Menu/Counter] - [Mode Check].
Note
Do not remove the USB memory before the message disappears. The data is being output to the
file while the message is displayed.
If the USB memory is removed while the message is displayed, the file cannot be saved properly.
C. File saving destination
The list print data file is saved to the root directory in the USB memory.
D. File name
The file name is defined as follows. When the same file name exists, it is overwritten with new data.
listprint + Machine type + Destination code + Serial No._Year_Date_Time.txt
e.g.) listprintA03U020000285_2007_0404_1749.txt
175
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6. OTHERS
6.1
Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted
6.1.1
Scanner section
A. CCD unit
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
The eight screws for the CCD unit.
The four attaching screws of the lens reference plate assy
[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
Screws not allowed to be removed
[4]
CCD unit
[2]
[5]
Lens reference plate assy
a03uf2c125ca
(2) Reason for prohibition

Since the accuracy of the CCD unit is guaranteed as a unit, no accuracy is guaranteed if it is disassembled.
Therefore, screws that lead to the disassembly of the CCD unit must not be removed.
The lens reference plate assy is a reference for the positioning the CCD unit. If the lens reference plate assy is
removed, the optical axis of the CCD unit may become misaligned. Therefore, the attaching screws of the lens
reference assy must not be removed.
176
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Mirror unit/Exposure unit

Positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit.
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c126ca
[1]
Exposure unit
[2]
Mirror unit

The distance between the mirror unit and the exposure unit relates to the magnification of the sub-scan direction
for scanning the original. Therefore, the positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit must not be arbitrarily
adjusted. Should the exposure unit and the scanner wire need to be removed, reinstallation of them must be
made using the optics unit adjustment jig.
177
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.1.2

Write section
A. Write unit cover

The seven screws for the write unit installation
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c127ca
[2]
Write unit cover

A laser beam path runs through inside of the write unit. Opening the cover allows dust and dirt to enter deep into
the write unit and they may block the laser beam path. Therefore, the attaching screws of the write unit cover
must not be removed.
178
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Installing section of the write unit

The four attaching screws of the write unit mounting plate
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03uf2c128ca
[1]
[4]
Write unit /C
[2]
Write unit mounting plate
[5]
Write unit /M
[3]
Write unit /K
[6]
Write unit /Y

The write unit mounting plates are a reference for positioning the write units accurately with respect to the
drums. The removal of the write unit mounting plate may cause an image distortion by lack of parallelism
between the drum and the write unit. Therefore, the attaching screws of the write unit mounting plate must not
be removed.
179
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.1.3

Photoconductor section
A. Parts not allowed to be removed
An attaching screw of the drum cartridge end plate /Fr
An attaching screw of the drum cartridge end plate /Fr
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[5]
a03uf2c129ca
[1]
[4]
End plate /Rr
[2]
End plate /Fr
[5]
Drum cartridge
[3]
B. Reason for prohibition

Clearance between the drum and the developing roller has been precisely adjusted by the position of the end
plate /Fr and Rr. Therefore, the attaching screws of the end plate /Fr and Rr must not be removed.
180

Intermediate transfer section
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.1.4
6. OTHERS
An attaching screw of the tension adjusting plate
[2]
[1]
[3]
[1]
[2]
Belt
[3]
a03uf2c130ca
Tension adjusting plate

The belt tension has been precisely adjusted with the tension adjusting plate. Therefore, the attaching screw of
the tension adjusting plate must not be removed.
181
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.1.5

Fusing unit section
The two attaching screws of the pressure roller arm /Fr
The two attaching screws of the pressure roller arm /Rr
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c131ca
[1]
[3]
[2]
Pressure roller arm /Fr
[4]
Pressure roller arm /Rr

The fusing belt position has been precisely adjusted by the pressure roller arm /Fr and /Rr. Therefore, the attaching screw of the pressure roller arm /Fr and /Rr must not be removed.
182
6.2
6. OTHERS
Disassembly/reassembly parts list
Note
The table below lists parts other than the periodically replaced part. The disassembly/reassembly
procedures of them are described on the following pages, however, except for the covers, they do
not need to be removed under normal conditions.
For information on how to replace the periodically replaced parts, see "3.4 Maintenance procedure of the housing section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of OT-502".
No.
1
Section
Part name
Reference page
Rear cover
P.184
Left cover
P.184
Right cover /Up1
P.185
Right cover /Up2
P.185
Right cover /Up3
P.185
Right cover /Lw1
P.185
Right cover /Lw2
P.185
Original glass assy
P.186
Upper cover /Fr
P.187
10
Upper cover /Rt
P.187
11
Upper cover /Lt
P.187
12
Upper cover /Rr1
P.188
13
Upper cover /Rr2
P.188
14
Main board unit
P.188
CCD unit
P.190
16
Exposure unit
P.192
17
Exposure lamp
P.195
18
Scanner wire (for removing)
P.196
19
Scanner wire (for installing)
P.198
15
Cover
Scanner section
20
Write section
Write unit
P.201
21
Process section
Process unit
P.203
22
P.204
23
Toner collection sec-
Belt collection pipe
P.205
24
tion
P.205
P.205
ADU
P.218
27
Lock lever /1
P.220
28
Lock lever /2
P.220
Paper feed tray
P.222
Tray up/down wire
P.223
P.226
32
Thermostat /1 (TS1)
P.226
33
Thermostat /2 (TS2)
P.226
34
P.229
35
Thermostat /3 (TS3)
P.229
OT
P.231
25
26
29
ADU section
Paper feed section
30
31
36
Fusing unit
OT
183
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3
6.3.1
Disassembly/reassembly procedure
Removing/reinstalling rear cover
A. Procedure
[2]
[3]
1. Remove the filter cover.
[2]
(See P.42)

3. Remove the 13 screws [2] and then remove the
rear cover [3].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c082ca
6.3.2
Removing/reinstalling left cover
A. Procedure
[2]

2. Remove the nine screws [2] and then remove the
[3]
left cover [3].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c083ca
184
6.3.3
6. OTHERS
Removing/installing right cover/Up1, /Up2, /Up3, /Lw1 and /Lw2
A. Procedure
[7]
[6]
[5]
[2]
1. Remove the filter cover.

(See P.42)
2. Open the bypass feed tray [1].

3. Loosen the two screws [2] and remove the right
cover/Up3 [3].
4. Remove the two screws [4] and remove the right

cover/Up2 [5].
5. Loosen the four screws [6] and remove the right

cover/Up1 [7].
[1]
[4]
[3]
a03uf2c084ca
[1]
[4]
[2]
6. Close the bypass feed tray [1].

7. Open the toner cellction door [2].
8. Loosen the two screws [3] and remove the right
cover/Lw2 [4].
9. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the right

cover/Lw1 [6].

steps in reverse.
[6]
[5]
[3]
a03uf2c085ca
185
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3.4

Removing/reinstalling original glass assy
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
1. Remove the three screws [1] and remove the original positioning plate /Rr [2].
2. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the scanner cover /Rt [4].
3. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the original glass assy [6].
[5]
[6]
[10]
a03uf2c086ca
Note
[7]
When removing the original glass assy, do not

hold the original positioning plate /Lt [8], or
the glass [7] may come off since the plate and
glass are attached with each other only with
two-side tape. Be sure to hold the original
glass assy by its [9] and [10] portions.

steps in reverse.
[8]
[9]
a03uf2c087ca
186
6.3.5
6. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling upper cover/Fr, /Rt, and Lt
A. Procedure
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
1. Remove the original glass assy.

(See P.186)

(See P.44)
3. Remove the screw [1] and remove the scanner

cover/Fr2 [2].
4. Remove the screw [3] and remove the scanner

cover/Fr1 [4].
a03uf2c088ca

upper cover/Fr [2].
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c089ca
[1] [2]
6. Remove the screw cap [1].

7. Remove the two screws [2] and [3] and remove
[3]
the upper cover/Rt [4].
[4]
a03uf2c091ca
187
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[1][2]
the upper cover/Lt [4].

steps in reverse.
[4]
[3]
a03uf2c091ca
6.3.6
Removing/reinstalling upper cover /Rr1 and /Rr2
A. Procedure
[5][6]
[8] [7] [3] [4]
[1][2]

the upper cover /Rr2 [4].

(See P.186)

5. Remove the two screws [6] and [7], and remove
the upper cover /Rr1 [8].

steps in reverse.
a03uf2c092ca
188

Removing/installing main board unit
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.3.7
6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
[2]
1. Remove the rear cover.
[1]
(See P.184) .
2. Remove the right cover/Up3.

(See P.185)
3. Remove the upper cover/Rr2.

(See P.188)
4. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the connector cover/1 [2].
5. Remove the four screws [3] and remove the connector cover/2 [4].
[3]
[4]
[1]
a03uf2c095ca
6. Disconnect the six connectors [1].

[2]
Note
Be careful not to damage the connector [1] or
the wires when removing the main board unit.
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c096ca
[1]
8. Put a screw driver [2] through the hook [1] and
[4]
insert the tip [3] of the driver into the clearance.

Pull the screw driver toward you while pivoting it
on the tip to pull out the main board unit [4].

steps in reverse.
Note
Be sure not to pinch the wires.
[3]
[2]
a03uf2c097ca
189
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3.8

Removing/installing CCD unit
A. Procedure

(See P.186)

3. Remove the 9 screws [2] and remove the CCD
cover [3].
4. Remove the screw [4] and remove the ribbon

cable cover [5].
[4]
[1]
[5]
[3]
[2]
8050ma3141
5. Open the lock lever [1] to unlock the ribbon cable

[2], and disconnect the cable.
Note
Connect the ribbon cable following the procedure below.
Open the lock lever [1] and insert the ribbon
cable [2] as far as it will go. Make sure the
conductive surface of the cable does not face
to the lock lever.
Close the lock lever [1] to lock the ribbon
[1]
190
[2]
cable [2].
a03uf2c098ca
[1]
6. OTHERS
6. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the CCD
[2]
unit [2].
Note
Never remove any screws other than the four
screws [1]. If they are removed, optical
adjustments that cannot be made in the field
service or stores are required.
Never touch the lends with your hand, otherwise it causes image quality problems.

[2]
a03uf2c099ca
steps in reverse.
191
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3.9

Removing/installing exposure unit
A. Disassembly procedure
[2]
[1]
[1]
(See P.186)
2. Remove the upper cover/Fr, /Rt and Lt.

(See P.187)
3. Remove the 14 screws [1] and remove the stay

[2].
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c0100ca
[1]
[1]
[2]
4. Remove the screws [1],1 each, and remove the

two wire holdings [2].
5. Turn the exposure unit [3] a little to take it upward

while keeping it in a horizontal position, and put
the unit on the scanner frame [4].
[4]
192
[3]
a03uf2c101ca
[4]
6. OTHERS

7. Remove the screw [2] and release the cable [4]
[1]
from the cable clamp [3].
8. Remove the exposure unit [5].
[2]
[3]
[5]
a03uf2c102ca
193
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
B. Reassembly procedure
[5]
[4]
[4]
[5]
1. Install the exposure unit to the main body.

2. Move the V mirror unit [2] toward paper eject side
and put the optic unit positioning jigs [3] one for
each V mirror unit [2] and exposure unit [1]
through the holes on the frame at the front side
and through the holes on the other side frame.
Note
Use the optic positioning jigs when reinstalling the exposure unit.
3. Secure the exposure unit with the screws [4] and

the wire holdings [5], one for each side of the unit.
4. Remove the two optic positioning jigs [3].

5. Follow the removal steps in reverse from here.
[2]
[1]
[3]
a03uf2c103ca
194
6.3.10
6. OTHERS
Removing/installing exposure lamp
A. Procedure
[3]
[4]
1. Remove the exposure unit.

(See P.192)
2. Cut the wire binding band [1] to release the cable

[2].
3. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the HP

detection plate [4].
4. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the exposure lamp (L1) [6].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
[5]
[6]
[5]
a03uf2c104ca
195
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3.11

Removing scanner wire
A. Procedure
1. Remove the exposure unit.
[2]
(See P.192)
2. Loosen the screws [1] for each of two spring fixing

plates [2] and release the plates.
[1]
196
a03uf2c105ca
6. OTHERS
3. Release the wire terminal [3] of the scanner wire/

Rr [2] from the spring fixing plate [1]. And then
remove the scanner wire/Rr [2] from each parts in
the following order: 1. Pulley/3 [4] 2. Outer side of
the V mirror pulley [5] 3. Pulley/2 [6]
4. Release the metal ball [8] of the scanner wire/Rr

[5]
[2] from the wire stopper [7]. And then remove the
scanner wire/Rr [2] from each part in the following
[4]
[6]
order: 1. Inner side of the V mirror pulley [5] 2. Pul-
[3]
ley/1 [9]
5. Remove the scanner wire/Rr [2] from the drive
[9]
pulley [10].
6. Remove the scanner wire/Fr [11] following the
[10]
step 3 to 5.
[2]
Note
The scanner wire /Fr and /Rr should be symmetrically installed.
[2]
[7] [8]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[11]
8050ma3024
197
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3.12

Reinstalling the scanner wire
A. Procedure
1. Move the V mirror unit [1] toward paper eject side

and put the optic unit positioning jig [2] for the V
mirror unit [1] through the hole on the front side
frame and through the V mirror unit.
Note
Be careful not to damage the mirror with the
optic positioning jig.
When reinstalling the scanner wire, secure
the V mirror unit with the optic positioning jig.
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c106ca
2. Put the metal ball [3] provided at each intermedi-
[6] [5]
[1]
ate section of the scanner wires/Fr [1] and /Rr [2]

into the drive pulley [4] installation hole. With this
[4]
[3]
[7]
as a starting point, wind the wire 3.5 turns [5] outwards and 3.5 turns [6] inwards.
[8]
Note
The scanner wire /Fr and /Rr are common
parts.
[8]
Wind each scanner wire so that the wire terminal comes outer side of the drive pulley
[4]
while the metal ball [7] comes inner side of

the drive pulley.
When winding each scanner wire, be sure to
[5] [6]
[2]
pull out the both edges of wire from beneath
[4]
the drive pulley.

Be sure to wind the scanner wires to each
[3]
drive pulley intimately and in a single layer.
[7]
8050ma3026
3. After winding the scanner wire/Fr [1] and /Rr [2],

secure each wire with the tape [8] to prevent the
wires from becoming unfastend.
198
6. OTHERS
4. Pass the scanner wire/Rr [2] (metal ball [3] side)

wound to the drive pulley [1] through the pulley/1
[9]
[4] and inward the V mirror pulley [5] in that order,

and then hook the metal ball [3] to the wire stop-
[10]
per [6].
5. Pass the scanner wire/Rr [2] (wire terminal [7] side)
[2]
wound to the drive pulley [1] through the pulley/2

[8], outward the V mirror pulley [5] and the pulley/3
[9] in that order, and then hook the wire terminal
[7] to the spring fixing plate [10].
6. Reinstall the scanner wire/Fr [11] following the

[5]
[4] [6]
step 4 to 5.
[3]
FRONT
[2]
[7] [8]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[11]
8050ma3027
199
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
7. Fasten the screws [1] for each of two spring fixing
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[2]
plates [2] and secure the plates.
[1]
200
a03uf2c105ca
6.3.13
6. OTHERS
Removing/installing write unit
WARNING
Do not power the product when the write unit is not in its original position.
Never remove the covers of the write unit with the product powered. If a laser beam is emitted and
strikes your eye, it may result in permanent vision loss.
Note
Never remove the covers of the write unit, and even loosening the screws of the cover must be
avoided.
Be careful not to touch the dust-proof glass when removing the write unit.
Never remove the write unit for at least two minutes after turning the main power switch (SW1) off.
A. Procedure
[2]
[2]
1. Remove the right cover/Up1 and /Up2.

(See P.185)
2. Disconnect the six connectors [1].

3. Remove the 10 screws [2] and remove the fan
mounting plate/Rt [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
[1]
a03uf2c107ca
[6] [8]
[7]
[1]
[4]
[3]
4. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the write

unit pressing plate [2].
Note
When removing the write unit pressing plate,
be sure to do that while holding the upper of
the plate.

unit duct/Rr [4].

[10]
[9]
[5]
[2]
unit duct/Fr2 [6].

a03uf2c108ca

unit duc/Fr1[8].

unit duct/Fr3 [10].
201
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[4][3]
[2]
9. Disconnect the three connectors [1] and remove
[1]
the write unit/Y [2], /M [3] and /C [4].
10. Disconnect the four connectors [5] and remove

the write unit/K [6].
Note
The write unit/C, /M and /Y are common
parts.
The write unit/C, /M, /Y and the write unit/K
differs in the number of connector.
Never install the other write units to the place
[6]
[5]
a03uf2c109ca
where the write unit/K is to be installed.

steps in reverse.
202

Removing/installing process unit
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.3.14
6. OTHERS
A. Procedure

(See P.50)
2. Remove all drum cartridges.

(See P.47)
3. Remove all developing units.

(See P.66)
[4]
[5]
[2]
[8]
[1]
[6]

Note
The transfer belt unit, drum cartridges, and
the developing units must have been removed
before removing the process unit.
Do not remove the black screws.
5. Push back the process unit until the screw [5]

appears through each hole [4] of the guide rail/Lt
[2] and /Rt [3].
6. Remove the two screws [5], one each on the

guide rail/Lt [2] and /Rt [3].
Note
[6]
7. Pull out the process unit [6] again. And remove the
[7]
process unit from the guide rail/Lt [2] and /Rt [3]
following the procedure below.
Projections [7] on the guide rail /Lt are inserted in
the notches [8] of the process unit. And the
notches [10] on the process unit are engaged with
the projections [9] on the guide rail/Rt. Release
the process unit from the guide rail/Lt while sliding
the guide rail/Lt a little against the process unit,
then lift the process unit to release it from the
guide rail/Rt, and remove the process unit.
[1]
[10]
[9]

[3]
[5]
[4]
steps in reverse.
a03uf2c110ca
203
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3.15

Removing/reinstalling image correction unit
A. Procedure
1. Remove the process unit.

(See P.203)
[4]
[2]

3. Remove the two screws [2] and remove the image
correction unit [3].
Note
When removing the image correction unit, be
sure to remove the process unit beforehand.
When removing the image correction unit,
avoid touching or exerting any force on the
[3]
[1]
[4]
8050ma3071
drum drive shaft [4].

steps in reverse.
204
6.3.16
6. OTHERS
Removing/installing belt collectin pipe, vertical conveyance pipe and horizontal conveyance
pipe
A. Procedure
Note
If a paper feed motor error (C-0101) or a transfer belt motor error (C-2220) occurs, clean the inside
of the pipes following the procedure below.
1. Remove the process unit.

(See P.203)
2. While releasing the lock [1] of the ADU release

lever [2], turn the lever counterclockwise.
3. While releasing the lock [3], hold the ADU release

lever and pull out the ADU [4].
Note
With the process unit removed, ADU cannot
be pulled out without releasing the lock [3] in
order to avoid rollover accidents.
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
a03uf2c111ca
4. Spread a sheet [2] just below the horizontal conveyance pipe /1 [1] since waste toner may spill out
from the pipe.
[2]
[1]
8050ma3192
205
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
5. Remove the seven screws [1] and loosen the
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[1]
screw [2].
[1]
[1]
206
[2]
8050ma3193
6. OTHERS
6. Hold the belt waste toner inlet [1] and the drum/K
[1]
waste toner inlet [2], and remove the belt collection pipe [3], the vertical conveyance pipe /1 [4], /
2 [5], /3 [6] and /4 [7] with all those pipes connected each other.
Note
When removing the belt collection pipe and
the vertical conveyance pipe, be sure to
remove them while slightly tilting the belt
waste toner inlet side toward you.
When installing the belt collection pipe and
the vertical conveyance pipe, insert the pro-
[3]
jections located on rear side of each inlet into

holes of the main body.
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[2]
8050ma3194
207
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
[3]
[2]
7. Remove the toner collection pipe [2] from the vertical conveyance pipe/1 [1], and pull out the toner
oscillating plate [3].
[1]
8050ma3195
208
6. OTHERS
Note
[2]
When installing the toner oscillating plate,

insert the drive hole [4] of the toner oscillating
plate [3] over the guide pin [2] on the toner
collection pipe [1]. Turn the gear [5] to check
if the toner oscillating plate moves up and
down properly.
[4]
[3]
[1]
[5]
[1]
8050ma3196
209
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[2]
[5] [1]
8. Remove the toner collection pipe/2 [2] from the

toner collection pipe/1 [1].

10. Pull out the toner collection screw [5] from the
toner collection pipe/1.
11. Clean off the waste toner in the toner collection

pipe/1 and /2.
Note
When cleaning the toner collection pipe /2, be
careful not to lose the sponge [6] and [7].
[6] [7]
[4]
210
[3]
8050ma3197
[4]
[6]
[3] [6]
6. OTHERS
[2]
[6]
12. After uncoupling the vertical conveyance pipe into
[1]
four parts [1][2][3][4], remove each inlet cap [5],

and clean off the waste toner inside the pipes.
Note
When cleaning each vertical conveyance
pipe, be careful not to lose the four sponges
[6].
When installing each inlet cap, match the
concave part [7] of the inlet cap with the convex part [8] of the vertical conveyance pipe.
[6]
[8]
[5]
[7]
8050ma3198
211
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
13. Remove the toner collection box assy.

(See P.68)

(See P.184) .
15. Remove the screw [1] and the flywheel/C [2].

16. Remove the screw [3] and the flywheel/K [4].
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
8050ma3199
17. Spread a sheet [3] below the joint part between

the horizontal conveyance pipe/1 [1] and the horizontal conveyance pipe assy [2].
Note
Waste toner may spill out of when the horizontal conveyance pipe/2 is removed from
the conveyance pipe/1. Be sure to spread a
sheet to prevent the waste toner from spilling
on the internal components.
[2]
212
[3]
[1]
8050ma3200
6. OTHERS
18. Remove the two screws [1] and pull out the hori-
[1]
zontal conveyance pipe assy [3] from the horizontal conveyance pipe /1 [2].
[3]
[3]
[2]
8050ma3201
213
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
[2]
[1]

Note
When installing the gear, insert the D-cut
head [4] of the screw [3] into the D-shaped
hole [5] of the gear.
[4][5]
[3]
8050ma3202
[3]
Note
Insert the bearing into the hole of the horizontal conveyance pipe assy [2] checking their
shapes [3].
[2]
214
[1]
8050ma3203
6. OTHERS
21. Pull out the screw [2] from the horizontal convey-
[1]
[2]
ance pipe assy [1].

Note
The spacer [3] is installed to the gear side of
the screw. If the spacer come off or is
removed, be sure to reattach it as shown.
[2]
[3]
8050ma3204
215
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
22. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the hori-
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[1]
zontal conveyance pipe/4 [2].
23. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the horizontal conveyance pipe/3 [4].
24. Clean off the waste toner in each horizontal conveyance pipe/2 [5], /3 [4] and /4 [2].
[2]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[5]
[3]
216
[4]
8050ma3205
6. OTHERS
25. Remove the screw [1] and remove the horizontal

conveyance pipe/1 [2].
26. Clean off the waste toner in the horizontal conveyance pipe/1.

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
8050ma3206
217
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3.17

Removing/reinstalling ADU
A. Procedure
[1]
(See P.44)

(See P.86)
[2]
(See P.96)
[3]
4. Remove the ADU cover/Rt, ADU release lever,

and ADU cover/Lt.
(See P.77)
5. Remove the paper feed solenoid cover.

(See P.74)

7. Remove the screw [2] and release the ADU wire
binding assy [3].
8050ma3085
218
[1]
[9]
6. OTHERS
[1]

9. Remove the screw [2].
10. Push back the ADU [6] until the screw [5] appears
[9]
through each hole [4] of the guide rail/Lt [3], and

remove the screws [5] one by one.
Note
11. Pull out the ADU [6] again and move the guide
pins [8] of the guide rail/Rt [7] within the elongate
hole so that the guide rail does not interfere with
removal of the ADU.
[7]
[8]
[10]
12. Remove the ADU [6] from the guide rail/Lt [3] and
/Rt [7].
Note
When removing the ADU [6], be sure to perform the work with two people, one is on the
paper feed side, another is on the paper eject
side.
When removing the ADU [6], the person who
performs on the paper feed side should hold
the ADU handle/Rt [10].
[4]
[5]
[11]
[2]
[3]
[6]
a03uf2c112ca
When removing the ADU [6], the person who

performs on the paper eject side shold hold
the stay [11].

steps in reverse.
219
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3.18

Replaceing the lock lever/1, /2
Note
Do not pull out the process unit and the ADU at a time or the main body may topple over. In order
to prevent rollover accidents, the lock lever/1 and /2 do not allow the process unit and the ADU to
be pulled out at the same time.
If you cannot pull out the process unit or the ADU, the lock lever/1 and /2 may be deformed as a
result of some operational error. Check the lock lever/1 and /2 for deformation and replace them
as necessary.
Since the lock lever/1 and /2 are not the regular maintenance parts, they were located without
considering the convenience of replacement. You must remove the levers without directly viewing
them. Therefore, when replacing the lock lever/1 and /2, refer to the pictures for each steps to figure out their locations and how they are installed beforehand.
220
6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
[6]
[5]
(See P.44)
2. While releasing the lock of the ADU release lever,

turn the lever counterclockwise, and pull out the
ADU unit the screw [1] becomes accessible.
Note
The ADU may not be pulled out smoothly
depending on deformation condition of the
lock lever/1 [2] and /2 [3]. If so, pull it slightly
harder to make space to access the screw
[1].
[3]
[5]
[1] [2]
3. Remove the screw [1] and remove the stopper [4].

[4]
Note
When installing the stopper [4], match the
projection [5] with the positioning hole [6].
4. When the stopper [4] is removed, the force of the

lock lever/1 [2] and /2 [3] disappears. Then pull
[2]
[3]
[7]
[1]
[3]
only the ADU [7] further out.

WARNING
[8]
Never pull out the process unit or the main

body may topple over.
5. Remove the ring [8] and remove the lock lever/2

[3].
[9]
6. Remove the spring [9] from the lock lever/2 [3].

Note
When replacing the levers, be sure to check if
[12]
[10]
[11]
the direction of the spring [9] and the position

of the hook are correct.

lever strengthening plate [11].
8. Remove the E-ring [12] and remove the lock lever/
[13]
1 [2].
9. Remove the spring [13] from the lock lever/1 [2].

Note
[2]
8050ma3220
When replacing the levers, be sure to check if

the direction of the spring [13] and the position of the hook are correct.

steps in reverse.
221
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3.19

Removing/reinstalling paper feed tray /1, /2 and /3
A. Procedure
Note
Configuration of paper feed tray/1 is the same for those of paper feed trays /2 and /3. The explanation here is made by the example of paper feed tray/1.
1. Pull out the paper feed tray/1.

[1]
(See P.69)
3. Remove the four screws [1] and lift the paper feed
tray /1 [2] to remove it.

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
8050ma3162
222

Removing/reinstalling tray up/down wire
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.3.20
6. OTHERS
Wire length
Tray up/down wire/A and /C: 531mm
Tray up/down wire/B and /D: 160mm
A. Procedure for removing the tray up/down wires

Note
The tray/1 was used to illustrate the disassembly procedure. The procedure is the same for the
tray/2 and tray/3.
[8]
[7]
[5]
[6]
1.
2.
3.
4.
[1]
Pull out the paper feed tray/1.

Remove the paper feed unit.
Remove the paper feed tray/1.
Remove the three screws [1] and remove the wire
cover/FR [2].
5. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the wire

cover/FL [4].
6. Remove the three screws [5] and remove the wire

cover/RR [6].

cover/RL [8].
[4]
[3]
[2]
a03uf2c119ca
223
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS

9. Slide the drive pulley [2] in the direction of the
[7]
[6]
arrow and remove the wire/C [3] and /D [4].
[3]
[5]
10. After removing the E-ring [5], remove the pulley [6]
and release the wire/C [3] and /D [4] from the wire
[8]
cover [7].
[4]
[1]
11. Remove the screw [8] from the bottom of the

paper feed tray/1 and remove the wire/D [4].
[2]
[15]
[19]
12. After removing the E-ring [9], remove the pulley
[18]
[10] and release the wire/C [3] from the wire cover
[11].
[17]
[20]
[16]

paper feed tray/1 and remove the wire/C [3].

15. Slide the drive pulley [14] in the direction of the
arrow and remove the wire/A [15] and /B [16].

[18] and release the wire/A [15] and /B [16] from
the wire cover [19].
[14] [13]

paper feed tray/1 and remove the wire/B [16].

[22] and release the wire/A [15] from the wire
cover [23].

paper feed tray/1 and remove the wire/A [15].
[23] [22]
[21]
[15]
[24]
[11]
[10]
[3]
[9]
224
[12]
8050ma3168
6. OTHERS
B. Wiring procedure
Note
[12]
[11]
[4]
The tray/1 was used to illustrate the following

procedure. The procedure is the same for the
[3]
[13]
[8]
[10]
[9]
tray/2 and tray/3.
1. Secure the wire /C [3] to the fixing wire shaft [2] on

the bottom of the paper feed tray with the screw
[1].
[16]
2. After winding the wire /C [3] to the pulley [4], insert

[14] [15]
the wire/C over the shaft [6] and cover it with the
wire cover [5]. Then secure them with the E-ring
[7].
3. Secure the wire/D [10] to the fixing wire shaft [9]

[17]
on the bottom of the paper feed tray with the
[18]
4. After winding the wire/C [3] and /D [10] to the pul-
screw [8].
ley [11], insert the wire/C and /D over the shaft
[13] and cover it with the wire cover [12]. Then
secure them with the E-ring [14].
Note
Place the wire/C [3] on the outer side while
the wire/D [10] on the inner side to wind them
to the pulley [11].
5. Insert the wire/C [3] and /D [10] into the up/down

drive shaft [14]. After sliding the drive pulley [15] in
the direction of the arrow, secure it with the E-ring
[16].
Note
Insert the wire/C [3] through the outer hole of
the up/down drive shaft while the wire/D [10]
through the inner hole.
6. Follow the step1 to 5 to install the wire/A [17] and

/B [18].
[17]
Note
After replacing the wires, manually turn the
[7]
[5]
up/down drive shaft to check if the up/down
[4]
ptate moves smoothly.
[3]
[6]
[2]
[1]
8050ma3169
225
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.3.21

Removing/installing temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1), thermostat /1 (TS1) and /2 (TS2)
[1]
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing cover /Up assy.

(See P.104)
3. Remove the fusing cover /Rr.

(See P.98)
4. Remove the cover.

(See P.115)
5. Remove the screw [1] and the four cable clamps

[2].

7. Remove the screw [4] and remove the
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[1]
[4]
tempera-
ture sensor /1 (TEMS/1) [5].
[2]
a03uf2c113ca
[2]
8. Remove the screw [1], 1 each, and the three
[4]
cable clamps [2].
9. Disconnect fastons [3], two for each thermostat.

Note
When disconnecting the fastons, be sure to
hold the base of the faston to pull it out. Never
hold the wire bindings to pull the faston out.
10. Remove the four screws [4] and remove the thermostat/1 (TS1) and /2 (TS2) [6].
[1] [3]
[6]
[1]
[3]
[5]
[1]
a03uf2c114ca
226
6. OTHERS
Note
Be sure to adjust the positions of the thermostat/1 (TS1) and /2 (TS2) with a thermostat jig/UC /UF
before securing them. Be sure to apply threadlocker to the fixing screws.
Be sure to adjust the positions with the fixing belt cooled down.
[6]
[1]
[5]
[7]
[2]
[3]
1. Secure the TS1 [1] and the TS2 [2] temporarily

with the screws [3] 2 each.
2. Install four fastons [4] to the TS1 and TS2 (two for
each).
3. Insert the thermostat jig /UF [6], /UC [7] in

between the TS1 and the fusing belt [5].
4. Adjust the position of the TS1 so that the gap

between the TS1 and the fusing belt becomes the
same as the thickness of the thermostat jig /UC, /
UF, and secure with the screws [3].
5. Follow the step3 to 4 to secure the TS2.

[3]
[4]
[3]
[4]
a03uf2c120ca
Note
Be sure to adjust the positions of the TS1 and
TS2 so that the gap a between the TS1 or
the TS2 and the fusing belt becomes the
same as the thickness of the the thermostat
jig/UC /UF.
Standard value (UC): a = 1.2 0.2 mm
Standard value (UF): a = 1.8 0.2 mm
6. Apply the threadlocker to the four screws [3].

227
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[1] Section to be adjusted

[2] Part that should not be in between the thermostat
and the fusing belt
[1]
[3] Part that should be in between the thermostat

and the fusing belt
[2]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a03uf2c136ca
228

Removing/installing temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2) and thermostat /3 (TS3)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6.3.22
6. OTHERS
[3]
[4]
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing access guide plate.

(See P.114)

4. Remove the two screws [2] and remove the temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2) [3].
Note
Before installing the TEMS/2, make sure that
there is no contacts between the binding wire
and the fusing roller/Lw [4].
[2]
[1]
[1]
a03uf2c115ca
5. Remove the screw [1] and remove the cable
[3]
clamp [2].
6. Disconnect the two fastons [3].

Note
When disconnecting the fastons, be sure to
hold the base of the faston to pull it out. Never
hold the wire bindings to pull the faston out.
7. Remove the two screws [4] and remove the thermostat/3 (TS3) [5].
[2]
[4]
[5]
a03uf2c116ca
229
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
Note
Be sure to adjust the position of the thermostat/3 (TS3) with a thermostat jig/L before securing it.
Be sure to apply the threadlocker to the fixing screws.
Be sure to adjust the position with the fusing belt cooled down.
[1]
[4]
1. Secure the TS3 [1] temporarily with the two
[5]
screws [2].
2. Connect the two fastons [3] to the TS3.

3. Insert the thermostat jig/L [5] in between the TS3
and the fusing roller/Lw [4].
4. Adjust the position of the TS3 so that the gap

between the TS3 and the fusing roller/Lw
becomes the same as the thickness of the jig, and
secure with the screw [2].
Note
Be sure to adjust the position of the TS3 so
[3]
[2]
[3]
a03uf2c121ca
that the gap a between the TS3 and the fusing roller/Lw becomes the same as the thickness of the thermostat jig/L.
Standard value : a = 3 0.2 mm
5. Apply the threadlocker to the two screws [2].

[1] Section to be adjusted
[2] Part that should not be in between the thermostat
and the fusing roller/Lw
[1]
[3] Part that should be in between the thermostat

and the fusing roller/Lw
[2]
Note
Before installing the TS3, make sure that
there is no contacts between the binding wire
and the fusing roller/Lw.
[3]
a03uf2c137ca
230
6.3.23
6. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling OT
A. Procedure
1. Remove the left cover.
[1]
(See P.184)
2. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the OT

cover.
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c117ca

4. Remove the four screws [2] and remove the OT
[3].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a03uf2c118ca
231
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.4
6.4.1
Commercially available parts

Installing the status indicator light
A. Configuration
Status indicator light
Screws (x2)
a03uf2c145ca
232
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Connector
(1) Connector locations
[1]
a03uf2c146ca
[1]
CN495
(2) Connector specifications

Connector
Pin no.
Signal
Description
Output timing
Signal type
495
PAT1_DR
Light on signal
L signal output when
Open collector
PAT2_DR
L signal output during
PAT3_DR
printing is possible.
scanning or printing.
the product stops
abnormally due to paper
jam, malfunction code,
no paper, no toner, etc.
4
PAT4_DR

toner low message is
displayed.
24V
DC24V power sup-
At all times
24V, 500mA
ply
6
GND
Ground
233
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
C. Procedure
1. Remove the upper cover /Rr2.

(See P.188)
2. Remove the cracked cover for pulling out the

cables [2] from the upper cover /Rr2 [1].
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c147ca
3. Remove the right cover /Up3.

(See P.185)
4. Insert the cables [2] of the status indicator light

through the upper part of the main board unit [1].
[1]
[1]
[2]
[4]
a03uf2c148ca
[5]
5. Connect the connector [2] of the status indicator

light to CN495 [1].
Note
Route the cables [3] so that they do not make
contact with the flywheel [5] of the scanner
motor (M1) [4].
[2]
234
[3]
a03uf2c149ca
[2]
6. OTHERS
6. Install the right cover/Up3 [1] and the upper
[6]
cover/Rr2 [2].
Note
Pull out the cables [3] of the status indicator
light through the cracked cover for pulling out
the cables [4] of the upper cover/Rr2.
7. Install the status indicator light [6] with the two

screws [5].

steps in reverse.
[4] [1]
[6]
[5]
[3]
a03uf2c150ca
235
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
6.4.2

Installing the key counter (KCT)
A. Configuration
Key counter
Counter socket
a03uf2c151ca
B. Connector locations
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c152ca
[1]
236
CN493
[2]
Jumper connector (CN494)
6. OTHERS
C. Procedure
1. Remove the upper cover/Rr2.

(See P.188)
2. Remove the cracked cover for key counter [2] of

the upper cover/Rr2 [1].
[1]
[2]
a03uf2c153ca
3. Remove the two screws [1] and the shield plate

[2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
a03uf2c154ca
[2]
4. Install the counter socket [1] with the two screws

[2].
Note
Be sure to use the two screws removed in
Step 3.
Install the counter socket so that the arrow
mark [3] is facing upward.
[3]
a03uf2c155ca
237
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
5. Disconnect the jumper connector (CN494) [2]

from CN493 [1].
Note
Be sure to keep the removed jumper connector (CN494).
[2]
[2]
[1]
a03uf2c156ca
[1]
[3]
6. Connect the connector [3] of the counter box [2]

to CN493 [1].
Note
Route the cables [4] so that they do not make
contact with the flywheel [6] of the scanner
motor (M1) [5].
[4]
238
[6]
[5]
a03uf2c157ca
6. OTHERS
[1]
7. Install the upper cover /Rr2 [1].

8. Attach the key counter [3] to the counter socket
[2].
Note
Install the key counter so that the arrow mark
[4] is facing upward.

steps in reverse.
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03uf2c158ca
239
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
6. OTHERS
Blank page
240
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION
7.1
Composition
This part "ADJUSTMENT/SETTING" describes items to be adjusted and the method of adjustment that is
required by this machine, it also gives detailed explanations.
A. Checking before starting work
When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary to check first the following:
1. Are the power supply and voltage secured in accordance with the specifications?
2. Is the power supply properly grounded?
3. Is any equipment that repeatedly consumes a lot of electricity connected to the same power supply? (e.g.:
Electric noise sources such as elevator and air conditioner)
4. Are environmental conditions suitable for the machine?
High temperature and high humidity, direct sunlight, air ventilation, etc.
Levelness of the location on which the machine is installed.
5. Does the cause of poor images lie in the original itself?

6. Is density selected properly?
7. Is the original glass stained?
8. Is proper paper used for copy?
9. Are copy consumable replaced with new ones at their life? (e.g.: Developer, drum, cleaning blade, etc)
10. Is toner filled?
B. Checkpoints when conductions on-site service
Due attention should be paid to the following when repairing the machine.
1. Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet. Also, when operating the machine with the power
supplied, be careful of the scan of the exposure unit and be sure not to get caught by the gear.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The fusing section may be very hot. Be careful not to get burnt when handling it.
The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be careful not to bring a watch and instrument near to the unit.
Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool.
Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare hands.
241
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8. UTILITY MENU
8. UTILITY MENU
8.1
List of utility mode
01 Scan Send
01 Address Edit
Address
02 E-mail Title Setting

03 E-Mail Text Setting
02 User Set-
01 System Set-
01 Language Setting
ting
ting
02 Unit Setting
03 Feed Tray
01 Paper Setting
Setting
02 Feed Tray Auto Selection

03 ATS Permit Setting
04 Auto Paper Type
05 Dehumidification Fan
04 Reset Set-
01 Auto Reset Setting
ting
02 Mode Reset Setting
05 Default Screen Setting

06 Preset Zoom Setting
07 Power Save Setting
08 Time and Date Setting
09 Buzzer Set-
01 Buzzer Volume Regulation
ting
02 Buzzer for Job Stop Set
010 Key Response Time
011 Short cut
01 Application
Key Setting
02 Quality Adjust.(Copy)
03 Quality Adjust.(Scanner)
04 Quality Adjust. Area Set
012 Service Port Device

02 Initial Setting
01 Copy Initial setting

02 Scan Initial setting
03 Common Setting
04 Copy Setting
05 Scan Setting
06 Printer Set-
01 Gray Text Outline Enhance
ting
02 Thin Line Enhancement

03 Reversed Text Enhancement
04 Blur Prevention
242
8. UTILITY MENU
02 User Set-
07 Image Qual-
01 Screen
ting
ity Setting
02 Screen Initial setting
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
03 Original Density shift

04 ACS adjustment
08 Change Password
03 Machine
01 System Set-
01 Power Save Setting
Admin. Setting
ting
02 Time and Date Setting

03 Weekly
01 Weekly Timer On/Off Set
Timer Setting
02 Timer Setting
03 Timer Action On/Off Set
04 Lunch Hour Off Setting
05 Timer Interrupt Password Set
04 Operation
01 Lock/Delete
01 Copy Mode Memory
Prohibit Set
Mode Memory
02 Scan Mode Memory
02 Change Prohibit Setting

03 Scanner Prohibit Setting
05 Expert
01 AES Level Adjustment
Adjustment
02 Erase Adjust-
01 Non-Image Area Erase
ment
02 Erase Operating Setting

03 ADF Frame Erase
03 Printer Adjust-
01 Restart Timing Adjustment
ment
02 Centering Adjustment
03 FD-Mag. Adjustment
04 CD-Mag. Adjustment
05 Lead Edge Erase Adjustment
06 Registration Loop Adj.
07 Pre-registration Adj.
04 Finisher
01 Stapler Position Adj.
Adjustment *1
02 Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.

03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.
04 Multi Folder (PI) Adj.
05 Stacker Adjustment
06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.
07 RU Adjustment
08 Perfect Binder Adjustment
04 Finisher
01 Saddle Stitcher Stopper Adj.
Adjustment *2
02 Half Fold Stopper Adj.

03 Punch Adjustment
04 Tri-Fold Adjustment
243
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8. UTILITY MENU
03 Machine
01 System Set-
05 Expert
04 Finisher
05 2 Pos. Staple Pitch Adj.
Admin. Setting
ting
Adjustment
Adjustment*2
06 Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj.

07 Output quantity limit
08 Curl Adjustment
05 Scanner
Adjustment
06 Process
01 Front & Back Density
Adjustment
02 Toner Density Sensor

03 Toner Quantity/Exposure
07 Quality
01 Printer Gamma Offset Adj.
Adjustment
02 Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adj

03 Printer Gamma Sensor Adj.
04 Image Quality Stability
05 Custom Screen
08 Execute Adjust Operation

06 List/Count
07 Size Setting
01 Orig. Glass Size Detect

02 ADF Original Size Detect
03 Orig. Glass Minimum Detect
04 K size
05 ADF/Orig. Glass Priority
06 PI Size Priority
08 Perfect
01 Useful Paper Weight
Binding Setting
02 Paper Count Limit

03 Unfitting Cover Stop
02 Administrator Register
03 Scanner
01 Address Edit
Send Address
02 E-Mail Title Setting

03 E-Mail Text Setting
04 User Auth./
01 Authentication Method
Account Track
02 User
01 Management Setting
Authentication
02 User Register
Set
03 User Counter
03 Account
01 Account Register
Track
02 Account Counter
04 Without Authentication
05 Network Set-
01 Machine NIC Setting
ting
02 E-Mail Initial Setting
06 Common Setting
244
03 Machine
07 Copy Setting
Admin. Setting
08 Scan Setting
09 System Con-
8. UTILITY MENU
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
01 Administrator
nection
10 Security Set-
01 Administrator Password
ting
02 HDD Lock Password

03 Overwrite image data
04 Security Strengthen Set
04 Touch Screen Adjustment

*1 Depending on which options among the FS-503, FD, LS, SD, RU and PB-501 are installed, the enabled
adjustment items change.
*2 Depending on which option(s) among the FS-520, FS-607, PK, and PI is (are) installed, the enabled adjustment items change.
245
9. ADUSTMENT LIST
Note
This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in a circle
by the priority if there is any.
After replacing the developer, do NOT print until the toner density sensor initial automatic adjustment completes.
When replacing the overall control board (OACB) due to damage of the board, be sure to remove
Machine
Printer Adjustment
Adjustment
Quality Adjustment
Process
Adjustment
System Setting
Counter/Data
State Confirmation
Finisher
Adjustment
ISW
Others
246
Drum Peculiarity
Adjustment
Software SW Setting
Maintenance Counter
Parts Counter
I/O Check Mode
Stacker Adjustment
Restart Timing Adjustment

CD-Mag. Adjustment
Belt Line Speed Adjustment
Color Registration Adjustment
Color Registration/Manual
CD Skew Adjustment
Scanner smooth tone/color
Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adjustment
Printer gamma sensor adjustment
Printer Screen Gradation Adjustment
Blade setting mode
Automatic gamma adjustment
LD bias adjustment
Automatic Developer Charge
TonerDensity Sensorunit
Initial drum rotation
Count of special parts (reset)
Paper Width Adjustment
Paper Length Adjustment
Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj.
Punch Adjustment
ISW
Mirror unit positioning (require the jigs)
Dust-proof glass cleaning (Write unit)
Setting powder application
1st transfer roller installation direction (shaft groove
comes front side)
Transfer belt installation direction (UPSIDE mark comes
rear)
2nd transfer rollers/Up and /Lw installation direction
(Concave at the shaft edge comes front)
Fusing belt installation direction (lot number comes rear)
Fusing heater lamp installation direction (colored wiring
comes front)
Thermostat/UC, /UF, /L positioning (require the jigs)
NVRAM board (NRB) replacement
Main body NIC setting
Board DIPSW setting
Toggle switch setting
EEPROM remove and install
Stapler positioning (require the jigs)
Grip conveyance home sensor adjustment
CCD unit
Exposure of scanner/
V mirror unit
Drum cartridge, Developer,

Transfer belt, Belt cleaner
blade
Belt cleaner blade
Adjustment/setting items
Transfer belt
Replacement parts/Others
Developer /Y,/M,/C,/K
the NVRAM board (NRB) on the current OACB and install it to the new OACB.
After maintenance
implementation
Drum cartridge /Y,/M,/C,/K
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
9. ADUSTMENT LIST
Hard disk /Y,/M,/C,/K
Paper edge sensor (PESB) <PK>
Punch drive board (PDB) <PK>
Multi feed detection board <PB>
Multi feed detection board <PF>
Multi feed detection board <FD>
PI drive board (PIDB)
Image processingboard (IPB)

FNS control board
(FNSCB) <FS-503>
Trimmer board assembly
Stapler unit <FS-607>
Thermostat /3 (TS3)
Thermostat /2 (TS2)
Thermostat /1 (TS1)

Color registration sensor
(PS8) /R (PS9)
Fusing belt
2nd transfer roller /Up, /Lw
1st transfer roller /Y,M,C,K
Charging corona /Y,M,C,K
Dust-proof glass /Y,M,C,K
Write unit /Y,M,C
Write unit /K
Original glass
Exposure lamp (L1)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

9. ADUSTMENT LIST
247
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10. SERVICE MODE

10.1 List of service mode
Adjustment/Setting Item
Page
01 Machine
01 Printer Adjust-
P.253
Adjustment
ment
P.254
P.255
04 CD-Mag. Adjustment
P.256
05 Lead Edge Erase Adjustment
P.257
06 Registration Loop Adj.
P.258
07 Pre-registration Adj.
P.259
08 Belt Line Speed Adj.
P.260
09 Writing Init. Pos. Memory
P.260
10 Color Registration Adj.
P.261
11 Color Registration/Manual
P.262
12 PFU Dfeed Detect Adj.
P.264
13 CD Skew Adj.
P.266
14 Recall Standard Data
P.267
02 Scanner Adjust-
P.268
ment
P.269
P.270
P.271
03 Quality Adjust-
01 Scanner smooth tone/color
P.272
ment
02 Printer gamma
01 Printer Gamma Offset Adj.
P.273
adjustment
02 Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adj.
P.275
03 Printer gamma sensor adj.
P.277
04 Printer Screen Gradation Adj.
P.279
03 Sharpness adjustment
P.280
04 Contrast adjustment
P.280
05 Image Distinction
01 Dot detect adjustment
P.281
Level
02 Color text adjustment
P.282
03 Dot/Text area adjustment
P.283
06 ACS adjustment
07 Density adjustment
08 Tone adjustment
09 Recall standard data

04 Non-Image Area Erase Check
248
P.284
01 AES adjustment
P.285
02 Copy density adjustment
P.286
03 Adjust Background
P.287
04 B-Side Prevent
P.288
01 Red
P.289
02 Green
P.290
03 Blue
P.290
P.291
P.292
10. SERVICE MODE

Page
02 Process
01 High Voltage
01 1st transfer manual adj.
P.294
Adjustment
Adjustment
02 2nd transfer manual adj.
P.294
03 HV adj. (separation AC)
P.294
04 HV adj. (separation DC)
P.294
05 Pre-transfer Guide HV check
P.294
02 Drum Peculiar-
01 Blade setting mode
P.294
ity Adj.
02 Automatic drum potential
P.295
03 Auto gamma adjustment
P.295
04 LD bias adjustment
P.296
05 Automatic Developer Charge
P.298
06 Toner Density SensorInit.
P.301
07 Initial drum rotation
P.301
03 Sensor output
01 Surface potential sensor
P.302
check
02 Maximum density sensor
P.302
03 Gamma sensor output
P.302
04 Toner Density Sensor
P.302
05 Drum Surface potential
P.303
06 Humidity/Temperature
P.303
07 Toner Density Return Mode
P.304
04 Process Fine
01 Covered Margin Fine Adj.
P.305
Adjustment
02 Develop Ac Bias Fine Adj.
P.306
03 Develop AC Frequency
P.307
04 Toner Density Fine Adj.
P.308
05 Interval/Quan-
01 Drum TinyRotation Interval
P.309
tity Adj.
02 Auto. Refresh Interval
P.309
03 Toner Dens. Sensor Interval
P.310
06 Recall standard data
P.310
03 System Set-
01 Software SW Setting
P.311
ting
02 Telephone Number Setting
P.325
03 M/C Serial Number Setting
P.325
04 Setup Date Input
P.326
04 Counter/Data
01 Maintenance Counter
P.327
02 Data Collection
01 Paper Size Counter(Total)
P.330
02 Paper Size Counter(Copy)
P.330
03 Paper Size Counter(Print)
P.330
04 ADF Counter
P.331
05 Coverage Data History
P.332
06 Paper Jam History
P.333
07 Jam Counter
P.333
08 Copy Mode Counter(1)
P.335
09 Copy Mode Counter(2)
P.341
249
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
04 Counter/
02 Data Collection
Data
03 Parts Counter
05 State Con-
Page
10 SC Counter
P.345
11 Paper Jam Sectional Counter
P.333
12 Failure Sectional Counter
P.345
13 SC data of time series
P.349
01 Count of special parts
P.350
02 Count of each parts
P.361
01 I/O Check Mode
P.364
06 ADF Adjust-
01 ADF Original Size Adj.
P.417
ment
02 ADF Orig.Stop Position Adj.
P.418
03 ADF Sensor Adjustment
P.419
firmation
04 ADF Registration Loop Adj
P.420
07 Finisher
01 Stapler Position
01 Staple Center Position
P.421
Adjustment *1
Adj.
02 Paper Width (staple)
P.422
03 Paper Width (straight)
P.423
02 Multi Folder
01 Paper Width Adjustment
P.424
(Punch) Adj.
02 Hole-Punch Vertical
01 2-Hole Punch
P.425
Pos.
02 3-Hole Punch
P.425
03 4-Hole Punch
P.425
03 Multi Folder
01 Half Fold Position Adj.
P.426
(Fold) Adj.
02 Tri-Fold-in Pos. Adj.
P.427
03 Tri-Fold-out Pos. Adj.
P.428
04 Double Parallel Pos. Adj.
P.429
05 Z-Fold Position Adj.
P.430
06 Gate Fold Position Adj.
P.431
07 Fold Regist Loop Adj.
P.432
04 Multi Folder (PI) Adj.
P.432
05 Stacker Adjust-
P.433
01 Paper Width Adjustment
ment
02 Paper Length Adjustment
P.433
06 Saddle Stitcher
01 Staple Center Adj.
P.434
02 Staple Paper Width Adj.
P.435
03 Staple Pitch Adjustment
P.436
04 Half Fold Position Adj.
P.437
05 Tri-Fold Position Adj.
P.438
06 Fold Paper Width Adj.
P.439
07 Trimming Adjustment
P.440
08 Trimmer Receiver Adj.
P.441
Adj.
250
07 RU Adjustment
01 Curl Reform Direction
P.441
08 Perfect Binder
01 Cover Trimming Adjustment
P.442
Adjustment
02 Cover Lead Edge Adj.
P.443
03 Spine Corner forming Pos.
P.444
04 Pasting Start Postion
P.445
10. SERVICE MODE

Page
07 Finisher
08 Perfect Binder
05 Pasting Finish Position
P.446
Adjustment *1
Adjustment
06 Paste Formation Finish Pos.
P.447
07 Temperature Adjustment
P.448
08 Sub Compile CD Width Adj.
P.449
09 Clamp CD Width Adjustment
P.450
10 Cover Up/Down CD Width
P.451
11 Clamp FD Position Adj.
P.452
09 Recall standard Data
P.453
07 Finisher
01 Saddle Stitcher Stopper Adj.
P.454
Adjustment *2
02 Half Fold Stopper Adj.
P.455
03 Punch Adjust-
01 Vertical Position Adj.
P.456
ment
02 Horizontal Position Adj.
P.457
03 Registration Adjustment
P.458
04 Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj.
P.458
08 Firmware
04 Tri-Fold Adjustment
P.459
05 2 Pos. Staple Pitch Adj.
P.460
06 Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj.
P.461
07 Output quantity limit
P.461
08 Curl Adjustment
P.441
P.453
01 ROM Version
P.463
Version
09 CS Remote
01 CS Remote
01 E-Mail
P.464
Care
Care
02 Modem
P.464
10 List Output
Machine Management List
P.484
Adjustment Data List
P.484
Coverage Data List
P.484
Font Pattern
P.484
Communication Log List
P.484
Memory Dump List
P.484
01 Running Test Mode
P.485
02 Test Pattern Output Mode
P.486
01 ISW
P.497
11 Test Mode
12 ISW
*1
Depending on which options among the FS-503, FD, LS, SD, RU and PB are installed, the enabled adjustment items change.
*2
Depending on which option(s) among the FS-520, FS-607, PK, and PI is (are) installed, the enabled
adjustment items change.
251
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.2 Setting method

Service mode allows you to adjust/set various settings on the machine. Data adjusted/set in this mode are
stored in NVRAM board (NRB).
10.2.1
Start and exit service mode
You can access the service mode while the power is both turned ON and OFF. In either way, the started service
mode is the same. Since starting up the service mode with the machine turned OFF skips the user mode, it is
preferred during machine setup before installing the consumables or when some malfunction code is occurring.
A. Starting and exiting service mode while the power is ON
1. Be sure that the ordinary copy screen is displayed.

2. Press [Utility Menu/Counter] key.
3. "Utility Menu screen"
Press the hard keys in the following order:
Stop 0 0 Stop 0 1
Note
If a CE Authentication is set, input the password to enter the service mode.
4. "Service Mode Menu screen"

Service mode is started.
5. Select the item you want to set.

A setting screen corresponding to each item appears.
6. Press [Exit] to exit the service mode.

7. The new settings will be effective after reboot.
B. Starting and exiting service mode while the power is OFF
1. While pressing [Utility Menu/Counter] key turn the sub power switch (SW2) ON.
Note
If a CE Authentication is set, input the password to enter the service mode.

Service mode is started.
3. Select the item you want to set.

A setting screen corresponding to each item appears.
4. Press [Exit] to terminate the service mode.

5. The new settings will be effective after reboot.
252
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3 Machine adjustment

10.3.1
Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Adjust the image leading edge timing.

This adjustment changes the restart timing of the registration roller to adjust the image position in sub-scanning
direction.
Note
Be sure the "FD-mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing this
adjustment.
(See P.255)
A. Procedure

Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Restart Timing Adjustment].
4. "Restart Timing Adjustment screen"

Press [T] or [S] to select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].This adjustment can be performed for each feed tray (trays, ADU), paper size (large, small), and paper type (plain paper, thick paper).
Note
Large size: 300 mm and more (sub-scanning direction)
Small size: Less than 300 mm (sub-scanning direction)
Thick paper: Paper weight 106 g/m2 and more
5. "Copy screen"
Set the copy according to the item that has been adjusted and press the Start key to output a test pattern
(No. 16).
6. Check the leading edge timing.

Standard value 20 0.5mm
20
57gaf3c007na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [SERVICE].
8. "Restart Timing Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -60 (shorter) to +60 (longer) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
253
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.2
Centering Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Adjust the image mis-centering in main scanning direction on the printer.

This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.
Note
Be sure the "CD-mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.256)
A. Procedure



Press [02 Centering Adjustment].
4. "Centering Adjustment screen"

Press [T] or [S] to select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
This adjustment can be performed for each feed tray (trays, ADU), paper size (large, small, 81/2 x 51/2 (trays
1 to 5) ), and paper type (plain paper, thick paper).
Note
5. "Copy screen"
(No. 16).
6. Fold the output page in half in main scanning direction, and check the discrepancy from the center line of
the print.
Standard value 0 1.5mm or less
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Centering Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -40 (image in back) to +40 (image in front) 1 step = 0.1 mm
254

FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.3.3
10. SERVICE MODE
Adjust the magnification in sub-scanning direction.

This adjustment changes the speed of the polygon motor and adjusts the image magnification.
Note
There are the following two methods to adjust the magnification of the printer in sub-scanning direction.
(1)FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment when the magnification in sub-scanning direction has changed because of the worn
registration roller or paper shrinkage by heat.
(2)Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment under the conditions not mentioned above.
Magnification adjustment on back side in sub-scanning direction is not reflected to the image in default. WHEN
ADJUSTING the magnification on back side, enter "User Setting - Common Setting" and turn the "Side 2 Lens
Adjustment mode" [On]. However, since the polygon motor speed is switched for back side, the print speed is
reduced up to 3/4.
A. Procedure



Press [03 FD-Mag. Adjustment].
4. "FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"

Select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
This adjustment can be performed for both sides at a time (all trays) or for back side (each tray).
5. "Copy screen"
Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the magnification in sub-scanning direction.

Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
205.7 1
205.7 1 mm or less
57gaf3c003na
Setting range Printer FD-Mag. (both sides at a time): -100 (shorter) to +100 (longer)
Other than the above: -80 (shorter) to +20 (longer)
1 step = 0.01%
9. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].

255
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.4
CD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Adjust the magnification in main scanning direction.

This adjustment changes the magnification in image processing prior to the laser exposure.
A. Procedure



Press [04 CD-Mag. Adjustment].
4. "CD-Mag. Adjustment screen"

This adjustment can be performed for both sides at a time (all trays) or for back side (each tray).
5. "Copy screen"
6. Check the magnification in main scanning direction.

190 1 mm or less
190
57gaf3c004na
Setting range: -100 (shorter) to +100 (longer) 1 step = 0.01%

256

Lead Edge Erase Adjustmet (Printer Adjustment)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.3.5
10. SERVICE MODE
Adjust the image erasure amount of the leading edge.

A. Procedure



Press [05 LeadEdge Erase Asjustment].
4. "Lead Edge Erase Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
6. Check the leading edge erasure amount.

Standard value a: 4 mm or less
57gaf3c029na
8. "Lead Edge Erase Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +40 (wider) 1 step = 0.1 mm
257
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.6
Registration Loop Adj. (Printer Adjustment)
Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper jamming in the registration section.
A. Procedure



Press [06 Registration Loop Adj.].
4. "Registration Loop Adjustment screen"

This adjustment can be performed for feed tray (trays, ADU), paper size (large, small, 150 mm or less of
width), and paper type (plain paper, thick paper).
Note
5. "Copy screen"
(No. 16).
6. If the problem is not solved, press [SERVICE].

7. "Registration Loop Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -99 (smaller) to +99 (larger) 1 step = 0.1 mm
258
10.3.7
10. SERVICE MODE
Pre-registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment)
Adjust the paper loop amount in the pre-registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper
jamming in the pre-registration section.
A. Procedure



Press [07 Pre-registration Adj.].
4. "Pre-registration Adjustment screen"

This adjustment can be performed for feed tray (trays, ADU) and paper size (large, small).
Note
5. "Copy screen"

7. "Pre-registration Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -99 (smaller) to +99 (larger) 1 step = 0.1 mm
259
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.8
Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment)
Adjust the magnification in sub-scanning direction.

This adjustment charges line speed of the transfer belt.
Note
There are the following two methods to adjust the magnification of the printer in sub-scanning
direction.
(1) FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment when the magnification in sub-scanning direction has changed because
of the worn registration roller or paper shrinkage by heat.
(2) Belt Line Speed Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment under the conditions not mentioned above.
A. Procedure



Press [08 Belt Line Speed Adj.].
4. "Belt Line Speed Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"

205.7 1
205.7 1 mm or less
57gaf3c003na
8. "Belt Line Speed Adjustment screen"
10.3.9
Writing Init. Pos. Memory (Printer Adjustment)
Note
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
260
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.10 Color Registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment)

Perform this adjustment when there is a color registration error. Main Scan, Sub Scan, Horizontal (main scanning
direction magnification), and skew of color registration misalignment of Y, M, and C are automatically adjusted
relative to K.
Note
This adjustment has a large correction area than that of the color registration adjustment in the user
mode. If the malfunction code C-4520 appears, perform this adjustment.
A. Procedure



Press [10 Color Registration Adj.].
4. "Color Registration Adjustment screen"

Press [Start].
5. The color registration adjustment starts and a message "Completed" is shown in about 2 minutes.
If the error message appears, perform an error correction referring to the below.
Error 1: It does not converge within the standard value.
The patch density may be too light. Check around the drum unit and perform the auto gamma
0. Then conduct this adjustment again.
Error 2: The difference of the color registration is too much.
Check the installation position of the write unit.
Error 3: Other
The other malfunction other than the auto color registration adjustment may occur. Restart the
main body in the normal mode to check for malfunction code.
6. "Color Registration Adjustment screen"

Misalignment amounts of Y, M, and C of "Main Scan", "Sub Scan", "Horizontal", and "Skew" relative to K
are displayed on the panel. (unit: pixel)
261
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.11 Color Registration/Manual (Printer Adjustment)

Measure the misalignment amount of Y, M, and C relative to K of "Main Scan", Mag.(ALL) (whole magnification in
main scanning), "Mag.(PART)" (partial magnification in main scanning), "Sub Scan", "Incline" (skew), and "Scan
Bend" (main scanning), and adjust Mag.(PART) manually.
Note
Be sure the "FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.255)
Be sure the "CD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.256)
Complete the "Color Registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.261)
A. Procedure



Press [11 Color Registration/Manual].
4. "Color Registration Manual Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
[3]
Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start to output

the test pattern. Place the outputted test pattern [1]
[2]
on the original glass securely against the original

positioning plate /Lt [2] and the original positioning
plate /Rr [3], and close the DF or original cover.
Note
When placing the test pattern onto the original
glass, be sure to take care of the setting direction (with printing face down) and position.
Check that the settings for all colors (Y, M, C, K)
in the [Test Pattern Output Mode] is set to 255. If
[1]
not, it will cause an error.
8050fs1011
262
10. SERVICE MODE
6. Press [SERVICE].
Press [Start] to scan the test pattern using the scanner.
7. Shows the misalignment amount of Y, M, and C relative to K of "Main Scan", "Mag.(ALL)" (whole magnification in main scanning), "Mag.(PART)" (partial magnification in main scanning), Sub Scan, "Incline"
(skew), and "Scan Bend" (main scanning) at "Rest" section on the touch panel. (unit: pixel).
8. Make sure that "OK" is displayed for all the items. If the value is out of standard, "NG" and an error code
will appear.
If "NG" appears for "Main Scan", "Mag.(ALL)", "Sub Scan", or "Incline", perform the Color registration
adjustment again.
Error code
Descriptions
Causes
Error 1
Cannot detect the chart pattern
Chart misplacement
Error 2
The chart is placed upside down
Chart misplacement
Error 3
Different chart is placed
Error 4
Adjustment impossible
Software bug
Error 5
Value is out of standard
Retry the adjustment
Error 6
Non-volatile data abnormality
Check the installation position of

the NVRAM board
Error 7
Accessing to unassigned memory
Software bug
Error 8
Memory-related abnormality
Software bug
Error 9
Program error
Software bug
Error 10
Chart is skewed
Chart misplacement
Error 11
Image header information read error
Software bug
Error 12
Arguments setting error
Software bug
Error 13
Measurement error
Chart misplacement or chart failure
9. If "NG" appears for "Main Scan", "Mag.(ALL)", or

"Mag.(PART)", open the toner supply section and
loosen two screws [1] located beside the developing
unit of a color from which an "NG" is displayed, and
slide the adjusting plate [2] up and down to adjust the
"Mag.(PART)" (partial magnification in main scanning).
Moving the adjusting plate [2] upward increases the
"Rest" of the "Mag.(PART)" (positive) and moving the
plate downward reduces the "Rest" (negative).
Adjustment guideline
Move the adjusting plate [2] by referring to the "Rest"
of "Mag (PART)" (unit: pixel) displayed at the touch
panel. The scale of the adjusting plate [2] changes the
"Rest" approx. 0.5 pixel per notch.
[2]
[1]
a03uf3c007ca
263
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10. Press [Return] to return to [Printer Adjustment Menu] screen.

11. Perform the Color registration adjustment (printer adjustment) with reference to "10.3.10 Color Registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment)".
12. Repeat steps 3 to 11 until "OK" is displayed.
10.3.12 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PF)

Perform this adjustment when replacing the PF multi feed detection board (MFDTB) or the PF drive board
(PFDB), as well as when multi feeding is not detected properly for special papers (thin paper, thin coated paper,
thick paper, etc.).
Note
The multi feed detection board/S and /R are adjusted in the manufacturing process as a pair of
upper and lower. Be sure to replace them as a pair.
Be sure to perform the adjustment under normal room temperature (20 to 30 C) that is similar
to the real environment where the machine is operated because the temperature sensor output
level varies with its surface temperature. (When you bring in a replacement part from a place
under a different temperature, leave the part and wait for the sensor surface temperature to reach
the room temperature before performing the adjustment.)
A. Procedure



Press [12 PFU DFeed Detect Adj.].
4. Open the front door [1] of the PF, and open the jam.
[1]
processing guides PF2 [2] and PF5 [3] in the horizontal conveyance section.
[3]
[2]
a03uf3c025ca
264
10. SERVICE MODE
5. Insert a sheet of paper [1] (part No. 65AA-991#, fus-
[4]
ing adjustment paper, 16 sheets/A3) while turning the
[1]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
nkob PF4 [2], and close the jam processing guides

PF2 [3] and PF5 [4].
(When there isnt paper [1], use 200 to 300 g/m2
paper.)
[3]
[2]
a03uf3c026ca
6. "PFU DFeed Detect Adjustment screen"

Press "start"
7. If the multi feed detection adjustment is normally completed, "Completed" is displayed. If abnormally completed, "Error" is displayed. When the error message is is displayed, repeat steps 4 to 6.
Note
When an error occurs, the adjustment data is not written but the data before the adjustment still
remains.
8. Remove the paper inserted in step 5.

9. Turn on the sub power switch and enter the I/O check mode.
10. Enter "18" with the numeric buttons. Confirm that "18-00" is displayed in the message display area.
11. Press [Access] key.
13. Insert a sheet of paper that the customer uses mainly (paper weight: 50 to 300 g/m2) and press Start key.
Make sure that "0" is displayed on the panel.
14. Insert one more sheet of paper (total: two sheets) that the customer uses mainly.
Make sure that "1" is displayed on the panel.
15. Remove the papers and install the removed parts.
265
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.13 CD Skew Adj. (Printer Adjustment)

Adjust the CY2 lens in the write unit/K and corrects the image distortion of K in main scanning direction.
Note
Image distortion of K in main scanning direction cannot be corrected by the Color registration
adjustment. (Adjusts YMC only.)
Image distortion of K in main scanning direction can also be changed by conducting [Chart
Adjustment] of [Both Side Adj.] in the user mode.
A. Procedure



Press [13 CD Skew Adj.].
4. "Crosswise Direction Skew Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Note
When the Start key is pressed, CY2 lenses of YMCK are adjusted and the Color registration
adjustment is automatically started. When the adjustment is complete (approx. two minutes),
test pattern (No. 16) will be printed.
6. Check the skew in main scanning direction.

Standard value: 0.3% or less (difference between
280mm diagonal lines "a. b" is 0.84 mm or less)
a03uf3c001ca
7. If the value is out of spec, press [SERVICE].

8. "Crosswise Direction Skew Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -30 to +30 1 step = 0.01 mm
266
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.14 Recall Standard Data (Printer Adjustment)

Restore the printer adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.
Note
Adjustment data of "Color Registration Adj.", "Color Registration/Manual", "PFU Dfeed detect
Adj.", and "CD Skew Ad." are not restored.
A. Procedure



Press [14 Recall Standard Data].
4. "Recall Standard Data screen"

Press [Factory Initial Data] or [Installation Initial Data].
Note
Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
Selecting [Installation Initial Data] restores to the adjustment values stored when I/O check
mode (code "91-00") was conducted.
5. Press [Yes] to restore standard data.

Press [No] to cancel the operation.
267
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.15 Restart Timing Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment)

Adjust the image leading edge timing when scanning in platen mode.
This adjustment changes read start timing when scanning original in sub-scanning direction.
Note
Be sure the "Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing this adjustment.
(See P.253)
A. Procedure


Press [02 Scanner Adjustment].
3. "Scanner Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Restart Timing Adjustment].
4. "Scanner Re-start Timing Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the test chart to the original glass and press Start key.

Standard value: 0 1.5mm
8. "Scanner Re-start Timing Adjustment screen"
When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
Setting range: -10 (image faster) to +20 (image slower) 1 step = 0.1 mm
268
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.16 Centering Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment)

Adjust the image mis-centering of the main scan direction when scanning from the original glass and DF.
Note
Be sure the "Centering Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.254)
A. Procedure



Press [02 Centering Adjustment].
4. "Scanner Centering Adjustment screen"

5. "Copy screen"
When you select [ADF Centering Adj-Front] or [ADF Centering Adj-Back], set the "Adjustment chart" on
the DF, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key. When you select [Orig. Glass Left Image], set the
"Test chart" on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key.
6. Fold the output page in half in main scanning direction, and check the discrepancy from the center line of
the print.
Standard value (platen mode): 0 1.5mm or less
Standard value (DF mode): 0 2.0mm or less
8. "Scanner Centering Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -30 (image in front) to +30 (image in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
269
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.17 FD-Mag. Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment)

Adjust the magnification in sub-scanning direction in platen mode and DF mode.
This adjustment changes scan speed.
Note
Be sure the "FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.255)
A. Procedure



Press [03 FD-Mag. Adjustment].
4. "Scanner FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Place a test chart on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key.

Standard value: 0.5% or less (same size)
200 1 mm or less
200
8. "Scanner FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"
270
57gaf3c005na
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.3.18 Recall Standard Data (Scanner Adjustment)

Restore the scanner adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.
A. Procedure




Note

271
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.19 Scanner smooth tone/color (Quality Adjustment)

Conduct the gradation correction of the scanner. When color reproduction is a poor condition, usually conduct
the "Auto gamma adjustment" of the "Process Adjustment".
Conduct this adjustment if color reproduction is a poor condition (especially in a high light area) after replacing
the CCD unit, exposure lamp (L1), original glass or each scanner mirror.
Caution:
Scanner gradation (gamma) has been adjusted for each machine at factory. Please be noted that
the scanner gradation data is overwritten to the average value if the [Adj. data reset] in the "Scanner Smooth Tone/Color Adjustment screen" is pressed.
Once [Adj. data reset] is pressed, previous data cannot be restored.
A. Procedure
1. After replacing the part(s), set a "Color chart" on the original glass, A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start
key.
Note
Press the hard key on the operation panel, not the soft key on the touch panel.
2. Check if there is no image background or problem in color balance.

3. If there is abnormality, enter Service mode.

Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
6. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Scanner smooth tone/color].
7. "Scanner Smooth Tone/Color Adjustment screen"

Press [Adj. data reset].
Caution:
Scanner gradation (gamma) has been adjusted for each machine at factory. Please be noted
that the scanner gradation data is overwritten to the average value if the [Adj. data reset] in
the "Scanner Smooth Tone/Color Adjustment screen" is pressed.
Once [Adj. data reset] is pressed, previous data cannot be restored.
8. Press the [YES] key to overwrite the scanner gradation data to average value. Press [No] to cancel the
operation.
272
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.20 Printer gamma adjustment (Quality Adjustment)

When the color reproduction is in poor condition, conduct this adjustment to correct the gradation.
Note
Be sure the "Auto gamma adjustment" have been adjusted before performing this adjustment.
(See P.295)
(1) Printer Gamma Offset Adj.
Conduct this adjustment when the color reproduction varies with copy modes to adjust the gradation and the
background density in a high light area.
Note
To adjust the printer gamma, perform the "Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adj." (See P.275). Only perform this adjustment when you want to make fine adjustments manually.
a.
Procedure



Press [02 Printer gamma adjustment].
4. "Printer Gamma Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Printer Gamma Offset Adj.].
5. "Printer Gamma Offset Adjustment screen"

Press [Next] or [Previous] to select the screen you want to adjust.
Note
Line1, Line2, Dot1 and Dot2 correspond to the screen names in user mode.
Contone is a screen used in the character section of Line1, Line2, Dot1, and Dot2.
ED is a screen used when "Compression" is selected in user mode.
Contone does not require the adjustment.
6. Press [COPY].
7. Select A4 or 81/2 X 11 paper and press Start key to print a test pattern.
8. Check the printed test pattern.
Make sure that the high light density starting section
[1]
of C and K is uniform, and even between the gray
Y
M
C
K
reference lines [1].
8050fs1015
9. If they are not even, press [SERVICE].
273
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. "Printer Gamma Offset Adjustment screen"

Press the button of a color (C or K) you want to adjust, enter a value through the numeric button and press
[<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)

12. Take notice of the gray gradation pattern [1] created
in C, M and Y, make sure that the gray balance at the
Y
M
C
K
square marks line [2] and [3] is the same.
[6]
[5]
[4] [2]
[3]
[1]
8050fs1016
13. If the gray balance is not the same, press the color (Y or M) you want to adjust, enter a value through the
numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
How to match the gray balance.
Take notice of the gray block [4] made up of 49 patches created in C, M and Y. In the 49 patches, M gets
darker toward right. And Y gets darker downward. C remains unchanged. The patch [5] at the center is
the same color as the gray [2]. The patches [6] positioned at the four corners of the patch [5] is the same
color as the gray [3]. Out of the 49 patches, select a gray of the same gray balance as the gray [6].
e.g.) When a patch on the lower right side is more suitable than the patch [5] at the center: Adjust M and
Y in the darker direction.
e.g.) When a patch on the upper left side is more suitable than the patch [5] at the center: Adjust M and Y
in the lighter direction.
14. Press [COPY].

15. Select A4 or 81/2 X 11 paper and press Start key to print a test pattern.
274
10. SERVICE MODE
(2) Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adj.

Conduct this adjustment when the color reproduction varies with copy modes to adjust the gradation and the
background density in a high light area.
Note
To adjust the printer gamma, perform this adjustment. Perform "Printer Gamma Offset Adj." (See
P.273) when you want make fine adjustments manually.
a.
Procedure




Press [02 PrinterGammaOffsetAutoAdj.]
5. "Printer Gamma Offset Automatic Adj. screen"

Press [Next] or [Previous] to select the screen you want to adjust.
Note
The adjustable screens are the same as the ones in Printer Gamma Offset Adjustment.
The printer gamma offset value of each YMCK displayed are the current values, and they are
linked with the "Printer Gamma Offset Adj." values.
6. Press [Readjust].
To readjust press [Yes], and press [No] to cancel the operation.
Note
When the gradation in high light area is way off, press [Adj. data reset] and reset the printer
gamma offset value to 0, then press [Readjust].
7. Press [COPY].
8. "Copy" screen
Select the A4 (for metric machine) or 81/2 x 11 (for inch machine) paper and press START key to print a test
pattern.
275
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[3]
Returns to the adjustment screen automatically when
[4]
test pattern is printed.

Place the outputted test pattern [1] on the original
glass securely against the original positioning plate/Lt
[3] and the original positioning plate/Rr [4].
Note
[2]
Set the test pattern so that the green triangular

mark [2] comes to the left side.
(printed side face down)
[1]
a03uf3c030ca
10. Place 10 sheets of copy paper (white) on top of the test pattern and close the DF or the original cover.
Note
Be sure to use white copy paper. Otherwise, the printer gamma cannot be corrected properly.
11. Press [Start].

12. The test pattern is scanned and the current YMCK values are updated.
Note
Since the scanned result at the first scan is not examined, a "Completed" message does not
appear after the first scan.
The quality judgement is made from the second scan. Make sure to repeat step 8 to 11 until the
"Completed" message appears.

Press [COPY].
14. Perform the steps 8 to 11.

15. Confirm that "Completed" is displayed. If message other than "Completed" is displayed, repeat steps 13
to 14.
276
10. SERVICE MODE
(3) Printer gamma sensor adj.

When a poor color reproduction results even after the "Auto gamma adjustment" of the "Process Adjustment",
conduct this adjustment to correct gradation.
The printer gamma correction that is performed automatically on regular basis uses PGC sensor to read the pattern on the transfer belt and there is a possibility that due to characteristic changes of PGC sensor, correction
may not be precise. This adjustment uses the scanner to correct the PGC sensor, enabling precise printer
gamma correction.
Note
Use plain paper or color copy paper to carry out this adjustment. The color of test pattern
changes according to the colored paper, therefore precise adjustment cannot be gained.
To reset the data to factory default, press [Adj. data reset]. Press [Yes] to reset the printer gamma
sensor adjustment to the factory default data, and [No] to keep the current data.
a.
Procedure




Press [03 Printer gamma sensor adj.].
5. "Printer Gamma Sensor Adjustment screen"

Select the screen you want to adjust.
Note
The adjustable screens are the same as the ones in Printer Gamma Offset Adjustment.
Whichever screen adjustment is carried out, perform the Contone adjustment together.
6. Press [COPY].
7. Select the A4 (for metric machine) or 81/2 x 11 (for inch machine) paper and press START key to print a test
pattern.
8. "Please load output paper...screen"
[3]
Returns to the adjustment screen automatically when
[4]
test pattern is printed.

Place the outputted test pattern [1] on the original
glass securely against the original positioning plate /
Lt [3] and the original positioning plate /Rr [4].
Note
[2]
Set the test pattern so that the green triangular

mark [2] comes to the left side. (printed side
face down)
[1]
8050fs1017
277
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
9. Place 10 sheets of copy paper (white) on top of the test pattern and close the DF or the original cover.
Note
Be sure to use white copy paper. Otherwise, the printer gamma cannot be corrected properly.
10. Press [Start].

11. If the chart is scanned and it is normal, the gamma sensor adjustment will be carried out, printer gamma
correction is executed and "Completed" message will be displayed.
12. When an abnormality occurs, an error code is displayed for every cause. Correct the error referring to the
following and repeat steps 6 to 11.
Error code
Descriptions
Causes
Error 1
A crossmark cannot be detected
Chart misplacement
Error 2
The chart is placed upside down
Chart misplacement
Error 3
Different chart is placed
Error 4
Adjustment impossible
Software bug
Error 5
Value is out of standard
Error 6
Non-volatile data abnormality
Check the installation position of

the NVRAM board
278
Error 7
Accessing to unassigned memory
Software bug
Error 8
Memory-related error
Software bug
Error 9
Program error
Software bug
Error 10
Chart is skewed
Chart misplacement
Error 11
Image header information read error
Software bug
Error 12
RBG data error
Chart is different, or software bug
Error 13
Arguments setting error
Software bug
Error 31
Sensor value error
Error 51
Regression calculation error
Error 52
Sequential number overflow
Software bug
Error 53
Regression order error
Software bug
Error 54
Select screen information error
Software bug
Error 55
Color information error
Software bug
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(4) Printer Screen Gradation Adj

Adjust tone jump (in which gradation is not continuous).
Note
Perform this adjustment after replacing the image processing board (IPB).
a.
Procedure




Press [04 Printer Screen Gradation Adj.].
5. "Printer Screen Gradation Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
6. Select A4 or 81/2 X11 paper and press Start key to print a test pattern.
7. Five sheets will be printed automatically so check that there are no tone jumps on the test patterns.
8. If tone jump has occurred, press [SERVICE].
9. "Printer Screen Gradation Adjustment screen"
Select the color that the tone jump has occurred in.
10. Enter the number subtracted one from the current value and press [<< SET].
Setting range: -3 to +1
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until there is no tone jump.
279
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.21 Sharpness adjustment (Quality Adjustment)

Conduct the sharpness adjustment or, this is carried out when moire reproduced.
Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the sharpness adjustment in user mode.
Note
This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.
A. Procedure



Press [03 Sharpness adjustment].
4. "Sharpness Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Place a "Color chart" on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, and press Start.
6. Press [SERVICE].
Setting range: -5 (soft/less moire) to +5 (sharp/more moire)
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until the appropriate value can be obtained.
10.3.22 Contrast adjustment (Quality Adjustment)

Adjust the contrast.
Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the contrast adjustment in user mode.
Note
A. Procedure



Press [04 Contrast adjustment].
4. "Contrast Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Place a "Color chart" on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, and press Start.
6. Press [SERVICE].
Setting range: -5 (contrast increase) to +5 (contrast decrease)
280
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.23 Image Distinction Level (Quality Adjustment)

Adjust the threshold value of original image distinction.
Note
The scanned image is distinguished into text, photo, dot, and colored text areas in image processing, and a screen to be used is determined according to the distinction.
This adjustment is used to increase the distinction accuracy of the original that the areas are
incorrectly distinguished once.
To increase the distinction range of photo, perform the adjustment in user mode.
(1) Dot detect adjustment
Adjust the dot distinction threshold value of the original image.
a.
Procedure



Press [05 Image Distinction Level].
4. "Image Distinction Level Menu screen"

Press [01 Dot detect adjustment].
5. "Dot Detect Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
6. Place an original you want to adjust on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, and press Start key.
7. Dot detect pattern will be printed.
By this output pattern, you can find out what this image was distinguished into.
Cyan section: Distinguished as dot
White section: Distinguished as photo
Black section: Distinguished as black text
Magenta section: Distinguished as colored text
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "Dot Detect Adjustment screen"
Select the color you wish to adjust, enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (dot area decrease) to +5 (dot area increase)
281
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
(2) Color text adjustment

Adjust the color text distinction threshold value of the original image.
Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the color text distinction function in user mode.
a.
Procedure




Press [02 Color text adjustment].
5. "Color Text Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
7. Color text detect pattern will be printed.
Magenta section: Distinguished as colored text
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "Color Text Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -5 (color text area decrease) to +5 (color text area increase)
282
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(3) Dot/Text area adjustment

Adjust the dot distinction and text distinction threshold values of the original image.
Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the text photo distinction function in user mode.
a.
Procedure




Press [03 Dot/Text area adjustment].
5. "Dot/Text Area Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
7. Dot/text detect pattern will be printed.
Cyan section: Distinguished as dot
White section: Distinguished as photo
Magenta section: Distinguished as colored test
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "Dot/Text Area Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -5 (dot area increase/text area decrease) to +5 (dot area decrease/text area increase)
283
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.24 ACS adjustment (Quality Adjustment)

Perform this adjustment when ACS (Automatic color selection) function does not work properly.
Note
A. Procedure



Press [06 ACS adjustment].
4. "Place original and touch [SCAN] screen"

Place an original that the ACS does not work properly on the original glass and press [Scan].
5. Next to the "JUDGE:", the result "COLOR" or "BLACK" will be displayed.

Setting range: -5 (black) to +5 (color)
284
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.25 Density adjustment (Quality Adjustment)

Adjust the AES density, copy density, background density, and B-side (see-through image) density.
This adjustment moves in parallel with shade direction without changing the printer gamma curve form and
adjusts the copy density.
Note
(1) AES adjustment
Adjust to change the center value selected in automatic copy density function in user mode.
a.
Procedure



Press [07 Density adjustment].
4. "Density Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 AES adjustment].
5. "AES Adj. -Set value then touch [SCAN] screen"

Place an original that you want to change the AES density on the original glass and press [Scan].
6. Next to the "RESULT:", the numeric value will be displayed.

7. If the "RESULT" is other than 0, enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
(e.g.: If the "RESULT" is 2, input -2).
Setting range:
-5 to +5
8. Repeat steps 5 to 7 until the "RESULT" becomes 0.
285
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
(2) Copy density adjustment

Adjust the density for copying.
Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the "Original Density Shift" in user mode.
a.
Procedure




Press [02 Copy density adjustment].
5. "Copy Density Adjustment screen"

Press [T] or [S] to select the item you want to adjust.
6. Press [COPY].
7. "Copy screen"
Select the mode to adjust, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, place a "Color chart" on the original glass, and
press Start key.
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "Copy Density Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -5 (lighter) to 5 +(darker)
286
10. SERVICE MODE
(3) Adjust Background

Adjust the background density (density of highlighted area) for copying.
In user mode only a batch adjustment is enabled. Therefore, it is impossible to perform individual adjustment for
original settings or color modes.
a.
Procedure




Press [03 Adjust Background].
5. "Background Adjustment screen"

6. Press [COPY].
7. "Copy screen"
Select the mode to adjust, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, place a "Test chart" on the original glass, and press
Start key.
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "Background Adjustment screen"
287
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
(4) B-side Prevent

Adjust the density of see-through image on back side of paper (density for shadow area) for copying.
In user mode only a batch adjustment is enabled. Therefore, it is impossible to perform individual adjustment for
original settings or color modes.
a.
Procedure




Press [04 B-Side Prevent].
5. "B-Side Prevent screen"

6. Press [COPY].
7. "Copy screen"
Select the mode to adjust, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, place a text chart on the original glass, and press
Start key.
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "B-Side Prevent screen"
Setting range: -5 (lighter) to 0
288
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.3.26 Tone adjustment (Quality Adjustment)

Conduct the tone adjustment of red, green or blue.
Perform this adjustment to change the center value for the "Hue-Fine Adjustment" in the user mode.
Note
(1) Red
Adjust the density of red.
a.
Procedure



Press [08 Tone Adjustment].
4. "Tone Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Red].
5. "Red screen"
Press [COPY].
6. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, place a "Color chart" on the original glass, and press Start key.
7. Press [SERVICE].
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until it is appropriate.
289
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
(2) Green
Adjust the density of green.
a.
Procedure




Press [02 Green].
5. "Green screen"
Press [COPY].
7. Press [SERVICE].
(3) Blue
Adjust the density of blue.
a.
Procedure




Press [03 Blue].
5. "Blue screen"
Press [COPY].
7. Press [SERVICE].
290
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.3.27 Recall standard data (Quality Adjustment)

Restore the quality adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.
Note
Adjustment data of "Scanner smooth tone/color" is not restored.
A. Procedure



Press [09 Recall standard data].

Note

291
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.3.28 Non-Image Area Erase Check

When installing the copier or moving its installation location, check to see if the "Non-Image Area Erase" of the
application function works satisfactorily. This also automatically adjusts sensitivity to correctly detect the nonimage area.
Preparation
Open the DF or the original cover fully.
Do not put anything on the original glass.
Clean the original glass.
A. Procedure


Press [04 Non-Image Area Erase Check].
3. "Non-Image Area Erase check screen"

Press [Start].
4. Check that the message below is displayed.

NORMAL adjustment selected.
The machine is set to appropriate parameters for Non-image Area Erase.
If any other message appears, refer to "B. Error message and Handling", and perform the Non-Iimage
Area Erase Check again.
292
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Error message and Handling

If an error is detected in the Non-Image Area Erase Check, error message as the following is displayed.
(1) Error message -1
Adjust for Moderate Brightness.
The Non-image area erase function may not operate correctly with dark (density) originals.
Handling 1
When the "Non-image area erase" function is not used very frequently, or when copy originals that have a dark
background are not copied very frequently in non-image area erase, the copier can be used in the current installation location. However, when copy originals that have a dark background are frequently copied, install the
copier in a location where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image
area erase check mode again.
(2) Error message -2
Adjust for Extreme Brightness.
In many case, the non-image area erase function will not operate correctly.
Handling 2
When the"Non-image area erase" function is not used very frequently, the copier can be used in the current
installation location. However, if the "Non-image area erase" function is frequently used, install the copier in a
location where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image area erase
check mode again. At this time, when there is a bright light source such as a fluorescent light installed directly
above the copier, reconsider the installation location, or take some measures to shield the light source and
check the mode again.
293
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4 Process Adjustment

10.4.1
1st transfer manual adj. (High Voltage Adjustment)

10.4.2
2nd transfer manual adj. (High Voltage Adjustment)

10.4.3
HV adj. (separation AC) (High Voltage Adjustment)
Must not be used during maintenance/repair.

10.4.4
HV adj. (sepration DC) (High Voltage Adjustment)

10.4.5
Pre-transfer Guide HV check (High Voltage Adjustment)
Do not use this adjustment in the field.

10.4.6
Blade setting mode (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)
Perform this adjustment when changing the belt cleaning blade or the transfer belt. In this mode, toner is applied
onto the transfer belt then cleaned with the belt cleaning blade. This prevents the damages of the transfer belt
and the belt cleaning blade.
A. Procedure

Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.].
3. "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Blade setting mode].
4. "Blade Setting Mode screen"

Press [Start]. This process completes in about 15 seconds and complete message is shown on the
screen.
294
10.4.7
10. SERVICE MODE
Automatic drum potential (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)
Measure the charging potential of each drum of Y, M, C, and K to adjust the developing bias value and the
charging voltage automatically. This adjustment is not necessary in the field. (Because this adjustment is
included in the "Auto gamma adjustment 0".)
A. Procedure
1. "Service Mode Menu" screen

2. "Process Adjustment Menu" screen

3. "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu" screen

Press [02 Automatic drum potential].
4. "Automatic Drum Potential screen"

Press [Start]. This process completes in about 10 seconds and the charging potential is displayed for
each line speed (1/1 speed, 2/3 speed and 1/2 speed) and for each color (Y, M, C and K) on the screen,
then a completion message will appear.
10.4.8
Auto gamma adjustment (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)
Adjust image stabilization automatically.

A. Procedure

2. "Process Adjustment Menu" screen

3. "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu" screen

Press [03 Auto gamma adjustment]].
4. "Automatic Gamma Adjustment screen"

Press [Start]. This process completes in about 3.5 minutes and the developing DC bias value is displayed
for each line speed (1/1 speed, 2/3 speed and 1/2 speed) and for each color (Y, M, C and K) on the
screen, then a completion message will appear.
Note
There are eight kinds of the "Auto gamma adjustment" (0 to 7), however, conduct "Auto gamma
adjustment 0" only in the field.
"Automatic gamma adjustment 0": Perform the Dmax density adjustment, dot diameter adjustment, automatic drum potential adjustment, and the gamma adjustment for all screens.
"Automatic gamma adjustment 1 to 7": Performs the image stabilization adjustment by screen.
When an abnormality occurs, an error code is displayed. Correct the error referring to the following.
Error 1: The gamma correction is unavailable due to the abnormal PGC sensor output.
When an error occurs, machine is controlled by using a correction value used
previously.
295
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.4.9
LD bias adjustment (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)
Perform this adjustment after replacing the write unit.

Note
Do not perform this adjustment except when replacing the write unit.
A. Procedure
1. Check the number on the barcode [1] pasted on

the new write unit and replace it.
* A177
B174 *
a03uf0c000ca
2. Enter Service mode.



Press [04 LD bias adjustment].
6. "LD Bias Adjustment screen"

Press [T] or [S] and select the color of the replaced write unit.
e.g.) After exchanging write unit/Y, press [Y1 Adjustment Data].
7. Input the number written on the barcode of the replaced write unit and press [<< SET]
e.g.) Barcode shown in step 1 was attached to the write unit/Y,
[Y1 Adjustment Data]: Input A value, 177
[Y2 Adjustment Data]: Input B value, 174
8. Press [Return] and press [SERVICE].

Press [05 State Confirmation] and press [01 I/O Check Mode].
296
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. Execute LD1/2 alarm data clear of the color that corresponds the write unit you have replaced.
"Output check"
37-91: LD1/2 alarm data clear/Y
37-92: LD1/2 alarm data clear/M
37-93: LD1/2 alarm data clear/C
37-94: LD1/2 alarm data clear/K
11. Execute the LD alarm measurement in "Output check" 37-00.
37-90: LD alarm measurement
Note
LD alarm data (laser power of the laser diode) can be checked using "Adjustment Data List" in "List
output".
"Default" in "Adjustment Data List" shows first measurement data, which is the value obtained
when executing 37-00 after clearing the LD alarm data by "37-9*".
"Setting" in "Adjustment data list normally shows "000". Measurement result of the LD alarm data
obtained by executing 37-00 will appear in the section, and the result will be overwritten each time
37-00 is executed.
The value of the LD alarm level will decrease as the laser diode deteriorates.
Steps 8 to 11 described above are the procedures to manage the history of the write unit replacement.
12. Executing the LD1/2 Laser emission timing adjustment (main scanning) in "Output check" 46-00. (Adjustment time: Max. 1 minute)
Note
The adjustment is performed for all four colors at a time. "FIN" will appear in the "OUT" column displayed on the touch panel when the adjustment is completed successfully.
If an abnormality is detected, an error code will be displayed
NG1 #: Deviation amount is larger than 70/100 pixel
NG2 #: Deviation amount is larger than 15/100 pixel
(Y, M, C, or K will appear at "#" to indicate which write unit is causing the error.)
13. Action when an error code displays

When abnormality is found for two or more write units, only one error code of the color with a high priority
(priority order is YMCK) is displayed. Therefore, replace a damaged write unit according to the error code
and repeat 46-00 until "FIN" is displayed.
e.g.) When write unit/Y and /K are damaged.
"NG1Y" will displayed by the first execution of 46-00 Replace the write unit/Y.
"NG1K" will displayed by the second execution of 46-00 Replace the write unit/K.
"FIN" will displayed by the third execution of 46-00.
297
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.10 Automatic Developer Charge (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)

In this mode, new developers are automatically charged after the current developers being discharged from the
developing unit manually.
Note
Always carry out the "Toner density sensor initial auto. adjustment" after replacing the developer.
If printing is started without performing the "Toner density sensor initial auto. adjustment", a
proper image density cannot be obtained, and the developers need to be replaced.
Do not open the cover of the developing unit. Otherwise, dust gets in the unit causing image failure.
A. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.(See P.44)

2. Remove the three screws [1] and remove the upper
[2]
cover/Fr [2].
[1]
a03uf3c012ca
3. Pull out the supporting shaft [1].

4. Loosen the two screws [2] and remove the devel-
[2]
[5]
[1]
[4]
oper charging plate [3].
5. Loosen the two screws [4] and remove the developer charging funnel/Lw [5].
[3]
298
a03uf3c013ca
6. Set the developer charging plate [2] to the shoulder

screws [1] provided above the developing unit of a
10. SERVICE MODE
[1]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[2]
color into which you are going to charge developers.
[1]
[2]
a03uf3c014ca
299
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
7. Set the developer charging funnel /Lw [2] to the
[3]
developer charging plate [1].
[2]
[1]
Note
Be sure to attach the tip of the developer
charging funnel/Lw [2] securely to the toner
supply opening [3].
a03uf3c015ca
8. Set the developer charging funnel/Up [2] packaged

together with developer to the developer charging
[2]
[1]
funnel/Lw [1].
Note
The developer charge funnel/Up [2] is packaged together with each developer. Be sure not
to reuse the funnel.
a03uf3c016ca
9. Enter Service mode.



Press [05 Automatic Developer Charge].
13. "Automatic Developer Charge screen"

Select the color of developer.
14. Press the [Start], then pour a new developer into the developer charging funnel/Up.
15. Make sure that the developer has been charged successfully before pressing the [CANCEL].
16. When charging another developer, repeat steps 3 to 12.
17. Press [Return] to return to "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu screen".
18. Put the installed parts back to their original positions.
19. Perform "Toner density sensor Init." adjustment.(See P.301)
300
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.11 Toner density sensor Init. (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)

Carry out this adjustment after new developers are charged, and adjust the standard toner concentration of the
developer.
Measure developer permeability in the developing unit with TCR sensor, memorize the input voltage obtained
when the TCR sensor output voltage became the standard value to the NVRAM board (NRB).
Note
After replaceing developer, do not execute printing without carrying out this adjustment. Otherwise, a proper image density cannot be obtained, and the developers need to be replaced.
The value displayed after the adjustment is a TCR sensor control voltage (input voltage) expressed
in 8 bit.
A. Procedure



Press [06 Toner Density Sensor Init.].
4. "Toner Density Sensor Initial Auto. Adj. screen"

Select the color of a developer that has been newly charged and then press the [Start].
5. A message "Completed" is displayed.
10.4.12 Initial drum rotation (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)

Conduct this operation after replacing the drum cartridge. This operation rotates the drum at low speed to lubricate by the Lubricant applying roller it to protect the drum and the cleaning blade.
A. Procedure



Press [07 Initial drum rotation].
4. "Initial Drum Rotation screen"

Press [Start]. This process completes in about 10 seconds and complete message is shown on the
screen.
301
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.13 Surface potential sensor (Sensor output check)

Measure uncharged potential of the drum before charging by the drum potential sensor (PRPS). (8 bit output)
10.4.14 Maximum density sensor (Sensor output check)
Measure uncharged potential of the transfer belt by the PGC sensor (PS11) and checks the baseline controlled
voltage for the maximum density correction. (8 bit output)
10.4.15 Gamma sensor output (Sensor output check)
Measure uncharged potential of the transfer belt by the PGC sensor (PS11) and checks the baseline controlled
voltage for the gamma correction. (8 bit output)
10.4.16 Toner Density Sensor (Sensor output check)
Checks the output voltage of the TCR sensor. (8 bit output)
A. Procedure


Press [03 Sensor output check].
3. "Sensor Output Check Menu screen"

Press [04 Toner Density Sensor].
4. "Toner Density Sensor Output screen"

Press [Next] or [Previous] to select the process speed (Line Speed1: 1/1, Line Speed2: 2/3 and Line
Speed3: 1/2) to be checked.
5. Select the color(S) to be checked.

6. Press [Start] to display the output value of the selected items.
7. Press [STOP] to end the check.
8. When checking another line speed, repeat steps 4 to 7.
302
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.17 Drum Surfase potential (Sensor output check)

Check the V0 (charging potential) and the Vi (exposure potential) of drums (The potential output value multiplied
by four becomes voltage).
A. Procedure



Press [05 Drum Surface potential].
4. "Drum Surface Potential screen"

Press [Next] or [Previous] to select the process speed (Line Speed1: 1/1, Line Speed2: 2/3 and Line
Speed3: 1/2) to be checked.
5. Select the color(S) to be checked.

6. Press [Start] to display the V0 and Vi potential output value of selected items.
8. When checking another line speed, repeat steps 4 to 7.
10.4.18 Humidity/Temperature (Sensor output check)

Check the output of the temperature/humidity sensor.
A. Procedure



Press [06 Humidity/Temperature].
4. "Humidity/Temperature Output screen"

Press [Start] to display the humidity and temperature value of the items below.
Humidity/Temperature sensor 1: Temp/humidity sensor /1 (TEM/HUMS/1)*1
Humidity/Temperature sensor 2: Temp/humidity sensor /2 (TEM/HUMS/2)
Fixing Heat Roller Temp. (center): Temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1)
Fixing Heat Roller Temp. (end): Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3)
Fixing Press Roller Temp. (center): Temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2)
*1 When the PF is connected to: Temperature-humidity sensor (TEM/HUMS) of PF is used.
303
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.19 Toner Density Return Mode (Sensor output check)

Supply toner automatically up to the standard value for the developing unit, whose output value of the TCR sensor is below the standard value (low toner concentration).
A. Procedure



Press [07 Toner Density Return Mode].
4. "Toner Density Recovery Mode screen"

Select the color(s) whose density needs to be recovered.
5. Press [Start] to supply toner to the developing unit with lower than the standard density value. When the
toner concentration reaches to the standard value, the main body stops.
Note
The Output value and the State (ON/OFF) on the touch panel are corresponding to the TCR sensor output value (8bits) and the state (ON/OFF) of toner supply operation.
304
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.20 Covered Margin Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment)

Change potential difference between the charging potential and the developing bias to prevent image background, white spots image, and carrier scattering.
Note
Do not perform this adjustment when there is no problem. Unnecessary adjustment may cause
image failure (image background, white spot image) or damages to the drum and the cleaning
blade.
There are several adjustment to reduce the image background.
As a priority of adjustment, adjust in the following order.
1)Develop AC Frequency
2)Covered Margin Fine Adj.
3)Toner Density Fine Adj.
After changing the set value, conduct the auto gamma adjustment.
(See P.295)
A. Procedure


Press [04 Process Fine Adjustment].
3. "Process Fine Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Covered Margin Fine Adj.].
4. "Covered Margin Fine Adjustment screen"

Select the color(S) to be adjusted and enter the adjustment value with the numeric buttons, and press [<<
SET].
Adjustment range: -5 (carrier scattering /white spot image caused by carrier prevention) to +5 (image background prevention) 1 step = 6V
Note
Take care that carrier scattering/white spot image caused by carrier prevention and image background prevention are trade off. When either of them is improved, the other is worsened.
5. Press [default] to restore the default settings.
305
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.21 Develop AC Bias Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment)

Change the developing AC bias to reduce noisy image (roughness due to white spot), and improve developing
ability (increase density in solid area).
Note
After changing the set value, conduct the auto gamma adjustment. (See P.295)
A. Procedure



Press [02 Develop AC Bias Fine Adj.].
4. "Develop AC Bias Fine Adjustment screen"

SET].
Adjustment range: -5 (noisy image prevention) to +5 (improve developing ability) 1 step = 0.1kV
306
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.22 Develop AC Frequency (Process Fine Adjustment)

Change frequency of the developing AC bias to improve the image background and reproducibility of outline
characters on a colored background.
Note
(See P.295)
A. Procedure



Press [03 Develop AC Frequency].
4. "Develop AC Frequency Fine Adjustment screen"

SET].
Adjustment range: -5 (improve reproducibility of outline characters on a colored background.) to +5
(image background prevention) 1 step = 0.3kHz
307
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.23 Toner Density Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment)

Change the TCR sensor control voltage to prevent image background, toner scattering, carrier scattering, white
spot caused by carrier.
Note
(See P.295)
A. Procedure



Press [04 Toner Density Fine Adj.].
4. "Toner Density Fine Adjustment screen"

Select the colors to be adjusted and enter the adjustment value with the numeric buttons, and press [<<
SET].
Adjustment range: -5 (image background, toner scattering prevention) to +5 (carrier scattering, white spot
caused by carrier prevention) 1 step = 0.1%
308
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.24 Drum Tiny Rotation Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.)

Change interval of low humidity environment correction control (rotates drums periodically) to improve image failures caused by a uneven drum charging potential (that occurs easily with low humidity).
A. Procedure


Press [05 Interval/Quantity Adj.].
3. "Interval/Quantity Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Drum Tiny Rotation Interval].
4. "Drum Small Rotation Interval screen"

Enter the adjustment value with the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Adjustment range: +1 to +5 1 step = One minute
10.4.25 Auto. Refresh Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.)

Select the execution intervals and the toner consumption amount of the toner refresh mode. (Checks the average of print coverage for each color with each specific drive distance of the developing roller/K, and consumes
a certain amount of toner for the color that the print coverage is lower than 5% converted in A4 size after completion of printing.)
A. Procedure



Press [02 Auto. Refresh Interval].
"Automatic Refresh Interval screen"
Specify the settings of each adjustment item, "Execution existence", "Execution frequency" and "Refresh
quantity", and press [OK] to enable the new settings.
Execution existence: [OFF], [ON]
Execution frequency: [small] - Equivalent to A4 continuous 1,000 prints
[middle] - Equivalent to A4 continuous 500 prints
[large] - Equivalent to A4 continuous 330 prints
Refresh quantity:
[small] - Equivalent to A3 solid 3 sheets

[middle] - Equivalent to A3 solid 5 sheets
[large] - Equivalent to A3 solid 8 sheets
Note
Execution frequency varies depending on environmental temperature and print modes.
4. Press [Cancel] to cancel the operation.
309
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.4.26 Toner Dens. Sensor Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.)

Change correction interval of the TCR sensor control voltage at 2/3 speed and 1/2 speed.
A. Procedure



Press [03 Toner Dens. Sensor Interval].
4. "Toner Density Sensor Line Speed screen"

Select an interval and press [OK].
5. Press [Cancel] to cancel the operation.
10.4.27 Recall standard data

Restore the process adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.
Note
Adjustment data of "Automatic drum potential" and the "LD bias adjustment" can be restored.
A. Procedure


Press [06 Recall standard data].

Note
Select [Installation Initial Data] to retrieve the values from a backup in I/O check mode (code:
"91-00").

310
10. SERVICE MODE
10.5.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.5 System Setting

Software SW Setting
Set the software DIPSW.

Note
Do not change any switch not described in the service manual.
A. Procedure

Press [03 System Setting].
2. "System Setting Menu screen"

Press [01 Software SW Setting].
3. "Software Switch Setting Mode screen"

Press [T] / [S] or numeric buttons after pressing the "DIPSW number" and "Bit number" buttons.
4. Press [On(1)] or [Off(0)] to specify ON/OFF of the selected bit numbers.
B. Software Switch Setting Mode screen
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
a03uf3e001ca
[1]
DIPSW data (indicates the 8bit values of the selected DIPSW numbers in hexadecimals from 00 to FF.)
[2]
DIPSW number
[4]
Bit data: 1:ON, 0:OFF
[3]
Bit number (0 to 7)
[5]
Numeric buttons
311
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
C. Software DIPSW lists

DIPSW Bit
Function
Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
Display of process adjustment on user
Disabled
Enabled
screen
1
Print stop method after displaying toner
*1
*1
supply or waste toner full display
Print when the maintenance count is reached
5
6
*1
*1
Allowed
Prohibited
Number of allowed print quantity after
*2
*2
reaching the maintenance count
*2
*2
*2
*2
Disabled
Enabled
7
2
Hard disk drive connection recognition
Line 1 screen switchover
Previous screen
New screen
Polygon motor rotation speed switchover
Speed when
2/3 speed
print operation
is ended
3
Malfunction code latch (C35## to C39##)
Unlatched
Latched
Reverse decurler roller preliminary rotation
Disabled
Enabled
I/O check mode output 15 memory clear
Disabled
Enabled
Air assist shutter open/close control (PF)
Enabled
Disabled
Paper exit decurler roller pressure setting/1
Normal
Moist paper sup-
0
0
port
2
Paper exit decurler roller pressure setting/2
Normal
Prevention of
wrinkle at lead
edge of paper in
duplex mode
5
APS when magnification is changed
Large size paper counting method - B&W
Enabled
Disabled
Count as 1 *3
Count as 2 *3
Count as 1 *3
Count as 2 *3
(other than maintenance counter)

7
Large size paper count method - Color

312
DIPSW Bit
10. SERVICE MODE

Function
Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
Fusing jam blank paper cleaning
Enabled
Disabled
Change of the size of the large size paper
B4 / 81/2 X14
A3 / 11X17
(maintenance counter)
(338mm) or
(365mm) or
larger
larger
0
Dust proof filter/1 life message display

timing
180,000 prints: 200,000 prints:

near life end
near life end
200,000 prints: 220,000 prints:

7
Print when the dust proof filter/1 life
life end
life end
Allowed
Prohibited
Normal
Unavailable
Normal
Unavailable
Normal
Unavailable
count is reached
6
Faulty part isolation: FD fold and punch

function
Faulty part isolation: FD main tray paper

exit
Faulty part isolation: FD post insertion

function
Faulty part isolation: FS staple function
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation: FS main tray paper
Normal
Unavailable
exit
5
Faulty part isolation: FS
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation: LS main tray paper
Normal
Unavailable
Normal
Unavailable
0
0
exit (1st unit)

7
Faulty part isolation: LS main tray paper

exit (2nd unit)
Faulty part isolation: SD saddle stitching
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation: SD multi folding
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation: SD multi letter
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation: SD trimming
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation: SD coupling convey-
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation : PB cover paper
Normal
Unavailable
ance, sub tray paper exit

insertion
6
Faulty part isolation : PB binder function
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation : PB
Normal
Unavailable
313
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
DIPSW Bit

Function
Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
Counter action for the jam in the
*4
*4
Count as 1
Count as 2
reverse/exit section
6
Large size paper count method

(maintenance counter)
10
Copy quantity limit
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
Hard disk image memory
Disabled
Enabled
Change of the size of the large size paper
*6
*6
*6
*6
Custom size tolerance setting
Only with ATS : Tray selection

tolerance is and ATS : toler2mm
ance is
Count as 2
Count as 1
10mm
11
314
Private MIB count method (large size)
Filter for jagged edges on slanting lines
Disabled
Enabled
0
0
Automatic paper supply
Disabled
Enabled
Jam code display
Disabled
Enabled
DIPSW Bit
10. SERVICE MODE

Function
Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
12
Konica Minolta logo when power switch
Enabled
Disabled
is turned ON
13
14
15
CSRC connection selection
Telephone line
E-mail
CMS function screen display
Disabled
Enabled
Charging corona life display
Enabled
Disabled
FNS alarm stop method
*7
*7
*7
*7
CS Remote Care connection recognition
Disabled
Enabled
Scan send address resetting after scan-
Disabled
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
ning
7
LDAP function
315
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
DIPSW Bit

Function
Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
16
Scanner magnification setting
Disabled
Enabled
Box name Japanese input
Disabled
Enabled
Coin vendor type
Parallel
Serial
Counting of the key counter in the printer
Disabled
Enabled
Display of machine install date in Utility
Enabled
Disabled
mode
menu mode
17
Dehumidifier heater temperature control
*8
*8
(LU/PF)
*8
*8
Density selection at scanning the tab
*9
*9
paper
*9
*9
*9
*9
6
18
Faulty part isolation: Tray 1
Normal
Unavailable
Normal
Unavailable
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation: Tray 4 (LU)
Normal
Unavailable
Print during temperature control by dehu-
Prohibited
Allowed
Normal
Unavailable
0
0
midifier heater (LU/PF)

5
Faulty part isolation: FS center fold, saddle stitch
19
Faulty part isolation: PI
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation: HDD
Normal
Unavailable
Fusing upper and lower roller tempera-
*10
*10
ture selection
*10
*10
*10
*10
Multi feed detection (PF)
Enabled
Disabled
Faulty part isolation: PF
Normal
Unavailable
Developing motor stop control during
*11
*11
printing
*11
*11
316
DIPSW Bit
10. SERVICE MODE

Function
Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
20
Group stapling
Image scanning area with Page Margin
Disabled
Enabled
Normal
Original priority
Based on origi- Based on print
mode
2
Total page number standard in "Stamp"

mode
Periodical black toner band creation on
nal
Normal
Increased at the
the transfer belt
21
paper
edges
PB perfect binding limit number switcho-
High-quality
Plain paper
paper/color
table
ver
paper/coated
paper table
1
PB warm-up control switchover
Warm up
Not warm up
when power
when power
switch is turned switch is turned

2
PB heater control switchover
ON
ON
Turn OFF the
Not turn OFF
heater automati- the heater autocally after com- matically after

pletion of
completion of
perfect binding perfect binding
22
257-300g/m2 paper exit with its face up
Not allowed
Allowed
Faulty part isolation: Tray4 (PF)
Normal
Unavailable
Faulty part isolation: Tray5 (PF)
Normal
Unavailable
Machine NIC setting
Number of punch holes
2
3
Image position for the custom size original (when using DF)
Disabled
Enabled
*12
*12
*12
*12
Based on user Based on APS

selection
at DF
Function of the power save key
Enabled
Disabled
SD trimming board adjustment display
Disabled
Enabled
Operation when FS runs out of staple
Staple supply
Selecting
request
between staple
supply or staple
release
7
317
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
DIPSW Bit

Function
Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
23
Precision of the color registration auto-
Normal *13
Fine *13
Enabled *14
Disabled *14
Enabled *15
Disabled *15
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Reset when
Not reset when
print job is
print job is
started
started
matic correction (during printing)

3
Control of the color registration automatic

correction (periodical correction)
The color registration automatic correction in main scan direction (periodical correction)
24
25
Gamma correction (IC)
Punch auto switching (PK/FD)
Simple-gamma correction counter reset
Enabled
Disabled
3
4
Color registration automatic correction
*16
*16
*16
*16
Normal *17
Speed prefer-
control
Precision of the color registration automatic correction
26
318
Dehumidifier heater (standard heater)
0
1
ence *17
Enabled
Disabled
Multi feed detection (PI/PB)
Enabled
Disabled
Printer auto centering correction (LU, PF)
Enabled
Disabled
Printer auto centering correction (ADU)
Enabled
Disabled
DIPSW Bit
10. SERVICE MODE

Function
Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
27
28
29
Inclusion of proof copy to the set copy
Disabled
Enabled
quantity
30
Restriction of the display of the service
Disabled
Enabled
mode "List output"

2
PB perfect binding limit (includes Z-fold)
Enabled
Disabled
319
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
DIPSW Bit

Function
Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
31
SRA4,SRA3 main tray paper exit of FS-
Disabled
Enabled
Z-fold max paper exit capacity: FS-503
*18
*18
main tray
*18
*18
*19
*19
607
Z-fold, center-fold max paper exit capacity: FD main tray

4
FS-503 Z-fold + Staple output number

limit
32
*19
*19
Contone output of solid text (IC)
Disabled
Enabled
Internal trapping (IC)
Disabled
Enabled
Note
Bold boxes show default settings.
*1
Print stop method after displaying toner supply

or waste toner full display
This switch is to select whether to display process

adjustment button on the [Paper Setting] screen of
[MACHINE] screen.
Mode
1-3
1-2
Stops after ejecting paper
in the machine
Stops at a break between
copy set
Stops at the end of the
current job
Does not stop
*2
Number of allowed print quantity after reaching

the maintenance count
320
1-7
1-6
1-5
1,000 prints
Mode
2,000 prints
3,000 prints
4,000 prints
5,000 prints
1,000 prints
1,000 prints
1,000 prints

Large size paper counting method (other than
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
*3
10. SERVICE MODE
maintenance counter)
This switch is used to set count of large size paper
print as 1 or 2. It changes count method for other
than maintenance counter.
The related switches are DIPSW5-5, 8-6 and 10-3
through 4.
Default differs depending on the main body destination.
Europe: count as 1
North America: 11x17 count as 2, 81/2 x14 count as 1
Other: count as 2.
*4
Counter action for the jam in the reverse section
When the jam occured with 8.5x11 thin-paper in the

reverse exit section, prevents the papers from attaching together by hastening the reversing speed.
*5
Mode
8-5
Disabled
Enabled (Counter action for
the jam)
Copy quantity limit
9-7
9-6
9-5
No limit
Mode
1 print
3 prints
5 prints
9 prints
10 prints
20 prints
30 prints
50 prints
99 prints
No limit
No limit
No limit
No limit
No limit
No limit
9-4
321
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

*6
Change of the size of the large size paper (other

than maintenance counter)
This switch changes the standard of large size paper

used for counter control other than maintenance
counter.
Mode
10-4
10-3
A3 / 11X17 or larger
All sizes are small
B4 / 81/2 X 14 / 8K or larger
81/2 X 13,
15-4
15-3
Mode
16-6
16-5
Environment temperature
81/4 X 13, 81/8 X 131/4,

8 X 13 or larger
*7
FS alarm stop method
This switch is used to select alarm stop condition.

Alarm stop means detection of the following states.
FD/FS/LS tray lower limit, FD/FS/LS/SD tray paper
full, FD/PK punch waste full, FS staple waste full, SD
trimming waste full
Mode
Stop immediately after
detection
Stops at a break between
print set after detection
Does not stop while
printing
Does not stop while
printing
*8
Dehumidifier heater temperature control (LU/

PF)
With LU, PF option dehumidifier heater is connected,

this switch is used to set control temperature when
dehumidifier fan heater control is set to [On (compulsory) ] in the Utility menu mode.
+6 C
+8 C
+10 C
+6 C
*9
Density selection at scanning tab paper
This switch is used to select background density

when scanning tabed paper.
17-6
17-5
17-4
Brightness level 80
Mode
Brightness level 40
(Lightest)
322
Brightness level 60
Brightness level 100
Brightness level (Darkest)
*10
10. SERVICE MODE
Fusing upper and lower roller temperature

selection
This switch is used to change the fusing standard

control temperature. Decrease temperature against
paper curling or waving and increase temperature
against insufficient fusing or fusing winding jam.
19-1
19-2
19-3
-30 C
Mode
-20 C
-10 C
Standard
Upper roller: standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Lower roller: +10 C
*11
Developing motor stop control during printing
Mode
Normal
19-7
19-6
(automatic switchover)
Rotation at 1/4 speed
when image is not developed
OFF when image is not
developed
Normal
(automatic switchover)
*12
Number of punch holes
This switch changes prohibition control by paper size,

which differs depending on the number of punch
holes. It also changes the number of holes on the
punch hole select screen of user mode.
22-2
22-1
2-hole
Mode
2/3-hole switchover
2/4-hole switchover
Swedish 4-hole
*13
Precision of the color registration automatic

correction (during printing)
This switch changes accuracy of color registration

correction that is performed periodically during print-
Mode
23-2
Normal
Fine
ing. If fine is selected, the registration accuracy

improves by approx. 0.5 pixels, but the correction
time takes 2 minutes longer.
*14
Control of the color registration automatic correction (periodical correction)
Down time while in the continuous printing is reduced

by disable the color registration correction that is per-
Mode
23-3
Enabled
Disabled
formed periodically. (Color registration correction

when the fusing temperature is lower than the specified temperature at power ON is not omitted.)
323
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

*15
The color registration automatic correction in

main scan direction (periodical correction)
The color registration correction that is performed

periodically can be disabled in the main scan direc-
Mode
23-4
Enabled
Disabled
tion only. This is used temporarily when there is a registration error along the main scan as a result of a
trouble around the transfer belt unit, or when isolating
faulty part.
*16
Color registration automatic correction control
This switch is used to change the timing of periodical

color registration correction control or disable the correction.
Enable: Correction is performed by suspending
print at specified print.
Disable: Correction is omitted temporarily to
25-4
25-3
Enabled
Mode
Disabled
No performed during
printing
reduce down time when the machine cannot be

used with malfunction code related to the drum
potential sensor or PGC sensor.
No performed during printing: Correction that is
performed by suspending print at every specified
print is performed after the print job to reduce
down time.
*17
Precision of the color registration automatic

correction
This switch changes accuracy of color registration

correction that is performed automatically. If speed
Mode
25-5
Normal
Speed preference
preference is selected, the correction time can be

shorten. Correction time of "speed preference" is
approx. 30 seconds.
*18
Z-fold max paper exit capacity: FS-503 main

tray
Z-fold,center-fold max paper exit capacity: FD
main tray
This switch is used to select the max stacking capacity of paper which is Z-folded or center-folded by FD
31-3
31-2
50 sheets
Mode
40 sheets
30 sheets
20 sheets
on the FS or FD main tray during continuous printing.

If folding performance is poor and causing paper jam
or dropping from tray, reduce the max stacking
capacity of folded paper using this switch.
*19
FS-503 Z-fold + Staple number limit
This switch is used to set the max number of FS-503

Staple Z-folded papers included in 50 sheets (A3
size).
324
31-5
31-4
5 sheets
Mode
8 sheets
10 sheets
3 sheets
10.5.2
10. SERVICE MODE
Telephone Number Setting
Register telephone and fax numbers of a service center that will be displayed in help information or when a malfunction occurs.
A. Procedure


Press [02 Telephone Number Setting].
3. "Customer Support TEL/FAX Setting screen"

Press either of [Service Center Tel (16)] or [Service Center Fax (16)] that you want to set.
4. Enter telephone number or fax number to be registered with the numeric buttons.
Note
When a number is less than 16 digits, be sure to use hyphens or etc to fill up the blanks.
5. Press [OK] to register the data.

Press [Cancel] to cancel the operation.
10.5.3
M/C Serial Number Setting
Set and display the serial numbers of the main body and options.
Note
The serial number of the main body cannot be changed.
A. Procedure


Press [03 M/C Serial Number Setting].
3. "Serial Number Setting Mode screen"

Select the option, then a keyboard screen appears. Enter a serial number using the alphanumeric buttons.
4. Press [OK] to register the data.

325
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.5.4
Setup Date Input
Set the starting date of the total counter that is displayed on the screen in the utility menu mode.
When the DIPSW 16-4 is set to "1", the starting date of the total counter is not displayed.
A. Procedure


Press [04 Setup Date Input].
3. "Setup Date Input screen"

Enter an installation date with the numeric buttons. Press [Set] to highlight the Year/Month/Date to be
entered.
4. Press [OK] to update the data.

326
10. SERVICE MODE
10.6 Counter/data
10.6.1
Maintenance Counter
Set or reset the maintenance counter cycle.

Note
The maintenance cycle can be set either paper count (Quantity) or travel distance (m) of the developing roller/K (Distance). "Quantity" is selected by default.
The count condition of the maintenance counter varies depending on the DIPSW8-6 settings.
0: 1 count for a single side of each paper exit, and 2 counts for a double side.
1: 2 counts for a single side of each large size paper exit (the definition of large size paper is set by
DIPSW10-3 and 4), and 4 counts for a double side. For those other than the large size, the count
is same as when set to "0."
A. Counter reset
After the maintenance is completed, reset the maintenance count using this mode.
Note
Be sure to reset the maintenance counter after the periodic maintenance (every 200,000 prints
(PRO C6500)/every 150,000 prints (PRO C5500)).
If it is not reset, the warning message and icon for periodic maintenance will not be disappeared.
(1) Procedure

Press [04 Counter/Data]
2. "Counter/Data Menu screen"

Press [01 Maintenance Counter].
3. "Maintenance Counter screen"

Press [Count Reset] to reset the maintenance counter.
4. "Reset confirmation screen"

Press [Yes] to reset.
The count is reset and the starting date is automatically entered.
Press [No] to cancel.
327
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
B. Maintenance cycle setting

Set the maintenance cycle counter.
Note
The maintenance counter is predetermined. Be sure not to change the count value normally. Default setting
is set to 200,000 (PRO C6500)/150,000 (PRO C5500) prints and 130,000 m (PRO C6500/C5500).
(1) Procedure

Press [04 Counter/Data]

Press [01 Maintenance Counter].

Enter high digits of the cycle with the numeric buttons.

Press [OK] to register the data. Press [Cancel] to cancel the opreration.
328
10.6.2
10. SERVICE MODE
Data Collection
Display the counter/data of the main body shown below on the touch panel.
Counter/data can also be checked in the CS Remote Care, List Output and Mail Remote Notification System.
Paper Size Counter (Total)
Paper Size Counter (Copy)
Paper Size Counter (Print)
ADF Counter
Coverage Data History
Paper Jam History
Jam Counter
Copy Mode Counter (1)
Copy Mode Counter (2)
SC Counter
Paper Jam Sectional Counter
Failure Sectional Counter
SC data of time series
A. Procedure

Press [04 Counter/Data].

Press [02 Data Collection].
3. "Parts Counter Menu screen"

Press the counter/data item you want to check.
4. "Collecting Data screen"

Press [Next] or [Previous] to scroll the pages.
Note
[Count Reset] is displayed on each screen of [Paper Jam Sectional Counter] and [SC data of
time series]
"Count Reset confirmation screen" appears when [Count Reset] is pressed. Press [Yes] to reset
the sectional count. Press [No] to cancel the count reset.
By resetting these data when you visit the customer of the maintenance implementation etc. you
can check the jam and malfunction occurrence count after it was visited last time.
329
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
B. Paper Size Counter (Total/Copy/Print)

Confirm the number of print of each paper size.
Note
Maximum count number is 99,999,999.
Count value is one count each for all kinds of paper size.
No.
CSRC parameter
Size
Remarks
(B1,B6,B8,
BD,BE,BF)
01
00
Others
02
01
A3
03
02
A4
04
03
A5
05
04
A6
06
05
B4
07
06
B5
08
07
B6
09
08
12 x 18
10
09
11 x 17
11
0A
8.5 x 14
12
0B
8.5 x 11
13
0C
7.25 x 10.5
14
0D
5.5 x 8.5
15
0E
F4
16
0F
Post card
17
10
4x6
18
11
8K
19
12
16K
20
13
Long paper
21
14
A2
22
15
SRA3
23
16
SRA4
24
17
13 x 19
25
18
Infinite 1
Custom size: 196 mm or shorter in sub-scan direction.
26
19
Infinite 2
27
1A
Infinite 3
28
1B
Infinite 4
29
1C
Infinite 5

Custom size: 391 mm or longer in sub-scan direction.
330
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. ADF Counter
Confirm the number of originals fed in each DF mode.
Note
Maximum count number is 99,999,999.
No.01 and No.02 counter do not double count with other counters.
One count for single-sided, two counts for double-sided.
No.
CSRC parameter
Item
Remarks
(F0)
01
00
N of originals fed in ADF mode/1 side
02
01
N of originals fed in ADF mode/2 side
03
02
N of originals fed in RDH mode
04
03
N of originals fed in RRDH mode
Reserved
05
04
N of originals fed in LDF mode
Reserved
Reserved
06
05
N of originals fed in CFF mode
Reserved
07
06
N of 1-sided SDF original fed
Reserved
08
07
N of mix originals fed in ADF/1 side
09
08
N of mix originals fed in ADF/2 side
10
09
N of originals fed in 2in1 mode
11
0A
N of 1-sided Z-folded original fed
12
0B
N of 2-sided Z-folded original fed
13
0C
N of 2-sided SDF original fed
Reserved
Reserved
331
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
D. Coverage Data History

Confirm the average coverage of 5,000 print sheets of the latest 30 data for each of Y, M, C and K.
Note
The coverage data is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area of
the image data. Therefore, it is different from the toner consumption when actually printed.
Up to 30 latest coverage data are maintained with the older ones deleted in sequence.
No.
CSRC parameter
Print count
(V0)
332
Coverage
(%)
01
00
Total
02
01
Print count 1
03
02
Print count 2
04
03
Print count 3
05
04
Print count 4
06
05
Print count 5
07
06
Print count 6
08
07
Print count 7
09
08
Print count 8
10
09
Print count 9
11
0A
Print count 10
12
0B
Print count 11
13
0C
Print count 12
14
0D
Print count 13
15
0E
Print count 14
16
0F
Print count 15
17
10
Print count 16
18
11
Print count 17
19
12
Print count 18
20
13
Print count 19
21
14
Print count 20
22
15
Print count 21
23
16
Print count 22
24
17
Print count 23
25
18
Print count 24
26
19
Print count 25
27
1A
Print count 26
28
1B
Print count 27
29
1C
Print count 28
30
1D
Print count 29
31
1E
Print count 30
(00.0 to 99.9)
10. SERVICE MODE
E. Paper Jam History

Confirm the latest 100 jams, it is possible to confirm jam code, total count, date of occurrence, tray used, paper
size, and magnification.
F.
JAM/Paper Jam Sectional Counter
Confirm the number of jam occurrences for each jam code.

Note
Maximum count is 999,999.
The stationary jam is not included in the count.
Jam code is displayed on the user mode screen when changing the DIPSW11-7 to 1.
No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Jam code)
No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Jam code)
No.
(J0)
(J0)
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Jam code)
(J0)
001
00
J-1001
031
1E
J-1657
061
3C
J-3254
002
01
J-1002
032
1F
J-1658
062
3D
J-5101
003
02
J-1003
033
20
J-1701
063
3E
J-9201
004
03
J-1051
034
21
J-1702
064
3F
J-9202
005
04
J-1101
035
22
J-1703
065
40
J-9251
006
05
J-1151
036
23
J-1704
066
41
J-9252
007
06
J-1201
037
24
J-1705
067
42
J-9301
008
07
J-1251
038
25
J-1706
068
43
J-9351
009
08
J-1301
039
26
J-1707
069
44
J-9401
010
09
J-1351
040
27
J-1708
070
45
J-9451
011
0A
J-1501
041
28
J-1709
071
46
J-6101
012
0B
J-1502
042
29
J-1710
072
47
J-6102
013
0C
J-1551
043
2A
J-1751
073
48
J-6103
014
0D
J-1552
044
2B
J-1752
074
49
J-6201
015
0E
J-1601
045
2C
J-1753
075
4A
J-6203
016
0F
J-1602
046
2D
J-1754
076
4B
J-6206
017
10
J-1603
047
2E
J-1901
077
4C
J-6209
018
11
J-1604
048
2F
J-1902
078
4D
J-6301
019
12
J-1605
049
30
J-1903
079
4E
J-6304
020
13
J-1606
050
31
J-3201
080
4F
J-6305
021
14
J-1607
051
32
J-3202
081
50
J-6501
022
15
J-1608
052
33
J-3203
082
51
J-6502
023
16
J-1609
053
34
J-3204
083
52
J-6504
024
17
J-1610
054
35
J-3205
084
53
J-6508
025
18
J-1651
055
36
J-3206
085
54
J-7101
026
19
J-1652
056
37
J-3207
086
55
J-7103
027
1A
J-1653
057
38
J-3209
087
56
J-7105
028
1B
J-1654
058
39
J-3251
088
57
J-7106
029
1C
J-1655
059
3A
J-3252
089
58
J-7107
030
1D
J-1656
060
3B
J-3253
090
59
J-7216
333
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Jam code)
No.
(J0)
334
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Jam code)
No.
(J0)
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Jam code)
(J0)
091
5A
J-7217
132
83
J-7666
173
AC
J-7510
092
5B
J-7218
133
84
J-7667
174
AD
J-7511
093
5C
J-7219
134
85
J-7668
175
AE
J-7512
094
5D
J-7220
135
86
J-7669
176
AF
J-7513
095
5E
J-7221
136
87
J-7670
177
B0
J-7514
096
5F
J-7222
137
88
J-7671
178
B1
J-7515
097
60
J-7223
138
89
J-7672
179
B2
J-7516
098
61
J-7224
139
8A
J-7673
180
B3
J-7517
099
62
J-7225
140
8B
J-7674
181
B4
J-7518
100
63
J-7226
141
8C
J-7675
182
B5
J-7519
101
64
J-7228
142
8D
J-7676
183
B6
J-7520
102
65
J-7229
143
8E
J-7677
184
B7
J-7521
103
66
J-7230
144
8F
J-7678
185
B8
J-7522
104
67
J-7235
145
90
J-7679
186
B9
J-7523
105
68
J-7243
146
91
J-7680
187
BA
J-7524
106
69
J-7248
147
92
J-7681
188
BB
J-7540
107
6A
J-7249
148
93
J-7682
189
BC
J-7541
108
6B
J-7250
149
94
J-7683
190
BD
J-7542
109
6C
J-7251
150
95
J-7684
191
BE
J-7543
110
6D
J-7281
151
96
J-7685
192
BF
J-7561
111
6E
J-7282
152
97
J-7686
193
C0
J-7562
112
6F
J-7283
153
98
J-7687
194
C1
J-7563
113
70
J-7290
154
99
J-7688
195
C2
J-7564
114
71
J-7401
155
9A
J-7689
196
C3
J-7565
115
72
J-7402
156
9B
J-7690
197
C4
J-7566
116
73
J-7403
157
9C
J-7691
198
C5
J-7567
117
74
J-7404
158
9D
J-7692
199
C6
J-7568
118
75
J-7405
159
9E
J-7693
200
C7
J-7569
119
76
J-7406
160
9F
J-7696
201
C8
J-7570
120
77
J-7407
161
A0
J-7697
202
C9
J-7571
121
78
J-7408
162
A1
J-7698
203
CA
J-7572
122
79
J-7409
163
A2
J-7108
204
CB
J-7573
123
7A
J-7410
164
A3
J-7501
205
CC
J-7574
124
7B
J-7411
165
A4
J-7502
206
CD
J-7575
125
7C
J-7412
166
A5
J-7503
207
CE
J-7576
126
7D
J-7660
167
A6
J-7504
208
CF
J-7577
127
7E
J-7661
168
A7
J-7505
209
D0
J-7578
128
7F
J-7662
169
A8
J-7506
210
D1
J-7579
129
80
J-7663
170
A9
J-7507
211
D2
J-7580
130
81
J-7664
171
AA
J-7508
212
D3
J-7581
131
82
J-7665
172
AB
J-7509
213
D4
J-7582
No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Jam code)
10. SERVICE MODE

No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Jam code)
(J0)
No.
(J0)
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Jam code)
(J0)
214
D5
J-7583
217
D8
J-3101
219
DA
J-3151
215
D6
J-7584
218
D9
J-3102
220
DB
J-3152
216
D7
J-7585
G. Copy Mode Counter (1)

Confirm the status of use of each copy mode.
Note
Maximum count is 99,999,999.
No.
CSRC
Item
Count condition
parameter
(F1)
001
00
1 1mode
002
01
1 2 mode
003
02
2 1 mode
004
03
2 2 mode
005
04
ADF 1>1 mode
006
05
ADF 2>2 mode
007
06
Mixed original mode
008
07
Tab original mode
009
08
Z-Folded original mode
010
09
LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Reg.)
011
0A
LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Reg.)
012
0B
LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Rev.)
013
0C
LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Rev.)
014
0D
Image: text/photo
015
0E
Image: Text
016
0F
Image: Photo
017
10
Image: Map
018
11
Custom Size
019
12
Corner Staple (Top Left)
020
13
Corner Staple (Top Right)
021
14
2 Positions Staple (Left Bind)
022
15
2 Positions Staple (Right Bind)
023
16
Left Bind
024
17
Right Bind
Counts when the right binding booklet

is selected.
025
18
026
19
Top Bind
Triple-Fold
027
1A
Fold & Staple
335
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(F1)
336
028
1B
Stacker 5000-sheets loading alarm
029
1C
Uncollate
030
1D
Offset uncollate
031
1E
Collate
032
1F
Offset Collate
033
20
Face Down
034
21
Face Up
035
22
1 to N
036
23
N to 1
037
24
038
25
Paper Inserter
039
26
Trimmer
040
27
Real size copy
041
28
Preset magnification E4
042
29
043
2A
044
2B
045
2C
Preset magnification R4
046
2D
047
2E
048
2F
049
30
User lens mode 1
050
31
User lens mode 2
051
32
User lens mode 3
052
33
Zoom
053
34
Vertical/Horizontal zoom
054
35
Maximum zoom
055
36
Minimum zoom
056
37
APS
057
38
AMS
058
39
AES
059
3A
User density level 1
060
3B
User density level 2
061
3C
Interrupted copy
062
3D
Auto image rotation cancellation
063
3E
Insert Sheet
064
3F
Chapters control
065
40
Combine Originals
066
41
Booklet Pagination
067
42
068
43
Count condition

CSRC
Item
Count condition
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
10. SERVICE MODE
parameter
(F1)
069
44
Insert Image
070
45
Book Copy
071
46
Program Job
072
47
Non-image Area Erase
073
48
Neg./Positive Reverse
074
49
Auto repeat
075
4A
Manual repeat
076
4B
Standard Size repeat
077
4C
Frame erase
078
4D
Center erase
079
4E
Image centering
080
4F
All-image Area
081
50
Shift
082
51
Reduce & Shift
083
52
Image Overlay
084
53
Watermark
085
54
Built-in Stamp
086
55
Date/Time
087
56
Page
088
57
Numbering
089
58
Set quantity 1
090
59
Set quantity 2 - 5
091
5A
Set quantity 6 - 10
092
5B
Set quantity 11 or more
093
5C
Time while power remote 1 is On
Accumulation of time during which the

overall control board is powered (main
power switch is ON). (unit: min.)
094
5D
Time during which the power control

signal (REM2) is ON. (unit: min.)
095
5E

096
5F

097
60
Time during Low Power mode
Time in the LOW POWER mode. (unit:
098
61
Time during warm up time
Time for warm-up, before ready to
099
62
Time during front door open
Time during which the front door is
100
63
Ope. time in 1 side straight exit
Time from the start of print and the
101
64
Ope. time in 1 side reverse exit
end of print. (unit: sec.) (Down time
102
65
Operation time in 2 side print
due to jam omitted)
min.)
print status. (unit: min.)
open. (unit: min.)
337
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Item
Count condition
parameter
(F1)
103
66
Operation time in ADF mode
Time during which DF operates.(unit:

min.)
104
67
Morning Correction count
105
68
Time during APS sensor On
Counts 1 per image stabilization control.

Time during which the APS sensor is
ON. (unit: min.)
106
69
107
6A
108
6B
N of Fold & Staple used jobs
109
6C
Fold & Staple Tri-Fold Full
110
6D
N of ADF NF occured
Number of DF no feed detection.
111
6E
N of ADF special error1 occurred
Number of original size miss-detection.
112
6F
Number of next original information error.
113
70
Number of mixed size mode error
114
71
N of scanner scanned
Counts 1 for pressing Start key in the

platen mode.
115
72
N of electrode cleaned
116
73
N of memory overflow
Total count of No.124, 125, 126 and

the number of occurrences of HDD
reading over flow.
117
338
74
N of fusing alarm occurred
118
75
N of no toner stop occurred
119
76
N of AGC retry
120
77
N of sub scan beam correct error
121
78
N of mis-centering correct error
122
79
N of ADF distortion adjust error
123
7A
N of ADF distortion data error
124
7B
Compression memory overflow
125
7C
Page memory overflow (scan)
126
7D
Page memory overflow (print)
127
7E
FNS alarm (tray/trimming)
128
7F
FNS alarm (staple)
129
80
Saddle Stitcher trimmer scraps box full alarm
130
81
131
82
132
83
133
84
134
85
135
86
136
87
137
88
Saddle Stitcher staple alarm
Total count of the four colors.
Ready time out error
No.
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE

Item
Count condition
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
parameter
(F1)
138
89
139
8A
140
8B
141
8C
142
8D
143
8E
Punch
144
8F
Z-Folding
145
90
Multi Folder Punch Waste Full
146
91
147
92
148
93
149
94
150
95
151
96
152
97
153
98
154
99
155
9A
156
9B
157
9C
158
9D
159
9E
160
9F
161
A0
162
A1
163
A2
164
A3
165
A4
166
A5
167
A6
168
A7
169
A8
170
A9
171
AA
172
AB
173
AC
174
AD
175
AE
176
AF
177
B0
178
B1
339
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(F1)
179
B2
180
B3
181
B4
182
B5
183
B6
184
B7
185
B8
186
B9
187
BA
188
BB
189
BC
190
BD
191
BE
192
BF
193
C0
PB cover paper tray mode
194
C1
195
C2
196
C3
197
C4
Number of ejected paper on the sub tray (perfect binding)
198
C5
Number of ejected paper on the SC cection

(perfect binding)
199
C6
Number of times PB tray is pulled
200
C7
Number of times PB front door is opened/closed
201
C8
Number of times PB book stock cover opened/

closed
202
C9
203
CA
Copy protection
Total number of PB perfect binding books
204
CB
Total number of PB perfect binding books (0.0 to
205
CC
Total number of PB perfect binding books (10.1
206
CD
Total number of PB perfect binding books (20.1
207
CE
Number of PB total inside pages
208
CF
PB total thickness
10.0mm)
to 20.0mm)
to 30.0mm)
340
Count condition
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
H. Copy Mode Counter (2)

Confirm the status of use of each copy mode.
Note
No.
CSRC
Item
Count condition
parameter
(F2)
001
00
ACS
002
01
Full color
003
02
Black
004
03
Single Color (Y)
005
04
Single Color (M)
006
05
Single Color (C)
007
06
Single Color (R)
008
07
Single Color (G)
009
08
Single Color (B)
010
09
DF Thick paper
011
0A
DF Thin paper
012
0B
Type: Printed paper
013
0C
Type: Photo paper
014
0D
Type: Copied paper
015
0E
Type: Inkjet paper
016
0F
B-side Prevent
017
10
Screen: Auto
018
11
Screen: Line1
019
12
Screen: Line2/Type1
020
13
Screen: Dot1
021
14
Screen: Dot2/Type1
022
15
Screen: Compression
023
16
Glossy
024
17
Density shift
025
18
Adjust Background
026
19
Red
027
1A
Green
028
1B
Blue
029
1C
Hue adjustment
030
1D
Saturation adjustment
031
1E
Brightness adjustment
032
1F
Color balance adjustment
033
20
Sharpness adjustment
034
21
Contrast adjustment
035
22
Image Distinction Level
036
23
Paper type: Plain
341
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Item
Count condition
parameter
(F2)
037
24
Paper type: Coated-ML
038
25
Paper type: Color paper
039
26
Paper type: High quality
040
27
Paper type: Coated-GL
041
28
Paper type: Tab paper
042
29
Paper type: Color specific paper
043
2A
Paper type: Coated-GO
044
2B
Paper type: Coated-MO
045
2C
Paper weight: 1
046
2D
Paper weight: 2
047
2E
Paper weight: 3
048
2F
Paper weight: 4
049
30
Paper weight: 5
050
31
Paper weight: 6
051
32
Paper weight: 7
052
33
Paper weight: 8
053
34
Multi-page enlargement
054
35
Main tray: Face up
055
36
N of no toner stop occurred (Y)
056
37
N of no toner stop occurred (M)
057
38
N of no toner stop occurred (C)
058
39
N of no toner stop occurred (K)
059
3A
N of toner recovery box is full
060
3B
N of color registration adj.
061
3C
N of auto stability control
062
3D
063
3E
064
3F
065
40
Off mode time
066
41
067
42
068
43
Polygon motor ope. time
Time in OFF mode. (unit: min.)
Time during which the polygon motor

is ON. (unit: min.)
069
44
Develop motor ope. time (color)
Time during which the color developing motor is ON. (unit: min.)
070
45
Develop motor ope. time (black)
Time during which the black developing motor is ON. (unit: min.)
071
46
On time of PCL (color)
Time during which the color erase

lamp is ON. (unit: min.)
072
47
On time of PCL (black)
Time during which the black erase

lamp is ON. (unit: min.)
342
No.
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE

Item
Count condition
parameter
(F2)
073
48
Operation time in Scanner mode
Time during which the scanner motor
074
49
Time while power (ADF)
Time during which DF is energized at
075
4A
076
4B
077
4C
078
4D
Auto Y toner refresh mode count
079
4E
Auto M toner refresh mode count
080
4F
Auto C toner refresh mode count
081
50
Auto K toner refresh mode count
082
51
N of 4 toner refresh performed
is ON. (unit: min.)

24V. (unit: min.)
083
52
N of MC toner refresh performed
084
53
085
54
086
55
087
56
088
57
Right & Left bind (originals)
089
58
Upper bind (originals)
090
59
Inside Print Multi Triple-Fold
091
5A
Outside Print Multi Triple-Fold
092
5B
Inside Print Triple-Fold-in
093
5C
Outside Print Triple-Fold-in
094
5D
Inside Print Triple-Fold-out
095
5E
Outside Print Tri-Fold-out
096
5F
Inside Print Double Parallel
097
60
Outside Print Double Parallel
098
61
Inside Print Gate Fold
099
62
Outside Print Gate Fold
100
63
Multi Half Fold
101
64
Inside Print Half Fold
102
65
Outside Print Half Fold
103
66
Main tray output
104
67
Stacker tray output
105
68
Stacker pile setting permit
106
69
Fold & Staple tray output
107
6A
Tri-Fold tray output
108
6B
Fold sub tray output
109
6C
Stacker sub tray output
110
6D
Fold & Staple sub tray output
111
6E
Staple sub tray output
Counts 1 per 1 operation.
343
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Item
Count condition
parameter
(F2)
112
6F
Main tray output JOB
113
70
Stacker tray output JOB
114
71
Fold & Staple output JOB No.
115
72
Tri-Fold tray output JOB No.
116
73
Fold sub tray JOB
117
74
Stacker sub tray JOB
118
75
Fold & Staple sub tray JOB
119
76
Staple sub tray JOB
120
77
Multi Half Fold JOB
121
78
Inside Print Half Fold JOB
122
79
Outside Print Half Fold JOB
123
7A
S.M.A.R.T (Y) Start/Stop Count
124
7B
S.M.A.R.T (Y) Load Cycle Count
Rotation/Stop times of the HDD/Y

spindle motor.
Count of load/unload cycles of the
magnetic head of HDD/Y into landing
zone position.
125
7C
S.M.A.R.T (Y) Loaded Hours
Data reading time of the HDD/Y
126
7D
S.M.A.R.T (M) Start/Stop Count
Rotation/Stop times of the HDD/M
127
7E
S.M.A.R.T (M) Load Cycle Count
(unit: min.)
spindle motor.
magnetic head of HDD/M into landing
zone position.
128
7F
S.M.A.R.T (M) Loaded Hours
Data reading time of the HDD/M
129
80
S.M.A.R.T (C) Start/Stop Count
Rotation/Stop times of the HDD/C
130
81
S.M.A.R.T (C) Load Cycle Count
(unit: min.)
spindle motor.
magnetic head of HDD/C into landing
zone position.
131
82
S.M.A.R.T (C) Loaded Hours
Data reading time of the HDD/C
132
83
S.M.A.R.T (K) Start/Stop Count
Rotation/Stop times of the HDD/K
133
84
S.M.A.R.T (K) Load Cycle Count
(unit: min.)
spindle motor.
magnetic head of HDD/K into landing
zone position.
134
85
S.M.A.R.T (K) Loaded Hours
135
86
Paper Inserter Count
Data reading time of the HDD/K

(unit: min.)
344
136
87
Perfect Binding (Copier)
137
88
Perfect Binding (Printer)
138
89
Number of exited perfect Binding sets

CSRC
Item
Count condition
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
10. SERVICE MODE
parameter
(F2)
139
8A
Number of exited perfect Binding sets (Cover

paper trimming mode)
140
8B
Number of exited perfect Binding sets (Cover

paper Not trimming mode)
I.
SC Counter/Failure Sectional Counter
Note
The malfunction codes, C-35## to C-39##, are not counted when the DIPSW3-1 in service mode is
set to 1. (latched).
No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
No.
(E0)
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
No.
(E0)
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
(E0)
001
00
C-0001
027
1A
C-0311
053
34
C-0416
002
01
C-0002
028
1B
C-0312
054
35
C-0417
003
02
C-0003
029
1C
C-0313
055
36
C-0418
004
03
C-0101
030
1D
C-0314
056
37
C-1005
005
04
C-0102
031
1E
C-0315
057
38
C-1006
006
05
C-0103
032
1F
C-0316
058
39
C-1007
007
06
C-0201
033
20
C-0317
059
3A
C-1008
008
07
C-0202
034
21
C-0318
060
3B
C-1101
009
08
C-0203
035
22
C-0319
061
3C
C-1102
010
09
C-0204
036
23
C-0320
062
3D
C-1103
011
0A
C-0205
037
24
C-0321
063
3E
C-1104
012
0B
C-0208
038
25
C-0401
064
3F
C-1105
013
0C
C-0209
039
26
C-0402
065
40
C-1106
014
0D
C-0211
040
27
C-0403
066
41
C-1107
015
0E
C-0212
041
28
C-0404
067
42
C-1108
016
0F
C-0213
042
29
C-0405
068
43
C-1109
017
10
C-0301
043
2A
C-0406
069
44
C-1110
018
11
C-0302
044
2B
C-0407
070
45
C-1111
019
12
C-0303
045
2C
C-0408
071
46
C-1112
020
13
C-0304
046
2D
C-0409
072
47
C-1113
021
14
C-0305
047
2E
C-0410
073
48
C-1114
022
15
C-0306
048
2F
C-0411
074
49
C-1115
023
16
C-0307
049
30
C-0412
075
4A
C-1116
024
17
C-0308
050
31
C-0413
076
4B
C-1124
025
18
C-0309
051
32
C-0414
077
4C
C-1125
026
19
C-0310
052
33
C-0415
078
4D
C-1126
345
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
No.
(E0)
346
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
No.
(E0)
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
(E0)
079
4E
C-1127
120
78
C-1247
161
A1
C-1402
080
4F
C-1132
121
79
C-1248
162
A2
C-1403
081
50
C-1137
122
7A
C-1249
163
A3
C-1404
082
51
C-1138
123
7B
C-1250
164
A4
C-1405
083
53
C-1140
124
7C
C-1251
165
A5
C-1411
084
54
C-1141
125
7D
C-1252
166
A6
C-1431
085
55
C-1142
126
7E
C-1253
167
A7
C-1432
086
56
C-1143
127
7F
C-1254
168
A8
C-1433
087
57
C-1201
128
80
C-1255
169
A9
C-1434
088
58
C-1202
129
81
C-1256
170
AA
C-1451
089
59
C-1203
130
82
C-1257
171
AB
C-1452
090
5A
C-1204
131
83
C-1258
172
AC
C-1453
091
5B
C-1205
132
84
C-1259
173
AD
C-2001
092
5C
C-1206
133
85
C-1260
174
AE
C-2002
093
5D
C-1211
134
86
C-1261
175
AF
C-2003
094
5E
C-1212
135
87
C-1262
176
B0
C-2004
095
5F
C-1213
136
88
C-1263
177
B1
C-2005
096
60
C-1214
137
89
C-1264
178
B2
C-2006
097
61
C-1215
138
8A
C-1265
179
B3
C-2201
098
62
C-1216
139
8B
C-1266
180
B4
C-2202
099
63
C-1221
140
8C
C-1267
181
B5
C-2203
100
64
C-1222
141
8D
C-1268
182
B6
C-2204
101
65
C-1223
142
8E
C-1269
183
B7
C-2211
102
66
C-1224
143
8F
C-1270
184
B8
C-2212
103
67
C-1225
144
90
C-1271
185
B9
C-2213
104
68
C-1226
145
91
C-1301
186
BA
C-2214
105
69
C-1227
146
92
C-1302
187
BB
C-2220
106
6A
C-1228
147
93
C-1303
188
BC
C-2221
107
6B
C-1229
148
94
C-1304
189
BD
C-2222
108
6C
C-1230
149
95
C-1305
190
BE
C-2301
109
6D
C-1231
150
96
C-1306
191
BF
C-2302
110
6E
C-1232
151
97
C-1307
192
C0
C-2303
111
6F
C-1233
152
98
C-1308
193
C1
C-2304
112
70
C-1234
153
99
C-1309
194
C2
C-2401
113
71
C-1235
154
9A
C-1310
195
C3
C-2402
114
72
C-1241
155
9B
C-1311
196
C4
C-2403
115
73
C-1242
156
9C
C-1321
197
C5
C-2404
116
74
C-1243
157
9D
C-1322
198
C6
C-2411
117
75
C-1244
158
9E
C-1323
199
C7
C-2412
118
76
C-1245
159
9F
C-1324
200
C8
C-2413
119
77
C-1246
160
A0
C-1325
201
C9
C-2414
120
78
C-1247
10. SERVICE MODE

No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
No.
(E0, E1)
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
(E1)
202
CA
C-2421
243
F3
C-2823
284
1C
C-3913
203
CB
C-2422
244
F4
C-2824
285
1D
C-3914
204
CC
C-2423
245
F5
C-2831
286
1E
C-3915
205
CD
C-2424
246
F6
C-2832
287
1F
C-3916
206
CE
C-2431
247
F7
C-2833
288
20
C-4101
207
CF
C-2432
248
F8
C-2834
289
21
C-4102
208
D0
C-2433
249
F9
C-2840
290
22
C-4103
209
D1
C-2434
250
FA
C-2841
291
23
C-4104
210
D2
C-2441
251
FB
C-3101
292
24
C-4111
211
D3
C-2442
252
FC
C-3102
293
25
C-4112
212
D4
C-2443
253
FD
C-3103
294
26
C-4113
213
D5
C-2444
254
FE
C-3104
295
27
C-4114
214
D6
C-2451
255
FF
C-3301
296
28
C-4120
215
D7
C-2452
256
00
C-3302
297
29
C-4301
216
D8
C-2453
257
01
C-3303
298
2A
C-4501
217
D9
C-2454
258
02
C-3501
299
2B
C-4502
218
DA
C-2461
259
03
C-3502
300
2C
C-4503
219
DB
C-2462
260
04
C-3503
301
2D
C-4504
220
DC
C-2463
261
05
C-3504
302
2E
C-4511
221
DD
C-2464
262
06
C-3505
303
2F
C-4512
222
DE
C-2470
263
07
C-3506
304
30
C-4513
223
DF
C-2701
264
08
C-3507
305
31
C-4514
224
E0
C-2702
265
09
C-3508
306
32
C-4520
225
E1
C-2703
266
0A
C-3801
307
33
C-4521
226
E2
C-2704
267
0B
C-3802
308
34
C-4522
227
E3
C-2711
268
0C
C-3803
309
35
C-4701
228
E4
C-2712
269
0D
C-3804
310
36
C-4702
229
E5
C-2713
270
0E
C-3805
311
37
C-4703
230
E6
C-2714
271
0F
C-3806
312
38
C-4705
231
E7
C-2720
272
10
C-3901
313
39
C-4706
232
E8
C-2721
273
11
C-3902
314
3A
C-4708
233
E9
C-2801
274
12
C-3903
315
3B
C-4709
234
EA
C-2802
275
13
C-3904
316
3C
C-4711
235
EB
C-2803
276
14
C-3905
317
3D
C-4712
236
EC
C-2804
277
15
C-3906
318
3E
C-4713
237
ED
C-2811
278
16
C-3907
319
3F
C-4714
238
EE
C-2812
279
17
C-3908
320
40
C-4715
239
EF
C-2813
280
18
C-3909
321
41
C-4716
240
F0
C-2814
281
19
C-3910
322
42
C-4717
241
F1
C-2821
282
1A
C-3911
323
43
C-4718
242
F2
C-2822
283
1B
C-3912
324
44
C-4719
347
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
No.
(E1)
348
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
No.
(E1)
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
(E1)
325
45
C-4720
366
6E
C-6721
407
97
C-D0E9
326
46
C-4721
367
6F
C-6722
408
98
C-D0EA
327
47
C-4722
368
70
C-6723
409
99
C-D0EB
328
48
C-4723
369
71
C-6724
410
9A
C-D0EC
329
49
C-4724
370
72
C-6725
411
9B
C-D0ED
330
4A
C-4725
371
73
C-6801
412
9C
C-D0EE
331
4B
C-4840
372
74
C-7001
413
9D
C-D0EF
332
4C
C-4850
373
75
C-8001
414
9E
C-D0F0
333
4D
C-5001
374
76
C-8101
415
9F
C-E001
334
4E
C-5002
375
77
C-8102
416
A0
C-E002
335
4F
C-5003
376
78
C-8103
417
A1
C-E003
336
50
C-5004
377
79
C-8401
418
A2
C-E004
337
51
C-5005
378
7A
C-8402
419
A3
C-E005
338
52
C-5010
379
7B
C-8403
420
A4
C-E006
339
53
C-5011
380
7C
C-8404
421
A5
C-E007
340
54
C-5301
380
7D
C-8405
422
A6
C-0322
341
55
C-5302
382
7E
C-8406
423
A7
C-2851
342
56
C-5303
383
7F
C-8407
424
A8
C-2852
343
57
C-6101
384
80
C-C101
425
A9
C-2853
344
58
C-6202
385
81
C-C102
426
AA
C-2861
345
59
C-6301
386
82
C-C103
427
AB
C-2862
346
5A
C-6701
387
83
C-C104
428
AC
C-2863
347
5B
C-6702
388
84
C-C106
429
AD
C-2871
348
5C
C-6703
389
85
C-C107
430
AE
C-2872
349
5D
C-6704
390
86
C-C108
431
AF
C-2873
350
5E
C-6705
391
87
C-C109
432
B0
C-1009
351
5F
C-6706
392
88
C-C111
433
B1
C-1010
352
60
C-6707
393
89
C-C112
434
B2
C-1011
353
61
C-6708
394
8A
C-C113
435
B3
C-1330
354
62
C-6709
395
8B
C-C114
436
B4
C-1331
355
63
C-6710
396
8C
C-C115
437
B5
C-1332
356
64
C-6711
397
8D
C-C120
438
B6
C-1333
357
65
C-6712
398
8E
C-D0E0
439
B7
C-1334
358
66
C-6713
399
8F
C-D0E1
440
B8
C-1406
359
67
C-6714
400
90
C-D0E2
441
B9
C-1435
360
68
C-6715
401
91
C-D0E3
442
BA
C-1436
361
69
C-6716
402
92
C-D0E4
443
BB
C-1437
362
6A
C-6717
403
93
C-D0E5
444
BC
C-1454
363
6B
C-6718
404
94
C-D0E6
445
BD
C-1501
364
6C
C-6719
405
95
C-D0E7
446
BE
C-1502
365
6D
C-6720
406
96
C-D0E8
447
BF
C-1504
No.
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
10. SERVICE MODE

No.
(E1)
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
No.
(E1)
CSRC
Item
parameter
(Code)
(E1)
448
C0
C-1505
466
D2
C-1523
484
E4
C-1546
449
C1
C-1506
467
D3
C-1524
485
E5
C-1547
450
C2
C-1507
468
D4
C-1525
486
E6
C-1548
451
C3
C-1508
469
D5
C-1526
487
E7
C-1549
452
C4
C-1509
470
D6
C-1527
488
E8
C-1550
453
C5
C-1510
471
D7
C-1528
489
E9
C-1551
454
C6
C-1511
472
D8
C-1530
490
EA
C-1552
455
C7
C-1512
473
D9
C-1531
491
EB
C-1553
456
C8
C-1513
474
DA
C-1532
492
EC
C-1554
457
C9
C-1514
475
DB
C-1534
493
ED
C-1555
458
CA
C-1515
476
DC
C-1537
494
EE
C-1556
459
CB
C-1516
477
DD
C-1538
495
EF
C-1557
460
CC
C-1517
478
DE
C-1540
496
F0
C-1558
461
CD
C-1518
479
DF
C-1541
497
F1
C-1559
462
CE
C-1519
480
E0
C-1542
498
F2
C-1560
463
CF
C-1520
481
E1
C-1543
499
F3
C-1561
464
D0
C-1521
482
E2
C-1544
500
F4
C-1562
465
D1
C-1522
483
E3
C-1545
501
F5
C-C116
J.
SC data of time series
Confirm the latest 20 malfunction code, it is possible to confirm SC code, total count, date of occurrence, time
of occurrence and machine condition (00: Idling, 01: Scanner operating, 02: Printer operating, 03: Scanner and
printer operating).
349
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.6.3
Count of special parts (Parts Counter)
Confirm and reset the parts life counter.

When a part is replaced, reset the counter of the part that has been replaced to manage the service history.
A. Procedure for registration, confirmation and reset


Press [03 Parts Counter].a

Press [01 Count of special parts].
4. "Special Parts Count/Touch screen"

Press [Next] or [Previous] to scroll the pages and check the counts.
5. Press [T] or [S] to select the part name you want to reset.
6. Press [Count Reset].
Press [No] to cancel and return to "Special Parts Count/Touch screen".
8. To register the parts to CMS, press the buttons on the left side of the parts you want to register tick off.
Note
To display the CMS screen on the user screen, set 1 in the DIPSW15-1 setting.
B. List of special parts counter

Note
Be sure to reset the parts counter after replacing any parts listed below. Otherwise, image failure
or jam may occur.
1) Dust-proof filter /1 assy: No.002 Dust-proof filter /1 (Right side)
2) Charging coronas /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 006 to 013 Charging coronas /Y, /M, /C, and /K
3) Drum cartridges /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 014 to 021 Drum cartridges /Y, /M, /C, and /K
4) Developer /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 022 to 029 Enclosed developing /Y, /M, /C, and /K
5) Belt cleaner blade: No.037 and 038 Belt cleaning blade
6) 1st transfer rollers /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 039 to 042 1st transfer rollers /Y, /M, /C, and /K
When the counter exceeds the limit, the color of the character changes into red.
350
No.
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE

Part name
Part number
Count condition
parameter
(Z1)
001
00
A03UA365
002
01
Dust-proof filter/1 (Right side)
A03UA122
*1
Counted with the combination of
003
02
Dust-proof filter/2 (Rear side)
65AA-142
print coverage, drive distance of the

developing roller, humidity, and so
on. Shows the count in percentage
with respect to the end of its parts
life.
Counter reset No.002 and 003 are
linked to each other.
004
03
005
04
Charging dust proof filter
65AA-387
*1
006
05
Charging corona/Y (Page)
A03UA460
*2
Resetting this counter also

resets No.007.
007
06
Charging corona/Y (Time %)
A03UA460
Counts the charging time and

shows the count in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.006.
008
07
Charging corona/M (Page)
A03UA460
*2

resets No.009.
009
08
Charging corona/M (Time %)
A03UA460

No.008.
010
09
Charging corona/C (Page)
A03UA460
*2

resets No.011.
011
0A
Charging corona/C (Time %)
A03UA460

No.010.
012
0B
Charging corona/K (Page)
A03UA460
*1

resets No.013.
013
0C
Charging corona/K (Time %)
A03UA460

No.012.
014
0D
Drum cartridge/Y (Page)
A03UA330
*2

resets No.015.
351
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Part name
Part number
Count condition
parameter
(Z1)
015
0E
Drum cartridge/Y (Distance %)
A03UA330
Compares the drive distance of the

drum with that of the Lubricant
applying roller and shows the larger
count number in percentage with
No.014.
016
0F
Drum cartridge/M (Page)
A03UA330
*2

resets No.017.
017
10
Drum cartridge/M (Distance %)
A03UA330

No.016.
018
11
Drum cartridge/C (Page)
A03UA330
*2

resets No.019.
019
12
Drum cartridge/C (Distance %)
A03UA330

No.018.
020
13
Drum cartridge/K (Page)
A03UA330
*1

resets No.021.
021
14
Drum cartridge/K (Distance %)
A03UA330

No.020.
022
15
Enclosed Developing /Y (Page)
A04PT700
*2

resets No.023.
023
16
Enclosed Developing /Y (Dis-
A04PT700
Counts the drive distance of the developing roller and shows the count in
tance %)
percentage with respect to the end

of its parts life.
No.022.
024
17
Enclosed Developing /M
(Page)
352
A04PT800
*2

resets No.025.
No.
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE

Part name
Part number
Count condition
parameter
(Z1)
025
18
Enclosed Developing /M (Dis-
A04PT800
tance %)

of its parts life.
No.024.
026
19
Enclosed Developing /C (Page)
A04PT900
*2

resets No.027.
027
1A
Enclosed Developing /C (Dis-
A04PT900
tance %)

of its parts life.
No.026.
028
1B
Enclosed Developing /K (Page)
A04PT600
*1

resets No.029.
029
1C
Enclosed Developing /K (Dis-
A04PT600
tance %)

of its parts life.
No.028.
030
1D
Developing unit/Y
A03UA370
031
1E
Developing unit/M
A03UA370
032
1F
Developing unit/C
A03UA370
033
20
Developing unit/K
A03UB390
034
21
Transfer belt
A03U5042
035
22
Transfer belt cleaning unit
A03UA515
*2
*1
*1

resets No.036 to No.038.
036
23
Toner collection sheet/1
65AA-293
*1
037
24
Belt cleaning blade (Page)
A03U5530
*1

resets No.038.
038
25
Belt cleaning blade (Distance
A03U5530
Counts the drive distance of the transfer

belt and shows the count in percent-
%)
age with respect to the end of its

parts life.
No.037.
039
26
1st transfer roller/Y
A03U5012
040
27
1st transfer roller/M
A03U5012
041
28
1st transfer roller/C
A03U5012
042
29
1st transfer roller/K
A03U5004
043
2A
2nd transfer roller/U
65AA2611
044
2B
Transfer belt separation claw
65AA-287
*2
*1
353
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC

Part name
Part number
Count condition
parameter
(Z1)
045
2C
046
2D
047
2E
Separation claw solenoid
26NA8251
1 count for each paper exit in the

single side mode, 2 counts in the
double side mode.
048
2F
2nd transfer roller/L
65AA4501
049
30
Separation discharging unit
A03UA522
050
31
Transfer earth plate unit
65AA-456
*1
double side mode.
051
32
Fusing roller/2
A03U7202
052
33
Fusing roller/L
A03U7203
053
34
Fusing belt
A03U7205
054
35
Belt regulating sleeve
A03U7250
055
36
Paper exit roller/Up
A03U7225
*1

double side mode.
056
37
Fusing limiter
65AA5365
057
38
Insulating sleeve/U
A03U7295
058
39
Fusing bearing/L
26NA5371
059
3A
Insulating sleeve/L
A03U7227
060
3B
Fusing roller/1
A03U7201
061
3C
Fusing drive gear/B
A03U8082
062
3D
Fusing bearing/1
A03U8078
063
3E
Fusing drive gear/O
A03U8095
064
3F
Fusing regulating gear
65AA7747
065
40
Fusing duct assy
A03UA780
*1
066
41
Fusing bearing/2
56UA7507
067
42
Fusing drive gear/M
A03U8093
068
43
Fusing lamp/U
A03UM31
069
44
Fusing lamp/L
A03UM32
070
45
Fusing temp sensor assy/U
071
46
Fusing temp sensor assy/L
A03UA737
072
47
Center fusing temp. sensor/U
65AA8801
073
48
Center fusing temp. sensor/L
65AA8802
074
49
Feed-reverse rubber (Tray-1)
25SA4096
1 count for each paper exit from tray 1.
075
4A
Feed-reverse rubber (Tray-2)
25SA4096
076
4B
Feed/reverse rubber (Tray-3)
25SA4096
077
4C
Feed/reverse rubber (By-pass)
25SA4096
1 count for each paper exit from by-
(A) (E) (F)

(A) (E) (F)
A03UA768
pass.
354
No.
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE

Part name
Part number
Count condition
parameter
(Z1)
078
4D
Paper feed roller (Tray-1)
56AA-458
1 count for each paper exit from tray1.
079
4E
56AA-458
080
4F
56AA-458
081
50
Paper feed roller (By-pass)
65AA-520
1 count for each paper exit from bypass.
082
51
Paper feed clutch (Tray-1)
56AA8201
083
52
56AA8201
084
53
56AA8201
085
54
Paper feed clutch (By-pass)
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from by-
086
55
Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-1)
56AA8201
087
56
56AA8201
088
57
56AA8201
089
58
Intermediate convey. clutch/1
56AA8201
1 count for each paper exit from tray
090
59
56AA8201
091
5A
56AA8201
092
5B
Registration cleaning sheet
65AA-462
093
5C
Registration roller
65LA-464
094
5D
Decurler roller
A03U8605
double side mode.
095
5E
A03U8926
1 count for each paper exit.
096
5F
ADU conveyance clutch/1
A03UM201
097
60
A03UM201
098
61
A03UM201
double side mode.
099
62
A03UM201
100
63
Exposure ON time
A03UM301
pass.
2 and 3.
double side mode.
Accumulation of time lamp is on.

(unit: min.)
101
64
Main power switch
55GA8601
102
65
Sub power switch
A03UM601
1 count each time the main power

switch turns ON the power.
1 count each time the sub power
switch turns ON the power.
103
66
Door switch
40AA8501
1 count each time the front door is
104
67
Toner supply door switch
13GG-802
opened.
105
68
106
69
107
6A
108
6B
109
6C
110
6D
355
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Part name
Part number
Count condition
parameter
(Z1)
111
6E
Paper exit roller
A0438907
1 count for each paper exit.
112
6F
Paper exit guide roller/2
65AA4818
(with 0T-502 installed).
113
70
Paper holding roller
65AA4849
114
71
115
72
116
73
117
74
118
75
LCT paper feed roller
A03X5652
119
76
LCT feed/reverse roller
A03X5653/5654
4 (LU).
120
77
LCT feed clutch
56AA8201
121
78
LCT pre-registration clutch
56AA8201
122
79
123
7A
124
7B
125
7C
126
7D
PFU paper feed rubber (Tray 4)
A03X5652
127
7E
PFU feed/rev roller (Tray 4)
A03X5653/5654
4 (PF).
128
7F
PFU feed clutch (Tray 4)
56AA8201
129
80
PFU reverse clutch (Tray 4)
56AA8201
130
81
PFU paper feed rubber (Tray 5)
A03X5652
131
82
PFU feed/rev roller (Tray 5)
A03X5653/5654
5 (PF).
132
83
PFU feed/reverse roller (Tray 5)
56AA8201
133
84
PFU reverse clutch (Tray 5)
56AA8201
134
85
PFU Intermediate Convery.
56AA8201
clutch/1
135
86

4 (PF).
56AA8201
clutch/2
136
87
56AA8201
clutch/3

5 (PF).
137
88
PFU Pre-registration clutch
56AA8201
138
89
PFU Horizontal convery.
56AA8201
clutch/1
139
8A
PFU Horizontal convery.
56AA8201
clutch/2
356
140
8B
141
8C
142
8D
143
8E
144
8F
Staple/Front
15AA4222
145
90
Staple/Back
15AA-540
staple mode. (FS-503)
No.
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE

Part name
Part number
Count condition
parameter
(Z1)
146
91
Solenoid/A
56QA8251
147
92
Paper exit roller/A
122H4825
sort, non-sort or staple mode. (FS-
148
93
149
94
150
95
151
96
152
97
Feed roller/A Top
50BA-574
153
98
Reverse rubber/Top
13QN-443
154
99
Feed roller/B Top
50BA-575
155
9A
Feed roller/A Low
50BA-574
156
9B
Reverse rubber/Low
13QN-443
157
9C
Feed roller/B Low
56BA-575
158
9D
Punch motor assy
15AG-573
503)
1 count for each PI /Up paper feed.
1 count for each PI /Lw paper feed.

punch mode. (FD)
159
9E
Solenoid/A (release 1)
56QA8251

punch or the folding mode for all
size. (FD)
160
9F
Solenoid/A (release 2)
56QA8251
1.1 count for each paper exit in the

folding mode for all size. (FD)
2. 1 count for each paper exit in the
punch mode with 220mm or longer
size. (FD)
161
A0
Motor assy
129U-108
1 count for each paper exit to the

main tray. (FD)
162
A1
163
A2
164
A3
165
A4
166
A5
Solenoid (Lead)
15AV8252

sort and the non-sort mode of all
size. (LS)
167
A6
Solenoid (ReSr)
15AV8253

size. (LS)
168
A7
Solenoid (Center)
15AV8251

sort and the non-sort mode with
226 (W) X 295 (L) mm or larger size.
(LS)
169
A8
Solenoid (Curl)
15AV8255

size. (LS)
357
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Part name
Part number
Count condition
parameter
(Z1)
170
A9
Up/Down motor
15AV8003
Count operation times of the stacker

tray operate up/down. (LS)
171
AA
172
AB
173
AC
174
AD
175
AE
176
AF
Staple/Right
15AN-550
1 count for each paper set exit in the
177
B0
Staple/Left
15AN-550
saddle stitch mode. (SD)
178
B1
Trimmer edge
15AN-570
179
B2
Trimmer receiver
15AN5282
trimmer mode. (SD)
180
B3
Trimmer edge drive motor
15AN8002
181
B4
Convey solenoid
15AN8251
182
B5
Solenoid
13QE8251
to the folding section. (SD)
183
B6
FNS solenoid
12QR8252
1 count for each paper conveyance
1 count for each paper conveyance
to the right angle conveyance section. (SD)

184
B7
Gear/B
15AN7719
1 count for each paper set exit to
185
B8
Paper adjusting unit
15AN5092
186
B9
187
BA
188
BB
189
BC
FNS stapler /F
15JM-501
190
BD
FNS stapler /R
15JM-501
1-staple, 2-staple or the saddle
191
BE
FNS shift motor
12QR-361
1 count each time an even number of
the bundle exit tray. (SD)

trimmer mode. (SD)
stitching mode. (FS-607)

print is exited in the sort mode. (FS-520/
607).
192
BF
FNS exit opening motor
12QR-361
1 count for each starting job for the size

A4S and 81/2 x 11S, and 1count at exiting these size in staple mode. (FS-520/
607).
1 count at starting the fold and saddle
stitch mode. (FS-607).
193
C0
FNS folding knife motor
13QJ-502

folding, saddle stitching and tri-folding mode. (FS-607)
194
C1
By-pass gate solenoid
12QR-263
1 count for each paper exit for the A4,

B5, 81/2 x 11 and 16K sizes in the staple
mode. (FS-520/607).
358
No.
CSRC
10. SERVICE MODE

Part name
Part number
Count condition
parameter
(Z1)
195
C2
FNS tri-folding gate SD
12QR-263
1 count for each paper exit in the trifolding mode. (FS-607)
196
C3
122H4825
197
C4
A04D8904
main tray. (FS-520/FS-607)
198
C5
Conveyance exit roller /4
13QE4531

staple, folding and tri-folding mode.
(FS-520/FS-607)
199
C6
PI conveyance clutch/U
13QN8201
1 count for each PI/Up paper feed.
200
C7
PI feed roller /A/U
50BA-574
(PI)
201
C8
PI feed roller /B/U
13QN-446
202
C9
PI reverse roller /U
13QN-443
203
CA
PI torque limiter /U
13QN4073
204
CB
PI conveyance clutch/L
13QN8201
1 count for each PI/Lw paper feed.
205
CC
PI feed roller /A/L
50BA-574
(PI)
206
CD
PI feed roller /B/L
50BA-575
207
CE
PI reverse roller /L
13QN-443
208
CF
PI torque limiter /L
13QN4073
209
D0
Paper conveyance roller /A
20AK4210

staple, folding and tri-folding mode.
(FS-607)
210
D1
Staple Assy /Fr
A07RA733
1 count for each paper set exit, in

either of the 1-staple at front or the
2-staple mode. (FS-520)
211
D2
Staple Assy /Rr
A07RA734
1 count for each paper set exit, in

either of the 1-staple at rear or the
2-staple mode. (FS-520)
212
D3
PK punching unit (2 hole)
*****
1 count for each punch operation.
213
D4
*****
(PK)
214
D5
*****
215
216
D7
217
D8
ADF paper feed roller
13YH4064
Original feed count in all modes. (DF)
218
D9
ADF feed roller
13YH4039
Original feed count in all modes. (DF)
219
DA
ADF Dfeed prevention roller
20AJ4015
220
DB
221
DC
222
DD
223
DE
224
DF
PB sub tray exit solenoid
15ANR714
1 count for each paper exit on the

sub tray.
359
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
No.
CSRC
Part name
Part number
Count condition
parameter
(Z1)
225
E0
PB SC roller release motor
13GQ8005
1 count for each paper exit on the
226
E1
PB SC stopper solenoid
15AA8251
stacker.
227
E2
PB SC pressure arm solenoid
A07B746
228
E3
PB switchback roller
13GQ4519
1 count for each paper exit
229
E4
PB pick-up roller
55VA-464
1 count for each book exit in PB tray
230
E5
PB paper feed roller, separa-
55VA-463
cover mode.
tion roller
231
E6
PB cover paper pick up clutch
56AA8201
232
E7
PB cover paper separation
56AA8201
233
E8
clutch
PB roller cutter blade assy
A0756230
1 count for each book exit in cover

trimming mode.
234
E9
PB filter /1
A0753724
235
EA
PB filter /2
A0753724
236
EB
PB straight gate solenoid
56QA8251
1 count for each paper exit

1 count for each book exit except in
PB tray cover mode.
237
*1
EC
PB Melt tank ASSY
A075A39A
1 count for each hour of the glue
(A) (E) (F)
apply roller rotation.
Count in all color modes
DIPSW 8-6 = 0: 1 count for each paper exit in the single side mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
= 1: For large size, 2 counts for each paper exit in the single side mode, 4 counts for double.
*2
Count only in the full color or mono color mode
DIPSW 8-6 = 0: 1 count for each paper exit in the single side mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
= 1: For large size, 2 counts for each paper exit in the single side mode, 4 counts for double.
360
10.6.4
10. SERVICE MODE
Count of each parts (Parts Counter)
This is used when you want to manage the service history of parts that are not registered in the "Count of special parts".
For 30 data from No. 01 up to 30, confirm and reset of the name, P/N (parts number), limit value and print
count.
1 count for each paper exit exits of all sizes.
When the counter exceeds the limit, the color of the character changes into red.
A. Procedure for registration and confirmation

(1) Procedure
1. "Sservice Mode Menu screen"

2. "Ccounter/Data Menu screen"

Press [03 Parts Counter].

Press [02 Count of each parts].
4. "Each Part Count/Touch screen"

Press [Next] or [Previous] to scroll the pages, and press [T] or [S] to select the data number.
5. Select either [Name Setting], [P/N Setting], or [Limit Setting].

6. Enter the data you want to set or change.
[Parts Name]: Enter the part name. (8 digits)
[P/N] Enter the part number. (9 digits)
[Limit]: Enter the limit value. (8 digits)
7. Press [OK] to update the data.

Press [Cancel] to cancel updating.
8. To register the parts to CMS, press the buttons on the left side of the parts you want to register to tick off.
Note
To display the CMS screen on the user screen, set 1 in the DIPSW15-1 setting.
361
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
B. Procedure of reset
(1) Procedure


Press [03 Parts Counter].

Press [02 Count of each parts].
4. "Each Part Count/Touch screen"

Press [Next] or [Previous] to scroll the pages, and press [T] or [S] to select the items you want to set or
check.
5. Press [Count Reset].

Press [No] to cancel and return to "Each Part Count/Touch screen".
362
10. SERVICE MODE
No.
Part name
P/N
Count
Limit
CSRC
CSRC
CSRC
CSRC
CSRC
parameter
parameter
parameter
parameter
parameter
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. The relation ship between the data No. and the CSRC parameter
Start date
(Z4)
(Z3)
(G0)
(H0)
(H3)
001
00
00
00
00
00
002
01
01
01
01
01
003
02
02
02
02
02
004
03
03
03
03
03
005
04
04
04
04
04
006
05
05
05
05
05
007
06
06
06
06
06
008
07
07
07
07
07
009
08
08
08
08
08
010
09
09
09
09
09
011
0A
0A
0A
0A
0A
012
0B
0B
0B
0B
0B
013
0C
0C
0C
0C
0C
014
0D
0D
0D
0D
0D
015
0E
0E
0E
0E
0E
016
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
017
10
10
10
10
10
018
11
11
11
11
11
019
12
12
12
12
12
020
13
13
13
13
13
021
14
14
14
14
14
022
15
15
15
15
15
023
16
16
16
16
16
024
17
17
17
17
17
025
18
18
18
18
18
026
19
19
19
19
19
027
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
028
1B
1B
1B
1B
1B
029
1C
1C
1C
1C
1C
030
1D
1D
1D
1D
1D
363
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.7 State Confirmation

10.7.1
I/O Check Mode
This mode provide self-diagnostic functions (input/output check function) to check the condition of input (checking the each signal to sensors) and output (checking and adjustment of the load operation).
A. I/O Check Mode screen
[1] [2]
[3]
[4]
a03uf3e002ca
364
[1]
I/O Check code
[3]
Input check
[2]
Multi code
[4]
Output check

Input check
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.7.2
10. SERVICE MODE
Check input condition of each signal to the sensors.

A. Procedure

Press [05 State Confirmation].
2. "State Confirmation Menu screen"

Press [01 I/O Check Mode].
3. "I/O Check Mode screen"

Enter an input check code with the numeric buttons.
4. Press Access key to switch to the multi mode.

5. Enter the multi code with the numeric buttons.
6. The condition of the sensor (000/001 etc.) is displayed in the message box "IN".
7. When executing another input check, repeat steps 3 to 6.
TEM/
HUMS
Temperature-humidity sensor (machine inner

humidity)
Display of humidity (%)
TEM/
HUMS
Temperature-humidity sensor (machine inner

temperature)
Display of temperature (C)
TEMSB
Temperature sensor board
TEM/
HUMS/2
Temp/humidity sensor /2 (machine inner

humidity)
Display of humidity (%)
TEM/
HUMS/2
Temp/humidity sensor /2 (machine inner

temperature)
11
12
Symbol
Multi code
Display and signal source
Paper feed conveyance
Name
Code
High voltage, analog signal Classification
B. List of sensors
001 (High)
000 (Low)
TEMS1
Registration temperature sensor
PZS/Y
Piezoelectric sensor /Y
PZS/M
Piezoelectric sensor /M
PZS/C
Piezoelectric sensor /C
PZS/K
Piezoelectric sensor /K
PS60
Waste toner door sensor
Box
No box
PS52
Waste toner full sensor
Full
Empty
PS31
Paper empty sensor /1
Paper
No paper
PS37
PS43
PS47
Paper empty sensor /PB
PS108
Paper empty sensor (LU)
PS3
Paper empty sensor /1 (PF)
PS11
Paper empty sensor /2 (PF)
PS32
Paper near empty sensor /1
PS38
Toner
No toner
365
13
14
16
18
19
366
Name
Symbol
12
Multi code
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Paper feed conveyance Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
PS44
Paper
PS102/
PS103/
PS104/
PS105
Remaining paper sensor /1 to 4 (LU)
Paper level indication (0 to 100
VR2
Remaining paper VR/1 (PF)
VR4
Remaining paper VR/2 (PF)
PS33
Paper size sensor /Fr1
PS34
Paper size sensor /Rr1
PS39
PS40
PS45
001 (High)
000 (Low)
No paper
(%)
PS46
PS48
Paper size sensor /BP1
PS49
PS5
Paper size sensor /Rt1 (PF)
PS6
Paper size sensor /Lt1 (PF)
10
PS13
Paper size sensor /Rt2 (PF)
11
PS14
Paper size sensor /Lt2 (PF)
12
PS110
Paper size sensor /Rr (LU)
13
PS111
Paper size sensor /Fr (LU)
VR1
Paper size VR/1
VR2
Paper size VR/2
OFF
ON
Display of AD value
VR3
Paper size VR/3
VR4
Paper size VR/BP
VR1
Paper size VR/1 (PF)
VR3
Paper size VR/2 (PF)
VR1
Paper size VR (LU)
PS30
Upper limit sensor /1
PS36
PS42
PS25
Upper limit sensor /BP
PS109/
PS101
Upper limit sensor/Lower limit sensor (LU)
PS1
Upper limit sensor /1 (PF)
PS9
Upper limit sensor /2 (PF)
PS65
PS1
Centering sensor (LU)
PS25
Centering sensor (PF)
Multi feed
Other than
multi feed
Paper
No paper
PS29
Paper feed sensor /1
PS35
Upper limit
Not at upper
limit
Display top 8 bit out of 16bit
Multi code
Symbol
Name
19
PS41
PS26
Paper feed sensor /BP
20
23
24

001 (High)
PS106
Pre-registration sensor (LU)
PS2
PS10
PS107
LU exit sensor (LU)
PS23
ADU pre-registration sensor
PS61
ADU conveyance sensor
PS27
Intermediate conveyance sensor /1
PS28
PS22
Registration sensor
PS50
Vertical conveyance sensor
PS13
Paper exit sensor

Reverse/exit sensor
000 (Low)
Paper
No paper
PS19
10
PS21
ADU reverse sensor
11
PS12
Paper exit full sensor
Full
Other than full
12
PS20
ADU stop sensor
Paper
No paper
13
PS62
Decurler sensor
PS109/
Upper limit sensor/Lower limit sensor (LU)
PS101
PS1
PS9
PS24
2nd transfer HP sensor
Upper limit
Not at upper
limit

Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
25
PS18
Front door open/close sensor
PS51
Vertical conveyance door sensor
Open
Close
ON
OFF
PS54
Toner supply door open/close sensor
PS14
Toner supply unit open/close sensor
MS2
Interlock switch /2 (LU)
MS1
Interlock switch /1 (LU)
SW100
Tray down switch (LU)
PS22
Registration sensor
Paper
No paper
PS23
Open
Close
10
PS21
Horizontal conveyance door sensor /1 (PF)
11
PS24
Vertical door sensor (PF)
12
PS22
Horizontal conveyance door sensor /2 (PF)
367
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
Code
Optical device
Multi code
Symbol
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
27
25
PS10
Name

001 (High)
Paper exit pressure home sensor
000 (Low)
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
29
30
SD1
Set
Not set
11
PS20
Pre-registration sensor (PF)
Paper
No paper
12
PS18
Horizontal conveyance sensor/1
13
PS17
Vertical conveyance sensor/1 (PF)
14
PS16
15
PS15
16
PS18
Horizontal conveyance sensor/1 (PF)
26
TEMS/1
Temperature sensor /1 (in tray)
28
TEMS/2
Temperature sensor /2 (in tray)
30
TEMS1
Temperature sensor /1 (in tray) (LU)
PS1
Scanner HP sensor
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home posi-
Paper
No paper
tion
1
33
PS3
APS sensor /1
PS4
APS sensor /2
PS2
APS timing sensor
INDEXB/ INDEVB/C
INDEXB/ INDEVB/M
INDEXB/ INDEVB/Y
INDEXB/ INDEVB/K
INDEXB
Open
Close
Abnormal
Normal
C
M
Y
K
INDEVB /C, /M, /Y, /K
It is abnormal
/C, /M, /
if there is any
Y, /K
of one or
more color.
38
PS1
Scanner HP sensor
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
368
Multi code
Symbol
45
TEMS/1
10. SERVICE MODE

Name

001 (High)
Temperature sensor /1 (Fusing upper heating
000 (Low)
roller center)
1
TEMS/3
Temperature sensor /3 (Fusing upper heating

roller edge)
TEMS/2
Temperature sensor /2 (Fusing lower pressure roller center)
TEMS/4
Temperature sensor /4 (Fusing lower pressure roller edge)
TEMS/1
Temperature sensor /1 (Fusing upper roller

non-contact sensor correction)
TEMS/2
Temperature sensor /2 (Fusing lower roller

non-contact sensor correction)
TEMS/1
Fusing upper heating roller center detection

temperature (idling)
11
TEMS/1
Fusing upper heating roller center detection

temperature (when pressure release operation is powered ON)
12
TEMS/3
Fusing upper heating roller edge detection

14
TEMS/2
Fusing lower pressure roller center detection

47
PS16
Fusing release home sensor (when pressure
Home posi-
Other than
release operation is powered ON)
tion
home position
Fusing release home sensor (at pressure
Fusing release home sensor (at release posi-
position move)
tion move)
48
PS64
Fusing loop sensor
Paper
No paper
PS15
1st transfer HP sensor
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home posi-
Specific function
tion
50
58
59
12
TCRS/Y
TCR sensor /Y output value (1/1 speed)
13
TCRS/M
TCR sensor /M output value (1/1 speed)
14
TCRS/C
TCR sensor /C output value (1/1 speed)
15
TCRS/K
TCR sensor /K output value (1/1 speed)
TCRS/Y
TCR sensor /Y control voltage (1/1 speed)
TCRS/M
TCR sensor /M control voltage (1/1 speed)
TCRS/C
TCR sensor /C control voltage (1/1 speed)
TCRS/K
TCR sensor /K control voltage (1/1 speed)
PS17
Fusing paper exit detection sensor
0 to 255
Paper
No paper
369
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Code
Main body Classification
FD
60
70

Name
Symbol
Multi code
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
DF Classification
10. SERVICE MODE

001 (High)
PS304
Original empty sensor
PS301
Original registration sensor
PS302
Timing sensor
PS305
Original reverse sensor
PS306
Original exit sensor
PS303
PS308
PS307
000 (Low)
Original
No original
Original paper feed cover sensor
Open
Close
Conveyance cover sensor
Close
Open
Paper exit cover sensor
Open
Close
Paper
RS
Tray open/close sensor
PS1
FD entrance sensor
No paper
PS4
PI exit sensor
Paper
No paper
PS5
Punch conveyance sensor
No paper
Paper
PS7
Main tray folding paper full sensor
Other than full Full
PS8
2 holes punch home sensor
Other than
Home posi-
PS9
3 holes/4 holes home sensor
home posi-
tion
tion
7
PS10
Alignment plate home sensor
Home posi-
Other than
PS11
Punch registration home sensor
tion
home posi-
PS12
Punch scraps box set sensor
Set
Not set
Paper
No paper
tion
10
PS13
Intermediate conveyance detection 1
11
PS16
12
PS17
13
PS18
Main tray paper exit sensor
Paper
14
PS20
Main tray upper limit sensor
Upper limit
No paper
Not at upper
limit
15
PS22
Main tray lower limit sensor
Lower limit
Not at lower
16
PS23
Main tray empty sensor
No paper
Paper
17
PS26
Punch scraps full sensor
22
PS2
Folding exit sensor
Paper
23
CN90
Main tray connection recognition (CN90 con- Non-connecnection)
tion
24
PS51
1st folding conveyance sensor
No paper
Paper
25
PS52
Folding entrance sensor
26
PS53
2nd folding conveyance sensor
27
PS54
3rd folding conveyance sensor
28
PS55
1st folding cam home sensor
No pressure
pressure
29
PS56
2nd folding cam home sensor
30
PS57
3rd folding cam home sensor
31
PS58
S size conveyance sensor
Paper
No paper
limit
370
No paper
Connection
70
32
PS6
Punch registration sensor
Paper
No paper
33
FDOB
Staple selection switch
OFF
ON
Symbol
Multi code
Name
34
001 (High)
000 (Low)
Punch selection switch
35
Folding selection switch
36
START/STOP switch
37
Multi feed function select switch
39
PS46
Sub tray fold paper full sensor
Full
Other than full
40
PS31
PI conveyance sensor /Up
Paper
No paper
41
PS37
PI conveyance sensor /Lw
42
PS32
PI upper limit sensor /Up
Upper limit
Not at upper
limit
43
PS33
PI paper empty sensor /Up
44
PS34
PI lift plate home sensor /Up
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
45
PS35
L size sensor /Up
No paper
46
PS36
S size sensor /Up
Paper
48
PS38
PI upper limit sensor /Lw
Upper limit
Not at upper
49
PS39
PI paper empty sensor /Lw
50
PS40
PI lift plate home sensor /Lw
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home posi-
limit
SD
tion
71
51
PS41
L size sensor /Lw
No paper
52
PS42
S size sensor /Lw
Paper
53
PS43
54
PS44
PI cover open/close sensor
close
open
PI paper set sensor /Up
No paper
55
PS45
PI paper set sensor /Lw
Paper
61
PS47
PI max paper size sensor /Up
62
PS48
PI max paper size sensor /Lw
PS1
Entrance sensor
PS2
Horizontal conveyance sensor /1
Paper
No paper
PS3
PS4
Horizontal conveyance exit sensor
PS5
Right angle conveyance sensor /1
PS6
No paper
Paper
PS7
PS8
Folding sensor /1
No paper
Paper
Folding passage sensor
Paper
PS17
No paper
Overlap home sensor
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
371
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
Code
FD Classification
Multi code
Symbol
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
71
10
PS18
Name

001 (High)
000 (Low)
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /
Other than
Home posi-
Fr1
home posi-
tion
tion
11
PS49
12
PS20
1st folding blade home sensor /1
13
PS21
Fr2
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
14
PS22
2nd folding blade home sensor/1
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
15
PS23
2nd folding blade home sensor /2
Home posi-
Other than
16
PS24
Folding exit home sensor
tion
home posi-
17
PS9
Tri-folding exit sensor
Paper
18
PS10
Tri-folding paper full sensor
tion
No paper
19
PS11
Sub tray exit sensor
Paper
20
PS12
No paper
21
PS44
Folding sensor /2
No paper
Paper
22
PS19
Home posi-
Other than
Rr
tion
home position
23
PS46
Guide shaft home sensor
24
HS2/
Clincher start sensors /Rt and /Lt
No clinch
Clinch
No paper
Paper
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
HS4
33
PS13
Saddle stitching paper sensor
34
PS14
Bundle sensor /1
35
PS15
Bundle sensor /2
36
PS16
Bundle registration plate home sensor
tion
37
PS25
Stapler movement home sensor
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
38
PS26
Clincher up down home sensor
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
39
PS27
Saddle stitching press home sensor
Home posi-
Other than
40
PS28
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt
tion
home posi-
41
PS29
42
PS33
Bundle clip upper limit sensor
tion
Upper limit
Not at upper
limit
43
PS30
Bundle clip lower limit sensor
Lower limit
Not at lower
limit
372
Symbol
Multi code
Name
71
44
PS32
Bundle arm home sensor
Home posi-
Other than
45
PS31
Bundle arm rotation home sensor
tion
home posi-
46
PS34
Bundle registration home sensor
47
PS35
48
PS45
Bundle press stage up down upper limit sen-
001 (High)
tion
Upper limit
sor
49
PS37
Bundle press home sensors
000 (Low)
Not at upper
limit
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
50
PS47
Bundle press lower limit sensor
Not at lower
Lower limit
limit
51
PS48
Scraps press home sensor
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
52
PS40
Scraps box set sensor
Set
53
PS41
Trimmer scraps full sensor
Not set
54
PS36
Bundle press movement home sensor
Home posi-
Other than
55
PS38
Bundle arm assist home sensor
tion
home posi-
56
PS39
Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor
Not at upper
tion
Upper limit
limit
57
SW1
Stapler empty switch /Rt
58
SW2
Stapler empty switch /Lt
No staple
Staple
59
HS1
Stapler home sensor /Rt
Other than
Home posi-
60
HS3
Stapler home sensor /Lt
home posi-
tion
tion
61
PS50
Trimmer blade home sensor
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
62
PS51
Trimmer blade upper limit sensor
Not at upper
Upper limit
limit
63
PS52
Trimmer press upper limit sensor
64
PS53
Trimmer press home sensor
Lower limit
Not at lower
limit
65
PS42
Front door sensor /Rt
66
PS43
Front door sensor /Lt
Open
Close
67
PS54
68
PS55
Bundle sensor /4
Paper
No paper
Trimmer registration sensor
Registration
Other than
position
registration
position
69
PS56
Folding sub scan alignment home sensor
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
373
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
Code
SD Classification
Symbol
Multi code
Name
Code
FS-503
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
71
70
PS57
Bundle exit sensor /2
No paper
71
PS58
Bundle tray set sensor
Not set
Set
72
PS59
Trimmer board replacement sensor
Replace
Not replace
75
PS61
Bundle tray paper full sensor
Full
Other than full
77
PS60
No paper
Paper
PS35
Rear stopper home sensor
Home posi-
Other than
PS33
Intermediate roller home sensor
tion
home posi-
PS32
Stack assist home sensor
PS14
72
001 (High)
000 (Low)
Paper
tion
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
5
PS11
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home posiNot set
tion
6
PS34
Staple scraps box set sensor
Set
PS30
PS1
Paper
No paper
PS5
10
PS4
FNS entrance sensor
No paper
Paper
11
PS15
Counter reset sensor
Reset posi-
Other than
tion
reset position
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
12
PS12
Paper exit opening sensor
tion
13
PS10
Paper
14
PS3
Tray lower limit sensor
Lower limit
No paper
Not at lower
limit
15
PS7
Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor
Not at upper
Upper limit
limit
16
PS2
Tray upper limit sensor
Upper limit
Not at upper
limit
21
PS47
Staple ready sensor /Fr
Other than
Ready
ready
22
PS43
Cartridge set sensor /Fr
No cartridge
Cartridge
23
PS45
Staple empty sensor /Fr
No staple
No staple
24
PS41
Stapler home sensor /Fr
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
25
PS46
Staple ready sensor /Rr
Other than
Ready
ready
374
26
PS42
Cartridge set sensor /Rr
No cartridge
Cartridge
27
PS44
Staple empty sensor /Rr
No staple
Staple
Multi code
Symbol
72
28
PS40
10. SERVICE MODE

Name

001 (High)
Stapler home sensor /Rr
000 (Low)
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
30
PS20
No paper
Paper
31
PS9
Paper exit arm home sensor
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
32
MS1
Door switch
Open
Close
33
PS31
Alignment home sensor /Fr
Home posi-
Other than
34
PS8
Alignment home sensor /Rr
tion
home posi-
PS1
Paper
No paper
PS4
FNS Entrance sensor
No paper
Paper
PS19
Sub tray full sensor
Full
Other than full
PS12
Paper exit opening home sensor
Other than
Closed
the closed
position
FS-520/607
tion
72
position
5
PS16
Gate home sensor
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
6
PS6
Paper
No paper
PS18
Shift roller home sensor
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
10
PS3
Lower limit
Not at lower
limit
12
PS2
Upper limit
Not at upper
limit
13
PS7
Other than
Stand-by
the stand-by
position
position
14
PS15
17
PS5
Paper
No paper
18
PS8
19
PS9
Alignment home sensor /Up
Home posi-
Other than
tion
20
PS11
home posi-
21
PS13
Stapler rotation home sensor (FS-607 only)
22
PS14
Clincher rotation home sensor (FS-607 only)
23
PS20
Paper
24
MS1
Door switch
Open
Close
25
PS31
Stapler motor home sensor /Fr
Other than
Home posi-
26
PS30
Stapler motor home sensor /Rr
home posi-
tion
tion
No paper
tion
375
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Code
FS-503 Classification
72
27
SW4
Staple empty switch /Fr
28
SW2
Staple empty switch /Rr
Symbol
Multi code
Name
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
FS-520/607 Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
29
SW4
Staple empty switch /Fr (crown staple)
30
SW2
Staple empty switch /Rr (crown staple)
31
SW3
Cartridge switch /Fr
32
SW1
Cartridge switch /Rr
35
PS33
36
PS32
41
PS22

001 (High)
000 (Low)
No staple
Staple
No cartridge
Cartridge
Clincher motor home sensor /Fr (FS-607
Other than
Home posi-
only)
home posi-
tion
Clincher motor home sensor /Rr (FS-607
tion
only)
Folding knife home sensor (FS-607 only)
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
42
43
PS23
PS24
Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (FS-
Home posi-
Other than
607 only)
tion
home position
Alignment home sensor /Lw (FS-607 only)
44
PS25
Folding paper exit sensor (FS-607 only)
45
PS26
Folding pass-through sensor (FS-607 only)
Paper
No paper
46
PS29
Folding full sensor (FS-607 only)
Full
Other than full
49
PS201
Paper pass-through sensor /Up (PI)
Paper
No paper
50
PS206
Paper pass-through sensor /Lw (PI)
57
PS301
Punch home sensor (PK)
Other than
Home posi-
home posi-
tion
tion
58
PS306
Punch encoder sensor (PK)
Light blocking
59
PS302
Punch scraps box full sensor (PK)
Exposure
60
PS304
Punch scraps box set sensor (PK)
set
Not set
61
PS303
Punch shift home sensor (PK)
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
62
PS305
Swing edge face detection 5 (PK)
63
64
65
66
Paper
No paper
No paper
Paper
Not at upper
Upper limit
73
PS202
Paper empty sensor /Up (PI)
74
PS203
Paper set sensor /Up (PI)
75
PS205
Tray upper limit sensor /Up (Upper stage) (PI)
limit
76
PS204
Tray lower limit sensor /Up (Upper stage) (PI)
Not at lower
limit
376
Lower limit
77
PIOB
78
10. SERVICE MODE

Name

001 (High)
Sheet feeder manual start/clear SW (PI)
OFF
ON
Sheet feeder manual punch button SW (PI)
79
Sheet feeder manual function selection button SW (PI)
80
MS201
Cover sheet open/close detection (PI)
Open
Close
81
PS207
Paper empty sensor /Lw (PI)
No paper
Paper
82
PS212
Paper set sensor /Lw (PI)
83
PS209
Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (lower stage tray)
Upper limit
(PI)
84
PS210
Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (lower stage tray)
73
Not at upper
limit
Lower limit
(PI)
LS
000 (Low)
Not at lower
limit
86
PS208
L sizesensor /Lw (PI)
No paper
Paper
PS4
Entrance sensor
Paper
No paper
PS11
PS7
Conveyance sensor /1
PS16
Conveyance sensor /2 (LS-501 only)
PS17
Conveyance sensor /3 (LS-501 only)
PS18
Tandem exit sensor (LS-501 only)
PS3
Stacker tray upper limit sensor
Upper limit
Not at upper
limit
PS6
Paper empty sensor
Full
Other than full
PS13
2000 sheets stacked sensor
ON
OFF
10
PS19
Paper detection sensor
11
PS14
5000 sheets stacked sensor
12
PS9
Full
Other than full
13
PS1
Stacker tray set sensor
Set
Not set
14
RS1
Hand cart reset switch
15
PS15
Stacker tray arm release sensor
ON
OFF
16
TOB
Paper exit switch
17
MS1
Door switch
Open
Close
18
RS2
JAM door switch
19
PS8
Sub tray door sensor
20
MS2
Stacker tray upper limit switch
Upper limit
Not at upper
limit
21
MS3
Stacker tray lower limit switch
Lower limit
Not at lower
22
PS12
Alignment home sensor
Home posi-
Other than
23
PS11
Shift unit home sensor
tion
home posi-
24
PS5
Grip conveyance home sensor
limit
tion
377
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Symbol
72
Multi code
Code
41
PS2
Intermediate sensor
Paper
No paper
42
MS1
Interlock switch
ON
OFF
46
PS1
Entrance sensor
Paper
No paper
48
PS3
Paper exit sensor
01
PS1
Entrance sensor
No paper
Paper
02
PS2
SC entrance sensor
03
PS3
04
PS4
05
PS5
Other than full
Full
06
M2
Intermediate conveyance motor
Abnormal
Normal
07
M91
Sub tray exit motor
Normal
Abnormal
08
PS12
SC switchback arm pressure detection sen-
OFF
ON
77
Symbol
Multi code
Name
Code
RU Classification
75
PB
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
001 (High)
000 (Low)
sor
09
PS13
ON
OFF
10
PS14
SC alignment HP sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
11
PS16
No paper
Paper
12
PS17
SC roller release sensor
Press the
Release the
roller
roller
13
PS18
Clamp entrance movement HP sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
Press the
Release the
14
PS19
Clamp entrance roller release sensor
roller
roller
15
PS21
Clamp alignment HP sensor
Home
Other than
16
PS22
Clamp HP sensor
position
home position
17
PS23
Clamp pressure sensor
ON
OFF
18
PS24
Clamp rotation HP sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
19
PS25
Clamp rotation pressure sensor
Pressurize
Not pressur-
20
PS26
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr
Upper limit
21
PS27
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr
22
PS28
Clamp paper sensor
No paper
Paper
23
PS29
Book thickness sensor
Detection
No detection
24
PS31
Glue tank movement limit sensor
Upper limit is
Not reached
ize
Not at upper
limit
reached
378
25
PS32
Glue apply position detection sensor
No paper
Paper
26
PS33
Glue tank HP sensor
Home
Other than
position
home position
27
PS36
No Pellet
Pellet
28
PS37
Pellet count sensor
No detection
Detection
Multi code
Symbol
77
29
PS38
10. SERVICE MODE

Name

001 (High)
Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor
Upper limit
000 (Low)
Not at upper
limit
30
PS39
Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor
Lower limit
Not at lower
limit
31
M32
Glue apply roller motor
Normal
Abnormal
32
PS3
Paper exit sensor
No paper
Paper
33
PS41
Cover paper alignment HP sensor
Home
Other than
34
PS42
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Rt
position
home position
35
PS43
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Lt
36
PS44
Cover paper switchback sensor
No paper
Paper
37
PS45
Cover paper sensor /Rt
No paper
Paper
38
PS46
Cover paper sensor /Lt
39
PS47
Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr
Other than
Home
40
PS53
Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr
home position
position
41
PS48
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt
Home
Other than
42
PS49
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt
position
home position
43
PS50
Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor
Detection
No detection
44
PS51
At the refer-
Not at the
ence position
position
45
PS52
Pressurize
Not pressurize
46
47
SW41
SW42
Cutter HP sensor
Cutter HP sensor
Other than
Home
home position
position
Other than end
End position
position
48
MS2
Front door switch
Close
Open
49
PS57
Stacker door sensor
Close
Open
50
PS61
Book end sensor
Detection
No detection
51
PS62
Cover paper conveyancebelt movement HP
Home
Other than
sensor
position
home position
52
PS63
Cover paper belt HP sensor
53
PS64
Cover paper belt lower limit sensor
Lower limit
Not at lower
limit
54
PS65
Book load limit sensor
Not at upper
Upper limit
limit
55
PS66
Book sensor /1
56
PS67
Book sensor /2
57
PS68
Book stopper HP sensor
58
PS69
Cart set sensor
No paper
Paper
Home
Other than
position
home position
Set
Not set
59
OB/2
Book stock operation board
SW OFF
SW ON
60
379
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Code
PB Classification

77
61
SW1
Upper door switch
Open
Close
62
M81
Exhaust fan /2
Abnormal
Normal
Symbol
Multi code
Name
Code
PB Classification
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
001 (High)
63
M4
Pellet supply cooling fan
64
PBCB
FNS connection detection signal
Connected
000 (Low)
Not
connected
65
Cover paper tray set detection signal
Not set
Set
66
PS71
Cover paper empty sensor
No paper
Paper
67
power cord connection detection signal
Connected
Not
connected
68
PS74
Cover paper tray upper limit sensor
Upper limit
Not at upper
69
PS75
Cover paper conveyance sensor /1
No paper
Paper
70
PS76
71
PS77
72
PS78
73
PS79
74
PS80
Waste box full sensor
Other than full
Full
75
PS81
Waste box set sensor
Set
Not set
76
M71
Cover paper tray fan /1
Abnormal
Normal
77
M72
78
M74
Cover paper feed motor
Abnormal
Normal
79
M80
Exhaust fan /1
80
PS82
Cover paper tray knob sensor
Locked
Unlocked
81
TH2
Glue tank temperature sensor /up
0 to 255
82
TH3
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md
0 to 255
83
TH4
0 to 255
84
TH1
Glue apply roller temperature sensor
0 to 255
85
OB/1
Manual operation board
Glue apply
Glue apply
SW OFF
SW ON
Alignment
Alignment
SW OFF
SW ON
limit
86
87
OB/1
OB/1

Start SW OFF
Start SW
ON
88
MS1
Pellet supply door switch
Close
Open
89
TH1
Glue apply roller temperature sensor (over-
Abnormal
Normal
90
TH1
heat abnormality)
(low-temperature abnormality)
91
TH2

(overheat abnormality)
92
TH2

380
93
Name
TH3

001 (High)
Abnormal
000 (Low)
Normal
94

95
TH
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw

96

10.7.3
Output check
Load operations can be checked and adjusted (output check) using this output check.
A. Procedure

Press [05 State Confirmation].
2. "State Confirmation Menu screen"

Press [01 I/O Check Mode].
3. "I/O Check Mode screen"

Enter an output check code with the fine numeric keys.
4. Press [Access] key to switch to the multi mode.

5. Enter the multi code with the fine numeric buttons.
6. Press the Start key.
The specified loading operates.
7. Press the Stop key.

The specified loading stops.
8. When executing another output check of the signal or loading operation, repeat steps 3 to 7.
Multi code
L1
Exposure lamp
M53,
Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /Y
Symbol
Code
B. List of loads
Name
Restrictive conditions
MC14
3
M53,
Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /M
MC15
6
M53,
Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /C
MC16
9
M53,
Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /K
MC17
381
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Multi code
77
10. SERVICE MODE
Symbol
Code
PB Classification
Symbol
Multi code
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
HV/1
High voltage unit /1 (charging/Y)
No use allowed in the
High voltage unit /1 (charging/M)
field.
High voltage unit /1(charging/C)
High voltage unit /1 (charging/K)

HV/2
15
High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/Y)
High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/M)
High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/C)
High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/K)
High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/Y, /M, /C, /K)
High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/K)
HV/2
1
5
1
3
3
Name
High voltage unit /2 (separation)

High voltage unit /2 (separation: for measurement)
PS11
PS8, PS9 Color registration sensor output voltage
PGC sensor output voltage
255 is displayed on [IN]
PS11
area of the screen
PS8, PS9 Color registration sensor
PGC sensor output voltage
Number between 0 and
CSRC, data collection counter clear
Mode memory clear
98
CS Remote Care memory initialization
When
DIPSW3-6
Used in
CSRC
setting
18
is OFF, these
function do
not work.
PS65
PS1
Centering sensor (LU)
PS25
Centering sensor (PF)
MFDT
Multi feed detection board /S, /R (PF)
SD7
Pick-up solenoid /1
SD8
Pick-up solenoid /2
SD9
Pick-up solenoid /3
SD5
Pick-up solenoid /BP
SD100
Pick-up solenoid (LU)
SD1
Pick-up solenoid /1 (PF)
SD5
Pick-up solenoid /1 (PF)
MC7
MC9
MC11
MC6
area of the screen

B/S, /R
Paper feed conveyance
20
21
382
MC101
Paper feed clutch (LU)
MC1
Paper feed clutch /1 (PF)
MC4
Paper feed clutch /1 (PF)
Symbol
22
MC8
MC10
MC12
MC102
Pre-registration clutch (LU)
M38
Paper lift motor /1
M39
Paper lift motor /2
M40
Paper lift motor /3
M35
Paper lift motor /BP (down)
M35
Paper lift motor /BP (up)
M100
23
24
26
M2
M3
Paper lift motor /2 (PF)
M34
2nd transfer pressure/release motor
Paper lift motor /1 (PF)
2nd transfer pressure (pressure position 1)
2nd transfer pressure (pressure position 2)

2nd transfer release
M30
Registration motor (1/2 speed)
Registration motor (paper feed line speed)
Registration motor (Hard timer ON: 1/1 speed)
M31
27
Paper lift motor (LU: down)
Loop motor (1/2 speed)

Loop motor (paper feed line speed)
M33
Reverse/exit motor (Forward rotation: 1/2 speed)

Reverse/exit motor (Forward rotation: Max. speed)
Reverse/exit motor (Reverse rotation: 1/2 speed)
7
10
Paper lift motor (LU: up)
3
25
Name
Reverse/exit motor (Reverse rotation: Max. speed)

M55
Decurler motor (Forward rotation: 1/2 speed)
11
12
13
Decurler motor (Forward rotation: Max. speed)
14
Decurler motor (Reverse rotation: 1/2 speed)
15
383
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Multi code
10. SERVICE MODE
Code
Symbol
27
Multi code
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
16
M55
17
20
Name
Decurler motor (Reverse rotation: Max. speed)
M54
21
Paper exit motor (Forward rotation: 1/2 speed)

22
23
Paper exit motor (Forward rotation: Max. speed)
25
Paper exit motor (Reverse rotation: continuous)
26
Paper exit motor (Reverse rotation: HP position)
27
Paper exit motor (Reverse rotation: high pressure
28
Paper exit motor (Reverse rotation: medium pres-
amount)
sure amount)
29
Paper exit motor (Reverse rotation: low pressure

amount)
28
29
M41
M1
Paper feed motor

Paper feed motor (LU)
M1
Paper feed motor (PF)
MC13
MC4
MC5
SD1
FM1,
Paper feed assist fan /Fr, /Rr (LU)
FM2
6
SD4
Tray lock solenoid /1 (PF)
FM3,
Paper feed assist fan /Fr12, /Rr12 (Tray 4) (PF)
FM4
8
FM1,
FM2
9
FM7,
FM8
10
FM5,
FM6
11
MC12
Pre-registration clutch (PF)
12
MC7
Vertical conveyance clutch /1 (PF)
13
MC8
14
MC9
15
MC10
Horizontal conveyance clutch /1 (PF)
16
MC11
Horizontal conveyance clutch /2 (PF)
17
SD2,
Shutter solenoid /Fr1, /Rr1 (PF)
SD3
19
SD6,
SD7
384
Shutter solenoid /Fr2, /Rr2 (PF)
21
SD4
22
SD8
23
MC2
Separation clutch /1 (PF)
24
MC5
Separation clutch /2 (PF)
25
FM9,
Ventilation fan/1, /2 (PF)
Name
FM10
26
HTR3,
Fan heater /Up, Dehumidifier fan /1, /2 (HT)
FM11,
FM12
28
HTR4,
Fan heater, Dehumidifier fan /3, /4 (HT)
FM13,
FM14
30
HTR1
Temperature adjustment tray 33C, Heat pipe

70C (tray 4) (LU)
32
M3
M4
Polygon motor /Y (1/1 rotation)

Polygon motor /M (1/1 rotation)
M5
Polygon motor /C (1/1 rotation)
M6
Polygon motor /K (1/1 rotation)
M3,
Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (1/1 rotation)
M4,
M5,
M6
5
M3
Polygon motor /Y (rotates at adjustment value)
M4
Polygon motor /M (rotates at adjustment value)
M5
Polygon motor /C (rotates at adjustment value)
M6
Polygon motor /K (rotates at adjustment value)
M3,
Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K
M4,
(rotates at adjustment value)
M5,
M6
33
INDEX
INDEVB /Y
B/Y
1
INDEX
INDEVB /M
B/M
2
INDEX
INDEVB /C
B/C
3
INDEX
INDEVB /K
B/K
4
INDEX
INDEVB /Y, /M, /C, /K
B/Y, /
M, /C,
/K
34
Shading correction operation
385
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Symbol
29
10. SERVICE MODE
Multi code
Code
Symbol
36
Multi code
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
PS8
Color registration sensor /Fr
PS9
Color registration sensor /Rr
LD alarm measurement
LD alarm value can be
91
LD1 /2 alarm data clear /Y
checked on the adjust-
92
LD1 /2 alarm data clear /M
ment list of list output.
93
LD1 /2 alarm data clear /C
area of the screen

37
38
94
LD1 /2 alarm data clear /K
99
LD1/2 alarm data clear /Y, /M, /C, /K
M1
Scanner motor (reciprocating driver 1)
11x17, magnification
100%, one scanning
100%, continuous scanning
81/2 x11, magnification

Scanner motor (home position search)
Scanner motor (back scan position move)
Scanner motor (back scan ACS operation + scan
Main body
operation)
41
M14
Drum motor /Y (2/3 speed)
2
3

M15
Drum motor /M (1/1 speed)

M16
Drum motor /C (1/1 speed)

M17
10
386
Drum motor /K (2/3 speed)

11
12

8
9

5
6

M18
Transfer belt motor (2/3 speed)
13
14
43
45
Symbol
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
M2
Scanner fan
M25
IPB fan/2
M42
DCPS fan
M37
Fusing ventilation fan
M48
Charge intake fan
M47
Main body fan
M43,
M44
Writing intake fan /1, /2
M45,
M46
Developing fan /1, /2
M26,
M27,
M28
Tucking fan /1, /2, /3
M12
Drum fan /1
10
M13
Drum fan /2
11
M61,
62, 63
Paper exit fan /1, /2, /3
12
M66
ADU fan /1
13
M36
Deodorization fan
14
M10
Fusing belt ventilation fan
15
M65
Fusing fan /Lw
16
FM3
Dehumidifier fan /1, /2 (LU)
17
FM4
Dehumidifier fan /3, /4 (LU)
18
FM11,
FM12
Dehumidifier fan /1, /2 (PF)
19
FM13,
FM14
Dehumidifier fan /3, /4 (PF)
20
M67
ADU fan /2
TCT/1
Total counter /1
TCT/2
Total counter /2
KCT
Key counter
L2, L3,
L4, L5
Fusing heater lamp /1, /2, /3, /4 (powered ON

simultaneously)
Temperature detection of
fusing upper heating roller
center
fusing upper heating roller
edge
fusing lower pressure
roller center
fusing lower pressure
roller edge
387
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
42
Multi code
Code
45
Symbol
Multi code
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
L2, L3,
Fusing heater lamp/1, /2, /3, /4 (powered ON
L4, L5
simultaneously)
Non-contact sensor on
fusing lower roller
Non-contact sensor on
Proper temperature at idle
fusing lower roller

(at warming up)
11
L2,
Fusing heater lamp/1 temperature control
TEMS/1
12
L3,

TEMS/3
13
L4,
TEMS/1
14
L5,
TEMS/2
46
47
M29
LD1/2 Laser emission timing adjustment (main

scanning)
Fusing motor (Forward rotation: 1/2 speed)
Fusing motor (Reverse rotation: pressure release
Fusing motor (Reverse rotation: pressure position
Fusing motor (Reverse rotation: release position
Fusing roller press (continuous rotation 1/2
10
11
operation ON, normal rotation)

move)
move)
speed)
speed)
speed)
13
M29,
Fusing roller press (ON all heaters at the same
L2, L3,
time)
L4, L5
48
M19
1st transfer pressure/release motor (rotate constantly)
1st transfer pressure/release motor (stop at
1st transfer pressure/release motor (stop at B&W
release position)
mode fusing position)
3
1st transfer pressure/release motor (stop at color

mode pressure position)
388

area of the screen
Multi code
Symbol
50
M20
Developing motor/Y (1/1 speed)
Developing motor/M (1/1 speed)


M22
Developing motor/C (1/1 speed)

8
9

M21
4
6
Name
2
3
10. SERVICE MODE

M23
10
Developing motor/K (1/1 speed)

11
12
M20
Y color developing unit rotation
13
M21
M color developing unit rotation
14
M22
C color developing unit rotation
15
M23
BK color developing unit rotation
16
M20,
YMC color developing unit rotation
M21,
M22
17
M20,
All colors developing unit rotation
M21,
M22,
M23
51
54
55
56
EL/Y
Eraser lamp/Y
EL/M
Erasure lamp/M
EL/C
Erasure lamp/C
EL/K
Erasure lamp/K
M49
Toner supply motor /Y
M50
Toner supply motor /M
M51
Toner supply motor /C
M52
Toner supply motor /K
12
MC14
Toner bottle clutch /Y
13
MC15
Toner bottle clutch /M
14
MC16
Toner bottle clutch /C
15
MC17
Toner bottle clutch /K
SD2
Color registration shutter solenoid
SD3
PGC shutter solenoid
Status indicator lamp (PAT1 lighting)
389
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Code
Specific function Classification
60
Symbol
Code
58
Multi code
DF
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Specific function Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
TCRS /Y
TCR sensor /Y
TCRS /M
TCR sensor /M
TCRS /C
TCR sensor /C
TCRS /K
TCR sensor /K
M301
Original feed motor (Forward rotation: 300mm/
Name
sec)
2
Original feed motor (Reverse rotation: 300mm/
sec)
sec)
sec)
sec)
sec)
7
M302

sec)
10
11
12
sec)
sec)
sec)
sec)
sec)
13
M303
Original reverse/exit motor (Forward rotation:

300mm/sec)
14

400mm/sec)
15

900mm/sec)
16
Original reverse/exit motor (Reverse rotation:

300mm/sec)
17

400mm/sec)
18

900mm/sec)
390
19
SD302
Original reverse solenoid
20
SD301
Original paper exit solenoid
21
MC301
Original registration clutch
Symbol
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
M1
Entrance conveyance motor
M2
Punch conveyance motor
M3
M4
1st folding motor (Forward rotation)
5
6
1st folding motor (Reverse rotation)

M5
2nd folding motor (Forward rotation)
M6
3rd folding motor (Forward rotation)
10
M7
PI conveyance motor
11
M8
Paper lift motor /Up (down)
M9
Paper lift motor /Lw (down)
7
8
2nd folding motor (Reverse rotation)
3rd folding motor (Reverse rotation)
12
13
Paper lift motor /Up (up)
14
Paper lift motor /Lw (up)
15
M17
Main tray paper exit motor
21
M10
Punch motor (3 holes/4 holes)
22
Punch motor (2 holes)
23
M11
Tray up/down motor (home position search)
24
M12
Alignment plate (home position search)
26
M13
Punch registration motor
27
M14
1st folding release motor (conveyance position

move)
28
1st folding release motor (folding position move)
ON: Fold position

OFF: Conveyance position
29
M15
2nd folding release motor (conveyance position

move)
30
2nd folding release motor (folding position move)
ON: Fold position

31
M16
3rd folding release motor (conveyance position

move)
32
3rd folding release motor (folding position move)
ON: Fold position

61
SD1
Entrance gate solenoid
62
SD3
S size gate solenoid
63
SD4
L size gate solenoid
64
SD5
Roller solenoid /1
65
SD6
Roller solenoid /2
66
SD7
Roller solenoid /3
67
SD8
Roller solenoid /4
68
SD9
Sub tray gate solenoid
391
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
70
Multi code
Code
FD Classification
SD
70
71
Symbol
Multi code
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
FD Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
69
SD12
Paper exit solenoid
70
SD13
PI Pick-up solenoid /Up
71
SD14
PI Pick-up solenoid /Lw
72
SD15
Folding gate solenoid
74
SD18
2nd folding roller solenoid
75
CL1
PI registration clutch /Up
76
CL2
PI registration clutch /Lw
82
MFDB1
Multi feed detection board /1 (CLK output)
89
FDOB
FD operation board (illuminate all LEDs)
90
JAMIB
Jam indicator board (illuminate all LEDs)
M1
M2
Horizontal conveyance motor
M3
Folding entrance motor
M4
Folding conveyance motor (Forward rotation)
M6
Right angle conveyance motor
M29
Stapler motor /Rt (stapling once)
M30
Stapler motor /Lt (stapling once)
M5
Bundle paper exit motor
10
M8
Folding sub scan alignment exit motor
21
M5
Bundle paper exit motor (home position search)
24
M7
Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (home
5
6
Folding conveyance motor (Reverse rotation)
position search)
25
Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (alignment)
Available after home position search (71-24)
27
M8
Folding main scan alignment exit motor (home
29
M9
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (home posi-
position search)
tion search)
30
31
M10
32
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (forward
Available after home posi-
movement)
tion search (71-29)
Bundle arm motor (home position search)

Bundle arm motor (forward movement)
Available after home position search (71-32)
33
M11
Bundle clip motor (home position search)
34
M12
Bundle registration motor (home position search)
35
M13
Overlap motor (home position search)
36
M14
Folding main scan alignment motor/Rr (home

position search)
37
Folding main scan alignment motor/Rr (forward

movement)
392
Multi code
Symbol
71
39
M15
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
Stapler movement motor (home position search)
41
M16
Saddle stitching alignment motor/Lt (home posi-
42
M16
40

tion search)
Saddle stitching alignment motor/Lt (inward
movement)
43
M17
Bundle press movement motor (home position
44
M18
1st folding blade motor (home position search)
45
M19
2nd folding blade motor (home position search)
46
M20
search)
47
48
Clincher up down motor (home position search)

Clincher up down motor (stapling)
M21
Saddle stitching press motor (home position

search)
49
M22
Bundle arm rotation motor (home position search)
50
M23
Bundle press motor (home position search)
51
M24
Bundle press stage up down motor (home position search)
52
M25
Guide shaft motor (home position search)
53
M31
Trimmer blade motor (home position search)
54
55
Trimmer blade motor (trimming position)

M32
Trimmer press motor (home position search)
56
Trimmer press motor (upper limit search)
57
Trimmer press motor (pressing)
58
Trimmer press motor (movement to trimmer board
tion search (71-55)
release position)
59
M10
Bundle arm motor (inward movement)
60
M23
Bundle press motor (press)
61
M24
62
Bundle press stage up down motor (up)

Bundle press stage up down motor (home position search for the bundle registration plate)
63
M32
65
M33
66
Trimmer board forced move

Trimmer paddle motor (Forward rotation)
Trimmer paddle motor (Reverse rotation)
71
SD1
72
SD2

Right angle conveyance gate solenoid
73
SD3
Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid
74
SD4
Roller release solenoid /4
75
SD5
Roller release solenoid /1 (roller press)
SD6
76
77
Roller release solenoid /1 (roller release)
393
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Code
SD Classification
Multi code
Symbol
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
71
78
SD7
79
80
Roller release solenoid /3 (roller press)

Roller release solenoid /3 (roller release)
SD8
81
82
Name
Folding unit lock solenoid (lock)

Folding unit lock solenoid (release)
SD11
83
Trimmer board solenoid (ON once)

Trimming board solenoid (ON twice)
86
CL1
Tri-folding exit clutch
87
FM1
Scraps removal fan motor
90
JAMIB
Jam indicator board /2 (LED lighting)
/2
95
Trimmer board solenoid operation counter clear
98
M26
Bundle arm assist motor
M1
Conveyance motor (1000mm/sec)
M3
Perform after replacing the
FS-503
trimmer board.
72
7
8
11
Tray up down motor (home position search)

Tray up down motor (lower limit move)
Tray up down motor (staple mode up down)
M22
Alignment motor /Fr (home position search)
12
Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby position move)
13
Alignment motor /Fr (A4S position move)
14
16
Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby position move)

M7
17
21
Main tray Paper exit motor (800mm/sec)

Main tray Paper exit motor (205mm/sec)
M8
22
Paper exit opening motor (home position search)

Paper exit opening motor (full opening: approx.
55C)
23
Paper exit opening motor (half opening: approx.

44C)
24
M8
Paper exit opening motor (small opening: approx.

27C)
26
M31
Stapler motor /Fr (needles out, empty staple)
M30
Stapler motor /Rr (needles out, empty staple)
27
28
Stapler motor /Fr (staple)
29
31
Stapler motor /Rr (staple)

M11
32
Stapler movement motor (home position search)

Stapler movement motor (A4 1 staple position
move)
36
M13
41
M26
42
46
394
Stacker entrance motor (1000mm/sec)

Rear stopper motor (home position search)
Rear stopper motor (stopper release)
SD5
Bypass solenoid
Symbol
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
47
SD2
Gate solenoid
48
SD9
Paper exit opening solenoid (ON/OFF)
49
SD7
Intermediate roller release solenoid
51
M24
Stack assist motor (home position search)
52
56
Stack assist motor (assist position move)

M25
Intermediate roller open/close motor (home position search)
57
Intermediate roller open/close motor (reverse

position move)
61
M23
62
Paper exit arm motor (home position search)

Paper exit arm motor (800mm/sec)
63
Paper exit arm motor (400mm/sec)
66
M6
Sub tray paper exit motor (1000mm/sec)
71
M5
Alignment motor /Rr (home position search)
72
Alignment motor /Rr (A4S standby position move)
73
Alignment motor /Rr (A4S position move)
74
76
Alignment motor /Rr (A4S standby position move)

M2
Paddle motor (ON/OFF)
78
M5,
Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (home position search)
79
M22
Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (A4 standby position

move)
80
Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (A4 position move)
90
JAMIB
99
Jam indicator board (illuminate all LEDs)

No paper running mode
20 sheets of A3 with 2
FS-520/607
staples
72
M1
FNS conveyance motor (667mm/sec)
M2
Shift roller motor (home position search)
M3
Main tray up down motor (home position search)

Main tray up down motor (lower limit movement)
Main tray up down motor (peration in the main tray

up/down motor staple mode)
10
M4
Clincher rotation motor (home position search)
11
M5
Alignment motor /Up (home position search)
12
FS-607 only
Alignment motor /Up (A4S standby position move)
Alignment motor /Up (Alignment operation)
Available from the A4
Alignment motor /Up (standby position move)
Available after alignment
tion search
13
M5
position
14
operation
16
17
M7
Paper exit roller motor (staple mode)

Paper exit roller motor (folding mode)
395
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
72
Multi code
Code
FS-503 Classification
72
21
Symbol
Multi code
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
M8
22
26
M14
27
28
Paper exit roller motor (home position search)

Paper exit roller motor (open angle: A4S in staple
mode)
tion search
Stapler motor /Fr (initial operation conduct)

Stapler motor /Fr (staple operation conduct)
M9
29
31
Name
Stapler motor /Rr (initial operation conduct)

Stapler motor /Rr (staple operation conduct)
M11,
Stapler movement motor, Clincher rotation motor
M4
(home position search)
32
Stapler movement motor, Clincher rotation motor

(A4, 1-stapling position)
36
M13
38
M6
Stacker entrance motor (670mm/sec)

Stapler rotation motor (home position search)
39
M16
Alignment motor /Lw (home position search)
FS-607 only
41
M18
Saddle stitching stopper motor (home position
FS-607 only
FS-607 only
search)
42
43
Saddle stitching stopper motor (release A4S stop- Available after home posiM19
per)
tion search (FS-607 only)
Folding knife motor (1 cycle)
FS-607 only
FS-607 only
44
M20
Folding conveyance motor (Hi-speed)
45
SD4
Paper exit opening solenoid
46
SD5
Bypass gate solenoid
47
SD6
Tri-folding gate solenoid
48
SD51
Paper assist solenoid
49
SD7,
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid /Fr, /Rr
SD8
53
M21
55
M12
Gate motor (home position search)
58
M51
Paper assist motor (Forward rotation)
65
M302
66
69
Sub tray exit motor (667mm/sec)
Punch shift motor (home position search) (PK)

Punch shift motor (PK)
M301
Punch motor (home position search) (PK)
83
M203
Conveyance motor (667mm/sec) (PI)
84
MC201
Conveyance clutch /Up (PI)
85
MC202
Conveyance clutch /Lw (PI)
86
M201
Tray lift motor /Up (down: home position search)
70
Punch motor (punching) (PK)
(PI)
87
396
Tray lift motor /Up (up) (PI)
FS-607 only
FS-607 only
LS
Symbol
Name
72
88
M202
Tray lift motor /Lw (down: home position search)
(PI)
89
73
Tray lift motor /Lw (up) (PI)
90
SD201
Pick-up solenoid /Up (PI)
91
SD202
Pick-up solenoid /Lw (PI)
92
MC203
99
M2
Conveyance motor
M3
Sub tray paper exit motor
2
3
Conveyance motor
4
5
Sub tray paper exit motor

M6
6
7
M4
Grip conveyance motor

M7
10
11
Tandem conveyance motor

Tandem conveyance motor
8
9
Registration clutch (PI)

No paper running mode
Alignment motor (initial operation)

Alignment motor
M5
Shift unit motor (home position search)
M1
Stacker tray up down motor (down)
15
SD1
1st gate solenoid
16
SD10
2nd gate solenoid
17
SD9
Front stopper solenoid
18
SD3
Rear stopper solenoid
19
SD8
Paper press arm solenoid /3
20
SD6
21
SD4
Front door lock solenoid
SD5
22
SD11
Tandem conveyance lock solenoid
23
SD2
Job partition solenoid
24
SD7
FM1,
Paper cooling fan motor /Fr, /Mi
12
13
Shift unit motor
14
Stacker tray up down motor (up)
FM3
25
FM2,
Paper cooling fan motor /1, /2
RU
FM6
75
26
FM5
Paper cooling fan motor /Rr
M1
M5
Paper exit motor
397
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Multi code
10. SERVICE MODE
Code
Multi code
Symbol
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
RU Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
75
M2,
Name
Paper fan /1, /2, /3
M3,
M4
PB
77
31
SD2
32
SD3

01
M1
02
M2
03
SD1
04
SD2
05
SD3
06
SD4
Sub tray exit solenoid
07
M11
SC entrance conveyance motor
08
M12
SC switchback conveyance motor

(F rotation)
09

(R rotation)
10
M13
SC switchback release motor

11
12
(High pressing position move)

(Low pressing position move)
13
M15
SC alignment motor (home position search)
14
SC alignment motor (A4 standby position move)
15
SC alignment motor (alignment)
77-13 must have been

performed in advance.
16
M17
SC bundle conveynace motor
17
M18
SC roller release motor

18

(movement to the pressing position)
19
M19
Clamp entrance movement motor (home position

search)
20
Clamp entrance movement motor(movement to
The following adjust-
the entrance position)
ments must have been

made in advance.
1. 77-96
2. 77-31
3. 77-32
4. 77-19
5. 77-29
398
Multi code
Symbol
77
21
M20
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
Clamp entranse roller release motor (home position search)
22
Clamp entranse roller release motor (pressing

position move)
23
SD11
FD alignment solenoid
24
SD12
SC stopper solenoid
25
SD13
SC pressure arm solenoid
26
M21
Clamp alignment motor (home position search)
27
Clamp alignment motor (A4 standby position

move)
28
29
Clamp alignment motor (alignment)

M22
30
31
Clamp motor (home position search)

Clamp motor (movement to the clamp position)
M23
Clamp rotation motor (home position search)

32
Clamp rotation motor (movement to the compile
position)
33
SD91
Straight gate solenoid
34
M31
Glue tank movement motor (home position
search)

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
35
Glue tank movement motor (tank forward move-
ment )

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-49
5. 77-51
36
Glue tank movement motor (tank backward
movement )

made in advance.
1. 77-35
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-49
5. 77-51
6. 77-35
37
M32
38
SD31
Glue tank up solenoid /1
39
SD32
Cover paper glue up solenoid
399
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Code
PB Classification
77
Symbol
Multi code
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
40
H1
Glue tank heater
41
H2
Glue apply roller heater
42
M33
Pellet supply motor
The following adjustments must have been

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-44
43
M34
Pellet supply arm motor

44
(movement to the supply position)

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
45
M41
46
(A3 standby position move)

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-45
3. 77-57
4. 77-60
47
Cover paper alignment motor (alignment)
The following adjustments must have been

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-45
3. 77-57
4. 77-60
5. 77-46
48
M42
Book exit motor
49
M43
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt (home
position search)
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
400
Multi code
Symbol
77
50
M43
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt (roller
pressure)

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-49
51
M44
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt (home
position search)

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
52
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt (roller
pressure)

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-51
53
M45
Cover paper conveyance motor (F rotation)
Cover paper conveyance motor (R rotation)
54
55
M46
M47
56
Cover paper table up down motor /Fr, /Rr (home

position search)
Cover paper table up down motor /Fr, /Rr (book
spine corner creation)

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-49
5. 77-50
6. 77-51
7. 77-52
8. 77-19
9. 77-31
10. 77-30
11. 77-32
12. 77-45
13. 77-58
14. 77-61
401
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Code
PB Classification
Multi code
Symbol
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
77
57
M48
58
Name
Cover paper folding motor /Rt
(movement to the open position)

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-45
59
(movement to the close position)

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-45
3. 77-58
60
M49
61
Cover paper folding motor /Lt
(movement to the open position)

made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-45
62
M50
Cutter motor (home position search)

63
Cutter motor(cut position movement)

64
SD41
Cover paper lift solenoid
65
66
67
M61
Cover paper belt motor
68
M62
Cover paper belt movement motor

69
70

(book stock alignment)
71
M63
Cover paper belt up down motor

(home position search: upper limit)
72
Cover paper belt up down motor
(movement to the lower position)

made in advance.
1. 77-68
2. 77-69
73
402
M64
Book movement motor
Multi code
Symbol
77
74
M65
10. SERVICE MODE
Name
Book stopper motor

75
Book stopper motor
76
M73
77
M74
78
SD71
Cover paper pick up solenoid
79
SD72
Cover paper tray solenoid
80
M71
81
M72
82
MC71
83
MC72
84
SD80
Front door lock solenoid (locked)
M80
Exhaust fan /1
87
Multi feed clock output signal
88
JAMIB
Jam indicator board /1 /2 (all the lights on)
85
86
Cover paper tray lift motor
Front door lock solenoid (released)
/1
JAMIB
/2
89
OB/1
90
M81
Exhaust fan /2
91
SD61
Book door solenoid (lock)
92
95
Manual operation board (all the lights on)
Book door solenoid (release)

M71,
Cover paper feed operation for the adjustment of
M72,
the multifeed detect board.
M73,
M74,
SD71,
SD72,
MC71,
ADU
MC72
80
81
82
84
96
All initial operation
SD4
Paper exit solenoid
MC1
MC2
MC18
ADU Pre-registration clutch
MC3
SD10
ADU gate solenoid
M32
ADU reverse motor (1/2 speed) (Forward rotation)

403
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Code
PB Classification
Multi code
Symbol
Code
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
ADU Classification
10. SERVICE MODE
84
M32
ADU reverse motor (470mm/s) (Forward rotation)
ADU reverse motor (1000mm/s) (Forward rotation)
ADU reverse motor (1/2 speed) (Reverse rotation)
ADU reverse motor (470mm/s) (Reverse rotation)
ADU reverse motor (1000mm/s) (Reverse rotation)

M57
Adjustment/special mode
91
ADU Loop motor (1/2 speed) (Forward rotation)

ADU Loop motor (470mm/s) (Forward rotation)
ADU Loop motor (1000mm/s) (Forward rotation)
ADU Loop motor (1/2 speed) (Reverse rotation)
ADU Loop motor (470mm/s) (Reverse rotation)
9
90
0
0
ADU Loop motor (1000mm/s) (Reverse rotation)
Finishing option adjustment data EEPROM stor-
Perform after adjustment
age
FD/SD/FS (FS-503)
Main body adjustment data NVRAM board stor-
Perform after adjustment
age
92
NVRAM board data reset
Does not work in the field
93
Finishing option adjustment data EEPROM stor-
age (factory default)
FD/SD/FS (FS-503)
94
Operation panel all lighting (LED)
96
Main body adjustment data NVRAM board stor-
Display of adjustment data
age (factory default)

97
Image memory (DRAM) capacity check (1 color)
98
Image memory (DRAM) /Y check
Image memory (DRAM) /M check
Image memory (DRAM) /C check
Image memory (DRAM) /K check
Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /Y
Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /M
Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /C
check
check
check
404
9
85
Name
Symbol
Name
98
Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /K
99
HDD/
HDD capacity check (1 color)
Y, /M, /
HDD remaining capacity check
C, /K
check
HDD bad sectors check and recovery

HDD data copy
Perform after replacing the

HDD.
405
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Multi code
10. SERVICE MODE
Code
Adjustment/special mode Classification
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.7.4
Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PF)
Perform this adjustment when replacing the PF multi feed detection board (MFDTB) or the PF drive board
(PFDB), as well as when multi feeding is not detected properly for special papers (thin paper, thin coated paper,
thick paper, etc.).
Note
Be sure to perform the adjustment under normal room temperature (20 to 30 C) that is similar to
the real environment where the machine is operated because the temperature sensor output level
varies with its surface temperature. (When you bring in a replacement part from a place under a
different temperature, leave the part and wait for the sensor surface temperature to reach the
room temperature before performing the adjustment.)
A. Procedure
1. Turn off the sub power switch.

2. Open the front door [1] of the PF, and open the jam
[1]
processing guides PF2 [2] and PF5 [3] in the horizontal conveyance section.
[3]
[2]
a03uf3c025ca
3. Insert a sheet of paper [1] (part no. 65AA-991#, fus-
[4]
ing adjustment paper, 16 sheets/A3) while turning
[1]
the nkob PF4 [2], and close the jam processing

guides PF2 [3] and PF5 [4].
[3]
[2]
a03uf3c026ca
4. Turn on the sub power switch and enter the I/O check mode.
406
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

8. Press Start button to enter the output check mode,
[3]
and connect the tester (voltmeter) to the following

pins on the PFDB.
Positive terminal: Test pin No. TP10 (sensor output)
[1]
Negative terminal: Test pin No. TP8 (SGND) [2]
Range: DC 20 V
Note
Do not allow the tester pin to touch or connect
to metal parts on the board nor irrelevant terminals as the PF is energized. It may cause shortcircuit and damage the board.
[2]
[1]
a03uf3c033ca
9. Turn the PFDB volume (VR) [3] so that the voltage falls within the standard value.
Standard value: 8.0 0.2 V
10. Press Stop key and remove the paper inserted in Step 2.
11. Insert a sheet of paper that the customer uses mainly (paper weight: 50 to 300 g/m2), and press Start key.
Make sure that 0 is displayed on the panel.
12. Insert one more sheet of paper (total: two sheets) that the customer uses mainly, and make sure that "1" is
displayed on the panel.
13. If the detection does not work properly, return to Step 3 and perform the adjustment again and redo the
adjustment from Step 3, setting a voltage 1.0 V lower than the previously set one at Step 9.
14. Repeat steps 3 to 12 until the detection functions correctly.

407
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.7.5
Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PI)
Perform this adjustment when replacing the PI multi feed detection board (MFDB) or the PI drive board (PIDB),
as well as when multi feeding is not detected properly for special papers (thin paper, thin coated paper, thick
paper, etc.).
Note
Be sure to perform the adjustment under normal room temperature (20 to 30 C) that is similar to
the real environment where the machine is operated because the temperature sensor output varies with its surface temperature. ( When you bring in a replacement part from a place under a different temperature, leave the part and wait for the sensor surface temperature to reach the room
temperature before performing the adjustment.)
A. Procedure
1. Replace the multi feed detection boards /1 and /2. (See 3.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the multi feed
detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2 (MFDB/2) in Field Service for FD-501)
2. Check the alphabets on the multi feed detection

boards /1 and /2 [1] (Same alphabet should be
printed.), and turn the rotary switch [2] on the PI
drive board (PIDB) so that it points to the numbers
described in the following chart.
Alphabet
Rotary switch
[1]
Note
Rotary switch 5 is not used.
[2]
a03uf3c027ca
3. Enter the I/O check mode.

4. Enter "70" with the setting buttons. Confirm that "70-00" is displayed in the message display area.
408
10. SERVICE MODE
7. Open the upper door and the front door of the FD,
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[2]
turn the jam processing knob [1], and insert a sheet

of paper [2] (part no. 65AA-991#, fusing adjustment
paper, 16 sheets/A3) into between the multi feed
detection boards /1 and /2 [3]. (If the paper is
unavailable, use 200 to 300 g/m2 paper).
Note
Turn the jam processing knob until the paper
hits the roller [4], and confirm that the paper is
inserted in between the multi feed detection
boards /1 and /2.
[1]
[4]
[3]
a03uf3c028ca
8. Press Start button to enter the output check mode,

and connect the tester to the following pins on the
VR2
PIDB.
Positive terminal: Test pin No. TP51 (GAIN) [1]
Negative terminal: Test pin No. TP11 (SGND) [2]
Range: DC 20 V
Note
Do not allow the tester pin to touch or connect
to metal parts on the board nor irrelevant terminals as the FD is energized. It may cause shortcircuit and damage the board.
[1]
[2]
LED1
a03uf3c029ca
9. Turn the PIDB volume (VR2) so that the voltage falls within the standard value.
10. Press Stop and remove the paper inserted in Step 4.

11. Insert a sheet of paper that the customer uses mainly (paper weight: 50 to 300 g/m2), and make sure that
the LED (LED1) of the PIDB turns on.
LED on: Multi feed not occurred (Number of paper: 0 or 1)
LED off: Multi feed occurred (Number of paper: 2)
12. Insert one more sheet of paper (total: two sheets) that the customer uses mainly, and make sure that the
LED turns off.
13. If the detection does not work properly, return to Step 7 and perform the adjustment again. Then, turn the
PIDB volume (VR2) so that the voltage becomes 1.0 V lower than that of acquired in Step 9.
14. Repeat steps 10 to 13 until the detection functions correctly.

409
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.7.6
Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PB)
Adjust when replacing the multi feed detection board of the PB or the PB control board (PBCB). Also, perform
this adjustment when multi feed of special paper (thin paper, coated paper with less stiffness, thick paper) cannot be detected properly.
Note
The multi feed detection board /1 and /2 are adjusted in the manufacturing process as a pair of
Adjustment error may occur because of the temperature of the sensor surface. Make the adjustment at a temperature close to that in which the copier is actually used (20 to 30 C). (In case you
brought a new part from outdoors, make the adjustment after the temperature of the sensor surface and the room temperature become the same)
A. Procedure
1. Replace the multi feed detection board /1, /2. (See 3.2.24 Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection
board/1 (MFDTB71) and /2 (MFDTB72) in Field Service for PB-501)
2. Check the stamp letter [1] placed on the multi feed

detection board /1, /2, and rotate the rotary switch
[2] on the PBCB as per following table.
Alphabet
Rotary switch
[1]
[2]
564Af3c001cb
3. Insert one sheet of paper (P/N 65AA-9910, fusing adjustment paper, 16 sheets/A3) in the cover paper tray
of the PB (200 to 300 g/m2 paper can also be used).
4. Select the output check code "77-96" of the I/O check mode in the service mode.
5. Press the Start button to perform the all initializing operation.
6. After the operations, press the Stop button.
7. Select the output check code "77-95" of the I/O check mode in the service mode.
410
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
8. Press the Start button.

The paper is fed from the PB cover paper tray and stops at the conveyance section.
Note
Confirm that the paper is between the multi feed detection board /1 and /2.
9. After the operation, press the Stop button.

10. Connect the tester (voltmeter) to the following posi-
[1]
tions of the PBCB.

+ terminal
: test pin No. TP28 (GAIN) [1]
- terminal
: test pin No. TP24 (SGND) [2]
Range
: DC 20 V
Note
Because the PB is powered, do not drop any
metal material on the board, or do not connect
the tester pin to an irrelevant terminal.
It may cause the board to short circuit and be
damaged.
VR4
[2]
564Af3c002cc
11. In the PBCB volume (VR4), set power voltage to the standard value.
12. Pull out the paper inserted in step 8.

13. Insert one sheet of paper that customer mainly use (paper weight 50 to 300 g/m2 ), and confirm that the
PBCB's LED (LED1) can be turned on.
LED on: no multi feed (0 or 1 sheet of paper)
LED off: multi feed (2 sheets of paper)
14. Insert another sheet of paper (2 sheets in all), that customer mainly use, and to see if the LED is turned off.
15. In case of detection error, return to step 3 to conduct the adjustment again. In step 11, set power voltage
to the value 1.0 V lower than the previous adjustment.
16. Repeat the steps 3 to 14 until detection error is resolved.

17. Pull out the inserted papers, and install the parts you removed.
411
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.7.7
Storing FD, SD, FS, PB adjustment data into EEPROM
Backup adjustment data of the FD, SD, FS and PB which are adjusted in the field are stored in the non-volatile
memory (EEPROM) of the FD control board (FDCB), SD control board (SDCD), FNCB (FNS control board) and
the PB control board (PBCB). When necessary, it can be recalled with "Installation Initial Data" of "Recall Standard Data" (Finisher Adjustment) in the service mode.
Note
Only one data can be backed up. When back up again, data will be overwritten.
The data is stored into the control boards of all the connected optional units; FS, SD, FD and PB.
Connect the optional units one-by-one if you want to save the data independently.
A. Procedure

3. Press Start key.
4. NOW is displayed while backing up, and FIN appears when completed. The current finisher adjustment data are saved into the EEPROM.
412
10.7.8
10. SERVICE MODE
Storing main body adjustment data into NVRAM board
Backup adjustment data of the main body which are adjusted in the field are stored in the NVRAM board (NRB),
it can be recalled with "Installation Initial Data" of "Recall Standard Data" (Machine adjustment, Process
adjustment) in the service mode.
Note
Only one data can be backed up. When back up again, data will be overwritten.
A. Procedure

3. Press Start key.
4. NOW is displayed while backing up, and FIN appears when completed. The current machine adjustment data and process adjustment data are saved into the NRB.
413
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.7.9
Line memory check on image processing board
Perform this check to see if abnormality has occurred at line memory on the image processing board (IPB) when
significant image trouble (irregular image in sub-scanning direction of the specific color) occurred.
A. Procedure

4. Enter one of the followings with the numeric buttons.
Confirm that 98-## (## is a multi-code number) is displayed in the message display area.
Multi code 04: Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /Y check
Multi code 05: Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /M check
Multi code 06: Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /C check
Multi code 07: Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /K check
5. Press Start key.

During execution:"NOW" appears.
When completed normally"OK" appears.
When completed abnormally"NG" appears.
If "NG" appears, replace the IPB.
414
10. SERVICE MODE
10.7.10 Hard disk check

Perform this operation if you want to check the capacity and remaining capacity of the image memory area on
the copier hard disk /K (HDD/K).
A. Procedure

4. Enter one of the followings with the numeric buttons.
Confirm that 99-## (## is a multi-code number) is displayed in the message display area.
Multi code 01: HDD capacity check (1 color)
Multi code 02: HDD remaining capacity check
5. Press Start key.

Capacity check: Displays the capacity of the image memory area on the HDD/K.
Remaining capacity: Displays the remaining space of image memory area on the HDD/K.
415
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.7.11 Replacement of the hard disks

Perform this operation if a copier hard disk-related malfunction code (C-D0E0 to D0F0) appears.
A. Procedure

5. Press Start key.
Check and recovery of defective sectors on the hard disk /Y, /M, /C and /K (HDD /Y, /M, /C and /K) are
carried out.
When completed normally: "OK" appears.
When completed abnormally: "NG" appears.
When "NG" appears, press [Start] key to run the check and recovery again.
6.
If "NG" appears again, replace the defective hard disk(s) following the steps below.
7. Enter "04" with the numeric buttons.

Confirm that "99-04" is displayed in the message display area.
8. Press Start key.

The result (o: okay, x: no good, -: not HDD) of the HDD check appears in the input check field in the order
of Y, M, C and K.
Ex) oxox = The HDD/M and /K are defective.
Replace the defective HDDs with new ones.
Note
If malfunction occur related to HDD under the Security Strengthen Mode, all of the four HDDs
must be replaced.
Replacement steps: Remove the four HDDs deactivate the Security Strengthen Mode
install the four HDDs.
9. After replacing the HDD, copy the HDD data.

Note
Up to three HDDs can be copied at a time.
Data copy takes about one hour at the maximum.

13. Enter "04" with the numeric buttons.
Confirm that "99-04" is displayed in the message display area.
14. Press Start.

During execution: The "x" displayed in the HDD input check field changes to "N".
When completed normally: The "N" displayed in the HDD input check field changes to "o", and "FIN"
appears in the output check field.
416
10. SERVICE MODE
10.8 ADF adjustment

Adjust the DF operations; original size detection, original stop position, sensors sensibility, registration loop
amount.
10.8.1
ADF Original Size Adj.
Adjust when the DF does not detect an original size correctly.

A. Procedure

Press [06 ADF Adjustment].
2. "ADF Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 ADF Original Size Adj.]
3. "ADF Original Size Adjustment screen"

Press [A4] (for metric destination) or [81/2 x 11] (for inch destination).
4. Load A4 (for metric destination) or 81/2 x 11 (for inch destination) paper on the DF and press [Start].
Press [B6S] (for metric destination) or [51/2 x 81/2S] (for inch destination).
7. Load B6S (for metric destination) or 51/2 x 81/2S (for inch destination) paper on the DF and press [Start].
Press [A4S] (for metric destination) or [81/2 x 11S] (for inch destination).
10. Load A4S (for metric destination) or 81/2 x 11S (for inch destination) paper on the DF and press [Start].
11. After a message "Completed" is displayed, press [COPY].
12. Check if the original size is correctly detected by the DF.
417
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.8.2
ADF Orig. Stop Position Adj.
Adjust the image leading edge timing when scanning in DF mode.

This adjusts the scanning start posiiton (in sub scanning direction).
Note
Be sure the Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.253)
Be sure the Restart Timing Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) have been adjusted before performing this adjustment.
(See P.268)
A. Procedure


Press [02 ADF Orig.Stop Position Adj.].
3. "ADF Original Stopper Adjustment screen"

Select an item to be adjusted, and press [COPY].
4. "Copy screen"
Set the copy settings (original setting and mode) according to the item you selected, load an "Adjustment
chart" on the DF, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, and press the Start key.

Standard value: 0 2.0mm or less
7. "ADF Original Stopper Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -14 (image faster) to +14 (image slower), 1step = 0.5 mm
418
10.8.3
10. SERVICE MODE
ADF Sensor Adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when a malfunction (JAM display does not disappear despite no paper JAM) occurs in
the reflective type sensors.
Preparation
Clean each of the DF reflective sensors.
A. Procedure


Press [03 ADF Sensor Adjustment].
3. "ADF Sensor Adjustment screen"

Close the DF cover and press [Start].
Completion message appears after the DF sensor sensitivity is automatically adjusted.
4. Press [Copy] and check if the sensor is operating properly.

5. If the sensor still malfunctions, press [SERVICE] and repeat steps 3 to 5.
419
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.8.4
ADF Registration Loop Adj.
Adjust the original loop amount at the DF registration roller section to correct paper skew and wrinkle, or original
jamming in the registration section.
A. Procedure


Press [04 ADF Registration Loop Adj.].
3. "ADF Regist Loop Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
4. "Copy screen"
Set an "Adjustment chart" in the DF, select A3 or 11 X17 paper, and press the Start key.

6. "ADF Regist Loop Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -7 (smaller) to +7 (larger), 1 step = 0.5 mm
7. Repeat steps 3 to 6 until an appropriate value is obtained.
420
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9 Finisher Adjustment

Staple Center Position (Stapler Position Adj.)
Adjust the staple position of the main scanning direction made by the FS-503.
A. Procedure

Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Stapler Position Adj.].
3. "Staple Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Staple Center Position].
4. "Staple Center Position Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
5. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No. 16).
6. Fold the output page in half in main-scanning direction, and measure the gap "a" between the center
line of the print and the staple center.
[1]
Standard value: "a" = 3 mm
a
[2]
a03uf3c018ca
[1] Paper center [2] Staple center
Setting range: -20 (in front) to +20 (in back), 1 step = 0.1mm
421
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.2
Paper Width (staple) (Stapler Position Adjustment)
Adjust an uneven binding (main scanning direction) in a bundle of paper in staple mode by the FS-503.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the alignment plate while in alignment.
A. Procedure



Press [02 Paper Width (staple)].
4. "Paper Width Adjustment (staple) screen"

Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Open the front door of the FS and pull out the stacker.
Note
If the length of the paper is longer than 239 mm in sub-scanning direction, the paper edge will
hanging out of the stacker. In that case, remove the paper through the paper opening section
before pulling out the stacker, and reload the paper in the stacker.
8. Measure the gap between the paper in the stacker and the alignment plate.
Standard value: 0 0.5mm
10. "Paper Width Adjustment (staple) screen"
Setting range: -20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1 mm
422
10.9.3
10. SERVICE MODE
Paper Width (straight) (Stapler Position Adj.)
Adjust an uneven paper stack (main scanning direction) on the main tray in non-sort and sort mode by the FS503.
A. Procedure



Press [03 Paper Width (straight)].
4. "Paper Width Adjustment (straight) screen"

Press [T] or [S] o select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
7. Open the front door of the FS and pull out the stacker.
Note
If the length of the paper is longer than 239 mm in sub-scanning direction, the paper edge will
hanging out of the stacker. In that case, remove the paper through the paper opening section
before pulling out the stacker, and reload the paper in the stacker.
8. Measure the gap between the paper in the stacker and the alignment plate.
Standard value: 0.1 to 1 mm
10. "Paper Width Adjustment (straight) screen"
Enter the adjustment value with the setting buttons and press [<<SET].

12. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 11.
423
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.4
Paper Width Adjustment (Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.)
Adjust the position of the punch holes made by the FD in main scanning direction.
A. Procedure


Press [02 Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Punch) Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Paper Width Adjustment].
4. "Paper Width adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted, set the 10 sets of copies and press the
Start key to output a test pattern (No. 16).
7. Align the edges of the 10 sheets of the exited paper, and measure the diameter of the holes punched
through them.
Number of
Standard value (mm)
holes
2 & 4 holes
5.0 or more
3 holes
6.5 or more
9. "Paper Width adjustment screen"
When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +20 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm
Note
If the alignment plate is wider than an appropriate position, the punch centering is displaced,
and when too narrow, the punch holes are apt to disperse. On the other hand, the punch holes
may be misaligned if the alignment plate is positioned too narrow.

424

Hole-Punch Vertical Pos. (Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.5
10. SERVICE MODE
Adjust the position of the punch holes made by the FD in main scanning direction.
A. Procedure


Press [02 Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Punch) Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [02 Hole-Punch Vertical Pos.].
4. "Punch hole select Menu screen"

Select [01 2-Hole Punch] , [02 3-Hole Punch] or [02 4-Hole Punch].
5. "Punch Vertical Position Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the distance "a" from the leading edge to the

center of the punch holes.
Number of
Standard value "a"
holes
2 & 4 holes
3 holes
(mm)
10.5 4.0
9.5 4
fs503fs3013c
9. "Punch Vertical Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] o select the paper size you want to adjust.

12. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper or the other number of holes, repeat steps from 4 to
11.
425
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.6
Half Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)
Adjust the fold position on the half fold mode by the FD.
This adjustment changes the paper stop position when folding papers.
A. Procedure


Press [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Half Fold Position Adj.].
4. "Half Fold Position Adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the outputted paper.
Standard value "a": = 1.5 mm
fs503fs3014c
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
In the case of the mis-alignment given in the step 7, enter a set value on the positive side.

426

Tri-Fold-in Pos. Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.7
10. SERVICE MODE
Adjust the fold positions on the tri-fold-in mode by the FD.

A. Procedure



Press [02 Tri-Fold-in Pos. Adj.].
4. "Tri-Fold-in Position Adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the length of the two places indicated with

"a" and "b".
Paper size
Standard value (mm)

a 1.5
A3
139.0
142.0
B4
120.3
123.3
A4S
98.0
101.0
12 x 18
151.4
154.4
11 x 17
142.9
145.9
81/2 x 14
117.5
120.5
81/2 x 11S
92.1
95.1
8K
129.0
132.0
[1]
b 1.5
[2]
a03uf3c019ca
[1] Single fold [2] Double fold
9. "Tri-Fold-in Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].

The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets

427
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.8
Tri-Fold-out Pos. adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment)
Adjusts the fold positions on the tri-fold-out mode by the FD.

A. Procedure



Press [03 Tri-Fold-out Pos. Adj.].
4. "Tri-Fold-out Position Adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).

b
"a" and "b".

Paper size
Standard value (mm)

a 1.5
b 1.5
A3
282.0
144.0
B4
243.7
123.3
A4S
199.0
101.0
12 x 18
306.8
156.4
11 x 17
289.9
147.9
81/2 x 14
238.1
120.5
81/2 x 11S
187.3
95.1
8K
262.0
134.0
a
[2]
[1]
a03uf3c020ca
9. "Tri-Fold-out Position Adjustment screen"


428

Double Parallel Folds Pos. Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.9
10. SERVICE MODE
Adjust the fold positions on the double parallel mode by the FD.
Note
When adjusting both the single and the double folds, be sure to adjust the single fold first.
A. Procedure



Press [04 Double Parallel Pos. Adj.].
4. "Double Parallel Position Adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).

"a" and "b".
Paper size
[1]
Standard value (mm)

a 1.5
b 1.5
A3
208.5
103.8
B4
180.5
89.8
A4S
147.0
73.0
12 x 18
227.1
113.1
11 x 17
214.4
106.7
81/2 x 14
176.3
87.7
81/2 x 11S
138.2
68.6
8K
193.5
96.3
a
[2]
a03uf3c021ca
The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger the set value is moved to the positive side and gets smaller
when moved to the negative side.


429
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.10 Z-Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)

Adjust the fold positions on the z-fold mode by the FD.
Note
When adjusting both the single and the double folds, be sure to adjust the first fold first.
A. Procedure



Press [05 Z-Fold Position Adj.].
4. "Z-Fold Position Adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).

b
"a" and "b".

Paper size
Standard value (mm)

a 1.5
b 1.5
A3
105.5
108.5
B4
91.5
94.5
A4S
74.8
77.8
12 x 18
114.8
117.8
11 x 17
108.5
111.5
81/2 x 14
94.0
81/2 x 14
70.4
73.4
8K
98.0
101.0
[2]
[1]
a03uf3c022ca


430
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.11 Gate Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)

Adjusts the fold position on the gate fold mode by the FD.
Note
When adjusting the single, the double, and the triple folds, be sure to perform the adjustment in
the order of first, second, and third.
A. Procedure



Press [06 Gate Fold Position Adj.].
4. "Gate Fold Position Adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).

"a", "b" and "c".
Paper size
b
a
Standard value (mm)

a 1.5
b 1.5
c 1.5
A3
103.5
213.0
106.5
B4
89.5
185.0
92.5
A4S
72.8
15
75.8
12 x 18
112.8
231.6
115.8
11x 17
106.5
218.9
109.5
81/2 x 14
87.4
180.8
90.4
81/2 x 11S
68.4
142.7
71.4
8K
96.0
198.0
99.0
[1]
[3]
[2]
a03uf3c023ca
[1] Single fold

[2] Double fold
[3] Triple fold
9. "Gate Fold Position Adjustment screen"

13. Press [Triple Fold].
431
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
The dimension "c" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets

10.9.12 Fold Regist Loop Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)

Adjust paper loop amount at the FD registration roller to correct paper skew, wrinkle, or paper jam at the roller.
A. Procedure

2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu" screen

3. "Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment Menu" screen

Press [07 Fold Regist Loop Adj.].
4. "Fold Resist Loop Adjustment" screen

Press [COPY].
5. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. "Fold Resist Loop Adjustment" screen
Setting range: -50 (smaller) to +50 (larger), 1 step = 0.1mm
10.9.13 Multi Folder (PI) Adj.

432
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.14 Stacker Adjustment

Ajust the various adjustments concerning the LS.
(1) Paper Width Adjustment
Adjust an uneven paper stack (main scanning direction) on the stacker tray.
a.
Procedure


Press [05 Stacker Adjustment].
3. "Stacker Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Paper Width Adjustment].
4. "Paper Width Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
6. If the paper edges are not aligned, press [SERVICE].
(2) Paper Length Adjustment

Adjust an uneven paper stack (sub- scanning direction) on the stacker tray.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the leading edge stopper while in alignment.
a.
Procedure


Press [05 Stacker Adjustment].
3. "Stacker Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [02 Paper Length Adjustment].
4. "Paper Length Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
6. If the paper edges are not aligned, press [SERVICE].
433
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.15 Staple Center Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

Adjust the center position of the staple on the saddle stitching mode by the SD.
This adjustment changes the position of the alignment plate while in alignment.
A. Procedure


Press [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.].
3. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Staple Center Adj.].

Press [COPY].
6. Fold the output page in half in main scanning direction, and measure the gap "a" between the center
line of the print.
Standard value "a": = 2mm
7. If the value is out of spec, press [SERVICE].

Setting range: -20 (right) to +20 (left), 1 step = 0.1mm
434
fs503fs3300c
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.16 Staple Paper Width Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

Adjust an uneven binding (main scanning direction) in a bundle of paper in saddle stitch mode by the SD.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the saddle stitching alignment plate while in alignment.
Note
Be sure the folding skew adjustment (mechanical adjustment) have been adjusted before performing this adjustment.
A. Procedure



Press [02 Staple Paper Width Adj.].
4. "Staple Paper Width Adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the bundle of papers is misaligned (a: a misalignment occurs when the paper width setting is
larger than the paper width) and if the bundle is

curved (b: the curve occurs when the paper width
setting is smaller than the paper width).
Standard value "a": 1.0mm or less
fs503fs3012c
9. "Staple Paper Width Adjustment screen"

11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to10.
435
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.17 Staple Pitch Adjustment (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

Adjust the staple intervals for the saddle stitch mode by the SD.
A. Procedure



Press [03 Staple Pitch Adjustment].
4. "Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the interval "a" between the staples against

the paper size "b".
Standard value: a = (b/2) 2 mm
a
b
fs503fs3011c
9. "Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
Setting range is restricted by the paper size.
Minimum value is determined based on the stapler movable range and the maximum value is determined
so that the saddle stitching alignment plate and stapler do not interfere with each other.
B5S: Setting is not possible (fixed to 91 mm)
B4: -20 to +20 mm (108.5 to 148.5 mm)
A4S: -14 to +14 mm (91 to 119 mm)
A3: -20 to +16.5 mm (128.5 to 165 mm)
81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S: -16.95 to +16.95 mm (91 to 124.9 mm)
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11: -20 to +20 mm (119.7 to 159.7 mm)

11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to10.
436
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.18 Half Fold Position Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

Adjust the fold position on the multi half fold mode by the SD.
A. Procedure



Press [04 Half Fold Position Adj.].

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the outputted paper.
Standard value "a": 1.5 mm or less
fs503fs3014c
In the case of the mis-alignment given in the step 7, enter a set value on the positive side.

437
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.19 Tri-Fold Position Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

Adjust the fold positions on the multi tri-fold-in mode by SD.
Note
When adjusting both the single and the double folds, be sure to adjust the double fold first.
The position of the single fold is based on the leading edge of paper and the position of the double
fold is based on the position of the single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step 6 varies when
either position of the single fold and the double fold is changed.
A. Procedure



Press [05 Tri-Fold Position Adj.].
4. "Tri-Fold Position Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).

a
"a" and "b".

Paper size
Standard value (mm)

a 2.0
b 2.0
A4S
97.5
102.0
81/2 x 11S
91.6
96.1
[2]
[1]
fs503fs3015c
8. "Tri-Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Select the paper size you want to adjust.
9. Press [Double Fold]. (the second fold)

11. Press [Single Fold]. (the first fold)

438
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.20 Fold Paper Width Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

Adjust an uneven edge with the bundle paper at the multi half folding or multi tri-folding mode, conduct this
adjustment.
This adjustment changes the alignment width when aligning in sub-scanning direction.
A. Procedure



Press [06 Fold Paper Width Adj.].
4. "Fold Paper Width Adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check to if the bundle of papers is misaligned.

a: If the set value is wider than the paper width, fold
line skewed various direction.
b: If the set value is narrower than the paper width,
fold line skewed same direction.
fs503fs3302c
9. "Fold Paper Width Adjustment screen"

439
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.21 Trimming Adjustment (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

When there is misalignment in the trimmed fore-edge or the trimming is too much by the SD, conduct this
adjustment.
A. Procedure



Press [07 Trimming Adjustment].
4. "Trimming Adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the trimmed length "a" of the cover paper.

Standard value "a" : 2 mm or more
Note
When the trimmed length less than 2mm may
cause trimming fault.
9. "Trimming Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -400 (smaller) to +400 (larger), 1 step = 0.1mm

440
fs503fs3301c
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.22 Trimmer Receiver Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

Perform this adjustment when poor trimming (e.g. fluff on the cut end) occurs at the trimming by the SD.
This adjustment changes the shift interval and the move pitch of the trimmer board.
A. Procedure



Press [08 Trimmer Receiver Adj.].
4. "Trimmer Receiver Adjustment screen"

Select the options for "Trimmer Count" (number of cuts counted until the trimmer board moves) and
"Move Pitch" (travel distance of the trimmer board when it moves).
5. Press [Execute Compulsive Movement] to move the trimmer board manually.
10.9.23 Curl Reform Direction (RU Adjustment)

Perform this adjustment if paper jam or other problems occur when feeding curled papers.
A. Procedure


Press [07 RU Adjustment].
3. "RU Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Curl Reform Direction].
4. "Curl Reform Direction screen"

Select the option from [OFF], [Upper], or [Lower].
Note
[Upper]: Corrects the convex curl.
[Lower]: Corrects the concave curl.
[Off]: Deactivates curl correction.
Select [Upper] or [Lower] to correct paper curl at all times.
441
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.24 Cover Trimming Adjustment (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Adjusts the trimming position of the right side edge of the cover paper.
Note
In order to align the leading edges on the left and right covers, perform the adjustments in the
order shown below:
1. 10.9.25 Cover Lead Edge Adj.
2. 10.9.24 Cover Trimming Adjustment
A. Procedure


Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Cover Trimming Adjustment].
4. "Cover Trimming Adjustment screen"

Press the [Perfect Binder Tray] or [Except PB Tray] to select the tray you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper type and press the Start key to make test prints and carry out perfect binding.
7. Check the cover of the created book if its right side
[3]
edge and left side edge align with each other.

[1] Trimming position
[2] Right cover paper
[3] Left cover paper
[2]
[1]
1050fs3357c
8. Press [SERVICE] to change the trimming position of the right cover paper.
9. "Cover Trimming Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -128 (reduces the trimming amount) to +127 (enlarges the trimming amount), 1 step =
0.1mm
10. Repeat the steps 4 to 9 until an appropriate value is obtained.
442
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.25 Cover Lead Edge Adj. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Sets the length that the left side of cover paper exceeds the length (width) of inside pages.
A. Procedure



Press [02 Cover Lead Edge Adj.]
4. "Cover Lead Edge Adjustment screen"

Press [PB Tray] or [Except PB Tray] to select the tray you want to adjust.
5. Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size from the following options.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Custom (220mm to 379mm)
Note
Above paper sizes are book (the inside pages) finished sizes.
6. Press [COPY].
8. Check that the width of the left cover paper is
[3]
longer than that of the inside pages by specified

amount.
[1] Inside pages
[4] Length differential
[4]
[5]
[1]
[5] Edge of the left cover paper
[2]
1050fs3358c
9. To change the width of the left cover paper, press [SERVICE].

10. "Cover Lead Edge Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -128 (short) to +127 (long), 1 step = 0.1mm
443
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.26 Spine Corner forming Pos. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Adjusts the corner folding position of the cover paper.
A. Procedure



Press [03 Spine Corner forming Pos.].
4. "Spine Corner forming Position Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
6. Check that the corner edges of the cover paper are
[4]
created uniformly in the main scan direction.

[1]
[2] Main scanning direction

[3] Cover paper
[3]
[2]
7. When the corner edges of the cover paper are not created uniformly, press [SERVICE].
8. "Spine Corner forming Position Adjustment"
Select [Up/Down (Forward) Adj.] or [Up/Down (Rear) Adj.].

Setting range: -128 (down) to +127(up), 1 step = 0.1mm
444
1050fs3359c
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.27 Pasting Start Postion (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Adjusts the start position for applying glue to inside pages.
A. Procedure



Press [04 Pasting Start Postion].
4. "Pasting Start Position Adjustment screen"

Press [Ahead] or [Back] to select which start position, for applying during frontward movement or backward movement, to be adjusted.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Note
6. Press [COPY].
8. Check that the glue applying start position to the
[3]
inside pages is appropriate.

[1] Start position for frontward applying
[2] Start position for backward applying
[3] Inside pages
[1]
[2]
1050fs3360c
9. To adjust the start position, press [SERVICE].

10. "Pasting Start Position Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -128 (earlier) to +127 (later), 1 step = 0.1mm
445
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.28 Pasting Finish Position (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Adjusts the position to finish applying glue.
A. Procedure



Press [05 Pasting Finish Position].
4. "Pasting Finish Position Adjustment screen"

Press [Ahead] or [Back] to select which finish position, for applying during frontward movement or backward movement, to be adjusted.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Note
6. Press [COPY].
8. Check that the glue applying finish position to the
[3]
inside pages is appropriate.

[1] Finish position for frontward applying
[2] Finish position for backward applying
[3] Inside pages
[1]
[2]
9. To adjust the finish position, press [SERVICE].

10. "Pasting Finish Position Adjustment screen"
446
1050fs3361c
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.29 Paste Formation Finish Pos. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Adjusts the finish position of the process to make a uniform layer of glue applied on the inside pages spine.
A. Procedure



Press [06 Paste Formation Finish Pos.].
4. "Paste Formation Finish Position Adjustment screen"

Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size from the following options.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Note
5. Press [COPY].
7. Check that the finish position of the process to make a uniform layer of glue on the inside pages spine is
appropriate.
8. When adjusting the the finish position of the process to make a uniform layer of glue,
press [SERVICE].
9. "Paste Formation Finish Position Adjustment screen"

447
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.30 Temperature Adjustment (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Sets the temperatures to be detected by the glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1), the glue tank temperature sensor/Up (TH2), the glue tank temperature sensor/Md (TH3), and the glue tank temperature sensor/Lw
(TH4) provided in the glue tank.
A. Procedure



Press [07 Temperature Adjustment].
4. "Temperature Adjustment screen"

Press [COPY].
6. Check that the glue applied has dried appropriately.
7. To adjust the dryness of the glue, press [SERVICE].
8. "Temperature Adjustment screen"
Select the option of which the temperature is set.
The following options are provided.
Melt Tank - Top
Melt Tank - Mid
Melt Tank - Low
Pasting Roller

Melt Tank - Top
Setting range: 10 to 200 C
Default: 132 C
Melt Tank - Mid
Default: 145 C
Melt Tank - Low
Setting range: 140 to 200C
Default: 185 C
Pasting Roller
Default: 165 C
448
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.31 Sub Compile CD Width Adj. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when aligning in the main scan direction.
A. Procedure



Press [08 Sub Compile CD Width Adj.].
4. "Sub Compile CD Width Adjustment screen"

Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Note
5. "Sub Compile CD Width Adjustment screen"

Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1mm
6. Create multiple books in normal copy mode, and check the alignment of the second and later book.
Change set value set in Step 5 until an properly aligned book is created.
449
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.32 Clamp CD Width Adjustment (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when aligning in the main scanning direction.
A. Procedure



Press [09 Clamp CD Width Adjustment].
4. "Clamp CD Width Adjustment screen"

Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Note
5. "Clamp CD Width Adjustment screen"

6. Create multiple books in normal copy mode, and check the alignment of the second and later book.
Change set value set in Step 5 until an properly aligned book is created.
450
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.33 Cover Up/Down CD Width Adj. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Adjusts the positional relation in the main scan direction between the cover paper and the inside pages.
A. Procedure



Press [10 Cover Up/Down CD Width Adj.].
4. "Cover Up/Down CD Width Adjustment screen"

Press [Perfect Binder Tray] or [Except PB Tray] to select the tray you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
7. Check if the relation between the main-scanning position of the cover and that of the inside pages are
appropriate.
8. To adjust the relation of their main-scanning positions, press [SERVICE].

9. "Cover Up/Down CD Width Adjustment screen"
451
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.34 Clamp FD Position Adj. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when aligning in the sub scan direction.
A. Procedure



Press [11 Clamp FD Position Adj.].
4. "Clamp FD Position Adjustment screen"

Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Note
5. Press [COPY].
7. Check if the sub-scanning direction of all the inside pages are properly aligned.
8. To adjust the alignment width in sub-scanning direction of the inside pages, press [SERVICE].
9. "Clamp FD Position Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1mm

Note
If the setting is too wide, pages are misplaced in sub-scanning direction.
If the setting is too narrow, mark of the FD alignment plate may appear.
452
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.35 Recall Standard Data (Finisher Adjustment)

Restore the finisher adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.
Note
Adjustment data of "Stacker Adjustment (LS)", "Trimmer Receiver Adj. (SD)", "Curl Reform Direction (RU)", "Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj. (PK)", and "Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj. (PI)" are not
restored.
A. Procedure



Note
453
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.36 Saddle Stitcher Stopper Adj.

Adjust the staple position in the sub scan direction while in the saddle stitching by the FS-607.
This adjustment changes the position of the saddle stitching stopper.
Note
Be sure the " Half Fold Stopper Adj. " have been adjusted before performing this adjustment.
A. Procedure


Press [01 Saddle Stitcher Stopper Adj.].
3. "Fold & Staple Stopper Adjustment screen"

4. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the saddle stitching staple position of the

outputted paper.
Standard value "a": 1 mm
15sjf3c100na
8. "Fold & Staple Stopper Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -128 (lower) to +127 (upper), 1 step = 0.1 mm
454
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.37 Half Fold Stopper Adj.

Adjust the folding position while in the multi center folding and saddle stitching by the FS-607.
This adjustment changes the position of the saddle stitching stopper.
A. Procedure


Press [02 Half Fold Stopper Adj.].
3. "Half Fold Stopper Adjustment screen"

4. Press [COPY].
pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the

outputted paper.
15sjf3c101na
8. "Half Fold Stopper Adjustment screen"
In the case of the misalignment given in the step 6, enter a set value to the negative side.
455
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.38 Vertical Position Adj. (Punch Adjustment)

Adjust the punch position of the punch kit (PK) in the main scan direction.
A. Procedure


Press [03 Punch Adjustment].
3. "Punch Adjustment Menu screen"

Press [01 Vertical Position Adj.].
4. "Vertical position adjustment screen"

5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted, set the 10 sets of copies and press the
Start key to output a test pattern (No. 16).
7. Fold the output paper in half in the main scan

direction, and measure the gap "a" between the
center line of the print and the center of the punch
[1]
hole.
a
[2]
15knf3c002nb
[1] Center of the paper

[2] Center of the punch hole
9. "Vertical position adjustment screen"
Setting range: -50 (in front) to +50 (in back), 1 step = 0.1 mm
456
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.39 Horizontal Position Adj. (Punch Adjustment)

Adjust the punch position of the punch kit (PK) in the sub scan direction.
A. Procedure



Press [02 Horizontal Position Adj.].
4. "Horizontal position adjustment screen"

Select [PI tray] or [Main tray], and press [COPY].
5. Set paper in the tray or PI, and press Start to print the test pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the punch position "a" of the output paper
in the sub scan direction.
Paper size
Standard value "a" (mm)
metric area
10.5 5.0
inch area
9.5 5.0
15knf3c001nb
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Service].
8. "Horizontal position adjustment screen"
Setting range: -50 (shorter) to +50 (longer), 1 step = 0.1 mm
457
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.40 Registration Adjustment (Punch Adjustment)

Adjust the registration loop amount of the punch kit (PK) while in the punch to remove punch skew, paper wrinkles, or a jam at the punch registration section.
A. Procedure



Press [03 Registration Adjustment].
4. "Registration adjustment screen"

5. Set paper in the tray or PI, and press Start to print the test pattern (No. 16).
7. "Registration adjustment screen"
Setting range: -20 (larger) to +20 (smaller), 1 step = 0.8 mm
10.9.41 Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj. (Punch Adjustment)

Adjust the sensitivity of the sensor after replacing the punch drive board (PKDB) or the paper edge detect sensor
board (PESB) of PK.
A. Procedure



Press [04 Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj.].
4. "Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adjustment screen"

Press [Start].
5. A message "Completed" is displayed when the adjustment is finished successfully.
458
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.42 Tri-Fold Adjustment

Adjust the 1st folding position of the multi tri-folding mode by the FS-607.
Note
The 2nd folding position (dimension "b") is mechanically adjusted. (See "4.12 Adjusting the trifolding position (FS-607)" in FS-520/607 Field service.)
A. Procedure


Press [04 Tri-Fold Adjustment].
3. "Tri-Fold Adjustment screen"

Select the paper size you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
4.
Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
5.
Check "a" on the outputted paper.

Paper size
Standard value (mm)

a
A4S
95 2
101 2
101 2
81/2 x 11S
89 2
95 2
95 2
c
a
[1]
15sjf3c102na
[1] First fold
6. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Service].
7. "Tri-Fold Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -128 (larger) to +127 (smaller), 1 step = 0.1 mm
459
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.43 2 Pos. Staple Pitch Adj.

Adjust the staple intervals for the staple or saddle stitch mode by the FS-607.
A. Procedure


Press [05 2 Pos. Staple Pitch Adj.].
3. "2 Position Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"

Press [Fold & Staple] or [Staple].
4. Press [COPY].
6. Press Start to print the test pattern (No. 16).
Standard value "a": 128 6 mm
15sjf3c103na
[1]
a
15sjf3c104na
[1] Staple
[2] Fold & Staple
8. "2 Position Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
Setting range: +128 (narrower) to +160 (wider), 1 step = 1 mm
460
[2]
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.44 Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj.

This adjustment should be performed when the paper size is not correctly detected at the cover sheet tray of the
PI.
A. Procedure


Press [06 Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj].
3. "PI1/PI2 Tray Size Adjustment screen"

Press [Next] or [Previous] and select the upper or lower tray, and press [A4S] or [8.5 x 11S].
4. Load A4S paper in the selected tray of PI and press [Start].

(When you selected [8.5 x 11S] in step 3, load 81/2 x 11S paper in the tray.)

6. When another tray needs to be adjusted, repeat steps 3 to 5.
7. Exit out of the service mode, and check if paper size set in the PI is correctly detected.
10.9.45 Output quantity limit

Set the maximum number of sheets for stapling, saddle stitching, multi half fold, and multi tri-fold of the FS-607.
Change the max. setting when the staples are buckled or paper folded is not enough.
A. Procedure


Press [07 Output quantity limit].
3. "Finisher Output Limit Setting screen"

Enter the maximum number of sheets for each item with the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
461
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.9.46 Curl adjustment

Set the adjustment for the paper curl amount on FS-607 or FS-520. Depending on the paper type, adjust this
setting when the leading edge of paper is buckled at 1st folding in the Tri-fold mode or an uneven paper exit
occurs due to the paper curl.
A. Procedure


Press [08 Curl adjustment].
3. "Curl Adjustment Setting screen"

Select the pressure for the paper exit decurler roller among "High, Middle, Low".
Note
The paper curl direction varies depending on the paper type, weight, moisture condition, tray loading direction, etc. Adjust this setting after checking the condition of exit papers.
Adjust the setting according to the following.
a.
Exit with its face down
"Simplex (Print Side : Front)"
: With the default setting "High", the paper tends to have a concave
curl. When the concave curl amount is large on the main tray, set
to "Middle" or "Low".
"Duplex"
: With the default setting "Middle", set to "Low" when the concave
curl amount is large on the main tray, and set to "High" when the
convex curl amount is large on the main tray.
b.
Exit with its face up
"Simplex (Print Side : Back)"
: The paper tends to have a convex curl. When the

convex curl amount is large on the main tray, set
to "Middle" or "High".
"Simplex (Tri-folding 64-80g/m2 Inside print)"
: With the default setting "High", when the leading

edge of paper is buckled at 1st folding, set to
"Middle" or "Low".
"Simplex (Tri-folding 81-105g/m2 Inside print)"
: With the default setting "Low", when the leading

edge of paper is buckled at 1st folding, set to
"Middle" or "High".
462
10. SERVICE MODE
10.10 Firmware version

Display the firmware version of the main body and options.
Note
The [Image control] that is displayed on the screen represents the firmware version of the overall
control board (OACB).
A. Procedure

Press [08 Firmware Version].
2. "Firmware Version Menu screen"

Press [01 ROM Version].
3. "ROM Version Indication screen"

Each firmware version is displayed.
463
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11 CS Remote Care

10.11.1 Outline
The CS Remote Care is a system that manages the main body by sending and receiving various kinds of the
management data of the main body between the main body and the CS Remote Care center computer through
the phone line or E-mail.
It enables the main body to call the center computer, and the center computer to inquire regularly the main body
for various data.
The data handled by the CS Remote Care can be classified into the 3 following groups.
a.Data that allow you to grasp the use conditions of the main body, such as the total count and the maintenance
count.
b. Data that give us the general information of when and how often an abnormality occurred with the main body.
c. All sorts of adjustment data
Note
When the "Security Strengthen Set" is set to ON, the main body NIC other than the CS Remote
Care cannot be used.
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care
When using the E-mail CS Remote Care together with the mail remote communication system, it is necessary to
take note of the mail account and the DIPS setting. For particulars, see 10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail
CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system.
In case you setup again the once setup main body, clear the RAM for CS Remote Care and set it up again.
About how to clear the RAM for CS Remote Care, see 10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care.
Step
Operation
When using the phone line modem
When using the E-mail (Main body NIC)
Registered the machine ID in the application on the CS Remote Care center side.
Modem connection
When using the E-mail, remove the modem for the
Turn off the power of the modem, connect the
phone line.
When the machine ID is not registered, no initial connection cannot be made.
main body and the modem with a modem cable,

and the modem and the wall outlet with a modular cable.
* For the connection of a modular cable, see the
instructions of the modem to be used.
2
CS Remote Care function ON
CS Remote Care function selection
(Service mode System Input Software Switch Setting Set 15-5 to "On (1)")
CS Remote Care function selection
(Service mode CS Remote Care CS
(Service mode CS Remote Care CS Remote
Remote Care Set Modem)
Care Set E-mail)
No. code entry

(Service mode CS Remote Care CS Remote Care Press No. Code Enter the No. code*
Press No. Code)
* For the No. code, enter a specified code.
Date and time setting for the CS Remote Care

(Enter the No. code Detail setting Date/Time setting Press Setting Time Enter the current
time Press Set Press Time Zone Enter the time zone)
464
Step
10. SERVICE MODE

Operation
When using the phone line modem

6
When using the E-mail (Main body NIC)
Center ID setting
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Basic setting Press the Center No. Enter the center No.*)
* Enter the center No. in five digits.
Center telephone Number setting
Response time out setting: Optional
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Basic
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Response
setting Press Center Telephone Number
time out setting Enter the response time out
Enter the center telephone Number*)
time)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
(This is usually left as default.)
Machine telephone Number setting
Proceed to the step 9.
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Basic

setting Press Machine Telephone Number
Enter the machine telephone Number *)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
9
Modem initialization AT command entry
Main body mail address setting
(Enter the No. code Detail setting AT com-
This is set from the Web utility on the browser of
mand Press First command Enter the ini-
the PC connected to the main body NIC by the
tialization command *)
network.
* For particulars of the initialization command,
Be sure to conduct the sending and receiving test.
see the instructions of the modem to be used.

10
Software SW setting for the CS Remote Care
Proceed to the step 11.
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Software

SW setting)
(Baud rate setting: Select the baud rate at the
software SW setting 01-4 to 7.)
11
12
Turn on and off the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
First call execution
Initial connection mail reception
(Service mode CS Remote Care CS
The initial connection mail is sent to the mail
Remote Care Press No. Code twice Detail
address of the main body NIC from the center.
setting Basic setting First call*)
* When the CS Remote Care related screen is
* When the connection to the center completes
opened while receiving the initial connection mail
successfully, the CS Remote Care setting screen
from the center, the information being created is
is displayed.
destroyed and the CS Remote Care setting screen

is displayed.
465
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system
To change a combination of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system, refer to this table to
configure the software switch setting or the mail account setting.
Case
Mail remote
E-Mail CS
notification
Remote Care
system
using the main
Setting item
Value
"Use the mail remote notification
Use
Remark
body NIC
system" of the main body NICs
Web utility
"Service mode - Software
(*2)
1
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)

Use
system" of the main body NIC

2
Web utility

system" of the main body NIC
3
Do not
use
Web utility

*1
Service mode - Software Switch Setting: 15-5 (CS Remote Care function ON, 0=OFF,
*2
Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the main body NIC share the same mail
1=ON)
account
10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure
A. CS Remote Care function ON
1. Enter the Service mode.

2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press [System Input].
3. "Sub menu screen"

Press [Software Switch Setting].
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"

Set "16" with the DIPSW number.
Set "7" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to the NIC you use.

On (1): Use the main body NIC
Off (0): Use the IP NIC (default)
6. Press [Return] to finish the configuration.
466
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. CS Remote Care function selection (E-Mail/Phone line modem)

2. Service mode menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].

4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"

Select the key for the function you use.
01 E-Mail: Use the E-Mail CS Remote Care
02 Modem: Use the Modem CS Remote Care
5. Press [No. Code].

6. Enter the No. code* with the numeric keys.
8. Press [Detail setting].
9. "Setting menu screen"
Press [Date/Time Setting].
10. "Date and Time setting screen"

Enter the date with the numeric keys, and press the [Set].
11. Enter the month with the numeric keys, and press [Set].
12. Enter the year in 2 digits with the numeric keys, and press [Set].
13. Enter time with the numeric keys, and press [Set].
14. Press [Time Zone].
15. Enter the time zone with the numeric keys, and press [Set].
16. Press [OK] to return to the "Setting menu screen."
*
Enter the No. code that is assigned in advance.
467
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
C. Modem initial setting
1. "Modem setting menu screen"

Press [Basic setting].
2. "Basic setting screen"

Press [Center No.].
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and press [OK].

4. Press [Center Telephone Number].
5. Enter the center telephone number with the numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem and the phone line. *1
6. Press [Machine Telephone Number].

7. Enter the machine telephone number with the numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem and the phone line. *1
8. Press [OK] to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."

Press [AT command].
10. "AT command setting screen"

Press the [First command] key.
11. Enter the modem initialization command with the keyboard, and press [OK]. *2
12. Press [OK] to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
*1
When entering the telephone number, keys on the screen other than numeric keys represent the followings.
[ , ] Pause: holds the self-dial delivery for some time

[W] Wait: detects the destination dial tone
[T] Tone dial: tone dialing
[P] Pulse dial: pulse dialing
[] Number delimiter: ignored when actually dialed
[*] [#] []: use as necessary
*2
Change the modem initialization command if necessary (Usually, there is no need to change). For details,
refer to the manual of the modem.
468
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Baud rate setting

Note
In case you changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.

Press [Software SW Setting].
2. "Software SW Setting screen"

Set "01" with the DIPSW number.
Set the modem baud rate using the DIPSW bit number "4 to 7".*
3. Press [Return] to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."

*
Modem baud rate

Baud rate
01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
38400 bps
57600 bps
E. E-Mail initial setting
1. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"


Press [Center No.].
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and press [OK].

4. Press [OK] to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."
5. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Response time out setting] key. *
6. Enter the response time out time with the numeric keys. (in minutes)
7. Press [OK] to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."
Note
The response time out setting is automatically set on receiving the initial connection mail. Change
the setting if necessary.
469
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11.5 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care

Note
Software SW bits data are written into the Parameter board (PB) every time a change is made. In
case you changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.
A. Input procedure



Press [No. Code].
5. Use the sheet setting keys to enter the No. code. *1

Press [Software SW Setting].
9. "Software SW Setting screen"

Select the DIPSW number.
Use the left arrow key or the numeric keys.
10. Select the DIPSW bit number.

Use the right arrow key or the numeric keys.
11. Select DIPSW On (1), Off (0).

Use the [On (1)], [Off (0)] key.
12. Press [Return] to return to the "Setting menu screen."

*1
If the No. code is already entered, confirm that No. code.
Note
About functions of each switch, see to B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care.
470
10. SERVICE MODE
B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care

Note
Do not change any bit not described on this table
DIPSW
No.
1
Functions
Bit
Bit Data
0
Default
1
Dial mode
Pulse dial
Tone dial
Modem reception
Receive *1
Do not receive *1
Baud rate
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
Auto call on malfunction code occurrence
Do not call
Call
Auto call on date specification
Do not call
Call
Auto call on the part replacement
Do not call
Call
Auto call on the drum replacement
Do not call
Call
Auto call on the periodic maintenance (PM)
Do not call
Call
Auto call when resetting the fixed replacement
Auto call on the toner supply
Do not call
Call
parts
3
Auto call on frequent JAM occurrence
Do not call
Call
Report on the waste toner box full
Do not call
Call
*3
*3
*3
*3
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
CS Remote Care communication mode
2 to 7
0
Modem redial interval
4 to 7
6
0
1
1
5
Call
4 to 7
4
Do not call
Modem redial times
471
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
DIPSW
No.
7
Functions
Bit
Do not redial
Redial
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
Redial for response time out
Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error
4 to 7
9
10
11
12
13
472
Default
1
1 to 7
8
Bit Data
0
Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error
Time zone setting
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
Timer 1
*9
*9
RING reception CONNECT reception
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
Timer 2
*10
*10
Dial request completed CONNECT reception
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
Timer 3
Not used
DIPSW
No.
13
14
15
16
17
18
10. SERVICE MODE

Functions
Bit
Bit Data
0
Default
1
Timer 3
Not used
Timer 4
*11
*11
Line connection Start request telegram deliv-
*11
*11
ery
*11
*11
*11
*11
*11
*11
*11
*11
*11
*11
*11
*11
Timer 5
*12
*12
Wait time for other side's response
*12
*12
*12
*12
*12
*12
*12
*12
*12
*12
*12
*12
*12
*12
Retry data, timer 6
*13
*13
Initialization OK Dial request
*13
*13
*13
*13
*13
*13
*13
*13
*13
*13
*13
*13
*13
*13
Call JAM date (main body)
*14
*14
Valid copy quantity
*14
*14
Call ADF JAM date
*15
*15
Valid original feed quantity
*15
*15
Call JAM date
*16
*16
MCBJ setting
*16
*16
Call ADF JAM date
*17
*17
MOBJ setting
*17
*17
Attention display
Do not call
Call
1 to 7
19 to 40 0 to 7
473
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE

*1
Modem reception
Mode
DIPSW No.1
1
Receive
Issue ATA by RING delivery

Do not receive
Do not issue ATA by RING delivery
*2
*3
Baud rate
Mode
DIPSW No.1
7
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
38400 bps
57600 bps
CS Remote Care communication mode
Mode
DIPSW No.4
1
*4
*5
FAX (not used)
E-Mail
Reservation
Modem redial interval
Mode
DIPSW No.5
3
1 minute
2 minutes
3 minutes
4 minutes
5 minutes
6 minutes
7 minutes
8 minutes
9 minutes
10 minutes
Modem redial times
Mode
DIPSW No.06
6
0 to 9 times
10 times
11 to 99 times
474
Data modem
000 0000 to 000 1001

0
000 1011 to 110 0011
*6
*7
10. SERVICE MODE
Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error
Mode
DIPSW No.08
3
0 minute
10 minutes
20 minutes
30 minutes
40 minutes
50 minutes
60 minutes
70 minutes
80 minutes
90 minutes
100 minutes
110 minutes
120 minutes
Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error
Mode
DIPSW No.09
6
0 to 9 times
0
11 to 99 times
Time zone setting
-12 to -1
Timer 1 (RING reception CONNECT recep-
0010 0001 to 1111 1111
DIPSW No.12
7
0 to 63 sec
65 to 255 sec
0000 0000 to 0001 1111
Mode
64 sec
DIPSW No.11
7
33 to 255 sec
reception)
0000 0001 to 0001100
0 to 31 sec
*10 Timer 2 (Dial request completed CONNECT
Mode
32 sec
1111 0100 to 1111 1111
1 to 12
tion)
DIPSW No.10
7
*9
000 1011 to 110 0011
Mode
000 0000 to 000 1001
10 times
*8
0000 0000 to 0011 1111

0
0100 0001 to 1111 1111
475
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
*11 Timer 4 (Line connection Start request tele-
Mode
gram delivery)
DIPSW No.14
7
0 to 31 (x 100 msec)
32 (x 100 msec)
0000 0000 to 0001 1111

0
33 to 255
0010 0001 to 1111 1111
(x 100 msec)
*12 Timer 5 (Wait time for other side's response)
Mode
DIPSW No.15
7
0 to 29 sec
30 sec
0 to 254 (x 5 msec)
*14 Call JAM date (main body) Valid copy quantity
Mode
DIPSW No.17
1
6000 copies
9000 copies
12000 copies
Mode
DIPSW No.17
3
600 sheets
1200 sheets
1800 sheets
2400 sheets
*16 Call JAM date MCBJ setting
Mode
0
0
0000 0000 to 1111 1110
3000 copies
*15 Call ADF JAM date Valid original feed quantity
476
DIPSW No.16
7
255 (x 5 msec)
0001 1111 to 1111 1111
Mode
request)
0000 0000 to 0001 1101
31 to 255 sec
*13 Retry data, timer 6 (Initialization OK Dial
DIPSW No.17
5
500
1000
2000
3000
10. SERVICE MODE
*17 Call ADF JAM date MOBJ setting
Mode
DIPSW No.17
7
100
200
400
600
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
477
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11.6 Mail address setting

A. Procedure for setting the main body NIC
For the main body NIC setting, see "4.3.4 Initial setting".
10.11.7 Modem First Call
Send the machine ID and telephone number to the CS Remote Care center computer to establish connection
with the center.


Press [CS Remote Care]

Press [No. Code].
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1


Press [First Call].
10. Confirm that the connection with the center is properly completed. *2
When properly completed, the "CS Remote Care setting screen" appears.
*1
*2
In case an error occurred in the communication with the center, check the displayed code. For details on
malfunction code, see "10.11.14 Malfunction code list".
478
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail

In case E-Mails are used, after settings are done on the main body, the center needs to send an initial connection mail to the mail address of the main body, thus enabling mail transmission between the center and the main
body.
MEMO:
About how to send the initial connection mail, refer to the CS Remote Care center's manual.
Mail transmission are possible only between the center and the main body that the initial connection has
been established.
The initial connection mail is sent from the center. The mail address of the center used then is stored in the
main body.
To check the center's mail address on the main body, output "Machine Management List".
Procedure: Service mode List Output Machine Management List. Press the [COPY] key at upper left
of the screen to output the list from the basic screen.
10.11.9 Setup confirmation



Make sure that only selected items for "Modem" or "E-Mail" are displayed.
479
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11.10 Maintenance call

As the CE starts the maintenance, enter the ID code of CE (7-digit number with which each CE is identified,
managed by a distributor.) to notify the center the start of maintenance. After the maintenance, pressing the
maintenance completion key notifies the center the completion of maintenance.
<At the start of maintenance>



Press [No. Code].
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys.

During the maintenance, the [Start] key blinks until the completion of the maintenance.
<At the end of maintenance>



Press [Maintenance comp].
10.11.11 Center call from manager

If the setup of CS Remote Care is completed, the manager can call the center of CS Remote Care.
1. Enter the utility menu mode.

2. "Utility Menu screen"
Press [Administrator Setting].
3. "Administrator Setting screen"

Press [System Connection].
4. "System Connection screen"

Press [Call Service Center].
5. "User Call screen"

Press [Start].
If the setup is not completed, or if other call is made, the [Start] key is grayed out, disabling to make a call.
About how to call the center and send various data of the main body on the specified date and time, refer to the
CS Remote Care center's manual.
480
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.11.12 Confirm communication log

You can output and confirm the communication log.

Press [List Output].

Press [List Output].
4. "List output mode menu screen"

Press [Communication Log List].
5. Press [Copy] to output the list from the basic screen.

For details of logs, see "10.7 State Confirmation".
10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care
Initializing the RAM for CS Remote Care enables you to perform the setup again.



Press [No. Code].
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1

Press [RAM Clear].
9. "RAM Clear setting screen"

10. The confirmation screen appears.
Press [OK].
11. The RAM is cleared, and the "CS Remote Care setting screen" appears.
12. Perform the setup again if necessary.
*1
481
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.11.14 Malfunction code list

In case of modem
Error code
K00_00
Error
Connection NG (Cannot connect from the modem,
Solution
Redial and wait for re-reception.
timed out).
K00_01
No response (After connection, no start telegram
Redial and wait for re-reception.
from the center detected).

K00_02
Copying. Could not be written in non-volatile memory, and line disconnected.
K00_03
Center ID mismatch.
Confirm the center ID.
K00_04
Serial number mismatch.
Confirm the serial number.
K00_05
Syntax error (when receiving undefined commands
Redial.
or parameters).
K00_06
Received a write order for an unwritable item.
K00_07
Unread item error.
K00_08
Signal reception time out after a response detection
Redial.
(after the start telegram shuttled).

K00_09
Already registered serial number.
K00_10
Communication error occurred because of the car-
Redial.
rier OFF (NO CARRIER detected in the modem).

K00_11
Dialtone (NO DIALTONE) detected in the modem.
Redial.
K00_12
Busy signal (BUSY) detected in the modem.
Redial.
K00_13
NO ANSWER detected in the modem.
Redial.
K00_14
Telegram error (irregular telegram received in
Retry standard times, and redial.
response to the telegram you sent).

K00_15
Serial number not registered in the center (4 x 40

telegrams received).
K00_16
Errors not defined in the above -00 to 15 (last 2 digits).
K00_17
Telephone number you must call was not registered.
K01_00
DSR turned OFF or remains turned OFF.
K01_01
Error on creating a message queue.
K01_02
Error on generating a task.
K01_03
Error on sending a message.
K01_04
Error on receiving a message.
K01_05
Received an error (NG) from the timer task.
K02_01
Modem initialization NG.
K03_00
Center call evacuation buffer is full. Cannot evacuate

any more.
482
Redial.
10. SERVICE MODE
In case of E-mail
Error code
K05_90
Error
Solution
Because of memory shortage, unable to secure

enough area for sending a mail.
K05_92
Controller in operation: unable to send a mail
In the manual transmission, retry
because the controller is in operation.
when the controller is idling. In the

auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_93
Mail sending error: an error was returned on sending
In the auto transmission, an auto-
a mail.
matic retry is performed after the

specified time. Check if there is no
fault in the network environment and
the network settings.
K05_94
Machine in operation: unable to send a mail because
In the manual transmission, retry
the machine is in operation.
when the machine is idling. In the

auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_95
Controller not connected: unable to send a mail
Check the connection between the
because the controller is not connected.
controller and the main body.
K05_96
Controller-driven malfunction code: unable to send a
In case of the controller-driven mal-
mail because of a controller-driven (C-49**).
function code, a mail cannot be sent

through the controller. Use a telephone. This error do not occur in the
main body NIC.
The shaded error codes are the ones that may occur when a transmission is made from the main body to
the center.
10.11.15 Troubleshooting
Check the followings when the main body neither receives the initial connection mail nor returns a response.
1) The center ID or the machine ID are not set in the main body.
2) The center ID or the machine ID are different (A machine ID error is not returned at the initial connection).
3) CS Remote Care function is disabled, or the phone line is selected in the CS Remote Care function selection.
4) Communication between the main body and the mail server is not proper (Check this with a transmission
test).
483
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.12 List output

10.12.1 List Output
Outputs various lists.
A. Procedure

Press [10 List Output].
2. "List Output screen"

The following lists can be printed from the list output menu:
Machine Management List
Adjustment Data List
Coverage Data List
Font Pattern
Communication Log List *1
Memory Dump List
Note
If you set DIPSW30-1 to 1, the font pattern and after are displayed.
Memory Dump List is for development use only. Must not be used during maintenance/repair.
3. Press [COPY].
4. Press the Start key to output the selected list.
5. Press [SERVICE].
6. "List Output" screen
To print another list, repeat steps 2 to 5.
*1
Prints out the latest 30 items of the sending and receiving history of the CS Remote Care. The start time of
communications, the time period of communications (modem only), the communication modes, the
results of communications, and the senders (mail only) are printed. The communication modes and the
results of communications are displayed in the numbers of 4 digit number. For the meaning of them, refer
to the following table.
0000
Communication mode Communication result
Transmitted successfully
0001
Initial transmission
0002
Emergency transmission
Emergency recovery transmission
0004
0005
0008
0010
0020
Transmission for
warning
Warning recovery
transmission
Maintenance start
transmission
Reception failed
Communication mode
Maintenance completion transmission
0080 Administrator
transmission
0100 Fixed date transmission
0200 Response transmission
0***
Transmission failed
1000
Enquiry
2000
Data rewrite
4000
Response reception
Test mail
Connection time out

when transmitting
Received successfully
0040
8000
Communication result
The SMTP reply codes (200 to 554) prescribed in the RFC1846, 2554 and 2821 are displayed in this place of
***.
484
10. SERVICE MODE
10.13 Test Mode

10.13.1 Running Test Mode
Performs continuous print operation test.
The following tests can be selected from this mode.
Intermittent copy mode

After completion of the printing operation for the set print count, the machine changes into the ready state
and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the same operation.
Paperless running mode

Without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
operation. In the same manner as the intermittent mode, after completion of the printing operation for the
set print count, the machine changes into the ready state and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the same
operation.
Paperless mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
operation.
Paperless endless mode

The machine operates with the print count infinitely set automatically. In the same manner as the paperless
mode, without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the normal operation.
Running mode
The printing operation is made in the paperless endless mode plus the scanning operation and the auto
paper feed tray switching.
Measurement mode
Idles for 6 sec, keeps the fusing heater turned on (standby) for 9 sec, keeps the fusing heater turned on
(copy) for 9 sec, and performs scanning without feeding papers. The sequence is repeated 10 times and
stops.
A. Procedure

Press [11 Test Mode].
2. "Test Mode Menu screen"

Press [01 Running Test Mode]
3. "Running Test Mode screen"

Select the mode and press [COPY].
4. Press the Start key to start the running test.

5. Press the STOP key to stop the running test.
6. To exit the running test mode, turn the sub power switch (SW2) off and then on again.
485
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode

Prints various test patterns to be used for troubleshooting.
Note
Do not attempt to print the test pattern not described in this manual.
A. Procedure

Press [11 Test Mode].
2. "Test Mode Menu screen"

Press [02 Test Pattern Output Mode].
3. "Test Pattern Output Mode screen"

Press [Test Pattern], then enter the test pattern number through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
To select a screen, press one of the followings; [Line1], [Line2], [Dot1], [Dot2], [Compression], and [Contone].To specify image density, select the color, enter adjustment value (0: lighter - 255: darker) using the
numeric buttons, and press [<<SET].
4. Press [COPY].
6. To print another test pattern, press [SERVICE] and repeat steps 3 to 5.
486
No.11
10. SERVICE MODE
Beam check
[Check Item 1]
Check the solid black pattern [1] to see if there is uneven density found in the main scanning and subscanning directions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, developing unit, transfer belt unit, 2nd transfer unit, and
dust-proof glass
[Check Item 2]
Check if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern [2] at the leading/trailing edge of the test pattern in sub-scanning direction.
[Recommended checkpoints]: 2nd transfer unit
Test Pattern
[1]
[2]
8050fs1020
[1] Solid black pattern
[2] Gradation pattern
487
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
No.16
Linearity evaluation pattern
[Check Items]
This pattern is used to identify which of scanner system or printer system is causing the problem.
Items that can be checked include main scan magnification, sub scan magnification, image skew, and leading
edge timing, etc. of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible on
the test pattern, the scanner system is defective.
Test Pattern
[1]
31mm
20mm
237mm
205.7mm
28
0m
190mm
[1]
28
0m
190mm
190mm
[1] Edges of the image data
488
8050fs1021
No.51
10. SERVICE MODE
Gradation evaluation pattern (main scan)
[Check Items]
If there are image stripes or the uneven density, check if the write system or the process system operates
normally.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charging corona, 2nd transfer unit, and
dust-proof glass
Test Pattern
a03uf3c002ca
489
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
No.52
Gradation evaluation pattern (sub scan)
[Check Items]
If there are image stripes or the uneven density, check if the write system or the process system operates
normally.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charging corona, 2nd transfer unit, and
dust-proof glass
Test Pattern
a03uf3c003ca
490
No.53
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Overall halftone
[Check Items]
Check the image quality of each screen. (No.1 can print only with Contone)
When the density is set to 70 (halftone)
If there are image stripes, determine whether the fault is with the scanner system or the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, transfer belt unit, charging corona, 2nd
transfer unit, and dust-proof glass
When the density is set to 0 (white)
If the test pattern is image foggy background image, determine whether the fault is with the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, and high voltage contact.
When the density is set to 255 (Y, M, C, K)
If the density is light, determine whether the fault is with the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit
*See "10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode" for adjusting density.
Test Pattern
When the density is set to 70
8050fs1019
491
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
No.54
Gradation evaluation pattern
Check gradation reproducibility of each screen.

See "10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode" for selecting screen.
Purposes
[Check Items]
Line1
Screen
Check the gradation reproduc-
Make sure that the gradation of each color is smooth
Line2
ibility of each screen used by
and even with no tone jump.
Dot1
the copier from primary color
[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjust-
to secondary color.
ment of the printer gamma sensor and the printer
Dot2
gamma offset.
Compression(ED)
Contone
Make sure that the density increases in incremental
ibility of the screen used in the
step from the high light side, and the density in the
character area when the
shadow section of each color is dark enough.
screen mentioned above is
selected by the copier.
ment of the printer gamma sensor.
Test Pattern
[2]
[1]
a03uf3c004ca
[1] Primary color
492
[2] Secondary color
No.55
10. SERVICE MODE
5% Coverage
[Purpose]
When you need to make test prints continuously in order to check paper feed operation or etc., use this 5%
coverage test pattern to protect developer, drums, cleaners etc. from burden.
Test Pattern
a03uf3c005ca
493
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
Stripes checking pattern
No.58
[Purpose]
Use to locate the causes of sub-scan direction stripes which occur on the image.
[Checking procedure]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select [Test Pattern] and set the density of each color M, C and K to "120".
Select [Dot1] for screen.
Press [COPY] tab and set a A3 paper.
Check whether the sub-scan direction stripes occur on area [1] or [2].
[Recommended checkpoints]
In case of [1] : Transfer belt unit/2nd transfer roller /Lw
In case of [2] : Drum cartridget
Test Pattern
[2]
[1]
a03uf3c034ca
494
No.62
10. SERVICE MODE
Uneven density
[Purpose]
After the periodic maintenance, check uneven density and density defference between right and left side by
each gradation of YMCK, RBG and process Bk. Check uneven density with both edges [1] and [2] of Y, M, C
and process Bk.
[Checking procedure]
1. Select [Test Pattern] and set the density of YMCK to 255.

2. Select [Dot1] (default of controller) and [Line1] (default of copier) for screen.
3. Press [COPY] tab and set eight A4 papers.
[Recommended checkpoints] : Charging unit, write unit
Test Pattern
[1]
[2]
a03uf3c035ca
495
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
No.80
Print characteristic evaluation pattern
Check gradation reproducibility of each screen.

See "10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode" for selecting screen.
Purposes
[Check Item]
Line1
Screen
Make sure that the gradation of each color is smooth
Line2
ibility of each screen used by
and even with no tone jump.
Dot1
the copier from primary color
to tertiary color.
ment of the printer gamma sensor and the printer
Dot2
gamma offset.
Compression (ED)
Contone
Make sure that the density increases in incremental
ibility of the screen used in the
step from the high light side, and the density in the
character area when the
shadow section of each color is dark enough.
screen mentioned above is
selected by the copier.
ment of the printer gamma sensor.
Test Pattern
a
b
c
a
b
c
a03uf3c024ca
a: Primary color
496
b: Secondary color
c: Tertiary color
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.14 ISW
Refer to "5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP" for details.
(See P.136)
497
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.15 CE/Administrator Security Setting

10.15.1 List of CE/Administrator Security Setting
CE/Administrator Security Setting
Page
01 CE Authentication
P.499
02 CE Auth. Password
P.499
03 Admini. Authentication
P.500
04 Administrator Password
P.500
Important
The use of the [Security Strengthen Set] in the [Machine Admin. Setting] in the utility mode is limited only when the [CE Authentication Setting] and [Admini. Authentication] are set to ON.
10.15.2 Start and exit CE/Administrator Security Mode

Set up the various settings concerning CE/Administrator security setting from the "CE/Administrator Security
Setting Menu screen".
A. Procedure

Before selecting any item in the service mode, press the hard keys in the order shown below.
Stop 0 C
2. "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen"

CE/Administrator security mode is activated. And making CE/Administrator setting is enabled.

Press the item you want to set up, the setting screen of each item will be displayed.

Press [Close] to return to the "Service Mode Menu screen".
498
10. SERVICE MODE
Important
The use of the [Security Strengthen Set] in the [Machine Admin. Setting] in the utility mode is limited only when the [CE Authentication Setting] and [Admini. Authentication] are set to ON.
10.15.3 CE Authentication
To enhance security of the service mode, configure the setting so that a password is required to enter the service mode.
A. Procedure

Press [01 CE Authentication].
2. "CE Authentication On/Off Set screen"

Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen" will be displayed.
Press [Cancel] to deactivate the new settings.
10.15.4 CE Auth. Password

Set a password for entering the service mode.
Note
Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
CE should not inform other people of the password.
The selection of the [CE Auth. Password] is limited only when the [CE Authentication] is set to
[On].
A. Procedure

Press [02 CE Auth. Password].
2. "CE Authentication Password screen"

Press [Current Password] to display a keyboard, enter the current eight-digit password, and press [OK].
Default password: "92729272". "Incorrect password" appears when a wrong password is entered.
3. Press [New Password] to display a keyboard, enter new alphanumeric eight-digit password, and press
[OK].
4. Press [Check Input] to display a keyboard, enter new eight-digit password again, and press [OK].
5. "CE Authentication Password screen"
Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen" will be displayed.
499
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE
10.15.5 Admin. Authentication

To enhance the security of the [Machine Admin. Setting] mode, configure the setting so that a password is
required to enter the [Machine Admin. Setting] mode.
A. Procedure

Press [03 Admin. Authentication].
2. "Administrator Authentication On/Off set screen"

Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen" will be displayed.
10.15.6 Administrator Password

Set a password to enter the [Machine Admin. Setting] mode.
Administrator password can also be set from the [Machine Admin. Setting] mode.
Note
When the CE set or changed the [Administrator Password], CE must inform the user administrator
of that and ask for changing [Administrator Password].
Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
The selection of the [Administrator Password ] is limited only when the [Admin. Authentication] is
set to [On].
A. Procedure

Press [04 Administrator Password].
2. "Administrator Password screen"

3. Press [New Password] to display a keyboard, enter new alphanumeric eight-digit password, and press
[OK].
4. Press [Check Input] to display a keyboard, enter new eight-digit password again, and press [OK].
5. "Administrator Password screen"
Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen" will be displayed.
500
10. SERVICE MODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
10.16 Fee Collection Setting

10.16.1 List of Fee Collection Setting
Fee Collection Setting
01 Coin Vendor
02 Management Function
10.16.2 Start and exit Fee Collection Setting Mode

Set up the various settings concerning Fee collection setting from the "Fee Collection Menu" screen.
A. Procedure

Before selecting any item in the service mode, press the hard keys in the order shown below.
Stop 9
2. "Fee Collection Menu screen"

Fee collection setting mode is activated. Set the various settings concerning fee collection setting.

Press the item you want to set up, the setting screen of each item will be displayed.

Press [Close] to return to the "Service Mode Menu screen".
10.16.3 Coin Vendor

The installation existence of the coin vendor is set.
A. Procedure

Press [01 Coin Vendor].
2. "Coin Vendor screen"

Press [Equip] or [Not Equip].
3. Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "Fee Collection Menu screen" will be displayed.
10.16.4 Management Function

Set the various settings concerning management equipment of the main body.
A. Procedure

Press [02 Management Function].
2. "Management Setting screen"

Select the options for each item of the management setting.
3. Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "Fee Collection Menu screen" will be displayed.
501
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

11.1 Adjusting the paper feed roller/BP pressure
Perform this adjustment when no feed occurs in bypass feed.
A. Procedure

[1]
[3] [2]
(See P.218)
2. Install a weight plate [3] to the paper feed roller/BP

upper part [2] with the two screws [1].
3. Put the ADU back in.

4. Make a print to confirm the paper feed.
5. If the no feed problem is not solved, increase the
number of weight plates and repeat steps 1 to 4.
Note
Weight plate (P/N: 13FG4062*) is a supply
part. Purchase separately for use.
The number of the weight plates to be
installed should be four or less.
a052f3c001ca
When weight plate is added, 11.3 Pick-up

movement
amount
should be carried out.

(See P.504)
502
adjustment
(bypass)
11.2 (Maximum) paper feed (bypass) height adjustment

Conduct this adjustment when a no feed condition occurs or the paper edge is folded, or when feeding paper
with a large amount of curl.
Note
As this adjustment effects the pick-up movement amount, carry out 11.3 Pick-up movement
amount adjustment (bypass) after performing the adjustment. (See P.504)
A. Procedure

(See P.90)

(See P.79)
3. Loosen the screw [1], and adjust the installation

position of the tray limit sensor/BP (PS25) [2].
Note
Keep a note of the primary value.
(1) If the value is out of spec
[2]
Adjust the up/down position of the sensor installation

plate, so that the upper side height of the opening
guide and the up/down plate neutralize and become
within the standard value.
[1]
When making the up/down plate higher:
When making the up/down plate lower:
lower the sensor installation plate.

higher the sensor installation plate.
8050fs1052
(2) If some sort of error is occurring
When the paper edge is folded:
When feeding concave-curled paper:
When feeding convex-curled paper:

lower the sensor installation plate.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Install the paper feed solenoid cover.

Put the ADU back in.
Make a print to confirm the paper feed.
If there is no improvement, repeat steps 1 to 6
and readjust the installation of PS25.
503
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
11.3 Pick-up movement amount adjustment (bypass)

Perform this adjustment when no feed jam occurs frequently.
A. Procedure

(See P.90)

(See P.79)
3. Loosen the screw [1], and adjust the installation

position of the pick-up solenoid/BP (SD5) [2].
Note
Keep a note of the primary value.
4.
5.
6.
7.
[2]
Install the paper feed solenoid cover.

Put the ADU back in.
Make a print to confirm the paper feed.
If there is no improvement in the no feed, repeat
steps 1 to 6 for readjustment of the installation
position of PS25.
[1]
8050fs1054
504
11.4 Mis-centering adjustment of the paper feed tray /1, /2 and /3

Conduct this adjustment when a mis-centering occurs and cannot be adjusted in service mode.
A. Procedure
[1]
1. Pull out the paper supply tray.

2. Loosen the three screws [2] located under the up/
[2]
down plate [1].
3. Move the guide plate [3], and adjust the center

position.
4. Tighten the three screws [2].

5. Print out the test pattern (No.16).
[3]
a052f3c002ca
6. Fold the shorter side of the printed paper in half,

and check if the length between the center [3] of
[2]
the image [2] and the center of the paper [1] is

[3]
Standard value: 3 mm or less
[1]
7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 until the mis-centering value

is within the standard.
8050fs1056
505
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
11.5 Separation pressure adjustment of the paper feed tray/1, /2 and /3

Conduct this adjustment when a no feed or a double feed condition occurs. Separation pressure is susceptible
to paper type or operating environment. No feed tends to occur in low temperature environment, whereas high
temperature environment results in a higher rate of double feed. Do not make an excessive adjustment. Doing
so may reverse the respective symptoms.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper supply tray.

[1]
(See P.69)
3. Change the position of the hook of the Spring [1]

on the bottom part of the paper supply unit.
Reduced tension [2]:
Double feed jam condition improves.
Increased tension [3]:
No feed jam condition improves.
4. Install the paper supply unit, and set the paper

supply tray.
[3]
506
[2]
a03uf3c006ca
12. JAM CODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
TROUBLESHOOTING
12. JAM CODE
12.1 Jam code list
Classification Jam code
Cause
Resulting
Correction
Bypass
J-1001
feed
During operation
operation
J-1002
J-1003
After the pick-up solenoid/BP (SD5)
If paper jam
Remove the paper from
turns ON, paper supply sensor /BP
occurs during
the bypass feed tray,
(PS26) is not turned ON within the
printing process,
and remove jammed
specified time.
main body stops
paper, if any.
after paper exit.

After paper empty sensor /BP (PS47)
Remove paper from the
turns ON, paper lift motor /BP (M35)
bypass feed tray,
is not turned ON within specified time.
decrease the number
After paper lift motor /BP (M35) turns
of stacked sheets and
ON, upper limit sensor /BP (PS25) is
set again.
J-1151
Paper
J-1201
feed
Tray /2
J-1251
Paper
feed
Tray /3
J-1301
When idling
Tray /1
During operation
feed
After the pick-up solenoid /1 (SD7)
When idling
J-1101
Paper feed sensor /1 (PS29) is turned
During operation
Paper
Paper feed sensor /BP (PS26) is
When idling
J-1051
During operation
not turned ON within specified time.
If paper jam
Pull out the paper feed
turns ON, paper feed sensor /3
occurs during
tray /3 and remove
printing process,
jammed paper, if any.
specified time.
main body stops
turned ON in the idling condition.

and remove jammed
paper, if any.
If paper jam
occurs during
tray/1 and remove
printing process,
specified time.
main body stops

after paper exit.
ON in the idling condition.
If paper jam
occurs during
tray /2 and remove
printing process,
specified time.
main body stops

after paper exit.
after paper exit.
507
Cause
Resulting
Correction
J-1351
feed
Tray /3
LU
J-1501
J-1502
When idling
Paper
During operation
operation
After the pick-up solenoid (SD100)
If paper jam
Open the LU upper
turns ON, pre-registration sensor
occurs during
door and remove
printing process,
specified time.
main body stops
After the pre-registration clutch
after paper exit.

tray /3 and remove
(MC102) is turned ON, LU exit sensor

J-1552
PF
J-1601
J-1602
When idling
specified time.
J-1551
During operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
Pre-registration sensor (PS106) is

LU exit sensor (PS107) is turned ON
in the idling condition.
If paper jam
turns ON, paper feed sensor /1 (PS2)
occurs during
tray /4 and remove
is not turned ON within the specified
printing process,
time.
main body stops
after paper exit.
tray /5 and remove
specified time.
J-1603
J-1604
After the paper feed sensor /1 (PS2)
Open the PF front door
turns ON, vertical conveyance sensor
and the PF vertical con-
/1 (PS17) is not turned ON within the
veyance door and
specified time.
remove jammed paper,
After the vertical conveyance sensor /
if any.
1 (PS17) turns ON, vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS27) is not turned

ON within the specified time.
J-1605

2 (PS27) turns ON, vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS26) is not turned
J-1606
3 (PS26) turns ON, horizontal convey-
ance sensor /1 (PS18) is not turned
veyance door and
After the paper feed sensor /2 (PS10)
turns ON, horizontal conveyance sen-
tray /5 and remove
sor /1 (PS18) is not turned ON within
if any.
J-1607
the specified time.
508
12. JAM CODE
Cause
Resulting
Correction
PF
J-1608
During operation
operation
J-1609
After the horizontal conveyance sen-
If paper jam
Open the PF front door,
sor /1 (PS18) turns ON, pre-registra-
occurs during
PF vertical conveyance
tion (PS20) is not turned ON within
printing process,
door, horizontal con-
the specified time.
main body stops
veyance door /Rt, hori-
after paper exit.
zontal conveyance
door /Lt and remove
After the pre-registrations sensor
(PS20) is turned ON, horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS19) is not

turned ON within the specified time.
J-1651
J-1652
When idling
J-1610
Multi feed detection board /R
Stops immedi-
(MFDTB/R) detected multifeed.
ately.

tray /4 and remove
tray /5 and remove

J-1653
Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS17)
J-1654
J-1655
is turned ON in the idling condition.
veyance door and
if any.

J-1656
J-1657
J-1658
(PS18) is turned ON in the idling con-
dition.
zontal conveyance
dition.
door /Lt and remove
Pre-registration sensor (PS20) is ON
Paper
J-1701
feed
J-1702
During operation

After starting print of the front side,
If paper jam
Pull out ADU and
registration sensor (PS22) is not
occurs during
turned ON within specified time.
printing process,
if any.
main body stops

after paper exit.
After starting print of the back side,
Stops immedi-
ately.
509
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
Paper
J-1703
feed
J-1704
During operation
operation
After the pre-registration clutch /3
If paper jam
Open the vertical con-
(MC12) is turned ON, vertical convey-
occurs during
veyance door and
ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON
printing process,
within specified time.
main body stops
if any.
after paper exit.
(MC10) is turned ON, vertical convey-
tray /2 and remove
ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON
within specified time.

J-1705
J-1706
After the vertical conveyance sensor
Open the vertical con-
(PS50) turns ON, intermediate con-
veyance door and
veyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not
if any.

(MC8) is turned ON, intermediate
conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not
J-1707
After the LU pre-registration clutch
Open the LU front door
(MC102) is turned ON, intermediate
and remove jammed
paper, if any.

J-1708
After the intermediate conveyance
Pull out ADU and
sensor /1 (PS27) is turned ON, inter-
mediate conveyance sensor /2
if any.
(PS28) is not turned ON within specified time.

J-1709
J-1710
After the paper feed sensor /BP
(PS26) is turned ON, intermediate
and remove jammed
paper, if any.
After the PF horizontal conveyance
sensor /2 (PS19) turns ON, intermedi-
ate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is
not turned ON within the specified
time.
zontal conveyance
door /Lt and remove
J-1751
J-1752
J-1753
When idling
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50) is

Open the vertical conveyance door and

if any.
Pull out ADU and
dition.
if any.

(PS28) is turned ON in the idling condition.
510
12. JAM CODE
Cause
Resulting
Correction
J-1754
feed
OTH-
J-1901
ERS
LU
When idling
Paper
Registration sensor (PS22) is turned
During operation
operation
Vertical conveyance door open jam.
If paper jam
Close the vertical con-
occurs during
veyance door.
(PS51) was turned OFF when print-
printing process,
ing.
main body stops
J-1902
Pull out ADU and

if any.
after paper exit.

LU upper door open jam or LU front
In case of LU
Close the LU upper
door open jam. During printing,
paper feed,
door or the LU front
upper door sensor (PS100) or front
main body stops
door.
door sensor (PS115) turned OFF.
after completion of paper

exit.
In case of paper
feed other than
LCT, main body
does not stop.
PF
J-1903
Any one of the PF front door open
In case of PF
Close any one of the PF
jam, PF vertical conveyance door
paper feed,
front door, PF vertical
open jam, horizontal conveyance
main body stops
conveyance door, hori-
door /Rt open jam or the horizontal
after comple-
zontal conveyance
conveyance door /Lt open jam. Any
tion of paper
door /Rt or the horizon-
one of the front door open/close sen-
exit.
tal conveyance door /
sor (PS23), vertical conveyance door
In case of paper
Lt.
sensor (PS24), horizontal conveyance
feed other than
door sensor /1 (PS21) or the horizon-
PF, main body
tal conveyance door sensor /2 (PS22)
does not stop.
turned OFF during printing.

Registra-
J-3101
tion
After the registration motor (M30) is
Stops immedi-
Pull out ADU and
turned ON, leading edge sensor
ately.
(PS63) is not turned ON.

J-3102
if any.
After the registration motor (M30) is

turned ON, Fusing paper exit sensor
Paper
exit
J-3201
During operation
J-3152
When idling
(PS17) is not turned ON.

J-3151
Leading edge sensor (PS63) is ON in
the idling condition.

Fusing loop sensor (PS64) is turned
on in the idling condition.
After the fusing paper exit sensor
Stops immedi-
Pull out ADU and
(PS17) is turned ON, paper exit sen-
ately.
sor (PS13) is not turned ON within the
if any.
specified time.
511
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
Paper
J-3202
exit
J-3203
During operation
operation
Stops immedi-
Pull out ADU and
(PS17) is turned ON, reverse/exit sen-
ately.
sor (PS19) is not turned ON within the
if any.
specified time.
In the reverse paper exit mode, after
the reverse/exit sensor (PS19) is
turned ON, paper exit sensor (PS13)
time.
J-3204

(PS17) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-3205
After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is

turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-3206

(PS17) is turned OFF, reverse/exit
sensor (PS19) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
J-3207
In reverse paper exit mode, after the

paper exit sensor (PS13) is turned
ON, it is not turned OFF within the
specified time.
J-3209
After the decurler sensor (PS62) is

When idling
the specified time.

J-3251
J-3252
Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17) is
Paper exit sensor (PS13) is ON in the

idling condition.
J-3253
Reverse/exit sensor (PS19) is ON in

J-3254
Decurler sensor (PS62) is On in the

idling condition.
OTHERS
512
J-5101
During operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
Front door open jam. Front door sen-
Stops immedi-
sor (PS18) was turned OFF when
ately.
printing.
Close the front door.
12. JAM CODE
Cause
Resulting
Correction
J-6101
J-6102
J-6103
Paper feed section cover open jam.
DF stops imme-
Close the paper feed
Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) was
diately.
section cover.
turned OFF when printing.
If paper jam
Paper feed tray open jam. Tray open/
occurs during
Close the paper feed
close sensor (PS308) was turned OFF
printing process,
tray.
when printing.
main body stops
Paper exit section cover open jam.
after paper exit.
Paper exit cover sensor (PS307) was
Close the paper exit

section cover.
turned OFF when printing.

J-6201
J-6203
J-6206
Registration sensor (PS301) is not
Open the paper feed
turned OFF within specified time after
section cover and
paper feed is started.
After reversal of paper feed motor
if any.
(M301) is started, timing sensor
Remove jammed paper
in the main body con-
specified time.
veyance section, if any.
After the timing sensor (PS302) is

the specified time.
J-6209
J-6301
J-6304
After the reverse/paper exit motor
Open the paper exit
(M303) is turned ON, reverse sensor
section cover and
specified time.
if any.
After the reverse sensor (PS305) is
Remove jammed paper
in the main body con-
the specified time.
veyance section, if any.
In the one-sided original exit mode,

paper exit sensor (PS306) is not
turned ON within the specified time
after the start of paper exit.
In the double-sided original exit
mode, paper exit sensor (PS306) is
time after the reverse sensor (PS305)
is turned ON.
J-6305
After the paper exit sensor (PS306) is

the specified time.
J-6501
J-6502
J-6504
When idling
DF
During operation
operation
Registration sensor (PS301) is ON in

Open the paper feed

section cover and
if any.
Reverse sensor (PS305) is ON in the
Open the paper exit
idling condition.
section cover and
Paper exit sensor (PS306) is ON in
if any.
513
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
DF
J-6508
FS
J-7101
When idling
operation
Timing sensor (PS302) is ON in the
During operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
(FS-503)
FS/main body
Remove jammed paper
FS Front door open jam. Door switch
stop immedi-
in the FS/main body, if
(MS1) was turned OFF when printing.
ately.
any.
idling condition.
Open the paper feed

section cover and
if any.
(FS-520/607)
The front door and PI upper door are
opened while in printing.
LS
J-7103
FD
J-7105
RU
J-7106
SD
J-7107
LS Front door open jam. Front door
LS/main body
Remove jammed paper
switch (MS1) was turned OFF when
stop immedi-
in the LS/main body, if
printing.
ately.
any.
FD front door open jam. Door switch
FD/main body
Remove jammed paper
(MS1) was turned OFF when printing.
stop immedi-
in the FD/main body, if
ately.
any.
RU front door open jam. Interlock
RU/main body
Remove jammed paper
switch (MS1) was turned OFF when
stop immedi-
in the RU/main body, if
printing.
ately.
any.
SD front door /Rt open jam or SD
SD/main body
Remove jammed paper
front door /Lt open jam. Either one of
stop immedi-
in the SD/main body, if
the front door switch /Rt (MS1) or the
ately.
any.
front door switch /Lt (MS2) of the SD

was turned OFF when printing.
PB
J-7108
PB front door open jam. The front
PB/main body
Remove jammed paper
door switch (MS2), the upper door
stop immedi-
in the PB/main body, if
switch (MS3) and the stacker door
ately.
any.
FS/main body
Remove jammed paper
stop immedi-
ately.
any.
switch (MS4) of the PB was turned

OFF when printing.
FS
J-7216
J-7217
The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) does

not turn ON within a specified period
of time after the main body paper exit
sensor (PS13) turns ON.
(FS-503)
The main tray paper exit sensor
(PS10) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the
stacker entrance sensor (PS5) turns
OFF.
(FS-520/607)
The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FNS entrance
514
12. JAM CODE
Cause
Resulting
Correction
FS
J-7218
J-7219
During operation
operation
The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
FS/main body
Remove jammed paper
stop immedi-
ately.
any.

While in stapling, the stacker entrancesensor (PS5) does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after
the stacker entrance motor (M13)
turns ON. While in any other operations than stapling, the PS5 does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J-7220
(FS-503)
While in stapling a small size paper,
the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS10) does not turn ON within a
paper exit arm motor (M23) turns ON.
(FS-520/607)
the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
period of time after the start of exiting
paper.
J-7221
(FS-503)
While in stapling a large size paper,
the main tray exit sensor (PS10) does
not turn OFF within a specified period
of time after the paper exit arm motor
(M23) turns ON.
(FS-520/607)
While in stapling a large size paper,
the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J-7222
While in exiting paper in the sub tray,

the sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
515
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
FS
J-7223
J-7224
During operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
While in exiting paper in the sub tray,
FS/main body
Remove jammed paper
the sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
stop immedi-
ately.
any.
period of time after the PS1 turns ON.

(FS-607)
The folding pass-through sensor
(PS26) does not turn ON after stapling is completed.
J-7225
(FS-607)
The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
period of time after the folding knife
motor (M19) turns ON.
J-7226
(FS-607)
J-7228
(FS-503)
While in the straight/shift of the small
size paper, the main tray paper exit
sensor (PS10) does not turn OFF
the PS10 turns ON.
(FS-520/607)
While in the straight/shift of the small
size paper, the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
516
J-7229
(FS-520/607)
The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
period of time after it turns ON (while
in the non-stapling mode).
The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
period of time after it turns ON (while
in the stapling mode).
J-7230
(FS-503)
the main tray paper exit sensor
PS10 turns ON.
12. JAM CODE
Cause
Resulting
Correction
FS
J-7230
During operation
operation
(FS-520/607)
FS/main body
stop immedithe main tray paper exit sensor (PS6) ately.
period of time after the PS6 turns ON.
PI
J-7235
The paper entrance sensor /Lw

conveyance clutch /Lw (MC202)
turns ON.
PK
J-7243
The punch home sensor (PS301)

period of time after the punch motor
(M301) turns ON. Or, the paper size
sensor (PS305) does not turn ON
the punch shift motor (M302) turns
ON.
FS
J-7248
(FS-607)
ON.
PI
J-7249
The paper entrance sensor /Up

conveyance clutch /Up (MC201) turns
ON.
J-7250
J-7251
Remove jammed paper

any.
Open the PI upper door

and remove jammed
paper if any.

of time after the paper entrance
sensor /Up (PS201) turns ON.
of time after the paper entrance
sensor /Lw (PS206) turns ON.
FS
J-7281
(FS-607)
Remove jammed paper
The stapler motor home sensor /Fr
(PS31) and clincher motor home
any.
sensor /Fr (PS33) do not turn ON

the stapler motor /Fr (M14) and
clincher motor /Fr (M15) turn ON.
517
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
FS
J-7282
During operation
operation
(FS-607)
FS/main body
Remove jammed paper
The stapler motor home sensor /Rr
stop immedi-
(PS30) and clincher motor home
ately.
any.
sensor /Rr (PS32) do not turn ON

the stapler motor /Rr (M9) and
clincher motor /Rr (M10) turn ON.
J-7283
(FS-607)
The stapler motor home sensor /Rr
(PS30), /Fr (PS31), clincher motor
home sensor /Rr (PS32), and /Fr
(PS33) do not turn ON within a
stapler motor /Rr (M9), /Fr (M14),
clincher motor /Rr (M10), and
/Fr (M15) turn ON.
J-7290
(FS-520/607)
The FS does not stop within a
specified period of time after the main
body sends it a stop signal.
J-7301
When idling
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
(FS-503)
The main tray exit sensor (PS10) turns

ON while in idling.
(FS-520/607)
The main tray exit sensor (PS6) turns
ON while in idling.
J-7302
(FS-503)
The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
turns ON while in idling.
J-7305
The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) turns

ON while in idling.
J-7307
The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)

J-7308
J-7309
(FS-520/607)
FS/main body
The stacker empty sensor (PS20)
stop immedi-
turns ON while in an exit jam.
ately.
(FS-607)
(PS26) turns ON while in idling.
J-7310
(FS-607)
PI
J-7314
The paper entrance sensor /Lw

J-7317
The paper entrance sensor /Up

518
12. JAM CODE
Cause
Resulting
Correction
RU
J-7362
J-7363
J-7364
When idling
operation
Entrance sensor (PS1) is ON in the
Open the front door
idling condition.
and remove jammed
Intermediate sensor (PS2) is ON in the
paper, if any.
idling condition.
Paper exit sensor (PS3) is ON in the
idling condition.
LS
J-7350
idling condition.
Open the LS front door,

then the entrance conveyance jam lever and
if any.
J-7351
Sub-tray paper exit sensor (PS10) is
Open the LS sub-tray
cover and remove

J-7352
J-7353
Any one of the conveyance sensor /1
Open the LS jam door
(PS7), /2 (PS16), /3 (PS17) is ON in
and remove jammed
paper, if any.
Coupling exit sensor (PS18) is turned
Open the LS front door,
then the coupling paper

exit jam lever and
if any.
FD
J-7358
Any one of the FD entrance sensor
Open the FD front door,
(PS1), punch conveyance sensor
then the entrance con-
(PS5) or the punch registration sensor
veyance jam lever /1, /
(PS6) is turned ON in the idling condi-
2, punch conveyance
tion.
jam lever /1, /2 and

if any.
J-7359
J-7360
Any one of the intermediate convey-
ance sensor (PS13), sub-tray paper
then the intermediate
exit sensor (PS16) or the main tray
conveyance jam lever
paper exit sensor (PS18) is ON in the
and remove jammed
idling condition.
paper, if any.
Any one of the 1st folding convey-
ance sensor (PS51), 2nd folding con-
pull out the fold con-
veyance sensor (PS53), 3rd folding
veyance section, then
conveyance sensor (PS54), S size
open the fold convey-
conveyance sensor (PS58), folding
ance jam lever /1 to /5
entrance sensor (PS52) or the folding
and remove jammed
exit sensor (PS2) is ON in the idling
paper, if any.
condition.
519
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
FD
J-7361
When idling
operation
Any one of the PI conveyance sensor
Open the FD upper
/Up (PS31), PI conveyance sensor /
door and remove
Lw (PS37) or the PI exit sensor (PS4)
is ON in the idling condition.
Open the entrance

conveyance jam lever /
1 and remove jammed
paper, if jammed paper
is in the PI exit.
SD
J-7368
J-7369
Open the SD front door
idling condition.
/Rt and remove
Any one of the horizontal conveyance
sensor /1 (PS2), horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS3) or the subtray

paper exit sensor (PS11) is ON in the
idling condition.
J-7370
(PS4) is ON in the idling condition.
/Lt and remove
Either one of the right angle convey-
ance sensor /1 (PS5) or the right
/Rt and remove
angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6) is

J-7371

J-7372
Any one of the folding sensor /1

(PS7), foling passage sensor (PS8),
tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) or the
folding sensor /2 (PS44) is ON in the
idling condition.
J-7373
J-7374
Saddle stitching paper sensor (PS13)
is ON in the idling condition.
/Lt and remove
Any one of the bundle sensor /1
(PS14), bundle sensor /2 (PS15),

bundle sensor /4(PS54) or the bundle
exit sensor /2 (PS57) is ON in the
idling condition.
LS
J-7401
J-7402
During operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
After the main body paper exit sensor
LS/main body
Remove jammed paper
(PS13) is turned ON, entrance sensor
stop immedi-
ately.
any.
specified time.
After the entrance sensor (PS4) is
the specified time.
J-7403

turned ON, sub tray paper exit sensor
specified time.
520
12. JAM CODE

Cause
Resulting
Correction
LS
J-7404
J-7405
During operation
operation
After the sub tray paper exit sensor
LS/main body
Remove jammed paper
stop immedi-
ately.
any.
After the entrance sensor /1 (PS4)

turns ON, conveyance sensor /1
specified time.
J-7406
After the conveyance sensor (PS7) is

the specified time.
J-7407
After the conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)

turns ON, conveyance sensor /2
specified time.
J-7408
After the conveyance sensor /2

J-7409

(PS16) turns ON, conveyance sensor
/3 (PS17) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7410

J-7411

(PS17) turns ON, coupling exit sensor
specified time.
J-7412
After the coupling exit sensor (PS18)

is turned ON, it is not turned OFF
within the specified time.
FD
J-7501
FD/main body
Remove jammed paper
(PS13) is turned ON, FD entrance
stop immedi-
ately.
any.
the specified time.

J-7502
After the FD entrance sensor (PS1)

turns ON, intermediate conveyance
the specified time.
J-7503

sensor (PS13) is turned ON, main tray
paper exit sensor (PS18) is not turned
J-7504
After the main tray paper exit sensor

521
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
FD
J-7505
J-7506
During operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
FD/main body
Remove jammed paper
sensor (PS13) is turned ON, sub tray
stop immedi-
paper exit sensor (PS16) is not turned
ately.
any.

After the sub tray paper exit sensor
J-7507
After the FD entrance sensor (PS1)

turns ON, punch conveyance sensor
specified time.
J-7508
After the punch conveyance sensor

(PS5) turns ON, 3rd foling conveyance sensor (PS54) is not turned ON
J-7509
After the punch conveyance sensor

(PS5) turns ON, punch registration
the specified time.
J-7510
After the punch registration sensor

(PS6) turns ON, 1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51) is not turned ON
J-7511
After the first fold conveyance sensor

(PS51) turns ON, 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) is not turned ON
J-7512
After the 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) turns ON, intermediate
conveyance sensor (PS13) is not
J-7513
During fold operation, after the 1st

folding motor (M4) starts accelerating,
specified time.
J-7514
During fold operation, after the 1st

3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
time.
J-7515
During fold operation, after the 2nd

time.
522
12. JAM CODE

Cause
Resulting
Correction
FD
J-7516
J-7517
During operation
operation
During fold operation, after the 3rd
FD/main body
Remove jammed paper
stop immedi-
intermediate conveyance sensor
ately.
any.

specified time.
During fold operation, after the 2nd
folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
turns ON, third fold conveyance sensor (PS54) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7518
During fold operation, after the 3rd

folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
turns ON, intermediate conveyance
the specified time.
J-7519
After the PI pick-up solenoid /Up

(SD13) turns ON, PI conveyance sensor /Up (PS31) is not turned ON
J-7520
After PI conveyance sensor /Up

(PS31) is turned ON, PI exit sensor
specified time.
J-7521
After the PI pick-up solenoid /Lw

(SD14) turns ON, PI conveyance sensor /Lw (PS37) is not turned ON
J-7522
After PI conveyance sensor /Lw

(PS37) is turned ON, PI exit sensor
specified time.
J-7523
After PI exit sensor (PS4) is turned

ON, FD entrance sensor (PS1) is not
J-7524
RU
J-7540
PI double feed was detected.

RU/main body
Remove jammed paper
(PS13) is turned ON, RU entrance
stop immedi-
ately.
any.
the specified time.

J-7541
After the RU entrance sensor (PS1)

turns ON, RU intermediate sensor
specified time.
523
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
RU
J-7542
J-7543
During operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
After the RU intermediate sensor
RU/main body
Remove jammed paper
(PS2) turns ON, RU paper exit sensor
stop immedi-
ately.
any.
specified time.
After the RU paper exit sensor (PS3)
is turned ON, it is not turned OFF
SD
J-7561
SD/main body
Remove jammed paper
(PS13) is turned ON, entrance sensor
stop immedi-
ately.
any.
specified time.
J-7562
After the entrance sensor (PS1) turns

ON, horizontal conveyance sensor /1
specified time.
J-7563
After the horizontal conveyance sensor/1 (PS2) turns ON, horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS3) is not turned
J-7564
After the horizontal conveyance sensor/2 (PS3) turns ON, horizontal conveyance exit sensor (PS4) is not
J-7565
After the horizontal conveyance exit

sensor (PS4) is turned ON, it is not
turned OFF within the specified time.
J-7566
After the horizontal conveyance sensor/1 (PS2) turns ON, subtray sensor
specified time.
J-7567
After the subtray paper exit sensor

(PS11) turns ON, subtray paper exit
sensor (PS11) is not turned OFF
J-7568
After the right angle conveyance

motor (M6) turns ON, right angle conveyance sensor/2 (PS6) is not turned
J-7569
After the folding entrance motor (M3)

turns ON, folding sensor /1 (PS7) is not
J-7570
After the folding sub scan alignment

exit motor (M8) turns ON, saddle
stitching paper sensor (PS13) is not
524
12. JAM CODE
Cause
Resulting
Correction
SD
J-7571
J-7572
During operation
operation
After the bundle arm rotation motor
SD/main body
Remove jammed paper
(M22) turns ON, bundle sensor /1
stop immedi-
ately.
any.
specified time.
After the bundle clip motor (M11)
turns ON, bundle sensor /2 (PS15) is
time.
J-7573
After the bunch sensor /2 (PS15)

turns ON, bunch sensor /4 (PS54) is
time.
J-7574

the specified time.
J-7575
After the right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6) is turned ON, it is not
J-7576
After the folding sensor /2 (PS44) is

the specified time.
J-7577
After the bundle sensor /1 (PS14) is

the specified time.
J-7578
After the bundle sensor /2 (PS15) is

the specified time.
J-7579
After the folding conveyance motor

(M4) turns ON, folding passage sensor (PS8) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7580
After the folding conveyance motor

(M4) turns ON, tri-folding paper exit
the specified time.
J-7581
After the folding sub scan alignment

exit motor (M8) is turned ON, it is not
J-7582
After the folding passage sensor

J-7583
After the tri-folding paper exit sensor

525
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
SD
J-7584
J-7585
During operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
After the bundle press movement
SD/main body
Remove jammed paper
motor (M17) is turned ON, trimmer
stop immedi-
ately.
any.
The entrance sensor (PS1) does not
The PB and the
Remove jammed
turn ON within a specified period of
main body stop
paper, if any, from the
time after the main body paper exit
immediately.
PB/main body.

After the bundle registration motor
(M12) turns ON, trimmer registration
the specified time.
PB
J-7660

J-7661
The SC entrance sensor (PS2) does

of time after the entrance sensor
(PS1) turns ON.
J-7662
The SC entrance sensor (PS2) does

of time after it turns ON.
J-7663
The cover paper entrance sensor

(PS3) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the main
body paper exit sensor (PS13) turns
ON.
J-7664
The sub tray exit sensor (PS4) does

of time after the entrance sensor
(PS1) turns ON.
J-7665
The sub tray exit sensor (PS4) does

of time after it turns ON.
J-7666
The SC paper detection sensor

specified period of time after the SC
entrance sensor (PS2) turns ON.
J-7667

ON.
J-7668
When conveying two pages at a time,

the SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
time period after the SC entrance
526
12. JAM CODE
Cause
Resulting
Correction
PB
J-7669
J-7670
During operation
operation
When conveying two pages at a time,
The PB and the
Remove jammed
the SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
main body stop
immediately.
PB/main body.

specified period of time after the SC
bundle conveynace motor (M17)
turns ON.
J-7671
The clamp paper sensor (PS28) does

of time after the Clamp motor (M22)
turns OFF.
J-7672
The glue apply position detection

sensor (PS32) does not turn ON
reversal of glue tank movement motor
(the tank moves back) turns ON.
J-7673
The glue apply position detection

sensor (PS32) does not turn OFF
it turns ON.
J-7674
The cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45)

period of time after the cover paper
pick up clutch (MC71) turns ON.
J-7676
When starting trimming of the cover

paper fed from the PB, the cover
paper switchback sensor (PS44)
time period after the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) turns ON.
J-7677
When trimming of the cover paper fed

from the PB is complete, the cover
paper switchback sensor (PS44)
time period after the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) turns ON.
J-7678
When positioning the leading edge of

the cover paper fed from the PB, the
cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) does
not turn OFF within a specified time
period after the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) turns ON.
527
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
PB
J-7679
J-7680
During operation
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
The PB and the
Remove jammed
the cover paper fed from the PB, the
main body stop
cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) does
immediately.
PB/main body.
not turn ON within a specified time

period after the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) turns ON.
When cover paper is fed from the
main body, the cover paper sensor/Rt
specified time period after the cover
paper entrance sensor (PS3) turns
ON.
J-7682
When starting trimming of the cover

paper fed from the main body, the
cover paper switchback sensor
cover paper conveyance motor (M45)
turns ON.
J-7683
When trimming of the cover paper fed

from the main body is complete, the
cover paper switchback sensor
cover paper conveyance motor (M45)
turns ON.
J-7684

the cover paper fed from the main
body, the cover paper sensor/Lt
paper conveyance motor (M45) turns
ON.
J-7685

the cover paper fed from the main
body, the cover paper sensor/Lt
paper conveyance motor (M45) turns
ON.
J-7686
The book end sensor (PS61) does not

turn ON within a specified period of
time after the book conveyance belt
528
12. JAM CODE
Cause
Resulting
Correction
PB
J-7687
J-7688
During operation
operation
When loading first book, the book
The PB and the
Remove jammed
sensor /1 (PS66) does not turn ON
main body stop
immediately.
PB/main body.
the book conveyance belt up down

When first row of book moves, the
book sensor /2 (PS67) does not turn
ON within a specified period of time
after the book movement motor
(M64) turns ON.
J-7689
When feeding paper, the cover paper

conveyance sensor /1 (PS75) does
of time after the cover paper pick up
clutch (MC71) turns ON.
J-7690
The cover paper conveyance sensor /

2 (PS76) does not turn ON within a
cover paper conveyance sensor /1
(PS75) turns ON.
J-7691
When re-feeding paper, the cover

paper conveyance sensor /3 (PS77)
period of time after the cover paper
pick up clutch (MC71) turns ON.
J-7692
The cover paper conveyance sensor /

4 (PS78) does not turn ON within a
cover paper conveyance sensor /3
(PS77) turns ON.
J-7693
The multi feed detection board /2

(MFDTB72) turns OFF.
J-7696
The cover paper switchback sensor

cover paper feed motor (M74) turns
ON.
J-7697
No paper is detected (the paper has

removed) when restarting the job after
recovery.
J-7698
A cover paper has not been conveyed to the cover paper table section when clamping of inside pages is
finished.
529
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Cause
Resulting
Correction
ADU
J-9201
J-9202
During operation
operation
After the reverse/exit sensor (PS19) is
Stops immedi-
Pull out ADU and
turned ON, ADU reverse sensor
ately.
if any.
specified time.
After the ADU stop sensor (PS20) is
J-9401
J-9451
530
ADU stop sensor (PS20) is ON in the

idling condition.
During operation
J-9351
After reversal of ADU reverse motor
When idling
J-9301
ADU reverse sensor (PS21) is ON in
ADU conveyance sensor (PS61) is
During operation
J-9252
When idling
the specified time.

J-9251
After the ADU conveyance sensor
Stops immedi-
(PS61) is turned ON, ADU pre-regis-
ately.
When idling
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23) is
Stops immedi-
(M32) is turned ON, ADU conveyance
ately.

the specified time.
tration sensor (PS23) is not turned

13. MALFUNCTION CODE
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

13.1 Malfunction code list
A. Usage conditions
Error conditions are cleared by turning OFF/ON the sub power switch (SW2) of the main body.
B. Code List
NOTE
Where there is "*" in the malfunction code field, "Turn ON the power switch again" is indicated on
the touch panel.
Where there is no "*" in the malfunction code field, "Contact the Service Section" is indicated on
the operation panel.
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Estimated abnormal parts
Main body
tion
Commu-
Communication abnormality
Main body
nication
C-0001*
between printer control board
stops immedi-
PF drive board (PFDB)
abnor-
(PRCB) and PF drive board
ately and main
LU drive board (LUDB)
mality
(PFDB) or LU drive board
relay (RY1) is
(LUDB).
turned OFF.
C-0002*
Conveyance drive board
(PRCB) and conveyance drive
(CDB)
board (CDB).
C-0003*
(PRCB) and conveyance drive
(CDB)
board (CDB).
Paper
M41 abnormality detection sig-
feed
C-0101
nal was continuously detected
motor
for the specified time when the
abnor-
paper feed motor (M41) was
LU
mality
LU paper
ON.
C-0102
feed
motor
abnor-
paper feed motor (M1) was ON.
PF
mality
Paper
feed
C-0103
motor
abnor-
paper feed motor (M1) was ON.
mality
531
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Paper
After paper lift motor/1 (M38)
Main body
feed tray
C-0201
turns ON, upper limit sensor/1
stops immedi-
Paper lift motor/1 (M38)
abnor-
(PS30) is not turned ON within
ately and main
Upper limit sensor/1 (PS30)
mality
specified time.
relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-0202
specified time.
C-0203
LU
specified time.
LU paper
M100 lock signal detected when
lift motor
C-0204
the paper lift motor (M100) was
abnor-
ON.
mality
C-0205
When the upper limit sensor
(PS109) or lower limit sensor
(PS101) is ON, PS101 or PS109
is not turned ON within the
Lower limit sensor (PS101)
specified time after the paper lift

PF
motor (M100) is turned ON.

PF paper
C-0208
lift motor
abnor-
mality
specified time.
C-0209
Power line fuse for paper lift
motor/1 (M2) out.

C-0211
specified time.
C-0212
Power line fuse for paper lift
motor/2 (M3) out.

Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Paper
After the paper exit pressure
exit
C-0213
sensor (PS10) turns OFF, it is not
abnor-
turned ON within the specified
mality
time.
Paper exit pressure sensor

(PS10)
Fan
C-0301
abnor-
main body fan (M47)
mality

main body fan (M47) was ON.
532
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Fan
Any one of the M26, M27, M28
Main body
abnor-
C-0302
abnormality detection signal was
stops immedi-
Tucking fan/1 (M26)
mality
continuously detected for the
ately and main
Tucking fan/2 (M27)
specified time when the tucking
relay (RY1) is
Tucking fan/3 (M28)
fan/1 (M26), /2(M27) or /3 (M28)
turned OFF.
was ON.
C-0303
Either one of the M66 abnormal-
ity detection signal was continu-
(CDB)
ously detected for the specified
ADU fan/1 (M66)
time when the ADU fan/1 (M66)

was ON.
C-0304
While the paper exit fans/1, /2
and /3 (M61, M62 and M63) are
Paper exit fan/1 (M61)
turned ON, an error detection
signal of either M61, M62 or
M63 is detected for the specified

period of time in succession.
C-0305

deodorization fan (M36) was
LU
ON.
LU fan
C-0306
When the paper feed assist fan/
abnor-
Rr (M137) was ON, M137
Paper feed assist fan/Rr
mality
(M137)

specified time.
C-0307
Fr (FM1) was ON, FM1 abnor-
Paper feed assist fan/Fr
mality detection signal was con-
(FM1)
tinuously detected for the

PF
specified time.
PF fan
C-0308
abnor-
Fr11 (M136) was ON, FM1
Paper feed assist fan/Fr11
mality
(M136)

specified time.
C-0309
Fr12 (FM3) was ON, FM3 abnor-
(FM3)

specified time.
533
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
PF
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PF fan
C-0310
Main body
abnor-
Rr11 (FM2) was ON, FM2 abnor- stops immedi-
Paper feed assist fan/Rr11
mality
ately and main
(FM2)
relay (RY1) is
specified time.
turned OFF.
C-0311
Rr12 (FM4) was ON, FM4 abnor-
(FM4)

specified time.
C-0312
(FM5)

specified time.
C-0313
(FM7)

specified time.
C-0314
(FM6)

specified time.
C-0315
(FM8)

specified time.
C-0316
Either one of the FM11 or FM12
Dehumidifier fan/1 (FM11)
specified time when the dehumidifier fan/1 (FM11), /2 (FM12)

was ON.
C-0317
specified time when the dehumidifier fan/3 (FM13), /4 (FM14)

was ON.
534
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
PF
tion
PF fan
Main body
abnor-
C-0318
stops immedi-
mality
ately and main
specified time when the ventila-
relay (RY1) is
tion fan/1 (FM10), /2 (FM9) was
turned OFF.
LU
ON.
LU fan
FM3 abnormality detection sig-
abnor-
C-0320
mality

dehumidifier fan/1 (FM3) was
ON.
C-0321

dehumidifier fan/2 (FM4) was
Main body
LU
ON.
Fan
LU
C-0322
abnor-
(CDB)
mality
ADU fan /2 (M67)
ADU fan /2 (M67) was ON.

C-0401
24VDC is not supplied to LU.
power

DC power unit/1 (DCPS/1)
abnor-
mality
C-0402
12VDC is not supplied to LU.
PF
C-0403
24VDC is not supplied to PF.
PF

power
abnor-

C-0404
mality

C-0405

C-0406

AC drive board in PF (ACDB)
PF tem-
Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3)
perature
detected abnormality signal con-
Temperature sensor/3
sensor
tinuously for the specified time.
(TEMS/3)
(TEMS/4)
Fan heater/Up (HTR3) overheat
heater
abnormality.
abnor-
Fan heater/Up (HTR3)
mality
detected temperature abnormal-
ity signal continuously for the
(TEMS/3)
abnor-
C-0407
C-0408
mality
PF fan
C-0409
specified time.
535
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
PF
tion
PF fan
Fan heater/Lw (HTR4) overheat
Main body
heater
C-0410
abnormality.
stops immedi-
abnor-
ately and main
Fan heater /Lw (HTR4)
mality
relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
(TEMS/4)
specified time.
C-0411
Fan heater/Up (HTR3) low-tem-
perature abnormality.
Fan heater /Up (HTR3)
(TEMS/3)
specified time.
C-0412
Fan heater/Lw (HTR4) Low-tem-
perature abnormality.
Fan heater/Lw (HTR4)
Temperature sensor /4
(TEMS/4)
specified time.
C-0413
Fan heater/Up (HTR3) rising
temperature abnormality.
detected temperature does not
reach the specified temperature
(TEMS/3)

C-0414
Fan heater/Lw (HTR4) rising
temperature abnormality.
Fan heater/Lw (HTR4)
(TEMS/4)

LU
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
LU tem-
perature
C-0415
sensor
abnormality
LU dehu-
midifier
C-0416
overheat abnormality.
LUAC drive board (ACDB)
heater
Dehumidifier heater /3
abnor-
(HTR2)
mality
specified time.
536
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
LU
tion
LU dehu-
Dehumidifier heater /3 (HTR2)
Main body
midifier
C-0417
low-temperature abnormality.
stops immedi-
LUAC drive board (ACDB)
heater
ately and main
abnor-
relay (RY1) is
(HTR2)
mality
turned OFF.
specified time.
C-0418

rising temperature abnormality.
FS

FS
C-1005
Communication abnormality.
Main body and
abnor-
FS stop imme-
mality
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
FD
OFF.
FD
C-1006
Main body and
abnor-
FD stop imme-
mality
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
SD
OFF.
SD
C-1007
Main body and
abnor-
SD stop imme-
mality
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
RU
OFF.
RU
C-1008
Main body and
abnor-
RU stop imme-
mality
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
PB
OFF.
PB
C-1009
Main body and
abnor-
between Main CPU in the PB
PB stop imme-
Control program
mality
control board (PBCB) and Sub
diately and
C-1010
CPU1.
main relay
(RY1) is turned
between Main CPU in the PB
OFF.
Control program
control board (PBCB) and Sub

CPU2.
C-1011
Paper feed abnormality between
the main body and the PB.
Control program
537
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
FS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
FS-520/
Shift unit does not reach the shift
Main body and
607
C-1101
position or the home position
FS stop imme-
Shift roller Motor (M2)
abnor-
diately and
main relay
(PS18)
mality
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
FS-503
C-1102
The tray up down motor (M3)
abnor-
does not turn OFF after the
FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality
specified time has passed.
Or, the motor was rotating at a
speed out of the specified range
for over the permitted operating

time.
FS-520/
After the main tray up down
607
motor (M3) operation is started,
Main tray up down motor
abnor-
the main tray upper limit sensor
(M3)
mality
the specified time.
(PS2)
After the alignment motors/Rr
abnor-
(M5), /Fr (M22) home position
mality
search operation started, the
alignment home sensors/Rr
(PS8) and /Fr (PS31) are not
Alignment Home Sensor /Rr
(PS8)
time.
Alignment Home Sensor /Fr
FS-503
C-1103
(PS31)
FS-520/
After the alignment motor /Up
607
(M5) operation is started, the
abnor-
alignment home sensor /Up
Alignment home Sensor /Up
mality
(PS8) is not turned ON/OFF
(PS8)

FS-503
Main tray exit motor (M7) was
abnor-
C-1104
rotating at a speed out of the
mality
specified range for over the per-
Main tray exit motor (M7)
mitted operating time.

FS-520/
After the paper exit roller motor
607
abnor-
motor speed does not reach the
mality
prescribed speed within the

specified time.
FS-503
538
After the paper exit opening
abnor-
mality
the paper exit opening unit does
Paper exit opening motor
not reach the specified opening
(M8)
position within the specified
time.
(PS12)
C-1105
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
FS
tion
FS-520/
After the paper exit opening
Main body and
607
FS stop imme-
abnor-
the paper exit home sensor
diately and
(M8)
mality
main relay
Paper exit home sensor
(RY1) is turned
(PS12)
After stapler movement motor
OFF.
FS-503
C-1105
C-1106
abnor-
(M11) home position search
mality
operation started, the stapler
movement home sensor (PS11)
(M11)
are not turned ON within the
Stapler movement home
specified time.
sensor (PS11)
FS-520/
After the stapler movement
607
abnor-
the Stapler movement home
(M11)
mality
sensor (PS11) is not turned ON/
sensor (PS11)
After the stapler rotation motor
abnor-
(M4) home position search oper-
mality
ation started, the stapler rotation
home sensor (PS14) are not
(PS14)
FS-503
C-1107
time.
FS-607
After the clincher rotation motor
abnor-
mality
clincher rotation home sensor
Clincher rotation home sen-
sor (PS14)

FS-503
After the stapler rotation motor
abnor-
C-1108
(M4) home position search oper-
mality
ation started, the stapler rotation
home sensor (PS14) are not
(PS14)
time.
FS-607
After stapler rotation motor (M6)
abnor-
operation is started, the stapler
mality
rotation home sensor (PS13)
are not turned ON/OFF within
(PS13)
the specified time.

FS-503
After the stapler motor /Fr (M31)
abnor-
C-1109
mality
home sensor/Fr (PS41) is not
Stapler board (STB)
Stapler motor/Fr (M31)
time.

(PS41)
539
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
FS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
FS-520/
After the stapler motor /Fr (M14)
Main body and
607
FS stop imme-
abnor-
motor home sensor /Fr (PS31)
diately and
Stapler motor home sensor /
mality
main relay
Fr (PS31)
specified time.
(RY1) is turned
After the stapler motor/Rr (M30)
OFF.
FS-503
C-1109
C-1110
abnor-
operation is started, the opera-
mality
tion is not completed within the
Stapler board (STB)
specified time and the stapler
home sensor/Rr (PS40) is not
turned ON .
(PS40)
FS-520/
After the stapler motor /Rr (M9)
607
abnor-
motor home sensor /Rr (PS30)
Stapler motor home sensor /
mality
Rr (PS30)
specified time.
FS-607
After the clincher motor /Fr
abnor-
C-1111
mality
clincher motor home sensor /Fr
Clincher motor home sensor
/Fr (PS33)
the specified time.

C-1112
After the clincher motor /Rr
clincher motor home sensor /Rr
Clincher motor home sensor
/Rr (PS32)
the specified time.

After the rear stopper motor (M26)
abnor-
home position search operation
mality
started, the rear stopper home
sensor (PS35) are not turned ON
(PS35)
FS-607
After the saddle stitching stopper
abnor-
mality
the saddle stitching stopper home
motor (M18)
sensor (PS23) is not turned ON
home sensor (PS23)
After the alignment motor /Lw
alignment home sensor /Lw
Alignment home sensor /Lw
(PS24)
FS-503
C-1113
C-1114
the specified time.

C-1115
After the folding knife motor
Folding knife home sensor
(PS22)
the specified time.
540
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
PI
FS
tion
FS-607
After the folding transfer motor
Main body and
abnor-
FS stop imme-
Folding transfer motor (M20)
mality
diately and
main relay
specified time.
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
PI
C-1116
C-1124
After the tray lift motor /Lw
abnor-
mality
tray upper limit sensor /Lw
(PS209) or tray lower limit sensor
Tray upper limit sensor /Lw
/Lw (PS210) is not turned ON
(PS209)
Tray lower limit sensor /Lw

(PS210)
C-1125
After tray lift motor /Up (M201)
operation is started, the tray
upper limit sensor /Up (PS204)
or tray lower limit sensor /Up
Tray upper limit sensor /Up
(PS204)
the specified time.
Tray lower limit sensor /Up

(PS205)
C-1126
After the PI conveyance motor

PK
specified time.
PK
C-1127
After punch shift motor (M302)
abnor-
operation is started, the punch
Punch drive board (PDB)
mality
shift home sensor (PS303) is
not turned ON within the speci-
Punch shift home sensor
fied time.
(PS303)
After punch motor (M301) oper-
ation is started, the punch home
Punch drive boar (PDB)
sensor (PS301) is not turned
Punch motor (M301)
Punch home sensor
C-1132
(PS301)
541
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
FS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
FS-520/
After gate motor (M12) operation
Main body and
607
C-1137
is started, the Gate home sensor
FS stop imme-
Gate motor (M12)
abnor-
diately and
mality
the specified time.
main relay
After the paper exit roller motor
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
C-1138

operation is not completed
within the specified time and the
(PS9)
paper exit belt home sensor

(PS9) is not turned ON .
Or the motor was rotating at a
speed out of specified range for
over the permitted operating
time.
FS-503
C-1140
After the Paper exit arm motor
abnor-
mality
operation is not completed
within the specified time and the
paper exit arm home sensor
(PS9)
(PS9) is not turned ON .

Or the motor was rotating at a
speed out of specified range for
over the permitted operating
time.
C-1141
After the stacker entrance sen-
sor (PS5) operation is started,
paddle motor (M2) is not turned
Paddle motor (M2)

Or the stapler motor /Fr (M31), /
Rr (M30) operation is started,
M2 is not turned OFF within the
specified time.
C-1142
The Intermediate roller release
solenoid (SD7) operation is not
started after pressing start but-
Intermediate roller release
ton. After the alignment motors /
solenoid (SD7)
Fr (M22), /Rr (M5) are turned

OFF, SD7 is not turned OFF
Or after SD7 is turned OFF, it is
not s not turned ON within the
specified time.
542
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
LS
FS
tion
FS-520/
The FNS conveyance motor
Main body and
607
(M1) operation is not started
FS stop imme-
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
abnor-
after pressing start button. Or
diately and
Main body paper exit sensor
mality
the FNS conveyance motor (M1)
main relay
(PS37)
does not shift the speed for
each processing.
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
LS
C-1143
After stacker tray up down
Main body and
Stacker tray up down motor
abnor-
C-1201
motor (M1) turns ON, stacker
LS stop imme-
(M1)
mality
tray encoder sensor (PS2) is not
diately and
(first cou-
main relay
pling)
time. Otherwise the initial opera-
(RY1) is turned
tion or the stacker tray up/down
OFF.
operation is not complete within

the specified time.
C-1202
After shift unit motor (M5) turns
ON, shift unit home sensor
(PS11) is not turned OFF within

the specified time. Otherwise
PS11 is not turned ON within the
specified time.
C-1203
After alignment motor (M7) turns
ON, alignment plate home sen-
sor (PS12) is not turned OFF

within the specified time. Otherwise PS12 is not turned ON
C-1204
After the grip conveyance motor
(M4) turns ON, grip conveyance

C-1205
When the stacker tray up down
motor (M1) up is ON, stacker
(M1)
tray upper limit switch (MS2) is
Stacker tray upper limit
ON.
switch (MS2)
motor (M1) down is ON, stacker
(M1)
tray lower limit switch (MS3) is
Stacker tray lower limit
ON.
switch (MS3)
After stacker tray up down
abnor-
motor (M1) turns ON, stacker
(M1)
mality
tray encoder sensor (PS2) is not
(second
coupling)
time. Otherwise the initial opera-
C-1206
LS
C-1211
tion or the stacker tray up/down

the specified time.
543
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
LS
tion
LS
After shift unit motor (M5) turns
Main body and
abnor-
C-1212
ON, shift unit home sensor
LS stop imme-
mality
(PS11) is not turned OFF within
diately and
(second
the specified time. Otherwise
main relay
coupling)
PS11 is not turned ON within the
(RY1) is turned
specified time.
OFF.
C-1213
After alignment motor (M7) turns
ON, alignment plate home sen-
sor (PS12) is not turned OFF

within the specified time. Otherwise PS12 is not turned ON
C-1214
After the grip conveyance motor
(M4) turns ON, grip conveyance

C-1215
C-1216
motor (M1) up is ON, stacker
(M1)
tray upper limit switch (MS2) is
Stacker tray upper limit
ON.
switch (MS2)
motor (M1) down is ON, stacker
(M1)
tray lower limit switch (MS3) is
Stacker tray lower limit
ON.
FD
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
FD
C-1221
Main body and
1st folding release motor
abnor-
motor (M14) turns ON, 1st fold-
FD stop imme-
(M14)
mality
ing cam home sensor (PS55) is
diately and
Fold drive board (FDB)
main relay
fied time.
(RY1) is turned
(PS55)
After the 2nd folding release
OFF.
2nd folding release motor
C-1222
C-1223
544
switch (MS3)
After the 1st folding release
motor (M15) turns ON, 2nd fold-
(M15)
Fold drive board (FDB)
2nd folding cam home sen-
fied time.
sor (PS56)
After the 3rd folding releasie
3rd folding release motor
motor (M16) turns ON, 3rd fold-
(M16)
Folding drive board (FDB)
3rd folding cam home sen-
fied time.
sor (PS57)
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
FD
tion
FD
After two holes punch home
Main body and
Punch motor (M10)
abnor-
C-1224
position recovery operation
FD stop imme-
mality
started, 2 holes punch home
diately and
sensor (PS8) is not turned OFF
main relay
(PS8)
within the specified time. Other-
(RY1) is turned
wise, after punch motor (M10)
OFF.
turns ON, 2 holes punch home

sensor (PS8) is not turned OFF.
C-1225
After 3 holes/4 holes punch
Punch motor (M10)
home position recovery opera-
tion started, 3 holes/4 holes
3 holes/4 holes punch home
punch home sensor (PS9) is not
sensor (PS9)
turned OFF within the specified

time. Otherwise, after punch
motor (M10) turns ON, 3 holes/4
holes punch home sensor (PS9)
is not turned OFF.
C-1226
After the alignment home posi-
tion recovery operation started,
alignment plate home sensor
(PS10)
the specified time. Otherwise,

after alignment motor (M12)
turns ON, alignment plate home
C-1227
After the punch registration tab
home position recovery opera-
(M13)
tion started, punch registration
home sensor (PS11) is not
Punch registration home
sensor (PS11)
time. Otherwise, after punch

registration motor (M13) turns
ON, punch registration home
C-1228
After main tray home position
search started, main tray upper
limit sensor (PS20) is not turned
(PS20)
Otherwise, after tray up down

motor (M11) turns ON, main tray
upper limit sensor (PS20) is not
turned OFF.
C-1229
After the tray up down motor
(M11) was turned ON, main tray
lower limit sensor (PS22) is not
(PS22)
time.
545
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
FD
tion
FD
After lowering FD paper lift
Main body and
Paper lift motor/Up (M8)
abnor-
C-1230
motor/Up (M8) turns ON, PI lift
FD stop imme-
mality
plate home sensor/Up (PS34) is
diately and
PI lift plate home sensor/Up
main relay
(PS34)
fied time. Otherwise, after rising
(RY1) is turned
PI tray upper limit sensor/Up
paper lift motor/Up (M8) turns
OFF.
(PS32)
ON, PI tray upper limit sensor/

Up (PS32) is not turned ON
C-1231
After lowering FD paper lift
Paper lift motor/Lw (M9)
motor/Lw (M9) turns ON, PI lift
plate home sensor/Lw (PS40) is
PI lift plate home sensor/Lw
(PS40)
fied time. Otherwise, after rising
PI tray upper limit sensor/Lw
paper lift motor/Lw (M9) turns
(PS38)
ON, PI tray upper limit sensor/

Lw (PS38) is not turned ON
C-1232
M1 abnormality detection signal
was continuously detected for
(M1)
the specified time when the
entrance conveyance motor

(M1) was ON.
C-1233
motor (M3)
intermediate conveyance motor

(M3) was ON.
C-1234
PI Conveyance motor (M7)
the specified time when the PI

conveyance motor (M7) was
ON.
C-1235
(M17)
main tray paper exit motor (M17)

was ON.
SD
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD
C-1241
After budle exit drive motor (M5)
Main body and
abnor-
SD stops
mality
started, scraps press home sen-
immediately
(PS48)
sor (PS48) is not turned ON after
and main relay
specified time passed.
(RY1) is turned
SD drive board (SDDB)
OFF.
546
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
SD
tion
SD
After folding main scan align-
Main body and
Folding main scan alignment
abnor-
C-1242
ment motor/Fr (M7) home posi-
SD stops
motor/Fr
mality
tion search operation started,
immediately
(M7)
folding main scan alignment
and main relay
home sensor/Fr1 (PS18) is not
(RY1) is turned
home sensor
OFF.
/Fr1 (PS18)
time. Otherwise, operation not
complete after M7 operation
started and specified time has

passed.
C-1243
After folding sub scan alignment
Folding sub scan alignment
motor (M8) home position
exit motor (M8)
search operation started, fold-
ing exit home sensor (PS24) is
(PS24)
not turned ON after the specified
time has passed. Otherwise,
operation not complete after M8

speed down operation started
and specified time has passed.
C-1244
After saddle stitching alignment
Saddle stitching alignment
motor/Rt (M9) home position
motor/Rt (M9)
search operation started, sad-
dle stitching alignment home
home sensor/Rt (PS28)
sensor/Rt (PS28) is not turned
ON after specified time has
passed. Otherwise, operation

not complete after M9 operation
started and specified time has
passed.
C-1245
After bundle arm motor (M10)
started, bundle arm home sen-
(PS32)
the specified time has passed.
Otherwise, operation not complete after M10 operation started

C-1246
After bundle clip motor (M11)
Bundle clip upper limit sen-
started, bundle clip upper limit
sor (PS33)
after the specified time has
(PS30)
not complete after M11 opera-
tion started and specified time

has passed.
547
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
SD
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD
After bundle registration motor
Main body and
Bundle registration motor
abnor-
C-1247
SD stop imme-
(M12)
mality
operation started, bundle regis-
diately and
Bundle registration home
tration home sensor (PS34) is
main relay
sensor (PS34)
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
operation not complete after

M12 operation started and
C-1248
After overlap motor (M13) home
Overlap motor (M13)
position search operation
started, overlap home sensor
(PS17) is not turned ON after the
specified time has passed. Otherwise, operation not complete

after M13 operation started and
C-1249
After folding main scan align-
ment motor/Rr (M14) home
motor/Rr (M14)
position search operation
started, folding main scan align-
home sensor/Rr (PS19)
ment home sensor/Rr (PS19) is

C-1250
After the stapler movement
(M15)
stapler movement home sensor
sensor (PS25)
(PS25) is not turned ON after the
specified time has passed. Oth-
erwise, operation not complete

C-1251
After saddle stitching alignment
motor/Lt (M16) home position
motor/Lt (M16)
dle stitching alignment home
home sensor/Lt (PS29)
sensor/Lt (PS29) is not turned

not complete after M16 operation started and specified time
has passed.
548
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
SD
tion
SD
After the bundle press move-
Main body and
Bundle press movement
abnor-
C-1252
ment motor (M17) home position
SD stop imme-
motor (M17)
mality
diately and
Bundle press movement
bundle press movement home
main relay
home sensor (PS36)
(RY1) is turned
OFF.

not complete after M17 operation started and specified time
has passed.
C-1253
After 1st folding blade motor
1st folding blade motor
(M18)
operation started, 1st folding
1st folding blade home sen-
blade home sensor/2 (PS21) is
sor/1 (PS20), /2 (PS21)

PS20 is not turned ON.
C-1254
After 2nd folding blade motor
2nd folding blade motor
(M19)
operation started, 2nd folding
2nd folding blade home sen-
blade home sensor/2 (PS23) is
sor/2 (PS22), /2 (PS23)

PS22 is not turned ON.
C-1255
After the clincher up down motor
Clincher up down motor
(M20)
operation started, the clincher
Clincher up down home sen-
up down home sensor (PS26) is
sor (PS26)

549
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
SD
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD
After saddle stitching press
Main body and
Saddle stitching press motor
abnor-
C-1256
SD stop imme-
(M21)
mality
diately and
Saddle stitching press home
dle stitching press home sensor
main relay
sensor (PS27)
(PS27) is not turned ON after
(RY1) is turned
specified time has passed. Oth-
OFF.
erwise, operation not complete

C-1257
After the bundle arm rotation
Bundle arm rotation motor
(M22)
Bundle arm rotation home
bundle arm rotation home sen-
sensor (PS31)
Otherwise, operation not complete after M22 operation started

C-1258
After bundle press motor (M23)
Bundle press home sensor
started, bundle press home sen-
(PS37)
Bundle press lower limit sen-
sor (PS47)
Otherwise, operation not com-
plete after M23 operation started

C-1259
After the bundle press stage up
Bundle press stage up down
down motor (M24) home posi-
motor (M24)
tion search operation started,
the bundle stage up down home
home sensor (PS35)
upper limit sensor (PS45)
passed. Otherwise, after M24
operation started, PS35 or bun-
dle press stage up down upper

limit sensor (PS45) is not turned
ON after the specified time has
passed.
C-1260
After the guide shaft motor
operation started, the guide
(PS46)
shaft home sensor (PS46) is not
turned ON after the specified

550
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
SD
tion
SD
After stapler motor/Rt (M29)
Main body and
Stapler section/Rt
abnor-
C-1261
operation started, stapler home
SD stop imme-
mality
sensor/Rt (HS1) or clincher start
diately and
sensor/Rt (HS2) is not turned
main relay
(RY1) is turned
passed.
OFF.
C-1262
After stapler motor/Lt (M30)
Stapler section/Lt
operation started, stapler home
sensor/Lt (HS3) or clincher start
sensor/Lt (HS4) is not turned ON

after specified time has passed.
C-1263
C-1264
Operation not complete after
trimmer blade motor (M31) oper-
ation started and specified time
has passed. An error detection
(PS50)
signal is detected for a specified
Trimmer blade upper limit
period of time in succession
sensor (PS51)
while the trimmer paddle motor
(M33) is ON.
trimmer press motor (M32) oper-
ation started and specified time
(PS53)
has passed.
Trimmer press upper limit

sensor (PS52)
C-1265
bundle arm assist motor (M26)
(M26)
operation started and specified
Bundle arm assist home
time has passed.
sensor (PS38)
Bundle arm assist upper limit
sensor (PS39)
C-1266
C-1267
Rotation abnormality detected
continuously for the specified
(M1)
time during entrance convey-
ance motor (M1) operation.
motor (M2)
time during horizontal convey-
ance motor (M2) operation.
551
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
SD
tion
SD
Main body and
abnor-
C-1268
SD stop imme-
mality
time during folding entrance
diately and
motor (M3) operation.
main relay
(RY1) is turned
Folding conveyance motor
OFF.
(M4)
C-1269
C-1270
time during folding conveyance
motor (M4) operation.
time during bundle exit motor
(M5) operation.
C-1271
Folding sub scan alignment
exit motor (M8)
time during folding sub scan
alignment exit motor (M8) opera-
tion.
LS
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
LS
Main body and
Paper cooling fan motor/Fr
abnor-
C-1301
LS stop imme-
(FM1)
mality
diately and
(first cou-
paper cooling fan motor/Fr
main relay
(FM1) was ON.
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
pling)
C-1302
Paper cooling fan motor/1
(FM2)
paper cooling fan motor/1 (FM2)

was ON.
C-1303
Paper cooling fan motor/Mi
(FM3)
paper cooling fan motor/Mi

(FM3) was ON.
C-1304
Motor cooling fan motor
(FM4)
motor cooling fan motor (FM4)

was ON.
C-1305
Paper cooling fan motor/Rr
(FM5)
paper cooling fan motor/Rr

(FM5) was ON.
552
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
LS
tion
LS
Main body and
Paper cooling fan motor/Fr
abnor-
C-1306
LS stop imme-
(FM1)
mality
diately and
(second
paper cooling fan motor/Fr
main relay
(FM1) was ON.
(RY1) is turned
OFF
coupling)
C-1307
Paper cooling fan motor/1
(FM2)
paper cooling fan motor/1 (FM2)

was ON.
C-1308
Paper cooling fan motor/Mi
(FM3)
paper cooling fan motor/Mi

(FM3) was ON.
C-1309
(FM4)
motor cooling fan motor (FM4)

was ON.
C-1310
Paper cooling fan motor/Rr
(FM5)
paper cooling fan motor/Rr

SD
(FM5) was ON.

SD
C-1311
Main body and
Scrap removal fan motor
abnor-
SD stop imme-
(FM1)
mality
time during starting operation of
diately and
scrap removal fan motor (FM1),
main relay
even after restarting (retry) it will
(RY1) is turned
not detect correctly (starting it
OFF.
number of times specified will

still not detect correctly). Otherwise, rotation abnormality
detected during start up, even
after restarting (retry) it will not
detect correctly (starting it number of times after the abnormality detected will still not detect
RU
correctly).
RU
C-1321
Main body and
abnor-
RU stop imme-
Paper fan /1 (M2)
mality
diately and
paper fan/1 (M2) was ON.
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
553
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
RU
tion
RU
Main body and
abnor-
C-1322
RU stop imme-
Paper fan /2 (M3)
mality
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
Paper fan /3 (M4)
C-1323

C-1324
the specified time when the ventilation assist fan/1 (M6) was ON.
C-1325
the specified time when the ventilation assist fan/2 (M7) was ON.
PB
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB
C-1330
An error detection signal is
Main body and
abnor-
detected continuously for speci-
PB stop imme-
PB drive board (PBDB)
mality
fied time period while the cover
diately and
paper tray fan/1 (M71) is started
main relay
(M71)
or driving.
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
C-1331
fied time period while the cover
paper tray fan/2 (M72) is started
(M72)
or driving.
C-1332
fied time period while the ventila-
Exhaust fan /1 (M80)
tion fan/1 (M80), /2 (M81) is
started of driving.
C-1333
Abnormal rotation of the exhaust
fan/2 (M81) on start-up does not
recover by reboot.
Abnormal rotation of the exhaust
fan/2 (M81) during M81 is on

does not recover by reboot.
C-1334
Abnormal rotation of the pellet
cooler fan (M4) on start-up does
not recover by reboot.
Abnormal rotation of the pellet
Pellet supply cooling fan
cooler fan (M4) during M4 is on
motor (M4)
does not recover by reboot.
554
Classification
Code

Causes
Resulting opera-
FS-520/607
tion
FS
Main body and
abnor-
C-1402
Non-volatile memory error.
FS stop imme-
mality
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
FD
OFF.
FD
C-1403
Main body and
abnor-
FD stop imme-
mality
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
SD
OFF.
SD
C-1404
Main body and
abnor-
SD stop imme-
mality
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
RU
OFF.
RU
C-1405
Main body and
abnor-
RU stop imme-
mality
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
SD
OFF.
SD
C-1411
SD drive board (SDDB) 5V error.
Main body and
abnor-
SD stop imme-
mality
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
FS-520/607
OFF.
FS
C-1431
abnor-
FS received operation start from
Main body and
the main body when unready.
FS stop imme-
mality
Software bug.
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
FD
OFF.
FD
abnormality
C-1432
FD received operation start from
Main body and
FD stop imme-
Software bug.
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
555
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
SD
tion
SD
C-1433
abnor-
SD received operation start from
Main body and
SD stop imme-
mality
Software bug.
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
RU
OFF.
RU
C-1434
abnor-
RU received operation start from
Main body and
RU stop imme-
mality
Software bug.
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
PB
OFF.
PB
C-1406
abnor-
Non-volatile memory error in the
Main body and
PB control board (PBCB).
PB stop imme-
Control program
mality
diately to turn
C-1435
Message queue full or the con-
OFF the main
trol abnormality of Sub CPU1 in
relay (RL1).
Control program
the PB control board (PBCB).

C-1436
Message queue full or the con-
trol abnormality of Sub CPU2 in
Control program
the PB control board (PBCB).

C-1437
Message queue of the commu-
Control program
nication among tasks in the PB

is full.
C-1454
PB operation prohibition abnor-
Control program
mality.
PB received operation start signal from the main body when the
FD
PB is unready.
FD
C-1451
abnor-
Communication abnormality in
Main body and
the FD.
FD stop imme-
mality
Software bug.
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
SD
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD
abnormality
C-1452
Main body and
the SD.
SD stop immediately and

main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
556
Software bug.
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
RU
tion
RU
C-1453
abnor-
Main body and
the RU.
RU stop imme-
mality
Software bug.
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
PB
OFF.
PB
C-1501
After the main CPU in the PB
Main body and
abnor-
control board (PBCB) sends an
PB stop imme-
mality
entrance conveyance start sig-
diately and
nal to the sub CPU, a signal to
main relay
(M1)
notify the completion of the
(RY1) is turned
procvess is not returned to the
OFF.
main CPU within a specified time

period.
C-1502
detected continuously for a
specified time period while the
intermediate conveyance motor
motor (M2)
(M2) is driving.
C-1504
After the main CPU on the PB
control board (PBCB) sends a
SC entrance conveyance start
SC entrance conveyance
signal to the sub CPU, a signal
motor (M11)
to notify the completion of the

process is not returned to the
period.
C-1505
SC switchback conveyance start
SC switchback conveyance
motor (M12)

period.
C-1506
The switchback roller release
operation has not completed
within a specified time period
SC switchback release
after the SC switchback release
motor (M13)

C-1507
SC alignment start signal to the
sub CPU, a signal to notify the

completion of the process is not
returned to the main CPU within
a specified time period.
557
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
PB
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB
Main body and
abnor-
C-1508
PB stop imme-
mality
SC pages conveyance start sig-
diately and
SC bundle conveynace
nal to the sub CPU, a signal to
main relay
motor (M17)
notify the completion of the pro-
(RY1) is turned
cess is not returned to the main
OFF.
CPU within a specified time

period.
C-1509
The SC roller release operation
has not completed within a
specified time period after the

turns ON.
C-1510
The movement of the SC
entrance has not completed
Clamp entranse movement
after the clamp entrance move-
motor (M19)
ment motor (M19) turns ON.

C-1511
The SC entrance roller release
operation has not completed
Clamp entranse roller release
after the clamp entrance roller
motor (M20)
release motor (M20) turns ON

C-1512
C-1513
After clamp alignment motor
(M21) turns on, the alignment
Clamp alignment motor
the specified time.
(M21)
After clamp motor (M22) turns
on, the open/close process of
the clamp section is not com-
Clamp motor (M22)
plete within the specified time.

C-1514
The rotation of the clamp section
clamp rotation motor (M23)

turns ON.
C-1515
The movement of the glue tank
Glue tank movement motor
glue tank movement motor
(M31)
(M31) turns ON.

C-1516
glue apply roller motor (M32) is

driving.
558
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
PB
tion
PB
The count of a specified number
Main body and
abnor-
C-1517
of pellets, which is counted by
PB stop imme-
mality
the pellet count sensor (PS37),
diately and
has not been reached after the
main relay
pellet supply motor (M33) turns
(RY1) is turned
ON. The status was detected by
OFF.
a specified number of times in

succession.
C-1518
The movement of the pellet sup-
ply arm has not completed
pellet supply arm motor
after the pellet supply arm motor
(M34)
(M34) turns ON.

C-1519
SC alignment start signal to the
motor (M41)

C-1520
book ejection start signal to the

C-1521
driven arm/Rt shaking operation
start signal to the sub CPU, a
arm motor /Rt (M43)
signal to notify the completion of

the process is not returned to
the main CPU within a specified
time period.
C-1522
driven arm/Lt shaking operation
arm motor /Lt (M44)

time period.
559
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
PB
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB
Main body and
abnor-
C-1523
PB stop imme-
mality
cover paper conveyance start
diately and
main relay
motor (M45)
(RY1) is turned
OFF.

period.
C-1524
The cover paper table up or
down movement has not com-
pleted within a specified time
Cover paper table up down
period after the cover paper
motor /Fr (M46)
table up down motor/Fr (M46)

turns ON.
C-1525
The cover paper table up or
down movement has not com-
Cover paper table up down
motor /Rr (M47)
table up down motor/Rr (M47)

turns ON.
C-1526
The movement of the cover
paper folding plate/Rt has not
completed within a specified
Cover paper folding motor /
time period after the cover paper
Rt (M48)
folding motor/Rt (M48) turns

ON.
C-1527
The movement of the cover
paper folding plate/Lt has not
Cover paper folding motor /
Lt (M49)
folding motor/Lt (M49) turns ON.

C-1528
The trimming of the cover paper
Cutter motor (M50)
cutter motor (M50) turns ON.

C-1530
carriage belt driving operation
Book conveyance belt motor
(M61)

time period.
560
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
PB
tion
PB
The carriage section movement
Main body and
abnor-
C-1531
according to paper size has not
PB stop imme-
mality
completed after the book con-
diately and
veyance belt movement motor
main relay
(M62) turns ON.
(RY1) is turned
The up/down process of the
OFF.
C-1532
carriage section has not com-
Book conveyance belt up
down motor (M63)
conveyance belt up/down motor

(M63) turns ON.
C-1534
The pressing of the back edge of
the book process has not com-
period after the book stopper

C-1537
C-1538
The tray up movement has not
tray lift motor (M73) turns ON.
(M73)
cover paper feed motor (M74) is
(M74)
driving.
C-1540
After the warm-up is started,
**
temperature detected by the
glue tank temperature sensor /
Md (TH3) has not risen to a pre-
scribed level within a specified
time period.

Glue tank temperature sensor /Md (TH3)
C-1541
**
Lw (TH4) has not risen to a pre-
time period.

Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH4)
561
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
PB
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB
abnor-
C-1542
Main body and
**
PB stop imme-
glue apply roller temperature
diately and
sensor (TH1) has not risen to a
main relay
prescribed level within a speci-
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
mality
fied time period.

Glue apply roller temperature
sensor (TH1)
C-1543
**
After the pellet supply, tempera-
ture detected by the glue tank
temperature sensor/Up (TH2)
has not risen to a prescribed
level within a specified time
period.

Glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2)
C-1544
During standby, after the glue
**
tank heater (H1) is turned ON,
Md (TH3) has not risen to a pre-
time period.
562
C-1545
When control temperature is
**
reached, after the glue tank
heater (H1) is turned ON, tem-
perature detected by the glue
tank temperature sensor/Lw
(TH4) has not risen to a pre-
Glue tank temperature sen-
time period.
sor /Lw (TH4)
C-1546
When control temperature is
**
reached, after the glue tank
heater (H1) is turned ON, tem-
perature detected by the glue
apply roller temperature sensor
(TH1) has not risen to a pre-
time period.
sensor (TH1)
Classification
Code

Causes
Resulting opera-
PB
tion
PB
abnor-
C-1547
An abnormal high temperature is
Main body and
**
detected by the glue apply roller
PB stop imme-
temperature sensor (TH1).
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
mality

sensor (TH1)
C-1548
**
detected by the glue tank tem-
perature sensor /Up (TH2).

C-1549
**
perature sensor /Md (TH3).

C-1550
**
perature sensor /Lw (TH4).

C-1551
**
The glue apply roller temperature
sensor (TH1) high temperature
hardware detection.
temperature sensor (TH1).

sensor (TH1)
563
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code

Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
PB
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB
abnor-
C-1552
The glue tank temperature sen-
Main body and
**
sor /Up (TH2) high temperature
PB stop imme-
hardware detection.
diately and
mality
An abnormal high temperature is main relay

detected by the glue tank tem(RY1) is turned
perature sensor /Up (TH2).
OFF.

C-1553
**
sor /Md (TH3) high temperature
hardware detection.
perature sensor /Md (TH3).

C-1554
**
sor /Lw (TH4) high temperature
hardware detection.
perature sensor /Lw (TH4).

C-1555
An abnormal low temperature is
**
temperature sensor (TH1), after
completion of warm-up.

sensor (TH1)
C-1556
**
perature sensor /Up (TH2), after
reaching glue supply control
temperature.

564
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
PB
tion
PB
abnor-
C-1557
**
mality
Main body and
detected by the glue tank
PB stop imme-
temperature sensor /Md (TH3),
diately and
after the warming-up is com-
main relay
pleted.
(RY1) is turned
OFF.

C-1558
**
perature sensor /Lw (TH4), after
the warming-up is completed.

C-1559
**
sensor (TH1) low temperature
abnormality hardware detection.
TH1 detected low temperature
abnormality of the glue apply
roller abnormality detection sig-
nal after the warming-up is com-
pleted.
sensor (TH1)
Glue tank temperature sensor/
Up (TH2) low temperature abnor-
mality hardware detection.
abnormality of the glue tank
abnormality detection signal
after reaching the glue supply
C-1560
**
C-1561
**
control temperature.
sor /Up (TH2)
Glue tank temperature sensor/
Md (TH3) low temperature
pleted.
sor /Md (TH3)
565
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
PB
tion
PB
abnor-
C-1562
**
mality
Glue tank temperature sensor /
Main body and
Lw (TH4) low temperature
PB stop imme-
diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
pleted.
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Commu-
C-2001
sor /Lw (TH4)
Main body
nication
stops immedi-
Drum motor /Y (M14)
abnor-
(PRCB) and the drum motor/Y
ately and main
Drum motor /M (M15)
mality
(M14) or /M (M15).
relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-2002
Drum motor /C (M16)
(PRCB) and the drum motor/C
Drum motor /K (M17)
(M16) or /K (M17).
C-2003
(PRCB) and transfer belt motor

(M18).
C-2004
Drum motor /Y (M14)
(PRCB) and the drum motor/Y
Drum motor /M (M15)
(M14) or /M (M15).
C-2005
Drum motor /C (M16)
(PRCB) and the drum motor/C
Drum motor /K (M17)
(M16) or /K (M17).
C-2006
(PRCB) and transfer belt motor

(M18).
Develop-
C-2201
When the developing motor/Y
ing
(M20) was ON, M20 abnormality
motor
detection signal was continu-
abnor-
mality
time.
C-2202
When the developing motor/M
(M21) was ON, M201 abnormal-
ity detection signal was continuously detected for the specified

time.
566
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Develop-
When developing motor/C (M22)
Main body
ing
C-2203
was ON, M22 abnormality
stops immedi-
motor
ately and main
abnor-
relay (RY1) is
mality
time.
turned OFF.
C-2204
When the developing motor/K
detection signal was continuously detected for the specified

time.
Drum
C-2211
When the drum motor/Y (M14)
Main body
motor
stops immedi-
Drum motor /Y (M14)
abnor-
ately and main
mality
relay (RY1) is
time.
turned OFF.
C-2212
When the drum motor/M (M15)
Drum motor /M (M15)

time.
C-2213
When the drum motor/C (M16)
Drum motor /C (M16)

time.
C-2214
When drum motor /K (M17) was
ON, M17 abnormality detection
Drum motor /K (M17)
signal was continuously

detected for the specified time.
Transfer
C-2220
When the transfer belt motor
belt unit
abnor-
mality

time.
C-2221
When the 1st transfer HP sensor
(PS15) is ON, PS15 is not turned
1st transfer pressing/releas-
OFF within the specified time
ing motor (M19)
after the 1st transfer pressing/
releasing motor (M19) is turned
(PS15)
ON. When PS15 is OFF, PS15 is

not turned ON within the specified time after M19 is turned ON.
567
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Toner
When either of the toner supply
Main body
supply
C-2222
motor/Y, /M, /C, /K (M49, M50,
stops immedi-
Toner supply drive board
abnor-
M51, or M52), toner bottle motor
ately and main
(TSDB)
mality
(M53), or toner bottle clutch /Y, /
relay (RY1) is
Toner supply motor/Y (M49)
M, /C, /K (MC14, MC15, MC16,
turned OFF.
Toner supply motor/M (M50)
or MC17) was ON, either abnor-
Toner supply motor/C (M51)
Toner supply motor/K (M52)
specified time.
Toner bottle clutch/Y (MC14)

Toner bottle clutch/M (MC15)
Toner bottle clutch/C (MC16)
Toner bottle clutch/K (MC17)
Fan
C-2301
When charge intake fan (M48)
abnor-
mality
(TSDB)
Charge intake fan (M48)
time.
C-2302
Either one of the M12 or M13
Drum fan/1 (M12)
Drum fan/2 (M13)
specified time when the drum

fan/1 (M12), /2 (M13) was ON.
C-2303
When the transfer belt fan (M11)

time.
C-2304
While the developing fans/1, /2
and /3 (M45, M46 and M64) are
Developing fan/1 (M45)
turned ON, an error detection
signal of either M45, M46 or
M64 is detected for the specified

period of time in succession.
Eraser
C-2401
lamp
abnor-
C-2402
mality
C-2403
C-2404
568
Erase lamp/Y (EL/Y) set cannot
be detected.
Erase lamp/Y (EL/Y)
Erase lamp/M (EL/M) set cannot
be detected.
Erase lamp/M (EL/M)
Erase lamp/C (EL/C) set cannot
be detected.
Erase lamp/C (EL/C)
Erase lamp/K (EL/K) set cannot
be detected.
Erase lamp/K (EL/K)
Classification
Code

Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
TCR
C-2411
sensor
abnor-
C-2412
mality
C-2413
TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y) output
Main body
cannot be controlled.
stops immedi-
TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M) output
ately and main
relay (RY1) is
TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C) output
turned OFF.
TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K) output
TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
After the developing motor/Y
ing drive
(M20) is ON, or TCR sensor/Y
Developing motor/Y (M20)
abnor-
(TCRS/Y) initial adjustment
mality
started, TCRS/Y detected lower
C-2414
Develop-
C-2421
than the specified value after the

C-2422
After the developing motor/M
(M21) is ON, or TCR sensor/M
Developing motor/M (M21)
(TCRS/M) initial adjustment
started, TCRS/Y detected lower

C-2423
After the developing motor/C
(M22) is ON, or TCR sensor/C
Developing motor/C (M22)
(TCRS/C) initial adjustment
started, TCRS/C detected lower

C-2424
After the developing motor/K
(M23) is ON, or TCR sensor/K
Developing motor/K (M23)
(TCRS/K) initial adjustment
started, TCRS/K detected lower

569
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
TCR
On initial adjustment of the TCR
Main body
sensor
sensor/Y, when the control volt-
stops immedi-
initial
age was minimal, TCRS/Y
ately and main
adjust-
detected over specified value.
relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
ment
C-2431
C-2432
abnor-
sensor/M, when the control volt-
mality
age was minimal, TCRS/M
(low den-
sity)
C-2433
sensor/C, when the control volt-
age was minimal, TCRS/C

C-2434
sensor/K, when the control volt-
age was minimal, TCRS/K

TCR
sensor
C-2441
sensor/Y, when the control volt-
initial
age was maximum, TCRS/Y
adjust-
detected under the specified
ment
abnor-
value.
C-2442
mality
sensor/M, when the control volt-
(high
age was maximum, TCRS/M
density)

C-2443
sensor/C, when the control volt-
age was maximum, TCRS/C

C-2444
sensor/K, when the control volt-
age was maximum, TCRS/K

Toner
When the developing motor/Y
low den-
C-2451
(M20) is ON, the maximum
sity
detection value of TCR sensor/Y
abnor-
(TCRS/Y) is the specified value
mality
and the difference between the

maximum detection value and
the minimum detection value is
over the specified value.
570
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Toner
When the developing motor/M
Main body
low den-
C-2452
stops immedi-
sity
detection value of TCR sensor/
ately and main
abnor-
M (TCRS/M) is the specified
relay (RY1) is
mality
value and the difference
turned OFF.
between the maximum detection value and the minimum

detection value is over the specified value.
C-2453
When the developing motor/C
detection value of TCR sensor/C
(TCRS/C) is the specified value

C-2454
When the developing motor/K
detection value of TCR sensor/K
(TCRS/K) is the specified value

Charg-
C-2461
Charging coronas is not con-
ing
nected. Otherwise, drum poten-
High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
corona
tial sensor/Y (DPRS/Y) detection
Drum potential sensor
connec-
value does not reach the speci-
board/Y (DRPSB/Y)
tion
fied value.
Drum potential sensor/Y
abnor-
(DRPS/Y)
mality
Drum
potential
abnormality
C-2462
Charging coronas/M is not con-
tial sensor/M (DPRS/M)
detection value does not reach
board/M (DRPSB/M)
the specified value.
Drum potential sensor/M

(DRPS/M)
571
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Charg-
Charging coronas/C is not con-
Main body
ing
C-2463
stops immedi-
corona
tial sensor/C (DPRS/C) detection
ately and main
connec-
relay (RY1) is
board/C (DRPSB/C)
tion
fied value.
turned OFF.
Drum potential sensor/C
abnormality
(DRPS/C)
C-2464
Charging coronas/K is not con-
Drum
potential
tial sensor/K (DPRS/K) detection
abnor-
board/K (DRPSB/K)
mality
fied value.
Drum potential sensor/K

(DRPS/K)
Process
C-2470
Process unit is not connected.
unit con-

Process unit
nection
abnormality
High
When the charging coronas/Y
pressure
C-2701
was ON, charging coronas/Y
Charging coronas/Y
unit/1
abnor-
mality
High
specified time.
C-2702
When the charging coronas/M
pressure
was ON, charging coronas/M
Charging coronas/M
unit/1
abnor-
mality
specified time.
C-2703
When the charging coronas/C
was ON, charging coronas/C
Charging coronas/C

specified time.
C-2704
When the charging coronas/K
was ON, charging coronas/K
Charging coronas/K

specified time.
High
572
C-2711
When the primary transfer/Y was
pressure
ON, primary transfer/Y abnor-
First transfer roller/Y
unit/2
abnor-
mality
specified time.
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
High
When the primary transfer/M
Main body
pressure
C-2712
was ON, primary transfer/M
stops immedi-
unit/2
ately and main
abnor-
relay (RY1) is
mality
specified time.
turned OFF.
C-2713
When the primary transfer/C
was ON, primary transfer/C

specified time.
C-2714
When the primary transfer/K
was ON, primary transfer/K
First transfer roller/K

specified time.
C-2720
When the second transfer was
ON, second transfer abnormality
Second transfer roller

time.
C-2721
When the separation pole was
High voltage unit /2 (HV/2)
ON, separation abnormality
Separation pole

time.
Gamma
C-2801
Gamma correction /Y aborted.
correc-
Patch output voltage is low.
Developing unit /Y
tion
(Error 1)
PGC sensor (PS11)
Gamma correction /M aborted.
Developing unit /M
(Error 1)
PGC sensor (PS11)
Gamma correction /C aborted.
Developing unit /C
(Error 1)
PGC sensor (PS11)
abnormality
C-2802
C-2803
C-2804
Gamma correction /K aborted.

Developing unit /K
PGC sensor (PS11)
Drum
C-2811
In charging potential control,
surface
drum surface potential /Y was
Drum potential sensor board
potential
out of specification.
/Y (DRPSB/Y)
abnor-
Drum potential sensor /Y
mality
(DRPS/Y)
573
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code

Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Drum
Main body
surface
C-2812
drum surface potential/M was
stops immedi-
potential
ately and main
/M (DRPSB/M)
abnor-
relay (RY1) is
Drum potential sensor /M
mality
turned OFF.
(DRPS/M)
C-2813
drum surface potential/C was
/C (DRPSB/C)
Drum potential sensor /C
(DRPS/C)
C-2814
drum surface potential/K was
/K (DRPSB/K)
Drum potential sensor /K
(DRPS/K)
Charg-
C-2821
ing
Charging potential correction
Vh/Y aborted.
potential
/Y (DRPSB/Y)
correc-
tion
(DRPS/Y)
abnormality
C-2822
Vh/M aborted.

/M (DRPSB/M)
(DRPS/M)
C-2823
Vh/C aborted.

/C (DRPSB/C)
(DRPS/C)
C-2824
Vh/K aborted.

/K (DRPSB/K)
(DRPS/K)
C-2831
Vm/Y aborted.

board/Y (DRPSB/Y)
Drum potential sensor/Y
(DRPS/Y)
574
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Charg-
C-2832
Main body
Vm/M aborted.
stops immedi-
potential
ately and main
board/M (DRPSB/M)
correc-
relay (RY1) is
Drum potential sensor/M
tion
turned OFF.
(DRPS/M)
ing
abnor-
C-2833
mality
Vm/C aborted.

board/C (DRPSB/C)
Drum potential sensor/C
(DRPS/C)
C-2834
Vm/K aborted.

board/K (DRPSB/K)
Drum potential sensor/K
(DRPS/K)
Gamma
C-2840
correction
C-2841
abnormality
C-2851
C-2852
C-2853
C-2861
C-2862
C-2863
C-2871
C-2872
C-2873
PGC sensor correction failure
during Maximum density control.
PGC sensor (PS11)
PGC sensor correction failure
during Gamma control.
PGC sensor (PS11)
Gamma correction/Y aborted.
Patch output voltage is high.
Developing unit/Y
(Error 2)
PGC sensor (PS11)
Gamma correction/M aborted.
Developing unit/M
(Error 2)
PGC sensor (PS11)
Gamma correction/C aborted.
Developing unit/C
(Error 2)
PGC sensor (PS11)
Developing unit/Y
(Error 3)
PGC sensor (PS11)
Developing unit/M
(Error 3)
PGC sensor (PS11)
Developing unit/C
(Error 3)
PGC sensor (PS11)
Developing unit/Y
(Error 4)
PGC sensor (PS11)
Developing unit/M
(Error 4)
PGC sensor (PS11)
Developing unit/C
(Error 4)
PGC sensor (PS11)
575
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Motor
When the fusing motor (M29)
Main body
abnor-
C-3101
stops immedi-
(CDB)
mality
ately and main
Fusing motor (M29)
relay (RY1) is
time.
turned OFF.
C-3102
When the fusing release home
sensor (PS16) is ON, PS16 is
(CDB)
not turned OFF within the speci-
Fusing motor (M29)
fied time after the fusing motor
Fusing release home sensor
(M29) is turned ON. When PS16
(PS16)
is OFF, PS16 is not turned ON

within the specified time after
M29 is turned ON.
C-3103
After the 2nd transfer pressure/
release motor (M34) is turned
(CDB)
ON, it is not turned OFF within
2nd transfer pressure/
the specified time.
release motor (M34)
abnor-
mality
Fan
C-3301
fusing ventilation fan (M37) was

ON.
C-3302
When the fusing belt ventilation
fan (M10) was ON, M10 abnor-
(M10)

specified time.
C-3303
When the fusing fan/Lw (M65)
(CDB)
Fusing fan/Lw (M65)

time.
576
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Fusing
Fusing high temperature abnor-
Main body
high
C-3501
mality.
stops immedi-
tempera-
ately and main
Fusing heater lamp1/ (L2)
ture
was continuously detected at
relay (RY1) is
abnor-
over 250 C for the specified
turned OFF.
mality
time.
mality.
(TEMS/1)
(TEMS/2)
time.
(TEMS/3)
C-3502
C-3503
mality.
(TEMS/4)

C-3504
time.
C39** (Fusing tempera-
ture related abnormal-
mality.
time.
C-3505
WARNING
When C35**, C38** or
Fusing high temperature abnormality.

ity) occurs, be sure to

repair a defective part
before setting the service
mode
software
DipSW3-1 to 0.
If the software DipSW
3-1 is set to 0 without
repairing
defective
part, this may cause a

fire.
time.
C-3506

time.
C-3507
Fusing roller paper winding

abnormality.
detected temperature was more
than 25 C higher than the
detected temperature of temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1).
577
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Fusing
Fusing roller paper winding
Main body
high
C-3508
abnormality.
stops immedi-
tempera-
J31-02 occurred four continu-
ately and main
ture
ous times.
relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
abnormality

Fusing low temperature abnor-
low tem-
mality.
(TEMS/1)
perature
abnor-
(TEMS/2)
mality
under 150 C for the specified
time.
(TEMS/3)
Fusing
C-3801
C-3802
mality.
(TEMS/4)

C-3803
time.
C39** (Fusing tempera-
ture related abnormal-
mality.
time.
C-3804
Fusing low temperature abnormality.

time.
C-3805
Fusing low temperature abnormality.

time.
C-3806

time.
578
WARNING
ity) occurs, be sure to

mode
software
DipSW3-1 to 0.
repairing
defective

fire.
Classification
Code

Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Fusing
Fusing high temperature hard-
Main body
sensor
C-3901
ware detection abnormality
stops immedi-
abnor-
ately and main
mality
relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-3902
C-3903
ware detection abnormality.
(TEMS/1)
(TEMS/2)

(TEMS/3)
(TEMS/4)

C-3904
Fusing high temperature hardware detection abnormality.

detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.
C-3905
Fusing low temperature hardware detection abnormality.

C-3906

WARNING
C39** (Fusing temperature related abnormality) occurs, be sure to
mode
software
DipSW3-1 to 0.
repairing
defective

fire.

C-3907

C-3908

579
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Fusing
Main body
sensor
C-3909
stops immedi-
abnor-
ately and main
mality
detected abnormality signal con- relay (RY1) is
C-3910
C-3911
turned OFF.
Fusing low temperature hard-
(TEMS/1)
(TEMS/2)
After the sub power switch
(SW2) is turned ON, temperature

sensor/1 (TEMS/1) detection
temperature does not reach 100
(TEMS/3)
(TEMS/4)
C within the specified time.

C-3912

sensor/3 (TH3) detection temperatures does not reach 100 C
C-3913
Fusing unit has not been set.
C-3914

C-3915
WARNING
C39** (Fusing temperature related abnormality) occurs, be sure to
mode
software
DipSW3-1 to 0.
repairing
defective
fire.

C-3916

sensor/4 (TEMS/4) detection
temperatures does not reach
100 C within the specified time.
Polygon
C-4101
When the polygon motor/Y (M3)
motor
is started or when the speed is
Polygon motor/Y (M3)
abnor-
switched, M3 lock signal is not
mality
detected within the specified

time.
C-4102
When the polygon motor/M (M4)
Polygon motor/M (M4)

time.
580
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Polygon
When the polygon motor/C (M5)
Main body
motor
C-4103
stops immedi-
Polygon motor/C (M5)
abnor-
ately and main
mality
relay (RY1) is
time.
turned OFF.
C-4104
When the polygon motor/K (M6)
Polygon motor/K (M6)

time.
C-4111
C-4112
Abnormal temperature of poly-
gon motor/Y (M3) was detected.
Polygon motor/Y (M3)
gon motor/M (M4) was
Polygon motor/M (M4)
detected.
C-4113
C-4114
C-4120
gon motor/C (M5) was detected.
Polygon motor/C (M5)
gon motor/K (M6) was detected.
Polygon motor/K (M6)
(TEMSB) detected temperature
abnormality inside the writing
(TEMSB)
unit/K.
Fan
While the writing intake fans/1, /
abnor-
C-4301
2, (M43, M44), developing fans/
Writing intake fan/1 (M43)
mality
1, /2 and /3 (M45, M46 and
Writing intake fan/2 (M44)
M64) are turned ON, an error
detection signal of either M43,
M44, M45, M46 or M64 is
detected for the specified period

of time in succession.
Color
C-4501
When laser correction motor/Y
registra-
(M7) was ON, laser correction
Laser correction motor/Y
tion
sensor/Y (PS5) was turned OFF.
(M7)
abnor-
Laser correction sensor/Y
mality
(PS5)
C-4502
When laser correction motor/M
Laser correction motor/M
sensor/M (PS6) was turned OFF.
(M8)
Laser correction sensor/M
(PS6)
C-4503
When laser correction motor/C
Laser correction motor/C
sensor/C (PS7) was turned OFF.
(M9)
Laser correction sensor/C
(PS7)
581
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Color
When laser correction motor/K
Main body
registra-
C-4504
stops immedi-
Laser correction motor/K
tion
sensor/K (PS59) was turned
ately and main
(M58)
abnor-
OFF.
relay (RY1) is
Laser correction sensor/K
turned OFF.
(PS59)
mality
C-4511
After the laser correction motor/
Y (M7) is turned ON, it is not
Laser correction motor/Y
(M7)
time. Or, laser correction sensor/
Laser correction sensor/Y
Y (PS5) installing position is
(PS5)
abnormal.
C-4512
C-4513
C-4514
Laser correction motor/M (M8) is
Laser correction motor/M
fied time after it is turned ON. Or,
(M8)
laser correction sensor/M (PS6)
Laser correction sensor/M
installing position is abnormal.
(PS6)
Laser correction motor/C (M9) is
Laser correction motor/C
fied time after it is turned ON. Or,
(M9)
laser correction sensor/C (PS7)
Laser correction sensor/C
installing position is abnormal.
(PS7)
After the laser correction motor/
K (M58) is turned ON, it is not
Laser correction motor/K
(M58)
time. Or, laser correction sensor/
Laser correction sensor/K
K (PS59) installing position is
(PS59)
abnormal.
C-4520
Color registration correction
aborted.
Color registration sensor/Fr

(PS8)
Color registration sensor/Rr
(PS9)
C-4521
Color registration base line cor-
rection/Fr aborted.
Color registration sensor/Fr

(PS8)
C-4522
Color registration base line cor-
rection/Rr aborted.
Color registration sensor/Rr

(PS9)
Image
Address abnormality of FIFO for
process-
printer. Expansion of scanned
Image processing board
ing
image data is not correctly com-
(IPB)
abnor-
pleted.
I/F board (IFB)
mality
C-4701*

(IMCB)
582
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Image
C-4702*
FIFO interrupt error of compres-
Main body
sion/expansion chip occurred.
stops immedi-
(IPB)
ing
ately and main
I/F board (IFB)
abnor-
relay (RY1) is
mality
turned OFF.
(IMCB)
process-
C-4703*
Image data expansion abnor-
mality
(IPB)
I/F board (IFB)
(IMCB)
C-4705*
When scanning an image,
expansion process from mem-
ory to printer is not completed
(IPB)
within the specified time. Output
I/F board (IFB)
from page memory to printer is
not completed within the speci-
(IMCB)
fied time. PVV is not detected
Write unit/Y
Write unit/M
Write unit/C
Write unit/K
C-4706*
access to expansion device or
(IPB)
some other improper process
I/F board (IFB)
took place even though there
was no resource.
(IMCB)
Program of overall control
board (OACB)
C-4708*
When accessing the memory

device, software fault was
detected.
C-4709*
Expansion process from mem-
ory to page memory is not com-
(IPB)
pleted within the specified time.
I/F board (IFB)
Compression process from page
memory to memory is not com-
(IMCB)
pleted within the specified time.
Evolution from memory to page
board (OACB)
memory is not completed within

the specified time. Compressed
data transfer from memory to
memory is not completed within
the specified time.
583
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Image
C-4711*
Software failure.
Main body
process-
C-4712*
CCD board was replaced but
stops immedi-
(IPB)
ing
IROM version is not compliant.
ately and main
IROM program
abnor-
CCD board (CCDB) bunch or
relay (RY1) is
CCD board (CCDB)
mality
connector is damaged.
turned OFF.
Connection cable between

IPB and CCDB
C-4713*
Page memory cannot be
secured for printing.
(IPB)
I/F board (IFB)
(IMCB)
NVRAM board (NRB)
C-4714*
Index sensor output does not
C-4715*
change by the execution of
C-4716*
APC. Index sensor cannot
(IPB)
detect the laser because the
I/F board (IFB)
polygon mirror does not rotate,
or because of the index sensor
(IMCB)
out of position or defective index
Write unit/Y
sensor.
Write unit/M
C-4717*
Write unit/C
Write unit/K
C-4718*
APC failure.
C-4719*
Laser does not light up because
(IPB)
C-4720*
12VDC power to drive the beam
Write unit/Y
is not supplied, MPC is not cor-
Write unit/M
rect, or because of fault laser.
Write unit/C
C-4721*
Write unit/K
C-4722*
Connection abnormality
C-4723*
between index board/Y, /M, /C, /
(IPB)
C-4724*
K (INDEXB/Y, /M, /C, /K) or the
Write unit/Y
laser drive board/Y, /M, /C, /K
Write unit/M
(LASDB/Y, /M, /C, /K) and the
Write unit/C
image process board (IPB).
Write unit/K
Engine continued operation
Printer control program
C-4725*
C-4840
without preparing image or process patch for the specified

time.
C-4850
Overall control software
accessed an invalid address.

Commu-
584
C-5001
12VDC abnormality.
nication
Abnormality signal was continu-
abnor-
mality
time.
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Commu-
24VDC abnormality.
Main body
nication
C-5002
Abnormality signal was continu-
stops immedi-
abnor-
ately and main
mality
time after the specified time from
relay (RY1) is
REN/2 ON.
turned OFF.
C-5003
Conveyance drive board (CDB)
24VDC abnormality.
Abnormality signal of 24VDC for
(CDB)
CVD was detected.

C-5004
Laser correction motor 5VDC
abnormality.
Abnormal 5VDC for laser correction motor/Y, /M, /C, /K (M7,
M8, M9 and M58) was detected.
C-5005
12VDC abnormality.

(CDB)
C-5010
Line status error and check sum
error was detected between the
(IPB)
overall control board (OACB)
I/F board (IFB)
and image processing board
(IPB) and demand for re-trans-
(IMCB)
mission was sent but recovery
could not be attained.

Re-transmission was demanded
and answered but recovery
could not be attained. Space is
not obtained in the transmission
ring buffer within the specified
time.
C-5011
Communication with the coin
vendor cannot be performed.
Coin vendor/1
abnor-
DCPS fan (M42)
mality
Fan
C-5301
DCPS fan (M42) was ON.

C-5302
When the IPB fan/1 (M24) was
IPB fan/1 (M24)

C-5303
When the IPB fan/2 (M25) was
IPB fan/2 (M25)

585
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Scanner
At the home position search,
Main body
Scanner drive board (SCDB)
abnor-
C-6101
scanner HP sensor (PS1) is not
stops immedi-
Scanner motor (M1)
mality
ately and main
Scanner HP sensor (PS1)
time after the scanner motor
relay (RY1) is
(M1) is turned ON.
turned OFF.
C-6102*
When the optical scanning
returns, scanner HP sensor
Scanner motor (M1)
specified time after the scanner

motor (M1) is turned ON.
Fan
C-6301*
abnor-
Scanner fan (M2)
mality

scanner fan (M2) was ON.
Image
C-6701*
When processing the image, fil-
process-
ter coefficient cannot be properly
(IPB)
ing
prepared.
I/F board (IFB)

(IMCB)
C-6702*
C-6703*
Address abnormality of FIFO for
scanner. When scanning an
(IPB)
image, compression of scanned
I/F board (IFB)
image data is not correctly com-
pleted.
(IMCB)
After negation of SVV, compres-
sion of scanned image and evo-
(IPB)
lution to page memory are not
I/F board (IFB)
completed.

(IMCB)
C-6704*
When scanning an image, com-
pression process from scanner
(IPB)
to memory is not completed
I/F board (IFB)
within the specified time. Evolu-
tion from scanner to page mem-
(IMCB)
ory is not completed within the
specified time. SVV is not

time.
C-6705*
586
access to compression device
(IPB)
or some other improper process
I/F board (IFB)
took place even though there
was no resource.
(IMCB)
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Image
When scanning an image, scan-
Main body
process-
C-6706*
ning the next page cannot be
stops immedi-
(IPB)
ing
started due to SVV not turning
ately and main
I/F board (IFB)
relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
(IMCB)
C-6707*
Shading correction abnormality
(GA abnormality)
(IPB)
AOC/AGC adjustment abnor-
mality
(IPB)
I/F board (IFB)

C-6708*
Blocking
cover and
lens
I/F board (IFB)
cover of scanner section are
out of place.
(IMCB)
CCD board (CCDB) connector is disconnected.

CCDB power cable is disconnected.

Inverter board/1 (INVB1)
CCDB IC protector is broken.

Quantity of light of exposure
lamp (L1) is excess.
L1 does not light up.
C-6709
There is no correction data
which has been reserved by res-
(IPB)
olution.
I/F board (IFB)

(IMCB)
board (OACB)
C-6710
Density gamma curve can not
be prepared properly.
(IPB)
I/F board (IFB)
(IMCB)
board (OACB)
C-6711*
C-6712*
Starting error of calibration of the
mage processing board (IPB)
pulse-length modulation IC.
I/F board (IFB)
End error of calibration of the
pulse-length modulation IC.
(IMCB)
Even though MPC was not fin-
ished, execution of APC initial
(IPB)

C-6713*
sampling was attempted.
587
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Image
Execution of MPC was
Main body
process-
C-6714*
attempted during execution of
stops immedi-
(IPB)
ing
APC.
ately and main

relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-6715*
Execution of sub scan beam

correction was attempted before
completion of APC or MPC.
C-6716*
Execution of sub scan beam

pitch correction was attempted,
when clock for writing was in
abnormal state due to incomplete AD9561 initialization.
C-6717*
Continuous page imaging range

abnormality. Image cannot be
evolved on memory due to
abnormal image range on memory.
C-6718
Within the specified numbers of

adjustments, the sub scan beam
pitch does not fit the specified
value.
C-6719
C-6720
The scan operation was started
before the tilt adjustment was
complete.
(IPB)
The scan operation was started
I/F board (IFB)
before the centering adjustment
was complete.
C-6721
Since the quantity of light of
CCD board (CCDB)
exposure lamp (L1) decreased,
AGC was retried. Though no
(IPB)
error occurred.
I/F board (IFB)

(IMCB)
C-6722
PWM gamma curve was not
properly prepared.

(IPB)
588
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Image
Connection abnormality
Main body
process-
C-6723*
between CCD board (CCDB)
stops immedi-
(IPB)
ing
and image processing board
ately and main
CCD board (CCDB)
(IPB).
relay (RY1) is
CCD wiring harness
turned OFF.
C-6724*
Failed to check the connection
of scanning boards, when
(IPB)
turned ON the sub power switch
I/F board (IFB)
(SW2).

(IMCB)
C-6725*
Parameter settings could not be
attained during scan prepara-
(IPB)
tion.
I/F board (IFB)

(IMCB)
Commu-
C-6801*
nication
(SW2) is turned ON, communi-
abnor-
cation between the printer con-
Operation board/1 (OB/1)
mality
trol board (PRCB), overall control

board (OACB), and operation
RU
board/1 (OB/1) is not started.

Commu-
C-7001*
Main body and
nication
Communication error.
RU stop imme-
abnor-
diately and
mality
main relay
(RY1) is turned
DF
OFF.
DF
C-8001*
Communication error.
abnormality
C-8101
Paper feed motor (M301) error.
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-8102
Conveyance motor (M302) error.
C-8103
(M303) error.
(M303)
C-8401
C-8402
error.
Timing sensor (PS302) error.

C-8403
Reverse sensor (PS305) error.

589
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
DF
tion
DF
C-8404
Paper exit sensor (PS306) error.
abnormality
C-8405
Size VR (VR301) error.
C-8406
C-8407
When the sub power switch
Main body
stops immedi-
ately and main
relay (RY1) is
Size VR (VR301)
turned OFF.

(SW2) was ON, unwritten control

program of DF control board
(DFCB) was detected.
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Commu-
C-C101*
nication
(SW2) is ON, no response is
I/F board (IFB)
abnor-
received from the printer control
mality
board (PRCB) within the speci-
(IMCB)
fied time.
C-C102*
communication abnormality.
C-C103*
Operation panel communication
Operation board/1 (OB/1)
abnormality.
ISW
Printer control program
abnor-
C-C104
(SW2) was ON, unwritten range
VIF control program
mality
of ISW was detected in the

printer control program or the
VIF control program.
C-C106
C-C107
In the data transfer by ISW, reg-
Printer cable
ular header information cannot
UBS cable
be received within the specified
PC parallel port
time.
PC USB port
In the data transfer by ISW,
Printer cable
check sum error or header error
UBS cable
was detected in the downloaded
Program file abnormality
data.
C-C108
C-C109
When transferring data by ISW,
Printer cable
data cannot be correctly written
UBS cable
to flash ROM.
Program transferred board
When turning the sub power
FS control firmware
switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwritten area in the FS program was

detected.
C-C111
LS control firmware
switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwritten area in the LS program was

detected.
C-C112

switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwritten area in the LS program was
detected.
590
LS control firmware
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
ISW
Main body
abnor-
C-C113
switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwrit-
stops immedi-
mality
ten area in the FD program was
ately and main
detected.
relay (RY1) is
FD control firmware
turned OFF.
C-C114
SD control firmware
switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwritten area in the SD program was

detected.
C-C115
RU control firmware
switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwritten area in the RU program was

detected.
C-C120
Firmware abnormality of the
Printer control firmware
printer control board (PRCB)

HDD
Hard disk initialization abnormal-
abnor-
C-D0E0
ity.
mality
Hard disk failure or improper
(IMCB)
connector connection.
Hard disk/C (HDD/C)

Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
C-D0E1
Hard disk/K (HDD/K) discon-
Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
nected. Otherwise, either broken

or during initialization.
C-D0E2
Hard disk/C (HDD/C) discon-
Hard disk/C (HDD/C)

C-D0E3
Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /C (HDD/
Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
C) disconnected. Otherwise,
Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
either broken or during initialization.

C-D0E4
Hard disk/M (HDD/M) discon-
Hard disk/M (HDD/M)

C-D0E5
Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /M (HDD/
Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
M) disconnected. Otherwise,
Hard disk/M (HDD/M)

C-D0E6
Hard disk/C (HDD/C), /M (HDD/
Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
591
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
tion
Main body
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
HDD
Main body
Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
abnor-
C-D0E7
C), /M (HDD/M) disconnected.
stops immedi-
Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
mality
Otherwise, either broken or dur-
ately and main
Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
ing initialization.
relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-D0E8
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y) discon-
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)

C-D0E9
Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /Y (HDD/
Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
Y) disconnected. Otherwise,
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)

C-D0EA
Hard disk/C (HDD/C), /Y (HDD/
Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
Y) disconnected. Otherwise,
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)

C-D0EB
Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
C), /Y (HDD/Y) disconnected.
Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
ing initialization.
C-D0EC
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y), /M (HDD/
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
Hard disk/M (HDD/M)

C-D0ED
Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /M (HDD/
Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
M), /Y (HDD/Y) disconnected.
Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
ing initialization.
C-D0EE
Hard disk/C (HDD/C), /M (HDD/
Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
M), /Y (HDD/Y) disconnected.
Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
ing initialization.
C-D0EF
C-D0F0
Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
C), /M (HDD/M), /Y (HDD/Y) dis-
Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
connected. Otherwise, either
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
broken or during initialization.
Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
HDD password abnormality in

security reinforcement mode.
Password incorrect, password
unset, or the security is OFF.
Security
C-DC##
Trouble related to Security
Contact the responsible per-
abnor-
son of the KONICA MINOLTA
mality
before taking some countermeasure.
592
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting opera-
Main body
tion
Image
C-E001*
Message cue was not enough or
Main body
destructed.
stops immedi-
(IPB)
ing
ately and main
I/F board (IFB)
abnor-
relay (RY1) is
mality
turned OFF.
(IMCB)
process-
C-E002*
Parameter value exceeds allow-
able range.
board (OACB)
C-E003*
Message cue sender task has
C-E004*
Message receiving event is
C-E005*
Abnormal access to memory.
C-E006*
Header address scanning
(IPB)
abnormality.
I/F board (IFB)
Image memory (DRAM) initializa-
an undefined ID.
undefined.
C-E007*
tion abnormality.
(IMCB)
593
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Function to detach defective sections

For those abnormalities listed in the table below, defective units can be detached temporarily to use other control units manually. While detached, an error detection is not carried out on these detached units.
There are 2 methods of detaching defective sections.
(1) User operation
When a malfunction code occurs, press the HELP key following the message on the touch panel and then turn
the power switch (SW2) OFF and ON. This allows you to use it temporarily until the main power switch (SW1) is
OFF and ON (including an OFF/ON operation by the weekly timer) next time.
(2) DIPSW setting
Turning the main switch (SW1) OFF and ON after setting the specified software DIPSW bit allows you to make a
limited use of it until the bit setting is released next time.
Classifi-
code
Causes
Control during separation
DipSW
Paper feed in LU cannot be
DIPSW18-3
cation
LU
C-0102
Paper feed motor (M1) abnormality
used.
PF
C-0103
Paper feed motor (M1) abnormality
Paper feed in PF cannot be
DIPSW21-4
used.
DIPSW21-5
Paper feed in tray 1 cannot

be used.
Main
C-0201
Paper lift motor /1 (M38) abnormality
body
Paper feed in tray 1 i cannot
DIPSW18-0
be used.
C-0202
DIPSW18-1
be used.
C-0203
DIPSW18-2
be used.
LU
C-0204
Paper lift motor (M100) abnormality
Paper feed in LU cannot be
DIPSW18-3
used.
PF
C-0208
Paper feed in PF upper tray
C-0209
Power supply line fuse for the paper lift
cannot be used.
C-0211
Paper feed in PF lower tray
C-0212
Power supply line fuse for the paper lift
cannot be used.
DIPSW21-4
motor/1 (M2) blow out.

DIPSW21-5
motor/2 (M3) blow out.

FS
C-1102
Tray up down motor (M3) abnormality
The FS main tray, staple can-
Main tray up down motor (M3) abnor-
not be used.
mality
C-1103
Alignment motor /Rr (M5), /Fr (M22)

abnormality
Alignment motor /Up (M5), /Lw (M16)
abnormality
594
DIPSW6-4
Classifi-
code

Causes
DipSW
cation
FS
C-1104
C-1105
C-1106
Main tray paper exit motor (M7) abnor- The FS main tray, staple canmality
not be used.(the staple key
Paper exit roller motor (M7) abnormality
and FS main tray options on
Paper exit opening motor (M8) abnor-
the touch panel are grayed
DIPSW6-4
mality
out.)
Stapler movement motor (M11) abnor-
Staple cannot be used.
DIPSW6-3
Rear stopper motor (M26) abnormality
The FS main tray, staple can-
DIPSW6-4
(FS-503)
not be used.(the staple key
mality
C-1107
Stapler rotation motor (M4) abnormality

Clincher rotation motor (M4) abnormality
C-1108

C-1109
Stapler motor /Fr (M31) abnormality

Stapler motor /Fr (M14) abnormality
C-1110
Stapler motor /Rr (M30) abnormality

Stapler motor /Rr (M9) abnormality
C-1113
and FS main tray options on

the touch panel are grayed
out.)
C-1114
the saddle stitching, multi
abnormality (FS-607)
center folding, multi letter
Alignment motor /Lw (M16) abnormality
folding cannot be used.
DIPSW18-5
(FS-607)
C-1115
C-1116
PI
C-1124
Folding knife motor (M19) abnormality
(FS-607)
Folding transfer motor (M20) abnormal-
folding cannot be used.
ity (FS-607)
(FS is not connected)
Tray lift motor /Lw (M202) abnormality
PI cannot be used.
DIPSW18-6
(PI is not connected)

C-1125
C-1126
Tray lift motor /Up (M201) abnormality

PI conveyance motor (M203) abnor-
DIPSW18-6
mality
PK
FS
C-1127
Punch shift motor (M302) abnormality
PK cannot be used.
C-1132
Punch motor (M301) abnormality
(PK is not connected)
C-1140
C-1141
C-1142
Paper exit arm motor (M23) abnormal-
The FS main tray, sstaple
ity
cannot be used.(the staple
Paddle motor (M2) abnormality
key and FS main tray options
on the touch panel are
(SD7) abnormality
C-1143
DIPSW6-4
grayed out.)
FNS conveyance motor (M1) abnormal- FS cannot be used.

ity
DIPSW19-5
DIPSW6-5
(FS is not connected)
595
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classifi-
code
Causes
DipSW
cation
LS
C-1201 to
LS abnormality (first coupling)
1206
C-1211 to
LS abnormality (second coupling)
1216
FD
The first coupled LS cannot

The 2nd coupled LS cannot
DIPSW6-7
be used.
C-1221
1st folding abnormality
Folding/punching section
C-1222
2nd folding abnormality
cannot be used.
C-1223
3rd folding abnormality
C-1224
2 holes punch drive abnormality
C-1225
3 holes/4 holesdrive abnormality
C-1226
Alignment motor (M12) abnormality
C-1227
DIPSW6-6
be used.
DIPSW6-0
Punch registration motor (M13) abnormality
SD
C-1228
The main tray cannot be
C-1229
used.
C-1230
Paper lift motor /Up (M8) abnormality
PI section cannot be used.
DIPSW6-2
C-1231
Paper lift motor /Lw (M9) abnormality
C-1234
PI conveyance motor (M7) abnormality

Bundle exit drive motor (M5) abnormal-
The saddle stitching, multi
DIPSW7-0
ity
center folding and trimmer
DIPSW7-1
cannot be used.
DIPSW7-3
Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr
DIPSW7-0
(M7) abnormality.
DIPSW7-1
folding and trimmer cannot
DIPSW7-2
(M8) abnormality.
be used.
DIPSW7-3
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt
DIPSW7-0
(M9) abnormality.
DIPSW7-1
C-1245
Bundle arm motor (M10) abnormality.
cannot be used.
DIPSW7-3
C-1246
Bundle clip motor (M11) abnormality.
C-1241
C-1242
C-1243
C-1244
C-1247
DIPSW6-1
Bundle registration motor (M12) abnormality.
C-1248
Overlap motor (M13) abnormality.
DIPSW7-0
C-1249
Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr
DIPSW7-1
(M14) abnormality.
DIPSW7-2
be used.
DIPSW7-3
Stapler movement motor (M15) abnor-
DIPSW7-0
mality.
DIPSW7-1
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt
cannot be used.
DIPSW7-3
1st folding blade motor (M18) abnor-
DIPSW7-0
mality.
DIPSW7-1
DIPSW7-2
be used.
DIPSW7-3
C-1250
C-1251
(M16) abnormality.
C-1252

abnormality.
C-1253
596
Classifi-
code

Causes
DipSW
cation
SD
C-1254
C-1255
C-1256
2nd folding blade motor (M19) abnor-
The multi letter folding cannot
mality.
be used.
DIPSW7-2
Clincher up down motor (M20) abnor-
DIPSW7-0
mality.
DIPSW7-1
cannot be used.
DIPSW7-3
DIPSW7-0
abnormality.
C-1257

abnormality.
C-1258
Bundle press motor (M23) abnormality.
C-1259
Bundle press stage up down motor
C-1260
Guide shaft motor (M25) abnormality.
(M24) abnormality.
C-1261
Stapler motor /Rt (M29) abnormality.
The Saddle stitching and
C-1262
Stapler motor /Lt (M30) abnormality.
trimmer cannot be used.
DIPSW7-3
C-1263
Trimmer blade motor (M31) abnormal-
The trimmer cannot be used.
DIPSW7-3
ity.
C-1264
C-1265
Trimmer press motor (M32) abnormal-
DIPSW7-0
ity.
DIPSW7-1
Bundle arm assist motor (M26) abnor-
cannot be used.
DIPSW7-3
DIPSW7-4
mality.
C-1267
C-1268
C-1269
C-1270
C-1271
LS
C-1301 to
Sub tray, rear paper exit and
abnormality.
FS cannot be used.
Folding entrance motor (M3) abnormal-
DIPSW7-0
ity.
DIPSW7-1
Folding conveyance motor (M4) abnor-
DIPSW7-2
mality.
be used.
DIPSW7-3
Bundle exit motor (M5) abnormality.
DIPSW7-0
DIPSW7-1
cannot be used.
DIPSW7-3
DIPSW7-0
(M8) abnormality.
DIPSW7-1
DIPSW7-2
be used.
DIPSW7-3
LS abnormality (first coupling)
The first coupled LS cannot
DIPSW6-6
LS abnormality (second coupling)
The 2nd coupled LS cannot
302
C-1306 to
be used.
307
SD
C-1311
DIPSW6-7
be used.
Scraps removal fan motor (FM1) abnor-
The trimmer cannot be used.
DIPSW7-3
Cover paper tray fan /1 drive abnormal-
Paper feed from the PB is
DIPSW7-5
ity
unavailable.
mality.
PB
C-1330
C-1331
Cover paper tray fan /2 drive abnormality
597
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classifi-
code
Causes
DipSW
cation
PB
C-1332
Exhaust fan drive abnormality
Ejecting onto the sub tray is
DIPSW7-6
possible.
C-1333
C-1334
Exhaust fan /2 drive abnormality

Pellet supply cooling fan motor drive
abnormality
C-1501
Entrance conveyance drive abnormality
The use of the PB is unavail-
DIPSW7-7
able
C-1502
Intermediate conveyance drive abnor-
mality
possible.
C-1504
SC entrance conveyance drive abnor-
C-1505
SC switchback conveyance drive
C-1506
SC switchback roller release drive
C-1507
SC alignment drive abnomality
C-1508
SC paper detection conveyance drive
C-1509
SC roller release drive abnormality
mality
abnormality
abnormality
abnormality
C-1510
SC clamp entrance movement drive

abnomality
C-1511
SC clamp entrance roller release drive

abnormality
C-1512
Clamp alignment drive abnormality
C-1513
Clamp open/close drive abnormality
C-1514
Clamp rotation drive abnormality
C-1515
Glue tank movement drive abnormality
C-1516
Glue apply roller rotation drive abnormality
C-1518
C-1519
Pellet supply arm drive abnormality

Up/down cover paper alignment drive
abnormality
C-1520
Up/down cover paper book paper exit

drive abnormality
C-1521
Driven arm /Rt drive abnormality
C-1522
Driven arm /Lt drive abnormality
C-1523
Up/down cover paper conveyance

drive abnormality
C-1524
Up/down cover paper/Fr up/down

drive abnormality
C-1525
Up/down cover paper/Rr up/down

drive abnormality
C-1526
Cover paper folding board /Rt drive

abnormality
598
DIPSW7-6
Classifi-
code

Causes
DipSW
cation
PB
C-1527
C-1528
Cover paper folding board /Lt drive
abnormality
possible.
DIPSW7-6
Cover paper trimming cutter drive

abnormality
C-1530
C-1531
Carriage belt drive abnormality

Carriage size movement drive abnormality
C-1532
Carriage up/down drive abnormality
C-1533
Book movement drive abnormality
C-1534
Book stopper drive abnormality
C-1537
C-1538
Cover paper tray up/down drive
Paper feed from the PB is
abnomality
unavailable.
DIPSW7-5
Cover page conveyance drive abnormality
C-1540
Warming-up abnormality
Glue tank middle temperature abnor-
able
DIPSW7-7
mality
C-1541
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
C-1542
Glue apply roller temperature abnormality
C-1543
Glue supply abnormality

Glue tank high temperature abnormallity
C-1544
Heater continuous energization abnormality

Glue tank middle temperature abnormality
C-1545

C-1546

C-1547
High temperature abnormality

C-1548

C-1549

599
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Classifi-
code
Causes
DipSW
cation
PB
C-1550
C-1551
able
DIPSW7-7

C-1552

C-1553

C-1554

C-1555

C-1556
Low temperature abnormality

C-1557

C-1558
C-1559

C-1560

C-1561

C-1562

Main
C-D0E0
body
600
Hard disk initialization abnormality.
HDD cannot be used.

(HDD is not connected)
DIPSW18-7
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
APPENDIX
14.1 Main body
14.1.1
Switch/sensor
A. Main body rear side
[12]
[13]
[8] [7] [6] [5]

[11]
[10]
[9]
[4] [3] [2] [1]
a03uf5c001ca
[1]
Encoder sensor /Y1 (PS66)
[8]
Encoder sensor /K2 (PS73)
[2]
Encoder sensor /M1 (PS68)
[9]
Dehumidifier heater switch (SW3)
[3]
Encoder sensor /C1 (PS70)
[10]
Waste toner full sensor (PS52)
[4]
Encoder sensor /K1 (PS72)
[11]
Waste toner door sensor (PS60)
[5]
Encoder sensor /Y2 (PS67)
[12]
Encoder sensor / belt 2 (PS75)
[6]
Encoder sensor /M2 (PS69)
[13]
Encoder sensor / belt 1 (PS74)
[7]
Encoder sensor /C2 (PS71)
601
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Main body upper surface
[5]
[6]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
a03uf5c002ca
602
[1]
Read switch (RS)
[4]
[2]
Toner supply unit open/close sensor (PS14)
[5]
APS sensor /1 (PS3)

[3]
APS sensor /2 (PS4)
[6]
APS timing sensor (PS2)
[3]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Main body front side
[4]
[2]
[1]
a03uf5c003ca
[1]
Front door sensor (PS18)
[3]
Main power switch (SW1)
[2]
[4]
Sub power switch (SW2)
D. Main body right side
[1]
a03uf5c004ca
[1]
Temp/humidity sensor /1 (TEM/HUMS/1)
603
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Inside of the front of the main body
[1]
[1]
604
1st transfer HP sensor (PS15)
8050fs6604

Write section
[9]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
F.
[1] [2][3][4]
[8][7][6][5]
a03uf5c005ca
[1]
Laser correction sensor /Y (PS5)
[6]
[2]
Laser correction sensor /M (PS6)
[7]
Index board /M (INDEXB/M)

Index board /C (INDEXB/C)
[3]
Laser correction sensor /C (PS7)
[8]
Index board /K (INDEXB/K)
[4]
Laser correction sensor /K (PS59)
[9]
Temperature sensor board (TEMSB)
[5]
Index board /Y (INDEXB/Y)
NOTE
Only the write unit/K equips the TEMSB.
605
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
G. Process section
[1]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
a03uf5c006ca
[1]
Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS/Y)
[4]
Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS/K)
[2]
Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS/M)
[5]
Temp/humidity sensor /2 (TEM/HUMS/2)
[3]
Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS/C)
H. Developing section
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03uf5c007ca
606
[1]
TCR sensor /C (TCRS/C)
[3]
TCR sensor /Y (TCRS/Y)
[2]
TCR sensor /M (TCRS/M)
[4]
TCR sensor /K (TCRS/K)

[1]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
I.
[2]
[3]
J.
[1]
[3]
PGC sensor (PS11)
8050fs6608
[2]
Toner supply section
[6]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
a03uf5c008ca
[1]
Piezoelectric sensor /C (PZS/C)
[4]
Piezoelectric sensor /K (PZS/K)
[2]
Piezoelectric sensor /M (PZS/M)
[5]
[3]
Piezoelectric sensor /Y (PZS/Y)
[6]

(PS54)
607
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
K. Tray 1, 2, 3
[4] [5] [6]

[19] [20] [21]
[9] [8] [7]

[18] [17] [16]
[3] [2] [1]
[15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10]
a03uf5c009ca
[1]
Paper feed sensor /1 (PS29)
[12]
Paper near empty sensor /3 (PS44)
[2]
[13]
Paper size sensor /Fr1 (PS33)
[3]
[14]
[4]
Paper empty sensor /1 (PS31)
[15]
[5]
[16]
Paper size sensor /Rr1 (PS34)
[6]
[17]
[7]
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS30)
[18]
[8]
[19]
Paper size VR /1 (VR1)
[9]
[20]
[10]
[21]
[11]
L.
Bypass tray
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
8050fs6610
608
[1]
[3]
Paper size VR /BP (VR4)
[2]
Paper empty sensor /BP (PS47)
[4]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
M. Vertical conveyance section
[1]
[2]
a03uf5c010ca
[1]
Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50)
[2]
Vertical conveyance door sensor (PS51)
609
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
N. ADU section
[11]
[12]
[13]
[8]
[10]
[15]
[14]
[9]
[7]
[6] [5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a03uf5c011ca
610
[1]
[9]
Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)
[2]
[10]
[3]
[11]
Leading edge sensor (PS63)
[4]
[12]
[5]
ADU centering sensor (PS65)
[13]
[6]
[14]
Paper feed sensor /BP (PS26)
[7]
[15]
Upper limit sensor /BP (PS25)
[8]
2nd transfer HP sensor (PS24)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
O. Paper exit section (Main body left side)
[2]
[1]
a03uf5c012ca
[1]
P.
[2]
Paper exit pressure sensor (PS10)
Fusing section
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3] [2]
[1]
a03uf5c013ca
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
Fusing loop sensor (PS64)
[8]
[4]
Thermostat /3 (TS3)
[9]
Thermostat /1 (TS1)
[5]
Fusing release home sensor (PS16)
[10]
Thermostat /2 (TS2)
611
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Q. OT
[1]
a03uf5c014ca
[1]
612
Paper exit full sensor (PS12)

Load
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.1.2
[13]
[14] [15] [16] [17]
[18]
[19] [20] [21]
[22]
[23]
[24]
[5] [4] [3] [2]

[12] [11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[1]
1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19)
[14]
[2]
Drum motor /Y (M14)
[15]
[3]
Drum motor /M (M15)
[16]
[4]
Drum motor /C (M16)
[17]
Scanner motor (M1)
[5]
Drum motor /K (M17)
[18]
[6]
Fusing belt ventilation fan (M10)
[19]
Drum fan /2 (M13)
[7]
DCPS fan (M42)
[20]
Drum fan /1 (M12)
[8]
IPB fan /1 (M24)
[21]
[9]
IPB fan /2 (M25)
[22]
[10]
[23]
[11]
[24]
Decurler motor (M55)
[12]
[25]
[13]
[25]
[1]
a03uf5c015ca
613
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[1]
[2]
a03uf5c016ca
[1]
Scanner fan (M2)
[2]
Exposure lamp (L1)
[1]
a03uf5c017ca
[1]
614
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[4]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Main body right side
[3]
[5]
a03uf5c018ca
[1]
Main body fan (M47)
[5]
[2]
[6]
Writing intake fan /2 (M44)

Developoing fan /3 (M64)
[3]
[7]
Writing intake fan /1 (M43)
[4]
Dehumidifier heater (HTR)
615
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Main body left side
[4]
[3]
[5]
[2]
[6]
[1]
a03uf5c019ca
616
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[6]

Write section
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
F.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
a03uf5c020ca
[1]
Polygon motor /Y (M3)
[5]
Laser correction motor /Y (M7)
[2]
Polygon motor /M (M4)
[6]
Laser correction motor /M (M8)
[3]
Polygon motor /C (M5)
[7]
Laser correction motor /C (M9)
[4]
Polygon motor /K (M6)
[8]
Laser correction motor /K (M58)
G. Process section
[1]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
a03uf5c021ca
[1]
Erase lamp /Y (EL/Y)
[4]
Erase lamp /K (EL/K)
[2]
Erase lamp /M (EL/M)
[5]
Belt separation claw solenoid (SD1)
[3]
Erase lamp /C (EL/C)
617
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
H. Image correction unit
[2]
[1]
I.
[1]
PGC shutter solenoid (SD3)
[2]
8050fs6620
Color registration shutter solenoid (SD2)
Toner supply section
[9]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[8]
618
[7] [6] [5]
[4] [3]
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
Charge intake fan (M48)
[4]
[9]
[5]
[10]
8050fs6621

Tray 1, 2, 3
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
J.
[7] [8] [9]
[6] [5] [4]

[3] [2] [1]
a03uf5c022ca
[1]
Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD7)
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[9]
[5]
K. Vertical conveyance section
[1]
a03uf5c023ca
[1]
619
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

L.
ADU section
[17]
[18]
[19]
[16]
[1]
[2]
[15]
[3]
[14]
[4]
[13]
[20]
[5]
[12] [11] [10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
a03uf5c024ca
620
[1]
2nd transfer pressure/release motor (M34)
[11]
[2]
[12]
[3]
Pick-up solenoid /BP (SD5)
[13]
[4]
[14]
Reverse/exit motor (M33)
[5]
Paper lift motor /BP (M35)
[15]
[6]
[16]
[7]
[17]
ADU fan /1 (M66)
[8]
Loop motor (M31)
[18]
ADU reverse motor (M32)
[9]
[19]
ADU loop motor (M57)
[10]
ADU lock solenoid (SD6)
[20]
ADU fan /2 (M67)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
M. Fusing section
[3] [2] [1]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a03uf5c025ca
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]

Fusing motor (M29)
[3]
[6]
Fusing fan /Lw (M65)
621
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

14.1.3
Boards and others
[13]
[14]
[15]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[16]
[17]
[9]
[19]
[22]
[20]
[21]
[1]
[4]
[8]
[18] [7] [6]
[3]
[2]
[5]
a03uf5c026ca
[12]
[2]
Circuit breaker /1 (CBR/1)
[13]
NVRAM board (NRB)
[3]
Circuit breaker /2 (CBR/2)
[14]
HDD /M (HDD/M)
[4]
Noise filter (NF)
[15]
HDD /Y (HDD/Y)
[5]
Fusing control board /1 (FUSCB/1) *1
[16]
Key counter (KCT)
[6]
DC power supply /2 (DCPS/2)
[17]
[7]
DC power supply /1 (DCPS/1)
[18]
I/F board (IFB)
[8]
Image processing board (IPB)
[19]
[9]
HDD /C (HDD/C)
[20]
[10]
Image memory control board (IMCB)
[21]
Fusing control board /2 (FUSCB/2)*1
[11]
HDD /K (HDD/K)
[22]
*1
622
[1]
Only for Europe spec.
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
[1]
[2]
a03uf5c027ca
[1]
Inverter board /1 (INVB/1)
[2]
CCD board (CCDB)
[1]
[2]
a03uf5c028ca
[1]
[2]
623
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Write section
[1][2][3][4]
a03uf5c029ca
[1]
Laser drive board /Y (LASDB/Y)
[3]
Laser drive board /C (LASDB/C)
[2]
Laser drive board /M (LASDB/M)
[4]
Laser drive board /K (LASDB/K)
E. Process section
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03uf5c030ca
624
[1]
Drum potential sensor board /Y (DRPSB/Y)
[3]
Drum potential sensor board /C (DRPSB/C)
[2]
Drum potential sensor board /M (DRPSB/M)
[4]
Drum potential sensor board /K (DRPSB/K)

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
F.
[1]
[2]
a03uf5c031ca
[1]
Color registration board /Fr (CRB/Fr)
[2]
Color registration board /Rr (CRB/Rr)
G. Toner supply section
[1]
[1]
8050fs6628
Toner supply drive board (TSDB)
625
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
H. ADU section
[1]
a03uf5c032ca
[1]
I.
Operation section
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03uf5c033ca
626
[1]
LCD board (LCDB)
[4]
[2]
Operation key board (OKB)
[5]
Operation board /1 (OB/1)

[3]
[6]
Inverter board /2 (INVB/1)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.2 DF
[9]
[10]
[7] [8]
[6]
[11] [12] [13] [14] [15][16] [17]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[18]
[19]
[1]
a052f5c001ca
[1]
[11]
Size sensor /Rt (PS310)
[2]
Paper feed cover sensor (PS303)
[12]
Size sensor /Lt (PS309)
[3]
[13]
Size sensor board (SSB)
[4]
[14]
Size VR (VR301)
[5]
Reverse/paper exit motor (M303)
[15]
Paper exit cover sensor (PS307)
[6]
Tray open/close sensor (PS308)
[16]
[7]
[17]
[8]
[18]
[9]
[19]
[10]
627
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.3 PF
A. Configuration front side
[1]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
a03xf5c001ca
628
[1]
[4]
Front door open/close sensor (PS23)
[2]
[5]
Front door open/close switch (SW1)
[3]
Tray lock solenoid /2 (SD8)
[6]
Tray lock solenoid /1 (SD4)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Configuration rear side
[1]
[2]
[16] [17]
[3]
[18]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[15]
[11]
[14]
[13]
[12]
a03xf5c002ca
[1]
Ventilation fan /1 (FM10)
[12]
[2]
Ventilation fan /2 (FM9)
[13]
[3]
Vertical conveyance clutch /1 (MC7)
[14]
[4]
[15]
[5]
Temperature-humidity sensor (TEM/HUMS)
[6]
[7]
[8]
Horizontal conveyance clutch /1 (MC10)
[9]
[10]
[11]

Fan heater /Lw (HTR4)
[16]

[17]
Dehumidifier fan /1 (FM11)

[18]

629
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Vertical conveyance section
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a03xf5c003ca
630
[1]
Vertical conveyance door sensor (PS24)
[3]
[2]
[4]
D. Horizontal conveyance section
[1]
[8]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[5]
[6]
a03xf5c004ca
[1]
[5]
Multi feed detection board /S (MFDTB/S)
[2]
Pre-registration sensor (PS20)
[6]
[3]
[7]
Horizontal conveyance door sensor /1 (PS21)
[4]
Multi feed detection board /R (MFDTB/R)
[8]
Horizontal conveyance door sensor /2 (PS22)
631
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Tray section 1
[1]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[6]
a03xf5c005ca
[1]
[5]

[2]
[6]
[7]

[3]
Remaining paper VR/1 (VR2)
[4]
Remaining paper VR/2 (VR4)

632


Tray section 2
[13]
[1]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
F.
[2]
[12]
[3]
[4]
[11]
[10]
[14]
[9]
[8]
[5]
[7]
[6]
a03xf5c006ca
[1]
[8]
[9]
Tray lock release sensor /1 (PS4)

[2]
Paper feed assist fan /Rr12 (FM4)

[3]
Tray lock release sensor /2 (PS12)

[10]
[11]
Paper feed assist fan /Fr12 (FM3)

[4]
Shutter solenoid /Rr1 (SD3)
Shutter solenoid /Rr2 (SD7)

[5]

[12]
Shutter solenoid /Fr1 (SD2)
[13]

[6]
Paper size sensor /Rt1 (PS5)
Shutter solenoid /Fr2 (SD6)
Paper size sensor /Rt2 (PS13)

[7]
Paper size sensor /Lt1 (PS6)

[14]
Paper size sensor /Lt2 (PS14)
633
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.4 LU
A. Paper feed / up/down section
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18] [19]
[20]
[21]
[1]
[2]
[14]
[3]
[13]
[12]
[4]
[11]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[10]
634
[5]
a03wf5c001ca
[1]
[12]
[2]
[13]
[3]
[14]
[4]
[15]
[5]
[16]
Upper door sensor (PS100)
[6]
[17]
Tray down switch (SW100)
[7]
[18]
[8]
[19]
[9]
HT-503
[20]
Front door sensor (PS115)
[10]
[21]
[11]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Inside
[7]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03wf5c002ca
[1]
Paper feed assist fan /Rr (FM2)
[5]
Temperature sensor /1 (TEMS1)
[2]
[6]
Paper feed assist fan /Fr (FM1)
[3]
Paper size sensor /Rr (PS110)
[7]
Paper size VR (VR1)
[4]
Paper size sensor Fr (PS111)
635
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. HT-503
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
a03wf5c003ca
636
[1]
[4]
[2]
Temperature sensor /2 (TEMS2)
[5]
[3]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.5 RU
A. Conveyance section
[10]
[11]
[12]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[5]
[6]
a04jf5c001ca
[1]
Intermediate sensor (PS2)
[7]
[2]
[8]
Paper fan /3 (M4)
[3]
[9]
[4]
[10]
[5]
[11]
Paper fan /1 (M2)
[6]
[12]
Paper fan /2 (M3)
637
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Power source section
[6]
[7]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a04jf5c002ca
638
[1]
Noise filter (NF1) (RU-504 only)
[5]
Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) (RU-504 only)
[2]
Interlock switch (MS1)
[6]
[3]
DC power supply (DCPS) (RU-504 only)
[7]
Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2) (RU-504 only)
[4]
Relay (RL1) (RU-504 only)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.6 FD
A. Conveyance section front side/right side
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[7]
[6]
fd501fs5001c
[1]
[7]
Door switch (MS1)
[2]
[8]
Jam indicator board (JAMIB)
[3]
[9]
Temperature sensor board (TSB)
[4]
[10]
[5]
[11]
PI exit sensor (PS4)
[6]
[12]
FD operation board (FDOB)
639
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Major boards in the power source section
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[11]
[7]
[10]
640
[9]
[8]
[1]
[7]
Noise filter (NF1)
[2]
[8]
Inlet
[3]
[9]
Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1)
[4]
DC power supply (DCPS)
[10]
[5]
Folding drive board (FDB)
[11]
Relay (RL1)
[6]
Outlet
fd501fs5002c
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Conveyance section rear side/left side
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2]
[19]
[18]
[17]
[16]
[15]
[14]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[13]
[8]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
fd501fs5003c
[1]
[11]
[2]
[12]
[3]
[13]
S size gate solenoid (SD3)
[4]
[14]
[5]
[15]
[6]
[16]
[7]
[17]
[8]
Main tray empty sensor (PS23)
[18]
[9]
Main tray folding paper full sensor (PS7)
[19]
[10]
641
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. PI rear side
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
fd501fs5004c
[1]
[5]
[2]
PI lift plate home sensor /Up (PS34)
[6]
PI registration clutch /Lw (CL2)

PI conveyance sensor /Up (PS31)
[3]
[7]
[4]
PI lift plate home sensor /Lw (PS40)
[8]
PI registration clutch /Up (CL1)
E. PI upper surface
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[13]
642
[12]
[11] [10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
fd501fs5005c
[1]
PI paper set sensor /Up (PS44)
[8]
PI paper empty sensor /Lw (PS39)
[2]
S size sensor /Up (PS36)
[9]
PI conveyance sensor /Lw (PS37)
[3]
PI max paper size sensor /Up (PS47)
[10]
PI upper limit sensor /Lw (PS38)
[4]
L size sensor /Up (PS35)
[11]
PI upper limit sensor /Up (PS32)
[5]
[12]
PI pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD14)
[6]
PI cover open/close sensor (PS43)
[13]
PI pick-up solenoid /Up (SD13)
[7]
PI paper empty sensor /Up (PS33)

PI lower tray
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
F.
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs5006c
[1]
PI paper set sensor /Lw (PS45)
[4]
L size sensor /Lw (PS41)
[2]
[5]
PI max paper size sensor /Lw (PS48)
[3]
S size sensor /Lw (PS42)
643
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
G. Punch section
[1]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[7]
644
[6]
[5]
[4]
fd501fs5007c
[1]
Punch registration home sensor (PS11)
[7]
[2]
Punch motor (M10)
[8]
Punch scraps box set sensor (PS12)
[3]
3 holes/4 holes home sensor (PS9)
[9]
Alignment plate home sensor (PS10)
[4]
2 holes punch home sensor (PS8)
[10]
Punch scraps full sensor (PS26)
[5]
[11]
Folding exit sensor (PS2)
[6]
[12]
Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
H. Folding unit front side/right side
[1]
[10]
[2]
[9]
[3]
[8]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
fd501fs5008c
[1]
S size conveyance sensor (PS58)
[6]
[2]
2nd folding roller solenoid (SD18)
[7]

2nd folding release motor (M15)
[3]
[8]
2nd folding cam home sensor (PS56)
[4]
[9]
3rd folding release motor (M16)
[5]
1st folding cam home sensor (PS55)
[10]
3rd folding cam home sensor (PS57)
645
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

I.
Folding unit rear side/left side
[1]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
646
fd501fs5009c
[1]
[4]
[2]
2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
[5]
[3]
[6]
3rd folding motor (M6)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.7 LS
A. Front side
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19] [20]
[21]
[22]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[10]
[13]
[12]
[9]
[8]
[11]
ls502fs5013c
[1]
Entrance conveyance lock solenoid (SD5)
[13]
[2]
[14]
Relay board /1 (RLB/1)
[3]
[15]
Shift unit home sensor (PS11)
[4]
Paper cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5)
[16]
Stacker tray set LED (LED1)
[5]
Paper cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3)
[17]
[6]
Paper cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1)
[18]
Coupling conveyance lock solenoid (SD11)

(LS-501 only)
[7]
Front door lock solenoid (SD4)
[8]
Front door switch (MS1)
[19]

[9]
Hand cart set switch (RS1)
[20]
[10]
Stacker tray set sensor (PS1)
[21]
2nd gate solenoid (SD10) (LS-501 only)
[11]
Stacker tray upper limit sensor (PS3)
[22]
Coupling conveyance motor (M6) (LS-502 only)
[12]
Paper detection sensor (PS19)
647
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Upper surface
[9]
[8]
648
[10] [11]
[7]
[12]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
ls502fs5002c
[1]
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17) (LS-501 only)
[7]
[2]
Jam indication board (JAMIB)
[8]
Stacker tray operation board (TOB)
[3]
Coupling exit sensor (PS18) (LS-501 only)
[9]
[4]
JAM door switch (RS2) (LS-501 only)
[10]
[5]
Sub tray door sensor (PS8)
[11]
[6]
[12]
Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16) (LS-501 only)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Rear side
[20]
[19]
[1]
[18]
[2]
[17]
[3]
[4]
[16]
[15]
[5]
[6]
[14]
[13]
[7]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
ls502fs5003c
[1]
[11]
2,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS13)
[2]
Stacker tray upper limit switch (MS2)
[12]
Inlet (LS-501 only)
[3]
[13]
Stacker tray up down motor (M1)
[4]
Coupling conveyance motor (M6) (LS-501 only)
[14]
Stacker tray encoder sensor (PS2)
[5]
[15]
Job partition solenoid (SD2)
[6]
DC power supply (DCPS) (LS-501 only)
[16]
[7]
Stacker tray lower limit switch (MS3)
[17]
[8]
Outlet (LS-501 only)
[18]
Sub tray exit motor (M3)
[9]
Stacker tray arm release sensor (PS15)
[19]
Motor cooling fan motor (FM4)
[10]
5,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS14)
[20]
Rear stopper solenoid (SD3)
649
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Shift unit
[3]
[4]
[2]
650
[1]
ls502fs5004c
[1]
Front stopper solenoid (SD9)
[3]
[2]
Relay board /2 (RLB/2)
[4]
14.8.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.8 FS
FS-503
A. Rear side 1
[4]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[3]
fs503fs5001c
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[3]
651
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Rear side 2
[6]
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
fs503fs5002c
[1]
[5]
[2]
[6]
Gate solenoid (SD2)

[3]
Paper exit opening sensor (PS12)
[7]
[4]
[8]
C. Front side
[8]
[9]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[5]
[4]
fs503fs5003c
652
[1]
[6]
[2]
Staple scraps box set sensor (PS34)
[7]
Staple exit upper limit sensor (PS7)

[3]
Door switch (MS1)
[8]
Main tray exit sensor (PS10)
[4]
Jam indication board (JAMIB)
[9]
[5]
[10]
[9]
[10]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Stacker inside 1
[1]
[8]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[5]
[4]
[6]
fs503fs5004c
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]

[3]
[8]
Alignment home sensor /Fr (PS31)
[4]
Paddle motor (M2)
[9]
[5]
[10]
Alignment home sensor /Rr (PS8)
653
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Stacker inside 2
[10]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[7]
654
[6]
fs503fs5005c
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]

[3]
Stack assist guide motor (M24)
[8]
[4]
[9]
[5]
Rear stopper home sensor (PS35)
[10]

Stapler
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
F.
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
fs503fs5006c
[1]
[2]
Stapler ready sensor /Rr (PS46)
[4]
Stapler board (STB)
Stapler ready sensor /Fr (PS47)
[5]
Staple empty sensor /Rr (PS44)
Stapler home sensor /Rr (PS40)

Stapler home sensor /Fr (PS41)
[3]
Cartridge set sensor /Rr (PS42)
Staple empty sensor /Fr (PS45)

[6]

Cartridge set sensor /Fr (PS43)
655
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

14.8.2
FS-520/607
A. Front side
[29]
[1]
[28]
[2]
[27]
[3]
[26]
[21](FS-520)
[25]
[24]
[4]
[23]
[22]
[20](FS-520)
[5](FS-607)
[21](FS-607)
[20](FS-607)
[6]
[7]
[8]
FRONT
656
[19]
[9]
[18]
[10]
[17]
[11]
[16]
[15]
[14] [13] [12]
a04df5c001cb
[1]
[2]
[15]
[3]
[16]
[4]
[5]
[6]
Door switch (MS1)
[7]
Clincher rotation motor (M4) (FS-607 only)
[18]
[8]
Alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24)
[19]
(FS-607 only)
(FS-607 only)
[17]
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid /Fr (SD7)

(FS-607 only)
(FS-607 only)
[20]
[9]
Alignment motor /Lw (M16) (FS-607 only)
[21]
[10]
Folding knife home sensor (PS22) (FS-607 only)
[22]
[11]
Folding knife motor (M19) (FS-607 only)
[23]
[12]
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid /Rr (SD8)
[24]
(FS-607 only)
[25]
[13]
[26]
(FS-607 only)
[27]
[14]
[28]
(FS-607 only)
[29]
[12]
[13]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Rear side
[14]
[11]
[1]
[10]
[2]
[3]
[9]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[7]
[6]
a04df5c002ca
[1]
[8]
Relay board (RB)
[2]
[9]
[3]
[10]
Gate motor (M12)
[4]
[11]
[5]
[12]
[6]
Main tray up down motor (M3)
[13]
[7]
Folding transfer motor (M20) (FS-607 only)
[14]
657
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Folding section
[9]
[1](FS-607)
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
658
[4](FS-520)
[1]
[2]
[3]
[2]
[1](FS-520)
a04df5c003cb
[6]
(FS-607 only)
[7]
Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6) (FS-607 only)
[3]
Folding full LED (PS29) (FS-607 only)
[8]
Stapler rotation motor (M6) (FS-607 only)
[4]
Stapler movement moter (M11)
[9]
[5]
Folding full sensor (PS29) (FS-607 only)
(FS-607 only)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Stapler section
FS-520
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
FS-607
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a04df5c004cb
[1]
Clincher motor /Rr (M10) (FS-607 only) /
[4]
Clincher motor /Fr (M15) (FS-607 only)

[2]
Clincher motor home sensor /Rr (PS32) /
[5]
Cartridge set switch /Rr (SW1) /
[6]
Staple empty switch /Rr (SW2) /
(FS-607 only)
Clincher motor home sensor /Fr (PS33)
(FS-607 only)
[3]
Stapler motor home sensor /Rr (PS30) /

Stapler motor home sensor /Fr (PS31)
Cartridge set switch /Fr (SW3)
Staple empty switch /Fr (SW4)
Stapler motor /Rr (M9) /

659
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.9 PI
[1] [2] [3]
[24]
[4]
[23]
[5]
[6]
[22]
[7]
[21]
[8]
[20]
[9]
[10]
[19]
[11]
[12]
[18]
660
[17]
[16] [15]
[14]
[13]
FRONT
15jff5c001na
[1]
[13]
Upper door open/close switch (MS201)
[2]
[14]
[3]
[15]
Paper empty sensor /Lw (PS207)
[4]
[16]
[5]
Paper empty sensor /Up (PS202)
[17]
Paper set sensor /Lw (PS212)
[6]
[18]
Paper set sensor /Up (PS203)
[7]
Paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201)
[19]
L size sensor /Lw (PS208)
[8]
Tray upper limit sensor /Up (PS205)
[20]
[9]
Paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206)
[21]
Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (PS210)
[10]
PI operation board (PIOB)
[22]
Tray lower limit sensor /Up (PS204)
[11]
[23]
[12]
[24]
Transfer clutch /Up (MC201)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.10 PK
14.10.1 PK-512
[7]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[9]
[8]
15knf5e003na
[1]
[6]
Punch motor (M301)
[2]
[7]
Punch encorder sensor (PS306)
[3]
[8]
[4]
Punch scraps box full sensor (PS302)
[9]
[5]
661
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.10.2 PK-513
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
FRONT
662
[6]
[7]
15kjf5c001na
[1]
Punch motor (M301)
[5]
[2]
[6]

[3]
Punch scraps box full sensor (PS302)
[7]
[4]
[8]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.11 SD
A. Horizontal conveyance section
(1) Entrance conveyance
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
15anf5c001na
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
Right side direction
(2) Horizontal conveyance
[5]
[6] [7]
[8]
[9]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[6]
[2]
Horizontal conveyance exit sensor (PS4)
[7]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[9]
Subtray paper full sensor (PS12)
[5]
15anf5c002na
663
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Right angle conveyance section
[1]
[7] [8]
[9]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
664
15anf5c003na
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
[4]
Overlap motor (M13)
[9]
[5]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Folding section
(1) Top side /1
[10]
[1]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
15anf5c004na
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[9]
[5]
[10]
(2) Top side /2
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
15anf5c005na
[1]
[3]
[4]
(PS56)
[2]

(M14)
665
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(3) Bottom side view
[12]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
666
[5] [4]
15anf5c006na
[1]
[7]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[9]
[4]
[10]
Folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8)
[5]
[11]
[6]
[12]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(4) Tri-folding exit
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
15anf5c007na
[1]
[3]
[2]
Tri-folding paper full sensor (PS10)
[4]
667
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(5) Others
[1]
[2]
15anf5c008na
[1]
Folding unit lock solenoid (SD8)
[2]
D. Saddle stitching section

(1) Bundle clip
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
668
15anf5c009na
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[7]
[1]
[6]
[2]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) Front side
[3]
[5]
[4]
15anf5c010na
[1]
Clincher solenoid /Rt (SD9)
[5]
Saddle stitching paper sensor (PS13)
[2]
[6]
[3]
[7]
Clincher solenoid /Lt (SD10)
[4]
(3) Rear side /1
[10]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[9]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[8]
[7]
15anf5c011na
[1]
[6]
[2]
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt (PS29)
[7]
Back side direction
[3]
[8]
Clincher up down motor (M20)
[4]
[9]
[5]
[10]
669
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(4) Rear side /2
[3]
[1]
[2]
15anf5c012na
[1]
[2]
[3]
(5) Stapler
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
15anf5c013na
[1]
Stapler empty switches /Rt (SW1) and /Lt
[3]
Stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt
[4]
Clincher start sensor /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4)
(SW2)
[2]
670
Stapler motors /Rt (M29) and /Lt (M30)
(HS3)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Bundle processing section

(1) Bundle press stage/bundle press bottom side
[10]
[9]
[8]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[3]
[4]
15anf5c014na
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
[4]
Bottom side view
[9]
[5]
[10]
671
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) Bundle exit
[7]
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
15anf5c015na
F.
[1]
Bundle tray set sensor (PS58)
[5]
Scraps box set sensor (PS40)
[2]
Trimmer scraps full sensor (PS41)
[6]
[3]
Bundle tray paper full sensor (PS61)
[7]
[4]

(PS16)
Trimmer section
[8]
[7]
[9]
[6]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[5]
672
[4]
[3]
15anf5c022na
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[9]
[5]
Trimmer blade upper limit sensor (PS51)
[10]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
G. Left side
[1]
[10]
[2]
[9]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
15anf5c017na
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
Bundle registration motor (M12)
[4]
[5]
[9]
Scraps removal fan motor (FM1)
(PS35)
[10]
Left side view
673
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
H. Front side
[1]
[6]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
15anf5c018na
674
[1]
Front door sensor /Rt (PS42)
[4]
[2]
Front door switch /Rt (MS1)
[5]
Jam indication board /2 (JAMIB/2)

Front door sensor /Lt (PS43)
[3]
Jam indication board /1 (JAMIB/1)
[6]
Front door switch /Lt (MS2)

Rear side
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
I.
[1]
[9]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[8]
[6]
[7]
15anf5c019na
[1]
DC power supply /1 (DCPS1)
[6]
Noise filter (NF1)
[2]
[7]
Power relay (RL1)
[3]
[8]
[4]
[9]
[5]
675
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
14.12 PB
A. SC section
(1) Front side/Top side
[8]
[9]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
676
[5]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[4]
a075f5c001ca
SC switchback conveyance motor (M12)

sensor (PS13)
[4]
[9]
[5]
[10]
SC switchback arm pressure detection
[6]
sensor (PS12)
[8]
[9]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) Rear side/Bottom side
[1]
[2]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[5]
[4]
a075f5c002ca
[1]
Clamp entrance movement motor (M19)
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
SC entrance conveyance motor (M11)
[4]
[9]
Straight gate solenoid (SD91)
[5]
677
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Clamp section
(1) Top side
[8]
[9]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a075f5c003ca
[1]
[6]
Clamp paper LED (LED21)
[2]
[7]
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr (PS26)
[3]
[8]
Clamp motor (M22)
[4]
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr (PS27)
[9]
[5]
(2) Left side
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
a075f5c004ca
678
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[9]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Pellet supply section
[10]
[1]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075f5c005ca
[1]
Pellet supply arm motor (M34)
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
Pellet count LED (LED32)
[8]
Pellet remain sensor (PS36)
[4]
[9]
Pellet supply door switch (MS1)
[5]
[10]
Pellet supply door sensor (PS40)
679
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Glue tank section

(1) Glue tank
[11]
[12]
[10]
[1]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[7]
[4]
[3]
[5]
[6]
a075f5c006ca
680
[1]
[7]
[2]
[8]
[3]
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH)
[9]
[4]
[10]
Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
[5]
[11]
[6]
Glue apply position LED (LED31)
[12]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) Glue tank unit movement
[1]
[2]
a075f5c007ca
[1]
[2]
681
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
E. Cover paper supply section

(1) Inside
[1]
[2]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[6]
a075f5c019ca
[1]
Cover paper tray upper limit sensor (PS74)
[5]
Cover paper tray fan /1 (M71)
[2]
Cover paper conveyance sensor /1 (PS75)
[6]
Cover paper empty sensor (PS71)
[3]
[7]
Cover paper tray fan /2 (M72)
[4]
Cover paper tray knob sensor (PS82)
(2) Rear side
[1]
[2]
[5]
682
[4]
[3]
a075f5c020ca
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[3]

Cover paper lift section
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
F.
(1) cover paper table unit
[16]
[15]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[1]
[14]
[2]
[3]
[13]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a075f5c008ca
[1]
[11]
Cover paper folding plate position sensor (PS51)
[2]
Cover paper sensor /Rt (PS45)
[12]
Cover paper sensor /Lt (PS46)
[3]
[13]
[4]
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt (M43)
[14]
Cover paper alignment HP sensor (PS41)

Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Lt (PS43)
[5]
[15]
[6]
Cover paper folding motor /Rt (M48)
[16]
Cover paper folding motor/Lt (M49)
[7]
Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor (PS50)
[17]
Cover paper conveyance motor (M45)
[8]
Cover paper alignment motor (M41)
[18]
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt (M48)
[9]
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt (PS49)
[19]
Cover Paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Rt (PS42)
[10]
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt (M44)
[20]
Cutter motor (M50)
683
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) Roller cutter assy
[2]
[3]
[1]
a075f5c009ca
684
[1]
[2]
Cutter end switch (SW42)
[3]
Cutter motor (M50)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
G. Book stock section

(1) Rear side
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[11]
[6]
[10]
[7]
[9]
[8]
[1]
Book conveyance belt up down motor (M63)
[7]
[2]
Book conveyance belt movement motor (M62)
[8]
Book movement motor (M64)
[3]
Book conveyance belt movement HP sensor (PS62)
[9]
[4]
[10]
Book stopper HP sensor (PS68)
[5]
Book load limit sensor (PS65)
[11]
Book sensor /1 (PS66)
[6]
Cart set sensor (PS69)
a075f5c010ca
Book sensor /2 (PS67)
685
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) Inside
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
686
[1]
a075f5c011cb
[1]
Book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64)
[5]
Book upper limit LED (LED61)
[2]
[6]
Book door solenoid (SD61)
[3]
Stacker door sensor (PS57)
[7]
[4]
Stacker door switch (MS4)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
H. Conveyance section and framework section

(1) Conveyance unit
[10]
[1]
[2]
[9]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
a075f5c012cb
[1]
[6]
Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDTB72)
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[9]
[5]
Waste box full sensor (PS80)
[10]
687
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) Right side
[8]
[1]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a075f5c013ca
688
[1]
Upper door switch (SW1)
[5]
Front door lock solenoid (SD80)
[2]
Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDTB71)
[6]
Front door switch (MS2)
[3]
[7]
[4]
[8]
[12]
[13]
[14]
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(3) Rear side
[15]
[11]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
a075f5c014ca
[1]
[9]
[2]
[10]
DC power supply unit /2 (DCPU/2)

Glue tank movement motor (M31)
[3]
Cover paper table up down motor /Rr (M47)
[11]
[4]
Circuit breaker (CBR)
[12]
[5]
Noise filter (NF)
[13]
[6]
Cover paper table up down motor /Fr (M46)
[14]
Pellet supply cooling fan motor (M4)
[7]
[15]
[8]
689
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(4) Inside
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075f5c015ca
690
[1]
Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr (PS47)
[2]
Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr (PS53)
[3]
Waste box set sensor (PS81)
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

15.1 Main body
15.1.1
Connector in the board
A. Overall control board
252(Silver Metal:4pin)
251(BN:40pin)
250(BN:3pin)
257(BK:9pin)
258(W:3pin)
256(BK:36pin)
1000(W:8pin)
1(W:20pin)
2(W:40pin)
5(GY:16pin)
4(BN:60pin)
3(BN:60pin)
254(BK:120pin)
253(BK:100pin)
a03uf5c034ca
691
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Printer control board
384(BN:36pin)
353(BN:30pin) 37(BN:11pin) 36(W:10pin)

909
903
151
(W:8pin) (W:5pin)
(BN:9pin)
309(BN:40pin)
357(BN:18pin)
150(BN:14pin)
NC
NC NC NC
376(BN:22pin)
467(BN:32pin)
35(BN:5pin)
NC
700(BN:34pin)
NC
907(BM:14pin)
500(BN:26pin)
906(BM:14pin)
564(BN:18pin)
5(BN:100pin)
NC
360(BM:40pin)
736(BN:24pin)
393(BN:38pin)
908(BN:6pin)
730(BN:36pin)
NC
442(BN:18pin)
651(BN:34pin)
901(B:10pin)
301(W:4pin)
650(BN:24pin)
459(BN:24pin)
NC
340(BN:28pin)
620(BN:7pin)
302(W:6pin)
4(W:10pin)
600(BN:20pin)
464(BN:40pin) 414(B:30pin)
428(W:30pin)
400(BN:30pin)
300(BN:38pin)
a03uf5c035ca
C. Image processing board
262(BK:120pin)
261(BK:120pin)
3(BK:60pin)
217(BK:50pin)
1(BN:10 pin)
272(BN:28pin)
280(BN:28pin)
276(B:28pin)
284(B:28pin)
a03uf5c036ca
692
261(BK:120pin)
220(BK:268pin)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. I/F board
262(BK:120pin)
265(W:10pin)
264(W:8pin)
263(W:22pin)
a03uf5c037ca
E. image memory control board
254(BK:120pin)
220(BK:268pin)
253(BK:100pin)
18(BK:60pin)
24(BK:60pin)
10(BN:60pin)
14(BN:60pin)
12(BN:60pin)
27(BK:60pin)
21(BK:60pin)
16(BN:60pin)
a03uf5c038ca
693
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

F.
579(BN:6pin) 534(BN:12pin) 1(BN:20pin) 539(BN:15pin) 639(BN:13pin)

693(BN:3pin)
NC
NC
692(BN:10pin)
580(BN:10pin)
536(BN:7pin)
510(BN:20pin)
NC
569(BN:10pin)
503(BN:26pin)
524(BN:6pin)
507(BN:6pin)
527(BN:34pin)
556(BN:3pin)
530(BN:11pin)
a03uf5c039ca
G. AC drive board
569(BN:12pin)
463(BN:6pin)
121(BN:10pin)
642(BN:18pin)
153(BN:4pin)
152(BN:9pin)
155(BN:3pin)
157(BN:8pin)
a03uf5c040ca
694
106(BN:10pin)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
H. DC power supply /1
102(BN:6pin)
103(BN:12pin)
105(BN:10pin)
104(BN:10pin)
101(BN:3pin)
a03uf5c041ca
I.
DC power supply /2
111(BN:8pin)
113(BN:10pin)
114(BN:6pin)
112(BN:10pin)
115(BN:7pin)
110(BN:3pin)
a03uf5c042ca
695
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

J.
High voltage unit /1
732(BN:9pin)
731(BN:9pin)
733(BN:9pin)
735(BN:3pin)
734(BN:9pin)
a03uf5c043ca
K. High voltage unit /2
737(BN:12pin)
738(BN:10pin)
739(BN:3pin)
740(NC)
741(NC)
696
a03uf5c044ca

Operation board /1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
L.
707 (W : 3 pin)
711 (W : 6 pin)
706 (W : 6 pin)
710 (W : 5 pin)
704 (W : 28 pin)
705 (W : 7 pin)
709 (W : 2 pin)
a03uf5c045ca
M. Operation board /2
712 (W : 6 pin)
a03uf5c046ca
N. Operation board /3
702(W:41pin)
701(W:4pin)
700(W:40pin)
708(W:4pin)
703(W:28pin)
a03uf5c047ca
697
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
O. Scanner drive board

607 (W : 3 pin) 609 (W : 14 pin)
1 (N.C.)
601 (W : 20 pin)
603 (W : 3 pin)
602 (W : 4 pin) 605 (W : 3 pin)
P.
a03uf5c048ca
CCD board
551 (W : 50 pin)
a03uf5c049ca
Q. Index board /Y, /M, /C, /K
274,278,282,286 (GY : 5 pin)
a03uf5c050ca
R. Inverter board /1
606 (W : 3 pin)
604 (W : 4 pin)
a03uf5c051ca
S. Inverter board /2
183 (W : 7 pin)
698
184 (W : 3 pin) 185 (W : 3 pin)
a03uf5c052ca

Laser drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
T.
275,279,283,287 (W : 12 pin)
a03uf5c053ca
U. NVRAM board
141 (W : 40 pin)
142 (W : 20 pin)
a03uf5c054ca
V.

704 (W : 6 pin)
724 (W : 18 pin)
702 (W : 26 pin)
711 (W : 8 pin)
726 (W : 12 pin)
706 (W : 6 pin)
705 (W : 7 pin)
708 (W : 11 pin)
a03uf5c055ca
699
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
W. Color registration board /Fr, Rr
498 (W : 4 pin)
381 (W : 4 pin)
379 (W : 4 pin)
382 (W : 4 pin)
a03uf5c056ca
700
15.2.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.2 DF
A. DF control board (DFCB)
14 (W : 9 pin)
13 (W : 15 pin)
3 (W : 7 pin)
12 (W : 5 pin)
2 (W : 6 pin)
1 (N.C.)
5 (W : 5 pin)
8 (N.C.)
7 (W : 9 pin) 10 (W : 8 pin)
4 (W : 6 pin)
6 (W : 2 pin)
8050fs6102
B. Size sensor board (SSB)
10 (W : 5 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin) 12 (W : 3 pin)
a052f5c002ca
701
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.3 PF
15.3.1
A. PF control board
931 (W : 3 pin)
930 (W : 4 pin)
925 (W : 6 pin)
N.C.
928 (BN : 32 pin)
800 (W : 8 pin)
927 (BN : 36 pin)
801 (BN : 32 pin)
852 (BN : 40 pin)
N.C.
N.C.
962 (BN : 5 pin)
853 (BN : 40 pin)
937 (BN : 24 pin)
933 (BN : 7 pin)
934 (BN : 8 pin)
a03xf5c008ca
702
15.4.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.4 LU
A. LU control board
802 (W : 10 pin)
3 (N.C.)
2 (N.C.)
836 (W : 11 pin)
804 (W : 28 pin)
805 (W : 11 pin)
4 (N.C.)
800 (W : 6 pin)
808 (W : 2 pin)
962 (W : 5 pin)
801 (W : 32 pin)
803 (W : 6 pin)
a03wf5c004ca
806 (W : 15 pin) 835 (W : 12 pin) 1 (N.C.)
B. AC drive board (HT-503)
963 (GY : 7 pin)
850 (W : 3 pin)
969 (W : 6 pin)
a03wf5c005ca
703
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.5 RU
15.5.1
A. RU control board
4 (W : 6 pin)
2 (W : 12 pin)
3 (BN : 9 pin)
11 (W : 5 pin)
1 (BN : 15 pin)
N.C.
N.C.
12 (W : 2 pin)
SW 1
SW1
ON
1 2 3 4
5 (W : 7 pin)
7 (W : 2 pin)
6 (W : 8 pin)
a04jf5c003ca
704
15.6.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.6 FD
A. FD control board
18 (W : 2 pin)
13 (GY : 9 pin)
17 (W : 8 pin)
9 (N.C.)
11 (GY : 6 pin)
7 (N.C.)
16 (W : 7 pin)
12 (N.C.)
8 (N.C.)
22 (N.C.)
20 (W : 4 pin)
15 (GY : 7 pin)
SW3
21 (N.C.)
5 (B : 40 pin)
2 (GY : 40 pin)
14 (GY : 18 pin)
1 (GY : 32 pin)
3 (GY : 16 pin)
4 (B : 32 pin)
ON
6 (B : 16 pin)
ON
SW3
1
C6500
1050
fd501fs5010c
705
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. Punch drive board
224 (GY : 20 pin)
210 (GY : 28 pin)
203 (GY : 18 pin)
201 (GY : 40 pin)
220 (GY : 24 pin)

219 (GY : 26 pin)
208 (GY : 9 pin)
222 (GY : 12 pin)
202 (GY : 32 pin)
206 (W : 4 pin)
221 (GY : 22 pin)
204 (GY : 40 pin)
223 (GY : 11 pin)
209 (GY : 34 pin)
215 (W : 8 pin)
211 (W : 4 pin)
217 (W : 9 pin)
207 (W : 6 pin)
216 (W : 12 pin)
205 (W : 5 pin)
fd501fs5011c
C. Folding drive board
500 (W : 4 pin)
508 (GY : 36 pin)
507 (GY : 15 pin)
501 (GY : 34 pin)
503 (GY : 16 pin)
506 (W : 6 pin)
505 (W : 12 pin)
706
fd501fs5012c
309 (W : 4 pin)
311 (GY : 26 pin)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. PI drive board
314 (GY : 15 pin)
313 (GY : 8 pin)

306 (GY : 18 pin)
305 (GY : 16 pin)
318 (GY : 7 pin)
307 (GY : 20 pin)
315 (GY : 6 pin)

308 (W : 3 pin)
317 (GY : 4 pin)
300 (W : 2 pin)
303 (GY : 6 pin)
304 (GY : 28 pin) 301 (GY : 16 pin) 302 (GY : 32 pin)
fd501fs5013c
E. FD operation board
361 (GY : 26 pin)
fd501fs5014c
F.
Jam indicator board
370 (GY : 6 pin)
fd501fs5015c
707
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
G. DC power supply board
51 (W : 8 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
fd501fs5016c
H. Multi feed detection board /1, /2
490 (W : 3 pin)
fd501fs5025c
I.
374 (GY : 4 pin)
fd501fs5026c
708
15.7.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.7 LS
A. LS control board
22 (W : 2 pin) 5 (W : 9 pin)
21 (W : 4 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)
2 (W : 15 pin)
24 (W : 12 pin)
6 (W : 3 pin)
23 (W : 11 pin)
30 (BL : 10 pin)
28 (W : 2 pin)
1 (W : 13 pin)
4 (W : 12 pin)
3 (W : 5 pin)
29 (W : 7 pin)
9 (W : 11 pin)
(N.C.) (N.C.)
26 (W : 5 pin)
8 (W : 8 pin)
27 (W : 4 pin)
12 (W : 6 pin)
25 (W : 6 pin)
13 (W : 7 pin)
14 (W : 2 pin)
10 (W : 10 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
19 (W : 3 pin)
18 (W : 7 pin)
15 (W : 12 pin) 17 (W : 6 pin)
7 (W : 14 pin)
16 (W : 13 pin)
ls502fs5005c
B. Relay board /1
4 (W : 17 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
3 (W : 4 pin)
ls502fs5006c
C. Relay board /2
4 (W : 17 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
3 (W : 4 pin)
ls502fs5007c
709
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. DC power supply
51 (W : 6 pin)
1 (W : 5 pin)
52 (W : 2 pin)
ls502fs5008c
710
15.8.1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.8 FS
A. FS-503
(1) FNS control board
19 (W : 4 pin)
9 (GY : 40 pin)
16 (W : 7 pin)
10 (GY : 3 pin) 12 (N.C.)
22 (GY : 20 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
23 (N.C.)
SW3
21 (W : 3 pin)
2 (GY : 40 pin)
14 (GY : 18 pin)
1 (GY : 32 pin)
3 (GY : 16 pin)
ON
ON
1 : ON
2 : ON
3 : ON
4 : ON
SW3
1
C6500
1 : ON
2 : OFF
3 : ON
4 : ON
SW3
1
1050
fs503fs5007c
711
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
(2) FNS drive board
53 (W : 8 pin)
52 (W : 18 pin)
66 (W : 2 pin)
62 (GY : 16 pin)
71 (GY : 6 pin)
70 (W : 8 pin)
55 (GY : 15 pin)
61 (GY : 40 pin)
51 (W : 26 pin)
65 (GY : 3 pin)
56 (W : 22 pin)
64 (GY : 18 pin)
60 (W : 4 pin)
57 (GY : 40 pin)
58 (GY : 30 pin)
63 (GY : 32 pin)
54 (W : 15 pin)
59 (GY : 14 pin)
fs503fs5008c
(3) Stapler board
4 (R : 3 pin)
2 (O : 3 pin)
3 (W : 3 pin)
5 (O : 3 pin)
1 (W : 7 pin)
fs503fs5009c
712
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. FS-520/607
(1) FNS control board
9 (W : 6 pin)
1 (W : 5 pin)
19 (W : 4 pin)
17(W : 8 pin)
18 (BN : 34 pin)
35 (BN : 4 pin)
20 (BN : 30 pin)
2 (W : 7pin)
7 (BN : 36 pin)
8 (GY : 12 pin)
10 (GY : 18pin)
14 (W : 5 pin)
16 (BN : 11 pin)
12 (BN : 36 pin)
11 (W : 10 pin)
13 (BN : 38 pin)
(FS-607 only)
a04df5c005cb
(2) Relay drive board
29(W : 4 pin)
27 (BN : 24 pin)
23 (W : 10 pin)
22 (BN : 36 pin)
24 (BN : 38 pin)
(FS-607 only)
28 (W : 6 pin)
25 (GY : 22 pin)
34 (BN : 13 pin)
(FS-607 only)
26 (BN : 6 pin)
32 (W : 6 pin)
(FS-607 only)
31 (GY : 20 pin)
(FS-607 only)
30 (W : 17 pin)
33 (GY : 28 pin)
(FS-607 only)
(FS-607 only)
a04df5c006cb
713
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.9 PI
15.9.1
A. PI drive board
53 (BN : 30 pin)
56 (W : 6 pin)
58 (BN : 12 pin)
52 (BN : 38 pin)
54 (W : 8 pin)
57 (BN : 11 pin) 55 (BN : 24 pin)

a04hf5c001ca
B. PI control board
1 (BN : 12 pin)
a04hf5c002ca
714
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.10 PK
15.10.1 Connector in the board
A. Punch drive board
44 (W : 6 pin)
41 (BN : 34 pin)
40 (W : 8 pin)
45 (W : 3 pin)
48 (BN : 11 pin)
47 (BN : 6 pin)
46 (BN : 9 pin)
a04ef5c001ca
B. Paper edge sensor
25 (BN : 11 pin)
a04ef5c002ca
715
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
15.11 SD
A. SD control board
19 (W : 4 pin)
18 (W : 2 pin)
17 (W : 8 pin)
10 (W : 3 pin) 12 (W : 8 pin) 9 (N.C.) 7 (W : 24 pin)
16 (W : 7 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
SW3
22 (N.C.)
24 (W : 2 pin)
23 (N.C.)
21 (N.C.)
2 (W : 40 pin)
3 (W : 16 pin)
14 (W : 18 pin)
4 (GY : 32 pin)
6 (GY : 16 pin)
1 (W : 32 pin)
ON
1 2 3 4
1 : OFF
2 : ON
3 : ON
4 : ON
C6500
716
5 (GY : 40 pin)
ON
1 2 3 4
1050
1 : OFF
2 : OFF
3 : ON
4 : ON
15anf5c020nb
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. SD drive board
101 (W : 6 pin) 153 (W : 36 pin)

144 (W : 30 pin)
164 (W : 8 pin)
148 (W : 6 pin)
143 (W : 6 pin)
141 (W : 15 pin) 154 (W : 12 pin)

165 (W : 14 pin)
147 (W : 8 pin)
162 (W : 6 pin)
142 (W : 11 pin)
155 (W : 8 pin)
146 (W : 22 pin)
157 (W : 12 pin)
145 (W : 36 pin)
140 (W : 40 pin)
120 (W : 32 pin)
170 (Y : 12 pin)
156 (GY : 14 pin)

152 (GY : 12 pin)
158 (W : 6 pin)
150 (W : 4 pin)
169 (W : 4 pin)
167 (W : 2 pin)
122 (W : 34 pin)
166 (W : 4 pin)
110 (W : 18 pin) 168 (W : 15 pin)
121 (W : 40 pin)
163 (W : 6 pin)
126 (W : 40 pin) 100 (W : 4 pin) 151 (W : 40 pin)

127 (W : 30 pin)
125 (W : 32 pin) 149 (W : 30 pin)

15anf5c021na
717
15.12 PB
A. PB control board (PBCB)
VR4
33(GY:20 pin)
30(GY:30 pin)
5(GY:11 pin)
39(W:3 pin)
31(GY:24 pin)
32(GY:28 pin)
18(GY:36 pin)
22(W:2 pin)
15(GY:40 pin)
SW1
38(W:5 pin)
7(N.C.)
VR2
16(GY:38 pin)
13(N.C.)
21(GY:6 pin)
14(N.C.)
29(W:4 pin)
8(N.C.)
19(GY:34 pin)
3(N.C.)
53(N.C)
12(N.C.)
24(N.C.)
6(N.C.)
SW2
2(W:7 pin)
20(GY:24 pin)
36(GY:40 pin)
1(W:3 pin)
11(N.C.)
44(W:4 pin)
17(GY:36 pin)
9(N.C.)
23(N.C.)
34(W:9 pin)
4(GY:12 pin)
10(N.C.)
37(GY:18 pin)
62(GY:4 pin)
35(GY:38 pin)
ON
3 4 5
B C DE
ON
1 : ON
2 : OFF
3 : OFF
4 : OFF
89
67
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SW1
DipSW
1
1 : OFF
2 : OFF
3 : OFF
4 : OFF
DipSW
2 3 4
C6500
3 4
1050
a075f5c016ca
NOTE
Do not change the SW1 setting during maintenance and repair.
718
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
B. PB drive board (PBDB)
80(GY:26 pin)
57(GY:36 pin)
54(GY:40 pin)
88(N.C.)
52(W:6 pin)
81(GY:22 pin)
71(W:12 pin)
50(W:4 pin)
89(N.C.)
55(GY:38 pin)
70(W:12 pin)
72(W:13 pin)
82(W:8 pin)
90(N.C.)
83(GY:17 pin)
60(GY:6 pin)
85(GY:16 pin)
87(GY:24 pin)
74(W:6 pin)
59(GY:24 pin)
56(GY:36 pin)
79(N.C.)
86(W:15 pin)
58(GY:34 pin)
78(W:7 pin)
73(W:6 pin)
76(W:13 pin)
61(W:4 pin)
260(GY:2 pin)
69(W:5 pin)
75(W:12 pin)
84(W:12 pin)
77(W:13 pin)
68(W:6 pin)
261(W:2 pin)
51(W:4 pin)
a075f5c017cb
C. AC drive board (ACDB)
41(W:7 pin)
45(W:6 pin)
40(W:3 pin)
43(W:3 pin)
46(W:2 pin)
42(W:5 pin)
a075f5c018ca
719
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
16. TIMING CHART

16.1 Main body
A. Time chart when turning the power on
[1] [2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Item
Scanner motor (M1)
F
R
Exposure lamp (L1)

Fusing heater lamp/1 (L2)
Fusing motor (M29)
Drum motor /Y (M14)
Drum motor /M (M15)
Drum motor /C (M16)
Drum motor /K (M17)
Polygon motor /Y (M3)
Polygon motor /M (M4)
Polygon motor /C (M5)
Polygon motor /K (M6)
LDB /Y (LASDB/Y)
LDB /M (LASDB/M)
LDB /C (LASDB/C
LDB /K (LASDB/K)
Dehumidifier heater (HTR)
a03uf5c801ca
720
[1]
Sub power switch (SW2) ON
[2]
Initial communication between overall control board (OACB) and printer control board (PRCB)
[3]
Shading correction
[4]
Fusing temperature reaches the predetermined level
[5]
End of warm-up
Item
Reverse/exit motor
(M33)
ADU reverse motor

(M32)
ADU loop motor

(M57)
Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)
Fusing motor (M29) /R
Fusing motor (M29) /F
Loop motor (M31)
V TOP
Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50)
Print start signal
B. Full color, life size, DF two single sided originals, duplex printing, feeding from paper feed tray/1
a03uf5c802ca
721
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16. TIMING CHART
722
Print start signal
Reverse/exit
motor (M303)
Conveyance
motor (M302)
Paper feed
motor (M301)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
16.2 DF
A. A4, life size, single sided original, reversed paper exit
a052f5c003ca
Print start signal
Reverse/
exit motor
(M303)
Conveyance motor
(M302)
Paper feed
motor
(M301)
B. A4, life size, double sided original, 3 originals
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16. TIMING CHART
a052f5c004ca
723
724
Time (sec)
Main body: Paper exit sensor (PS13)
Item
Print start signal
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
16.3 PF
A. Tray 5, A4, 2 originals
a03xf5c007ca
V-TOPsignal
Loop
Print start signal
Intermediate conveyance sensor /

2 (PS28)

1 (PS27)
Paper feed sensor (PS106)
Loop
16.4 LU
A. A4, single sided, feeding two originals
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16. TIMING CHART
a03wf5c800ca
725
726
V-TOP signal
Print start signal

2 (PS28)

1 (PS27)
Paper feed sensor (PS106)
Loop
Loop
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
B. A3, single sided, feeding two originals
a03wf5c801ca
16. TIMING CHART
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16.5 FD
A. Letter fold-in, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)

Alignment plate motor (M12) F
R
Punch drive motor (M10)

fd501fs5017c
727
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
B. Letter fold-out, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)
10

R

fd501fs5018c
728
16. TIMING CHART
Item
Time (sec)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Double parallel, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit

R

fd501fs5019c
729
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
D. Folding, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)

R

fd501fs5020c
730
16. TIMING CHART
E. Gate fold, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

R

fd501fs5021c
731
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART

F.
Z-fold, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)

R

fd501fs5022c
732
16. TIMING CHART
Item
Time (sec)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
G. PI cover insertion, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit

R

Start button ON
fd501fs5023c
733
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
H. Punch, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit
Item
Time (sec)

R

fd501fs5024c
734
Item
Time (sec)

Coupling exit sensor (PS18)

Latch ON
Front stopper
solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Rear stopper
solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Job partition
solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF

Conveyance motor
1000 mm/s
(M2)
490 mm/s
1000 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor
(M3)
490 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
1300 mm/s
Grip conveyance
motor (M4)
1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
16.6 LS
A. A4, straight mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16. TIMING CHART
ls502fs5009c
735
736
Item
Time (sec)


Latch ON
Front stopper
solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Rear stopper
solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Job partition
solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF

Conveyance motor
1000 mm/s
(M2)
490 mm/s
1000 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor
(M3)
490 mm/s
1300 mm/s
Grip conveyance
motor (M4)
1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
B. A3, shift mode, 2 originals, 2 copies set
ls502fs5010c
Item
Time (sec)


Latch ON
Front stopper
solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Rear stopper
solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Job partition
solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF

Conveyance motor
1000 mm/s
(M2)
490 mm/s
1000 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor
(M3)
350 mm/s
1300 mm/s
Grip conveyance
motor (M4)
1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
C. A4, Sub tray mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16. TIMING CHART
ls502fs5011c
737
738
Item
Time (sec)


Latch ON
Front stopper
solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Rear stopper
solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF
Latch ON
Job partition
solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF

Conveyance motor
1000 mm/s
(M2)
490 mm/s
1000 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor
(M3)
490 mm/s
1300 mm/s
Grip conveyance
motor (M4)
1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
D. A4, tandem mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set
ls502fs5012c
Main body side paper exit sensor (PS3)
Signal while in FS operation
Time (sec)
Start button ON
16.7.1
Item
16.7 FS
A. Sort, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, Single side
FS-503
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16. TIMING CHART
fs503fs5010c
739
740
Time (sec)
Item
1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
B. Sub tray, A4, 2 original, 2 copies, single side
fs503fs5011c
Time (sec)
Item
1
C. Staple, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, single side
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16. TIMING CHART
fs503fs5012c
741
Item
742
930 mm/s
400 mm/s
400 mm/s
253 mm/s
Copy 2 Page 2
Main tray up down UP

motor (M3)
DOWN
Paper exit roller

motor (M7)
FNS conveyance
drive motor (M1)
Copy 3 Page 1
FS operation start signal ON
Copy 1 Page 1
Copy 3 Page 2
Copy 1 Page 2
DOWN
UP
Main tray up down

motor (M3)
253 mm/s Paper exit roller

400 mm/s motor (M7)
930 mm/s FNS conveyance

400 mm/s drive motor (M1)
Item
Copy 2 Page 1
16.7.2
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
FS-520/607
A. Sort, A4, 2 originals, 3 copies, Single side
a04df5c800ca
Item
Open
Close
280 mm/s
670 mm/s

UP
Main tray up down
motor (M3)
DOWN
Paper exit roller

motor (M7)

950 mm/s
Stapler, clincher motor home sensor /Rr (M9, M10)


Stapler, clincher motor home sensor /Fr (M14, M15)
Alignment motor /
Up (M5)

Print start signal

Copy 1 Page 1
Copy 1 Page 9 Copy 1 Page 10 Copy 1 Page 11
Copy 2 Page 9 Copy 2 Page 10 Copy 2 Page 11
Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 1 Page 3
Item
Alignment motor /
Up (M5)
DOWN
UP
670 mm/s
B. 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 11 originals, 2 copies, Single side
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Main tray up down

motor (M3)
Paper exit roller

motor (M7)
280 mm/s
950 mm/s

Open
Close

16. TIMING CHART
a04df5c801ca
743
744
Item

Stacker entrance motor (M13) 930 mm/s
500 mm/s
Close
Open
Close
Open
Down
Stopper (M18)
Up
Tri-folding gate sole400 mm/s
noid (M20)
80 mm/s
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid (SD7, SD8)
Copy 2 Page 1
Print start signal
Copy 2 Page 2
Copy 1 Page 1
Copy 2 Page 3
Copy 1 Page 2
Copy 1 Page 3
Item

Down
Stopper (M18)
Up
400 mm/s Tri-folding gate solenoid
80 mm/s (M20)

930 mm/s Stacker entrance motor (M13)
500 mm/s
Close
Open
Close
Open
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
C. Saddle stitching, A4S, 3 originals, 2 copies, Single side (FS-607 only)
a04df5c802ca
Item
Open
Close
Open
Close
Stopper (M18)
Down
Up
Tri-folding gate solenoid (M20)

930 mm/s
500 mm/s

Gate motor (M12)
Print start signal
Item
D. Tri-folding, A4S, 3 originals, 2 copies, Single side (FS-607 only)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Down
Stopper (M18)
Up
Tri-folding gate solenoid (M20)
Close
Open
930 mm/s Stacker entrance motor
500 mm/s (M13)

Gate motor (M12)
Close
Open

16. TIMING CHART
a04df5c803ca
745
746
253 mm/s
670 mm/s
Item

Gate motor (M12)

Close
Open
Paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206)
PI paper feed pre-require

PI paper feed require

Conveyance motor
(M203)
Print start signal
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
16.8 PI
A. PI auto paper feeder (lower tray), 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, Single side
15jff5c800na
Item
Open
Close
Alignment motor /
Up (M5)

Punch motor (M301)

Registration shutter motor (M303)
Registration shutter home sensor (PS307)
Gate motor (M12)
Print start signal
16.9.1
16.9 PK
A. Punch, 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 2 originals, 3 copies, Single side
PK-512
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16. TIMING CHART
15knf5c800na
747
Item
748
Fr
Rr

Stapler motor /Rr (M9) clincher motor /Rr (M10)
Stapler motor /Fr (M14) clincher motor /Fr (M15)

Close
Alignment motor /
Up (M5)
Open

Punch motor (M301)
Punch shift motor

(M302)
Registration shutter motor (M303)

Registration shutter home sensor (PS307)
Gate motor (M12)
Print start signal
16.9.2
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
A. Punch, 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 2 originals, 3 copies, Single side
PK-513
15kjf5c800na
Time (sec)
Horizontal conveyance exit sensor (PS4)
Item
10
11
16.10 SD
A. Coupling conveyance, A4, 3 sheets of paper, 2 set
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16. TIMING CHART
15anf5c800na
749
750
Time (sec)
Item
10
11
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
B. Subtray exit, A4, 3 sheets of paper, 2 set
15anf5c801na
16. TIMING CHART
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
C. Overlap tri-folding, A4S, 3 sheets of paper, 3 set
Time (sec)
Item
10
11
12

Right angle
conveyance motor
(M6)
F
R
F
Overlap motor (M13)
R
H
Folding conveyance
motor (M4)
L
R
Folding main scan

alignment motor /Fr
(M7)
Folding sub scan
alignment exit motor
(M8)
Folding main scan
alignment motor /Rr
(M14)
(M18)
2nd folding blade
motor (M19)
R
F
R
F
R
F
1st
folding
R
F
2nd
folding

Exit

(PS24)
15anf5c802na
751
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
Time (sec)
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Item
F
R
F
Right angle
conveyance motor
(M6)
Overlap motor (M13)
R
H
L
Folding conveyance
motor (M4)
R
F
R
F
R
F
R
F
1st
folding
1st
folding
R
F
2nd
folding
2nd
folding
Folding main scan

alignment motor /Fr
(M7)
Folding sub scan
(M8)
Folding main scan
alignment motor /Rr
(M14)
(M18)
2nd folding blade
motor (M19)

Exit
Exit

(PS24)
15anf5c803na
752
16. TIMING CHART
Time (sec)
Item
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
D. Saddle stitching (trimmer), A3, 5 sheets of paper, 2 set
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Right angle
conveyance motor (M6)
Overlap motor (M13)
R
F
R

F
Folding conveyance
motor (M4)
R
Folding sub scan
(M8)
F
R
H
L
R
F
1st folding blade

motor (M18)
Folding
Folding
Folding
Folding

F
Bundle arm motor

(M10)
F
F
R
F

(M20)

F
Bundle arm rotation

motor (M22)
Bundle arm assist

motor (M26)
Staple

F
R
F
Bundle registration
motor (M12)
Bundle press
Bundle press
motor (M23)
Bundle press stage up

down motor (M24)
F
F
F

Trimmer blade motor
(M31)
Trimmer press motor
(M32)
F
R
F
R
15anf5c804na
753
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
Time (sec)
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Item
F
R
F
R

Overlap motor (M13)

Folding conveyance
F
motor (M4)
R
F
R
H
L
R
F
R

Folding sub scan
(M8)
1st folding blade

motor (M18)
R
Folding

F
R
F
Bundle arm motor

(M10)
R
F
R
F
R

(M20)

F
R
F
R
Bundle arm rotation

motor (M22)
Bundle arm assist
motor (M26)
Staple

F
R
F
R
F
R
F
R
F
R

Bundle registration
motor (M12)
Bundle press
Bundle press
motor (M23)
Bundle press stage up
down motor (M24)

Exit
Exit

F
Trim
Trim
R
F
R
Trimmer blade motor

(M31)
Trimmer press motor
(M32)
15anf5c805na
754
Print start signal ON
16.11 PB
A. Sub tray paper exit, A4, originals, single side
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

16. TIMING CHART
15anf5c806c
755
756
Forward
Backward
Open
Close
Down
Up
Down
Up
Up
Down
Open
Close
Open
Close

Open
Close
Book conveyance
Down
belt up down motor (M63) Up
Cutter motor (M50)

motor (M41)
arm motor /Rt (M43)
arm motor /Lt (M44)
Cover paper table up
down motor /Fr (M46)
Cover paper folding motor
/Rt (M48)
Cover paper folding
motor /Lt (M49)
Glue tank movement motor Forward

(M31)
Backward
Glue apply position detection
sensor (PS32)
Clamp motor (M22)
Open
Close
Open
Close
Clamp rotation motor (M23) Left
Right
SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13 )
Clamp entranse roller release

motor (M20)
SC switchback conveyF
ance motor (M12)
R
F
SSC switchback release
motor (M13)
R
SC alignment motor(M15) Open
Close
SC roller release motor(M18)
First book
(1)
Positioning (alignment)
to be trimmed
26
(40)
(1)
27
Clamp
28
Next book
29
Upright
30
31
32
Forward
(10)
33
Open
Backward
34
35
36
37
38
39
5 seconds waiting
(20)
40
41
42
43
Up
44
Down
Booklet Release
(30)
Rotation
45
46
48
Down of booklet
Positioning
(alignment)
47
49
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
B. Perfect Binding, A4, 40 originals, 2 copies, single side, PB cover paper supply
15anf5c807c
(40)
51
to be trimmed
50
52
53
Clamp
54
Upright
55
Positioning
(alignment)
56
Forward
57
58
60
Open
Returning to HP
Backward
59
61
62
64
65
5 seconds waiting
63
66
Down
67
Up
Down
69
Booklet Release
68
Rotation
70
71
73
Down of booklet
Positioning
(alignment)
72
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
82
83
84
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
81

16. TIMING CHART
15anf5c808c
757
758
Forward
Book conveyance belt move- Close

Open
ment motor (M62)
Book conveyance belt up down Down
Up
motor (M63)
Cutter motor (M50)
Backward
Cover paper alignment motor (M41) Close

Open
Down
arm motor /Rt (M43)
Up
Down
arm motor /Lt (M44)
Up
Cover paper table up down Up
motor /Fr(M46)
Down
Cover paper folding motor /Rt(M48) Open
Close
Cover paper folding motor /Lt(M49) Open
Close

Clamp alignment motor (M21) Open
Close
Open
Clamp motor (M22)
Close
Clamp rotation motor (M23) Left
Right
Forward
Glue tank movement motor (M31) Backward
SC switchback conveyance F
motor (M12)
R
SC alignment motor (M15) Open
Close
Up
Clamp entranse movement motor (M19)
Down
Clamp entranse roller release motor
(M20)
First book
(1)
22
23
24
25
26
(40)
27
29
Positioning
(alignment)
Clamp
30
Next book
Change
Cover paper path
(1)
28
Upright
31
Positioning
(alignment)
32
Forward
33
35
Open
Returning to HP
(10)
34
Backward
36
37
38

40
41
5 seconds waiting
39
Down
42
43

Rotation
45
Down
Booklet Release
44
46
47
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
C. Perfect Binding, A4, 40 originals, 2 copies, single side, main body cover paper supply
15anf5c809c
48
49
50
Down
to be trimmed
Returning
to HP
Two pages
(40)
51
52
53
54
Change
Cover paper path
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
83
84
85
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
82

16. TIMING CHART
15anf5c810c
759
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART
Blank page
760
1
2
M
3
4
5
131-B1 - B6
6
7
8
9
10
11
642-1 5V
642-2 5V
642-3 5V
642-4 DEC_CLK
Main relay
25
26
27
12
28
29
33
30
31
122-9
34
35
36
37
38
39
32
PRCB(1/6)
501
502
13
123-9
123-8
123-10
123-1
104-8 PGND
104-3 24V1
104-7 PGND
104-2 24V1
104-9 PGND
104-4 24V1
104-10 SGND
12
123-7
123-6
123-5
123-4
123-3
123-2
18
122-8
122-7
122-10
21
122-5
20
122-6
122-1
19
104-5 12V1
104-6 PGND
104-1 24V1
103-12 SGND
103-6 5V2
103-11 SGND
103-10 SGND
103-9 SGND
11
122-4
17
122-3
122-2
16
357-18 5V
357-17 5V
357-16 5V
357-15 DEC_CLK
642-5 DEC_ENA
14
500-13B ADU_LOCK
357-14 DEC_ENA
642-6 DEC_CWB
13
500-12B MCL1_24V
357-13 DEC_CWB
11
15
500-11B REG_CONT
12
642-7 DEC_VREF
103-8 SGND
FT10
357-12 DEC_VREF
642-8 GND
103-7 PGND
10
500-10B FMT_CLK
357-11 GND
642-9 EXT_CLK
103-5 5V2
103-4 3.3V1
103-3 3.3V2
103-2 3.3V2
103-1 24V1
102-6 5V1
102-5 SGND
102-3 AC_OFF
102-2 REM/1
102-4 SGND
102-1 12V2
Decurler motor
10
500-9B SSD_TXD
357-10 EXT_CLK
642-10 EXT_ENA
500-8B SSD_RXD
357-9 EXT_ENA
642-11 EXT_CWB
642-12 EXT_VREF
500-7B DECH_SIG
357-8 EXT_CWB
357-7 EXT_VREF
500-6B 12V
500-5B FRL_SIG
642-13 GND
642-14 RLMT_CLK
357-6 GND
357-5 RLMT_CLK
160-1-3
24V
24V
500-4B BPNF_SIG
500-3B REV_SIG
642-15 RLMT_EN
590-11
598-1-6
357-4 RLMT_EN
590-7
598-2-5
160-2-2
590-5
598-3-4
160-3-1
590-1
598-4-3
Paper exit motor
500-2B HAN_SIG2
642-16 RLMT_CW
357-3 RLMT_CW
642-17 RESET
155-1 MRL(+)
(PGND)
155-2 MRL_DRV
(24VIN)
155-3 N.C
590-9
598-5-2
500-1B HAN_SIG1
357-2 RESET
642-18 GND
152-1 L6_DRV
152-2 L5_DRV
152-3 L4_DRV
152-4 L3_DRV
152-5 L2_DRV
569-12 DECMT_/B
590-3
598-6-1
500-13A FD_OPEN
357-1 GND
151-9 L6_DRV
151-8 L5_DRV
151-7 L4_DRV
151-6 L3_DRV
151-5 L2_DRV
152-6 MRL_DRV
152-7 H_CONT
589-11
599-1-6
500-12A FEXT_SIG
500-11A ADUR_SIG
500-10A REG_SIG
500-9A BMAX_SIG
500-8A ADUH_SIG
500-7A ADUP_SIG
151-3 H_CONT
589-7
599-2-5
129
151-4 MRL_DRV
589-5
599-3-4
24V
24V
500-6A GND
589-1
599-4-3
M55
569-11 DECMT_B
569-10 DECMT_/A
569-9 DECMT_A
589-9
599-5-2
NF
500-5A ADU_RXD
152-8 SGND
152-9 5V
24V1
151-2 GND
151-1 5V
569-8 24V2
569-7 24V2
569-6 HAIMT_/B
589-3
599-6-1
1st transfer pressure

/ release motor
M54
500-4A ADU_TXD
500-3A ADUS_SIG
150-1 FTEMP1_1
569-5 HAIMT_B
569-4 HAIMT_/A
569-3 HAIMT_A
358-6-1
358-5-2
358-4-3
358-3-4
358-2-5
M19
150-2 FTEMP1_2
150-3 FTEMP1_3
150-4 FTEMP2_1
569-2 24V2
112
569-1 24V2
24
150-5 FTEMP2_2
643-1 RLM1_A
643-2 RLM1_/A
Dehumidifier heater switch
150-6 FSET_UH
150-7 FSET_UL
150-8 FTEMP3_1
643-3 RLM1_B
643-4 RLM1_/B
358-1-6
131 133
150-9 FTEMP3_2
150-10 FTEMP3_3
643-5 24V
643-6 24V
SW3
150-11 FTEMP4_1
150-12 FTEMP4_2
111
153-4 PGND
150-13 FSET_LH
23
153-3 PGND
500-2A FLS_SIG
K
150-14 FSET_LL
153-1 24V1
153-2 24V2
HTR
500-1A AREG_CONT
131-B6 - B1
Sub relay
131-B5 - B2
131-B4 - B3
131-B3 - B4
RY2
121-10
121-9
121-8
142-2
142-1
130 132
131-B2 - B5
121-7
121-6
121-5
121-4
146-2
131-A7 - A1
131-A6 - A2
131-A5 - A3
EUROPE ONLY
131-A4 - A4
RY1
146-1
FT12
121-3
121-2
131-A3 - A5
AC(N)
121-1
FT8
131-A1 - A7
Main power switch
131-A2 - A6
131-4
#187(W)T0.5
FT20 AC_N
24V1
131-3
148-2
FT11
131-2
131-1
130-B9 - B1
120-3
120-2
120-1
Circuit breaker/1
130-B8 - B2
157-8 5V2
157-7 L3_CONT
FT7
130-B7 - B3
159-1
157-6 L5_CONT
157-5 SGND
130-B6 - B4
130-B5 - B5
130-B4 - B6
BT-1
159-2
159-3
159-4
AC(H)
130-B3 - B7
BT-3
130-B2 - B8
BT-2
FUSCB/2
BT-4
130-B1 - B9
130-A10- A1
130-A9 - A2
130-A8 - A3
FT6
FT20
FT18
130-A7 - A4
BT-1
148-1
BT-3
130-A5 - A6
BT-2
157-4 5V2
FT5
130-A6 - A5
148-2
Circuit breaker/2
130-A4 - A7
BT-4
157-3 L2_CONT
CBR/2
158-1
157-2 L4_CONT
Y/G
130-A3 - A8
I
158-2
FT4
FUSCB/1
157-1 SGND
FT3
158-3
FT2
158-4
FT19
#187(W)T0.5
CBR/1
130-A2 - A9
147-1
FT17
130-A1 - A10
J
147-2
FT19 AC_N
#250(BK)T0.8
FT18 AC_N
(RL1 FT)
FT1
130-6
147-2
#250(BK)T0.8
FT17 AC_N
#187 T0.5
FT16 AC_H
130-4
148-1
147-1
Plug
130-3
130-2
130-1
130-5
17.1 Main body 1/12
13
SW1
128
FT9
101-1 AC(H)
101-2 NC
DCPS/1(1/2)
B
Dehumidifier heater
101-3 AC(N)
Noise filter
22
23
24
40
FT15
T0.5
(RL1 FT)
ACDB
G
F/G
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Main body location list

Symbol
Part name
Location
ACDB
AC drive board
1-F
CBR/1
Circuit breaker /1
2-A
CBR/2
Circuit breaker /2
2-B
DCPS/1
DC power supply /1
9-A
FUSCB/1
Fusing control board /1
2-H
FUSCB/2
Fusing control board /2
3-H
HTR
Dehumidifier heater
5-C
M19
1st transfer pressure/release motor
7-D
M54
Paper exit motor
8-C
M55
Decurler motor
8-C
NF
Noise filter
2-A
PRCB
Printer control board
7-K
RY1
Main relay
2-F
RY2
Sub relay
4-F
SW1
Main power switch
4-A
SW3
Dehumidifier heater switch
4-D
14
15
16
17
M
18
19
20
21
PRCB(2/6)
22
23
24
SD7
PS32
PS33
PS34
VR1
PS35
PS36
PS37
MC9
MC10
SD8
PS38
PS39
PS40
VR2
PS41
PS42
PS43
MC11
MC12
SD9
PS44
PS45
PS46
VR3
437-5-1
MC8
429-14A-1A
MC7
428-1B GND
99 100
464-1A TR2_DRV
PS31
437-4-2
Paper size VR/3
PS30
429-13A-2A
441-1
25
124-8
124-7
124-6
116
124-5
124-1
114
124-2
115-7 PGND
115-6 PGND
115-5 PGND
115-4 PGND
115-3 PGND
115-2 24V2
115-1 24V2
114-6 PGND
114-4 24V2-2
114-5 PGND
114-3 24V2-2
114-2 REM/3
114-1 REM/2
113-10 PGND
113-9 PGND
113-5 24V2-2
113-4 24V2-2
113-8 PGND
113-3 24V2-2
113-7 PGND
24
124-3
124-4
113
428-2B T3DET(H)
441-2
437-2-4
437-3-3
Paper size
sensor/Rr3
PS29
428-3B GND
429-12A-3A
429-11A-4A
441-3
437-1-5
440-3
440-2
109 110 111 112
464-2A 24V2
428-5B 3.3V2
428-4B PAPERVR3
429-10A-5A
429-9A-6A
439-3
440-1
108
464-3A TR3_DRV
428-6B GND
428-7B T3PSIZE2
429-8A-7A
429-7A-8A
429-6A-9A
Paper size
sensor/Fr3
107
464-4A 24V2
464-5A PF_SOCL1
428-8B 5V
428-9B GND
439-2
439-1
Paper near empty

sensor/3
126-10
113-6 PGND
113-2 24V2-2
23
464-6A PF_RVCL1
464-7A PF_RVCL2
428-10B T3PSIZE1
429-5A-10A
429-4A-11A
438-3
438-2
105 106
464-8A PF_CHCL1
428-11B 5V
429-3A-12A
429-2A-13A
104
464-9A PF_CHCL2
428-12B GND
428-13B T3QUANT
438-1
68
464-10A PF_CHCL3
464-11A PF_CHCL4
464-12A PF_CHCL5
429-1A-14A
Pick-up solenoid/3
103
428-14B 5V
429-16B-1B
436-2
568-2-1
102
428-15B N.C
436-1
568-1-2
Pre-registration
clutch/3
101
464-13A PF_CHCL6
429-15B-2B
429-14B-3B
435-2
430-13-1
126-9
126-8
126-1
125-10
22
464-14A PF_PUSD1
464-15A PF_NFSIG1
428-1A PUSD3
435-1
430-12-2
Paper feed clutch/2
82
428-2A T3MC24V
429-13B-4B
429-12B-5B
434-2
430-11-3
126-7
126-6
126-5
126-4
126-3
126-2
125-9
125-8
125-7
81
464-16A PF_NPSIG1
464-17A PF_CHSIG1
428-3A PFEEDMC3
428-4A T3MC24V
428-5A PSUPMC3
429-11B-6B
434-1
430-10-4
TRAY2
464-18A PF_CHSIG2
464-19A PF_CHSIG3
464-20A PF_CHSIG4
433-3
430-9-5
Paper empty
sensor/3
98
428-6A T3MC24V
433-2
430-8-6
97
429-10B-7B
429-9B-8B
433-1
430-7-7
96
428-7A GND
429-8B-9B
429-7B-10B
432-3
430-6-8
Upper limit sensor/3
95
428-9A 5V2
432-2
430-5-9
125-5
125-6
113-1 24V2-2
112-10 PGND
21
428-8A NOPAPER3
432-1
430-4-10
Paper feed sensor/3
94
428-10A GND
429-6B-11B
429-5B-12B
429-4B-13B
431-3
430-3-11
93
428-11A UPLIMIT3
431-2
430-2-12
92
428-12A 5V2
428-13A GND
429-3B-14B
431-1
430-1-13
91
429-2B-15B
429-1B-16B
423-5-1
90
428-14A NOFEED3
415-14A-1A
Paper size VR/2
89
428-15A 5V2
414-1B SGND
414-2B T2DET(H)
427-1
423-4-2
427-2
423-2-4
423-3-3
125-4
125-3
125-1
20
464-1B GND
415-13A-2A
415-12A-3A
415-11A-4A
88
464-2B LTCCLCNT
414-3B SGND
414-4B PAPERVR2
87
464-3B PF_FRSIG1
427-3
423-1-5
125-2
112-9 PGND
112-5 24V2-2
112-4 24V2-2
112-8 PGND
112-3 24V2-2
112-7 PGND
112-6 PGND
112-2 24V2-2
112-1 24V2-2
DCPS/1(2/2)
464-4B PF_FRSIG2
415-10A-5A
86
414-5B 3.3V
Paper size
sensor/Rr2
85
414-6B SGND
426-3
426-2
426-1
84
464-5B LTNP_SIG
415-9A-6A
415-8A-7A
415-7A-8A
83
464-6B LTPR_SIG
414-7B T2PSIZE2
414-8B 5V2
Paper size
sensor/Fr2
78
464-7B LTSO_SIG
464-8B GND
414-9B SGND
425-3
Paper near empty

sensor/2
80
464-9B PF_HTROFF
415-6A-9A
425-2
425-1
424-3
424-2
79
414-10B T2PSIZE1
415-5A-10A
415-4A-11A
415-3A-12A
415-2A-13A
128-5
128-1
127-5
127-1
111-8 PGND
19
464-10B LTSSDCNT
414-11B 5V2
414-12B SGND
128-8
128-7
69
464-11B LTRCLCNT
464-12B LTSCLCNT
414-14B 5V2
414-13B T2QUANT
424-1
128-6
128-4
128-3
128-2
127-8
127-7
127-6
127-4
127-3
70
464-13B GND
464-14B SOUT2_2
415-1A-14A
415-16B-1B
Pick-up solenoid/2
77
414-15B N.C
414-1A PUSD2
422-2
567-2-1
Pre-registration
clutch/2
76
464-15B SIN2_2
464-16B GND
415-15B-2B
Paper feed clutch/1
TRAY1
414-2A T2MC24V
421-2
422-1
416-13-1
421-1
416-12-2
567-1-2
420-2
416-11-3
75
464-17B TONERDET
415-14B-3B
415-13B-4B
420-1
416-10-4
Paper empty
sensor/2
74
414-3A PFEEDMC2
414-4A T2MC24V
415-12B-5B
415-11B-6B
415-10B-7B
419-3
416-9-5
127-2
111-4 24V2-1
111-7 PGND
111-6 PGND
111-3 24V2-1
111-2 24V2-1
18
464-18B 5V2
464-19B TR1_DRV
414-6A T2MC24V
419-2
416-8-6
73
414-5A PSUPMC2
415-9B-8B
415-8B-9B
72
464-20B 24V2
414-7A GND
418-3
419-1
416-6-8
416-7-7
71
414-8A NOPAPER2
414-9A 5V
415-6B-11B
415-7B-10B
60
442-1 GND
442-2 FEEDOPEN
414-10A GND
418-2
416-5-9
67
442-3 5V2
415-5B-12B
418-1
416-4-10
64
414-11A UPLIMIT2
415-4B-13B
Paper feed sensor/2
111-5 PGND
111-1 24V2-1
17
442-4 GND
414-12A 5V
417-3
416-3-11
66
442-5 NOFEED
414-13A GND
417-2
416-2-12
65
442-6 5V2
415-3B-14B
415-2B-15B
417-1
416-1-13
Paper size VR/1
63
414-14A NOFEED2
415-1B-16B
409-5-1
409-4-2
413-1
409-3-3
62
442-7 MC1_DRV
414-15A 5V2
401-14A-1A
401-13A-2A
413-2
409-2-4
61
442-8 MCL1_24V
400-1B SGND
400-2B T1DET(H)
401-12A-3A
413-3
409-1-5
Paper size
sensor/Rr1
110-3 AC(N)
442-9 SGND
442-10 TONERDET
400-3B SGND
400-4B PAPERVR1
401-11A-4A
401-10A-5A
412-3
412-2
412-1
106-10 SGND
106-4 5V2
129
400-5B 3.3V
401-9A-6A
401-8A-7A
401-7A-8A
411-3
Paper size
sensor/Fr1
128
400-6B SGND
400-7B T1PSIZE2
400-8B 5V2
401-6A-9A
411-2
106-12 PGND
16
442-11 5V2
442-12 PSMT_H/L
442-13 PSMT_ER
400-9B SGND
401-5A-10A
411-1
106-11 SGND
106-9 SGND
106-6 24V1
106-5 12V
106-3 5V2
106-8 SGND
442-14 PSMT_CW
442-15 PSMT_CLK
400-10B T1PSIZE1
401-4A-11A
59
442-16 PSMT_CNT
400-11B 5V2
58
442-17 GND
442-18 5V2
410-3
Paper near empty

sensor/1
56
401-3A-12A
410-2
410-1
57
400-12B SGND
401-2A-13A
401-1A-14A
Pick-up solenoid/1
106-2 5V2
106-7 SGND
106-1 5V2
105-10 SGND
105-5 5V2
105-9 SGND
105-4 5V2
15
400-13B T1QUANT
400-14B 5V2
408-2
566-2-1
55
459-1A GND
400-15B N.C
408-1
566-1-2
Pre-registration
clutch/1
46
459-2A T4PSIZ2
401-16B-1B
401-15B-2B
407-2
402-13-1
54
459-3A 5V2
400-1A PUSD1
401-14B-3B
407-1
402-12-2
53
459-4A GND
400-2A T1MC24V
401-13B-4B
401-12B-5B
Paper feed clutch/1

52
459-5A T4PSIZ1
400-4A T1MC24V
400-3A PFEEDMC1
406-2
402-11-3
51
459-6A 5V2
459-7A GND
401-11B-6B
50
400-5A PSUPMC1
406-1
402-10-4
49
459-8A PAPERVR4
405-3
402-9-5
Paper empty
sensor/1
48
400-6A T1MC24V
401-10B-7B
401-9B-8B
405-2
402-8-6
105-8 SGND
105-7 SGND
105-6 SGND
105-3 5V2
105-2 5V2
105-1 5V2
14
459-9A 3.3V3
400-7A GND
401-8B-9B
47
459-10A GND
400-8A NOPAPER1

45
459-11A NOPAPER4
400-9A 5V
404-3
405-1
402-6-8
404-2
402-5-9
402-7-7
404-1
402-4-10
Paper feed sensor/1
44
459-12A 5V2
401-7B-10B
401-6B-11B
401-5B-12B
403-3
43
400-10A GND
400-11A UPLIMIT1
401-4B-13B
403-2
402-3-11
42
459-1B PSFAN_DR1
400-12A 5V
400-13A GND
401-3B-14B
41
459-2B PSFAN_ER1
459-3B PSFAN_HL1
400-14A NOFEED1
403-1
459-4B GND
K
402-2-12
G
402-1-13
401-2B-15B
401-1B-16B
400-15A 5V
17.2 Main body 2/12
25
26
A
A
DCPS/2
110-1 AC(H)
110-2 N.C
120
115
117 118 119 121 122 123
E
E
TRAY3
H
H
I
I
J
J
500
26
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
Part name
Location
DCPS/1
DC power supply /1
14-A
DCPS/2
DC power supply /2
17-A
MC7
15-F
MC8
15-F
MC9
19-F
MC10
19-F
MC11
22-F
MC12
22-F
PRCB
14-J
PS29
Laser drive board
14-F
PS30
14-F
PS31
15-F
PS32
16-F
PS33
16-F
PS34
16-F
PS35
18-F
PS36
18-F
PS37
18-F
PS38
19-F
PS39
20-F
PS40
20-F
PS41
21-F
PS42
22-F
PS43
22-F
PS44
23-F
PS45
23-F
PS46
24-F
SD7
Pick-up solenoid /1
15-F
SD8
Pick-up solenoid /2
19-F
SD9
Pick-up solenoid /3
23-F
VR1
Paper size VR /1
17-F
VR2
Paper size VR /2
20-F
VR3
Paper size VR /3
24-F
Z
1
M67
2
MC4
PS21
PS20
ADU reverse sensor
3
4
ADU stop sensor
5
ADU
centering
sensor
6
7
8
MC18
SD4
PS23
PS19
PS62
TEMS/5
PS22
PS63
Paper exit solenoid
ADU pre-registration
sensor
Reverse/exit sensor
Decurler sensor
Registration temperature
sensor
Registration sensor
Leading edge sensor
551-1-3
552-3-1
552-2-2
552-1-3
531-2
531-3
520-1
520-2
520-3
648-1-3
693-8-1
693-7-2
624-3
641-2-1
641-1-2
10
586-3
586-2
586-1
533-3
533-2
134
11
549-3
549-2
549-1
132
PS24
538-5
538-7
538-11
B
B
538-1
A
A
538-9
24V
538-3
554-1-3
554-2-2
136
136
12
503-1B NC
135
137
SD6
ADU lock solenoid
563-2-1
563-1-2
134
503-2B NC
132
579-6 LOPMT_/B
503-3B REG_CONT
503-4B FMT_CLK
503-5B SSD_TXD
503-6B SSD_RXD
503-7B DECH_SIG
503-8B 12VIN
503-9B FRL_SIG
503-10B RBPNF_SIG
502-13B-1B
502-12B-2B
502-11B-3B
502-10B-4B
502-9B-5B
502-8B-6B
502-7B-7B
502-6B-8B
502-5B-9B
502-4B-10B
502-3B-11B
502-2B-12B
502-1B-13B
502-13A-1A
502-12A-2A
502-11A-3A
502-10A-4A
502-9A-5A
502-8A-6A
502-7A-7A
502-6A-8A
502-5A-9A
502-4A-10A
502-3A-11A
11
579-5 LOPMT_B
579-4 LOPMT_/A
579-3 LOPMT_A
579-2 24V2
579-1 24V2
527-1A SGND
527-2A 2KAI_SIG
527-3A 5V2
503-11B REV_SIG
503-12B HAN2_SIG
503-13B HAN1_SIG
503-1A FD_OPEN
503-2A FEXT_SIG
503-3A ADUR_SIG
503-4A REG_SIG
503-5A BMAX_SIG
503-6A ADUH_SIG
503-7A ADUP_SIG
503-8A SGND
503-9A ADU_RXD
503-10A ADU_TXD
503-11A ADUS_SIG
502-2A-12A
502-1A-13A
10
527-4A SGND
527-5A FDD_PS
527-6A 5V2
527-7A 5V2
527-8A PTOP_PS
527-9A SGND
527-10A 5V2
527-11A REG_PS
527-12A SGND
527-13A REG_TH1
527-14A SGND
527-15A SGND
527-16A DECH_PS
503-12A FLS_SIG
503-13A AREG_CONT
504-7
504-8
554-3-1
693-1-8
693-2-7
693-3-6
693-4-5
693-5-4
693-6-3
648-2-2
624-2
527-1B SGND
527-17A 5V2
504-5
504-6
533-1
648-3-1
624-1
505-7
505-8
504-3
504-4
116
527-2B REV_PS
505-6
505-5
505-4
505-3
504-1
504-2
115
527-3B 5V2
507-6 SGND
507-5 5V2
507-4 PGND
507-3 PGND
505-2
505-1
506-1A
114
527-4B SGND
507-1 24V1
507-2 24V2
506-2A
508-1
113
527-5B ADUP_PS
527-6B 5V2
527-7B EXSD_DRV
527-8B 24V3
506-2B
506-1B
508-2
508-3
508-4
Front door sensor
135-1-2
135-2-1
134-1-3
137-1
3191-01P1
Loop motor
551-2-2
24V
551-3-1
531-1
526-1-2
526-2-1
527-9B APCL_DRV
527-10B 24V3
527-11B AMC1_DRV
527-12B 24V3
527-13B AMC2_DRV
133
529-1-2
529-2-1
519-1-2
519-2-1
532-3
509-3-1
M65
527-14B 24V3
509-2-2
M29
528-1-2
532-1
532-2
509-1-3
TEMS/4
TEMS/2
134-2-2
134-3-1
L5
Fusing heater lamp/4
133-1-2
133-2-1
MC2
ADU/CONVEYANCE UNIT
MC1
PS65
MC3
PS61
527-15B AMC3_DRV
F/G
528-2-1
527-16B 24V3
580-1 24V1
F/G
580-2 LEDCONT1
136-1
3191-01P1
TEMS/3
138-3
692-1-2
580-4 SGND
TS3
Thermostat/3
FT29
580-3 CLK
512-11
570-4-2
Fusing motor
FT30
580-5 SI
580-6 SGND
580-7 -5V
580-8 5V2
512-10
570-5-1
512-9
570-2-4
570-3-3
512-7
512-8
512-6
570-1-5
512-5
514-20-1
512-4
514-17-4
514-18-3
512-3
514-16-5
514-19-2
512-2
514-15-6
F/G
580-9 SGND
580-10 VDOSIG1
530-1 24V1
510-1 H/L
510-2 LD
510-3 CW/CCW
510-4 CLK
510-5 S/S
510-6 SGND
137
692-2-1
521-1A-16A
649-1-10
530-2 LEDCONT2
530-3 CLK
530-4 SGND
530-5 SI
530-6 SGND
530-7 -5V
530-8 5V2
530-9 SGND
530-10 VDOSIG2
132-1-3
132-2-2
132-3-1
L4
521-2A-15A
521-3A-14A
521-4A-13A
521-5A-12A
521-6A-11A
521-7A-10A
521-8A-9A
649-2-9
649-3-8
649-4-7
649-5-6
649-6-5
649-7-4
649-8-3
521-9A-8A
138
584-10
584-9
584-8
584-7
584-6
584-5
584-4
584-3
649-9-2
TEMS/1
138-2
L3
584-2
584-1
Fusing paper
exit sensor
PS17
512-1
517-3
517-2
PS16
514-14-7
516-6-1
514-13-8
517-1
Fusing release home

sensor
F/G
510-7 5V2
516-4-3
516-5-2
514-11-10
514-12-9
515-3
515-2
515-1
Fusing loop sensor
FT26
530-11 NC
510-8 SGND
510-9 FEXT_PS
510-10 5V2
510-11 SGND
514-10-11
514-9-12
514-8-13
637-3
637-2
FT22
521-10A-7A
639-1 SGND
639-2 ADUH_PS
639-3 5V2
639-4 SGND
639-5 ADUS_PS
639-6 5V2
510-13 5V2
510-12 FLR_SIG
514-7-14
637-1
FT23
649-10-1
521-11A-6A
521-12A-5A
521-13A-4A
521-14A-3A
639-8 ADUR_PS
639-7 SGND
516-3-4
514-6-15
Fusing fan/Lw
PS64
522-3
522-2
522-1
626-3
626-2
521-15A-2A
521-16A-1A
521-1B-16B
510-14 SGND
510-15 FLS_PS
516-1-6
516-2-5
514-5-16
632-4-1
514-4-17
F/G
626-1
639-9 5V2
510-16 5V2
510-17 FFAN_DR
632-3-2
514-3-18
TS2
138-1
523-3
521-2B-15B
639-10 MCL2_DRV
510-18 FFAM_ER
514-2-19
FT27
521-3B-14B
540-1-2
639-11 24V2
632-1-4
632-2-3
514-1-20
540-2-1
510-20 PGND
510-19 FFAN_PWM
FUSING SECTION
639-12 TR4CONT1
639-13 TR4CONT2
553-2
692-1 AGSD_DRV
692-2 AMC_24V
692-3 ADUF1_DR
692-4 ADUF1_ER
692-5 ADUF1_HL
692-6 PGND
692-7 ADUF2_DR
F/G
523-2
523-1
521-4B-13B
553-1
521-5B-12B
628-2
521-6B-11B
587-1-3
628-1
521-7B-10B
587-2-2
521-8B-9B
L2
ADU conveyance
sensor
M35
Intermediate
conveyance
clutch/2
M66
SD10
Paper lift motor/BP
ADU gate solenoid
X
521-9B-8B
FT25
587-3-1
TS1
FT24
Thermostat/2
692-1-3
692-8 ADUF2_ER
692-9 ADUF2_HL
Q
Thermostat/1
692-2-2
W
692-10 PGND
ADU fan/1
ADU fan/2
692-3-1
17.3 Main body 3/12
12
13
501
502
F/G
47
48
120
Interlock switch /1
PS18
MS1
135
138
CDB(1/2)
V
133
M31
13
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
Part name
Location
CDB
1-U
L2
2-O
L3
2-O
L4
2-O
L5
6-O
M29
Fusing motor
5-R
M31
Loop motor
12-Y
M35
Paper lift motor /BP
3-Y
M65
Fusing fan /Lw
3-R
M66
ADU fan /1
2-Y
M67
ADU fan /2
2-Y
MC1
7-X
MC2
8-X
MC3
7-Y
MC4
3-Y
MC18
8-Y
MS1
Interlock switch /1
8-R
PS16
Fusing release home sensor
4-R
PS17
Fusing paper exit sensor
5-R
PS18
Front door sensor
7-R
PS19
Reverse/exit sensor
9-Y
PS20
ADU stop sensor
4-Y
PS21
ADU reverse sensor
4-Y
PS22
Registration sensor
10-Y
PS23
DADU pre-registration sensor
9-Y
PS24
11-Y
PS61
ADU conveyance sensor
4-Y
PS62
Decurler sensor
9-Y
PS63
Leading edge sensor
10-Y
PS64
Fusing loop sensor
4-R
PS65
TADU centering sensor
5-Z
SD4
Paper exit solenoid
8-Y
SD6
ADU lock solenoid
12-T
SD10
ADU gate solenoid
3-Y
TEMS1
Registration temperature sensor
10-Y
TEMS/1
5-P
TEMS/2
6-P
TEMS/3
5-P
TEMS/4
7-P
TS1
Thermostat /1
2-Q
TS2
Thermostat /2
2-Q
TS3
Thermostat /3
6-P
15
ADU loop
motor
ADU reverse
motor
535-5
535-1
535-3
535-4
535-4
24V
A
A
B
B
M30
M33
16
525-1
525-5
525-7
525-11
A
A
B
B
M34
17
PS27
18
PS25
PS26
19
543-3
543-2
PS28
SD5
545-1-2
539-1 BPCL_DRV
539-2 24V2
539-3 BPSD_DRV
539-4 24V2
539-5 5V2
539-6 HAN2_PS
539-7 SGND
20
21
22
130 131
466-10
23
LU/PF
ADU/CONVEYANCE UNIT
24
25
450-2
450-1
465-1A-16A
465-2A-15A
465-3A-14A
465-4A-13A
465-5A-12A
465-6A-11A
465-7A-10A
465-8A-9A
465-9A-8A
465-10A-7A
465-11A-6A
465-12A-5A
465-13A-4A
465-14A-3A
465-15A-2A
66
M40
M39
Paper lift motor/2
466-9
67
24
449-2
466-8
449-1
466-7
23
Paper lift motor/3
466-6
452-1-8
452-2-7
452-3-6
452-4-5
452-5-4
452-6-3
452-7-2
452-8-1
479-1-3
479-2-2
479-3-1
457-1-4
457-2-3
457-3-2
457-4-1
456-1-7
456-2-6
456-3-5
456-4-4
456-5-3
456-6-2
456-7-1
443-1-12
443-2-11
443-3-10
443-4-9
443-5-8
443-6-7
443-7-6
443-8-5
443-9-4
443-10-3
443-11-2
443-12-1
22
465-16A-1A
466-5
57
N.C
AC(N)
466-4
59
145-5
AC(H)
466-3
56
145-4
GND
466-2
58
145-3
AC(N)
AC(H)
465-1B-16B
465-2B-15B
465-3B-14B
465-4B-13B
465-5B-12B
465-6B-11B
465-7B-10B
465-8B-9B
465-9B-8B
465-10B-7B
465-11B-6B
465-12B-5B
465-13B-4B
465-14B-3B
465-15B-2B
465-16B-1B
461-3
461-2
461-1
451-2
451-1
455-3
455-2
455-1
454-3
454-2
454-1
453-2
453-1
460-3
460-2
460-1
458-11
458-10
458-9
458-8
458-7
458-6
458-5
458-4
458-3
458-2
458-1
447-3
447-2
447-1
446-3
446-2
446-1
445-3
445-2
445-1
444-3
444-2
444-1
462-1-4
462-2-3
462-3-2
462-4-1
55
145-2
145-1
PS60
466-1
Paper lift motor/1
M38
545-2-1
544-1-2
544-2-1
557-1-3
557-2-2
539-8 MCL3_DRV
PS51
Paper feed clutch/BP
MC5
Pick-up solenoid/BP
sensor/2
557-3-1
541-1-2
539-9 24V2
Intermediate conveyance clutch/1
PS50
543-1
Intermediate conveyance clutch/3
539-10 SGND
539-11 BPNF_PS
539-12 5V2
539-13 SGND
MC13
541-2-1
555-1-6
555-2-5
555-3-4
555-4-3
539-14 BMAX_PS
539-15 5V2
547-3
547-2
547-1
546-3
555-5-2
555-6-1
556-1 5V2
556-2 HAN1_PS
Paper feed motor
Paper size sensor/BP2
Paper size sensor/BP1
Paper size VR/BP
M41
546-2
546-1
542-3
556-3 SGND
569-10 WEB_/B
569-9 WEB_B
569-8 WEB_/A
569-7 WEB_A
569-6 24V3
569-5 24V3
569-4 2KAI_A
569-3 2KAI_/A
569-2 2KAI_B
569-1 2KAI_/B
524-6 HANM_/B
524-5 HANM_B
524-4 HANM_/A
524-3 HANM_A
524-2 24V2
524-1 24V2
BY-PASS
542-2
542-1
550-1-6
550-2-5
550-3-4
550-4-3
550-5-2
550-6-1
525-9
24V
536-6 REGMT_/B
536-7 NC
PS52
Paper feed sensor/BP
537-11
536-5 REGMT_B
Paper empty sensor/BP
DCPS fan
PS49
Upper limit sensor/BP
537-7
536-4 REGMT_/A
536-3 REGMT_A
536-2 24V2
536-1 24V2
534-12 ADUH_/B
534-11 ADUH_B
534-10 ADUH_/A
534-9 ADUH_A
534-8 24V2
534-7 24V2
534-6 LOPMT_/B
534-5 LOPMT_B
534-4 LOPMT_/A
534-3 LOPMT_A
534-2 24V2
534-1 24V2
sensor/1
537-5
525-3
537-1
24V
537-9
537-3
24V
24V
630-12-1
630-11-2
630-10-3
630-9-4
630-8-5
630-7-6
630-6-7
630-5-8
630-4-9
630-3-10
PS48
2nd transfer pressure

/release motor
629-6
535-2
629-4
24V
629-3
Reverse/exit motor
Registration motor
M32
VR4
PGND
M57
PS47
24V2-1
630-2-11
O
21
PGND
629-1
106
20
24V2-1
105
19
PGND
630-1-12
M42
18
24V1
14
629-5
P
17
SGND
629-2
Q
16
12V
Z
15
SGND
24V
14
5V2
Y
24V
17.4 Main body 4/12
25
26
500
N
N
103
104
60
65
68
132 133
T
T
U
U
CDB(2/2)
V
MC6
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
26
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
CDB
Part name
Location
14-T
M30
Registration motor
14-X
M32
ADU reverse motor
15-Y
M33
Reverse/exit motor
16-X
M34
2nd transfer pressure/release motor
16-X
M38
Paper lift motor /1
19-P
M39
Paper lift motor /2
25-Q
M40
Paper lift motor /3
25-Q
M41
Paper feed motor
17-P
M42
DCPS fan
15-P
M57
ADU loop motor
14-Y
MC5
19-W
MC6
20-W
MC13
18-P
PS25
Upper limit sensor /BP
18-X
PS26
Paper feed sensor /BP
18-X
PS27
17-X
PS28
19X
PS47
Paper empty sensor /BP
15-P
PS48
16-P
PS49
16-P
PS50
19-P
PS51
19-P
PS52
18-P
PS60
20-P
SD5
Pick-up solenoid /BP
19-W
VR4
Paper size VR/BP
16-P
1
2
273-B3 -B12
273-B2 -B13
273-B1 -B14
273-A2 -A13
INDEXB/Y
3
4
LASDB/Y
5
INDEXB/M
WRITING SECTION/Y(1/2)
6
277-B3 -B12
277-B2 -B13
277-B1 -B14
7
8
LASDB/M
281-B3 -B12
281-B2 -B13
281-B1 -B14
281-A2 -A13
281-A1 -A14
281-B14-B1
INDEXB/C
WRITING SECTION/M(1/2)
10
11
283-1A
281-A14-A1
281-A13-A2
281-A12-A3
281-A11-A4
281-A10-A5
281-A9 -A6
281-A8 -A7
281-A7 -A8
281-A6 -A9
281-A5 -A10
280-14A GND
280-13A +VIDEO2
280-12A -VIDEO2
280-11A GND
280-10A +5VRN
280-9A LD+5V
280-8A LD+5V
280-7A GND
280-6A /S/H1
280-5A /S/HB1
280-4A /ALM1
280-3A /ENB
280-11B GND
280-10B +VIDEO1
280-9B -VIDEO1
280-8B GND
280-7B /ALMCRST
280-6B /S/H2
280-5B /S/HB2
280-4B /ALM2
11
283-2A
283-3A
283-4A
283-5A
283-6A
283-7A
283-8A
283-9A
283-10A
281-A4 -A11
281-A3 -A12
281-B11-B4
281-B10-B5
281-B14-B6
281-B8 -B7
281-B7 -B8
281-B6 -B9
281-B5 -B10
281-B4 -B11
260-B34 GND
260-B33 N.C
260-B32 WAKEUP260-B31 CPRDY+
260-B30 CTS260-B29 RXD+
260-B28 ONLINE260-B27 AC_DOWN+
260-B26 ENG_SLP260-B25 ENG_SET+
260-B24 RTS260-B23 TXD+
260-B22 PSIG0260-B21 GND
260-B20 PSIG1260-B19 PSIG2260-B18 GND
260-B17 PCLK260-B16 PSIG3260-B15 GND
260-B14 PSIG4260-B13 PSIG5260-B12 GND
260-B11 PSIG6260-B10 PSIG7260-B8 SSIG3+
260-B7 SCLK+
260-B5 SSIG2+
260-B4 SSIG1+
260-B3 GND
260-B2 SSIG0+
260-B1 GND
260-A34 GND
260-A33 N.C
260-A32 WAKEUP+
260-A31 CPRDY260-A30 CTS+
260-A29 RXD260-A28 ONLINE+
260-A27 AC_DOWN260-A26 ENG_SLP+
260-A25 ENG_SET260-A24 RTS+
260-A23 TXD260-A22 PSIG0+
260-A21 GND
260-A20 PSIG1+
260-A19 PSIG2+
260-A18 GND
260-A17 PCLK+
260-A16 PSIG3+
260-A15 GND
260-A14 PSIG4+
260-A13 PSIG5+
260-A12 GND
260-A11 PSIG6+
260-A10 PSIG7+
260-A9 GND
260-A8 SSIG3260-A7 SCLK260-A6 GND
260-A5 SSIG2260-A4 SSIG1260-A3 GND
260-A2 SSIG0260-A1 GND
10
283-11A
283-12A
283-1B
283-2B
283-3B
283-4B
283-5B
283-6B
283-7B
280-3B DAI
280-2B DACLK
280-1B LOAD
280-2A LD5V
280-1A SGND
280-14B LDCIDX
280-13B SGND
280-12B IDXCJTB
276-14A GND
276-13A +VIDEO2
276-12A -VIDEO2
276-11A GND
283-8B
276-9A LD+5V
276-10A +5VRN
35-10 N.C
35-9 N.C
35-8 N.C
283-9B(GND)
283-10B
283-11B
283-12B
282-1
282-2
282-4
281-B13-B2
281-B12-B3
277-A14-A1
277-A13-A2
277-A12-A3
277-A11-A4
277-A10-A5
276-8A LD+5V
276-7A GND
276-6A /S/H1
276-5A /S/HB1
276-4A /ALM1
276-3A /ENB
276-11B GND
276-10B +VIDEO1
35-7 N.C
35-6 N.C
35-5 N.C
35-4 N.C
35-3 N.C
35-2 N.C
282-4
282-5
279-1A
279-2A
279-3A
279-4A
279-5A
277-A9 -A6
277-A8 -A7
277-A7 -A8
277-A6 -A9
277-A5 -A10
277-A4 -A11
277-A3 -A12
277-B11-B4
277-B10-B5
276-9B -VIDEO1
276-8B GND
276-7B /ALMMRST
276-6B /S/H2
276-5B /S/HB2
276-4B /ALM2
35-1 N.C
279-6A
279-7A
279-8A
279-9A
279-10A
279-11A
279-12A
279-1B
279-2B
277-B14-B6
277-B8 -B7
277-B7 -B8
277-B6 -B9
277-B5 -B10
277-B4 -B11
276-3B DAI
276-2B DACLK
276-1B LOAD
276-2A LD5V
276-1A SGND
276-14B LDMIDX
276-13B SGND
276-12B IDXMJTB
272-14A GND
272-13A +VIDEO2
279-3B
279-4B
279-5B
279-6B
279-7B
279-8B
279-9B(GND)
279-10B
279-11B
277-A2 -A13
277-A1 -A14
277-B14-B1
277-B13-B2
277-B12-B3
273-A14-A1
272-12A -VIDEO2
272-11A GND
272-10A +5VRN
272-9A LD+5V
272-8A LD+5V
272-7A GND
272-6A /S/H1
272-5A /S/HB1
272-4A /ALM1
279-12B
278-1
278-2
278-3
278-4
278-5
275-1A
273-A13-A2
273-A12-A3
273-A11-A4
273-A10-A5
273-A9 -A6
273-A8 -A7
273-A7 -A8
273-A6 -A9
273-A5 -A10
272-3A /ENB
272-11B GND
272-10B +VIDEO1
272-9B -VIDEO1
272-8B GND
272-7B /ALMYRST
272-6B /S/H2
275-2A
275-3A
275-4A
275-5A
275-6A
275-7A
275-8A
275-9A
275-10A
273-A4 -A11
273-A3 -A12
272-4B /ALM2
272-5B /S/HB2
551-50
551-49
551-48
551-47
551-46
551-45
551-44
551-43
551-42
551-41
551-40
551-39
551-38
551-37
551-36
551-35
551-34
551-33
551-32
551-31
551-30
551-29
551-28
551-27
551-26
551-25
551-24
551-23
551-22
551-21
551-20
551-19
551-18
551-17
551-16
551-15
551-14
551-13
551-12
551-11
551-10
551-9
551-8
551-7
551-6
551-5
551-4
551-3
551-2
551-1
275-11A
275-12A
273-B11-B4
273-B10-B5
273-B14-B6
273-B8 -B7
273-B7 -B8
273-B6 -B9
275-1B
275-2B
275-3B
275-4B
275-5B
273-B5 -B10
273-B4 -B11
217-50 GND
217-49 AD_12V
217-48 AD_12V
217-47 AD_12V
217-46 GND
217-45 AD_5V
217-44 AD_5V
217-43 AD_5V
217-42 AD_5V
217-41 AD_5V
217-40 AD_5V
217-39 AD_5V
217-38 AD_5V
217-37 AD_5V
217-36 AD_5V
217-35 GND
217-34 ADRST
217-33 GND
217-32 LVDSCK1+
217-31 LVDSCK1217-30 GND
217-29 AD_D4+
217-28 AD_D4217-27 GND
217-26 AD_D3+
217-25 AD_D3217-24 GND
217-23 LVDSCK0+
217-22 LVDSCK0217-21 GND
217-20 AD_D2+
217-19 AD_D2217-18 GND
217-17 AD_D1+
217-16 AD_D1217-15 GND
217-14 AD_D0+
217-13 AD_D0217-12 GND
217-11 SDO
217-10 SDI
217-9 /SEN
217-8 SCK
217-7 GND
217-6 RCK217-5 RCK+
217-4 GND
217-3 PRD_KEEP
217-2 TG
217-1 GND
275-6B
275-7B
272-3B DAI
272-2B DACLK
272-1B LOAD
272-2A LD5V
272-1A SGND
272-14B LDYIDX
275-8B
275-9B(GND)
275-10B
275-11B
275-12B
274-1
273-A1 -A14
273-B14-B1
274-2
272-12B IDXYJTB
272-13B SGND
274-3
273-B13-B2
273-B12-B3
274-4
274-5
17.5 Main body 5/12
12
12
13
A
A
SCANNER SECTION
B
B
CCDB
C
IC
E
F
F
G
G
IPB(1/2)
I
H
LASDB/C
WRITING SECTION/C(1/2)
M
L
13
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
Part name
Location
CCDB
CCD board
2-A
INDEXB/C
Index board /C
9-L
INDEXB/M
Index board /M
5-L
INDEXB/Y
Index board /Y
2-L
IPB
2-G
LASDB/C
Laser drive board /C
9-K
LASDB/M
Laser drive board /M
6-K
LASDB/Y
Laser drive board /Y
3-K
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
17
18
-4 SGND
25
-4 Y2
-3 X1
-2 Y1
175-1 X2
LCDB
-3 12V4
-41
-40
-39
-38
-37
-36
-35
-34
-3 VL2
171-4-1
-2 SGND
173-1 5V1
-41 U/D("L")
-40 3.3V
-39 3.3V
-38 R/L("H")
-37 LCD_EN
-36 SGND
-35 B_5
24
171-3-2
-B1 5V0
-B2 5V0
-B3 SW_LED
-B4 SHUT_SIG
-B5 SGND
-33
-32
-31
Backlight/2
-34 B_4
-33 B_3
-32 SGND
-30
-29
-28
-27
-26
-25
-24
-23
-22
185-1 VH2
-B6 SW_SIG
-B7 SHUT_LED
-B8 WT_LED
-31 B_2
-30 B_1
-29 B_0
-28 SGND
-27 SGND
-26 SGND
-25 G_5
-24 G_4
-23 G_3
-21
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
23
-B9 SGND
-B10 TXD_OUT
-B11 SGND
-B12 DTR_OUT
-B13 SGND
-B14 RTS_OUT
-B15 SGND
-B16 RXD_IN
-B17 SGND
-22 SGND
-21 G_2
-20 G_1
-19 G_0
-18 SGND
-17 SGND
-16 SGND
-15 R_5
-13
22
-B18 DSR_IN
-B19 SGND
172-B20 CTS_IN
-A1 5V1
-A2 5V1
-A3 SGND
-A4 SGND
-A5 RXIN0-
-14 R_4
21
-A6 RXIN0+
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-2 NC
-13 R_3
-12 SGND
-11 R_2
-10 R_1
-9 R_0
-8 SGND
-7 SGND
-6 SGND
-5 VSYNC
-3
-2
-2 NC
-A7 SGND
-A8 RXIN1-
-A9 RXIN1+
-A10 SGND
-A11 RXIN2-
-A12 RXIN2+
-A13 SGND
-A14 RXCLKIN-
-A15 RXCLKIN+
-4 HSYNC
-3 SGND
186-1
20
171-2-3
171-1-4
OB/3
-A16 SGND
-4 ROM_TXDOUT
-A17 SGND
-3 VPP
-2 CLK
-7
-6
-5
-4
VR
174-1 SGND
-7 BRT
-6 ALM
-5 RMT
-3
-2
INVB/2
-A18 LCD_R/L
-B14
-B13
-B12
-B11
-B10
-B9
-4 SGND
-3 SGND
183-1
19
-A19 LCD_U/D
-B1 SGND
-B2 TXD_OUT
-B3 SGND
-B4 DTR_OUT
-B5 SGND
-B6 RTS_OUT
-B8
-B7
-2 12V2
178-1 12V2
OB/2
-B7 SGND
-B8 RXD_IN
-B6
-B5
-B4
-B3
-B2
181-B1
-A14
-A13
-A12
18
-B9 SGND
-B10 DSR_IN
-B11 SGND
-B12 CTS_IN
-B13 5V1_1
170-B14 5V1_1
-A1 X2
-A2 Y1
-A11
DATA
-A3 X1
-A10
-A9
17
-A4 Y2
-A5 SGND
-A8
-A7
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
182-6
SW
-A6 SW_SIG
-A7 5V0
-A6
711-1 5V1
264-5 5V1
-A5
-A4
-6 SUB_LED
-5 MAIN_LED
-4 GND
-3 DATA_LED
-2 5V1
177-1 BRT
-3 N.C.
-2 SGND
179-1 SUB_SW
SW2
-A9 WT_LED
-A10 SW_LED
-6 SGND
-A11 SHUT_SIG
-5 ROM_RESET
-A3
-3 MONI_RXDIN
16
-A12 12V3
F
-2 MONI_CLKOUT
-2 SGND
OPERATION SECTION
-A2
710-1 5V1
181-A1
200
15
-A13 12V3
201
180-1 FOOT_SW
Sub power switch
14
172-A20 SGND
H
170-A14 12V3
E
161-1-3
161-2-2
161-3-1
17.6 Main body 6/12
26
A
A
B
B
184-1 VH1
-3 VL1
Backlight/1
OKB
D
D
-4 MONI_TXDOUT
-5 SGND
-2 ROM_RXDIN
OB/1
1
2
26
504
K
K
L
L
M
M
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
INVB/2
Part name
Inverter board /2
Location
19-C
LCDB
LCD board
20-C
OB/1
Operation board /1
15-X
OB/2
Operation board /2
16-X
OB/3
Operation board /3
19-P
OKB
Operation key board
25-Q
SW2
Sub power switch
14-C
Backlight /1
21-C
Backlight /2
21-C
1
2
3
CHARGER/Y
CHARGER/M
CHARGER/C
5
CHARGER/K
6
7
8
Z
9
10
11
F/G
739-3 PGND
739-2 NC
739-1 24V2
738-1
738-2
738-3
738-4
738-5
738-6
736-12B SEPA_ER
736-11B SEPA_DCI
736-10B SEPA_ACI
736-9B SEPA_CNT
736-8B 2ND_ER
736-7B 2ND_GAIN
736-6B 2ND_VI
736-5B 2ND_CONT
736-4B GPCONT
736-3B SGND
736-2B N.C
650-1B AJTCK_24V
650-2B AJTCK_24V
650-3B AJTC_A
650-4B AJTC_/A
650-5B AJTC_B
650-6B AJTC_/B
683-12B-1B
683-11B-2B
683-10B-3B
683-9B-4B
683-8B-5B
683-7B-6B
664-9-1
664-8-2
664-7-3
665-6
665-5
665-4
667-6-1
667-5-2
667-3-4
667-4-3
667-2-5
667-1-6
666-3
666-2
666-1
Laser
correction
motor/C
Laser correction
sensor/C
Polygon
motor/C
10
Bias
Separation
738-7
738-8
738-9
738-10
736-1B N.C
736-12A TRANSKER
736-11A TRANSKI
651-1B GND
651-2B AJTGC_HP
651-3B 5V2
651-4B TEMPC_ER
664-6-4
664-5-5
M8
2nd TRANSFER
1st TRANSFER/K
737-1
736-10A TRANSK
736-9A TRANSCER
651-6B POL_CLKC
651-5B POLCLOCK
665-3
Laser
correction
motor/M
737-2
737-3
737-4
736-8A TRANSCI
736-7A TRANSC
736-6A TRANSMER
736-5A TRANSMI
736-4A TRANSM
664-4-6
665-1
665-2
PS6
737-5
737-6
737-7
737-8
737-9
651-7B POLCCONT
664-3-7
M4
736-3A TRANSYER
664-1-9
664-2-8
663-6-1
663-5-2
663-3-4
663-4-3
663-2-5
663-1-6
Laser correction
sensor/M
WRITING SECTION/M(2/2)
1st TRANSFER/C
HV/1
654-2-1
654-1-2
683-6A-7A
683-5A-8A
683-4A-9A
683-3A-10A
683-2A-11A
683-1A-12A
662-3
662-2
737-10
650-7A AJTYM_24V
650-8A AJTYM_24V
550-9A AJTM_A
650-10A AJTM_/A
76
736-2A TRANSYI
736-1A TRANSY
730-1B TK_ANA
730-2B DEVEKCLK
650-11A AJTM_B
650-12A AJTM_/B
72
737-11
737-12
734-9
734-8
730-3B DEVEKDCV
730-4B DEVEACK
730-5B DEVEDCK
730-6B CHGK_ER
734-7
734-6
734-5
730-7B GKDCV
660-9-1
662-1
Polygon
motor/M
1st TRANSFER/M
734-3
734-4
651-8A GND
661-6
661-5
661-4
661-3
1st TRANSFER/Y
X
730-8B CHGKDCV
730-9B CHGKCONT
660-8-2
660-7-3
660-6-4
660-5-5
660-4-6
660-3-7
661-1
661-2
PS5
651-9A AJTM_HP
651-10A 5V2
651-11A TEMPM_ER
651-12A POLMLOCK
651-13A POL_CLKM
651-14A POLMCONT
660-2-8
660-1-9
M7
734-2
730-10B TC_ANA
730-11B GND
730-12B DEVECDCV
730-13B DEVEACC
730-14B DEVEDCC
730-15B CHGC_ER
730-16B GCDCV
653-2-1
653-1-2
Laser
correction
motor/Y
WRITING SECTION/Y(2/2)
734-1
733-9
733-8
733-7
733-6
733-5
733-4
733-3
730-17B CHGCDCV
730-18B CHGCCONT
75
733-2
730-1A TM_ANA
730-2A DEVECCLK
730-3A DEVEMDCV
730-4A DEVEACM
71
733-1
732-9
732-8
732-7
730-5A DEVEDCM
730-6A CHGM_ER
730-7A GMDCV
730-8A CHGMDCV
730-9A CHGMCONT
659-6-1
659-5-2
659-3-4
659-4-3
Laser correction
sensor/Y
DEVELOPING BIAS/K
GRID/C
732-6
732-5
732-4
732-3
732-2
730-10A TY_ANA
730-11A SGND
730-12A DEVEYDCV
730-13A DEVEACY
730-14A DEVEDCY
730-15A CHGY_ER
730-16A GYDCV
683-12A-1A
683-11A-2A
683-10A-3A
659-2-5
659-1-6
658-3
658-2
658-1
M3
DEVELOPING BIAS/C
GRID/M
732-1
731-9
731-8
731-7
731-6
731-5
731-4
650-1A AJTYM_24V
650-2A AJTYM_24V
550-3A AJTY_A
683-9A-4A
657-6
Polygon
motor/Y
DEVELOPING BIAS/M
GRID/Y
731-3
730-17A CHGYDCV
730-18A CHGYCONT
731-2
731-1
U
735-3 PGND
650-4A AJTY_/A
683-8A-5A
683-7A-6A
656-9-1
656-8-2
656-7-3
657-5
657-4
DEVELOPING BIAS/Y
W
650-5A AJTY_B
650-6A AJTY_/B
656-5-5
656-6-4
657-2
657-3
735-2 NC
735-1 24V2
651-1A GND
651-2A AJTY_HP
651-3A 5V2
651-4A TEMPY_ER
651-5A POLYLOCK
656-4-6
656-3-7
657-1
651-6A POL_CLKY
651-7A POLYCONT
R
656-2-8
656-1-9
652-2-1
652-1-2
17.7 Main body 7/12
11
12
12
13
N
N
WRITING SECTION/C(2/2)
M9
M5
PS7
Q
Q
73
77
PRCB(3/6)
S
101
102
123
119
V
V
HV/2
W
F/G
GRID/K
13
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
Part name
Location
HV/1
3-U
HV/2
9-U
M3
Polygon motor /Y
2-O
M4
Polygon motor /M
5-O
M5
Polygon motor /C
9-O
M7
Laser correction motor /Y
3-O
M8
Laser correction motor /M
7-O
M9
Laser correction motor /C
9-O
PRCB
2-R
PS5
Laser correction sensor /Y
3-O
PS6
Laser correction sensor /M
6-O
PS7
Laser correction sensor /C
10-O
1st transfer /C
10-Y
1st transfer /K
10-Y
1st transfer /M
9-Y
1st transfer /Y
9-Y
2st transfer
10-Y
Grid /C
4-X
Grid /K
5-X
Grid /M
4-X
Grid /Y
3-X
Developing bias /C
6-X
Developing bias /K
6-X
Developing bias /M
6-X
Developing bias /Y
6-X
Charger /C
4-X
Charger /K
5-X
Charger /M
4-X
Charger /Y
3-X
Bias
11-Y
Separation
11-Y
14
15
650-11B AJTK_B
16
650-9B AJTK_A
300-B18 ADFAN_HL2
300-B19 GAND
650-7B AJTK_5V
17
18
19
300-A11 S_VV
20
21
22
23
Z
24
25
37-1 N.C
37-2 N.C
37-3 N.C
37-4 N.C
37-5 N.C
37-6 N.C
OACB
IPB(2/2)
25
251-B20 5V0
251-B19 5V0
251-B18 SW_LED
251-B17 SHUT
251-B16 SGND
251-B15 SW_SIG
251-B14 SHUT_LED
251-B13 WT_LED
251-B12 SGND
251-B11 RXD_IN
251-B10 SGND
251-B9 DSR_IN
251-B8 SGND
251-B7 CTS_IN
251-B6 SGND
251-B5 TXD_OUT
251-B4 SGND
251-B3 DTR_OUT
251-B2 SGND
251-B1 RTS_OUT
251-A20 LCD5V
251-A19 LCD5V
251-A18 SGND
251-A17 SGND
251-A16 TXOUT0-
251-A15 TXOUT0+
251-A14 SGND
251-A13 TXOUT1-
251-A12 TXOUT1+
251-A11 SGND
251-A10 TXOUT2-
251-A9 TXOUT2+
251-A8 SGND
251-A7 TXCLKOUT-
24
37-7 N.C
37-8 N.C
37-9 N.C
37-10 N.C
37-11 N.C
ISW I/F(USB) ISW IF(USB)
35-10 N.C
35-9 N.C
35-8 N.C
35-7 N.C
256-1 HT_CLK
256-2 CENTD0
256-3 CENTD1
256-4 CENTD2
256-5 CENTD3
256-6 CENTD4
256-7 CENTD5
256-8 CENTD6
256-9 CENTD7
256-10 PR_CLK
256-11 PR_BUSY
256-12 ADREQ
256-13 XFLAG
256-14 HT_BUSY
256-15 N.C
256-16 N.C
256-17 N.C
256-18 N.C
256-19 GND
256-20 GND
256-21 GND
256-22 GND
256-23 GND
256-24 GND
256-25 GND
256-26 GND
256-27 GND
256-28 N.C
256-29 N.C
256-30 N.C
256-31 INT_ISWB
256-32 DAVALB
256-33 N.C
256-34 N.C
256-35 N.C
256-36 AC1284
252-1 VBUS
252-2 D252-3 D+
252-4 GND
259-1 VBUS
259-2 D259-3 D+
259-4 GND
251-A5 SGND
251-A4 SGND
251-A3 LCD_RL
23
35-6 N.C
35-5 N.C
20
35-4 N.C
19
35-3 N.C
22
35-2 N.C
50
35-1 N.C
21
302-6 REM4_CNT
HDD/Y
302-5 PGND
251-A1 SGND
22
302-4 REM3_CNT
49
302-3 24V2
M25
302-1 24V1
HDD/K
HD-506
302-2 PGND
HDD/C
1000-1 VEND5V
1000-2 5V1
1000-3 RXD
1000-4 TXD
1000-5 GND
1000-6 IO_IN
1000-7 IO_OUT
1000-8 NC
NRB
301-4 SGND
301-2 12V
IMCB
251-A6 TXCLKOUT+
P
251-A2 LCD_UD
16
250-3 NC
15
250-2 SGND
250-1 SUBSW
14
301-3 SGND
IPB fan/2
21
301-1 5V2
470-4-1
470-3-2
470-2-3
470-1-4
M24
471-9-1
471-8-2
471-7-3
471-6-4
471-5-5
PS59
IPB fan/1
-B11
20
300-A1 STFAN_DR1
300-A2 STFAN_ER1
300-A3 STFAN_HL1
300-A4 GND
300-A5 STFAN_DR2
463-4-1
463-3-2
M6
471-4-6
M58
300-A6 STFAN_ER2
463-2-3
463-1-4
Laser correction
motor/K
471-3-7
471-2-8
471-1-9
IFB
300-A7 STFAN_HL2
300-A8 GND
-B10
-B9
265-9 SGND
265-10 SGND
19
300-A9 AC_OFF
300-A10 EE_VV
-B8
265-8 SGND
265-7 SGND
265-6 SGND
265-5 5V2
265-4 3.3V1
265-3 3.3V2
265-2 3.3V2
265-1 24V1
264-8 SGND
264-7 SGND
264-6 SGND
264-5 5V1
264-4 12V1
264-3 AC_OFF
11
300-A12 REM/2
-B7
264-1 12V2
264-2 REM/1
13
300-A13 GND
-B6
-B5
284-14A GND
284-13A +VIDEO2
10
300-A14 P_PTOP
287-1A
284-12A -VIDEO2
12
300-A15 P_VTOP
-B4
285-A14-A1
287-2A
284-11A GND
300-A16 SGND
-B3
285-A13-A2
287-3A
284-10A +5VRN
300-A17 INDEX_K
285-A12-A3
287-4A
284-9A LD+5V
-B2
263-B1
285-A11-A4
287-5A
284-8A LD+5V
18
300-A18 INDEX_C
285-A10-A5
287-6A
284-7A GND
300-A19 INDEX_M
-A11
285-A9 -A6
287-7A
284-6A /S/H1
300-B1 INDEX_Y
-A10
-A9
-A8
-A7
285-A8 -A7
287-8A
284-5A /S/HB1
284-4A /ALM1
284-3A /ENB
284-11B GND
284-10B +VIDEO1
284-9B -VIDEO1
284-8B GND
284-7B /ALMKRST
284-6B /S/H2
284-5B /S/HB2
284-4B /ALM2
300-B2 GND
300-B3 P_CTS
300-B4 P_STS
300-B5 P_RTS
-A6
285-A7 -A8
287-11A
285-A5 -A10
285-A4 -A11
287-12A
285-A6 -A9
285-A3 -A12
287-1B
287-9A
285-B11-B4
287-2B
HDD/M
287-10A
285-B10-B5
287-3B
285-B7 -B8
287-5B
285-B8 -B7
285-B6 -B9
287-6B
285-B14-B6
285-B5 -B10
287-7B
287-4B
285-B4 -B11
287-8B
284-3B DAI
284-2B DACLK
300-B6 P_CMD
-A5
-A4
-A3
-A2
287-10B
284-1B LOAD
284-2A LD5V
284-1A SGND
284-14B LDKIDX
17
300-B7 SBSW_OFF
300-B8 GND
300-B9 MST_IDX1
263-A1
WRITING SECTION/K
300-B10 MST_IDX2
771-8-1
771-7-2
771-6-3
771-5-4
771-4-5
771-3-6
771-2-7
771-1-8
672-5-2
672-6-1
LASDB/K
300-B11 P_BTOP
300-B12 ADFAN_DR1
300-B13 ADFAN_ER1
300-B14 ADFAN_HL1
300-B15 GND
683-6B-7B
683-5B-8B
672-3-4
672-4-3
Laser correction
sensor/K
285-B3 -B12
287-11B
284-12B IDXKJTB
284-13B SGND
16
300-B16 ADFAN_DR2
300-B17 ADFAN_ER2
X
650-8B AJTK_5V
683-4B-9B
683-3B-10B
683-2B-11B
672-2-5
672-1-6
671-3
671-2
671-1
285-B2 -B13
287-12B
287-9B(GND)
285-B1 -B14
286-1
285-A1 -A14
285-B14-B1
285-A2 -A13
286-2
286-3
285-B13-B2
285-B12-B3
15
650-10B AJTK_/A
683-1B-12B
668-9-1
668-8-2
670-6
Polygon
motor/K
INDEXB/K
650-12B AJTK_/B
651-8B GND
651-9B AJTK_HP
668-6-4
668-7-3
670-5
670-3
670-3
670-2
670-1
TEMSB
671-10B 5V2
651-11B TEMPK_ER
668-5-5
668-4-6
668-3-7
668-2-8
668-1-9
673-3
Temperature
sensor board
286-4
286-5
14
651-12B POLKLOCK
651-13B POL_CLKK
651-14B POLKCONT
W
655-2-1
655-1-2
669-3-1
673-2
651-15B SGND
V
673-1
669-2-2
669-1-3
651-16B TEMP_SIG
651-17B 5V2
17.8 Main body 8/12
26
504
N
N
200
201
O
O
255-1 TX+
255-2 TX255-3 RX+
255-4 GND
255-5 GND
255-6 RX255-7 GND
255-8 GND
257-1 DCD
257-2 RXD
257-3 TXD
257-4 DTR
257-5 GND
257-6 DSR
257-7 RTS
257-8 CTS
257-9 RI
26
LAN I/F
CSRC I/F
(RS-232)
Parallel port
COIN VENDER/1
109
107
110
108
74
78
PRCB(4/6)
Y
Y
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
Part name
Location
HDD/C
HDD /C
21-R
HDD/K
HDD /K
21-R
HDD/M
HDD /M
21-S
HDD/Y
HDD /Y
21-S
IFB
I/F board
15-O
IMCB
20-O
INDEXB/K
Index board /K
14-S
IPB
image processing board
14-O
LASDB/K
Laser drive board /K
15-S
M6
Polygon motor /K
15-U
M24
IPB fan /1
20-T
M25
IPB fan /2
21-T
M58
Laser correction motor /K
16-T
NRB
NVRAM board
22-Q
OACB
21-O
PRCB
14-W
PS59
Laser correction sensor /K
15-T
TEMSB
14-T
F/G
1
2
63
64
3
4
53
602-4 PGND
602-3 24V2
602-2 SGND
609-8 SIG
608-1-3
Scanner fan
APS timing sensor
Reset switch
Scanner HP sensor
RS
M2
607-3 PGND
608-2-2
608-3-1
616-1
616-2
611-1
611-2
611-3
610-1
610-2
PS2
607-2 EM
614-1-3
614-2-2
APS sensor/2
PS1
607-1 CONT
613-1
615-1-6
617-1-9
PS4
609-13 SIG
613-2
615-2-5
617-2-8
APS sensor/1
609-14 SGND
613-3
615-3-4
617-3-7
610-3
612-1
614-3-1
612-2
615-4-3
617-4-6
PS3
609-6 5V2
609-5 SIG
609-4 SGND
609-3 5V2
609-2 SIG
609-1 SGND
609-12 SGND
609-11 SIG
609-10 5V2
609-9 SGND
615-5-2
617-5-5
Exposure lamp
602-1 5V2
601-1
601-2
601-3
601-4
612-3
615-6-1
617-6-4
606-3
606-2
M1
601-5
609-7 5V2
617-7-3
617-8-2
606-1
Scanner motor
L1
601-6
605-3 PGND
605-2 CONT
617-9-1
INVB/1
601-7
601-8
601-9
601-10
605-1 24V4
604-2
604-1
601-11
601-12
601-13
603-3 W
601-14
601-15
601-16
604-6
604-5
604-4
604-3
604-7
DF
601-17
603-2 V
603-1 U
DSET
RTS
SGND
DRXD
CTS
SGND
601-18
601-19
623-1A-9A
623-2A-8A
623-3A-7A
623-4A-6A
623-5A-5A
623-6A-4A
623-7A-3A
623-8A-2A
DTXD
SGND
SGND
5V
601-20
621-1-7
621-2-6
621-3-5
621-4-4
621-5-3
623-9A-1A
623-8B-1B
623-7B-2B
623-6B-3B
5V
PGND
PGND
621-6-2
621-7-1
622-2
622-1
623-5B-4B
623-4B-5B
24V
F/G
622-4
622-3
E
623-3B-6B
24V
623-2B-7B
623-1B-8B
623-1-1
17.9 Main body 9/12
7
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
A
A
SCANNER SECTION
F
F
SCDB
G
H
G
54
79
80
J
I
K
J
51
L
52
M
507
13
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
Part name
Location
INVB/1
Inverter board /1
5-C
L1
Exposure lamp
5-B
M1
Scanner motor
4-C
M2
Scanner fan
7-C
PS1
Scanner HP sensor
6-C
PS2
APS Timing sensor
7-C
PS3
APS sensor /1
5-C
PS4
APS sensor /2
6-C
RS
Read switch
7-C
SCDB
Scanner drive board
4-E
711-8 24V2
711-7 YBCLCONT
711-6 24V2
711-5 MBCLCONT
724-18 PGND
724-17 TAI1_ERR
724-16 TAI1_DR
(24V1)
724-15 TB_5V
472-1-3
472-2-2
472-3-1
712-1
712-2
712-3
715-1
Charge intake
fan
Toner bottle
clutch/ K
Toner bottle
clutch/ C
Toner bottle
clutch/ M
Toner bottle
clutch/ Y
MC16
MC15
MC14
710-2-1
741-8-1
741-6-3
741-7-2
741-4-5
741-5-4
711-4 24V2
711-3 CBCLCONT
724-13 SGND
724-14 TBYSIG
715-2
715-3
718-1
718-2
718-3
721-1
721-2
721-3
725-1
725-2
725-3
703-2
703-1
703-4
703-3
703-6
703-5
701-12B-2B
701-13B-1B
701-10B-4B
701-11B-3B
701-8B-6B
701-9B-5B
701-6B-8B
701-7B-7B
701-4B-10B
701-5B-9B
701-2B-12B
701-3B-11B
701-13A-1A
701-1B-13B
701-11A-3A
701-12A-2A
701-9A-5A
701-10A-4A
701-7A-7A
701-8A-6A
701-5A-9A
701-6A-8A
701-3A-11A
701-4A-10A
Piezoelectric
sensor /Y
MC17
710-1-2
713-1
713-2
716-1
719-1
741-3-6
711-2 24V2
711-1 KBCLCONT
724-12 TB_5V
724-11 TBMSIG
724-9 TB_5V
724-10 SGND
724-8 TBCSIG
724-7 SGND
724-6 TB_5V
724-5 TBKSIG
724-4 SGND
724-3 5V2
724-1 SGND
724-2 TBOSIG
704-1 5V2
704-2 SGND
704-3 24V2
704-4 24V2
704-5 PGND
704-6 PGND
702-1B
702-2B
702-3B
702-4B
702-5B
702-6B
702-7B
702-8B
702-9B
702-10B
702-11B
702-12B
702-1A
702-13B
702-2A
702-3A
702-4A
702-5A
702-6A
702-7A
702-8A
702-9A
702-10A
702-11A
701-1A-13A
Piezoelectric
sensor /M
M49
K
K
716-2
719-2
741-2-7
741-1-8
706-1 TSUPY_A
706-3 TSUPY_B
706-2 TSUPY_/A
706-4 TSUPY_/B
706-5 24V2
706-6 24V2
705-1 TSUPM_A
705-2 TSUPM_/A
705-4 TSUPM_/B
705-3 TSUPM_B
705-5 24V2
705-6 24V2
705-7 N.C
726-1 TSUPC_A
726-2 TSUPC_/A
726-3 TSUPC_B
726-5 24V2
726-4 TSUPC_/B
726-6 24V2
726-7 TSUPK_A
726-8 TSUPK_/A
726-9 TSUPK_B
726-10 TSUPK_/B
726-11 24V2
726-12 24V2
708-11 5V2
708-10 SGND
708-9 DBLT_CNT
708-8 DBLT_CLK
708-7 DBLT_CW
708-6 DBLT_LD
708-4 PGND
708-5 DBLT_HL
708-3 PGND
708-2 24V2
708-1 24V2
M48
701-2A-12A
Piezoelectric
sensor /C
M50
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
722-1
707-1-6
707-2-5
707-3-4
707-4-3
707-5-2
707-6-1
727-1-6
727-2-5
727-3-4
727-4-3
727-5-2
727-6-1
728-1-6
728-2-5
728-3-4
728-4-3
728-5-2
728-6-1
709-1
709-2
709-3
709-4
709-5
709-6
709-7
709-8
709-9
709-10
709-11
702-12A
702-13A
Piezoelectric
sensor /K
M51
L
81
84
62
83
Toner supply
door open/
close sensor
M52
G
G
PZS/Y
PZS/M
PZS/C
PZS/K
PS54
61
82
TSDB
I
17
16
15
14
M
506
Toner supply
motor/ Y
J
J
722-2
M53
MS2
Toner supply
motor/ M
F
F
E
Interlock switch /2
Toner supply
motor/ C
Toner bottle motor
Toner supply
motor/ K
17.10 Main body 10/12
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
H
H

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
Part name
Location
M48
Charge intake fan
19-K
M49
Toner supply motor /Y
17-K
M50
Toner supply motor /M
17-K
M51
Toner supply motor /C
16-K
M52
Toner supply motor /K
15-K
M53
Toner bottle motor
14-K
MC14
Toner bottle clutch /Y
20-E
MC15
Toner bottle clutch /M
19-E
MC16
Toner bottle clutch /C
19-E
MC17
Toner bottle clutch /K
19-E
MS2
Interlock switch /2
20-E
PS54
18-K
PZS/C
Piezoelectric sensor /C
18-K
PZS/K
Piezoelectric sensor /K
18-K
PZS/M
Piezoelectric sensor /M
19-K
PZS/Y
Piezoelectric sensor /Y
19-K
TSDB
14-H
2
PROCESS SECTION
3
4
5
Belt separation
claw solenoid
TCRS/K
TCRS/C
TCRS/M
TCRS/Y
EL/K
EL/C
EL/M
TCR sensor/ Y TCR sensor/ M TCR sensor/ C TCR sensor/ K
6
DRPSB/Y
Drum potential sensor/ Y
DRPS/Y
DRPSB/M
DRPS/M
7
DRPSB/C
DRPS/C
Z
8
DRPSB/K
Drum potential sensor/ M Drum potential sensor/ C Drum potential sensor/ K
DRPS/K
PS8
Color registration
sensor/ Fr
10
11
PS9
12
SD3
PS66
Encoder sensor /Y2
315-1
314-1
314-2
314-3
311-6-5
311-5-6
311-4-7
311-3-8
311-2-9
292-6-5
292-5-6
292-4-7
292-3-8
292-2-9
292-1-10
496-11B-1B
496-10B-2B
496-9B-3B
496-8B-4B
496-7B-5B
496-6B-6B
496-5B-7B
309-6A SGND
309-5A ENA2
309-4A 5V
309-3A SGND
309-2A ENA1
309-1A 5V
376-11B SHUT_SD
376-10B 24V2
376-9B IDC1_SIG
376-8B 12V
376-7B SGND
376-6B IDC_CNT
376-5B IDC1_VREF
908-4 PAT3_DR
35-5 GND
35-4 KEY_CONT
35-3 GND
35-2 KEY_SET
35-1 24V
908-6 PAT1_DR
908-5 PAT2_DR
494-3
493-3
489-1-4
489-2-3
489-3-2
489-4-1
494-2
494-1
493-1
494-4
493-4
493-2
495-1
495-2
495-3
495-4
495-5
495-6
389-1
389-2
389-3
Drum fan/ 1
KCT
311-1-10
377-11B-1B
377-10B-2B
377-9B-3B
377-8B-4B
377-7B-5B
377-6B-6B
377-5B-7B
376-4B 5V2
376-3B SGND
376-2B CREG2LED
376-1B CREG2MON
908-3 PAT4_DR
908-2 24V
908-1 GND
384-18B N.C
384-17B 5V
Key counter
315-2
306-1
306-2
380-1
380-2
380-3
380-4
496-4B-8B
496-3B-9B
496-2B-10B
376-11A IDC2_PWMS
376-10A SGND
376-9A IDC_5V
376-8A IDC2_SIG2
376-7A IDC2_SIG
384-15B GND
384-16B TSU_OPEN
488-1-4
11
315-3
PS11
CRB/Rr
380-5
382-1
377-4B-8B
377-3B-9B
377-2B-10B
496-1B-11B
376-5A SGND
376-4A CREG1LED
376-6A 5V2
M36
PGC sensor
381-4
382-3
382-2
377-1B-11B
496-6A-6A
496-5A-7A
488-3-2
488-2-3
Transfer belt fan
488-4-1
Total counter
Total counter
Paper exit fan/3
10
Encoder sensor /Y1
383-4
381-2
381-3
CRB/Fr
383-3
382-4
377-6A-6A
496-4A-8A
384-14B GND
384-13B CLFAN_PWM
384-12B CLFAN_ER
491-1-4
491-2-3
491-3-2
491-4-1
392-1-4
392-2-3
392-3-2
392-4-1
PS14
383-2
381-1
379-1
377-5A-7A
377-4A-8A
376-3A CREG1MON
376-2A SHUT_SD
384-11B CLFAN_DR
384-10B GND
384-9B FFAN2_HL
384-8B FFAN2_ER
384-7B FFAN2_DR
384-6B GND
384-5B FFAN3_PWM
384-4B FFAN3_ER
384-3B FFAN3_DR
384-2B SHUT_24V
559-1-2
559-2-1
390-1-2
390-2-1
Deodorization fan
Paper exit fan/2
383-1
498-4
379-2
379-3
496-3A-9A
496-2A-10A
376-1A 24V2
564-18 SGND
564-17 SGND
564-16 SURF_EVK
384-1B TCNT_DR2
307-1-4
307-2-3
Paper exit fan/1
M11
499-4
498-3
498-2
SD2
377-3A-9A
377-2A-10A
U
496-1A-11A
361D-18-1
361D-17-2
361D-16-3
564-15 SURF_24V
384-18A SHUT_24V
384-17A TCNT_DR1
384-16A GND
307-3-2
754-1-4
754-2-3
754-3-2
754-4-1
753-1-4
753-2-3
753-3-2
753-4-1
752-1-4
752-2-3
752-3-2
M10
379-4
V
377-1A-11A
367-9-1
367-8-2
367-7-3
361D-15-4
564-14 SGND
564-13 SGND
564-12 SURF_EVC
384-15A FFAN_PWM
307-4-1
751-1-12
751-2-11
751-3-10
751-4-9
751-5-8
751-6-7
751-7-6
751-8-5
751-9-4
751-10-3
752-4-1
M37
378-1
375-1
375-2
375-3
367-6-4
361D-14-5
361D-13-6
361D-12-7
564-11 SURF_24V
384-14A FFAN_ER
384-13A FFAN_DR
751-12-1
751-11-2
TCT/2
378-2
PGND
SGND
SURFK_EV
375-4
367-5-5
367-4-6
367-3-7
361D-11-8
564-10 SGND
384-12A GND
384-11A WXFANPWM3
384-10A WXFANER3
384-9A WXFAN_DR3
384-8A GND
384-7A WXFANPWM2
384-6A WXFANER2
384-5A WXFAN_DR2
384-4A GND
384-3A WXFANPWM1
384-2A WXFANER1
384-1A WXFAN_DR1
600-20 SCAN_CK
600-19 SGND
600-18 SCAN_EN
600-17 SGND
TCT/1
24V2
374-1
374-2
374-3
367-2-8
361D-10-9
564-9 SGND
564-8 SURF_EVM
564-7 SURF_24V
564-6 SGND
564-5 SGND
600-15 SGND
600-14 SCAN_PC
600-16 SCANVREF
507
PGND
SGND
SURFC_EV
374-4
366-8-1
361D-9-10
361D-8-11
361D-7-12
361D-6-13
361D-5-14
564-4 SURF_EVY
564-3 SURF_24V
600-11 APS2
600-12 APS3
600-13 SCAN_CW
24V2
373-1
366-7-2
366-6-3
366-5-4
366-4-5
366-3-6
361D-4-15
361D-3-16
564-2 SGND
564-1 CN564_1
360-20B SEPSD_DR
360-19B SHUT_24V
360-18B TCRKVREF
360-17B SGND
360-16B TONERK_S
360-15B TCR_12V
360-14B TCRCVREF
360-13B SGND
360-12B TONERC_S
360-11B TCR_12V
600-10 APS1
600-9 SCFAN
600-8 SCFAN_LD
600-7 SGND
600-6 SCAN_HPS
600-5 APST_SIG
600-4 SAPS_SIG
600-3 LAPS_SIG
600-2 SGND
600-1 LAMPCONT
M63
PGND
373-2
373-3
373-4
372-1
366-1-8
366-2-7
361D-2-17
361D-1-18
361B-20-1
361B-19-2
361B-18-3
361B-17-4
361B-16-5
361B-15-6
361B-14-7
361B-13-8
361B-12-9
361B-11-10
360-10B TCRMVREF
360-9B SGND
360-8B TONERM_S
360-7B TCR_12V
360-6B TCRYVREF
360-5B SGND
360-4B TONERY_S
360-3B TCR_12V
360-2B CN564_1
M62
SGND
SURFM_EV
24V2
PGND
SGND
372-2
372-3
372-4
763-2-1
767-2-1
SURFY_EV
SD1
24V2
763-1-2
767-1-2
475-2-1
475-1-2
371-4-1
371-3-2
371-2-3
371-1-4
370-4-1
370-3-2
370-2-3
370-1-4
361B-10-11
361B-9-12
361B-8-13
361B-7-14
361B-6-15
361B-5-16
361B-4-17
361B-3-18
360-1B DRAW_SET_2
620-7 DSET
620-6 CTS
620-5 SGND
499-2
TDS_VREF
SGND
TDS_SIG
12V
TDS_VREF
SGND
TDS_SIG
12V
369-4-1
369-3-2
369-2-3
369-1-4
368-4-1
368-3-2
368-2-3
368-1-4
361B-1-20
361B-2-19
360-20A DRAW_SET_2
620-3 RTS
620-4 SOUT
Q
M61
499-3
SGND
TDS_VREF
765-2-1
360-18A PCL_DRVK
360-19A DRAW_SET_1
620-1 SIN
620-2 SGND
O
7
498-1
12V
TDS_SIG
761-1-2
761-2-1
765-1-2
361A-10-1
360-17A KPCL_24V
360-16A PCL_DRVC
360-15A CPCL_24V
360-14A PCL_DRVM
360-13A CPCL_24V
360-12A PCL_DRVY
360-11A CPCL_24V
360-10A DRAW_SET_1
360-9A DRAW_SET
360-8A 5V
360-7A PRO_HUM
360-6A SGND
360-5A PRO_TEMP
360-4A N.C
360-3A N.C
360-2A N.C
360-1A N.C
499-1
SGND
TDS_VREF
760-2-1
764-2-1
361A-9-2
361A-8-3
361A-7-4
361A-6-5
361A-5-6
361A-4-7
361A-3-8
361A-2-9
361A-1-10
361C-12-1
361C-11-2
361C-10-3
361C-8-5
361C-9-4
361C-7-6
361C-6-7
361C-5-8
12V
TDS_SIG
760-1-2
365-2-1
365-1-2
364-2-1
364-1-2
363-2-1
363-1-2
362-2-1
764-1-2
CONT
24V2
CONT
24V2
CONT
24V2
CONT
362-1-2
762-2-1
766-2-1
24V2
762-1-2
593-2
593-1
593-3
593-4
766-1-2
TEM/HUMS/2
EL/Y
Temp/ humidity sensor 2
X
361C-4-9
361C-3-10
R
4
700-4A GND
W
3
700-2A DFAN_ER1
T
2
700-3A DFAN_HL1
361C-2-11
700-1A DFAN_DR1
361C-1-12
17.11 Main body 11/12
12
13
N
STATUS
INDICATOR
LIGHT
M12
S
S
PRCB(5/6)
T
PS67
Color registration
sensor/ Rr
COLOR REGISTRATION SECTION
13
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
CRB/Fr
Part name
Location
Color registration board /Fr
9-X
CRB/Rr
Color registration board /Rr
10-X
DRPS/C
7-Y
DRPS/K
8-Y
DRPS/M
7-Y
DRPS/Y
6-Y
DRPSB/C
Drum potential sensor board /C
7-W
DRPSB/K
Drum potential sensor board /K
8-W
DRPSB/M
Drum potential sensor board /M
7-W
DRPSB/Y
Drum potential sensor board /Y
6-W
EL/C
Erase lamp /C
3-W
EL/K
Erase lamp /K
3-W
EL/M
Erase lamp /M
3-W
EL/Y
Erase lamp /Y
2-W
KCT
Key counter
11-P
M10
9-O
M11
Transfer belt fan
9-O
M12
Drum fan /1
12-Q
M36
Deodorization fan
7-P
M37
8-O
M61
Paper exit fan /1
6-O
M62
Paper exit fan /2
6-O
M63
Paper exit fan /3
7-O
PRCB
1-R
PS8
Color registration sensor /Fr
9-Y
PS9
Color registration sensor /Rr
10-Y
PS11
PGC sensor
11-X
PS14
9-O
PS66
Encoder sensor /Y1
12-Y
PS67
Encoder sensor /Y2
13-X
SD1
6-W
SD2
9-X
SD3
11-X
TCRS/C
TCR sensor /C
5-W
TCRS/K
TCR sensor /K
5-W
TCRS/M
TCR sensor /M
4-W
TCRS/Y
TCR sensor /Y
4-W
TCT/1
Total counter /1
7-O
TCT/2
Total counter /2
8-O
TEM/HUMS/2
Temp/humidity sensor /2
2-W
Encoder sensor /M2
321-1
321-2
321-3
Encoder sensor /C2
329-1
Encoder sensor /K2
336-1
M17
24V
24V
PGND
5V
CONT
PWM
FG
24V
24V
PGND
PGND
5V
CONT
PWM
FG
24V
24V
PGND
PGND
FG
5V
CONT
PWM
24V
24V
PGND
PGND
Transfer belt motor
Drum motor/ K
Encoder sensor /K1
336-2
336-3
Drum motor/ C
Encoder sensor /C1
329-2
329-3
Drum motor/ M
Encoder sensor /M1
Drum motor/ Y
PGND
318-5-6
318-6-5
318-7-4
318-8-3
318-9-2
318-10-1
319-4-1
319-3-2
319-2-3
319-1-4
322-2
322-1
324-7
324-4
324-3
324-1
324-8
324-9
324-10
324-11
325-5-6
325-6-5
325-7-4
325-8-3
325-9-2
325-10-1
326-4-1
326-3-2
326-2-3
326-1-4
328-2
328-1
331-7
331-4
331-3
331-1
331-8
331-9
331-10
331-11
332-5-6
332-6-5
332-7-4
332-8-3
332-9-2
332-10-1
333-4-1
333-3-2
333-2-3
333-1-4
335-2
335-1
338-7
338-4
338-3
338-1
338-8
338-9
338-10
338-11
20
21
22
23
24
M20
M21
M22
M23
Developing motor/ C
25
Developing motor/ K
26
348-1-4
348-2-3
99
352-11
89
352-10
348-3-2
98
352-9
90
348-4-1
344-1-7
344-2-6
344-3-5
344-4-4
344-5-3
340-1B DMTK_H/L
340-2B DMTK_LD
340-3B DMTK_CW
340-4B DMTK_CLK
340-5B DMTK_SS
340-6B SGND
467-16B 5V
467-15B HAI_PS
467-14B SGND
467-13B 5V
467-12B EXIT_PS
467-11B GND
467-10B GND
483-4B-12B
483-5B-11B
387-1
387-2
Paper exit sensor
388-1
387-3
388-2
688-1-3
483-7B-9B
483-6B-10B
388-3
42
688-2-2
69
483-8B-8B
25
352-8
352-7
352-6
352-5
344-6-2
340-7B 5V2
467-8B 5V
PS12
352-4
352-3
352-2
344-7-1
87
467-9B EXFUL_PS
5V2
5V2
SGND
SGND
P_EXIT
5V2
SGND
24V2
PGND
Tucking fan/ 1
FS
352-1
97
347-1-4
43
688-3-1
588-1-5
588-2-4
588-3-3
588-4-2
588-5-1
469-6
469-5
469-2
469-3
469-1
469-4
468-1-6
468-2-5
468-3-4
468-4-3
468-5-2
468-6-1
M26
483-9B-7B
45
351-11
347-2-3
96
351-10
340-8B DMTC_H/L
340-9B DMTC_LD
592-1-2
592-2-1
46
347-3-2
88
347-4-1
343-1-7
340-10B DMTC_CW
340-11B DMTC_CLK
467-7B P_EXIT
484-1-4
484-2-3
484-3-2
484-4-1
Tucking fan/ 2
Tucking fan/ 3
24
351-9
351-8
343-2-6
343-3-5
343-4-4
340-12B DMTC_SS
340-13B SGND
340-14B 5V2
44
351-7
351-6
351-5
343-5-3
343-6-2
343-7-1
467-6B RTS3_2
467-5B GND
467-4B SIN3_2
467-3B CTS3_2
483-1A-15A
483-2A-14A
41
351-4
351-3
351-2
351-1
85
346-1-4
95
350-11
346-2-3
346-3-2
94
350-10
340-1A DMTM_H/L
340-2A DMTM_LD
340-3A DMTM_CW
340-4A DMTM_CLK
340-5A DMTM_SS
340-6A SGND
340-7A 5V2
467-2B GND
467-1B SOUT3_2
467-16A GND
467-15A EPFAN_HL1
467-14A EPFAN_ER1
483-3A-13A
483-4A-12A
70
350-9
86
346-4-1
342-1-7
342-2-6
342-3-5
342-4-4
342-5-3
342-6-2
342-7-1
340-8A DMTY_H/L
340-9A DMTY_LD
340-10A DMTY_CW
467-13A EPFAN_DR1
485-1-4
485-2-3
485-3-2
485-4-1
486-1-4
486-2-3
486-3-2
486-4-1
689-1
689-2
689-3
23
350-8
350-7
350-6
350-5
350-4
350-3
350-2
350-1
345-1-4
345-2-3
345-3-2
93
349-11
349-10
349-9
345-4-1
341-1-7
341-2-6
340-11A DMTY_CLK
340-12A DMTY_SS
483-5A-11A
483-6A-10A
483-7A-9A
483-8A-8A
483-9A-7A
483-10A-6A
483-11A-5A
483-12A-4A
483-13A-3A
483-14A-2A
22
349-8
349-7
349-6
341-3-5
341-4-4
341-5-3
467-12A GND
467-11A EPFAN_HL2
467-10A EPFAN_ER2
Developing fan/3
483-15A-1A
Main body
fan
M27
349-5
349-4
349-3
340-13A SGND
340-14A 5V2
353-15B 5V2
467-9A EPFAN_DR2
467-8A GND
467-7A EPFAN_HL3
467-6A EPFAN_ER3
467-5A EPFAN_DR3
467-4A 5V
467-3A HA1_HP
Developing
fan/2
M28
Developing motor/ M
M18
353-14B DRUMK_HP
353-13B SGND
353-12B 5V2
353-11B DRUMC_HP
353-10B SGND
353-9B 5V2
353-8B DRUMM_HP
353-7B SGND
353-6B 5V2
353-5B DRUMY_HP
467-1A NC
467-2A GND
TEM/HUMS/1
353-4B SGND
Developing
fan/1
Temp/ humidity sensor 1
Writing
intake fan/1
PS10
341-6-2
353-1B SGND
353-3B 5V2
353-2B RL_HP
399-1
399-2
399-3
399-4
770-1-4
770-2-3
770-3-2
770-4-1
Writing
intake fan/1
Drum fan/ 2
349-2
122
341-7-1
291-3-1
291-2-2
291-1-3
353-15A NC
353-14A NC
353-13A 5V2
353-12A SGND
353-11A DBLT_CNT
353-10A DBLT_CLK
353-9A DBLT_CW
353-8A DBLT_LD
353-7A DBLT_H/L
353-6A SGND
353-5A BELT_EB
353-4A 5V2
353-3A SGND
353-2A BELT_EA
353-1A 5V2
398-1-3
398-2-2
398-3-1
397-1-4
397-2-3
397-3-2
397-4-1
396-1-4
396-2-3
396-3-2
396-4-1
395-1-4
395-2-3
395-3-2
395-4-1
394-1-4
394-2-3
394-3-2
394-4-1
490-1-4
490-2-3
490-3-2
490-4-1
349-1
359-1
359-2
359-3
304-6-1
304-5-2
304-4-3
304-3-4
304-2-5
304-1-6
309-20B 5V
309-19B CONT
309-18B PWM
309-17B FG
309-16B SGND
309-15B ENA2
309-14B 5V
309-13B SGND
309-12B ENA1
309-11B 5V
309-10B 5V
309-9B CONT
309-8B PWM
309-7B FG
309-6B SGND
309-5B ENA2
309-4B 5V
309-3B SGND
309-2B ENA1
309-1B 5V
309-20A 5V
309-19A CONT
309-18A PWM
309-17A FG
309-16A SGND
309-15A ENA2
309-14A 5V
309-13A SGND
309-12A ENA1
309-11A 5V
309-10A 5V
309-9A CONT
21
Developing motor/ Y
355-1-4
355-2-3
355-3-2
355-4-1
354-7-1
354-6-2
354-5-3
354-4-4
354-3-5
354-2-6
354-1-7
289-1
289-2
289-3
305-1
305-2
305-3
299-1-4
299-2-3
299-3-2
299-4-1
298-10-1
298-9-2
298-8-3
298-7-4
298-6-5
298-5-6
298-4-7
298-3-8
298-2-9
298-1-10
297-1-4
297-2-3
297-3-2
297-4-1
296-10-1
296-9-2
296-8-3
296-7-4
296-6-5
296-5-6
296-4-7
296-3-8
296-2-9
296-1-10
295-1-4
295-2-3
295-3-2
295-4-1
294-10-1
294-9-2
294-8-3
294-7-4
294-6-5
294-5-6
294-4-7
294-3-8
294-2-9
294-1-10
293-1-4
293-2-3
293-3-2
293-4-1
309-8A PWM
20
1st Transfer HP sensor
356-11
356-10
356-9
356-8
356-1
356-2
356-3
356-4
356-5
356-6
356-7
Encoder sensor / belt2
Encoder sensor / belt1
332-4-7
335-3
332-3-8
332-2-9
332-1-10
325-4-7
328-3
325-3-8
325-2-9
325-1-10
318-4-7
318-3-8
318-2-9
318-1-10
312-1-4
312-2-3
312-3-2
312-4-1
322-3
317-11
317-10
317-9
317-8
117
393-19B N.C
PS75
393-18B N.C
292-10-1
M64
393-17B N.C
311-10-1
M47
393-16B 5V
317-1
M46
393-15B M_HUM
5V
M45
393-14B GND
309-7A FG
M44
393-13B M_TEMP
292-9-2
M43
393-12B GND
292-8-3
506
393-11B DEVFAN_HL3
317-3
19
393-10B DEVFAN_ER3
393-9B DEVFAN_DR3
19
393-12B GND
PS74
393-7B FLFAN_HL2
36
393-6B FLFAN_ER2
35
393-5B FLFAN_DR2
40
393-4B GND
39
393-3B FLFAN_HL1
34
393-2B FLFAN_ER1
CONT
18
393-1B FLFAN_DR1
33
393-19A GND
S
393-18A O3FAN_ER
18
393-17A O3FAN_DR
PS73
393-16A GND
PS72
393-15A DEVFAN_HL2
M16
393-14A DEVFAN_ER2
393-13A DEVFAN_DR2
292-7-4
17
393-12A GND
393-11A DEVFAN_HL1
38
393-10A DEVFAN_ER1
37
393-9A DEVFAN_DR1
28
393-8A GND
17
393-7A WFAN_HL2
27
393-6A WFAN_ER2
16
PS71
393-5A WFAN_DR2
311-9-2
M13
393-4A GND
311-8-3
16
393-3A WFAN_HL1
PS70
393-2A WFAN_ER1
M15
393-1A WFAN_DR1
32
700-17B GND
311-7-4
700-16B DFAN_HL2
317-4
700-15B DFAN_ER2
31
700-14B DFAN_DR2
26
700-13B CHFAN_ER
317-7
15
700-12B CHFAN_ON
700-11B GND
25
700-10B TBC_SIG
700-9B CBCLCONT
700-8B TBC_EN
700-7B TBC_CLK
15
700-6B TBK_SIG
PS69
700-5B KBCLCONT
PS68
700-4B TBK_EN
M14
700-3B TBK_CLK
700-2B TSMT_SS
FG
14
700-1B TSMT_CLK
700-17A TSMT_LD
700-16A TSMT_HL
700-15A TBY_CLK
30
700-14A TBY_EN
29
700-13A YBCLCONT
14
700-12A TBY_SIG
U
700-11A TBM_CLK
Z
700-10A TBM_EN
Y
700-9A MBCLCONT
X
700-8A TBM_SIG
T
700-7A TB5VCONT
W
700-6A GND
V
700-5A TBO_SIG
PWM
17.12 Main body 12/12
26
N
PS13
PRCB(6/6)
S
100
92
91
118
121
PS15
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
Part name
Location
M13
Drum fan /2
16-P
M14
Drum motor /Y
14-X
M15
Drum motor /M
15-X
M16
Drum motor /C
17-X
M17
Drum motor /K
18-X
M18
Transfer belt motor
20-W
M20
Developing motor /Y
22-V
M21
Developing motor /M
23-V
M22
Developing motor /C
24-V
M23
Developing motor /K
25-V
M26
Tucking fan /1
23-O
M27
Tucking fan /2
22-O
M28
Tucking fan /3
22-O
M43
Writing intake fan /1
17-P
M44
Writing intake fan /2
17-P
M45
Developing fan /1
18-P
M46
Developing fan /2
18-P
M47
Main body fan
19-P
M64
Developing fan /3
20-P
PRCB
14-R
PS10
21-O
PS12
25-O
PS13
Paper exit sensor
26-O
PS15
21-V
PS68
Encoder sensor /M1
15-Y
PS69
Encoder sensor /M2
16-X
PS70
Encoder sensor /C1
16-Y
PS71
Encoder sensor /C2
17-X
PS72
Encoder sensor /K1
18-Y
PS73
Encoder sensor /K2
18-X
PS74
Encoder sensor /belt1
19-V
PS75
Encoder sensor /belt2
20-V
TEM/HUMS/1
Temp/humidity sensor /1
20-Q
No paper sensor
Registration
sensor
A
M301
Paper feed motor
M302
Conveyance motor
M303
Reverse/Paper Exit Motor
PS303
PS304
PS301
Timing sensor
PS302
Tray open/close
sensor
PS308
SIZE SENSOR BOARD

Size
sensor/Rt
PS310
SD302
DFCB
Paper feed
cover sensor
Size
sensor/Lt
Reverse solenoid
PS309
SD301
Size VR
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
17.13 DF
Paper exit solenoid
VR301
MC301
Registration clutch
F
Reverse sensor
PS305
Paper exit
sensor
PS306
G
Paper exit
cover sensor
PS307
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
I
1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
DF location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
DFCB
DF control board
4-A
M301
Paper feed motor
7-A
M302
Conveyance motor
7-B
M303
7-C
MC301
Registration clutch
7-F
PS301
Registration sensor
1-B
PS302
Timing sensor
1-C
PS303
Paper feed cover sensor
1-A
PS304
No paper sensor
1-B
PS305
Reverse sensor
1-F
PS306
Paper exit sensor
1-G
PS307
Paper exit cover sensor
1-G
PS308
Tray open/close sensor
1-D
PS309
Size sensor/Lt
1-E
PS310
Size sensor/Rt
1-D
SD301
Paper exit solenoid
7-E
SD302
Reverse solenoid
7-D
SSB
Size sensor board
2-D
VR301
Size VR
1-E
17.14 PF 1/4
10
11
12
13
AC drive Assy
EUROPE ONLY
FT9
FT1
FT7
RY
850-1 AC(H)
Inlet
plug
ACDB
Relay
FT3
FT5
850-2 NC
CBR
NF
24V1
850-3 NC
FT6
Power plug
FT10
FT2
FT8
FT4
850-4 AC(N)
Noise filter
972-1
969-1 AC2(H)
FOR JAPAN/U.S.A
972-2
969-2 AC2(H)
978-1
508
969-3 NC
850-1 AC(H)
972-3
969-4 NC
SSR1
850-2 NC
963-6 T1_H_CONT
SSR2
963-7 T2_H_CONT
963-5 T_H_5V
850-4 AC(N)
963-3 24V1
978-4
963-4 FH_RL_DRV
963-1 24V_IN(TEST)
972-4
969-5 T1_H_DRV(N)
969-6 T2_H_DRV(N)
963-2 GND(TEST)
850-3 NC
973-5-1
973-4-2
973-3-3
973-2-4
973-1-5
K
509
946-1-2
946-2-1
L
1
10
11
12
13
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PF location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
ACDB
AC drive board
9-H
CBR
Circuit breaker
5-I
NF
Noise filter
6-I
RY
Relay
8-I
17.15 PF 2/4
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Dehumidifier Dehumidifier
fan/2
fan/1
915-1
HTR 3
915-3
FM12
FM11
Temperature
sensor/3
TEMS/3
918-1-4
918-2-3
918-3-2
918-4-1
917-1-4
917-2-3
917-3-2
917-4-1
Fan heater/Up
Temperature
Dehumidifier Dehumidifier
sensor/4
fan/4
fan/3
916-1
HTR 4
916-3
508
958-1-2
958-2-1
F/G
FM13
FM14
TEMS/4
920-4-1
920-3-2
920-2-3
920-1-4
919-4-1
919-3-2
919-2-3
919-1-4
Fan heater/Lw
939-1-12
939-2-11
939-3-10
939-4-9
939-5-8
939-6-7
939-7-6
939-8-5
939-9-4
939-10-3
939-11-2
939-12-1
938-1-12
959-1-2
938-3-10
938-2-11
959-2-1
938-5-8
938-6-7
938-7-6
938-8-5
938-9-4
938-10-3
938-11-2
938-12-1
938-4-9
F/G
510
M
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PF location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
FM11
Dehumidifier fan /1
25-G
FM12
Dehumidifier fan /2
26-G
FM13
Dehumidifier fan /3
24-I
FM14
Dehumidifier fan /4
24-I
HTR3
Fan heater /Up
23-G
HTR4
Fan heater /Lw
21-I
TEMS/3
26-G
TEMS/4
24-I
X
Symbol
464-15B SIN2_2
Y
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
3
4
5
6
7
8
SD4
902-3
902-2
902-1
PS23
10
11
858-1(24V)
956-1-2
934-1 T2_UPM_24V
934-2 /T2_UPM_DRV
M2
M3
908-2-2(EM)
908-1-3(GND)
909-3-1(CONT)
909-2-2(EM)
909-1-3(GND)
910-3-1(CONT)
910-2-2(EM)
910-1-3(GND)
942-7-5
942-6-6
941-11-1
941-10-2
941-9-3
942-11-1
942-10-2
942-9-3
854-B9-B11
854-B8-B12
854-B7-B13
854-B6-B14
854-B5-B15
854-B4-B16
854-B3-B17
854-B2-B18
854-B1-B19
Paper feed
assist fan/Fr11
Paper feed
assist fan/Rr11
Paper feed
assist fan/Fr12
Paper feed
assist fan/Rr12
FM1
FM2
FM3
FM4
12
852-B20 N.C
852-B19 P.GND
908-3-1(CONT)
942-8-4
854-B10-B10
11
852-B18 T1_FM4_EM
852-B17 T1_FM34_DRV
852-B16 P.GND
852-B15 T1_FM3_EM
852-B14 T1_FM34_DRV
852-B13 P.GND
852-B12 T1_FM2_EM
852-B11 T1_FM12_DRV
852-B10 P.GND
907-3-1(CONT)
907-1-3(GND)
Separation clutch/1
MC2
907-2-2(EM)
Paper feed clutch/1
MC1
941-6-6
Shutter solenoid/Rr1
SD3
941-7-5
Shutter solenoid/Fr1
SD2
941-8-4
Pick-up solenoid/1
SD1
854-B12-B8
862-2-1
953-15-1
854-B13-B7
TEMS/1
854-B11-B9
862-1-2
Paper size VR/1
VR1
852-B9 T1_FM1_EM
861-2-1
953-13-3
953-14-2
861-1-2
875-2-1
942-5-7
953-12-4
874-2-1
875-1-2
942-4-8
854-B14-B6
854-B15-B5
854-B16-B4
874-1-2
941-5-7
941-4-8
873-2-1
854-B17-B3
873-1-2
953-11-5
863-1-2
VR2
852-B8 T1_FM12_DRV
863-2-1
903-3
903-2
903-1
904-1
904-2
Paper size sensor/Rr1
PS8
956-2-1
860-3
942-3-9
Paper size sensor/Fr1
10
858-2(CONT)
860-2
942-2-10
Paper size sensor/Lt1
PS7
934-3 T1_UPM_24V
860-1
Paper size sensor/Rt1
PS6
934-4 /T1_UPM_DRV
859-3
942-1-11
Tray lock release

sensor/1
PS5
955-1-2
955-2-1
859-2
941-3-9
904-3
859-1
941-1-11
941-2-10
886-3
886-2
886-1
885-3
885-2
885-1
884-3
884-2
Paper empty sensor/1
PS4
857-1(24V)
883-3
953-9-7
Paper feed sensor/1
PS3
Paper lift motor/2
TEM/HUMS
852-B7 T1_CL_24V
852-B6 T1_RVCL_DRV
852-B5 T1_SECL_DRV
883-2
953-8-8
953-10-6
F/G
854-B19-B1
854-B18-B2
854-A1-A20
854-A2-A19
854-A3-A18
854-A4-A17
854-A5-A16
854-A6-A15
854-A7-A14
854-A8-A13
854-A9-A11
854-A10-A11
883-1
953-7-9
PS2
857-2(CONT)
934-5 SENS_5V
934-6 PFU_HUM_SIG
934-7 S.GND
852-B4 T1_SHSD_DRV
852-B3 T1_SHSD_DRV
852-B2 T1_CL_24V
852-B1 T1_PUSD_DRV
852-A20 T1_SET_SIG
852-A19 T1_TH_SIG2
852-A18 T1_TH_SIG1
852-A17 S.GND
852-A16 T1_PSIZE_VR
852-A15 T1_PQUANT_VR
852-A14 SENS_5V
852-A13 T1_SIZE4_SIG
852-A10 S.GND
854-A12-A9
854-A13-A8
854-A11-A10
881-3
953-6-10
PS1
Paper lift motor/1
966-1
934-8 PFU_TH_SIG
933-1 S.GND
933-2 FD_OPEN_SIG
933-3 SENS_5V
933-4 LOCKSD_24V
933-5 T1_LOCKSD_DRV
800-6 PGND
966-2
982-1-7
982-2-6
982-3-5
982-4-4
933-6 LOCKSD_24V
933-7 T2_LOCKSD_DRV
800-1 5V2
966-3
966-4
876-1-2
876-2-1
982-5-3
982-6-2
982-7-1
852-A8 SENS_5V
852-A9 T1_SIZE1_SIG
881-2
953-5-11
884-1
881-1
Temperature-humidity sensor
SD8
Tray lock solenoid/1
PRCB(Main body)
880-1-2
922-2
922-1
1
880-2-1
FT1
801-16A T1_SECL_CONT
801-15A T1_RVCL_CONT
801-14A T2_RVCL_CONT
801-13A CH_CL1_CONT
801-12A CH_CL2_CONT
854-A14-A7
854-A15-A6
854-A16-A5
882-3
953-4-12
Tray lock solenoid/2
FT2
SW1
465-16A-1A
465-15A-2A
465-14A-3A
465-13A-4A
465-12A-5A
801-11A CH_CL3_CONT
852-A7 T1_LOCK_SIG
852-A6 T1_0_SIG
852-A5 T1_NF_SIG
882-2
953-3-13
Front door open/close switch
464-5A PF_SOCL1
464-6A PF_RVCL1
464-7A PF_RVCL2
464-8A PF_CHCL1
464-9A PF_CHCL2
464-10A PF_CHCL3
801-10A CH_CL4_CONT
801-9A CH_CL5_CONT
801-8A CH_CL6_CONT
801-7A T1_PUSD_CONT
801-6A T1_NF_SIG
801-5A T1_O_SIG
801-4A CH_FE1_SIG
801-3A CH_FE2_SIG
801-2A CH_FE3_SIG
800-4 SGND
465-11A-6A
465-10A-7A
465-9A-8A
465-8A-9A
465-7A-10A
465-6A-11A
465-5A-12A
465-4A-13A
465-3A-14A
465-2A-15A
882-1
953-1-15
145-3
953-2-14
464-11A PF_CHCL4
464-12A PF_CHCL5
464-13A PF_CHCL6
464-14A PF_PUSD1
464-15A PF_NFSIG1
464-16A PF_NPSIG1
464-17A PF_CHSIG1
464-18A PF_CHSIG2
464-19A PF_CHSIG3
854-A17-A4
854-A18-A3
F/G
852-A3 SENS_5V
HTR 2
TRAY4
852-A4 T1_MAX_SIG
145-2
801-1A CH_FE4_SIG
145-1
465-1A-16A
854-A19-A2
854-A20-A1
854-1
854-2
961-1
961-2
464-20A PF_CHSIG4
852-A2 S.GND
852-A1 S.GND
800-7 24V2
801-16B N.C
800-8 PGND
801-15B SGND
801-14B PF_CL_CONT
801-13B CH_FE5_SIG
801-12B N.C
465-16B-1B
465-15B-2B
465-14B-3B
465-13B-4B
464-1B GND
464-2B LTCLCNT
464-3B PF_FRSIG1
801-10B PF_PR_SIG
801-11B T2_O_SIG
F/G
464-4B PF_FRSIG2
465-12B-5B
466-5
464-5B LTNP_SIG
106-6 24V1
801-9B T2_NF_SIG
106-12 PGND
466-6
465-11B-6B
466-1
465-10B-7B
106-3 5V2
465-9B-8B
466-2
464-8B GND
466-3
464-6B LTPR_SIG
464-7B LTSO_SIG
106-5 12V
801-6B T2_PUSD_CONT
106-9 SGND
801-8B SGND
466-4
801-7B /FE_HTROFF
106-11 SGND
465-8B-9B
111-2 24V2
466-7
464-9B PF_HTROFF
111-6 PGND
466-8
801-5B PRCL_CONT
T
466-9
465-7B-10B
DCPS1
466-10
465-6B-11B
111-3 24V2
Dehumidifier
heater/2
464-11B LTRCLCNT
111-7 PGND
Dehumidifier
heater/1
464-10B LTSSDCNT
S
145-2
801-4B T2_SECL_CONT
DCPS2
145-1
465-5B-12B
121-4 200VAC(H)
465-4B-13B
121-10 200VAC(N)
464-12B LTSCLCNT
ACDB(Main body)
F/G
801-3B S.GND
121-9 200VAC(N)
801-2B PFUD_RXD
121-3 200VAC(H)
464-13B GND
U
801-1B PFUD_TXD
465-3B-14B
465-2B-15B
465-1B-16B
464-14B SOUT2_2
HTR 1
960-2
960-1
17.16 PF 3/4
12
13
N
N
800-3 12V
800-2 SGND
800-5 24V1
PFDB(1/2)
T
W
W
Vertical conveyance(1/2)
Z
Z
13
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PF location list
Symbol
ACDB(Main
Part name
Location
AC drive board(Main body)
1-P
FM1
Paper feed assist fan /Fr11
11-P
FM2
Paper feed assist fan /Rr11
11-P
FM3
12-P
body)
FM4
12-P
HTR1
4-O
HTR2
4-O
M2
Paper lift motor /1
11-X
M3
Paper lift motor /2
11-X
MC1
10-P
MC2
11-P
PFDB
PF drive board
4-R
PS1
6-P
PS2
6-P
PS3
7-P
PS4
Tray lock release sensor /1
7-P
PS5
Paper size sensor /Rt1
7-P
PS6
Paper size sensor /Lt1
7-P
PS7
8-P
PS8
8-P
PS23
10-X
SD1
Pick-up solenoid /1
10-P
SD2
Shutter solenoid /Fr1
10-P
SD3
Shutter solenoid /Rr1
10-P
SD4
Tray lock solenoid /1
9-X
SD8
Tray lock solenoid /2
9-X
SW1
Front door open/close switch
8-X
VR1
Paper size VR /1
9-P
VR2
Remaining paper VR /1
8-P
TEM/HUMS
Temperature-humidity sensor
10-X
TEMS/1
9-P
14
MFDTB/R
MFDTB/S
15
PS25
16
17
948-5B-14B
948-4B-15B
948-3B-16B
948-2B-17B
948-1B-18B
948-18A-1A
948-17A-2A
948-16A-3A
976-5-2
976-4-3
976-3-4
976-2-5
976-1-6
977-3-1
977-2-2
977-1-3
965-2
965-3
898-1
898-2
898-3
899-1
899-2
899-3
PS22
18
MC10
MC11
MC12
19
20
21
22
23
MC7
MC8
MC9
FM9
FM10
Ventilation fan/2
Ventilation fan/1
PS24
Vertical conveyance clutch/3
PS17
PS27
Vertical conveyance
door sensor
867-2-1
24
869-1-2
869-2-1
25
967-1-4
927-A1 PFU_FAN1_DRV
927-A2 PFU_FAN1_ER
927-A3 PFU_FAN1_HL
927-A4 P.GND
927-A5 PFU_FAN2_DRV
927-A6 PFU_FAN2_ER
927-A7 PFU_FAN2_HL
927-A8 P.GND
937-A12 S.GND
937-A11 T1_HTSET_SIG
937-A10 H_TH1_SIG2
937-A9 H_TH1_SIG1
937-A8 P.GND
937-A7 T1_HFAN2_HL
937-A6 T1_HFAN2_ER
937-A5 T1_HFAN_DR
937-A4 P.GND
937-A3 T1_HFAN1_HL
937-A2 T1_HFAN1_ER
937-A1 T1_HFAN_DR
937-B12 S.GND
937-B11 T2_HTSET_SIG
937-B10 H_TH2_SIG2
937-B9 H_TH2_SIG1
937-B8 P.GND
937-B7 T2_HFAN2_HL
937-B6 T2_HFAN2_ER
937-B5 T2_HFAN_DR
937-B4 P.GND
937-B3 T2_HFAN1_HL
937-B2 T2_HFAN1_ER
937-B1 T2_HFAN_DR
962-5 T2_HEAT_DRV
914-1-3(GND)
944-9-3
Paper feed
assist fan/Rr22
25
967-2-3
967-3-2
967-4-1
968-1-4
968-2-3
968-3-2
927-A9 PFU_FAN3_DRV
927-A10 PFU_FAN3_ER
927-A11 PFU_FAN3_HL
927-A12 P.GND
962-3 SENS_5V
962-4 T1_HEAT_DRV
914-2-2(EM)
944-10-2
24
927-A13 PFU_FAN4_DRV
927-A14 PFU_FAN4_ER
927-A15 PFU_FAN4_HL
927-A16 P.GND
927-A17 N.C
927-A18 N.C
927-B1 /CH_CL3_DRV
927-B2 V_MC_24V
927-B3 /CH_CL2_DRV
927-B4 V_MC_24V
927-B5 /CH_CL1_DRV
927-B6 V_MC_24V
927-B7 S.GND
927-B8 VD_OPEN_SIG
927-B9 SENS_5V
927-B10 S.GND
927-B11 CH_FE1_SIG
927-B12 SENS_5V
962-1 24V1
962-2 H_RL_DRV
914-3-1(CONT)
944-11-1
Paper feed
assist fan/Fr22
509
868-1-2
868-2-1
867-1-2
949-1-18
949-2-17
949-3-16
949-10 to 15 N.C
949-10-9
949-11-8
949-12-7
927-B13 S.GND
927-B14 CH_FE2_SIG
927-B15 SENS_5V
927-B16 S.GND
927-B17 CH_FE3_SIG
927-B18 SENS_5V
913-1-3(GND)
943-9-3
23
968-4-1
900-3
900-2
900-1
895-3
895-2
895-1
949-13-6
949-14-5
949-15-4
949-16-3
949-17-2
853-B20 N.C
913-2-2(EM)
943-10-2
22
PS26
Vertical conveyance
sensor/1
896-3
896-2
896-1
897-3
949-18-1
4-9
4-8
4-7 PF_CL_DRV
913-3-1(CONT)
943-11-1
Paper feed
assist fan/Rr21
FM8
4-6 H_MC_24V
855-B1-B19
912-1-3(GND)
944-6-6
FM7
853-B19 P.GND
855-B3-B17
855-B2-B18
912-2-2(EM)
944-7-5
FM6
4-5 CH_CL6_DRV
853-B18 T2_FM4_EM
853-B17 T2_FM34_DRV
912-3-1(CONT)
943-5-4
Paper feed
assist fan/Fr21
FM5
Vertical conveyance
sensor/2
M1
4-4 H_MC_24V
855-B4-B16
855-B5-B15
855-B6-B14
855-B7-B13
911-1-3(GND)
21
897-2
897-1
2
4-3 SGND
853-B16 P.GND
855-B9-B11
855-B8-B12
911-2-2(EM)
943-6-6
20
4-2 YOBI_SIG
4-1 SENS_5V
853-B15 T2_FM3_EM
853-B14 T2_FM34_DRV
853-B13 P.GND
853-B12 T2_FM2_EM
853-B11 T2_FM12_DRV
855-B10-B10
Separation clutch/2
911-3-1(CONT)
Paper feed clutch/2
943-7-5
Shutter solenoid/Rr2
943-8-4
Shutter solenoid/Fr2
MC5
853-B10 P.GND
855-B12-B8
Pick-up solenoid/2
MC4
855-B11-B9
865-2-1
954-15-1
SD7
853-B9 T2_FM1_EM
865-1-2
954-14-2
Paper size VR/2
SD6
853-B8 T2_FM12_DRV
864-2-1
954-13-3
SD5
952-1-4
855-B14-B6
855-B13-B7
864-1-2
879-2-1
944-5-7
954-12-4
878-2-1
879-1-2
943-5-7
944-4-8
Paper size sensor/Rr2
TEMS/2
952-2-3
853-B7 T2_CL_24V
853-B6 T2_RVCL_DRV
853-B5 T2_SECL_DRV
855-B15-B5
855-B16-B4
877-2-1
878-1-2
954-11-5
943-4-8
877-1-2
954-10-6
866-1-2
Paper size sensor/Fr2
VR3
925-6 PFUM_GAIN
925-5 PFUM_EM
925-4 PFUM_FR
925-3 PFUM_CLK
925-2 PFUM_CONT
853-B4 T2_SHSD_DRV
853-B3 T2_SHSD_DRV
855-B17-B3
855-B18-B2
855-B19-B1
855-A1-A20
866-2-1
905-3
905-2
Paper size sensor/Lt2
VR4
856-11 24V
PRCL_DRV
928-1A
853-B2 T2_CL_24V
853-B1 T2_PUSD_DRV
853-A20 T2_SET_SIG
855-A2-A19
855-A3-A18
855-A4-A17
855-A5-A16
Paper size sensor/Rt2
PS16
952-3-2
H_MC_24V
928-2A
925-1 5V2
CH_CL5_DRV
928-3A
928-4A H_MC_24V
928-5A CH_CL4_DRV
853-A19 T2_TH_SIG2
853-A18 T2_TH_SIG1
853-A17 S.GND
853-A16 T2_PSIZE_VR
Tray lock release

sensor/2
PS15
856-10 24V
S.GND
928-7A
905-1
906-1
906-2
906-3
894-3
894-2
Paper empty sensor/2
PS14
952-4-1
HDIN_OPEN_SIG
928-8A
855-A6-A15
855-A7-A14
944-3-9
944-2-10
894-1
887-3
887-2
887-1
893-3
893-2
893-1
892-3
892-2
892-1
891-3
891-2
891-1
890-3
890-2
890-1
PS13
PGND
SENS_5V
928-9A
853-A15 T2_PQUANT_VR
853-A14 SENS_5V
855-A8-A13
944-1-11
943-3-9
943-2-10
943-1-11
954-9-7
Paper feed sensor/2
PS12
PGND
S.GND
928-10A
954-7-9
954-8-8
888-3
888-2
888-1
PS11
856-9
H/L
LD
F/R
CLK
CONT
S.GND(N.C)
5V
HD_OPEN_SIG
928-11A
928-6A H_MC_24V
SENS_5V
928-12A
855-A9-A12
855-A10-A11
855-A11-A10
855-A12-A9
855-A13-A8
855-A14-A7
855-A15-A6
954-6-10
954-5-11
PS10
856-8
856-7
856-6
856-5
856-4
856-3
856-2
856-1
872-1-2
872-2-1
871-1-2
871-2-1
870-1-2
948-1A-18A
948-2A-17A
948-3A-16A
948-4A-15A
948-5A-14A
948-6A-13A
853-A10 S.GND
853-A9 T2_SIZE1_SIG
853-A8 SENS_5V
853-A7 T2_LOCK_SIG
853-A6 T2_0_SIG
855-A16-A5
889-3
889-2
19
Vertical conveyance
sensor/3
964-3
964-2
964-1
901-3
901-2
928-13A S.GND
928-14A CH_FE5_PS
928-15A SENS_5V
928-16A N.C
928-1B S.GND
928-2B CH_FE4_SIG
928-3B SENS_5V
928-4B S.GND
928-5B PF_PR_PS
928-6B SENS_5V
928-7B VDDSIG1
928-8B S.GND
928-9B SENS_5V
853-A5 T2_NF_SIG
954-4-12
954-3-13
889-1
18
948-6B-13B
976-6-1
PS21
clutch/2
948-7B-12B
924-1-10
921-1
870-2-1
948-8B-11B
924-2-9
921-2
PS19
clutch/1
948-9B-10B
924-3-8
921-3
928-10B -5V
928-11B S.GND
928-12B SI
954-1-15
954-2-14
17
Paper feed motor
Y
PS18
door sensor/2
948-10B-9B
924-4-7
921-4
PS20
901-1
948-11B-8B
924-5-6
921-5
928-13B S.GND
855-A17-A4
855-A18-A3
PS9
door sensor/1
948-12B-7B
924-6-5
921-6
853-A3 SENS_5V
853-A4 T2_MAX_SIG
928-14B SENS_CLK
928-15B LED_CONT
855-A19-A2
TRAY5
948-4A to 12A N.C
948-13B-6B
853-A2 S.GND
16
sensor/2
948-14B-5B
924-8-3
924-7-4
921-7
928-16B 24V2-1
853-A1 S.GND
855-A20-A1
855-1
855-2
921-8
965-1
948-15B-4B
924-9-2
CT
921-9
W
948-16B-3B
924-10-1
931-3 P.GND
931-2 A.GND
931-1 JCLK_OUT
921-10
490-3
F/G
490-2
15
sensor/1
MI2
490-1
930-4 A.GND
930-3 A.GND
930-2 MF_SIG(-)
930-1 MF_SIG(+)
14
Pre-registration sensor
Centering sensor
X
491-3
491-2
491-1
17.17 PF 4/4
26
510
N
N
F/G
Q
Q
S
S
PFDB(1/2)
Vertical conveyance(2/2)
Z
26
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PF location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
FM5
20-O
FM6
20-O
FM7
21-O
FM8
21-O
FM9
Ventilation fan /2
25W
FM10
Ventilation fan /1
26W
M1
Paper feed motor
20-X
MC4
19-O
MC5
20-O
MC7
23-W
MC8
24-W
MC9
24-W
MC10
18-X
MC11
19-X
MC12
19-X
MFDTB/R
Multi feed detection board /R
14-X
MFDTB/S
Multi feed detection board /S
14-X
PFDB
PF drive board
20-S
PS9
15-O
PS10
15-O
PS11
16-O
PS12
Tray lock release sensor /2
16-O
PS13
Paper size sensor /Rt2
16-O
PS14
Paper size sensor /Lt2
17-O
PS15
17-O
PS16
17-O
PS17
Vertical conveyance sensor /1
23-W
PS18
17-X
PS19
17-X
PS20
Pre-registration sensor15-U
16-X
PS21
Horizontal conveyance door sensor /1
18-X
PS22
Horizontal conveyance door sensor /2
18-X
PS24
23-W
PS25
Centering sensor
15-X
PS26
22-W
PS27
22-W
SD5
Pick-up solenoid /2
19-O
SD6
Shutter solenoid /Fr2
19-O
SD7
Shutter solenoid /Rr2
19-O
TEMS/2
18-O
VR3
Paper size VR/217-K
18-O
VR4
Remaining paper VR /217-K
18-O
1
2
3
464-6A PF_RVCL1
4
464-10B LTSSDCNT
PS101
PS102
PS103
PS104
PS105
Remaining
paper
sensor/1
Remaining
paper
sensor/2
Remaining
paper
sensor/3
Remaining
paper
sensor/4
FM1
7
TEMS/1
PS111
PS110
VR1
Paper size
seonsor/Fr
Paper size
seonsor/Rr
Remaining
paper VR
FM2
I
8
845-3
845-2
845-1
846-1
849-1-3
849-2-2
849-3-1
850-1-8
850-2-7
836-1 5V2
836-2 SIZE_VR
836-3 SGND
836-4 5V2
836-5 SIZE_PS1
836-6 SGND
836-7 5V2
836-8 SIZE_PS2
804-11B 24V2
804-14B LT_CL_DRV
804-13B 24V2
830-1-2
830-2-1
826-1-2
833-1
833-2
833-3
Front door open/close

sensor
Pre registration clutch
Paper feed clutch
17.18 LU
8
9
MS1
LUDB
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Upper cover open/close

sensor
Tray down switch
PS100
804-12B PRCL_DRV
813-1
826-2-1
813-2
839-2-4
839-1-5
832-1
832-2
832-3
SW100
804-10B SECL_DRV
804-9B 24V2
804-8B 5V2
804-7B UPOP_PS
804-6B SGND
804-5B DW_SW
804-4B SGND
804-3B 5V2
839-3-3
LU exit sensor
846-2
850-3-6
850-4-5
850-5-4
823-1
823-2
823-3
824-1
Paper empty sensor
PS115
846-3
847-1
847-2
839-4-2
839-5-1
MS2
804-1B SGND
817-2
804-2B FROP_SIG
824-3
824-2
825-1
825-2
825-3
Upper limit sensor
PS106
836-9 SGND
841-1-14
841-2-13
841-3-12
841-4-11
841-6-9
841-5-10
841-7-8
841-9-6
841-8-7
831-1
831-2
831-3
Pick-up solenoid
PS107
850-6-3
804-14A SGND
804-13A POUT_SIG
804-12A 5V2
804-11A SGND
804-10A PR_PS
804-9A 5V2
804-8A 5V2
804-7A 0_PS
804-6A SGND
804-5A 5V2
841-10-5
841-11-4
841-12-3
829-1-2
829-2-1
Paper feed motor
PS108
847-3
836-10 TH1_SIG1
836-11 TH1_SIG2
804-3A SGND
804-4A MAX_SIG
841-14-1
841-13-2
24V
24V
P.G.
P.G.
H/L
LD
PS109
850-7-2
850-8-1
803-1 LF_DRV
803-2 LFAN1_EM
804-1A 24V
804-2A PUSD_DRV
CONT
CLK
CW/CCW
SD100
848-1-2
848-2-1
837-1-6
837-2-5
803-3 PGND
5V
S.G.
Temperature
sensor/1
811-1-3
811-2-2
803-5 LFAN2_EM
803-4 LF_DRV
816-1
837-3-4
837-4-3
803-6 PGND
816-2
811-3-1
812-1-3
837-5-2
837-6-1
815-11
815-10
815-9
815-8
815-7
815-6
815-5
815-4
815-3
815-2
815-1
M1
Paper feed
assist fan/Rr
812-3-1
MAIN BODY
812-2-2
805-11 24V2
805-10 24V2
805-9 PGND
805-8 PGND
805-7 LCTMGAIN
805-6 LCTM_EM
805-5 LCTM_F/R
805-4 LCTM_CLK
805-3 LCTMCONT
817-1
806-1 SGND
806-2 QUANT4
806-3 5V2
806-4 SGND
806-5 QUANT3
806-6 5V2
805-1 5V2
805-2 SGND
TEMS/2
822-3
822-2
822-1
806-8 QUANT2
806-7 SGND
821-3
821-2
821-1
820-3
806-9 5V2
806-10 SGND
806-11 QUANT1
806-12 5V2
806-13 SGND
PS1
820-2
806-15 5V2
806-14 LOW_SIG
810-10
Fan heater Assy
820-1
819-3
819-2
819-1
818-3
818-2
810-8
810-9
Centering sensor
Paper feed
assist fan/Fr
M100
Lower
Limit Sensor
802-10 24V2
802-9 LED
802-8 CLK
802-7 SGND
810-7
810-6
810-5
810-4
810-3
810-2
810-1
818-1
808-2 D2
808-1 D1
802-6 SI
938-1-12
938-2-11
938-3-10
Fan heater
802-5 SGND
802-4 -5V
802-3 5V2
802-2 SGND
802-1 VIDEO
835-12 S.GND
835-11 HTSET_SIG
938-4-9
HTR1
814-2
801-B15 SGND
801-B14 LT_CL_CONT
801-B13 LT_SIG1
801-B12 LT_SIG2
801-B11 0_SIG
801-B10 PR_SIG
801-B9 POUT_SIG
835-9 H_TH_SIG1
835-10 H_TH_SIG2
Dehumidifier heater
Paper lift
motor
465-15B-2B
465-14B-3B
465-13B-4B
465-12B-5B
465-11B-6B
465-10B-7B
465-9B-8B
801-B7 /LT_HTROFF
801-B6 PUSD_CONT
801-B8 SGND
LU-202
814-1
464-1B GND
464-2B LTCLCNT
464-3B PF_FRSIG1
464-4B PF_FRSIG2
464-5B LTNP_SIG
464-6B LTPR_SIG
464-7B LTSO_SIG
465-8B-9B
Dehumidifier
fan/2
HTR2
465-7B-10B
938-5-8
938-6-7
938-7-6
915-3
464-8B GND
465-6B-11B
835-8 P.GND
835-7 HFAN2_HL
938-8-5
Dehumidifier
fan/1
915-1
464-9B PF_HTROFF
835-5 HFAN_DR
835-6 HFAN2_ER
938-10-3
FM4
801-B5 PRCL_CONT
801-B4 SECL_CONT
801-B3 S.GND
801-B2 LCTD_RXD
835-4 P.GND
FM3
465-5B-12B
465-4B-13B
465-3B-14B
465-2B-15B
801-B1 LCTD_TXD
938-11-2
464-11B LTRCLCNT
464-12B LTSCLCNT
464-13B GND
464-14B SOUT2_2
464-15B SIN2_2
F
938-9-4
972-4
835-3 HFAN1_HL
938-12-1
972-3
835-2 HFAN1_ER
835-1 HFAN_DRV
915-2
465-1B-16B
801-A16 N.C
801-A15 N.C
962-5
973-1-5
F/G
465-16A-1A
465-15A-2A
801-A14 N.C
801-A13 N.C
801-A12 N.C
973-3-3
973-4-2
973-2-4
145-3
464-5A PF_SOCL1
465-14A-3A
465-13A-4A
962-4 T1_HEAT_DRV
962-3 SENS_5V
973-5-1
972-2
464-7A PF_RVCL2
801-A11 N.C
962-1 24V1
972-1
464-8A PF_CHCL1
464-9A PF_CHCL2
465-12A-5A
465-11A-6A
800-5 SGND
464-10A PF_CHCL3
801-A10 N.C
106-3 5V2
466-1
465-10A-7A
106-9 SGND
466-2
464-11A PF_CHCL4
466-5
962-2 FH_RL_DRV
466-6
801-A9 N.C
466-3
801-A8 N.C
466-4
800-3 24V2
464-12A PF_CHCL5
106-5 12V
801-A7 N.C
106-11 SGND
800-6 PGND
465-9A-8A
106-6 24V1
801-A6 N.C
465-8A-9A
106-12 PGND
AC drive
ASSY
464-13A PF_CHCL6
111-2 24V2
466-7
801-A5 N.C
466-8
465-7A-10A
111-6 PGND
464-14A PF_PUSD1
DCPS1
111-3 24V2
464-15A PF_NFSIG1
145-5
145-6
799-1
799-2
799-3
799-4
801-A4 N.C
465-6A-11A
145-4
801-A3 N.C
F/G
465-5A-12A
D
111-7 PGND
834-2
464-16A PF_NPSIG1
DCPS2
834-1
145-2
801-A2 N.C
B
145-1
465-4A-13A
121-8 220VAC(H)
464-18A PF_CHSIG2
121-3 220VAC(H)
464-17A PF_CHSIG1
801-A1 N.C
ACDB
465-3A-14A
465-2A-15A
465-1A-16A
464-19A PF_CHSIG3
464-20A PF_CHSIG4

MC101 MC102
466-10
466-9
800-2 12V
800-4 SGND
800-1 5V2
Symbol
PRCB
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
LU location list
Symbol
FM1
Part name
Paper feed assist fan /Fr
Location
6-H
FM2
Paper feed assist fan /Rr
7-H
FM3
Dehumidifier fan /1
4-C
FM4
Dehumidifier fan /2
4-C
HTR1
3-A
HTR2
4-B
LUDB
LU drive board
3-D
M1
Paper feed motor
5-B
M100
Paper lift motor
5-H
MC101
Paper feed clutch
8-B
MC102
9-B
MS1
Interlock switch /1
6-C
MS2
Interlock switch /2
6-C
PS1
Centering sensor
5-B
PS100
Upper door sensor
8-B
PS101
Lower limit sensor
5-H
PS102
Remaining paper sensor /1
5-H
PS103
6-H
PS104
6-H
PS105
6-H
PS106
7-B
PS107
LU exit sensor
7-B
PS108
Paper empty sensor
7-B
PS109
Upper limit sensor
7-B
PS110
Paper size sensor /Fr
7-B
PS111
Paper size sensor /Rr
8-H
PS115
Front door sensor
8-B
SD100
Pick-up solenoid
7-B
SW100
Tray down switch
8-B
TEMS/1
8-H
TEMS/2
4-C
VR1
Paper size VR
8-H
I
1
FT1
AC INRET
26NA-752
2
FT2
FT3
FT4
AC OUTRET/2
H
CBR1
FT5
FT6
Circuit breaker/1
3
CN35-2
CN36-1
AC CODE
26NA88610(KBJ:100V)
26NE88610(KBT:120V)
26NF88610(KBI:240V)
Noise filter
FT7
3
FT8
4
FT10
MS1
FT11
RL1
NF1
Circuit breaker/2
CBR2
2
RU504
CN34-5:FGND
FT9
FT12
CN34-1:HOT
Relay
CN34-3:NEUTRAL
5V
8
9
3
CN35-1
FA13
FA14
S.GND
6
7
24V
101
17 21
19
P.GND
4
5
A
B
RUCB
10
102(RU504)
OR
105(RU503)
C
D
E
F
G
H
18
10
11
12
7
8
9
1
J
K
2
3
L
M
N
Main body
O
P
Q
R
S
4
21
20
22
CN24-1 24V
CN24-2 5V
CN24-3 SG
CN24-4 PG
CN24-5 PG
CN24-6 FG
15
Paper exit sensor
Paper fan/1
Paper fan/2
Paper fan/3
Ventilation assist fan/1
Ventilation assist fan/2
PS2
PS3
M2
M3
M4
M6
M7
CN111- 3
CN111- 2
CN111- 1
CN112- 3
CN112- 2
CN112- 1
CN106- 3
CN106- 2
CN106- 1
CN105- 3
CN105- 2
CN105- 1
CN103- 3
CN103- 2
CN103- 1
CN102- 3
CN102- 2
CN102- 1
CN101- 3
CN101- 2
CN101- 1
Intermediate sensor
PS1
CN110- 3
CN110- 2
CN110- 1
CN6-1 FNS1_SOUT
CN6-2 S.GND
CN6-3 FNS1_CTS
CN6-4 FNS1_SIN
CN6-5 NC
CN6-6 FNS1_RTS
CN6-7 PAPEROUT2
CN6-8 NC
CN7-2 SYS_SIN
CN7-1 SYS_RTS
CN11-1 24V_IN
CN11-2 5V_IN
CN11-3 S.GND
CN11-4 P.GND
CN11-5 P.GND
CN25-5 PAPER_OUT
CN25-4 SG
CN25-3 SG
CN25-2 5V
CN25-1 5V
16 23
CN26-6 MTXD
CN26-5 SG
CN26-4 MCTS
CN26-3 MRXD
CN26-2 SG
CN26-1 MRTS
12 20
CN27-1
CN27-2
11 22
Entrance sensor
CN5-1 SYS_SIN
CN5-2 S.GND
CN5-3 SYS_RTS
CN5-4 SYS_SOUT
CN5-5 S.GND
CN5-6 SYS_CTS
CN5-7 PAPEROUT_1
CN13-A 1 NC
CN13-A 2 NC
CN13-A 3 NC
CN13-A 4 NC
CN13-A 5 NC
CN13-A 6 NC
CN13-A 7 NC
CN13-A 8 NC
CN13-A 9 NC
CN13-A10 NC
CN13-A11 NC
CN13-A12 NC
CN13-A13 NC
CN13-A14 NC
CN13-A15 NC
CN13-A16 NC
CN13-A17 NC
CN13-A18 NC
CN13-A19 NC
CN13-A20 NC
CN13-B 1 NC
CN13-B 2 NC
CN13-B 3 NC
CN13-B 4 NC
CN13-B 5 NC
CN13-B 6 NC
CN13-B 7 NC
CN13-B 8 NC
CN13-B 9 NC
CN13-B10 NC
CN13-B11 NC
CN13-B12 NC
CN13-B13 NC
CN13-B14 NC
CN13-B15 NC
CN13-B16 NC
CN13-B17 NC
CN13-B18 NC
CN13-B19 NC
CN13-B20 NC
CN20-1 24V
CN20-2 5V
CN20-3 SG
CN20-4 PG
CN20-5 PG
CN20-6 FG
101
CN12-1 RL_5V
CN12-2 RL_DRV
CN21-1 PAPER_OUT
CN21-2 SG
CN21-3 SG
CN21-4 5V
CN21-5 5V
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-13
-14
-15
J1
-3
-2
-1
-B13
-B14
-B15
-B 3
-B 2
-B 1
-10
-11
-12
CN4- 4 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
CN4- 5 M7_LD_IN
CN4- 6 M7_24V
-6
-5
-4
-B10
-B11
-B12
-B 6
-B 5
-B 4
-7
-8
-9
CN4- 1 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
CN4- 2 M6_LD_IN
CN4- 3 M6_24V
-B 7
-B 8
-B 9
-B 9
-B 8
-B 7
-4
-5
-6
CN22-1 MTXD
CN22-2 SG
CN22-3 MCTS
CN22-4 MRXD
CN22-5 SG
CN22-6 MRTS
FA14
FA13
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
J2
E
-1
-2
-3
-1
-2
-3
-4
-9
-8
-7
-B 4
-B 5
-B 6
-B12
-B11
-B10
J6
-1
-2
-3
-15
-14
-13
J8
-1
-2
-3
CN3- 7 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
CN3- 8 M4_LD_IN
CN3- 9 M4_24V
-12
-11
-10
-B 1
-B 2
-B 3
-B15
-B14
-B13
-3
-2
-1
J5
D
CN3- 4 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
CN3- 5 M3_LD_IN
CN3- 6 M3_24V
-A13
-A14
-A15
-A 3
-A 2
-A 1
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-3
CN3- 1 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
CN3- 2 M2_LD_IN
CN3- 3 M2_24V
-A10
-A11
-A12
-A 6
-A 5
-A 4
J7
B
CN1-13 PS3_S.GND
CN1-14 PS3_SIG
CN1-15 PS3_5V
CN1-10 PS2_S.GND
CN1-11 PS2_SIG
CN1-12 PS2_5V
-3
-2
-1
17.19 RU
7
8
23
16
15
17
CN28-3:-V/PGND
CN28-2:-V/PGND
CN28-1:-V/PGND
DCPS
T
V
W
13
13
14
CN36-2
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
Decurler gate solenoid /2
SD3
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
-A 7
-A 8
-A 9
-A 9
-A 8
-A 7
CN109-2
CN109-1
-A 5
-A 6
-A11
-A10
SD2
CN1- 7 PS1_S.GND
CN1- 8 PS1_SIG
CN1- 9 PS1_5V
CN1- 5 SD3_24V
CN1- 6 SD3_DRV
-A 3
-A 4
-A13
-A12
CN108-2
CN108-1
-A 1
-A 2
J3
-A15
-A14
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
AC OUTRET/1
CN1- 3 SD2_24V
CN1- 4 SD2_DRV
CN1- 1 SD1_24V
CN1- 2 SD1_DRV
-13
-1
Paper exit motor
M5
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
J2
101
J1
MS1
CN104- 5
CN104- 2
CN104- 4
CN104- 6
CN104- 3
CN104- 1
M1
FT16
F
N.C
N.C
N.C
RU503
-1
-2
-3
-4
J1
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
FT15
G
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
CN2- 7 M5_24V
CN2- 8 M5_24V
CN2- 9 M5_DRV_A
CN2-10 M5_DRV_A/
CN2-11 M5_DRV_B
CN2-12 M5_DRV_B/
CN100- 3
CN100- 9
CN100- 1
CN100- 5
CN100- 7
CN100-11
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
J4
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
D
CN2- 1 M1_24V
CN2- 2 M1_24V
CN2- 3 M1_DRV_A
CN2- 4 M1_DRV_A/
CN2- 5 M1_DRV_B
CN2- 6 M1_DRV_B/

for RU503
105
14
18
Interlock switch
19
To rear option
Interlock switch
CN28-7:+V/24V
CN28-8:+V/24V
Symbol
CN28-4:-V/PGND
CN28-5:+V/24V
CN28-6:+V/24V
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
RU location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
CBR1
Circuit breaker /1
3-I
CBR2
Circuit breaker /2
3-I
DCPS
DC power supply
5-I
M1
2-B
M2
Paper fan/1
7-B
M3
Paper fan/2
7-B
M4
Paper fan/3
7-B
M5
Paper exit motor
2-B
M6
Ventilation assist fan /1
8-B
M7
Ventilation assist fan /2
8-B
MS1
Interlock switch
2-G,4-H
NF
Noise filter
3-I
PS1
Entrance sensor
6-B
PS2
Intermediate sensor
6-B
PS3
Paper exit sensor
6-B
RL1
Relay
4-I
RUCB
RU control board
2-D
SD2
3-B
SD3
3-B
1
FT6
WIT
FT8
4
2
2
FT10
NF1
WIT
CBR2
Circuit breaker/2
RT1
Outlet
CN181- 1
CN181- 2
BLK
Y/G
WIT
RT5
CN151- 2
FT12 BLK
RT2
WIT
CN183- 1
WIT
CN183- 2
I
3
CN183- 1
WIT
CN183-A1
BLK
WIT
CN183-A2
CN183- 2
Y/G
BLK
WIT
CN184-5
:frame GND
DCPS
CN184-1
:line(L)
CN184-3
:neutral(N)
CN191-8
:+V/24V
CN191-7
:+V/24V
CN191-6
:+V/24V
CN191-5
:+V/24V
CN191-4
:-V/PGND
CN191-3
:-V/PGND
CN191-2
:-V/PGND
CN191-1
:-V/PGND
MS1
CN183-B2
CN183-B1
BLK
WIT
AC L
F.GND
AC N
5
CN**-1 24V
CN**-2 5V
CN**-3 S.GND
CN**-4 P.GND
CN**-5 P.GND
CN**-6 F.GND
RU-503/504
RT10
4
5
AC OUTLET
CN602-1
CN602-2
CN602-3
CN602-4
CN602-5
CN602-6
CN603-1
CN603-2
CN603-3
CN603-4
CN603-5
CN603-6
24V
5V
S.GND
P.GND
P.GND
F.GND
12
13
MAIN BODY
14
15
SGND
MAIN BODY
8
CN610- 5
CN610- 8
CN610- 7
CN610- 6
CN610- 4
FNS FDCB PDB

20 21 22 23
CN610- 3
CN610- 2
CN606- 6
FNS FDCB PDB

16 17 18 19
CN606- 5
17 21
16 20
CN8-A 1 KCOUT_113
CN8-A 2 KCOUT_114
CN8-A 3 KCOUT_115
CN8-A 4 KCOUT_116
CN8-A 5 KCOUT_117
CN8-A 6 KCOUT_118
CN8-A 7 KCOUT_119
CN8-A 8 KCOUT_120
CN9-A 9 KCOUT_121
CN8-A10 KCOUT_122
CN8-A11 KCOUT_123
CN8-A12 KCOUT_124
CN8-A13 KCOUT_125
CN8-A14 KCOUT_126
CN8-A15 KCOUT_127
CN8-A16 KCOUT_128
CN8-A17 NC
CN8-B 1 KCOUT_129
CN8-B 2 KCOUT_130
CN8-B 3 KCOUT_131
CN8-B 4 KCOUT_132
CN8-B 5 KCOUT_133
CN8-B 6 KCOUT_134
CN8-B 7 KCOUT_135
CN8-B 8 KCOUT_136
CN8-B 9 KCOUT_137
CN8-B10 KCOUT_138
CN8-B11 KCOUT_139
CN8-B12 KCOUT_140
CN8-B13 KCOUT_141
CN8-B14 KCOUT_142
CN8-B15 KCOUT_143
CN8-B16 KCOUT_144
CN8-B17 NC
CN7-A 1 KCIN_65
CN7-A 2 KCIN_66
CN7-A 3 KCIN_67
CN7-A 4 KCIN_68
CN7-A 5 KCIN_69
CN7-A 6 KCIN_70
CN7-A 7 KCIN_71
CN7-A 8 KCIN_72
CN7-A 9 KCIN_73
CN7-A10 KCIN_74
CN7-A11 KCIN_75
CN7-A12 KCIN_76
CN7-B 1 KCIN_77
CN7-B 2 KCIN_78
CN7-B 3 KCIN_79
CN7-B 4 KCIN_80
CN7-B 5 KCIN_81
CN7-B 6 KCIN_82
CN7-B 7 KCIN_83
CN7-B 8 KCIN_84
CN7-B 9 KCIN_85
CN7-B10 KCIN_86
CN7-B11 KCIN_87
CN7-B12 KCIN_88
CN210-A 1 TCLKE_2
CN210-A 2 TCLKF_2
CN210-A 3 SGND
CN210-A 4 SGND
CN210-A 5 SGND
CN210-A 6 5V
CN210-A 7 5V
CN210-A 8 5V
CN210-A 9 NC
CN210-A10 NC
CN210-A11 SUBIN1
CN210-A12 NC
CN210-A13 KCOUT71
CN210-A14 KCOUT72
CN210-B 1 KCOUT57
CN210-B 2 KCOUT58
CN210-B 3 KCOUT59
CN210-B 4 KCOUT60
CN210-B 5 KCOUT61
CN210-B 6 KCOUT62
CN210-B 7 KCOUT63
CN210-B 8 KCOUT64
CN210-B 9 KCOUT65
CN210-B10 KCOUT66
CN210-B11 KCOUT67
CN210-B12 KCOUT68
CN210-B13 KCOUT69
CN210-B14 KCOUT70
CN224-18 SGND
CN224-19 PS13_SIG
CN224-20 5V
CN224-15 SGND
CN224-16 PS7_SIG
CN224-17 5V
CN224-12 SGND
CN224-13 PS20_SIG
CN224-14 5V
CN224- 9 SGND
CN224-10 PS23_SIG
CN224-11 5V
CN224- 6 SGND
CN224- 7 PS13_SIG
CN224- 8 5V
CN79- 1
CN79- 2
CN73- 1
CN73- 2
CN74- 1
CN74- 2
CN77- 1
CN77- 2
CN78- 1
CN78- 2
Main tray upper

limit sensor
Main tray folding
paper full sensor
PS20
PS7
CN40- 3
CN40- 2
CN40- 1
CN26- 3
CN26- 2
CN26- 1
Intermediate
PS13
conveyance sensor
Main tray empty

sensor
PS23
CN43- 3
CN43- 2
CN43- 1
CN33- 3
CN33- 2
CN33- 1
Folding exit sensor
PS2
CN33- 3
CN33- 2
CN33- 1
Sub tray gate

solenoid
sensor
SD9
Punch registration
sensor
SD3
S size gate
solenoid
L size gate
solenoid
Roller
solenoid/3
PS18
RED
BLU
PS6
SD4
SD7
Roller
solenoid/4
CN38- 3
CN38- 2
CN38- 1
CN33- 3
CN33- 2
CN33- 1
RED
BLU
RED
BLU
RED
BLU
SD8
PS5
RED
BLU
Alignment plate home

sensor
PS10
CN25- 3
CN25- 2
CN25- 1
Punch scraps box set

sensor
PS12
CN30- 3
CN30- 2
CN30- 1
PS26 Punch scraps full sensor

CN32- 3
CN32- 2
CN32- 1
CN46- 3
CN46- 2
CN46- 1
Intermediate
conveyance motor
FD entrance sensor
PS1
CN53- 1
CN53- 2
CN53- 3
CN53- 4
CN53- 5
CN53- 6
CN53- 7
CN53- 8
CN53- 9
CN53-10
CN53-11
PI exit sensor
PS4
CN21- 3
CN21- 2
CN21- 1
PS16 Sub tray paper exit sensor

CN24- 3
CN24- 2
CN24- 1
PS17 Sub tray paper full sensor
PS52
CN512- 3
CN512- 2
CN512- 1
CN517- 3
CN517- 2
CN517- 1
CN536- 1
CN536- 2
CN313- 4 SGND
CN313- 5 PS39_SIG
CN313- 6 5V
CN313- 1 SGND
CN313- 2 PS38_SIG
CN313- 3 5V
CN306-16 SGND
CN306-17 PS31_SIG
CN306-18 5V
CN306-13 SGND
CN306-14 PS47_SIG
CN306-15 5V
CN306-10 SGND
CN306-11 PS44_SIG
CN306-12 5V
CN306- 7 SGND
CN306- 8 UPTRY_SIZ
CN306- 9 3.3V
CN306- 4 SGND
CN306- 5 PS36_SIG
CN306- 6 5V
CN306- 1 SGND
CN306- 2 PS35_SIG
CN306- 3 5V
CN309- 1 SGND
CN309- 2 +
CN309- 3 CN309- 4 NC
CN308- 1 +
CN308- 2 CN300- 3 AGND
CN317- 1 TH_SIG
CN317- 2 GND
CN317- 3 N.C
CN317- 4 5V
CN311-A13 OP_LED12
CN311-A12 OP_LED13
CN311-A11 OP_LED14
CN311-A10 OP_LED15
CN311-A 9 OP_LED16
CN311-A 8 OPE_SW1
CN311-A 7 OPE_SW2
CN311-A 6 OPE_SW3
CN311-A 5 OPE_SW4
CN311-A 4 OPE_SW5
CN311-A 3 OPE_S1
CN311-A 2 OPE_S2
CN311-A 1 OPE_S3
CN311-B13 5V
CN311-B12 SGND
CN311-B11 OP_LED 1
CN311-B10 OP_LED 2
CN311-B 9 OP_LED 3
CN311-B 8 OP_LED 4
CN311-B 7 OP_LED 5
CN311-B 6 OP_LED 6
CN311-B 5 OP_LED 7
CN311-B 4 OP_LED 8
CN311-B 3 OP_LED 9
CN311-B 2 OP_LED10
CN311-B 1 OP_LED11
CN507-13 SGND
CN507-14 PS57 SIG
CN507-15 5V
PS53
CN513- 3
CN513- 2
CN513- 1
AC L
F.GND
AC N
RT11
To Next Option
CN318-1 NC
CN318-2 NC
CN318-3 NC
CN318-4 NC
CN318-5 NC
CN318-6 NC
CN318-7 JYU_CLK1
CN305-15 M9_DRV1
CN305-16 M9_DRV2
CN339- 2/1
CN339- 1/2
CN338- 2/1
CN338- 1/2
PI upper limit sensor/Lw
PI paper empty sensor/Lw
PS31
PS38
PS39
CN321- 3
CN321- 2
CN321- 1
CN328- 3
CN328- 2
CN328- 1
CN329- 3
CN329- 2
CN329- 1
PS32 PI upper limit sensor/Up

PS33 PI paper empty sensor/Up
CN323- 3
CN323- 2
CN323- 1
RED
BLU
CN324- 3
CN324- 2
CN324- 1
CN337-11
CN337-10
CN337- 9
CN337- 8
CN337- 7
CN337- 6
CN337- 5
CN337- 4
CN337- 3
CN337- 2
CN337- 1
CN333- 3
CN333- 2
CN333- 1
RED
BLU
CN345- 1
CN345- 2
PI registration clutch/Up
Paper lift motor/Lw
17.20 FD
9
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
PS34 PI lift plate home sensor/Up
PI conveyance motor
PS43 PI cover open/close sensor
Paper lift motor/Up
CL1
SD14 PI pick-up solenoid/Lw
PS40 PI lift plate home sensor/Lw
CN322- 3
CN322- 2
CN322- 1
CN344-1/1
CN344-2/2
PS37 PI conveyance sensor/Lw
PI registration clutch/Lw
CN330- 3
CN330- 2
CN330- 1
CL2
CN327- 3
CN327- 2
CN327- 1
CN346- 1
CN346- 2
Sub tray folding paper full sensor
PS48 PI mac paper size sensor/Lw
PS46
CN326- 3
CN326- 2
CN326- 1
CN324- 3
CN324- 2
CN324- 1
PS45
CN335- 3
CN335- 2
CN335- 1
PI paper set sensor/Lw
VR32 Paper size VR/Lw
S size sensor/Lw
PS42
CN332- 3
CN332- 2
CN332- 1
CN342- 1
CN342- 2
CN342- 3
L size sensor/Lw
PS41
CN331- 3
CN331- 2
CN331- 1
SD13 PI pick-up solenoid/Up
PI conveyance sensor/Up
PS47
CN325- 3
CN325- 2
CN325- 1
CN343-1/1
CN343-2/2
PI paper set sensor/Up
PI max paper size sensor/Up
PS44
CN334- 3
CN334- 2
CN334- 1
M7
CN305-12 SGND
CN305-13 PS34_SIG
CN305-14 5V
CN305- 1 24V
CN305- 2 24V
CN305- 3 M7 PGND
CN305- 4 M7 PGND
CN305- 5 M7 H/L
CN305- 6 M7 LD
CN305- 7 M7 F/R
CN305- 8 M7 CLK
CN305- 9 M7 S/P
CN305-10 SGND
CN305-11 5V
CN314-13 SGND
CN314-14 PS43_SIG
CN314-15 5V
CN314-11 M8_DRV1
CN314-12 M8_DRV2
CN314- 9 MC1_DRV
CN314-10 24V
CN314- 7 SD14_DRV
CN314- 8 24V
CN314- 4 SGND
CN314- 5 PS33_SIG
CN314- 6 5V
CN314- 1 SGND
CN314- 2 PS32_SIG
CN314- 3 5V
CN315- 4 SGND
CN315- 5 PS40_SIG
CN315- 6 5V
CN315- 1 SGND
CN315- 2 PS37_SIG
CN315- 3 5V
CN307-19 MC2_DRV
CN307-20 24V
S size sensor/Lw
VR31 Paper size VR/Up
PS36
CN341- 1
CN341- 2
CN341- 3
L size sensor/Up
PS35
CN326- 3
CN326- 2
CN326- 1

board/1
MFDB1
CN490- 3
CN490- 1
CN490- 2
CN325- 3
CN325- 2
CN325- 1

board/2
MFDB2
TSB
CN361-A 1 OP_LED12
CN361-A 2 OP_LED13
CN361-A 3 OP_LED14
CN361-A 4 NC
CN361-A 5 NC
CN361-A 6 OPE_SW1
CN361-A 7 OPE_SW2
CN361-A 8 OPE_SW3
CN361-A 9 OPE_SW4
CN361-A10 OPE_SW5
CN361-A11 NC
CN361-A12 NC
CN361-A13 NC
CN361-B 1 5V
CN361-B 2 SGND
CN361-B 3 OP_LED 1
CN361-B 4 OP_LED 2
CN361-B 5 OP_LED 3
CN361-B 6 OP_LED 4
CN361-B 7 OP_LED 5
CN361-B 8 OP_LED 6
CN361-B 9 OP_LED 7
CN361-B10 OP_LED 8
CN361-B11 OP_LED 9
CN361-B12 OP_LED10
CN361-B13 OP_LED11
CN490- 2
CN490- 1
CN490- 2
CN374- 4
CN374- 3
CN374- 2
CN374- 1
S size conveyance
sensor
M8
CN300- 1 24VDC
CN300- 2 PGND
CN302-A16 KCIN_33
CN302-A15 KCIN_34
CN302-A14 KCIN_35
CN302-A13 KCIN_36
CN302-A12 KCIN_37
CN302-A11 KCIN_38
CN302-A10 KCIN_39
CN302-A 9 KCIN_40
CN302-A 8 KCIN_41
CN302-A 7 KCIN_42
CN302-A 6 KCIN_43
CN302-A 5 KCIN_44
CN302-A 4 KCIN_45
CN302-A 3 KCIN_46
CN302-A 2 KCIN_47
CN302-A 1 KCIN_48
CN302-B16 KCIN_49
CN302-B15 KCIN_50
CN302-B14 KCIN_51
CN302-B13 KCIN_52
CN302-B12 KCIN_53
CN302-B11 KCIN_54
CN302-B10 KCIN_55
CN302-B 9 KCIN_56
CN302-B 8 KCIN_57
CN302-B 7 KCIN_58
CN302-B 6 KCIN_59
CN302-B 5 KCIN_60
CN302-B 4 KCIN_61
CN302-B 3 KCIN_62
CN302-B 2 KCIN_63
CN302-B 1 KCIN_64
CN301-16 KCOUT_97
CN301-15 KCOUT_98
CN301-14 KCOUT_99
CN301-13 KCOUT_100
CN301-12 KCOUT_101
CN301-11 KCOUT_102
CN301-10 KCOUT_103
CN301- 9 KCOUT_104
CN301- 8 KCOUT_105
CN301- 7 KCOUT_106
CN301- 6 KCOUT_107
CN301- 5 KCOUT_108
CN301- 4 KCOUT_109
CN301- 3 KCOUT_110
CN301- 2 KCOUT_111
CN301- 1 KCOUT_112
CN303- 6 3.3V
CN303- 5 3.3V
CN303- 4 AD_1
CN303- 3 AD_2
CN303- 2 AD_3
CN303- 1 AD_4
CN307-16 SGND
CN307-17 PS46_SIG
CN307-18 5V
CN307-13 SGND
CN307-14 PS48_SIG
CN307-15 5V
PS58
SD15 Folding gate solenoid
SD18 2nd folding roller solenoid
PS51
CN511- 3
CN511- 2
CN511- 1
CN536- 1
CN536- 2
PS54
CN514- 3
CN514- 2
CN514- 1
CN304-A14 M7_CLK7
CN304-A13 JYU_CLK7
CN304-A12 SGND
CN313- 7 SD13_DRV
CN304-A11 SGND
CN313- 8 SD_24V
CN304-A10 SGND
CN304-A 9 5VD
CN304-A 8 5VD
CN304-A 7 5VD
CN307- 1 SGND
CN304-A 6 NC
CN307- 2 PS41_SIG
CN304-A 5 NC
CN307- 3 5V
CN304-A 4 PANCH_S3 (Reserve)
CN304-A 3 NC
CN304-A 2 OP_LED15
CN304-A 1 OP_LED16
CN307- 4 SGND
CN304-B14 OP_LED 1
CN307- 5 PS42_SIG
CN307- 6 5V
CN304-B13 OP_LED 2
CN304-B12 OP_LED 3
CN304-B11 OP_LED 4
CN304-B10 OP_LED 5
CN307- 7 SGND
CN304-B 9 OP_LED 6
CN307- 8 LOWTRY_SZ
CN304-B 8 OP_LED 7
CN307- 9 3.3V
CN304-B 7 OP_LED 8
CN304-B 6 OP_LED 9
CN304-B 5 OP_LED10
CN304-B 4 OP_LED11
CN307-10 SGND
CN307-11 PS45_SIG
CN304-B 3 OP_LED12
CN307-12 5V
CN304-B 2 OP_LED13
CN304-B 1 OP_LED14
SD12 Paper exit solenoid
CN36- 3
CN36- 2
CN36- 1
CN67- 1
CN37- 2
CN67- 3
CN67- 4
CN67- 5
CN67- 6
CN67- 7
CN67- 8
CN67- 9
CN67-10
CN67-11
RED
BLU
Main tray lower

limit sensor
PS22
CN37- 3
CN37- 2
CN37- 1
CN82- 1
CN82- 2
CN51- 1
CN51- 2
CN51- 3
CN51- 4
CN51- 5
CN51- 6
CN51- 7
CN51- 8
CN51- 9
CN51-10
CN51-11
CN33- 3
CN33- 2
CN33- 1
Tray up down
motor
CN507- 9 SD15_DRV
CN507-10 SD_24V
CN507- 7 SD18_DRV
CN507- 8 SD_24V
PS55
CN15-1 NC
CN15-2 NC
CN15-3 NC
CN15-4 NC
CN15-5 NC
CN15-6 NC
CN15-7 JYU_CLK1
CN4-A 1 KCIN_33
CN4-A 2 KCIN_34
CN4-A 3 KCIN_35
CN4-A 4 KCIN_36
CN4-A 5 KCIN_37
CN4-A 6 KCIN_38
CN4-A 7 KCIN_39
CN4-A 8 KCIN_40
CN4-A 9 KCIN_41
CN4-A10 KCIN_42
CN4-A11 KCIN_43
CN4-A12 KCIN_44
CN4-A13 KCIN_45
CN4-A14 KCIN_46
CN4-A15 KCIN_47
CN4-A16 KCIN_48
CN4-B 1 KCIN_49
CN4-B 2 KCIN_50
CN4-B 3 KCIN_51
CN4-B 4 KCIN_52
CN4-B 5 KCIN_53
CN4-B 6 KCIN_54
CN4-B 7 KCIN_55
CN4-B 8 KCIN_56
CN4-B 9 KCIN_57
CN4-B10 KCIN_58
CN4-B11 KCIN_59
CN4-B12 KCIN_60
CN4-B13 KCIN_61
CN4-B14 KCIN_62
CN4-B15 KCIN_63
CN4-B16 KCIN_64
CN 6- 1 KCOUT_97
CN 6- 2 KCOUT_98
CN 6- 3 KCOUT_99
CN 6- 4 KCOUT_100
CN 6- 5 KCOUT_101
CN 6- 6 KCOUT_102
CN 6- 7 KCOUT_103
CN 6- 8 KCOUT_104
CN 6- 9 KCOUT_105
CN 6-10 KCOUT_106
CN 6-11 KCOUT_107
CN 6-12 KCOUT_108
CN 6-13 KCOUT_109
CN 6-14 KCOUT_110
CN 6-15 KCOUT_111
CN 6-16 KCOUT_112
1 24VDC
2 PGND
3 24VDC
4 PGND
5 PGND
CN205CN205CN205CN205CN205-
CN606- 4
CN606- 3
CN11-1 3.3V
CN11-2 3.3V
CN11-3 AD_0
CN11-4 AD_1
CN11-5 AD_2
CN11-6 AD_3
1 24VDC
2 PGND
3 24VDC
4 24VDC
5 PGND
6 PGND
CN211- 1 24V
CN211- 2 5V
CN211- 3 SGND
CN211- 4 PGND
CN221-B 9 SD5_DRV
CN221-B10 SD24V_1
CN207CN207CN207CN207CN207CN207-
CN71- 1
CN71- 2
CN221-B 7 SD6_DRV
CN221-B 8 SD24V_1
CN206- 1 5VDC
CN206- 2 5VDC
CN206- 3 SGND
CN206- 4 SGND
10
CN606- 6
CN15- 1 TIME_18
CN15- 2 TIME_19
CN15- 3 TIME_20
CN15- 4 TIME_21
CN15- 5 TIME_22
CN15- 6 TIME_23
CN15- 7 NC
9 11
CN606- 5
SD5
Roller solenoid/1
CN71- 1
CN71- 2
CN224- 1 SD9_DRV
CN224- 2 SD24V_3
CN221-B 1 5V
CN221-B 2 LED1_SIG
CN221-B 3 LED2_SIG
CN221-B 4 LED3_SIG
CN221-B 5 LED4_SIG
CN221-B 6 LED5_SIG
CN224- 3 SGND
CN224- 4 PS18_SIG
CN224- 5 5V
CN223- 9 SGND
CN223-10 PS6_SIG
CN223-11 5V
CN223- 7 SD3_DRV
CN223- 8 SD24V_2
CN223- 5 SD4_DRV
CN223- 6 SD24V_2
CN223- 3 SD7_DRV
CN223- 4 SD24V_2
CN223- 1 SD8_DRV
CN223- 2 SD24V_2
CN222-10 SGND
CN222-11 PS5_SIG
CN222-12 5V
CN222- 7 SGND
CN222- 8 PS10_SIG
CN222- 9 5V
CN222- 4 SGND
CN222- 5 PS12_SIG
CN222- 6 5V
CN222- 1 SGND
CN222- 2 PS26_SIG
CN222- 3 5V
CN221-A10 SD1_DRV
CN221-A11 SD24V_1
CN606- 4
CN71- 2
CN71- 1
CN220-B12 5V
CN220-B11 SGND
CN220-B10 M3_CONT
CN220-B 9 M3_CLK
CN220-B 8 M3_F/R
CN220-B 7 M3_LD
CN220-B 6 M3_H/L
CN220-B 5 PGND
CN220-B 4 PGND
CN220-B 3 24V
CN220-B 2 24V
CN220-B 1 NC
CN220-A10 SGND
CN220-A11 PS1_SIG
CN220-A12 5V
CN220-A 7 SGND
CN220-A 8 PS4_SIG
CN220-A 9 5V
CN220-A 4 SGND
CN220-A 5 PS16_SIG
CN220-A 6 5V
CN220-A 1 SGND
CN220-A 2 PS17_SIG
CN220-A 3 5V
CN219-B 2 SD24V_2
CN219-B 1 SD7_DRV
CN219-B13 5V
CN219-B12 SGND
CN219-B11 M17_CONT
CN219-B10 M17_CLK
CN219-B 9 M17_F/R
CN219-B 8 M17_LD
CN219-B 7 M17_H/L
CN219-B 6 PGND
CN219-B 5 PGND
CN219-B 4 24V
CN219-B 3 24V
CN219-A 2 SD12_24V
CN219-A 1 SD12_DRV
RED
BLU
Alignment motor
Punch conveyance
motor
CN507- 4 SGND
CN507- 5 PS52 SIG
CN507- 6 5V
CN507- 1 SGND
CN507- 2 PS53 SIG
CN507- 3 5V
PS56
CN515- 3
CN515- 2
CN515- 1
CN610- 1
29
CN606- 3
SD6
Roller solenoid/2
CN370- 6 5V
CN370- 5 LED1_SIG
CN370- 4 LED2_SIG
CN370- 3 LED3_SIG
CN370- 2 LED4_SIG
CN370- 1 NC
SD1
CN221-A 7 SGND
CN221-A 8 PS8_SIG
CN221-A 9 5V
PS8
CN221-A 4 SGND
CN221-A 5 PS9_SIG
CN221-A 6 5V
PS9
3 holes/4 holes punch home sensor
CN606- 2
26
23
CN606- 1
25
19
CN606- 2
24
28 31
CN17-1 FNS1_SOUT
CN17- 2 S.GND
CN17-3 /FNS1_CTS
CN17-4 FNS1_SIN
CN17-5 /FNSSET
CN17-6 /FNS1_RTS
CN17-7 /PAPEROUT_2
CN17- 8 NC
CN18-2 FNS2_SIN
CN18-1 /FNS2_RTS
CN19-1 SYS_SIN
CN19-2 /SYS_RTS
CN19-3 FNS2_SIN
CN19-4 /FNS2_RTS
CN221-A 1 SGND
CN221-A 2 PS11_SIG
CN221-A 3 5V
PS11
CN215- 6 M13 24V

CN215- 5 M13 24V
CN215- 4 M13 A
CN215- 3 M13 A/
CN215- 2 M13 B
CN215- 1 M13 B/
CN215- 8 M10 DRV1

CN215- 7 M10 DRV2
CN203-18 TIME_0
CN203-17 TIME_1
CN203-16 TIME_2
CN203-15 TIME_3
CN203-14 TIME_4
CN203-13 TIME_5
CN203-12 TIME_6
CN203-11 TIME_7
CN203-10 TIME_8
CN203- 9 TIME_9
CN203- 8 TIME_10
CN203- 7 TIME_11
CN203- 6 TIME_12
CN203- 5 TIME_13
CN203- 4 TIME_14
CN203- 3 TIME_15
CN203- 2 TIME_16
CN203- 1 TIME_17
CN202-B 1 KCIN_32
CN204-A20 KCOUT_57
CN204-A19 KCOUT_58
CN204-A18 KCOUT_59
CN204-A17 KCOUT_60
CN204-A16 KCOUT_61
CN204-A15 KCOUT_62
CN204-A14 KCOUT_63
CN204-A13 KCOUT_64
CN204-A12 KCOUT_65
CN204-A11 KCOUT_66
CN204-A10 KCOUT_67
CN204-A 9 KCOUT_68
CN204-A 8 KCOUT_69
CN204-A 7 KCOUT_70
CN204-A 6 KCOUT_71
CN204-A 5 KCOUT_72
CN204-A 4 KCOUT_73
CN204-A 3 KCOUT_74
CN204-A 2 KCOUT_75
CN204-A 1 KCOUT_76
CN204-B20 KCOUT_77
CN204-B19 KCOUT_78
CN204-B18 KCOUT_79
CN204-B17 KCOUT_80
CN204-B16 KCOUT_81
CN204-B15 KCOUT_82
CN204-B14 KCOUT_83
CN204-B13 KCOUT_84
CN204-B12 KCOUT_85
CN204-B11 KCOUT_86
CN204-B10 KCOUT_87
CN204-B 9 KCOUT_88
CN204-B 8 KCOUT_89
CN204-B 7 KCOUT_90
CN204-B 6 KCOUT_91
CN204-B 5 KCOUT_92
CN204-B 4 KCOUT_93
CN204-B 3 KCOUT_94
CN204-B 2 KCOUT_95
CN204-B 1 KCOUT_96
CN61- 1
CN61- 2
CN62- 2
CN62- 5
CN62- 1
CN62- 3
CN62- 4
CN62- 6
CN52- 2
CN52- 5
CN52- 1
CN52- 3
CN52- 4
CN52- 6
CN500- 1 24VDC
CN500- 2 24VDC
CN500- 3 PGND
CN500- 2 PGND
PS57
CN516- 3
CN516- 2
CN516- 1
RED
RED
BLK
BLN
ORG
YEL
CN606- 1
14 12
15 13
CN604-5
CN604-4
CN604-3
CN604-2
CN604-1
1
2
3
4
5
27 30
18 22
JAMIB
CN605-6
CN605-5
CN605-4
CN605-3
CN605-2
CN605-1
B
M13
1
2
3
4
5
6
CN16-1 SYS_SIN
CN16-2 S.GND
CN16-3 /SYS_RTS
CN16-4 SYS_SOUT
CN16-5 S.GND
CN16-6 /SYS_CTS
CN16-7 /PAPEROUT_1
F
Punch motor
M10
CN610-2
CN610-1
FDCB
CN20-1 5V
CN20-2 5V
CN20-3 S.GND
CN20-4 S.GND
CN14- 1 TIME_0
CN14- 2 TIME_1
CN14- 3 TIME_2
CN14- 4 TIME_3
CN14- 5 TIME_4
CN14- 6 TIME_5
CN14- 7 TIME_6
CN14- 8 TIME_7
CN14- 9 TIME_8
CN14-10 TIME_9
CN14-11 TIME_10
CN14-12 TIME_11
CN14-13 TIME_12
CN14-14 TIME_13
CN14-15 TIME_14
CN14-16 TIME_15
CN14-17 TIME_16
CN14-18 TIME_17
CN5-A 1 KCOUT_57
CN5-A 2 KCOUT_58
CN5-A 3 KCOUT_59
CN5-A 4 KCOUT_60
CN5-A 5 KCOUT_61
CN5-A 6 KCOUT_62
CN5-A 7 KCOUT_63
CN5-A 8 KCOUT_64
CN5-A 9 KCOUT_65
CN5-A10 KCOUT_66
CN5-A11 KCOUT_67
CN5-A12 KCOUT_68
CN5-A13 KCOUT_69
CN5-A14 KCOUT_70
CN5-A15 KCOUT_71
CN5-A16 KCOUT_72
CN5-A17 KCOUT_73
CN5-A18 KCOUT_74
CN5-A19 KCOUT_75
CN5-A20 KCOUT_76
CN5-B 1 KCOUT_77
CN5-B 2 KCOUT_78
CN5-B 3 KCOUT_79
CN5-B 4 KCOUT_80
CN5-B 5 KCOUT_81
CN5-B 6 KCOUT_82
CN5-B 7 KCOUT_83
CN5-B 8 KCOUT_84
CN5-B 9 KCOUT_85
CN5-B10 KCOUT_86
CN5-B11 KCOUT_87
CN5-B12 KCOUT_88
CN5-B13 KCOUT_89
CN5-B14 KCOUT_90
CN5-B15 KCOUT_91
CN5-B16 KCOUT_92
CN5-B17 KCOUT_93
CN5-B18 KCOUT_94
CN5-B19 KCOUT_95
CN5-B20 KCOUT_96
PDB
1
2
RL1
MAIN BODY I/F
Relay
M3
S.GND
S.GND
5V
5V
FT4
BLK
CN151- 1
PIDB
CN21-1 SYS_SIN
CN21-2 S.GND
CN21-3 /SYS_RTS
CN21-4 SYS_SOUT
CN21-5 S.GND
CN21-6 /SYS_CTS
CN21-7 /PAPEROUT_1
1
BLK FT11
BLK
9 11
CN19-4 /FNS2_RTS
CN19-3 FNS2_SIN
CN19-2 /SYS_RTS
CN19-1 SYS_SIN
M17
CN621-2
CN621-1
FT7
CN1-A 1 KCIN_1
CN1-A 2 KCIN_2
CN1-A 3 KCIN_3
CN1-A 4 KCIN_4
CN1-A 5 KCIN_5
CN1-A 6 KCIN_6
CN1-A 7 KCIN_7
CN1-A 8 KCIN_8
CN1-A 9 KCIN_9
CN1-A10 KCIN_10
CN1-A11 KCIN_11
CN1-A12 KCIN_12
CN1-A13 KCIN_13
CN1-A14 KCIN_14
CN1-A15 KCIN_15
CN1-A16 KCIN_16
CN1-B 1 KCIN_17
CN1-B 2 KCIN_18
CN1-B 3 KCIN_19
CN1-B 4 KCIN_20
CN1-B 5 KCIN_21
CN1-B 6 KCIN_22
CN1-B 7 KCIN_23
CN1-B 8 KCIN_24
CN1-B 9 KCIN_25
CN1-B10 KCIN_26
CN1-B11 KCIN_27
CN1-B12 KCIN_28
CN1-B13 KCIN_29
CN1-B14 KCIN_30
CN1-B15 KCIN_31
CN1-B16 KCIN_32
8 10
B
A
M1
2
1
BLK
CN182- 2
RED
To 5V (CCP)
M11
FDOB
CN**-5 SOUT
CN**-4 CTS
FT5
WIT
BLK
CN182- 1
M12
CN601-1
CN601-2
CN601-3
CN601-4
CN601-5
FT3
FT9
M2
Faston
Connector
Crimp
Relay connector
5
4
3
2
1
Circuit breaker/1
CBR1
PGC1
JTAG
CN24-1 5V
CN24-2 RL_CONT
512-1-1
512-2-2
512-3-3
512-4-4
D
FDB
CN**-5 EXIT PS
CN**-4 S.GND
CN**-3 S.GND
CN**-2 5V
CN**-1 5V
BLK
Y/G
WIT
Interrupt
Symbol
CN600-1
CN600-2
CN600-3
CN600-4
CN600-5
CN600-6
Inlet
CN517- 3
CN517- 2
CN517- 1
CN535-6- 1
CN535-5- 2
CN535-4- 3
CN535-3- 4
CN535-2- 5
CN535-1- 6
M16
511-15B-1B
511-14B-2B
511-13B-3B
511-12B-4B
511-11B-5B
511-10B-6B
511-9B-7B
511-8B-8B
511-7B-9B
511-6B-10B
511-5B-11B
511-4B-12B
511-3B-13B
511-2B-14B
511-1B-15B
511-1B-15B
511-1B-15B
CN508-A 9 M15_A
CN508-A10 M15_A/
CN508-A11 M15_B
CN508-A12 M15_B/
M15
PGC2
G
CN501-A17 PS51_SIG CN508-A13 M16_24V
CN501-A16 PS52_SIG CN508-A14 M16_24V
CN501-A15 PS53_SIG CN508-A15 M16_A
M16_A/
CN501-A14 PS54_SIG CN508-A16
CN508-A17 M16_B
CN501-A13 PS55_SIG CN508-A18 M16_B/
CN501-A12 PS56_SIG
CN501-A11 PS57_SIG
CN501-A10 ORI_SET
CN501-A 9 M4_CONT1 CN508-B 1 SGND
CN508-B 2
CN501-A 8 M4_CONT2
CN508-B 3 5V
CN501-A 7 M4_F/R
CN508-B 4 SGND
CN501-A 6 M4_RESET CN508-B
5 PS57 SIG
CN501-A 5 SGND
CN508-B 6 5V
CN501-A 4 SGND
CN501-A 3 SGND
CN501-A 2 SGND
CN508-B 7 SGND
CN501-A 1 5V
8 PS56 SIG
CN501-B17 M4_ENBLECN508-B
CN508-B 9 5V
CN501-B16 M5_CONT1
CN501-B15 M5_CONT2
CN501-B14 M5_F/R
CN501-B13 M5_RESET CN508-B10 SGND
CN501-B12 M5_ENBLECN508-B11 PS55 SIG
CN508-B12 5V
CN501-B11 M6_CONT1
CN501-B10 M6_CONT2
CN501-B 9 M6_F/R
CN501-B 8 M6_RESET CN508-B13 SGND
CN501-B 7 M6_ENBLE CN508-B14 PS54 SIG
CN508-B15 5V
CN501-B 6 5V
CN501-B 5 5V
CN501-B 4 5V
CN501-B 3 M4_CLK
CN508-B16 SGND
CN501-B 2 M5_CLK
CN501-B 1 M6_CLK CN508-B17 PS51 SIG
CN508-B18 5V
3rd folding motor
M14
CN23-1 TCK
CN23-2 TDO3
CN23-3 TDI
CN23-4 TMS
CN23-5 TRST
CN10-1 IRQ4
CN10-2 /IRQ3
CN10-3 IRQ
511-15A-1A
511-14A-2A
511-13A-3A
511-12A-4A
511-11A-5A
511-10A-6A
511-9A-7A
511-8A-8A
511-7A-9A
511-6A-10A
511-5A-11A
511-4A-12A
511-3A-13A
511-2A-14A
511-1A-15A
511-1A-15A
511-1A-15A
RED
RED
BLK
BLN
ORG
YEL
2nd folding motor
M6
6
5
4
3
2
1
FT2
CN534-6- 1
CN534-5- 2
CN534-4- 3
CN534-3- 4
CN534-2- 5
CN534-1- 6
RED
RED
BLK
BLN
ORG
YEL
YEL
BLK
RED
ORG
WIT
BLU
CN**-1 TXD
CN**-2 S.GND
CN**-3 CTS
CN**-4 RXD
CN**-5 S.GND
CN**-6 RTS
Power plug
CN533-6- 1
CN533-5- 2
CN533-4- 3
CN533-3- 4
CN533-2- 5
CN533-1- 6
CN532- 1
CN532- 2
CN532- 3
CN532- 4
CN532- 5
CN532- 6
M5
CN2-A 1 KCOUT_1
CN2-A 2 KCOUT_2
CN2-A 3 KCOUT_3
CN2-A 4 KCOUT_4
CN2-A 5 KCOUT_5
CN2-A 6 KCOUT_6
CN2-A 7 KCOUT_7
CN2-A 8 KCOUT_8
CN2-A 9 KCOUT_9
CN2-A10 KCOUT_10
CN2-A11 KCOUT_11
CN2-A12 KCOUT_12
CN2-A13 KCOUT_13
CN2-A14 KCOUT_14
CN2-A15 KCOUT_15
CN2-A16 KCOUT_16
CN2-A17 KCOUT_17
CN2-A18 KCOUT_18
CN2-A19 KCOUT_19
CN2-A20 KCOUT_20
CN2-B 1 KCOUT_21
CN2-B 2 KCOUT_22
CN2-B 3 KCOUT_23
CN2-B 4 KCOUT_24
CN2-B 5 KCOUT_25
CN2-B 6 KCOUT_26
CN2-B 7 KCOUT_27
CN2-B 8 KCOUT_28
CN2-B 9 KCOUT_29
CN2-B10 KCOUT_30
CN2-B11 KCOUT_31
CN2-B12 KCOUT_32
CN2-B13 KCOUT_33
CN2-B14 KCOUT_34
CN2-B15 KCOUT_35
CN2-B16 KCOUT_36
CN2-B17 KCOUT_37
CN2-B18 KCOUT_38
CN2-B19 KCOUT_39
CN2-B20 KCOUT_40
E
CN222-9 /CPUIN_1(IRQ4)
CN209-A 1 KCIN_24
CN209-A 2 KCIN_25
CN222-7 CPUIN_3(IRQ1)
CN209-A 3 KCIN_26
CN222-6 CPUIN_4(TIM Input)
CN209-A 4 KCIN_27
CN222-5 NC
CN209-A 5 KCIN_28
CN209-A 6 KCIN_29
CN222-3 GND
CN209-A 7 KCIN_30
CN209-A 8 ORI_SET
CN222-1 NC
CN209-A 9 KCOUT_73
CN209-A10 KCOUT_74
CN209-A11 KCOUT_75
CN209-A12 KCOUT_76
CN201-A20 KCOUT_1
CN209-A13 SGND
CN201-A19 KCOUT_2
CN209-A14 SGND
CN201-A18 KCOUT_3
CN209-A15 SGND
CN201-A17 KCOUT_4
CN209-A16 SGND
CN201-A16 KCOUT_5
CN209-A17 5V
CN201-A15 KCOUT_6
CN209-B 1 KCOUT_77
CN201-A14 KCOUT_7
CN209-B 2 KCOUT_78
CN201-A13 KCOUT_8
CN209-B
3 KCOUT_79
CN201-A12 KCOUT_9
CN201-A11 KCOUT_10 CN209-B 4 KCOUT_80
CN201-A10 KCOUT_11 CN209-B 5 KCOUT_81
CN209-B 6 KCOUT_82
CN201-A 9 KCOUT_12
CN209-B 7 KCOUT_83
CN201-A 8 KCOUT_13
CN209-B 8 KCOUT_84
CN201-A 7 KCOUT_14
CN209-B 9 KCOUT_85
CN201-A 6 KCOUT_15
CN201-A 5 KCOUT_16 CN209-B10 KCOUT_86
CN201-A 4 KCOUT_17 CN209-B11 KCOUT_87
CN209-B12 5V
CN201-A 3 KCOUT_18
CN209-B13 5V
CN201-A 2 KCOUT_19
CN209-B14 5V
CN201-A 1 KCOUT_20
CN209-B15 TIME0
CN201-B20 KCOUT_21
CN209-B16 TIME2
CN201-B19 KCOUT_22
CN209-B17
TIME3
CN201-B18 KCOUT_23
CN201-B17 KCOUT_24
CN201-B16 KCOUT_25
CN201-B15 KCOUT_26
CN201-B14 KCOUT_27
CN201-B13 KCOUT_28
CN201-B12 KCOUT_29
CN201-B11 KCOUT_30
CN201-B10 KCOUT_31
CN201-B 9 KCOUT_32
CN201-B 8 KCOUT_33
CN201-B 7 KCOUT_34
CN216-12 M12_24V
CN201-B 6 KCOUT_35
CN216-11 M12_24V
CN201-B 5 KCOUT_36
CN216-10 M12_A
CN201-B 4 KCOUT_37
CN216- 9 M 2_A/
CN201-B 3 KCOUT_38
CN216- 8 M 2_ B
CN201-B 2 KCOUT_39
CN216- 7 M 2_B/
CN201-B 1 KCOUT_40
CN216- 6 M12_24V
CN216- 5 M12_24V
CN216- 4 M12_A
CN216- 3 M12_A/
CN202-A16 KCIN_1
CN216- 2 M12_ B
CN202-A15 KCIN_2
CN216- 1 M12_B/
CN202-A14 KCIN_3
CN202-A13 KCIN_4
CN202-A12 KCIN_5
CN217- 1 M11 DRV1
CN202-A11 KCIN_6
CN217- 2 M11 DRV2
CN202-A10 KCIN_7
CN202-A 9 KCIN_8
CN217- 3 5V
CN202-A 8 KCIN_9
CN217- 4 RL_CONT
CN202-A 7 KCIN_10
CN202-A 6 KCIN_11
CN202-A 5 KCIN_12
CN224- 5 5V
CN217- 6 PS13_SIG
CN202-A 4 KCIN_13
CN217- 7 SGND
CN202-A 3 KCIN_14
CN202-A 2 KCIN_15
CN202-A 1 KCIN_16
CN202-B16 KCIN_17
CN202-B15 KCIN_18
CN202-B14 KCIN_19
CN202-B13 KCIN_20
CN202-B12 KCIN_21
CN202-B11 KCIN_22
CN219-A13 5V
CN202-B10 KCIN_23
CN219-A12 SGND
CN219-A11 M1_CONT
CN202-B 9 KCIN_24
CN219-A10 M1_CLK
CN202-B 8 KCIN_25
CN219-A 9 M1_F/R
CN202-B 7 KCIN_26
CN219-A 8 M1_LD
CN202-B 6 KCIN_27
CN219-A 7 M1_H/L
CN202-B 5 KCIN_28
CN219-A 6 PGND
CN219-A 5 PGND
CN202-B 4 KCIN_29
CN219-A 4 24V
CN202-B 3 KCIN_30
CN219-A 3 24V
CN202-B 2 KCIN_31
CN503-16 KCOUT_41
CN503-15 KCOUT_42
CN506- 5 M6_B
CN503-14 KCOUT_43
CN506- 1 M6_24V
CN506- 6 M6_B/
CN503-13 KCOUT_44
CN506- 3 M6_A
CN503-12 KCOUT_45
CN506- 2 M6_24V
CN503-11 KCOUT_46
CN506- 4 M6_A/
CN503-10 KCOUT_47
CN503- 9 KCOUT_48
CN503- 8 KCOUT_49
CN503- 7 KCOUT_50 CN508-A 1 M14_24V
CN503- 6 KCOUT_51 CN508-A 2 M14_24V
CN508-A 3 M14_A
CN503- 5 KCOUT_52
CN508-A 4 M14_A/
CN503- 4 KCOUT_53
CN508-A 5 M14_B
CN508-A 6 M14_B/
CN503- 3 KCOUT_54
CN503- 2 KCOUT_55
CN503- 1 KCOUT_56
CN508-A 7 M15_24V
CN508-A 8 M15_24V
1st folding motor
M4
WIT
FT1
510-1A-16A
510-16A-1A
510-15A-2A
510-14A-3A
510-13A-4A
510-12A-5A
510-11A-6A
510-10A-7A
510-9A-8A
510-8A-9A
510-7A-10A
510-6A-11A
510-5A-12A
510-4A-13A
510-3A-14A
510-2A-15A
YEL
BLK
RED
ORG
WIT
BLU
BLK
H
CN531- 1
CN531- 2
CN531- 3
CN531- 4
CN531- 5
CN531- 6
YEL
BLK
RED
ORG
WIT
BLU
CN13-3 CPUIN_3(IRQ1)
CN13-5 NC
CN13-7 SGND
CN13-9 5V
CN3- 1 KCOUT_41
CN3- 2 KCOUT_42
CN3- 3 KCOUT_43
CN3- 4 KCOUT_44
CN3- 5 KCOUT_45
CN3- 6 KCOUT_46
CN3- 7 KCOUT_47
CN3- 8 KCOUT_48
CN3- 9 KCOUT_49
CN3-10 KCOUT_50
CN3-11 KCOUT_51
CN3-12 KCOUT_52
CN3-13 KCOUT_53
CN3-14 KCOUT_54
CN3-15 KCOUT_55
CN3-16 KCOUT_56
C
CN530- 1
CN530- 2
CN530- 3
CN530- 4
CN530- 5
CN530- 6
B
CN505- 11 M5_B
CN505- 7 M5_24V
CN505- 12 M5_B/
CN505- 9 M5_A
CN505- 8 M5_24V
CN505- 10 M5_A/
CN505- 5 M4_B
CN505- 1 M4_24V
CN505- 6 M4_ B/
CN505- 3 M4_A
CN505- 2 M4_24V
CN505- 4 M4_A/

M9
4
5
FNS
FNS FDCB PDB FDCB PDB
26 27 28 29 30 31
PDB
3
SSJC HYB6
24 MAIN BODY 25
5v
SGND
AC INLET
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
FD location list
Symbol
-
Part name
Location
Symbol
Part name
Location
Symbol
Outlet
2-I
PDB
Punch drive board
1-D
PS43
Inlet
1-H
PIDB
PI drive board
4-B
Power plug
1-H
PS1
FD entrance sensor
4-D
CBR1
Circuit breaker /1
2-H
PS2
Folding exit sensor
CBR2
Circuit breaker /2
2-H
PS4
CL1
PI registration clutch /Up
8-A
PS5
CL2
PI registration clutch /Lw
8-A
PS6
Part name
Location
PI cover open/close sensor
9-A
PS44
PI paper set sensor /Up
6-A
PS45
PI paper set sensor /Lw
7-A
6-D
PS46
Sub tray folding paper full sensor
8-A
PI exit sensor
4-D
PS47
PI max paper size sensor /Up
6-A
5-D
PS48
PI max paper size sensor /Lw
6-A
Punch registration sensor
6-D
PS51
2-B
DCPS
DC power supply
4-H
PS7
Main tray folding paper full sensor
6-D
PS52
2-B
FDB
Folding drive board
1-B
PS8
5-E
PS53
2-B
FDCB
FD control board
1-G
PS9
3 holes/4 holes home sensor
5-E
PS54
2-B
FDOB
FD operation board
4-A
PS10
5-D
PS55
2-B
JAMIB
Jam indicator board
6-F
PS11
5-E
PS56
2-B
M1
3-D
PS12
5-D
PS57
2-B
M2
Punch conveyance motor
2-D
PS13
Intermediate conveyance sensor
7-D
PS58
S size conveyance sensor
3-B
M3
4-D
PS16
4-D
RL1
Relay
3-H
M4
1st folding motor
1-B
PS17
4-D
SD1
6-F
M5
2nd folding motor
1-B
PS18
6-D
SD3
S size gate solenoid
6-C
M6
3rd folding motor
1-B
PS20
6-D
SD4
L size gate solenoid
5-C
M7
PI conveyance motor
9-A
PS22
3-D
SD5
Roller solenoid /1
6-F
M8
Paper lift motor /Up
9-A
PS23
Main tray empty sensor
6-D
SD6
Roller solenoid /2
6-F
M9
Paper lift motor /Lw
9-A
PS26
Punch scraps full sensor
5-D
SD7
Roller solenoid /3
5-C
M10
Punch motor
5-F
PS31
PI conveyance sensor /Up
6-A
SD8
Roller solenoid /4
5-C
M11
Tray up down motor
3-D
PS32
PI upper limit sensor /Up
8-A
SD9
6-C
M12
Alignment motor
3-D
PS33
PI paper empty sensor /Up
8-A
SD12
Paper exit solenoid
3-C
M13
5-F
PS34
PI lift plate home sensor /Up
9-A
SD13
PI pick-up solenoid /Up
7-A
M14
1-B
PS35
L size sensor /Up
6-A
SD14
PI pick-up solenoid /Lw
8-A
M15
1-B
PS36
S size sensor /Up
6-A
SD15
Folding gate solenoid
3-B
M16
1-B
PS37
PI conveyance sensor /Lw
8-A
SD18
2nd folding roller solenoid
2-B
M17
4-D
PS38
PI upper limit sensor /Lw
7-A
VR31
Paper size VR /Up
6-A
MFDB1
6-A
PS39
PI paper empty sensor /Lw
7-A
VR32
Paper size VR /Lw
7-A
MFDB2
5-A
PS40
PI lift plate home sensor /Lw
8-A
TSB
5-A
MS1
Door switch
3-I
PS41
L size sensor /Lw
7-A
NF1
Noise filter
2-H
PS42
S size sensor /Lw
7-A
I
1
PS3
2
PS19
3
RS2
PS8
4
PS11
PS12
PS13
PS14
PS15
Stacker tray arm

release sensor
5
PS18
6
FM6
FM4
MS3
RLB/2
LS-501 only
LS-501 only
CONVEYANCE
AC
Inlet
MS2
Outlet
FM2
MS1
AC
M7
MAIN BODY
I/F
M6
17.21 LS
LS-501 only
8
9
Symbol
Faston
Connector
Crimp
Relay connector
LSCB
DCPS
LS-501 only
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
LS/FS
Main
Body/LS
CONVEYANCE
I/F
M6
CONVEYANCE
I/F
Alignment motor
M5
Stacker tray
lower limit switch
Coupling
conveyance motor
M4
CONVEYANCE
I/F
Coupling
conveyance motor
M3
Stacker tray
upper limit switch
Shift unit motor
M2
Front Door switch
Grip conveyance
motor
Stacker tray
up down motor
Sub tray exit

motor
Paper cooling fan

motor/Rr
FM5
Conveyance
motor
Paper cooling fan

motor/Mi
FM3
MAIN BODY
I/F
LS-501 only
MAIN BODY
I/F
Motor cooling fan

motor
Paper press
solenoid/2
Coupling
conveyance
lock solenoid
Stacker tray
encoder
sensor
2nd gate
solenoid
Toggle switch
SD11
SD7
SD10
SD6
SW1
M1
Paper cooling fan

motor/2
Paper cooling fan

motor/Fr
FM1
Paper cooling fan

motor/1
LS-501 only
Front door lock

solenoid
SD4
Coupling exit
sensor
PS17
5,000 sheets
stacked sensor
PS1
2,000 sheets
stacked sensor
LED1
Alignment home
sensor
G
LS-501 only
LS-502 only
Shift unit home

sensor
RS1
Stacker tray set

sensor
LS-501 only
PS2
Conveyance
sensor/3
PS10
Stacker tray set

LED
PS9
Hand cart reset

switch
Rear stopper
solenoid
SD3
Entrance
conveyance
lock solenoid
Paper press
solenoid/1
Job partition
solenoid
SD5
1st gate solenoid
Sub tray exit

sensor
LS-501 only
Sub tray full

sensor
PS16
Sub tray door

sensor
PS10
JAM door
switch
PS9
Conveyance
sensor/2
PS8
Sub tray exit

sensor
PS7
SD2
JAMIB
SD1
Sub tray full

sensor
Sub tray door

sensor
TOB
Conveyance
sensor/1
PS6
Paper detection
sensor
PS5
Paper empty
sensor
PS4
Grip conveyance
home sensor
SD9
SD8
Entrance
sensor
Front stopper
solenoid
Paper press
solenoid/3
Stacker tray
upper limit sensor

LS-501 only
C
C
D
D
LS-501 only LS-502 only
LS-502 only
RLB/1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
LS location list
Symbol
M1
Part name
Location
Symbol
Part name
Location
5-A
PS5
Grip conveyance sensor
2-H
M2
Conveyance motor
5-A
PS6
Paper empty sensor
3-H
M3
Sub tray exit motor
6-A
PS7
3-H
M4
6-A
PS8
Sub tray door sensor
3-H (LS-501)
PS9
3-H (LS-501)
PS10
3-H (LS-501)
M5
Shift unit motor
6-A
M6
Coupling conveyance motor
6-A (LS-501)
4-H (LS-502)
M7
Alignment motor
7-A
FM1
Paper cooling fan motor /Fr
4-A
FM2
Paper cooling fan motor /1
6-H
PS11
Shift unit home sensor
5-H
FM3
Paper cooling fan motor /Mi
5-A
PS12
5-H
FM4
7-H
PS13
2,000 sheets stacked sensor
5-H
FM5
Paper cooling fan motor /Rr
5-A
PS14
5,000 sheets stacked sensor
5-H
FM6
Paper cooling fan motor /2
6-H
PS15
Stacker tray arm release sensor
6-H
SD1
1st gate solenoid
3-A
PS16
3-H (LS-501 only)
SD2
Job partition solenoid
3-A
PS17
5-H (LS-501 only)
SD3
Rear stopper solenoid
3-A
PS18
Coupling exit sensor
6-H (LS-501 only)
SD4
4-A
PS19
Paper detection sensor
4-H
SD5
4-A
RS1
Hand cart set switch
4-H (LS-501 only)
SD6
Paper press solenoid /1
4-A
RS2
JAM door switch
7-A
SD7
4-A
MS1
Front door switch
7-A
SD8
2-H
MS2
Stacker tray upper limit switch
7-A
SD9
Front stopper solenoid
2-H
MS3
Stacker tray lower limit switch
2-A
SD10
2nd gate solenoid
4-A (LS-501 only)
TOB
Stacker tray operation board
3-A
SD11
Coupling conveyance lock solenoid
4-A (LS-501 only)
JAMIB
Jam indication board
2-F
SW1
Toggle switch
5-B
RLB/1
Relay board /1
2-G
LED1
Stacker tray set LED
4-H
RLB/2
Relay board /2
2-D
PS1
Stacker tray set sensor
5-H
LSCB
LS control board
8-G (LS-501 only)
PS2
Stacker tray encoder sensor
5-A
DCPS
DC power supply
8-H (LS-501 only)
PS3
Stacker tray upper limit sensor
2-H
Inlet
8-H (LS-501 only)
PS4
Entrance sensor
2-H
Outlet
3-H
7-A (LS-502)
4-H (LS-502)
4-H (LS-502)
I
1
2
CN125-3
CN125-2
CN125-1
CN136-3
CN136-9
CN136-1
CN136-5
CN136-7
CN136-11
CN134-3
CN134-9
CN134-1
CN134-5
CN134-7
CN134-11
PS14
PS32
PS33
PS35
PS34
PS8
PS20
PS9
PS31
M22
M5
M24
M25
M26
M2
M11
M4
SD7
Stapler rotation
home sensor
Stack asist
home sensor
Intermediate roller
home sensor
Rear stopper
home sensor
3
Staple scraps box
set sensor
Alignment home
sensor/Rr
Stacker empty
sensor
Paper exit arm
home sensor
Alignment home
sensor/Fr
Alignment motor/Fr
Alignment motor/Rr
Stack asist guide

motor
4
Intermediate roller
open close motor
5
Rear stopper motor
Paddle motor
Stapler movement
motor
Stapler rotation
motor
Intermediate roller
release solenoid
CN138-2
6
7
1
2
CN755-6
CN755-4
CN755-5
CN750-B
CN751-B
CN750-A
CN751-A
CN70-2 5V
CN70-3 5V
CN70-4 F.GND
CN70-5 P.GND
CN70-6 P.GND
CN70-7 S.GND
CN70-8 S.GND
CN70-1 24V
CN16-7 PAPEROUT_1
CN16-1 SYS_SIN
CN16-2 S.GND
CN16-3 SYS_RTS
CN16-4 SYS_SOUT
CN16-5 S.GND
CN16-6 SYS_CTS
CN19-1 NC
CN19-2 NC
CN19-3 FNS2_SIN
CN19-4 FNS2_RTS
CN20-4 S.GND
tray paper exit

PS10 Main
sensor
CN113-3
CN113-2
CN113-1
tray paper full

PS30 Sub
sensor
CN116-3
CN116-2
CN116-1
CN750-A
CN751-B
CN750-A
CN750-B
CN750-B
CN751-A
CN750-B
CN750-A
CN752-5 5V
CN752-4 5V
CN752-3 S.GND
CN752-2 S.GND
CN752-1
CN756-1 MTXD
CN756-2 S.GND
CN756-3 MCTS
CN756-4 MRXD
CN756-5 S.GND
CN756-6 MRTS
CN757-2 SIN
CN757-1 RTS
exit opening
PS12 Paper
sensor
CN114-3
CN114-2
CN114-1
JAMIB
PS5
CN112-3
CN112-2
CN112-1
Stacker entrance
sensor
PS1
Sub tray paper exit

sensor
FNS entrance sensor
Tray lower limit

sensor
CN108-3
CN108-2
CN108-1
CN751-A
CN751-B
CN14-18
CN14-17
CN14-16
CN14-15
CN14-14
CN14-13
CN14-12
CN14-11
CN14-10
CN14- 9
CN14- 8
CN14- 7
CN14- 6
CN14- 5
CN14- 4
CN14- 3
CN14- 2
CN14- 1
CN3-16
CN3-15
CN3-14
CN3-13
CN3-12
CN3-11
CN3-10
CN3- 9
CN3- 8
CN3- 7
CN3- 6
CN3- 5
CN3- 4
CN3- 3
CN3- 2
CN3- 1
CN10- 3
CN10- 2
CN10- 1
PS4
CN111-3
CN111-2
CN111-1
MS1
CN29-2
CN29-1
CN64- 1 NC
CN64- 2 NC
CN64- 3 NC
CN64- 4 NC
CN64- 5 NC
CN64- 6 NC
CN64- 7 M1_CLK
CN64- 8 M7_CLK
CN64- 9 NC
CN64-10 NC
CN64-11 M3_CLK
CN64-12 M23_CLK
CN64-13 M22_CLK
CN64-14 M5_CLK
CN64-15 NC
CN64-16 NC
CN64-17 NC
CN64-18 M13_CLK
CN62- 1 M8_A
CN62- 2 M8_A/
CN62- 3 M8_B
CN62- 4 M8_B/
CN62- 5 M24_A
CN62- 6 M24_A/
CN62- 7 M24_B
CN62- 8 M24_B/
CN62- 9 M26_A
CN62-10 M26_A/
CN62-11 M26_B
CN62-12 M26_B/
CN62-13 M11_A
CN62-14 M11_A/
CN62-15 M11_B
CN62-16 M11_B/
CN66-1 M13_VREF
CN66-2 NC
CN65-1 STP_HP_SIG
CN65-2 PS8_SIG
CN65-3 PS31_SIG
CN20-2 5V
CN20-1 5V
CN370-6 5V
CN370-5 LED5
CN370-4 LED6
CN370-3 LED7
CN370-2 LED8
CN370-1 NC
CN20-3 S.GND
CN217-1
CN217-2
CN217-3
CN217-3
CN217-2
CN217-1
PS15 Counter reset sensor
CN115-3
CN115-2
CN115-1
CN755-2
CN755-3
CN29-2
CN29-1
CN56-A 3 M13_24V
CN56-A 4 M13_24V
CN56-A 5 M13_DRV_A
CN56-A 6 M13_DRV_A/
CN56-A 7 M13_DRV_B
CN56-A 8 M13_DRV_B/
CN56-A 9 NC
CN56-A10 NC
CN56-A11 NC
CN56-B 1 M23_24V
CN56-B 2 M23_24V
CN56-B 3 M23_P.GND
CN56-B 4 M23_P.GND
CN56-B 5 M23_H/L
CN56-B 6 M23_LD_SIG
CN56-B 7 M23_F/R
CN56-B 8 M23_CLK
CN56-B 9 M23_CONT
CN56-B10 M23_S.GND
CN56-B11 M23_5V
CN56-A 2 SD7_DRV
CN71-1 5V
CN71-2 LED5
CN71-3 LED6
CN71-4 LED7
CN71-5 LED8
CN71-6 NC
CN214-1
CN214-2
CN214-3
CN214-3
CN214-2
CN214-1
CN213-3
CN213-2
CN213-1
CN213-1
CN213-2
CN213-3
CN213-3
CN213-2
CN213-1
PS3
CN110-3
CN110-2
CN110-1
Staple exit upper

limit sensor
PS7
CN144-3
CN144-2
CN144-1
Door switch
CN201-6
CN201-5
CN201-4
CN201-3
CN201-2
CN201-1
CN201-7
CN56-A 1 SD7_24V
CN57-B20 M 4_DRV
CN57-B19 M 4_24V
CN57-B13 M11_24V
CN57-B14 M11_24V
CN57-B15 M11_DRV_A
CN57-B16 M11_DRV_A/
CN57-B17 M11_DRV_B
CN57-B18 M11_DRV_B/
CN55-13 PS12_S.GND
CN55-14 PS12_SIG
CN55-15 PS12_5V
CN212-4
CN212-5
CN212-6
CN212-3
CN212-2
CN212-1
PS2
CN109-3
CN109-2
CN109-1
Tray upper limit

sensor
SD9
CN755-1
M23
Paper exit arm motor
CN201-2
-1
CN201-8
CN208-1
CN208-2
CN208-8
CN208-7
CN208-6
CN208-5
CN208-4
CN208-3
CN57-B 7 M 2_24V
CN57-B 8 M 2_24V
CN57-B 9 M 2_DRV_B/
CN57-B10 M 2_DRV_A/
CN57-B11 M 2_DRV_B
CN57-B12 M 2_DRV_A
CN55-10 PS 5_S.GND
CN55-11 PS 5_SIG
CN55-12 PS 5_5V
CN55- 7 PS30_S.GND
CN55- 8 PS30_SIG
CN55- 9 PS30_5V
CN55- 4 PS 1_S.GND
CN55- 5 PS 1_SIG
CN55- 6 PS 1_5V
CN55- 1 PS10_S.GND
CN55- 2 PS10_SIG
CN55- 3 PS10_5V
CN54-13 PS12_S.GND
CN54-14 PS12_SIG
CN54-15 PS12_5V
CN212-1
CN212-2
CN212-3
CN212-6
CN212-5
CN212-4
CN107-1
CN107-2
-2
-1
Sub tray exit motor
M6
CN201-3
CN201-4
CN201-5
CN201-6
CN201-7
CN201-8
CN201-1
CN208-8
CN208-7
-2
CN210-1
CN210-2
CN208-1
CN208-2
CN208-3
CN208-4
CN208-5
CN208-6
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN203-B6
CN203-B5
CN203-B4
CN203-B3
CN203-B2
CN203-B1
CN57-B 1 M26_24V
CN57-B 2 M26_24V
CN57-B 3 M26_DRV_A
CN57-B 4 M26_DRV_A/
CN57-B 5 M26_DRV_B
CN57-B 6 M26_DRV_B/
CN57-A20 M25_24V
CN57-A19 M25_DRV
CN57-A13 M24_24V
CN57-A14 M24_24V
CN57-A15 M24_DRV_A
CN57-A16 M24_DRV_A/
CN57-A17 M24_DRV_B
CN57-A18 M24_DRV_B/
CN57-A 7 M 5_24V
CN57-A 8 M 5_24V
CN57-A 9 M 5_DRV_A
CN57-A10 M 5_DRV_A/
CN57-A11 M 5_DRV_B
CN57-A12 M 5_DRV_B/
CN54-10 PS10_S.GND
CN54-11 PS10_SIG
CN54-12 PS10_5V
CN54- 7 PS 3_S.GND
CN54- 8 PS 3_SIG
CN54- 9 PS 3_5V
CN54- 4 PS 7_S.GND
CN54- 5 PS 7_SIG
CN54- 6 PS 7_5V
CN54- 1 PS 2_S.GND
CN54- 2 PS 2_SIG
CN54- 3 PS 2_5V
CN106-1
CN106-2
CN106-3
CN106-4
CN106-5
CN106-6
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Main tray exit motor
Tray up down motor
M8
CN143-11
CN143-10
CN143-9
CN143-8
CN143-7
CN143-6
CN143-5
CN143-4
CN143-3
CN143-2
CN143-1
CN142-3
CN142-9
CN142-1
CN142-5
CN142-7
CN142-11
CN210-2
-1
CN203-B13
CN203-B14
CN203-B15
CN203-B16
CN203-B17
CN203-B18
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN203-B12
CN203-B11
CN203-B10
CN203-B9
CN203-B8
CN203-B7
CN203-B13
CN203-B14
CN203-A6
CN203-A5
CN203-A4
CN203-A3
CN203-A2
CN203-A1
CN203-A12
CN203-A12
CN203-A10
CN203-A9
CN203-A8
CN203-A7
CN57-A 1 M22_24V
CN57-A 2 M22_24V
CN57-A 3 M22_DRV_A
CN57-A 4 M22_DRV_A/
CN57-A 5 M22_DRV_B
CN57-A 6 M22_DRV_B/
CN58-B13 PS31_S.GND
CN58-B14 PS31_SIG
CN58-B15 PS31_5V
CN103-1
CN103-2
CN103-3
CN103-4
CN103-5
CN103-6
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
M7
CN102-11
CN102-10
CN102-9
CN102-8
CN102-7
CN102-6
CN102-5
CN102-4
CN102-3
CN102-2
CN102-1
M13
CN210-1
-2
CN203-B6
CN203-B7
CN203-B8
CN203-B9
CN203-B10
CN203-B11
CN203-B12
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN203-B5
-2
-1
CN203-A13
CN203-A14
CN203-A15
CN203-A16
CN203-A17
CN203-A18
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN203-A7
CN203-A8
CN203-A9
CN203-A10
CN203-A11
CN203-A12
CN203-A18
CN203-A17
CN203-A16
CN203-A15
CN203-A14
CN203-A13
CN200-B3
CN200-B2
CN200-B1
CN58-B10 PS 9_S.GND
CN58-B11 PS 9_SIG
CN58-B12 PS 9_5V
CN53-7 SD9_24V
CN53-8 SD9_DRV
CN53-1 M6_24V
CN53-2 M6_24V
CN53-3 M6_DRV_A
CN53-4 M6_DRV_A/
CN53-5 M6_DRV_B
CN53-6 M6_DRV_B/
CN52-B 3 M8_24V
CN52-B 4 M8_24V
CN52-B 5 M8_DRV_A
CN52-B 6 M8_DRV_A/
CN52-B 7 M8_DRV_B
CN52-B 8 M8_DRV_B/
CN52-B 9 NC
CN52-A 1 M7_24V
CN52-A 2 M7_24V
CN52-A 3 M7_P.GND
CN52-A 4 M7_P.GND
CN52-A 5 M7_H/L
CN52-A 6 M7_LD_SIG
CN52-A 7 M7_F/R
CN52-A 8 M7_CLK
CN52-A 9 M7_CONT
CN52-B 1 M7_S.GND
CN52-B 2 M7_5V
M3
Bypass solenoid
Gate solenoid
CN145-11
CN145-10
CN145-9
CN145-8
CN145-7
CN145-6
CN145-5
CN145-4
CN145-4
CN145-2
CN145-1
SD5
SD2
Stacker entrance motor
CN140-2
CN140-1
CN141-2
CN200-B10
CN200-B11
CN200-B12
CN216-3
CN216-2
CN216-1
CN200-B6
CN200-B5
CN200-B4
CN58-B 7 PS20_S.GND
CN58-B 8 PS20_SIG
CN58-B 9 PS20_5V
CN58-B 4 PS 8_S.GND
CN58-B 5 PS 8_SIG
CN58-B 6 PS 5_5V
CN58-B 1 PS34_S.GND
CN58-B 1 PS34_SIG
CN58-B 1 PS34_5V
CN58-A13 PS35_S.GND
CN58-A14 PS35_SIG
CN58-A15 PS35_5V
CN58-A10 PS33_S.GND
CN58-A11 PS33_SIG
CN58-A12 PS33_5V
CN58-A 7 PS32_S.GND
CN58-A 8 PS32_SIG
CN58-A 9 PS32_5V
CN58-A 4 PS14_S.GND
CN58-A 5 PS14_SIG
CN58-A 6 PS14_5V
CN105-1
CN105-2
-2
-1
CN141-1
CN135-1
CN135-2
CN135-3
CN135-4
CN135-5
CN135-6
CN146-1
CN146-2
CN146-3
CN146-4
CN146-5
CN146-6
CN139-1
CN139-2
CN139-3
CN139-4
CN139-5
CN139-6
CN200-B7
CN200-B8
CN200-B9
CN216-6
CN216-5
CN216-4
CN200-B9
CN200-B8
CN200-B7
CN200-B12
CN200-B11
CN200-B10
CN200-A6
CN200-A5
CN200-A4
CN200-A9
CN200-A8
CN200-A7
CN200-A12
CN200-A11
CN200-A10
CN209-3
CN209-2
CN209-1
CN58-A 1 PS11_S.GND
CN58-A 2 PS11_SIG
CN58-A 3 PS11_5V
CN51-B 3 M3_24V
CN51-B 4 M3_24V
CN51-B 5 M3_P.GND
CN51-B 6 M3_P.GND
CN51-B 7 M3_H/L
CN51-B 8 M3_LD_SIG
CN51-B 9 M3_F/R
CN51-B10 M3_CLK
CN51-B11 M3_CONT2
CN51-B12 M3_S.GND
CN51-B13 M3_5V
CN104-1
CN104-2
-2
-1
Conveyance motor
CN138-1
CN200-B4
CN200-B5
CN200-B6
CN206-3
CN206-2
CN206-1
CN203-A1
CN203-A2
CN203-A3
CN203-A4
CN203-A5
CN203-A6
CN200-B1
CN200-B2
CN200-B3
CN206-6
CN206-5
CN206-4
CN200-A7
CN200-A8
CN200-A9
CN200-A4
CN200-A5
CN200-A6
CN200-A1
CN200-A2
CN200-A3
CN209-4
CN209-5
CN209-6
CN209-6
CN209-5
CN209-4
CN59- 8 F_5V
CN59- 9 F_HP_SIG
CN59-10 F_S.GND
CN59-11 F_LS_SIG
CN59-12 F_CD_SIG
CN59-13 F_READY_SIG
CN59-14 F_S.GND
CN51-B 1 SD5_24V
CN51-B 2 SD5_DRV
CN51-A12 SD2_24V
CN51-A13 SD2_DRV
M1
CN137-1
CN137-2
CN137-3
CN137-4
CN137-5
CN137-6
CN216-4
CN216-5
CN216-6
CN216-1
CN216-2
CN216-3
CN206-4
CN206-5
CN206-6
CN206-1
CN206-2
CN206-3
CN211-3
CN211-2
CN211-1
CN209-1
CN209-2
CN209-3
CN204-7
CN204-6
CN204-5
CN204-4
CN204-3
CN204-2
CN204-1
CN60-3 F_DRV1
CN60-4 F_DRV2
CN126-3
CN126-2
CN126-1
CN129-3
CN129-2
CN129-1
CN130-3
CN130-2
CN130-1
CN117-3
CN117-2
CN117-1
CN133-3
CN133-2
CN133-1
CN211-1
CN211-2
CN211-3
CN204-8
CN204-9
CN204-10
CN204-11
CN204-12
CN204-13
CN204-14
CN205-3
CN205-4
CN100-11
CN100-10
CN100-9
CN100-8
CN100-7
CN100-6
CN100-5
CN100-4
CN100-3
CN100-2
CN100-1
CN132-3
CN132-2
CN132-1
CN131-3
CN131-2
CN131-1
CN128-3
CN128-2
CN128-1
PS11
Stapler movement
home sensor
CN127-3
CN127-2
CN127-1
CN124-1
CN124-2
CN124-3
CN124-4
CN124-5
CN124-6
CN124-7
CN205-3
CN205-4
CN59- 1 R_5V
CN59- 2 R_HP_SIG
CN59- 3 R_S.GND
CN59- 4 R_LS_SIG
CN59- 5 R_CD_SIG
CN59- 6 R_READY_SIG
CN59- 7 R_S.GND
CN51-A 1 M1_24V
CN51-A 2 M1_24V
CN51-A 3 M1_P.GND
CN51-A 4 M1_P.GND
CN51-A 5 M1_H/L
CN51-A 6 M1_LD_SIG
CN51-A 7 M1_F/R
CN51-A 8 M1_CLK
CN51-A 9 M1_CONT
CN51-A10 M1_S.GND
CN51-A11 M1_5V
CN123-1
CN123-2
CN204-14
CN204-13
CN204-12
CN204-11
CN204-10
CN204-9
CN204-8
E
CN60-1 R_DRV1
CN60-2 R_DRV2
CN204-1
CN204-2
CN204-3
CN204-4
CN204-5
CN204-6
CN204-7
F
CN205-1
CN205-2
CN122-1
CN122-2
CN122-3
CN122-4
CN122-5
CN122-6
CN122-7
G
CN205-1
CN205-2
Stapler unit/Fr
Stapler unit/Rr
H
CN121-1
CN121-2
17.22 FS
17.22.1 FS-503
7
8
FNSDB
3
4
CN61-A 1 M1_H/L
CN61-A 2 M1_F/R
CN61-A 3 M1_CONT
CN61-A 4 M7_H/L
CN61-A 5 M7_F/R
CN61-A 6 M7_CONT
CN61-A 7 LED5
CN61-A 8 M3_F/R
CN61-A 9 M3_CONT
CN61-A10 M6_A
CN61-A11 M6_A/
CN61-A12 M6_B
CN61-A13 SD2_CONT
CN61-A14 SD5_CONT
CN61-A15 M6_B/
CN61-A16 SD9_CONT
CN61-A17 STA_R_CONT
CN61-A18 STA_R_F/R
CN61-A19 STA_F_CONT
CN61-A20 STA_F_F/R
CN61-B 1 M4_CONT
CN61-B 2 SD7_CONT
CN61-B 3 M25_CONT
CN61-B 4 M23_H/L
CN61-B 5 M23_F/R
CN61-B 6 M23_CONT
CN61-B 7 LED8
CN61-B 8 M2_A
CN61-B 9 M2_A/
CN61-B10 M2_B
CN61-B11 M2_B/
CN61-B12 LED7
CN61-B13 M13_EN
CN61-B14 LED6
CN61-B15 M22_F/R
CN61-B16 M22_EN
CN61-B17 M22_VREF
CN61-B18 M5_F/R
CN61-B19 M5_EN
CN61-B20 M5_VREF
CN 2-A20
CN 2-A19
CN 2-A18
CN 2-A17
CN 2-A16
CN 2-A15
CN 2-A14
CN 2-A13
CN 2-A12
CN 2-A11
CN 2-A10
CN 2-A 9
CN 2-A 8
CN 2-A 7
CN 2-A 6
CN 2-A 5
CN 2-A 4
CN 2-A 3
CN 2-A 2
CN 2-A 1
CN 2-B20
CN 2-B19
CN 2-B18
CN 2-B17
CN 2-B16
CN 2-B15
CN 2-B14
CN 2-B13
CN 2-B12
CN 2-B11
CN 2-B10
CN 2-B 9
CN 2-B 8
CN 2-B 7
CN 2-B 6
CN 2-B 5
CN 2-B 4
CN 2-B 3
CN 2-B 2
CN 2-B 1
CN63-A 1 PS2_SIG
CN63-A 2 PS7_SIG
CN63-A 3 PS3_SIG
CN63-A 4 PS10_SIG
CN63-A 5 PS12_SIG
CN63-A 6 PS15_SIG
CN63-A 7 PS4_SIG
CN63-A 8 PS5_SIG
CN63-A 9 PS1_SIG
CN63-A10 PS30_SIG
CN63-A11 PS34_SIG
CN63-A12 PS11_SIG
CN63-A13 PS14_SIG
CN63-A14 PS32_SIG
CN63-A15 PS33_SIG
CN63-A16 PS35_SIG
CN63-B 1 24VDEC
CN63-B 2 PS9_SIG
CN63-B 3 PS20_SIG
CN63-B 4 NC
CN63-B 5 R_HP_SIG
CN63-B 6 R_LS_SIG
CN63-B 7 R_CD_SIG
CN63-B 8 R_READY_SIG
CN63-B 9 F_HP_SIG
CN63-B10 F_LS_SIG
CN63-B11 F_CD_SIG
CN63-B12 F_READY_SIG
CN63-B13 M1_LD_SIG
CN63-B14 M7_LD_SIG
CN63-B15 M3_LD_SIG
CN63-B16 M23_LD_SIG
CN 1-A16
CN 1-A15
CN 1-A14
CN 1-A13
CN 1-A12
CN 1-A11
CN 1-A10
CN 1-A 9
CN 1-A 8
CN 1-A 7
CN 1-A 6
CN 1-A 5
CN 1-A 4
CN 1-A 3
CN 1-A 2
CN 1-A 1
CN 1-B16
CN 1-B15
CN 1-B14
CN 1-B13
CN 1-B12
CN 1-B11
CN 1-B10
CN 1-B 9
CN 1-B 8
CN 1-B 7
CN 1-B 6
CN 1-B 5
CN 1-B 4
CN 1-B 3
CN 1-B 2
CN 1-B 1
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
Faston
Connector
Crimp
Relay connector
FNSCB
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
FS-503 location list

Symbol
Part name
FNSCB
FNS control board
FNSDB
JAMIB
Location
Symbol
Part name
Location
6-B
PS8
Alignment home sensor /Rr
3-H
FNS drive board
1-C
PS9
4-H
6-A
PS10
5-A
M1
Conveyance motor
1-A
PS11
2-H
M2
Paddle motor
6-H
PS12
5-A
M3
Tray up down motor
2-A
PS14
3-H
M4
Stapler rotation motor
6-H
PS15
4-A
M5
Alignment motor /Rr
4-H
PS20
4-H
M6
Sub tray exit motor
3-B
PS30
5-A
M7
Main tray exit motor
3-A
PS31
Alignment home sensor /Fr
4-H
M8
3-B
PS32
Stack assist home sensor
3-H
M11
6-H
PS33
Intermediate roller home sensor
3-H
M13
6-H
PS34
Staple scraps box set sensor
3-H
M30
Stapler motor /Rr
Inside the stapler unit /Rr
PS35
3-H
M31
Stapler motor /Fr
Inside the stapler unit /Fr
PS40
M22
Alignment motor /Fr
4-H
PS41
M23
Paper exit arm motor
7-H
PS42
Cartridge set sensor /Rr
M24
Stack assist guide motor
5-H
PS43
Cartridge set sensor /Fr
M25
Intermediate roller open close motor
5-H
PS44
Staple empty sensor /Rr
M26
Rear stopper motor
5-H
PS45
Staple empty sensor /Fr
MS1
Door switch
7-H
PS46
Stapler ready sensor /Rr
PS1
5-A
PS47
Stapler ready sensor /Fr
PS2
Tray upper limit sensor
4-A
SD2
Gate solenoid
2-B
PS3
Tray lower limit sensor
4-A
SD5
Bypass solenoid
2-B
PS4
FNS entrance sensor
5-A
SD7
6-H
PS5
5-A
SD9
4-B
PS7
Staple exit upper limit sensor
4-A
STB
Stapler board
1
2
M20
3
M10
M6
Clincher
motor /Rr
Stapler rotation
motor
4
5
6
M5
PS8
Paper assist
SD51
solenoid
M51
CN120-1
CN120-2
CN112-3
CN112-9
CN112-1
CN112-5
CN112-7
CN112-11
CN145-1
CN145-3
CN136-3
CN136-2
CN135-3
CN135-2
CN135-1
CN29-3 24V1
CN29-4 SD51_DRV
CN29-1 M51_DRV1
CN29-2 M51_DRV2
CN28-5 M13_DRV_B
CN28-6 M13_DRV_B/
CN27-B7 S.GND
CN27-B8 PS9_SIG
CN27-B9 5V
CN27-B4 S.GND
CN27-B5 PS8_SIG
CN27-A9 5V
RB
Door switch
CN3-4 REAR_ISW_RTS3
CN3-1
CN3-2
CN2-1 FRONT_SIN1
CN2-2 S.GND
C
C
CN18
CN17- 1 24V
CN
MS2
Stapler paper exit

upper limit sensor
CN141-3
SD5
Counter reset
sensor
Main tray
upper limit sensor
Main tray lower

limit sensor
CN18 MINICT-32PIN
CN41- 7 S.GND
CN41- 8 S.GND
CN41- 1 24V
CN52-A19 5V
CN52-A 1 24V
CN52-A 2 24V
CN52-A 3 PG
CN468-3 CTS
CN468-2 SGND
CN468-1 SOUT
CN1-2 5V
CN1-3 S.GND
CN1-4 P.GND
CN1-5 P.GND
CN1-1 24V
FS-607 only
CN468-6 RTS
CN468-5 SGND
J1
J1
2
1
FNS transfer motor
M3 Main tray lift motor
M1
M21 Sub tray paper exit motor
SD4 Paper exit opening solenoid
CN134-3
CN134-2
CN134-1
CN129-3
CN129-2
CN129-1
CN130-1
CN102-1
CN102-11
CN102-10
CN102-9
CN102-8
CN100-2
CN100-5
CN100-1
CN100-3
CN100-4
CN100-6
1
3
4
2
M8 Paper exit motor
PIDB
CN588-1 5V2
CN588-2 5V2
CN588-3 SGND
CN588-4 SGND
CN469-1 24V
CN469-2 5V2
CN469-3 SGND
CN469-4 PGND
CN469-5 NC
CN469-6 FGND
ORG
CN20-A15 NC
CN21-A1 FMX1_24V
CN21-A2 FMX1_LD
CN21-A3 P.GND
CN16-10 M7/SD_24V
CN16-11 SD5_DRV
CN16-8 PS15_SIG
CN16-9 PS15_5V
CN16-6 PS7_5V
CN16-4 PS7_S.GND
CN16-1 PS2_S.GND
CN16-2 PS2_SIG
CN10-B9 NC
CN9-1 HB/PM_24V
CN15-8 PS307_SIG
CN15-9 PS307_5V
CN15-5 M303_DRV_B
CN15-6 M303_DRV_B/
CN15-1 HB/PM_24V
CN15-2 HB/PM_24V
CN15-3 M303_DRV_A
CN14-3 M21_OUT2A
CN14-4 M21_OUT2B
CN14-5 NC
CN14-1 M21_OUT1A
CN8-B6 SD4_DRV
2
1
M2 Shift roller motor
Paper assist motor
Stacker entrance
M13
motor
Paper exit belt

PS9
home sensor
Alignment
home sensor /Up
Stacker empty
PS20
sensor
CN137-3
CN137-2
CN137-1
CN132-1
CN4-B17 NC
CN4-B18 NC
CN4-B19 S.GND
CN4-B20 S.GND
CN4-A1 5V
CN4-A2 5V
CN8-B3 M8_DRV1
CN8-B4 M8_DRV2
CN8-B5 M7/SD_24V
CN107-1
CN107-2
CN1
CN1

PS11
sensor
Stacker entrance
PS5
sensor
Alignment
motor /Up
CN26-1 24V1
CN25-B9 HED/R_LOW
CN25-B10 HED/R_CART
CN25-B11 S.GND
CN25-B11 S.GND
CN25-A1 M14DRV1
CN25-A2 M14DRV1
CN8-B1 M2_DRV1
CN8-B2 M2_DRV2
Gate motor
FA 1A
#110 ORG
Stapler movement
M11
motor
M9
M14
CN108-1
CN108-13 NC
CN108-12
CN113-13 NC
CN113-12
CN113-11
CN34-13 PS29_SIG_IN
CN34-12 S.GND
CN8-A1 HB/PM_24V
CN8-A2 HB/PM_24V
CN8-A5 M12_DRV_B
CN8-A6 M12_DRV_B/
CN8-A4 M12_DRV_A/
Gate home sensor
PS12 Paper exit home sensor
Stapler motor /Rr
Stapler motor /Fr
M9
M14
CN151-3
CN151-1
CN139-2
CN139-1
CN34-7 24V2
CN34-8 SD6_DRV
CN34-6 M6_DRV_B/
CN33-B14 M10_DRV2
CN33-B8 5V
CN24-B5 CLI/F_START
CN24-B4 CLI/R_START
CN24-B3 CLI/F_HP
CN24-B2 CLI/R_HP
CN24-B1 BM_SET
CN24-B10 PS24_SIG
CN24-B9 PS25_SIG
CN24-B8 PS26_SIG
CN24-B7 PS29_SIG
CN24-B15 M18_CONT1
CN24-B14 M18_CONT2
CN24-B13 M20_LD
CN24-B12 PS22_SIG
CN24-A1 SD6_CONT
CN24-B19 SD7/8_CONT
CN24-B18 M18_CLK
CN24-B17 M18_ENA
CN24-A6 M20_S/S
CN24-A5 M20_F/R
CN24-A4 M20_H/L
CN24-A3 M19_CONT
CN7-B16 PS18_S.GND
CN7-B17 PS18_SIG
CN7-B18 PS18_5V
CN7-B13 PS6_S.GND
CN7-B14 PS6_SIG
CN7-B15 PS6_5V
CN138-2
CN138-1
Stapler motor /Rr
Stapler motor /Fr
Folding full
PS29
sensor
Stapler rotation
PS13
home sensor
CN109-7
CN114-1
CN33-A14 NC
CN33-A9 24V2
CN33-A10 SD7/8_DRV
CN33-A7 24V2
CN33-A8 SD7/8_DRV
CN33-A1 24V2
CN33-A2 24V2
CN32-1 24V2
CN32-2 24V2
CN13-A1 M6_A
CN13-A2 M6_A/
CN7-B10 PS16_S.GND
CN7-B11 PS16_SIG
CN7-B12 PS16_5V
CN7-B8 PS12_SIG
CN7-B9 PS12_5V
CN7-B6 PS19_5V
Tri-folding gate SD6

solenoid
M15
Clincher
motor /Fr
CN140-3
CN140-2
CN140-1
CN126-1
CN126-2
Flat Stitching Stopper

SD8
releace solenoid /Rr
Clincher rotation
PS14
home sensor
CN125-1
CN125-2
M4
CN116-6
CN116-3
CN116-1
CN116-2
CN116-5
CN24-A9 M16_B
CN24-A13 M4_B
CN24-A19 M6_A
CN24-A18 M6_A/
CN11-1 5V
CN12-B17 HED/R_CART
CN12-B18 100STP_SET
CN7-B4 PS19_S.GND
CN7-B1 PS1_S.GND
CN7-B2 PS1_SIG
CN7-B3 PS1_5V
CN7-A15 PS32_S.GND
CN7-A16 PS32_SIG
CN7-A17 PS32_5V
CN7-A18 NC
FNS entrance sensor
M7 Paper exit roller motor
Flat Stitching Stopper

SD7
releace solenoid /Fr
Clincher rotation
motor
Saddle stiching
M18
stopper motor
Folding transfer
motor
CN31-A7 M19_DRV1
CN31-A8 M19_DRV2
FS-607 only
CN118-11
CN118-10
CN118-9
CN118-8
CN118-7
CN118-6
CN118-5
CN118-4
CN118-3
CN118-2
CN118-1
CN117-1
CN117-2
CN23-1 5V
CN23-2 5V
CN23-3 S.GND
CN23-4 S.GND
CN23-5 24V
CN23-6 24V
CN23-7 24V
CN23-8 P.GND
CN23-9 P.GND
CN23-10 P.GND
CN22-B6 HED/R_LOW
CN22-B5 HED/F_READY
CN22-B4 HED/R_READY
CN22-B3 HED/F_CART
CN22-B2 HED/R_CART
CN22-B1 100STP_SET
CN22-B11 PS14_SIG
CN22-B10 PS20_SIG
CN22-B9 HED/F_HP
CN22-B8 HED/R_HP
CN22-B16 PS5_SIG
CN22-B15 PS8_SIG
CN22-B14 PS9_SIG
CN22-B13 PS11_SIG
CN7-A13 PS4_SIG
CN7-A14 PS4_5V
CN7-A10 M7_S.GND
CN7-A11 M7_5V
CN106-6
CN106-5
CN106-4
CN106-3
Folding knife
M19
motor
CN31-A1 24V2
CN31-A2 24V2
CN30-17 S.GND
CN30-16 5V
CN30-14 PS26IN
CN30-15 5V
CN30-12 5V
CN30-10 S.GND
CN22-A3 M13_CONT1
CN22-A2 M13_CONT2
CN22-A1 SD51_CONT
CN22-B18 M51_CONT
CN22-A6 M13_CLK
CN22-A5 M13_ENA
CN22-A8 M9_CONT
CN22-A10 M14_CONT
Alignment
M16
motor /Lw
Folding full LED PS29
CN152-1
CN152-2
CN152-3
CN150-3
CN150-2
CN150-1
CN149-3
CN149-2
CN149-1
CN22-A16 M5_B
CN22-A12 M11_B
Folding passPS26
through sensor
Folding paper
exit sensor
CN30-7 S.GND
CN30-8 PS24IN
CN30-4 S.GND
CN30-5 PS23IN
CN30-6 5V
CN30-1 S.GND
CN30-2 PS22IN
CN30-3 5V
Alignment home
PS24
sensor /Lw
CN147-3
CN147-2
CN147-1
Saddle stiching
stopper home
PS23
sensor
I
CN146-3
CN146-2
CN146-1
Folding knife
home sensor PS22
17.22.2 FS-520/607
PDB
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

A
A
TO 15YGN104
C
C
FNSCB
MAIN BODY
Faston
Connector
Crimp
Relay connector
Symbol
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
FS-520/607 location list

Symbol
M1
Part name
FNS conveyance motor
Location
4-B
Symbol
PS12
Part name
Paper exit home sensor
Location
2-B
M2
Shift roller motor
3-B
PS13
4-I
M3
Main tray up down motor
4-B
PS14
Clincher rotation home sensor
3-I
5-B
M4
Clincher rotation motor
3-I
PS15
M5
Alignment motor /Up
7-I
PS16
Gate home sensor
2-B
M6
Stapler rotation motor
4-I
PS18
2-B
M7
Paper exit roller motor
1-B
PS19
2-B
M8
3-B
PS20
7-I
M9
Stapler motor /Rr
5-I, 6-I
PS22
1-I
M10
Clincher motor /Rr
4-I
PS23
Saddle stitching stopper home sensor
1-I
M11
6-I
PS24
Alignment home sensor /Lw
1-I
M12
Gate motor
3-B
PS25
Folding paper exit sensor
1-I
M13
8-I
PS26
Folding pass-through sensor
1-I
M14
Stapler motor /Fr
5-I, 6-I
PS29
Folding full LED
2-I
M15
Clincher motor /Fr
3-I
PS29
Folding full sensor
5-I
M16
Alignment motor /Lw
2-I
SD4
3-B
M18
Saddle stitching stopper motor
3-I
SD5
5-B
M19
Folding knife motor
2-I
SD6
Tri-folding gate solenoid
4-I
M20
Folding transfer motor
2-I
SD7
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid /Fr
3-I
M21
Sub tray exit motor
3-B
SD8
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid /Rr
3-I
M51
Paper assist motor
8-I
SD51
Paper assist solenoid
8-I
MS1
Door switch
8-G
FNSCB
FNS control board
1-D
1-F
PS1
1-B
RB
Relay board
PS2
5-B
SW1
Cartridge set switch /Rr
Within the stapler unit
PS3
4-B
SW2
Staple empty switch /Rr
PS4
FNS entrance sensor
1-B
SW3
Cartridge set switch /Fr
PS5
7-I
SW4
Staple empty switch /Fr
PS6
2-B
PS30
Stapler motor home sensor /Rr
PS7
5-B
PS31
Stapler motor home sensor /Fr
PS8
Alignment home sensor /Up
7-I
PS32
Clincher motor home sensor /Rr
PS9
7-I
PS33
Clincher motor home sensor /Fr
PS11
7-I
1
2
CN231-B 1
CN231-B 2
CN231-B 3
CN231-B 4
CN231-B 5
CN231-B 6
CN231-B 7
CN231-B 8
CN231-B 9
CN231-B10
CN231-B11
CN231-B12
CN231-B13
CN231-B14
CN231-B15
CN231-B16
CN231-B17
CN231-B18
CN231-B19
CN231-B19
CN231-B18
CN231-B17
CN231-B16
CN231-B15
CN231-B14
CN231-B13
CN231-B12
CN231-B11
CN231-B10
CN231-B 9
CN231-B 8
CN231-B 7
CN231-B 6
CN231-B 5
CN231-B 4
CN231-B 3
CN231-B 2
CN231-B 1
3
4
FA 1B
110 ORG
J30-1
J30-2
J30
J31-1
J31-2
J31
5
6
7
CN238-10
CN238-6
CN238-2
CN238-9
CN238-5
CN238-1
CN238-3
CN238-7
CN238-11
CN238-4
CN238-8
CN238-12
CN232-1
CN232-2
CN232-3
CN232-4
CN232-5
CN232-6
CN232-7
CN232-8
CN232-9
CN232-10
CN232-11
CN232-12
CN238-11
CN238-7
CN238-3
CN238-2
CN238-6
CN238-10
3.3V
CN58- 1 5V
CN58- 2 LED1
CN58- 3 LED2
CN58- 4 LED3
CN58- 5 LED4
CN58- 6 LED5
CN58- 7 LED6
CN58- 8 LED7
CN58- 9 SW201 IN
CN58- 10 SW202 IN
CN58- 11 SW203 IN
CN58- 12 SG
CN53-A10 5V
CN53-B 5 LED8
CN53-B15 SG
CN238-12
CN238-8
CN238-4
CN238-1
CN238-5
CN238-9
CN236-3
CN236-2
CN236-1
CN236-1
CN236-2
CN236-3
CN299-1
CN299-2
CN299-3
CN299-4
CN299-5
CN299-6
CN299-7
CN299-8
CN299-9
CN299-10
CN299-11
CN299-12
CN292-1
CN292-2
CN292-3
CN262-1
CN262-2
CN262-3
CN258-1
CN258-2
CN258-3
CN257-1
CN257-2
CN257-3
Pick-up solenoid /Lw
PS210 Tray lower limit sensor /Lw
PS209 Tray upper limit sensor /Lw
VR202 Paper size VR /Lw
PS212 Paper set sensor /Lw
PS208 L size sensor /Lw
PS207 Paper empty sensor /Lw
CN260-1
CN260-2
CN260-3
CN259-1
CN259-2
CN259-3
PS206 Paper entrance sensor /Lw
M202 Tray lift motor /Lw
SD202
MC202 Transfer clutch /Lw
VR201 Paper size VR /Up
CN53-A 9 VR202 5V
CN53-B 4 VR202 IN
CN53-B14 VR202 SG
CN53-B13 PS213 SG
CN53-A 8 PS213 5V
CN53-B 3 PS213 IN
CN53-A 7 PS212 5V
CN53-B 2 PS212 IN
CN53-B12 PS212 SG
CN53-A 6 PS211 5V
CN53-B 1 PS211 IN
CN53-B11 PS211 SG
CN53-A 3 PS208 5V
CN53-A13 PS208 IN
CN53-B 8 PS208 SG
CN53-A 2 PS207 5V
CN53-A12 PS207 IN
CN53-B 7 PS207 SG
CN237-3
CN237-2
CN237-1
J30
CN237-1
CN237-2
CN237-3
CN256-1
CN256-2
CN256-3
CN206-1
CN206-2
CN205-2-1
CN205-1-2
CN204-1
CN204-2
CN291-3
CN291-1
CN291-2
PS205 Tray upper limit sensor /Up
PS204 Tray lower limit sensor /Up
PS203 Paper set sensor /Up
PS202 Paper empty sensor /Up
CN53-A 5 PS210 5V
CN53-A15 PS210 IN
CN53-B10 PS210 SG
CN235-11
CN235-6
CN235-1
CN235-5
CN235-10
CN235-15
SGND
CN53-A 4 PS209 5V
CN53-A14 PS209 IN
CN53-B 9 PS209 SG
CN53-A 1 PS206 5V
CN53-A11 PS206 IN
CN53-B 6 PS206 SG
CN56-2 M202 DRV1

CN56-1 M202 DRV2
CN235-12
CN235-7
CN235-2
CN235-4
CN235-9
CN235-14
3.3V
CN56-3 SD202 24V

CN56-4 SD202 DRV
CN235-13
CN235-8
CN235-3
CN235-3
CN235-8
CN235-13
CN255-1
CN255-2
CN255-3
CN254-1
CN254-2
CN254-3
CN235-14
CN235-9
CN235-4
CN235-2
CN235-7
CN235-12
PS201 Paper entrance sensor /Up
M201 Tray lift motor /Up
CN56-5 MC202 24V

CN56-6 MC202 DRV
CN55-B 2 5V
CN55-B 4 NC
CN55-B12 SG
CN55-B11 VR201 SG
CN55-A 7 VR201 5V
CN55-B 3 VR201 IN
CN55-A 6 5V
CN55-B 2 NC
CN55-B10 SG
CN55-A 5 PS205 5V
CN55-B 1 PS205 IN
CN55-B 9 PS205 SG
CN55-A 4 PS204 5V
CN55-A12 PS204 IN
CN55-B 8 PS204 SG
CN253-1
CN253-2
CN253-3
CN235-15
CN235-10
CN235-5
CN235-1
CN235-6
CN235-11
CN252-1
CN252-2
CN252-3
CN251-1
CN251-2
CN251-3
CN203-1
CN203-2
SD201 Pick-up solenoid /Up
Registration clutch
MC203
CN207-1
CN207-2
CN202-2-1
CN202-1-2
Transfer clutch /Up
MC201
CN201-1
CN201-2
M203 Conveyance motor
CN55-A 3 PS203 5V
CN55-A11 PS203 IN
CN55-B 7 PS203 SG
CN55-A 2 PS202 5V
CN55-A10 PS202 IN
CN55-B 6 PS202 SG
CN55-B 5 PS201 SG
CN55-A 1 PS201 5V
CN55-A 9 PS201 IN
CN54-2 M201 DRV1

CN54-1 M201 DRV2
CN54-3 SD201 24V
CN54-4 SD201 DRV
CN54-7 MC203 24V
CN54-8 MC203 DRV
CN54-5 MC201 24V
CN54-6 MC201 DRV
CN200-8
CN200-9
CN200-10
CN200-11
CN52-B 1 MPI_S_IN1_1
CN52-B 5 MPI_S_OUT1_1
CN52-B 9 MPI_OBOUT1_1
CN52-B10 MPI_OBOUT1_2
CN52-B11 MC203 DRV
CN52-B12 PS201 IN
CN52-B13 PS206 IN
CN52-B14 VR201 IN
CN52-B15 VR202 IN
CN52-B16 NC
CN52-B17 NC
CN52-B18 NC
CN52-B19 NC
CN52-A 1 24V
CN52-A 2 24V
CN52-A 3 PG
CN52-A 4 PG
CN52-A 5 5V
CN52-A 6 5V
CN52-A 7 SG
CN52-A 8 SG
CN52-A 9 MPI_DRV_SEL
CN52-A10 MPI_M_CONT
CN52-A11 MPI_M_FR
CN52-A12 MPI_SD_CONT
CN52-A13 MPI_MC_CONT
CN52-A14 M203 P/S
CN52-A15 M203 CLK
CN52-A16 M203 H/L
CN52-A17 M203 LD
CN52-A18 M203 F/R
CN52-A19 5V
FA 1A
#110 ORG
CN200-3
CN200-4
CN200-5
CN200-6
CN200-1
CN231-A 1
CN231-A 2
CN231-A 3
CN231-A 4
CN231-A 5
CN231-A 6
CN231-A 7
CN231-A 8
CN231-A 9
CN231-A10
CN231-A11
CN231-A12
CN231-A13
CN231-A14
CN231-A15
CN231-A16
CN231-A17
CN231-A18
CN231-A19
CN57- 1 5V
CN57- 2 SG
CN57- 3 M203 P/S
CN57- 4 M203 CLK
CN57- 5 M203 F/R
CN57- 6 M203 LD
CN57- 7 H/L
CN57- 8 PG
CN57- 9 PG
CN57-10 24V
CN57-11 24V
CN231-A19
CN231-A18
CN231-A17
CN231-A16
CN231-A15
CN231-A14
CN231-A13
CN231-A12
CN231-A11
CN231-A10
CN231-A 9
CN231-A 8
CN231-A 7
CN231-A 6
CN231-A 5
CN231-A 4
CN231-A 3
CN231-A 2
CN231-A 1
F
MS201
CN20-B1 MPI_S_IN1_1
CN20-B2 MPI_S_IN1_2
CN20-B3 MPI_S_IN2_1
CN20-B4 MPI_S_IN2_2
CN20-B5 MPI_S_OUT1_1
CN20-B6 MPI S_OUT1_2
CN20-B11 PI_MC203CONT
CN20-B12 PS201_SIG
CN20-B13 PS206_SIG
CN20-B14 PI-VR201
CN20-B15 PI_VR202
CN35- 1 3.3V
CN35- 2 SG
CN35- 3 3.3V
CN35- 4 SG
CN19- 1 24V
CN19- 2 24V
CN19- 3 PG
CN19- 4 PG
CN20-A1 5V
CN20-A2 5V
CN20-A3 SG
CN20-A4 SG
CN20-A5 MPI_DRV_SEL
CN20-A6 MPI_M_CONT
CN20-A7 MPI_M_F/R
CN20-A8 MPI_SD_CONT
CN20-A9 MPI_MC_CONT
CN20-A10 M203 P/S
CN20-A11 M203 CLK
CN20-A12 M203 H/L
CN20-A13 M203 LD
CN20-A14 M203 F/R
CN20-A15 NC
G
Upper door open/close switch
17.23 PI
7
8
FNSCB
I
8
Faston
Connector
Crimp
Relay connector
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

PIOB
SGND
J31
PIDB
Symbol
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PI location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
M201
Tray lift motor /Up
4-B
M202
Tray lift motor /Lw
5-B
M203
Conveyance motor
3-B
MC201
Transfer clutch /Up
3-B
MC202
Transfer clutch /Lw
5-B
MC203
Registration clutch
3-B
MS201
Upper door open/close switch
2-F
PS201
Paper entrance sensor /Up
4-B
PS202
Paper empty sensor /Up
4-B
PS203
Paper set sensor /Up
4-B
PS204
Tray upper limit sensor /Up
4-B
PS205
Tray lower limit sensor /Up
4-B
PS206
Paper entrance sensor /Lw
6-B
PS207
Paper empty sensor /Lw
6-B
PS208
L size sensor /Lw
6-B
PS209
Tray upper limit sensor /Lw
6-B
PS210
Tray lower limit sensor /Lw
6-B
PS212
Paper set sensor /Lw
7-B
SD201
Pick-up solenoid /Up
3-B
SD202
Pick-up solenoid /Lw
5-B
VR201
Paper size VR /Up
5-B
VR202
Paper size VR /Lw
7-B
PIOB
PI operation board
7-B
PIDB
PI drive board
2-D
1
2
3
CN17- 1 24V
CN17- 2 24V
CN17- 5 5V
CN17- 6 5V
4
CN18-A4 M301_EN
CN18-A9 M302_CONT2
CN18-B17 CPU_ANA3
CN18-B16 CPU_ANA2
CN18-B15 PK_SIZE0
CN18-B14 PK_SIZE6
CN18-B13 PK_SIZE5
CN18-B12 PK_SIZE4
CN18-B11 PK_SIZE3
CN18-B10 PK_SIZE2
CN41-A9 M302_CONT2
CN41-B1 CPU_ANA3
CN41-B2 CPU_ANA2
CN41-B3 PK_SIZE0
CN41-B4 PK_SIZE6
CN41-B5 PK_SIZE5
CN41-B6 PK_SIZE4
CN41-B7 PK_SIZE3
CN41-B8 PK_SIZE2
CN41-B9 PK_SIZE1
CN41-B10 PS303_SIG
CN41-B11 PS304_SIG
CN41-B12 PS302_SIG
CN41-B13 PS306_SIG
CN41-B14 PS301_SIG
CN41-B15 ANA_SEL1
CN41-B17 PK_SET2
CN41-B16 ANA_SEL0
CN41-A1 PK_SET1
CN41-A2 PK_SIZE_SEL2
CN41-A5 D/A_DATA
CN41-A6 D/A_CLK
CN41-A7 D/A_LD
CN41-A8 PK_M302_RESET
E
E
CN44-1 24V
CN44-2 24V
CN44-3 DRVA
CN44-4 DRVA
CN44-5 DRVB
CN44-6 DRVB
CN552-3
CN552-9
CN552-1
CN552-5
CN552-7
CN552-11
CN505-1
CN505-2
CN505-3
M302 Punch shift motor
PS303 Punch shift home sensor
PS304 Punch scraps box set sensor
Paper size sensor
PS302 Punch scraps box full sensor
PS301 Punch home sensor
PS306 Punch encoder sensor
CN47-3 PS303 5V
CN47-2 PS303 IN
CN47-1 PS303 SG
CN503-1
CN503-2
CN503-3
CN504-11
CN504-10
CN504-9
CN504-8
CN504-7
CN504-6
CN504-5
CN504-4
CN504-3
CN504-2
CN504-1
CN502-1
CN502-2
CN502-3
CN501-1
CN501-2
CN501-3
CN506-1
CN506-2
CN506-3
M301 Punch motor
PS305
CN47-6 PS304 5V
CN47-5 PS304 IN
CN47-4 PS304 SG
CN48-1 PC1_LED
CN48-2 PC2_LED
CN48-3 PC3_LED
CN48-4 PC4_LED
CN48-5 PC5_LED
CN48-6 PC1_IN
CN48-7 PC2_IN
CN48-8 PC3_IN
CN48-9 PC4_IN
CN48-10 PC5_IN
CN48-11 SGND
CN46-3 5V
CN46-2 PS302 IN
CN46-1 SG
CN46-6 5V
CN46-5 PS301 IN
CN46-4 PS306 SG
CN46-9 5V
CN46-8 PS306 IN
CN46-7 PS301 SG
CN551-2-1
CN551-1-2
CN18-B9 PK_SIZE1
CN18-B8 PS303_SIG
CN18-B7 PS304_SIG
CN18-B6 PS302_SIG
CN18-B5 PS306_SIG
CN18-B4 PS301_SIG
CN18-B3 ANA_SEL1
CN41-A12 M302_ENA
CN41-A10 M302_CONT1
CN41-A11 M302_F/R
CN45-1 M301 DRV1

CN45-2 N.C.
CN45-3 M301 DRV2
PK-512 only
CN18-B1 PK_SET2
CN18-B2 ANA_SEL0
CN18-A17 PK_SET1
CN18-A13 D/A_DATA
CN18-A12 D/A_CLK
CN18-A11 D/A_LD
CN41-A14 M301_EN
CN41-A13 M302_CLK
CN18-A10 PK_M302_RESET
H
CN18-A8 M302_CONT1
CN18-A7 M302_F/R
CN18-A6 M302_ENA
CN18-A5 M302_CLK
CN41-A16 M301_CONT2
CN41-A15 M301_PWM
CN18-A3 M301_PWM
CN18-A2 M301_CONT2
CN41-A17 M301_CONT1
CN40- 8 S.GND
CN40- 7 S.GND
CN40- 6 5V
CN40- 5 5V
CN18-A1 M301_CONT1
CN17- 8 S.GND
CN17- 7 S.GND
CN40- 1 24V
CN40- 2 24V
CN40- 4 P.GND
CN40- 3 P.GND
CN17- 4 P.GND
CN17- 3 P.GND
17.24 PK
6
7
FNSCB
I
8
PDB
Faston
Connector
Crimp
Relay connector
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

Symbol
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PK location list
Symbol
M301
Part name
Location
Punch motor
4-C
M302
Punch shift motor
7-C
PS301
Punch home sensor
5-C
PS302
Punch scraps box full sensor
5-C
PS303
Punch shift home sensor
6-C
PS304
6-C
PS305
Paper size sensor
5-C
PS306
Punch encoder sensor
4-C
PDB
Punch drive board
3-E
1
2
3
4
SDDB 1/2
5
6
7
8
CN110-18 M6_CLK
CN110-17 M7_CLK
CN110-16 M9_CLK
CN110-15 M10_CLK
CN110-14 M22_CLK
CN110-13 M12_CLK
CN110-12 M1_CLK
CN110-11 M2_CLK
CN110-10 M3_CLK
CN110- 9 M4_CLK
CN110- 8 M5_CLK
CN110- 7 M8_CLK
CN110- 6 (PULLUP)
CN110- 5 (PULLUP)
CN110- 4 (PULLUP)
CN110- 3 (PULLUP)
CN110- 2 M17_CLK
CN110- 1 (PULLUP)
I
29
CN145-B16 SG
CN145-B17 PS46_SIG
CN145-B18 5V
CN145-B13 SG
CN145-B14 PS 8_SIG
CN145-B15 5V
J11- 6
J11- 5
J11- 4
J11- 3
J11- 2
J11- 1
J21- 6
J21- 5
J21- 4
J21- 3
J21- 2
J21- 1
J15- 6
J15- 5
J15- 4
J15- 3
J15- 2
J15- 1
J14- 9
J14- 8
J14- 7
J14- 6
J14- 5
J14- 4
J14- 3
J14- 2
J14- 1
J12- 3
J12- 2
J12- 1
J16- 6
J39- 1
J39- 2
J39- 3
J39- 4
J39- 5
J39- 6
J39- 7
J39- 8
J39- 9
J39- 10
J39- 11
J23-A 1
J23-A 2
J23-A 3
J23-A 4
J23-A 5
J23-A 6
J23-A 7
J23-A 8
J23-A 9
J23-A10
J23-A11
J23-B 1
J23-B 2
J23-B 4
J23-B 4
J23-B 5
J23-B 6
J23-B 7
J23-B 8
J23-B 9
J23-B10
J23-B11
J25- 1
J25- 2
J25- 3
J25- 4
J25- 5
J25- 6
J25- 7
J25- 8
J24J24J24J24J24J24-
J24- 7
J24- 8
J24- 9
J24- 10
J24- 11
J24- 12
J22-A 1
J22-A 2
J22-A 3
J22-A 4
J22-A 5
J22-A 6
J22-A 7
J22-A 8
J22-A 9
J22-A10
J22-A11
J22-A12
J22-A13
J22-A14
J22-A15
J22-A16
J22-A17
J22-A18
J22-B 1
J22-B 2
J22-B 3
J22-B 4
J22-B 5
J22-B 6
J22-B 7
J22-B 8
J22-B 9
J22-B10
J22-B11
J22-B12
J22-B13
J22-B14
J22-B15
J22-B16
J22-B17
J22-B18
J16- 1
J39- 11
J39- 10
J39- 9
J39- 8
J39- 7
J39- 6
J39- 5
J39- 4
J39- 3
J39- 2
J39- 1
J23-A11
J23-A10
J23-A 9
J23-A 8
J23-A 7
J23-A 6
J23-A 5
J23-A 4
J23-A 3
J23-A 2
J23-A 1
J23-B11
J23-B10
J23-B 9
J23-B 8
J23-B 7
J23-B 6
J23-B 5
J23-B 4
J23-B 3
J23-B 2
J23-B 1
J25- 1
J25- 2
J25- 3
J25- 4
J25- 5
J25- 6
J25- 7
J25- 8
J24- 12
J24- 11
J24- 10
J24- 9
J24- 8
J24- 7
J24- 6
J24- 5
J24- 4
J24- 3
J24- 2
J24- 1
J22-A18
J22-A17
J22-A16
J22-A15
J22-A14
J22-A13
J22-A12
J22-A11
J22-A10
J22-A 9
J22-A 8
J22-A 7
J22-A 6
J22-A 5
J22-A 4
J22-A 3
J22-A 2
J22-A 1
J22-B18
J22-B17
J22-B16
J22-B15
J22-B14
J22-B13
J22-B12
J22-B11
J22-B10
J22-B 9
J22-B 8
J22-B 7
J22-B 6
J22-B 5
J22-B 4
J22-B 3
J22-B 2
J22-B 1
J12- 1
J12- 2
J12- 3
J14- 7
J14- 8
J14- 9
J14- 4
J14- 5
J14- 6
J14- 1
J14- 2
J14- 3
J15- 4
J15- 5
J15- 6
J15- 1
J15- 2
J15- 3
J21- 4
J21- 5
J21- 6
J21- 1
J21- 2
J21- 3
J11- 4
J11- 5
J11- 6
J11- 1
J11- 2
J11- 3
CN213- 6
CN213- 5
CN213- 4
CN213- 3
CN213- 2
CN213- 1
CN224- 2
CN224- 1
CN234- 2
CN234- 1
PS11
PS12
PS3
SD3
SD4
CN246- 3 S.GND
CN246- 2 SIG
CN246- 1 5V
CN247- 3 S.GND
CN247- 2 SIG
CN247- 1 5V
CN238- 3 S.GND
CN238- 2 SIG
CN238- 1 5V
CN230- 1 24V
CN230- 2 DRV
CN231- 1 24V
CN231- 2 DRV
M4
M7
SD7
M25
M18
M19
M14
PS19
PS60
PS21
PS20
PS22
PS23
PS7
PS56
PS18
PS44
PS49
PS24
PS8
PS46
CN234- 1 24V
CN234- 2 DRV
CN224- 1 DRV1
CN224- 2 DRV2
CN217- 1 DRV1
CN217- 2 DRV2
CN218- 1 DRV1
CN218- 2 DRV2
CN213- 1 COM
CN213- 2 COM
CN213- 3 A
CN213- 4 A/
CN213- 5 B
CN213- 6 B/
CN254- 3 S.GND
CN254- 2 SIG
CN254- 1 5V
CN254- 3 S.GND
CN254- 2 SIG
CN254- 1 5V
CN256- 3 S.GND
CN256- 2 SIG
CN256- 1 5V
CN255- 3 S.GND
CN255- 2 SIG
CN255- 1 5V
CN256- 3 S.GND
CN256- 2 SIG
CN256- 1 5V
CN255- 3 S.GND
CN255- 2 SIG
CN255- 1 5V
CN242- 3 S.GND
CN242- 2 SIG
CN242- 1 5V
CN292- 3 S.GND
CN292- 2 SIG
CN292- 1 5V
CN253- 3 S.GND
CN253- 2 SIG
CN253- 1 5V
CN279- 3 S.GND
CN279- 2 SIG
CN279- 1 5V
CN285- 3 S.GND
CN285- 2 SIG
CN285- 1 5V
CN259- 3 S.GND
CN259- 2 SIG
CN259- 1 5V
CN243- 3 S.GND
CN243- 2 SIG
CN243- 1 5V
CN282- 3 S.GND
CN282- 2 SIG
CN282- 1 5V
M8
CN207-11 24V
CN207-10 24V
CN207- 9 P.GND
CN207- 8 P.GND
CN207- 7 H/L
CN207- 6 LD
CN207- 5 CW/CCW
CN207- 4 CLOCK
CN207- 3 START/STOP
CN207- 2 S.GND
CN207- 1 5V
M3
CN202-11 24V
CN202-10 24V
CN202- 9 P.GND
CN202- 8 P.GND
CN202- 7 H/L
CN202- 6 LD
CN202- 5 CW/CCW
CN202- 4 CLOCK
CN202- 3 START/STOP
CN202- 2 S.GND
CN202- 1 5V
CN203-11 24V
CN203-10 24V
CN203- 9 P.GND
CN203- 8 P.GND
CN203- 7 H/L
CN203- 6 LD
CN203- 5 CW/CCW
CN203- 4 CLOCK
CN203- 3 START/STOP
CN203- 2 S.GND
CN203- 1 5V
CN206- 3 COM
CN206- 2 NC
CN206- 9 COM
CN206- 4 NC
CN206- 1 A
CN206- 6 NC
CN206- 5 A/
CN206- 8 NC
CN206- 7 B
CN206-10 NC
CN206-11 B/
Folding main scan alignment home sensor/Fr2
Folding sensor/2
Folding main scan alignment home sensor/Fr1
Folding sensor/1
1st folding blade home sensor/1
1st folding blade home sensor/2
Folding main scan alignment home sensor/Rr
Folding main scan alignment motor/Rr
Guide shaft motor
Roller release solenoid/3
Folding main scan alignment motor/Fr
Subtray paper full sensor
Subtray exit sensor
Tri-folding exit cluch
Front door sensor/Lt
Front door sensor/Rt
CN145-B10 SG
CN145-B11 PS24_SIG
CN145-B12 5V
CN145-B 7 SG
CN145-B 8 PS49_SIG
CN145-B 9 5V
CN145-B 4 SG
CN145-B 5 PS44_SIG
CN145-B 6 5V
CN145-B 1 SG
CN145-B 2 PS18_SIG
CN145-B 3 5V
CN145-A16 SG
CN145-A17 PS56_SIG
CN145-A18 5V
CN145-A13 SG
CN145-A14 PS 7_SIG
CN145-A15 5V
CN145-A10 SG
CN145-A11 PS23_SIG
CN145-A12 5V
CN145-A 7 SG
CN145-A 8 PS22_SIG
CN145-A 9 5V
CN145-A 4 SG
CN145-A 5 PS20_SIG
CN145-A 6 5V
CN145-A 1 SG
CN145-A 2 PS21_SIG
CN145-A 3 5V
CN157- 10 SG
CN157- 11 PS60_SIG
CN157- 12 5V
CN157- 7 SG
CN157- 8 PS19_SIG
CN157- 9 5V
J16- 5
J16- 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
J16- 4
J16- 3
PS10
M2
PS2
CN245- 3 S.GND
CN245- 2 SIG
CN245- 1 5V
CN201-11 24V
CN201-10 24V
CN201- 9 P.GND
CN201- 8 P.GND
CN201- 7 H/L
CN201- 6 LD
CN201- 5 CW/CCW
CN201- 4 CLOCK
CN201- 3 START/STOP
CN201- 2 S.GND
CN201- 1 5V
CL1
CN280- 1 24V
CN280- 2 DRV
PS9
CN244- 3 S.GND
CN244- 2 SIG
CN244- 1 5V
CN237- 3 S.GND
CN237- 2 SIG
CN237- 1 5V
PS43
CN277- 1 5V
CN278- 3 S.GND
CN278- 2 SIG
CN278- 1 5V
CN127-B 3 (PULLUP)
CN127-B 2 PS6_SIG
CN127-B 1 (PULLUP)
CN127-A15 NC
CN127-A14 NC
CN127-A13 NC
CN127-A12 PS42_SIG
CN127-A11 PS43_SIG
CN127-A10 PS54_SIG
CN127-A 9 PS55_SIG
CN127-A 8 PS56_SIG
CN127-A 7 PS57_SIG
CN127-A 6 PS58_SIG
CN127-A 5 KCIN_72
CN127-A 4 M31_STOP
CN127-A 3 M32_STOP
CN127-A 2 KCIN_75
CN127-A 1 KCIN_76
CN127-B15 KCIN_77
CN127-B14 NC
CN127-B13 NC
CN127-B12 NC
CN127-B11 NC
CN127-B10 NC
CN127-B 9 NC
CN127-B 8 NC
CN127-B 7 NC
CN127-B 6 NC
CN127-B 5 NC
CN127-B 4 NC
CN157- 1 24V
CN157- 2 24V
CN157- 3 M14_DRV_A
CN157- 4 M14_DRV_A/
CN157- 5 M14_DRV_B
CN157- 6 M14_DRV_B/
CN147- 7 M19_DRV_1
CN147- 8 M19_DRV_2
J16- 3
J16- 4
M6
CN205- 2 COM
CN205- 5 COM
CN205- 1 A
CN205- 3 A/
CN205- 4 B
CN205- 6 B/
Folding unit lock solenoid
CN147- 5 M18_DRV_1
CN147- 6 M18_DRV_2
CN147- 3 M25_DRV_1
CN147- 4 M25_DRV_2
J16- 2
CN231- 2
CN231- 1
CN230- 2
CN230- 1
SD8
CN235- 1 DRV1
CN235- 2 DRV2
Right angle conveyance sensor/2
CN147- 1 SD7_DRV1
CN147- 2 SD7_DRV2
J16- 1
J16- 5
J16- 6
J20-1
J20-2
J20-3
J20-3
J20-2
J20-1
SD5
CN232- 1 DRV1
CN232- 2 DRV2
PS42
SD6
CN233- 1 24V
CN233- 2 DRV
CN277- 3 S.GND
CN277- 2 SIG
PS6
CN241- 3 S.GND
CN241- 2 SIG
CN241- 1 5V
Overlap motor
CN146-B 1 24V
CN146-B 2 24V
CN146-B 3 P.GND
CN146-B 4 P.GND
CN146-B 5 M8_H/L
CN146-B 6 M8_LD
CN146-B 7 M8_F/R
CN146-B 8 M8_CLK
CN146-B 9 M8_S/S
CN146-B10 S.GND
CN146-B11 5V
CN146-A 1 24V
CN146-A 2 24V
CN146-A 3 P.GND
CN146-A 4 P.GND
CN146-A 5 M3_H/L
CN146-A 6 M3_LD
CN146-A 7 M3_F/R
CN146-A 8 M3_CLK
CN146-A 9 M3_S/S
CN146-A10 S.GND
CN146-A11 5V
CN142- 1 24V
CN142- 2 24V
CN142- 3 P.GND
CN142- 4 P.GND
CN142- 5 M4_H/L
CN142- 6 M4_LD
CN142- 7 M4_F/R
CN142- 8 M4_CLK
CN142- 9 M4_S/S
CN142- 10 S.GND
CN142- 11 5V
CN148- 6 M7_DRV_B/
CN148- 5 M7_DRV_B
CN148- 4 M7_DRV_A/
CN148- 3 M7_DRV_A
CN148- 2 24V
CN148- 1 24V
J19-1
J19-2
J19-3
J19-3
J19-2
J19-1
CN280- 2
CN280- 1
M13
Overlap home sensor
Right angle conveyance sensor/1
Entrance sensor
CN126-A20 M9_ENA
CN126-A19 M9_F/R
CN126-A18 M9_CONT1
CN126-A17 M9_CONT2
CN126-A16 M10_ENA
CN126-A15 M10_F/R
CN126-A14 M10_CONT1
CN126-A13 M10_CONT2
CN126-A12 M22_ENA
CN126-A11 M22_F/R
CN126-A10 M22_CONT1
CN126-A 9 M22_CONT2
CN126-A 8 M12_ENA
CN126-A 7 M12_F/R
CN126-A 6 M12_CONT1
CN126-A 5 M12_CONT2
CN126-A 4 STA/R_CONT
CN126-A 3 STA/L_CONT
CN126-A 2 M26_CONT
CN126-A 1 M26_F/R
CN126-B20 TRI/M1_CONT
CN126-B19 TRI/M1_F/R
CN126-B18 TRI/M2_CONT
CN126-B17 TRI/M2_F/R
CN126-B16 M17_ENA
CN126-B15 M17_F/R
CN126-B14 M17_CONT1
CN126-B13 M17_CONT2
CN126-B12 M20_CONT
CN126-B11 NC
CN126-B10 M21_CONT
CN126-B 9 NC
CN126-B 8 M11_CONT
CN126-B 7 M11_F/R
CN126-B 6 M23_CONT
CN126-B 5 M23_F/R
CN126-B 4 M24_CONT
CN126-B 3 M24_F/R
CN126-B 2 M25_CONT
CN126-B 1 NC
CN125-A16 PS13_SIG
CN125-A15 PS14_SIG
CN125-A14 PS15_SIG
CN125-A13 PS16_SIG
CN125-A12 PS25_SIG
CN125-A11 PS26_SIG
CN125-A10 PS27_SIG
CN125-A 9 PS28_SIG
CN125-A 8 PS29_SIG
CN125-A 7 PS33_SIG
CN125-A 6 PS30_SIG
CN125-A 5 PS32_SIG
CN125-A 4 PS31_SIG
CN125-A 3 PS34_SIG
CN125-A 2 PS35_SIG
CN125-A 1 PS45_SIG
CN125-B16 PS37_SIG
CN125-B15 PS47_SIG
CN125-B14 PS48_SIG
CN125-B13 PS40_SIG
CN125-B12 PS41_SIG
CN125-B11 PS36_SIG
CN125-B10 PS38_SIG
CN125-B 9 PS39_SIG
CN125-B 8 STA/R_LOW
CN125-B 7 STA/L_LOW
CN125-B 6 STA/R_HP
CN125-B 5 STA/L_HP
CN125-B 4 TRI_START
CN125-B 3 TRI_END
CN125-B 2 TRI_UP
CN125-B 1 TRI_DOWN
CN144-B 5 24V
CN144-B 6 24V
CN144-B 7 P.GND
CN144-B 8 P.GND
CN144-B 9 M2_H/L
CN144-B10 M2_LD
CN144-B11 M2_F/R
CN144-B12 M2_CLK
CN144-B13 M2_S/S
CN144-B14 S.GND
CN144-B15 5V
CN144-B 3 24V
CN144-B 4 SD4_DRV
CN144-B 1 24V
CN144-B 2 SD3_DRV
CN144-A13 SG
CN144-A14 PS 3_SIG
CN144-A15 5V
CN144-A10 SG
CN144-A11 PS12_SIG
CN144-A12 5V
CN144-A 7 SG
CN144-A 8 PS11_SIG
CN144-A 9 5V
CN144-A 4 SG
CN144-A 5 PS10_SIG
CN144-A 6 5V
CN144-A 1 SG
CN144-A 2 PS 2_SIG
CN144-A 3 5V
CN141- 10 24V
CN141- 11 MC 1_DRV
J8-4
J8-5
J8-2
J8-1
CN235- 2
CN235- 1
CN232- 2
CN232- 1
CN233- 2
CN233- 1
PS17
CN212- 1 COM
CN212- 2 COM
CN212- 3 A
CN212- 4 A/
CN212- 5 B
CN212- 6 B/
M1
PS5
CN252- 3 S.GND
CN252- 2 SIG
CN252- 1 5V
CN200-11 24V
CN200-10 24V
CN200- 9 P.GND
CN200- 8 P.GND
CN200- 7 H/L
CN200- 6 LD
CN200- 5 CW/CCW
CN200- 4 CLOCK
CN200- 3 START/STOP
CN200- 2 S.GND
CN200- 1 5V
PS1
CN240- 3 S.GND
CN240- 2 SIG
CN240- 1 5V
CN122-B17 NC
CN122-B16 LED1
CN122-B15 LED2
CN122-B14 LED3
CN122-B13 LED4
CN122-B12 LED5
CN122-B11 LED6
CN122-B10 LED7
CN122-B 9 LED8
CN122-B 8 SD8_CONT1
CN122-B 7 SD8_CONT2
CN122-B 6 TRI/M3_CONT
CN122-B 5 TRI/M3_F/R
CN122-B 4 Reserve output 1
CN122-A17 NC
CN122-A16 M13_A
CN122-A15 M13_A/
CN122-A14 M13_B
CN122-A13 M13_B/
CN122-A12 M14_A
CN122-A11 M14_A/
CN122-A10 M14_B
CN122-A 9 M14_B/
CN122-A 8 M15_A
CN122-A 7 M15_A/
CN122-A 6 M15_B
CN122-A 5 M15_B/
CN122-A 4 M16_A
CN122-A 3 M16_A/
CN122-A 2 M16_B
CN122-A 1 M16_B/
H
CN141- 7 SG
CN141- 8 PS 9_SIG
CN141- 9 5V
J5-1
J5-2
J5-3
J5-4
J5-5
J5-6
J5-6
J5-5
J5-4
J5-3
J5-2
J5-1
J8-1
J8-2
J8-3
J10-1
J10-2
J10-2
J10-1
J8-5
J8-4
J8-3
J38-4
J38-5
J38-2
J38-1
J3-4
J3-5
J3-6
J38-1
J38-2
J38-3
J38-5
J38-4
J38-3
J3-3
J3-2
J3-1
J2-1
J2-2
J2-3
J2-4
J2-5
J2-6
J2-7
J2-8
J2-9
J2-10
J2-11
J2-11
J2-10
J2-9
J2-8
J2-7
J2-6
J2-5
J2-4
J2-3
J2-2
J2-1
CN212- 6
CN212- 5
CN212- 4
CN212- 3
CN212- 2
CN212- 1
SD2
CN236- 3 S.GND
CN236- 2 SIG
CN236- 1 5V
CN141- 4 SG
CN141- 5 PS43_SIG
CN141- 6 5V
J6-4
J6-5
J6-6
J6-7
J6-8
J6-9
J6-6
J6-5
J6-4
J6-3
J6-2
J6-1
J3-1
J3-2
J3-3
J6-1
J6-2
J6-3
J6-9
J6-8
J6-7
J3-6
J3-5
J3-4
J9-1
J9-2
J9-3
J9-3
J9-2
J9-1
SD1
CN229- 1 24V
CN229- 2 DRV
CN141- 1 SG
CN141- 2 PS42_SIG
CN141- 3 5V
CN143- 1 24V
CN143- 2 24V
CN143- 3 M6_DRV_A
CN143- 4 M6_DRV_A/
CN143- 5 M6_DRV_B
CN143- 6 M6_DRV_B/
CN140-B19 SD8_DRV1
CN140-B20 SD8_DRV2
CN140-B17 SD5_DRV1
CN140-B18 SD5_DRV2
CN140-B15 24V
CN140-B16 SD6_DRV
J1-5
J1-6
J1-7
J1-3
J1-2
J1-1
CN229- 2
CN229- 1
CN228- 1 24V
CN228- 2 DRV
CN140-B12 SG
CN140-B13 PS6_SIG
CN140-B14 5V
CN140-B 1 24V
CN140-B 2 24V
CN140-B 3 PG
CN140-B 4 PG
CN140-B 5 M1_H/L
CN140-B 6 M1_LD
CN140-B 7 M1_F/R
CN140-B 8 M1_CLK
CN140-B 9 M1_S/S
CN140-B10 SG
CN140-B11 5V
CN140-A20 NC
CN140-A14 24V
CN140-A15 24V
CN140-A16 M13_DRV_A
CN140-A17 M13_DRV_A/
CN140-A18 M13_DRV_B
CN140-A19 M13_DRV_B/
CN140-A11 SG
CN140-A12 PS17_SIG
CN140-A13 5V
CN140-A 8 SG
CN140-A 9 PS5_SIG
CN140-A10 5V
CN140-A 5 SG
CN140-A 6 PS1_SIG
CN140-A 7 5V
J1-3
J1-4
J1-5
J1-4
F
CN228- 2
CN228- 1
J1-1
J1-2
J1-7
J1-6
CN140-A 3 24V
CN140-A 4 SD2_DRV
CN140-A 1 24V
CN140-A 2 SD1_DRV
CN121-A20 M1_S/S
CN121-A19 M1_F/R
CN121-A18 M1_H/L
CN121-A17 M2_S_S
CN121-A16 M2_F/R
CN121-A15 M2_H/L
CN121-A14 M18_CONT
CN121-A13 M18_F/R
CN121-A12 M3_S/S
CN121-A11 M3_F/R
CN121-A10 M3_H/L
CN121-A 9 M4_S/S
CN121-A 8 M4_F/R
CN121-A 7 M4_H/L
CN121-A 6 M19_CONT
CN121-A 5 M19_F/R
CN121-A 4 SD1_CONT
CN121-A 3 SD2_CONT
CN121-A 2 SD3_CONT
CN121-A 1 SD4_CONT
CN121-B20 SD5_CONT1
CN121-B19 SD5_CONT2
CN121-B18 SD7_CONT1
CN121-B17 SD7_CONT2
CN121-B16 M7_ENA
CN121-B15 M7_F/R
CN121-B14 M7_CONT1
CN121-B13 M7_CONT2
CN121-B12 M8_S/S
CN121-B11 M8_F/R
CN121-B10 M8_H/L
CN121-B 9 SD6_CONT
CN121-B 8 M6_ENA
CN121-B 7 M6_F/R
CN121-B 6 M6_CONT1
CN121-B 5 M6_CONT2
CN121-B 4 M5_S/S
CN121-B 3 M5_F/R
CN121-B 2 M5_H/L
CN121-B 1 MC1_CONT
CN120-A16 PS1_SIG
CN120-A15 PS2_SIG
CN120-A14 PS3_SIG
CN120-A13 PS4_SIG
CN120-A12 PS5_SIG
CN120-A11 PS6_SIG
CN120-A10 PS7_SIG
CN120-A 9 PS8_SIG
CN120-A 8 PS17_SIG
CN120-A 7 PS18_SIG
CN120-A 6 PS49_SIG
CN120-A 5 PS20_SIG
CN120-A 4 PS21_SIG
CN120-A 3 PS22_SIG
CN120-A 2 PS23_SIG
CN120-A 1 PS24_SIG
CN120-B16 PS9_SIG
CN120-B15 PS10_SIG
CN120-B14 PS11_SIG
CN120-B13 PS12_SIG
CN120-B12 PS44_SIG
CN120-B11 PS19_SIG
CN120-B10 PS46_SIG
CN120-B 9 CLI_TIM
CN120-B 8 M1_LD
CN120-B 7 M2_LD
CN120-B 6 M3_LD
CN120-B 5 M4_LD
CN120-B 4 M5_LD
CN120-B 3 M8_LD
CN120-B 2 24V_DET
CN120-B 1 5V_DET
17.25 SD 1/4
Folding unit
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

G
B
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD location list
Symbol
SDDB
Part name
SD drive board
Location
1-G
M1
1-C
M2
4-C
M3
6-C
M4
5-C
M6
3-C
M7
Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr
5-C
M8
6-C
M13
Overlap motor
1-C
M14
7-C
M18
7-C
M19
7-C
M25
Guide shaft motor
7-C
CL1
Tri-folding exit clutch
3-C
PS1
Entrance sensor
1-C
PS2
3-C
PS3
4-C
PS5
1-C
PS6
2-C
PS7
Folding sensor /1
8-C
PS8
9-C
PS9
3-C
PS10
4-C
PS11
Subtray exit sensor
4-C
PS12
Subtray paper full sensor
4-C
PS17
Overlap home sensor
1-C
PS18
9-C
PS19
Fr1
8-C
Rr
PS20
PS21
8-C
8-C
PS22
8-C
PS23
8-C
PS24
9-C
PS42
Front door sensor /Rt
3-C
PS43
Front door sensor /Lt
3-C
PS44
Folding sensor /2
9-C
PS46
9-C
PS49
9-C
Fr2
PS56
8-C
PS60
8-C
SD1
1-C
SD2
1-C
SD3
4-C
SD4
4-C
SD5
2-C
SD6
2-C
SD7
7-C
SD8
Folding unit lock solenoid
2-C
10
11
12
30
13
SDDB 2/2
14
31
15
STA/R_DRV1
STA/R_DRV2
STA/L_DRV1
STA/L_DRV2
CLI/R_DRV1
CLI/R_DRV2
CLI/L_DRV1
CLI/L_DRV2
16
17
I
32
18
CN152-B 1 24V
CN152-B 2 24V
CN152-B 3 M12_DRV_A
CN152-B 4 M12_DRV_A/
CN152-B 5 M12_DRV_B
CN152-B 6 M12_DRV_B/
J28-B 4
J28-B 5
J28-B 6
J28-B 7
J28-B 8
J28-B 9
J28-B10
J28-B11
J28-B12
J28-B13
J28-B14
J28-B15
J28-B16
J28-B17
J28-B18
J26J26J26J26J26J26-
J26- 7
J26- 8
J26- 9
J26- 10
J26- 11
J26- 13
J26- 13
J35- 1
J35- 2
J28-B15
J28-B14
J28-B13
J28-B12
J28-B11
J28-B10
J28-B 9
J28-B 8
J28-B 7
J28-B 6
J28-B 5
J28-B 4
J28-B 3
J28-B 2
J28-B 1
J26- 13
J26- 12
J26- 11
J26- 10
J26- 9
J26- 8
J26- 7
J26- 6
J26- 5
J26- 4
J26- 3
J26- 2
J26- 1
J35- 1
J35- 2
J37- 1
J37- 2
J37- 3
J37- 4
J37- 5
J37- 6
J37- 7
J37- 8
J37- 9
J34- 1
J34- 2
J34- 3
J34- 4
J34- 5
J34- 6
J34- 7
J34- 8
J34- 9
J34- 10
J34- 11
J34- 12
J17- 1
J17- 2
J17- 3
J43- 1
J43- 2
J43- 3
J45- 1
J45- 2
J45- 3
J45- 4
J45- 5
J45- 6
J36- 1
J36- 2
J36- 3
J36- 4
J36- 5
J36- 6
J37- 9
J37- 8
J37- 7
J37- 6
J37- 5
J37- 4
J37- 3
J37- 2
J37- 1
J34- 12
J34- 11
J34- 10
J34- 9
J34- 8
J34- 7
J34- 6
J34- 5
J34- 4
J34- 3
J34- 2
J34- 1
J17- 3
J17- 2
J17- 1
J43- 3
J43- 2
J43- 1
J45- 6
J45- 5
J45- 4
J45- 3
J45- 2
J45- 1
J36- 6
J36- 5
J36- 4
J36- 3
J36- 2
J36- 1
J31- 7
J31- 8
J31- 9
J31- 4
J31- 5
J31- 6
J31- 1
J31- 2
J31- 3
J13- 1
J13- 2
J13- 3
J 7- 1
J 7- 2
J 7- 3
J27- 1
J27- 2
J27- 3
CN362- 1
CN362- 3
CN362- 2
PS32
PS13
PS25
PS26
PS14
PS30
PS33
M10
M9
M23
M24
PS15
PS34
PS54
CN267- 3 S.GND
CN267- 2 SIG
CN267- 1 5V
CN248- 3 S.GND
CN248- 2 SIG
CN248- 1 5V
CN260- 3 S.GND
CN260- 2 SIG
CN260- 1 5V
CN261- 3 S.GND
CN261- 2 SIG
CN261- 1 5V
CN249- 3 S.GND
CN249- 2 SIG
CN249- 1 5V
CN265- 3 S.GND
CN265- 2 SIG
CN265- 1 5V
CN268- 3 S.GND
CN268- 2 SIG
CN268- 1 5V
CN209- 2 COM
CN209- 5 COM
CN209- 1 A
CN209- 3 A/
CN209- 4 B
CN209- 6 B/
CN208- 3 COM
CN208- 2 NC
CN208- 9 COM
CN208- 4 NC
CN208- 1 A
CN208- 6 NC
CN208- 5 A/
CN208- 8 NC
CN208- 7 B
CN208-10 NC
CN208-11 B/
CN222- 1 DRV1
CN222- 2 DRV2
CN223- 1 DRV1
CN223- 1 DRV1
CN250- 3 S.GND
CN250- 2 SIG
CN250- 1 5V
CN269- 3 S.GND
CN269- 2 SIG
CN269- 1 5V
CN290- 3 S.GND
CN290- 2 SIG
CN290- 1 5V
PS47
PS55
PS16
PS4
PS31
PS35
PS40
PS48
PS45
PS61
PS57
PS58
PS41
CN283- 3 S.GND
CN283- 2 SIG
CN283- 1 5V
CN291- 3 S.GND
CN291- 2 SIG
CN291- 1 5V
CN251- 3 S.GND
CN251- 2 SIG
CN251- 1 5V
CN239- 3 S.GND
CN239- 2 SIG
CN239- 1 5V
CN266- 3 S.GND
CN266- 2 SIG
CN266- 1 5V
CN270- 3 S.GND
CN270- 2 SIG
CN270- 1 5V
CN275- 3 S.GND
CN275- 2 SIG
CN275- 1 5V
CN284- 3 S.GND
CN284- 2 SIG
CN284- 1 5V
CN281- 3 S.GND
CN281- 2 SIG
CN281- 1 5V
CN297- 3 S.GND
CN297- 2 SIG
CN297- 1 5V
CN293- 3 S.GND
CN293- 2 SIG
CN293- 1 5V
CN294- 3 S.GND
CN294- 2 SIG
CN294- 1 5V
CN276- 3 S.GND
CN276- 2 SIG
CN276- 1 5V
M17
M22
M12
CN216- 5 COM
CN216- 2 COM
CN216- 4 A
CN216- 6 A/
CN216- 3 B
CN216- 1 B/
CN221- 2 COM
CN221- 5 COM
CN221- 1 A
CN221- 3 A/
CN221- 4 B
CN221- 6 B/
CN211- 2 COM
CN211- 5 COM
CN211- 1 A
CN211- 3 A/
CN211- 4 B
CN211- 6 B/
CN362- 3 GND
FM1
PS37
CN272- 3 S.GND
CN272- 2 SIG
CN272- 1 5V
CN362- 1 24V
CN362- 2 LD
PS36
CN271- 3 S.GND
CN271- 2 SIG
CN271- 1 5V
M5
PS28
CN263- 3 S.GND
CN263- 2 SIG
CN263- 1 5V
CN204-11 24V
CN204-10 24V
CN204- 9 P.GND
CN204- 8 P.GND
CN204- 7 H/L
CN204- 6 LD
CN204- 5 CW/CCW
CN204- 4 CLOCK
CN204- 3 START/STOP
CN204- 2 S.GND
CN204- 1 5V
PS39
CN274- 3 S.GND
CN274- 2 SIG
CN274- 1 5V
Bundle press movement motor
Bundle exit sensor/2
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor
Bundle press stage up down home motor
Bundle exit motor
Bundle sensor/4
Bundle sensor/2
Bundle press motor
Saddle stitching alignment motor/Rt
Bundle arm motor
Bundle sensor
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor/Rt
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor/Lt
17
CN152-A 1 24V
CN152-A 2 24V
CN152-A 3 M22_DRV_A
CN152-A 4 M22_DRV_A/
CN152-A 5 M22_DRV_B
CN152-A 6 M22_DRV_B/
CN158- 1 24V
CN158- 2 24V
CN158- 3 M17_DRV_A
CN158- 4 M17_DRV_A/
CN158- 5 M17_DRV_B
CN158- 6 M17_DRV_B/
CN169-1 24V
CN169-2 FAN/1_LOCK
CN169-3 PG
CN169-4 PG
CN149-B13 SG
CN151-B17 PS41_SIG
CN149-B15 5V
CN149-B10 SG
CN149-B11 PS58_SIG
CN149-B12 5V
J28-B 1
J28-B 2
J28-B 3
J28-B18
J28-B17
J28-B16
PS38
CN273- 3 S.GND
CN273- 2 SIG
CN273- 1 5V
16
CN149-B 7 SG
CN149-B 8 PS57_SIG
CN149-B 9 5V
CN149-B 4 SG
CN149-B 5 PS61_SIG
CN149-B 6 5V
CN149-B 1 SG
CN149-B 2 PS45_SIG
CN149-B 3 5V
CN149-A13 SG
CN149-B 5 PS48_SIG
CN149-A15 5V
CN149-A10 SG
CN149-A11 PS40_SIG
CN149-A12 5V
CN149-A 7 SG
CN149-A 8 PS35_SIG
CN149-A 9 5V
CN149-A 4 SG
CN149-A 5 PS31_SIG
CN149-A 6 5V
CN149-A 1 SG
CN149-A 2 PS 4_SIG
CN149-A 3 5V
J31- 3
J31- 2
J31- 1
J28-A16
J28-A17
J28-A18
J28-A 3
J28-A 2
J28-A 1
PS29
CN264- 3 S.GND
CN264- 2 SIG
CN264- 1 5V
15
CN165- 1 5V
CN165- 2 5V
CN165- 3 SG
CN165- 4 SG
CN165- 5 STA/R_LOW
CN165- 6 STA/R_HP_IN
CN165- 7 CLI/R_TIM
CN165- 8 5V
CN165- 9 5V
CN165-10 SG
CN165-11 SG
CN165-12 STA/L_LOW
CN165-13 STA/L_HP_IN
CN165-14 CLI/L_TIM
CN164-1
CN164-2
CN164-3
CN164-4
CN164-5
CN164-6
CN164-7
CN164-8
CN151-B19 NC
CN151-B20 NC
CN151-B13 SG
CN151-B14 PS16_SIG
CN151-B15 5V
CN151-B16 SG
CN151-B17 KCIN_76
CN151-B18 5V
CN151-B10 SG
CN151-B11 PS55_SIG
CN151-B12 5V
CN151-B 7 SG
CN151-B 8 PS47_SIG
CN151-B 9 5V
J31- 6
J31- 5
J31- 4
J28-A13
J28-A14
J28-A15
J28-A 6
J28-A 5
J28-A 4
PS27
CN262- 3 S.GND
CN262- 2 SIG
CN262- 1 5V
Saddle stitching
CN168-13 SG
CN168-14 KCIN_72
CN168-15 5V
CN168-10 SG
CN168-11 TRI_DOWN
CN168-12 5V
CN168-7 SG
CN168-8 TRI_UP
CN168-9 5V
CN168-4 SG
CN168-5 TRI_END
CN168-6 5V
CN168-1 SG
CN168-2 TRI_START
CN168-3 5V
CN151-B 4 SG
CN151-B 5 PS37_SIG
CN151-B 6 5V
CN151-B 1 SG
CN151-B 2 PS36_SIG
CN151-B 3 5V
CN151-A10 24V
CN151-A11 24V
CN151-A12 P.GND
CN151-A13 P.GND
CN151-A14 M5_H/L
CN151-A15 M5_LD
CN151-A16 M5_F/R
CN151-A17 M5_CLK
CN151-A18 M5_S/S
CN151-A19 S.GND
CN151-A20 5V
CN151-A 7 SG
CN151-A 8 PS54_SIG
CN151-A 9 5V
CN151-A 4 SG
CN151-A 5 PS34_SIG
CN151-A 6 5V
CN151-A 1 SG
CN151-A 2 PS15_SIG
CN151-A 3 5V
J31- 9
J31- 8
J31- 7
J28-A10
J28-A11
J28-A12
J28-A 9
J28-A 8
J28-A 7
M26
CN225- 1 DRV1
CN225- 2 DRV2
14
CN167-1 TRI/M3_DRV1
CN167-2 TRI/M3_DRV2
CN166-3 TRI/M2_DRV1
CN166-4 TRI/M2_DRV2
CN166-1 TRI/M1_DRV1
CN166-2 TRI/M1_DRV2
CN163-6 P.GND
CN150- 3 M24_DRV_1
CN150- 4 M24_DRV_2
CN150- 1 M23_DRV_1
CN150- 2 M23_DRV_2
CN156-B 6 M 9_DRV_B/
CN156-B 7 NC
CN156-B 5 M 9_DRV_B
CN156-B 4 M 9_DRV_A/
CN156-B 3 M 9_DRV_A
CN156-B 2 24V
J13- 3
J13- 2
J13- 1
J28-A 7
J28-A 8
J28-A 9
J28-A12
J28-A11
J28-A10
1
2
3
4
5
6
J 7- 3
J 7- 2
J 7- 1
J28-A 4
J28-A 5
J28-A 6
J28-A15
J28-A14
J28-A13
J44- 1
J44- 2
J44- 3
M21
CN220- 2 DRV2
CN220- 1 DRV1
Bundle clip motor
13
CN163-5 P.GND
CN163-4 P.GND
CN163-3 24V
CN163-2 24V
CN163-1 24V
CN162-6 P.GND
CN162-5 P.GND
CN162-4 P.GND
CN162-3 24V
CN162-2 24V
CN162-1 24V
CN101-6 P.GND
CN156-A 1 24V
CN156-A 2 24V
CN156-A 3 M10_DRV_A
CN156-A 4 M10_DRV_A/
CN156-A 5 M10_DRV_B
CN156-A 6 M10_DRV_B/
CN156-A 7 NC
CN156-B 1 24V
J27- 3
J27- 2
J27- 1
J28-A 1
J28-A 2
J28-A 3
J28-A18
J28-A17
J28-A16
M20
CN219- 1 DRV1
CN219- 2 DRV2
12
CN101-5 P.GND
CN101-4 P.GND
CN101-3 24V
CN101-2 24V
CN153-B16 SG
CN153-B17 PS33_SIG
CN153-B18 5V
CN153-B13 SG
CN153-B14 PS30_SIG
CN153-B15 5V
CN153-B10 SG
CN153-B11 PS14_SIG
CN153-B12 5V
CN153-B 7 SG
CN153-B 8 PS26_SIG
CN153-B 9 5V
CN153-B 4 SG
CN153-B 5 PS25_SIG
CN153-B 6 5V
CN153-B 1 SG
CN153-B 2 PS13_SIG
CN153-B 3 5V
CN153-A16 SG
CN153-A17 PS32_SIG
CN153-A18 5V
CN153-A13 SG
CN153-A14 PS28_SIG
CN153-A15 5V
CN153-A10 SG
CN153-A11 PS39_SIG
CN153-A12 5V
J30- 7
J30- 8
J30- 2
J30- 1
M11
CN210- 1 DRV1
CN210- 2 DRV2
Saddle stitching alignment motor/Lt
11
CN101-1 24V
H
CN153-A 7 SG
CN153-A 8 PS38_SIG
CN153-A 9 5V
J30- 5
J30- 6
J30- 4
J30- 3
J44- 3
J44- 2
J44- 1
J30- 3
J30- 4
J30- 6
J30- 5
M16
CN215- 1 COM
CN215- 2 COM
CN215- 3 A
CN215- 4 A/
CN215- 5 B
CN215- 6 B/
CN153-A 4 SG
CN153-A 5 PS29_SIG
CN153-A 6 5V
CN153-A 1 SG
CN153-A 2 PS27_SIG
CN153-A 3 5V
CN155- 7 M26_DRV_1
CN155- 8 M26_DRV_2
J30- 1
J30- 2
J30- 8
J30- 7
CN215- 6
CN215- 5
CN215- 4
CN215- 3
CN215- 2
CN215- 1
M15
CN214- 1 COM
CN214- 2 COM
CN214- 3 A
CN214- 4 A/
CN214- 5 B
CN214- 6 B/
10
CN100-1 5V
CN100-2 5V
CN100-3 S.GND
CN100-4 S.GND
CN170- 1 5V
CN170- 2 LED1
CN170- 3 LED2
CN170- 4 LED3
CN170- 5 LED4
CN170- 6 NC
CN170- 7 5V
CN170- 8 LED5
CN170- 9 LED6
CN170-10 LED7
CN170-11 LED8
CN170-12 NC
CN155- 5 M21_DRV_1
CN155- 6 M21_DRV_2
CN155- 3 M20_DRV_1
CN155- 4 M20_DRV_2
CN155- 1 M11_DRV_1
CN155- 2 M11_DRV_2
J29- 7
J29- 8
J29- 9
J29-10
J29-11
J29-12
J29- 6
J29- 5
J29- 4
J29- 3
J29- 2
J29- 1
F
CN214- 6
CN214- 5
CN214- 4
CN214- 3
CN214- 2
CN214- 1
J29- 1
J29- 2
J29- 3
J29- 4
J29- 5
J29- 6
J29-12
J29-11
J29-10
J29- 9
J29- 8
J29- 7
CN154- 7 24V
CN154- 8 24V
CN154- 9 M16_DRV_A
CN154- 10 M16_DRV_A/
CN154- 11 M16_DRV_B
CN154- 12 M16_DRV_B/
CN154- 1 24V
CN154- 2 24V
CN154- 3 M15_DRV_A
CN154- 4 M15_DRV_A/
CN154- 5 M15_DRV_B
CN154- 6 M15_DRV_B/
17.26 SD 2/4
18
Bundle
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

G
B
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
FM1
17-C
M5
Bundle exit motor
17-C
M9
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt
13-C
M10
Bundle arm motor
13-C
M11
Bundle clip motor
10-C
M12
18-C
M15
10-C
M16
Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt
10-C
M17
Bundle press movement motor
18-C
M20
10-C
M21
10-C
M22
18-C
M23
Bundle press motor
14-C
M24
14-C
M26
11-C
PS4
16-C
PS13
12-C
PS14
Bundle sensor /1
12-C
PS15
Bundle sensor /2
14-C
PS16
16-C
PS25
12-C
PS26
12-C
PS27
11-C
PS28
Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt
11-C
PS29
11-C
PS30
12-C
PS31
16-C
PS32
11-C
PS33
12-C
PS34
14-C
PS35
Bundle press stage up down home motor
16-C
PS36
15-C
PS37
15-C
PS38
11-C
PS39
11-C
PS40
16-C
PS41
17-C
PS45
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor
17-C
PS47
15-C
PS48
16-C
PS54
Bundle sensor /4
14-C
PS55
15-C
PS57
Bundle exit sensor /2
17-C
PS58
17-C
PS61
17-C
1
2
J48-1
J48-2
J48-3
J48-4
O
1
2
3
1
2
4
3
To front option or main body
4
6
20
CN12-1 NC
CN12-2 M33_CLK
CN12-3 NC
CN12-4 NC
CN12-5 NC
CN12-6 M33_CONT
CN12-7 M33_LD
CN12-8 M33_FR
19
5
20
19
5
6
CN363-11 24V
CN363-10 24V
CN363- 9 P.GND
CN363- 8 P.GND
CN363- 7 H/L
CN363- 6 LD
CN363- 5 CW/CCW
CN363- 4 CLOCK
CN363- 3 START/STOP
CN363- 2 S.GND
CN363- 1 NC
M33
AC CODE
15
16
AC INRET
FT1
FT2
BLK
Circuit breaker/1
WIT
FT3
FT5
FT4
FT6
CBR2
BLK FT7
WIT FT8
FT9
FT10
CN14- 1 TIME_0
CN14- 2 TIME_1
CN14- 3 TIME_2
CN14- 4 TIME_3
CN14- 5 TIME_4
CN14- 6 TIME_5
CN14- 7 TIME_6
CN14- 8 TIME_7
CN14- 9 TIME_8
CN14-10 TIME_9
CN14-11 TIME_10
CN14-12 TIME_11
CN14-13 TIME_12
CN14-14 TIME_13
CN14-15 TIME_14
CN14-16 TIME_15
CN14-17 TIME_16
CN14-18 TIME_17
CN10- 1 IRQ_4
CN10- 2 /IRQ_3
CN10- 3 /IRQ_1
CN7-A 1 KCIN_65
CN7-A 2 KCIN_66
CN7-A 3 KCIN_67
CN7-A 4 KCIN_68
CN7-A 5 KCIN_69
CN7-A 6 KCIN_70
CN7-A 7 KCIN_71
CN7-A 8 KCIN_72
CN7-A 9 KCIN_73
CN7-A10 KCIN_74
CN7-A11 KCIN_75
CN7-A12 KCIN_76
CN7-B 1 KCIN_77
CN7-B 2 KCIN_78
CN7-B 3 KCIN_79
CN7-B 4 KCIN_80
CN7-B 5 KCIN_81
CN7-B 6 KCIN_82
CN7-B 7 KCIN_83
CN7-B 8 KCIN_84
CN7-B 9 KCIN_85
CN7-B10 KCIN_86
CN7-B11 KCIN_87
CN7-B12 KCIN_88
CN5-A 1 KCOUT_57
CN5-A 2 KCOUT_58
CN5-A 3 KCOUT_59
CN5-A 4 KCOUT_60
CN5-A 5 KCOUT_61
CN5-A 6 KCOUT_62
CN5-A 7 KCOUT_63
CN5-A 8 KCOUT_64
CN5-A 9 KCOUT_65
CN5-A10 KCOUT_66
CN5-A11 KCOUT_67
CN5-A12 KCOUT_68
CN5-A13 KCOUT_69
CN5-A14 KCOUT_70
CN5-A15 KCOUT_71
CN5-A16 KCOUT_72
CN5-A17 KCOUT_73
CN5-A18 KCOUT_74
CN5-A19 KCOUT_75
CN5-A20 KCOUT_76
CN5-B 1 KCOUT_77
CN5-B 2 KCOUT_78
CN5-B 3 KCOUT_79
CN5-B 4 KCOUT_80
CN5-B 5 KCOUT_81
CN5-B 6 KCOUT_82
CN5-B 7 KCOUT_83
CN5-B 8 KCOUT_84
CN5-B 9 KCOUT_85
CN5-B10 KCOUT_86
CN5-B11 KCOUT_87
CN5-B12 KCOUT_88
CN5-B13 KCOUT_89
CN5-B14 KCOUT_90
CN5-B15 KCOUT_91
CN5-B16 KCOUT_92
CN5-B17 KCOUT_93
CN5-B18 KCOUT_94
CN5-B19 KCOUT_95
CN5-B20 KCOUT_96
CN4-A 1 KCIN_33
CN4-A 2 KCIN_34
CN4-A 3 KCIN_35
CN4-A 4 KCIN_36
CN4-A 5 KCIN_37
CN4-A 6 KCIN_38
CN4-A 7 KCIN_39
CN4-A 8 KCIN_40
CN4-A 9 KCIN_41
CN4-A10 KCIN_42
CN4-A11 KCIN_43
CN4-A12 KCIN_44
CN4-A13 KCIN_45
CN4-A14 KCIN_46
CN4-A15 KCIN_47
CN4-A16 KCIN_48
CN4-B 1 KCIN_49
CN4-B 2 KCIN_50
CN4-B 3 KCIN_51
CN4-B 4 KCIN_52
CN4-B 5 KCIN_53
CN4-B 6 KCIN_54
CN4-B 7 KCIN_55
CN4-B 8 KCIN_56
CN4-B 9 KCIN_57
CN4-B10 KCIN_58
CN4-B11 KCIN_59
CN4-B12 KCIN_60
CN4-B13 KCIN_61
CN4-B14 KCIN_62
CN4-B15 KCIN_63
CN4-B16 KCIN_64
NOISE FILTER
NF
BLK
WIT
CN24-2 RL1_P.GND
CN24-1 RL1_CONT
CN17-1 MTXD
CN17-2 SG
CN17-3 MCTS
CN17-4 MRXD
CN17-5 SG
CN17-6 MRTS
CN17-7 /PAPEROUT_2
CN17-8 NC
CN18-2 FNS2_SIN
CN18-1 /FNS2_RTS
CN3- 1 KCOUT_41
CN3- 2 KCOUT_42
CN3- 3 KCOUT_43
CN3- 4 KCOUT_44
CN3- 5 KCOUT_45
CN3- 6 KCOUT_46
CN3- 7 KCOUT_47
CN3- 8 KCOUT_48
CN3- 9 KCOUT_49
CN3-10 KCOUT_50
CN3-11 KCOUT_51
CN3-12 KCOUT_52
CN3-13 KCOUT_53
CN3-14 KCOUT_54
CN3-15 KCOUT_55
CN3-16 KCOUT_56
FT13
14
FT14
CN191-5
10
CN191-6
5V
CN191-2
CN191-3
18
CN191-4
17
CN191-1
CN190-5
12
CN190-6
CN190-2
CN190-3
13
CN190-4
16
CN190-1
11
CN192-8
SG
J48-4 M33_CLK
J48-3 M33_CONT
J48-2 M33_LD
J48-1 M33_FR
CN106-1 24V
CN106-2 5V
CN106-3 SG
CN106-4 PG
CN106-5 PG
CN106-6 FG
CN106-1 24V
CN106-2 5V
CN106-3 SG
CN106-4 PG
CN106-5 PG
CN106-6 FG
CN108-5 PAPER_OUT
CN108-4 SG
CN108-3 SG
CN108-2 5V
CN108-1 5V
15
CN192-6
5V
CN192-7
CN105-6 MTXD
CN105-5 SG
CN105-4 MCTS
CN105-3 MRXD
CN105-2 SG
CN105-1 MRTS
CN6- 1 KCOUT_97
CN6- 2 KCOUT_98
CN6- 3 KCOUT_99
CN6- 4 KCOUT_100
CN6- 5 KCOUT_101
CN6- 6 KCOUT_102
CN6- 7 KCOUT_103
CN6- 8 KCOUT_104
CN6- 9 KCOUT_105
CN6-10 KCOUT_106
CN6-11 KCOUT_107
CN6-12 KCOUT_108
CN6-13 KCOUT_109
CN6-14 KCOUT_110
CN6-15 KCOUT_111
CN6-16 KCOUT_112
CN112-1
CN112-2
8
CN192-4
CN192-5
CN192-2
10
CN192-3
CN192-1
CN20-1 5V
CN20-2 5V
CN20-3 S.GND
CN20-4 S.GND
CN103-1 24V
CN103-2 5V
CN103-3 SG
CN103-4 PG
CN103-5 PG
CN103-6 FG
CN107-1 PAPER_OUT
CN107-2 SG
CN107-3 SG
CN107-4 5V
CN107-5 5V
CN16-1 SYS_SIN
CN16-2 S.GND
CN16-3 /SYS_RTS
CN16-4 SYS_SOUT
CN16-5 S.GND
CN16-6 /SYS_CTS
CN16-7 /PAPEROUT_1
CN19-4 FNS2_RTS
CN19-3 FNS2_SIN
CN19-2 NC(SYS_RTS)
CN19-1 NC(SYS_SIN)
CN2-A 1 KCOUT_1
CN2-A 2 KCOUT_2
CN2-A 3 KCOUT_3
CN2-A 4 KCOUT_4
CN2-A 5 KCOUT_5
CN2-A 6 KCOUT_6
CN2-A 7 KCOUT_7
CN2-A 8 KCOUT_8
CN2-A 9 KCOUT_9
CN2-A10 KCOUT_10
CN2-A11 KCOUT_11
CN2-A12 KCOUT_12
CN2-A13 KCOUT_13
CN2-A14 KCOUT_14
CN2-A15 KCOUT_15
CN2-A16 KCOUT_16
CN2-A17 KCOUT_17
CN2-A18 KCOUT_18
CN2-A19 KCOUT_19
CN2-A20 KCOUT_20
CN2-B 1 KCOUT_21
CN2-B 2 KCOUT_22
CN2-B 3 KCOUT_23
CN2-B 4 KCOUT_24
CN2-B 5 KCOUT_25
CN2-B 6 KCOUT_26
CN2-B 7 KCOUT_27
CN2-B 8 KCOUT_28
CN2-B 9 KCOUT_29
CN2-B10 KCOUT_30
CN2-B11 KCOUT_31
CN2-B12 KCOUT_32
CN2-B13 KCOUT_33
CN2-B14 KCOUT_34
CN2-B15 KCOUT_35
CN2-B16 KCOUT_36
CN2-B17 KCOUT_37
CN2-B18 KCOUT_38
CN2-B19 KCOUT_39
CN2-B20 KCOUT_40
CN1-A 1 KCIN_1
CN1-A 2 KCIN_2
CN1-A 3 KCIN_3
CN1-A 4 KCIN_4
CN1-A 5 KCIN_5
CN1-A 6 KCIN_6
CN1-A 7 KCIN_7
CN1-A 8 KCIN_8
CN1-A 9 KCIN_9
CN1-A10 KCIN_10
CN1-A11 KCIN_11
CN1-A12 KCIN_12
CN1-A13 KCIN_13
CN1-A14 KCIN_14
CN1-A15 KCIN_15
CN1-A16 KCIN_16
CN1-B 1 KCIN_17
CN1-B 2 KCIN_18
CN1-B 3 KCIN_19
CN1-B 4 KCIN_20
CN1-B 5 KCIN_21
CN1-B 6 KCIN_22
CN1-B 7 KCIN_23
CN1-B 8 KCIN_24
CN1-B 9 KCIN_25
CN1-B10 KCIN_26
CN1-B11 KCIN_27
CN1-B12 KCIN_28
CN1-B13 KCIN_29
CN1-B14 KCIN_30
CN1-B15 KCIN_31
CN1-B16 KCIN_32
CN104-1 MTXD
CN104-2 SG
CN104-3 MCTS
CN104-4 MRXD
CN104-5 SG
CN104-6 MRTS
CN111-1
CN111-2
CN9-A 1 5V
CN9-A 2 5V
CN9-A 3 NSW1-1
CN9-A 4 NSW1-2
CN9-A 5 NSW1-4
CN9-A 6 NSW1-8
CN9-A 7 NSW2-1
CN9-A 8 NSW2-2
CN9-A 9 NSW2-4
CN9-A10 NSW2-8
CN9-A11 NSW3-1
CN9-A12 NSW3-2
CN9-A13 NSW3-4
CN9-A14 NSW3-8
CN9-A15 NSW4-1
CN9-A16 NSW4-2
CN9-A17 NSW4-4
CN9-A18 NSW4-8
CN9-A19 NSW5-1
CN9-A20 NSW5-2
CN9-B 1 NSW5-4
CN9-B 2 NSW6
CN9-B 3 NSW8
CN9-B 4 NSW7
CN9-B 5 NLED0
CN9-B 6 NLED1
CN9-B 7 NLED2
CN9-B 8 NLED3
CN9-B 9 NLED4
CN9-B10 NLED5
CN9-B11 NLED6
CN9-B12 NLED7
CN9-B13 NC
CN9-B14 NC
CN9-B15 NC
CN9-B16 NC
CN9-B17 NC
CN9-B18 NC
CN9-B19 NC
CN9-B20 NC
17.27 SD 3/4
29
FT11
Circuit breaker/2
R
9
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

J
J
K
K
SDCB
L
SG
18
17
CBR1
FT12
RL1
Power relay
BLK
33
34
Trimmer paddle motor
To rear option
R
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
SDCB
SD control board
1-K
CBR1
Circuit breaker /1
8-O
CBR2
Circuit breaker /2
8-P
NF
Noise filter
8-O
RL1
Power relay
9-P
M33
Trimmer paddle motor
7-P
33
CN195-1
CN195-2
34
10
CN188-1A
CN188-2A
BLK
WIT
CN188-1B
CN188-2B
MS1
Front door switch/Rt

CN189-1A
CN189-2A
BLK
WIT
CN189-1B
CN189-2B
BLK
WIT
CN195-3
CN195-4
11
ACSW
G/Y
BLK
BLK
WIT
WIT
MS2
G/Y
BLK
WIT
G/Y
BLK
WIT
CN183-5
: Frame GND
CN183-1
: Line (H)
CN183-3
: Neutral (N)
Front door switch/Lt
P
CN184-5
: Frame GND
CN184-1
: Line (H)
CN184-3
: Neutral (N)
Q
CN185-5
: Frame GND
CN185-1
: Line (H)
CN185-3
: Neutral (N)
R
12
CN181-8
:+V/24V
CN181-7
:+V/24V
CN181-6
:+V/24V
CN181-5
:+V/24V
CN181-4
:-V/PGND
CN181-3
:-V/PGND
CN181-2
:-V/PGND
CN181-1
:-V/PGND
CN182-8
:+V/24V
CN182-7
:+V/24V
CN182-6
:+V/24V
CN182-5
:+V/24V
CN182-4
:-V/PGND
CN182-3
:-V/PGND
CN182-2
:-V/PGND
CN182-1
:-V/PGND
13
14
15
Trimmer unit
16
PS53
PS59

17
Stapler motor/Lt
M30
27
CN351- 5 MOTOR_24V
CN351-11 MOTOR_DRV
CN351- 2 NC
CN351- 4 NC
CN351- 6 NC
CN351- 8 5V
CN351- 9 5V
CN351-10 S.GND
CN351-12 S.GND
CN351- 1 STA_LOW
CN351- 3 STA_HP
CN351- 7 CLINCH
23
CN353-1 CLI_SD_DRV
CN353-2 CLI_SD_GND
CN350- 2 NC
CN350- 4 NC
CN350- 6 NC
CN350- 8 5V
CN350- 9 5V
CN350-10 S.GND
CN350-12 S.GND
CN350- 1 STA_LOW
CN350- 3 STA_HP
CN350- 7 CLINCH
CN350- 5 MOTOR_24V
CN350-11 MOTOR_DRV
JAMIB/2
SD10
CN2??- 3 S.GND
CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
CN2??- 3 S.GND
CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
CN2??- 3 S.GND
CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
-9
-10
J32-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-9
-10
J32- 1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
J33- 1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
J33- 1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
16
Clincher solenoid/Lt
M29
PS52
CN2??- 3 S.GND
CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
Stapler motor/Rt
PS51
CN2??- 3 S.GND
CN2??- 2 SIG
CN2??- 1 5V
31
SD9
PS50
CN2??- 1 24V
CN2??- 2 DRV
CN2??- 1 24V
CN2??- 2 DRV
15
Clincher solenoid/Rt
SD11
Trimmer board solenoid
M32
CN180-8
:+V/24V
CN180-7
:+V/24V
CN180-6
:+V/24V
CN180-5
:+V/24V
CN180-4
:-V/PGND
CN180-3
:-V/PGND
CN180-2
:-V/PGND
CN180-1
:-V/PGND
Trimmer press motor
CN2??- 1 24V
CN2??- 2 DRV
30
14
CN352-1 CLI_SD_DRV
CN352-2 CLI_SD_GND
13
M31
12
Trimmer blade motor
JAMIB/1
DCPS1
11
DCPS2
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
10
DCPS3
J46-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
K
CN370- 6 5V
CN370- 5 LED1
CN370- 4 LED2
CN370- 3 LED3
CN370- 2 LED4
CN370- 1 NC
CN370- 6 5V
CN370- 5 LED1
CN370- 4 LED2
CN370- 3 LED3
CN370- 2 LED4
CN370- 1 NC
17.28 SD 4/4
17
18
32
22
21
23
25
26
22
24
18
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

J
J
13
14
11
12
21
27
28
M
28
26
24
25
N
N
Stapler/Clincher
Q
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
SD location list
Symbol
JAMIB/1
Part name
Location
Jam indicator board /1
10-K
JAMIB/2
Jam indicator board /2
11-K
M29
Stapler motor /Rt
16-N
M30
Stapler motor /Lt
17-N
M31
Trimmer blade motor
15-N
M32
Trimmer press motor
15-N
MS1
Front door switch /Rt
10-P
MS2
Front door switch /Lt
11-P
PS50
15-N
PS51
15-N
PS52
15-N
PS53
16-N
PS59
16-N
SD9
Clincher solenoid /Rt
16-N
SD10
Clincher solenoid /Lt
17-N
SD11
Trimmer board solenoid
15-N
DCPS1
DC power supply /1
12-O
DCPS2
DC power supply /2
12-P
DCPS3
DC power supply /3
12-Q
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-B 3
-B 4
-1
-2
-1
-2
-3
-4
J42-B 9
J42-B 8
J41-18
J41-17
J47- 4
J47- 3
J47- 2
J47- 1
-2
-1
-2
-1
-2
-1
PS #110
PS #110
Exhaust fan /1
Exhaust fan /2
Pellet supply cooling fan motor
SC alignment motor
Clamp entranse movement motor

SC stopper solenoid

Clamp motor
Clamp rotation motor
M80
M81
M4
M11
M12
M15
M17
M19
M13
M18
SD12
SD11
M20
SD13
SD91
M21
M22
M23
M31
CN116- 1 DRV1
CN116- 2 DRV2
FT-2
FT-1
CN117- 1 DRV1
CN117- 2 DRV2
CN149- 1 24V
CN149- 2 DRV
CN148- 1 24V
CN148- 2 DRV
CN148- 1 24V
CN148- 2 DRV

Glue equalize up solenoid

Pellet supply motor
M32
SD31
SD33
SD32
M34
MS 1
M33
CN115-11 24V
CN115-10 24V
CN115- 9 P.GND
CN115- 8 P.GND
CN115- 7 H/L
CN115- 6 LD
CN115- 5 CW/CCW
CN115- 4 CLOCK
CN115- 3 START/STOP
CN115- 2 S.GND
CN115- 1 5V
CN114- 2 COM
CN114- 5 COM
CN114- 1 A
CN114- 3 A/
CN114- 4 B
CN114- 6 B/
CN113- 1 DRV1
CN113- 2 DRV2
CN112- 1 DRV1
CN112- 2 DRV2
CN111- 3 COM
CN111- 9 COM
CN111- 1 A
CN111- 5 A/
CN111- 7 B
CN111-11 B/
CN157- 1 24V
CN157- 2 DRV
SD80
7
8
CN59-A 1 M2_LD
CN59-A 2 AD_SUB1
CN59-A 3 VR71_SIG
CN59-A 4 PS82_SIG
CN59-A 5 PS77_SIG
CN59-A 6 PS76_SIG
CN59-A 7 PS75_SIG
CN59-A 8 PS74_SIG
CN59-A 9 SIN_9
CN59-A10 PS71_SIG
CN59-A11 TRAY_SET(SW71)
CN59-A12 24V_DEC
CN59-B 1 SIN_7
CN59-B 2 M81_LD
CN59-B 3 AD_SUB2
CN59-B 4 M4_LD
CN59-B 5 PS92_SIG
CN59-B 6 PS91_SIG
CN59-B 7 M80_LD
CN59-B 8 M74_LD
CN59-B 9 M72_LD
CN59-B10 M71_LD
CN59-B11 M32_LD
CN59-B12 M91_LD
CN68- 4 M33_DRV1
CN68- 5 M33_DRV2
CN68- 6 PGND(NC)
CN68- 1 24V1_OUT
CN68- 2 PGND(NC)
CN68- 3 24V1_IN
CN83- 16 M34_DRV1
CN83- 17 M34_DRV2
CN83- 14 SD32_24V
CN83- 15 SD32_DRV
-2
-1
-2
-1
CN110- 1 DRV1
CN110- 2 DRV2
CN146- 1 24V
CN146- 2 DRV
SD4
CN58-A 1 SOUT14
CN58-A 2 SOUT13
CN58-A 3 M48_CONT
CN58-A 4 M34_F/R
CN58-A 5 M34_CONT
CN58-A 6 M33_F/R
CN58-A 7 M33_CONT
CN58-A 8 M23_F/R
CN58-A 9 M23_CONT
CN58-A10 M23_F/R
CN58-A11 M22_CONT
CN58-A12 M20_F/R
CN58-A13 M20_CONT
CN58-A14 M18_F/R
CN58-A15 M18_CONT
CN58-A16 M13_F/R
CN58-A17 M13_CONT
CN58-B 1 SOUT16
CN58-B 2 SOUT15
CN58-B 3 M73_F/R
CN58-B 4 M73_CONT
CN58-B 5 M64_F/R
CN58-B 6 M64_CONT
CN58-B 7 M63_F/R
CN58-B 8 M63_CONT
CN58-B 9 M60_F/R
CN58-B10 M60_CONT
CN58-B11 M50_F/R
CN58-B12 M50_CONT
CN58-B13 M49_F/R
CN58-B14 M49_CONT
CN58-B15 M48_F/R
CN58-B16 SOUT10
CN58-B17 SOUT9
-B 1
-B 2
J42-B11
J42-B10
CN83- 12 SD31_24V
CN83- 13 SD31_DRV
E
(DB CN70)
-A 3
-A 4
-A 5
-A 6
-A 7
-A 8
-A 9
-A10
-A11
-5
J31- 1
J42-A 9
J42-A 8
J42-A 7
J42-A 6
J42-A 5
J42-A 4
J42-A 3
J42-A 2
J42-A 1
-3
-4
J31- 3
J31- 2
-2
-1
-2
-1
SD3
Clamp
CN83- 1 NC
CN83- 2 NC
CN83- 3 M32_PGND
CN83- 4 M32_PGND
CN83- 5 M32_H/L
CN83- 6 M32_LD
CN83- 7 M32_F/R
CN83- 8 M32_CLK
CN83- 9 M32_CONT
CN83- 10 M32_SGND
CN83- 11 M32_5V
-1
-2
J31- 5
J31- 4
CN260- 1 M32_24V
CN260- 2 M32_24V
-3
-4
J20- 8
J20- 7
-2
-1
CN144- 1 24V
CN144- 2 DRV
SD1
CN82- 5 M23_DRV1
CN82- 6 M23_DRV2
CN82- 7 RSV_SD1_24V
CN82- 8 RSV_SD1_DRV
CN82- 3 SD21_24V
CN82- 4 SD21_DRV
CN82- 1 M22_DRV1
CN82- 2 M22_DRV2
CN73- 1 M21_24V
CN73- 2 M21_24V
CN73- 3 M21_DRV_A
CN73- 4 M21_DRV_A/
CN73- 5 M21_DRV_B
CN73- 6 M21_DRV_B/
CN81-B 9 SD91_24V
CN81-B10 SD91_DRV
CN81-B11 NC
-1
-2
J20-10
J20- 9
-2
-1
CN145- 1 24V
CN145- 2 DRV
CN108- 1 DRV1
CN108- 2 DRV2
CN105- 2 DRV1
CN105- 1 DRV2
CN109- 1 COM
CN109- 2 COM
CN109- 3 A
CN109- 4 A/
CN109- 5 B
CN109- 6 B/
CN107- 5 COM
CN107- 2 COM
CN107- 4 A
CN107- 6 A/
CN107- 3 B
CN107- 1 B/
CN106- 3 COM
CN106- 9 COM
CN106- 1 A
CN106- 5 A/
CN106- 7 B
CN106-11 B/
CN104- 3 COM
CN104- 9 COM
CN104- 1 A
CN104- 5 A/
CN104- 7 B
CN104-11 B/
CN103- 3 COM
CN103- 9 COM
CN103- 1 A
CN103- 5 A/
CN103- 7 B
CN103-11 B/
CN139- 1 DRV
CN139- 2 EM
CN139- 3 PGND
CN158- 1 DRV
CN158- 2 EM
CN158- 3 H/L
CN158- 4 PGND
CN138- 1 DRV
CN138- 2 EM
CN138- 3 H/L
CN138- 4 PGND
CN153- 1 DRV1
CN153- 2 DRV2
CN143- 1 24V
CN143- 2 DRV
CN142- 1 24V
CN142- 2 DRV
CN140- 1 24V
CN140- 2 DRV
SD2
Sub compile
CN56-A 1 M61_CONT2
CN56-A 2 M61_CONT1
CN56-A 3 M61_F/R
CN56-A 4 M61_EN
CN56-A 5 M61_MODE1
CN56-A 6 M61_CLK
CN56-A 7 M47_CONT2
CN56-A 8 M47_CONT1
CN56-A 9 M47_F/R
CN56-A10 M47_EN
CN56-A11 M47_MODE1
CN56-A12 M47_CLK
CN56-A13 M46_CONT2
CN56-A14 M46_CONT1
CN56-A15 M46_F/R
CN56-A16 M46_EN
CN56-A17 M46_MODE1
CN56-A18 M46_CLK
CN56-B 1 M80_H/L
CN56-B 2 M80_CONT
CN56-B 3 M81_H/L
CN56-B 4 M72_CONT
CN56-B 5 M71_H/L
CN56-B 6 M71_CONT
CN56-B 7 M65_/B
CN56-B 8 M65_B
CN56-B 9 M65_/A
CN56-B10 M65_A
CN56-B11 M62_/B
CN56-B12 M62_B
CN56-B13 M62_/A
CN56-B14 M62_A
CN56-B15 M19_/B
CN56-B16 M19_B
CN56-B17 M19_/A
CN56-B18 M19_A
1 SUB1_CONT2
2 SUB1_CONT1
3 SUB1_F/R
4 SUB1_EN
5 SUB1_MODE1
6 SUB1_CLK
-1
-2
-2
-1
-2
-1
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-3
-2
-1
-2
-1
-2
-1
-2
-1
CN141- 1 24V
CN141- 2 DRV
CN81-B 7 SD13_24V
CN81-B 8 SD13_DRV
-7
-8
J10-14
J10-13
J21- 2
J21- 1
CN81-B 5 M20_DRV1
CN81-B 6 M20_DRV2
-5
-6
J10-16
J10-15
52
CN81-B 3 SD11_24V
CN81-B 4 SD11_DRV
CN81-B 1 SD12_24V
CN81-B 2 SD12_DRV
CN81-A 9 M18_DRV1
CN81-A10 M18_DRV2
CN81-A11 NC
CN81-A 7 M13_DRV1
CN81-A 8 M13_DRV2
CN81-A 1 M19_24V
CN81-A 2 M19_24V
CN81-A 3 M19_DRV_A
CN81-A 4 M19_DRV_A/
CN81-A 5 M19_DRV_B
CN81-A 6 M19_DRV_B/
-3
-4
J10-18
J10-17
-2
-1
CN60CN60CN60CN60CN60CN60-
CN57-A 1 SD2_CONT
CN57-A 2 SD1_CONT
CN57-A 3 M74_H/L
CN57-A 4 M74_F/R
CN57-A 5 M74_CLK
CN57-A 6 M74_CONT
CN57-A 7 M32_H/L
CN57-A 8 M32_F/R
CN57-A 9 M32_CLK
CN57-A10 M32_CONT
CN57-A11 M91_H/L
CN57-A12 M91_F/R
CN57-A13 M91_CLK
CN57-A14 M91_CONT
CN57-A15 M2_H/L
CN57-A16 M2_F/R
CN57-A17 M2_CLK
CN57-A18 M2_CONT
CN57-B 1 SOUT17
CN57-B 2 CL72_CONT
CN57-B 3 CL71_CONT
CN57-B 4 SD80_F/R
CN57-B 5 SD80_CONT
CN57-B 6 SD72_CONT
CN57-B 7 SD71_CONT
CN57-B 8 SD43_CONT
CN57-B 9 SD42_CONT
CN57-B10 SD41_CONT
CN57-B11 SD32_CONT
CN57-B12 SD31_CONT
CN57-B13 SD21_CONT
CN57-B14 SD13_CONT
CN57-B15 SD12_CONT
CN57-B16 SD11_CONT
CN57-B17 SD4_CONT
CN57-B18 SD3_CONT
-1
-2
J10-20
J10-19
-2
-1
Conveyance/Main frame
CN72- 1 M15_24V
CN72- 2 M15_24V
CN72- 3 M15_DRV_A
CN72- 4 M15_DRV_A/
CN72- 5 M15_DRV_B
CN72- 6 M15_DRV_B/
CN72- 7 NC
CN72- 8 M17_24V
CN72- 9 M17_24V
CN72- 10 M17_DRV_A
CN72- 11 M17_DRV_A/
CN72- 12 M17_DRV_B
CN72- 13 M17_DRV_B/
CN71- 7 M12_24V
CN71- 8 M12_24V
CN71- 9 M12_DRV_A
CN71- 10 M12_DRV_A/
CN71- 11 M12_DRV_B
CN71- 12 M12_DRV_B/
-1
-2
J16-6
J16-7
CN71- 1 M11_24V
CN71- 2 M11_24V
CN71- 3 M11_DRV_A
CN71- 4 M11_DRV_A/
CN71- 5 M11_DRV_B
CN71- 6 M11_DRV_B/
CN61- 2 M4_PGND
CN61- 3 M80_DRV
CN61- 4 M80_PGND
CN61- 1 M4_DRV
CN80-B 9 M4_LD
CN80-B10 M80_LD
CN80-B11 M80_H/L
CN80-B12 M81_LD
CN80-B13 M81_H/L
CN80-B 7 SD80_DRV1
CN80-B 8 SD80_DRV2
CN80-B 5 SD4_24V
CN80-B 6 SD4_DRV
CN80-B 3 SD3_24V
CN80-B 4 SD3_DRV
CN80-B 1 SD1_24V
CN80-B 2 SD1_DRV
CN80-A12 SD2_24V
CN80-A13 SD2_DRV
motor
M2
CN101-11 24V
CN101-10 24V
CN101- 9 P.GND
CN101- 8 P.GND
CN101- 7 H/L
CN101- 6 LD
CN101- 5 CW/CCW
CN101- 4 CLOCK
CN101- 3 START/STOP
CN101- 2 S.GND
CN101- 1 5V
M1
CN55-A 1 M43_CLK
CN55-A 2 M42_CONT2
CN55-A 3 M42_CONT1
CN55-A 4 M42_F/R
CN55-A 5 M42_EN
CN55-A 6 M42_MODE1
CN55-A 7 M42_CLK
CN55-A 8 M41_CONT2
CN55-A 9 M41_CONT1
CN55-A10 M41_F/R
CN55-A11 M41_EN
CN55-A12 M41_MODE1
CN55-A13 M41_CLK
CN55-A14 M31_CONT2
CN55-A15 M31_CONT1
CN55-A16 M31_F/R
CN55-A17 M31_EN
CN55-A18 M31_MODE1
CN55-A19 M31_CLK
CN55-B 1 SOUT23
CN55-B 2 SOUT22
CN55-B 3 M45_CONT2
CN55-B 4 M45_CONT1
CN55-B 5 M45_F/R
CN55-B 6 M45_EN
CN55-B 7 M45_MODE1
CN55-B 8 M45_CLK
CN55-B 9 M44_CONT2
CN55-B10 M44_CONT1
CN55-B11 M44_F/R
CN55-B12 M44_EN
CN55-B13 M44_MODE1
CN55-B14 M44_CLK
CN55-B15 M43_CONT2
CN55-B16 M43_CONT1
CN55-B17 M43_F/R
CN55-B18 M43_EN
CN55-B19 M43_MODE1
G
(Glue tank movement motor M31)
CN80-A 1 M2_24V
CN80-A 2 M2_24V
CN80-A 3 M2_PGND
CN80-A 4 M2_PGND
CN80-A 5 M2_H/L
CN80-A 6 M2_LD
CN80-A 7 M2_F/R
CN80-A 8 M2_CLK
CN80-A 9 M2_CONT
CN80-A10 M2_SGND
CN80-A11 M2_5V
C
CN100- 2 COM
CN100- 5 COM
CN100- 1 A
CN100- 3 A/
CN100- 4 B
CN100- 6 B/
CN70- 1 M1_24V
CN70- 2 M1_24V
CN70- 3 M1_DRV_A
CN70- 4 M1_DRV_A/
CN70- 5 M1_DRV_B
CN70- 6 M1_DRV_B/
CN70- 7 M31_24V
CN70- 8 M31_24V
CN70- 9 M31_DRV_A
CN70- 10 M31_DRV_A/
CN70- 11 M31_DRV_B
CN70- 12 M31_DRV_B/
CN54-A 1 M15_MODE1
CN54-A 2 M15_CLK
CN54-A 3 M12_CONT2
CN54-A 4 M12_CONT1
CN54-A 5 M12_F/R
CN54-A 6 M12_EN
CN54-A 7 M12_MODE1
CN54-A 8 M12_CLK
CN54-A 9 M11_CONT2
CN54-A10 M11_CONT1
CN54-A11 M11_F/R
CN54-A12 M11_EN
CN54-A13 M11_MODE1
CN54-A14 M11_CLK
CN54-A15 M1_CONT2
CN54-A16 M1_CONT1
CN54-A17 M1_F/R
CN54-A18 M1_EN
CN54-A19 M1_MODE1
CN54-A20 M1_CLK
CN54-B 1 M4_CONT
CN54-B 2 SD61_F/R
CN54-B 3 SD61_CONT
CN54-B 4 SD91_CONT
CN54-B 5 M21_CONT2
CN54-B 6 M21_CONT1
CN54-B 7 M21_F/R
CN54-B 8 M21_EN
CN54-B 9 M21_MODE1
CN54-B10 M21_CLK
CN54-B11 M17_CONT2
CN54-B12 M17_CONT1
CN54-B13 M17_F/R
CN54-B14 M17_EN
CN54-B15 M17_MODE1
CN54-B16 M17_CLK
CN54-B17 M15_CONT2
CN54-B18 M15_CONT1
CN54-B19 M15_F/R
CN54-B20 M15_EN
17.29 PB 1/4
Glue tank
52
I
101
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

51
7
8
5
6
51
PBDB(1/2)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB location list
Symbol
M1
Part name
Location
1-C
M2
1-C
M4
Pellet supply cooling fan motor
3-C
M11
3-C
M12
3-C
M13
4-C
M15
SC alignment motor
3-C
M17
4-C
M18
4-C
M19
Clamp entranse movement motor
4-C
M20
5-C
M21
5-C
M22
Clamp motor
6-C
M23
Clamp rotation motor
6-C
M31
6-C
M32
6-C
M33
Pellet supply motor
8-C
M34
7-C
M80
Exhaust fan /1
3-C
M81
Exhaust fan /2
2-C
MS1
3-C
PBDB
PB drive board
1-G
SD1
2-C
SD2
2-C
SD3
2-C
SD4
2-C
SD11
5-C
SD12
SC stopper solenoid
5-C
SD13
5-C
SD31
7-C
SD32
Cover paper glue up solenoid
7-C
SD33
7-C
SD80
2-C
SD91
5-C
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
CN64- 5
CN87-B1
CN87-B 7 PS75_SIG
CN87-B 8 RSV_PS1_SIG
CN87-B 9 NC
CN87-B 6 PS74_SIG
CN87-B 5 PS82_SIG
CN87-B 4 PS77_SIG
CN87-B 3 PS76_SIG
CN87-B 2 PS71_SIG
-18
-20
-2
-11
-16
-4
-3
-23
-22
-17
J73-18
J73-20
J73- 2
J73-11
J73-16
J73- 4
J73- 3
J73-23
J73-22
J73-17
H
PBDB(2/2)
CN88- 1 SGND
CN88- 2 PS91_SIG
CN88- 3 5V
CN88- 4 SGND
17
PS75
M71
M72
34- 1 DRV
R
34- 2 EM
34- 3 PGND
35- 1 DRV
R
35- 2 EM
35- 3 PGND
AC CODE
BLK
WIT
FT9
BLK
Front door switch
WIT
BLK
A
WIT
13
WIT
CN248-2B
CN248-2A
BLK
CN248-1B
B
CN248-1A
DCPU/2
DCPU/1
(with interlock)
(without interlock)
14
18
BLK
CN239-1A
CN239-1B
BLK
J8-2 WIT
A
CN239-2B
WIT
DCPU/3
CN89- 7 M91_F/R
CN89- 8 M91_CLK
CN89- 9 M91_CONT
CN89- 10 M91_SGND
CN89- 11 M91_5V
11
I
18
WIT
PS74
CN224- 2 SIG
CN224- 1 5V
CN223- 2 SIG
CN223- 1 5V
BLK FT7
7
BLK
PS82
CN231- 1 5V
CN231- 3 SGND
FT5
J7-2
J7-3
J2-2
PS77
CN226- 3 SGND
CN226- 2 SIG
CN226- 1 5V
WIT
WIT
PS76
CN225- 3 SGND
CN225- 2 SIG
CN225- 1 5V
FT10
CN65-1 :LINE(H)
PS71
CN222- 3 SGND
CN222- 2 SIG
CN222- 1 5V
17.30 PB 2/4
18
Circuit breaker
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
CBR
CN95-4
-V/SGND
SD71
CN151- 1 24V
CN151- 2 DRV
R
WIT FT8
8
J2-1
MC72
RV1
R
R
RV2
FT6
BLK
MC71
CN155- 1 24V
CN155- 2 DRV
R
CN47-2A
CN65-3 :LINE(N)
M73
CN154- 1 24V
CN154- 2 DRV
R
17
V/5V
SD72
CN152- 1 24V
CN152- 2 DRV
CN137- 2 S.GND
CN137- 1 5V
J8-2
CN95-1
V/5V
M74
CN137- 6 LD
CN137- 5 CW/CCW
CN137- 4 CLOCK
J7-1
BLK
Booklet door solenoid
SD61
RV1
R
R
RV2
CN137-11 24V
WIT
WIT
Booklet movement motor
M64
CN132- 1 DRV1
R
CN132- 2 DRV2
R
AC INRET
CN67-1 :LINE(H)
Booklet stopper motor
M65
CN133- 6 B/
Cover paper feed
CN92-1 PS_ON
CN92-2 PGND
Booklet conveyance belt up down motor
M63
CN133- 1 COM
J7-2
WIT
BLK
J
J2-3
J
J2-4
Booklet conveyance belt movement motor
M62
CN130- 1 COM
CN130- 2 COM
J7-4
CN67-5 :LINE(N)
WIT
-3
Booklet conveyance belt motor
M61
CN129- 1 B/
CN129- 3 COM
CN129- 9 COM
CN129- 1 A
Cover paper tray
V/24V
V/24V
V/24V
BLK
WIT
-1
-2
-3
-1
-2
-3
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
Cutter HP sensor
SD41
CN150- 2 DRV
R
CN66-1 :LINE(H)
CN66-5 :LINE(N)
J81-3
J80-3
-1
-2
-3
-1
-2
-3
-2
-1
-2
-1
Cutter motor
(Within the cutter unit)
M50
16
CN93-1 PS_ON
CN93-2 PGND
CN98-2 -V/PGND
CN98-1 -V/PGND
-24
-19
J73-19
J73-24
-12
-9
-10
-1
-13
J73-14
J73-12
J73- 9
J73-10
J73- 1
J73-13
M48
15
CN52-6 PGND
CN52-5 PGND
CN52-4 PGND
CN52-3 24V2
CN52-2 24V2
CN52-1 24V2
CN51-4 PGND
CN51-3 PGND
CN51-2 24V1
CN51-1 24V1
CN50- 4 SGND
CN50- 3 SGND
CN50- 2 5V
CN50- 1 5V
CN87-B 1 SD71_DRV
R
-15
-21
J73-15
J73-21
-1
-2
-1
-6
-5
-2
-1
-1Red
M49
CN126- 1 DRV1
R
14
CN87-A12 CL72_DRV
R
-1
-2
J70- 2
J70- 1
CN166-6
CN166-5
Cover paper conveyance motor
M45
CN122- 1 B/
CN122- 5 COM
Booklet
CN87-A11 CL71_DRV
R
CN87-A
-1
-2
J92- 2
J92- 1
J64- 8
J64- 7
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-1
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt
M44
CN121- 1 B/
CN121- 3 COM
CN121- 9 COM
CN121- 1 A
A/
13
CN86- 1
CN85-B 6 M65_D
CN85-B 4 M65_D
J61-15
J61-14
J53-9
J53-8
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt
M43
CN120- 1 B/
CN120- 3 COM
CN120- 9 COM
CN120- 1 A
12
J62-18
J62-17
J62-16
J62-15
J62-14
-1
-2
J91- 2
J91- 1
-4
-5
-6
-8
-9
J91- 4
J91- 3
Booklet exit motor
M42
1 B/
Cover paper table
CN85-A
CN85-A
CN78- 7 M61_D
-6
-7
J91- 6
J91- 5
CN78- 5 M61_D
-4
-5
J91- 8
J91- 7
R
RV
1
-2
-3
J91 9
J56 6
M41
CN118- 5 COM
11
CN84- 1
CN74- 5 M45_DRV_B/
R
CN74- 4 M45_D
CN74- 1 M45_24V
CN77- 13 M44_D
-8
-9
J95- 5
J95- 4
J95- 2
J95- 1
J95- 8
J95- 7
-4
-5
-1
-2
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
J94-13
J94-12
Cover paper table up down motor /Rr
M47
CN124- 5 COM
CN124- 2 COM
CN124- 4 A
CN124- 6 A/
CN124- 3 B
CN124- 1 B/
10
CN77- 11 M44_D
CN77- 6 M43_D
CN76- 13 M42_DRV_B/
R
CN76- 11 M42_D
CN76- 6 M41_D
CN76- 4 M41_D
CN76- 1 M41_24V
CN75- 10 M47_D
CN75- 1
CN75- 12 M47_D
CN123- 3 B
CN123- 1 B/
Cover paper table up down motor /Fr
C
M46
CN123- 5 COM
CN123- 2 COM
CN123- 4 A
CN75- 6 M46_D
CN75- 4 M46_D

Noise filter
2
J8-4
J8-3
MS4
MS3
Upper door switch
BLK
1
102
CN89- 4 M91_PGND
CN89- 5 M91_H/L
CN89- 1 M91_24V
CN89- 2 M91_24V
12
CN88- 6 5V
CN88- 7 SGND
19
CN88CN88- 12 5V
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB location list
Symbol
Part name
Location
CBR
Circuit breaker
18-A
DCPU/1
DC power supply unit /1
17-F
DCPU/2
17-F
DCPU/3
18-F
M41
10-C
M42
Booklet exit motor
10-C
M43
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt
11-C
M44
Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt
11-C
M45
Cover paper conveyance motor
11-C
M46
Cover paper table up down motor /Fr
10-C
M47
Cover paper table up down motor /Rr
10-C
M48
12-C
M49
12-C
M50
Cutter motor
12-C
M61
Booklet conveyance belt motor
12-C
M62
Booklet conveyance belt movement motor
13-C
M63
Booklet conveyance belt up down motor
13-C
M64
Booklet movement motor
13-C
M65
Booklet stopper motor
13-C
M71
16-C
M72
16-C
M73
15-C
M74
14-C
MC71
15-C
MC72
15-C
MS2
Front door switch
17-C
MS3
Upper door switch
18-C
MS4
Stacker door switch
18-B
NF
Noise filter
18-A
PBDB
PB drive board
10-H
PS71
15-C
PS74
16-C
PS75
16-C
PS76
15-C
PS77
15-C
PS82
16-C
SD41
Cover paper lift solenoid
12-C
SD61
Booklet door solenoid
14-C
SD71
15-C
SD72
14-C
R
1
CN174- 3 S.GND
CN174- 2 SIG
CN174- 1 5V
CN171- 3 S.GND
CN171- 2 SIG
CN171- 1 5V
Sub tray full sensor PS5
SC entrance sensor PS2
Conveyance
2
CN176- 3 S.GND
CN176- 2 SIG
CN176- 1 5V
CN177- 3 S.GND
CN177- 2 SIG
CN177- 1 5V
CN179- 3 S.GND
CN179- 2 SIG
CN179- 1 5V
CN180- 3 S.GND
CN180- 2 SIG
CN180- 1 5V
CN178- 3 S.GND
CN178- 2 SIG
CN178- 1 5V
CN181- 3 S.GND
CN181- 2 SIG
CN181- 1 5V
CN185- 3 S.GND
CN185- 2 SIG
CN185- 1 5V
CN182- 3 S.GND
CN182- 2 SIG
CN182- 1 5V
CN183- 3 S.GND
CN183- 2 SIG
CN183- 1 5V
CN184- 3 S.GND
CN184- 2 SIG
CN184- 1 5V
CN189- 3 SIG
CN189- 2 NC
CN189- 1 SGND
CN186- 3 S.GND
CN186- 2 SIG
CN186- 1 5V
CN187- 3 S.GND
CN187- 2 SIG
CN187- 1 5V
CN188- 3 S.GND
CN188- 2 SIG
CN188- 1 5V
PS12
PS13
SC switchback arm pressure

detection sensor
SC switchback spring pressure
detection sensor
SC alignment HP sensor PS14

SC roller release sensor PS17
Clamp entrance movement HP sensor PS18
SC paper detection sensor PS16
Clamp entrance roller release sensor PS19
Clamp rotation HP sensor PS24

Clamp alignment HP sensor PS21
Clamp HP sensor PS22
Clamp pressure sensor PS23
Clamp paper sensor PS28
Clamp rotation pressure sensor PS25
Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr PS26

Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr PS27
Sub compile
Clamp
4
5
6
Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor PS39

Pellet supply door sensor PS40
Glue tank/Glue supply
CN198- 3 S.GND
CN198- 2 SIG
CN198- 1 5V
CN200- 3 S.GND
CN200- 2 SIG
CN200- 1 5V
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt PS48

Cover paper alignment HP sensor PS41
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Lt PS43
CN242- * NO
CN202- 3 S.GND
CN202- 2 SIG
CN202- 1 5V
CN203- 3 S.GND
CN203- 2 SIG
CN203- 1 5V
CN206- 3 S.GND
CN206- 3 S.GND
CN206- 1 5V
CN207- 3 S.GND
CN207- 2 SIG
CN207- 1 5V
CN208- 3 S.GND
CN208- 2 SIG
CN208- 1 5V
CN209- 3 S.GND
CN209- 2 SIG
CN209- 1 5V
Cover paper switchback switch PS44
Cover paper sensor /Rt PS45
Cover paper sensor /Lt PS46

Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt PS49
Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor PS50
Cover paper folding plate position sensor PS51
Cover paper folding pressure sensor PS52
CN242- * COM
CN201- 3 S.GND
CN201- 2 SIG
CN201- 1 5V
SW42
CN166-4
CN166-3
CN166-2
CN166-1
Cutter unit
Yellow-3
Brown-4
Yellow-5
Brown-6
-1
-2
-1
-2
-1
-3
-2
-1
-3
-2
-1
-1
-2
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-3
-2
-1
-3
-2
-1
J32- 1
J32- 2
J32- 3
J34- 1
J34- 2
J34- 3
J33- 2
J33- 1
J53-3
J53-4
J53-5
J53-6
J53-7
J53-8
J53-9
J52- 1
J52- 2
J52- 3
J58- 1
J58- 2
J58- 3
-A13
-A12
-A11
-A10
-A 9
-A 8
-A 7
-A 6
-A 5
-A 4
-A 3
-A 2
-A 1
-B19
-B18
-B17
-B16
-B15
-B14
-B13
-B12
-B11
-B10
-B 9
-B 8
-B 7
-B 6
-B 5
-B 4
-B 3
-B 2
-B 1
J90-A 7
J90-A 8
J90-A 9
J90-A10
J90-A11
J90-A12
J90-A13
J90-A14
J90-A15
J90-A16
J90-A17
J90-A18
J90-A19
J90-B 1
J90-B 2
J90-B 3
J90-B 4
J90-B 5
J90-B 6
J90-B 7
J90-B 8
J90-B 9
J90-B10
J90-B11
J90-B12
J90-B13
J90-B14
J90-B15
J90-B16
J90-B17
J90-B18
J90-B19
-1
J43- 8
-A16
-A15
-A14
-2
J43- 7
J90-A 4
J90-A 5
J90-A 6
-3
J43- 6
-A19
-A18
-A17
-4
J43- 5
J90-A 1
J90-A 2
J90-A 3
-5
-3
-2
-1
J41-16
J41-17
J41-18
J43- 4
-6
-5
-4
J41-13
J41-14
J41-15
-6
-9
-8
-7
J41-10
J41-11
J41-12
-7
-10
J41- 9
J43- 3
-11
J41- 8
-8
-12
J41- 7
J43- 2
-13
J41- 6
J43- 1
-16
-15
-14
-B 3
-B 2
-B 1
J30-B11
J30-B12
J30-B13
J41- 3
J41- 4
J41- 5
-B 4
J30-B10
-B 3
-B 2
-B 1
-B 5
J30-B 9
J42-B 9
J42-B10
J42-B11
-B10
-B 9
-B 8
J30-B 4
J30-B 5
J30-B 6
-B 4
-B13
-B12
-B11
J30-B 1
J30-B 2
J30-B 3
J42-B 8
-A 4
-A 3
-A 2
-A 1
J30-A10
J30-A11
J30-A12
J30-A13
-B 5
-B 6
J30-B 8
-B 6
-B 7
J30-B 7
J42-B 7
-A 7
-A 6
-A 5
J30-A 7
J30-A 8
J30-A 9
-B 7
-A10
-A 9
-A 8
J30-A 4
J30-A 5
J30-A 6
J42-B 5
-A13
-A12
-A11
J30-A 1
J30-A 2
J30-A 3
J42-B 6
-3
-2
-1
J20- 8
J20- 9
J20-10
CN20-A12 M2_LD
CN20-A11 AD_SUB1
CN20-A10 VR71_SIG
CN20-A 9 PS82_SIG
CN20-A 8 PS77_SIG
CN20-A 7 PS76_SIG
CN20-A 6 PS75_SIG
CN20-A 5 PS74_SIG
CN20-A 4 SIN_9
CN20-A 3 PS71_SIG
CN20-A 2 TRAY_SET(SW71)
CN20-A 1 24VDEC
CN20-B12 SIN_7
CN20-B11 SIN_6
CN20-B10 AD_SUB2
CN20-B 9 M4_LD
CN20-B 8 PS92_SIG
CN20-B 7 PS91_SIG
CN20-B 6 M80_LD
CN20-B 5 M74_LD
CN20-B 4 M72_LD
CN20-B 3 M71_LD
CN20-B 2 M32_LD
CN20-B 1 M91_LD
CN19-A17 SOUT14
CN19-A16 SOUT13
CN19-A15 M48_CONT
CN19-A14 M34_F/R
CN19-A13 M34_CONT
CN19-A12 M33_F/R
CN19-A11 M33_CONT
CN19-A10 M23_F/R
CN19-A 9 M23_CONT
CN19-A 8 M22_F/R
CN19-A 7 M22_CONT
CN19-A 6 M20_F/R
CN19-A 5 M20_CONT
CN19-A 4 M18_F/R
CN19-A 3 M18_CONT
CN19-A 2 M13_F/R
CN19-A 1 M13_CONT
CN19-B17 SOUT16
CN19-B16 SOUT15
CN19-B15 M73_F/R
CN19-B14 M73_CONT
CN19-B13 M64_F/R
CN19-B12 M64_CONT
CN19-B11 M63_F/R
CN19-B10 M63_CONT
CN19-B 9 M60_F/R
CN19-B 8 M60_CONT
CN19-B 7 M50_F/R
CN19-B 6 M50_CONT
CN19-B 5 M49_F/R
CN19-B 4 M49_CONT
CN19-B 3 M48_F/R
CN19-B 2 SOUT10
CN19-B 1 SOUT9
CN17-A18 M61_CONT2
CN17-A17 M61_CONT1
CN17-A16 M61_F/R
CN17-A15 M61_EN
CN17-A14 M61_MODE1
CN17-A13 M61_CLK
CN17-A12 M47_CONT2
CN17-A11 M47_CONT1
CN17-A10 M47_F/R
CN17-A 9 M47_EN
CN17-A 8 M47_MODE1
CN17-A 7 M47_CLK
CN17-A 6 M46_CONT2
CN17-A 5 M46_CONT1
CN17-A 4 M46_F/R
CN17-A 3 M46_EN
CN17-A 2 M46_MODE1
CN17-A 1 M46_CLK
CN17-B18 M80_H/L
CN17-B17 M80_CONT
CN17-B16 M72_H/L
CN17-B15 M72_CONT
CN17-B14 M71_H/L
CN17-B13 M71_CONT
CN17-B12 M65_/B
CN17-B11 M65_B
CN17-B10 M65_/A
CN17-B 9 M65_A
CN17-B 8 M62_/B
CN17-B 7 M62_B
CN17-B 6 M62_/A
CN17-B 5 M62_A
CN17-B 4 M19_/B
CN17-B 3 M19_B
CN17-B 2 M19_/A
CN17-B 1 M19_A
CN21- 6 SUB1_CONT2
CN21- 5 SUB1_CONT1
CN21- 4 SUB1_F/R
CN21- 3 SUB1_EN
CN21- 2 SUB1_MODE1
CN21- 1 SUB1_CLK
CN18-A18 SD2_CONT
CN18-A17 SD1_CONT
CN18-A16 M74_H/L
CN18-A15 M74_F/R
CN18-A14 M74_CLK
CN18-A13 M74_CONT
CN18-A12 M32_H/L
CN18-A11 M32_F/R
CN18-A10 M32_CLK
CN18-A 9 M32_CONT
CN18-A 8 M3_H/L
CN18-A 7 M3_F/R
CN18-A 6 M3_CLK
CN18-A 5 M3_CONT
CN18-A 4 M2_H/L
CN18-A 3 M2_F/R
CN18-A 2 M2_CLK
CN18-A 1 M2_CONT
CN18-B18 SOUT17
CN18-B17 CL72_CONT
CN18-B16 CL71_CONT
CN18-B15 SD80_F/R
CN18-B14 SD80_CONT
CN18-B13 SD72_CONT
CN18-B12 SD71_CONT
CN18-B11 SD43_CONT
CN18-B10 SD42_CONT
CN18-B 9 SD41_CONT
CN18-B 8 SD32_CONT
CN18-B 7 SD31_CONT
CN18-B 6 SD21_CONT
CN18-B 5 SD13_CONT
CN18-B 4 SD12_CONT
CN18-B 3 SD11_CONT
CN18-B 2 SD4_CONT
CN18-B 1 SD3_CONT
CN16-A19 M43_CLK
CN16-A18 M42_CONT2
CN16-A17 M42_CONT1
CN16-A16 M42_F/R
CN16-A15 M42_EN
CN16-A14 M42_MODE1
CN16-A13 M42_CLK
CN16-A12 M41_CONT2
CN16-A11 M41_CONT1
CN16-A10 M41_F/R
CN16-A 9 M41_EN
CN16-A 8 M41_MODE1
CN16-A 7 M41_CLK
CN16-A 6 M31_CONT2
CN16-A 5 M31_CONT1
CN16-A 4 M31_F/R
CN16-A 3 M31_EN
CN16-A 2 M31_MODE1
CN16-A 1 M31_CLK
CN16-B19 SOUT23
CN16-B18 SOUT22
CN16-B17 M45_CONT2
CN16-B16 M45_CONT1
CN16-B15 M45_F/R
CN16-B14 M45_EN
CN16-B13 M45_MODE1
CN16-B12 M45_CLK
CN16-B11 M44_CONT2
CN16-B10 M44_CONT1
CN16-B 9 M44_F/R
CN16-B 8 M44_EN
CN16-B 7 M44_MODE1
CN16-B 6 M44_CLK
CN16-B 5 M43_CONT2
CN16-B 4 M43_CONT1
CN16-B 3 M43_F/R
CN16-B 2 M43_EN
CN16-B 1 M43_MODE1
CN35-B16 SGND
CN35-B17 PS52_SIG
CN35-B18 5V
CN35-B19 NC
CN35-B13 SGND
CN35-B14 PS51_SIG
CN35-B15 5V
CN35-B10 SGND
CN35-B11 PS50_SIG
CN35-B12 5V
CN35-B 7 SGND
CN35-B 8 PS49_SIG
CN35-B 9 5V
CN35-B 4 SGND
CN35-B 5 PS46_SIG
CN35-B 6 5V
CN35-B 1 SGND
CN35-B 2 PS45_SIG
CN35-B 3 5V
CN35-A17 SGND
CN35-A18 PS44_SIG
CN35-A19 5V
CN35-A16 SGND
CN35-A15 SW42
CN35-A14 SGND
CN35-A13 SW41
CN35-A10 SGND
CN35-A11 PS43_SIG
CN35-A12 5V
CN35-A 7 SGND
CN35-A 8 PS41_SIG
CN35-A 9 5V
CN35-A 4 SGND
CN35-A 5 PS48_SIG
CN35-A 6 5V
CN35-A 1 SGND
CN35-A 2 PS42_SIG
CN35-A 3 5V
CN34- 8 SGND
CN34- 9 NC
CN34- 7 TH4_SIG
CN34- 6 SGND
CN34- 5 TH3_SIG
CN34- 4 SGND
CN34- 3 TH2_SIG
CN34- 2 SGND
CN34- 1 TH1_SIG
CN33- 18 SGND
CN33- 19 PS40_SIG
CN33- 20 5V
CN33- 15 SGND
CN33- 16 PS39_SIG
CN33- 17 5V
CN33- 12 SGND
CN33- 13 PS38_SIG
CN33- 14 5V
CN33- 11 5V
CN33- 10 LED32_CONT
CN33- 9 SGND
CN33- 8 PS37_SIG
CN33- 5 SGND
CN33- 6 PS36_SIG
CN33- 7 5V
CN33- 4 5V
CN33- 3 LED31
CN33- 2 SGND
CN33- 1 PS32_SIG
CN32-B12 SGND
CN32-B13 PS29_SIG
CN32-B14 5V
CN32-B11 SGND
CN32-B10 LED21_CONT
CN32-B 7 SGND
CN32-B 8 PS27_SIG
CN32-B 9 5V
CN32-B 4 SGND
CN32-B 5 PS26_SIG
CN32-B 6 5V
CN32-B 1 SGND
CN32-B 2 PS25_SIG
CN32-B 3 5V
CN32-A14 SGND
CN32-A13 PS28_SIG
CN32-A10 SGND
CN32-A11 PS23_SIG
CN32-A12 5V
CN32-A 7 SGND
CN32-A 8 PS22_SIG
CN32-A 9 5V
CN32-A 4 SGND
CN32-A 5 PS21_SIG
CN32-A 6 5V
CN32-A 1 SGND
CN32-A 2 PS24_SIG
CN32-A 3 5V
CN31-B10 SGND
CN31-B11 SIN_11
CN31-B12 5V
CN31-B 7 SGND
CN31-B 8 PS19_SIG
CN31-B 9 5V
CN31-B 4 SGND
CN31-B 5 PS16_SIG
CN31-B 6 5V
CN31-B 1 SGND
CN31-B 2 PS18_SIG
CN31-B 3 5V
CN31-A10 SGND
CN31-A11 PS17_SIG
CN31-A12 5V
CN31-A 7 SGND
CN31-A 8 PS14_SIG
CN31-A 9 5V
CN31-A 4 SGND
CN31-A 5 PS13_SIG
CN31-A 6 5V
CN31-A 1 SGND
CN31-A 2 PS12_SIG
CN31-A 3 5V
CN30-B12 H1_CONT
CN30-B13 H2_CONT
CN30-B14 RL_CONT
CN30-B15 NC
CN30-B 9 SGND
CN30-B10 PS33_SIG
CN30-B11 SGND
CN30-B 6 SGND
CN30-B 7 PS31_SIG
CN30-B 8 5V
CN30-B 5 SGND
CN30-B 4 SW1
Cutter end position switch

CN241- * COM
CN241- * NO
CN205- 3 S.GND
CN205- 2 SIG
CN205- 1 5V
Cutter HP sensor
SW41
CN199- 3 S.GND
CN199- 2 SIG
CN199- 1 5V
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Rt PS42
CN253- 2
CN253- 1
CN252- 2
CN252- 1
CN251- 2
-2
-1
-2
-3
-2
-1
J22- 1
J22- 2
J22- 3
-6
-5
-4
-1
J16- 7
J20- 5
J20- 6
J20- 7
-2
J16- 6
CN30-B 1 SGND
CN30-B 2 PS2_SIG
CN30-B 3 5V
CN30-A13 SGND
CN30-A14 PS5_SIG
CN30-A15 5V
CN30-A10 SGND
CN30-A11 SIN_10
CN30-A12 5V
CN30-A 7 SGND
CN30-A 8 PS4_SIG
CN30-A 9 5V
Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw TH4
Glue tank temperature sensor /Md TH3
Glue tank temperature sensor /up TH2
CN251- 1
CN250- 2
CN250- 1
CN197- 3 S.GND
CN197- 2 SIG
CN197- 1 5V
CN249- 3 S.GND
CN249- 2 SIG
CN249- 1 5V
Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor PS38
Glue apply roller temperature sensor TH1
CN196- 3 S.GND
CN196- 2 SIG
CN196- 1 5V
Pellet count LED LED32
CN195- 3 SIG
CN195- 2 NC
CN195- 1 SGND
Pellet count sensor PS37
-3
-2
-1
J27- 1
J27- 2
J27- 3
-5
-4
-3
J16- 3
J16- 4
J16- 5
-3
-2
-1
-3
-2
-1
J10-18
J10-19
J10-20
J24- 1
J24- 2
J24- 3
-6
-5
-4
J10-15
J10-16
J10-17
CN30-A 4 SGND
CN30-A 5 PS3_SIG
CN30-A 6 5V
CN15-A20 M15_MODE1
CN15-A19 M15_CLK
CN15-A18 M12_CONT2
CN15-A17 M12_CONT1
CN15-A16 M12_F/R
CN15-A15 M12_EN
CN15-A14 M12_MODE1
CN15-A13 M12_CLK
CN15-A12 M11_CONT2
CN15-A11 M11_CONT1
CN15-A10 M11_F/R
CN15-A 9 M11_EN
CN15-A 8 M11_MODE1
CN15-A 7 M11_CLK
CN15-A 6 M1_CONT2
CN15-A 5 M1_CONT1
CN15-A 4 M1_F/R
CN15-A 3 M1_EN
CN15-A 2 M1_MODE1
CN15-A 1 M1_CLK
CN15-B20 M4_CONT
CN15-B19 M66_F/R
CN15-B18 M66_CONT
CN15-B17 SD91_CONT
CN15-B16 M21_CONT2
CN15-B15 M21_CONT1
CN15-B14 M21_F/R
CN15-B13 M21_EN
CN15-B12 M21_MODE1
CN15-B11 M21_CLK
CN15-B10 M17_CONT2
CN15-B 9 M17_CONT1
CN15-B 8 M17_F/R
CN15-B 7 M17_EN
CN15-B 6 M17_MODE1
CN15-B 5 M17_CLK
CN15-B 4 M15_CONT2
CN15-B 3 M15_CONT1
CN15-B 2 M15_F/R
CN15-B 1 M15_EN
CN162- 3 S.GND
CN162- 2 NC
CN162- 1 5V
CN194- 3 S.GND
CN194- 2 SIG
CN194- 1 5V
Pellet remain sensor PS36
Glue apply position LED LED31
Glue apply position detection sensor PS32
CN161- 3 S.GND
CN161- 2 NC
CN161- 1 5V
CN192- 3 SIG
CN192- 2 NC
CN192- 1 SGND
Booklet thickness sensor PS29
-3
-2
-1
J17- 4
J17- 5
J17- 6
CN190- 1 S.GND
CN190- 2 SIG
CN190- 3 5V
N
(ACDB CN43)
-6
-5
-4
J17- 1
J17- 2
J17- 3
-9
-8
-7
J10-12
J10-13
J10-14
CN30-A 1 SGND
CN30-A 2 PS1_SIG
CN30-A 3 5V
CN160- 3 S.GND
CN160- 2 NC
CN160- 1 5V
CN175- 3 S.GND
CN175- 2 SIG
CN175- 1 5V
Glue tank HP sensor PS33
-3
-2
-1
J12- 1
J12- 2
J12- 3
-12
-11
-10
J10- 9
J10-10
J10-11
Clamp paper LED LED21
CN193- 3 S.GND
CN193- 2 SIG
CN193- 1 5V
Glue tank movement limit sensor PS31
-3
-2
-1
CN191- 3 S.GND
CN191- 2 SIG
CN191- 1 5V
CN240- 1 S.GND
CN240- 2 SIG
CN173- 3 S.GND
CN173- 2 SIG
CN173- 1 5V
Sub tray exit sensor PS4
Upper door switch SW1
CN172- 3 S.GND
CN172- 2 SIG
CN172- 1 5V
Q
Cover paper entrance sensor PS3
P
J11- 1
J11- 2
J11- 3
CN170- 3 S.GND
CN170- 2 SIG
CN170- 1 5V
Entrance sensor PS1
17.31 PB 3/4
101
Cover paper table

9
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

2
3
PBCB(1/2)
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB location list
Symbol
LED21
Part name
Location
Clamp paper LED
5-O
LED31
Booklet upper limit LED
6-O
LED32
Glue apply position LED
6-O
PBCB
PB control board
1-J
PS1
Entrance sensor
1-O
PS2
SC entrance sensor
2-O
PS3
1-O
PS4
1-O
PS5
1-O
PS12
SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor
3-O
PS13
3-O
PS14
SC alignment HP sensor
3-O
PS16
3-O
PS17
SC roller release sensor
3-O
PS18
Clamp entrance movement HP sensor
3-O
PS19
Clamp entrance roller release sensor
4-O
PS21
Clamp alignment HP sensor
4-O
PS22
Clamp HP sensor
4-O
PS23
Clamp pressure sensor
4-O
PS24
Clamp rotation HP sensor
4-O
PS25
Clamp rotation pressure sensor
5-O
PS26
Cover paper table upper limit sensor/Fr
5-O
PS27
Cover paper table upper limit sensor/Rr
5-O
PS28
Clamp paper sensor
4-O
PS29
Booklet thickness sensor
5-O
PS31
Glue tank movement limit sensor
2-O
PS32
Glue apply position detection sensor
5-O
PS33
Glue tank HP sensor
2-O
PS36
6-O
PS37
Pellet count sensor
6-O
PS38
Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor
6-O
PS39
Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor
6-O
PS40
Pellet supply door sensor
7-O
PS41
Cover paper alignment HP sensor
8-O
PS42
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Rt
7-O
PS43
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Lt
8-O
PS44
Cover paper switchback sensor
8-O
PS45
Cover paper sensor/Rt
8-O
PS46
Cover paper sensor/Lt
8-O
PS48
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Rt
7-O
PS49
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Lt
9-O
PS50
Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor
9-O
PS51
9-O
PS52
9-O
SW1
Upper door switch
2-O
SW41
Cutter HP switch
8-O
SW42
Cutter end position switch
8-O
TH1
7-O
TH2
Glue tank temperature sensor /Up
7-O
TH3
7-O
TH4
7-O
CN221- 3 S.GND
CN221- 2 SIG
CN221- 1 5V
CN217- 3 SIG
CN217- 2 NC
CN217- 1 SGND
CN213- 3 S.GND
CN213- 2 SIG
CN213- 1 5V
CN214- 3 S.GND
CN214- 2 SIG
CN214- 1 5V
CN216- 3 S.GND
CN216- 2 SIG
CN216- 1 5V
CN215- 3 S.GND
CN215- 2 SIG
CN215- 1 5V
PS69
10
Booklet load limit sensor PS65
Booklet end sensor PS61
PS62
PS64
Booklet conveyance
PS63
belt HP sensor
Booklet
11
12
CN228- 3 S.GND
CN228- 2 SIG
CN228- 1 5V
CN229- 3 S.GND
CN229- 2 SIG
CN229- 1 5V
CN230- 3 S.GND
CN230- 2 SIG
CN230- 1 5V
Cover paper
conveyance sensor /4 PS78
Cover paper
conveyance sensor /5 PS79
Waste box full sensor PS80
Waste box set sensor PS81
13
JAMB/1
JAMB/2
14
OB/1
15
OB/2
FNS
16
Cover paper feed/

Booklet
R
17
Main body
18
CN165- 3
CN165- 1
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
J44- 3
J44- 4
J44- 5
J44- 6
J44- 2
CN41- 1 AC_HOT
CN41- 2 NC
CN41- 3 H1_DRIVE
CN41- 4 NC
CN41- 5 AC_HOT
CN41- 6 NC
CN41- 7 H2_DRIVE
BLK
BLK
BLK
WIT
WIT
WIT
CN40- 1 AC_IN(H)
CN40- 2 NC
CN40- 3 AC_IN(N)
WIT
BLK
17
CN45- 1 AC_H(5V)
CN45- 2 AC_H(24V1)
CN45- 3 AC_H(24V2)
CN45- 4 AC_N(5V)
CN45- 5 AC_N(24V1)
CN45- 6 AC_N(24V2)
16
CN43- 1 RL_CONT
CN43- 2 H2_CONT
CN43- 3 H1_CONT
14
CN42- 1 5V
CN42- 2 SGND
CN42- 3 NC
CN42- 4 24V1
CN42- 5 PGND
15
J44- 1
PBCB(2/2)
CN46- 1 5V2 (MAIN_RL CONT)
CN46- 2 SGND2(MAIN_RL GND )
18
CN44- 1 5V
CN44- 2 5V
CN44- 3 SGND
CN44- 4 SGND
19
CN 1- 1 5V
CN 1- 2 NC
CN 1- 3 SGND
20
CN22- 1 24V1
CN22- 2 PGND
CN14- 1 /RES_CONT
CN14- 2 FWE_CNT1
CN14- 3 MD2
CN14- 4 SGND
CN14- 5 TXD1_OUT
CN14- 6 SGND
CN14- 7 TXD1_IN
CN14- 8 5V
CN14- 9 5V
CN13-A20 NSW5-2
CN13-A19 NSW5-1
CN13-A18 NSW4-8
CN13-A17 NSW4-4
CN13-A16 NSW4-2
CN13-A15 NSW4-1
CN13-A14 NSW3-8
CN13-A13 NSW3-4
CN13-A12 NSW3-2
CN13-A11 NSW3-1
CN13-A10 NSW2-8
CN13-A 9 NSW2-4
CN13-A 8 NSW2-2
CN13-A 7 NSW2-1
CN13-A 6 NSW1-8
CN13-A 5 NSW1-4
CN13-A 4 NSW1-2
CN13-A 3 NSW1-1
CN13-A 2 5V
CN13-A 1 5V
CN13-B20 SGND
CN13-B19 SGND
CN13-B18 NC
CN13-B17 NC
CN13-B16 NC
CN13-B15 NC
CN13-B14 NC
CN13-B13 NC
CN13-B12 NLED7
CN13-B11 NLED6
CN13-B10 NLED5
CN13-B 9 NLED4
CN13-B 8 NLED3
CN13-B 7 NLED2
CN13-B 6 NLED1
CN13-B 5 NLED0
CN13-B 4 NSW7
CN13-B 3 NSW8
CN13-B 2 NSW6
CN13-B 1 NSW5-4
CN12- 1 MONI_TXD
CN12- 2 SGND
CN12- 3 MONI_RXD
CN11- 1 /RES_CONT
CN11- 2 FWE_CNT1
CN11- 3 MD2
CN11- 4 SGND
CN11- 5 TXD1_OUT
CN11- 6 SGND
CN11- 7 TXD1_IN
CN11- 8 5V
CN11- 9 5V
17

H2
(Within the glue unit)
-1
-2
-3
-4
(CB CN30)
J3-4
-3
-2
-1
CN 2-1 SYS_SIN
CN 2-2 S.GND
CN 2-3 /SYS_RTS
CN 2-4 SYS_SOUT
CN 2-5 S.GND
CN 2-6 /SYS_CTS
CN 2-7 /PAPEROUT_1
CN29-1 NC
CN29-2 NC
CN29-3 FNS2_RTS
CN29-4 FNS2_SIN
CN24-1 FS_SOUT
CN24-2 S.GND
CN24-3 FS_CTS
CN24-4 FS_SIN
CN24-5 FSSET
CN24-6 FS_RTS
CN24-7 BACK_PAPER
CN24-8 NC
CN29-1 SYS_SIN
CN29-2 SYS_RTS
CN29-3 ISW_SIN
CN29-4 ISW_RTS
CN23-1 TXD
CN23-2 RXD
CN23-3 SCK
CN23-4 RTS
CN23-5 CTS
CN62- 1 5V
CN62- 2 SW61
CN62- 3 OBOUT6
CN62- 4 SGND
CN5- 5 SW_4
CN5- 6 SW_5
CN5- 7 SW_6
CN5- 8 LED_2
CN5- 9 LED_3
CN5-10 LED_4
CN5-11 LED_RSV
CN5- 1 5V
CN5- 2 SW_1
CN5- 3 LED_1
CN5- 4 SGND
CN25-1 24V
CN25-2 5V
CN25-3 SG
CN25-4 PG
CN25-5 PG
CN25-6 FG
-4
-3
-2
-1
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-11
-10
-9
-8
CN4- 1 5V
CN4- 2 JAM_OUT1
CN4- 3 JAM_OUT2
CN4- 4 JAM_OUT3
CN4- 5 JAM_OUT4
CN4- 6 NC
CN4- 7 5V
CN4- 8 JAM_OUT5
CN4- 9 JAM_OUT6
CN4-10 JAM_OUT7
CN4-11 JAM_OUT8
CN4-12 NC
CN10-A20 NSW5-2
CN10-A19 NSW5-1
CN10-A18 NSW4-8
CN10-A17 NSW4-4
CN10-A16 NSW4-2
CN10-A15 NSW4-1
CN10-A14 NSW3-8
CN10-A13 NSW3-4
CN10-A12 NSW3-2
CN10-A11 NSW3-1
CN10-A10 NSW2-8
CN10-A 9 NSW2-4
CN10-A 8 NSW2-2
CN10-A 7 NSW2-1
CN10-A 6 NSW1-8
CN10-A 5 NSW1-4
CN10-A 4 NSW1-2
CN10-A 3 NSW1-1
CN10-A 2 5V
CN10-A 1 5V
CN10-B20 SGND
CN10-B19 SGND
CN10-B18 NC
CN10-B17 NC
CN10-B16 NC
CN10-B15 NC
CN10-B14 NC
CN10-B13 NC
CN10-B12 NLED7
CN10-B11 NLED6
CN10-B10 NLED5
CN10-B 9 NLED4
CN10-B 8 NLED3
CN10-B 7 NLED2
CN10-B 6 NLED1
CN10-B 5 NLED0
CN10-B 4 NSW7
CN10-B 3 NSW8
CN10-B 2 NSW6
CN10-B 1 NSW5-4
CN 9- 1 MONI_TXD
CN 9- 2 SGND
CN 9- 3 MONI_RXD
16
CN26-1 PAPER_OUT
CN26-2 SG
CN26-3 SG
CN26-4 5V
CN26-5 5V
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
CN27-1 MTXD
CN27-2 SG
CN27-3 MCTS
CN27-4 MRXD
CN27-5 SG
CN27-6 MRTS
J4-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
CN28-2
CN28-1
CN235-1 24V
CN235-2 5V
CN235-3 SG
CN235-4 PG
CN235-5 PG
CN235-6 FG
CN236-1 PAPER_OUT
CN236-2 SG
CN236-3 SG
CN236-4 5V
CN236-5 5V
CN237-1 MTXD
CN237-2 SG
CN237-3 MCTS
CN237-4 MRXD
CN237-5 SG
CN237-6 MRTS
CN238-2
CN238-1
J66-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
J6-1
-2
-3
-4
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
1 AGND
2 JCLK_OUT
3 JCLK_AGND
4 NC
5 NC
CN39- 1 PCB72_IN
CN39- 2 PCB72_INCN39- 3 AGND
CN38CN38CN38CN38CN38-
CN37- 16 SGND
CN37- 17 PS53_SIG
CN37- 18 5V
CN37- 13 SGND
CN37- 14 PS47_SIG
CN37- 15 5V
CN37- 10 SGND
CN37- 11 PS81_SIG
CN37- 12 5V
CN37- 7 SGND
CN37- 8 PS80_SIG
CN37- 9 5V
CN37- 4 SGND
CN37- 5 PS79_SIG
CN37- 6 5V
CN 8- 1 /RES_CONT
CN 8- 2 FWE_CNT1
CN 8- 3 MD2
CN 8- 4 SGND
CN 8- 5 TXD1_OUT
CN 8- 6 SGND
CN 8- 7 TXD1_IN
CN 8- 8 5V
CN 8- 9 5V
15
CN164- 3
CN164- 1
CN49- 7 MAN_SW2
CN49- 6 MAN_SW3
CN49- 5 NC
CN49- 4 MAN_LED2
CN49- 3 MAN_LED3
CN49- 2 MAN_LED4
CN49- 1 NC
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
J57- 1
J57- 2
J57- 3
J57- 4
J57- 5
J57- 6
J57- 7
J57- 8
J57- 9
J57-10
J57-11
J57-12
-3
-2
-1
-4
-3
-2
-1
1 SGND
2 SIN_12
3 5V
4 SGND
5 SIN_12
6 5V
7 NC
CN37- 1 SGND
CN37- 2 PS78_SIG
CN37- 3 5V
CN53CN53CN53CN53CN53CN53CN53-
CN36-B15 SGND
CN36-B16 PS57_SIG
CN36-B17 5V
CN36-B18 SGND
CN36-B19 PS58_SIG
CN36-B20 5V
CN36-B14 5V
CN36-B13 LED61_CONT
CN36-B10 SGND
CN36-B11 PS63_SIG
CN36-B12 5V
CN36-B 7 SGND
CN36-B 8 PS64_SIG
CN36-B 9 5V
CN 7-A20 NSW5-2
CN 7-A19 NSW5-1
CN 7-A18 NSW4-8
CN 7-A17 NSW4-4
CN 7-A16 NSW4-2
CN 7-A15 NSW4-1
CN 7-A14 NSW3-8
CN 7-A13 NSW3-4
CN 7-A12 NSW3-2
CN 7-A11 NSW3-1
CN 7-A10 NSW2-8
CN 7-A 9 NSW2-4
CN 7-A 8 NSW2-2
CN 7-A 7 NSW2-1
CN 7-A 6 NSW1-8
CN 7-A 5 NSW1-4
CN 7-A 4 NSW1-2
CN 7-A 3 NSW1-1
CN 7-A 2 5V
CN 7-A 1 5V
CN 7-B20 SGND
CN 7-B19 SGND
CN 7-B18 NC
CN 7-B17 NC
CN 7-B16 NC
CN 7-B15 NC
CN 7-B14 NC
CN 7-B13 NC
CN 7-B12 NLED7
CN 7-B11 NLED6
CN 7-B10 NLED5
CN 7-B 9 NLED4
CN 7-B 8 NLED3
CN 7-B 7 NLED2
CN 7-B 6 NLED1
CN 7-B 5 NLED0
CN 7-B 4 NSW7
CN 7-B 3 NSW8
CN 7-B 2 NSW6
CN 7-B 1 NSW5-4
CN 6- 1 MONI_TXD
CN 6- 2 SGND
CN 6- 3 MONI_RXD
14
CN48- 4 5V
CN48- 3 MAN_SW1
CN48- 2 MAN_LED1
CN48- 1 SGND
CN49- 7 MAN_SW2
CN49- 6 MAN_SW3
CN49- 5 NC
CN49- 4 MAN_LED2
CN49- 3 MAN_LED3
CN49- 2 MAN_LED4
CN49- 1 NC
CN48- 4 5V
CN48- 3 MAN_SW1
CN48- 2 MAN_LED1
CN48- 1 SGND
CN371 - 6 5V
CN371 - 5 LED1
CN371 - 4 LED2
CN371 - 3 LED3
CN371 - 2 LED4
CN371 - 1 NC
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
J5-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
J75- 1
J75- 2
J75- 3
J74- 1
J74- 2
J74- 3
J74- 4
-3
-2
-1
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-6
-5
-4
-9
-8
-7
-3
-2
-1
-3
-2
-1
CN36-B 4 SGND
CN36-B 5 PS62_SIG
CN36-B 6 5V
CN36-B 1 SGND
CN36-B 2 PS61_SIG
CN36-B 3 5V
CN36-A20 SGND
CN36-A19 PS65_SIG
CN36-A16 SGND
CN36-A17 PS60_SIG
CN36-A18 5V
CN36-A13 SGND
CN36-A14 PS59_SIG
CN36-A15 5V
CN36-A10 SGND
CN36-A11 PS69_SIG
CN36-A12 5V
13
Glue tank heater

(Within the glue unit) H1
CN247- 1 SIG
CN247- 2 SIGCN247- 3 GND
CN370 - 6 5V
CN370 - 5 LED1
CN370 - 4 LED2
CN370 - 3 LED3
CN370 - 2 LED4
CN370 - 1 NC
Multi feed
MFDTB72
detection board /2
CN246- 3 GND
J57-16
J57-17
J57-18
J57-13
J57-14
J57-15
J71- 7
J71- 8
J71- 9
J71- 4
J71- 5
J71- 6
J71- 1
J71- 2
J71- 3
J93- 1
J93- 2
J93- 3
J61-13
J61-14
J61-15
-6
-5
-4
-9
-8
-7
-3
-2
-1
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN36-A 7 SGND
CN36-A 8 PS67_SIG
CN36-A 9 5V
12
Multi feed
MFDTB71CN246- 1 CLK
CN246- 2 CLKdetection board /1
Cover paper
PS53
table HP sensor /Rr
CN210- 3 S.GND
CN210- 2 SIG
CN210- 1 5V
CN204- 3 S.GND
CN204- 2 SIG
CN204- 1 5V
CN227- 3 S.GND
CN227- 2 SIG
CN227- 1 5V
Stacker door sensor PS57
-3
-2
-1
J65- 1
J65- 2
J65- 3
J61-10
J61-11
J61-12
J61- 7
J61- 8
J61- 9
J62-16
J62-17
J62-18
-6
-5
-4
11
Cover paper
PS47
table HP sensor /Fr
CN232- 3 S.GND
CN232- 2 SIG
CN232- 1 5V
Booklet upper limit LED LED61
Booklet conveyance
belt lower limit sensor
Booklet conveyance belt

movement HP sensor
-3
-2
-1
N
J63- 1
J63- 2
J63- 3
J62-13
J62-14
J62-15
CN36-A 4 SGND
CN36-A 5 PS68_SIG
CN36-A 6 5V
CN36-A 1 SGND
CN36-A 2 PS66_SIG
CN36-A 3 5V
10
CN163- 3 S.GND
CN163- 2 NC
CN163- 1 5V
CN219- 3 S.GND
CN219- 2 SIG
CN219- 1 5V
Booklet sensor /2 PS67
-9
-8
-7
-12
-11
-10
Cart set sensor
CN220- 3 S.GND
CN220- 2 SIG
CN220- 1 5V
P
Booklet stopper HP sensor PS68
O
J62-10
J62-11
J62-12
J62- 7
J62- 8
J62- 9
CN218- 3 S.GND
CN218- 2 SIG
CN218- 1 5V
Booklet sensor /1 PS66
17.32 PB 4/4
18
102
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500

11
12
13
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
ACDB
3
2
Symbol
bizhub PRO C6500

/C6500P/C5500
PB location list
Symbol
ACDB
Part name
AC drive board
Location
18-J
H1
Glue tank heater
18-P
H2
18-P
JAMB/1
JAM indication board /1
13-O
JAMB/2
JAM indication board /2
14-O
LED61
Pellet count LED
11-O
MFDTB71
13-O
MFDTB72
Glue tank heater
13-O
OB/1
14-O
OB/2
Booklet stock operation board
15-O
PBCB
PB control board
10-J
PS47
Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr
13-O
PS53
Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr
13-O
PS57
Stacker door sensor
12-O
PS61
Booklet end sensor
11-O
11-O
PS62
Booklet conveyance belt movement HP sensor
PS63
Booklet conveyance belt HP sensor
11-O
PS64
Booklet conveyance belt lower limit sensor
11-O
PS65
Booklet load limit sensor
11-O
PS66
Booklet sensor /1
10-O
PS67
Booklet sensor /2
10-O
PS68
Booklet stopper HP sensor
10-O
PS69
Cart set sensor
10-O
PS78
12-O
PS79
12-O
PS80
Waste box full sensor
12-O
PS81
Waste box set sensor
12-O
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
DF-609
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
3.0
2007/06
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
DF-609
CONTENTS
DF-609
OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1
Maintenance procedure of the paper feeding section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2.1.1
Removing/installing paper feed unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.2
Replacing pick-up roller/paper feed roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.3
Replacing separation roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.4
Cleaning timing sensor (PS302) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1.5
Removing/reinstalling registration roller cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.6
Cleaning registration roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.7
Cleaning registration sensor (PS301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.1
3.2
Disassembly/reassembly parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Disassembly/reassembly procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.1
Removing/reinstalling DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.2
Removing/reinstalling front cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2.3
Removing/reinstalling rear cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2.4
Removing/reinstalling conveyance belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.1
Adjustment of the DF hinge opening/closing angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

4.1.1
Replacement of the hinge adjustment brackets for 70 degrees and 40 degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.1.2
Securing the hinge adjustment bracket at 90 degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
DF-609
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
DF-609
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Belt conveyance type original auto feeder
B. Functions
Original size
A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S

11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Max. original size
297 x 431.8mm
Min. original size
128 x 139.7mm
Various sizes of paper can be accommodated
C. Original type
Paper type
Plain paper
High quality paper of 35 to 210 g/m2 (single side)

High quality paper of 50 to 210 g/m2 (double side)
Paper of less than 49g/m2: conveyed in thin paper mode
Paper of more than 129g/m2: conveyed in thick paper
mode
Special paper
Same as plain paper. However, paper feed and conveyance performance are not guaranteed.
Recycled paper, coarse paper, thermal paper, bindingholed paper, user-defined paper, paper with smooth
surface, paper with rough surface, and paper with folds
Following types of special paper cannot be used.
OHP film, blueprint master paper, label paper, off-set
master, bonded original, high quality paper (paper
weight: Less than 34g/m2 or more than 211g/m2)
Paper curl amount
Up to 10 mm with 5 originals overlapped one another
[1]
15sat1c001na
a Curing: 10 mm or less
[1] Original
Max. tray capacity
100 sheets (80g/m2 paper)
Scan speed
Single-sided mode (including thin-paper mode): 39 sheets/min.
(81/2 x 11)
Double-sided mode (including thin-paper mode): 26 sheets/min.
DF-609
Single-sided mode (thick-paper mode): 28 sheets/min.

Double-sided mode (thick-paper mode): 14 sheets/min.
Scanning system
After the original that is conveyed on the belt stops, the scanner moves and
scans the original.
D. Machine data
Power source
Power consumption
Max. 60W or less
Weight
Approx. 14.5kg
Dimensions
588 (W) x 519 (D) x 135 (H) mm (Excluding paper feed tray)
E. Maintenance
Maintenance
F.
Temperature
10 to 30 C
Humidity
Note
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION
DF-609
MAINTENANCE
Caution:
Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
2.1
Maintenance procedure of the paper feeding section
2.1.1
Removing/installing paper feed unit
A. Procedure
[2]
1. Open the paper feed cover [1]

2. Release the two locks [2].
3. Turn the paper feed guide [4] in the direction of the
[2]
arrow [5] while pushing in the paper feed unit [3]

to the paper feed cover [1] side, and remove the
paper feed guide [4] upward.
Note
When installing the paper feed guide, fit the
three tabs [6] in each positioning hole [7].
[5] [1] [4]
[3]
When installing the paper feed guide, be sure
[5]
to put the no paper detection actuator [8] so

that it protrudes out of the paper feed guide
[4] as shown in the figure on the left.
[8]
[6]
[7]
a052f2c001ca
4. Remove the screw [1] and remove the shaft

[1]
securing plate [2].
DF-609

6. Slide the two bearings [4] inward, and remove the
paper feed unit [5].
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[3]
[4]
a052f2c002ca
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Note
When removing the paper feed unit, be sure
not to damage the arm [2] with the shaft [1].
When installing the paper feed unit, make
sure the arm [2] is mounted on the shaft [1].
When installing the paper feed unit, insert the
tab [3] under the cover plate [4] as shown in
the figure.

steps in reverse.
a052f2c003ca

2.1.2
Replacing pick-up roller/paper feed roller
Paper feed roller : Every 1,800,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 625,000 feed)
Pick-up roller
DF-609

B. Procedure
[1]
1. Remove the paper feed unit. (See P.3)

[2]
a052f2c004ca
[5]
[4]
[1]
[3]
4. Slide the gear [1] in the direction of the arrow [2]
[2]
and remove the pin [3]. Then remove the gear [1]
and the belt [4] in the direction of the arrow [5].
a052f2c005ca
[1]
[2]
5. Remove the C-clip [1], then remove the gear [2]
[3]
and the pin [3].

Note
Be careful not to lose the pin [3] as it may
drop off the shaft when removing the gear [2].
a052f2c006ca
[1]
6. Remove the arm [1] and the pin [2].
[2]
DF-609
Note
drop off the shaft when removing the arm [1].
a052f2c007ca
[2]
[3]
7. Remove the C-clip [1], and remove the pick-up
[1]
roller assy [3] from the paper feed roller assy [2].
a052f2c008ca
[1]
[2]
[4]
8. Remove the C-clip [1] and pull out the paper feed
roller [2] from the shaft to replace it with new one.
Note
When installing the paper feed roller, make
sure that the arrow mark [3] on the paper feed
roller is facing the gear [4].
[3]
a052f2c009ca

Note
drop off the shaft when removing the C-clip
[3]
[1].
10. Remove the pin [2] and remove the pick-up roller
[3].
[4]
[1]
Note
drop off the shaft when removing the C-clip
[4].
12. Remove the pin [5] and remove the pick-up roller
[6].
[6]
steps in reverse.
[5]
a052f2c010ca
DF-609
[2]
2.1.3
Replacing separation roller
DF-609
Separation roller: Every 1,800,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 625,000 feed)
B. Procedure

2. Push the two tabs [2] inward to release the lock
[2]
and remove the separation unit cover.
[1]
[2]
a052f2c011ca
3. Pinch both ends of the roller shaft and raise the
[1]
separation roller [1] straight up.
a052f2c012ca
4. Remove the separation unit [1] and replace it with
[1]
steps in reverse.
a052f2c013ca
2.1.4
Cleaning timing sensor (PS302)
A. Periodically cleaned parts/cycle
Timing sensor (PS302) : Every 200,000 prints *1

*1
*2
PRO C6500
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
[4] [5]
[3]
[2]
1. Secure the hinge adjustment bracket at 90

degrees. (See P.17)
2. Open the DF [1] vertically.

3. Remove the two screws [2] and open the metal
frame [3] in the direction of the arrow [4].
Note
The two screws [2] are different from each
other, so try not to mix them up.
4. Clean the timing sensor (PS302) through the hole

[5] with a blower brush or a similar tool.
a052f2c014ca
DF-609
a new one.
2.1.5
Removing/reinstalling registration roller cover
DF-609
A. Procedure

2. Raise the paper feed tray [2] straight up.
3. Remove the four screws [3] and remove the regis-
[3]
tration roller cover [4].

steps in reverse.
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a052f2c015ca
2.1.6
Cleaning registration roller
*1
*2
Registration roller : Every 200,000 prints *1

PRO C6500
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the registration roller cover. (See P.10)

2. Soak cotton waste with alcohol and wipe the
[1]
three registration rollers [1] with it.
a052f2c016ca
10

2.1.7
Cleaning registration sensor (PS301)
*1
*2
Registration sensor : Every 200,000 prints *1

DF-609
PRO C6500
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
1. Remove the registration roller cover. (See P.10)

2. Clean the registration sensor (PS301) [1] with a
[1]
blower brush or a similar tool.
a052f2c017ca
11
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
DF-609
3.1
No.

Section
Reference page
Main body
DF
P.13
Cover section
Front cover
P.15
Rear cover
P.15
Conveyance belt unit
P.16
3
4
12
Part name
Conveyance section
3.2
3. OTHERS
Disassembly/reassembly procedures
DF-609
Caution:
3.2.1
Removing/reinstalling DF
Note
Before removing the DF, be sure to secure the hinge adjustment bracket of the DF at 90 degrees.
When removing the parts from the scanner section with the DF opened, secure the hinge adjustment bracket at 90 degrees as well. Not doing so may deform the metal frame in the DF installation section.
A. Procedure

2. Read the explanation below and secure the two
[2]
hinge adjustment brackets [2] at 90 degrees.

There are two types of the bracket installed in the
DF; one for 70 degrees and the other for 40
degrees, and they can be distinguished by the
scratched number on each surface.
Brackets for 70 degrees: Loosen the four screws
[3] and slide the two brackets [2] downward, and
then secure them with the four screws [3] again.
[3]
[1]
Brackets for 40 degrees: Remove the four screws
[3]
[3]. Turn the two brackets [2] upside down and

reinstall them to DF and secure the four screws [3]
again.
a052f2c018ca
13
3. OTHERS

5. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the metal
DF-609
[1]
plate [4].
[2]
[3]
[4]
a052f2c019ca
6. Holding the DF [1], slide the two stoppers [2] to
[1]
disengage them from the holes [3], and remove

the DF upward.
Note
When releasing the stoppers [2], be sure to
support the DF firmly so as not to fall over
backward.

steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
[3]
[2]
Note
After installing DF, perform the service mode
"ADF original stop position adjustment".
a052f2c020ca
14

3.2.2
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling front cover
[6]
[7]
degrees. (See P.17)
2. Open the DF [1] and remove the two screws [2].

3. After closing the DF [1], open the paper feed
cover [3] and paper exit cover [4].
Note
Be sure to close the DF [1] gently since the
[5] [3]
[1]
[4]
front cover [5] is not secured and is unstable

at this moment.
Do not open the DF [1] with the paper exit
cover opened so as to avoid the paper exit
cover [4] from being damaged.
4. Lift the front cover [5] a little so that the tab [6] is
released through the hole [7], and remove the
front cover [5].
[2]
steps in reverse.
a052f2c021ca
3.2.3
Removing/reinstalling rear cover
A. Procedure
1. Open the paper feed cover [1] and the paper exit
[3] [1]
[5]
[4]
[3] [2]
cover [2].

3. Tilt the rear cover [4] in the direction of the arrow
[5] and remove it upward.

steps in reverse.
a052f2c022ca
15
DF-609
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
3.2.4

Removing/reinstalling conveyance belt
DF-609
Note
Do not touch, fold, or damage the belt roller. If necessary, be sure to hold it within the range of
20mm from each end of the belt in sub-scanning direction.
A. Procedure
[3]
[3]
degrees. (See P.17)

3. Slide the two stoppers [3] located on the upper
inner side of the conveyance belt unit [2] to the
right and remove them.
[1]
[2]
[4]
4. Pull out the upper part of the conveyance belt unit

in the direction of the arrow [4], and remove it
upward.
Note
When installing the conveyance belt unit, be
sure to install the linking drive belt [5] into the
conveyance belt unit securely.

steps in reverse.
[5]
a052f2c023ca
6. Remove the two screws [1], and raise the roller
[1]
section upward.
7. Remove the conveyance belt.

steps in reverse.
[1]
16
a052f2c024ca
DF-609
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
4.1.1
Adjustment of the DF hinge opening/closing angle

Replacement of the hinge adjustment brackets for 70 degrees and 40 degrees
A. Procedure
1. Remove the four screws [1] and the two hinge
[1]
adjustment brackets [2].

2. Install two new hinge adjustment brackets [2] and

tighten them with the four screws [1] securely.
[2]
a052f3c001ca
17
4.1.2
Securing the hinge adjustment bracket at 90 degrees
DF-609
A. Procedure
[2]
Note
[1]
When removing the DF or removing any parts

from the scanner section with the DF opened,
be sure to secure the hinge adjustment
brackets at 90 degrees. Not doing so may
deform the metal frame in the DF installation
section.
1. To secure the hinge adjustment brackets at 90

degrees, follow either of the steps below.
[2]
[1]

Brackets for 70 degrees: Loosen the four screws
[1] and slide the two brackets downward, and
then secure them with the four screws [1] again.
Brackets for 40 degrees: Remove the four screws
[1]. Turn the two brackets [2] upside down and
reinstall them to DF and secure the four screw [1]
again.
2. When completed, be sure to put the brackets

back to the original state.
a052f3c002ca
18
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
PF-601/HT-504
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
3.0
2007/06
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
PF-601/HT-504
CONTENTS
PF-601/HT-504
OUTLINE
1.1
PF-601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2
HT-504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MAINTENANCE
2.1
2.2
Maintenance procedure of the tray section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2.1.1
Replacing the Pick-up rubber/paper feed roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.2
Replacing separation roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.3
Replacing the paper feed clutch (MC1/MC4) and the separation clutch (MC2/MC5). . . . . . . . . 13
Maintenance procedure of the conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

2.2.1
Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch/1 (MC7), /2 (MC8), and /3 (MC9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.2
Replacing the horizontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10), /2 (MC11),

and pre-registration clutch (MC12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1
3.2

3.2.1
Removing/installing the right cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.2
Removing/installing the rear cover/Lt2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2.3
Removing/installing the rear cover/Lt1 /Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.2.4
Removing/reinstalling the front cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.2.5
Removing/reinstalling the tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.2.6
Removing/installing the lift wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.2.7
Removing/installing the paper lift motor/1 (M2) and /2 (M3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.2.8
Removing/installing the vertical conveyance units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.2.9
Removing/installing the horizontal conveyance unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.2.10 Removing/installing the multi feed detection board (MFDTB/R and /S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.2
Pick-up roller height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.3
Separation pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.4
Lift plate horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.5
Horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
PF-601/HT-504
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
PF-601/HT-504
OUTLINE
1.1
PF-601
A. Type
Type
Front loading type two-tray paper feeder
B. Functions
Number of trays
Two trays (All trays universal)
Tray capacity
6,000 sheets (80 g/m2 standard paper) = 3,000 sheets x 2 trays
C. Paper type
Paper size
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5*1, A5S, B6S, A6S*1
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Applicable paper
Paper weight
Tray/4
64 to 256g/m2
Tray/5
64 to 300g/m2
*1
A5 and A6S are fed only from the tray/5.
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source

tion
Dimensions
947 (W) x 750 (D) x 1045 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 170kg
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
PF-601/HT-504
1.2
HT-504
A. Type
Type
Fan heater type dehumidifier heater
B. Machine data
24/5VDC (supplied from the main body), 200 to 240VAC*1
Power source

tion
Dimensions
Weight
Dehumidifier fan heater unit: Approx. 1.5kg/1 unit
Power supply unit: 121 (W) x 80 (D) x 160 (H) mm

Power supply unit: Approx. 0.9kg
*1
North America model: Supplied from the main body.

Europe model:
Supplied from external.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
PF-601/HT-504
MAINTENANCE
2.1
Maintenance procedure of the tray section
Caution:
Note
The replacement procedures for the pick-up roller, paper feed roller, and the separation roller in
tray/4 are the same for those in tray/5. The explanation here is made by the example of tray/4.
After the installation is completed, rotate the pick-up roller in the paper feed direction (clockwise
as seen from the front side) to see if the paper feed roller rotates smoothly. The rotation is
restricted only in the paper feed direction (clockwise as seen from the front side) and be careful
not to rotate the roller counterclockwise.
The orientation of the pick-up roller assy and the separation roller assy in the main unit differs
from that of the rollers in the PF.
2.1.1
Replacing the Pick-up rubber/paper feed roller
PF-601/HT-504
Pick-up rubber
: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 300,000 feed)
Paper feed roller B
B. Procedure
Note
The appearance of the collars is the same for the paper feed roller and the separation roller. However, the collar of the paper feed roller has a one-way mechanism inside, be sure not to mix up
these two rollers.
[3]
[4]

2. Open the vertical conveyance unit guide plate [2]
(Tray/4 only).
3. Insert a screwdriver or a similar tool into the hole

[3], lift up the tray lock lever [4] slightly, and pull out
the tray [5].
[2]
[1]
[5]
a03xf2c001ca
Do not pull out tray [1] all the way. Hold tray
[1] so that the stopper [3] on the left side of
the tray pushed in, and make the pick-up
[3]
holder assy [2] placed horizontally (paper

feed position).
[2]
[1]
a03xf2c002ca
PF-601/HT-504
Note
PF-601/HT-504
[8]
[7]
[5]
[6]
4. Rotate the pick-up roller [1] in the direction of the

arrow (clockwise as seen from the front side) and
bring the coupling [2] to the lengthwise direction.
Note
Be sure not to rotate the pick-up roller
against the direction of the arrow forcibly, as
the roller is designed not to rotate in that
direction.

6. Remove the bearing/Fr [4].
7. Move the bearing/Rr [5] to the rear side.
[3]
[2]
[1]
Note
When installing the bearing, hold down the
metal plate [6] of the pick-up roller assy
slightly, and insert the flat part [7] of the bearing/Rr [5] while keeping it horizontally into the
notch [8] of the metal plate. Then, insert the
bearing/Fr [4] in the same manner.
[4]
[5]
a03xf2c003ca
and tilt the paper feed roller [3] so that it rotates on

the shaft [2] of the pick-up roller to remove it from
both the notch of the bearing [4] and the coupling
[5].
Note
When removing the pick-up roller assy [1], be
careful not to damage the sensor [6] with the
metal plate.
[6]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[5]
[1]
a03xf2c004ca
PF-601/HT-504
8. Hold the pick-up roller assy [1] by hand and lift
9. Remove the pick-up roller shaft [2] from the arm
PF-601/HT-504
[3]
[1] of the paper feed guide plate and remove the

pick-up roller assy [3].
[2]
[1]
a03xf2c005ca
[1]
[3]
[2]
remove the pick-up roller [3].
11. Remove the pick-up rubber from the pick-up

roller.
12. Replace the pick-up rubber.
a03xf2c006ca
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[5]
13. Remove the C-clip [1] and remove the bearing [2].
14. Slide the bearing [3] and remove the paper feed
roller [4] together with the shaft [5].
a03xf2c007ca
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
15. Remove the actuator [2] from the shaft [1].

16. Remove the C-clip [3] and pull out the paper feed
[5]
roller [4] from the collar [5].
a03xf2c008ca
[2]
[1]
17. Replace the paper feed roller.

Note
The appearance of the collars is the same for
the paper feed roller and the separation roller.
However, the collar [1] of the paper feed roller
has a one-way mechanism inside while the
collar [2] of the separation roller has no oneway mechanism, be sure not to mix up these
two rollers.
a03xf2c009ca

steps in reverse.
PF-601/HT-504
2.1.2
PF-601/HT-504
Separation roller
B. Procedure
Note
The appearance of the collars is the same for the paper feed roller and the separation roller. However, the collar of the paper feed roller has a one-way mechanism inside, be sure not to mix up
these two rollers.
[3]
[4]

(Tray/4 only).

the tray [5].
[2]
[1]
[5]
a03xf2c010ca
10
4. Remove two screws [1].

5. Disengage the coupling pin [4] from the joint [5]
[3]
while pressing down the metal plate [3] of the separation roller assy [2], and remove the separation
roller assy [2].
Note
When installing the separation roller assy,
press down the metal plate [3] of the separa-
[5]
[4]
[2]
tion roller assy [2] and engage the coupling

pin [4] to the joint [5].
[1]
a03xf2c011ca
[2]
[3]
[1]
6. Remove the C-clip [1] of the separation roller assy

and remove the separation roller [3] together with
the shaft [2].
a03xf2c012ca
11
PF-601/HT-504
PF-601/HT-504
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
7. Pull out the gear [2], the collar [3] and the separation roller [4] from the shaft [1] to the arrowmarked direction, and remove them.
8. Replace the pick-up roller [4].

steps in reverse.
Note
The appearance of the collars is the same for
However, the collar [5] of the paper feed roller
has a one-way mechanism inside while the
[6]
[5]
collar [6] of the separation roller has no oneway mechanism, be sure not to mix up these
two rollers.
a03xf2c013ca
12
Replacing the paper feed clutch (MC1/MC4) and the separation clutch (MC2/MC5)
Note
The replacement procedures for the paper feed clutch and the separation clutch in tray/4 are the
same for those in tray/5. The explanation here is made by the example of tray/5.
Paper feed clutch/1 (MC1), /2 (MC4) : Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000
Separation clutch/1 (MC2), /2 (MC5)
feed)
: Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000
feed)
B. Procedure
[1]
1. Remove the stopper and pull out the tray. (See
[3]
P.24)
2. Remove two screws [1], bend the stopper [2] in

the direction of the arrow, and remove the paper
feed cover [3].
Note
For easier operation, lilft up the underpart [4]
of the cover when installing the paper feed
cover [3].
When installing the paper feed cover [3], be
sure to insert the tab [6] into the hole [5] of
the metal plate.
[2]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
a03xf2c014ca
13
PF-601/HT-504
2.1.3
PF-601/HT-504
[3]

4. Remove the two C-clips [2], and remove the
[4]
paper feed clutch (MC1/MC4) [3] and the separation clutch (MC2/MC5) [4].
Note
When installing the clutch, be sure to engage
the stopper [5] of the clutch with the projection [6] of the metal plate.

steps in reverse.
[2]
[5] [6]
[5]
[2]
[6] [1]
[1]
a03xf2c015ca
14
Maintenance procedure of the conveyance section
2.2.1
PF-601/HT-504
2.2
Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch/1 (MC7), /2 (MC8), and /3 (MC9)
Vertical conveyance clutch/1 (MC7), /2 (MC8), and /3 (MC9):

Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
B. Procedure
[2]
1. Remove the following parts.
[1]
Rear cover/Rt (See P.22)
Rear cover/Lt1 (See P.21)
2. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the gear

mounting plate [2].
a03xf2c016ca
[6]
[7]
3. Disconnect the three connectors [1].

4. Remove the three screws [2] and the three wire
[8]
binding covers [3].

Note
When installing the wire binding [4], pass the
binding through the hole in the wire binding
cover [3].
5. Remove the three C-clips [5] and remove the vertical conveyance clutch/1 (MC7) [6], /2 (MC8) [7],
and /3 (MC9) [8].
[5]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
a03xf2c017ca
15

Note
PF-601/HT-504
[1]

the stopper [1] of the clutch with the projection [2] of the metal plate.

steps in reverse.
[2]
a03xf2c018ca
16

2.2.2
Replacing the horizontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10), /2 (MC11), and pre-registration clutch
PF-601/HT-504
(MC12)
Horizontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10), /2 (MC11), and pre-registration clutch (MC12):

Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]

mounting plate [2].
a03xf2c019ca
17
[1]
PF-601/HT-504
[4]
[3]
[10]
[9]
[2]

4. Remove the three screws [2] and the three wire
binding covers [3].
Note
When installing the wire binding [4], pass the
binding through the hole in the wire binding
cover [3].
[5]
5. Remove the three C-clips [5] and remove the hori[6]
[8]
zontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10) [6], /2 (MC11)
[7]
[7], and the pre-registration clutch (MC12) [8].

Note
When installing the cluthes, be sure to match
the stoppers [9] with the cutout of the rear
panel [10].
the stopper [9] of the clutch with the pin [11].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[4]
[11]
[2]
[3]
[9]
[5]
a03xf2c020ca
18
3. OTHERS
3.1
No.
1

Section
Part name
Reference page
Right cover
P.20
Rear cover/Lt2
P.21
Rear cover/Lt1, /Rt
P.22
Front door
P.23
Tray
P.24
Lift wire
P.27
Paper lift motor/1 (M2) and /2 (M3)
P.34
Vertical conveyance unit
P.36
Horizontal conveyance unit
P.39
10
Multi feed detection board (MFDTB/R and /S)
P.41
Cover
Tray section
Conveyance section
19
PF-601/HT-504
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
3.2
Caution:
3.2.1
Removing/installing the right cover
A. Procedure
[2]
1. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the right
[1]
cover fixing plate [2].
a03xf2c021ca
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
a03xf2c022ca
20

right cover [2].

Note
[2]
When installing the right cover, be sure to

match the metal plate [2] on the lower part of
the PF main unit with the groove [1] on the
right cover.

steps in reverse.
a03xf2c023ca
3.2.2
Removing/installing the rear cover/Lt2
A. Procedure
[2]
1. Remove the nine screws [1] and remove the rear
[1]
cover/Lt2 [2].
[1]
a03xf2c024ca
[1]
Note
[2]
When installing the rear cover/Lt2, be sure to

match the metal plate [2] of the lower part of
the PF main unit with the groove [1] of the
rear cover.

steps in reverse.
a03xf2c025ca
21
PF-601/HT-504
[1]
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
3.2.3

Removing/installing the rear cover/Lt1 /Rt
PF-601/HT-504
A. Procedure
[3]
[4]
[3]
1. Remove the rear cover/Lt2.(See P.21)

2. Remove the six screws [1] and remove the rear
[1]
cover/Lt1 [2].
3. Remove the eleven screws [3] and remove the

rear cover/Rt1 [4].
[3]
[2]
a03xf2c026ca
[2]
Note
[1]
When installing the rear cover/Rt, be sure to

match the metal plate [2] on the lower part of
the PF main unit with the groove [1] on the
rear cover.

steps in reverse.
a03xf2c028ca
Note
[1]
When HT-504 is installed, also remove the

four screws [1] in step 3.
a03xf2e001ca
22

Removing/reinstalling the front cover
A. Procedure
[2]

3. Remove the two screws [3] and the mounting
plate [4], and remove the front door [1] releasing it
from the pin [5].
[1]

steps in reverse.
[3]
[4]
[5]
a03xf2c030ca
23
PF-601/HT-504
3.2.4
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
3.2.5

Removing/reinstalling the tray
Caution:
As the trays are very heavy, the following work should be performed by two people.
Do not pull out the two trays at a time or the PF may topple over.
Note
The removal and installation procedures of tray/4 is the same for those of tray/5. The explanation
here is made by the example of tray/4.
When lifting up the tray, be sure to hold it at the specified positions. Not doing so may cause damage to the trays or result in a paper jam.
A. Procedure
[3]
[4]

(Tray/4 only).

the tray [5].
[2]
[1]
[5]
a03xf2c031ca
24
3. OTHERS
4. Remove the cushion/3 [1].

[1]
[3]
upper cover/1 [3].

Note
When replacing the cushion/3, also replace
the double-sided tape that secure the cushion/3 with a new one.
[2]
a03xf2c060ca
6. Remove the three screws [1] on the right side of
[3]
the tray and remove the rail stopper [2].
7. Pull the tray [3] further out.
[2]
[1]
a03xf2c032ca
25
PF-601/HT-504
3. OTHERS
8. Remove the six screws [1], three each on the left

PF-601/HT-504
[6]
and right rails, hold the tray [2] by the specified

positions [5], and remove it straight up.
[2]
[1]
Note
When reinstalling the tray, make sure that the
four knobs [3] on the rails are properly fitted
in the notches [4] of the tray.
[5]
When lifting up the tray, be sure to hold it by

the specified positions [5] by two people. Do
[2]
not hold the part indicated with [6] as the part
[1]
jam.
may easily deform and this causes a paper
[3]
[4]
a03xf2c033ca
Note
[1]
[2]
When installing tray/4, make sure not to let

the lower part [1] of the tray cover contact the
rail [2].

steps in reverse.
a03xf2c034ca
26

Removing/installing the lift wire
PF-601/HT-504
3.2.6
3. OTHERS
Note
The removing/installing procedure of the lift wire is the same for tray/4 and tray/5.
A. Procedure
[2]
1. Press the down button [1] to let the lift plate [2] go
[1]
down to the bottom of the tray.
a03xf2c035ca
27
3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
2. Remove the tray. (See P.24)

3. Loosen the seven screws [1], and remove the
[3]
three screws [2].
4. Disconnect the connector [3], and remove the

front cover [4] of the tray.
[4]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[2]
a03xf2c036ca
28
3. OTHERS
The front cover of tray/4 has the ancillary

cover [1], whereas that of tray/5 does not.
When installing the front covers of each tray,
make sure not to mix them up.
a03xf2c037ca
[1]
5. Remove the nine screws [1] and remove the cover
[2]
[1]
[2].
[1]
a03xf2c061ca
Note
When installing the cover [1], make sure to
fasten the gear [3] and the spring [4] with the
plate [2] of the tray-down stopper.
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
a03xf2c062ca
29
PF-601/HT-504
Note
[1]
3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504

7. Slide the bearing [2].
[1]
[2]
a03xf2c063ca
8. Slide the pulley/Fr1 [1] and /Fr2 [2], and pull out
[4]
[2]
[1]
the wire ends of the lift wire/Fr1 [3] and /Fr2 [4]
from each hole of the shaft [5].
Note
When inserting the wire ends to the shaft
holes, be sure to insert each wire into the corresponding shaft holes. The shaft hole near
the center of the tray is used for the shorter
wire/Fr2 [3].
When installing the pulley, raise the lift plate
slightly to give slack to the wire, insert the
wire ends one at a time into the shaft hole,
[3]
and secure them with the pulley/Fr1 [1] and /
[5]
Fr2 [2]. The wires can be inserted easily in this

a03xf2c064ca
way.
When installing the pulley, be sure to fasten
the pulley/Fr1 [1] in advance, and then install
the pulley/Fr2 [2].
30
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
9. Remove the four E-rings [1], and remove the fourwire covers [2].
10. Remove the wires/Fr1 [4] and /Fr2 [5] from the
four pulleys [3].
Note
When installing the wires, be sure that the
wires are placed under the wire covers [2] and
do not cross each other.
[5]
[4]
a03xf2c040ca
31
PF-601/HT-504
[1]
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
[3]
11. Pull out the wire ends [4] of the wire/Fr1 [2] and /
[2]
Fr2 [3] through the lift plate arm [1].

Note
When pulling out the wire, pull it out gently
and be careful not to damage it with the corner of the metal plate.
[1]
[4]
a03xf2c041ca
[1]
a03xf2c065ca
32
13. Remove the lift wire/Rr1 [1] and /Rr2 [2] in the
[2]
same manner as step 8 to 11.

steps in reverse.
Note
When the installation is completed, make
sure that the lift plate is horizontal.
a03xf2c042ca
33
PF-601/HT-504
[1]
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
3.2.7

Removing/installing the paper lift motor/1 (M2) and /2 (M3)
PF-601/HT-504
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]

mounting plate [2].

4. Remove the six screws [4], and remove the paper
lift motor assy/1 [5] and /2 [6] toward the rear of
the main unit.
[5]
[1]
[6]
[4]
[3]
a03xf2c043ca
34
[1]

[2]
PF-601/HT-504
[3]
3. OTHERS
a03xf2c044ca
[1]
[2]

paper lift motor cover [2].
a03xf2c045ca
[2]
8. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the paper
[1]
lift motor/1 (M2) [2] and /2 (M3) [2].

steps in reverse.
a03xf2c046ca
35
3. OTHERS
3.2.8

Removing/installing the vertical conveyance units
PF-601/HT-504
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
1. Remove the PF from the main unit.

2. Remove the vertical conveyance clutch/1 (MC7), /
[3]
2 (MC8), and /3 (MC9) (See P.15)
3. Remove the front door. (See P.23)

4. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the vent
duct [2].
5. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the cover

[4].
[4]
a03xf2c047ca
36
3. OTHERS
[8]
replacement assy retaining mechanism stopper

[2].
7. Remove the E-ring [3], pull the shaft [4] toward

you, and pull out the shaft [4] through the hole [6]
in the connector cover [5].
8. Release the lock [7] of the wire clamp and press it

in toward the rear panel.
9. Remove the two screws [8] and remove the connector cover [5].
[7]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[5]
[6]
a03xf3c048ca
[1]
a03xf2c049ca
37
PF-601/HT-504
6. Loosen the screw [1], and release the filter

[1]
3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
11. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the vertical conveyance unit [2].
[1]
Note
When installing the vertical conveyance unit
[2], be sure that the two tabs [3] on the vertical conveyance unit are fitted in the holes [4]
in the PF main unit.

steps in reverse.
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a03xf2c050ca
38

Removing/installing the horizontal conveyance unit
A. Procedure
1. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.36)

2. Remove the horizontal conveyance clutch/1
[1]
(MC10), /2 (MC11), and the pre-registration clutch

(MC12). (See P.17)
3. Disconnect the two connectors [1] and release the

wires from the clamps.
a03xf2c051ca
[1]
a03xf2c052ca
39
PF-601/HT-504
3.2.9
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS

6. Loosen the two screws [2] and remove the hori-
PF-601/HT-504
[3]
zontal conveyance unit [3].
[1]
[2]
a03xf2c053ca
Note
[2]
[1]
When installing the horizontal conveyance

unit, make sure that the pin [2] is fitted in the
notch [1] of the unit.

steps in reverse.
a03xf2c054ca
40

Removing/installing the multi feed detection board (MFDTB/R and /S)
Note
When replacing the multi feed detection board/S (MFDTB/S), be sure to replace the multi feed
detection board/R (MFDTB/R) at the same time.
When the multi feed detection board is replaced, be sure to conduct the adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PF). (See "10.7.4 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection
board (PF)" in Field Service for the main body.)
A. Procedure
1. Loosen the screw [1], and release the filter

[1]
[8]
replacement assy retaining mechanism stopper

[2].
2. Remove the E-ring [3], pull the shaft [4] toward

you, and pull out the shaft [4] through the hole [6]
in the connector cover [5].
3. Release the lock [7] of the wire clamp and press it

in toward the rear panel.
4. Remove the two screws [8] and remove the connector cover [5].
[7]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
[5]
[6]
a03xf3c048ca
41
PF-601/HT-504
3.2.10
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504
[1]

6. Open the jam precessing lever PF5 [2], and
remove the cover [3].
[2]
[3]
a03xf2c056ca
[2]
[1]

8. Remove the two screws [2] and the multi feed
[3]
detection board/R (MFDTB/R) [3].
a03xf2c057ca
42
3. OTHERS
direction of the arrow, and remove the cover

downward.
Note
When installing the cover, be sure to insert
the tab [3] on the cover into the hole of the
horizontal conveyance unit [4].
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2]
a03xf3c058ca
[1]
[2]

11. Remove the two screws [2] and the multi feed
[3]
detection board/S (MFDTB/S) [3].

steps in reverse.
a03xf2c059ca
43
PF-601/HT-504
9. Remove the screw [1], slide the cover [2] in the
[2]
PF-601/HT-504
3. OTHERS
Blank page
44
PF-601/HT-504
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment
Perform the adjustment when no feed occurs frequently.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the tray.

2. If paper remains in the tray, remove it.
3. Turn to loosen the knob [1], slide the projection [2]
toward the rear side of the tray, and fasten the
knob [1] to secure the projection [2].
Note
After the completion of the adjustment,
loosen the knob [1], put the projection [2]
back to the original position, and fasten the
[2]
4. Install the tray and pull out it again after the lift
[1]
plate has been fully brought up, which can be

judged with the operating sound of the paper lift
motor.
5. Remove the rail stopper, and pull out the tray fura03xf3c001ca
ther. (See P.24)
45
PF-601/HT-504
[1]
6. Remove the two screws [1], bend the stopper [2]
[3]
in the direction of the arrow, and remove the

paper feed cover [3].
Note
To easily remove the paper feed cover [3],
expand the metal plate [4] of the paper feed
cover in the direction of the arrow, and lift the
cover straight up.
the metal plate.
7. Put the tray back to the position where the stop-
[7]
[2]
[3]
per [2] is pushed in the paper feed cover [3], and

make the pick-up roller assy [7] placed horizontally (paper feed position).
[6]
[4]
[5]
a03xf3c002ca
46
[1]
[6]
[2]
8. Pull the plunger [2] of the pick-up solenoid [1] and

measure the gap between the pick-up roller [3]
and the lift plate [4] with a feeler gauge.
Measured value A = 0.5 to 1.0 mm
If the measured value is not the specified value,
perform step 9 and the steps that follow.
9. Loosen the screw [5].

Note
Before loosening the screw, be sure to mark
off the position of the pick-up solenoid by
drawing a line [6].
10. With the plunger [2] pulled, adjust the position of

the pick-up solenoid [1] so that the gap between
the pick-up roller [3] and the lift plate [4] becomes
to the specified value.
11. Tighten the screw [5] and fasten the pick-up solenoid [1].
12. Put paper in the tray and close the tray.

13. Make a copy/print to check that papers are fed
properly.
[3]

steps in reverse.
A
[4]
a03xf3c003ca
47
PF-601/HT-504
[5]
PF-601/HT-504
4.2
Pick-up roller height adjustment
Perform the adjustment under the following conditions: no feed occurs frequently; printed page is often folded;
paper jam occurs at short intervals; feeding paper with a large amount of curl.
According to the pick-up roller height adjustment, the height of the upper most paper and the paper through
height of the paper feed roller are decided.
Note
Pick-up roller height adjustment changes paper feed pick-up amount accordingly. When the
adjustment is completed, perform the paper feed pick-up amount adjustment to check the pickup amount.
A. Procedure

Note
[2]
[1]

motor.
5. Remove the rail stopper, and pull out the tray fura03xf3c004ca
48
ther. (See P.24)
6. Remove the two screws [1], and remove the
[3]
paper feed cover [3].

Note
To easily remove the paper feed cover [3],
expand the metal plate [4] of the paper feed
cover in the direction of the arrow, and lift the
cover straight up.
the metal plate.
7. Put the tray back to the position where the stopper [2] is pushed in the paper feed cover [3], and
[7]
[3]
[2]
make the pick-up roller assy [7] placed horizontally (paper feed position).
[6]
[4]
[5]
a03xf3c005ca
[2]
8. Check if the actuator [1] of the pick-up roller assy
[1]
meets the center [3] of the upper limit sensor/1

(PS1) and /2 (PS9) [2].
[1]
[2]
[3]
a03xf3c006ca
49
PF-601/HT-504
[1]
PF-601/HT-504
[4]
[3]
[2]
9. Mark off the position of the upper limit sensor
[1]
mounting plate [1] by drawing a line [2].
10. Loosen the screw [3] to release the upper limit

mounting plate [1].
11. Loosen or tighten the screw [4] to adjust the

height of the upper limit sensor mounting plate [1].
Note
The upper limit sensor mounting plate [1]
goes up by tightening the screw [4], and it
[6]
goes down by loosening the screw.
[5]
Reference
Raising the position of the upper limit sensor
brings down the pick-up roller [5] (resulting in
the increased difference [7] of elevation
[7]
between the paper feed roller [6] and the

pick-up roller [5]).
Lowering the position of the upper limit sen-
a03xf3c007ca
sor brings up the pick-up roller [5] (resulting

in the reduced difference [7] of elevation
between the paper feed roller [6] and the
pick-up roller [5]).
When the printed page is folded, when paper
jam occurs frequently, or when feeding paper
with a large amount of curl, raise the upper
limit sensor mounting plate.
When feeding convexly curled paper, lower
the upper limit sensor mounting plate.
12. After the completion of the adjustment, fasten the

screw [3] to secure the upper limit mounting plate
[1].
13. Put paper in the tray and close the tray.

14. Make a copy/print to confirm that papers are fed
properly.
If the problem is not solved, repeat
steps 9 to 14.
15. Check the paper feed pick-up amount. (See P.45)

steps in reverse.
50
Separation pressure adjustment
Perform the adjustment when no feed or multi-feed occurs frequently.

Note
The no-feed or multi-feed error is most likely to occur due to paper type or operating environment.
No feed tends to occur in low temperature environment, whereas high temperature environment
results in a higher rate of multi-feed.
Do not make an excessive adjustment. Doing so may reverse the respective symptoms.
A. Procedure

2. Change the position of the spring adjustment
lever [1]. Slide the lever in the direction indicated
with [2] to increase the separation pressure. Slide
it in the direction indicated with [3] to reduce the
separation pressure.
Reduced pressure: lowers multi-feed rate.
Increased pressure: lowers no feed rate.
Reference
The pressure applied to the spring increases/
[1]
decreases by about 10% increment.
3. Close the tray and make a copy/print to confirm

that papers are fed properly.
4. If the problem is not solved, repeat steps 2 and 3.
[2]
[3]
a03xf3c008ca
51
PF-601/HT-504
4.3
PF-601/HT-504
4.4
Lift plate horizontal adjustment
A. Procedure

Note
[2]
[1]

motor.
a03xf3c009ca
[1]
[3]
5. Check if the lift plate [3] is placed horizontally

using the engraved lines on the near side [1] and
the far side [2] of the tray. If the plate is not horizontal, perform step 6 and the steps that follow.
6. Loosen the two screws [4] on the far side, and

align the lift plate [3] with the engraved lines on the
front side [1] and the far side [2] so that the lift
plate is placed horizontally.
Note
Do not loosen the screws on the near side of
the tray.
7. After the completion of the adjustment, tighten the

[4]
[2]
a03xf3c010ca
52
two screws [4].
Horizontal adjustment
Perform the adjustment when the unit is not placed horizontally, or when the height/tilt of the unit is different from
that of the main body.
Note
Horizontal adjustment may displace the unit position relative to the main body. When the adjustment is completed, be sure to make a test copy/print to see if papers are properly fed from the PF.
A. Procedure
1. Turn off the power switch (SW2) and the main

power switch (SW1) of the main body and unplug
the power cord of the main body from the power
outlet.
2. Turn the four nuts [2] of the adjusters [1] with a

wrench to adjust the levelness of the unit.
Note
Be sure to take the height against the main
body into account when making the adjustment.
3. Turn the four nuts [2] of the adjusters [1] slightly to

see if there are any adjuster(s) that are off the
[1]
ground.
[2]
Note
If there are adjuster(s) that are off the ground,
turn the nut [2] with a wrench to extend the
adjuster(s) until you feed the adjuster(s) are
securely grounded.
a03xf3c011ca
53
PF-601/HT-504
4.5
4. Pull out the tray/4, and make sure that the gap A
PF-601/HT-504
between the PF plate [1] and the tray guide plate

[2] is more than 2 mm. If the gap is 2 mm or less,
lift up the two adjusters on the right side of the PF
and adjust the gap.
[1]
[2]
a03xf3c012ca
54
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
LU-202/HT-503
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
3.0
2007/06
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
LU-202/HT-503
CONTENTS
LU-202/HT-503
OUTLINE
1.1
LU-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2
HT-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MAINTENANCE
2.1
Maintenance Procedure of the Paper Feed Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2.1.1
Cleaning/pre-registration roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.2
Removing/installing paper feed roller Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.3
Replacing the paper feed roller/pick-up roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.4
Replacing separation roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.5
Replacing paper feed clutch (MC101) /pre-registration clutch (MC102) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.1
3.2
Disassembly/Reassembly Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.1
Removing/reinstalling the upper door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.2
Removing/reinstalling the clutch cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.3
Removing/reinstalling the paper feed cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.2.4
Removing/installing the right cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.2.5
Removing/reinstalling the front cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.6
Removing/reinstalling the rear cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.2.7
Replacing the lift wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2.8
Removing/installing the paper size VR (VR1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Separation pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.2
Paper lift plate horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4.3
Paper centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.4
Paper skew adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.5
(Maximum) Paper feed height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.6
Pick-up roller separation adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
LU-202/HT-503
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
LU-202/HT-503
OUTLINE
1.1
LU-202
A. Type
Type
Side mount type large volume paper feed tray
B. Functions
Max. tray capacity
*1
2500 sheets (80 g/m 2)*1
Stacked height 275 mm
C. Paper type
Paper size
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5

13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
8K, 16K
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 210 x 182 mm)*1
Applicable paper

64 to 300 g/m2 *1
Available types of paper weighing 300 g/m2 are limited to specific types.
*1
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
Maximum power consump- DC: 40W or less, AC: 50W or less (not including HT-503)
tion
Weight
Approx. 40kg
Dimensions
710 (W) x 639 (D) x 477 (H) mm
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
LU-202/HT-503
1.2
HT-503
A. Type
Type
Fan heater type dehumidifier device
B. Machine data
Power source
24/5VDC, 200 to 240VAC (supplied both from the main body)

tion
Dimensions
Weight
Dehumidifier fan heater unit: Approx. 1.5 kg
Power unit: 121 (W) x 80 (D) x 160 (H) mm

Power supply unit: Approx. 0.9 kg
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
LU-202/HT-503
MAINTENANCE
2.1
Maintenance Procedure of the Paper Feed Section
Caution
2.1.1
Cleaning/pre-registration roller
Paper dust removing brush: Actual cleaning cycle

Pre-registration roller: Actual cleaning cycle

*1
*2
PRO C6500
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
[3]
1. Remove the upper door.

(See P.11)
2. Remove the paper feed cover.

(See P.12)

dust cleaner brush [2].
4. Clean the paper dust removing brush [2] and the

pre-registration roller [3].

steps in reverse.
a03wf2c001ca
2.1.2
Removing/installing paper feed roller Assy
LU-202/HT-503
A. Procedure
[1] [2] [3] [5] [10]
[9][4][2][1]
[6] [8]

(See P.11)

(See P.12)
3. Remove the two C-clips [1], and slide the two

bearings [2] outward.
4. After rotating the paper feed roller assy [5] to the

position free from upper limit sensor (PS109) [3]
and the paper empty sensor (PS108) [4], remove
the coupling [8] while avoiding notch [6] and the
arm [7] of paper feed guide plate, and remove the
paper feed roller assy [5].
[6]
[7]
a03wf2c002ca
Note
When removing/installing, be careful not to
damage the upper limit sensor (PS109) [3] and
the paper empty sensor (PS108) [4].
When installing, make sure that the arm [9] is
underneath the lever [10].

steps in reverse.

Replacing the paper feed roller/pick-up roller
LU-202/HT-503
2.1.3
Paper feed roller : Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 300,000 feed)
Pick-up roller
B. Procedure
[2]
1. Remove the paper feed roller assy.
[3]
(See P.4)
2. Turn over the paper feed roller assy.

4. Remove the two C-clips [2], and remove the coupling bearing [3].
[1]
[2]
[2]
a03wf2c003ca
[7]
5. Slide the coupling bearing [1] and remove the
[1]
mounting bracket [2].

roller [4].
Note
Install it so that the paint mark [5] is facing
towards the belt [6].
7. Remove the pick-up roller [7].
[3] [4]
[6]
[5]
a03wf2c004ca
LU-202/HT-503
[2]
[3]
[1]
8. Remove the collar [2] from the pick-up roller [1].

Note
When installing, insert collar [2] from the
groove [3] side.

steps in reverse.
a03wf2c005ca

LU-202/HT-503
2.1.4
Separation roller : Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 300,000 feed)
B. Procedure
1. Open the upper door.

2. Remove the 2 screws [1] and remove the cover
[2].
[2]
[1]
a03wf2c006ca
3. Remove the two screws [1], pull out the front side
while pressing down the separation roller [2],
remove the coupling [3], and remove the separa-
[3]
tion roller assy [4].
[2]
[4]
[1]
a03wf2c007ca
LU-202/HT-503

5. Rotate the shaft to match its D-shape end with
the D-cut of the metal plate [2], and remove the
[1]
separation roller [3].
[3] [4]
Note
When removing/installing, be careful not to
[2]
[1]
[1]
damage the protection sheet [4].
a03wf2c008ca
[3]
[2]
6. Remove the separation roller [1] from the collar [2].

Note
When installing, insert the paint mark [3] side
to the collar [2].
Be careful not to let any grease spill or drip on
the separation roller.

steps in reverse.
a03wf2c009ca
Replacing paper feed clutch (MC101) /pre-registration clutch (MC102)
Pre-registration clutch (MC102) : Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
: Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
B. Procedure
[2]
[3]
[5]
[6] [7] [5]
[4]
[2]
1. Remove the clutch cover.

(See P.11)

3. Remove the two C-clips [2] and remove the paper
feed clutch (MC101) [3], and remove the pre-registration clutch [4].
Note
When installing, be sure to insert the stoppers
[5] of the clutches over the screw [6] and the
metal plate [7].

steps in reverse.
[1]
a03wf2c010ca
LU-202/HT-503
2.1.5
3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
3. OTHERS
3.1
No.
1
10
Disassembly/Reassembly Parts List

Section
Cover section
Up/down section
Part name
Reference page
Upper door
P.11
Clutch cover
P.11
Paper feed cover
P.12
Right cover
P.12
Front cover
P.13
Rear cover
P.14
Lift wire
P.15
Disassembly/Reassembly Procedures
LU-202/HT-503
3.2
3. OTHERS
Caution
3.2.1
Removing/reinstalling the upper door
A. Procedure
[1]
[7]
[2]
1. Open the upper door [1].

2. Remove the hook [3] of spring [2] from the paper
feed guide plate [4].
Note
When attaching the spring, be sure to put its
hook through the hole on the plate from the
outside.
3. Remove the two screws [5], slide the door [1] in

the direction of the arrow [6], and remove it while
tilting it in the direction of the arrow [7].
[5]
3.2.2
[4] [3] [5] [6]
a03wf2c011ca

steps in reverse.
Removing/reinstalling the clutch cover
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]

2. Remove the four screws [2] and then remove the
clutch cover [3].

steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
a03wf2c012ca
11
3. OTHERS
3.2.3

Removing/reinstalling the paper feed cover
LU-202/HT-503
A. Procedure
[3]
[1]

(See P.11)
2. Remove the two screws [1] and the two screws

[2], and remove the paper feed cover [3].

steps in reverse.
[2]
3.2.4
a03wf2c013ca
Removing/installing the right cover
A. Procedure
[1]
[3]

2. Remove the four screws [2] and remove the right
cover [3].

steps in reverse.
[2]
12
a03wf2c014ca

Removing/reinstalling the front cover
A. Procedure

2. Remove the right cover.
(See P.12)
[1]
3. Open the front door [1] and remove the five

screws [2].
4. Close the front door [1], and remove the front

cover [3].
[2]

steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
a03wf2c015ca
13
LU-202/HT-503
3.2.5
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
3.2.6

Removing/reinstalling the rear cover
LU-202/HT-503
A. Procedure
[2]
[1]
[1]
[3]

(See P.12)
3. Remove the 18 screws [1] and remove the rear

cover [2] with the clutch cover [3].
Note
[1]
When the HT (option) is installed, remove the

four screws [4].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[1]
[4]
a03wf2c016ca
14

Replacing the lift wire
Note
When the HT-503 (option) is installed, remove it before performing the replacement.
Be sure to lower the paper lift plate to its lower most position in advance by pressing the tray
down switch (SW100) with electricity supplied.
Remove the lift wire in the order of "A. Removing/installing the paper feed motor assy" "B. Removing/installing the paper lift drive section" "C. Removing/reinstalling the lift wire". Reinstall the lift
wire following the removal steps in reverse.
After replacing the lift wire, carry out the paper lift plate horizontal adjustment. (See P.30)
There are six lift wires; Fr1[2], Fr2 [3], Fr3 [4], Rr1 [5], Rr2 [6], and Rr3 [7]. All of them are wound on
the pulleys attached to the drive shaft [1] as shown.
The four lift wires; Fr2, Fr3, Rr2, Rr3 are the same in length, and are referred to as drive wire/A
which lifts the paper lift plate [8]. The other two lift wires; Fr1 and Rr1 are different in length and
attached to the spring/Fr [9] and the spring/Rr [10] as shown. The Fr1 and Rr1, referred to as
assist wire/C and /D respectively, pull the paper lift plate downward to stabilize the plate.
Drive wire/A (1450 mm)
:lift wire/Fr2 [3], /Fr3 [4], Rr2 [6], /Rr3 [7]
Assist wire/C (1240 mm)
:lift wire/Fr1 [2]
Assist wire/D (820mm)
:lift wire/Rr1 [5]
Attach the cylindrical-shaped end [11] of the wire to the drive shaft, and attach the other ball
shaped end [12] to the metal plate or the spring.
[8]
[10]
[5]
[6]
[7]
FRONT
[4]
[9]
[1]
[11]
[12]
[3]
[2]
[1]
Drive shaft
a03wf2c017ca
[6]
Lift wire /Rr2
[2]
Lift wire/Fr1
[7]
Lift wire/Rr3
[3]
Lift wire/Fr2
[8]
Paper lift plate
[4]
Lift wire/Fr3
[9]
Spring/Fr
[5]
Lift wire/Rr1
[10]
Spring/Rr
15
LU-202/HT-503
3.2.7
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
A. Removing/installing the paper feed motor assy
[1]
1. Remove the LU from the main body.

[2]
(See P.12)
3. Remove the front cover.

(See P.13)

(See P.14)
5. Remove the paper feed clutch (MC101) [1] and

pre-registration clutch (MC102) [2].
(See P.9)
6. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the duct

[4].
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[12] [11] [6]
a03wf2c018ca
[3]
[4]
7. Remove the wire binding [1] from the saddle [2].

8. Remove the eight screws [3].
9. Loosen the screw [4] one or two turns.
Note
Do not loosen the screw [4] too much. Doing
so may damage the clearance sponge [5].
10. Push the lower part of the bulkhead plate [6] a few
millimeters in the direction of the arrow [7], then
while avoiding actuator [8], push the tab [9] to
remove the lower limit sensor (PS101) [10].
Note
[3]
[5]
[7]
When removing/installing PS101, be careful
[3]
not to damage it.

When installing, make sure that the tab [9] is
securely inserted.
11. Slide the upper part of the bulkhead plate [5] in

the direction of the arrow [11], and tilt it until it
[8]
16
[10]
[9]
a03wf2c019ca
comes off from the metal plate [12].
[3]
[4]
[6] [8]
12. Remove the three connectors [1] and remove the

wire binding [2] from the saddle.

feed motor assy [7] in the direction of the arrow
[8].
Note
The screws [6] are shoulder screws. Make
sure to properly attach the screws so that the
metal plate is fitted securely.
[1]
[5]
[2] [7]
[5]
a03wf2c020ca

steps in reverse.
B. Removing/installing the paper lift drive section
[2]
[1]
[4]
(See P.12)

(See P.14)
3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the sensor

cover [2].
4. Remove the five connectors [3] and remove the

wire binding [4].
[3]
a03wf2c021ca
17
LU-202/HT-503
[6]
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS

6. Remove the three screws [3] and the two screws
LU-202/HT-503
[3]
[4].
Note
7. Remove the metal plate [5] and the bearing [6].

Note
[2]
[1]
[6]
[5] [4]
When installing the bearing [6], install it from

the inner side of the metal plate [5].
a03wf2c022ca
[1]
8. Remove the positioning gear [1].
[2]
Note
When installing the gear [1] with the paper lift
plate located at its lowest position, align the
edge surface of the actuator [3] of the
remaining paper detection gear [2] with the
surface [5] of the remaining paper sensor/4
(PS105) [4].
Make sure to attach the gear [1] in the correct
direction.
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
18
a03wf2c023ca
3. OTHERS
and the pin [3].
10. Remove the E-ring [4], then remove the gear [5]
and the outer/inner bearings [6].
[2]
[3]
[1]
[6]
[4]
[5]
a03wf2c024ca
and the pin [3].
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a03wf2c025ca
[3]
13. Remove the four screws [1] and the two screws
[2]
[2], and remove the paper lift drive section [3].

Note
Be careful not to damage the clearance
sponge [4].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[4]
a03wf2c026ca
19
LU-202/HT-503
3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
C. Removing/reinstalling the lift wire
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
1. Remove the paper feed motor assy.

(See P.16)
2. Remove the paper lift drive section.

(See P.17)
3. Release the hook [2] of the spring/Rr [1] provided

at the back, and remove the ball shaped wire end
[3].
4. Remove the lift wire/Rr1 [7] from the pulley [4], [5]
and [6].
5. Remove the E-ring [8] and the pulley [9], and then
remove the lift wire/Rr1 [7].
[5]
[6]
[8]
20
[7]
[9]
[6]
a03wf2c027ca
[3]
[9]
[10]
[1]
Note
When installing the lift wire/Rr1 [1], insert the
cylindrical-shaped end of the wire [3] into the
hole of the drive shaft [2], and insert the pulley [5] letting the wire through the cutout [4],
and then wind the wire seven turns clockwise
[6] (from the panel [7] side to outward [8]) in a
single layer.
When installing the lift wire/Rr1, be sure that
the lift wire/Rr2 [9] and /Rr3 [10] are not on
either side edge of the pulley, and the lift wire/
Rr1 [1] is wound one turn at the panel side [7].
[8]
[7]
[6]
[4]
a03wf2c028ca
[6] [7]
[8]
6. Release the hook [2] of the spring/Fr [1] provided

at the front, and remove the ball shaped wire end
[3].
7. Remove the lift wire/Fr1 [6] from the pulley [4] and
[5].
remove the lift wire/Fr1 [6].
[1] [2] [3]
[5]
a03wf2c029ca
21
LU-202/HT-503
[2] [5] [4]
3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
3. OTHERS
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[1]
Note
When installing the lift wire/Fr1 [1], insert the
cylindrical-shaped end of the wire [3] into the
hole of the drive shaft [2], and insert the pulley [5] letting the wire through the cutout [4],
and then wind the wire seven turns counterclockwise [6] (from the panel [7] side to outward [8]) in a single layer.
Before Installing the lift wire/Fr1, rotate the
shaft counterclockwise to prevent the lift
[7]
[10] [9]
[8] [6]
wire/Fr2 [9] and Fr3 [10] from getting loose.

Be sure to check that the wires are not loosened and are not on either side edges of the
pulleys.
a03wf2c030ca
22
[10]
[12]
pull out the wire end [3].
10. Remove the lift wire/Fr2 [4] from the pulley [5], [6]
and [7].
Note
When removing the wire from the pulley [5],
[6] and [7], pull the wire out from the convex
[9]
portion [8] of the wire cover [9], then slide the
[5]
wire cover.
[8]
11. Remove the screw [10], and remove the wire protective cover [11].
12. Remove the ball shaped wire end [12] by pulling it

[4] [6]
straight up, and remove the lift wire/Fr2 [4].

Note
When removing/installing the lift wire, be
careful not to damage it with the metal plate.
[5]
[7]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a03wf2c031ca
23
LU-202/HT-503
[11]
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
[8]
13. Remove the two E-rings [1] and pulley [2], and
[7]
remove the lift wire/Fr3 [3].
14. In the same manner as Step 10, remove the lift

wire/Fr3 [3] from the pulley [4], [5] and [6].
15. In the same manner as Steps 11 and 12, remove

the screw [7] and the wire cover [8], and remove
the lift wire/Fr3 [3].
[5]
[6]
[4]
[2]
24
[3]
[1]
a03wf2c032ca
3. OTHERS
[8]
16. Remove the E-ring [1] provided at the back and

the pulley [2], and remove the lift wire/Rr2 [3].

wire/Rr2 [3] from the pulley [4], [5] and [6].

the screw [7] and the wire protective cover [8],
and remove the lift wire/Rr2 [3].
[5]
Note
After installing the lift wire, make sure that the
lift wire does not contact with the metal
plates or some other parts.
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3] [6]
a03wf2c033ca
25
LU-202/HT-503
[7]
3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
[7]
19. Remove the two E-rings [1] and pulley [2], and
[8]
remove the lift wire/Rr3 [3].

wire/Fr3 [3] from the pulley [4], [5] and [6].

the screw [7] and the wire protective cover [8],
and remove the lift wire/Rr3 [3].
[5]
Note
After installing the lift wire, make sure that the
lift wire does not contact with the metal
plates or some other parts.

steps in reverse.
Note
After installing, carry out the paper lift plate
horizontal adjustment.
[6]
[3] [4]
[1] [2]
26
(See P.30)
a03wf2c034ca

Removing/reinstalling the paper size VR (VR1)
A. Procedure for removal
1. Remove the paper from LU and close the upper

[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
door.
2. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the

sub power switch (SW2) of the main body. Confirm that the paper lift plate stops at its uppermost
position (listen to the sound of the paper lift motor
to figure out the stop status), and then turn the
power switches OFF.

4. Loosen two screws [2] of the guide plate /Fr [1]
and two screws [4] of the guide plate /Rr [3], and
widen the guide plates /Fr, /Rr to the max. width.
5. Remove three screws [5] of the paper size VR

(VR1) and remove the VR1.
[5]
a03wf2c035ca
27
LU-202/HT-503
3.2.8
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
LU-202/HT-503
B. Procedure for reinstallation
[1]
1. Widen the guide plates /Fr [1], /Rr [2] to the max.
[2]
width.
2. Adjust the engagement of the gears of paper size

VR (VR1) and detection plate /Rr so that the holes
[3] and [4] are aligned. Then tighten the screw [5].
3. After installing, set the paper in LU and check that

the paper size is properly detected.
[5]
[3]
[4]
a03wf2c036ca
28
LU-202/HT-503
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Separation pressure adjustment
Conduct the separation pressure adjustment when there occurs a no feed or double feed condition repeatedly.
Note
Do not make an excessive adjustment. Doing so may reverse the symptoms.
Paper type and ambient temperature/humidity can be a major cause of the no-feed or multi-feed
jam. For example, no-feed jam tends to occur in low temperature, and multi-feed jam does in high
temperature. Make sure to carry out this adjustment with that in mind.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the LU from the main body.

2. Disconnect the hooked end [1] of the spring from
the tab, and attach it to another tab on the left [2]
or right [3] side of the center tab to raise or reduce
the separation pressure.
Note
The five tabs correspond to five pressure levels. Attach the hooked end of the spring to a
tab on the [2] side to raise the pressure, or
attach it to a tab on the [3] side to reduce the
[1]
pressure.
Reducing pressure: lowers multi-feed jam
rate.
Raising pressure: lowers no-feed jam rate.
[2]
The spring force changes in increments of
[3]
about 10%.
a03wf3c001ca
3. Reinstall the LU to the main body.

Note
Make some test prints to check to see that
no-feed or multi-feed jam does not occur.
29
LU-202/HT-503
4.2
Paper lift plate horizontal adjustment
Conduct the paper lift plate horizontal adjustment when a paper feed jam occurs repeatedly or when the lift wire
has been changed.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the paper from the LU and close the

[2]
upper door.
[3]
2. Turn on the main power switch (SW1) and the sub

power switch (SW2) of the main body. After the
paper lift plate stops at its uppermost position (listen to the sound of the paper lift motor to figure
out the stop status), turn off the both switches.

(See P.12)
5. Remove the front cover.

(See P.13)
6. Loosen the two screws on the front side [1].

7. Adjust the levelness of the paper lift plate [4] with
the adjustment screw [5] aligning its both end surfaces with the marking-off line [2] and [3].
Note
Before adjusting with the screw [5], push
down the lift plate lightly to take up any slack
[5]
[4]
in the wires.
8. Tighten the two screws [1].

steps in reverse.
Note
[1]
a03wf3c002ca
30
Paper centering adjustment
Perform this adjustment when images are not printed on the center of paper, which fed from LU, even after performing the "Printer centering adjustment (tray4)" (adjustment range: 4 mm) in service mode.
A. Procedure
1. Load about 100 sheets of paper in the LU. (less

[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
than 100 may cause the paper becoming warped

when the guide plate is pressed against it.)
2. Feed paper from the tray4 (LU) and print the test
pattern No. 16.
3. Fold the printed sheet in half in main scan direction to see how much the printed pattern is offcentered.
4. Close the upper door. And turn off the main power
switch (SW1) and the sub power switch (SW2)
after the paper lift plate stops at its uppermost
position (listen to the sound of the paper lift motor
to figure out the stop status).
5. Open the upper door and remove paper.

6. Loosen the two screws [2] of the guide plate /Fr
[1] and the two screws [4] of the guide plate /Rr
[3].
7. Loosen the two screws [6] of the centering

bracket [5].
8. Slide the centering bracket [5] aligning the line on
[7]
the both ends of the bracket with the marking-off

line [7], and tighten the two screws [6].
Note
When sliding the centering bracket, make
sure to slide its both ends simultaneously (not
tilt it) so that the line on the both ends align
with one of the marking off lines at the same
position.
9. Load paper and press the guide plate /Fr [1] and /
Rr [3] against the paper, and tighten the two
screws [2] and the two screws [4].
Note
When pressing the guide plates against
[6]
[7]
[5]
paper, make sure not to press them too much,

a03wf3c003ca
or a paper jam may occur.

steps in reverse.
Note
the off-centered amount falls within the
allowable range.
31
LU-202/HT-503
4.3
LU-202/HT-503
4.4
Paper skew adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when there is a difference in the inclination found with the main body tray and the
paper skew. However, this method has a limited effect since all of the paper supplied is adjusted at the registration section.
An adjustment is made at a different place according to the case in which there occurs a skew of the same inclination in all of the paper supplied from the LU or in which there occurs a skew at random for each sheet of
paper.
A. Preparation
1. Make the continuous print of the test pattern (No. 16) to check the skew.
2. Depending on the inclination of a skew, conduct either of the following adjustment B and C.
Skew in the same inclination for the entire LU: Adjustment procedure B
Skew at random: Adjustment procedure C
B. Adjustment procedure of all the paper skew regularly
1. Open the front door.

3. Slide the positioning bracket [3] referring to the
marking-off line [2].
Note
When sliding the positioning bracket [3],
move its both edges by the same amount so
that they align with the making-off line [2] at
the same position.
[1] [3]
[2]
32
a03wf3c004ca
4. Print the test pattern (No. 16) continuously to

check to see that no skew of paper occur.
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
1. Load about 100 sheets of paper in the LU. (less

than 100 may cause the paper becoming warped
when the guide plate is pressed against it.)
Note

3. Open the upper door and loosen the two screws

[2] of the guide plate /Fr [1], the two screws [4] of
the guide plate /Rr [3] and the two screws [6] of
the guide plate /Rt [5].
[5]
[6]
4. Press the guide plate /Fr [2], /Rr [4] and /Rt [6]
a03wf3c005ca
against the paper and tighten a total of six screws

[2], [4], and [6].
Note
The paper size indications on the guide plates
are marked 2 mm larger than the actual size.
The 2 mm gap may cause the paper skew
depending on the paper type.
5. Print the test pattern (No. 16) continuously to

check to see that no skew of paper occur.
33
LU-202/HT-503
C. Adjustment procedure of each paper skew irregularly
LU-202/HT-503
4.5
(Maximum) Paper feed height adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when the following conditions occur.
No-feed jam occurs
Leading edge of printed page is folded
No-feed jam of thick paper; it gets stuck with the entrance guide plate (the guide plate of the separation
roller section).
Multi-feed jam occurs
When feeding tightly curled papers
Note
Be sure to carry out the pick-up roller separation adjustment after performing this adjustment,
since this adjustment changes the distance between the pick-up roller surface and paper when
the roller moved away from the paper. (See P.35)
A. Procedure
[1]
[3] [4]
upper door.


(See P.11)

(See P.12)
5. Loosen the screw [1] and adjust the position of

[2]
the mounting plate [3] of the upper limit sensor

a03wf3c006ca
(PS109) [2] while holding it horizontally referring to

the marking-off line [4], and tighten the screw [1].
Note
Be sure to install the sensor mounting plate
[3] horizontally.
Move the sensor mounting plate [3] downward to raise the paper feed level, or move
the plate upward to lower the paper feed
level.
When no-feed occurs or convexly curled
paper needs to be fed, move sensor mounting
plate [3] downward to raise the paper feed
level.
When multi-feed occurs or the paper edge is
folded, or when convexly curled paper needs
to be fed, move sensor mounting plate [3]
upward to lower the paper feed height level.

steps in reverse.
34
Pick-up roller separation adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when there occurs a no feed jam repeatedly and when the paper feed height (upper
limit) adjustment is made.
A. Procedure

[2]
[1]
upper door.
[6]


(See P.11)

(See P.12)
5. With the moving part [2] of the pick-up solenoid

(SD100) [1] pulled in the direction of the arrow,
measure the gap [5] between the pick-up roller [3]
and the paper lift plate [4].
Standard value: 0.5mm or more (0.5 to 2.5 mm)
[7]
If the measured value is out of the specified range,

perform step 6 and the subsequent steps.
6. Loosen a screw [6] and move the SD100 [1] back

and forth reffering to the marking-off line [7] to
adjust its position, and tighten the screw [6].

steps in reverse.
Note
[3]
[4]
[5]
a03wf3c006ca
35
LU-202/HT-503
4.6
LU-202/HT-503
Blank page
36
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
RU-503/504
2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
RU-503/504
CONTENTS
RU-503/504
OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE
2. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1
2.2
Disassembly/reassembly parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Disassembly/reassembly procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2.1
Removing/reinstalling the conveyance units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2.2
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2.3
Removing/reinstalling the decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2.4
Removing/reinstalling the decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2.5
Note to keep in mind when replacing the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
RU-503/504
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
RU-503/504
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Conveyance unit with paper cooling and decurler functions
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Accelerated conveyance
To accelerate for the finisher standard line speed.
mode
Decurler conveyance mode
Reduces paper curl and conveys at an accelerating rate with posttreatment linear velocity.
(2) Operation capacity

65PPM (A4, B5, 81/2 x 11, 16K)
C. Paper type
Paper size
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 8 1/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Paper type
Plain paper, high quality paper, color paper, coated paper, tab paper (five-tab
type): same as the main body.
Paper weight
Accelerated con-
64 to 300g/m2
veyance mode
Decurler convey-
64 to 209g/m2
ance mode
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
RU-503/504
Power source
RU-503
RU-504
AC100 to 240V/5V DC (supplied from the main body)
Maximum power consump- 90VA or less

tion
Dimensions
Including main body: 175 (W) x 723 (D) x 1 (H) mm
Weight
RU-503
Approx. 33 kg
RU-504
Approx. 35 kg
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
2. OTHERS
RU-503/504
MAINTENANCE
2. OTHERS
2.1
No.
1

Section
Conveyance section
Part name
Reference page
Conveyance unit
P.4
Upper cover
P.9
P.9
P.11
2. OTHERS
RU-503/504
2.2
Caution:
2.2.1
Removing/reinstalling the conveyance units
A. Procedure

2. Loosen the two screws [2] and detach them from
the holes [3], release the projection [5] through the
hole [4], and then remove the front cover [6].
[2]
[3]
[1]
[6]
[5]
[4]
a04jf2c001ca
2. OTHERS
[3]
[4]
[5]
[2]
After reinstalling the front door [1], loosen the

two screws [2] and match the position of the
actuator [5] with the interlock [4] while moving the fixing plate [3] in the direction of the
arrow. Do not open the front door [1] forcibly.
a04jf2c002ca
RU-503/504
Note
[1]
2. OTHERS
3. Remove the two screws [1], release the two tabs

RU-503/504
[2] through the holes [3], and then remove the rear
cover [4].
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
a04jf2c003ca
2. OTHERS
4. Remove the two screws [1] and then remove the

[2]
cover [2].
RU-503/504
[1]
a04jf2c004ca
5. Disconnect the two connectors [1] and the two

[1]
[2]
[3]
clamps [2], and then release the wire binding [3].
a04jf2c005ca
[2]
[1]
6. Pull out the conveyance unit [1] toward you and

remove the two screws [2].
a04jf2c006ca
2. OTHERS
7. Push the conveyance unit [1] back to the main

RU-503/504
body, and pull it out again together with the upper
[2]
[4]
cover [2].
Note
[3]
Do not carry the main body with the conveyance unit [1] pulled out without the upper
[5]
cover [2].
When installing the conveyance unit, put the
[2] [1]
upper cover [2] on the guide rail [3] properly

and engage the hole [4] on the rear side of the
conveyance unit with the pin [5] at the back of
the guide rail.
Caution:
Be sure to install the lock shaft that you have
removed during unpacking, or the conveyance unit may pop up and you may get hurt.
a04jf2c007ca
Note
When handling the conveyance unit, do not
hold the unit by its handle [1] or the guide
plate [2]. Be sure to grasp the sturdy parts
such as the frame [3] or the shaft [4].
[4]

steps in reverse.
[3]
[1]
[2]
a04jf2c008ca

2.2.2
2. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover
[2]
1. Remove the conveyance unit from the main body
[1]
and the option. (See P.4)
2. Remove the eight screws [1], slide the cover [2] of

the main body backward, and remove the cover.

steps in reverse.
a04jf2c009ca
2.2.3
Removing/reinstalling the decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2)
A. Procedure
[1]
[4]
[5]
[2]
[3]
1. Remove the conveyance unit from the main body

and the option. (See P.4)
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the upper cover. (See P.9)

Remove the screw [3] of the solenoid lever [2].
Remove the three screws [5] of the solenoid
mounting plate [4], and remove the solenoid lever
[2] and the solenoid mounting plate [4] by pulling
them out all together toward you.
a04jf2c010ca
RU-503/504
A. Procedure
2. OTHERS
RU-503/504
[3]
[2]
[4]
[1]
6. Remove the solenoid lever [1].

Note
Mind the correct direction when installing the
solenoid lever.
7. Remove the two screws [3] of the solenoid

mounting plate [2], and replace the solenoid [4]
with a new one.
8. Follow the steps 7 to 3, and carry out the adjustment below.
a04jf2c011ca
9. Adjust the position of the solenoid mounting plate

[4]
[1]
[3] [2]
[3] so that the clearance of the gate outlet [2]

becomes to the specified value a when the gate
solenoid [1] is moved as shown by the arrow, and
then secure the plate with the screw [4].
Specified value: a = 3 0.5 mm

steps in reverse.
a=3 0.5mm
[4]
a04jf2c012ca
10

2.2.4
2. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3)
[1] [3]
[2]
1. Remove the conveyance unit. (See P.4)

[1]
covers [2] and [3].
a04jf2c013ca
[1] [5]
[4]
[2]
[3] [4]

Note
Be careful when handling the solenoid [3] as it
is not fixed at this moment.
5. Remove the two screws [4] and the solenoid

mounting plate [5], and then remove the solenoid
[3].
Note
Be careful not to drop the solenoid [3].
6. After installing the solenoid [3] by following the

steps 5 to 3, carry out the adjustment below.
a04jf2c014ca
11
RU-503/504
A. Procedure
2. OTHERS
7. With the gate solenoid [1] powered on, measure

the gap between the edge of decurler gate [2] and
RU-503/504
[3]
the guide plate [3]. Next, adjust the position of the

solenoid mounting plate [4] so that the gap
a=4.5 0.5mm
becomes the specified value a, and then secure

it with the screws [5].
Specified value: a = 4.5 0.5 mm
[2]

steps in reverse.
[1]
[4]
[5]
[4]
[5]
a04jf2c015ca
12

Note to keep in mind when replacing the board
When the RU control board (RUCB) is replaced, be

sure to replace the EEPROM (IC3).
Remove the EEPROM (IC3) from the old RU control
board [1] and install it into the new RU control board
[2].
Note
The setting of the SW1 should be the same as
that of the old RUCB.
[1]
[2]
a04jf2c016ca
Note
Be sure to install the "A" sections of the EEPROM (IC3) in the same direction.
a04jf2c017ca
13
RU-503/504
2.2.5
2. OTHERS
RU-503/504
2. OTHERS
Blank page
14
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
FD-501
2007.11
Ver. 4.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
page.
NOTE
2007/11
4.0
2006/09
3.0
2005/04
2.0
2004/10
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
FD-501
CONTENTS
FD-501
OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1
Maintenance procedure of conveyance section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2.1.1
2.2
2.2.1
2.3
Replacing the punch motor (M10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Maintenance procedure of main tray section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2.3.1
2.4
Replacing roller solenoids /1 (SD5) to /4 (SD8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Maintenance procedure of punch section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Replacing the tray up down motor (M11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Maintenance procedure of PI section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2.4.1
Replacing the pick-up rubber (upper stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.2
Replacing the paper feed rubber (upper stage). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.4.3
Replacing the separation rubber (upper stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.4.4
Replacing the pick-up rubber (lower stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.4.5
Replacing the paper feed rubber (lower stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.4.6
Replacing the separation rubber (lower stage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1
Items not allowed to be disassembled and/or adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

3.1.1
3.2
3.3
Folding/conveyance switching position adjustment section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
List of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.3.1
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Fr + PI cover /Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.3.2
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr + PI cover /Rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.3.3
Removing/reinstalling the upper door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.3.4
3.3.5
Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.6
Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Rr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.3.7
Removing/reinstalling the paper exit stopper cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.3.8
Removing/reinstalling the right cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.9
Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the stand cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

3.3.11 Removing/reinstalling the front door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.3.12 Cleaning the 2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3.13 Cleaning the 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3.14 Cleaning the 3rd folding roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.15 Removing/reinstalling the folding conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.3.16 Removing/reinstalling the main tray up/down wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2 (MFDB/2) . . . . . . . . 45
3.3.18 Note to keep in mind when replacing the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
FD-501
CONTENTS
ii
4.1
Roller solenoids /1 (SD5), /2 (SD6), /3 (SD7), /4 (SD8) position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.2
Punch centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.3
Height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.4
PI section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.4.1
Gear position adjustment of the paper feed regulation plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.4.2
Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
FD-501
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Multi folding device with punch and PI functions
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Normal paper exit function
Punching function
Transfer paper exited from the main body is exited into the main tray/sub tray.
Transfer paper that is exited by the main body or fed to the PI is punched for
each sheet of paper and exited into the main tray/sub tray.
Folding function
Transfer paper that is exited from the main body or fed to the PI is handled for
folding (either one of the following: Z-fold, Letter fold-out, Letter fold-in, Double
parallel fold, Gate fold, and folding) for each sheet of paper, and exited into the
sub tray/main tray (The Z-fold exit to the main tray while in the FS connection is
limited only to B4, A3, 81/2 x 14, 11 x 17, 12 x 18 and 8K.)
PI insertion function
PI tray paper is inserted in the transfer paper exited from the main body.
Manual mode
PI tray paper is punched, folded and stapled, and then exited into the sub tray/
main tray. (The stapling function is available only when the staple unit is connected to the downstream of the FD.)

Main tray
2,500 sheets:
FD-501
A4, A4S, B5, B5S

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
16K*3, 16KS*3
1,500 sheets:
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2

13 x 19*2,12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4
8K*3
wide paper*1 : A3, B4,A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
500 sheets:
A5, A5S*2, B6S*2

51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S,11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,81/2 x 11S,
Custom paper
: 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140mm)
custom paper (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140mm)

C6500 (Max. 330 x 483 mm, Min. 128 x 148mm)
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
Sub tray *1
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2, 51/2 x 81/2S,
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*2, 16K*2, 16KS*2
Tab paper*3
: A4, 81/2 x 11, custom paper
Custom paper
: Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148mm
*1
*2
C6500 only
*3
C. Type of paper
Paper size
2 holes:
A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S*2

12 x 18 , 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3,
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17,

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
Min. 182 x 140mm)
3 holes/4 holes:
A3, B4, A4, B5

12 x 18 , 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11
8K*3, 16K*3
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17,

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
Min. 182 x 140mm)
*1
1050 only
*2
C6500 only
*3

*4
A4, 81/2 x 11 only for C6500
Applicable paper
Plain paper, tab paper
Paper weight
50 to 209 g/m2
(2) Folding functions

Paper size
A3, B4, SRA4S*1, A4S

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
8K*2
Custom paper*1: (Max. 305 x 458 mm, Min. 210 x 279mm)
*1
C6500 only
*2

Applicable paper
Plain paper
Paper weight
Folding, Letter
50 to 130 g/m2
fold-in, Letter
fold-out, Z-fold
Double parallel
50 to 91 g/m2
fold, Gate fold
FD-501
(1) Punching function
(3) PI functions
Paper size
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5
FD-501
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
custom paper*5 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x
140mm)
Custom paper*2
: Max. 330 x 483 mm, Min. 182 x 148mm
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18,11 x 17,

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only
*4
A4, 81/2 x 11 only for C6500

*5
When use custom paper as a cover paper in the perfect binding mode:
up to 307 mm x 460 mm
Applicable paper
Plain paper, high-quality paper, trace paper, coated paper
Paper weight
50 to 300 g/m2
Maximum tray capacity
500 sheets (80 g/m2) x 2 trays
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
(for metric area)
AC100, 240V, DC5V (DC5V is supplied from the main body.)
Power source
(for inch area)

Maximum power consump- 180 VA or less
tion
Dimensions
400 (W) x 723 (D) x 1231 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 130 kg
(The main tray is not included in the width)
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
2. PERIODIC CHECK
FD-501
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution:
2.1
Maintenance procedure of conveyance section
2.1.1
Replacing roller solenoids /1 (SD5) to /4 (SD8)
Roller solenoids /1 (SD5) to /4 (SD8) : Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000
punches) *1
*1
1050
B. Procedure
1. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cord
[1]
support board /A [2].
2. Unhook the hook of the spring [3] from the shaft

[4].
[2]
[4]
[3]
fd501fs2001c
3. Remove 4 connectors [1].

4. Remove each of 2 screws [2] and then remove the
roller solenoids /1 (SD5) to /4 (SD8) [3].

[1]
[2]
steps in reverse.
6. Make adjustments of the installation position. (See

P.49)
[3]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2002c
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.2
Maintenance procedure of punch section
2.2.1
FD-501
Replacing the punch motor (M10)
*1
Punch motor (M10) : Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000 punches) *1
1050
B. Procedure
[1]
[3]

2. Remove 4 screws [2].
3. Remove the punch unit [3].
[2]
fd501fs2003c
[3]

5. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the punch
[1]
motor (M10) [1].

steps in reverse.
[2]
fd501fs2004c
Maintenance procedure of main tray section
2.3.1
Replacing the tray up down motor (M11)
FD-501
2.3
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Tray up down motor (M11) : Every 5,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000 prints) *1
*1
1050
B. Procedure
Note
Be sure to remove the tray up down motor (M11) while supporting the up/down stay with your
hands.
1. Remove the rear cover (See P.23) and the left
[2]
cover /Rr (See P.24).
2. Open the front door and pull out the folding unit.
4. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the tray up
down motor (M11) [3].

steps in reverse.
[3]
[1]
fd501fs2005c
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.4
Maintenance procedure of PI section
2.4.1
FD-501
Replacing the pick-up rubber (upper stage)
*1
Pick-up roller rubber : Every 5,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 feed) *1
1050
B. Spotted replaced parts/cycle
*2
Pick-up roller rubber : Actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 feed *2

C6500
C. Procedure
[1]

2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the protective cover [2].
[2]
fd501fs2006c
[4]
[1]

4. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the pickup unit /Up [3].
Note
[3]
The rear side of the shaft is inserted into the

coupling [4]. Be sure to remove the pick-up
[5]
[2]
unit /Up [3] from the front side.

Be careful not to damage 2 actuators [5] of
the pick-up unit /Up.
fd501fs2007c
[2]
5. Remove the hook of the spring [1] from the
[4]
mounting plate [2].
6. Remove 2 C-clips [3] and then remove the shaft

[4].
[3]
fd501fs2008c
[4]
[3]
[2]
7. Remove 2 C-clips [1].

8. Remove the shaft fixing piece [2], and then
remove the shaft [3] from the mounting plate [4].
[1]
fd501fs2009c
[1]
fd501fs2010c
[1]
[2]
10. Remove the spacer [1] and the belt restriction

plate [2].
fd501fs2011c
FD-501
[1]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
[2] [3]
11. Remove the belt [3] from the gear [2], [4] and then
remove the gear [2], [4] and the pin [1], [5] from
FD-501
the pick-up roller shaft [4].
[5]
[4]
fd501fs2012c
12. Pull out the pick-up roller shaft [1] to the front side,
and remove the pick-up roller assembly [2].
[1]
[2]
fd501fs2013c
13. Remove the pick-up roller [1] and replace the

pick-up rubber [2].
Note
Be sure to install the pick-up roller so that the
one-way clutch [3] (blue) is on the front side.
[2]
10
[1]
[3]
fd501fs2014c
[4]
2. PERIODIC CHECK

16. Remove the belt restriction plate [3].
17. Remove the belt [4] from the gear [5], and then
[7]
remove the gear [5] and the pin [6] from the pickup roller shaft [7].
18. Pull out the pick-up roller shaft [7] to the rear side,
and remove the pick-up roller assembly [8].
19. Remove the pick-up roller and replace the pick-up

rubber.
[2]
[3] [5] [6]
[8] [9] [1]

Note
fd501fs2015c
[3]
[4]

21. Remove the belt restriction plate [2].
22. Remove the belt [3] from the gear [4], and then
[7]
remove the gear [4] and the pin [5] from the pick-
[2]
[6]
up roller shaft [6].
23. Pull out the pick-up roller shaft [6] from the rear
side, and remove the pick-up roller assembly [7].
24. Remove the pick-up roller and replace the pick-up

rubber.
Note
[1]
[5]
[8]
[1]


steps in reverse.
fd501fs2016c
11
FD-501
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.4.2
Replacing the paper feed rubber (upper stage)
FD-501
Paper feed rubber : Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 feed) *1
*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Procedure
1. Conduct the steps 1 to 8 in the 2.4.1 Replacing

the pick-up rubber (upper stage) and remove the
[8]
[7]
[3]
[4]
[1]
[6] [5]
pick-up roller unit.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the C-clip [1].

Remove the belt restriction plate [2].
Remove the spacer [3].
Remove the belt [4].
Remove the gear [5] and the pin [6].
Remove the gear [7] and the pin [8].
[2]
fd501fs2017c
[2]
[3]
8. Remove the 2 C-clips [1] and then remove the

entire paper feed arm [2] from the paper feed
shaft [3].
[1]
12
fd501fs2018c
[3]
[2]
[1]
9. Remove the spacer [1].

10. Remove the actuator [2].
FD-501
[4]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
fd501fs2019c
[3]
[2]
[1]
13. Remove the paper feed arm [1].

15. Remove the paper feed roller assembly [3].
fd501fs2020c
[2]
[1]
[3]
16. Remove the paper feed roller [1] and replace the
paper feed rubber[2].

steps in reverse.
Note
fd501fs2021c

13
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.4.3
Replacing the separation rubber (upper stage)
FD-501
Separation rubber : Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 feed) *1
*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Procedure
[1]
1. Conduct the steps 1 to 4 in "2.4.1 Replacing the
[2]
pick-up rubber (upper stage)" and remove the

pick-up unit /Up.
[1]
2. Remove the 2 C-clips [1].

3. Remove 2 bearings [2].
4. Remove the C-clip [3] and then remove the entire
roller shaft from the mounting plate while pressing
the separation roller assembly [4] against the front
gear [5].
Note
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
Pins are employed on the inside of the sepafd501fs2022c
ration roller assembly [4] and the gear [5]

respectively. When removing them, be careful
that these pins do not get lost. With the C-clip
[6] on the front side of the gear left as it is,
pressing the roller onto the gear prevents the
pins from dropping off.
[1]
[2]
separation roller [2] and replace it.

steps in reverse.
fd501fs2023c
14

2.4.4
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the pick-up rubber (lower stage)

Pick-up rubber : Every 5,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 feed) *1
*1
FD-501
1050
Pick-up rubber : Actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 feed *2
*2
C6500
C. Procedure
Note
A shaft fixing screw is inserted when removing the PI tray /Up. Be sure to remove this shaft fixing
screw from the PI tray /Up after completion of the replacement of the pick-up roller /Lw. Operating
the machine with the shaft fixing screw inserted to the PI tray /Up may cause damage to the PI
section.
[2]
1. Make sure that the PI lift plate /Up [1] has come
[3]
down fully. If it has not come down completely,

conduct the I/O check (output) (PI/Up: 70 -11, PI/
Lw: 70 - 13) in the service mode.

pick-up rubber (upper stage)" and remove the
pick-up unit /Up.
[2]
[1]

paper feed stopper plate /Up [3].
fd501fs2024c
15
2. PERIODIC CHECK
4. Remove the shaft fixing screw [1] and insert it in

FD-501
[1]
the shaft fixing hole [2].

Note
Be sure to turn the shaft fixing screw [1] until
its stem section disappears completely.
After completion of the replacement of the
pick-up rubber (lower stage) be sure to
remove the shaft fixing screw [1] from the
position [2] and get it back to the position [1].
Operating the machine with the shaft fixing
screw inserted to the position [2] may cause
damage to the PI section.
[2]
[5]
[3]
fd501fs2025c
[1]
[2]
5. Remove the spring [2] hooked between the separation roller unit [1] and the PI tray /Up [3].

7. Remove the 4 screws [4] and then remove the PI
tray /Up [3].
Note
When removing the PI tray /Up [2], be sure to
pull it diagonally up to the left.
[4]
16
[4]
fd501fs2026c
2. PERIODIC CHECK
up unit /Lw [3].
10. For the subsequent operations, conduct the pick-
[1]
[2]
up rubber (upper stage) (steps 4 to 25). (See P.8)
[2]
11. Replace it with a new pick-up rubber.

steps in reverse.
Note
fd501fs2027c
When installing the PI tray /Up, be sure to

remove the shaft fixing screw and get it back
to the original position.
17
FD-501

9. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the pick-
[3]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.4.5
Replacing the paper feed rubber (lower stage)
FD-501
Paper feed rubber : Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 feed) *1
Every 2,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 feed) *2
*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Procedure
1. Conduct the steps 1 to 9 in "2.4.4 Replacing the pick-up rubber (lower stage)"
2. The subsequent operations are the same as those for the paper feed rubber (upper stage). (See P.12)
3. Reinstall a new paper feed rubber following the removal steps in reverse.
2.4.6
Replacing the separation rubber (lower stage)
Separation rubber: Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 feed)
B. Procedure
[1]
pick-up rubber (lower stage)"
2. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the paper

feed stopper plate /Lw [2].
3. For the subsequent operations, conduct the separation rubber (upper stage) (steps 2 to 6).
(See P.14)
4. Replace it with a new separation rubber.

steps in reverse.
[2]
fd501fs2028c
18
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
Items not allowed to be disassembled and/or adjusted
FD-501
3.1
Caution:
3.1.1
Folding/conveyance switching position adjustment section
Note
Be sure to avoid removing or loosening the screws [1], [2], [3] of the folding/conveyance switching
position adjustment section provided on the front of the folding conveyance unit. The adjustment
scale marked on the folding conveyance frame are intended to be used in the factory.
[1]
[3]
[2]
fd501fs2079c
19
3. OTHERS
3.2
FD-501
No.
1
20
List of parts to be disassembled and assembled

Section
Cover section
Part name
Page referred to
Upper cover /Fr + PI cover /Fr
P.21
Upper cover /Rr + PI cover /Rr
P.22
Upper door
P.22
Rear cover
P.23
Left cover /Fr
P.23
Left cover /Rr
P.24
Paper exit stopper cover
P.24
Right cover
P.25
Left cover /Up
P.25
10
Stand cover
P.26
11
Front door
P.27
12
Folding conveyance
P.28
13
section
P.28
14
3rd folding roller
P.29
15
Folding conveyance section
P.31
16
Main tray section
Main tray up/down wire
P.36
17
PI section
Multi feed detection board /1, /2
P.45
3.3.1
Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled

Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Fr + PI cover /Fr
A. Procedure
1. Open the upper door [1] and the front door [2].
2. Remove 3 screws [3], pull out the PI cover /Fr [5]
[1]
to the front side while raising it together with the
[5]
upper cover /Fr [4].
[4]
[2]
[3]
fd501fs2029c
3. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the PI
[1]
cover /Fr [3] together with the upper cover /Fr [2].
[3]
[2]
fd501fs2030c
21
FD-501
3.3
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
3.3.2

Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr + PI cover /Rr
FD-501
A. Procedure

2. Remove 3 screws [2] and pull out the PI cover /Rr
[1]
[4] to the rear side while raising it together with the

upper cover /Rr [3].
[4]
[3]
[2]
3.3.3
fd501fs2031c
Removing/reinstalling the upper door
A. Procedure
[1]
1. Remove the upper cover /Fr, the PI cover /Fr, the

upper cover /Rr and the PI cover /Rr.
2. Close the upper door [1].

3. Remove the E-ring [2] and then remove the bear-
[5]
ing [4] of the upper door open/close shaft [3].
4. With the bearing [5] shifted to the front side,

remove the upper door [1].
[4]
[2]
[3]
fd501fs2032c
22

3.3.4
3. OTHERS
1. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the rear

cover /Lw [2].
[1]
[2]
fd501fs2033c
3.3.5
Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Fr
A. Procedure
1. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the left

cover /Fr [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2034c
23
FD-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
3.3.6

Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Rr
A. Procedure
FD-501

cover /Rr [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
3.3.7
fd501fs2035c
Removing/reinstalling the paper exit stopper cover
A. Procedure
1. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the paper

[2]
[1]
fd501fs2036c
24
exit stopper cover [2].

3.3.8
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the right cover
1. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the right

[2]
cover [2].
[1]
fd501fs2037c
3.3.9
Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Up
A. Procedure
1. Remove the upper cover /Fr, the PI cover /Fr, the
[1]
upper cover /Rr and the PI cover /Rr.

cover /Up [2].
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2038c
25
FD-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
3.3.10

Removing/reinstalling the stand cover
A. Procedure
FD-501

2. Remove 3 screws [2] of the handle and then
remove the handle.
3. Remove 4 screws [3] and then remove the stand

cover [4].
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
fd501fs2039c
26

3.3.11
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the front door
FD-501
Note
When removing the front door, be sure to support it so that it does not fall down.
A. Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
[2]
Open the front door [1].

Remove the screw [2].
Remove the stand cover [3].
Remove 3 screws [4] while pushing up the front
door so that it does not fall down, and then
remove the support plate [5].
5. Remove the front door [1].
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
fd501fs2040c
27
3. OTHERS
3.3.12

Cleaning the 2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
A. Procedure
FD-501
1. Remove the front door and pull out the folding

unit.
[1]
2. Open the guide plates [1] and [2].

3. Clean the 2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
[3].
[2]
[3]
fd501fs2041c
3.3.13
Cleaning the 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
A. Procedure
1. Remove the front door and pull out the folding

[1]
unit.
2. Remove the screw [1] and turn over the sensor

mounting plate [2].
[2]
fd501fs2042c
28
3. OTHERS
3. Clean the 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)

[1].
FD-501
[1]
fd501fs2043c
3.3.14
Cleaning the 3rd folding roller
A. Procedure
[2]
1. Open the front door and pull out the folding unit.
2. Remove the stand cover.
3. The 2 springs [2] are hooked to the shaft [1].
[1]
Remove them from the shaft [1].
4. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the 2

[5]
springs [2], the support plate [4] and the guide

plate [5].
[4]
[3]
fd501fs2044c
29
3. OTHERS
5. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the guide
[1]
plate [2].
FD-501
[2]
fd501fs2045c
6. Clean the 3rd folding roller [1].
[1]
fd501fs2046c
30

Removing/reinstalling the folding conveyance section
FD-501
3.3.15
3. OTHERS
Caution:
The folding conveyance section is very heavy. Be sure to conduct this operation with 2 people.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the front door and the rear cover.

2. Disconnect 3 connectors [1] and then remove the
wiring harnesses from the 7 wiring harness guides
[3] of the coupling arm /Rr [2].
[2]
[1]
[3]
fd501fs2047c

4. Remove the shaft [2] and separate the coupling
[1]
[3]
[4]
arm /Fr [3] and the coupling arm /Rr [4].
[2]
fd501fs2048c
31
3. OTHERS
5. Remove the stopper screws [1], one each, from
[1]
the left and right rails and pull further out the fold-
FD-501
ing conveyance section.
[1]
32
fd501fs2049c
3. OTHERS
6. Remove screws [1], 3 each, from the left and right
[1]
FD-501
rails.
[1]
fd501fs2050c
33
3. OTHERS
7. Hold the folding conveyance section [3] at the

specified places [1] and [2] and remove it while lift-
FD-501
[3]
ing it up.
Caution:
Be careful of your posture when removing it.
Be sure to carry out this operation with 2 peo-
[1]
ple so that you don't throw out your back.
Note
When lifting up the folding conveyance section, be sure to hold the shaft at the places [1]
and [2]. Holding it at other places such as the
roller shaft or the guide plate may cause
deformation to these places.
[2]
fd501fs2051c
8. Stand the folding conveyance section [1] upright

[1]
[2]
when it has been removed, or lay it down on the

right side [2].
Note
Be careful not to lay it with the right side [3]
down. The guide plate may get deformed.
[3]
steps in reverse.
fd501fs2052c
34
3. OTHERS
Note
[2]
tion, make sure that all 4 hooks [1] of the rails

have engaged the attaching holes [2] of the
folding conveyance section.
The top should be attached by pushing it to
[1]
the right to engage the upper rail and the bottom pushed to the left to engage the lower
rail.
[1]
[2]
fd501fs2053c
Note
When installing the folding conveyance section, pull out the rail further than the length of
[2]
[1]
the stopper [1]. Use the stopper screw [2] to

fasten it tentatively at its fully pulled-out position and fix the rail on the opposite side with
tape [3]. Doing this prevents the rail from
moving inwards for an easy and smooth operation.
[3]
fd501fs2054c
35
FD-501
When installing the folding conveyance sec-
3. OTHERS
3.3.16

Removing/reinstalling the main tray up/down wire
A. Procedure
FD-501
Note
The following procedure for replacing the up/
[1]
down wire shows the examples on the rear

side. The configuration and winding of the
wires on the front side are symmetrical to the
rear side.
There are two types of up/down wires provided, one [1] on the front side and the other
[2]
[3] on the rear side. These two wires are different in the direction of the wire mounting
plates. Be sure to use the wire with the correct wire mounting plate direction when
installing it. The distinction of these two wires
can be made by the direction of the wire
mounting plate when the shorter wire [2] is
placed under the longer wire.

Rear cover (See P.23)
Left cover /Fr (See P.23)
Left cover /Rr (See P.24)
Front door (See P.27)
[3]
[2]
fd501fs2056c
36
3. OTHERS
2. Remove 2 connectors [1] and 5 screws [2], and

then remove the gear box [4] together with the up
[1]
down motor (M11) [3].
FD-501
[3]
Caution:
When the gear box is removed, the up/down
stay may fall down. So, when removing the
gear box, be sure to support the stay with
[4]
your hands.
[2]
fd501fs2057c
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the wire

mounting plate [3] of the up/down wire /Rr [2]
[2]
from the up/down stay [4].
[4]
[3]
[1]
fd501fs2058c
37
3. OTHERS
4. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[5]
FD-501
[5]
[3] together with the 2 bearings [2].

[6] together with the 2 bearings [5].
[4]

[8] and the pin [9].
[6]
Note
When removing the gear [8], be careful not to
drop the pin [9].
[2]
[1]
[3]
[7]
[9]
[8]
fd501fs2059c
38
3. OTHERS
FD-501
7. Loosen 3 screws [2] of the belt tensioner [1].
[1]
[2]
fd501fs2060c
8. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the up/

down pulley /RrLw [2] and the pin [3].
Note
When removing the up/down pulley /RrLw [2],
be careful not to drop the pin [3].
[3]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2061c
39
3. OTHERS
9. Temporarily tighten the wire mounting plate [2] of

a new up/down wire /Rr [1] to the up/down stay
FD-501
[3] with 2 screws [4].

Note
Install the up/down wires placing the shorter
[1]
wire below the longer one with the wire sup-
[2]
There are two types of up/down wires, one for
[4]
porting part of the mounting plate outside.
[3]
the front side and the other for the rear side,
but these two wires are different in the direction of the wire mounting plates. Be sure to
use a wire that fits in with the direction of a
wire mounting plate.
fd501fs2062c
40
3. OTHERS
10. Fasten the new up/down wire /Rr [1] with the wire
ley /RrLw [2] and insert it into the shaft [6]. Rotate
the up/down pulley /RrLw [2] and wind it 5.5 turns
clockwise from inside to outside around the up/
[2]
[1]
down pulley with no slack, and then insert the up/

down pulley /RrLw [2] fully onto the shaft so that it
coincides with the pin [4] and fasten it with the Ering [5]. If the angle does not coincide with the pin
[3]
[4], move up and down the front side of the up/

down tray to change the angle of the shaft [6].
[4]
[6]
[5]
fd501fs2063c
41
FD-501
end [3] provided on the inside of the up/down pul-
3. OTHERS
11. Hook up the up/down wire /Rr [1] onto the up/
down pulley /RrUp [3] through the relay pulley /Rr
FD-501
[2].
[3]
[1]
[2]
fd501fs2064c
12. Wind the up/down wire /Rr [1] 2 turns counterclockwise from inside to outside around the up/
down pulley /RrLw [2] with no slack and fasten it
with the wire end [3].
[1]
[2]
[3]
fd501fs2065c
42
3. OTHERS
The route along which the up/down wire /Rr passes
FD-501
is, on the whole, as shown in the drawing left.
fd501fs2066c
13. Use a tension gauge or spring balance to pull up

the wire tensioner [1] upward with a designated
force "A," and fasten it with the 3 screws [2].
Specified value: A = 2.5 kg 0.25 kg
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2067c
43
3. OTHERS
14. Reinstall the 3 gears [1] following the removal

FD-501
steps in reverse.
[1]
fd501fs2068c
15. With the up/down stay [1] held in a horizontal
[4]
position, tighten the 2 screws [3] of the wire
[1]
mounting plate [2].

Note
[5]
Move the up/down stay up and down and

check to see if it moves smoothly. If it does
[3]
[2]
not move smoothly, adjust it again so that it

becomes horizontal.
Check the up/down wire [4] if it gets behind
the actuator plate [5]. If it gets behind the
douser, an unnecessary load is applied to the
fd501fs2069c
up/down wire [4] when the up/down stay [1]

goes up.

steps in reverse.
44
Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2 (MFDB/2)
Note
When replacing the multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB/1), be sure to replace the multi feed
detection board /2 (MFDB/2) at the same time.
When the multi feed detection board is replaced, be sure to conduct the adjustment in replacing
multi feed detection board (PI) (See "10.7.5 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board
(PI)" in Field Service for the main body.)
A. Procedure
1. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the multi

feed detection board /1 (MFDB/1) cover [2].
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2070c
2. Remove the connector [1].

feed detection board /1 (MFDB/1) [3].
[3]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2071c
45
FD-501
3.3.17
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
4. Open the front door and then open the conveyFD-501
ance guide plate /2 [1] in the upper right direction.
[1]
fd501fs2072c

6. Remove the wiring harness of the multi feed
[1]
detection board /1 (MFDB/1) from the wiring harness guide [2].
[2]
fd501fs2073c
7. Turn around the conveyance guide plate /2
[2]
assembly [1] inside the machine and pull it to the

outside.

feed detection board /2 cover [3].
Note
When turning it around, or when disassembling or reassembling it, be careful not to
damage the wiring harness.
[1]
46
[3]
fd501fs2074c
3. OTHERS
feed detection board /2 [3].

steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs2075c
B. Notes to keep in mind when installing the multi feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2 (MFDB/
2)
[2]
The multi feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1)

and /2 (MFDB/2) are installed on the same
type board. Be careful not to confuse one
with the other when installing them.
Be sure to confirm the marking on the board

when installing it.
Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB/1) [1]:
15AG
Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB/2) [2]:
56UA
The connector shape is different for the multi

feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2
(MFDB/2). So, even if installed, the connector
cannot be connected.
[1]
fd501fs2076c
47
FD-501

3. OTHERS
3.3.18

When the FD control board (FDCB) is replaced, be
FD-501
sure to remove the EEPROM (IC68) from the old control board [1] and install it into the new control board
[2].
Note
The setting of the SW3 [3] should be the same
as that of the old FDCB. (See P.705 in Field
Service for the main body.)
[1]
[2]
[3]
fd501fs2077c
Note
Be sure to set the "A" sections of the EEPROM (IC68) in the same direction for installation.
fd501fs2078c
48
FD-501
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Roller solenoids /1 (SD5), /2 (SD6), /3 (SD7), /4 (SD8) position

adjustment
When the roller solenoids /1 (SD5), /2 (SD6), /3 (SD7), /4 (SD8) are changed, be sure to conduct this adjustment.
Note
The adjustment steps given below show the steps for the roller solenoid /2 (SD6). For the roller
solenoids /1 (SD5), /3 (SD7) and /4 (SD8), the same steps as those for the roller solenoid /2 are
employed.
A. Procedure
1. Loosen 2 screws [2] of the roller solenoid /2 (SD6)

[1].
2. Measure the distance A [5] between the end face

of the driven roller [3] and the right side (the oppo-
[1]
site of the paper through side) of the guide plate

[4] when the roller solenoid /2 (SD6) [1] is turned
on, and then tighten the screw [2] after adjusting
[4]
[2]
[3]
the distance so that it becomes the standard

value.
Standard value: A = 0 to 1.5 mm
[1]
[3]
A
[5]
[4]
fd501fs3001c
49
4.2
Punch centering adjustment
FD-501
When the front to rear position of the punch holes cannot be adjusted up to the specification in the paper width
adjustment in the service mode, be sure to conduct this adjustment. (See 10.9.4 Paper Width Adjustment
(Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.) in Field Service for the main body.)
A. Procedure
1. Remove the connector [1] and the 4 screws [2],
[3]
and then remove the cord support board /A [3].
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
fd501fs3002c
2. With the alignment plate /Fr [1] and the alignment

plate /Rr [2] moved to the center, loosen the 2
screws [3].
3. Measure the distances A and B using a ruler and

adjust the positions of the alignment plate /Fr [1]
and the alignment plate /Rr [2] so that the distances A and B become equal, and then tighten
the 2 screws [3].

steps in reverse.
[3]
50
fd501fs3003c
Height adjustment
A. Procedure
1. Loosen the nuts [1] provided at 4 places.

2. Rotate the screws [2] at 4 places for the horizontal
adjustment of the device.
Note
Adjustment should be made while taking into
account the height of the main body and
other options.
3. Rotate the screws [2] by hand at 4 places to

check to see if there is any caster being raised.
Note
When any caster is found raised, use a
wrench to rotate the screw [2] to extend the
caster until you feel secure contact.
[1]
[2]
4. Use a wrench to fix the screw [2] and tighten up

the nut [1].
Note
Be careful that when the nut [1] is tightened
with the screw [2] not held, the screw [2] also
rotates together with the nut [1] thus resulting
in an incorrect position adjustment.
fd501fs3004c
51
FD-501
4.3
4.4
FD-501
4.4.1
PI section
Gear position adjustment of the paper feed regulation plate
Note
Be sure to conduct the gear position adjustment when disassembling the paper feed regulation
plate of the PI trays /Up and /Lw, the rack and the paper size VR section.
A. Procedure
1. Install the regulation plate rack A [1] and the regu-
[1]
lation rack B [2] so that they are aligned with the

reference hole of the detection gear [3].
[3]
[2]
[3]
fd501fs3008c
[1]
2. Check the paper size VR [2] to ensure it is held by

the 2 bosses on the paper size VR mounting plate
[1].
3. Install the paper size VR [2] so that the notch of its

center hole is set to the notch of the detection
gear [3].
[2]
52
fd501fs3009c
[2]
4. Check to see if the regulation plate rack A [1], the

regulation plate rack B [2], the hole position of the
detection gear [3] and the notch position of the
paper size VR [4] are in the correct position
respectively.
[4]
[3]
fd501fs3010c
53
FD-501
[1]
4.4.2
Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment
FD-501
Perform this adjustment when multi-feed or paper jam occurs when feeding paper from the PI.
1. Slide the 2 paper feed arm fixing levers [1] inward,
[4]
and insert the shafts [2] into the holes [3] in the
paper feed arm to secure the paper feed arm [4].
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
fd501fs3011c
54
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
LS-501/502
2007.11
Ver. 4.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
4.0
2006/09
3.0
2005/04
2.0
2004/10
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
LS-501/502
CONTENTS
LS-501/502
OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1
Maintenance procedure of the conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2.1.1
Replacing the stacker tray up down motor (M1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.2
Replacing the paper press solenoid /3 (SD8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.3
Replacing the paper press solenoid /1 (SD6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.1.4
Replacing the paper press solenoid /2 (SD7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.1.5
Replacing the rear stopper solenoid (SD3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1
3.2

3.2.1
Removing/reinstalling the cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2.2
Replacing the stacker tray up/down wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.2.3
Caution when setting models using toggle SW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Adjusting the paper press solenoid /1 (SD6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.2
4.3
4.4
Adjusting the job partition solenoid (SD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4.5
4.6
Grip conveyance sensor adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
LS-501/502
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
LS-501/502
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Conveyance method
Grip conveyance type horizontal stacker

Entrance convey-
ance
Stacker tray con-
Grip conveyance method
veyance
Sub tray convey-
ance
Coupling convey-
Roller conveyance (LS-501 only)
ance
Alignment method
Method of stacking
Movable alignment lever (stacker tray only)

Horizontal stack-
Mixing of original sizes not allowed (stacker tray only)
ing
Shifting method
Conveyance
Shift amount: 20 mm (stacker tray only)
direction shift
B. Functions
Mode
Stacker tray non-
Exited into the stacker tray with no processing made.
sort mode
Sub tray mode
Stacker tray sort
Exited into the stacker tray after being shifted (20mm).
mode
Coupling mode
Exited into the post-processing unit with no processing

made.
Maximum number of
Stacker tray
5,000 sheets (80 g/m2)
sheets loadable
Sub tray
200 sheets (80 g/m2)
C. Type of paper
LS-501/502
Paper size
Stacker tray

SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18,
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
Coated paper (Sub-scan direction is 380 mm or longer)
Custom paper*2
: (Max. 330 x 483 mm,

Min.210 x 148mm)

B5, A5
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

Sub tray
A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S,
Custom paper*2
: (Max. 330 x 487 mm,
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5,
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S

Min. 100 x 148 mm)
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2, size entry : (Max.324 x
460 mm)
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit

with tab area at the trail edge side is not assured.
Paper weight
Stacker tray
50 to 244 g/m2
Sub tray
50 to 300 g/m2
D. Maintenance
LS-501/502
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
LS-501
AC100 to 240V (DC5V is supplied from the main body)
LS-502
24V DC (supplied from the main body)

tion
Dimensions
785 (W) x 723 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 110 kg
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
10 to 80%RH
Note
LS-501/502
Blank page
2. PERIODIC CHECK
LS-501/502
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution:
2.1
2.1.1
Replacing the stacker tray up down motor (M1)
Stacker tray up down motor (M1) : Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000
prints) *1
*1
1050
B. Procedure
[3]
[1]
[4]
1. Remove the rear cover /Lw. (See P.15)

2. Disconnect 2 connectors [1].
3. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the sensor
mounting plate [3].
4. Remove 4 screws [4] and then remove the stacker

tray up down motor (M1) [5].
[2]
[5]
ls502fs2001c
2. PERIODIC CHECK

Note
LS-501/502
[5]
When reinstalling the stacker tray up down

motor (M1), be sure to check that the belt [2]
has been engaged with the gear [1], and then
engage it with the gear [3] before fastening
[4]
the stacker tray up down motor (M1) [4].

When the belt [2] is not horizontally attached
between the gear [1] and the gear [3], make
adjustments by rotating the encoder [5] counterclockwise.
[1]
[3]
[2]
ls502fs2002c
5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the motor

[2]
mounting plate [3] from the stacker tray up down

motor (M1) [2].

[3]
[1]
ls502fs2003c
steps in reverse.

2.1.2
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8) : Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000 prints) *1
*1
1050
Note
When conducting this operation, be sure to bring the stacker tray down to the bottom in advance.
B. Procedure

2. Slide the guide rail [2] in the arrow-marked direc[2]
tion to release the fixing.
Note
In this step, be careful not to release the fixing

on the rear guide rail [3].
[3]
[1]
ls502fs2004c
LS-501/502
2. PERIODIC CHECK
3. Slant the shift unit [1] to the front side so that you
LS-501/502
can see the upper surface of it.

Note
[1]
Be sure to slide the shift unit about 10 cm to

the right in advance.
Be careful that the belt [2] does not get
pushed down by the bottom of the shift unit.
[2]
4. Release the cable stopper [3] and remove the ribbon cable [5] from the connector [4].
[4]
[5]
[3]
ls502fs2005c
Note
Slide the lock [2] of the connector [1] for the
ribbon cable in the arrow-marked direction
[1]
and remove the ribbon cable [3].
[3]
When reinstalling the ribbon cable, slide the

lock in the reverse direction after inserting the
cable.
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
ls502fs2006c
2. PERIODIC CHECK

6. Slide the guide rail [2] in the arrow-marked direction and release the fixing.
7. Remove the belt [5] from the stopper section [4] of

the shift unit [3].
[4]
[5]
[3]
2
[2]
1
[1]
ls502fs2007c
LS-501/502
2. PERIODIC CHECK

Note
LS-501/502
When attaching the belt [2] to the stopper
[2]
section [1], slide the shift unit [3] in the arrowmarked direction and engage the stopper
[1]
section with the belt.
[2]
[1]
[3]
ls502fs2008c
[1]
8. Remove the shift unit [2] through the clearance
[4]
between the belts [1].

Note
When removing the shift unit [2], be careful
that the front edge of the stoppers [3] and the
[2]
paper pressure arms /3 [4] do not come into

contact with the belt [1].
[4]
10
[3]
ls502fs2009c
2. PERIODIC CHECK
9. Disconnect the connect [1].

10. Remove 2 springs [2].
11. Rotate the wire saddle [5] in the arrow-marked
direction and remove it.
12. Remove 3 screws [3] and then remove paper

press solenoid /3 assy [4].
[1]
[3]
[5]
[3] [2]
[4]
[3]
ls502fs2010c
Note
When reinstalling the paper press solenoid /3
[1]
assy, be sure to insert the pin [2] of the shaft

into the slit section [1] at the tip of the solenoid.
[2]
ls502fs2011c
11
LS-501/502
2. PERIODIC CHECK
13. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the sole-
LS-501/502
[3]
noid mounting bracket [3] from the paper press

solenoid /3 (SD8) [2].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
2.1.3
ls502fs2012c
*1
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6): Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000 prints) *1
1050
B. Procedure
[2]
1.
2.
3.
4.
[3]
[6]
[4]
Remove the front cover /Up, /Lw. (See P.15)

Disconnect the connect [1].
Remove the spring [2].
Remove the screw [3] and then remove the paper
press solenoid /1 assy [4].
Note
assy, be sure to insert the actuator [6] pro-
[5]
vided at the tip of the shaft into the slit sec-
[1]
ls502fs2013c
tion [5] at the tip of the solenoid.
5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the sole-
[3]
noid mounting bracket [3] from the paper press

solenoid /1 (SD6) [2].

steps in reverse.
[2]
12
[1]
ls502fs2014c

2.1.4
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Paper press solenoid /2 : Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000 prints) *1
*1
1050
B. Procedure
[2]
[6]
[5]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the front cover /Up, /Lw. (See P.15)

Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the paper
press solenoid /2 (SD7) [4].
[3]
Note
(SD7), be sure to insert the actuator [6] provided at the tip of the shaft into the slit section [5] at the tip of the solenoid.
[1]
[4]
ls502fs2033c

steps in reverse.
2.1.5
Replacing the rear stopper solenoid (SD3)
*1
Rear stopper solenoid (SD3): Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000 prints) *1
1050
B. Procedure
[5]
[6]
1.
2.
3.
4.
[2]
[3]
Remove the rear cover /Lw. (See P.15)

Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the rear
stopper solenoid (SD3) [4].
Note
[4]
When reinstalling the rear stopper solenoid

(SD3), be sure to insert the actuator [6] provided at the tip of the shaft into the slit section [5] at the tip of the solenoid.
[1]
ls502fs2016c

steps in reverse.
13
LS-501/502
3. OTHERS
LS-501/502
3. OTHERS
3.1
No
Section
Part name
Page referred to
Front cover /Up
P.16
Front cover /Lw
P.16
Rear cover /Up
P.15
Rear cover /Lw
P.15
Upper cover
P.17
Stacker tray up/down wire
P.18
14
Cover
Wire

LS-501/502
3.2
3. OTHERS
Caution:
3.2.1
Removing/reinstalling the cover
A. Procedure
[1]
[1]
cover /Up [2].

cover /Lw [4].

cover [6].
[2]
[1]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[5]
ls502fs2034c
15
3. OTHERS
4. Remove 5 screws [1] and slide the front cover /Up
[1]
[2] to the upper side.
LS-501/502
[1]
5. Disconnect the connector [3] and remove the

front cover /Up [2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
[3]
ls502fs2035c
6. Remove the screws [1], one each, and then
[3]
remove 3 knobs [2].
[5]
[4]
[4]
[1]
[2]
ls502fs2036c
16
7. Loosen 2 screws [3].

8. Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the front
cover /Lw [5].
3. OTHERS
9. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the upper
[2]
LS-501/502
cover [2].
[1]
[1]
ls502fs2037c

11. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the front
door [1].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
ls502fs2038c
17
3. OTHERS
LS-501/502
3.2.2

Replacing the stacker tray up/down wire
Note
When conducting this operation, be sure to set the stacker tray at the home position (the upper
most position) in advance.
A. Procedure
[2]
[1]
[1]
[2]
1. Remove the rear cover /Up, /Lw. (See P.15)

2. Remove the stacker tray up down motor (M1).
(See P.5)

remove the pulley covers [2], one each.
ls501f2c001a
18
3. OTHERS
[2]
[1]
[1]
[4]
[2]
LS-501/502
remove the pulley covers [2], one each.
ls501f2c002a
5. Remove the screw [1] and remove the wire retain-
[3]
ing bracket [2].
6. Remove 4 screws [3] and the pulley assy [4].

7. Remove the hexagon socket screw [6] and then
[1]
remove the tip [7] of the wire /1 [5].

Note
On the paper exit side, loosen the 4 screws
[2]
[5]
[3], bring down the pulley assy [4] and release

the tension of the wire /2 [5] before starting
the operation.
When reinstalling it, the positions of the pulley
assy on the paper feed side and the paper exit
side become important. Be sure to check the
marked position in advance of the pulley assy
on the paper exit side.
[7]
[6]
ls501f2c003a
19
3. OTHERS
[2]
[4]
LS-501/502
[1]
8. Release the winding of the wire /1 [2] from the pulley [1].
9. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the pulley

[1] from the shaft [4].
[3]
ls502fs2027c
10. Remove the wire retaining bracket [2] from the

wire /1 [1].
[1]
Note
When installing the wire retaining bracket [2],
install it to the wire /1 [1] so that the bracket
comes to the rear side.
[2]
ls501f2c004a
[1]
[2]
11. Remove the wire /1 [2] from the pulley [1].

12. Reinstall a new wire /1 following the steps 5 to 11
above in reverse.
ls502fs2028c
20
3. OTHERS
When the 2 wires at both sides are removed

at the same time, the stacker tray will come
down. So, be sure to replace the wires one at
a time (so that the remaining wire holds the
stacker tray in place.)
When attaching the pulley to the shaft, be
sure to align the groove [1] of the pulley with
the pin [2] that has been inserted into the
shaft.
Be sure to set it with the bead set portion [3]
up.
[1]
[3]
[1]
ls502fs2029c
When winding the wire around the pulley, be
[2]
sure to wind it 8 turns [3] so that the direction

of drawing-out [1] comes to the rear panel
side [2].
The direction of drawing-out of the wire /1 is
symmetrical to that of the wire /2.
[3]
ls502fs2030c
When fixing the pulley assy [1] on the paper

exit side, be sure to fix it at the same position
as it was removed from.
[1]
ls501f2c005a
21
LS-501/502
Note
[2]
3. OTHERS
13. Replace the wire /2 with a new one following the

LS-501/502
steps 5 to 12 above.
14. Reinstall other parts following the steps 1 to 5 in

reverse.
3.2.3
Caution when setting models using toggle SW

Be sure to set the toggle SW on the left side of the LS
[1]
to SYS2 [2] when using C6500.
SYS1 [1]: when using 1050

SYS2 [2]: when using C6500
*Factory setting: SYS2 (C6500)
Note
When using 1050, set the toggle SW to SYS1
[2]
22
15atf2c001ca
and execute the ISW.
LS-501/502
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Adjusting the paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)

Before starting this operation, be sure to bring the stacker tray down to the bottom in advance.
A. Procedure
1. With the paper press solenoid /1 (SD6) turned on

by hand, check to see if the A section in the drawing left is 1.5 to 3 mm.
Rear end
retaining
part
A
Paper exit guide plate
ls502to3002c
2. When not in the range of adjustment, remove the

spring, loosen the fixing screw of the paper press
solenoid /1 (SD6), and make adjustment by sliding
it from side to side so that the range of the SD
stroke becomes 6 0.5mm.
6 0.5 mm
ls502to3003c
23
LS-501/502
4.2
A. Procedure
1. With the paper press solenoid /2 (SD7) turned off

by hand, check to see if the A section in the drawing left is 66 2 mm.
ls502to3004c
2. When not in the range of adjustment, loosen the

fixing screw of the paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
and make adjustments by sliding it up and down.
ls502to3005c
4.3
A. Procedure
1. With the paper press solenoid /3 (SD8) turned on

by hand, check to see if the A section in the drawing left is 50.1 1 mm.
ls502fs3006c
24
fixing screw of the paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)

and make adjustments by sliding it from side to
side.
ls502fs3007c
4.4
Adjusting the job partition solenoid (SD2)
A. Procedure
1. With the job partition solenoid (SD2) turned on by
NG
hand, check to see if the job partition blade [1] in
OK
the drawing left does not protrude from the metal

frame [2].
[1]
[2]
ls502to3009c

fixing screw of the job partition solenoid (SD2) and
make adjustments by sliding it from side to side.
ls502fs3008c
25
LS-501/502
LS-501/502
4.5
Adjustments are made when there is any discrepancy in height and slant found between the main body and
other optional devices.
A. Procedure
1. Loosen the nuts [1] at the 4 places.

2. Rotate the screws [2] at the 4 places and make
horizontal adjustments of the device.
Note
Be sure to make adjustments while taking
into consideration the height between the
main body and other optional devices.
3. Rotate the screws [2] by hand provided at the 4

places to check to see if there is any caster that is
raised.
[1]
Note
When any caster is found raised, rotate the
screw [2] with a wrench to extend the length
[2]
of the caster until it feels secure.
4. Fasten the screw [2] with a wrench and tighten up

the nut [1].
Note
ls502fs3001c

up with the screw [2] not fastened, the screw
[2] also rotates together with the nut [1], thus
resulting in an incorrect positioning.
26
Grip conveyance sensor adjustment
Note
After replacing the LS control board (LSCB), be sure to conduct the following adjustments when a
shift unit abnormality appears.
A. Procedure
1. Turn ON the power of the main body.

2. Move the grip belt by hand and stop it at the position in which the leading edge of the grip [1] is
about 4 mm from the stack exit guide plate [2].
a: approx. 4 mm
[2]
[1]
ls502fs3010c
3. Rotate VR1 [1] on the LS control board (LSCB)

fully to the left.
[1]
ls502fs3011c
4. Rotate VR1 [1] to the right and stop it at the position in which LED2 [2] turns on from flashing.
Note
When LED2 is rotated too much from the
turn-on position to the flashing position,
repeat the procedure starting at Step 2.
5. After completion of adjustment, turn off and on

the power of the main body and check if the grip
stops at the position as described below:
[2]
[1]
ls502fs3012c
Interval between the edge of the grip and the

stack exit guide plate: 8 2 mm
27
LS-501/502
4.6
LS-501/502
Blank page
28
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
FS-503
2007.11
Ver. 5.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
5.0
2006/11
4.0
2006/09
3.0
2005/04
2.0
2004/10
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
FS-503
CONTENTS
FS-503
OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1
Maintenance procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.1
Replacing the intermediate roller release solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.2
Replacing the stapler unit /Fr, /Rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.3
Replacing the staples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1.4
Cleaning the cut staple box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.1.5
Replacing the paper exit roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.1
3.2

3.2.1
Removing/reinstalling the front door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.2.2
Removing/reinstalling the sub tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.3
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.4
3.2.5
Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2.6
3.2.7
Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.2.8
Removing/reinstalling the main tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.2.9
Removing/reinstalling the lift wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.2.10 Removing/reinstalling the tray up down motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

3.2.11 Handling of the clogged stapler 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.2.12 Handling of the clogged stapler 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Intermediate roller position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.2
Adjusting the flat-stapling stopper position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.3
Adjusting the alignment plate position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
4.4
FS-503
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
FS-503
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Staple-cut type multi staple device
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Straight mode
Exited into the main tray with no processing made.
Shift mode
Exited into the main tray after being shifted.
Sub tray mode
Staple mode
Exited into the main tray after being flat-stapled.
Subset staple mode
Bundles of flat-stapled sheets of paper and single sheets of paper being exited
at random into the main tray.
(2) Staple
Maximum number of
sheets to be flat-stapled
(Plain paper)

Stapling position
1 staple at the rear (45), 1 staple at the front, and 2 staples at the center
(3) Maximum number of sheets loadable
FS-503
Main tray
Straight/Shift
3,000 sheets: A4, A4S, B5, B5S

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
m2 paper length
16K*3, 16KS*3
1,500 sheets: SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2
smaller than -279mm)

13 x 19*2 (straight only), 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
m2 paper length -
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
279mm or larger)
8K*3
wide paper*1: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5,
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2,
500 sheets : A5, A5S*2, B6S*2 (straight only),
51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S

11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min.
182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper
: 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140

mm)
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 148 x 148
mm)
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit with tab
area at the trail edge side is not assured.
Staple mode
Staple sheet
Set
2 to 9
150 (paper length 182 to 364mm)
10 to 20
50
21 to 30
30
31 to 40
25
41 to 50
20
75 (other than paper length 182 to 364mm)
51 to 60
15
61 to 100
10
Sub tray
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2 A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
m )
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
FS-503
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3

Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
Custom paper
: 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm)
C6500 (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail
edge side is not assured.
C. Type of paper
(1) Staple
Paper size
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, A5

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,

81/2 x 11S, custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min.
182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper
: 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 210 x 148 mm)

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
Applicable paper
Plain paper, high-quality paper, book paper
Paper weight
Main tray
50 g/m2 to 244 g/m2
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
Same as the main body
E. Machine data
FS-503
Power source
Maximum power consump- 110VA

tion
Dimensions
Weight
F.
When the main tray is pulled out:
915 (W) x 656 (D) x 1020 (H) mm
When the main tray is set in:
798 (W) x 656 (D) x 1020 (H) mm
When the main tray is removed:
544 (W) x 656 (D) x 1020 (H) mm
Approx. 80 kg
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-503
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1
Maintenance procedure
Caution:
2.1.1
Replacing the intermediate roller release solenoid
*1
Intermediate roller release solenoid : Every 5,250,000 prints *1

1050
B. Procedure
1. Open the front door and pull out the stacker unit.
2. Remove 2 screws [1] of the intermediate roller
[2]
release solenoid and then remove the cover 1 [2].
[1]
fs503fs2057c
[2]
[1]
3. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the wiring harness from the wire binding band [2].
fs503fs2058c
2. PERIODIC CHECK
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the cover
[2]
FS-503
2 [2].
[1]
fs503fs2059c
[2]
5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the intermediate roller solenoid [2].

steps in reverse.
Note
Be sure to stop the intermediate roller solenoid at the center of the oblong hole.
(See P.39)
[1]
fs503fs2060c

2.1.2
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the stapler unit /Fr, /Rr
Stapler unit /Fr: Every 3,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 staples)
Stapler unit /Rr: Every 3,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 staples)
FS-503
B. Pre-arrangement for replacing the stapler unit
Caution:
After moving the stapler, be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
[3]
Note
[4]
Be careful not to get your hand caught in the

opening [1] of the stapler unit.
Pressing the staple side [2] and/or the clinch
[1]
side [3] may cause the opening [1] to close

unexpectedly. It is very difficult to open the
opening by hand once it has closed. So, take
care that the opening does not close.
[2]
When holding the stapler unit, be sure to hold

it at both ends of the cam shaft [4].
fs503fs2030c
[1]
[2]
1. Select 2 sheets A4 originals with 1-staple at the

upper right corner, make a print and then move
the stapler to the stapling position.
2. Turn OFF the power switch (SW2) and the main

the power cord from the power outlet.
4. Remove the screw [2] of the wire [1].
fs503fs2029c
2. PERIODIC CHECK
5. Remove the stapler cartridges /Fr [1] and /Rr [2].

6. Remove the screws [3], one each, of the stoppers
[3]
FS-503
provided in front and rear and pull further out the

stacker unit.

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
[3]
fs503fs2005c
2. PERIODIC CHECK
C. Removing/reinstalling the stapler unit /Fr
1. Conduct "B. Pre-arrangement for replacing the
[1]
stapler unit."

entrance roller mounting plate /Fr [2].
[1]
fs503fs2031c
[2]
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the ground
[3]
[2] and the metal fitting [3].
[1]
fs503fs2032c
[7]
[6]
4. Disconnect 2 connectors [1] and remove the wire

binding band [2].
5. Remove the screw [3] and raise the lower section

of the stapler unit mounting plate [4] a little to
remove it from the notch [5]. And slide the upper
notch [6] to the lower side to release it from the
pin [7] and then remove the stapler unit /Fr [8]
together with the mounting plate [4].

steps in reverse.
[8]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
fs503fs2033c
FS-503
[2]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
D. Removing/reinstalling the stapler unit /Rr
1. Conduct "B. Pre-arrangement for replacing the
[2]
stapler unit."
FS-503
[1]
Note
The steps given below are the removal steps
using a short driver. When using a driver of a
regular length, removal of the stapler unit /Rr
is available only when the stapler unit /Fr has
been already removed. When using a regular
length driver, be sure to remove the stapler
unit /Fr in advance by following the steps
given in "C. Removing/reinstalling the stapler
[1]
fs503fs2034c
unit /Fr."

entrance roller mounting plate /Rr [2].
[2]
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the ground
[3]
[2] and the metal fitting [3].
[1]
fs503fs2035c
10
2. PERIODIC CHECK
4. Disconnect 2 connector [1] and remove the 2 wire
[6]
/Fr, remove the screw [3] and raise the lower por-
[2]
[1]
tion of the stapler mounting plate [4] a little to

remove it from the notch [5]. And then, slide it to
the lower side and remove the stapler /Rr [6]
together with the mounting plate [4].

steps in reverse.
[4]
[3]
[5]
1050fs2036c
11
FS-503
binding bands [2].
5. In the same procedure as the step 5 of the stapler
2. PERIODIC CHECK
E. Replacing the stapler unit
1. Conduct the following operations:
[1]
FS-503
B. Pre-arrangement for replacing the stapler

unit
C. Removing/reinstalling the stapler unit /Fr
2. Remove 3 screws [1] together with the stapler

units /Fr and Rr, and then remove the cut staple
duct [2].
[2]
fs503fs2012c
[1]
3. Remove 4 screws [1] together with the stapler
[3]
units /Fr and Rr, and then remove the bracket [3]
from the stapler [2].
Note
Take note that the brackets for the stapler
[2]
fs503fs2013c
12
units /Fr and /Rr are different in the position

where the wire binding band is attached.
2. PERIODIC CHECK
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the stapler

guide block [2].

steps in reverse.
[1]
F.
fs503fs2063c
Checking of the stapler guide seal
Note
The pasting of the stapler guide seal is limited only to the stapler unit /Rr.
[1]
1. Conduct the following operations:
B. Pre-arrangement for replacing the stapler

unit
E. Replacing the stapler unit
2. The stapler guide seal [2] must be pasted on the

clincher side [1] of the new stapler unit /Rr.
Note
Be sure to align the end line [3] on the
clincher side [1] with the bend line of the stapler guide seal [2] and paste it with no slippage (tolerance: 0.5 mm).
Be sure to check the guide seal to ensure it is
not damaged or soiled.
[3]
[2]
fs503fs2064c
13
FS-503
[2]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1.3
Replacing the staples
FS-503
Staple cartridge: Every 5,000 staples
B. Procedure
2. Pull the stapler cartridge knob [1] in the arrowmarked direction to remove it.
[1]
fs503fs2001c
[2]
3. Hold the knob [2] of the cover [1] and open it.
4. Rotate and wind up carefully the remaining refill
[1]
staples [3] in the arrow-marked direction [4] and

take it out.
[3]
Note
The refill staples are apt to break away. Be
[4]
fs503fs2043c
14
careful when handling them.
2. PERIODIC CHECK
5. With the refill staples [1] set as shown in the draw-
[2]
ing, place them gently in the pocket [2] of the sta-
FS-503
pler cartridge.
[1]
fs503fs2044c
6. Feed the refill staples [1] by hand to the arrow-
[4]
marked direction [2] and get the tip of the refill staples near to the stapling position [3].
Note
New refill staples are attached with a lead
[2]
sheet. The tip of the refill staples can be

pulled up to the stapling position by this lead
[1]
sheet.
7. Close the cover [4].

[3]
2.1.4
fs503fs2045c
steps in reverse.
Cleaning the cut staple box
A. Procedure

2. Remove the screw [1] and pull out the cut staple
box [2].
[1]

steps in reverse.
[2]
fs503fs2037c
15
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1.5
Replacing the paper exit roller
FS-503
Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) : Every 750,000 prints *1

*1
1050
*2
C6500
Caution:
After having lowered the main tray, be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
Note
When replacing the paper exit rollers /A (sponge roller), be sure to replace all 4 pairs of rollers (8
rollers in all).
B. Procedure
1. Push up with your fingers the actuator [1] of the

[1]
tray upper limit sensor (PS2) to lower the main tray

[2].

[2]
16
fs503fs2002c
2. PERIODIC CHECK
3. Insert a driver into the groove of the sponge roller

[1] and remove the sponge roller [1] by prizing it
[1]
FS-503
open.
fs503fs2003c
4. With each of the depressions [1] of a new sponge

roller and the shaft brought together, press the
sponge roller until it clicks to fit it in securely.
[1]
[1]
fs503fs2004c
17
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
FS-503
3.1
No.
1
Part name
Page referred to
Front cover
P.19
Sub tray
P.20
Upper cover /1
P.20
Upper cover /2
P.21
Left cover /Fr
P.21
Rear cover
P.22
Stacker section
Stacker unit
P.23
Main tray section
Main tray
P.27
Lift wire
P.29
10
Tray up down motor
P.34
Handling of the clogged stapler 1
P.35
P.35
11
12
18
Section
Cover
Stapler section

FS-503
3.2
3. OTHERS
Caution:
3.2.1
A. Procedure
[2]
1. Open the front door, remove the screw [1] and
[1]
then remove the wire [2] from the door.
fs503fs2062c
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the door

support mounting plate [2] and the front door [3].
Note
The front door is heavy. Support it securely
[1]
when removing it.

steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
fs503fs2046c
19
3. OTHERS
3.2.2

Removing/reinstalling the sub tray
FS-503
A. Procedure
1. Rotate the sub tray [1] in the arrow-marked direc-
[7]
tion [2] and remove the ball catch [3] from the ball
[4].
2. Press the front and rear sections of the sub tray

[1] in the arrow-marked direction [5] to make it
curve a little, and detach the attaching hole [6]
from the pin [7] to remove the sub tray [1].

steps in reverse.
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
fs503fs2047c
3.2.3
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /1
A. Procedure
[1]
1. Remove the sub tray.

[2]
cover /1 [2].
Note
When the front door support section [3] is dif-
[3]
[1]
ficult to remove, slide the upper cover [2] a little to the front side and remove it while lifting
it up.
fs503fs2048c
20

steps in reverse.

3.2.4
3. OTHERS
[1]
cover /2 [2].

steps in reverse.
[2]
fs503fs2049c
3.2.5
Removing/reinstalling the left cover /Fr
A. Procedure

2. Remove the screw [2], slant the upper section of
the left cover /Fr [3] and remove it while lifting it
up.

steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
[1]
fs503fs2050c
21
FS-503
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
3.2.6

A. Procedure
FS-503
1. Remove 5 screws [1] and the remove the rear

cover [2].
Note
When reinstalling it, be sure to hook the rear
cover to the 2 catches [3] provided at the
lower section.

[1]
steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
22
[1]
fs503fs2051c

Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit
FS-503
3.2.7
3. OTHERS
Caution:
Be sure to conduct this operation with 2 people.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover. (See P.22)

2. Open the front door, remove the screw [1] and
[2]
then remove the wire [2] of the door.
[1]
fs503fs2039c

4. Remove each of the cables from the 4 wiring harness guides [2].
5. Remove the E-ring [3] and the shaft [4] and cut off
the coupling arm [5].
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2]
[5]
fs503fs2040c
23
3. OTHERS
6. Remove the stopper screws [1], one each, pro-
[1]
vided on the rails in front and rear, pull the stacker
FS-503
unit further out.
[1]
24
fs503fs2061c
3. OTHERS
7. Remove the screws [1], one each, provided on
tions [3], release the hook of the rail [4] from the
hole [6] and remove the stacker section [2].
[3]
Caution:
Be careful of your posture when removing it.
And be sure to conduct this operation with 2
[1]
people so that you do not suffer backache.
Note
When lifting up the stacker section, be sure to
hold it at the specified positions [3]. Holding
[6]
other positions such as the roller shaft may

cause damage to these positions.
[5]
[4]
steps in reverse.
Note
When reinstalling the stacker section to the
[3]
rail [4], be sure to check that the hooks [5]

provided at the 2 locations in front and rear, 4
locations in all, get into the attaching holes [6]
securely.
[1]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[4]
fs503fs2041c
25
FS-503
the rails in front and rear.
8. Lift up the stacker section [2] at the specified posi-
3. OTHERS

Note
When reinstalling it, be sure to fully pull out
FS-503
[3]
the rail [1] and fasten it with the stopper

screw [2] tentatively. And then fix the rail in
the rear with tape [3] so that the rail does not
move and contract. Doing it like this allows
you to conduct the operation smoothly.
[1]
26
[2]
fs503fs2042c

Removing/reinstalling the main tray
FS-503
3.2.8
3. OTHERS
Caution:
After having lowered the main tray, be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
A. Procedure
1. Push the actuator [1] of the tray upper limit sensor

[1]
(PS2) up with your fingers to lower the main tray

[2].

the power cord of the main body from the power
outlet.
[2]
fs503fs2016c
27
3. OTHERS

4. Lift up the main tray [2] to unhook the up/down
[2]
FS-503
stay [3], and remove the main tray [2].

steps in reverse.
[3]
28
[1]
fs503fs2017c

Removing/reinstalling the lift wire
Note
The following replacement procedure of the lift wire shows the steps taken on the rear side. The
figuration and the winding of wires on the front side are symmetrical to those on the rear side.
The brackets of the lift wire are stamped with "F" on the front side and "R" on the rear side. Be
careful not to confuse one with the other.
A. Procedure
1. Push the actuator of the tray upper limit sensor

(PS2) up with your fingers to lower the main tray.
[1]

Main tray (See P.27)
Left cover /Fr (See P.21)
[1]
Front door (See P.19)
3. Remove the screws [1], two each, and then

remove the tray stay covers /Fr [2] and /Rr [3].
[3]
[2]
fs503fs2038c
4. Disconnect the connector [1], remove 6 screws

[2] and then remove the gear box [4] together with
[1]
the tray up down motor [3].
[3]
Caution:
When the gear box is removed, the main tray
will fall down. So, be sure to support the tray
by hand when removing the gear box.
[4]
[2]
fs503fs2018c
29
FS-503
3.2.9
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the wire

FS-503
mounting plate [3] of the lift wire /Rr [2] from the lift
[4]
stay [4].
[2]
[1]
[3]
fs503fs2019c
6. Loosen 2 screws [2] of the belt tensioner [1].

[1]
[2]
fs503fs2020c
30
3. OTHERS

[5]
[2] and the lift pulley /Lw [3] to remove the lift wire
FS-503
/Rr [4].
Note
[3]
When removing the gear [2] and the lift pulley

[3], be careful that the pin [5] does not come
off and get lost.
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
fs503fs2021c
[3]
8. Tentatively fasten the wire mounting plate [2] of

the new lift wire /Rr [1] to the lift stay [3] with the 2
screws [4].
[4]
Note
Be sure to install the lift wires placing the
[2]
shorter one below the longer one.
9. Fasten the new lift wire /Rr [1] with the wire end [6]
of the lift pulley /Lw [5] and insert it into the shaft.
And rotate the lift pulley /Lw [5] and wind it 6 turns
clockwise from inside to outside around the lift
[1]
[5]
pulley /Lw [5] with no slack, and then insert the lift
pulley /Lw [5] fully deep into the shaft so that it
coincides with the pin [7].
[7]
[6]
fs503fs2022c
31
3. OTHERS
10. With the lift wire /Rr [1] hooked to the lift pulley /
Up [2], wind it 2 turns counterclockwise from
FS-503
inside to outside around the lift pulley /Lw [3] with

no slack and then fasten it with the wire end [4].
[2]
[1]
[4]
[3]
fs503fs2023c
11. Insert the pin [1] and the gear [2] into the shaft,
and fasten them with the E-ring [3].
[3]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
fs503fs2024c
32
3. OTHERS
12. Use a tension gauge or a spring balance to pull

the belt tensioner [1] with a specified force A and
tighten it up 2 screws [2].
FS-503
[1]
Specified value: A = 2.5 0.1 kg
[2]
fs503fs2025c
[4] [5]
[3]
[2]
[1]
13. Loosen 2 screws [2] of the wire mounting plate [1]

on the front side, press down the lift stay [3] to
bring it to a horizontal position, and tighten up 2
screws [5] of the wire mounting plate [4] on the
rear side and 2 screws [2] on the front side, that
is, 4 screws in all.
Note
Check to see if the lift stay [3] is kept in a horizontal position. If it is on the slant, an unnecessary load may be applied onto the gear,
[5]
[2]
fs503fs2026c
thus causing damage to it.

steps in reverse.
Note
When reinstalling the covers, be sure to rotate
the tray up/down motor counterclockwise as
seen from above to raise the lift stay about 12
cm before installing each cover. Since the lift
stay comes down lower than the normal operating range due to the lift gear box being
removed, it is inevitably necessary to raise
the lift stay to install it without the left cover /
Fr and the rear cover hitting against the up/
down stay.
33
3. OTHERS
3.2.10

Removing/reinstalling the tray up down motor
FS-503
A. Procedure
[1]

2. Disconnect the connector [1], remove 4 screws
[3]
[2] and then remove the tray up down motor [3].

Note
When reinstalling it, make sure that the belt
[4] is set correctly to the gears [5] and [6].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[4]
[6]
[5]
fs503fs2027c
34

3.2.11
3. OTHERS
A. Procedure
FS-503
1. Remove the stapler cartridge.

Note
[1]
When
the
stapler
cartridge
cannot
be
removed, conduct the initial operation by

turning ON and OFF the power switch (SW2)
[3]
of the main body.
[2]
When removal of the stapler cartridge is not

possible even after the initial operation, conduct "3.2.12 Handling of the clogged stapler
fs503fs2052c
2."
2. Press the release button [1] and open the staple

cover [2].
3. Remove the unnecessary staples [3].

4. Close the staple cover [2].
steps in reverse.
3.2.12
A. Procedure
[3]
Caution:
[4]
Be careful not to get your hand caught in the

opening [1] of the stapler unit. Pressing the
staple side [2] and/or the clinch side [3] may
[1]
cause the opening [1] to close unexpectedly.

It is very difficult to open the opening by hand
once it has closed. So, be careful not to close
[2]
it. When holding the stapler unit, be sure to

hold it at both ends of the cam shaft [4].
When conducting the operation, be sure to
wear protective gloves.
When conducting the operation, be careful
fs503fs2053c
not to get the glove and/or your hand caught

in the gear.
35
3. OTHERS
[3]
1. Remove the stapler unit. (See P.7)

2. Remove 2 nuts [1] and then remove the clinch
[2]
FS-503
protective plates /1 [2] and /2 [3].
[1]
fs503fs2054c
3. Remove the clogged staples.

[3]
Note
When reinstalling it, place the holes [2] of the
[2]
[4]
2 clinch metal fittings [1] one upon the other

so that the tip [3] of the clinch presser is
engaged to the depression [4] of the clinch
metal fitting.
[1]
fs503fs2055c
4. When the clogged staples cannot be removed,

rotate the gear [1] of the stapler motor shaft and
the gear [2] that comes into contact the motor
gear to open the opening [5] until the pin [3] at the
[5]
[6]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
tip of the stapling arm comes to the bottom of the

slit [4].
Caution:
Considerable force is required to rotate the gear.
Be sure to wear gloves not to get injured.
fs503fs2056c
Note
The gear can be rotated in whichever direction is easiest.
5. Remove the stapler cartridge [6] and then remove the

unnecessary staples from the stapler cartridge.
(See P.35)

steps in reverse.
36

When the FNS control board (FNSCB) is replaced, be

[2].
Note
Setting of the SW3 [3] should be the same as
that of the old FNSCB. (See P.711 in Field
Service for the main body.)
[1]
[3]
[2]
fd501fs2077c
Note
fd501fs2078c
37
FS-503
3.2.13
3. OTHERS
FS-503
3. OTHERS
Blank page
38
FS-503
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Intermediate roller position adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when paper gets jammed in the intermediate roller in the stacker during paper conveyance.
A. Procedure
2. Remove the rail stopper screws [1], one each pro-
[1]
vided in front and rear, and pull further out the

stacker unit.
[1]
fs503fs3002c
39
3. Check to see if the clearance between the mount-
[1]
ing plate [2] of the intermediate roller /Up [1] and
FS-503
[2]
the intermediate roller /Lw [3] is at a standard

value.
Standard value: A = 4.5 0.5 mm
When the clearance is not at a standard value,

conduct step 4 and the succeeding steps for
adjustment.
4. Raise up the intermediate roller and insert a thickness gauge of 4.5 mm between the mounting
plate [2] of the intermediate roller /Up [1] and the
intermediate roller /Lw [3].
[3]
fs503fs3020c
Note
Be careful not to let the thickness gauge drop
into the stacker. (Be sure to fix it with tape.)
Make sure that there is no raised section
found in the thickness gauge so that the
clearance is to be accurate.
5. Loosen the screw [1], slide the positioning plate

[2] to the lower side until it hits against the rotating
lever [3], and tighten up the screw [1].
6. Remove the thickness gauge inserted in Step 4.

7. Conduct the measurement in the step 3. When
the value obtained is not the stipulated one,
[3]
repeat the steps 4 to 6.
8. After completion of adjustment, make a print and

check to see if a jam occurs.

steps in reverse.
[1]
40
[2]
fs503fs3021c
Adjusting the flat-stapling stopper position
In the flat-stapling mode, adjustments are made when the distance from the edge of paper to the stapling position is not within the standard value, or when it is on a slant.
Note
When making adjustments, be sure not move the stapler by hand. (This may cause the teeth of the
belt and the gear to jump.)
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
1. Conduct the following in the output check of the I/

O check mode in the service mode.
72-31 (Stapler movement motor home posi-
72-78 (Alignment motors /Fr and /Rr home
72-42 (End stopper motor stopper release)
tion search)
position search)

3. Open the front door and remove the screw [2] of

the wire [1].
fs503fs3008c
41
FS-503
4.2
4. Pull out the stacker unit, remove the rail stopper
[1]
screws [1], one each, in front and rear and pull the
FS-503
stacker unit further out.
[1]
42
fs503fs3002c
5. Loosen the screws [2], one each, of the 4 flat-stapling stopper [1] and make adjustments of the
FS-503
positions of the 4 flat-stapling stoppers.

Note
With the paper [3] inserted, be sure to check
[4]
to see if the paper is on a slant and that all of

the 4 flat-stapling stoppers are in contact with
the edge [4] of paper.
When the stopper is not seen clearly, be sure
[3]
to adjust it after removing the guide plate

assembly [5].
[1]
[5]
[1]
[3]
[2]
fs503fs3009c
43
6. Conduct flat-stapling to check to see if it is within

the standard value.
FS-503
Standard value: A = 9.5 2mm

The line [1] connecting the 2 staples is parallel to the edge of paper.
When the value is not within the standard
[1]
value or the line is not parallel to the edge of
fs503fs3004c
paper, repeat the steps 1 to 6 above.

steps in reverse.
4.3
Adjusting the alignment plate position
Conduct this adjustment operation when the slippage in the bundle of paper while in stapling and the uneven
paper exit while in non-stapling cannot be adjusted by conducting "Stapling center position adjustment" and
"Paper width adjustment" in the service mode.
Note
After completion of this adjustment, be sure to conduct "Stapling center position adjustment" and
"Paper width adjustment" in the service mode.
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
1. Conduct the alignment motors /Fr and /Rr home

position movement in the output check 72-78 of
the I/O check mode in the service mode.
2. Turn OFF the main power switch (SW1) of the

main body, and unplug the power cord of the
main body from the power outlet.
3. Open the front door and remove the screw [2] of

the wire [1].
fs503fs3010c
44
4. Pull out the stacker unit, remove the rail stopper
[1]
screws [1], one each, in front and rear and pull the
[1]
FS-503
stacker unit further out.
fs503fs3005c
45
[2]
5. Loosen 2 screws [1] and check to see if the distance from the front side of the side plate [2] in the
FS-503
rear to the paper side of the alignment plate /Rr [3]

is within the standard value A, and then tighten
the screws [1].
Standard value: A = 17.9 +1.0/ -0.0 mm
Note
Check the alignment plate /Rr to see if it is on
a slant.
[5]
[4]
[1]
[3]
fs503fs3006c
6. Loosen the 2 screws [4] and check to see if the

distance between the alignment plate /Rr [3] and
the inner face on the paper side of the alignment
plate /Fr [5] is within the standard value B, and
then tighten the screws [4].
Standard value: B = 376
0 mm
-0.5
7. Move the staple home position using I/O check

mode 72-31 in service mode, insert a thick paper
or similar sheet, and check the angle of the rear
end stopper and the alignment plate.
Note
Move the alignment plates with your hand
until the paper width space is created
between them, and make sure there is no
improper gap at the upper and lower side of
the alignment plates.

steps in reverse.
46
4.4
Adjustments are made when there is any discrepancy in height and slant found between the main body and
FS-503
other optional devices.

A. Procedure
1. Loosen the nuts [1] provided at the 4 places.

2. Rotate the screws [2] provided at the 4 places to
make horizontal adjustments of the device.
Note
into consideration the heights of the main
body and other optional devices.

raised.
Note
When there is any caster found raised, rotate
the screw [2] with a wrench to extend the
length of the caster until you can get a feeling
of secure contact.
[1]
[2]
4. Fasten the screw [2] with a wrench and tighten up

the nut [1].
Note
up with the screw [2] not fastened, the screw
[2] may also rotate together with the nut [1],
thus resulting in an incorrect positioning.
fs503fs3007c
47
FS-503
Blank page
48
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
FS-520/607
2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
3.0

Revision in relation to launching of FS-520 and correc-
2007/06
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark
tion of an error in writing

CONTENTS
FS-520/607
CONTENTS
FS-520/607
OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1
2.2
2.3
Maintenance procedure of the conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2.1.1
Replacing the paper exit roller (sponge roller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.2
Replacing the intermediate transfer roller (sponge roller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Maintenance procedure of the stacker section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

2.2.1
Replacing the paper assist roller (sponge roller) (FS-520) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.2
Replacing the paper assist roller (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.3
Replacing the cleaning plate assy (FS-520) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Maintenance procedure of the stapler section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

2.3.1
Removing/reinstalling the stapler unit cover (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.3.2
Replacing the stapler unit (FS-607). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.3.3
Replacing the stapler unit (FS-520). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3. OTHER PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.1
Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2
3.3

3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
Removing and reinstalling the rear cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.3.5
Removing/reinstalling the left cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.6
Removing/reinstalling the main tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.3.7
Replacing the lift wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.3.8
Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit cover (FS-607). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.3.9
Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit (FS-520) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

3.3.11 Removing/reinstalling the paper exit unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Adjusting the bypass gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.2
Shift position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.3
Adjusting the paper exit solenoid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
4.4
Adjusting the mounting position of the paper exit arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.5
Adjusting the mounting position of the alignment plate /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

4.5.1
Adjusting the mounting position in FS-520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.5.2
Adjusting the mounting position in FS-607 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.6
Adjusting the mounting position of the alignment plate /Lw (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.7
Staple position adjustment (flat-stapling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
FS-520/607
CONTENTS
4.7.1
Adjusting the position in FS-520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.7.2
Adjusting the position in FS-607 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.8
Staple position adjustment (flat-stapling) (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.9
Stapler vertical position adjustment (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.10 Folding stopper tilt adjustment (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

4.11 Adjusting the folding pressure (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
4.12 Adjusting the tri-folding position (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
ii
FS-520/607
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Stapling device (FS-520)

Multi folding multi stapling device (FS-607)
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Non-sort mode
Exited to the main tray with no processing made.
Sort/group mode
Exited to the main tray after being shifted for every copy.
Sub tray mode
Exited to the sub tray with no processing made.
Stapling mode
Exited to the main tray after being stapled.
Exited to the booklet tray with the paper folded into two after being stitched and
folded at the center of the paper (FS-607 only).
Folding mode
Exited to the booklet tray with the paper folded into two at its center (FS-607
only).
Tri-folding mode
Exited to the booklet tray after being overlapped up to 3 sheets and being trifolded (FS-607 only).
(2) Stapling
FS-520/607
Max. flat-stapling
FS-520
capacity
50 sheets of 64 to 80 g/m2 (plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper),

40 sheets (coated paper)
40 sheets of 81 to 105 g/m2 (plain paper), 30 sheets (high-quality paper,
color paper), 25 sheets (coated paper)
(color paper), 20 sheets (coated paper)
(color paper)
staple position
At coner
Parallel or skew depending on

the paper size
At 2 places
Symmetry at the center with

162 mm pitches
FS-607

staple position
Front parallel / back 45 1 position diagonally, 2 positions at the center
Max. saddle stitching

capacity
FS-607
staple position
variable (128 to 168mm)
(3) Folding (FS-607)

Max.Folding
Max.Tri-folding

1 sheet of 81 to 105 g/m2 paper
(4) Max. paper capacity

FS-520
Non-sort
(Weighing 80g/
mode, sort/
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
m2)
group mode
16K, 16KS
FS-520/607
Main tray
1500 sheets: SRA3*1, A3, B4, SRA4S

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K
wide paper: Max. 320 x 450mm
500 sheets:
A5, A5S *1, B6S *1

51/2 x 81/2S *1
Tab paper*3
: A4, 81/2 x 11

Stapling mode
Max. 1000 sheets

Size in the sub
The others
scan direction is
150 to 417 mm
FS-607
Non-sort
2 to 9
100 copies
50 copies
10 to 20
50 copies
50 copies
21 to 30
30 copies
30 copies
31 to 40
25 copies
25 copies
41 to 50
20 copies
20 copies
mode, sort/
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
group mode
16K, 16KS
1500 sheets: A3, B4, SRA4S,
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K
500 sheets:
A5, A5S *1, B6S *1

51/2 x 81/2S *1
Tab paper*3
: A4, 81/2 x 11

Stapling mode
Max. 1000 sheets

Size in the sub
The others
scan direction is
418mm or longer
2 to 9
50 copies
100 copies
10 to 20
50 copies
50 copies
21 to 30
30 copies
30 copies
31 to 40
25 copies
25 copies
41 to 50
20 copies
20 copies
FS-520/607
Booklet tray
Saddle stitch-
Size in the sub scan direction is 299 mm or longer : 15 cop-
(Weighing 80g/m2)
ing mode
ies in 5 sheets of saddle stitching
(FS-607 only)
other than the above : 20 copies in 5 sheets of saddle stitching

Folding mode
Size in the sub scan direction is 299 mm or longer : 25 copies in 3 sheets of folding
other than the above : 33 copies in 3 sheets of folding
Tri-folding
50 copies in 1 sheet of folding
mode
Sub tray
100 sheets : SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S,
A6S
(Weighing 80g/
m2)
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
*1
Tab paper*3
: A4, 81/2 x 11
Custom paper
: Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm
Non-sort mode only
*2
Non-sort mode is 128 x 148 mm
*3
C. Type of paper
(1) Stapling mode
Paper size
A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5

12 x 18*1, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper*2 (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Applicable paper
Plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper, coated paper (same as the main
body)
Paper weight
60 to 209 g/m2 (FS-520)

64 to 105 g/m2 (FS-607)
*1
FS-607 only
*2
(2) Saddle stitching mode (FS-607)

Paper size
A3, B4, SRA4S, A4S

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
8K
Applicable paper
Paper weight
64 to 105 g/m2
(3) Folding mode (FS-607)

SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4S, A4S
FS-520/607
Paper size
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x14, 81/2 x11S,

8K
Applicable paper
Paper weight
64 to 105 g/m2
(4) Tri-folding mode (FS-607)

Paper size
A4S
81/2 x11S
Applicable paper
Paper weight
64 to 105 g/m2
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
24/5VDC (supplied from the main body)

tion
Dimensions
When the main tray is pulled out: 790.5 (W) x 656 (D) x 990 (H) mm
Weight
When the main tray is set in: 674.5 (W) x 656 (D) x 990 (H) mm
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
FS-520/607
Blank page
2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-520/607
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution:
Be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body from the power outlet.
2.1
2.1.1
Replacing the paper exit roller (sponge roller)
Paper exit roller (sponge roller) : Every 200,000 prints *1

*1
*2
PRO C6500
PRO C5500
Note
When replacing the paper exit rollers /A (sponge rollers), be sure to replace all 5 pairs of rollers
(10 rollers in all).
2. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
FS-520/607
1. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the

power switch (SW2) of the main body.
2. Push up the actuator [1] of the main tray upper

limit sensor (PS2) with your finger, and then lower
the main tray [2].
3. Turn OFF the SW1 and the SW2 of the main body,
and then unplug the power cord of the main body
from the power outlet.
[1]
[2]
15vlf2c001na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[1] and remove the sponge roller by prizing it
[1]
open.
15jkf2c002na

[1]
steps in reverse.
[1]
15jkf2c003na
FS-520/607
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1.2
Replacing the intermediate transfer roller (sponge roller)
FS-520/607
Intermediate transfer roller (sponge roller) : Every 200,000 prints *1

*1
*2
PRO C6500
PRO C5500
Note
When replacing the intermediate transfer rollers (sponge rollers), be sure to replace all 2 pairs of
rollers (4 rollers in all).
B. Procedure

2. Remove 2 screws [1] and the bearing [2], and
then remove the shaft of the intermediate transfer
roller [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
15jkf2c004na
[1]
[1] and remove the sponge roller by prizing it

open.
15jkf2c005na
10
2. PERIODIC CHECK

[1]
steps in reverse.
Note
[1]
When installing the intermediate transfer

roller, be sure to insert the pin at the rear of
the shaft of the intermediate transfer roller
15jkf2c006na
into the groove.
11
FS-520/607
2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-520/607
2.2
Maintenance procedure of the stacker section
2.2.1
Replacing the paper assist roller (sponge roller) (FS-520)

*1
*2
PRO C6500
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[2]

2. Pull out the stacker unit.
3. Remove the C-clip [2], and then remove paper
[1]
assist roller [1].

steps in reverse.
15jkf2c007na
2.2.2
Replacing the paper assist roller (FS-607)


*1
*2
PRO C6500
PRO C5500
B. Procedure

3. Open the paper assist section [1], and then lift up
the paper assist roller [2].
4. Remove the C-clip [3], and then remove the paper

assist roller [2].

steps in reverse.
[3]
12
[2]
[1]
15jmf2c001na

2.2.3
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the cleaning plate assy (FS-520)
Cleaning plate assy
FS-520/607

*1
*2
PRO C6500
PRO C5500
B. Procedure

[1]
cleaning plate assy [2].

steps in reverse.
[2]
a0drf2c001ca
13
2. PERIODIC CHECK
FS-520/607
2.3
Maintenance procedure of the stapler section
2.3.1
Removing/reinstalling the stapler unit cover (FS-607)
Caution:
Be careful not to let FS fall down when removing FS from the main body and pulling out the
stacker unit from FS. It may cause the injury.
A. Procedure

2. Pull out the stacker unit [1].
[1]
15jmf2c002na
3. Remove 2 screws [1] from the rail stopper, and

[1]
then pull out the stacker unit [2] further.

Note
Be sure to place a support [3] under the
stacker unit to prevent FS from falling down.
[1]
[2]
[3]
14
15jmf2c003na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
unit cover [2].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
2.3.2
15jmf2c004na
Replacing the stapler unit (FS-607)
Note
The stapler unit consists of the clincher section and the stapler section.
Never move the clincher section and the stapler section in the horizontal direction manually.
Otherwise, it may cause the timing belt skipping.
After the reinstallation, be sure to adjust the stapler position in the vertical direction.
(See P.61)
Stapler unit : Every 1,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle : every 200,000 staples) *1
: Every 900,000 prints (actual replacement cycle : every 200,000 staples) *2
*1
*2
PRO C6500
PRO C5500
B. Procedure
[2]
[1]
[3]
1. Enter the service mode and select [State Confirmation]- [I/O Check Mode]. Perform the output
code 72-32 : Stapler movement motor (M11) (A4,
1-stapling position). Then turn OFF the main body.

3. Pull out the stacker unit, and then remove the stapler unit cover.
(See P.14)
4. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the

screw [2], and then remove the flat-stapling stopper release unit /Fr [3].
5. Enter the service mode and select [State Confir15jmf2c005na
mation]- [Output check]. Perform the output code

72-31. Then turn OFF the main body.
15
FS-520/607
4. Remove 5 screws [1], and then remove the stapler
2. PERIODIC CHECK
6. Remove the screw [1], the ground [2], and the
[5]
FS-520/607
clamp [3].
7. Remove 4 screws [4], and then remove the

clincher /Fr [5] and disconnect the connector [6].
[6]
[3]
[4]
[1]
[2]
15jmf2c006na
[2]
[1]
8. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the flatstapling stopper release unit /Rr [2].
9. Disconnect the connector [3] on the back of the

flat-stapling stopper release unit /Rr [2], and the
remove the wiring harness from the clamp [4].
[3]
[4]
15jmf2c007na
16
2. PERIODIC CHECK
10. Remove 4 screws [2] from the clincher /Rr [1], and
[2]
[1]
[3]
FS-520/607
then remove the ground [3].
15jmf2c008na
11. Remove 2 screws [1] and the ball bearing mount-
[3]
ing plate [2], and then rotate and remove the

clincher /Rr [3] and disconnect the connector [4].
Note
Be careful not to lose the ball bearing stopper
spring [5] and the ball.
[4]
[1]
[5]
[2]
15jmf2c009na
12. Remove the cartridge from the stapler.

13. Remove 4 screws [2] from the stapler /Fr [1] and
[2]
the screw [3] from the ground, and then remove
[1]
the stapler /Fr [1] and disconnect the connector

[4].
[2]
[3]
[4]
15jmf2c010na
17
2. PERIODIC CHECK

FS-520/607
mounting plate [3] from the stapler /Fr [2].
[1]
[3]
[2]
15jmf2c011na
15. Remove 2 screws [3] from the sensor cover [2] of
[1]
the stapler /Rr [1], and then remove the screw [4]
from the ground and disconnect the connector
[5].
Note
[2]
When installing the sensor cover [2], be sure

to keep the wiring harness out of the stapler
rotation home sensor (PS13) [7] and be careful not to let the gear bite it.
[5]
[3]
[6]
[4]
15jmf2c012na
16. Remove 4 screws [1], and then remove the stapler
[1]
/Rr [2] and disconnect the connector [3].
[2]
Note
When removing the stapler /Rr [2], be sure not
to damage PS13 [4].
[1]
[4]
18
[3]
15jmf2c013na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
mounting plate [3] from the stapler /Rr [2].

steps in reverse.
[3]
2.3.3
[1]
[2]
15jmf2c014na
Replacing the stapler unit (FS-520)
Stapler unit
: Every 500,000 staples
NOTE
Be sure not to move the stapler unit in the horizontal direction by hand.
Otherwise, it may cause the timing belt skipping.
B. Procedure
[3]
[4]
[1]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Open the front door.

Pull out the stacker unit.
Remove the cartridge from the stapler.
Remove 2 screws [2] from the stapler platform /Fr
[1], and then remove the stapler platform /Fr [1].
NOTE
When reinstalling the stapler platform, you
can use the screw holes [3] if the screw holes
[2] are loose.
When reinstalling it, be sure not to damage
the pet [4].
[2]
15jkf2c008na
19
FS-520/607
2. PERIODIC CHECK
5. Remove the connector cover [1], and then disFS-520/607
connect 2 connectors [2].
6. Remove the screw [3], and then remove the

ground wire [4].
[4]
[3]
[2]
[2]
[1]
15jkf2c009nb
7. Remove 2 screws [1] from the stapler platform /Fr
[1]
[2], and then remove the stapler /Fr [3] from the
stapler platform /Fr [2].
[3]
15jkf2c010na
[1]
8. Remove the stapler /Rr [1] by repeating the procedure from steps 4 to 7 .

steps in reverse.
15jkf2c011na
20
3. OTHER PARTS
3.1
FS-520/607
3. OTHER PARTS
A. The screw not allowed to be removed in the folding stopper

There is a screw in the folding stopper, that is not allowed to be removed.
[1]
15jmf2c017na
[1]
The screw not allowed to be removed in the folding stopper
Note
For ease of understand, the position of the folding stopper is shown lower than the actual position
in the illustration.
(2) Reason
The tilt adjustment of the folding stopper should be made at the slide shaft of the folding stopper. (See P.64)
Never loosen the screw not allowed to be removed in the folding stopper because the tilt of the folding stopper
may be changed and the adjustment reference in the slide shaft may be misaligned if the screw is loosen.
21
3. OTHER PARTS
3.2
FS-520/607
No.
1
Section
Page referred to
P.23
Upper cover /2
P.23
Front door
P.24
Rear cover
P.24
Left cover
P.25
Main tray
P.26
Lift wire
P.27
Stacker unit cover
P.33
Stacker unit
P.36
Paper exit unit
P.38
Main tray section
7
8
Stacker section
9
10
22
Part name
Upper cover /1
Cover
Transfer section
3.3.1
A. Procedure
1. Remove 2 caps [1].

2. Open the front door [2] and remove the 5 screws
[1]
[3]
[3], and then remove the upper cover /1 [4].
[4]
steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
3.3.2
15jkf2c012na
Note
Remove optional PI if it is installed.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the upper cover /1. (See P.23)

3. Remove 2 screws [2] and pull out the sub tray [3],
[3]
[4]
and then remove the upper cover /2 [4].
[1]
steps in reverse.
[2]
15jkf2c013na
23
FS-520/607
3.3
3. OTHER PARTS
3. OTHER PARTS
3.3.3
FS-520/607
A. Procedure

2. Remove 2 screws [3] from the lower hinge plate
[3]
[2], and then remove the front door [1].
[1]

steps in reverse.
[2]
15jkf2c034na
3.3.4
Removing and reinstalling the rear cover
A. Procedure
1. Remove 6 screws [1], and then remove the rear

cover [2].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[1]
Note
When reinstalling the rear cover, be sure to
[3]
[4]
hook the notch [3] of the rear cover on the

prong [4] of the frame.
[2]
24
15jkf2c035nb

3.3.5
3. OTHER PARTS
Removing/reinstalling the left cover

2. Remove 3 screws [1], and then remove the left
[1]
cover [2].

steps in reverse.
[2]
15jkf2c036na
25
FS-520/607
A. Procedure
3. OTHER PARTS
FS-520/607
3.3.6
Removing/reinstalling the main tray
Caution:
After opening the main tray, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body from the power
outlet.
A. Procedure
1. Push up the actuator [1] of the main tray upper

limit sensor (PS2) with your finger, and then open
[1]
the main tray [2].
2. Turn OFF the main power switch (SW1) and the

sub power switch (SW2) of the main body, and
then unplug the power cord of the main body from
the power outlet.
[2]
15jkf2c014na
3. Remove 2 screws [1] from the main tray.

4. Lift up the main tray [2] and unhook the main tray
[2]
from the lift stay [3], and then remove the main
tray [2].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[3]
15jkf2c015na
26

Replacing the lift wire
Caution:
When the main tray lift motor is removed, the main tray may fall down. When removing the main
tray lift motor, be sure to support the main tray with your hand.
Note
The following procedure for replacing the lift wire shows the examples on the rear side. The configuration and winding of the wires on the front side are symmetrical to the rear side.
The front and rear lift wires are marked as "F" and "R" on their mounting plates respectively. Be
sure to check it when reinstalling the lift wires.
A. Procedure
For FS-520
[3]
[4]
Left cover (See P.25)
Front cover (See P.24)
2. Remove 5 screws [1] to remove the reinforcing

metal [2], and then remove the wiring harness
from 3 clamps [3] and disconnect the connector
[4].
Note
In FS-520 and FS-607, the lift motor is
installed up side down so that the position of
the connector and the positions of the mount-
[2]
[1]
15jkf2c016na
ing holes of the reinforcing metal are different.
For FS-607
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
15jmf2c015na
27
FS-520/607
3.3.7
3. OTHER PARTS
3. OTHER PARTS
[1]
FS-520/607
[2]
3. Remove 5 screws [1], and then remove the lift

motor unit [2].
Caution:
When the lift motor assy [2] is removed, the
main tray may fall down. When removing the
lift motor assy, be sure to support the main
tray with your hand.
15jkf2c017na
4. Remove 2 screws [1], and then remove the wire

mounting plate [3] of the rear lift wire [2] from the
lift stay [4].
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
15jkf2c018na
28
3. OTHER PARTS
FS-520/607
5. Loosen 2 screws [2] on the belt tensioner [1].
[2]
[1]
15jkf2c019na
6. Remove the E-ring [1], the gear [2], and the lift
pulley /Lw [3], and then remove the lift wire [4].
[3]
[5]
Note
When removing the lift pulley /Lw, be sure not
to let 2 pins [5] fall down.
[4]
[1]
[2]
15jkf2c020na
29
3. OTHER PARTS
7. Tighten the wire mounting plate [1] of the new lift

FS-520/607
wire [4] on the lift stay [2] with 2 screws [3] temporarily.
Note
The lift wire [4] should be placed with the
short side [5] to the bottom and the long side
[6] to the top.
[6]
[2]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[5]
15jkf2c021na
8. Fasten the wire end of the lift wire with the inner
wire end hole of the lift pulley /Lw [1]. Then, draw
the lift wire through the notch [2] and wind it a little
less than 5 turns from inside to outside around the
lift pulley with no slack, and then insert the lift pulley /Lw [1] into the shaft so that it coincides with
[1]
the pin [3].
[3]
[2]
15jkf2c022na
30
[1]
[4]
9. Insert the up/down pulley [1] wound around with
[3]
the wire into the shaft so that the pin [3] that has
been inserted into the shaft [2] in advance is set to
the groove [4] of the pulley.
15vlf2c009na
10. Hook the lift wire on the lift pulley /Up [1]. Then,
wind the lift wire 2 turns from inside to outside
[1]
around the lift pulley Lw [2] with no slack, draw the

lift wire through the notch and fasten it with the
wire end hole [3].
Note
[3]
Be sure to wind the lift wire on the lift pulley /

UP without the short side (the side wound in
advance) and the long side (the side wound
subsequently) are overlapped.
[2]
15jkf2c023na
11. Insert the pin [1] and the gear [2], and then fasten
it with E-ring [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
15jkf2c024na
31
FS-520/607
[2]
3. OTHER PARTS
3. OTHER PARTS
12. Use a tension gauge or spring balance to pull up

FS-520/607
the belt tensioner [1] with a standard force "A" [3]

and fasten it with the 2 screws [2].
Standard value [3]: A = 2.5 0.25 kg
[3]
[2]
[1]
15jkf2c025na
13. Loosen the 2 screws [2] on the wire mounting
[2]
plate [1] at the front to push down the lift stay [3]
to the horizontal position, and then remove 4
screws [2] and [5] from both the front and the rear.
Note
[1]
Be sure to check the lift stay [3] is in the horizontal position. If it is in the tilt position, the
main tray lift motor (M3) or the gear may be
damaged due to the excessive force.
[4]
32
[5]
[3]
15jkf2c026na
steps in reverse.

3.3.8
3. OTHER PARTS
Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit cover (FS-607)
[2]

stacker unit cover [2].

steps in reverse.
[1]
15jmf2c016na
33
FS-520/607
A. Procedure
3. OTHER PARTS
FS-520/607
3.3.9
Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit (FS-520)
Caution
Be sure to conduct this operation with 2 personnel.
A. Procedure

[2]
Booklet tray
2. Remove FS from the main body.

4. Disconnect 2 connectors [2] (CN22, CN23) from
the relay board (RB) [1] on the back of the stacker
unit.
5. Remove the wiring harness from the 3 clamps [3].
[3]
[1]
a0drf2c002ca
6. Remove the C-clip [1] and the shaft [2], and then
[2]
[3]
34
[1]
separate the coupling arm [3].
a0drf2c003ca
3. OTHER PARTS
and then pull out the stacker unit [2] further.

Note
In order to prevent the FS from falling down,
be sure to place a support [3] beneath the
stacker unit that has been pulled out.
[2]
[3]
[1]
15vlf2c012na
8. Remove 2 screws [1], and then lift up the stacker

[3]
[4]
unit [2] and remove it from the guide rails [3].

Note
When removing the stacker unit, be careful of
[5]
your posture not to suffer a crick in the back.
[1]

steps in reverse.
Note
When installing the stacker unit [2] to the
guide rail [3], be sure to check to see if the
hooks [4] are set securely into the installation
holes [5].
[2]
[1]
[3]
[5]
[4]
15vlf2c013na
35
FS-520/607
7. Remove the 2 screws [1] from the rail stopper,
[1]
3. OTHER PARTS
FS-520/607
3.3.10
Removing/reinstalling the stacker unit (FS-607)
Caution:
Be sure to conduct this operation with 2 personnel.
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
Booklet tray
2. Remove FS from the main body.

4. Disconnect 3 connectors [1] (CN22, CN23, CN24)
from the relay board (RB) [2] on the back of the
stacker unit.
5. Remove the wiring harness from the 4 clamps [3].

[3]
a04df2c001ca
[2]
[3]
36
6. Remove the C-clip [1] and the shaft [2], and then
[1]
separate the coupling arm [3].
15jkf2c028na
3. OTHER PARTS
then pull out the stacker unit [2] further.

Note
[1]

[2]
[1]
[3]
15jkf2c029na
8. Remove 2 screws [1], and then lift up the stacker

[3]
unit [2] and remove it from the guide rails [3].
[4]
Note
Be careful of your posture in order not to
[5]
throw out your back when removing it.
[1]

steps in reverse.
Note
[2]
When reinstalling the stacker unit [2] to the

guide rails [3], be sure to check that the
hooks [4] are inserted into the mounting holes
[3]
[5]
[4]
[5] securely.
[1]
15jkf2c030na
37
FS-520/607
3. OTHER PARTS
3.3.11
Removing/reinstalling the paper exit unit
FS-520/607
A. Procedure
[2]
Remove the upper cover /1 or optional PI

(See P.23)
Upper cover /2 (See P.23)
2. Remove 4 screws [1], and then remove the main

paper exit cover [2].
[1]
15vlf2c014na
3. Remove the screw [3] from the paper exit open/

close link [2] of the paper exit unit [1].
[2]
[3]
[1]
15jkf2c031na
[4]
[1]
[2]
4. Remove the clamp [1], the screw [2] securing the

ground wire, 2 connectors [3] and 3 screws [4]
from the clamp.
[3]
38
15jkf2c032na
3. OTHER PARTS
1 each, from both the front and the rear, and then
remove the paper exit unit [3].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
[1]
15jkf2c033na
39
FS-520/607
5. Remove the E-rings [1], 1 each, and the bearings,
[1] [2]
3. OTHER PARTS
3.3.12
FS-520/607
When the FNS control board (FNSCB) is replaced, be

[2].
[1]
[2]
a04df2e001ca
Note
fd501fs2078c
40
FS-520/607
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Adjusting the bypass gate
Conduct this adjustment when the paper gets jammed in the bypass gate.
A. Procedure

2. Pull out the stacker unit [1].
then pull out the stacker unit further.
[2]
Note
[1]
[2]
[3]
15jkf3c001na
[2]
4. Open the bypass transfer guide plate [1].

5. Check to see if the clearance between the bypass
gate [2] and the bypass transfer plate [3] is within
[1]
a standard value when the bypass gate solenoid

(SD5) turns OFF.
When the value is not within the standard value,
perform the following adjustment.
mm
.2
=3
[3]
0.5
[2]
15jkf3c002na
41
[2]
6. Remove the rear cover (See P.24)

7. Disconnect all connectors [2] from the FNS con-
[1]
FS-520/607
[3]
trol board (FNSCB) [1], and then remove the wiring harnesses from the clamp [3].
8. Release 8 board supports [4] and remove FNSCB

[1] from the board mounting plate [5].
[4]
[4]
[5]
a04df2c002ca
[2]
[1]
9. Remove 6 screws [1], and then remove the board

mounting plate [2].
a04df2c003ca
10. Loosen 2 screws [2] on the bypass gate solenoid

[4]
A=
(SD5) [1], and then, by referring to the markings

3.2
[5], adjust the position of SD5 so that the clear-
0.5
mm
ance between the bypass gate [3] and the bypass

transfer plate [4] gets to the standard value when
[3]
SD5 turns OFF.

[2]

steps in reverse.
[5]
[1]
42
15jkf3c005na
Shift position adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when the shift amount of the paper exited to the main tray is not within a standard
value (30 mm).
A. Procedure
Remove the upper cover /1 (See P.23)
2. Turn ON the main body. And then enter the service mode and select [State Confirmation]- [I/O
Check Mode]. Perform the output code 72-03 :
Shift roller motor (M2) (home position search).
[4]
[3]
[5]
[4]
3. Turn OFF the main body.

4. Both in the home position and the shift position,
check to see if the edge of the actuator [5] of the
slide gear [4] is in the notch [3] of the slide stay [2]
of the shift unit [1].
When the edge of the actuator is in the notch of
the slide stay, perform the following adjustment.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[2]
[4]
15jkf3c006na
[1]
5. Loosen the screw [2] on the mounting plate [4] of

the shift roller home sensor (PS18) [1], and then
adjust the position of the mounting plate [4] by
referring to the markings [3].
6. After completing the adjustment, tighten the

screw [2].

steps in reverse.
15jkf3c007na
43
FS-520/607
4.2
FS-520/607
4.3
Adjusting the paper exit solenoid
Conduct this adjustment when the paper exited to the main tray is misaligned.
A. Procedure

[1]
Remove the upper cover /1 (See P.23)
2. Turn ON the main body. And then enter the servA=6.5 0.5mm
ice mode and select [State Confirmation]- [I/O

Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4).
[2]

4. Check to see if the clearance between the plunger
[2] of the solenoid and the stopper [3] of the
mounting plate is within a standard value when
[3]
15jkf3c008na
SD4 [1] turns OFF.

5. Remove 2 screws [1] from the solenoid mounting

plate [3], and then remove the solenoid [2] with
the mounting plate [3].
[1]
[2]
[3]
44
15jkf3c009na
adjust the position of the solenoid [2] and tighten

the screws.
A=6.5 0.5mm
[1]
15jkf3c010na
45
FS-520/607
6. Loosen 2 screws [1] on the solenoid, and then
[2]
FS-520/607
[1]
7. Reinstall the solenoid and the mounting plate [1],
[5]
and then install the solenoid mounting plate at the

position where the paper exit guide [2] contacts
[4]
with the stopper (rubber) [4] of the paper exit
[3]
guide stay [3] with 2 screws [5].

Note
[2]
There should be more than 1 mm of step

between the paper exit guide [2] and the
paper guide stay [3].

steps in reverse.
[4]
[2]
46
[2]
[3]
15jkf3c011na
Adjusting the mounting position of the paper exit arm
Conduct this adjustment when there is problem with the paper exit during the stapling operation.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door, and then pull out the stacker
unit.
[3]
2. Rotate the belt detection gear to align the edge of

the actuator [2] of the belt detection gear [1] with
the notch [3] of the panel /Rr.
[2]
[1]
15jkf3c012na
47
FS-520/607
4.4
For FS-520
FS-520/607
3. Check to see if the paper exit arm [1] is within the

extent in the illustration [2].
45
When the position is not within the standard

extent, perform the following adjustment.
4. Remove 2 screws from the rail stopper, and then

pull out the stacker unit further. (See P.41)
Note
Be sure to place a support under the stacker
unit to prevent FS from falling down.
[2]
[1]
15jkf3c013nc
For FS-607
[2]
[1]
15jmf3c001na
48
[1] and adjust the position of the paper exit arm to

the standard position, and then adjust the position
of the belt detection gear [1] to the position in step
2 and secure it.

steps in reverse.
[2]
15jkf3c014na
49
FS-520/607
5. Remove the screw [2] from the belt detection gear
[1]
FS-520/607
4.5
Adjusting the mounting position of the alignment plate /Up
4.5.1
Adjusting the mounting position in FS-520
Conduct this adjustment when there is misalignment in the stapled paper bundle.
A. Procedure
1. Turn ON the main body, and then turn OFF the

main body after the FS initial operation.
unit.

NOTE
4. Check to see if the actuator [2] of the alignment

plate home sensor /Up (PS8) [1] is aligned with
the home position.
[2]
[1]
15jkf3c015na
5. Check to see if the distance A between the alignA 41.2 0.5mm
ment plate /Up [1] and the panel /Rr [2] is within a
standard value.
Standard value: A = 41.2 0.5 mm (inside to
inside)
[1]
50
[2]
15jkf3c016nb
6. Loosen the screw [1] and adjust the distance

between the alignment plate /UpRr [2] and the
panel /Rr [3] in accordance with the standard
A=335.5
1.5
0.5
value, and the secure it.
mm

the alignment plate /UpFr [5] to make the distance
to the alignment plate /UpRr [2] be the standard
value.
+1.5
Standard value: A = 335.5 -0.5 mm (inside to
inside)
[5]
4.5.2
[4]
[1]
[2]
15jkf3c017nb
Adjusting the mounting position in FS-607
Conduct this adjustment when there is misalignment in the flat-stapled paper bundle.
A. Procedure
1. Turn ON the main body, and then turn OFF the
[1]
main body after the FS initial operation.
[2]
unit.

Note

plate home sensor /Up (PS8) [2] is aligned with
15jmf3c002na
the home position.
51
FS-520/607
[3]
5. Check to see if the distance A between the align-
mm
ment plates /Up [1] is within a standard value.

+0.5
Standard value: A = 335.5 -0 mm (inside to
inside)
FS-520/607
A=335.5

[1]
[4]
15jmf3c003nb
[1]
6. Loosen 2 screws [1] and adjust the alignment
[2]
plate /UpRr [2] with the long center marking of the

marking lines [3], and then adjust the position of
the alignment plate /UpFr [4] by referring the back
side to make the distance be the standard value.
[2]
[1]
[3]
15jmf3c004na
52
4.6
Adjusting the mounting position of the alignment plate /Lw (FS607)
Conduct this adjustment when there is misalignment in the saddle stitched paper bundle.
A. Procedure
1. Check to see if "4.5 Adjusting the mounting position of the alignment plate /Up" has been completed.
Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) (home position search).

[1]
unit.
[2]

[3]
15jmf3c005na
Note
6. Remove the stapler unit cover. (See P.14)

7. Check to see if the actuator of the alignment plate
home sensor /Up (PS8) is aligned with the home
position.

plate home sensor (PS24) [2] for the alignment
plate /Lw [1] is aligned with the home position.
[3]
9. Set the paper that is larger than A4S in the

[1]
stacker section, and then make the alignment

plate /UpRr [1] and the alignment plate /LwRr [2]
contact with the paper [3] and check to see if the
they are aligned. Also, check to see if the distance
A between the alignment plate /LwRr [2] and the
alignment plate /LwFr [4] is within a standard
value.
[4]
[2]
+0.5
Standard value: A = 335.5 -0
mm (inside to
inside)
A=335.5
mm
15jmf3c006nb
53
FS-520/607

Note
FS-520/607
When setting paper in the stacker, be sure to

press the flat-stapling stopper release lever
[2] with your finger to avoid the paper is
placed on the flat-stapling stopper [1].
[1]
[2]
15jmf3c007na
[2]
the alignment plate /Lw [2] to make the distance

be the standard value.
[1]
[2]
[1]
54
15jmf3c008na
4.7.1
Staple position adjustment (flat-stapling)

FS-520/607
4.7
Adjusting the position in FS-520
Conduct this adjustment when the staple position is not within the standard value.
NOTE
Be sure not to move the stapler unit in the horizontal direction by hand. Otherwise, it may cause
the belt and gear tooth skipping.
A. Procedure
[1]
1. Perform the stapling operation and check to see if
[2]
the staple position is within the standard value.
A=8.5 3mm
The standard value in the 1 staple/one-corner stapling at rear [1]: A = 8.5 3 mm
The standard value in the 1 staple/front [2]:

B = 8.5 3 mm
The standard value in the flat-stapling [3]:

C = 8.5 3 mm
B=8.5 3mm
(In the flat-stapling, the edge of the paper and

the line connecting 2 staples [4] should be in
[3]
parallel.)
C=8.5 3mm
Conduct the following adjustment when the value

is not within the standard value or when they are
not in parallel.
[4]
15jkf3c018na
55
[2]
FS-520/607
unit.

NOTE
4. Loosen 2 adjusting screws [1] on each of the flatstapling stoppers /Fr and /Rr and 1 adjusting
[1]
[3]
[1]
15jkf3c019na
screw [2] on each of the assist stoppers /Fr and /

Rr, and then adjust the positions of the flat-stapling stoppers /Fr and /Rr and the assist stoppers
/Fr and /Rr.
NOTE
The heights of the 4 stoppers should be
same.
5. Loosen the adjusting screw [3] on the rigid stopper,

and then adjust the its position to make the height
difference with the other stoppers be 0 to -0.5 mm.

56

4.7.2
Adjusting the position in FS-607
Note
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
A=8.5 3mm
The standard value in the 1 staple/one-corner stapling at rear [1]: A = 8.5 3 mm
The standard value in the 1 staple/front [2]:

B = 8.5 3 mm
The standard value in the flat-stapling [3]:

C = 8.5 3 mm
B=8.5 3mm
(In the flat-stapling, the edge of the paper and

the line connecting 2 staples [4] should be in
[3]
parallel.)
C=8.5 3mm
Conduct the following adjustment when the value

is not within the standard value or when they are
not in parallel.
[4]
15jmf3c009na
57
FS-520/607
Conduct this adjustment when the staple position is not within the standard value.
2. Turn ON the main body. And then enter the servFS-520/607
ice mode and select [State Confirmation]- [I/O

Stapler movement motor (M11) (A4,1-stapling
position). Then turn OFF the main body.
unit.

NOTE
[1]
5. Remove the stapler unit cover.

6. Loosen 2 adjusting screws [1] on the flat-stapling
stopper /Fr and 2 adjusting screw [2] on the flatstapling stopper /Rr, and then adjust the positions
of the flat-stapling stoppers /Fr and /Rr by referring to the markings [3] and [4].

[3]
[2]
[4]
58
15jmf3c010na
Staple position adjustment (flat-stapling) (FS-607)
Conduct this adjustment when the edge of the paper and the staple positions are not in parallel at the saddle
stitching.
A. Procedure
Note
1. Check to see if the edge of the paper and the line
[1]
[2] connecting 2 staples [1] should be in parallel [3]
[2]
and the misalignment L is within the standard

value.
Standard value: misalignment L = 1 mm or less
When the misalignment is not within the standard
value, perform the following adjustment.
[3]
L
15jmf3c011na
59
FS-520/607
4.8
2. Check to see if "4.5 Adjusting the mounting posiFS-520/607
[1]
tion of the alignment plate /Up" and "4.6 Adjusting

the mounting position of the alignment plate /Lw
(FS-607)" have been completed.
unit.

Note
[2]

6. Loosen 3 screws [2] on the alignment plate /Lw
[1].
7. Adjust the position of the alignment plate /Lw to
[3]
the front and the rear if [4] and [5] are the cases
respectively.
8. Tighten the 3 screws, and then perform the stapling operation and check to see if the saddle
[4]
[5]
15jmf3c012na
60
stitching position is within the standard value.
Stapler vertical position adjustment (FS-607)
Conduct this adjustment when there is a problem in clinching of the stapler.

Note
A. Procedure

there is one of the following clinching problems.
There is the bucking [1] of the staple.
The floating of the staple is more than the
The bending height of the staple is more than
[1]
[2]
standard value (L = 1 mm).

L=1mm
[3]
the standard value (L = 0.7 mm).

Conduct the following adjustment when one of
L=0.7mm
15jmf3c014na
the conditions is met.
Check Mode]. Perform the output code 72-32.
Then move the stapler unit to the position for A4
and 1 staple in the service mode, and then turn
OFF the main body.
unit.

Note
[1]
[2]

6. Remove the cartridge.
7. Remove the flat-stapling stopper release units /Fr
and /Rr. (See P.15)
8. Remove 4 screws [3] from each of the clincher /Fr

[1] and the clincher /Rr [2].
[3]
[3]
15jmf3c015na
61
FS-520/607
4.9
9. Install the stapler positioning jig [1] onto the carFS-520/607
tridge setting section.
[1]
15jmf3c016na
62
adjust the clinchers to the positions where 2 pins

[2] of the stapler positioning jigs are inserted into
the positioning holes [4] of the clinchers [3], and
then rotate the gears [1] downward further to fully
insert the pins into the positioning holes.
Note
Be sure to rotate the gears of the staplers
carefully because the pins of the stapler positioning jigs may be clogged if they are
[1]
[3]
inserted forcedly.
11. Tighten 4 screws on each clinchers. (See step 8.)

12. Rotate the gears of the staplers upward to pull out
the pins of the jig from the positioning holes of the
clinchers, and then lift up and remove the jig.
13. Replace the cartridge.

14. Check the stapling operation.
[4]
[2]
15jmf3c017na
63
FS-520/607
10. Rotate the gears [1] of the staplers downward and
FS-520/607
4.10 Folding stopper tilt adjustment (FS-607)

Conduct this adjustment when there is misalignment in the edges of the fold paper.
Note
Be sure not to move the stapler unit in the
horizontal direction by hand. Otherwise, it
may cause the belt and gear tooth skipping.
Never loosen the screw [1] of the folding
stopper. It is prohibited to be removed.
For ease of understand, the position of the
folding stopper is shown lower than the
actual position in the illustration.
[1]
15jmf3c018na
A. Procedure
1. Perform the folding operation on A3 paper and

check to see if the misalignment is within the
standard value.
Standard value: A = 1 mm or less
A
When the misalignment is not within the standard

value, perform the following adjustment.
15jmf3c019na
64
unit.

Note

5. Loosen 5 screws [2] on the folding stopper [1],
[4]
and then adjust the tilt of the folding stopper by

referring to the markings [3].
[2]
[3]
[1]
Note
Never loosen the screw [4] of the folding
15jmf3c020na
stopper. It is prohibited to be removed.

For ease of understand, the position of the
folding stopper is shown lower than the
actual position in the illustration.
6. Tighten 5 screws [2], and then perform the folding

operation and check to see if the misalignment is
65
FS-520/607
FS-520/607
4.11 Adjusting the folding pressure (FS-607)

Conduct this adjustment if you want to change the power of the pressure of the folding roller.
A. Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
[1]
A
[3]
B
C
Remove the rear cover. (See P.24)

Open the front door.
Remove the stacker unit cover. (See P.33)
Change the mounting position of the each 2 pressure springs [3] at both the front [1] and the rear
[2].
The folding pressure is:
A: weak B: normal C: strong
Note
Hook the 4 pressure springs [3] on the hook
holes of the same mark.
C
B
A
[3]
66
C
B
A
[2]
15jmf3c021na
Conduct this adjustment when the 1st folding position or the 2nd folding position is not within the standard
value.
A. Procedure
1. Check to see if "4.10 Folding stopper tilt adjustment (FS-607)" has been completed.
2. Perform the tri-folding operation and check to see

if the tri-folding positions are within the standard
values.
When the tri-folding positions are not within the
standard values, perform the following adjustment.
c
a
15jmf3c022na
Folding
Standard value
position
A4S
81/2 x 11S
Standard
95 mm
89 mm
2 mm
101 mm
95 mm
2 mm
101 mm
95 mm
2 mm
3. Turn ON the main body, adjust the 1st folding

position (standard a) with the "Try-folding position
adjustment" of "FNS adjustment" in the service
mode, and then perform the tri-folding operation.
4. If the 1st folding position a is within the standard,

open the front door, and then pull out the stacker
[3]
unit.
5. Open the tri-folding guide plate [1] and loosen 2

screws [2] from the tri-folding stopper, and then
adjust the positions of the tri-folding stoppers [4]
by referring to the markings [3].
6. Tighten 2 screws [2], and then perform the tri-
[2]
folding operation and check to see if the 2nd fold-
[4]
[2]
[1]
ing position b is within the standard.
15jmf3c023na
67
FS-520/607
4.12 Adjusting the tri-folding position (FS-607)
FS-520/607
Blank page
68
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
PI-502
2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
page.
NOTE
2007/11
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
PI-502
CONTENTS
PI-502
OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1
Procedure for the maintenance of the paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2.1.1
Replacing the pick-up roller /Up and the paper feed roller /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.2
Replacing the pick-up roller /Lw and the paper feed roller /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1.3
Replacing the separation roller /Up and the torque limiter /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1.4
Replacing the separation roller /Lw and the torque limiter /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3. OTHER PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.1
List of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2
Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

3.2.1
Removing/reinstalling the top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.2
Removing/reinstalling the rear cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.3
Removing/reinstalling the operation panel cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
PI tilt adjustment (with PK installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
PI-502
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
PI-502
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Torque limiter separation type seat feeding device
B. Functions
Auto sheet feeding (online
Feeds the sheet to FS automatically under the instruction from the main body.
operation)
Manual sheet feeding
Feeds the sheet to FS under the instruction from the operation panel of PI.
(offline operation)
You can select the following 5 post processing modes:

1 staple/back mode
2 staples (flat-stapling) mode
Punch mode (when PK-512/513 is installed on FS)
Tri-folding mode
Note
The tray /Lw only supports the manual sheet feeding.
C. Type of paper
Paper size
Tray /Up
A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
16K, 16KS
Tray /Lw
A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Paper type
Plain paper, recycle paper, color paper, special paper, coated paper, high-quality paper
Paper weight
50 to 200 g/m2
Capacity
Tray /Up, /Lw
200 sheets (80 g/m2) or 30 mm or less in height
Paper curling
[1]
15jft1c001na
a Curling: 10 mm or less
[1] 5 papers
D. Maintenance
PI-502
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source

tion
Dimensions
511 (W) x 620 (D) x 220 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 10.5 kg
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
2. PERIODIC CHECK
PI-502
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1
Procedure for the maintenance of the paper feed section
Caution:
2.1.1
Replacing the pick-up roller /Up and the paper feed roller /Up
Pick-up roller /Up: Every 1,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 prints)
Paper feed roller /Up: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 prints)
B. Procedure
[1]
1. Remove the top cover (See P.9)

2. Remove 2 C-clips [1], and then slide the bearings
[1]
[2]
[2] at the both sides and remove the paper feed

roller assy /Up [3].
[2]
[3]
15jff2c001na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
3. Remove the bearing [1] and then remove the

PI-502
actuator [2].
[1]
[2]
a04hf2c001ca
4. Remove 2 C-rings [1], and remove 2 bearings [2].

[2]
[1]
a04hf2c002ca
[3]
[2]
6. Slide 2 roller shafts [2] to the arrow-marked direction to remove the pick-up roller /Up [3] and the
paper feed roller /Up [4].
Note
Reinstalling the pick-up roller and the paper
feed roller with the blue faces of the one-way
clutches of the pick-up roller and the paper
[4]
[1]
feed roller face to the front.

a04hf2c003ca
[5]
7. Remove the pick-up roller [1] and the paper feed
[1]
roller [2] from the one-way clutches [3] and [4].

Note
When reinstalling the pick-up roller [1], be
sure to insert its cutout [5] over the protrusion
[6] of the one-way clutch [3].
[7]
When reinstalling the paper feed roller [2], be
[4]
[8]
[6]
[3]
sure to insert its cutout [7] over the protrusion
a04hf2c004ca
[8] of the one-way clutch [4].
steps in reverse.
PI-502
[2]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1.2
Replacing the pick-up roller /Lw and the paper feed roller /Lw
PI-502
Pick-up roller /Lw: Every 1,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 prints)
Paper feed roller /Lw: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 prints)
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
1. Pull the release lever [1] and open the top door [2].
2. Perform the steps 2 to 7 in "2.1.1 Replacing the
pick-up roller /Up and the paper feed roller /Up."

steps in reverse.
15jff2c004na
2.1.3
Replacing the separation roller /Up and the torque limiter /Up
Separation roller /Up: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 prints)
Torque limiter /Up: Every 3,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 600,000 prints)
B. Procedure
[1]

2. Remove 2 C-clips [1], and then slide the bearings
[1]
[2]
[2] at the both sides and remove the paper feed

roller assy /Up [3].
[2]
[3]
15jff2c005na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
3. Release hooks [1] at the both sides, and then lift
[2]
PI-502
up and remove the separation roller assy /Up [2].
[1]
[1]
15jff2c006na
4. Remove the C-clip [1] from the separation roller
[2]
assy /Up, and then remove the separation roller /

Up [2] and the torque limiter /Up [3].
[3]
steps in reverse.
Note
[4]
Install the separation roller with 2 notches [4]
[5]
2.1.4
15jff2c007na
face to the front and be aligned with the

prong [5].
Replacing the separation roller /Lw and the torque limiter /Lw
Separation roller /Lw: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 prints)
Torque limiter /Lw: Every 3,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 600,000 prints)
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
1. Pull the release lever [1] and open the top door [2].
2. Perform the steps 2, 3, and 4 in "2.1.3 Replacing
the separation roller /Up and the torque limiter /
Up."

steps in reverse.
15jff2c008na
3. OTHER PARTS
3. OTHER PARTS
PI-502
3.1
No.
1
Section
Cover
Part name
Page referred to
Top cover
P.9
Rear cover
P.9
Operation panel cover
P.10

PI-502
3.2
3. OTHER PARTS
Caution:
3.2.1
Removing/reinstalling the top cover
A. Procedure
1. Remove the cap [2] of the top cover [1].

2. Remove 4 screws [3], and then remove the top
[3]
[2]
cover [1].
[1]
steps in reverse.
15jff2c009na
3.2.2
A. Procedure

2. Remove the screw [1], and then remove the con-
[3]
[4]
nector cover [2].

[1]
cover [4].

[2]
steps in reverse.
[3]
15jff2c010na
3. OTHER PARTS
3.2.3
Removing/reinstalling the operation panel cover
A. Procedure
PI-502
[2]

2. Remove 2 screws [1] and disconnect the connec-
[1]
tor [2], and then remove the operation panel

assembly [3].

steps in reverse.
[3]
10
15jff2c011na
PI-502
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
PI tilt adjustment (with PK installed)
Conduct this adjustment if the edge of the paper and the punch hole position of the paper fed from PI is not in
parallel.
A. Procedure
1. Set 3 sheets of paper in the tray of the PI, and

[1]
[2]
then feed them in the punch mode as samples.
2. Fold the sheets in half and check the tilt of the

punch holes.
[1]: The front is wider
[2]: The back is wider
15jff3c004na
3. Open the front door of FS, and then loosen the

screw [2] of the guide plate [1].
4. Adjust the guide plate [1] in accordance with the

misalignment of the punch holes by referring to
the markings [3].
The back is wider: Move to [4]
The front is wider: Move to [5]
5. Tighten the screw [2].

6. Repeat step 1 to 5 until the tilt of the punch holes
is corrected.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[5]
[4]
15jff3c005na
11
PI-502
Blank page
12
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
PK-512/513
2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
2.0
2006/09
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
PK-512/513
CONTENTS
PK-512/513
OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1
Maintenance procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.1
Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2
List of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.3
Removal procedure of parts to be disassembled and assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

3.3.1
Removing/reinstalling the punch unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.1
Punch hole position tilt adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PK-512/513
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
PK-512/513
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
FS-integrated type punching operation device
B. Functions
Punching method
Stops and punches every paper
No. of holes
PK-512:
2 holes/3 holes (inch) or 2 holes/4 holes (metric)
PK-513:
4 holes
Hole diameter
6.5 mm (2 holes/4 holes), 8.0 mm (3 holes)
Hole pitch
PK-512:
80 mm (2 holes/4 holes), 108 mm (3 holes)
PK-513:
21, 70, 21 mm
Supported mode
Punch mode, straight mode
Applicable post processing
Sort, group, staple
mode
C. Type of paper
Paper size
PK-512 (2 holes):
A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S

11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
PK-512 (3 holes/4 holes): A3, B4, A4, B5

11 x 17, 81/2 x 11
8K, 16K
PK-513:
Applicable paper
A3, B4, A4, B5
Plain paper, high quality paper, color paper, coated paper (same as the main
body)
Paper weight
Punch prohibited paper
60 to 128 g/m2
Label paper, tab paper, transparency film, 2nd base paper, holed paper, and the
other paper that may interfere with the operation of the punch unit or the punch
blade.
Paper curling
[1]
15knt1c001na
a Curling (10 mm or less)

[1] 5 sheets of paper
D. Maintenance
PK-512/513
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
24/5V DC (supply from the main body)
Maximum power
40 W or less
consumption
Dimensions
130 (W) x 470 (D) x 115 (H) mm
Weight
Approx. 3 kg
F.
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
NOTE
2. PERIODIC CHECK
PK-512/513
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1
Maintenance procedure
Periodically replaced parts are not employed.
3. OTHERS
PK-512/513
3. OTHERS
3.1
A. Screws not allowed to be removed

Never loosen the following screws.
[1]
[2]
15kjf2c001na
[1]
Punch unit
[2]
Screw not allowed to be removed
(2) Reason
The specified performance cannot be retained if the screw is loosen.
No.
1
Section
Punch unit
Part name
Punch unit
Page referred to
P.6
PK-512/513
3.2
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
PK-512/513
3.3
Caution:
3.3.1
Removing/reinstalling the punch unit
A. Procedure
1. Remove the punch scraps box [1].
[1]
15kjf2c002na
2. Remove the screw [2], and then remove the

[1]
[2]
punch drive board cover [1].
15kjf2c003na
3. OTHERS
[3]
3. Remove the 2 clamps [1].

4. Disconnect 2 connectors [3] and the relay con-
[4]
nector [4] from the punch drive board (PDB) [2].
[1]
[2]
15kjf2c004nb
5. Remove 3 screws [2], and then remove the punch
[1]
unit cover [1].
[2]
15kjf2c005na
[3]

[2]
[1]
unit [3] from FS.
8. Reinstall the above parts by following the removal

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
15kjf2c006na
PK-512/513
3. OTHERS

Note
PK-512/513
When reinstalling the punch drive board
[1]
(PDB), attach the board supports of the punch

drive board (PDB) at 4 positions [1] in the figure.
15kjf2c007na
PK-512/513
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Punch hole position tilt adjustment
Conduct this adjustment if the edge of the paper and the punch hole position on the paper are not in parallel.
A. Procedure
1. Align the paper on the main body tray with the
side guide plate and the rear edge guide plate,

and then check the tilt with the platen copy or the
service mode (DF is unavailable).
2. Conduct the paper tilt adjustment if it is tilted significantly.
3. Perform the punch mode printing for 3 sheets of

paper in each of the single sided mode and the
double sided mode as samples for checking the
tilt of the punch hole position.
15kjf3c001na
4. Measure the tilt of the punch hole position for the

3 sheets of paper.
Tilt of the punch hole position (%) = (A - B)/C
5. Open the front door of FS.

[1]
unit cover [1].
[2]
15kjf3c002na
7. Loosen 4 adjustment screws [1] on PK.

8. Move the punch unit [3] in accordance with the tilt
[1]
PK-512/513
[3]
of the punch hole position by referring to the

markings [2].
1 index: 0.5%
9. Tighten 4 adjustment screws [1].

10. Reinstall the punch unit cover.
11. Repeat step 3 to 10 until the tilt of the punch hole
position is corrected.
[1]
10
[2]
15kjf3c003na
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
SD-501
2007.11
Ver. 4.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
2007/11
4.0
2006/11
3.0
2006/09
2.0
2005/04
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark

CONTENTS
SD-501
CONTENTS
SD-501
OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1
2.2
Maintenance procedure of the right angle conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2.1.1
Replacing the roller release solenoid /1 (SD5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1.2
Replacing the roller release solenoid /2 (SD6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1.3
Replacing the right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.1.4
Replacing the roller release solenoid/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Maintenance procedure of the saddle stitching section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

2.2.1
2.3
2.4
Replacing the stapler assemblies /Rt and /Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Maintenance procedure or the trimmer section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

2.3.1
Replacing the trimmer blade assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.3.2
Replacing the trimmer board assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.3.3
Replacing the trimmer blade motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.3.4
Replacing the trimmer press motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.3.5
Lubricating the trimmer unit 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.3.6
Lubricating the trimmer unit 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Maintenance Procedure of the Bundle Processing Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

2.4.1
Replacing the bundle press stage gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.1
3.2
3.3
Items not allowed to be disassembled and/or adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

3.1.1
Alignment stopper /Rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.1.2
Trimmer press upper limit stoppers /Rt and /Lt and trimmer stoppers /Rt and /Lt . . . . . . . . . . 47

3.3.1
Removing/installing the rear cover /Lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.3.2
Removing/installing the rear cover /Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.3.3
Removing/installing the left cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.3.4
Removing/installing the upper cover /Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.3.5
Removing/installing the upper cover /Rr3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.3.6
Removing/installing the subtray cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.3.7
Removing/installing the front door /Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.3.8
Removing/installing the front door /Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.3.9
Removing/installing the folding unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.3.10 Pull out the saddle stitching unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

3.3.11 Removing/installing the saddle stitching unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.3.12 Removing/installing the trimmer unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.3.13 Removing/installing the trimmer paddle assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
SD horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
SD-501
CONTENTS
ii
4.2
Folding skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
4.3
Staple position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.4
Note to keep in mind when replacing the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.5
Tilt/gap adjustment of the clincher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
SD-501
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Saddle stitching unit with fore-edge trimming and multi-folding function
B. Functions
(1) Functions
Subtray exit
Exits paper to the subtray without any process.
Coupling exit
Conveys paper to the succeeding device without any process.
Saddle stitching
Exits paper to the bundle exit tray after being center folding and saddle stitching.
Saddle stitching with trim-
Exits to the bundle exit tray after being center folding, saddle stitching, and
ming
trimming processes.
Exits to the bundle exit tray after being center folding on one or more sheets of
Exits to the tri-folding tray after being letter folding process on one or more
paper.
sheets of paper.

Subtray
200 sheets
Z-Folding
Bundle exit tray
Tri-folding exit tray
20 sheets
Folding
40 sheets
Center folding/
sheet
trimming
2 to 10
More than 50
11 to 20
More than 30
21 to 40
More than 20
41 to 50
More than 15
30 sets
20 sets
set
C. Type of paper
SD-501
(1) Coupling/subtray mode

Paper size
A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,

81/2 x 11S, custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm,
Min. 182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper
: 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
C6500 (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

*4
Paper weight
50 to 300 g/m2

SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4S, B5S
SD-501
Paper size
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S

81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Custom paper
: Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 257mm
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,

*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

Paper weight
50 to 244g/m2
Maximum saddle
Plain
stitching sheets
paper
1050
and
coated
paper:
Paper weight
Coated paper
50 to 81 g/m2
50
*1
30
*1
82 to 91 g/m2
30
*1
15
*1
92 to 130 g/m2
20
*1
10
*1
131 to 161 g/m2
15
*1
*1
162 to 209 g/m2
10
210 to 244 g/m2
*1
C6500

Plain paper
Paper weight

Plain paper
Coated paper/
Color copy paper
64 to 80 g/m2
50
*1
30
*1
81 to 105 g/m2
30
*1
15
*1
106 to 135 g/m2
20
*1
10
*1
136 to 162 g/m2
15
*1
*1
163 to 209 g/m2
10
210 to 256 g/m2
*1
Staple position
Can be automatically changed (90 to 165 mm) in accordance with paper size.
[1]
[2]
15ant1c006na

Folding height
SD-501
[1]
15ant1c011na
Folding sheets
[1] Folding height

A3
B4
12 x 18
81/2 x 14
81/2 x 11S
11 x 17
(301 mm to 400 mm)
(261 mm to 300 mm)
A4S
(401 mm or
more)
2 to 5
35 mm or less
40 mm or less
45 mm or less
6 to 15
45 mm or less
50 mm or less
Not defined
16 to 30
50 mm or less
55 mm or less
31 to 50
60 mm or less
65 mm or less
(The above information is applied when paper weight is 64 g/m2 and no thick cover
is not used.)
(3) Trimming mode

SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4S, B5S
SD-501
Paper size
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S

81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16KS*3
Custom paper
:1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, MIn. 182 x 257 mm)

*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

Paper weight
50 to 244 g/m2
Maximum trimming sheets
50 sheets (80 g/m2) or 49 sheets (80 g/m2) + 1 sheet (200 g/m2)

(The above is the number of the printed paper before folding. The number of
fore-edge (after folding) is double.)
SD-501
Paper size
SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4S, B5S

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16KS*3
Custom paper
:1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
Wide paper*1
: A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, MIn. 182 x 257 mm)

*1
1050 only
*3
*2
C6500 only

Paper weight
50 to 244 g/m2
Maximum folding sheets
Paper weight
Sheets
50 to 81 g/m2
5 sheets
82 to 130 g/m2
3 sheets
131 to 244 g/m2
2 sheets
Folding precision
(for 1 sheet)
[1]
15ant1c009na
[1] = [Paper size] /2 1.5 mm
[1]
[1] = 1.5 mm or less
15ant1c008na
(5) Multi letter folding mode

A4S, 81/2 x 11S
Paper weight
50 to 91 g/m2
Maximum folding
Paper weight
Sheets
sheets
50 to 81 g/m2
5 sheets
82 to 91 g/m2
3 sheets
Folding precision
(for 1 sheet)
Original size
SD-501
Paper size
[1]
[2]
A4S
97.5 4 mm
102.0 4 mm
81/2 x 11S
91.6 4 mm
96.1 4 mm
[3]
1.5 mm or less
[3]
[3]
[1]
[2]
15ant1c010na
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
AC100 to 240V, DC5V (DC5V is supplied from the main body)
Maximum power consump- 270 W

tion
Dimensions
Weight
F.
When the bundle exit tray is stored:
1,170 (W) x 775 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
When the bundle exit tray is pulled out:
1,170 (W) x 1,441 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
Approx. 263 kg
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
Note
SD-501
Blank page
2. PERIODIC CHECK
SD-501
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution:
Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet .
2.1
Maintenance procedure of the right angle conveyance section
2.1.1
Replacing the roller release solenoid /1 (SD5)
Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5) : Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000
operations) *1
*1
1050
B. Procedure
1. Remove SD from the main body.

[2].
[2]
[1]
15anf2c028na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[4]
[5]
[3]
[6]

4. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the roller
SD-501
release solenoid/1 (SD5) [3].

Note
When reinstalling it, be sure to check that the
pin [5] has been inserted into the hole on the
plunger [4].
When reinstalling it, place the wiring harness
[6] on the side of the guide plate.
[2]
[1]
15anf2c029na
5. With the plunger [1] pulled, temporarily hold the

[2]
new roller release solenoid /1 (SD5) and adjust the

position so that the clearance "a" between the
roller [3] and the guide plate [2] is at a standard
value, and then fully tighten the screws.
Standard value a: 0 to 0.5 mm
[3]
steps in reverse.
[1]
15anf2c030nb
10

2.1.2
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)
Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6) : Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000
operations) *1
*1
1050
B. Procedure
[1]
1. Open the front door /Rt.

[2]
[2].
15anf2c031na

4. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the roller
release solenoid/2 (SD6) [3].
Note
When reinstalling it, be sure to check that the
pin [5] has been inserted into the hole on the
plunger [4].
When reinstalling it, place the wiring harness
[1]
[6]
[2]
[3] [4] [5]
[6] on the side of the guide plate.
15anf2c032na
5. With the plunger [1] pulled, temporarily hold the

[2]
new roller release solenoid /2 (SD6) and adjust the

position so that the clearance "a" between the
roller [3] and the guide plate [2] is at a standard
value, and then fully tighten the screws.

Standard value a: 0 to 0.5 mm
[3]

steps in reverse.
[1]
15anf2c033nb
11
SD-501
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1.3
Replacing the right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
SD-501
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2): Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every
5,000,000 operations) *1
*1
1050
B. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt and then remove the
[1]
screw [1].
2. Remove the rear cover /Rt. (See P.49)

3. Remove the hex wrench (short, #2.5) from the
trimmer section. (See P.25)
15anf2c057na
[3]
[2] [1]
4. Remove the E-ring [1] and the pulley [2] and then
remove the belt [3].
[4]
15anf2c058na
12
2. PERIODIC CHECK
6. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the stopSD-501
per [2].
[2]
[1]
15anf2c059nb
7. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the stop[4]
[8]
[3]
per [2].
8. Pull the spring [3] in the arrow-marked direction [4]

and release it, and then open the right angle conveyance guide plate [5].
Note
When reinstalling the spring [3], hook the long
arm [6] on the position between the frame
and the E-ring [7] of the jam release handle
shaft and insert the tip of the short arm [3]
into the hole [8].
[1]
[2]
[6]
[7]
[5]
15anf2c130ca
13
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[3]
[3]
[1]
SD-501
[1]
9. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the

entrance conveyance unit [2].
Note
When reinstalling the entrance conveyance
unit, be sure to fully insert the unit before
tightening the screws [1] because 2 positioning pins [3] have anti-drop grooves.
[1]
[2]
15anf2c060na

[6] [5] [4]
entrance conveyance motor unit [3].
12. Remove the E-ring [4] and then remove the belt
retainer [5], the belt [6] and the pulley.
[2]
[1]
[3]
15anf2c131ca
14
[2]
[4]
[3]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[7]

15. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the
[6]
washer [4] and the nut [5].

Note
When removing the screw [3], be sure to use
the hex wrench removed in Step 3.
When installing the arm, press the arm [6]
against the shaft [7] in the direction [8] of the
arrow.
After installing the washer [4] and the screw
[5]
[8]
[3], be sure to tighten the nut [5]. The nut [5] is

not secured by tightening the screw [3].
16. Remove the two screws [9], pull out the arm [6]
from the shaft [7], and remove the solenoid
mounting plate assembly [10].
[10]
[1]
[9]
15anf2c132ca
15
SD-501
2. PERIODIC CHECK
17. Remove the two screws [1], mounting plate [2],

[7]
[4]
[2]
[3]
arm [3], plunger [4], and the right angle convey-
SD-501
ance gate solenoid (SD2) [5].

Note
When installing the right angle conveyance
gate solenoid, make sure that the wires [6]
are located on the other side of the hole [7] in
the mounting plate [2].
18. Install a new right angle conveyance gate solenoid

(SD2) by following steps 17 to 14, and perform
the adjustment described in Step 19.
[1]
[5]
[6]
15anf2c133ca
19. With the plunger [1] pulled, adjust the position so

that the clearance "a" between the right angle
conveyance gate [3] and the guide plate [2] is at a
[1]
standard value a, and then fully tighten the screws

[4].
Standard value a: 4.8 0.5 mm
[4]
[3]
[2]
a
15anf2c062nb
16

steps in reverse.

2.1.4
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the roller release solenoid/3
Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 5,000,000 operations) *1
*1
1050
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
1. Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt.

2. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the cover
[2].
15anf2c157ca
[2]
[6]
[3]

4. Remove the two screws [2] and remove the roller
[1]
release solenoid/3 [3].

Note
When installing the solenoid, make sure that
the pin [5] is hitched to the plunger [4].
Install the solenoid with the wires [6] located
on the guide plate side as shown in the figure.
[4]
[5]
15anf2c158ca
17
SD-501
2. PERIODIC CHECK
5. Slightly tighten the new roller release solenoid/3

with the plunger [1] pulled, adjust the position so
SD-501
that the gap between the paper feed surface [2] of

the guide plate and the roller surface [3] falls within
the standard value, and secure the roller release
solenoid/3.
[1]
Standard value a: 1.3 to1.8 mm

steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
a
15anf2c159ca
18
Maintenance procedure of the saddle stitching section
2.2.1
Replacing the stapler assemblies /Rt and /Lt
Stapler assembly /Rt : Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 1,000,000 staples) *1
Stapler assembly /Lt : Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 1,000,000 staples) *1
*1
1050
Stapler assembly /Rt : Actual replacement cycle: every 1,000,000 staples *2
Stapler assembly /Lt : Actual replacement cycle: every 1,000,000 staples *2
*2
C6500
C. Procedure
1. Remove the front door /Lt. (See P.53)

2. Remove the rear cover /Lt. (See P.49)
3. Disconnect the two connectors [1] from the back
[1]
side of the stapler, and release the wires on the

stapler side from the clamps.
15anf2c034na
[3]
4. Pull out the saddle stitching unit. (See P.59)

5. Tilt the bundle arm [1] to the front.
6. Remove the staple cartridge [2] to the front.
[2]
Note
When moving the stapler assembly, be sure to
move it by rotating the rotating knob [3] to
prevent the belt tooth from skipping. Otherwise, it may cause the belt tooth skipping.
[1]
15anf2c035na
19
SD-501
2.2
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[3]
[2]
[3]
[2]
7. Remove 2 screws [1] on each stapler.

8. Move the staplers /Lt [4] and /Rt [5], and then
[3]
SD-501
remove 2 pins [2] from each 2 holes [3] on each

stapler and remove the staplers /Lt [4] and /Rt [5]
to downward.
[1]
[4]
[5]
[1]
15anf2c036na
Note
When removing/reinstalling the stapler /Lt, be
sure not to bend the guide sheet [6].
[6]
[1]
15anf2c037na
9. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the sen-
[2]
sor cover [2].
15anf2c038na
20
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
When reinstalling the saddle stitching unit, be
sure not to make the connector [1] contact
with the main body.
11. Remove 3 screws [2] and then remove the saddle

stitching guide plate [3].
[1]
[2]
[3]
15anf2c039na
12. Remove 2 screws [1] each and then remove 2
[4]
connector covers [2].

Note
When removing the connector covers, while
lifting up the clinchers /Lt [3] and /Rt [4].
[1]
[1]
[2]
[5]
15anf2c040na
[4]
13. Remove the screw [1] each and then remove the
[6]
ground [2].
When installing the grounds, the wiring harness should be on the lower side.
14. Remove the connector [3] each.

15. Remove the two screws [4] each, and then
remove the clinchers /Lt [5] and /Rt [6].
Note
When installing the clinchers, slide them
down as far as they will go, and secure them
with screws.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[3]
[1]
15anf2c041na
21
SD-501
[3]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
16. Remove the connector [1] and then remove the

SD-501
wiring harness [3] from the clincher [2].
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
15anf2c042na
Note
[5]
When reinstalling the wiring harness [4], be

sure to wire the wiring harness to the guide
(white) side [5] of the clincher.
Do not route the wiring harness as shown in
the figure [7], or the wiring harness may break
at the clincher operation.

steps in reverse.
18. Adjust the mounting position of the staplers and

the clinchers. (See P.23)
[6]
[7]
22
15anf2c043na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
D. Procedure for adjusting the mounting position
1. Rotate the screw [1] clockwise until clicked to
[7]
make the clinchers [2] contact with the staplers [3]

and lock the clinchers [2], and then check the
step edges [4] of the staplers are aligned with the
edges [5] of the clincher in the sub scan direction
[6].
[11]
Standard value: 0 0.5 mm
2. When the value is not within the standard value,
[11]
[4]
[6]
loosen 2 screws [7] each and move the staplers in
[10]
the sub scan direction for adjustment while rotating the screw [1] counterclockwise to make the
[8]
clinchers [2] and the stapler [3] closer, and then

tighten the screws [7].
3. Tighten the screw [1] clockwise until it clicks to

[9]
a
make the clinchers [2] contact with the stapler [3]

and lock it. Make sure that the standard surface of
the stapler [8] is located in rear side in main scanning direction [10] compared to the inside plate
inner surface [9] of the clincher.
Standard value a : 0.2 ~ 0.3 mm
4. When the value is not within the standard value,

A
loosen 2 screws [11] each and move the staplers
[5]
Section A
[3]
in the main scan direction for adjustment while

rotating the screw [1] counterclockwise to make
the clinchers [2] and the stapler [3] closer, and
then tighten the screws [11].
Note
[2]
After the reinstallation, perform the saddle

stitching and check that the stapling is per-
[1]
formed without problem.

After the adjustment, be sure to perform the
adjustment between the fold line position and
the staple position (See P.69), and tilt/gap
adjustment of the clincher. (See P.72)
15anf2c063nb
23
SD-501
[7]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.3
Maintenance procedure or the trimmer section
2.3.1
SD-501
Replacing the trimmer blade assembly
[2]
Danger:
Pay extra caution when holding the trimmer
blade [1]. Never touch the edge [2] of the
blade. You may suffer the injury.
Remove the blade cover [3] only at the
replacement. Otherwise, never remove the
cover. You may suffer the injury.
Caution:
Dispose the used trimmer blade as specified
by the local authority.
[3]
[1]
15anf2c045na
24
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Trimmer blade assembly : Every 1,500,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 37,500 cuts) *1
*1
1050
*2
C6500
SD-501
: Every 1,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 37,500 cuts) *2
B. Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
[1]
Remove the left cover. (See P.50)

Remove the rear cover /Lt. (See P.49)
Remove the trimmer paddle assembly. (See P.66)
Remove the mounting handle [1], 2 #2.5 hex
wrenches [2] and the #3 hex wrench [3] from the
holder [4].
[3]
Note
#3 hex wrench is for trimmer blade fixing
screw, long #2.5 hex wrench is for removing/
[4]
installing trimmer blade, and short #2.5 hex

wrench is for trimmer blade installation
groove cleaning/trimming blade motor fixing
[6]
screw.
When returning the mounting handle [1] to the
[2]
holder [4], put the handle through the holder

hole [5] with the narrower side faces down.
When returning 2 hex wrenches [2], [3] to the
holder [4], put the wrenches through the
holder circular hole [6].
[5]
15anf2c064nb
25
2. PERIODIC CHECK
5. Remove 3 screws [1] with a #3 hex wrench.
SD-501
[1]
Caution:
It cannot reuse the removed screws [1].
Install the new screws that are shipped with
the trimmer blade assembly at the installation.
Note
Be sure not to peel off or bend the cover
sheet [2].
[2]
[5]
15anf2c046nb
[3]
[2]
[1]
6. Insert the slit [3] to the trimmer blade [4] with the
notch [2] of the mounting handle [1] faces up and
align the hole [5], and then insert the long #2.5
hex wrench [6].
[4]
[6]
15anf2c047na
26
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[4]
[1]
7. Hold the mounting handle [1] with the hex wrench

[2], and then lift them up slightly and avoid the
SD-501
stopper [3] to remove the trimmer blade.
Danger:
Pay extra caution when handling the trimmer
blade [1]. Never touch the edge [4] of the
blade. You may suffer the injury.
[3]
[2]
[5]
15anf2c048na
8. Place the trimmer blade [1] on the floor, and then
[6]
pull out the hex wrench [2] and remove the

mounting handle [3].
9. Put the blade cover [5] that is shipped with the

trimmer blade assembly on the edge [4] of the
trimmer blade [1].
Danger:
[4]
[1]
[2]
When put the blade cover [5], place the trim-
[3]
15anf2c049na
mer blade [1] on the floor and put the cover

under the stable condition. You may suffer the
injury due to dropping or slipping if you put
the cover while holding the blade in air.
Note
Be sure to install the blade cover with its
notch [6] faces the handle side.
10. Insert the #2.5 hex wrench [2] onto the mounting
slit [1] of the trimmer blade, and then slide it back
and forth to clean the trimmer scraps.
Note
Be sure to use #2.5 hex wrench for cleaning. If
you insert #3 hex wrench into the mounting
slit, the slit may be deformed. To change the
direction of the hex wrench [2], remove the
wrench once and reinsert it again.
While cleaning, be careful not to bend the
[1]
[2]
[3]
sheet [3].
15anf2c050nb
11. Clean the mounting slit [1] of the trimmer blade

with the blower brush.
27
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[3] [4]
[5]
12. Insert the new trimmer blade [3] end into the slit
[2]
[5] with the notch [2] of the mounting handle [1]
SD-501
face up and the hole [6] aligned with the hole [4] of
the trimmer blade, and then insert the long #2.5
hex wrench [7].
[7]
[2]
[6]
[1]
15anf2c052na
[1]
15anf2c051na
28
13. Remove the blade cover [2] from the new trimmer
blade [1].
[3]
[2]
[1]
14. Hold the mounting handle [1] with the hex wrench
[2], and then insert the trimmer blade [3] onto the
mounting slit [4] of the trimmer section from above
in the slanting direction.
15. Fully insert the trimmer blade (short head) [3], and
then lower the mounting handle to the horizontal
level and pull it until contacting with the stopper
[5].
Note
Install the trimmer blade with its blade edge
[6] faces up and the mark "SKH-2" [7] faces
the side on which the screw is installed.
[5] [7]
[6]
15anf2c053na
16. Insert the short #2.5 hex wrench [3] into the hole
[1]
[2] of the trimmer blade [1] at the opposite end of

the end you have inserted the mounting handle,
and then push the wrench downward until the
trimmer blade [1] is contacted with the mounting
slit.
[3]
[2]
15anf2c054na
29
SD-501
[4]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2. PERIODIC CHECK
17. Install 3 brand-new screws [1] with a #3 hex
[3]
wrench.
SD-501
[1]
Note
Be sure not to peel off or bend the cover
sheet [2].
[4]
[5]
Caution:
Install the brand-new screws [1] that are
shipped with the trimmer blade assembly.
When tightening the screws [1], tighten 3
screws [1] temporarily with the torque that
bents the tip of the #3 hex wrench [3] approximately 5 [4], and then fully tighten them with
the strong torque that bends it approximately
15 [5].
Note
[2]
15anf2c055nb
Be sure to check and clear the foreign body

that may obstacle the operation of the trimmer blade.

steps in reverse.
Note
After replacing the trimmer blade, perform
the saddle stitch with trimming and check
that the trimming is performed without problem.
30

2.3.2
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the trimmer board assembly

Trimmer blade motor: Every 750,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 18,900 cuts) *1
SD-501
: Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 18,900 cuts) *2

*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Procedure
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
1. Move the trimmer board to the release position.

Note
Search the home position of the trimmer
board by the output check code "71-55" in the
I/O check mode in the service mode, and then
move the trimmer board to the release position by "71-58."
2. Turn OFF the main power switch (SW1) and the

sub power switch (SW2) of the main body, and
then unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
[2]
[1]
[8] [7]
15anf2c134ca

4. Remove the spring [1] from the pin [2].
5. Holding the arm [3] where the two springs [4] are
located, lift up the arm horizontally until the top [6]
of the trimmer press plate [5] to release the lock of
the gear, and then pull out the trimmer board
assembly [7] horizontally backward.
Note
When removing/installing the trimmer board
assembly [7], be sure not to bend the sheet
[8].
31
2. PERIODIC CHECK
6. Aligning the slit [2] of the new trimmer board
[1]
assembly [1] with the pin [3], insert the tip of the
SD-501
trimmer board assembly [1] horizontally to the

space between the trimmer press plate [4] and
the hold plate [5].
Note
When inserting the trimmer board assembly,
be sure not to bend the guide sheet [6] by
pushing it against the gear [7] of the trimmer
press plate [4].
[7]
[4]
[3] [5]
Do not insert the trimmer board assembly

forcibly. Unlock the gear before the insertion.
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
15anf2c135ca
[2]
[4] [3] [1]
7. Holding the arm [1] where 2 springs [2] are

located, lift up the arm horizontally until the top [4]
of the trimmer press plate [3] and release the lock
of the gear, and then fully insert the trimmer board
assembly [5] in parallel.
15anf2c136ca
32
2. PERIODIC CHECK
8. Hitch the spring [1] to the pin [2].
[1]
SD-501
[2]
15anf2c141ca
[1]
9. Pull the plunger [2] of the trimmer board solenoid
[2]
(SD11) [1] to mesh the gears.

Note
Check the mesh of the gears by pulling the
plunger [2]. The trimmer board assembly [3]
moves to the rear side of SD properly if they
are meshed appropriately. It is properly
installed if the guide pin mounting plate [4] is
separated from the trimmer press plate [5].
Keep the number to pull the plunger [2] to a
minimum. Be noted that the replacing cycle
will be shorten if the plunger is pulled meaninglessly.
If you drove the trimmer board assembly [3]
too much, repeat the installation from step 7.

steps in reverse.
11. Reset the trimmer board solenoid operation

counter.
Note
[4]
[3]
[5]
15anf2c068nb
Reset the trimmer board solenoid operation

counter by the output check code "71-95" of
the I/O check mode of the service mode.
If the counter is not reset, the trimmer board
solenoid (SD11) operating timing after the
trimmer board is replaced becomes faster
than specified timing (700/500/300 times of
trimming). (In the first operation only)
After replacing the trimmer board, perform
the saddle stitch with trimming and check
that the trimming is performed without problem.
33
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.3.3
Replacing the trimmer blade motor
SD-501
*1
Trimmer blade motor: Every 8,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 cuts)*1
1050
*2
Trimmer blade motor: Actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 cuts *2

C6500
C. Procedure
[2]
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
[3]
Remove the rear cover/Lt. (See P.49)

Remove the trimmer unit. (See P.65)
Remove the four screws (with one washer each)
[2], and remove the trimmer blade motor assembly [3].
[1]
34
15anf2c142ca
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
When replacing the trimmer blade motor
assembly, the belt [1] may drop off from the
motor. When installing the belt, be sure to
hitch the belt to the gear of the motor shaft [2]
and the drive gear [3].
When installing the trimmer blade motor
assembly, be sure that the gear shafts [4] is
inserted into the holes [5] in the metal frame.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[3]
[5]
15anf2c143ca
[4]
6. Remove the screws [1] and two screws [2] (with

one washer each) with the #2.5 hex wrench bundled with the trimmer unit, and remove the trimmer blade motor [3].
Note
When installing the trimmer blade motor, be
sure that the product label [4] is in the position as shown in the figure. After that, slightly
tighten the screw [1] and two screws [2], perform the adjustment in Step 8, and secure the
screws.
[1]
[2]
15anf2c144ca
35
SD-501
[4]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
7. Install a new trimmer blade motor by following the

steps 6 to 4 in the reverse order, and perform the
SD-501
adjustment described below.
8. Press the tension gauge [1] against the center of

the belt [2] vertically, and adjust the tension so that
the deflection amount falls within the Standard
value.
Standard value a: 1 mm by 200gf tension

Note
Turn the trimmer press motor [3] in the direc-
[6]
[3]
[5]
tion of the arrow [4] to tighten the belt, and

loosen the belt by turning the motor in the
direction of the arrow [5].

steps in reverse.
15anf2c145ca
36

2.3.4
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Replacing the trimmer press motor
*1
Trimmer press motor: Every 8,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 cuts)*1
SD-501
1050
*2
Trimmer press motor: Actual replacement cycle: every 200,000 cuts *2

C6500
C. Procedure
[3]
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
[1]
Remove the rear cover/Lt.(See P.49)

Remove the trimmer unit. (See P.65)
Remove the three screws (with one washer each)
[2] and remove the trimmer press motor assembly
[3].
[2]
15anf2c146ca
37
2. PERIODIC CHECK

Note
[4]
When replacing the trimmer press motor
SD-501
assembly, the belt [1] may drop off from the

motor. When installing the belt, be sure to
hitch the belt to the gear of the motor shaft [2]
and the drive gear [3].
When installing the trimmer blade motor
assembly, be sure that the gear shafts [4] is
inserted into the holes [5] in the metal frame.
[3]
[1]
[5]
[2]
15anf2c147ca
[4]
6. Remove the screw [1] and two screws [2] (with

one washer each) with the #2.5 hex wrench bundled with the trimmer unit, and remove the trimmer press motor [3].
Note
When installing the trimmer press motor, be
sure that the product label [4] is in the position as shown in the figure. After that, slightly
tighten the screw [1] and two screws [2], perform the adjustment in Step 8, and secure the
screws.
[1]
38
[2]
[3]
15anf2c148ca
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[3]
[5]
7. Install a new trimmer press motor by following the

steps 6 to 4 in the reverse order, and perform the
adjustment described below.
8. Press the tension gauge [1] against the center of

the belt [2] vertically, and adjust the tension so that
the deflection amount falls within the Standard
value.
Standard value a: 1 mm by 200gf tension
Note
Turn the trimmer press motor [3] in the direction of the arrow [4] to tighten the belt, and
loosen the belt by turning the motor in the
direction of the arrow [5].
[1]
[2]
15anf2c149ca

[1]
steps in reverse.
15anf2c150ca
39
SD-501
[4]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.3.5
Lubricating the trimmer unit 1
SD-501
A. Periodically lubricated parts/cycle
Slide block /Rt, /Lt
:Every 4,000,000 prints (actual lubricated cycle: every 100,000
Trimmer blade drive screw /Up, Lw
Trimmer stopper /Rt, /Lt
cuts) or 0.5 year (whichever comes first.))

B. Procedure
[1]
1. Remove the rear cover/Lt.(See P.49)

2. Remove the rear cover/Rt.(See P.49)
3. Lubricate the slide block /Rt, /Lt [1] (MOLYKOTE
EM-30L (P/N 00GR00220)).
15anf2c160ca
40
2. PERIODIC CHECK
4. Lubricate the trimmer blade drive screw /Up [1] ,
stopper /Rt [3], /Lt [4] .
[2]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[5]
15anf2c161ca
41
SD-501
/Lw [2].
5. Lubricate the contact surface [5] of the trimmer
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.3.6
Lubricating the trimmer unit 2
SD-501
Trimmer board gear
Trimmer blade gear /Up, /Lw
Trimmer press plate guide rail /Rt, /Lt
Press drive screw /Rt, /Lt
cuts) or 1 year (whichever comes first.)) *1

*1
1050
B. Spot lubricated parts/cycle
Trimmer board gear
:Actual lubricated cycle: every 200,000 cuts or 1 year (whichever
Trimmer blade gear /Up, /Lw
Trimmer press plate guide rail /Rt, /Lt
Press drive screw /Rt, /Lt
comes first.) *2
comes first.) *2
comes first.) *2
comes first.) *2
*2
C6500
C. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover /Lt.(See P.49)

2. Remove the rear cover /Rt.(See P.49)
3. Lubricate the press drive screw /Rt, Lt [2]
(MOLYKOTE M-30L (P/N 00GR00220)).
Note
When Lubricating the press drive screw, be
[2]
[1]
careful not to let any grease drip on them.
15anf2c163ca
42
2. PERIODIC CHECK
4. Lubricate the trimmer board gear [1], the trimmer
/Lt [5].
[3]
Note
[2]
[1]
[5]
[4]
When Lubricating the press drive screw, be

careful not to let any grease drip on them.
15anf2c162ca
43
SD-501
blade gear /Up [2], /Lw [3].
5. Lubricate the trimmer press plate guide rail /Rt [4],
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.4
Maintenance Procedure of the Bundle Processing Section
2.4.1
SD-501
Replacing the bundle press stage gear
Bundle press stage gear: Every 5,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 set (number of
sets of sheets exited to the bundle tray.) ) *1
*1
1050
Bundle press stage gear: Actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 set (number of sets of sheets exited to
the bundle tray.) *2
*2
C6500
C. Procedure
[1]
1. Remove the left cover. (See P.50)

2. Remove the rear cover/Lt. (See P.49)
3. Keep turning the knob in the bundle processing
section counterclockwise until the bundle press
stage goes down and the bundle registration plate
[1] reaches the up position.
15anf2c151ca
44
[2]
and the pin [3].

Note
drop off when removing the gear [2].
5. Remove the E-ring [4] and the bearing [5], and

remove the bundle press stage gear [6].
Note
After installing a new bundle press stage gear
[6], be sure to apply plus guard No. 2 to the
[4] [5] [6]
gear.

steps in reverse.
a15anf2c152ca
45
SD-501
[1] [3]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
SD-501
3.1
Items not allowed to be disassembled and/or adjusted
3.1.1
A. Items not allowed to be removed
2 fixing screws of the alignment stopper /Rr
[1]
[2]
15anf2c070na
[1]
Screw not allowed to be adjusted/removed
[2]
B. Reason of prohibition
Parallelism of the alignment stopper/Rr and first folding blade has been adjusted in the manufacturing process to prevent the skew (gap) of folding. Accordingly, the alignment stopper /Rr is not allowed to be
removed.
If you change the mounting position of the alignment stopper /Rr you will lose the parallelism with the first
folding blade and cannot return to the original position.
46

3.1.2
3. OTHERS
Trimmer press upper limit stoppers /Rt and /Lt and trimmer stoppers /Rt and /Lt
Each adjustment screw of the trimmer press upper limit stoppers /Rt and /Lt
Each adjustment screw of the trimmer stoppers /Rt and /Lt
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
SD-501
A. Items not allowed to be removed
[8]
[1]
[3]
[2]
15anf2c001na
[1]
[5]
Trimmer press upper limit stopper /Rt
[2]
Trimmer stopper /Lt
[6]
[3]
Trimmer stopper /Rt
[7]
[4]
[8]
Trimmer press upper limit stopper /Lt
B. Reason of prohibition
The trimmer press upper limit stoppers /Rt and /Lt releases the trimmer board. The trimmer board may be
released without reaching to the required level of the opening for the operation if they are misaligned. Consequently, never change the position of the trimmer press upper limit stoppers /Rt and /Lt.
The trimmer stoppers /Rt and /Lt determine the trimming amount of the trimmer blade to the paper and the
parallelism between the trimmer blade and the paper. If the trimmer blade is misaligned, the paper may be
failed to be trimmed or the trimmer board may be damaged because the trimmer blade cuts in the trimmer
board deeply. Accordingly, the trimmer stoppers /Rt and /Lt are not allowed to be removed.
47
3. OTHERS
3.2
SD-501
No.
1
Section
Cover
Page referred to
P.49
Rear cover /Rt
P.49
Left cover
P.50
Upper cover /Fr
P.50
Upper cover /Rr3
P.51
Subtray cover
P.52
Front door /Lt
P.53
Front door /Rt
P.54
Folding section
Folding unit
P.55
10
Saddle stitching section
Saddle stitching unit (pull out)
P.59
Saddle stitching unit (remove)
P.64
Trimmer unit
P.65
Trimmer paddle assembly
P.66
11
12
Trimmer section
13
48
Part name
Rear cover /Lt

SD-501
3.3
3. OTHERS
Caution:
Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet .
3.3.1
Removing/installing the rear cover /Lt
A. Procedure
[1]
cover /Lt [2].

steps in reverse.
[1]
3.3.2
[2]
15anf2c002na
Removing/installing the rear cover /Rt
A. Procedure
[1]
cover /Rt [2].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
15anf2c003na
49
3. OTHERS
3.3.3

Removing/installing the left cover
SD-501
A. Procedure
1. Remove 7 screws [1], and then slide the bottom
[1]
of the left cover [2] to the outside and remove it to

the bottom.

steps in reverse.
[2]
3.3.4
[1]
15anf2c004na
Removing/installing the upper cover /Fr
A. Procedure
[3]
1. Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt.

2. Remove the five screws [1] on the front, two
[2]
screws [2], one screw [3] on the left, and three

screws [4] under the cover.

4. Lift up and remove the upper cover /Fr [6].
[1]
Note
When removing the upper cover /Fr [6], pull
the screw [5] to the front to avoid the top
cover /Fr [6] being caught by the tip of the
screw.
[6]

steps in reverse.
[4]
50
[5]
15anf2c005nb

3.3.5
3. OTHERS
Removing/installing the upper cover /Rr3
[1]

2. Remove 2 screw caps [1] and then remove 2
[2]
screws [2].

4. Loosen the screw [4] and then remove the upper
cover /Rr3 [5].
Note
When removing the upper cover /Rr3 [5], pull
the screw [4] to the front to avoid the upper
cover /Rr3 [5] being caught by the tip of the
screw.
[5]

steps in reverse.
[3]
[3]
[4]
[3]
15anf2c006na
51
SD-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
3.3.6

Removing/installing the subtray cover
SD-501
A. Procedure
[2]
[3]
1. Remove the upper cover /Fr. (See P.50)

2. Remove the upper cover /Rr3. (See P.51)
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and 4 screws [2], and then
[2]
remove the subtray cover [3].

steps in reverse.
Note
When reinstalling the subtray cover [3], pull
the screw [4] to the outside.
[3] [1]
[4]
[1]
15anf2c007na
52

3.3.7
3. OTHERS
Removing/installing the front door /Lt
[6]
[5]
1. Open the front door /Lt [1].

2. Remove the screw [2], and then remove the front
[4]
door stopper /Lt [3].
3. Remove 2 screws [4] and remove the fulcrum [6]

by sliding the hinge [5] upward, and then remove
the front door /Lt [1].
Note
Support the front door /Lt [1] with your hand
so that it does not fall down when removing
the screw [4].

[3]
[1]
[2]
steps in reverse.
15anf2c008na
53
SD-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
3.3.8

Removing/installing the front door /Rt
SD-501
A. Procedure
[5]
[4]
[6]
1. Open the front door /Rt [1].

2. Remove the screw [2], and then remove the front
door stopper /Rt [3].
3. Remove 2 screws [4] and remove the fulcrum [6]

by sliding the hinge [5] upward, and then remove
the front door /Rt [1].
Note
Support the front door /Rt [1] with your hand
so that it does not fall down when removing
the screw [4].
[2]
[3]

steps in reverse.
[1]
54
15anf2c009na

Removing/installing the folding unit
SD-501
3.3.9
3. OTHERS
Caution:
Be sure to perform this operation with 2 people because the folding unit is heavy.
A. Procedure
[5]
[4]
1. Remove the front door /Rt. (See P.54)

2. Remove the rear cover /Rt. (See P.49)
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and 2 clamps [2] from the
[2]
rear of the folding unit.

Note
Be sure not to let the clamps [2] fall down.
4. Remove the screw [3] and the ground [4].

6. Remove the clamps, and then put the wiring harness [7] through the wiring harness guide hole [6].
[3]
[1]
[6]
[7]
[1]
15anf2c010na
55
3. OTHERS
7. Pull out the folding unit.

8. Remove 2 screws [1], separate the notch [2] from
SD-501
the hole [3] and remove the lower cover/2 [4].
9. Loosen the screw [5], remove the 2 screws [6]

and remove the lower cover/1 [7].
10. Remove 2 screws [8], separate the notch [10]

from the shaft [9] and remove the lower cover/3
[11].
[8] [11]
[1]
[4]
[2] [9] [10] [3]
[6]
[7]
[5]
15anf2c011na
Note
Install the lower cover/3 [11] between 2 pins
[2] of the shaft [1]. If it is installed at an
improper position, other parts may be damaged when the folding unit is stored.
[1]
56
[2]
15anf2c071na
3. OTHERS
11. Remove 4 screws [1], and then lift up and remove
[1]
Note
When reinstalling it, be sure to align the positioning pin [3] with the hole.
[3]
[2]
[3]
[1]
15anf2c012na
57
SD-501
the folding unit [2] upward with 2 people.
3. OTHERS
[7]
[5]
[6]
Note
When holding the folding unit, be sure to hold
SD-501
the shafts [4] at front and rear or the upper

top of the side plate [5]. Never hold at the jam
release lever [6] or the handle [7]. They may
be damaged.
When placing the folding unit, place it on the
table to avoid the guide plate [8] on the front
being contacted with the floor because it is
projected from the bottom of the unit.

steps in reverse.
[8]
[4]
15anf2c013na
58

3.3.10
3. OTHERS
Pull out the saddle stitching unit
A. Procedure
SD-501
1. Remove the front door /Lt. (See P.53)

2. Remove the wire [1] from the screw [2].
Note
When remove the 2nd wire [1], support the
horizontal conveyance guide plate /Lt [3] with
your hand so that it does not fall down.
[2]
[1]
[3]
15anf2c014na
[1]
[2]
[1]
3. Slide 2 pins [1] to the arrow-marked direction and

hook into the notches [2] to release the horizontal
conveyance guide plate /Lt [3], and then remove
the guide plate.
Note
When reinstalling the horizontal conveyance
guide plate /Lt [3], align the positions of the
shafts [4], and then slide the pins [2] from the
notches.
[4]
[3]
[4]
15anf2c015na
59
3. OTHERS
4. Remove the screw [1], move the wiring harness

cover [4] to the rear, and unplug the pin [2] from
SD-501
the hole [3], and then remove the wiring harness

cover [4].
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
15anf2c016na

[1]
15anf2c017na
6. Remove 3 screws [1], and then remove the motor
[2]
[1]
60
cover [2].
15anf2c018na
3. OTHERS

SD-501
[1]
15anf2c019na
8. Holding the bundle arms [1] on both sides in the
[2]
vicinity of the fulcrum shaft [2], push them to the

rear simultaneously and move the bundle arms [1]
approximately 30 mm.
Note
When rotating the bundle arm [1] manually, be
sure to gently rotate it with both hands
because the bundle arm is driven simultaneously by the belts on the both sides. Otherwise, it may cause the belt tooth skipping.
[1]
Never rotate the bundle arm [1] by holding its

15anf2c020na
tip. It may cause the deformation. Be sure to

rotate it by holding the bundle arm [1] in the
vicinity of the fulcrum shaft [2].
61
3. OTHERS
[2]
9. Remove 2 screws [2] and 2 screws [3] for the
[4]
slope [1] from the bottom and top respectively,
SD-501
and then remove the slope [1].

Note
When reinstalling the slope, be sure to align 2
positioning projections [4].
[2]
[1]
[3]
15anf2c022na
[1]
15anf2c069na
62
[6]
[1]
11. Holding the bundle arms [1] on the both sides in

the vicinity of the fulcrum shaft [2], gently move
them to the inside [3], and then remove the guide
shaft [4] from the hole of the shock absorbing
guide [5].
Note
When narrowing the space between the bundle arms [1], be sure to move them gently and
simultaneously.
When reinstalling them, be sure to check that
the guide shaft [4] has been inserted into the
shock absorbing hole [5].
[1]
12. Rotate the bundle arms [1] to the guide plate [6]
[3]
on the stapler side.
[2]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
15anf2c021na
[1]
13. Remove the six screws (with one washer each)

[1], and then hold the shafts [2] to pull out the saddle stitching unit [3].
Note
When pull out the saddle stitching unit, be
sure not to snap the wiring harness of the
removed connector contact with SD.

steps in reverse.
[1]
[2] [3]
[1]
15anf2c024na
63
SD-501
[1]
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
SD-501
3.3.11

Removing/installing the saddle stitching unit
Caution:
Be sure to perform this operation with 2 people because the saddle stitching unit is heavy.
A. Procedure
[3]
[4]
[5]

2. Remove 6 screws [1], 1 screw [2], and remove the
saddle stitching unit [5] with 2 people by holding
the shafts [3] and [4] while lift up the shaft [3]
slightly and shift the saddle stitching unit to the
front side.
Note
Be sure to hold the saddle stitching unit at the
shafts [3] and [4].
When reinstalling the saddle stitching unit,
check that the unit is surely placed on the
rails [6] before releasing the unit.

[1]
[2]
[6]
[1]
64
15anf2c025na
steps in reverse.

3.3.12
3. OTHERS
Removing/installing the trimmer unit
[1]
1.
2.
3.
4.
[2]
Remove the rear cover/Lt. (See P.49)

Remove the rear cover/Rt. (See P.49)
Disconnect the four connectors [1] and release
the wiring harness from the clamps [2].
15anf2c153ca
[2]
[1]

6. Remove the six screws [2], slide the trimmer unit
[5] toward rear of the main body holding the thick
metal plate position [3]. Then, holding the stay [4]
remove the trimmer unit [5] toward rear of the
main body.
Note
As the trimmer unit is heavy, be careful not to
drop it off.
When reinstalling the trimmer unit, be sure to
align the projection [6].

steps in reverse.
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
15anf2c154ca
65
SD-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
3.3.13

Removing/installing the trimmer paddle assembly
SD-501
A. Procedure
1. Store the trimmer scraps box completely in the
[1]
SD.
2. Remove the rear cover/Lt. (See P.49)

3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the trimmer
scraps guide [2].
Note
When installing the trimmer scraps guide, be
sure that the trimmer scraps box is stored
completely in the SD, and the trimmer scraps
guide [2] is fully stretched. If you stretch the
trimmer scraps guide with the trimmer scraps
[2]
box is not stored completely, the trimmer

15anf2c155ca
scraps guide may be broken during operation.
4. Disconnect the connector [1], remove five screws
[2]
[2], and remove the trimmer paddle assembly [3].
5. Remove the above parts following the removal

steps in reverse.
[1]
[3]
66
15anf2c156ca
SD-501
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
SD horizontal adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when SD is not in a horizontal position.

A. Procedure
1. Loosen the nuts [1] at the 6 places.

2. Rotate the screws [2] at the 6 places and make
horizontal adjustments of the device.
Note
into consideration the height between the
main body and other optional devices.

raised.
[1]
Note
When any caster is found raised, rotate the
screw [2] with a wrench to extend the length
[2]
of the caster until it feels secure.
4. Fasten the screws [2] with a wrench and tighten

up the nuts [1].
Note
15anf3c001na

up without fastened the screw [2], the screw
[2] also rotates together with the nut [1], thus
resulting in an incorrect positioning.
67
4.2
Folding skew adjustment
SD-501
Adjust the skew in the center folding.

A. Procedure
1. Perform the center folding operation for 5 sheets

of A3 or 11 x 17 paper and check their skew "a".
Standard value a = 1.5 mm
perform the following procedure.
a
[3]
15anf3c002na
[4]
[2]
2. Open the front door /Rt and pull out the folding
unit.
3. Rotate the shaft [1] to hit the alignment claws /Fr1

[2] and /Fr2 [3] against the stopper plate [4]. And
with the stopper plate [4] as a standard, check the
relative position of the alignment claw /Fr2 [3] to
the alignment claw /Fr1 [2].
4. Loosen the screw [5] and turn the pulley [6] to

adjust the position of the alignment claw /Fr2 [3]
to the alignment claw /Rr1 [2] and tighten the
screw [5].
[1]
[6]
[5]
Note
In case of the paper that has been exited in
the front direction [7] of the bundle exit tray in
the folding skew pattern [8], move the alignment claw /Fr2 [3] to the front side of SD.
[8]
[9]
[7]
In case of the folding skew pattern [9], move

15anf3c003na
the alignment claw /Fr2 [3] to the rear side of

SD.
5. Return the folding unit to the original position and

repeat the steps 1 through 4 until the standard
value can be obtained.
68
4.3
Staple position adjustment

SD-501
Adjust the misalignment between the staple position and the folding position.
A. Procedure
1. Perform the saddle stitching operation for 25 to

30 sheets of A3 or 11 x 17 paper and check the
misalignment "a" between the staple position and
the folding position.
Standard value a = 1 mm
perform the following procedure.
a
15anf3c005na

make the clinchers [2] contact with the staplers
and lock the clinchers [2].
[1]
[2]
15anf3c006na
69
[10] [2] [4]
[3]
4. Install the M4 screw [1] obtained from the exterior
[1]
and so on into the adjustment screw hole [3] of
SD-501
the saddle stitching hold /Up [2] with your fingers

and tighten it lightly until it is contacted.
Note
Do not the screw [1] too tight. Stop tightening
when it is contacted.
5. Loosen the screw [4], [5] and [6].

6. Rotate the screw [1] to move the position of the
saddle stitching hold /Up [2] for the length of the
misalignment "a".
Note
Rotating the screw [1] one revolution moves
the saddle stitching hold /Up 0.7 mm (same
width with staple).
When the screw [1] is tightened, the staple
[9] [8] [7]
[6]
[5]
position moves forward. When the screw [1]

15anf3c007na
is loosened, the staple position moves backward.
7. While pushing the mounting plate [7] to the arrowmarked direction [9] and contacting the saddle
stitching hold /Up [2] to the screw [1], tighten the
screws [5].
8. While pushing the saddle stitching hold /Up [2] to

the arrow-marked direction [10] and contacting
the saddle stitching hold /Up to the screw [1],
tighten the screw [4], and then tighten the screw
[6].
9. Remove the screw [1] and return it to the original

position.
10. Return the saddle stitching unit, and then repeat

steps 1 to 9 until the standard value can be
obtained.
70
4.4

SD-501
When the SD control board (SDCB) is replaced, be sure to replace the EEPROM (IC68).
A. Procedure
1. Remove the EEPROM (IC68) from the old SD control board (SDCB) [1] and install it into the new SD
control board (SDCB) [2].
Note
Be sure to install the "A" sections of the
EEPROM (IC68) in the same direction.
Settings of the SW3 [3] should be the same as
that of the old SDCB (See P.716 in Field Service for the main body.)
[1]
[2]
[3]
15anf3c008na
71
4.5
Tilt/gap adjustment of the clincher
SD-501
Perform this adjustment when the staple break through the paper by stapling a few pages of booklet.
A. Procedure
[3]
1. Carry out stapling operation with two sheets of
[2]
papers, and check if the staple break through the

paper. If the paper is broken through, perform the
following steps.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pull out the saddle stitching unit. (See P.59)

Tilt the bundle arm [1] to the front.
Remove the staple cartridges [2] to the front.
Rotate the rotating knob [3] to move the stapler
assemblies inward, then move them outward by
approx. 30 mm (the interval between the stapler
becomes approx. 60 mm).
Note
When moving the stapler assemblies, be sure
[1]
15anf3c009na
to move them by rotating the rotating knob [3]

to prevent the belt tooth from skipping. Otherwise, it may cause the belt tooth skipping.
[1]
[2]
cover [2].
15anf3c010na
72
Note
When reinstalling the saddle stitching unit, be
careful not to let the connector [1] make contact with the main body.
8. Remove the three screws [2], and then remove

the saddle stitching guide plate [3].
[2]
[1]
15anf3c011na
73
SD-501
[3]
[3]

make the clinchers [2] contact with the staplers [3]
SD-501
and lock the clinchers [2]. At the moment the

clinchers are locked, check if the clinchers do not
roll from side to side and the gap between the sta-
plers and the clinchers equals to the standard

value.
Standard value "a": 0.3 0.1 mm (Two sheets of
80 g/m2 papers can pass through the gap while

three sheets cannot.)
10. When the gap is out of the standard value, loosen

the screw [1] counterclockwise and lower the
[2]
clinchers once. Then perform the adjustment following the procedure below.
[1]
15anf3c012ca
74
11. Loose the four screws [1].

12. Adjust the gap between the staplers and the
[2]
clinchers so that the gap equals the standard

value while loosening (gap becomes narrower) /
tightening (gap becomes wider) the adjusting
screw/Rt [2] and /Lt [3] in the same manner.
Note
Be sure to perform the adjustment for both
left and right side of each clincher/Rt [4] and /
Lt [5] so that the stapler and the clinchers are
[5]
[4]
parallel to each other.

When the adjustment is completed, be sure to
tighten the the four screws [1].
13. Put the saddle stitching unit back. Then carry out
stapling operation with two sheets of papers, and
check if the staple does not break through the
paper.
[1]
[2] ,[3]
15anf3c013ca
75
SD-501
[3]
SD-501
Blank page
76
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
PB-501
2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
Revision mark:
NOTE
Revision in relation to the corresponding to bizhub PRO
2007/11
2.0
2006/11
1.0
Date
Service manual Ver.
Revision mark
C6500/C6500P
CONTENTS
PB-501
CONTENTS
PB-501
OUTLINE
MAINTENANCE
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Maintenance procedure of the sub compile (SC) section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2.1.1
Replacing the switchback roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.2
Replacing the SC switchback release motor (M13). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.3
Replacing the SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.4
Replacing the FD alignment solenoid (SD11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Maintenance procedure of the cover paper table section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

2.2.1
Cleaning the cover paper folding plate/book spine backing plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.2
Replacing the roller cutter assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2.3
Lubricating the cover paper alignment plate shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Maintenance procedure of the cover paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

2.3.1
Removing/installing the pick-up roller assy/separation roller assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.3.2
Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.3.3
Replacing the separation roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.3.4
Replacing the cover paper pick up clutch (MC71)/cover paper separation clutch (MC72) . . . . . 24
Maintenance procedure of the exit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

2.4.1
2.5
2.5.1
2.6
2.7
Replacing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Maintenance procedure of the glue tank section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

2.6.1
Replacing the cover paper glue roller drive gear bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.6.2
Lubricating the glue apply roller motor connecting gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Maintenance procedure of the clamp section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

2.7.1
2.8
Replacing the sub tray exit solenoid (SD4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Maintenance procedure of the PB-501 main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Lubricating the clamp pressure plate shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Maintenance procedure of the book stock section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

2.8.1
Lubricating the guide shaft/Rt and /Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.1
3.2

3.2.1
3.2.2
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover/Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.2.3
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover/Rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.2.4
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover/Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.2.5
3.2.6
Removing/reinstalling the left cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.2.7
Removing/reinstalling the pellet supply cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.2.8
Removing/reinstalling the SC cover/Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.2.9
Removing/reinstalling the SC cover/Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.2.10 Removing/reinstalling the SC cover/Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

3.2.11 Removing/reinstalling the book stock cover/Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
CONTENTS
3.2.12 Removing/reinstalling book stock cover/Fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

3.2.13 Removing/reinstalling the book stock cover/Rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
PB-501
3.2.14 Removing/installing the pellet supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

3.2.15 Removing/installing the glue tank unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.2.16 Removing/reinstalling the SC unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.2.17 Removing/installing the clamp unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.2.18 Removing/installing the book stock unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.2.19 Removing/reinstalling the book lift wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.2.20 Removing/reinstalling the conveyance unit/Lw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.2.21 Removing/reinstalling the cover paper tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.2.22 Removing/reinstalling the cover paper tray lift wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.2.23 Procedure of bookbind mode that uses manual operation function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.2.24 Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection board/1 (MFDTB71) and /2 (MFDTB72). . . . . . . 74
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Clamp sub scan direction alignment adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
4.2
Clamp main scan direction alignment adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.3
Pellet supply arm angle adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.4
Glue apply roller gap adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.5
Cover paper glue roller gap adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.6
Glue tank movement rail tilt adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.7
Cover paper folding plate nipping adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.8
Cover paper folding plate parallel adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.9
Cover paper table up down belt adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.10 Cover paper alignment plate adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

4.11 Roller cutter skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.12 Cover paper table positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.13 Cover paper tray pick-up adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.14 Cover paper tray pick-up roller height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.15 Cover paper tray separation pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4.16 Cover paper tray centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.17 Cover paper tray lift plate horizontal adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
ii
PB-501
OUTLINE
A. Type
Type
Simplified perfect binding machine (Consoled hot-melt type)
B. Functions
Automatically binds and stocks in a book stock section.

Binding sheets and thickness
Min. 10 sheets
Max.
-1050All paper types (plain paper, high-quality paper,
color paper, coated paper)
300 sheets or 30 mm
-C6500Plain paper 300 sheets or 30 mm
High-quality paper, color paper, coated paper
150 sheets or 15 mm
Binding sheets with Z-fold sheets: See the
table below*
- Single-sided print No. of Z-fold sheets Max. No. of unfold sheets
Total
1 sheet
200 sheets
201 sheets
2 sheets
150 sheets
152 sheets
- Double-sided print No. of Z-fold sheets Max. No. of unfold sheets
Total
1 sheet
200 sheets
201 sheets
2 sheets
150 sheets
152 sheets
3 sheets
100 sheets
103 sheets
4 sheets
50 sheets
54 sheets
- Single-sided/double-sided print (printer function)When the unfold sheet is single-sided, the specification is same
as that of single-sided print.
When the unfold sheet is double-sided, the specification is same
as that of double-sided print.
* : When DIPSW37-2 is set to 1(ON), it is possible to release the limit of the total
sheets.
PB-501
Sub tray mode

Book stock capacity : Max. 11 books*1 x 2 rows*2 (book thickness: 30mm)
10 to 30 sheets book: 50 books
31 to 150 sheets book: 35 books or until the upper limit
is detected.
151 to 300 sheets book: Until the upper limit is detected.
Cover paper tray
: Selectable from the PB, main body, or PI.
PB cover paper tray capacity 1,000 sheets (82g/m2)
500 sheets (161g/m2)
Trimming
: Selectable from Trim/Not trim.
*1: The available number of books may decrease due to curls of papers.
*2: When books have been stacked up to the limit at the first row, the first stack
is automatically moved to the second row, and piling books at the first row
is continued.
Exit into the sub tray with no being processing mode.
200 sheets (80g/m2)
Tray capacity:
Warm-up time
Approx. 20 minutes
C. Paper type
(1) Paper size
Inside paper : A4, B5, A5, A5S, 81/2 x 11, 51/2 x 81/2,
16K
Custom paper (Max. 307 (W) x 221 (L) mm)
Available only in Z-folding:
11 x 17, A3, B4, 81/2 x 14, A4S,

81/2 x 11S, 12 x 18
Cover paper : Max. 307 (W) x 472 (L) mm

Vertical (main scan direction) Same size as the inside paper.
Horizontal (sub scan direction) Wide L
L= book size in the sub scan direction x 2 + book thickness (book
spine) + 3mm (for trimming)
Sub tray mode
SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13, 71/4 x 101/2,
71/4 x 101/2, 51/2 x 81/2, 51/2 x 81/2S
Custom paper (Max. 331 (W) x 488 (L) mm, Min.100 (W) x 139 (L) mm),
Wide paper, Standard index paper*1
Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail edge side is not warranty.
(2) Paper weight

-1050Inside paper
: 62 to 91g/m2
Cover paper
: 82 to 161g/m2
-C6500-
Sub tray mode
Inside paper
: 64 to 105g/m2
Cover paper
: 75 to 162g/m2
50 to 300g/m2
D. Maintenance
PB-501
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
Inch: 120VAC 60Hz

Metric: 230VAC 50Hz
5VDC (supplied from the main body)
Power consumption
720W or less
Dimensions
1,303 (W) x 1,223 (H) x 775(D) mm

Binding section: 740 (W) x 1,223 (H) x 775 (D) mm
Book stock section: 563 (W) x 740 (H) x 685 (D) mm
Weight
F.
Approx. 210kg
Temperature
10 to 30 C
Humidity
Note
PB-501
Blank page
PB-501
MAINTENANCE
2.1
Maintenance procedure of the sub compile (SC) section
Caution
Make sure to unplug the power code of the main body from the power outlet when PB-501 is connected to the main body.
2.1.1
Replacing the switchback roller
Switchback roller

*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Procedure
[6]
[7]
[5]
[4]
1. Open the upper door [1] to open the SC door [2].
[5]
Then close the upper door [1].

Note
To keep the SC door open, insert a screwdriver into the hole [3]. Be sure to remove the
screwdriver when closing the sub clamp door,
or the cover may be damaged.
[3]
[8]
[2]
[1]
2. Remove the two C-clips [4], and slide the two

bearings [5] inward.
Note
Before removing the C-clips, be sure to
spread a sheet of paper or etc. under the
switchback roller assy to prevent the C-clips
from dropping into inside of the machine.
3. Release the pulley [7] from the belt [6] gently, and
remove the switchback roller assy [8].
a075f2c001ca
[2]
Note
[1]
After reinstalling the switchback roller assy,
PB-501
use a mirror to check that the belt [1] is properly looped over the pulley [2] without any
slackness. If the belt has comes off the pulley,
remove the SC cover/Up to correct that. (See
P.43)
a075f2c002ca
[9]
[4]
[3]
4. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the roller [2]

and the pin [3].
[8]
Note
[6]
Be sure to install the bearing [4] so that its

collar faces toward the switchback roller.
6. Remove the E-ring [5], slide the switchback roller
[5]
[8] in the direction of the arrow [6] (toward the pulley) and remove the pin [7]. Then remove the
switchback roller [8] in the direction of the arrow
[9].

steps in reverse.
[7]
[2]
[1]
a075f2c003ca

2.1.2
Replacing the SC switchback release motor (M13)
SC switchback release motor (M13):
*1
Every 6,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000 prints) *1
1050
B. Procedure
1. Remove the SC unit. (See P.43)

2. Disconnect the three connectors [1], and release
[9] [8] [7] [6]
the harness from the three harness clamps [2].

4. Remove the E-ring [4], and remove the bearing
[5].
[5]
[1]
[10]
5. Remove the E-ring [6], and remove the actuator

[7].
6. Remove the E-ring [8], and remove the bearing

[9].
7. Remove the two screws [10], and remove the SC

switchback release motor Assy [11].
[4]
[3]
[11] [2]
a075f2c100ca
[2]
[1]
switchback release motor (M13) [2].
a075f2c101ca
PB-501

Note
When reinstalling the SC switchback release
PB-501
motor Assy, the make sure the difference of

the distance of "a" and "b" is with in the stana
dard value.
Standard value: the difference of a and b is 0.2

mm or less.
a075f2c102ca
2.1.3
Replacing the SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13)
*1
SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13): Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 5,000,000 prints) *1
1050
B. Procedure
[1]

Note
When put the SC unit on the stand, be sure
not catch the harness between the SC unit
and the stand.
Be sure to place a support under the SC unit
to prevent contact between the bottom of the
FD alignment unit [1] and the stand.
Pull out the FD alignment unit [1] in the direc-
a075f2c103ca

[1]
pressure arm solenoid (SD13) [3].
[3]
[2]
tion of the allow show in the figure.
a075f2c104ca
Note
[1]
noid, with the plunger [1] pulled, adjust the

position of the SC pressure arm solenoid so
that the standard value can be obtained for
the gap "a", and then tighten the screw [2].
Standard value: a = 16.4 1 mm.
[2]
2.1.4
a075f2c105ca
Replacing the FD alignment solenoid (SD11)
A. Periodically replacement parts/cycle
*1
FD alignment solenoid (SD11): Every 20,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: Every 5,000,000 prints) *1
1050
B. Procedure
[2]
Note
When put the SC unit on the stand, be sure
not catch the harness between the SC unit
and the stand.
to prevent contact between the bottom of the
SC alignment unit [1] and the stand.
to prevent contact between SC switchback
release motor Assy [1] and the stand.
[1]
[3]
a075f2c106ca
2. Remove the four screws [2], and remove the SC

door [3].
PB-501
When reinstalling the SC pressure arm sole-
[3]
[4]
3. Place the SC unit on the stand, so that the FD
[1]
alignment solenoid Assy [1] becomes upper side.
PB-501

5. Remove the two screws [3], and pull out the two
shafts.Remove the FD alignment plate [4].
[2]
[5]
a075f2c107ca
6. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the FD align-
[1]
ment arm [2].
7. Disconnect the connector [3], remove the screw

[4], and remove the FD alignment solenoid Assy
[5].
Note
When FD alignment solenoid Assy is removed,
do not lose the pin of FD alignment arm.
[4]
[3]
[2]
a075f2c108ca
[1]
[2]
8. Remove the two screws [1] for the mounting plate

[2], and remove the FD alignment solenoid (SD11)
[3].
[4]
10
[3]
a075f2c109ca
Note
with the plunger pulled, adjust the position of

the FD alignment solenoid so that the standard value can be obtained for the gap "a".
Standard value: a = 17.5 0.5 mm
a075f2c110ca
11
PB-501
When reinstalling the FD alignment solenoid,
PB-501
2.2
Maintenance procedure of the cover paper table section
Caution
The glue tank unit is extremely hot immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or
the power switch (SW2) of the main body. To prevent burn injuries, leave the unit until it cools
enough before performing the maintenance work.
Note
Before performing the maintenance work, be sure to carry out the initial operation so that the each
part/unit is at the home position.
2.2.1
Cleaning the cover paper folding plate/book spine backing plate
Cover paper folding plate/book spine backing plate : Every 750,000 prints *1
*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Simplified cleaning procedure
1. Carry out the I/O check in service mode in the
[1]
order below of output check code, and turn off

the power switch (SW2) and the main power
switch (SW1) with the cover paper folding plate
opened.
1050:"75-55", "75-45", "75-58", "75-61"
[2]
C6500:"77-55", "77-45", "77-58", "77-61"
2. Clean the cover paper folding plate [1] and the

book spine backing plate [2].
a075f2c004cb
12

2.2.2
Replacing the roller cutter assy

Roller cutter blade assy: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 100,000 cuts) *1
PB-501
*1
1050
B. Procedure
1. Remove the PB from the main body.

2. Remove the conveyance unit/Lw. (See P.63)
3. Remove the two screws [1] and the roller cutter
assy [2]. Then, disconnect the connector [3].
[1]
Note
Pull out the cover paper waste box before
removing the roller cutter assy.
When reinstalling the roller cutter assy, be
sure to route the wire binding [4] under the
[2]
cutter motor (M50) [5].

Push the roller cutter assy [2] against the
metal plate [6] to install the assy.

steps in reverse.
[6]
[1]
[4]
[5]
[3]
a075f2c007ca
13
2.2.3
Lubricating the cover paper alignment plate shafts
PB-501
Cover paper alignment plate shafts : Every 750,000 prints *1

*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Procedure
1. Turn the knob [1] to move the cover paper alignment plate inward.
2. Apply plus guard No. 2 to the four cover paper

alignment plate shafts [2].
Note
Be sure to apply the Plas guard No. 2 to the
both outsides [3] of the cover paper alignment plate shaft bearings.
[3]
[2]
[2]
[1]
[3]
a075f2c094ca
14
2.3.1
Maintenance procedure of the cover paper feed section

Removing/installing the pick-up roller assy/separation roller assy
A. Procedure

2. Unlock the cover paper tray [3] by slightly pushing
the cover paper tray lock lever [2] upward with a
[2]
screwdriver or a similar tool, and pull out the cover

paper tray [3].
[1]
[3]
[2]
a075f2c008ca
[3]
3. Turn the pick-up roller [1] in the direction of the

arrow (counterclockwise as seen from the front
side) to make the coupling [2] upright.
Note
Be sure not to rotate the pick-up roller [1]
against the direction of the arrow (clockwise)
forcibly, as the roller is not designed to rotate
in that direction.

[1]
a075f2c009ca
15
PB-501
2.3
[1]
PB-501
[2]
5. Remove the bearing /Fr [1].

6. Move the bearing /Rr [2] to the rear side.
Note
Install the bearings as described below.
Insert the bearing/Rr [2] into the cutout [5] in
the metal frame while keeping the flat face [4]
of the bearing level, and lightly pressing down
the metal frame [3] of the pick-up roller assy.
Insert the bearing/Fr [1] into the cutout in the
[2]
[5]
same manner.
[4]
[3]
a075f2c010ca
16
[5]
[4]
7. Flip the pick-up roller assy [1] in the direction of

the arrow pivoted to its shaft [2], and remove the
paper feed roller [3] from the cutout [4] and the
coupling [5] at the both ends.
Note
When removing the pick-up roller assy [1], be
careful not to damage the sensor [7] with the
metal frame [6].
[3]
[2]
[6]
[7]
a075f2c011ca
17
PB-501
[1]
8. Disengage the pick-up roller shaft [2] from the arm
[3]
[1] of the paper feed guide plate, and remove the
PB-501
pick-up roller assy [3].

steps in reverse.
Note
After installing the pick-up roller assy, rotate
the pick-up roller counterclockwise as seen
from the front side.
Make sure the paper feed roller and the belt
rotate smoothly.
The pick-up roller rotates in counterclockwise
[1]
direction only. Be sure not to rotate it in the

opposite direction.
[2]
[3]
a075f2c081ca
18
10. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the
[1]
PB-501
entrance guide plate [2].
[2]
a075f2c012ca
[1]
a075f2c013ca
19
[2]
12. Open the frame [1] of the separation roller assy in

the direction of the arrow, and remove the cou-
PB-501
pling pin [2] from the joint [3]. Then remove the
separation roller assy [4].
Note
When reinstalling, make sure to engage the
[3]
coupling pin [2] with the joint [3].

When reinstalling the separation roller assy
[4], fasten it with the screws while pressing it
down.
[1]

steps in reverse.
[4]
a075f2c014ca
20

2.3.2
Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller
Pick-up roller
: Spot replacement (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 feeds)
Paper feed roller
PB-501
B. Procedure
Note
The external view of the collars is the same for the paper feed roller and the separation roller.
However, there is a one-way mechanism provided on the inside of the collar for the paper feed
roller while no one-way mechanism is provided for the separation roller collar, be careful not to
confuse one with the other.
[4]
[2]
[1]
1. Remove the pick-up roller Assy. (See P.15)

2. Remove the C-clip [1] of the pick-up roller Assy.
3. Slide two bearings [2] and remove the pick-up
[3]
a075f2c015ca
4. Remove the bearing [1] and pull out the pick-up

[2]
[1]
roller [2] from the shaft [3].
5. Remove the pick-up roller [2] from the collar [4].

6. Replace the pick-up roller.
[4]
[3]
a075f2c082ca
21
[1]
7. Remove the C-clip [1] and pull out the bearing/Fr

[2] from the shaft [3].
PB-501
8. Slide the bearing/Rr [4] and remove the paper

feed roller [5] together with the shaft [3].
[4] [5]
[2]
[3] a075f2c086ca
[1]
[3]
[2]
[2]

10. Pull out the paper feed roller [3] from the collar [2].
11. Replace the pick-up roller [3].
a075f2c087ca
[1]
Note
The external view of the collar is the same for
However, there is a one-way mechanism provided on the inside of the collar [1] for the
paper feed roller while no one-way mechanism is provided for the separation roller collar [2], be careful not to confuse one with the
other. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
a08rf2c010ca
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removalsteps in reverse.
22

2.3.3
Replacing the separation roller

Separation roller
PB-501
B. Procedure
[3]
1. Remove the separation roller assy. (See P.15)

2. Remove the C-clip [1] and remove the separation
[2]
[1]
a075f2c017ca
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
3. Pull out the gear [2], the collar [3] and the separation roller [4] from the shaft [1] in the direction of
the arrow.
4. Replace the separation roller [4].

steps in reverse.
Note
There is no big difference in appearance
between the two collars (one for the paper
feed roller, and the other one is for the sepa-
[6]
[5]
ration roller). However, they are different in

the inside. The collar [5] for the paper feed
roller has a one-way mechanism in it, and the
other one [6] does not. Make sure to attach
them correctly.
a075f2c018ca
23
2.3.4
Replacing the cover paper pick up clutch (MC71)/cover paper separation clutch (MC72)
PB-501
: Spot replacement (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
Cover paper separation clutch (MC72) : Spot replacement (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
feeds)
feeds)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the stopper screws, one each, attached

on the right and left rails of the cover paper tray
and pull out the tray. (See P.64)
2. Remove the five screws [1] and remove the clutch

cover [2].
[1]
[2]
a075f2c019ca
[4]
[2]
[3]
[5] [6]

4. Remove the two C-clips [2], and remove the cover
paper pick up clutch (MC71) [3] and the cover
paper separation clutch (MC72) [4].
Note
When reinstalling, be sure to insert the stopper [5] of the clutch over the tab [6] of the
metal frame.

steps in reverse.
[5]
[6]
[1]
a075f2c020ca
24
Maintenance procedure of the exit section
2.4.1
Replacing the sub tray exit solenoid (SD4)
Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4): Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000 prints) *1
*1
1050
B. Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
[7]
[4]
Remove the upper cover/Fr. (See P.38)

Remove the upper cover/Rr. (See P.38)
Remove the two screws [1], and remove the plate
[2].
5. Remove the six screws [3], and disconnect the

two connectors [4], [5].

7. Remove the screws of three portion for knobs [7],
[6]
[10]
and remove the knobs.
[11]
8. Remove the two screws [9], and remove the plate

[10].
[9]
9. Remove the six screws [8], and remove the conveyance unit [11].
Note
Be sure to place a support under the SC unit to
[8]
prevent contact between the paper entrance

guide and the stand.
[3]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[3]
a075f2c111ca
25
PB-501
2.4
10. Loosen the two screws each for the upper cover/
[2]
Rt [2], and remove the upper cover/Rt.
PB-501
[1]
a075f2c112ca
[2]

12. Remove the three screws [2], and remove the sub
[3]
tray exit solenoid Assy [3].
[1]
a075f2c113ca
13. Remove the two screws [1], and remove the sub
[1]
[2]
tray exit solenoid (SD4) [2].
a075f2c114ca
26
Note
When reinstalling the sub tray exit solenoid to
the plate, with the plunger [2] pulled, adjust
[2]
the position of the sub tray exit solenoid so

that the standard value can be obtain.
Standard value: a = 3.7 0.5 mm.
a075f2c115ca
When reinstalling the sub tray exit solenoid

with the plunger pulled, adjust the position of
the sub tray exit solenoid so that the standard
value can be obtained for the gap "a".
Standard value: a = 0 to 1.5 mm
a
a075f2c116ca
After reinstalling the conveyance unit, confirm
whether part "a" interferes. (upper door and

conveyance unit)
When it interferes, loosen four screws of the
upper cover/Rt, and fix at the position with
the upper door and upper cover/Rt.
a075f2c117ca
27
PB-501
[1]
PB-501
2.5
Maintenance procedure of the PB-501 main body
Caution
2.5.1
Replacing filter
Filter

*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Procedure
[2]
1. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the filter
[1]
cover [2].
a075f2c021ca
2. Remove the four magnets [1] and remove the filter

[2].

steps in reverse.
[2]
28
[1]
a075f2c022ca
Maintenance procedure of the glue tank section
2.6.1
Replacing the cover paper glue roller drive gear bearing
Cover paper glue roller drive gear bearing: Every 30,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every
6,000 hours) *1
*1
1050
*2
Cover paper glue roller drive gear bearing: Actual replacement cycle: every 6,000 hours *2
C6500
C. Procedure
1. Remove the glue tank unit. (See P.47)

2. Remove six screws [1] and remove the gear cover
[1]
/Lt [2].
[2]
[1]
a075f2c124ca
29
PB-501
2.6
3. Remove the screw [1] and remove the gear cover
[1]
/Rt [2].
PB-501
[2]
a075f2c125ca
[2]
4. Remove the E-ring [1] of the cover paper glue
[1]
roller drive gear /1 and the E-ring [2] of the cover

paper glue roller drive gear /2.
a075f2c126ca
5. Remove the bearing [1] of the cover paper glue

[3]
[4]
[5]
roller drive gear /1 and dislocate the cover paper

glue roller drive gear /1 [2].
6. Remove the bearing [3] of the cover paper glue

roller drive gear /2, the cover paper glue roller
drive gear /2 [4] and the bearing [5] of the cover
paper glue roller drive gear /2.
[1]
30
[2]
a075f2c127ca
Note
When reinstalling, be sure to adjust to the
positioning projections [2] (four places).
[2]
a075f2c128ca
8. Lift the glue tank [1] and remove the cover paper
[2]
[3]
[1]
glue roller /1 [2] and the bearing [3] of the cover

paper glue roller /1

steps in reverse.
a075f2c129ca
31
PB-501
7. Remove four screws [1].
[1]
PB-501
2.6.2
Lubricating the glue apply roller motor connecting gears
Glue apply roller motor connecting gears : Every 750,000 prints *1
*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Procedure

[1]
a075f2c091ca
3. Open the front door and move the glue tank unit
[3]
[4]
[1] frontward, then remove the two screws [2].

Note
When moving the glue tank unit, be sure to
hold it by the metal frame [3] on the right side
of the unit.
4. Remove the gear cover [4].
[2]
[1]
a075f2c092ca
32
5. Apply the multemp FF-RM to the glue apply roller
steps in reverse.
[1]
a075f2c093ca
33
PB-501
motor connecting gears [1].
2.7
Maintenance procedure of the clamp section
2.7.1
PB-501
Lubricating the clamp pressure plate shafts
Clamp pressure plate shafts : Every 750,000 prints *1

*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the clamp unit [1].

2. Apply plus guard No. 2 to the clamp pressure
plate shafts [2] (two places).
[2]
[1]
[2]
a075f2c122ca
34
Maintenance procedure of the book stock section
2.8.1
Lubricating the guide shaft/Rt and /Lt
PB-501
2.8
Guide shaft/Rt and /Lt

*1
1050
*2
C6500
B. Procedure
1. Apply plus guard No. 2 to the guide shaft/Rt and /

Lt [1] (four places).
[1]
a075f2c123ca
35
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
PB-501
3.1
No.
1
Section
Cover
Reference page
P.37
Upper cover/Fr
P.38
Upper cover/Rr
P.38
Upper cover/Lt
P.39
Rear cover
P.39
Left cover
P.40
Pellet supply cover
P.41
SC cover/Fr
P.42
SC cover/Lt
P.42
10
SC cover/Up
P.43
11
Book stock cover/Up
P.43
12
Book stock cover/Fr
P.44
13
Book stock cover/Rr
P.45
14
Pellet supply section
Pellet supply unit
P.46
15
Glue tank section
Glue tank unit
P.47
16
SC section
SC unit
P.51
17
Clamp section
Clamp unit
P.54
18
Book stock section
Book stock unit
P.56
Book lift wire
P.59
19
36
Part name
Front door
20
Conveyance section
Conveyance unit/Lw
P.63
21
Cover paper feed
Cover paper tray
P.64
22
section
Cover paper lift wire
P.67
Caution
3.2.1
A. Procedure
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]

2. Remove the screw [2] and release the wire [3].
3. Remove the two screws [4]. Slide the mounting
bracket [5] in the direction of the arrow and
remove the pin [6]. Then release the front door [1]
from the pin [7].

steps in reverse.
Note
When installing the wire [3], be sure to twist it
one turn in counter clockwise before securing
with a screw to prevent the wire from contacting with the tab.
[1]
[7]
a075f2c023ca
37
PB-501
3.2
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
3.2.2

Removing/reinstalling the upper cover/Fr
PB-501
A. Procedure
[1]
[5]
[3]
[2]
1. Open the front door [1] and the upper door [2].
2. Remove the seven screws [3].
3. Pull the left part of the upper cover/Fr [4] in the
direction of the arrow [5]. Then release the upper
cover/Fr from the projection [6] and disconnect it
from the connector [7].
Note
When reinstalling, be sure to properly put the
connector [7] under the upper cover/Fr [4] so
as not to let the cables get caught between
the cover and the frame.
[4]

steps in reverse.
[7]
3.2.3
[6]
a075f2c024ca
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover/Rr
A. Procedure
[3]

2. Remove the four screws [2] and then remove the
[1]
upper cover/Rr [3].

steps in reverse.
[2]
38
a075f2c025ca

3.2.4
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the upper cover/Lt
[1]
[2]
1. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the upper

cover/Lt [2].

steps in reverse.
a075f2c026ca
3.2.5
A. Procedure
[1]
1. Remove the eight screws [1] and then remove the
[2]
rear cover [2].

Note
When installing the rear cover, make sure to
attach the metal plates [3] to the bottom of
the rear cover.

steps in reverse.
[3]
a075f2c027ca
39
PB-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
3.2.6

Removing/reinstalling the left cover
PB-501
A. Procedure
[2]
[1]
left cover [2].

steps in reverse.
a075f2c028ca
40

3.2.7
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the pellet supply cover
A. Procedure
PB-501
1.
2.
3.
4.
[3]
Remove the upper cover/Lt. (See P.39)

Remove the three screws [1].
Open the pellet supply door [2]. Remove the pellet
supply cover [4] in the direction of the arrow [5]
carefully so as not to damage the wire binding [3].
Note
When removing/installing the glue supply
cover, be careful not to cut or damage the
wire binding [3].

[5]
[4]
steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
a075f2c029ca
41
3. OTHERS
3.2.8

Removing/reinstalling the SC cover/Fr
PB-501
A. Procedure
[1]
1. Remove the screw [1] and remove the SC cover/
[2]
Fr [2].

steps in reverse.
a075f2c030ca
3.2.9
Removing/reinstalling the SC cover/Lt
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
1. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the SC

cover/Lt [2].

steps in reverse.
a075f2c031ca
42

3.2.10
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the SC cover/Up
A. Procedure
PB-501
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
[4]

Remove the SC cover/Lt. (See P.42)
Remove the pellet supply cover. (See P.41)
Remove the SC cover/Fr. (See P.42)
Remove the four screws [1] and remove the SC
cover/Up [3] in the direction of the arrow [4] while
slightly lifting up the circled part [2].

[3]
[1]
[2]
3.2.11
[1]
steps in reverse.
a075f2c032ca
Removing/reinstalling the book stock cover/Up
A. Procedure

2. Slightly slide the book stock cover/Up [2] to the
[2]
left and then lift it a little. Disconnect the connector [3] and remove the book stock cover/Up [2].

steps in reverse.
[1]
[3]
a075f2c033ca
43
3. OTHERS
3.2.12

Removing/reinstalling book stock cover/Fr
A. Procedure
PB-501
1. Remove the front door. (See P.37)

2. Remove the book stock cover/Up. (See P.43)
3. Move the lever [1] up and pull out the cover paper
[8]
[5] [3]
[7]
tray [2].
[1]
4. Open the stacker door [5].

5. Remove 2 screws [3]
6. Tilt the upper part of the book stock cover/Fr [6]
[9]
to the left [7], and remove the built-in from the
[6] [4]
screws [4] avoiding the screw [8] and the arm [9].
[10]
Then pull the right edge in the direction of the

arrow [10] and remove the book stock cover/Fr
[6].
[2]
[12]
[11]
a075f2c034ca
44

3.2.13
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the book stock cover/Rr
[3]
[1]
[2]

2. Open the stacker door [2] and remove the book
stock cover/Rr [3].

steps in reverse.
[1]
a075f2c035ca
45
PB-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
3.2.14

Removing/installing the pellet supply unit
PB-501
A. Procedure
[4]
[2]
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Disconnect the three connectors [1].
Loosen the screw [2].
Remove the three screws [3] and remove the pellet supply unit [4] upward while releasing it from
the screw [2].
Note
When removing the unit, be careful not to spill
the pellet.

steps in reverse.
[3]
[1]
46
a075f2c036ca

Removing/installing the glue tank unit
Caution
the power switch (SW2) of the main body. To prevent burn injuries, leave the unit until it cools
enough before performing the maintenance work.
A. Procedure

2. Remove the upper cover/Rr. (See P.38)
3. Remove the screw [1] and disconnect the two
[2]
connectors [2], and remove suctionunit [3].

5. Remove the C-clip [5] and pull out the pin [6]
straight up to release the coupling arm [7].
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6] [7]
a075f2c118ca
47
PB-501
3.2.15
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
6. Remove the two screws [1] and then uncouple the
[1]
belt coupling bracket [2].
PB-501
[2]
a075f2c119ca
48
[2]
7. Pull out the glue tank unit [1] and remove the four
screws [2].
Note
When moving the glue tank unit, be sure to
hold it by the metal frame [3] on the right side
of the unit.
When removing the screw [2], be extremely
careful to avoid injury from sharp metal edges
around the screw.
[4]
[5]
8. Further pull out the glue tank unit [1].

9. Remove the glue tank unit from the rail [4].
[1]
steps in reverse.
Note
After installing the glue tank unit, make a test
print and binding to check that no glue is
squeezed out of the top and bottom edges of
the created book and no pages come off the
cover when opening the book.
[3]
a075f2c038ca
49
PB-501
[2]
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS

Note
[1]
Never loosen or tighten the two screws [1]
PB-501
because they are keeping the levelness and

vertical position of the glue tank unit.
a075f2c084ca
50

3.2.16
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the SC unit
[3]
[2]
1. Remove the upper cover/Fr. (See P.38)

2. Remove the upper cover/Rr. (See P.38)
3. Remove the upper cover/Lt. (See P.39)
5. Remove the left cover. (See P.40)
6. Remove the pellet supply cover. (See P.41)
7. Remove the SC cover/Fr. (See P.42)
8. Remove the SC cover/Lt. (See P.42)
9. Remove the SC cover/Up. (See P.43)
11. Remove the pellet supply unit. (See P.46)
12. Disconnect the five relay connectors [1].
13. Remove the wire binding [3] from the SC unit [2]
by releasing the wire binding from the saddles.
[1]
a075f2c040ca
51
PB-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
14. Remove the six screws [1].

PB-501
[1]
[3] and the knob [4]. Then remove the belt [5].
Note
After installing the belt [5], check that the lug
belt is properly engaging with the pulleys with
no slack and turns smoothly when the knob is
turned.
16. Hold the metal frames [6] on the rear and front
[6]
[7]
[1]
[5]
[6]
[4]
[3]
[2]
a075f2c041ca
52
side of the unit, and remove the SC unit [7] in the

direction of the arrow.
3. OTHERS
Note
[2] is released from the stopper [3]. Therefore,
when installing the SC unit, be sure to put the
lock arm [2] under the stopper [3] while lifting
and tilting the unit in the direction of the
arrow [4].

steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
[4] [3]
a075f2c042ca
53
PB-501
When the SC unit [1] is removed, the lock arm
3. OTHERS
3.2.17

Removing/installing the clamp unit
PB-501
A. Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
[2]

Remove the book stock cover/Up. (See P.43)
Remove the pellet supply unit. (See P.46)
Remove the connector (CN32) [1] and the two
connectors (CN73, and CN82) [2].
8. Remove the screw [3] and remove the grounding

terminal [4].
9. Remove the E-ring [5] and pull out the pin [6]
downward to release the coupling arm [7].
10. Disengage the saddles to release the wire binding

[8] that is heading toward the circuit board.
[1]
[5]
[7]
54
[6]
[8]
[4]
[3]
a075f2c043ca
3. OTHERS
[3]
11. Pull out the clamp unit [1] carefully watching the
wire binding and the coupling arm on the rear of
the unit.
lock bracket [3].
13. While lifting the clamp unit [1] by holding its left
and right metal frames [4], release the four cutouts
[5] from the hooks [6] and remove the clamp unit.
Note
When reinstalling the clamp unit, make sure
that the four hooks [6] are properly fitted in
the cutouts [5] of the unit.
[4]

steps in reverse.
Note
After installing the clamp unit, make a test
print and binding to check that the cover and
inside papers are neatly aligned without
skewing.
[1]
[5]
[6]
a075f2c044ca
55
PB-501
[2]
3. OTHERS
3.2.18

Removing/installing the book stock unit
PB-501
A. Procedure
[5]
[6]
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the front door. (See P.37)

Remove the book stock cover/Fr. (See P.44)
Remove the book stock cover/Rr. (See P.45)
Disconnect the connectors (illustrated as white
boxes) on the PB control board (PBCD) [1] and
[2]
the PB drive board (PBDB) [2].

Note
Do not disconnect the connectors that illustrated as the dark grey boxes on the PBCB [1]
and the PBDB [2]. The connectors illustrated
as the light grey boxes are reserved.
Disconnect the connector [4] from the connector (CN29) [3] when connecting the FD.
[1]
When not connecting the FD, the short plug is

connected to the connector (CN29).
Note that the both connectors, CN73 (white
[3]
[2]
wire binding) [5] and CN68 (yellow wire binding) [6] have six pins.

8. Release the wire binding from the saddles.
Note
When reinstalling, be sure to properly secure
the wire binding with saddles, especially
those routed over the coupling section [8] of
the unit so as not to damage the wires with
[8]
[4]
[7]
metal frames such as the cover.
9. Remove the screw [9] and remove the grounding

terminal [10].
[9]
[10]
a075f2c056ca
56
3. OTHERS

PB-501
[1]
[1]
a075f2c057ca
57
3. OTHERS
[3]
[2]
[1]
11. Slightly open the front side of the book stock unit
[3] leftward [1] to release the unit from the two
PB-501
pins [2] on the far side, and then separate the unit
from the main body.
Note
The casters of the book stock unit [3] are
installed at only two positions on the left side
of the unit. The main body side of the unit is
supported by the two metal plates [4] protruded from lower left of the main body.
Because of this, be sure to support the unit by
hand while separating the unit to avoid the
right bottom [5] of the unit falling down. When
you release your hand from the unit, be sure
to put some support under the right bottom of
the unit.
When installing the book stock unit, put the
right bottom of unit [5] on the metal plates [4]
before engaging the two pins [2].
[2]
[5]
[4]
a075f2c058ca

steps in reverse.
58

3.2.19
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the book lift wire
[2]
[3]
1. Carry out the I/O check in service mode in the
[3]
order below of output check code, and turn off

the power switch (SW2) and the main power
switch (SW1) after moving the carriage section to
its lowest position.
[1]
[1]
1050:"75-55", "75-45", "75-58", "75-61"

C6500:"77-55", "77-45", "77-58", "77-61"
[5]
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
[6]
Remove the front door. (See P.37)

Remove the book stock cover/Fr. (See P.44)
Remove the book stock cover/Rr. (See P.45)
Remove the three screws [1] and remove the four
mounting brackets [2] on the front and rear of the
book stock unit.
Note
When reinstalling, route the book lift wire/Fr
[3] and /Rr [4] between the two [1] screws and
one [1] screw, and secure them with the
mounting brackets [2].
7. Loosen the two screws [6] of the tension bracket/
[4]
Fr [5].
Note
When installing the tension bracket/Fr [5], be
sure to tighten the screws [6] while pulling the
[1]
[1]
bracket downward by the specified tension.

Specification value: 5kgf
8. Loosen the two screws [8] of the tension bracket/

Rr [7].
[8]
[7]
[2]
a075f2c059ca
Note
When installing the tension bracket/Rr [7], be
sure to tighten the screws [8] while pulling the
bracket downward by the specified tension.
Specification value: 5kgf
59
PB-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
9. Remove the E-ring [1], pulley [2], pin [3], and the
[11]
wire end [4]. Then remove the book lift wire/Fr [5].
PB-501
[4]
Note
[2]
Install the book lift wire/Fr [5] following the

procedure below.
[1]
[5]
Route the wire so that it comes out of the

lower right [6] of the pulley [2].
Loop the wire over the pulley [7], then loop it
[3]
over the [8], [9], [10] pulleys in that order.

Then wind the wire six times counterclockwise [11] over the pulley [2], and put the wire
end [4] into the pulley.
[7]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[10]
a075f2c060ca
60
3. OTHERS
[5]
[3]
10. Remove the E-ring [1], then remove the washers

[2] and [3], spring [4], and gear [5].
PB-501
11. Remove the coupling [6] and the pin [7].
[2]
[4]
[1]
[6]
[7]
a075f2c061ca
61
3. OTHERS
12. Remove the E-ring [1], pulley [2], pin [3], and the
[2] [1]
[3]
wire end [4]. Then remove the book lift wire/Rr [5].
PB-501
[4]
Note
Install the book lift wire/Rr [5] following the
[5]
procedure below.
Route the wire so that it comes out of the
lower left [6] of the pulley [2].
[11]
Loop the wire over the pulley [7], then loop it
[7]
over the [8], [9], [10] pulleys in that order.

Then wind the wire six times counterclockwise [11] over the pulley [2], and put the wire
[5]
end [4] into the pulley.
[6]
steps in reverse.
[9]
[8]
[10]
a075f2c062ca
62

3.2.20
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the conveyance unit/Lw
[7]
1. Disconnect the three connectors [1] and release
[5] [7]
the wire binding from the six saddles.
2. Remove the screw [2] and slide the coupling [3] in

the arrow-marked direction.
[4]
[4]
3. Remove the five screws [4].

4. Release the conveyance unit/Lw [6] from the
hooks [5] and remove the unit.
Note
When installing the conveyance unit/Lw,
[6]
[1]
insert the hooks [5] into the holes [7] of the

unit.

steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
a075f2c063ca
63
PB-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
PB-501
3.2.21

Removing/reinstalling the cover paper tray
Caution
As the cover paper tray is very heavy, the following work should be performed by two people.
Note
When lifting the cover paper tray, be sure to hold it by the specified positions. Not doing so may
cause damage to the cover paper tray or may result in a paper jam.
A. Procedure

2. Unlock the cover paper tray [3] by lightly pushing
up the cover paper tray lock lever [2] with a
screwdriver or a similar tool, and pull out the cover
paper tray [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
64
a075f2c064ca
3. OTHERS
3. Remove the two stopper screws [2], one for each

right and left rail [1] and further pull out the cover
[2]
PB-501
paper tray.
[1]
a075f2c065ca
65
3. OTHERS
4. Remove the four screws [1], two for each left and
right rail, hold the cover paper tray [2] by the
PB-501
specified positions [5], and remove it straight up.

Note
When installing the cover paper tray, make
sure that the four knobs [3] on the rails are
properly fitted in the cutouts [4] of the cover
paper tray.
When lifting the cover paper tray, be sure to
hold it by the specified positions [5] by two
[5]
[1]
[6] [2]
people.
Do not hold the part indicated with [6] as the
part can easily become deformed, which
adversely affects paper feed resulting in a
paper jam.

steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
[1]
[5]
[4]
a075f2c066ca
66

3.2.22
3. OTHERS
Removing/reinstalling the cover paper tray lift wire
1. Remove the cover paper tray. (See P.64)

2. Remove the six screws [1].
[2]
front cover [3] of the cover paper tray.
[1]
[1]
[3]
a075f2c067ca
67
PB-501
A. Procedure
3. OTHERS
[5]
[3]
[2]
4. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the knob [2]
[1]
and the belt [3].
PB-501
5. Remove the six screws [4] and remove the gear

cover [5].
[4]
a075f2c068ca
[1]
a075f2c069ca
[3]
7. Slide the pulley [1], and pull out the wire ends of
[2]
the lift wire/Fr1 [2] and /Fr2 [3] from each hole of
the shaft [4].
Note
[1]
The wire end of the shorter wire, lift wire/Fr2

[3], must be inserted into the shaft hole near
the frame of the cover paper tray.
The other shaft hole near the pulley is for the
lift wire/Fr1 [2].
Make sure to put the wire ends into the correct shaft holes.
[4]
a075f2c070ca
When installing the pulley, lift the cover paper

lift plate slightly to give slack to the wires and
insert the wire ends one by one into the shaft
holes. Then secure them with the pulley [1].
68
3. OTHERS
8. Remove the two E-rings [1] and remove the two

wire covers [2].
9. Remove the cover paper lift wires/Fr1 [4] and /Fr2

[5] from the each pulley [3].
[4]
[1]
[5]
[3]
Note
When installing the wires, make sure that the
wires are properly routed inside the wire covers [2] and are not crossed each other.
[4]
[5]
a075f2c071ca
10. Pull out the each wire end [2] through each hole of
the cover paper lift plate arm [1].
Note
When pulling out the wire, pull it out carefully
so as not to damage it with sharp metal
edges.
[2]
[1]
a075f2c072ca
69
PB-501
[2]
3. OTHERS
11. Remove the six screws [1] and remove the gear
PB-501
cover [2].
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
a075f2c073ca
[3]
[2]

Note
drop and lose the bearing [3].
[1]
70
a075f2c074ca
3. OTHERS
[4]
13. Remove the bearing [1] and the E-ring [2], and
then remove the gear [3].
Note
drop and lose the pin [4].
[1]
[2]
a075f2c075ca
[1]
Note
drop and lose the bearing [3].
[3]
[2]
[1]
a075f2c076ca
[3]

Note
drop and lose the pin [3].
[2]
a075f2c077ca
71
PB-501
[3]
3. OTHERS
[1]
[2]

17. Pull out the cover paper lift wire/Rr1 [2] and /Rr2
[3]
PB-501
[3] from the shaft holes in the same manner as

step 7.
a075f2c078ca
[2]
18. Remove the cover paper lift wire/Rr1 [1] and /Rr2
[1]
[2] in the same manner as step 8 to 10.

steps in reverse.
Note
When pulling out the wire end [3] of the cover
paper lift wire/Rr2 [2], lift the cover paper lift
plate until the cover paper lift plate arm [4]
appears.
The wire /Fr is grey colored and the wire /Rr is
black colored.
[3]
When the installation is completed, make
[4]
sure that the lift plate is horizontal.
a075f2c079ca
72
Procedure of bookbind mode that uses manual operation function
When the problem occurs at the clamp section or cover table section, the bookbinding can beconfirmed by
the manual operation.
Note
Disconnect the CN5 on PB control board (PRCB) after checking. (State of manual operation prohibition)
A. Procedure

2. Connect the CN5 on PB control board (PBCB).
3. Reinstall the book stock cover/Up.
[1]
a075f2c120ca
[1]
[2]
[3]
4.
5.
6.
7.
Press the button/1 [1].

Open the front door, and pull out the clamp unit.
Set the book body paper into a clamp unit.
Set the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr by manually to the short edge side of book body paper.
8. Press the button/2 [2].

9. Insert the clamp unit.
Note
Insert the clamp unit gently. If set it strongly,
the clamp alignment plates may open and the
book body paper becomes uneven.
10. Close the front door.

11. Press the button/3 [3].
Note
a075f2c121ca
Disconnect the CN5 on PB control board

(PBCB) after checking.
73
PB-501
3.2.23
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
3.2.24

Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection board/1 (MFDTB71) and /2 (MFDTB72)
PB-501
Note
When replacing the multi feed detection board/1 (MFDTB/71), be sure to replace the multi feed
detection board/2 (MFDTB/72) at the same time.
When the multi feed detection board is replaced, be sure to conduct the adjustment in replacing
multi feed detection board (See "10.7.6 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board
(PB)" in Field Service for the main body.)
A. Procedure
1. Remove the conveyance unit/Lw [1]. (See P.63)

2. Remove the two screws [2] and remove the multi
[1]
feed detection board/1 (MFDTB71) cover [3].
[2]
[3]
[1]
a075f2c095ca

[2]
feed detection board/1 (MFDTB71) [3].
[3]
74
a075f2c096ca
3. OTHERS

PB-501
feed detection board/2 (MFDTB72) cover [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
a075f2c097ca

[2]
feed detection board/2 (MFDTB72) [3].

steps in reverse.
[3]
a075f2c098ca
75
3. OTHERS
B. Notes to keep in mind when installing the multi feed detection board/1 (MFDTB71) and /2
PB-501
(MFDTB72)
The multi feed detection boards/1 (MFDTB/
[2]
71) and /2 (MFDTB/72) are installed on the

same type board. Be careful not to confuse
one with the other when installing them.
Be sure to confirm the marking on the board
when installing it.
Multi feed detection board/1 (MFDTB/1)
[1] : 56UA
Multi feed detection board/2 (MFDTB/2)
[2] : 15AG
The connector shape is different for the multi
feed detection boards/1 (MFDTB/71) and /2
(MFDTB/72). Therefore if installed it mistak-
[1]
76
a075f2c099ca
enly, the connector cannot be connected.
PB-501
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
Clamp sub scan direction alignment adjustment
Carry out this adjustment when the following conditions occur.
The fore edges near the top or the bottom of the book do not line up perfectly.
The pages come off from the cover paper near the top or the bottom of the book due to insufficient gluing
to the spine of inside papers.
Misalignment of the pages in the sub scan direction is caused by an improper gap between the reference plate
and the sub scan alignment plate. To correct the misalignment, perform " Clamp FD Position Adj. (Perfect
Binder Adjustment)" in Service Mode Finisher Adjustment Perfect Binding Machine Adjustment. (Refer to
P.452 in Field Service for the main body)
77
A. Procedure
[3]
1. Remove the SC cover/Fr. (See P.42)

3. Adjust the position of the sub scan alignment
[1]
PB-501
[2]
plate by moving the clamp entrance assy [2] in the

direction of the arrow [4] or [5] to change the
installation position of the clamp entrance assy
against the coupling bracket [3].
Note
When moving the clamp entrance assy, be
sure to hold down the coupling bracket [3] as
the assy is heavy and hard to slide.
Adjust the position as described below.
([6] shows the books exit direction);
a. To correct the misalignment near the bottom
[5]
[4]
side [7] (front side when inside papers alignment is performed): Move the clamp entrance
assy [2] in the direction of the arrow [4] to
make the gap at the front side narrower.
b. To correct the misalignment near the top side
[8] (rear side when inside papers alignment is
performed): Move the clamp entrance assy [2]
in the direction of the arrow [5] to make the
gap at the front side wider.
When moving the clamp entrance assy [2] in
the direction of the arrow [5], the misalign-
[7]
[8]
ment of the inside papers occurs at both the

top and bottom sides. To correct the mis-
Top
alignment, perform after performing this
[6]
adjusment " Clamp FD Position Adj. (Perfect

Binder Adjustment)" in Service Mode Finisher Adjustment Perfect Binding Machine
Bottom
Adjustment. (See P.452)

a075f3c014ca
4. After performing the adjustment, make a test print

and binding to check that the inside papers are
perfectly lined up in the sub scan direction.

steps in reverse.
78
Clamp main scan direction alignment adjustment
Carry out this adjustment when the following conditions occur.
The top and bottom edges of inside papers do not line up and it cannot be corrected even after performing
"Clamp section CD alignment width adjustment" and "SC section CD alignment width adjustment" in the
service mode.
The cover and the inside papers are not aligned.
Note
The misalignment of cover and inside papers can also be adjusted in "4.10 Cover paper alignment
plate adjustment" and "4.12 Cover paper table positioning". (See P.90, P.92)
A. Procedure
[2]
[4]
1. Pull out the clamp unit.

2. Move the clamp alignment plates/Fr [1] and /Rr [2]
[1]
inward as far as they will go [3].

Note
Be sure to hold the both clamp alignment
plates/Fr [1] and /Rr [2], and move them
slowly to maintain the proper engagement of
the belt and the pulleys.
3. Loosen the two screws [4] and adjust the position

of the clamp alignment plates/Fr [1] and /Rr [2] by
moving them back and forth.
[3]
[6]
[7]
Note
Top
([5] shows the books exit direction);
[5]
a.When top edge of cover paper runs off that of

inside papers [6]: Move the clamp alignment
plates/Fr [1] and /Rr [2] backward by the same
distance.
Bottom
b. When bottom edge of cover paper runs off that

a075f3c015ca
of inside papers [7]: Move the clamp alignment

plates/Fr [1] and /Rr [2] frontward by the same
distance.
When moving the two clamp alignment plates
in the same direction, always move them by
the same distance.

and binding to check that the top and bottom
edges of inside papers are perfectly lined up and
the cover edges neatly align with edges of inside
papers.

steps in reverse.
79
PB-501
4.2
4.3
Pellet supply arm angle adjustment
PB-501
Carry out the adjustment when the following conditions occur.
The pellet is supplied to the tank improperly and it spills out of the tank.
The pellet supply arm contacts with the other parts when the arm is in its home position.
Note
Be sure to turn Off the power switch (SW2) and the main power switch (SW1) of the main body in
advance.
A. Procedure
[8] [3]
[4]
[2] [1]
[5]

3. Adjust the home position of the pellet supply arm
by moving the mounting plate [3] of the pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39) [2] referring to
the engraved lines [4] on the mounting plate.
a. Move the mounting plate in the direction of the
arrow [5] to make the pellet supply arm [6]
home position become closer to the glue tank
[7].
b. Move the mounting plate in the direction of the
arrow [8] to make the pellet supply arm [6]
home position become further from the glue
tank [7].
Note
Adjust the position of the pellet supply arm so
that it stops in the center of the glue tank: A
when the arm comes to the supply position.
Do not move the mounting plate excessively
to avoid contact with the other parts.
[13][9] [10] [11]
[8] [12]

5. Adjust the pellet supply position by moving the
mounting plate [10] of the pellet supply arm upper
limit sensor (PS38) [9] referring to the engraved
lines [11] on the mounting plate.
a. Move the mounting plate in the direction of the
arrow [12] to make the angle range of the pellet
supply arm [6] become narrower.
b. Move the mounting plate in the direction of the
arrow [13] to make the angle range of the pellet
supply arm [6] become wider.
[7]
80
[6]
a075f3c016ca
Note
that the distance between the arm and the
edge of the metal frame is 10 mm 2 mm: B
when the arm comes to the home position.
Do not move the mounting plate excessively
to avoid contact with the other parts.
6. Turn on the main power switch (SW1) and the

power switch (SW2).
7. Carry out the output check "75-43" *1 or "77-43"

A
a075f2c089ca
*2 of I/O check in the service mode to detect the

home position of the pellet supply arm and check
if the home position is appropriate.
*1 1050
*2 C6500
8. Move the pellet supply arm to the pellet supply

position using the output check "75-44"*1 or "77-
B= 10 0.2mm
44" *2 of I/O check in the service mode and check

if the pellet supply position is appropriate.
*1 1050
*2 C6500
Note
For restrictions or cautions of the output
check "75-44", refer to the I/O check mode.
(Refer to "10.7.1 I/O Check Mode" in Field
Service for the main body)
a075f2c090ca
9. When the test result is not good, turn off the

power switch (SW2) and the main power switch
(SW1) and repeat steps 2 to 8.

steps in reverse.
81
PB-501
Adjust the position of the pellet supply arm so
4.4
Glue apply roller gap adjustment
PB-501
This adjusts the gap between the metal surface of the glue apply roller and the spine of inside papers. Changing
the gap allows you to adjust the amount of glue applied to the spine.
Note
Reference values: The thickness of glue layer formed on the roller is about 1.5 mm with the gap of
1 mm.
Caution
the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
To prevent burn injuries, make sure to leave the unit until it cools enough before performing the
adjustment.
A. Procedure

2. Loosen the two screws [1] and adjust the stopper
[1]
[2] position by moving it up and down referring to

the engraved lines [3].
Note
Raising the stopper brings the glue apply
roller
upward
making
the
gap
become
smaller, which decreases the amount of glue

applied.
Lowering the stopper brings the glue apply
roller down making the gap become larger,
[2]
which increases the amount of glue applied.
[3]
Do not lower the stopper excessively. Too

much gap causes the glue application to fail.
When raising or lowering the stopper, be sure
to maintain its horizontal state.

and binding to check that the amount of glue
applied to the book spine is appropriate.

steps in reverse.
a075f3c017ca
82
4.5
Cover paper glue roller gap adjustment
This adjusts the gap between the surface of the cover paper glue roller (metal roller) and the spine of inside
PB-501
papers. Changing the gap allows you to adjust the glue amount applied to the book spine.
Note
Reference values: The gap between the cover paper glue roller and the spine is about 1.5 mm.
Caution
the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
To prevent burn injuries, make sure to leave the unit until it cools enough before performing the
adjustment.
A. Procedure
[5]
1. Open the front door and move the glue tank unit
[2] frontward.
Note
Be sure to hold the glue tank unit by its right
arm [1].
2. Loosen the screw [3] and adjust the stopper [4]

position by moving it up and down referring to the
engraved lines [5].
[4]
[2]
Note
The stopper has a scale marked at 1mm interval, and the right and left scales shift 0.5 mm
vertically. When adjusting it, be sure to move
it by 1 mm and check the position.
When raising or lowering the stopper, be sure
to maintain its horizontal state.
Raising the stopper brings the cover paper
glue roller closer to the book spine and it
makes the scraped-off glue amount larger,
which reduces the glue amount applied to the
book spine.
[3]
[1]
a075f3c029ca
The applied glue is thin and the cover doesn't

stick to the book body.
Lowering the stopper increases the glue
amount applied to the book spine (the gap
between the cover paper glue roller and the
spine increases).
The applied glue is thick and makes extra gluing.
Raising the stopper reduces the glue amount
applied to the book spine (the gap between
the cover paper glue roller and the spine
decreases).

and binding to check that the glue amount
applied to the book spine is appropriate.
83
4.6
Glue tank movement rail tilt adjustment
PB-501
This adjusts the parallelism of the glue tank movement rail with respect to the spine of inside papers. Perform
this when glue is not applied uniformly on the spine, especially when amount of glue applied is different between
the top and bottom side of the book.
A. Procedure
1. Loosen the three screws [2] of the bracket/Rt [1].

2. Loosen the two screws [4] of the bracket/Lt [3].
3. Move the brackets/Rt [1] and /Lt [3] up and down
[1]
by turning the screws [7] and [8] to adjust the
[5]
height of the glue tank movement rails/Rt [9] and /

Lt [10] referring to the engraved lines [5] and [6] on
the brackets/Rt and /Lt.
[2]
Note
Be sure to turn the screws [7] and [8] by the
[9]
same amount so that the brackets/Rt [1] and /

Lt [2] are moved by the same amount.
When the glue applied to the spine gets lower
toward the bottom side, lower the brackets/
[3]
[7]
Rt [1] and /Lt [2].

and binding to check that the glue is applied to
the book spine uniformly.
[10]
[4]
[6]
[8]
a075f3c020ca
84
Cover paper folding plate nipping adjustment
This adjusts the position of the cover paper folding plate/Lt to apply pressure to the cover paper. Perform this
adjustment when the cover paper is not folded at the right angle (when the book spine inclines).
A. Procedure
[3]
[6]
[4]
1. Turn the knob [1] to move the cover paper alignment plate/Fr [2] backward.
2. Loosen the screw [3] and adjust the actuator [6]

position of the cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Lt (PS49) [5] by moving the actuator right- or
leftward referring to the engraved lines [4].
Note
([7] shows the book exit direction);
a. When the book spine inclines as [8]:
[1]
[2]
[5]
Move the actuator [6] leftward.

b. When the book spine inclines as [9]:
Move the actuator [6] rightward.

and binding to check that the book spine ends
form right angle and no inside papers come off
from the cover paper.
Note
At the test print, print more than 50 sheets, or
you cannot check the book spine.
[7]
[8]
[9]
a075f3c021ca
85
PB-501
4.7
4.8
Cover paper folding plate parallel adjustment
PB-501
This adjusts the parallelism between the cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt. Perform the adjustment when the
book spine corners are not uniformly formed from the top and the bottom.
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
1. Remove the cover paper tray. (See P.64)

cover/Rt [2].
[1]
a075f3c022ca
86
[8]
3. Loosen the four screws [1].

4. Put a hand from under the cover paper tray sec-
[1]
tion and turn the knob [2] to move the cover paper
folding plate/Rt [3] and /Lt [4] so that the gap
between them becomes a few millimeters [5].
5. Slowly turn the knob [2] in reverse until the cover

paper folding plate/Rt [3] and /Lt [4] contact each
other without any gap at the both front side [6]
and rear side [7].
[7]
Note
Make sure that the pressure drive plate/Rt [8]
does not run on the pressure assist plate [9].
Do not turn the knob [2] too much. Doing so
brings the plates into pressure-applying state
making the position adjustment impossible.
6. Loosen the four screws [1].

and binding to check that the book spine ends are
forming right angle from the top and the bottom.
[6]

steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
a075f3c023ca
87
PB-501
[9]
4.9
Cover paper table up down belt adjustment
PB-501
Perform the adjustment when the following conditions occur.
The cover paper table up down drive system does not synchronize successfully.
The front and rear cover paper table belts do not synchronize smoothly.
A. Check point
[2]
Check that the pin [1] is placed on the center of the

central sector of the gear [2].
When the pin is out of the center, perform the following adjustment.
[1]
a075f3c030ca
88

3. Move the gear [2] to the right [3] and remove the
pin [4].

5. Move the gear [2] to the left [6] and install the Ering [1].
6. Turn on the main power switch (SW1) and the

power switch (SW2) to let the system perform the
initial operation.
[5] [4]
[2]
[1]
[3]
7. Insert the pin [4], adjust the gear [2] so that it

aligns with the gear inside, and slide the gear [2]
to the right.
8. Install the E-ring [5]

9. Install the rear cover
[6]
[2]
[1]
a075f3c024cb
89
PB-501
B. Procedure
4.10 Cover paper alignment plate adjustment

PB-501
This adjusts the position of the cover paper alignment plate/Fr in the main scan direction and its perpendicularity
against the main scan direction. Perform the adjustment when the cover paper and the inside papers are vertically or relatively misaligned.
Note
The misalignment of cover and inside papers can also be adjusted in "4.2 Clamp main scan direction alignment adjustment" and "4.12 Cover paper table positioning". (See P.79, P.92)
A. Procedure
[8]
[7]
1. Loosen the screw [1] and [2].

2. Adjust the position and angle of the cover paper
alignment plate/Fr [9] by moving the mounting
[1]
brackets/Rt [5] and /Lt [6] frontward [7] and backward [8] referring to the engraved lines [3] and [4].
[5]
[3]
Note
Do not move the mounting bracket/Lt [6]
excessively, or the plate contacts with the
[2] [6]
gear [10].
[4]
Perform the adjustment as described below.

a. When the cover paper runs off the top edge of
inside papers [12]: Move the mounting brackets/Rt [5] and /Lt [6] frontward [7] by the same
[8]
[7]
distance.
b. When the cover paper runs off the bottom
edge of inside papers [13]: Move the mounting
brackets/Rt [5] and /Lt [6] backward [8] by the
same distance.
c. When the three edges of cover paper misalign
with those of inside papers [14]: Move the
mounting bracket/Rt [5] backward [8] and
move the mounting bracket/Lt [6] frontward
[7].
[10]
[9]
[12]
Top
d. When the three edges of cover paper misalign
[13]
with those of inside papers [15]: Move the

mounting bracket/Rt [5] frontward [7] and
move the mounting bracket/Lt [6] backward
[8].
[11]
Bottom
and binding to check that the cover paper is

neatly aligned with the inside papers.
[14]
[15]
a075f3c025ca
90
4.11 Roller cutter skew adjustment

PB-501
Perform the adjustment when the roller cutter trims the cover paper askew.
A. Procedure
[2]
1. Remove the cover paper waste box.

metal frame [2].
[1]
[5]
a075f3c026ca
[4]
the roller cutter assy [3] by moving it rightward [4]

and leftward [5] referring to the engraved lines [2].
Note
When the length of the back cover is shorter
than that of the front cover at the bottom side:
Move the roller cutter assy [3] rightward [4].
When the length of the back cover is longer
than that of the front cover at the bottom side:
Move the roller cutter assy [3] leftward [5].
[2]
[1]
[3]
a075f3c027ca

trimmed correctly.

steps in reverse.
91
4.12 Cover paper table positioning

PB-501
This adjusts the relative position between the clamp unit and the cover table unit in the main scan direction. Perform the adjustment when the cover paper is vertically misaligned with the inside papers.
Note
The misalignment can also be corrected in "4.2 Clamp main scan direction alignment adjustment"
and "4.10 Cover paper alignment plate adjustment". (See P.79, P.90)
A. Procedure
[3]
[2]
[5]
[4]
1. Loosen the three screws [1].

2. Adjust the position of the positioning pin/Fr [3] by
moving it forward [4] and backward [5] referring to
the engraved lines [2].
Note
a. When the cover paper runs off the top edge of
inside papers [7]: Move the positioning pin/Fr
[3] backward [5].
b. When the cover paper runs off the bottom
edge of inside papers [8]: Move the positioning pin/Fr [3] frontward [4].
[1]

neatly aligned with the inside papers.
[7]
[8]
Top
[6]
Bottom
a075f3c028ca
92
4.13 Cover paper tray pick-up adjustment

PB-501
Perform the adjustment when no feed from the cover paper tray occurs frequently.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the cover paper tray.

2. Remove all remaining cover papers from the cover
paper tray.

4. Push the stopper [3] in the direction of arrow with
the release lever [2] retracted, and secure the
stopper [3] with the screw [1].
Note
After finishing the adjustment, loosen the
screw [1] and retighten it after releasing the
stopper [3].
5. Install the cover paper tray, and pull out the tray
again after the cover paper lift plate has lifted to
the upper limit, which can be judged by the operating sound of the cover paper lift motor.

on the right and left rails and pull the cover paper
tray further out. (See P.64)
[2]
[1]
[3]
a075f3c001ca

[1]
[2]
cover paper feed cover [2].
a075f3c002ca
93
[1]
8. Pull the plunger [2] of the pick-up solenoid [1] and
[2]
measure the gap between the pick-up roller [3]
PB-501
and the cover paper lift plate [4] with a thickness

gauge.
Measured value A = 0.1 to 1.5 mm
If the measured value falls outside the specified
range, perform step 9 and the steps that follow.

Note
Before loosening the screw, be sure to mark
off the position of the pick-up solenoid [1] by
[5]
[6]
drawing a line [6].
10. With the plunger [2] pulled, adjust the position of

the pick-up solenoid [1] so that the gap between
the pick-up roller [3] and the cover paper lift plate
[4] falls into the specified range.
11. Tighten the screw [5] and fasten the pick-up solenoid [1].
12. Load cover papers on the cover paper tray and

close the tray.
13. Make a test print and binding selecting the perfect

binding as the binding method and the PB cover
[3]
paper tray as the cover feeder. Check that the no

feed error does not occur.

steps in reverse.
[4]
a075f3c003ca
94
This adjusts the vertical position of the cover paper pick-up roller. Changing the roller position changes the vertical gap between the top paper surface on the tray and the bottom surface of the cover paper feed roller. Perform this adjustment when no-feed, crimp of leading edge, or paper jam occurs frequently when feeding the
cover papers from the cover paper tray, or when curled cover papers need to be used.
Note
With this adjustment, cover paper pick-up ability changes accordingly. When the adjustment is
completed, make sure to perform the cover paper feed pick-up amount adjustment to check the
pick-up amount.
A. Procedure

paper tray.

4. Push the stopper [3] in the direction of arrow with
the release lever [2] retracted, and secure the
Note
After performing the adjustment, loosen the
stopper [3].

on the right and left rails and pull the cover paper
tray further out. (See P.64)
[2]
[1]
[3]
a075f3c004ca
95
PB-501
4.14 Cover paper tray pick-up roller height adjustment

cover paper feed cover [2].
PB-501
[1]
[2]
[1]
a075f3c005ca
8. Check that the actuator [1] of the pick-up roller
[2]
assy is aligned with the center [3] of the cover

paper tray upper limit sensor (PS74) [2].
9. Remove the pick-up roller assy [4]. (See P.15)
[3]
[4]
96
a075f3c006ca
[3]
10. Mark off the position of the cover paper tray upper
[1]
limit sensor mounting plate [1] by drawing a line

[2].
11. Remove the two screws [3] and temporarily install

the cover paper upper limit sensor mounting plate
[1] with the screws through the elongated screw
holes [4].
12. Make vertical adjustments of the cover paper

upper limit sensor mounting plate [1] and fasten it
with the screws [3].
[4]
Note
Be sure to install the cover paper tray upper
[1]
limit sensor mounting plate [1] so that it

keeps in a horizontal position.
Reference
Raising the position of the cover paper tray
upper limit sensor brings the pick-up roller [5]
down (increases the vertical gap [7] between
the cover paper feed roller [6] and the pick-up
roller [5]).
Lowering the position of the cover paper tray
upper limit sensor brings the pick-up roller [5]
up (reduces the vertical gap [7] between the
[3]
[6]
[5]
cover paper feed roller [6] and the pick-up

roller [5]).
When crimp of leading edge or paper jam
occurs, or when curled cover papers (concave curl) need to be used, raise the cover
paper tray upper limit sensor mounting plate.
When feeding warped cover papers (convex
[7]
curl), lower the cover paper tray upper limit

sensor mounting plate.
a075f3c007ca
13. Reinstall the pick-up roller assy.

Note
Be sure to install the cover paper tray upper
limit sensor mounting plate [1] so that it
keeps in a horizontal position.

close the tray.

binding as the binding method and PB cover
paper tray as the cover feeder. Check that the
errors do not occur. If the errors still occur, repeat
steps 9 to15.
16. Check the cover paper tray pick-up adjustment.

(See P.93)

steps in reverse.
97
PB-501
[2]
4.15 Cover paper tray separation pressure adjustment

PB-501
Perform this adjustment when no-feed or multi-feed from the cover paper tray occurs frequently.
Note
A no-feed error tends to occur in low temperature environment, while a multi-feed error does in
high temperature environment. Perform this adjustment with this in mind.
An excessive adjustment may result in just reversing the symptom between the no-feed and multifeed.
A. Procedure

2. Change the position of the spring adjustment
lever [1]. Slide the lever in the direction indicated
with [2] to increase the separation pressure. Slide
it in the direction indicated with [3] to reduce the
separation pressure.
Reducing pressure: lowers multi-feed jam rate.
Increasing pressure: lowers no-feed jam rate.
Reference
The spring force changes in increments of
about 10%.
[1]
3. Set the cover paper tray.

paper tray as the cover feeder. Check that nofeed errors or multi-feed errors do not occur.
5. If the errors still occur, repeat steps 1 to 4.
[2]
[3]
a075f3c008ca
98
4.16 Cover paper tray centering adjustment

PB-501
Perform this adjustment when the deviation between the cover paper and the inside papers is out of spec.
Specification value:0 1 mm or less (aligned edges), 0 1.5 mm or less (trimmed edges)
A. Procedure
[1]

paper tray as the cover feeder. Check how much
the cover paper misaligns with the inside papers.

paper tray.
4. When the cover paper guides [1] are set at the

small size position, extend them.

6. Move the cover paper guides [1] and adjust the
center position based on the misalignment
amount checked at step 1, referring to the mark-
[2]
ing-off line [3].
7. Tighten the two screws [2].

close the tray.

paper tray as the cover feeder. Check that the
misalignment amount falls into the specified
range.
Specification value: 0 1 mm or less (aligned edges)
[3]
0 1.5mm or less (trimmed

a075f3c009ca
edges)
10. If the value falls outside the range, repeat the

steps 2 to 9.
99
PB-501
4.17 Cover paper tray lift plate horizontal adjustment

A. Procedure

paper tray.

4. Push the stopper [3] in the direction of the arrow
with the release lever [2] retracted, and secure the
Note
After performing the adjustment, loosen the
stopper [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
a075f3c010ca
100
[1]
6. Check if the cover paper lift plate [3] is placed horizontally using the engraved lines on the near side
[1] and the far side [2] of the tray. If the plate is not
horizontal, perform step 7 and the steps that follow.
[3]
a075f3c011ca
101
PB-501
[2]
7. Remove the six screws [1] of the cover paper tray
[2]
front cover [3].
PB-501

cover paper tray front cover [3].
[3]
[1]
[1]
a075f3c012ca
102
for the smallest paper size.
11. Remove the screw [3] and tighten it through the

elongated screw hole [4] temporarily.
12. Loosen the screw [5] while supporting the pulley
[9]
mounting plate [6] by hand, and correct the tilt of

the cover paper lift plate [8] referring to the
engraved lines [7].
[5]
13. Check that the cover paper lift plate [8] is placed
[3]
horizontally, and secure the plate with the screw

[5] and [9].
Note
When tightening the screws [5] and [9], check
that the wire [10] has not come off the pulley
or not crossed.
14. Lower the pick-up roller [1].

close the tray.
16. Make a test and binding selecting the perfect

[4]
[7]
[1]
paper tray as the cover feeder. Check that cover

papers are fed normally without any jam.

steps in reverse.
[8]
[10]
[6]
[2]
a075f3c013ca
103
PB-501
9. Lift the pick-up roller [1].

10. Move the cover paper guides [2] to the positions
PB-501
Blank page
104
2007 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid
disclosure of confidential information.
Printed in Japan
CCA03U-M-FE3-0750

Bizhubc6500 C6500P C5500e SM v3

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Bizhubc6500 C6500P C5500e SM v3

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

SERVICE MANUAL

THEORY OF OPERATION TOTAL CONTENTS

bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,

:Precaution when using the

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT.

Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.)

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

[2] POWER PLUG SELECTION

Power Cord Set or Power Plug

- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and

Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.

White or Light Blue:

Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

[3] CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE

Connection to Power Supply

Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Connection to Power Supply

Power Plug and Cord

Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Power Plug and Cord

When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Prohibited Installation Places

When not Using the Product for a long time

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Inspection before Servicing

Work Performed with the Product Powered On

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Handling of Service Materials

Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Used Batteries Precautions

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE

MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT

MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF

Legal restrictions on copying

Composition of the service manual

System configuration, product specifications,

COMPOSITION/OPERATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating

System configuration, and product specifications

Service schedule *, maintenance steps,

Utility menu mode *, Service mode *, security and mechan-

List of jam codes, their causes, operation when a jam

Parts layout drawings, connector layout drawings, timing

Notation of the service manual

(2) Microsoft Windows 95:

Microsoft Windows 98:

Microsoft Windows Me:

Microsoft Windows NT 4.0:

Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT

Microsoft Windows 2000:

Microsoft Windows XP:

When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:

Utility menu mode , Service mode , security and mechan-